language-pack-gnome-en-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557272013064 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321557272014120 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321562347013774 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000002255400012321556600015776 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016320012316541441023641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Manual 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Totem Movie Player is a media player for GNOME that runs on GStreamer by default, but can also be run on xine. It has support for most audio and video codecs including DVDs among many others. Features include TV-out, fullscreen, subtitles, and more. GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.26 of Totem Movie Player. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem Introduction The Totem Movie Player application is a movie player for the GNOME desktop based on the GStreamer framework and xine library, and enables you to play movies or songs. Totem Movie Player provides the following features: Support for a variety of video and audio files. A variety of zoom levels and aspect ratios, and a fullscreen view. Seek and volume controls. A playlist. Subtitle support. Complete keyboard navigation. Comprehensive set of plugins, including a subtitle downloader, YouTube browser, and disc burner. Totem Movie Player also comes with additional functionality such as: Video thumbnailer for GNOME. Audio preview application for GNOME. Nautilus properties tab. Getting Started To Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> You can start Totem Movie Player in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . Command line To start Totem Movie Player from a command line, type the following command, then press Return: totem To view other command line options that are available, type totem --help, then press Return. When You Start <application>Totem Movie Player</application> When you start Totem Movie Player, the following window is displayed.
<application>Totem Movie Player</application> Start Up Window Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
The Totem Movie Player window contains the following elements: Menubar. The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to use in Totem Movie Player. Display area. The display area displays the movie or a visualisation of the current song. Sidebar. The sidebar displays properties of the file played and acts as playlist. It can also be used by various plugins, such as the MythTV, YouTube and Video Search plugins. They can be selected by clicking on the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Elapsed time slider. The elapsed time slider displays the elapsed time of the movie or song that is playing. It also enables you to skip forward or backward in a movie or song by dragging the slider's handle along the bar, or by clicking on a point on the bar. Seek control buttons. The seek control buttons enable you to move to the next or previous track, and to pause or play a movie or song. Volume button. The volume button enables you to adjust the volume. Statusbar. The statusbar displays status information about the movie or song that is playing. Usage To Open a File To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. You can drag a file from another application such as a file manager to the Totem Movie Player window. If you drag the file to the display area, the file will replace the current playlist and will start playing immediately. If you drag the file to the playlist in the sidebar, the file will be appended to the current playlist. The Totem Movie Player application will open the file and play the movie or song. Totem Movie Player displays the title of the movie or song in the titlebar of the window and in the playlist in the sidebar. If you try to open a file format that Totem Movie Player does not recognise, the application displays an error message. This error is most often encountered if you do not have the correct codecs installed. Information on getting codecs working can be found on the Totem Movie Player website. You can double-click on a video or an audio file in the Nautilus file manager to open it in the Totem Movie Player window. To Open a Location To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. If you have a URI in the clipboard already, it will automatically be pasted into the combination box. To Play a Movie (DVD or VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . To Pause a Movie or Song To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . To View Properties of a Movie or Song To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. To Seek Through Movies or Songs To seek through movies or songs, you can use the following methods: To skip forward To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . To skip backward To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . To skip to a time To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. The spin box also allows more natural language to be used. You can enter a time in the formats "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" or "ss"; where "hh" is the hour, "mm" is the minute and "ss" is the second to skip to. To move to the next movie or song To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. To move to the previous movie or song To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. To Change the Zoom Factor To Change the Video Size To change the zoom factor of the display area, you can use the following methods: To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. To Change the Video Aspect Ratio To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . To Adjust the Volume To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . You can also use the volume button: click on the volume button and choose the volume level with the slider. To Make the Window Always on Top To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. To stop the window from always being on top, disable the Always on Top plugin again. See for more information. To Show or Hide Controls To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. If the Show Controls option is selected, Totem Movie Player will show the menubar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar on the window. If the Show Controls option is unselected, the application will hide these controls and show only the display area. To Manage the Playlist To Show or Hide the Playlist To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. Manage a Playlist You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. To Select or Unselect Repeat Mode To enable or disable repeat mode, choose EditRepeat Mode. To Select or Unselect Shuffle Mode To enable or disable shuffle mode, choose EditShuffle Mode. To Choose Subtitles To choose the language of the subtitles, select ViewSubtitles and choose the subtitle language you want to display. To disable the display of subtitles, select ViewSubtitlesNone. By default, Totem Movie Player will choose the same language for the subtitles as the one you normally use on your computer. Totem Movie Player will automatically load and display subtitles for a video if it finds a subtitle file with the same name as the video being played, and the extension asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa or ass. If the file containing the subtitles has a different name from the video being played, you can right-click on the video in the playlist and choose Select Text Subtitles from the popup menu to load the correct subtitle file. You may also choose subtitles by choosing ViewSelect Text Subtitles. Using the Subtitle Downloader plugin, you can also download subtitles from the OpenSubtitles service. See for more information. To Take a Screenshot To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Totem Movie Player will display a preview of the screenshot which is to be saved on the left-hand side of the Save Screenshot dialogue. To Create a Screenshot Gallery To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. You may specify the width of the individual screenshots in the gallery using the Screenshot width entry. The default width is 128 pixels. You may also specify the number of screenshots to be put in the gallery. By default, this is calculated based on the length of the movie; however, this may be overridden by deselecting the Calculate the number of screenshots checkbox and entering the new number in the Number of screenshots spin box. Plugins Totem Movie Player has many features which are present in the form of plugins — pieces of the software which are only loaded if necessary. To Enable a Plugin To view the list of installed plugins, choose EditPlugins. The Configure Plugins dialogue is displayed. On the left is a list of all the plugins you have installed, while on the right is a description of the currently selected plugin. Plugins which have options which can be changed will have a sensitive Configure button on the right. To enable a plugin, simply select the checkbox to the left of its name in the plugin list, and the plugin will be loaded immediately. If there is any error loading the plugin, an error dialogue will also be displayed immediately. To disable a plugin again, deselect its checkbox. Plugins will remain enabled or disabled as set even when Totem Movie Player is closed. Always on Top When enabled, the Always on Top plugin will force the main Totem Movie Player window to be on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualisations are playing. To stop the window being on top, disable the plugin again. Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client The Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin allows Totem Movie Player to play multimedia content from UPnP media servers (such as Coherence servers) on the local network. With the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Coherence DLNA/UPnP Client sidebar. The tree view in the sidebar will list the available media servers. Clicking on one will expand it to show the types of media it can serve, and clicking on a media folder will expand it to list the media files available. Double-clicking on a media file will add it to Totem Movie Player's playlist and play it. You may alternatively right-click on a file and choose Play or Enqueue to play the file immediately or add it to the playlist, respectively. If the media server allows it, choosing Delete from a file's context menu allows you to delete that file from the media server. Gromit Annotations The Gromit Annotations plugin allows you to draw on top of movies as they are played using Gromit. You must have Gromit installed before you can enable the plugin — consult your operating system documentation for information on how to do this. With the plugin enabled, press CtrlD to toggle Gromit on or off. When Gromit is enabled, your pointer will change to a crosshair. To draw on the screen, hold down your mouse button and drag your pointer around, before releasing your mouse button. Press CtrlD again to toggle Gromit off. To clear the screen of annotations, press CtrlE, or close Totem Movie Player. Jamendo The Jamendo plugin allows you to listen to the collection of Creative Commons-licenced music on the Jamendo service. To Configure the Plugin The Jamendo plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the Jamendo Plugin Configuration dialogue will be displayed. Here, you can choose whether to download songs in Ogg or MP3 format (Ogg is preferred due to its open-source nature); and the number of albums to retrieve when doing a search (choose more albums if you have a faster Internet connection). Once you're done, click OK. To Display the Jamendo Sidebar With the Jamendo plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Jamendo from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Jamendo sidebar. To Search for Music Enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the Jamendo sidebar. You can search by either artist or by tags. Click on the search button to start your search. Search results will be displayed in the tree view in the Search Results page of the sidebar, and can be browsed through using the arrow buttons at the bottom of the sidebar. Albums are listed, and if you click on an album, its tracks will be listed below it. Click again to hide the album's tracks. With an artist selected, you can click on the Jamendo Album Page button to open that album's page on the Jamendo website. Double-clicking an album, or choosing Add to Playlist from the album's context menu, will replace your playlist with all the tracks on that album and begin streaming the first track from Jamendo's website. Double-clicking an individual track will replace your playlist with just that track. Popular Albums and Latest Releases Viewing the Popular page in the Jamendo sidebar will load a list of the most popular albums on Jamendo at the moment, which can be played as with search results. Viewing the Latest Releases page will likewise load a list of the latest albums released on Jamendo. Local Search The Local Search plugin allows you to search for playable movies and audio files on your computer from within Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select Local Search from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the Local Search sidebar. To perform a search, enter your search terms in the search entry at the top of the sidebar and click Find. Your search terms may include wildcards such as *, which will match any character. For example, the search *.mpg will find all movies with the .mpg file extension. Search results may be browsed using the Back and Forward buttons at the bottom of the sidebar, and you may jump to a specific results page by entering its number in the spin box. Publish Playlist The Publish Playlist plugin allows you to publish playlists on your local network to allow other computers to access and play them. To Configure the Plugin The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. You can also select the Use encrypted transport protocol checkbox if you wish to encrypt the shared playlists when they're transmitted over the network. Once you're done, click Close. To Publish Playlists With the plugin enabled, you do not need to explicitly publish playlists; they are automatically made available on the network as a Zeroconf website. To Browse your Neighborhood To view the shared playlists of others on your network, select Neighbourhood from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. If any playlists have been published on the network, they will be listed here. Double-click on a playlist to load and play it on your computer. Subtitle Downloader The Subtitle Downloader plugin allows you to find and download subtitle files from the OpenSubtitles service. Subtitles can only be downloaded for local movies; not audio files, DVDs, DVB streams, VCDs or HTTP streams. To search for subtitles for the currently playing movie, choose ViewDownload Movie Subtitles, which will display the Download Movie Subtitles dialogue. Select the language in which you wish to have your subtitles from the drop-down list at the top of the dialogue, then click on the Find button to search for subtitles for the current movie. Subtitles are found on the basis of the movie's content, rather than its filename or tags. Search results are listed in the tree view in the middle of the dialogue. Currently, subtitles can only be used with a movie by reloading the movie with the subtitles, so after selecting the subtitle file you wish to download, click on the Play with Subtitle button to download the subtitles and reload the movie. Downloaded subtitle files are cached (in ~/.cache/totem/subtitles, by default) so that they do not need to be downloaded again when playing the movie again. When downloading new subtitles for a movie, any previously downloaded subtitles for that movie are deleted. Thumbnail The Thumbnail plugin sets Totem Movie Player's main window icon to a thumbnail of the current movie, and updates the icon when new movies are loaded. If a thumbnail doesn't exist for the current movie (or if you're playing an audio file), the main window icon will be reset to the Totem Movie Player logo. Video Disc Recorder The Video Disc Recorder plugin allows you to burn the current playlist to a DVD or VCD using Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. YouTube Browser The YouTube Browser plugin allows you to search and browse YouTube, and play YouTube videos directly in Totem Movie Player. With the plugin enabled, choose F9ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button to show the sidebar. Select YouTube from the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar to display the YouTube sidebar. To search for a YouTube video, enter your search terms in the entry at the top of the sidebar, then click Find. The search results will be listed in the tree view below. More results will be loaded automatically as you scroll down the list. To play a video, double-click it in the results list, or choose Add to Playlist from its context menu. When a video is played, a list of related videos will automatically be loaded in the Related Videos page of the YouTube sidebar. YouTube videos can be opened in a web browser by choosing Open in Web Browser from their context menu. This will open the video in its original location on the YouTube website. D-Bus Service The D-Bus Service plugin broadcasts notifications of which track is playing in Totem Movie Player on the D-Bus session bus. Applications such as Gajim can listen for such notifications and respond accordingly by, for example, updating your instant messaging status message to display the video currently being played in Totem Movie Player. Preferences To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . General Networking Select network connection speed from the Connection speed drop-down list. Text Subtitles Automatically load subtitle files: select this option to automatically load any subtitle files with the same filename as a movie when the movie is loaded. Font: select this option to change the font used to display subtitles. Encoding: select this option to change the encoding used to display subtitles. Display Display Select the resize option if you want Totem Movie Player to automatically resize the window to the size of the video when a new video is loaded. Select the screensaver option if you want to allow the screensaver to activate when playing audio files. Some monitors with integrated speakers may stop playing music when the screensaver is activated. Visual Effects Visual: select this option to show visual effects while an audio file is playing. Type of visualisation: select type of visualisation from the drop-down list. Visualisation size: select visualisation size from the drop-down list. Colour balance Brightness: use the slider to specify the level of brightness. Contrast: use the slider to specify the level of contrast. Saturation: use the slider to specify the level of saturation. Hue: use the slider to specify the level of hue. You may use the Reset to Defaults button to reset the colour balance controls to their default positions. Audio Audio Output Select audio output type from the Audio output type drop-down list. About <application>Totem Movie Player</application> Totem Movie Player is written by Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) for the GStreamer backend, and Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). To find more information about Totem Movie Player, please visit the Totem Movie Player website. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000706712316541441023006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/log-close.page0000644000373100047300000000157512300453751025775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove the log you are currently viewing from the side pane. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Close log

Close the log that you are currently viewing by pressing CtrlW, or by clicking FileClose. This removes it from the side pane until you open the log again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/log-view.page0000644000373100047300000000214612300453751025635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open and view logs. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open log

Open logs by clicking FileOpen. Your opened logs will be displayed in the side pane, to the left of the main area. You can view a log in the side pane by clicking it.

You can expand some logs. This will show you a list of dates. By clicking one of the dates, you can view only the log lines from that date, instead of the whole log.

The logs you have open when you quit the log viewer will be opened when you start it up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000270512300453751026626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the GNOME System Log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Log File Viewer is a graphical, menu-driven viewer that you can use to view and monitor your system logs. Log File Viewer comes with a few functions that can help you manage your logs, including a log monitor and log statistics display.

Log File Viewer is useful if you are new to system administration because it provides an easier, more user-friendly display of your logs than a text display of the log file. It is also useful for more experienced administrators, as it contains a monitor to enable you to continuously monitor crucial logs.

Log File Viewer is useful only to those who have access to the system log files, which generally requires root access.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/index.page0000644000373100047300000000044112300453751025207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Log File Viewer Help
Working with the <app>Log File Viewer</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/log-search.page0000644000373100047300000000326312300453751026131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Search the text in the log that you are currently viewing. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search log

To search the log you are currently viewing:

Show the Find bar by pressing CtrlF, or by clicking ViewFind. The bar will be shown below the log.

Enter your search term into the field and press Enter to see the first result.

The search is case sensitive.

Use the Find Previous and Find Next buttons to browse through the results.

If you can not see the result highlighted, try scrolling to the left.

Press Esc to hide the find bar once you are finished with the search.

You can only hide the find bar if you are currently focused on the search field. The bar will hide itself if you view another log.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/pref-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000237712300453751026762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Increase or decrease the size of the text. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change font size

You can increase, decrease and reset the font size that the log is displayed in:

Increase font size

Click ViewZoom In, or press Ctrl+

 Decrease font size

Click ViewZoom Out, or press Ctrl-

 Reset to default size

Click ViewNormal Size, or press Ctrl0

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/log-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000172512300453751025637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy text from the log. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy log

Highlight the section of the log that you want to copy with the cursor and press CtrlC, or click EditCopy.

You can press CtrlA, or click EditSelect All, to select all the text in the log which you are currently viewing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-system-log/log-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000646012300453751026153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Include or exclude shown lines using regular expressions. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Filter log

The log viewer allows you to filter log content based on regular expressions. To set up or manage a new filter:

Open the filter manager dialog by clicking Filters: Manage Filters.

Click Add to add a new filter, or select an existing filter and click Properties to edit it.

Fill in the form or edit the fields that you wish to change:

Name:

The identifier for the filter

 Regular Expression:

What the filter will filter for

 Highlight:

This option emphasizes the line containing the regular expression

Background:

This is the font color

The default font color is black, which does not emphasize the text.

 Foreground:

This is the highlight color

The default highlight color is black, which shows solid black lines as a result, so it would be wise to change it.

 Hide:

This option hides the lines containing the regular expression from the shown log

Click Apply to save the new filter or save changes to an existing one

Back at the filter manager dialog, click Close to apply the changes.

Check the box next to the name of the filter that you want to enable in Filters:. If you want to view only the filters which have Highlight enabled and are checked, check Filters:Show matches only.

If there is a conflict between a hidden and a highlighted filter, the line many show as an empty white line.

If you uncheck a filter while viewing only matches, the log will show the lines without any formatting, regardless of whether they were hidden or highlighted before. The filter should reset when you check a highlighted filter.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000250012307647137024635 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 04-Page Booklet Print a 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 4-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/reload.page0000644000373100047300000000174012307647137023426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your document will be automatically reloaded if another program changes it while you're viewing it. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why does the document keep reloading?

If the Document Viewer detects that the document you have open has changed (perhaps because another program has modified it), it will automatically reload the document and display the most recent version for you.

If the document is deleted while you are still viewing it, it will still remain open.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotations-save.page0000644000373100047300000000237312307647137025454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to save your annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a copy of an annotated PDF

To save a copy of your annotated PDF for future viewing using the document viewer or any other PDF viewer that supports annotations:

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Annotations are added according to the PDF specification. Therefore, most PDF readers should be able to read them. The Okular document viewer does not support them. Adobe Reader is known to work.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-9-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000453012307647137026060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page or 12-Page Booklet Print a 9, 10, 11 or 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page to 12-page booklet

If you have a 9, 10 or 11 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex-beamer.page0000644000373100047300000000372212307647137025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using SyncTeX with the LaTeX Beamer class. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Beamer with SyncTeX

Beamer is a LaTeX class for creating slides for presentations.

You can perform forward and backward search in a Beamer-LaTeX presentation in a similar fashion to searching through other TeX files compiled with SyncTeX. However the search brings you to the corresponding frame (slide), not necessarily the associated line of text. This difference is outlined in detail below.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-13pages.page0000644000373100047300000000660412307647137024726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab, enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 13 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 13 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Enter pages 8, 9, 10, 7, 6, 11, 12, 5 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000440012307647137023616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar
Show or hide the toolbar

Click ViewToolbar.

The default toolbar contains only a basic set of tools:

Previous and Next for moving from page to page.

A tool to adjust the zoom level.

The 'page select' tool.

You can modify the toolbar if you prefer a different set.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

Show the toolbar.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar and the separator item.

To add new items to the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

 To remove items from the toolbar:

drag them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

 To rearrange items on the toolbar:

drag them to their new position on the toolbar.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-6pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473512307647137024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 06-Page Booklet Print a 6 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 6-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-13-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000454312307647137026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 13, 14, 15 or 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 13-page to 16-page booklet

If you have a 13, 14 or 15 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/presentations.page0000644000373100047300000000355412307647140025055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to play presentations. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Presentations
Starting a presentation

To start a presentation:

Open a file

Click ViewPresentation (or press F5).

The presentation will be displayed full screen.

Moving through a presentation

Use the spacebar, →, ↓, or left mouse click to go to the next slide.

Use the ←, ↑ or right mouse click to go to the previous slide.

You can also use the scroll wheel to move back and forth through the presentation.

Use Esc to exit the presentation.

Supported presentation file formats

The following file formats can be used for presentations:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-12pages.page0000644000373100047300000000244012307647140024711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 12 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 12-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 12, 1, 2, 11, 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/print-select.page0000644000373100047300000000230012307647140024554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Only printing certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the textbox, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages textbox, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex-support.page0000644000373100047300000000210612307647140025356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to add support for SyncTeX. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set-up SyncTeX

The following packages need to be installed in order to add support for SyncTeX:

texlive-extra-utils

gedit-plugins

In gedit, enable the SyncTeX Plugin:

Click EditPreferencesPlugins tab.

Check SyncTeX.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-3-4pages.page0000644000373100047300000000441312307647140025765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 3 or 4 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page or 4-page booklet

If you have a 3-Page PDF document you should add a blank page to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 4, 1, 2, 3

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/default-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000236612307647140025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save current settings as default for new documents. Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change default settings

When a document is opened for the first time, default settings, such as zoom and page view preferences, are applied. Any changes you make to these settings are saved for the document.

You can save the settings which you are currently using as default for all new documents by selecting Edit Save Current Settings as Default or press CtrlT.

The new default settings do not override settings of previously opened documents, they are applied only to documents opened for the first time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-17-20pages.page0000644000373100047300000000455712307647140026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 17, 18, 19 or 20 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 17-page to 20-page booklet

If you have a 17, 18 or 19 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 20-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 20, 1, 2, 19, 18, 3, 4, 17, 16, 5, 6, 15, 14, 7, 8, 13, 12, 9, 10, 11

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000247612307647140024647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 08-Page Booklet Print an 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 8-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000440112307647140024435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command line The evince command can open any number of files, at specific pages and in various modes. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Document Viewer from the command line, type evince. You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the evince command:

evince file.pdf

You can open multiple files by typing the filenames after the evince command, separating the filenames by a space:

evince file1.pdf file2.pdf

The document viewer also supports the handling of files on the web. For example, after the evince command you can give the location of a file on the web:

evince http://www.claymath.org/millennium/P_vs_NP/pvsnp.pdf
Opening a document at a specific page

You can use the --page-label switch to open a document at a specific page. For example, to open a document to page 3, you would type:

evince --page-label=3 file.pdf

The page label should be in the same format as the page number displayed in the Document Viewer toolbar.

Opening a document in fullscreen mode evince --fullscreen file.pdf
Opening a document in presentation mode evince --presentation file.pdf
Opening a document in preview mode evince --preview file.pdf
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/openerror.page0000644000373100047300000000153412307647140024166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error When Opening A File. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why can't I open a file?

If you try to open a document of a format that the document viewer does not recognize, you will get an "Unable to open document" error message. Click Close to return to the Document Viewer window.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotations-disabled.page0000644000373100047300000000145112307647140026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Annotations can only be added to PDF files. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can't add annotations?

Annotations can only be added to PDF files. If your file is of a format other than PDF, the option to add annotations will be greyed out (disabled).

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/textselection.page0000644000373100047300000000275612307647140025054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When you copy text, the text that is pasted might be different from what you had selected. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Why didn't the text I selected copy properly?

If you highlight and copy text from a document using the document viewer and then paste it into another application, the formatting may alter. It may also contain different characters than the original selection. This often happens when copying text from a PDF document with multiple columns.

This problem happens because of how some document formats handle text. The actual text in the document is stored differently from the way it is displayed. This may result in a copy that does not appear as expected.

Unfortunately, there is no real way of fixing this problem. Copying less text at a time, or copying the text into a text editor may minimise the problem. You can locate a text editor by clicking ActivitiesApplicationsAccessoriesgedit.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/opening.page0000644000373100047300000000321212307647140023605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to open a document. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Opening a document

You can open a document using any one of the following ways:

Double-click on the file icon in the File Manager.

Double clicking opens PDF, PostScript, .djvu, .dvi and Comic Book Archive files in the Document Viewer by default.

Right-click on a file icon in the File Manager and click Open WithDocument Viewer.

If a Document View window is already open you can:

drag a file icon into the window from the File Manager. The new file will open in a new window (provided the file is of a file type supported by Document Viewer).

choose FileOpen from the Menubar. In the Open Document dialog box, choose the file you wish to open, and click Open. The file will open in a new window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-5-8pages.page0000644000373100047300000000450012307647140025770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page or 4-Page Booklet Print a 5, 6, 7 or 8 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page to 8-page booklet

If you have a 5, 6 or 7 page PDF document you should add the appropriate number of blank pages to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 8, 1, 2, 7, 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412307647140023602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000425512307647140024201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 File a bug against the <app>document viewer</app>

The document viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugCoreevince. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/bookmarks.page0000644000373100047300000000135012307647140024137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use annotations like bookmarks. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Bookmarks

The document viewer does not have a bookmark system. However, you can use annotations like bookmarks.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/editing.page0000644000373100047300000000200112307647140023564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't use the document viewer to edit files. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Can I edit documents in the document viewer?

The document viewer can't be used to make changes to documents. You need to use the appropriate editing application for the type of file you want to change.

PDF and PostScript (.ps) files are not usually intended to be edited, but PDF editing software is available. Try pdfedit, for example.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/print-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000213112307647140024451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing two-sided and multi-page per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Two-sided and multiple pages per side layout for printing

You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000243612307647140023303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Working with fillable forms. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Forms

When filling out an interactive form, you can navigate from field to field by clicking on a field with your mouse. When you are finished filling out a text field, press Enter.

You can make a selection in a scrollable list box by clicking on the list box and scrolling to your choice with your mouse.

There may be some parts of a form that you may need to fill out by hand after you print the form. For example, you might have to circle certain things, or sign the form in one or more places. If you wish to do this electronically, you may want to try Xournal.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-7pages.page0000644000373100047300000000442412307647140024641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 07-Page Booklet Print a 7 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 7-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 7, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 6, 3, 4, 5

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, change the selection to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/finding.page0000644000373100047300000000317412307647140023573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find a word or phrase in a document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Finding text in a document

Click EditFind or press CtrlF or / to display a search box.

Type the word or phrase you want to look for and a search will start automatically.

The Find Previous and Find Next buttons let you skip from one search result to another.

To hide the search bar, click anywhere in the document.

If the word or phrase you searched is not present in the entire document, the message will say Not found. However, if it appears in the document at least once, the message will inform you of how many times the word you searched occur on each page. This is apparent if you skip from one result to another as described above or scroll through the document.

Only PDF documents are searchable. Some PDF documents are not searchable because their text is encoded in the document as an image.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/singlesided-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000506012307647140025716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 20 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1, 2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

To print:

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select One Sided.

In the Pages per side menu, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

In the Only print menu, select Odd sheets.

Click Print.

When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Only print menu, select Even sheets.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/print-order.page0000644000373100047300000000334312307647140024420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the Collate and Reverse options to make pages print in order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Getting copies to print in the correct order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up.

To reverse the order:

FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print outs will be grouped by page number by default. (e.g. The copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, etc.) Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together.

To collate:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-16pages.page0000644000373100047300000000255612307647140024725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 16 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 16-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 16, 1, 2, 15, 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-15pages.page0000644000373100047300000000213312307647140024713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 15 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 15-page booklet

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000130012307647140024663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Evince Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Evince is a document viewer. See for a list of file types you can view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-3pages.page0000644000373100047300000000351012307647140024630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 03-Page Booklet Print a 3 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 3-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages. Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 3, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 4-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 4-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank page with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 4-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex.page0000644000373100047300000000213712307647140023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 SyncTeX support is available. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is SyncTeX?

SyncTeX is a method that enables synchronization between a TeX source file and the resulting PDF output.

Video Demonstration Press Ctrlclick to sync.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/movingaround.page0000644000373100047300000001332112307647140024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Navigating, scrolling and zooming. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moving around a document

You can move around each page of a document by any of the following methods:

Scrolling up and down using the mouse wheel. To move around a page just by moving the mouse:

Right-click the page and select Autoscroll.

Move the mouse pointer towards the bottom of the window to scroll down; it will scroll faster depending on how far down the window you go.

To stop autoscrolling, click anywhere in the document.

Using the scroll bar on the document window.

Using the up and down arrow keys of your keyboard.

Dragging the page around with your mouse, as if you are grabbing it. To do this:

Move the mouse pointer over the page and hold down the middle mouse button to drag it around.

If you don't have a middle mouse button, hold down the left and right mouse buttons at the same time, then drag.

Flipping between pages

You can move between pages of a document using one of the following methods:

Click the Previous or Next buttons on the toolbar.

Use the Go Menu:

GoNext Page

GoPrevious Page

Press the CtrlPage Up or CtrlPage Down buttons on the keyboard.

To go to a specific page:

Type a page number in the 'page select' tool on the toolbar and press Enter.

If you want to go to the beginning or the end of the document:

Click GoFirst Page. You can also press CtrlHome on your keyboard.

Click GoLast Page or press CtrlEnd on your keyboard.

To move ten pages at a time, press ShiftPage Up or ShiftPage Down.

You can only move around one page at a time, by default. If you want to move between pages just by scrolling or dragging, click ViewContinuous.

Zooming in and out

Click ViewZoom In or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl+ to zoom in.

Click ViewZoom Out or use the keyboard shortcuts Ctrl- to zoom out.

Alternatively, you can do one of the following:

hold down Ctrl and use your mouse scroll wheel to zoom.

select desired zoom percentage from the drop down menu above the window.

The Best Fit option will make a document page fit the whole height of the window.

The Fit Page Width option will make a document page fill the whole width of the window.

If you want to see two pages at once, side by side, like in a book, click ViewDual.

You can use the whole of your screen to view the document:

Click ViewFullscreen or press F11.

To exit from the full screen mode:

Press F11 or Escape

or click the Leave Fullscreen button at the top of the screen.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215012307647140023604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Document Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Document Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/password.page0000644000373100047300000000212312307647140024010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling password protected PDFs. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Password-protected documents

If you try to open a PDF document that is protected with a password, a window will appear asking you to enter the document password. Enter the password and click Open Document.

There are two types of passwords:

The user password is needed to view the document.

The master password is required to print the document as well as view it.

These passwords are set by the person who created the document.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000331512307647140024147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Document Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Document Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-14pages.page0000644000373100047300000000473412307647140024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 14 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 14-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 14, 3, 4, 13, 12, 5, 6, 11, 10, 7, 8, 9, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 16-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 16-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 16-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/noprint.page0000644000373100047300000000511012307647140023636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The author may have put printing restrictions on the document. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I can't print a document
Possible reasons for printing failure

A document might not print because of:

Printer problems or,

PDF printing restrictions.
Printer problems

There are many reasons why your printer might not be working. For example, it could be out of paper or ink, or unplugged or damaged.

To check if your printer is printing correctly:

Click your name on the topbar and select System Settings.

Click on your printer in the list.

Click on Print Test Page. A page should be sent to your printer.

If this fails, see Printing help. You may also need to see your printer's manual to see what else you can do.

PDF printing restrictions

Some PDF documents have a setting which prevents you from printing them. Authors can set this printing restriction when they write a document. The document viewer overrides this restriction by default, but you may want to check that it hasn't been disabled:

Press AltF2 to open the Run Application window.

Type dconf-editor into the text box and click Run. The Configuration Editor will open.

Browse to /org/gnome/evince using the side pane.

Make sure that the override_restrictions option is checked.

Go back to the Document Viewer and try to print the document again.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/convertpdf.page0000644000373100047300000000352012307647140024322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PDF by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PDF

You can convert documents of the following format types into PDF format:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

PostScript (.ps)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PDF file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

You can't select text in PostScript or .dvi files, but you usually can do this in PDF files. Converting .dvi or PostScript files to PDF will not make the text selectable. This is because the text itself isn't stored in the file (it's just an image of what the text looks like), so there is no way to recover it and put it in the PDF. You can use Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software to extract the text from files if you need to.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/formats.page0000644000373100047300000000312012307647140023617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 PDF, PostScript and many others are. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported formats

The document viewer supports the following formats:

Comic Book Archive (.cbr and .cbz)

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

OpenOffice Presentation (.odp)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Scalable Vector Graphics (.svg)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

Other Image Files (.gif, .jpeg, .png)

In some Linux distributions, not all formats are supported by default, so you might not be able to view all the formats listed above.

Support for a format is called a backend. If you get the error "Unable to Open Document", you may wish to check whether the backend package for the format is installed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex-compile.page0000644000373100047300000000174312307647140025300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to compile your TeX document with SyncTeX Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Compile TeX with SyncTeX

Adding the line \synctex=1 in the preamble of your TeX file will trigger synchronization with SyncTeX.

\documentclass{article} \synctex=1 \usepackage{fullpage} \begin{document} ... \end{document}

Alternatively, you can run the pdflatex command with the -synctex=1 option:

pdflatex -synctex=1 yourFile.tex usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/convertPostScript.page0000644000373100047300000000271012307647140025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to PostScript. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to PostScript

You can convert documents of the following format types to PostScript files:

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as a PostScript file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PostScript as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The PostScript file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000240012307647140023776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print, and common questions about printing. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a document

To print a document:

Click FilePrint

Choose your printer from the list

Click Print.

Printing is enabled for the following file formats:

Device Independent file format (.dvi)

DjVu (.djvu, .djv)

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

PostScript (.ps)

Tagged Image File Format (.tiff, .tif)

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-11pages.page0000644000373100047300000000435612307647140024720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 11 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 11-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 11, 2, 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Type the numbers of the remaining pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add a blank page to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank page at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex-search.page0000644000373100047300000000477212307647140025122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Flip between the document viewer and gedit. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Search with SyncTeX

After you compile your TeX file with SyncTeX, you will be able to search. SyncTeX even supports forward and backward search from an included file.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/print-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000262512307647140026150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Printing a document on paper of a different size, shape or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Changing the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the dropdown list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001524412307647140024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 See a list of all shortcuts, and learn how to create your own custom shortcuts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts
Default shortcuts
Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open a document.

CtrlO

Open a copy of the current document.

CtrlN

Save a copy of the current document with a new file name.

CtrlS

Print the current document.

CtrlP

Close the current document window.

CtrlW

Reload the document (effectively closes and re-opens the document).

CtrlR
Moving around the document

Move up/down a page.

Arrow keys

Move up/down a page several lines at a time.

Page Up / Page Down

Go to the previous/next page.

CtrlPage Up / CtrlPage Down

Go to the beginning of a page (beginning of the document if View Continuous is selected).

Home

Go to the end of a page (end of the document if ViewContinuous is selected).

End

Go to the beginning of the document.

CtrlHome

Go to the end of the document.

CtrlEnd
Selecting and copying text

Copy highlighted text.

CtrlC

Select all the text in a document.

CtrlA
Finding text

Show the toolbar that lets you search for words in the document. The search box is automatically highlighted when you press this, and the search will start as soon as you type some text.

CtrlF

Go to the next search result.

CtrlG

Go to the previous search result.

CtrlShiftG
Rotating and zooming

Rotate the pages 90 degrees counter-clockwise.

CtrlLeft arrow

Rotate the pages 90 degrees clockwise.

CtrlRight arrow

Zoom in.

Ctrl+

Zoom out.

Ctrl-
Create your own custom shortcuts

Enable the /desktop/gnome/interface/can_change_accels flag in gconf:

Press AltF2. The Run Application dialogue opens.

In the textbox, type 'gconf-editor'.

In the Configuration Editor select desktopgnomeinterface.

Check the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

You can add/change the shortcut as follows:

Open the document viewer.

Hover the pointer over the menu item you want to change/create the shortcut for.

Enter the shortcut you want on the keyboard, e.g. CtrlShiftT.

Close the document viewer.

Repeat steps 1-3.

Uncheck the value box for can_change_accels in the right side of the window.

The next time the document viewer launches, your custom shortcut key will be preserved.

Note that this also works for many other Gnome applications as well.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotation-properties.page0000644000373100047300000000322612307647140026517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to customize the author, color, style or icon of an annotation. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Customize annotations

Right click on the annotation icon in the document.

Select Annotation Properties.

In the Annotation Properties window, you can change the author, color, style and icon of your note.

The annotation properties will be applied to the note for which you made the changes only. Each note can have a different set of properties.

Can I permanently change the default annotation properties?

The default annotation properties (author, colour, style and icon) can only be changed on a particular note as stated above. So if you want all icons for your notes to be red instead of yellow, you will have to change the default from yellow to red individually on each note. There is no way to save different default settings for annotation properties, at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-10pages.page0000644000373100047300000000471312307647140024714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a 10 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 10-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: 10, 3, 4, 9, 8, 5, 6, 7, 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Once the pages have printed, take the paper with page 2 on it, place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 1 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range select the Pages option and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 2 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 2-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/forms-saving.page0000644000373100047300000000354512307647140024572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure you save the form, otherwise all of the information you entered will be lost. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Saving a form

After you have filled it out, you may wish to save your form in one of two ways:

To save a copy that can be edited in the future (form remains interactive):

FileSave a copy

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Save. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

To save a copy that can no longer be edited (for example, to e-mail the form or submit it on-line):

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose PDF as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder to save the file in, then click Print. The PDF will be saved in the folder you chose.

Copies of encrypted files can't be saved or printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-npages.page0000644000373100047300000000376412307647140024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a booklet over 16 pages. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 n-page booklet

n is a multiple of 4.

If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, choose Pages.

Type the numbers of the pages in this order: n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11... ...until you have typed n-number of pages.

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side menu, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/print-booklet.page0000644000373100047300000000204212307647140024737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to print a booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Printing a booklet

If you are printing a booklet (which will perhaps be bound or stapled in the middle of each page), select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below. Then select the number of printed pages your booklet will have.

Printer allows single-sided printing
Printer allows double-sided printing
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotations-navigate.page0000644000373100047300000000242112307647140026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to navigate to annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Annotation navigation

If you have created annotations on your document, you can use the List tab to display the list of all the annotations in the document. The list indicates the type, page number, author and date of the annotation.

To quickly navigate to the location of a particular annotation, click on the arrow to the left of the page number. You will see a list of annotations on that page. Click on the annotation you are interested in, and the document viewer will navigate to the location of the annotation in the document.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotations-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000126412307647140025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can't remove annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Removing annotations

You can't remove an annotation in the document viewer at this time.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/convertSVG.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307647140024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert a document to SVG by "printing" it to a file. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Converting a document to SVG

You can convert documents of the following format types to SVG files:

Portable Document Format (.pdf)

This works by opening the file in Document Viewer and "printing" the document as an SVG file.

Click FilePrint and go to the General tab.

Select Print to File and choose SVG as the Output format.

Choose a name and folder in which to save the file, then click Print. The SVG file will be saved in the folder you chose.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/index.page0000644000373100047300000000343612307647140023265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/evince-trail.png"/> Evince Document Viewer Evince Document Viewer Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/evincelogo.png">Evince logo</media>Evince document viewer
Reading documents
Presentations and other supported formats
Printing
Annotations and bookmarks
Interactive forms
Frequently asked questions
Advanced
Tips and tricks
SyncTeX
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307647140023120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/invert-colors.page0000644000373100047300000000157512307647140024766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Inverting the colors can make it easier to read some text. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Invert colors on a page

To swap black for white, white for black, and so on, click ViewInverted Colors.

Doing this can make it easier to read text, especially in the case of certain kinds of visual impairment.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/synctex-editors.page0000644000373100047300000000340712307647140025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which editor can you use to edit your TEX file? Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported editors
<app>gedit</app>

Forward Search (from gedit to the document viewer) and Backward search (from the document viewer to gedit) are both supported.

Vim-latex

The gedit plugin contains a python script (evince_dbus.py) that can be used to get SyncTeX working with Vim. In order to use vim-latex together with the document viewer you need to follow the next steps:

Copy the evince_dbus.py to some directory in your path and give it +x permissions.

Modify your ~/.vimrc file and add the following lines.

let g:Tex_ViewRule_pdf = 'evince_dbus.py' let g:Tex_DefaultTargetFormat = 'pdf' let g:Tex_CompileRule_pdf = 'pdflatex --synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode $*'

Now you can use Forward search from vim-latex by typing \ls. Backward search is not yet supported.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/annotations.page0000644000373100047300000000432612307647140024512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to create and customize annotations. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Adding annotations

An annotation is a note or comment added to a PDF document. You can add annotations using the document viewer.

When you open a file, you should have a side pane on the left side of the window. If you do not have a visible side pane, click ViewSide Pane or press F9.

At the top of this side pane, there is a drop-down menu with options like Thumbnails, Index and Annotations (some of which may be dimmed for some documents).

To create an annotation:

Select Annotations from the drop-down menu.

You should now see List and Add tabs under the drop-down menu.

Select the Add tab.

Click on the icon to add a text annotation.

Click on the spot in the document window you would like to add the annotion to. Your annotation window will open.

Type your text into the annotation window.

You can resize the note by clicking and holding the left mouse button on one of the bottom corners of the note, and moving it around.

Close the note by clicking on the x in the top corner of the note.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223612307647140025024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contact the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Document Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-9pages.page0000644000373100047300000000666012307647140024647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 09-Page Booklet Print a 9 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 9-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again and choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab and in the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter 3 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4,9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

Click FilePrint.

Enter pages 8, 5, 6, 7 in the Pages selection menu and set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 12-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 12-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 12-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evince/duplex-5pages.page0000644000373100047300000000636012307647140024640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 05-Page Booklet Print a 5 page booklet. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 5-page booklet

Click FilePrint.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 1

Choose the Page Setup tab.

Under Layout, in the Two-side option, select Short Edge (Flip).

In the Pages per side option, select 2.

In the Page ordering menu, select Right to left.

Click Print.

Once the page has printed, take the paper and place it back in the printer, taking care to orient it correctly (page 2 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint again.

Choose the General tab.

Under Range, select Pages and type: 2

Choose the Page Setup tab.

In the Page ordering menu, select Left to right.

Click Print.

To print page 3, click FilePrint again.

In the General tab enter the page number in the Pages selection .

In the Page Setup tab, set the Page ordering to Right to left.

Click Print.

Once page 3 has printed, place the paper back in the printer (taking care to orient it correctly (pages 4 and 9 will be printed on the other side).

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab enter pages 4, 9 in the Pages selection.

In the Page Setup tab set Page ordering to Left to right.

Click Print.

It is easier to print a 8-page booklet. You may wish to add 3 blank pages to your PDF document to make it 8-pages. To do so, you can:

Create a blank PDF document 3-pages long using LibreOffice Writer.

Merge the blank PDF with your PDF document using PDF-Shuffler placing the blank pages at the end.

Follow the steps for printing a 8-page booklet.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000337112270236025025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Commandline

To view commandline options for gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --help

To view the version number of your gnome-sudoku: gnome-sudoku --version

Print debug information

This command may be useful when your are filing a bug and need to post debug information: gnome-sudoku -v

Profile information

This command is useful if you are filing a bug about slow performance. It will show the perfomance of different functions that run, and possibly reveal which specific function(s) may be responsible for poor performance. This information attached to a bug could make it easier to fix the problem, but this command is used mostly by programmers.

gnome-sudoku -p

When you exit the application, the terminal will show you performance statistics.

Step through <app>GNOME Sudoku</app>

This command is mostly used by programmers to step through the code: gnome-sudoku -w

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/notes.page0000644000373100047300000000347212270236025024445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Notes

Notes, or pencilmarks, can be added to any cell. They allow you to mark possible values for a cell, or store other data that might help you. Notes will store all characters in order, but will remove repetitions of characters.

To add notes to a cell:

Select the cell

Click on the part of a cell that is above the line that appears when you hover over it. Alternatively, type N.

Type your notes

Press Enter or click outside of the text box.

You can also take notes in the bottom of the cell by clicking in the bottom of the cell or by typing M. However, this area is used when you click Show All Possible Numbers. If you plan to use this area, you should not use Show All Possible Numbers.

You can add a number to the notes at the top of the square by typing Ctrl1 through Ctrl9

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000715412270236025025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Radoslav Asparuhov rasparuhov@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Strategy

There is only one possibility for each cell in a Sudoku puzzle. The following strategies will help you systematically discover the solution for every cell.

Strategy 1:

Choose the row with the most numbers in it.

You should choose the row or column with the most numbers. For simplicity, these instructions are written as if a row had the most numbers in it.

Determine which numbers in the row are missing.

Choose one of the empty cells in this row. Determine which of the missing numbers are in that column or in that 3x3 box.

Using notes, enter the missing numbers which are not in that column or 3x3 box, into the the upper field. These numbers are candidate solutions for that cell.

Go to the next empty cell of the chosen row and repeat the above method. Repeat this for every row and column, starting at those with the most numbers and continuing through to the least. Always look carefully for the numbers and don't forget the 3x3 boxes.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy 1.
Strategy 2:

Find the number which appears most often.

Now look at the left vertical alignment of the 3x3 boxes and locate the column(s) in which this number appears.

In this alignment, go to a 3x3 box which does not contain this number in any of its cells. Using notes, enter this number in every empty cell of the column in which this number does not appear. If the number appears in the row of one of these cells, do not enter it in that cell's notes.

Repeat the last two steps for the center and right vertical alignments.

Find the next number which appears most, and repeat until you have done this for all 9 numbers.

This strategy will help reveal the cells which have only one possible choice. When revealed, you can fill those cells in with that choice, and repeat the strategy again until the entire puzzle is solved.
Example use of strategy2.

If neither of the above strategies solves the puzzle on its own, you can alternate strategies. You can also combine the strategies.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000163412270236025024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo, Redo, Hint, and Track Additions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/index.page0000644000373100047300000000307412270236025024422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Sudoku GNOME Sudoku Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Sudoku logo</media> GNOME Sudoku

Gnome Sudoku is based on the popular number-based logic puzzle in which one must fill a 9 X 9 square with the correct digits. The unique puzzles can be played on screen or printed to take along. All games persist across sessions and you can resume any old game at any time, as well as replay any game you've already won.

Game Play
Useful tips
Printing
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000555112270236025027151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of the keyboard shortcuts you can use in Sudoku.

Starting and exiting

Is there a word that encapsulates both starting AND restarting? Didn't include restarting here for the sake of brevity - Chris

New game

CtrlN

Reset game

CtrlB

Close the sudoku window

CtrlW
Hints and Notes

Hint

CtrlH

Track Additions

CtrlT

Clear notes from the top of a cell

CtrlJ

Clear notes from the bottom of a cell

CtrlK

Add a number to the top notes of a cell

Ctrl#

Remove a number to the top notes of a cell

Alt#
Other

Print displayed puzzle

CtrlP

Undo

CtrlZ

Redo

CtrlShiftZ

Open Help

F1

Switch to fullscreen mode

F11
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/highlighting.page0000644000373100047300000000177012270236025025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Highlighting

You can turn on highlighting to automatically highlight the current row, column and box in different colors. This can make it easier to see which values cannot go into a current square. To toggle highlighting, click SettingsHighlighter.

Sudoku with highlighting.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/print-inprogress-game.page0000644000373100047300000000220512270236025027542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print your game

You can print the sudoku are playing to a file or to a printer.

To print the sudoku you are currently playing:

Click GamePrint.

Select your printer.

Click Print.

If you don't have a printer in the list, see Set up a local printer.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/print-blank-puzzles.page0000644000373100047300000000303112270236025027237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 2011 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print blank sudokus

To print one or more blank puzzles:

Click GamePrint multiple sudokus.

Select the total number of sudokus to print from the drop down menu.

Select the number of sudokus per page from the next drop down menu.

Select difficult level of the games you would like to print.

Games that have already been played are not printed by default. If you don't care about repeating games, select Include games you've already played in list of games to print in the Details category.

Games that are printed are not marked as played by default. You can choose to Mark games as played once you've printed them. under the Details category.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000215212270236025026160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207512270236025024751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000210212270236025024434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Game rules

In order to complete the puzzle, you must fill each cell with a number between 1 and 9, inclusive, such that no number is repeated in any row, column or 3x3 box.

In a solved sudoku, each row, column, and 3x3 box contains all the numbers 1 through 9.

Each puzzle has only one solution.

Outline of a row, a column and a 3x3 box using highlighting option.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/basics.page0000644000373100047300000000423312270236026024556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basics

Sudoku can be played using the keyboard, the mouse, or any combination of the two.

Using the keyboard

To select a cell, use the arrow keys to move the blue outline onto it.

To put a number in a cell, select the cell, and then press the number.

To remove a number from a cell, select the cell, and then press the Delete key, the Backspace, or the 0 key.
Using the mouse

To select a cell, move your mouse over it and click.

To put a number in a selected cell, click on the center of the cell, and then click on the number you wish to input.

To remove a number from a selected cell, click in the center of the cell and then click Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/statistics.page0000644000373100047300000000341412270236026025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Statistics

To view the statistics about the current puzzle, click GamePuzzle Statistics.

Very hard puzzle statistics box example

GNOME Sudoku ranks puzzles based on the number of cells that can be rapidly filled.

The puzzle statistics box shows:

the overall difficulty

the number of cells which can be filled by elimination, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only a 2 can go in this box, so it must be a 2)

the number of cells that can be filled by the process of filling, starting from the blank grid (i.e. only one cell in this row can be a 2, so it must be a 2)

the number of times in solving the puzzle that the program used the trial-and-error algorithm to solve the puzzle

All sudoku puzzles can be solved without ever having to guess. When the statistics box says that Sudoku used trial-and-error X number of times, it does not mean that a human would have to use trial-and-error to solve the puzzle.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412270236026024742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312270236026024256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/trackers.page0000644000373100047300000000670112270236026025132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Track trial-and-error solutions

Trackers can be used to keep track of trial-and-error solutions. Tracked moves are entered in a different color to help make the moves visually distinct from moves made earlier in the game. This feature is particularly useful when solving difficult games.

Using the tracker:

You can toggle the tracker interface in one of the following ways:

Click ToolsTrack Additions.

Click Track Additions in the toolbar. If the toolbar is not visible, click SettingsShow Toolbar.

You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected.

To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker.

You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add.

You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply.

You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.

Some sudoku players believe you should never use trial-and-error to solve a puzzle. These players should not use this feature.
Video Demonstration Click ToolsTrack Additions. You can make untracked moves if no tracker is selected. To create a new tracker click Add. From this point on, any number you enter will be part of the selected tracker. You can create as many trackers as you want by clicking Add. You can apply a set of tracked additions by selecting the tracker and clicking Apply. You can clear a tracker by selecting it and clicking Clear.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401612270236026025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

GNOME Sudoku is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-sudoku. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/save-resume.page0000644000373100047300000000271312270236026025547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thomas Hinkle tmhinkle@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save and resume
Saving your game

Your games are saved automatically every few minutes and whenever you change games or close the application.

Resuming your game

Whenever you start Sudoku or click New, your saved games will be listed in the puzzle selection screen. You will see a miniature image of the saved puzzle, the date you last played it, and how long you have played it. To open the puzzle, just double click on it.

If you'd like to stop playing one game and begin another, just select New and begin your new game.

Resuming previous games.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000352112270236026024436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

To show possible values for all cells click:

SettingsShow Possible Numbers.

To ask Sudoku to show a cell that is easy to fill:

Click ToolsHint, or Hint in the toolbar.

These features work based on the logical possibilities given the current board and not work by looking at the solution. This means that if you made an error in an earlier move, these features may show incorrect possible values.

A cell which usually has only one possible solution based on the current state of the board is outlined with flashing red. In the case of a puzzle that has no cells that have only one possible solution, a cell with two possible solutions or the least amount of possible solutions will be highlighted. Clicking Hint multiple times may not always point you to the same cell.

You can edit the possible numbers by clicking in the bottom of the cell.

These features can make easy puzzles too easy, so you should use this mode sparingly.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-sudoku/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000324112270236026025305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/list.page0000644000373100047300000000522612320470031023165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --list option. List Dialogue

Use the --list option to create a list dialog. Zenity returns the entries in the first column of text of selected rows to standard output.

Data for the dialogue must specified column by column, row by row. Data can be provided to the dialogue through standard input. Each entry must be separated by a newline character.

If you use the --checklist or --radiolist options, each row must start with either 'TRUE' or 'FALSE'.

The list dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies the column headers that are displayed in the list dialog. You must specify a --column option for each column that you want to display in the dialog.

<cmd>--checklist</cmd>

Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains check boxes.

 <cmd>--radiolist</cmd>

Specifies that the first column in the list dialogue contains radio boxes.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Allows the displayed items to be edited.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Specifies what string is used when the list dialogue returns the selected entries.

 <cmd>--print-column</cmd>=<var>column</var>

Specifies what column should be printed out upon selection. The default column is '1'. 'ALL' can be used to print out all columns in the list.

The following example script shows how to create a list dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --list \ --title="Choose the Bugs You Wish to View" \ --column="Bug Number" --column="Severity" --column="Description" \ 992383 Normal "GtkTreeView crashes on multiple selections" \ 293823 High "GNOME Dictionary does not handle proxy" \ 393823 Critical "Menu editing does not work in GNOME 2.0"
List Dialogue Example Zenity list dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/warning.page0000644000373100047300000000151412320470031023653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --warning option. Warning Dialogue

Use the --warning option to create a warning dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a warning dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --warning \ --text="Disconnect the power cable to avoid electrical shock."
Warning Dialogue Example Zenity warning dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/file-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000407212320470031025112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --file-selection option. File Selection Dialogue

Use the --file-selection option to create a file selection dialog. Zenity returns the selected files or directories to standard output. The default mode of the file selection dialog is open.

The file selection dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Specifies the file or directory that is selected in the file selection dialogue when the dialogue is first shown.

 <cmd>--multiple</cmd>

Allows the selection of multiple filenames in the file selection dialogue.

 <cmd>--directory</cmd>

Allows only selection of directories in the file selection dialogue.

 <cmd>--save</cmd>

Set the file selection dialogue into save mode.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>separator</var>

Specifies the string that is used to divide the returned list of filenames.

The following example script shows how to create a file selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh FILE=`zenity --file-selection --title="Select a File"` case $? in 0) echo "\"$FILE\" selected.";; 1) echo "No file selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
File Selection Dialogue Example Zenity file selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/color-selection.page0000644000373100047300000000253112320470031025307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --color-selection option. Color Selection Dialog

Use the --color-selection option to create a color selection dialog.

The color selection dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--color</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set the initial color.(ex: #FF0000)

 <cmd>--show-palette</cmd>

Show the palette.

The following example script shows how to create a color selection dialog:

#!/bin/sh COLOR=`zenity --color-selection --show-palette` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $COLOR.";; 1) echo "No color selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Color Selection Dialog Example Zenity color selection dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/entry.page0000644000373100047300000000304612320470031023351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --entry option. Text Entry Dialogue

Use the --entry option to create a text entry dialog. Zenity returns the contents of the text entry to standard output.

The text entry dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the text entry dialogue.

 <cmd>--entry-text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

 <cmd>--hide-text</cmd>

Hides the text in the entry field of the text entry dialogue.

The following example script shows how to create a text entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --entry \ --title="Add new profile" \ --text="Enter name of new profile:" \ --entry-text "NewProfile" then echo $? else echo "No name entered" fi
Text Entry Dialogue Example Zenity text entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/forms.page0000644000373100047300000000424012320470031023333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --forms option. Forms Dialog

Use the --forms option to create a forms dialog.

The forms dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--add-entry</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Entry in forms dialog.

 --add-password<cmd/>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog. (Hide text)

 <cmd>--add-calendar</cmd>=<var>FieldName</var>

Add a new Calendar in forms dialog.

 <cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text.

 <cmd>--separator</cmd>=<var>SEPARATOR</var>

Set output separator character. (Default: | )

 <cmd>--forms-date-format</cmd>=<var>PATTERN</var>

Set the format for the returned date. The default format depends on your locale. format must be a Format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a forms dialog:

#!/bin/sh zenity --forms --title="Add Friend" \ --text="Enter information about your friend." \ --separator="," \ --add-entry="First Name" \ --add-entry="Family Name" \ --add-entry="Email" \ --add-calendar="Birthday" >> addr.csv case $? in 0) echo "Friend added.";; 1) echo "No friend added." ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Forms Dialog Example Zenity forms dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/text.page0000644000373100047300000000422112320470031023170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --text-info option. Text Information Dialogue

Use the --text-info option to create a text information dialog.

The text information dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--filename</cmd>=<var>filename</var>

Specifies a file that is loaded in the text information dialogue.

 <cmd>--editable</cmd>

Allows the displayed text to be edited. The edited text is returned to standard output when the dialog is closed.

 <cmd>--font</cmd>=<var>FONT</var>

Specifies the text font.

 <cmd>--checkbox</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Enable a checkbox for use like a 'I read and accept the terms.'

 <cmd>--html</cmd>

Enable html support.

 <cmd>--url</cmd>=<var>URL</var>

Sets an url instead of a file. Only works if you use --html option.

The following example script shows how to create a text information dialog:

#!/bin/sh # You must place file "COPYING" in same folder of this script. FILE=`dirname $0`/COPYING zenity --text-info \ --title="License" \ --filename=$FILE \ --checkbox="I read and accept the terms." case $? in 0) echo "Start installation!" # next step ;; 1) echo "Stop installation!" ;; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred." ;; esac
Text Information Dialogue Example Zenity text information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/password.page0000644000373100047300000000234712320470031024055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --password option. Password Dialog

Use the --password option to create a password entry dialog.

The password entry dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--username</cmd>

Display the username field.

The following example script shows how to create a password entry dialog:

#!/bin/sh ENTRY=`zenity --password --username` case $? in 0) echo "User Name: `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f1`" echo "Password : `echo $ENTRY | cut -d'|' -f2`" ;; 1) echo "Stop login.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Password Entry Dialog Example Zenity password entry dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/intro.page0000644000373100047300000000177312320470031023350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zenity enables you to create the various types of simple dialog. Introduction

Zenity enables you to create the following types of simple dialog:

Calendar

File selection

Forms

List

Notification icon

Message

Error

Information

Question

Warning

Password entry

Progress

Text entry

Text information

Scale

Color selection

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/error.page0000644000373100047300000000145312320470031023341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --error option. Error Dialogue

Use the --error option to create an error dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an error dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --error \ --text="Could not find /var/log/syslog."
Error Dialogue Example Zenity error dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/info.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320470031023142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --info option. Info Dialog

Use the --info option to create an information dialog.

The following example script shows how to create an information dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --info \ --text="Merge complete. Updated 3 of 10 files."
Information Dialogue Example Zenity information dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000706712320470031023167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000425412320470031023763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --calendar option. Calendar Dialogue

Use the --calendar option to create a calendar dialog. Zenity returns the selected date to standard output. If no date is specified on the command line, the dialog uses the current date.

The calendar dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the calendar dialogue.

 <cmd>--day</cmd>=<var>day</var>

Specifies the day that is selected in the calendar dialog. day must be a number between 1 and 31 inclusive.

 <cmd>--month</cmd>=<var>month</var>

Specifies the month that is selected in the calendar dialog. month must be a number between 1 and 12 inclusive.

 <cmd>--year</cmd>=<var>year</var>

Specifies the year that is selected in the calendar dialogue.

 <cmd>--date-format</cmd>=<var>format</var>

Specifies the format that is returned from the calendar dialog after date selection. The default format depends on your locale. Format must be a format that is acceptable to the strftime function, for example %A %d/%m/%y.

The following example script shows how to create a calendar dialog:

#!/bin/sh if zenity --calendar \ --title="Select a Date" \ --text="Click on a date to select that date." \ --day=10 --month=8 --year=2004 then echo $? else echo "No date selected" fi
Calendar Dialogue Example Zenity calendar dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/usage.page0000644000373100047300000002017112320470031023312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user. Usage

When you write scripts, you can use Zenity to create simple dialogs that interact graphically with the user, as follows:

You can create a dialogue to obtain information from the user. For example, you can prompt the user to select a date from a calendar dialogue, or to select a file from a file selection dialogue.

You can create a dialogue to provide the user with information. For example, you can use a progress dialogue to indicate the current status of an operation, or use a warning message dialogue to alert the user.

When the user closes the dialog, Zenity prints the text produced by the dialog to standard output.

When you write Zenity commands, ensure that you place quotation marks around each argument.

For example, use:

zenity --calendar --title="Holiday Planner"

Do not use:

zenity --calendar --title=Holiday Planner

If you do not use quotation marks, you might get unexpected results.
Access Keys

An access key is a key that enables you to perform an action from the keyboard rather than use the mouse to choose a command from a menu or dialogue. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialogue option.

Some Zenity dialogs support the use of access keys. To specify the character to use as the access key, place an underscore before that character in the text of the dialog. The following example shows how to specify the letter 'C' as the access key:

"_Choose a name".
Exit Codes

Zenity returns the following exit codes:

Exit Code

Description

0

The user has pressed either OK or Close.

1

The user has either pressed Cancel, or used the window functions to close the dialog.

-1

An unexpected error has occurred.

5

The dialogue has been closed because the timeout has been reached.
General Options

All Zenity dialogs support the following general options:

<cmd>--title</cmd>=<var>title</var>

Specifies the title of a dialogue.

 <cmd>--window-icon</cmd>=<var>icon_path</var>

Specifies the icon that is displayed in the window frame of the dialogue. There are 4 stock icons also available by providing the following keywords - 'info', 'warning', 'question' and 'error'.

 <cmd>--width</cmd>=<var>width</var>

Specifies the width of the dialogue.

 <cmd>--height</cmd>=<var>height</var>

Specifies the height of the dialogue.

 <cmd>--timeout</cmd>=<var>timeout</var>

Specifies the timeout in seconds after which the dialogue is closed.
Help Options

Zenity provides the following help options:

<cmd>--help</cmd>

Displays shortened help text.

 <cmd>--help-all</cmd>

Displays full help text for all dialogues.

 <cmd>--help-general</cmd>

Displays help text for general dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-calendar</cmd>

Displays help text for calendar dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-entry</cmd>

Displays help text for text entry dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-error</cmd>

Displays help text for error dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-info</cmd>

Displays help text for information dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-file-selection</cmd>

Displays help text for file selection dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-list</cmd>

Displays help text for list dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-notification</cmd>

Displays help text for notification icon options.

 <cmd>--help-progress</cmd>

Displays help text for progress dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-question</cmd>

Displays help text for question dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-warning</cmd>

Displays help text for warning dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-text-info</cmd>

Displays help for text information dialogue options.

 <cmd>--help-misc</cmd>

Displays help for miscellaneous options.

 <cmd>--help-gtk</cmd>

Displays help for GTK+ options.
Miscellaneous Options

Zenity also provides the following miscellaneous options:

<cmd>--about</cmd>

Displays the About Zenity dialog, which contains Zenity version information, copyright information, and developer information.

 <cmd>--version</cmd>

Displays the version number of Zenity.
GTK+ Options

Zenity supports the standard GTK+ options. For more information about the GTK+ options, execute the zenity --help-gtk command.

Environment Variables

Normally, Zenity detects the terminal window from which it was launched and keeps itself above that window. This behavior can be disabled by unsetting the WINDOWID environment variable.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/scale.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320470031023307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --scale option. Scale Dialog

Use the --scale option to create a scale dialog.

The scale dialog supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>TEXT</var>

Set the dialog text. (Default: Adjust the scale value)

 <cmd>--value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set initial value. (Default: 0) You must specify value between minimum value to maximum value.

 <cmd>--min-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set minimum value. (Default: 0)

 <cmd>--max-value</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set maximum value. (Default: 100)

 <cmd>--step</cmd>=<var>VALUE</var>

Set step size. (Default: 1)

 <cmd>--print-partial</cmd>

Print value to standard output, whenever a value is changed.

<cmd>--hide-value</cmd>

Hide value on dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a scale dialog:

#!/bin/sh VALUE=`zenity --scale --text="Select window transparency." --value=50` case $? in 0) echo "You selected $VALUE%.";; 1) echo "No value selected.";; -1) echo "An unexpected error has occurred.";; esac
Scale Dialog Example Zenity scale dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/message.page0000644000373100047300000000111512320470032023630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Error, Info, Question, Warning Message Dialog

For each type, use the --text option to specify the text that is displayed in the dialog.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/notification.page0000644000373100047300000000204212320470032024672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --notification option. Notification Icon

Use the --notification option to create a notification icon.

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the notification area.

The following example script shows how to create a notification icon:

#!/bin/sh zenity --notification\ --window-icon="info" \ --text="There are system updates necessary!"
Notification Icon Example Zenity notification icon example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/question.page0000644000373100047300000000150312320470032024054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --question option. Question Dialogue

Use the --question option to create a question dialog.

The following example script shows how to create a question dialog:

#!/bin/bash zenity --question \ --text="Are you sure you wish to proceed?"
Question Dialogue Example Zenity question dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/index.page0000644000373100047300000000144512320470032023321 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sun Java Desktop System Documentation Team Glynn Foster Nicholas Curran Yasumichi Akahoshi yasumichi@vinelinux.org

GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL)

 Zenity Manual
Dialogs
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/zenity/progress.page0000644000373100047300000000422712320470032024057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the --progress option. Progress Dialogue

Use the --progress option to create a progress dialog.

Zenity reads data from standard input line by line. If a line is prefixed with #, the text is updated with the text on that line. If a line contains only a number, the percentage is updated with that number.

The progress dialogue supports the following options:

<cmd>--text</cmd>=<var>text</var>

Specifies the text that is displayed in the progress dialogue.

 <cmd>--percentage</cmd>=<var>percentage</var>

Specifies the initial percentage that is set in the progress dialogue.

 <cmd>--auto-close</cmd>

Closes the progress dialogue when 100% has been reached.

 <cmd>--pulsate</cmd>

Specifies that the progress bar pulsates until an EOF character is read from standard input.

The following example script shows how to create a progress dialog:

#!/bin/sh ( echo "10" ; sleep 1 echo "# Updating mail logs" ; sleep 1 echo "20" ; sleep 1 echo "# Resetting cron jobs" ; sleep 1 echo "50" ; sleep 1 echo "This line will just be ignored" ; sleep 1 echo "75" ; sleep 1 echo "# Rebooting system" ; sleep 1 echo "100" ; sleep 1 ) | zenity --progress \ --title="Update System Logs" \ --text="Scanning mail logs..." \ --percentage=0 if [ "$?" = -1 ] ; then zenity --error \ --text="Update canceled." fi
Progress Dialogue Example Zenity progress dialog example
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000336512300405416025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME Games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community: you are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc: join the #i18n chanel on the irc.gnome.org server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412300405416025215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licence

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000336212300405416025431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Strategy

Since each tile layout requires a different approach, there is no one universal strategy. However, there are some strategy tips to keep in mind while you play:

The general strategy is to keep removing matching tiles in such a way that each removed tile will expose further tiles. A good strategy would be to expose new tiles with every set of tiles you match and eliminate.

Choosing easily accessible tiles, such as those from the top levels, is not beneficial. This strategy leaves essential tiles under cover, increasing your chances of losing the game.

Since you are scored by how quickly you finish the game, time is the most important factor in the game. It is therefore important to be fast.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/gameplay.page0000644000373100047300000000316512300405416025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basic gameplay

Mahjongg is played by matching two identical tiles per turn. A tile is eligible for matching if no part of another tile is lying directly on it, and it has a free long edge on either the left or the right. You win by removing all tiles, and you are scored by the amount of time it takes you to do so.

There are many different tile layouts to choose from.

To match two tiles:

Click on the a tile you want to match. If it is an eligible tile, it will be highlighted.

Click on a matching tile. If it is a truly a matching tile, both tiles will vanish.
Video demonstration

Video of gameplay
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401612300405416025607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

Mahjongg is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mahjongg. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312300405416024531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207512300405416025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/choosing.page0000644000373100047300000000112312300405416025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Select a board

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/map.page0000644000373100047300000000510312300405417024340 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Change tile layout

There are 9 different layouts. To select a different tile layout:

Click MahjonggPreferences.

Under Maps select a layout from the drop-down menu.

Click Close

Your new tile layout will take effect immediately unless you have already started a game and chose for the effect to take place after you are finished.

Easy

The Ziggurat

Four Bridges

Cloud

Tic-tac-toe

Red Dragon

Pyramid's Walls

Confounding Cross

Difficult
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000347312300405417025631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

Fullscreen

F11

Help

F1

Hint

CtrlH

New game

CtrlN

Pause

Pause

Use the toolbar Pause button if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Quit

CtrlQ

Redo

ShiftCtrlZ

Undo

CtrlZ
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000260512300405417024721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rules

Tiles must be identical to be removed.

Fully and partially covered tiles cannot be matched.

Tiles must have a free long edge in order to be eligible for matching.

You can undo a move without penalty.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

If the arrangement does not allow further tiles to be matched, you will be given the option to shuffle the tiles in order to keep playing.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/scoring.page0000644000373100047300000000201412300405417025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Scoring

In Mahjongg, you are scored by how quickly you can complete a board.

To view the highscore board:

Select MahjonggScores

The scores are stored on a per map basis. You can view the highscores for a particular map by selecting it from the drop-down menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/index.page0000644000373100047300000000223312300405417024673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> Mahjongg Mahjongg GNOME Mahjongg help. Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">Mahjongg logo</media> Mahjongg

Mahjongg is a simple pattern recognition game. You score points by matching identical tiles.

Playing Mahjongg
Useful tips
Advanced
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000215212300405417026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/pause.page0000644000373100047300000000224312300405417024702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pausing your game

You can pause your current game using one of the following methods:

The Pause button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000220312300405417025223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Show/hide the toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click MahjonggToolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo Move, Redo Move, Hint and Pause.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/moves.page0000644000373100047300000000173712300405417024725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moves left

The Moves Left counter is located on the toolbar. It displays the number of different moves that can be made. It can help you see how far you are from running out of moves, and whether you've seen all possible moves.

Mahjongg counters

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mahjongg/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000420212300405417024707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

Hint highlights two tiles that can be matched. If you have already selected one tile, it will show a match for that piece if one exists.

Hint can be accessed by clicking MahjonggHint. Alternatively, use the Hint button in the toolbar, or press CtrlH.

Hint can make Mahjongg too easy, and should be used sparingly.

There is a 30-second penalty for each use of the "hint" option.
Video demonstration You can use Hints to help you find identical tiles. Press CtrlH. There is a 30 s penalty for each use of this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/neighbor.xml0000644000373100047300000000360512307311665024357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Neighbour Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Dealt to the Tableau in the manner described below. Tableau Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Click on Kings to remove them. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen as long as the two cards are touching horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. Options None Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remove cards higher up on the table first as this creates more movement within the grid. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/plait.xml0000644000373100047300000000505512307311665023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Plait Written by W. Borgert Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Third row from the right side in the middle. Two redeals are allowed. Waste Fourth row from the right in the middle, directly left of the stock. Foundation Right eight piles. One card is already there at start. This is the base card. All fields have to be started with this card. Plait The group of cards in the middle of the table. Starts with 20 cards. Only the one top level card can be moved. Edges The four fields at the top and bottom, left and right of the plait. These are automatically refilled from the plait. Tableau The eight fields left and right of the plait, between the edge fields. Only one card per pile is possible. Goal Move all cards to Foundations. Rules All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait and from the waste. The game is lost if no available cards can be moved on to the Foundation piles and the Stock is empty. Scoring No scoring. You either win or lose. Strategy Pick the cards from the plait as soon as possible as they are hard to free. Then pick the cards from the tableau as it will give you empty slots to temporarily store some cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/labyrinth.xml0000644000373100047300000000432612307311665024557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Labyrinth Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Foundation Four piles top right. Aces are placed in their respective Foundation pile prior to shuffling the deck. Tableau One card is dealt face up in each Tableau pile at the start of the game. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Build any cards from the Tableau in suit and sequence on to the Foundation. Spaces are automatically filled from the Stock. Once the eight cards in the Tableau piles cannot be played, click on the Stock to deal a card to each pile. Empty slots in the Tableau are no longer filled automatically. Cards at the top and bottom of each Tableau pile is available for play on to the Foundation piles. There is no building on the Tableau. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Get plenty of sleep the night before so that you are bright and alert when you play this game. Move any card you possibly can on to the Foundation piles. Have fun! usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/clock.xml0000644000373100047300000000537112307311665023657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Clock Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Deal cards in a clock shape, for a total of twelve piles with four cards each. Stock Place last four cards in the Stock pile (middle of the Tableau) Flip over top card. Goal To reveal all the cards. Rules Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analogue clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analogue watch/clock, this is the pattern: Clock Layout. Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double-click on the appropriate receptor pile. Game is over when there are four kings in the middle. At this point, you've won if goal is achieved. Note that if a card in a pile is in the right place it is okay even if it is faced down. Scoring Each card in the appropriate pile of the clock (not counting Kings, as there are no Kings on real clocks) scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Find a way to automate this game. There are no decisions ever to be made. If you lose it's not your fault. (Contrariwise, if you win, it's just luck!) usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/forty_thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000523412307311666025455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forty Thieves Written by Ed Sirett Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt singly to the waste, The top card of the waste is available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Ten piles. Deal four rows face up to start. Tableau can be built down in suit. Cards are moved singly. Empty piles can be filled with any card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down in the same suit. Cards can only be moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card. As a short cut you can move more than one if there are enough empty spaces. Cards can also be moved in groups to the Foundation piles. Cards are played singly from the Stock to the waste pile, whose top card is available for play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double-clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation scores 5 points. When a Foundation pile is complete (from Ace to King), 60 more points are scored. Maximum possible score: 1000 Strategy Refrain from bringing cards to the tableau in order to obtain an empty space as soon as possible. Then balance the requirements to maintain empty spaces against the need to save low cards from being buried in the waste. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/aunt_mary.xml0000644000373100047300000000575512307311666024572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Aunt Mary Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Six piles, deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on the first two piles then one card face down on all covered piles. Place three cards face up and the rest face down and so on. Repeat gradually revealing more cards each time until there are six rows with six cards. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Aunt Mary is extremely difficult and rarely solvable. The real challenge is not finishing but seeing how far you can get. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/streets_and_alleys.xml0000644000373100047300000000371612307311666026452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Streets and Alleys Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle column. To be built from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Foundations.) Deal all cards face up and extended on to these eight piles so that there are seven cards in each pile on the left flank and six cards in each pile on the right flank and all cards are showing. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty piles can be filled with any single card. Foundations are built up in suit. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Build evenly on to Foundations if possible. Try and get an empty Tableau slot. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/giant.xml0000644000373100047300000000627212307311666023670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Giant Written by Ed Sirett Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here after dealing on the Tableau. Cards are dealt a row at a time onto the tableau piles. No redeals. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight piles. Deal one card face up to all eight piles. Reserve To the right of the Tableau. Initially empty. May contain any single card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colours. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below. Cards are dealt from the Stock to the Tableau in complete rows. The reserve may be empty or occupied as you wish. Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double-clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations. Options There are two ways to play. The difference between them is in how the cards may be built in the tableau. Same suit Cards must be of the same suit to be moved as a group and must be placed on a card of the same suit. Alternating colours To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colours. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite colour. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy Avoid leaving small cards buried in the tableau. Use the Reserve wisely. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/athena.xml0000644000373100047300000000641512307311666024025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Athena Written by Alan Horkan, based on work by Jonathan Blandford Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Canfield only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/thirteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000430212307311666024400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thirteen Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. The top card is available for play. Tableau Deal face down seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Flip bottom row. Goal Remove all cards. Rules All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. The top card is available for play either with the available cards in the pyramid or with the card below. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Every pyramid needs a strong foundation. Get rid of the lower cards first, with an eye out to try to expose as many cards as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/monte_carlo.xml0000644000373100047300000000441512307311666025065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Monte Carlo Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt after concatenating the Tableau onto the empty slots. Tableau Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Cards can be removed in pairs that have the same value as long as the two cards are touching horizontally, vertically, or diagonally. At any point that there are empty piles in the Tableau, dealing from the Stock moves all the cards already in the Tableau from the right to left and moving them up a row to the far right if necessary making all the empty slots at the end. The Stock is then dealt on to these empty slots. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Keep an eye out as to how the Tableau will shrink when you deal. Sometimes leaving pairs in will allow more pairs to become available after a deal. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/canfield.xml0000644000373100047300000000634012307311666024327 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Demon Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over three at a time to Waste. Unlimited redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve On left under stock. Deal thirteen cards here with top card face up. Top card available for play to Foundations or Tableau. Tableau Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. Foundation Four piles top right. Deal one card face up on first Foundation pile. This card is now the base card. Built up by suit. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste by three. If the last flip has less than three cards, that many cards are flipped for that move only. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. This game used to be played in casinos. You would break even if your score is 10. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy A bird in hand is worth two in the bush. This game is hard to win. Most people play with the betting rules in mind and try to get as many points as possible. To this end, always move cards into the Foundations as soon as they are available. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/whitehead.xml0000644000373100047300000000501112307311666024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whitehead Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal all cards face up such that there is one card in the first pile, two in the second pile, ending with seven in the seventh pile. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Empty Tableau slots are a prized commodity in this game. Sometimes keeping them around until you need them is a very good idea. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/jamestown.xml0000644000373100047300000000304112307311666024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jamestown Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Tableau Nine piles in a 3x3 formation. Each Tableau pile is dealt one card face up. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Remove pairs of cards with the same rank. Empty piles are automatically filled from the Stock. Scoring Removing each pair of cards scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remove pairs of cards as fast as possible. That is the only challenge. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/cover.xml0000644000373100047300000000336112307311666023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cover Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All remaining cards are placed here after dealing. Tableau Four piles. One card is dealt in each slot at the beginning of the game. Empty slots are immediately filled from the Stock. Goal Empty the Stock. Rules Any two cards in the Tableau can be removed if they belong to the same suit. Spaces are immediately filled by cards in the Stock. The game is over when each suit is represented by one card in the Tableau. Scoring Each pair removed from the game scores two points. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy A quick short game with not much thought involved, cover is best played with minimal thought and quick reflexes. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/osmosis.xml0000644000373100047300000000527212307311666024261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Osmosis Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four spread piles on left. Deal three cards face down and one card face up in each Reserve pile. No building allowed. Foundation Four piles on right. Deal one card on to first Foundation. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Any card of the suit in the first Foundation can be played on to this Foundation pile at any time. Each ensuing Foundation can only be started with a card of the same rank as this first card. Once started, these latter foundations can be built on in suit as long as a card of the same rank already exists in the Foundation directly above it. Play cards from Reserves whenever possible following these rules. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Options Three card deals: Deal three cards at a time from Stock to Waste and enable unlimited redeals. Scoring One point for every card placed on Foundation. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy It's no coincidence that solitaire games are also known as "patience games". Do not automatically put first available card on the second (and third) foundation piles. Sometimes it is worth using a different suit so as to free up more cards in the Reserves. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/freecell.xml0000644000373100047300000000466412307311666024352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Freecell Written by Changwoo Ryu Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four left piles on top row. Each Reserve pile can only hold one card. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Tableau Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Cards in Reserve piles can be played back on to Tableau or on to the Foundation. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Space is a valuable commodity. Keep as many of the Reserve piles free as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/escalator.xml0000644000373100047300000000403412307311666024535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Escalator Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals Waste To be taken from Stock. Tableau Deal face up seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Rules All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Build on to the Waste from these available cards whenever possible by playing a card with a rank immediately above or immediately below the rack of the top card in the Waste. Aces are both above Kings and below Deuces. Cards are flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed from the Tableau scores one point. Maximum possible score: 28 Strategy Try to plan ahead so that you can make runs in the future. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/carpet.xml0000644000373100047300000000446312307311666024044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Carpet Written by Vincent Povirk Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Aces are removed before dealing and placed on the foundations. Tableau The "Carpet". Four rows of five cards dealt face up. Cards on the tableau are available for play. There is no building. Empty spaces are automatically filled from the waste if possible or the stock. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards on the tableau are in play. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card places in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Just put anything you can on the foundation. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/first_law.xml0000644000373100047300000000422312307311666024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 First Law Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here in beginning. When emptied, cards are brought back from Tableau and put back in the Stock. Tableau Four piles on the right. Each deal from Stock will deal one card to each Tableau pile. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the Tableau piles. If any of the cards showing in the Tableau are of the same rank, move the others on to the leftmost of the like cards. Empty piles can only be filled by an ensuing deal from Stock. If at any point, all four cards showing are the same rank, they are removed. When Stock is empty, the Tableau piles are gathered, right pile on left, and placed back into stock. The first card dealt will always be the first card dealt until it is removed. There are unlimited redeals. Scoring Each set of four cards removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 13 Strategy Don't forget to use the brakes! This game might never end unless you decide carefully whether or not to make a move. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/helsinki.xml0000644000373100047300000000325412307311666024371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Helsinki Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are automatically placed on to the Tableau whenever a space opens up. Tableau Ten piles. Deal a card face up in every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly. Empty Tableau piles are automatically filled from the Stock. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Go as fast as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/fortress.xml0000644000373100047300000000367212307311666024436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortress Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Tableau Five piles one each side of the Foundation. Deal five cards face up on to each of these piles and one more on the top two piles. The top card in any Tableau pile is available for play. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau piles can be built up or down in suit. Only the top card in every pile is available for play. Empty slots can be filled with any available card. The Foundations are built up from Ace to King in suit. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Safeguard any empty Tableau slots you may create. They are the key to a successful game. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/scorpion.xml0000644000373100047300000000423612307311666024420 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scorpion Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The last three cards are placed here after the deal. Tableau Seven piles to the right of Stock. * Deal one cards face down on each of the first four rows. Deal one card face up on the last three rows. Repeat from * two more times, dealing a total of three rows. Deal one card face up on each pile for four more rows. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each, each pile consisting of one suit and in rank order. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. At any point, clicking on the Stock will deal the last three cards, one each on the first three piles. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points. Maximum possible score: 100 Strategy Unknotting knots is not often easy. Avoid tangling yourself up with no way out. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/easthaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000453712307311666024546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easthaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal two cards face down and one card face up for every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Rules The Tableau is built down by alternate colour. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating colour can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King. Any empty Tableau slots must be filled if possible before dealing more cards. Clicking on the Stock deals one card face up on to each Tableau pile. The last deal places one card face up on the first three piles. There are no redeals. The Foundation is built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Each card placed on to a Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move cards up to the Foundation when you can because the next deal may block it. However since cards in the Foundation are no longer in play, you may get stuck later needing that card. Hopefully this conundrum will be the most difficult one facing you today. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/spider.xml0000644000373100047300000000755512307311666024061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Spider Written by Jonathan Blandford Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck placed here after dealing onto Tableau. Clicking deals one card face up to every pile. Foundation Top eight piles. Only used to hold sequences of cards going down from King down to Ace once completed. Tableau Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7 and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit. Goal To have eight sequences of cards going down from King down to Ace in the foundation. If you want an extremely difficult challenge, do not move completed sequences of cards to a foundation. You can also win by leaving the same eight sequences in the tableau. This is harder because there are fewer empty piles available. In fact, it is nearly impossible. Rules Build down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or legal sequence. Clicking on the Stock pile at any time deals a card face up to every pile. However, all piles must be non-empty. If an empty pile exists, an error message will appear. A sequence of cards going down from King down to Ace can be moved to a foundation pile. Once there, these cards are no longer in play. Options There are three possible types of deck. Each deck has 104 cards. One Suit The deck is an octuple deck of Spades only. This is the simplest of the spider decks and a good way to learn the basics. Two Suits The deck is a quadruple deck of Hearts and Spades only. There are four complete sequences of cards for each suit. This is not quite as diabolical as the standard four suit spider deck. Four Suits The deck is a standard double deck. There are two complete sequences of cards for each suit. This is the standard Spider deck. It is also the most difficult. Many traditional implementations of Spider do not use a foundation and simply remove completed sequences of cards. This has no impact upon game play. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Maximum possible score: 96 Strategy If at first you don't succeed, don't become addicted. Build in suit whenever possible, but expose as many cards as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/backbone.xml0000644000373100047300000000562612307311666024334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backbone Written by Vincent Povirk Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Single pile below the foundations on the left. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau and Reserve. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste Single pile to the right of the Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Reserve Two stacks of 9 cards each, with a single above both stacks. Cards that are not obscured are available for play to anywhere except empty tableau spaces. Tableau Eight piles, four on each side of the reserve. A card is dealt to each tableau pile when the game starts. Build down in suit. Empty spaces can be filled with any card. Only one card can be moved at a time. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty slots can be filled with any card except from the reserve. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck twice. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy You can use empty spaces in the Tableau to move multiple cards. Be careful with Kings in the Reserve: the only way to remove them is by playing them to a Foundation on top of a Queen. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/scuffle.xml0000644000373100047300000000455412307311666024216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Scuffle Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Aces are placed here at the start of play. Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the four Reserve piles. Two redeals allowed. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on each Foundation to begin the game. The Foundation piles are to be built up regardless of suit. Reserves Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Each time Stock is clicked, one card will be placed on each Reserve pile. Top card is available for play. Reserve cards can only be moved on to Foundations. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Play begins by dealing four cards face up on to the Reserve. If possible, play cards on to the Foundation from the Reserve. Continue this process until no cards are left in stock and no more moves on to the Foundation can be made. Take all cards left over on the Reserve and reshuffle. Place these cards back to the stock for redealing. There are two redeals. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep in mind what is underneath the Reserve piles. When given a choice, it is this knowledge which should help you decide which card to play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/sir_tommy.xml0000644000373100047300000000440512307311666024604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sir Tommy Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Cards are dealt singly to Waste. Waste To the right of the Stock. Can only hold one card. Card must immediately be placed on either a Foundation pile or on to the Reserve pile of your choice. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Waste. To be built in sequence from Ace to King regardless of suit. Reserves Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Cards in Reserve can only be played on to Foundation piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundations Rules Build on to Foundations in sequence from Ace to King regardless of suit. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try not to place cards of higher rank on to cards of lower rank in the Reserve. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/thumb_and_pouch.xml0000644000373100047300000000537212307311666025725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thumb and Pouch Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in any suit but own. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled by any legal sequence of cards. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by any suit but own. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a any legal sequence of cards. Cards are flipped from the stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Brute force may not always work, but in this case it probably will. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/block_ten.xml0000644000373100047300000000322212307311666024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Block Ten Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here at beginning of play. Tableau Nine piles in a 3x3 formation. Each Tableau pile is dealt one card face up. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Remove cards in pairs that add up to ten. Jacks, Queens and Kings are removed in pairs. Tens cannot be removed. All empty slots are automatically filled by the Stock. Scoring Removing each pair of cards scores two points. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy This is a pure luck game. Therefore, any strategy involved would have to do with increasing your luck. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/gay_gordons.xml0000644000373100047300000000320112307311666025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gay Gordons Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserve Top left pile. Deal two cards face up here. The top card is in play. Cannot be refilled or built on. Tableau Ten piles. Deal five cards face up in each pile. The top card in each pile is in play. Empty piles cannot be filled. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Remove cards in pairs that add up to eleven. Kings are paired off with Queens. Jacks are paired off with other Jacks. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to uncover cards that are buried under their pair-mate. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/klondike.xml0000644000373100047300000001074212307311666024363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Canfield Written by Jonathan Blandford Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double-clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game. Options There are three possible ways to play. The difference between them is in how the cards are dealt from the stock. Three card deals Cards are dealt from the stock three at a time. There is no limit to how many times you can redeal the stock. Single card deals Cards are dealt from the stock one at a time. However you can only turn the stock over and redeal twice. No redeals Cards are dealt one at a time from the stock. There is no redeal. Play this way if you want a challenge (and some frustration). Unlimited redeals Cards are dealt one at a time from the stock. There is no limit to how many times you can redeal the stock. Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional — depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/yield.xml0000644000373100047300000000445412307311666023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Yield Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card and bottom card available for play. Tableau Deal cards face up in seven overlapping rows starting with seven cards on the first row, decreasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve an inverted pyramid. Goal Remove all cards. Rules All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top and bottom cards are available for play either by themselves or with the available cards in the pyramid. The top card of the Waste can also be played with the second card on the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Removing the bottom of the inverted pyramid is the hard part. Once that is achieved, it is sometimes better to remove cards from the Waste than the inverted pyramid, as there are more cards in play there. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/hopscotch.xml0000644000373100047300000000537212307311666024560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hopscotch Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Ace to four of clubs are placed here at beginning of play. Cards are dealt singly to Waste. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. Can only hold one card at a time. Card must immediately be placed on either a Foundation pile or on to the Reserve pile of your choice. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter. Reserve Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Cards in Reserve can only be played on to Foundation piles. Cards moved from Waste can be placed on any of the Reserve piles. Goal Move all cards on to Foundations. Rules Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes and fours for piles one, two, three and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Hone your skills for this game. Luck will not get you very far here. Try not to cover cards you might need sooner. Consider saving a column just for kings (as they are the last card to be played on each Foundation). usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/peek.xml0000644000373100047300000000474512307311666023515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Peek Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves Four spread piles on left. Deal four cards face up in each Reserve pile. No building allowed. Foundation Four piles on right. Deal one card on to first Foundation. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Any card of the suit in the first Foundation can be played on to this Foundation pile at any time. Each ensuing Foundation can only be started with a card of the same rank as this first card. Once started, these latter foundations can be built on in suit as long as a card of the same rank already exists in the Foundation directly above it. Play cards from Reserves whenever possible following these rules. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Options Three card deals: Deal three cards at a time from Stock to Waste and enable unlimited redeals. Scoring One point for every card placed on Foundation. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy The Reserves are open for you to see. Choose your suit order wisely. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/eagle-wing.xml0000644000373100047300000000706112307311666024602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eagle Wing Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. One card is dealt in the first Fondation at the start of the game, this is the base card. Other Fondations must be started with a card of the same rank as the base card. To be built up in suit from the base card. Reserve Middle (and lowest) slot. Deal thirteen cards face down here. Flip card to fill any spaces in the Tableau. When only one card is left in the Reserve, it will flip up and can be played on Foundation or a Tableau pile. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Reserve.) Deal one card face up per slot. Tableau can be built down by suit. Cards can be moved singly to other slots on the Tableau, or in a group on to the Foundation. Each Tableau slot can hold a maximum of three cards. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the tableau are built down by suit. Cards can only be moved singly to another Tableau pile. However, to ease monotony, groups of cards can be moved to Foundation. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by a card from the Waste or from another Tableau pile. The Reserve exists mainly to deal cards into empty slots of the Tableau. However, when there is only one card left in the Reserve, it will become visible and is in play. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste singly. When the Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy A little planning goes a long way. Check before piling cards in a Tableau. Remember the three card in a slot rule. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/gaps.xml0000644000373100047300000000450212307311666023512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gaps Written by Zach Keene Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock All cards are dealt into four rows of 13 cards each; the aces are then discarded to leave four gaps. Two redeals are allowed. Goal To place all cards in sequence from 2 to king, in suit. Rules Gaps in the leftmost column may be filled by moving a 2 of any suit there. A gap to the right of any non-King card may be filled by placing the card with the same suit but one rank higher into the gap. Gaps following Kings or other gaps may not be filled. Once a card is placed in a sequence starting with a 2 in the leftmost slot, it can no longer be moved. If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed. Options Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Tick this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unticked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing. Scoring Each card placed in sequence, starting with a two in the leftmost slot, is worth one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Put off making any move that will add a gap after a king for as long as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/fortunes.xml0000644000373100047300000000343712307311666024433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fortunes Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deals a card to each Tableau pile when clicked. Tableau Four piles on right. Groups of cards can be moved on to empty piles. Goal To remove all cards except the four Aces. Rules Aces are high cards. When two cards of the same suit are available, the one with the lower rank can be removed. When an empty slot appears, it can be filled with an group of cards. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy There is no reason to have an empty slot when dealing another batch of cards. However, when you have an empty slot, try to keep it empty as long as possible, as this is a great way to get rid of buried cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/diamond_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000441112307311666025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Diamond Mine Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation One pile at top. Build in sequence for diamonds starting from any diamond of your choice. Tableau Thirteen piles. Deal three cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Remove all diamonds to the foundation and have all the other cards in suit and sequence with Aces being low in the Tableau. Rules Cards (other than diamonds) can be built down in sequence regardless of suit. Builds of cards can be moved as a unit. Empty slots can be filled by any card (except for diamonds) or build of cards. Diamonds cannot be moved except to be place on to the Foundation. The diamond Foundation must be built up in sequence but can start from any number you want. Scoring Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points and Kings as thirteen points. Each Ace to King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points. Maximum possible score: 100 Strategy Mining for diamonds is hard work. Keep in mind that not all diamonds are worth the same. Don't forget to clean up after yourself and put the other suits in order. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000726012307311666023650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/westhaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000433012307311666024563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Westhaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top row. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Ten piles of three cards each, with the last row of cards face up. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards. Foundation piles are to be built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are no longer in play. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. Top card of Waste pile is always available for play. There are no redeals. Scoring Each card moved to Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Caution is for those who actually have money at stake. Live dangerously. Make any moves you can, as chance is on your side. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/spiderette.xml0000644000373100047300000000453512307311666024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Spiderette Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Deals a card to each Tableau pile when clicked. Foundation Four piles top right. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal one card face down on all seven piles, then one on the last six piles, followed by one on the last five piles. Continue in this manner until you have seven cards in the last pile. Flip up the top card on every pile. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each built down in suit and sequence. Rules Cards in Tableau can be built down regardless of suit. Builds of cards in sequence and in the same suit can by moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each Tableau pile must be filled before any deal. Clicking on the Stock will deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. A build of all thirteen cards in a suit may be moved on to a Foundation pile. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Every pair of cards in suit and sequence scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep a Tableau pile empty whenever possible to create a swap space for moving around cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/accordion.xml0000644000373100047300000000416112307311666024522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accordion Written by Ed Sirett Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Fifty-four spaces in five rows of nine and a last row of seven. Deal cards face up one per space. The spaces should be considered as one continuous line, the rows simply arrange the tableau so all of it can be seen at once. Thus the rightmost space of a row is to be considered to the left of the leftmost space of the row below. Goal To remove all cards except one. Rules Cards are moved singly. Any card can be moved over another card of the same suit or rank that is in the space immediately to its left or three spaces to its left. The card that is covered is removed from play. All the cards (if any) in spaces to the right of the resulting gap are moved to the left one space so as to close the gap. Double-clicking causes the card to move three spaces, if possible, or failing that one space to the left. Scoring Each card removed scores 1 point. Maximum possible score: 51 Strategy This is a diffcult game. Try to find two or three cards of the same rank at or near the last row. Try not to remove any card of this rank. At the end you can move these cards onto each other to win. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/eliminator.xml0000644000373100047300000000343112307311666024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eliminator Written by Wa (logicplace.com) Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Four piles. Deal 13 cards to each. (This is all of the cards.) Foundation Four to six empty slots that you build in either direction. Goal Move all cards to Foundation. Rules Any card can be placed as the first card in the Foundation. Foundation piles can be built up or down from the top card's value, disregarding suit. Kings can be placed on Aces and vice versa. Scoring Every card moved from the Tableau on top of a card in the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 51 Strategy Make sure to look at all the cards coming up, and be sure you're not going to lock any cards that are necessary to move the one on top. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/kings_audience.xml0000644000373100047300000000532712307311666025536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 King's Audience Written by Zach Keene Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Reserves (Antechamber) The outer rectangle of sixteen cards. Cards in the reserve are available to play, and are replenished from the Waste (or the Stock if no cards are currently in the Waste.) Stock Left slot in the centre row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal. Waste Slot to the right of the Stock. The top card of the Waste is available to play. "Thrones" Top four slots in the "audience chamber" (the area inside the surrounding sixteen cards.) Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be move to one of these slots. Foundations Bottom four slots in the audience chamber. Whenever a Jack and an Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved to an empty Foundation slot, with the Jack on top. The foundation then may be built down in suit. Goal Move all cards to the foundation piles or thrones. Rules Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double-clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner. Scoring Each card placed in the audience chamber receives one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy None; King's Audience is pretty much entirely based on luck. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/will_o_the_wisp.xml0000644000373100047300000000443112307311666025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Will o' the Wisp Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. When clicked, deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. Foundation Four piles top right. Tableau Seven piles on the bottom. Deal two cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Create four piles of thirteen cards each built down in suit and sequence. Rules Tableau piles can be built down regardless of suit. Builds of cards in sequence and in the same suit can by moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each Tableau pile must be filled before any deal. Clicking on the Stock will deal a card on to every Tableau pile except for the last deal which places one card on each of the first three piles. A build of all thirteen cards in a suit may be moved on to a Foundation pile. Cards in the Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Every pair of cards in suit and sequence scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Try to keep a Tableau pile empty whenever possible to create a swap space for moving around cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/bakers_dozen.xml0000644000373100047300000000400012307311666025217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bakers Dozen Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles at top. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Thirteen piles. Four cards are dealt face up on each pile. Kings are moved to the bottom of their respective piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules The top card on each Tableau can be moved to another Tableau pile if it has a value of one lower than the top card on the second pile. Suit is not relevant. Empty Tableau piles cannot be filled. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card moved to the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful not to bury low cards. Try to keep Tableau piles from emptying. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/ten_across.xml0000644000373100047300000000473012307311666024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ten Across Written by James LewisMoss Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Temporary Spots Locations to place one card out of play. The spots begin the game filled. One version of the game does not allow you to put new cards into these spots once they are empty. Tableau Ten piles across the bottom. To deal place 10 cards across going from left to right with the first and last cards face up. Continuing you place ten cards across the piles from right to left (reversed) with the first two and last two cards placed face up. Continue this pattern (reversed and one more card each pass) until 50 cards have been placed. Place the last two cards in the temporary spots at the top. Goal Form four piles in the tableau all of the same suit running from King to Ace. Rules Only a King may be moved to a blank tableau spot. Cards may be moved only onto other cards if the suit matches and the moved card is one less than the moved to. This includes moving a pile of cards of different suits as long as the top card of the moved pile matches the bottom card of the location moved to. Options Allow temporary spots use: If ticked the temporary spots may be reused. Scoring You win or lose. There is no scoring. Strategy This game is hard to win (being very influenced by how the cards are placed to begin with). Don't forget you have the temporary spots. Try to clear them quickly because they are very useful when you get stuck. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/bear_river.xml0000644000373100047300000000612212307311666024700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bear River Written by Bruce and Joel Levin Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles at top. One card is dealt face up in the first Foundation pile. Tableau There are 18 Tableau piles arranged in three rows of six piles each. All cards are dealt face up and fanned, such that all cards are visible. The first five piles of each row start with three cards each. The sixth pile of each row starts with two cards each. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules One random card has already been dealt to a Foundation pile. The rank of that card becomes the Base Card. The other three cards with the same rank can be moved to an empty Foundation. Foundations are built up in ascending order, matching suit. Cards can "wrap-around" from Queen to King to Ace to Two. Cards on the Foundations may not be moved back onto Tableau piles. None of the Tableau piles can have more than three cards. The top card of each Tableau pile can be moved to any other Tableau pile if it matches suit and has a face value of one higher or one lower than the top card of the pile it is being moved to. Cards can "wrap-around" between King and Ace. There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it. Scoring Each card moved to the Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to free up one or more Hole piles early. There is never a disadvantage in moving cards to the Foundations. Move as many as possible, as soon as possible. Cards that have a rank one lower than the Base Card can be very difficult to move. Be careful where you place them. Bear River can be won about one third of the time. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/lady_jane.xml0000644000373100047300000000652612307311666024516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lady Jane Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned on to the Reserve one on each pile per deal. When there are only two cards left in Stock, they are dealt such that both cards are available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one card on to first Foundation pile after dealing on to Tableau and Reserve. This card is now the base card. Built up by suit. Reserve Seven piles on the right. Top card of each pile is available for play on to either the Tableau or the Foundation. Empty spaces are not filled except by a deal from Stock. Tableau Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank. Cards are dealt from the Stock to the Reserve. Each deal places one card on each pile of the Reserve. The top card of each Reserve pile is always available for play on to either the Tableau or the Foundation. There is no building on the Reserve piles. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy The deeper something is, the harder it is to get to. Try and move cards out of the Reserve whenever possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/maze.xml0000644000373100047300000000517312307311666023521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Maze Written by Matthew Wilcox Setup Type of Deck 48 cards: Standard Deck without the kings Tableau Fifty-four spaces in six rows of nine each. Deal cards into spaces one to eight. Leave space nine blank. Deal cards into spaces ten to seventeen. Leave space eighteen blank. Deal the remaining cards similarly. Then remove all the kings (which play no further part in the game), so that six empty spaces remain in total. Any card can be moved into a space to the left of another card of the same suit and face value one higher. Any card can be moved into a space to the right of another card of the same suit and face value one lower. An ace may be moved to the right of a queen or in the top left space. A queen may be moved to the left of an ace or in the bottom right space. Goal Put each suit of cards into ascending order, with an ace in the top left corner, to create a run of cards: Ace to Queen of one suit, Ace to Queen of another, Ace to Queen of the third, Ace to Queen of the fourth. Rules Cards are moved singly. Any card can be moved into a space to the left of another card of face value one higher in the same suit. Any card can be moved into a space to the right of another card of face value one lower in the same suit. An ace may be moved to the right of a queen or in the top left space. A queen may be moved to the left of an ace or in the bottom right space. Scoring Each card placed next to another card of the same suit in the correct order scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Multiple adjacent spaces enable you to generate long sequences of cards. Beware of getting trapped into a situation where you move one card endlessly between two points. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/elevator.xml0000644000373100047300000000413112307311666024377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Elevator Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Tableau Deal face down seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Flip bottom row. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Rules All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Build on to the Waste from these available cards whenever possible by playing a card with a rank immediately above or immediately below the rank of the top card in the Waste. Aces are both above Kings and below Deuces. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed from the pyramid scores one point. Maximum possible score: 28 Strategy Every pyramid needs a strong foundation. Get rid of the lower cards first, with an eye out to try to expose as many cards as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/treize.xml0000644000373100047300000000430512307311666024063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Treize Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card and bottom card available for play. Tableau Deal cards face up in seven overlapping rows starting with one card on the first row, increasing by one per row and staggering the piles as to achieve a pyramid. Goal Remove all cards. Rules All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top and bottom cards are available for play either by themselves or with the available cards in the pyramid. The top card of the Waste can also be played with the second card on the Waste. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy This game is easier to win than Thirteen. This is because you can plan ahead and avoid blocks by strategic play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/definitions.xml0000644000373100047300000001576712307311666025112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glossary Author's note: These definitions are meant as a guideline only. See individual game rules as any game has the right to redefine or modify the rules to make it fun. Base card The first card dealt into a foundation pile. Other foundations usually have to start with a card of this rank. See: Foundation Build by alternate colour Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not. Build by any suit but own Building by placing a card on to another card of any suit but the suit of the original card is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but placing a Heart on a Heart is not. Build by colour Building by placing a card on to another card of the same colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not. Build regardless of suit It's all good. Build by suit Building by placing a card on to another card of the same suit is permitted. Example: Placing a Spade on a Spade is good, but placing a Spade on a Club is not. Build down Building by placing a card of a lower rank on to a card of a higher rank is permitted. Usually implies a difference of only one ranking between the two cards. Example: Placing a 10 on a Jack is good, but placing a 10 on a 9 is not. Build down by * Building by placing a card of a lower rank on to a card of a higher rank by * is permitted. Example: If * is 2, placing a 10 on a Queen is good, but placing a 10 on a Jack is not. Build up Building by placing a card of a higher rank on to a card of a lower rank is permitted. Usually implies a difference of only one ranking between the two cards. Example: Placing a Queen on a Jack is good, but placing a Queen on a King is not. Build up by * Building by placing a card of a higher rank on to a card of a lower rank by * is permitted. Example: If * is 2, placing a 10 on an 8 is good, but placing a 10 on a 9 is not. Build up or down Building by placing a card on to a card of one higher or one lower rank is permitted. Example: Placing a Jack on a Queen or a 10 is good, but placing a 10 on a Queen is not. Building The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/colour, you can build by suit, build by colour, build by alternate colour, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list. Deck The set of cards used. Most games use a Standard deck, but games that use a Double deck, a Joker deck, or a Stripped deck are not uncommon. Double deck A deck of cards consisting of two Standard decks making a total of 104 cards. Foundation If a game has a foundation, the game is usually won by placing all the cards in the foundation pile(s). Joker deck A deck of cards consisting of a Standard deck and two jokers making a total of 54 cards. Pile A designated area where cards can exist. Rank The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 14. If low, aces are ranked as 1. J, Q, and K are usually ranked 11, 12, and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11. Reserve Cards in the reserve are usually available to play anywhere. Usually cannot be built on. Slot See Pile. Standard deck A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, from 2 to 10, Jack, Queen and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colours, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colours and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm. Stock The remainder of the deck after all the original cards have been dealt and are usually kept faced down. Suit Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. Tableau The playing field, where the main action occurs. Usually allows building. Waste A stack of cards face up, usually next to the Stock. Top card usually in play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/fourteen.xml0000644000373100047300000000321412307311666024406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fourteen Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Deal all cards face up evenly on to twelve piles. The first four piles will each have five cards while the other piles will all have four cards. The exposed card in each pile is in play. Empty piles cannot be filled. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens and Kings are worth 11, 12 and 13 respectively. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Watch your step! Try to move cards that are resting on matching pairs as otherwise you might get stuck. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/chessboard.xml0000644000373100047300000000403712307311666024700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chessboard Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle. To be built up in suit from base card of your choice, wrapping from King to Ace if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Tableau Five piles one each side of the Foundation. Deal five cards face up on to each of these piles and one more on the top two piles. The top card in any Tableau pile is available for play. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau piles can be built up or down in suit. Only the top card in every pile is available for play. Empty slots can be filled with any available card. The Foundations are built up from the base card of your choice, wrapping from King to Ace if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Choose your base card wisely. The obvious choice may lead to nought but a dead end. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/royal_east.xml0000644000373100047300000000511212307311666024720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Royal East Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four corner piles of three by three grid. Deal one card on to first Foundation pile. This card is now the base card. Build up in suit, playing Aces on Kings as necessary. Tableau Deal one card face up on each of the five Tableau piles. These piles are the ones forming a cross in the three by three grid. Goal Move all cards to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Kings can be placed on Aces. Cards can only be moved singly. Any available card can be played on an empty Tableau pile. Each Foundation pile must be started with a card the same rank as the base card. Foundation piles are to be built up in suit from base card, playing Aces on top of Kings if necessary. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. Top card of Waste pile is always available for play. There are no redeals. Scoring Each card in Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Hidden treasures are wonderful things, but only if you know they are there. Keep track of what cards are in which piles as this information will probably come in handy. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/quatorze.xml0000644000373100047300000000443212307311666024434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quatorze Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Empty spaces in the Tableau are immediately filled in with cards from the Stock. Tableau Five-by-five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of the game. Empty spaces are filled in from the Stock. Once Stock is exhausted, spaces are filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the the rightmost space, leaving all empty spaces at the end. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12 and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column. Empty slots are automatically filled from the Stock. Once the Stock is exhausted, cards to the right of empty piles are automatically moved over to fill the space, with empty piles in the right column filled in by the cards of the leftmost column in the row below. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Oftentimes in the middle of this game, there is only one move. Make it. Once the Stock is exhausted, there is much more movement in the Tableau. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/gold_mine.xml0000644000373100047300000000504312307311667024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gold Mine Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over three at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste three at a time. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, game over. Only one chance to get it right and establish your gold mine. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful how you fill the empty foundation piles. With skill it is possible to win Gold Mine most of the time. If at first you do not succeed restart and try again. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/bakers_game.xml0000644000373100047300000000467212307311667025031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bakers Game Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles top right. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Four piles at top left. Each reserve can only hold one card. Tableau Eight piles underneath the Foundation and Reserves. The cards are dealt face up on to the Tableau, with seven cards each in the first four slots and six cards each in the last four slots. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/saratoga.xml0000644000373100047300000000712012307311667024361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saratoga Written by Alan Horkan, based on work by Jonathan Blandford Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundations Four piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Canfield only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Canfield. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Don't give up the ship! Try brute force methods when the game seems over. Sometimes a combination of using cards already in the Foundation and rearranging sequences will free up some needed cards. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/king_albert.xml0000644000373100047300000000441412307311667025044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 King Albert Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on the top. Foundations are built up in both suit and sequence from Ace to King. Reserve Seven piles on the right. One card is dealt face up on each Reserve pile at the start. There is no building on the Reserves. Empty Reserve piles can not be filled. Tableau Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards. Cards in the Reserve can be played on to the Tableau or the Foundation. Empty Reserve piles cannot be filled. Foundation piles are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are still in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Remember that any card can be placed on an empty Tableau slot. Exposing new cards is the top priority in this game. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/valentine.xml0000644000373100047300000000477412307311667024561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Valentine Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All remaining cards are placed here after dealing. Waste Top right pile. Can only hold one card. Tableau Four piles. One card is dealt in each slot at the beginning of the game. Redealing from the stock moves all cards currently in the Tableau to the bottom of the Stock slot. Goal Have all the cards in the Tableau, each slot containing Ace to King of one suit. Avoid going crazy achieving this. Rules If any two cards dealt on to the Tableau are the same suit and in sequence, place the lower card on to the higher. Aces are low, Kings are high and sequence does not wrap. Click on the Stock to fill in the empty slots that are made. When no plays can be made in the Tableau, click on the Stock to deal a card on to the Waste. If this card can be played on to any of the Tableau piles, do so. Repeat this process until there are no more moves in the Tableau or from the Waste. At this point, clicking on the Foundation again moves all the cards in the Tableau back to the bottom of the Stock. The card in the Waste is put in the first Tableau pile and the rest of the Tableau is filled with one card to each pile from the Stock. Scoring There is no scoring in this game. Strategy A great game for killing time, Valentine really has no strategy, unless the strategy is to play it instead of doing other, more important things, like going to bed. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/pileon.xml0000644000373100047300000000447412307311667024057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pileon Written by Nick Lamb Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards and as few as none. Goal Rearrange the cards so that each pile contains all four cards from a single value. This should leave two piles empty, but it doesn't matter whether they are the same piles which were empty at the start. Rules Cards can be moved on top of any other card or cards of the same value so long as no pile grows to have more than four cards. Groups of cards can be moved if they are of the same value, but it doesn't gain you anything. An empty slot can be filled with any card or group of cards with the same value. Once a pile contains all four cards of the same value it is frozen, and the top card is flipped to indicate that you need do nothing further to those cards. They are no longer in play, but it would be useless to move them anyway. Scoring When a pile of four cards is frozen you score 4 points, one for each card. There is no other way to score points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Keep one of the piles clear as much as possible. Don't allow a pile of three cards to build up on top of a single card, especially if the final card from the set is not a bottom card in another pile. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/agnes.xml0000644000373100047300000000504712307311667023663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Agnes Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt in batches of seven, one on every Tableau pile. Foundation Four piles top right. To be built in suit and sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. One card is dealt on to the first Foundation pile. The other Foundation piles must be started with cards of the same rank. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Groups of cards in sequence and same colour can be moved as a unit. Each deal flips one card from the Stock to each pile of the Tableau. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in Foundation scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to build down in suit whenever possible. Try to score as many points as you can as this game is very hard to win. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/isabel.xml0000644000373100047300000000306612307311667024024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Isabel Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Tableau Thirteen piles. Deal three cards face down and one card face up on every pile. Goal Remove all cards. Rules Remove cards in pairs of equal rank. Every time a card is removed, the card underneath is flipped face up and becomes playable. Empty slots are not filled. Scoring Each pair of cards removed scores two points. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Each pile starts with four cards. The trick is to remember how many cards each slot has left at any given time so that you can try to remove cards evenly. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/golf.xml0000644000373100047300000000361012307311667023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Golf Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Tableau Seven piles. Deal five cards face up on every pile. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Rules The Waste can be built up or down from the available cards on the Tableau. Only Deuces can be placed on Aces and nothing can be played on to a King. Cards are dealt singly from Stock to Waste. There are no redeals. Scoring Every card moved from Tableau to Waste scores one point. Maximum possible score: 35 Strategy Remember that nothing can be played on to a King. Try to generate sequences where many cards can be removed without a new card from Stock. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/gypsy.xml0000644000373100047300000000501712307311667023736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Gypsy Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are dealt in batches of eight, one on every Tableau. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards. Each deal flips one card from the Stock to each pile of the Tableau. There are no redeals. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation scores 5 points. When a Foundation pile is complete (from Ace to King), 60 more points are scored. Each card pair on the Tableau in alternating order scores 2 points. Maximum possible score: 1000 Strategy Try and expose new cards in the Tableau whenever possible. Remember you can always bring cards from the Foundation back into play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/eight_off.xml0000644000373100047300000000467312307311667024524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Eight Off Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on the left. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Eight piles at top. Each reserve can only hold one card. The first four Reserve piles are each dealt one card at the beginning of the game. Tableau Eight piles underneath the Reserves. The cards are dealt face up on to the Tableau, with six cards in each of the slots. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/odessa.xml0000644000373100047300000000436512307311667024046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Odessa Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on left. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles. Deal three rows face down followed by three rows face up. Then deal two more rows face up in the middle five piles. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by suit. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. Groups of cards in sequence can be moved into an appropriate and receptive Foundation pile. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Options None Scoring When game is dealt, any sequence of cards going down in suit is awarded one point per card. Every move within the Tableau will award a point for every card in the newly created sequence. A point is also rewarded for every card placed on to the Foundation. Maximum possible score: 412 Strategy The more you can hold on to, the more you will have. Try to keep cards out of Foundations as long as possible. The larger the sequences, the more points are made. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/jumbo.xml0000644000373100047300000000510412307311667023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jumbo Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards are placed here after dealing on the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste Directly to the right of the Stock. Cards to be dealt from the Stock during play one at a time. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles top right. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Nine piles. Deal one card face down to all nine piles, then one card to first eight piles, followed by one card to first seven piles, etc. until there are nine cards in the first pile. Flip the last card dealt on each pile. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually. Top card in Waste is in play. When Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. There is one redeal. Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/zebra.xml0000644000373100047300000000550612307311667023671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zebra Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate colour up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Tableau Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double-clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible. Spaces in Tableau are automatically filled from the Waste, or if Waste is empty, from the Stock. Stock is dealt on to Waste singly. Top card of Waste is available for play. There is one redeal. Foundations are built up by alternate colour from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 96 Strategy There are very few second chances in the real world, so use them when you find them. Chances are you will need to use the second deal to win this game. Remember where the key cards are and you'll be glad you did. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/union_square.xml0000644000373100047300000000504512307311667025274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Union Square Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Tableau Deal face up a four by four grid for the Tableau, making sixteen piles. Top card of each pile available for play. Foundation Four piles on the right. Foundation piles are built by suit from Ace to King, then King back to Ace. Goal Move all cards to Foundations. Rules Cards in Tableau can be built either up or down in suit. However, each pile must follow only one of these rules. For example, if a Tableau pile has a three of clubs over a two of clubs, one can only play a four of clubs on this pile. Any available card can be played on to an empty Tableau pile. Foundation piles are to be built in suit from Ace to King, followed by another King, then back down to Ace, giving 26 cards per pile when game is won. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card of Waste is available for play. There is no redeal. Scoring Each card moved to Foundations scores one point. Maximum possible score: 104 Strategy A string of beads can be added to from both ends, and so should your piles. Make good use of any empty slots to append cards. With a little perseverance, this game can be a lot of fun! usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/spider_three_decks.xml0000644000373100047300000000505012307311667026406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Spider Three Decks written by Jonathan Blandford, Daniel Werner Setup Type of Deck Triple Deck Stock Top left pile. Deck placed here after dealing onto Tableau. Clicking deals one card face up to every pile. Foundation Top twelve piles. Not part of "official rules". Tableau Twelve piles. The first six piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 3 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit. Goal To have twelve sequences of cards (three for each suit) going down from King down to Ace in the foundation. If you want an extremely difficult challenge, you can also win by forming the same twelve sequences in the tableau. This is harder because there are fewer empty piles available. In fact, it is nearly impossible. Rules Build down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or legal sequence. Clicking on the Stock pile at any time deals a card face up to every pile. Unlike in other Spider variants, empty piles are allowed at redeals. A sequence of thirteen cards can be moved to a foundation pile. Once there, these cards are no longer in play. Scoring For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Maximum possible score: 144 Strategy If at first you don't succeed, don't become addicted. Build in suit whenever possible, but expose as many cards as you can. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000002417112307311667024514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 AisleRiot"> ]> <application>AisleRiot</application> Manual AisleRiot is a collection of over 80 card games programmed in GNOME's scripting language, Scheme. 2001 Rosanna Yuen GNOME Documentation Project Rosanna Yuen GNOME Documentation Project
zana@webwynk.net
Telsa Gwynne
hobbit@aloss.ukuu.org.uk
 AisleRiot Manual V3.2 September 2011 Rosanna Yuen zana@webwynk.net GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 3.2 of AisleRiot. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the AisleRiot application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Introduction AisleRiot AisleRiot (also known as Solitaire or sol) is a collection of card games which are easy to play with the aid of a mouse. The rules for the games have been coded for your pleasure in the GNOME scripting language (Scheme). Playing <application>AisleRiot</application> Use the mouse to move cards. Click a card and drag it somewhere. Release the mouse button to deposit the card. Alternatively, you can move a card by clicking once to pick it up and clicking again to place it. To enable this way of moving cards, choose ControlClick to move. This can be faster than dragging and will be easier on your hand since you don't have to hold the mouse down. However, it may take a while to get used to. If a card can be moved to the foundations, you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move. Double-clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game. In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of times. Watch for the Redeals Left message at the bottom of the window. A useful tip to know is that right-clicking on a face-up card which is partially obscured by a card laid over it will raise it so that you can see what it is. Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Canfield can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game — the menu will be inactive during the game. Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting Statistics from the Game menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment; there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons. The Games usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/auld_lang_syne.xml0000644000373100047300000000436312307311667025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Auld Lang Syne Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. All cards except the Aces are placed here at the start of play. Clicking on the Stock will deal one card to each of the four Reserve piles. Foundation Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on each Foundation to begin the game. The Foundation piles are to be built up regardless of suit. Reserve Four piles placed underneath Foundations. Each time Stock is clicked, one card will be placed on each Reserve pile. Top card is available for play. Reserve cards can only be moved on to Foundations. Goal Move all cards on to Foundations. Rules Play begins by dealing four cards to the Reserve. If possible, play cards on to the Foundation from the Reserve. Continue this process until no cards are left in stock and no more moves on to Foundation can be made. A similar game that is a bit easier is Scuffle. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Do you believe in Luck? Although this game takes more skill to play than Clock, the skill involved entails paying attention. A great game for brainless play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/camelot.xml0000644000373100047300000000714112307311667024207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Camelot Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock All the cards are placed in the Stock at the beginning of the game. Cards are turned over one at a time to waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Can only hold one card which must immediately be played on to Tableau. Tableau Four by four grid, each capable of holding one card. Kings can only be placed in a corner space. Queens can only be placed in the middle two spaces of first and last row. Jacks can only be placed in the middle two spaces of first and last column. Goal Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this -- The Winning Tableau. -- and your Stock and Waste are empty. The suits do not matter. Rules There are two phases to this game. Alternate between the two phases until game is lost or won. Start with Phase One until Tableau is completely filled. At that point, move to Phase Two. Please note that you cannot begin Phase Two unless the Tableau is completely filled. At any point, you can return to Phase One, but remember that you cannot go back to Phase Two unless the tableau is once again filled. An exception to this rule is if the stock and waste are empty. Phase One -- Click on the Stock to move a card into the empty Waste pile. If card is a: King: Place in one of the empty four corner spaces. Queen: Place in one of the empty middle two spaces of the top or bottom row. Jack: Place in any of the empty middle two spaces of the leftmost or rightmost column. Any other card: Place in any empty space. Phase Two -- Remove 10's singly by clicking on them. Remove pairs that add up to 10 by dragging one card on top of its pair. Game is lost if a picture card cannot be put in an appropriate spot or if all the spaces are filled and no cards can be removed. Scoring Each card removed scores one point. Maximum possible score: 40 Strategy It is always safest in the middle. During Phase One of play, deal in the middle before going to the edges. If you see a possible pair, place that card on the edge so as to free more edge spaces during Phase Two of play. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/glenwood.xml0000644000373100047300000000577512307311667024414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Glenwood Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau and Reserves. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. One redeal. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles top right. First Foundation pile is started by player selecting a card from the Reserves. Built up by suit, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Reserves Four piles of three cards each on the left hand side dealt face up. The top card in each Reserve is available for play. No cards can be put in empty Reserve piles. Tableau Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules The first item of play is to select an available card for the first Foundation. Once selected, all other Foundations must also start with this value. Foundations are built up by suit, wrapping from King to Ace where necessary. Once a card is placed on a Foundation pile, it is out of play. Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste. Cards are flipped singly from Stock to Waste. There is one redeal. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Be careful when selecting your first Foundation pile. Try to get the cards out of the Reserves as early as possible. Sometimes keeping cards in play is more important than moving them to the Foundation. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/cruel.xml0000644000373100047300000000522712307311667023700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cruel Written by Zach Keene Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left slot. Since all remaining cards are always dealt to the tableau, it will always be empty. Redeals are unlimited. Foundations Rightmost piles in the top row; the aces are placed here upon the start of the game. Build up in suit from ace to king. Tableau Up to thirteen piles, dealt four cards at a time until the stock is exhausted. Tableau piles can be built down in suit. Goal Move all cards to the foundation piles. Rules Build foundations up in suit and tableau piles down in suit. If no moves are available (or you just feel like it), click on the empty top left slot for a redeal. Redeals are accomplished by placing the tableau piles on top of each other in order, starting from the last pile. Then the deck is simply turned over and redealt, four cards at a time, back to the tableau. If no moves are made, redealing will not alter the arrangement of the cards. Therefore, the game is lost if no move is possible immediately after a redeal. Note: a degenerate case occurs whenever, after a redeal, the last tableau pile contains only one card and the only move possible is from the final tableau pile one before it. Making this move and redealing only results in the original card arrangement. AisleRiot will end the game if this situation is detected. Scoring Each card placed in the foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy If more than one pile on the tableau can be built upon, choose to build upon the one with the highest rank first. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/yukon.xml0000644000373100047300000000411512307311667023726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Yukon Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles on left. To be built up in suit from Ace to King. Tableau Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite colour. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite colour. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom. Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try and uncover as many cards as early on as possible. Doing so will greatly aid your quest to conquer yukon. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/thieves.xml0000644000373100047300000000510012307311667024223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Thieves Written by Robert Brady Setup Type of Deck Joker Deck Tableau Seven piles of five cards each, face up. Stock Place all remaining cards here. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Goal Move all cards to Waste. Rules The Waste can be built up or down from the available cards on the Tableau. Jokers are wild and can be played on any rank as well as be played upon by a card of any rank. At any point, a card can be dealt from the Stock to the Waste. Scoring The following table shows the points you receive for each type of card. No points are scored for jokers. Card Points Ace 8 2, 3 6 4, 5 4 6, 7, 8 2 9, 10 4 Queen 6 King 8 Strategy Since you can see all the cards on the Tableau, try to engineer `runs', to try and get rid of as many cards up there as possible, as you only have a finite supply of cards in Stock. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/napoleons_tomb.xml0000644000373100047300000000461212307311667025602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Napoleon's Tomb Written by Kimmo Karlsson Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Waste Next to Stock. Tableau Three by three grid, all face up. Foundations Centre pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count. Reserves Four piles on the grid that are not foundations. Each reserve can hold only one card at a time. Goal Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the centre pile, 7 or greater to corner piles. Rules Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Centre pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count. Options Deal Three Cards: If you deal three cards at a time from the stock, you get to go through the deck three times. Autoplay: If autoplay is activated, cards are automatically placed to foundation piles as soon as possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Try to keep reserve. It's not easy to get Napoleon to his tomb, but keep trying. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/kansas.xml0000644000373100047300000000613312307311667024043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Kansas Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one card on first Foundation pile to start. Other Foundation piles are to be started with the other three cards with the same rank as this base card. All four piles are to be built up, with the ranks continuous. Reserve Pile under Stock. Deal twelve cards here to begin. Top card available for play on to Tableau or Foundation piles. Tableau Three piles bottom right. Deal one card on each pile to start. Piles can be built down regardless of suit. Spaces are automatically filled from Reserve. Once Reserve is empty, Tableau spaces can be filled from the Waste at your leisure. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by the top card of the Waste at your leisure. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card is available for play. There is no redeal. Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy You can't go digging through junkyards. Once a card is buried in the waste, it is hard to get back. Try and move as many cards from the Waste to the Tableau as possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/terrace.xml0000644000373100047300000001417412307311667024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Terrace Written by David Rogers Setup Type of Deck Double Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Reserve and on to the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Stock cannot be turned. Waste To be taken from the Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve Eleven cards dealt face up in a pile. All cards are visible but only top card is in play. Foundation Eight piles in the middle. To be built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. Tableau Nine cards dealt face up from the deck once based card is selected. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down in sequence by alternating colours building round the corner. Groups of cards can't be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau must be filled by the top card in Waste or the next card from the Stock. Top cards can be moved to the Foundation or other Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. Empty Foundations must be filled with the base card that is selected by the user from four random cards as the first move. Cards in Foundations are out of play. Top card of the Reserve is in play and can only be moved to Foundations. Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste individually as many times as you like unless there is a space in the tableau. If there is a space in the tableau then only one card may be flipped from the stock to the waste until the tableau is filled or the top card of the waste is moved to the foundation or tableau. While the stock is locked you can still move cards around on the tableau, from the reserve and to the foundation. If the Waste is empty a card from the Stock is automatically dealt. Top card in Waste is in play. Stock cannot be turned. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Options There are seven ways to play. The difference between them is in number of Reserve cards, Tableau piles or choice of Base Card. Terrace Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. User selection of the base card from a choice of four at the start of the game and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. General Patience Reserve of 13 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by suit from the base card. User selection of the base card from a choice of four at the start of the game and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock can be turned once but the game is lost if you cannot play each new card after its turned. Falling Stars Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Signora Reserve of 11 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Spaces in the Tableau are automatically filled from the Waste or Stock if the Waste is empty. Stock cannot be turned. Redheads Reserve of 21 cards, 8 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Spaces in the Tableau are automatically filled from the Reserve or any card if the Reserve is empty. Stock cannot be turned. Blondes and Brunettes Reserve of 10 cards, 8 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Wood Reserve of 10 cards, 9 Tableau piles. Foundations are built up in sequence by alternating colours from the base card. At the start of the game a base card is selected automatically and one card is dealt to each Tableau pile. Stock cannot be turned. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Strategy When the game starts examine the Reserve carefully before choosing your base card, avoid base cards that have several buried in the Reserve. Watch for reversed sequences in the Stock, Reserve a Foundation to remove each reversed sequence. Try to start Tableau piles from the last card needed to complete a Foundation. Remember that you can continue to flip cards from the stock while it is locked without filling the tableau by using the top card of the waste. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/seahaven.xml0000644000373100047300000000517512307311667024362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Seahaven Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles -- two top left, two top right. Built from Ace to King in suit. Reserves Four piles at top in the centre. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start. Tableau Ten piles underneath the Foundation and Reserves. The other fifty cards are dealt face up here with five in each slot. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules The Tableau is built down by suit. Only the top card or build of cards can be moved. A build of cards can only be moved if the number of cards in the build is equal or less than one more than the number of Reserve slots free. Empty spaces in the Tableau can only be filled with a King or a build starting with a King. Foundations are built up by suit from Ace to King. Although cards in the Foundations are technically still in play, there really is no need as playing these cards are not in any way helpful. Any top card in the Tableau can be placed in an empty Reserve slot. These cards are available for play back into the Tableau or on to a Foundation pile. As a convenience, sequences of the same suit can be moved onto the matching Foundation pile rather than being moved individually. This is especially useful at the end of the game. Scoring Each card placed on to the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Move any card you can on to the Foundations as soon as possible. Leaving them around can only hinder your movement. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/poker.xml0000644000373100047300000000700412307311667023701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Poker Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. Waste Next to Stock. The Waste can only hold one card. Tableau Five by five grid. Each slot can only hold one card. Goal Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win. Rules Click on the Stock to flip over cards one at a time. The card must be placed somewhere on to the Tableau before the next card can be flipped. Once placed, a card cannot be moved. Options Shuffle mode: If selected, you can move the cards after they have been placed. You need at least 120 points to win this way. Scoring Poker hands are scored using the British point system, which is as follows Hand Description Score Straight flush Cards are all in sequence and are the same suit 30 Four of a kind Contains four cards have the same rank 16 Straight Cards are all in sequence 12 Full House Three of one rank and two of another 10 Three of a kind Contains three cards have the same rank 6 Flush All five cards are the same suit 5 Two pair Contains two sets of two cards of the same rank 3 One pair Contains two cards of the same rank 1 Maximum possible score: 276 Strategy Remember you are going to see almost half the deck and plan accordingly. Trying to bluff the computer is not recommended. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/straight_up.xml0000644000373100047300000000524112307311667025113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Straight Up Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Foundation Four piles on top right. Deal one two on each Foundation pile to start. To be built up in suit to Ace. Reserve Pile under Stock. Deal thirteen cards here to begin. Top card available for play on to Tableau or Foundation piles. Tableau Four piles bottom right. Deal one card on each pile to start. Piles can be built in suit. Spaces are automatically filled from Reserve. Once Reserve is empty, Tableau spaces can be filled from the Waste at your leisure. Goal Move all cards on to Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down in suit. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by the top card of the Waste at your leisure. Cards can be flipped singly from the Stock to the Waste. Top card is available for play. There are two redeals Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Scoring Each card moved to Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy No point lagging behind! Move cards to Foundation piles whenever possible. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/triple_peaks.xml0000644000373100047300000000602112307311667025241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Triple Peaks Written by Richard Hoelscher Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. No redeals. Waste All play is on the Waste pile. Cards faced down are not part of the current scoring run. Tableau Deal 18 cards face down in the form of three triangles, with three rows in each triangle, increasing with one card in the first row to three in the last. Connect the triangles by dealing another 10 cards face up in the bottom row. End cards of each row should overlap the end cards of the row above, and interior cards should overlap two adjacent cards of that row. Goal Remove all cards from the Tableau. Rules Exposed cards in the Tableau are available for play. Build on the top card of Waste with cards ranked immediately above or below it from the Tableau, regardless of suit. Aces are ranked both above Kings and below Deuces. Tableau cards are made available when not covered by other cards. Cards can be flipped singly from Stock to the top of Waste. Options Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16 and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste. Progressive Rounds: After all cards have been cleared from the tableu, a new round begins. The score from the last round carries over into the new round. Scoring The score for each card played is equal to the number of cards your have played since the last card flipped from the Stock to the Waste. The longer the run, the higher your score. 5 points are deducted when you flip a card from Stock to Waste. Each triangle peak cleared will give a 15 point bonus, and an additional 15 points are awarded when all the cards have been cleared from the Tableau. Maximum possible score for a single round: 466 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/doublets.xml0000644000373100047300000000550112307311667024402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Doublets Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing. Cards are turned over one at a time to Waste. Two redeals. Waste Directly to the right of Stock. To be taken from Stock. Top card available for play. Reserve Seven piles, forming an arch shape (upside down U) to the right. Deal one card face up on each pile. During this deal, if a King is dealt, remove the King and place it on the bottom of the deck. Deal another card into this pile. Each Reserve pile can only hold one card. When a Reserve pile is empty, it is automatically filled by the Waste, or, if the Waste is empty, from the Stock. Once original deal is over, when a King is placed in a pile of the Reserve, this pile is frozen as Kings cannot be moved. Foundation One pile, the centre pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or colour. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation pile. Rules Cards can be put in the Foundation pile if they are twice the value of the card currently on top of the Foundation. Jacks and Queens are eleven and twelve, respectively. If the doubled number exceeds thirteen, subtract thirteen to find next needed card. The series goes: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat… Cards are flipped from the Stock to the Waste by one. When the Stock is empty, move all cards in Waste back to the Stock, maintaining order. You can go through the deck three times. Scoring Each card in the Foundation pile scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Without a King, you can't have regicide. Avoid them. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/bristol.xml0000644000373100047300000000464512307311667024247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bristol Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Stock Top left pile. The rest of the deck is placed here after dealing the Tableau. There are no redeals. Reserve Three piles to the right of Stock. One card is dealt into each of the Reserves every time the Stock is clicked. Foundation Four piles on the top right. Foundations are built up in sequence regardless of suit. Tableau Deal face up eight piles of three cards each. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Cards can only be moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can not be filled. Cards are flipped from the Stock on to the three Reserve piles, one card each per deal. Top card of each Reserve pile is available for play. Empty Reserve piles cannot be filled except with the next deal from Stock. Foundation piles are built up regardless of suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundation are no longer in play. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles scores one point. Maximum possible score: 52 Strategy Never look backwards. Cards that are locked in backwards order are to be dealt with as soon as possible. Move as many cards from the Reserve on to the Tableau as you can, for Kings are hard to move. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/aisleriot/beleaguered_castle.xml0000644000373100047300000000375212307311667026366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Beleaguered Castle Written by Rosanna Yuen Setup Type of Deck Standard Deck Foundation Four piles in the middle column. Four aces are placed here, one in each pile, before the shuffle. To be built from Ace to King. Topmost card in each Foundation can be played back on to the Tableau. Tableau Eight slots (four to the left and four to the right of Foundations.) Deal all cards face up and extended on to these eight piles so that there are six cards in each pile and all cards are showing. Goal Move all cards to the Foundation piles. Rules Cards in the Tableau are built down regardless of suit. Only one card can be moved at a time. Empty piles can be filled with any single card. Foundations are built up in suit. Scoring Each card in the Foundation piles other than the original Aces scores one point. Maximum possible score: 48 Strategy Build evenly on to Foundations if possible. Try and get an empty slot. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000165012317333243024011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights Licence

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002410312317333243026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files What to do if you can't restore your files.

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows Share

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000133012317333243024076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Support

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000417012317333243024024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Development

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Documentation

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Translation Launchpad Contributions: Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel David Jones https://launchpad.net/~dwrjones87 Jonathon Hodges https://launchpad.net/~jonblondie Matthew Gall https://launchpad.net/~matthewgall Michael Terry https://launchpad.net/~mterry lopho https://launchpad.net/~lopho nodata https://launchpad.net/~ubuntu-nodata
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171612317333243024605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind Automatic Backups

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000136312317333243024762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now Your First Backup

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000236212317333243025360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000224012317333243025025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001066712317333243023516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Settings <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Removable Media

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Local Folder

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000362612317333244024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Support

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Coding

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000175112317333244023501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461312317333244025015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Setup

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customising settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customisations you make now may get overridden when you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restore

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000165212317333263024032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Know your rights License

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002411012317333263026152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What to do if you can’t restore your files When Everything Goes Wrong

Déjà Dup may fail. Maybe it crashes or gives you an error when you try to restore. When you really need your data back, the last thing you want do deal with is a bug. Consider filing a bug report but in the meantime, here are some approaches to workaround a misbehaving Déjà Dup and get your data back.

This is going to get technical. If none of this makes sense to you, don’t be afraid to ask for help.

Open a Terminal window by pressing CtrlAltT.

Create the directory in which you will place your restored files. This guide will use /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Restoring with Duplicity

On the assumption that Déjà Dup is just not working for you right now, you’re going to use the command line tool duplicity that is used by Déjà Dup behind the scenes to back up and restore your files.

If you want more information about duplicity than presented here, run man duplicity.

The first thing we’ll try is a simple restore of all your data. Assuming your files are on an external drive mounted as /media/backup and you chose to encrypt the backup, try this:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

If you didn’t encrypt the backup, add --no-encryption to the command.

Other Backup Locations

If you backed up to a remote or cloud server, the syntax you use with duplicity will be different than the external drive example above. See below for how to connect to your chosen backup location.

Remember to add --no-encryption to any example commands if your backup is not encrypted.

If duplicity appears to be having trouble connecting to your server, try downloading all the duplicity files yourself to a local folder and following the simpler example above.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-LOWERCASE_ID/FOLDER /tmp/restore Rackspace Cloud Files

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=USERNAME export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to not log in with a username, use anonymous as your USERNAME below.

gvfs-mount ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ftp://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore SSH

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio ssh://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore WebDAV

Look up your server address, port, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you chose to use a secure connection (HTTPS) when backing up, use davs:// instead of dav:// in the example below.

gvfs-mount dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER duplicity --gio dav://USERNAME@SERVER:PORT/FOLDER /tmp/restore Windows Share

Look up your server address, username, and password and replace instances of SERVER, USERNAME, and PASSWORD in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

If you specified a domain for your Windows server, add it to the beginning of USERNAME with a semicolon between them. For example, domain;username.

gvfs-mount smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER duplicity --gio smb://USERNAME@SERVER/FOLDER /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

If even duplicity isn’t working for you, there may be little hope. The backup file format is complicated and not easily manipulated. But if you’re desperate, it’s worth a try.

If you used a remote or cloud server to store your backup, first download all the duplicity files and place them in a folder on your computer. Then enter that folder in your terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

If you encrypted your backup, first you must decrypt the volume with gpg. Say you have duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Or to do all at once (make sure you have plenty of space!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Or again, to do all at once:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000133112317333263024116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get more help Support

If you have unanswered questions or a problem you don’t understand, please ask about it it in the support forum.

Keep in mind that the people answering your questions are volunteers and that while Déjà Dup is intended to work well, it comes with no warranty. So please be polite and patient.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000353012317333263024042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Meet the team Credits
Development

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Documentation

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Art

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Translation Launchpad Contributions: Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel Dan https://launchpad.net/~dan-4
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000171612317333264024625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Give yourself peace of mind Automatic Backups

If you only back up when you remember to do so, you’re not backing up often enough. Fortunately, it’s easy to set up automatic backups.

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Turn on the Automatic backups option on the Overview page.

Consider only saving your backups for a certain length of time, using the Keep backups option on the Schedule page. Otherwise, they may end up consuming a lot of space while you’re not paying attention.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000136312317333264025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start now Your First Backup

Open your Backups settings.

Review your backup settings, to confirm they are what you want.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Wait. It may take a long time to backup, especially if you are backing up to a remote server. Just let it run in the background while you do something else.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000236212317333264025400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a previous version of a file Reverting a File

Browse to the folder containing the file you want to revert.

Select the file you want to revert by clicking on it.

Click EditRevert to Previous Version….

When the Restore dialog appears, choose the date from which to restore.

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore. Note that this will overwrite your current version of the file.

You can select multiple files at once before reverting.

You can also revert files on the command line:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000224012317333264025045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore a file that is no longer present Restoring a Lost File

Browse to the folder containing the file you lost.

Click FileRestore Missing Files….

When the Restore dialog appears, it will scan for files that are in the backup but no longer in the folder.

When you see the file you want to restore appear, select it and click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

You can restore lost files from the command line as well, if you remember what their filenames were:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001067412317333264023534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust your backup settings Settings <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Folders to ignore</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Some of your data may be large and not very important to you. In that case, you can save yourself some time and space by not backing them up.

Some locations are always ignored by default:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Cloud Services

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Remote Servers

Choose the type of remote server to which you want to connect. Then you can enter the server information. Alternatively, if you know your server’s URL, choose Custom Location and enter it.

 Removable Media

You may see removable media like external hard drives or thumb drives listed.

 Local Folder

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

This is not recommended, because if your hardware fails, you will lose both your original data and your backups.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Choose the minimum amount of time to keep backup files. If you find that the backup files are taking up too much space, you may want to decrease this duration. Due to implementation details, files may be kept a bit longer than the chosen time. But no files will be deleted early.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000362612317333264024572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help make Déjà Dup better Getting Involved

So you want to help make Déjà Dup even better? Excellent! Here are some suggestions.

Report Issues

Did you see a flaw? Do you have an idea for a new feature? Simply report it as a bug. Be patient for a reply.

Note that bug reports should be in English only.

Talk to Us

We don’t bite. Send an email to the mailing list.

Or subscribe to the list. The list is very low traffic.

Note that the list is English only.

Translating

Do you speak both English and another language? Good! You can help translate Déjà Dup through a web interface. It’s really quite easy and is very appreciated.

Support

Do you like helping people? Answer user questions and support requests.

This is another great way for non-English speakers to get involved, as you can answer questions posted in your language.

Coding

There are always more bugs to fix. If you want to find out what needs doing, talk to us on the mailing list as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000175112317333264023520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Backing Up
Restoring Files
About <app>Déjà Dup Backup Tool</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000461312317333264025034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Recover from total system failure Full System Restore
Setup

Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.

Next, you need to install Déjà Dup. Your distribution vendor may package it for you. Otherwise, download and compile it.
Restore

Open your Backups settings.

Click on the Restore… button on the Overview page.

A Restore dialog will appear asking where your backup files are stored (your Backup location).

Click Forward and wait for Déjà Dup to scan the backup location.

Choose the date you want to restore from. Usually you can just leave this alone, as the default is the most recent backup.

Click Forward.

Choose where to restore. Since this is a full system backup, leave it as the default (which restores over your current install).

Click Forward.

Review your selections and click Restore.

Wait. It may take a long time to finish restoring.

Finally, reinstall any programs that you enjoyed in your previous install.

If for whatever reason you have a problem after trying to restore with the Restore files to original locations option, try restoring instead to a temporary directory and moving your files to where they belong.

If that still doesn’t work, there are more drastic things you can try.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-terminal/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016134212253427713025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
GNOME Terminal Manual The Terminal gives users the power to communicate with their system using text-based commands through a shell such as Bash. 2002 2003 2004 Sun Microsystems 2000 Miguel de Icaza 2000 Michael Zucchi 2000 Alexander Kirillov 2008 Christian Persch 2009 2010 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Miguel de Icaza GNOME Documentation Project Michael Zucchi GNOME Documentation Project Alexander Kirillov GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.9 January 2010 Paul Cutler pcutler@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.8 March 2009 Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.7 November 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.6 September 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.5 May 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.4 January 2003 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.3 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.2 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.1 August 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal Manual V2.0 April 2002 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project GNOME Terminal User's Guide May 2000 Miguel de Icaza, Michael Zucchi, Alexander Kirollov docs@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 2.30 of GNOME Terminal. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME Terminal application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. GNOME Terminal terminal application Introduction GNOME Terminal is a terminal emulation application that you can use to perform the following tasks: Access a UNIX shell in the GNOME environment A shell is a program that interprets and executes the commands that you type at a command line prompt. When you start GNOME Terminal, the application starts the default shell that is specified in your system account. You can switch to a different shell at any time. Run any application that is designed to run on VT102, VT220, and xterm terminals GNOME Terminal emulates the xterm application developed by the X Consortium. In turn, the xterm application emulates the DEC VT102 terminal and also supports the DEC VT220 escape sequences. An escape sequence is a series of characters that starts with the Esc character. GNOME Terminal accepts all of the escape sequences that the VT102 and VT220 terminals use for functions such as to position the cursor and to clear the screen. Getting Started The following sections describe how to start GNOME Terminal. Starting GNOME Terminal You can start GNOME Terminal in the following ways: Applications menu Choose AccessoriesTerminal. Command line Execute the following command: gnome-terminal You can use command line options to modify the way in which you run GNOME Terminal. To view the command line options, execute the following command: gnome-terminal --help When You First Start GNOME Terminal When you start GNOME Terminal for the first time, the application opens a terminal window with a group of default settings. The group of default settings is called the Default profile. The profile name appears in the titlebar of the GNOME Terminal window.
Example of a Default GNOME Terminal Window GNOME Terminal default window GNOME Terminal default window
The terminal window displays a command prompt where you can type UNIX commands. The command prompt can be a %, #, >, $, or any other special character. The cursor is positioned at the command prompt. When you type a UNIX command and press Return, the computer executes the command. By default, GNOME Terminal uses the default shell specified for the user who starts the application. GNOME Terminal also sets the following environment variables: TERM Set to xterm by default. COLORTERM Set to gnome-terminal by default. WINDOWID Set to the X11 window identifier by default. Terminal Profiles You can create a new profile, and apply the new profile to the terminal to modify characteristics such as font, colour and effects, scroll behaviour, window title, and compatibility. You can also specify a command that runs automatically when you start GNOME Terminal in the profile. You define each terminal profile in the Profiles dialog, which you access from the Edit menu. You can define as many different profiles as you require. When you start a terminal, you can choose the profile that you want to use for the terminal. Alternatively, you can change the terminal profile while you use the terminal. To specify an initial profile for a terminal when you start the application from a command line, use the following command: gnome-terminal --window-with-profile=profilename The name of the current profile appears in the titlebar of the GNOME Terminal, unless you specify a different titlebar name in the Editing Profile dialogue. See for information about how to define and use a new terminal profile. Working With Multiple Terminals GNOME Terminal provides a tab feature that enables you to open several terminals in a single window. Each terminal opens in a separate tab. Click on the appropriate tab to display the terminal in the window. Each tabbed terminal in a window is a separate subprocess, so you can use each terminal for different tasks. You can apply a different profile to each tabbed terminal in the window. The titlebar of the terminal window shows either the name of the current profile, or the name specified by the current profile. shows a GNOME Terminal window with four tabs. In this case, each of the four tabs has a different profile. The name of the profile in the active tab, Profile 1, appears in the titlebar.
Example of a Terminal Window With Tabs GNOME Terminal default window GNOME Terminal default window
See for information about how to open a new tabbed terminal. Usage Opening and Closing Terminals To open a new terminal window: Choose FileOpen Terminal. The new terminal inherits the application settings and default shell from the parent terminal. To close a terminal window: Choose FileClose Window. This action closes the terminal and any subprocesses that you opened from the terminal. If you close the last terminal window, the GNOME Terminal application exits. To add a new tabbed terminal to a window: Choose FileOpen TabDefault or just FileOpen Tab if there is no submenu. To display a tabbed terminal: Click on the tab of the tabbed terminal that you want to display, or select a tab title from the Tabs menu. Alternatively, choose TabsNext Tab or TabsPrevious Tab to navigate between tabs. To close a tabbed terminal: Display the tabbed terminal that you want to close. Choose FileClose Tab. Managing Profiles To add a new profile: Choose FileNew Profile to display the New Profile dialogue. Type the new profile name in the Profile name text box. Use the Base on drop-down list to select the profile on which you want to base the new profile. Click Create to display the Editing Profile dialogue. Click Close. GNOME Terminal adds the profile to the TerminalChange Profile submenu. To change the profile of a tabbed terminal: Click on the tab of the tabbed terminal for which you want to change the profile. Choose TerminalChange Profileprofilename. To edit a profile: You edit profiles in the Editing Profile dialogue. You can access the Editing Profile dialogue in the following ways: Choose EditCurrent Profile. Right-click in the terminal window, then choose Profiles Profile Preferences from the popup menu. Choose EditProfiles, select the profile you want to edit, then click Edit. For information on the options you can set for profiles, see . To delete a profile: Choose EditProfiles. Select the name of the profile that you want to delete in the Profiles list, then click Delete. The Delete Profile dialogue is displayed. Click Delete to confirm the deletion. Click Close to close the Edit Profiles dialogue. Modifying a Terminal Window To hide the menubar: Choose ViewShow Menubar. To show a hidden menubar: Right-click on the terminal window, then choose Show Menubar from the popup menu. To display the GNOME Terminal window in full-screen mode: Choose ViewFull Screen. Full-screen mode displays the text in a window that fills the full screen. The window does not contain a window frame or titlebar. To exit from this mode, choose ViewFull Screen again. To change the appearance of the terminal window: See for information about the options that you can choose in the Editing Profile dialogue to change the appearance of the terminal window. For example, you can change the background colour, or the location of the scrollbar. Working with the Contents of Terminal Windows To scroll through previous commands and output: Perform one of the following actions: Use the scrollbar, which is usually displayed on the right of the terminal window. Press the ShiftPage Up, ShiftPage Down, ShiftHome, or ShiftEnd keys. The number of lines that you can scroll back to in the terminal window is determined by the Scrollback setting in the Scrolling tabbed section of the Editing Profile dialogue. You can also scroll up or down one line at a time by pressing ControlShiftUp or ControlShiftDown. To select and copy text: You can select text in any of the following ways: To select a character at a time, click on the first character that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last character that you want to select. To select a word at a time, double-click on the first word that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last word that you want to select. Symbols are selected individually. To select a line at a time, triple-click on the first line that you want to select and drag the mouse to the last line that you want to select. These actions select all text between the first and last items. For all text selections, GNOME Terminal copies the selected text into the clipboard when you release the mouse button. To explicitly copy the selected text, choose EditCopy. To paste text into a terminal: If you previously copied text to the clipboard, you can paste the text into a terminal by performing one of the following actions: To paste text that you copied by selection only, middle-click at the command prompt. If you do not have a middle mouse button, refer to the X Server documentation for information about how to emulate the middle mouse button. To paste text that you explicitly copied, choose EditPaste. To drag a file name into a terminal window: You can drag a file name to a terminal from another application such as a file manager. The terminal displays the path and the full name of the file. To access a link: To access a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that is displayed in a terminal, perform the following steps: Move the mouse over the URL until the URL is underlined. Right-click on the URL to open a popup menu. Choose Open Link to start a link application and display the file located at the URL. Viewing the Keyboard Shortcut Settings To view the keyboard shortcut settings that are defined for GNOME Terminal, choose EditKeyboard Shortcuts. The Keyboard Shortcuts dialogue contains the following items: Disable all menu access keys (such as Alt+f to open File menu) Deselect this option to disable the access keys that are defined to enable you to use the keyboard instead of the mouse to select a menu item. Each access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or dialogue option. In some cases, you must press the Alt key in combination with the access key to perform the action. Disable menu shortcut key (F10 by default) Deselect this option to disable the shortcut key that is defined to enable you to access the GNOME Terminal menus. The default shortcut key to access the menus is F10. Shortcut Keys The Shortcut Keys section of the dialogue lists the shortcut keys that are defined for each menu item. Not all keys can be used as shortcut keys, such as Tab. Text Size You can use the following methods to resize the text in the GNOME Terminal window: To increase the size of the text, choose ViewZoom In. To decrease the size of the text, choose ViewZoom Out. To view the text at actual size, choose ViewNormal Size. To Change the Terminal Title To change the title of the currently displayed terminal, perform the following steps: Choose TerminalSet Title. Type the new title in the Title text box. GNOME Terminal applies the change immediately. Click Close to close the Set Title dialogue. To Change the Character Encoding To change the character encoding, choose TerminalSet Character Encoding, then select the appropriate encoding. To Change the List of Character Encodings To change the list of character encodings displayed in the Set Character Encoding menu, perform the following steps: Choose TerminalSet Character EncodingAdd or Remove. To add an encoding to the Set Character Encoding menu, select the encoding in the Available encodings list box, then click the right arrow button. To remove an encoding from the Set Character Encoding menu, select the encoding in the Encodings shown in menu list box, then click the left arrow button. Click Close to close the Add or Remove Terminal Encodings dialogue. To Recover Your Terminal This section provides some advice if you have problems with terminals. To reset the state of the terminal: Choose TerminalReset. To reset the terminal and clear the screen: Choose TerminalReset and Clear. Preferences To configure GNOME Terminal, choose EditCurrent Profile. To configure another profile that you set up choose EditProfiles, select the profile you want to edit, then click Edit. The Editing Profile dialogue contains the following tabbed sections that you can use to configure GNOME Terminal: General Profile name Use this text box to specify the name of the current profile. Use the system fixed width font Select this option to use the standard fixed width font that is specified in the Font tab of the Appearance preference tool. Font Click on this button to select a font type and font size for the terminal. This button is only enabled if the Use the system terminal font option is unselected. Allow bold text Select this option to enable the terminal to display bold text. Show menubar by default in new terminals Select this option to show the menubar on new terminal windows. Terminal bell Select this option to enable the terminal bell. Cursor shape Use this drop down-list to specify the shape of the cursor. Select-by-word characters Use this text box to specify characters or groups of characters that GNOME Terminal considers to be words when you select text by word. See for more information about how to select text by word. Title and Command Initial title Use this text box to specify the initial title of terminals that use the profile. New terminals that are started from the current terminal have the new initial title. When terminal commands set their own titles Use this drop-down list to specify how to handle dynamically-set titles, that is, terminal titles set by commands that run in the terminal. Run command as a login shell Select this option to force the command that currently runs inside the terminal to run as a login shell. If the command is not a shell, the setting has no effect. Update login records when command is launched Select this option to insert a new entry in the login records when a new shell is opened. Run a custom command instead of my shell Select this option to run a specified command, other than the normal shell, in the terminal. Specify the custom command in the Custom command text box. When command exits Use this drop-down list to specify what action to perform when the command exits. Colours Foreground and Background Select the Use colours from system theme option to use the colors that are specified in the GNOME Desktop theme that is selected in the Theme tab of the Appearance preference tool. Use the Built-in schemes drop-down list to specify the foreground and background colours for the terminal. GNOME Terminal supports the following foreground and background colour combinations: Black on light yellow Black on white Gray on black Green on black White on black Custom This option enables you to select colours that are not in the selected colour scheme. The actual display of the foreground and background colours can vary depending on the colour scheme that you choose. For example, if you choose White on black and the Linux console colour scheme, the application displays the foreground and background colours as light gray on black. The Built-in schemes drop-down list is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Click on the Text colour button to display the Choose terminal text colour dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour that you want to use as the text colour, then click OK. The Text colour button is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Click on the Background colour button to display the Choose terminal background colour dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour that you want to use as the background colour, then click OK. The Background colour button is only enabled if the Use colours from system theme option is unselected. Palette The terminal emulation can only use 16 colours at a time to draw text. The colour palette specifies these 16 colours. Applications that run in the terminal use an index number to specify a colour from this palette. Use the Built-in schemes drop-down list to choose a preset colour schemes. The colour palette below and the contents of the terminal window both update to show the scheme. Use the Colour palette to customise the 16 default colours in the custom colour palette. To customise a colour, click on the colour to display the Palette entry dialogue. Use the colour wheel or the spin boxes to customise the colour, then click OK. Background Background Select a background for the terminal window. The options are as follows: Solid color Select this option to use the background colour that is specified in the Colours tabbed section as the background colour for the terminal. Background image Select this option to use an image file as the background for the terminal. Use the Image file drop-down combination box to specify the location and name of the image file. Alternatively, click Browse to search for and select the image file. Select the Background image scrolls option to enable the background image to scroll with the text when you scroll through the terminal. If you do not select this option, the background image remains fixed on the terminal background and only the text scrolls. This option is only enabled if you select the Background image option. Transparent background Select this option to use a transparent background for the terminal. Shade transparent or image background Use this slider to shade or dim the background of the terminal. This option is only enabled if you select the Background image or Transparent background options. Scrolling Scrollbar is Use this drop-down list to specify the position of the scrollbar on the terminal window. Scrollback ... lines Use this spin box to specify the number of lines that you can scroll back using the scrollbar. For example, if you specify 100 you can scroll back the last 100 lines displayed in the terminal. Select the Unlimited option to remove the limit on the number of lines you can scroll back using the scrollbar. Scroll on output Select this option to enable you to scroll the output on the terminal while the terminal continues to display more output from a command. Scroll on keystroke Select this option to enable you to press any key on the keyboard to scroll down the terminal window to the command prompt. This action only applies if you scrolled up the terminal window and you want to return to the command prompt. Compatibility Backspace key generates Use the drop-down list to select the function that you want the Backspace key to perform. Delete key generates Use the drop-down list to select the function that you want the Delete key to perform. Reset compatibility options to defaults Click on this button to reset the options on the Compatibility tabbed section to the default settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-terminal/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000752412253427713024577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000323112300405717025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356712300405717024545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licence

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/get-help.page0000644000373100047300000000227412300405717024622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Hints and warnings

You can use hints to reveal safe tiles, and flag warnings to help you keep track of flags.

Click Hint in the toolbar to reveal a hidden tile that is safe. You will be penalized for using hints: ten seconds will be added to your total time.

To enable warnings, edit the preferences by selecting MinesPreferences and ticking the checkbox next to Warn if too many flags have been placed. This will warn you when you try to place too many flags next to an open tile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000412312300405717025133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help make <app>Mines</app> better
Report a bug or suggest an improvement

Mines is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs and crashes, or request enhancements.

To participate you need an account, which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, make comments, and receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mines. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Mines better!

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/new-game.page0000644000373100047300000000261012300405717024607 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com Start a new game

To start a new game:

Click the New button or select Mines New Game from the application menu.

Select your preferred board size.

If you are already playing a game, Mines will ask if you want to Start New Game or Keep Current Game. If you choose the former, your current game will be lost.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000210012300405717024537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000247112300405717025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com 2012 Keyboard shortcuts

New game

CtrlN

Fullscreen

F11

Hint

CtrlH

Pause

Pause

Use the toolbar shortcut if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Help

F1

Quit

CtrlQ
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000335712300405717024252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Game rules

The aim of Mines is to clear the minefield without detonating any of the mines.

Start by chosing one of the three default board sizes, or by selecting a custom board.

The game begins with the board covered in tiles. Click on any tile to uncover it. You will reveal:

A colored number, which represent the number of mines in the adjacent tiles. This will help you deduce where the mines are so that you can mark them with flags.

A blank tile, which means there are no mines under any of the adjacent tiles.

A mine, which will detonate and end the game.

Repeat the previous step until you have uncovered all the tiles which do not have mines underneath them.

If you complete the game quickly enough, you will be added to the high scores list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/index.page0000644000373100047300000000266712300405717024232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> GNOME Mines GNOME Mines Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">GNOME Mines logo</media> GNOME Mines

Mines is a clone of the game Minesweeper. The aim is to locate all the mines that are hidden under tiles on a rectangular board. You will need to use a combination of logic and luck to find all the mines without triggering an explosion.

Game Play
Useful tips
Advanced
Get Involved
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000305412300405717025763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games user help is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, get in touch with us on the #docs channel on irc.gnome.org or via our mailing list .

Our wiki page contains useful information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/board-size.page0000644000373100047300000000236012300405717025150 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to change the game board size

You can select a field size at the start of a new game.

Click New or Mines New Game.

Select one of the grid sizes:

a 8 × 8 board with 10 mines

a 16 × 16 board with 40 mines

a 30 × 16 board with 99 mines

a custom board, where you chose the size and the number of mines

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/high-scores.page0000644000373100047300000000212212300405717025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 High scores

The high scores list the ten fastest times in which each type of mine field has been cleared.

To view the high scores, select MinesScores. The dialog will display the Small field size by default; to view other sizes, select them in the drop down menu at the top of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/faces.page0000644000373100047300000000270212300405717024172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2011 Aruna Sankaranarayanan aruna.evam@gmail.com The meaning of the faces

This is a new game and you have not clicked on any tile yet.

You are currently clicking on a tile.

You have uncovered a mine. You lose.

The tile you just clicked on is safe. You can continue.

You have found all the mines. You win!
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000141712300405717024555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Toolbar

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Hint, Pause and Fullscreen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-mines/flags.page0000644000373100047300000000543612300405717024214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 How to use flags

Flags are used to mark tiles which you suspect may hide a mine. Putting a flag on a tile prevents you from clicking on it and possibly causing an explosion, which would end the game.
How to place a flag on a tile

Red flags are those that cannot be clicked. To place a red flag on a tile:

right click on a blank tile.

To make the number of available flags equal to the number of remaining mines, enable Warn if too many flags placed and Use "I'm not sure" flags preference options, then restart the application.
Use of the <em>I'm not sure</em> flag

If you are not sure whether a tile hides a mine, you can use the blue I'm not sure flag.

To put an I'm not sure flag on a tile:

Right-click twice on a blank tile or once on a red flag.

To enable these flags, click MinesPreferences, and select Use "I'm not sure" flags.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-user-share/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000002400412300454034025662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Personal File Sharing Manual 2009 Red Hat, Inc. Matthias Clasen 1.0 2009 Matthias Clasen mclasen@redhat.com This manual describes version 2.26 of gnome-user-share. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the gnome-user-share application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. gnome-user-share is a session service that enables easy sharing of files between several computers. gnome-user-share file sharing sharing Introduction gnome-user-share is a session service that exports the contents of the Public folder in your home directory, so that they can easily be accessed from other computers on the same local network. On the other computers, the shared folder will appear with a name like user's shared files in the Nautilus Network window, where user will be replaced by your username. gnome-user-share uses a WebDAV server to share the Public folder, and advertises the share on the local network using mDNS. Additionally, gnome-user-share can make the shared files available via ObexFTP over Bluetooth, and receive files that are sent to your computer via Bluetooth via ObexPush. Getting started Starting gnome-user-share The gnome-user-share service is normally started by gnome-session when you log in. You can change this by opening PreferencesStartup Applications in the System menu, and modifying the 'User Sharing' entry in the list of startup programs. To configure various aspects of file sharing, use the File Sharing Preferences, which can be found in the System menu under PreferencesPersonal File Sharing.
File Sharing Preferences
Enabling file sharing over the network Open the File Sharing Preferences using PreferencesPersonal File Sharing in the System menu.
Share Files over the Network
To enable file sharing via WebDAV, use the Share public files on network checkbox. When file sharing it enabled, the controls for password protection allow to set a password that needs to be specified before a user on another computer is granted access to the shared files. Some firewall configurations on the local machine might cause problems with the advertisment, as well as the access to the shared files. Consult your system administrator for more details. Select Never to allow everybody to freely read or write files in the shared folder. Select Always to require the password to read or write files in the shared folder. Select When writing files to allow everybody to freely read files in the shared folder, but require the password when writing files. When you set a password, you have to give the password to all users that you want to have access to the shared files. Therefore, you should use a password that is different from other passwords you use. Enabling file sharing over Bluetooth Open the File Sharing Preferences using PreferencesPersonal File Sharing in the System menu.
Share Files over Bluetooth
To enable file sharing via Bluetooth, use the Share public files over Bluetooth checkbox. To allow remote Bluetooth devices to delete files in your shared folder, use the Allow remote devices to delete files checkbox. To allow remote Bluetooth devices to access your shared files even when they are not bonded with your computer, use the Require remote devices to pair with this computer checkbox. When you allow unbonded remote devices to access your shared files, anybody with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone in the vicinity of your computer can access and perhaps even modify your shared files. Receiving Files over Bluetooth Open the File Sharing Preferences using PreferencesPersonal File Sharing in the System menu.
Receive Files over Bluetooth
To let remote Bluetooth devices send files to your computer, use the Receive files in Downloads folder over Bluetooth checkbox. Received files will be stored in the Downloads folder in your home directory. When receiving files is enabled, the Accept files selection allows you to determine which remote devices are allowed to send files. Select Always to allow any remote device to send files. Select Only for Bonded devices to accept files only from bonded devices. Bonded devices are the ones that were connected to your computer, and had to enter a PIN code to connect to or from. Select Only for Bonded and Trusted devices to accept files only from bonded devices. Devices can be marked as trusted in the bluetooth-properties's Known devices section. Use the Notify about received files checkbox to select whether you want to be notified whenever a file is received via Bluetooth.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gnome-user-share/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000731712300454034025027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gucharmap/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006235012300411172024452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Character Map Manual Character Map is a Unicode character map that allows you to select characters from a table and insert then in to a text string. 2004 Sun Microsystems 2003 2004 Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project
cbhoh@gnome.org
GNOME Documentation Project Character Map Manual V2.1 2004-02-26 Updated for GNOME 2.6, program version 1.3.0. Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Unicode Character Map Manual V2.0 October 2003 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 1.3.0 of Character Map. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Character Map application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. gucharmap Character Map Character Map Introduction The Character Map application allows you to insert special characters into a document or a text field. Character Map provides accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols, and punctuation marks. Use Character Map to access characters that are not available on your keyboard. Character Map displays all the characters are available in all of the language scripts on your system, using the Unicode character set. Unicode is a character set standard with the goal to include all of the characters that are used in all of the written languages in the world. Getting Started To Start Character Map You can start Character Map in the following ways: Applications menu Choose AccessoriesCharacter Map. Command line Execute the following command: gnome-character-map When You Start Character Map When you start Character Map, the following window is displayed.
Character Map Window Shows Character Map window.
The Character Map window contains the following elements: Menubar The menus on the menubar contain most of the commands that you need to work with Character Map. Toolbar The toolbar contains a drop-down list of fonts, font style buttons, and a zoom spin box. Display area The display area contains the following components: Script or Unicode Block list box Character Table tabbed section Character Details tabbed section Text to copy text box Copy button Status bar The status bar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name. Usage To Change the Character-Set List To list the character sets by script name, choose ViewBy Script. To list the character sets by Unicode block, choose ViewBy Unicode Block. To Create a Text String To create a text string in the Text to copy field, perform the following steps: Select a character set from the Script or Unicode Block list box. Insert characters in one of the following ways: Double-click on a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, to insert the character in the Text to copy field. Select a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, then press Return to insert the character in the Text to copy field. Select a character button in the Character Table tabbed section, then click and drag the character to the Text to copy field. Click on the Text to copy field to give focus to the field. If a text string is already in the field, click on the text string at the point where you want to insert the character. Press a character key on your keyboard to insert that character into the field. To Copy and Paste Your Text String into an Application To copy and paste the text string from the Text to copy field into an application, perform the following steps: Click Copy. If none or all of the text string is selected, all of the string is copied to the clipboard. If a portion of the string is selected, only that portion is copied. Switch to your application and choose CtrlVEditPaste. When you paste the contents of the Text to copy field into other applications, the text string appears in the current character set of the application. If your text string contains non-visible characters, you can only insert the text string into applications that support the full character set. To Search for a Character To search for a character, perform the following steps: Choose CtrlFSearchFind. The Find dialogue opens. Enter text to search for in the Search field. Select Match whole word to only find complete words that match your text. By default, only the character names are searched. Select Search in character details to search in other parts of a character's description, such as notes, equivalents, and approximate equivalents. Click Next to find the first occurrence of your text after the currently selected character. Character Map selects the character it finds. Click Next to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose CtrlGSearchFind Next. Click Previous to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose ShiftCtrlGSearchFind Previous. To Browse Through all Characters To browse through the character map, use the Go menu. Next character, or press the shortcut key CtrlN. Previous character, or press the shortcut key CtrlP. Next script, or press the shortcut key CtrlPage Down. Previous script, or press the shortcut key CtrlPage Up. You can browse the character map by individual character, and script or by Unicode block. This depends on whether the character map is showing scripts or Unicode blocks. To change this, choose ViewBy Script or ViewBy Unicode Block. The following keys also work for browsing the character map: Press the arrow keys on the keyboard to browse through the characters. Press the Page Up and Page Down keys to browse through the characters page by page. Press the Home key to select the first character in the Unicode sequence. To select the last character, press the End key. To Display Detailed Information About a Character To display detailed information about a character, perform the following steps: Select a character set from the Script or Unicode Block list box. Example: Basic Latin Select a character from the Character Table tabbed section. Example: B Click on the Character Details tabbed section. The Character Details tabbed section displays the following information about the selected character: Unicode code point Example: U+0042 Unicode character name Example: LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B General Character Properties Unicode category Example: Letter, Uppercase Various Useful Representations UTF-8 encoding Example: 0x42 UTF-16 encoding Example: 0x0042 C octal escaped UTF-8 encoding Example: \102 XML decimal entity Example: "&#66" Annotations and Cross References Example: U+212C SCRIPT CAPITAL B Click on the link to display the details for the referenced character. To Change the Format of a Character To change the format of a character, perform any of the following steps: To change the font, select a font from the font drop-down list. To change the font type to bold type, click on the Bold button, or press the shortcut key AltB. To change the font type to italic type, click on the Italic button, or press the shortcut key AltI. To increase the font size, choose Ctrl+ViewZoom In, or use the zoom spin box. To decrease the font size, choose Ctrl-ViewZoom Out, or use the zoom spin box. To display normal font size, choose Ctrl=ViewNormal Size. To magnify the selected character, hold Shift. To Change the Format of the Character Table To change the format of the character table, choose ViewSnap Columns to Power of Two. Character Map changes the Character Table tabbed section so that the number of columns is a power of two, for example, two columns, four columns, eight columns, and so on. The number of columns depends on the size of the window and the size of the font.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gucharmap/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000706712300411172023613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gtk-doc-manual/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000026752212301102114025310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 included"> ]> GTK-Doc Manual 1.20 User manual for developers with instructions on GTK-Doc usage. Chris Lyttle
chris@wilddev.net
Dan Mueth
d-mueth@uchicago.edu
Stefan Kost
ensonic@users.sf.net
GTK-Doc project
gtk-doc-list@gnome.org
 2000, 2005 Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle 2007-2014 Stefan Sauer (Kost) Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the licence is included. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and those trademarks are made aware to the members of the GNOME Documentation Project, the names have been printed in caps or initial caps. 1.20 16 Feb 2014 ss bug fixes, markdown support, style improvements 1.19 05 Jun 2013 ss bug fixes 1.18 14 Sep 2011 ss bug fixes, speedups, markdown support 1.17 26 Feb 2011 sk urgent bug fix update 1.16 14 Jan 2011 sk bugfixes, layout improvements 1.15 21 May 2010 sk bug and regression fixes 1.14 28 March 2010 sk bugfixes and performance improvements 1.13 18 December 2009 sk broken tarball update 1.12 18 December 2009 sk new tool features and bugfixes 1.11 16 November 2008 mal GNOME doc-utils migration Introduction This chapter introduces GTK-Doc and gives an overview of what it is and how it is used. What is GTK-Doc? GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be used to document application code. How Does GTK-Doc Work? GTK-Doc works by using documentation of functions placed inside the source files in specially-formatted comment blocks, or documentation added to the template files which GTK-Doc uses (though note that GTK-Doc will only document functions that are declared in header files; it won't produce output for static functions). GTK-Doc consists of a number of Perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process. There are 5 main steps in the process: Writing the documentation. The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended any more). Gathering information about the code. gtkdoc-scan scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <module>-decl-list.txt containing a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <module>-sections.txt. The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <module>-decl.txt. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place entities similar to the ones in <module>-decl.txt into <module>-overrides.txt. gtkdoc-scangobj can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GObject properties and signals it provides. gtkdoc-scanobj should not be used anymore. It was needed in the past when GObject was still GtkObject inside gtk+. Generating the "template" files. gtkdoc-mktmpl creates a number of files in the tmpl/ subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.) Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system). Generating the SGML/XML and HTML/PDF. gtkdoc-mkdb turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the sgml/ or xml/ subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads docs from sources and introspection data. We recommend to use Docbook XML. gtkdoc-mkhtml turns the SGML/XML files into HTML files in the html/ subdirectory. Likewise gtkdoc-mkpdf turns the SGML/XML files into a PDF document called <package>.pdf. Files in sgml/ or xml/ and html/ directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly. Fixing up cross-references between documents. After installing the HTML files, gtkdoc-fixxref can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, gtkdoc-rebase turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pre-generated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed). Getting GTK-Doc Requirements Perl v5 — the main scripts are in Perl. DocBook DTD v3.0 — This is the DocBook SGML DTD. http://www.ora.com/davenport Jade v1.1 — This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. http://www.jclark.com/jade Modular DocBook Stylesheets This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. The DSSSL code has been customised slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl docbook-to-man — if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. The 'translation spec' has been customised slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on http://www.ora.com/davenport NOTE: This does not work yet. Installation There is no standard place where the DocBook Modular Stylesheets are installed. GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically: /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular (used by Red Hat) /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook (used by Debian) /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl (used by SuSE) If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure GTK-Doc using the option: --with-dsssl-dir=<PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR> About GTK-Doc (FIXME) (History, authors, web pages, licence, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.) About this Manual (FIXME) (who it is meant for, where you can get it, licence) Setting up your project The next sections describe what steps to perform to integrate GTK-Doc into your project. Theses sections assume we work on a project called 'meep'. This project contains a library called 'libmeep' and an end-user app called 'meeper'. We also assume you will be using autoconf and automake. In addition section plain makefiles or other build systems will describe the basics needed to work in a different build setup. Setting up a skeleton documentation Under your top-level project directory create a folder called docs/reference (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary. This can then look as shown below: Example directory structure Integration with autoconf Very easy! Just add one line to your configure.ac script. Integration with autoconf This will require all developers to have gtk-doc installed. If it is okay for your project to have optional api-doc build setup, you can solve this as below. Keep it as is, as gtkdocize is looking for GTK_DOC_CHECK at the start of a line. Keep gtk-doc optional The first argument is used to check for the gtkdocversion at configure time. The 2nd, optional argument is used by gtkdocize. The GTK_DOC_CHECK macro also adds several configure switches: --with-html-dir=PATH : path to installed docs --enable-gtk-doc : use gtk-doc to build documentation [default=no] --enable-gtk-doc-html : build documentation in html format [default=yes] --enable-gtk-doc-pdf : build documentation in pdf format [default=no] GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option to the next configure run. Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers). Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you configure.ac script. This allows gtkdocize to automatically copy the macro definition for GTK_DOC_CHECK to your project. Preparation for gtkdocize Integration with automake First copy the Makefile.am from the examples sub directory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( ./docs/reference/<package>). A local copy should be available under e.g. /usr/share/doc/gtk-doc-tools/examples/Makefile.am. If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one. The next step is to edit the settings inside the Makefile.am. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form . All the tools support to list the supported parameters. Integration with autogen Most projects will have an autogen.sh script to setup the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as cvs/svn/git). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called gtkdocize which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf. Running gtkdocize from autogen.sh When running gtkdocize it copies gtk-doc.make to your project root (or any directory specified by the option). It also checks you configure script for the GTK_DOC_CHECK invocation. This macro can be used to pass extra parameters to gtkdocize. Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs. This turned out to be not so good (e.g. the need for having generated files under version control). Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the tools can get all the information from source comments and thus the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. gtkdocize supports now a option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. Besides adding the option directly to the command invocation, they can be added also to an environment variable called GTKDOCIZE_FLAGS or set as a 2nd parameter in GTK_DOC_CHECK macro in the configure script. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand and migrating from older gtkdoc versions, please remove the directory (e.g. from version control system). Running the doc build After the previous steps it is time to run the build. First we need to rerun autogen.sh. If this script runs configure for you, then give it the option. Otherwise manually run configure with this option afterwards. The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-directories. The important ones are: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt. Running the doc build Now you can point your browser to docs/reference/package/index.html. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang on; during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life. Integration with version control systems As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt, Makefile.am Integration with plain makefiles or other build systems In the case one does not want to use automake and therefore gtk-doc.mak one will need to call the gtkdoc tools in the right order in own makefiles (or other build tools). Documentation build steps One will need to look at the Makefile.am and gtk-doc.mak to pick the extra options needed. Documenting the code GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you will find all information about the syntax of the comments. Documentation placement In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the tmpl directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems. To avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code. The scanner can handle the majority of C headers fine. In the case of receiving warnings from the scanner that look like a special case, one can hint GTK-Doc to skip over them. GTK-Doc comment block Documentation comments A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. GTK-Doc comment block The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item to which the comment is related. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers) The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank). This is useful in preformatted text (code listings). When documenting code, describe two aspects: What it is: The name for a class or function can sometimes be misleading for people coming from a different background. What it does: Tell about common uses. Put it in relation with the other API. One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments. Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described. Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS. Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments. Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal. Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property. Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure and #GObjectClass.foo_bar() to refer to a vmethod. If you need to use the special characters '<', '>', '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&lt;", "&gt;", "&lpar;", "&rpar;", "&commat;", "&percnt;" and "&num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'. DocBook can do more than just links. One can also have lists, examples, headings, and images. As of version 1.20, the preferred way is to use a subset of the basic text formatting syntax called Markdown. On older GTK-Doc versions any documentation that includes Markdown will be rendered as is. For example, list items will appear as lines starting with a dash. In older GTK-Doc releases, if you need support for additional formatting, you would need to enable the usage of docbook SGML/XML tags inside doc-comments by putting or in the variable MKDB_OPTIONS inside Makefile.am. GTK-Doc comment block using Markdown * GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new ("Gorgeous!"); * ]| */ ]]> More examples of what markdown tags are supported can be found in the GTK+ Documentation Markdown Syntax Reference. As already mentioned earlier GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file. Documenting sections Each section of the documentation contains information about one class or module. To introduce the component one can write a section block. The short description is also used inside the table of contents. All the @fields are optional. Section comment block SECTION:<name> The name links the section documentation to the respective part in the <package>-sections.txt file. The name give here should match the <FILE> tag in the <package>-sections.txt file. @short_description A one line description of the section that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page. @title The section title defaults to <name> from the SECTION declaration. It can be overridden with the @title field. @section_id Overrides the use of title as a section identifier. For GObjects the <title> is used as a section_id and for other sections it is <MODULE>-<title>. @see_also A list of symbols that are related to this section. @stability An informal description of the stability level this API has. We recommend the use of one of these terms: Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications. Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next. Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways. Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal. @include The #include files to show in the section synopsis (a comma-separated list), overriding the global value from the section file or command line. This item is optional. @image The image to display at the top of the reference page for this section. This will often be some sort of a diagram to illustrate the visual appearance of a class or a diagram of its relationship to other classes. This item is optional. To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the C source where possible. Documenting symbols Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus functions are usually documented in the c-source and macros, structs and enums in the header file. General tags You can add versioning information to all documentation elements to tell when an API was introduced, or when it was deprecated. Versioning Tags Since: Description since which version of the code the API is available. Deprecated: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used any more. The description should point the reader to the new API. (FIXME : Stability information) General tags Function comment block Please remember to: Document whether returned objects, lists, strings, etc, should be freed/unrefed/released. Document whether parameters can be NULL, and what happens if they are. Mention interesting pre-conditions and post-conditions where appropriate. GTK-Doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with _ are private. They are treated like static functions. Also, take a look at GObject Introspection annotation tags: http://live.gnome.org/GObjectIntrospection/Annotations Function comment block Function tags Returns: Paragraph describing the returned result. @...: In case the function has variadic arguments, you should use this tag (@Varargs: does also work for historic reasons). Property comment block Property comment block Signal comment block Please remember to: Document when the signal is emitted and whether it is emitted before or after other signals. Document what an application might do in the signal handler. Signal comment block Struct comment block Struct comment block */ GtkWidget parent; /*< public >*/ gboolean bar; } FooWidget; ]]> Use /*< private >*/ before the private struct fields you want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour. Struct comment blocks can also be used for GObjects and GObjectClasses. It is usually a good idea to add a comment block for a class, if it has vmethods (as this is how they can be documented). For the GObject itself one can use the related section docs, having a separate block for the instance struct would be useful if the instance has public fields. One disadvantage here is that this creates two index entries of the same name (the structure and the section). Enum comment block Enum comment block */ SOMETHING_COUNT } Something; ]]> Use /*< private >*/ before the private enum values you want to hide. Use /*< public >*/ for the reverse behaviour. Useful DocBook tags Here are some DocBook tags which are most useful when documenting the code. To link to another section in the GTK docs: Hash Tables ]]> The linkend is the SGML/XML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", "glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML/XML. To refer to an external function, e.g. a standard C function: ... ]]> To include example code: Using a GHashTable. ... ]]> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: ... ]]> For the latter GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: To include bulleted lists: ... ... ]]> To include a note which stands out from the text: Make sure you free the data after use. ]]> To refer to a type: unsigned char ]]> To refer to an external structure (not one described in the GTK docs): XFontStruct ]]> To refer to a field of a structure: len ]]> To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: GtkWidget ]]> but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page - see the abbreviations). To emphasize text: This is important ]]> For filenames use: /home/user/documents ]]> To refer to keys use: ControlL ]]> Filling the extra files There are a couple of extra files, that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <package>.types, <package>-docs.xml (in the past .sgml), <package>-sections.txt. Editing the types file If your library or application includes GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the xxx_get_type functions together with their include inside the <package>.types file. Example types file snippet gtk_accel_label_get_type gtk_adjustment_get_type gtk_alignment_get_type gtk_arrow_get_type ]]> Since GTK-Doc 1.8 gtkdoc-scan can generate this list for you. Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in Makefile.am. If you use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control. Editing the master document GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in an order. While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-Doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there. Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Also, chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library. So what are the things to change inside the master document? There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of. Master document header MODULENAME Reference Manual for MODULENAME [VERSION] The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at http://[SERVER]/MODULENAME/. [Insert title here] ]]> Editing the section file The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private). The section file is a plain text file with XML-like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines. The <FILE> ... </FILE> tag is used to specify the file name, without any suffix. For example, using '<FILE>gnome-config</FILE>' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file tmpl/gnome-config.sgml, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML/XML file sgml/gnome-config.sgml or the DocBook XML file xml/gnome-config.xml. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObjects class name converted to lower case). The <TITLE> ... </TITLE> tag is used to specify the title of the section. It is only useful before the templates (if used) are initially created, since the title set in the template file overrides this. Also if one uses SECTION comment in the sources, this is obsolete. You can group items in the section by using the <SUBSECTION> tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use <SUBSECTION Standard> for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use <SUBSECTION Private> for private declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection. Whether you would place GObject and GObjectClass like structs in public or Standard section depends if they have public entries (variables, vmethods). You can also use <INCLUDE> ... </INCLUDE> to specify the #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separated list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section. Controlling the result A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <package>-undocumented.txt, <package>-undeclared.txt and <package>-unused.txt. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily. The package-undocumented.txt file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added. The <package>-undeclared.txt file lists symbols given in the <package>-sections.txt but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled. The <package>-unused.txt file lists symbol names, where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <package>-sections.txt file. Enable or add the line in Makefile.am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during make check run. One can also look at the files produced by the source code scanner: <package>-decl-list.txt and <package>-decl.txt. The first one can be compared with the section file if that is manually maintained. The second lists all declarations from the headers. If a symbol is missing one could check if this file contains it. If the project is GObject based, one can also look into the files produced by the object scanner: <package>.args.txt, <package>.hierarchy.txt, <package>.interfaces.txt, <package>.prerequisites.txt and <package>.signals.txt. If there are missing symbols in any of those, one can ask GTK-Doc to keep the intermediate scanner file for further analysis, by running it as GTK_DOC_KEEP_INTERMEDIATE=1 make. Modernizing the documentation GTK-Doc has been around for quite some time. In this section we list new features together with the version since when it is available. GTK-Doc 1.9 When using xml instead of sgml, one can actually name the master document <package>-docs.xml. This version supports in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <package>-sections.txt is autogenerated and can be removed from the vcs. This only works nicely for projects that have a very regular structure (e.g. each .{c,h} pair will create new section). If one organize a project close to that updating a manually maintained section file can be as simple as running meld <package>-decl-list.txt <package>-sections.txt. Version 1.8 already introduced the syntax for documenting sections in the sources instead of the separate files under tmpl. This version adds options to switch the whole doc module to not use the extra tmpl build step at all, by using in configure.ac. GTK-Doc 1.10 This version supports in Makefile.am. When this is enabled, the <package>.types is autogenerated and can be removed from the vcs. When using this feature it is important to also setup the IGNORE_HFILES in Makefile.am for code that is build conditionally. GTK-Doc 1.16 This version includes a new tool called gtkdoc-check. This tool can run a set of sanity checks on your documentation. It is enabled by adding these lines to the end of Makefile.am. Enable gtkdoc-check GTK-Doc 1.20 Version 1.18 brought some initial markdown support. Using markdown in doc comments is less intrusive than writing docbook xml. This version improves a lot on this and add a lot more styles. The section that explains the comment syntax has all the details. Documenting other interfaces So far we have been using GTK-Doc to document the API of code. The next sections contain suggestions how the tools can be used to document other interfaces too. Command line options and man pages As one can generate man pages for a docbook refentry as well, it sounds like a good idea to use it for that purpose. This way the interface is part of the reference and one gets the man-page for free. Document the tool Create one refentry file per tool. Following our example we would call it meep/docs/reference/meeper/meep.xml. For the xml tags that should be used and can look at generated file in the xml subdirectory as well as examples e.g. in glib. Adding the extra configure check Extra configure checks Adding the extra makefile rules Extra configure checks DBus interfaces (FIXME: http://hal.freedesktop.org/docs/DeviceKit/DeviceKit.html, http://cgit.freedesktop.org/DeviceKit/DeviceKit/tree/doc/dbus) Frequently asked questions Question Answer No class hierarchy. The objects xxx_get_type() function has not been entered into the <package>.types file. Still no class hierarchy. Missing or wrong naming in <package>-sections.txt file (see explanation). Damn, I still have no class hierarchy. Is the object name (name of the instance struct, e.g. GtkWidget) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private subsections). No symbol index. Does the <package>-docs.{xml,sgml} contain a index that xi:includes the generated index? Symbols are not linked to their doc-section. Is the doc-comment using the correct markup (added #,% or ())? Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs. A new class does not appear in the docs. Is the new page xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. A new symbol does not appear in the docs. Is the doc-comment properly formatted. Check for spelling mistakes in the begin of the comment. Check if the gtkdoc-fixxref warns about unresolvable xrefs. Check if the symbol is correctly listed in the <package>-sections.txt in a public subsection. A type is missing from the class hierarchy. If the type is listed in <package>.hierarchy but not in xml/tree_index.sgml then double check that the type is correctly placed in the <package>-sections.txt. If the type instance (e.g. GtkWidget) is not listed or incidentialy makred private it will not be shown. I get foldoc links for all gobject annotations. Check that xml/annotation-glossary.xml is xi:included from <package>-docs.{xml,sgml}. Parameter described in source code comment block but does not exist Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names to the source. multiple "IDs" for constraint linkend: XYZ Symbol XYZ appears twice in <package>-sections.txt file. Element typename in namespace '' encountered in para, but no template matches. Tools related to gtk-doc GtkDocPlugin - a Trac GTK-Doc integration plugin, that adds API docs to a trac site and integrates with the trac search. Gtkdoc-depscan - a tool (part of gtk-doc) to check used API against since tags in the API to determine the minimum required version. Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation Licence 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this Licence is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this Licence preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This Licence is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public Licence, which is a copyleft licence designed for free software. We have designed this Licence in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this Licence is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this Licence principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This Licence applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this Licence. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licencee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this Licence. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this Licence. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this Licence requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this Licence, the copyright notices, and the licence notice saying this Licence applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this Licence. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's licence notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this Licence, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a licence notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this Licence, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that licence notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's licence notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this Licence. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's licence notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organisation as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this Licence give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this Licence, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its licence notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this Licence, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the licence notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this Licence, and replace the individual copies of this Licence in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this Licence for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this Licence, provided you insert a copy of this Licence into the extracted document, and follow this Licence in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this Licence does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this Licence provided that you also include the original English version of this Licence. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this Licence, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicence, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this Licence. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicence or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this Licence. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this Licence will not have their licences terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENCE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation Licence from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the Licence is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this Licence or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this Licence, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this Licence in a document you have written, include a copy of the Licence in the document and put the following copyright and licence notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the licence is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation Licence.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software licence, such as the GNU General Public Licence, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/gtk-doc-manual/fdl-appendix.xml0000644000373100047300000006430512301102114025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Version 1.1, March 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. GNU Free Documentation Licence 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this Licence in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this Licence is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this Licence principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. A Modified Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: A Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission. B List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). C State on the Title Page the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the publisher. D Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. H Include an unaltered copy of this Licence. I Preserve the section entitled History, and its title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous sentence. J Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K In any section entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M Delete any section entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modified Version. N Do not retitle any existing section as Endorsements or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. You may add a section entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version . 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section entitled History; likewise combine any sections entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this Licence, provided you insert a copy of this Licence into the extracted document, and follow this Licence in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an aggregate, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENCE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. Addendum To use this Licence in a document you have written, include a copy of the Licence in the document and put the following copyright and licence notices just after the title page:
Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have no Invariant Sections, write with no Invariant Sections instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write no Front-Cover Texts instead of Front-Cover Texts being LIST; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-labels.page0000644000373100047300000000335012306123654025104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Labels

You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to Categories in the other Evolution windows.

You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels.

Adding a label to a message

To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click Label, and choose the label to apply.

You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label.

Managing labels

You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/import-data.page0000644000373100047300000000143012306123654025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from another application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing data from another application
Applications
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-received-notification.page0000644000373100047300000000344512306123654030121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options on notifications of newly received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Getting notified of new mail

Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the mailer icon in the window switcher.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area at the bottom of the screen, make sure that EditPluginsMail Notification is enabled and that you have set your preferred options in the Configuration tab.

Switcher layout when a new message has arrived

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000277612306123654025754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page0000644000373100047300000000415712306123654030504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up reminder notifications for appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Reminders for appointments
General Settings

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary.

Manual Reminders

Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:

Click OptionsReminders or press the Reminder button in the toolbar.

From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose Customize.

In case of Customize, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-local.page0000644000373100047300000000217512306123654025634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local address book

To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml0000644000373100047300000001031612306123654031512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

Sender:

The sender's e-mail address or the name of the sender.

Recipients:

The recipients of the message.

CC:

Only the CC recipients of the message.

BCC:

Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters.

Sender or Recipients:

The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message.

Subject:

The subject line of the message.

Specific Header:

Any header including custom ones.

If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "engineering@example.com" and then restates it as "marketing@example.com", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression.

Message Body:

Searches in the actual text of the message.

Expression:

(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define filters in Evolution.

Date sent:

Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.

Date received:

This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.

Label:

Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually.

Score:

Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.

Size (kB):

Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.

Status:

Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Follow Up:

Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.

Completed On:

Attachments:

Checks whether there is an attachment for the email.

Mailing List:

Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.

Regex Match:

(For programmers only) If you know your way around a regex, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the man page for the grep command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000371412306123654033514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH-format mail directories receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-write-new-message.page0000644000373100047300000000274712306123654031043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Writing a new email to send to a recipient. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Composing a new message

You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking New in the toolbar.

Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than one person.

After you have written your message, click Send or press CtrlReturn.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page0000644000373100047300000000306412306123654031147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable HTML format in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Enabling HTML format

You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the email composer by choosing FormatHTML from the menu bar.

Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the Subject line from Plain Text to HTML.

If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the Subject line with HTML-only options.

To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorFormat messages in HTML.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000536712306123654027332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net POP mail account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (POP accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (POP accounts) Defaults
Security (POP accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-vertical-view.page0000644000373100047300000000331212306123654026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the mail view for widescreen displays. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Vertical view

Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of widescreen monitors.

To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View.

In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and E-mail, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page0000644000373100047300000000567212306123654030627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On embedded pictures in received HTML messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Images in HTML messages

When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message.

Loading images

Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the e-mail. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad Images or press CtrlI.

To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images.

Automatically download images in emails from people you know

You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the Load images only in messages from contacts option.

Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox.

Saving images

To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click Save Image....

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/minimize-to-system-tray.page0000644000373100047300000000302112306123654027455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On minimizing Evolution to the notification area. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Minimizing Evolution to the system tray

GNOME, by default, has a notification area which includes an applet that informs users of any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for any email notifications.

In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to become a system tray by using external applications which might be available for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. Available options are for example Tint2. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/memos-usage-delete-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000161512306123654027341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a memo from your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Memo

If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/using-categories.page0000644000373100047300000000635012306123654026175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Categories

Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term "objects" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the "Business" category because he works with you and the "Friends" category because he is a friend.

To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick search bar.
Setting categories for an object

To mark an object as belonging to a category,

Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like.
Adding and managing categories

If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via EditAvailable Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:

Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor.

Click Categories.... (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)

Enter the new category in the entry box at the top.

Click OK.

You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the editor.

Click OK.

In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking Edit at the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-usage-delete-task.page0000644000373100047300000000170312306123655027352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a task from your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Task

If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000514212306123655024361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Credits and Acknowledgment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Credits and Acknowledgment
Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

André Klapper

April Gonzalez

Barbara M. Tobias

Phil Bull
Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation

(Not applicable to the English version)

Authors of the previous version

Aaron Weber

Akhil Laddha

André Klapper

Duncan Mak

Ettore Perazzoli

Francisco Javier F. Serrador

Jessica Prabhakar

Kevin Breit

Mark Moulder

Novell, Inc.

Radhika Nair

Srinivasa Ragavan

Contact information

The GNOME Documentation Project:

Website

Mailing list

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050712306123655023674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/sync-with-other-devices.page0000644000373100047300000001333212306123655027410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices

There are currently no "recommended instructions" for users.

Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in combination with devices that support SyncML.

In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia.

If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system.

Palm

To synchronize with a Palm OS device like the PalmPilot(TM) and the Handspring Visor several steps are needed: First, you need to enable synchronization. Second, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. Third, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want.

Enabling Synchronisation

If you have not used a handheld device with your computer before, you need to configure it via EditGNOME Pilot Synchronization.... Make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally in /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check in /dev/ttyS0 if you have a serial connection, or in /dev/ttyUSB1 for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root user and adding your username to the group that owns this device node. For a USB device on sync, two device nodes are created, ttyUSB0 and ttyUSB1. The second node is the one to be used in configuring the device.

Selecting Conduits

After your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the conduits you want under the Pilot Conduits section. You can use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled EAddress for the contacts in your address book; ECalendar for your calendar; and ETodo for your task list.

Click Enable, then click Settings to change what the conduit does when activated. Your options can vary depending on the conduit, but typically they are as follows:

Disabled: Do nothing.

Synchronize: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one.

Copy From Pilot: If there is any new data on the handheld device, copy it to the computer.

Copy To Pilot: Copy new data from the computer to the handheld.

Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're not sure, use Synchronize.

Synchronising Information

Use the following procedure to synchronise the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

If you want to back up your information before synchronizing, make a copy of the .local/share/evolution directory inside your home directory.

Put your handheld device in its cradle and press the HotSync button.

If you use Palm OS version 4.0 and have password protection turned on for your handheld device, you might encounter trouble synchronizing. If this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on your handheld.

Now your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-local.page0000644000373100047300000000236712306123655025147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local task or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local task or memo list

To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-timezones.page0000644000373100047300000000413512306123655026511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using time zones in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using time zones

Evolution supports using multiple time zones.

Setting your global timezone(s)

By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeTime zone.

If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralTimeSecond zone.

Setting a timezone for an appointment

You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, add a new or edit an existing appointment and click the globe button to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000375312306123655034376 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-moving-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000263112306123655026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Moving emails from one folder to another. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Moved emails are still shown in the original folder

If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's "move" feature which was introduced in January 2013, Evolution "moves" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means "marking messages for deletion" so all the original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion.

See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000116112306123655025070 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On organizing and finding your data in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-meetings-delegating.page0000644000373100047300000000244712306123655030414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ask somebody else to run the meeting. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Delegating Meetings

Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of a meeting.

Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate.

Click Delegate Meeting.

Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to.

Click OK.

Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/xinclude-searching.xml0000644000373100047300000000366612306123655026375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Saved Searches

If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches.

To save your search results, either click Save instead of OK in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select SearchSave Search. From now on this search will be directly available from the Search menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000254612306123655032247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use one of your templates for replying to a message Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Template as a Reply

Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates.

This option lists all the message templates in the Templates folder.

Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open.

Click Send.

When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-search-folders-enable.page0000644000373100047300000000216212306123655027770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Enable the Search Folders Functionality

In the unlikely case that there is no Search folders top-level node displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list you have to enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000000427412306123655032744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a Meeting Request

Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates.

You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar.

If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling Inherit reminder.

If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen.

After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten.

Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-searching-attachment-type.page0000644000373100047300000000164212306123655030715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Unfortunately this is not possible. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching for emails with a specific attachment type

There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-display-settings.page0000644000373100047300000000342512306123655027354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Options for displaying task completion and due dates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Displaying of tasks

The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks.

Tasks due today:

Select the colour for tasks due today.

Overdue tasks:

Select the colour for overdue tasks.

Hide completed tasks after:

Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-several-pop-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000321312306123655027713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Separating POP mail for more than one account

It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email.

You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by creating folders and creating filters: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters...Add to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page0000644000373100047300000000403612306123655031410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email. Novell, Inc Sending invitations by email

If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution e-mail tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose Forward as iCalendar.

When you receive an invitation, you have several options:

Accept:

Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar.

Tentatively Accept:

Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative.

Decline:

Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option.

Send reply to sender:

Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organisers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000323412306123655025725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a CalDAV calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type CalDAV.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter the address of the calendar in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000603612306123655030436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net IMAP+ mail account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (IMAP+ accounts) Defaults
Security (IMAP+ accounts) Security
Other settings (IMAP+ accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/memos-usage-edit-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000205712306123655027026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a memo in your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Memo

If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,

Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or right-click on the memo and click Open Memo.

Edit the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exchange-placeholder.page0000644000373100047300000000153412306123655026767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connecting to Exchange Servers Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Connecting to Exchange Servers

For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000667412306123655031122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using shortcut keys to read mail
Viewing an email

In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click it, press Enter, or press CtrlO.

Navigating in a message

To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the Spacebar to page down and press Backspace to page up while reading an email. Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused.

Navigating in a folder in the message list

Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard.

Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list

To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (.) or comma (,) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the right square bracket (]) for the next unread message, and the left square bracket ([) for the previous unread message.

Navigating in unread mail across folders

You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the Spacebar.

When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:

When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message.

If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as Page Down.

If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message.

If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar takes you to the next unread message in the next folder.

If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000431212306123655025650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Back up and restore

You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file.

Backing up

Select FileBack up Evolution Data....

Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click Save.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

Note that your spam filtering settings are not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back up ~/.spamassassin/.
Restoring

Select FileRestore Evolution Data....

Choose the file, and click Open.

You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes.

In the first-run assistant, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page0000644000373100047300000000375212306123655031715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Character Encodings
Received mail

If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message.

To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding.

Sending mail

In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorCharacter encoding.

This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-not-sent.page0000644000373100047300000000272212306123655025414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Possible reasons why emails are not sent. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Mail is not sent

There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:

Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent.

Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent

Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send and Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send and Receive button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/problems-reporting-bugs.page0000644000373100047300000000401712306123655027514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to report mistakes in the application. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to report bugs

If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first.

Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution instead.

When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under HelpAbout), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page0000644000373100047300000000401012306123655031427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display a picture of the sender in the message header area. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Photograph Message Headers

Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a photograph in the message.

You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph stored.

To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview.

If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page0000644000373100047300000000175412306123655032316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Microsoft Exchange account settings

Please first read Choosing the right connector to find out about the right Exchange account type for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-usage-edit-task.page0000644000373100047300000000206012306123655027032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a task in your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Task

If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,

Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click Open Task.

Edit the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-using-several-calendars.page0000644000373100047300000000352412306123655031213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one calendar and different types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using several calendars

You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view.

Appointments for each calendar appear in different color.

You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network.

For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page0000644000373100047300000000414212306123655031572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General formatting options for the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc General formatting options

The following options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneral.

Time

Time format:

Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats.

Time zone and Second zone:

The city you are located in, and optionally a second city.
Work Week

Week starts on:

Select the day to display as the first in each week.

Work days:

Define which week days are work days.

Day begins:

Define at which time your work day begins.

Day ends:

Define at which time your work day ends.
Alerts

If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exporting-data-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000222212306123655027415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export calendar data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting calendar data

To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format.

If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar..., or right-click on the appointment and click Save as iCalendar....

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/index.page0000644000373100047300000000575512306123655024045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Evolution <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"/> Evolution Mail and Calendar Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net <media type="image" its:translate="no" src="figures/evolutionlogo.png"> <span its:translate="yes">Evolution logo</span> </media> Evolution Mail and Calendar
Getting Started
Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management
Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts) IMAP+
Mail Composing
Advanced Mail Composing
Calendar Management
Advanced Calendar Management
Contacts Management
Memos and Tasks Management
Data Migration and Synchronization
Corporate Environments
Microsoft Exchange
Tracking down Problems
Common Mail Questions and Problems
Common Other Questions and Problems
Further reading
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000620612306123655031565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Usenet news accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Usenet news receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select if you want to show folders in short notation.

For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux.

Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window.

If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page0000644000373100047300000000425212306123655031342 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using custom fields in the header of composed messages Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Custom Header Lines

You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails.

Enabling and managing custom headers

To set up the Custom Header plugin:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Custom Header.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter.
Inserting custom headers in a message

Click NewMail Message or press ShiftCtrlM to open the message composer window.

Select InsertCustom Header.

In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined header fields and values.

Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exporting-data.page0000644000373100047300000000130012306123655025642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em> usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/data-storage.page0000644000373100047300000000277712306123655025312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk? Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Data storage locations

This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems.

Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG Base Directory Specification. By default this means:

The user's data files

$HOME/.local/share/evolution

 Various configuration and state files

$HOME/.config/evolution

 Account settings

$HOME/.config/evolution/sources

 Disposable data caches

$HOME/.cache/evolution

 Configuration settings in GSettings

$HOME/.config/dconf

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-spam-marking.page0000644000373100047300000000453112306123655026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Pete Biggs Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc Marking Mail as Junk

While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail.

Manually Marking Junk Mail

If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press CtrlJ or click the Junk button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on.

If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or mark the message and click the Not Junk button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page0000644000373100047300000001005512306123655032114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending a Meeting Invitation. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a Meeting Invitation

When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond.

If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select Forward as iCalendar. This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend.

To schedule a meeting:

Click FileNewMeeting.

If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field.

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, Role, Status, and RSVP fields.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To query free/busy information for the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Click Save to save the meeting.

An e-mail is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organiser, and only the organiser can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organiser of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organiser, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html.page0000644000373100047300000000367612306123655026447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)

Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, which is the format that also web pages use.

Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML.

Plain Text Formatting Options
HTML-only Formatting Options
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page0000644000373100047300000000234512306123656030655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding and using more than one task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using several task lists or memo lists

You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view.

Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors.

You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000251712306123656030234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Force sending and receiving emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Manually send and receive messages

To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose FileSend / Receive from the main menu.

To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option.

If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page0000644000373100047300000000562012306123656031003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Usenet news account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Usenet News accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (Usenet News accounts) Defaults
Security (Usenet News accounts) Security
Other settings (Usenet News accounts) Other settings

Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000761612306123656026042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from an email link on a website. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Opening links in and from the web browser
Change which web browser websites are opened in

In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,

Open a terminal application.

Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most .desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/.

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler https browser.desktop

Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:

xdg-settings set default-url-scheme-handler http browser.desktop

Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect.

If the error message "xdg-settings: command not found" is shown, you need to install the package xdg-utils.

Install xdg-utils

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker.

If the error message "Could not open the link: Operation not supported" is shown, you need to install the package gvfs.

Install gvfs
Change which mail application is used to write emails

Please see the GNOME Desktop Help.

Advanced options

If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000201512306123656032020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, change, edit or delete email signatures. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing signatures

You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer preferencesSignatures.

Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the account settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-spellcheck.page0000644000373100047300000000516712306123656027616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On spell checking your mail in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Spell checking
Prerequirements

To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the enchant package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to perform these steps.

Install hunspell

Install enchant
Global Preferences

Under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color is used for underlining words that are misspelled.

You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages.

Manual spell checking in the composer

If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the Composer Preferences you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking EditSpell Checking or by pressing F7.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000000334412306123656031551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the message list columns

If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either Add a Column... or Remove This Column.

If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as "Re:", or you can replace the From column which displays the sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will only display the sender's name.

If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message Preview visibility in all folders.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000222012306123656031104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Message templates to reuse in the composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Message Templates

A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern.

To enable the Message Template Plugin, click EditPlugins and enable Templates.

Message Templates
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000167112306123656026713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts

There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/import-apps-mozilla.page0000644000373100047300000000512612306123656026647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mozilla

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder $HOME/.thunderbird/12345678. 12345678 will be a random string. If you cannot see the .thunderbird folder, make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog.

If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages (not the .msf files).

If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an .ical/.ics file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-delete-and-undelete.page0000644000373100047300000000465412306123656027461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Deleting and undeleting messages
Deleting Messages

To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click the Delete button in the toolbar, or press CtrlD, or right-click the message and click Delete.

When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can view the messages striken off for later deletion.

To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click FolderExpunge or press CtrlE.

Undeleting Messages

You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this.

If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-duplicates.page0000644000373100047300000000337312306123656026006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to handle duplicated email messages April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Duplicate emails get downloaded
Removing duplicate emails

To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages.

Reasons

Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:

There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox

Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension.

The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/problems-getting-help.page0000644000373100047300000000216712306123656027141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to get help for problems. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to get help

To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution mailing list or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the internet messenger application Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/deleting-emails.page0000644000373100047300000000324312306123656025770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting emails or attachments permanently
Emails

Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the marked emails.

To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well.

Attachments

To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click MessageRemove Attachments.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000316112306123656030757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG
Decrypting a received message

If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it.

When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed.

Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
Checking the signature of a received message

To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display Security Information for the message.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-sharing-information.page0000644000373100047300000000134412306123656030452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sharing your calendar information usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/import-supported-file-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000607512306123656030656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Supported file formats for importing data. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Supported file formats

Evolution can import the following types of files:

Mail

Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):

The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients.

Maildir (no extension):

The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored.

Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):

The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended.

Calendar

vCalendar (.vcs):

A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer.

iCalendar or iCal (.ics):

A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others.

Contacts

LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):

A standard data format for contact cards.

vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):

The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application.
Miscellaneous

Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):

CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla.

Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):

A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called "Personal Storage Table".

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000565012306123656031671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter your username for that server.

Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to automatically fill in the values.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.

If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book from the available options.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-search-folders-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000355412306123656030722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up search folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Search folder conditions

Message Location:

Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder.

Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders so they cannot be selected here.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-webdav.page0000644000373100047300000000306312306123656025320 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a WebDAV task or memo list

Lists of this type are read-only.

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username.

Click Apply.

The list will be added in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-classifications.page0000644000373100047300000000307712306123656027657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Classifications

If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it.

To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click OptionsClassifications and select a classification in the editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level.

The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-display-message-source.page0000644000373100047300000000212612306123656030231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Message Source

To view the message data, click on ViewMessage Source or press CtrlU. This will display the message data in a new window.

To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page0000644000373100047300000000573312306123656033615 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Defaults
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-publishing.page0000644000373100047300000000347112306123656026643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Post your calendar content in public. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Calendar Publishing

In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationLocationsAdd.

You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-ldap.page0000644000373100047300000001102312306123656025454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use shared address books on a local network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding LDAP access

The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.

Adding an LDAP address book

Click FileNewAddress Book.

In the General tab, select the type On LDAP Servers.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely.

Define the login method and your user name.

Click Apply.

In the Details tab you can define the following settings:

Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings.

Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available:

One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it.

Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it.

Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:

ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server.

ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users.

Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): Retrieves the User and Contact List objects.

(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated with the email addresses.

Timeout (minutes): The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up.

Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches.

If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator.
Differences to local address books

LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:

Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books.

You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation.

To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening.

Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-layout-views.page0000644000373100047300000000376212306123656027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available views

Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:

Day (CtrlY)

Work Week (CtrlJ)

Week (CtrlK)

Month (CtrlM)

List (CtrlL)

You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking ViewCurrent View.

You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar.

The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Select today button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar.

To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a specific date button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page0000644000373100047300000000355312306123656032052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Store an existing or new message as a template Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Saving Messages as Templates
Saving an Existing Message as a Template

Select the message.

Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to folder.

Select the Templates folder under On This Computer.

You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:

Open the message and click Reply.

Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements.

Select FileSave as Template.
Saving a New Message as a Template

Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the template.

Select FileSave as Template.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page0000644000373100047300000000646612306123656031230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP+ receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

Select "Use Quick Resync" if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP server.

Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders.

Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-sending-options-smtp.page0000644000373100047300000000431612306123656027750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending options for SMTP. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net SMTP sending options

Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password).

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:

Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Enter your username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page0000644000373100047300000000214012306123656032001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding and creating address books

You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown.

You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-localized-re-subjects.page0000644000373100047300000000262212306123656030037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Avoid long subject lines due to translated "Re:" prefixes. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Handling localized "Re:" in subjects

Traditionally a "Re:" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like "SV:" in Danish or "AW: in German). Evolution can recognize these terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail.composer-localized-re 'AW:,SV:' (in case that you want "AW:" and "SV:" to be recognized).

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000563712306123656032742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net MH Format Mail Directories account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Defaults
Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-add-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000323612306123656030141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Adding people automatically to my contacts

You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email. Enable the plugin Automatic Contacts by going to EditPlugins; click on Automatic Contacts so that it shows a check mark. Then go to EditPreferencesContactsAutomatic Contacts and enable the Create address book entries when sending emails option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts.

From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/import-apps-outlook.page0000644000373100047300000001007612306123656026674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing data from Microsoft Outlook. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Outlook

These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded.

Prerequisites under Windows

First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:

Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):

Windows 7, Windows Vista

Windows XP

Outlook 2010

C:\Users\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\Outlook Files

Outlook 2007 and earlier

C:\Users\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

C:\Documents and Settings\username\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Outlook

(Replace "username" by your username.)

Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on.

As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD.
Importing into Evolution

Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive.

Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.

Start Evolution.

Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you want.

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import.

The file type will be automatically determined.

If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under FileImportImport single fileFile type, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exchange-connectors-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000503612306123656030530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange server. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Choosing the right connector

Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality.

For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the package evolution-ews.

Install evolution-ews

For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi. It uses Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews.

Install evolution-mapi

If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000522412306123656026440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching appointments and meetings. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching for Calendar Items usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000127312306123656025646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000340612306123656032223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Local delivery accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local delivery receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000174412306123656030542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting a contact from your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting a Contact

If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page0000644000373100047300000000550412306123656031442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Local Delivery account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (Local Delivery accounts) Defaults
Security (Local Delivery accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options.page0000644000373100047300000000217212306123657027312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available mail receiving options for several server types. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail Receiving Options
Mail receiving options for common server types
Mail receiving options for corporate server types
Mail receiving options for local account server types
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-several-recipients.page0000644000373100047300000000571412306123657031304 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Sending a message to several recipients

To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons.

If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create contact lists to send them mail as though they have a single address.
Recipient types

Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients.

Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click ViewBcc Field.

Autocompletion

It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time.

Using the buttons

Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/google-services.page0000644000373100047300000000113212306123657026016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using Google services. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using Google services usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-meetings.page0000644000373100047300000000122212306123657026303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using meetings in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Meetings usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption.page0000644000373100047300000000340612306123657026041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sending and receiving encrypted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail encryption and certificates

Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments.

GPG
S/MIME
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-libreoffice.page0000644000373100047300000000371312306123657027015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Contacts in LibreOffice

You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3.

Click EditExchange Database... in the menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange databases dialog box.

In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list of your Evolution address books.

Choose an addressbook and click Define.

In case it is not listed already, click Browse.... A file chooser dialog opens.

As Evolution stores its data in a hidden directory, press CtrlL to get the location bar displayed.

Go to /home/username/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db and click Open.

This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into an LibreOffice document via InsertFieldsOther.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html-text.page0000644000373100047300000000557212306123657027430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in HTML

Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML format. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Text Styles:

Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next.

Button

Description

+0

Font size.

Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting StylePage Style.

TT

Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font.

Bold A

Bolds the text.

Italic A

Italicises the text.

Underlined A

Underlines the text.

Strike through A

Marks a line through the text.

The other buttons are explained under .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000600212306123657025605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching messages. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Mail
Searching in a Single Message

To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message... from the main menu.

Searching Across Messages
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000566312306123657032533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Defaults
Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000323612306123657031225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Getting and Using GPG Public Keys. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Getting and using GPG public keys

To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring.

To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid, substituting keyid by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is automatically added to your keyring.

If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command gpg --import to add it to your keyring.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000135212306123657026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On task and memo lists, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing tasks and memos usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-read-receipts.page0000644000373100047300000000415612306123657026401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to enable requesting read receipts. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Read receipts for emails

Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone.

You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email composer's menu. To do so, go to OptionsRequest Read Receipt.

For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by going to EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaultsMessage Receipts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page0000644000373100047300000000137412306123657030104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Freeing disk space by deleting items usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000125012306123657025151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting tasks. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000570712306123657033756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Sending E-mail
Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Defaults
Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exporting-data-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000237412306123657027474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export contacts data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Exporting contacts data

Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file.

To export a complete address book, click FileSave Address Book As vCard.

If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and click Save as vCard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000415612306123657030457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Managing S/MIME certificates

Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption.

You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates.

If you get the error "Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" after adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate.

Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click Import, select the file to import, then click Open and enter a password.

Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages.

Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities that verify that your own certificate is valid.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page0000644000373100047300000000327412306123657032251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the "On date, person wrote:" string when replying

Advanced users can change this string.

Open the dconf-editor application.

Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail.

Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key composer-message-attribution.

You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform these steps.

Install dconf-editor

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-free-busy.page0000644000373100047300000001076012306123657026400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Free/Busy information

You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees.

In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.

To access the free/busy view:

Click FileNewMeeting.

Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite.

Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or click OptionsFree/Busy.

Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans.

Attendee List:

The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment.

Schedule Grid:

The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under Personal informationWeb AddressesFree/Busy.

You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support.

In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy information when inviting you to a meeting.

The default server can be defined under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksPublishing InformationDefault Free/Busy Server.

Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server

If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-cannot-see.page0000644000373100047300000000402612306123657025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I cannot see some emails, where are they?

Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination.

Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field.

If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.

Look in the Junk folder. Messages that are marked as Junk disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder.

Click EditShow Deleted Messages to make sure all messages are visible.

Check your default folder under EditPreferencesEmail AccountsEditDefaults. Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-attachments.page0000644000373100047300000000117512306123657026163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Managing attachments usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page0000644000373100047300000000415012306123657030024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Setting up GPG for your mail account

You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to Creating a GPG key.

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Specify your key ID in the PGP/GPG Key ID field.

Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options.

Click OK.

Click Close.

Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you can find it by typing gpg --list-keys in the Terminal application. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-follow-up-flag.page0000644000373100047300000000525212306123657026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using flags to remind you of actions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Follow up flags for emails

To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature.

Select one or more messages.

Right-click one of the messages.

Click Mark for Follow Up....

You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking MessageMark asFollow Up... or by pressing ShiftCtrlG.

A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.

The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply.

After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag Completed or Clear Flag.

When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you "Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM."

Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a search folder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.

If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-send-and-receive.page0000644000373100047300000000155012306123657026756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On receiving mail and sending written emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sending and receiving mail

This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000214412306123657031374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting an appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting an Appointment

If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use EditDelete Appointment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/memos-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000503212306123657026005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching memos. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Memos
Searching in a Single Memo

To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind in Memo... from the main menu.

Searching Across Memos
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-imap-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000365312306123657027506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 IMAP folder subscriptions. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc IMAP Subscriptions

As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager.

Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click Manage subscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server.

Select a file or folder by clicking it.

You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.

Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/deleting-appointments.page0000644000373100047300000000207512306123657027242 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Deleting old appointments permanently

To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-local.page0000644000373100047300000000224112306123657025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding another local calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding another local calendar

To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type On This Computer.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000220612306123657031056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing in appointment in your calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing an Appointment

If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars,

Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar.

Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options).

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-autocompletion.page0000644000373100047300000000377112306123657027612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Autocompletion of mail recipients

You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books.

To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches.

Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses.

Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000134612306123657025603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-sorting-message-list.page0000644000373100047300000001252112306123657027725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sorting the message list of a mail folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Sorting the message list

Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the message list.

Sorting Mail in Email Threads

You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on ViewGroup By Threads or press CtrlT.

This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next.

When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received.

For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the Terminal application and running the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-accels true
Sorting Mail with Column Headers

The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:

Drag and drop the column header bars

Right-click on the header.

Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option.

Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort.

Using Other Sorting Options

Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort.

Sort By

You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list.

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort By option.

This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:

Subject — Trimmed

Labels

Recipients

Sender

Location

Due By

Follow Up Flag

Flag Status

Size

To

Received

Date

Subject

From

Attachment

Flagged

Status

Custom

Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages.
Sort Ascending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Ascending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom.

Sort Descending

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Sort Descending option.

The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top.

Unsort

Right-click on the message list column headers.

Select the Unsort option.

This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-displaying-message.page0000644000373100047300000000136112306123657027432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rendering an email and handling its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Display of a message
Advanced
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-change-time-format.page0000644000373100047300000000245212306123657027316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the date and time format in the message list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Format of dates and time

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html-rule.page0000644000373100047300000000272012306123657027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Rule in HTML

You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:

Click InsertRule... in the menubar.

Select width, size, and alignment.

Select Shaded if wanted.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-google.page0000644000373100047300000000317612306123657025756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using the online calendar of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using a Google calendar

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-caldav.page0000644000373100047300000000307712306123657025310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a CalDAV task or memo list

To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List.

Select the type On the Web.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline.

Enter the address of the list in the URL field.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Enter your username and your email address.

Click Apply.

The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page0000644000373100047300000000454112306123657030665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding an appointment. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding an Appointment

Click FileNewAppointment, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse.

If you use the Appointment dialog:

Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

(Optional) Type a location in the Location field.

To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar.

Select the date and time.

If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event.

(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field.

To show the time as busy to others, click OptionsShow Time as Busy.

You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-save-as-pdf.page0000644000373100047300000000270712306123657025760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Converting emails into PDF files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Save messages as PDF

In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See the desktop help for general information on printing.

You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-save-file-format 'pdf'

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-using-contact-lists.page0000644000373100047300000000570212306123660030450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using contact lists for grouping contacts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Contact Lists

A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a "real" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server.

For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called "Family". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "Family" and the messages would go to all of them.

Creating a contact list

Click FileNewContact List.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select... button.

Choose whether you want to hide the e-mail addresses when you send a message to the list.

Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in Sending a message to several recipients.

Click OK.

The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution.

Sending messages to a contact list

To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page0000644000373100047300000000360612306123660030421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail POP Account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution

Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:

Log in to your Gmail account.

Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section.

Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:

Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)

Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on

Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature.

To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration instructionsOtherStandard Instructions.

On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add.

Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-weather.page0000644000373100047300000000277712306123660026141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display the weather in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a weather calendar

Calendars of this type are read-only.

To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewCalendar.

Select the type Weather.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Optionally choose a color that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Choose the temperature unit.

Click Apply.

The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page0000644000373100047300000000232212306123660030543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution

Please refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings.

To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the Gmail Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-two-trash-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000357712306123660027236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to have only one trash or junk folder per account. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account

If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution.

You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder.

By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders. They do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for deletion in any folders of that account.

In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page0000644000373100047300000000423112306123660034521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-pop.page0000644000373100047300000000665612306123660030113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for POP accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc POP receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

You should enable this option if your server supports it.

Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want Evolution to remember your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server.

The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page0000644000373100047300000000260412306123660030050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Newsgroups Subscriptions

When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:

Select FolderSubscriptions.

If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions.

Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-google.page0000644000373100047300000000262412306123660026012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the online address book of your Google account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Using a Google addressbook

To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:

Click FileNewAddress Book.

Select the type Google.

Enter a name that you prefer.

Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline.

Enter your Google username.

Choose Use secure connection if you want to connect securely.

Click Apply.

The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page0000644000373100047300000000553012306123660033671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange Web Services account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts) Defaults
Security (Exchange Web Services accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page0000644000373100047300000000145612306123660030004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The red "Marcus Bains" line displays the current time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Time display in the Day view

The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-search-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000426212306123660026543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Search folders

If filters are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder.

A search folder looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder.

Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or message are deleted.

The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders.

If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search in them either.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml0000644000373100047300000000101312306123660030611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Identity

Here you define your name and your email address.

Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this account).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/intro-first-run.page0000644000373100047300000002541012306123660026002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Running Evolution for the very first time. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time

The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help you set up email accounts and import data from other applications.

Restore from backup

You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you do not have a backup, go to the next page.

Show how to restore from a backup Restoring
Receiving E-mail

First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list.

If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider.

Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add.
IMAP+

Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems.

Show how to configure this account type IMAP+ receiving options
POP

Downloads your email to your hard disk.

Show how to configure this account type POP receiving options
USENET News

Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests.

Show how to configure this account type Usenet news receiving options
Exchange EWS

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note that this is currently under development and will replace the Exchange MAPI account type in the future. It might not be available yet for your distribution.

This requires having the evolution-ews package installed.

Install evolution-ews
Show how to configure this account type Exchange Web Services receiving options
Exchange MAPI

For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server.

This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed.

Install evolution-mapi
Show how to configure this account type Exchange MAPI receiving options
Local delivery

Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead.

Show how to configure this account type Local delivery receiving options
MH-Format Mail Directories

For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application.

Show how to configure this account type MH-format mail directories receiving options
Maildir-Format Mail Directories

Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style application.

Show how to configure this account type Maildir-format mail directories receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool file

Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Standard Unix mbox spool directory

Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system.

Show how to configure this account type Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options
None

If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email.

Sending mail

Available server types are:

SMTP

Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.

Show how to configure this account type SMTP sending options
Sendmail

Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.

Account Information

Give the account any name you prefer.

Importing Mail (Optional)

Continue with Importing data from another application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page0000644000373100047300000000713712306123660030642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating a GPG key

These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the Seahorse application for managing GPG/OpenPGP keys.

Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG.

Open the Terminal application and enter gpg --gen-key.

Select an algorithm, then press Enter.

Select a key length, then press Enter.

Enter how long your key should be valid for.

Type your real name, then press Enter.

Type your e-mail address, then press Enter.

(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter.

Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O.

Type a passphrase, then press Enter.

Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys.

After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering gpg --list-keys. You should see something similar to this: /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you@example.com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]

GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file.

If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:

Check your public key ID with gpg --list-keys. It is the string after 1024D on the line beginning with pub. In the example above, it is 32j38dk2.

Enter the command gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2. Substitute your key ID for 32j38dk2. You need your password to do this.

Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people download it from a central place when they want.

If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an error message appears.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page0000644000373100047300000001000512306123660033045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply to Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Variables in Templates
Configuring Variables for Message Templates

Select EditPlugins.

Click Templates.

Click the Configuration tab.

You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs.

In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message.

Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin.

By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used.

The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:

$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin.

If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable.

If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made.
Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying

Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the complete message body.

In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, use $ORIG[body].

If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed (except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are not necessarily always available in the original message (for example $ORIG[reply-to]).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000171712306123660032271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Thread related headers recognized by Evolution

Evolution supports the following headers:

References

In-Reply-To

Thread-* headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not supported.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page0000644000373100047300000000226212306123660031660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to forward a message with its attachments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Forwarding a message with its attachments

Click MessageForward as... and choose Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send.

If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000566012306123660034025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI account settings
Account Editor

Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file.

Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties.

The following settings are available when editing an existing account:

Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts) Receiving Email and Receiving options
Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts) Defaults
Exchange Settings

In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders.

Security (Exchange MAPI accounts) Security
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-working-offline.page0000644000373100047300000000607412306123660026745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Work with your mail while not being connected to the network. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Working Offline

Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.

Marking folders for offline usage

To mark a mail folder for offline use,

Right-click the folder, then click Properties.

Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation.
Syncing messages for offline usage

Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via FileWork Offline, the cables separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or synchronize folders locally before you go offline.

To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going offline, select FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage.

Automatic Network State Handling

Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-search.page0000644000373100047300000000307512306123660026735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching for text in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching in the mail composer

Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available.

Find:

Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message.

Find Again:

Select this item to repeat the last search you performed.

Replace:

Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.

For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match

If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use Regular expressions for searching.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-layout.page0000644000373100047300000000125112306123660026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusting the display and views of the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the calendar layout usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-default-folder-locations.page0000644000373100047300000000377112306123660030534 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail folder locations

You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-attachments-received.page0000644000373100047300000000373212306123660027742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Handling attachments in received mail

If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between the email header and the content of the email.

Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one folder at once.

A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email.

To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click Save As.

To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications.

The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For example, image files can be opened in the Image Viewer application or in the GIMP graphics editor.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/searching-items.page0000644000373100047300000000116512306123660026003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching content and data within Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Searching items usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-plain-text.page0000644000373100047300000000472312306123660027556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Formatting Text in Plain Text Format

Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.

The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons.

Headers and Lists:

At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists.

For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.

Alignment:

Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right.

Indentation Rules:

The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-refresh-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000215412306123660026732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways to update your Evolution folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server

To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to FolderRefresh. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server.

You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press F5.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/offline.page0000644000373100047300000000371512306123660024346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make Evolution mail be online again. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Patrick O'Callaghan Why is Evolution's mail offline when my net connection is working?

You may have started Evolution with the --offline commandline option to enforce offline mode.

If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its state.

If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc.

Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html-image.page0000644000373100047300000000264712306123660027520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Embed a picture in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting an Image in HTML

You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertImage... in the menubar.

Browse to and select the file.

Click Open.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000200712306123660030211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Editing a contact in your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Editing a Contact

If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,

Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press Enter.

Edit the contact information.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-folders.page0000644000373100047300000000610612306123660025277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use folders to organize your mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Using Folders

Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required.

Creating A Folder

To create a folder:

Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder option.

Specify the name and the location of the folder.

Click on the Create button.

The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder.

The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account.
Moving Messages to New Folders

You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:

Drag and drop the messages into the folder.

Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option.

Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV.

Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder.

The steps for copying are similar.

Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-attachments-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000510412306123660027576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Attaching files to emails you want to send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding attachments to an email
Attaching files

To attach a file to your email in the composer:

Click Add Attachment..., or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM.

Select the file you want to attach.

Click OK.

You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window.

When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive.

Attachment Reminder

Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent.

To enable the Attachment Reminder:

Select EditPlugins.

Enable Attachment Reminder.

Click the Configuration tab.

Click Add, then enter keywords in your language such as "Attach" or "enclosed".

Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000134412306123660026636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On using several calendars, searching, and categories. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing calendars usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000376512306123660032432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have set up your GPG key, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account.

Click OK.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-filters-conditions.page0000644000373100047300000000415312306123660027460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available conditions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter conditions

Source Account:

Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.

Pipe to Program:

Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.

Junk Test:

Filters based on the results of the junk mail test.

Match All:

Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000510112306123660026472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching contacts. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Contacts
Searching in a Single Contact

To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact... from the main menu.

Searching Across Contacts
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-word-wrap.page0000644000373100047300000000200012306123660025550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters

For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed.

To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-spam.page0000644000373100047300000000124012306123660024573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to automatically handle unwanted mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Junk and Spam Mail Handling usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-search-folders-refresh.page0000644000373100047300000000235412306123660030177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ways of updating Search folders. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Updating/refreshing Search folders

It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date.

You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page0000644000373100047300000000306712306123660031707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display less email recipients of a specific message. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Collapsible Message Headers

Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview.

To see all recipients, click the icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (...) at the end of the five displayed addresses.

To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon next to the From: line. This is helpful on small screens.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-search-folders-add.page0000644000373100047300000000554512306123660027276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting up a search folder. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Creating A Search Folder

Click EditSearch Folders, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search....

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section Search Folder Sources. Options are:

All local folders:

Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All active remote folders:

Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

All local and active remote folders:

Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected.

Specific folders only:

Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the Add to select folders.

Click OK.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page0000644000373100047300000000367212306123661033016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a default signature for an email account. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default account signature

You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information.

If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-forward.page0000644000373100047300000000550012306123661027130 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Forwarding a received email to somebody. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Forwarding a message

When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested.

You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each line), or quoted (with > character before each line).

Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding.

To forward a message that you are reading:

Click MessageForward, the Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method.

Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want.

Add your comments on the message in the text field.

Click Send or press CtrlReturn.

Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments.

Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/exporting-data-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000230212306123661026562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to export mail data from Evolution. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exporting mail data

To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox... or right-click on the message and click Save as mbox....

The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page0000644000373100047300000000341612306123661026677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Default CC and BCC

You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-filters.page0000644000373100047300000001124712306123661025314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Filters

Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails.

Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server.

To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click MessageApply Filters or press CtrlY.

You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA.

Creating a Filter

Click EditMessage Filters, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the filter will be based on.

Click Add.

Enter a name in the Rule name field.

Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison.

For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions.

If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step.

Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section.

For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions.

The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

If you want to define multiple actions, click Add Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the second action in the list.

Click OK.
Editing Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Edit.

Make the desired corrections, then click OK twice.
Deleting Filters

Click EditMessage Filters.

Select the filter.

Click Remove.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-filters-actions.page0000644000373100047300000000506512306123661026753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Available actions for setting up filtering. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Available Filter actions

Move to Folder:

Moves the message into a folder you specify.

Copy to Folder:

Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify.

Delete:

Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the wastebasket.

Stop Processing:

Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored.

Set Label:

Adds a label to a message.

Assign Colour:

Marks the message with a colour of your choice.

Assign Score:

Assigns the message a numeric score.

Adjust Score:

Changes the numeric score by the amount you set.

Set Status:

Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.

Unset Status:

If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing.

Beep:

Makes the system beep.

Play Sound:

Select a sound file for Evolution to play.

Run Program:

Evolution runs an application.

Pipe to Program:

Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.

Forward to:

Forwards the message to another email address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-recurrence.page0000644000373100047300000000267212306123661026632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Repeating appointments. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Using Recurrence

If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015" or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/intro-application.page0000644000373100047300000000323512306123661026356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An introduction to Evolution. Brian Grohe grohe43@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Getting Started

Evolution is a stable and versatile personal information manager for the GNOME project. Evolution allows you to keep your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place.

By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called "switcher") and selecting the desired view. Learn more about the elements of the main window.

When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar view, use the command evolution --component=calendar in the Terminal application. Other available options are "mail", "contacts", "tasks", and "memos".

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/memos-usage-add-memo.page0000644000373100047300000000543212306123661026626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a memo to your memo list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Memo

Click FileNewMemo, or press ShiftCtrlO.

Select a memo list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the memo information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos.

You can also define a category, or a classification for the memo, or add an attachment.

Shared Memos

Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox.

To send a Shared Memo,

Click FileNewShared Memo, or press ShiftCtrlH.

Select the Organiser's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organiser field.

In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users.

Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to create the entry.

Enter a brief summary in the Summary field.

In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page0000644000373100047300000000214312306123661031616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check automatically and regularly for new received mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Automatically check for new mail

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option Check for new messages every ... minutes in the Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) and select the frequency in minutes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/change-switcher-appearance.page0000644000373100047300000000250212306123661030066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the Switcher appearance

The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via ViewSwitcher Appearance. This can be helpful if you have a small display. You can also completely hide them.

The available options are:

Icons and Text

Icons Only

Text Only

Toolbar Style

Show Buttons

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page0000644000373100047300000000505012306123661032007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Exchange MAPI receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server.

Enter the Domain name for that server.

If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information.

Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work.

Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS).

Click Authenticate and enter your password.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-reply.page0000644000373100047300000000645712306123661026633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Answering a received email. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Replying to a message
Replying to E-mail Messages

To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message.

If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.

Using the Reply To All Feature

Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone.

If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All.

Keyboard shortcuts

Action

Shortcut keys

Reply to Sender

CtrlR

Reply to Mailing List

CtrlL

Reply to All

ShiftCtrlR
Default settings

The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page0000644000373100047300000000213212306123661030566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Working with email signatures

A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a space (-- ).

The term "signature" is also differently used in terms of encryption.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-layout-changing.page0000644000373100047300000000132112306123661026725 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen). Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Changing the mail window layout usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-account-management.page0000644000373100047300000000177512306123661027417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding, editing and managing mail accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Account Management
Common Account Types
Local Account Types
Corporate Account Types
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-spam-settings.page0000644000373100047300000001056012306123661026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Patrick O'Callaghan Pete Biggs April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Novell, Inc Junk Mail Settings
Tools

Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam emails by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution.

You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin to perform these steps.

Install bogofilter

Install spamassassin

SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. You must train it first to make it work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well.

Junk Mail Folder

Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the Junk mail folder.

Junk Mail Preferences

The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local Delivery accounts. For handling junk mails on IMAP accounts, see the Evolution settings under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options.

You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:

Click EditPreferences or press ShiftCtrlS.

Select Mail Preferences.

Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following:

Checking incoming mail for junk messages.

Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted.

Checking custom headers for junk.

Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book.

The default junk filter.

Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options.

For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for Bogofilter resp. SpamAssassin.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-priority.page0000644000373100047300000000250712306123661027351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Setting a priority for messages to be sent. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Prioritizing outgoing messages

You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, click OptionsPrioritize Message in the composer window.

Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the "Important" flag for any messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html-link.page0000644000373100047300000000317512306123661027371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a link to a website in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Link in HTML

You can insert links into the email:

Select the text that you want to turn into a link.

Either click InsertLink... in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link.

Enter the address in the URL field.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/problems-debug-how-to.page0000644000373100047300000000245112306123661027043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to provide good information when tracking down a problem. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net How to track down a problem

As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar.

To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website.

To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-composer-html-table.page0000644000373100047300000000277712306123661027532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Insert a table in the mail composer. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Inserting a Table in HTML

You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):

Click InsertTable... in the menubar.

Select the number of rows and columns.

Define the type of layout for the table.

Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table.

Click Close.

Alternately, you can also use the icon in the second bar below the Subject line.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/contacts-usage-add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000353312306123661030022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a contact to your address book. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Adding a Contact

Click FileNewContact, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New Contact..., or press ShiftCtrlC.

Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added.

Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs.

You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories.

Click OK.
Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window

You can also add a contact directly from an email.

Right-click on the email address in the message header.

Select Add to Address Book....

Either press Edit Full to bring up the full Contact Editor, or click OK to directly add the contact to the chosen address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page0000644000373100047300000000377012306123661033305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options
Receiving E-mail

On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):

Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window.
Receiving Options

On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):

If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every ... minutes option and select the frequency in minutes.

If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in INBOX.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/memos-usage.page0000644000373100047300000000163612306123661025147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On adding, editing, and deleting memos. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Add, Edit and Delete Memos

Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-usage-add-task.page0000644000373100047300000000426012306123661026636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adding a task to your task list. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Adding a Task

Click FileNewTask, or press ShiftCtrlT.

Select a task list in the List dropdown list.

Enter the task information.

Click the Save button, or FileSave.

If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks.

You can also define a time zone, a category, or a classification for the task, or add an attachment.

Assigned Tasks

Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people.

When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair" or "required". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond.

This is similar to meetings.

To create an Assigned Task, click FileNewAssigned Task.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-organizing.page0000644000373100047300000000164012306123661026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Sorting and organizing mail

Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs.

Advanced Options
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page0000644000373100047300000000410712306123661033034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Signing or encrypting messages

After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME Encrypt from the message composer menu.

To have every message signed or encrypted:

Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts.

Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in.

Click Edit.

Click the Security tab.

In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate.

Select the appropriate options.

Click OK.

The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/tasks-searching.page0000644000373100047300000000503212306123661026005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Searching tasks. Max Vorobuov vmax0770@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Searching Tasks
Searching in a Single Task

To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind in Task... from the main menu.

Searching Across Tasks
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/import-single-files.page0000644000373100047300000000234112306123661026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importing single files. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Importing single files

To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):

Click FileImport.

In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file.

Choose the file.

The file type will be automatically determined.

Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data.

You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/intro-main-window.page0000644000373100047300000001672712306123661026316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Barbara M. Tobias barbtobias09@gmail.com Novell, Inc The <app>Evolution</app> main window

Evolution provides functionality for E-Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the "Switcher" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ.

E-Mail

The Evolution mail main window

Corresponding elements in the mail main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Folder list

Search bar

Message list

Switcher

Preview pane

Status bar
Folder list

The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list.

For more information see Using Folders.

 Message List

The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list.

 Switcher

The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks.

For more information see Changing the Switcher appearance.

You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow Side Bar or pressing F9.

 Preview Pane

The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list.

You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview.
Calendar

Elements in the calendar main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Calendar list

Search bar

Appointment list

Task list

Month pane

Memo list

Switcher

Status bar
Appointment List

The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected.

 Month Pane

The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list.

 Task list and Memo list

Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their main windows.
Contacts

Elements in the contacts main window:

Menu bar

Tool bar

Address book list

Search bar

Contacts list

Switcher

Contact preview

Status bar

You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/mail-filters-not-working.page0000644000373100047300000000664612306123661027577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected. April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Mail filters are not working
Order of Filters

The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe.

If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters.

When you move a message to another folder, "moving" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules.

To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the Then section by editing the filter.

Using Several Mail Clients

Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the "new" flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically.

Logging Filter Actions

If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable logging filter actions.

Close Evolution.

Open the Terminal application.

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions true

Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "/home/myusername/my-filter-log" and replace myusername by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not work.

Start Evolution.

Fetch mail to apply filters.

Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which filter actions have been applied.

Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false

You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/evolution/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page0000644000373100047300000000474012306123661032007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar. Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Novell, Inc Appearance of Appointments

The following calendar-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksDisplay.

General

Time Divisions:

Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar.

Show appointment end times in week and month views:

If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment.

Compress weekends in month view:

Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view.

Show week numbers:

Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar.

Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar

Scroll Month View by a week
Date/Time Format

You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format.

The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000404612317332050024345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to use IRC with Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Internet Relay Chat (IRC)

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

Install telepathy-idle
IRC Chat Rooms and Conversations Chat Rooms and Conversations
Common IRC Problems Common Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000412512317332050024521 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add someone to the contact list. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Add someone to your list of contacts

Choose ChatAdd Contact.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you wish to use to connect to your contact. Your contact will need to be using the same service as the account you select.

In the Identifier field, enter your contact’s login ID, username, screen name, or other appropriate identifier for the service type.

In the Alias field, type your contact’s name as you would like it to appear in your contact list.

Click Add to add the person to your list of contacts.

To add a new person to your list of contacts, you need to be connected to the Internet and to your account.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000543412317332050024212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Send a file from your computer to one of your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send files

From the Contact List window, perform one of the following:

Right click on the contact you want to send a file to, and choose Send file.

Click on the contact you want to send a file, and choose Edit ContactSend file.

Select the file to send, and click on Send.

The File Transfers window will appear.

Wait for your contact to accept the file transfer, or click Stop to halt the transfer.

Once the transfer is finished, it is possible to close the File Transfers window.

If you have multiple finished transfers listed in the window, click on Clear to empty the list. This will only remove the files from the list and will not delete them from your computer.

It is possible to send files only using the following services: Jabber, Google Talk and People Nearby.

In order to send a file to someone, you need to be connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-join-room.page0000644000373100047300000000372012317332050025024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join an IRC channel. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Join an IRC chat room

You can join IRC chat rooms (also known as IRC channels) on any IRC network you’re connected to. To connect to an IRC network, see and .

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

From the Account drop-down list, select the IRC account that corresponds to the network you want to use.

In the Room text box, type the name of the channel you want to join. IRC channel names start with the hash character (#).

Click Join to enter the room.

To join multiple rooms, you need to repeat the steps above for each room.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000311212317332050025054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Empathy instant messenger. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Empathy is an instant messaging application for the GNOME Desktop. It supports text messaging, voice & video calls, file transfers, and all the most used messaging systems such as MSN and Google Talk.

Empathy includes features that help you better collaborate while at work, and that let you easily keep in touch with your friends.

Using Empathy, you can group all the conversations in a single window, have multiple windows for different kind of conversations, easily search through your previous conversations, and share your desktop in just two clicks.

<gui>Contact List</gui> window Empathy main window

Empathy main window.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation.page0000644000373100047300000000217212317332050024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use and understand geolocation in Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geographical position
Geolocation
Fix common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prob-conn-acctdisabled.page0000644000373100047300000000405212317332050026634 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The instant messaging account that you want to use is not enabled in the list of accounts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 My account is not enabled

If the instant messaging account that you want to use is not enabled in the drop-down account list when you try to start a new conversation or join a room, your account details may not be correct.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Choose EditAccounts and select the account that is not working.

Type your username and password again to make sure that they are correct.

Check in the Advanced section that all the details are correct. You should be able to find these details from the website of the messaging service.

Check that the account is switched on.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/disable-account.page0000644000373100047300000000442612317332050025401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent Empathy from automatically logging in to an account. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Disable an account

You can disable an account to prevent Empathy from logging in to it without removing the account entirely. You may wish to disable and re-enable an account if you only want to be logged in to the account at certain times, but you still want to use Empathy for other accounts.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the account you wish to disable from the accounts list on the left side of the window.

On the right side of the window, switch it off.

To re-enable the account, switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation-privacy.page0000644000373100047300000000535512317332050026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What information are sent and to who. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geolocation Privacy
What information is sent

What is possible to send is: your country, region, locality, area, street, building, floor, room, and postal code, longitude, latitude and altitude, speed and bearing.

The accuracy and the quantity of information about your geographical position are based on the software or on the infrastructure used to discover your position.

Different kind of networks may have different accuracy settings, and may send different information. The use of external devices such as GPS or mobile phone will increase the accuracy of the information sent.

When the privacy mode is enabled, nothing more precise than your city will be sent, even if you are using an external device.

Who can see the information sent

Only your contacts can see your geographical position.

What is the privacy mode

The privacy mode, enabled by default, is a reduced accuracy mode that will decrease the accuracy of the geographical position sent to your contacts.

Privacy overview

Overview of the various geolocation privacy settings in Empathy.

Geolocation is not enabled by default.

Privacy mode is enabled by default.

Privacy mode prevails even when using external and more precise devices.

Only your contacts can see your position.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation-supported.page0000644000373100047300000000313012317332050026661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Services that supports geolocation and compatibility. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported services

The geolocation feature at the moment is compatible only with the Jabber service. In order to use it, you and your contacts need to have a Jabber account.

It is necessary that also the server you are using supports the geolocation feature. Most of the Jabber servers support it. See your service website documentation for more information.

Compatibility

Empathy geolocation feature is not compatible with other geographical position services such as Google Latitude, Yahoo Fire Eagle or Brightkite.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-start-conversation.page0000644000373100047300000000355112317332050026762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start a conversation with an IRC contact. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Chat with somebody on IRC

You can hold private conversations with other IRC users, outside of the public IRC chat rooms. To start a conversation with another IRC user:

In the contact list for an IRC chat room, double click the name of the user you want to chat with. Alternatively, right click the name of the user and choose Chat.

The IRC room contact list is not the same as Empathy contact list. It contains a list of users in the IRC chat room you joined. Different rooms can have different contacts listed.

The IRC room contact list is usually on the right side of the IRC room window. If you do not see it, choose ConversationShow Contact List.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/change-status.page0000644000373100047300000000404412317332050025106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change your status to advertise your availability to your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change your status

You can set your status to indicate your availability to your contacts. Empathy allows you to select from a list of defined statuses.

Click on the drop-down list at the top of the Contact List window.

Select a status from the list.

See for a list of the built-in statuses and what they mean. You can also add custom status messages to provide more information about your availability to your contacts.

If you do not use your computer for a while, or if the screensaver is on, the status will be automatically set to Away.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prob-conn-name.page0000644000373100047300000000426012317332050025153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 “Name in use” An error message which says “Name in use” appears in the main window. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Name in use”

This kind of error happens when you try to connect to your IRC account and you are using a nickname that is already being used by someone else on that particular network.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

In the Nickname text box, type a new nickname.

If you have registered that nickname within the network you are using, set the password for that nickname. For more information, see .

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prob-conn-auth.page0000644000373100047300000000440412317332050025174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An error message which says “Authentication failed” appears in the main window. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Authentication failed”

This kind of error happens when your instant messaging service is not allowing you to connect because it does not recognize your username or password for some reason.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Make sure that you have registered an account with the service you are trying to connect to. If you do not have an account, most services will not allow you to connect.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

Type your username and password again to make sure that they are correct.

Deselect the Enabled, and then select it again to try to reconnect to the service.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/share-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000574512317332050025122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show your desktop to your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Share your desktop

It is possible to share your desktop with some of your contacts. You can use this functionality to show your desktop to your contacts to, for example, ask for help or help your contacts resolve a problem.

To be able to share your desktop, you need to have a VNC server, which has support for the feature, installed on your system. Vino, the GNOME VNC server, has the required support.

From the Contact List window, do one of the following:

Select the contact you want to share your desktop with and choose EditContact Share My Desktop.

Right-click on the name of the contact you want to share your desktop with and select Share My Desktop.

An invitation to view your desktop will be sent to the contact you have selected. To view your desktop, they will need to accept it.

You can disconnect the contact from your computer using your desktop sharing application.

For more information about how to use the remote desktop sharing application, refer to its help.

When you share your desktop with someone else, it is possible to experience system performance slowdown and low Internet speed.

Some of your contacts may not be able to use this feature. It is necessary for them to have version 2.28, or newer, of Empathy and a compatible remote desktop viewer application installed in their system.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/hide-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000234412317332050025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hide the offline contacts from your Contact List. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hide offline contacts

Normally, Empathy shows all your contacts: those that are online, with which you can have a conversation, and also those that are offline.

To hide the contacts that are offline:

From the Contact List window, choose View Offline Contacts, or press Ctrl H.

To show the offline contacts again, repeat the same procedure above.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/favorite-rooms.page0000644000373100047300000000702512317332050025316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set, join and manage favorite rooms. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Favorite rooms
Set a room as a favorite

Join a room.

See for more information on how to join an IRC room.

See for more information on how to start or join a group conversation.

From the conversation window, choose ConversationFavorite Chat Room.

Join favorite rooms

From the Contact List window, perform one of the following:

Press F5.

Choose RoomJoin Favorites, to join all your favorite rooms.

Choose Room, and select the favorite room you want to join.

To join a favorite room, you need to be connected to the Internet and to your account.

Manage favorite rooms

From the Contact List window, choose RoomManage Favorites.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you want to manage the favorite rooms of.

Select All to see all you favorite rooms.

Select the favorite room you want to manage:

Select the Auto-Connect check-box in order to automatically join that room when you connect to your account.

Click on Remove to remove the room from your favorites.

When done, click Close.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/index.page0000644000373100047300000000335612317332050023454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy Internet Messenger Empathy Internet Messenger Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/empathy-logo.png"> Empathy Internet Messenger logo </media> Empathy Internet Messenger
Account Management
Contact Management
Text Conversations
Audio and Video Conversations
Advanced Actions
Common Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/import-account.page0000644000373100047300000000431612317332050025306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Import an account from another instant messaging application. Peter Haslam peter.haslam@freenet.de Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Import an existing account

The first time you run Empathy, it will offer to import your accounts from other instant messaging applications. Currently, the only supported application is Pidgin.

Run Empathy for the first time. An assistant will offer you a number of options to create new accounts.

Select Yes, import my account details from and click Forward.

Select the check box next to each account you wish to import.

Click Apply.

It is not currently possible to import accounts after you have completed the first-run assistant.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prob-conn.page0000644000373100047300000000174112317332050024236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Diagnose common problems connecting to an instant messaging service. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Problems connecting to an instant messaging service usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-commands.page0000644000373100047300000000145712317332050024721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The supported IRC commands. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported IRC commands

To see the list of the supported IRC commands, in a chat room type /help and press Enter.

All commands available have a small description on their usage.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation-not-showing.page0000644000373100047300000000337112317332050027117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy does not publish my geographical position. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Geographical position not published

If your contacts cannot see your location, Empathy might not be able to discover with a good margin of precision your geographical position.

In this case, your position will not be published, but you are still able to see the location of your contacts.

If you want to publish your geographical position, you can try to use an external device such as a GPS.

In order to publish your geographical location, your Jabber server needs to support the Personal Eventing Protocal (PEP). A list of servers which support PEP is maintained online. Google Talk does not support this feature at this time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/status-icons.page0000644000373100047300000000622412317332050024776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding the various statuses and status icons. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Status Types and Icons <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/available.png">Available icon</media> <gui>Available</gui>

Use the Available status when you are at your computer and able to chat with your contacts. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/busy.png">Busy icon</media> <gui>Busy</gui>

Use the Busy status to let your contacts know that you don’t want to chat right now. They can still contact you, for instance if they have something urgent they need to discuss. By default, Empathy will not use notification bubbles and sounds when you are busy. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/away.png">Away icon</media> <gui>Away</gui>

Use the Away status when you are going away from your computer. Empathy automatically sets your status to Away if you do not use your computer for a while, or if your screensaver is on. By default, Empathy will not use notification bubbles and sounds when you are away. You can set a custom message for this status.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Invisible</gui>

When you set your status to Invisible, you will appear as offline to your contacts. You will still be connected to your accounts, and you still see your contacts’ statuses and start conversations with them.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Offline</gui>

Setting your status to Offline disconnects you from all of your accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000207412317332050024762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy does not currently support sending files using IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send files over IRC

It is not currently possible to send files using IRC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/video-call.page0000644000373100047300000000571512317332050024365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start a video conversation with one of your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Start a video conversation

If you have a webcam, you can call your contacts and have a video conversation with them. This feature only works with certain types of accounts, and it requires the other person to have an application that supports video calls.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Video Call.

A new window will open. When the connection is established, you will see Connected at the bottom of the window, along with the total conversation time.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn a video conversation into an audio conversation, choose VideoVideo Off.

Start a video conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Video Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prob-conn-neterror.page0000644000373100047300000000474512317332050026103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 An error message which says “Network error” appears in the main window. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 I get a message that says “Network error”

This kind of error happens when Empathy cannot communicate with the instant messaging service for some reason.

Also, this kind of error happens when you try to use an IRC account without setting a nickname.

Make sure that you are connected to the Internet, or to a local area network.

Click the edit icon in the error message.

Check in the Advanced section that all the details are correct. You should be able to find these details from the website of the messaging service.

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

Proxy support

At the moment Empathy can not be configured to work with a proxy.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/prev-conv.page0000644000373100047300000000771712317332051024272 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse or search your previous conversations. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View previous conversations

Empathy automatically saves all your text conversations you have with your contacts. You can search through all of your previous conversations or browse previous conversations by contact and date.

You do not need to be connected to the Internet to view and search your previous conversations.

Browse previous conversations

You can browse your previous conversations with your contacts or in chat rooms by date.

From the Contact List window, choose View Previous Conversations. Alternatively, press F3.

Select an account from the drop-down list in the top left. A list of contacts and chat room for that account will be shown below.

Select a contact or chat room to view your previous conversations from. By default the most recent conversation will be shown.

You can browse your conversations by date. Days on which you had a conversation with the selected contact will be shown in bold text. Click a date to select it. Click the arrows next to the month and year to browse earlier dates.

You can search for text in the conversations by typing into the search field at the top. The matching conversations will be showed.

You can quickly view the previous conversations with one of your contacts from the Contact List window. Simply right click the contact and choose Previous Conversations. The Previous Conversations window will open with that contact already selected.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/add-account.page0000644000373100047300000000615012317332051024523 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add a new account to Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Add a new account

You can add instant messaging accounts from any supported service to communicate with all of your contacts in Empathy. For some account providers, these steps will also allow you to register for a new account. For more details, see .

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Click +.

From the Protocol drop-down list, select the type of account you wish to add.

If you do not already have a registered account, select Create a new account on the server. This feature is not available for all account types, and may not work with some account providers. See for more information.

Enter the required information. For most accounts, you will only need a login ID and a password. Some accounts may require additional information. See for more information.

Click Apply.

To change the name that identifies the account in the Accounts window, select the account from the list on the left and either click on the name or press the space bar. Edit the account name and press Enter when you’re finished.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/overview.page0000644000373100047300000000442012317332051024205 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What instant messaging is and how you can use it. Aruna S aruna.evam@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Overview of instant messaging

Instant messaging, sometimes abbreviated to IM, is a text-based means to communicate instantly over the internet and the local network. While some IM applications work with only one type of account, others, including Empathy, provide IM facilities by using accounts from different service providers. Some of these even support audio and video calling.

Video Conference

Group chats

Chat rooms

Some instant messaging applications can be used to connect to chat rooms, online places where like-minded people meet to talk. One popular means to connect to several chat rooms is the Internet Relay Chat, also known as IRC. IRC provides public chat rooms, which are open to anyone who creates an account on the IRC Server, and private chat rooms, which are password protected and open only to a select few.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/audio-video.page0000644000373100047300000001236412317332051024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Information on when it is possible to have an audio or video conversation. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Audio and video support

You can only have audio and video conversation with contacts who are using an application which also supports this feature. When your contacts support audio or video conversations, you will see the following icons next to their names in the contact list:

Icon

Description

Icon for audio conversation

The contact is able to have an audio conversation.

Icon for video conversation

The contact is able to have a video conversation.

In order to have an audio conversation, you need to have a sound card that is supported by your operating system, and a working microphone.

In order to have a video conversation, you need to have a webcam that is supported by your operating system, and a working microphone.

Supported Account Types

You can only have audio and video conversations using accounts on certain supported services. The following table lists whether audio and video is supported for each type of account.

Account types are provided by plugins. Your system may not have all of the following types available, or it may have types not listed here. Updated plugins may make audio or video conversations possible on account types that are listed as unsupported here.

Service

Audio

Video

AIM

No

No

Facebook Chat

No

No

gadugadu

No

No

Google Talk

Yes

Yes

Groupwise

No

No

ICQ

No

No

IRC

No

No

Jabber

Yes

Yes

MSN

Yes

Yes

myspace

No

No

qq

No

No

People Nearby

No

No

sametime

No

No

silc

No

No

SIP

Yes

Yes

Yahoo!

No

No

zephyr

No

No
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/audio-call.page0000644000373100047300000000564612317332051024364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Call your contacts over the Internet. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Start an audio conversation

You can call your contacts and have an audio conversation with them. This features only works with certain types of accounts, and it requires the other person to have an application that supports audio calls.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Audio Call.

A new window will open. When the connection is established, you will see Connected at the bottom of the window, along with the total conversation time.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn an audio conversation into a video conversation, choose Video Video On.

Start an audio conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Audio Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/accounts-window.page0000644000373100047300000000274712317332051025475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, modify, and delete accounts. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Accounts Window

The Accounts window allows you to add, modify, and delete accounts.

Account Details

For most types of accounts, you can simply enter a login ID and a password. Certain accounts or account types, however, may require additional information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/remove-account.page0000644000373100047300000000424612317332051025274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Completely remove an account from Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Remove an account

You can completely remove an account from Empathy if you no longer wish to use the account. If you wish to use the account in Empathy again in the future, you will have to add your account details again.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the account you wish to remove from the accounts list on the left side of the window.

Click -.

A dialog will be shown asking for confirmation. Click the Remove button to permanently remove the account.

Even after removing an account, Empathy does not delete your conversation history for that account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/account-irc.page0000644000373100047300000001445512317332051024557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Additional information necessary for connecting to IRC networks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 IRC account details

IRC accounts require different information than many other types of accounts. To create an IRC account, you must specify at least an IRC network and a nickname. This page details the information you can provide for an IRC account.

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

 <gui>Network</gui>

IRC is an open system that allows people to run separate IRC networks. Each network is distinct and has its own users and chat rooms. Empathy lists the most popular networks in the Network drop-down list. You can add additional networks. See below.

 <gui>Nickname</gui>

Your nickname is your unique name on the IRC network. Only one person on a network may use a given nickname. If you get an error message that says you will need to change your nickname.

 <gui>Password</gui>

Some servers, particularly those on private networks, require a password to connect. If you are authorized to use the network, the network administrators should provide you with a password.

NickServ Passwords

On some networks, nicknames can be registered using a service known as NickServ. Empathy does not directly support nickname passwords. On some networks, including the popular freenode network, server passwords are automatically forwarded to NickServ, allowing you to set this field to identify yourself with NickServ. See for more details.

 <gui>Real name</gui>

You can provide your real name in addition to your nickname. Other users will be able to see this when they view your information.

 <gui>Quit message</gui>

When you go offline, a quit message is sent to all the chat rooms you’re in and to all the users you’re having a private conversation with. Use this field to provide a custom quit message.
IRC Networks Networks

Empathy includes a list of popular IRC networks. If you wish to another IRC network, you can add it to the list. You can also modify networks and remove them from the list.

To add a network to the list, click Add.

To modify a network in the list, select the network and click Edit.

To remove a network from the list, select the network and click Remove.

When adding or modifying a network, you can enter the following information:

<gui>Network</gui>

This is the name of the network as you want it to appear in the list of networks.

 <gui>Charset</gui>

This specifies the character encoding that is typically used on this network. A character encoding is a specific way of recording characters internally in a computer. There are many character encodings, and you need to use the same character encoding as other users to see their messages correctly.

By default, Empathy uses UTF-8, a modern character encoding that can handle text from most of the world's languages. Another common encoding for English and some other Western languages is ISO-8859-1.

 <gui>Servers</gui>

An IRC network may have many servers you can connect to. When you are connected to a server on a particular network, you can communicate with all users on all other servers on that network. You can add and remove servers for this network using the Add and Remove buttons.

When a server is selected, click the field under Server or Port to edit it. Alternatively, use the left and right arrow keys to focus the field, and press the space bar to begin editing.

Select the check box in the SSL column to encrypt all communication with a server. Note that this does not prevent other users on the network from seeing what you write on public chat rooms.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/set-custom-status.page0000644000373100047300000000763312317332051025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, edit or delete personal messages for your status. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Set a custom message

Sometimes you may want to set a custom message for your status, for example to let people know that you will be unavailable for a certain period of time.

It is possible to set a custom message based on the different statuses available.

From the Contact List window, click on the drop-down list at the top.

Select the status you want to add a custom message to. You have to select the one identified with the label Custom Message.

Enter your custom message in the text box at the top of the window, and press Enter to set the message.

If you want to set the custom message as a favorite, saving it in order to use it again, click on the little heart on the right of the text box where you wrote your custom message.

If you do not do it, the custom message will not be available the next time you use Empathy. It will be saved only for the current session.

Edit and remove a custom message

From the Contact List window, click on the drop-down list at the top.

Select Edit Custom Message.

To edit a custom message:

From the Saved Presets box, select the status message you want to edit and double-click on it.

Type the new custom message and press Enter to modify it.

To remove a custom message:

From the Saved Presets box, select the status message you want to remove.

Click on the Remove button.

When finished, click on Close.

When you edit a custom message, it will not be set as the current status message. You will need to select it from the Contact List window.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/account-jabber.page0000644000373100047300000000620712317332051025223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced options for Jabber and Google Talk accounts. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Jabber account details

Most Jabber accounts will require only a login ID and a password to connect. For some accounts or on certain types of networks, you may need to enter additional information in the Advanced section. Normally, you will not need to use the advanced options below. For general instructions on adding an account, see .

Google Talk is a type of Jabber account. These instructions hold for Google Talk accounts as well.

 <gui>Encryption required (TLS/SSL)</gui> <gui>Ignore SSL certificate errors</gui>

Whenever possible, communication between Empathy and the Jabber server is encrypted. If encrypted communication is not possible, messages may be sent unencrypted. Select Encryption required to prevent Empathy from communicating with the Jabber server when encryption is not possible.

Some Jabber servers may encrypt data using invalid certificates, or using certificates from unknown authorities. If you trust the server you are connecting to, you can select Ignore SSL certificate errors to allow encrypted communication with invalid certificates.

 <gui>Resource</gui> <gui>Priority</gui>

If you have multiple applications (for instance, on separate computers) connected to your account at the same time, you can set a resource to uniquely identify each one. By default, Empathy will use Telepathy as the resource.

You can set the priority to specify which application should receive incoming messages from your contacts. New messages will be sent to the application with the highest priority.

 <gui>Override server settings</gui>

Empathy will use default settings to connect to the Jabber server based on your login ID. For some Jabber servers, you will need to enter custom server settings manually. These settings should be provided for you by your Jabber provider.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation-what-is.page0000644000373100047300000000334412317332051026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding geolocation. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is geolocation

Geolocation allows you to identify the real geographical location of a computer or a device connected to the Internet.

With geolocation in Empathy you can:

Publish your geographical location to your contacts.

See your contacts’ geographical location and quickly contact them.

Set the accuracy of your location and the device used to discover your location.

In order to see your contacts’ geographical locations, they need to use a service and an application that supports geolocation.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356512317332051023772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/link-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000542012317332051025111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Merge and separate different contacts into a single one. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

Combine and separate contacts

If one, or more, of your contacts has multiple accounts with different messaging services, you can combine these contacts into a single one.

The resulting contact is called a meta-contact: a contact composed from different single contacts.

If you have a Jane Smith contact that is using three different messaging services like:

janes@facebook

jane.smith@gmail

jane_smith@hotmail

You can combine these contacts into a single Jane Smith one.

Combining contacts

From the Contact List window, right-click one of the contact that has different accounts, and select Link Contacts....

From the left pane in the Link Contacts window, select the contacts you want to combine.

Click Link.

When a meta-contact has been created, the default contact that will be used to have a conversation with when you double-click on it, is the contact with the highest presence on-line.

Separating contacts

From the Contact List, right-click the contact to separate, and select Link Contacts....

Click Unlink.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-nick-password.page0000644000373100047300000000503012317332051025674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Protect your nickname to prevent other IRC users from using it. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Use a nickname password on IRC

On some IRC networks, you can register your nickname with a service called NickServ. By sending special messages to NickServ, you can set your password and identify yourself. Some IRC chat rooms may not allow you to join without a registered nickname.

Empathy does not currently support nickname registration. Some IRC networks, however, will automatically forward a server password to NickServ. On these networks, you can use the IRC password in Empathy to identify yourself to NickServ. The popular freenode network is known to have this feature.

To set an IRC server password:

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Select the IRC account from the list on the left of the dialog.

In the Password field, type the password you used to register your nikcname.

Click Apply.

These instructions only allow you to use a password-protected nickname on certain IRC networks. It is not currently possible to register an IRC nickname or change your nickname password using Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/geolocation-turn.page0000644000373100047300000000346712317332051025642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to activate and deactivate geolocation in Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Activate/Deactivate geolocation

Choose EditPreferences.

Select the Location tab.

Select Publish location to my contacts to activate geolocation.

To deactivate geolocation, deselect it.

To increase the accuracy of your position, deselect Reduce location accuracy.

If you have an external device like a GPS or want to send a more accurate position, select the appropriate option in the Location sources section.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/send-message.page0000644000373100047300000000435212317332051024716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Send a message to one of your contacts. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send a message to someone

From the Contact List window, double-click the name of the contact that you want to have a conversation with.

A new window will open. Type a message into the box at the bottom of the window and press Enter to send it.

Send a message to a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Chat.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/create-account.page0000644000373100047300000001330712317332051025240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Register for an account with one of the supported messaging services. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Register for a new account

Most account types require you to create an account with a account provider before you can connect using instant messaging applications like Empathy. With some account providers, you can use Empathy to register for a new account, using the same steps as you would to add an account.

This page provides information on creating a new account for various types of accounts. Your account provider should give you a login ID and a password, as well as any additional information you need to connect using Empathy.

Facebook

Facebook is one of the most-used social networks. It allows users to create their own profile and to communicate with their friends.

To use Facebook to communicate with your friends, you will need to create a new account from the website: www.facebook.com.

Jabber

Jabber is an open instant messaging system. Like email, Jabber allows you to choose your account provider and communicate with all other Jabber users, regardless of their account provider.

You will need to create a new account with a Jabber provider. There are many free providers; one popular provider is Jabber.org.

If you use Google Mail or Google Talk, you already have a Jabber account. Google Talk is a Jabber service. Simply use your Google Mail address and password in Empathy to connect.
People Nearby

You do not need to create an account with a service provider to use this feature. This service works whenever you are connected to a local network, such as a wireless hotspot. It automatically finds all other users on the network who are also using this service.

For more information, see .

SIP

SIP is an open system which allows users to have audio and video conversations over the Internet. You need to create an account with a SIP provider. You can communicate with all other SIP users, regardless of which SIP provider they use.

Due to technical differences, the free Ekiga.net service does not currently work with Empathy.

Some SIP providers allow you to call normal phones from your computer. Generally, you will need to subscribe to a paid service for this feature.

IRC

You do not need to register for an account to use IRC. Although you specify a nickname when you add an IRC account to Empathy, this nickname is only established each time you connect. If another user is using the nickname, you will need to choose a new nickname.

Some IRC networks use a service called NickServ to allow users to protect their nicknames. See for more information.

Some IRC servers are password protected. You will need to know the password to connect to these servers. Generally, these are private IRC networks.

Proprietary Services

There are many proprietary instant messaging services that have been developed by different companies or organizations. Empathy allows you to connect to an existing account for most popular services. To create a new account with one of these services, you will need to visit the service’s web site and agree to its terms of use.

AIM

ICQ

MSN

Yahoo!

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/irc-join-pwd.page0000644000373100047300000000253312317332051024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enter password-protected IRC chat rooms. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Join a protected IRC chat room

On some IRC networks, private IRC rooms may be protected with a password. If you know the password, use the following steps to join:

Join the room as normal.

Empathy will prompt you for a password. Enter the password for the IRC chat room and click Join.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/salut-protocol.page0000644000373100047300000000316612317332051025334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Understanding the People Nearby feature. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 What is People Nearby?

The People Nearby service is a serverless communication service: you do not need to connect and authenticate to a central server in order to use it.

This kind of serverless messaging system is restricted to a local area network and an active Internet connection is not necessary.

The people that use this service inside the same local area network will be auto-discovered, and it will be possible to send them messages and files as with other services.

All the modern local area networks should be able to support this kind of service.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/empathy/group-conversations.page0000644000373100047300000001004412317332051026365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start or join a group conversation with your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Group conversations

Group conversations permits you to have text conversations with more than one contact at the same time.

To have a group conversation you need to have a registered account with either Jabber or Google Talk, or a People Nearby account.

You can have a group conversation only with the contacts that are using the same service as yours.

Start a group conversation

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

From the Account drop-down list, select the account you want to use for the group conversation.

In the Server text box, type the name of server in which the conversation will be hosted.

Leave it empty if it will be on the current server.

In the Room text box, type the name you want to give to the conversation.

This will be the name of the room you are going to have a conversation. This name will be publicly available for other people to join. It is not possible to create a private room.

To invite other contacts to join the group conversation, from the Contact List window, select the contact you want to invite, and perform one of the following:

Right-click on the contact and choose Invite to chatroom.

Choose EditContactInvite to chatroom.

If you have more than one group conversation open, select the one you want to invite your contacts.

Join a group conversation

From the Contact List window, choose RoomJoin.

Expand the Room List section to see all the existing rooms.

Double-click on the name of a room to join it.

It is not possible to join all existing rooms. Some of the rooms might require a password, or might be invitation only. Empathy does not support these kind of rooms.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344712307574721023753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001060012307574721023753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Preferences

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a check pattern.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306512307574721023105 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271512307574721025737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000306312307574721022566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
Advanced
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206412307574721025054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000353312307574721022445 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561712307574721022440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640512307574721024175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330512307574721023453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220612307574721027446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000405212307574721023704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574721022425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000216112307574721027230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000252112307574721022416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000242012307574721025230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360712307574721022617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000316612307574721023464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000223012307574722024207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000313012307574722024076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animation

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format

ICO - Windows Icon

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - Portable Network Graphics

PNM - Portable Anymap from the PPM Toolkit

RAS - Sun Raster

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X Bitmap

XPM - X Pixmap

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462712307574722023512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000211212307574722026401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207712307574722025252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175312307574722024073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000423212307574722023121 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Toolbar

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000563212307574722023145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Plugins

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000333012307574722022402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000205212307574722024176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001111112307574722023507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

Copy

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

Help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356412307574722023110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215412307574722023116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661312307574722024564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223612307574722023545 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000223112307574722024325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747312307574722025333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/seahorse/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000013160012300434241024311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 seahorse-daemon"> key"> ]>
Passwords and Keys Manual 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Jacob Perkins and Adam Schreiber Seahorse Project Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project Adam Schreiber Seahorse Project
sadam@clemson.edu
Paul Cutler GNOME Documentation Project
pcutler@foresightlinux.org
Seahorse Project GNOME Documentation Project Passwords and Keys Manual V2.11.0 May 2009 Paul Cutler pcutler@foresightlinux.org Passwords and Keys Manual V0.10.1 August 2008 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.1 November 2006 Milo Casagrande milo_casagrande@yahoo.it Passwords and Keys Manual V0.9.0 July 2005 Adam Schreiber sadam@clemson.edu Seahorse Project Passwords and Keys Manual V0.7.0 February 2003 Jacob Perkins Seahorse Project This manual describes version 2.28.x of Passwords and Keys Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Passwords and Keys application or this manual, follow the directions in the Gnome Feedback Page. Passwords and Keys is the application for managing encryption keys for the GNOME Desktop Seahorse seahorse Encryption Keys Introduction You can use Passwords and Keys to create and manage PGP and SSH keys. Passwords and Keys provides a front end to many of the features of Gnu Privacy Guard (GPG) and integrates with multiple components of the GNOME desktop. With Passwords and Keys you can: Create and manage PGP and SSH keys, Export and import PGP and SSH keys, Share your keys with others, Getting Started Starting <application>Passwords and Keys</application> You can start Passwords and Keys in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Accessories Password and Keys . Command Line Type seahorse then press Return. When You Start <application>Passwords and Keys</application> When you start Passwords and Keys, the Password and Keys window is displayed.
The <application>Passwords and Keys</application> Window Show the Passwords and Keys window.
The Passwords and Keys window contains the following elements: Menubar The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands that you need to perform tasks in Passwords and Keys. Toolbar Use the toolbar to quickly access commonly-used commands. Keys and Passwords Tabs Provides access to the keys and passwords in the keyring. First time options Provides fast access to useful actions for first time users. From here you can: Browse the help system, Import keys in the keyring, Create new keys. Creating OpenPGP Keys OpenPGP is a non proprietary protocol for encrypting e-mail with the use of public key cryptography based on PGP. It defines standard formats for encrypted messages, signatures, private keys and certificates for exchanging public keys. Public key cryptography is a concept which involves the use of two keys: a public key, that you can give to anyone with whom you would like to communicate, and a private key which is private and must be kept secret. To create OpenPGP keys: Choose FileNew... Select PGP Key and click Continue Enter your full name (first - last), your e-mail address and any additional information. You can also specify advanced options for the key: see below. Click Create to create the new key pair. The Passphrase for New PGP Key dialog will open. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key. Use similar practises to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters. Advanced options Expand the Advanced key options section to specify the following options for a new key: Encryption Type This field specifies the encryption algorithms used to generate your keys. DSA ElGamal This is the suggested choice as it will allow you to encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify as needed. DSA Will allow signing only. RSA Will allow signing only. Key Strength (bits) This is the length of the key in bits. The longer the key, the more secure it will be, provided a strong passphrase is used. Conversely, performing any operation with a longer key will require more time than it would with a shorter key. Acceptable values are between 1024 and 4096 bits. At least 2048 bits is recommended. Expiration Date This is the date at which the key will cease to be usable for performing encryption or signing operations. 6 months is a reasonable time to set it to. You will have to either change the expiration date or generate a new key or subkey after this amount of time passes. Sign your new key with your old one before it expires to preserve your trust status. Creating Secure Shell Keys Secure Shell (SSH) is a way of logging into a remote computer to execute commands on that machine. SSH keys are used in key-based authentication system, as an alternative to the default password authentication system. With key-based authentication there is no need to manually type a password to authenticate. Secure Shell keys are made of two keys: a private key, that must be kept secret, and a public key which can be uploaded to any computer you need to access. To create a Secure Shell key: Choose FileNew... Select Secure Shell Key and click Continue Enter a description of what the key is to be used for. You can use your e-mail address or any other reminder. You can also specify advanced options for the key: see below. Click Just Create Key to create the new key, or Create and Set Up to create the key and set up another computer to use it for authentication. The Passphrase for New Secure Shell Key dialogue opens. Enter the passphrase twice for your new key. Use similar practises to generating a strong password when choosing a passphrase. The main difference between a password and a passphrase is that, in a passphrase, spaces are valid characters. Advanced options Expand the Advanced key options section to specify the following options for a new key: Encryption Type This field specifies the encryption algorithms used to generate your key. RSA Use the Rivest-ShamirAdleman (RSA) algorithm to create the SSH key. This is the preferred and more secure choice. DSA Use the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) to create the SSH key. Key Strength (bits) This is the length of the key in bits. The longer the key, the more secure it will be, provided a strong passphrase is used. Conversely, performing any operation with a longer key will require more time than it would with a shorter key. Acceptable values are between 1024 and 4096 bits. At least 2048 bits is recommended. OpenPGP Key Properties The descriptions in this section apply to all OpenPGP keys. To view properties of a PGP key: Select the PGP key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. Properties Fingerprint The fingerprint is a unique string of characters that exactly identifies a key. KeyID The KeyID is similar to the Fingerprint. However the KeyID only contains the last 8 characters of the fingerprint. Most of the time it is possible to identify a key with only the KeyID, but occasionally two keys may have the same ID. Type Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a key. DSA keys can only sign. ElGamal keys are used to encrypt. Created Indicates the date the key was created. Expires Indicates the date the key can no longer be used. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Trust Trust is an indication of how sure you are of a person's ability to correctly extend the web of trust. When you are faced with a key you have not signed, the validity of that person's key will be determined based on the signatures they have collected and how well or not you trust the people who have made those signatures. By default, an unknown key will require 3 signatures with marginal trust value or 1 fully trusted signature. Unknown: You are not familiar with the person's ability to sign keys correctly. Never: This person cannot correctly sign keys. Marginal: This person checks for photo ID before signing a key, but does not necessarily scrutinise the IDs. Full: This person scrutinises each and every person's photo ID before signing them (e.g. they only sign keys that truely belong to the person asking for the signature). Ultimate: This level of trust should only be assigned to your own keys. Enabling and Disabling Keys When a key is enabled, it can be used to perform encryption operations. When a key is disabled, it cannot be used to encrypt to or verify signatures made by it. Expiration Date A key can no longer be used to perform key operations after it has expired. Changing a key's expiration date to a point in the future re-enables it. A good general practice would be to have a master key that never expires and multiple subkeys that do and are signed by the master key. User IDs User IDs allow multiple identities and email addresses to be used with the same key. They usually take the form of: Name (comment) <email address> Adding a User ID Adding a user ID is useful when you want to have an identity for your job and one for your friends. To add a user ID to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Names and Signatures tab, Click on Add Name. After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialogue to fill in. The fields are detailed below. Full Name Enter your full name in the form <first> <last> A middle name or initial is optional. You must enter at least 5 characters in this field. Email Address Your email address is how most people will locate your key on a key server or other key provider. Make sure it is correct before continuing. It should be of the form <username>@<domainname> Key Comment The comment field can be used to place any additional information into the displayed name of your new ID. This information can be searched for on key servers. Photo IDs A Photo ID allows a key owner to embed one or more pictures of themselves in a key. These identities can be signed just like a normal user ID. A photo ID must be in JPEG format and is recommended to be no larger than 240x288 pixels. If the chosen image is not of the required file type or size Passwords and Keys can resize and convert it on the fly from any image format supported by the GDK library. Changing the Passphrase To change the passphrase assigned to a key: Select the key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Click on Change Passphrase. Enter the new passphrase and click OK. Deleting a Key To delete a key from your keyring: Select the key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete Key or choose Edit Delete Key . You can delete your keys, trusted keys and collected keys. OpenPGP Subkey Properties Each OpenPGP key has a single master key used to sign only. A subkey is used to encrypt and to sign as well. In this way, if your subkey is compromised, you don't need to revoke your master key. ID This is the identifier of the subkey. Type Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a subkey. DSA keys can only sign, ElGamal keys are used to encrypt while RSA keys are used to sign or to encrypt. Created Indicates the date the key was created. Expires Indicates the date the key can no longer be used. Status Indicates the status of the key. Strength Indicates the length in bits of the key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Adding a Subkey To add a subkey to a key, from the Subkeys section click on Add button. After following the instructions above, you will be presented with a dialogue to fill in. The fields are detailed below. Key Type Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a subkey. DSA Use the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) to create the subkey. This subkey can sign only. ElGamal Use the ElGamal algorithm to create the subkey. This subkey can encrypt only. RSA Use the Rivest-Shamir Adleman (RSA) algorithm to create the subkey. This subkey can be used to sign or encrypt, but you have to create two different subkeys. Key Length Indicates the length in bits of the subkey. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. Expiration Date Indicates the date the subkey can no longer be used. Changing a Subkey Expiration Date To change a subkey expiration date, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Expire button on the left, From the date dialog choose the new expiration date or select Never expires for no expiration date. Revoking a Subkey To revoke a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Revoke button on the left, Choose a reason why to revoke the subkey: No Reason There isn't a specific reason to revoke the key. Compromised The key has been compromised. Superseded The key has been superseded by another one. Not Used The key is not used anymore. Enter a description of why you are revoking the key, Click on Revoke. The effect of revoking a subkey is immediate. Deleting a Subkey To delete a subkey, select the subkey from the Subkeys section, then: Click on the Delete button on the left. Secure Shell Key Properties The descriptions in this section apply to all SSH keys. To view properties of a SSH key: Select the Secure Shell key from the main window, Double click on it or choose Properties from the toolbar, Select the Details tab. Properties Fingerprint The fingerprint is a unique string of characters that exactly identifies a key. Algorithm Specifies the encryption algorithm used to generate a key. Location This is the location where the private key has been stored. Strength Indicates the length in bits of a key. In general the longer the key, the more security it provides. A long key is not enough to make up for the use of a weak passphrase. Deleting a Secure Shell Key To delete a Secure Shell key: Select the SSH key from the main window, Right click on it and choose Delete key or choose Edit Delete Key . Importing Keys To import keys choose File Import and select, from the file chooser, a file containing at least one ASCII armored public key. Importing can also be performed by pasting the keys inside Passwords and Keys: Select an ASCII armored public block of text, Copy it to the clipboard, Choose Edit Paste Keys . Exporting Keys To export keys, select the keys in the main window and choose File Export . You can also export keys to the clipboard in an ASCII armored block of text: Select the keys in the main window, Choose Edit Copy Keys . Signing a Key Signing another person's key means you are giving trust to that person. Before signing a key, you have to carefully check the key's fingerprint to be sure that the key really belongs to that person. To sign a key in your keyring: Select the key you want to sign from the Trusted Keys or Other Collected Keys tabs, Choose Sign from the toolbar or File Sign , Select how carefully the key has been checked, Indicate if the signature should be local to your keyring, and if your signature can be revoked, Click on Sign. Preferences This section describes the preferences settable in Passwords and Keys by choosing Edit Preferences from within Passwords and Keys. Password Keyrings Creating Keyrings To create a new keyring, from the menu choose FileNew and choose Password Keyring. Enter a name for the new keyring, and press enter. Changing Keyring Passwords To change the unlock password of the keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then press the Change Unlock Password button. You will then be prompted to type the old password in the Old password text box, the new password in the New password text box and confirm it in the Confirm password text box. To apply the settings, press Change. If the old password is correct, you will get a status message indicating the success of the operation. If the old password is not correct you will be asked to check its correctness. Removing Keyrings To remove a keyring, first select the appropriate keyring and then from the menu choose Edit Delete. Key Servers Keep your and other's keys up to date by synchronising keys periodically with remote keyservers. Synchronising will make sure that you have the latest signatures made on all of your keys so that the web of trust will be the most useful. Passwords and Keys provides support for HKP and LDAP keyservers. HKP Servers HKP keyservers are ordinary web based keyservers such as the popular hkp://pool.sks-keyservers.net, also accessible at http://sks-keyservers.net. LDAP Keyservers LDAP keyservers are less common, but use the standard LDAP protocol to serve keys. ldap://keyserver.pgp.com is a good LDAP server. Key Sharing Key Sharing is provided by DNS-SD, also known as Bonjour or Rendevous. Enabling key sharing will add the local Passwords and Keys users' public key rings to the remote search dialog. Using these local "key servers" will most likely be faster than accessing remote servers. About Passwords and Keys Passwords and Keys, its associated plugins, the preferences applet and the panel applet are known collectively as Seahorse. Seahorse was written by Jacob Perkins. The current maintainers are Stef Walter and Adam Schreiber. This manual is by Adam Schreiber. The project's web site was designed by Jim Pharis. To find more information about Seahorse, the project , please visit the Seahorse web page. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, follow the directions in the Feedback section of the GNOME User Guide. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license is included with this documentation; another can be found in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/seahorse/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000706712300434241023457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415412307647422025277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514512307647422023767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434412307647422024312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000261012307647422023043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706712307647422024337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205512307647422024760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263312307647422025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172512307647422023224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000303012307647422024625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. Introduction

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000634012320731676026145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000530712320731676027351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226312320731676024326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001463712320731676026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organisation and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000577312320731676027650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.
Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001502512320731676025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, tick box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialogue window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximised window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximise a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximise a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximise a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000275312320731676025433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320731676027370 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104312320731677024274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320731677027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352512320731677026216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Ubuntu are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000136312320731677024676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320731677027222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000632312320731677025536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Rubbish Bin folder, where it is stored until you empty the rubbish bin. You can restore items in the Rubbish Bin folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the rubbish bin:

Select the item you want to place in the rubbish bin by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Rubbish Bin in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the rubbish bin. To empty the rubbish bin, right-click Rubbish Bin in the sidebar and select Empty Rubbish Bin.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the rubbish bin first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302512320731677026170 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000440412320731677027511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the colour control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000455112320731677026504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320731677027037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000234012320731677030331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000235712320731677026456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000637312320731677025726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyser

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyser:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyser.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use any more.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050112320731677024134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licenced under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported Licence.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000721012320731700026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000327312320731700025210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000302712320731700025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545412320731700027610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264312320731700025613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001222312320731700025766 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000226112320731700026054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000461512320731700025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000547212320731700025047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronises the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000355312320731700026104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000575712320731700026057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change colour. When it has fully changed colour, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000571312320731700030401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.
With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001533612320731700027731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000576712320731701026144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colours. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320731701026240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000311112320731701024703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320731701025656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245312320731701025741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000635712320731701025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000331212320731701031336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favourite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000275412320731701027062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximise two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximise a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximise a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475612320731701026726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000230612320731701023743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000672212320731701026000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

 <gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

 <gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000262012320731702027077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000246712320731702026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000261612320731702026110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000374112320731702027211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320731702025576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320731702025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

 Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check your software sources for new software.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000243312320731702030154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColourChecker 24

ColourChecker DC

ColourChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000517012320731702027047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320731702027632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000277212320731702026762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000760612320731702027266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealled to suit workflow.

Minimise, restore and close

To minimise or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximised (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimise button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximised.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000354212320731702024270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000306212320731702026775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602712320731703033533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired Internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is ticked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000125612320731703025060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000634212320731703026427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320731703026346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000311612320731703027371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and untick Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (aeroplane mode)

If you have your computer on an aeroplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and untick Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a tick in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341312320731703026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272512320731703026701 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337012320731703025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320731703027232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001311712320731703026457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000120112320731703024127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000365512320731703025721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320731703025572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000152012320731704025424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337712320731704027062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632112320731704026326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334112320731704027651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415512320731704026626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000352512320731704026020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralised peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

 Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001025512320731704032506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000554512320731704026251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, colour, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple colour or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or colour. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background colour to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a colour selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colours & Gradients to just use a flat colour or a linear gradient. Colour selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000657212320731704026343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223012320731704024773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000707112320731704026613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A colour space is a defined range of colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a colour space?

A colour space is a defined range of colours. Well known colour spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic colour space like RGB we represent the colours on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colours.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.
sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colours than sRGB, which means you can change colours in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colours are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colours detected by the human eye, and even encode colours that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantisation. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured colour and the stored colour, and for some colours this is a big problem. It turns out that key colours, like skin colours are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantisation error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Colour management is a process for converting from one colour space to another, where a colour space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001377212320731704033750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Ubuntu). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Ubuntu. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320731704026444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000542412320731705027425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognise it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000755612320731705026641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516612320731705026764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Untick Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000340112320731705026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000510012320731705030416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Centre. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Centre can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Centre features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Centre.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575012320731705026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315712320731705026463 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000413412320731705027354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000401712320731705027526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000601512320731705026400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000543412320731705025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162112320731705025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000277712320731705026574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323612320731706027356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000277212320731706026700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import colour profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColour when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColour when selecting a profile for a device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000416112320731706025632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001111012320731706027757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognised by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognised by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognised by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000224212320731706026314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000427512320731706030137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What colour measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll colour management system to support colour instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colourimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colourimeter)

X-Rite ColourMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColourMunki Create (colourimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colourimeter)

Pantone Huey (colourimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colourimeter)

ColourVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colourimeter)

Colourimètre HCFR (colourimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterising your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000337712320731706026277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405512320731707025757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000541612320731707026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000317712320731707027715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company

Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320731707026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000355012320731707027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate colour profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000321212320731707026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Centre opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457712320731707026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to untick the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000230512320731707024757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000401112320731707026050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000263012320731707026621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320731707025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Centre.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Centre window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000372412320731710026334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356012320731710027745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317512320731710027073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000234612320731710025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320731710027401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000237112320731710026423 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000317412320731710026163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273712320731710027603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265312320731710026133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001154412320731710031213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000556312320731710027151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000470112320731710027516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000766612320731710025245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400312320731711030030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000414212320731711027473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001003712320731711026645 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000304012320731711024231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000200712320731711025337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000724312320731711030054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 metres (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000405512320731711026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorised changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320731711030752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognised

Your Bluetooth adaptor/dongle may not have been recognised by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adaptor aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adaptors aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adaptor.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adaptor is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in aeroplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000660212320731711030427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalise the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000530412320731711027247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place - check the underside of the laptop if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320731711027316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System Settings Colour for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System Settings Colour , and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System Settings Colour , and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000476612320731711026652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often colour-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000460212320731711025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the volume of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylised speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000354612320731711026213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Centre rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Centre to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000404612320731712030644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000306412320731712026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000422112320731712027732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320731712024117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231512320731712024757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000441712320731712026704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400412320731712027404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000470312320731712026574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Centre to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Centre launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000142012320731712024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000505212320731712025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345312320731712027022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010312320731712027171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000340312320731712027576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximise or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximise a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its maximised size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximised, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000242712320731713025016 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000365112320731713026104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000465512320731713026514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000425412320731713027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263712320731713031161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behaviour tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456612320731713025233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264212320731713026366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000517612320731713027057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001521012320731714033673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognised properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognised

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognised as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognised properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

*-network description: Wireless interface product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection vendor: Intel Corporation

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognised:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognised:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognised:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognised

If your wireless adapter was not recognised, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000550112320731714025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000327012320731714025502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335212320731714027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000130112320731714024771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346712320731714026253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001227412320731714030127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320731714030621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000515012320731714027076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customisation

The Customise Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customise the appearance and behaviour.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000526012320731714025365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320731714026356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217512320731714026617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000247112320731714027107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000515312320731714026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651312320731715026204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Centre and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Centre.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430412320731715026570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374312320731715026676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000124412320731715025744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432712320731715031035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000650412320731715024672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000366012320731715026163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506412320731715033560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346612320731715024274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000577412320731715025203 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252212320731715025565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251112320731715026425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410312320731715027056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adaptor. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adaptor. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adaptors. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000702212320731716025241 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000121512320731716025034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364112320731716026636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000202012320731716026665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552012320731716026574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432012320731716025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000247612320731716027060 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000407112320731716025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000553212320731716026323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000600112320731716026572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320731716026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorise and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000175212320731716024305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Colour profiles, How to calibrate a device… Colour management
Colour profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170512320731716025606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000411012320731717027031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314112320731717027167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000156012320731717025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000145012320731717025053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000132112320731717025404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000323112320731717027626 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing colour profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my colour profile?

Colour profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different colour profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your colour profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000373212320731717026133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, tick Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies tick Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000542312320731717025722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Centre to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000340312320731717026467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colours, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colours on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colours

The printer may have run out of one colour of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000704412320731717025535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000707612320731717026270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favourite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001107312320731717027036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320731717027663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000363012320731720025375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000242612320731720026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000242712320731720026257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000307412320731720027451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the colour control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320731720027227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452712320731720027101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000732512320731720026266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000433312320731720025041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522412320731721026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000505612320731721023737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.
Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Colour-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000470412320731721025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colours, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customise your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000322412320731721026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400412320731721026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000250312320731721027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A colour profile is a simple file that expresses a colour space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a colour profile?

A colour profile is a set of data that characterises either a device such as a projector or a colour space such as sRGB.

Most colour profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Colour profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colours on different devices.

Every device that is processing colour should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end colour-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colours are not being lost or modified.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000363512320731721025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001272212320731721027112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximised, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimise, maximise or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000327112320731721026513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000466712320731721026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organise your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Untick Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000660612320731721027047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is colour management important?

Colour management is the process of capturing a colour using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colours and the range of colours on each medium.

The need for colour management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical ink-jet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colours. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper colour.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a colour is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infra-red or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometres or 7 metres.

In colour, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colours that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colours in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colours are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a colour device, to be able to make smooth changes in colour. For other graphics, you might want to match the colour exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000641412320731721026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writeable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000376712320731721025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Holiday-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Holiday-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606412320731722027012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realise that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try cancelling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557712320731722026750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645612320731722025107 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700512320731722025250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364312320731722026151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unticking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the drop-down list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000562212320731722026602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000771012320731722026633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155612320731722026640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401312320731722026666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognised by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000630012320731722025217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favourite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320731722026114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000436712320731722025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001015712320731722025532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is greyed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000635112320731722026613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

 Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Centre in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check your software sources for new updates.
Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Centre search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Centre to download the repository information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406412320731723030274 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000353212320731723025773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Ubuntu, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Ubuntu are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Ubuntu is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Ubuntu is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Centre where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000125512320731723025616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000150412320731723024277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000616012320731723025564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organise files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000544712320731723026621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000660412320731723024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbours are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbours are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference centre, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320731723030632 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000374012320731723026174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000241312320731723025232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000317612320731723026630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000407712320731723031077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001271412320731723025762 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organiser to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000676512320731724026571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behaviour of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000332612320731724027235 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000254512320731724027036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colours you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterisation state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterisation state.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000374212320731724026433 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, email and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000507312320731724026116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behaviour:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000266012320731724025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143412320731724025131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446312320731724030452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognised when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organiser application, it may not have been properly recognised as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognise the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognised as an audio player by your music organiser. If not, try closing the music organiser and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001072012320731724026622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify rubbish bin behaviour. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behaviour preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behaviour <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager rubbish bin preferences Rubbish Bin <gui>Ask before emptying the Rubbish Bin or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the rubbish bin, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the rubbish bin or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Rubbish Bin altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000165012320731724026453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320731724025610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000232612320731724024314 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000475012320731724026514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Centre.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Centre window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273712320731725027454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420512320731725026522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577312320731725030311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000625012320731725026311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labelled, accessible “store fronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316012320731725025363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000504112320731725032040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterisation are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterisation?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterisation. Calibration is the process of modifying the colour behaviour of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its colour response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behaviour. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterisation (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to colour. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify colour in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Colour Management Module) or a colour aware application to modify colour when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring colour from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterisation (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterised.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterisation (profile) information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210312320731725026131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000267012320731725026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behaviour of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002174012320731726030670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401712320731726031260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000446112320731726025767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organise your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000453012320731726025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Rubbish Bin folder. Your Rubbish Bin folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000213612320731726025774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354312320731726027354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000250312320731726027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognised properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Ubuntu.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000240512320731726026273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000410112320731726026503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Aeroplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000134212320731726024256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000404412320731726025246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the rubbish bin, where it stays until you manually empty the rubbish bin. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320731726027267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000350312320731726026661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the mobile network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000616512320731727026164 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customise the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365212320731727027411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimises various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Ubuntu. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365112320731727025736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Rubbish Bin, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Rubbish Bin

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Rubbish Bin, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Rubbish Bin:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Rubbish Bin.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000225612320731727026642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen colour correction modifies all the screen colours on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen colour correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen colour correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do colour compensation, but you will not see all the colours of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterisation data, you will need to use a special colour measuring instruments called a colourimeter or a spectrometer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000117112320731727026145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000376312320731727027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a colour managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual colour managed device?

A virtual device is a colour managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Colour dialogue. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Colour dialogue. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000500712320731727025133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451112320731727026453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organise your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234312320731727025167 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000575112320731727027770 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.
From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000137012320731727030401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_AU/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000300512320731727027503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get colour profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide colour profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the colour profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000634012320732437026124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

 Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000530712320732437027330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000222512320732437024303 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001455512320732437026453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your e-mail address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organisation and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000577312320732437027627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some applications like Firefox and LibreOffice do not support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.
Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001504012320732437025530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialogue window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximised window to the original size of the window.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximise a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximise a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximise a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000275512320732437025414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, films, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320732440027341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104312320732440024244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320732440027353 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320732440026171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you e-mail. Do I need to scan my e-mails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through e-mail messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through e-mail or otherwise. If you receive an e-mail with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably do not need to scan your e-mail for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your e-mail for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected e-mail, and you then forward that e-mail to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your e-mails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000136312320732440024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320732440027172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000626112320732440025507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the Rubbish Bin:

Select the item you want to place in the Rubbish, by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Rubbish Bin in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the Rubbish. To empty the Rubbish, right-click Rubbish Bin in the sidebar and select Empty the Rubbish Bin.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the Rubbish Bin first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behaviour tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001263112320732440026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000435012320732440027461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important, in order to display accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called a colorimeter you can accurately measure the different colours that your screen is able to display. Run System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles to create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called a colorimeter you can accurately measure the different colours that your screen is able to display. Run System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles to create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will halve in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the colour control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000454012320732440026452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000256112320732440027007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000233612320732440030306 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000234312320732440026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000636012320732440025672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyser or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyser

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyser:

Open the Disk Usage Analyser application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyser.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050112320732440024104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported Licence.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000721012320732440026642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000327312320732440025175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000277112320732441025743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000536012320732441027572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264312320732441025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001222712320732441025760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (e.g. your music player or video player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in colour.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000222312320732441026040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000461512320732441025600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

 Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545012320732441025031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronises the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet, so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronise its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000355312320732441026072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000573312320732441026037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change colour. When it has fully changed colour, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000571512320732441030371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the e-mail application. Your e-mail account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.
With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001531412320732441027713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000574312320732441026123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colours. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320732441026225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000311212320732441024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There is no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320732441025643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000243012320732441025721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000631712320732442025504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320732442031334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favourite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000275412320732442027050 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximise two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximise a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximise a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000476012320732442026707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table is not complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop, so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000231012320732442023724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, e-mail accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, e-mail & chat usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000671712320732442025772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

 <gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user who owns the folder or file.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

 <gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320732442027067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard and is considered safer.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000246712320732442026127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000261412320732442026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000374112320732442027176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320732442025563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000411112320732442025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

 Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Centre launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authentication window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check your software sources for new software.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000243012320732442030136 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000516412320732442027037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000147012320732442027611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plug-in to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000277212320732442026747 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000755112320732443027253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimise, restore and close.

To minimise or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximised (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimise button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximised.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000354212320732443024256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000302612320732443026763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000603212320732443033514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem is not caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the Internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP set-up guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000125612320732443025045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000633612320732443026417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000315112320732443026330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, e-mail it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312412320732443027355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an aeroplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000335512320732443026427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organise (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320732443026661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337012320732443025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000511212320732443027211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001270712320732443026450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialogue if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000120112320732443024114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000365512320732443025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000360412320732444025562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analogue or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000146212320732444025416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000340012320732444027032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in, by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632512320732444026317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Screen Display.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334112320732444027636 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415612320732444026614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection, once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000352612320732444026006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet, using your computer.

Skype uses decentralised peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

 Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001023612320732444032472 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000554512320732444026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, colour, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple colour or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or colour. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background colour to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a colour selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colours & Gradients to just use a flat colour or a linear gradient. Colour selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000657212320732445026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000216112320732445024764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000703712320732445026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A colour space is a defined range of colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a colour space?

A colour space is a defined range of colours. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic colour space like RGB we represent the colours on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colours.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.
sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colours. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colours than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colours than sRGB, which means you can change colours in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colours are being clipped, or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colours detected by the human eye, and even encode colours that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantisation. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured colour and the stored colour, and for some colours this is a big problem. It turns out that key colours, like skin colours, are very important and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Colour management is a process for converting from one colour space to another, where a colour space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001377112320732445033735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers do not work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognised by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320732445026427 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000532012320732445027405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognise it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Screen Display.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.
Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000752312320732445026620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the Internet, play music or films can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000521012320732445026737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Screen Display. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Screen Display.

Untick Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Screen Display window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000340412320732445026473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network set-up you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000502312320732445030407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

 Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Centre. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Centre can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Centre features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Centre.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575112320732445026563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive e-mail updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000316412320732445026446 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default e-mail client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write e-mails

When you click a button or link to send a new e-mail (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default e-mail application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which e-mail client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000411012320732445027333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000376712320732446027527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000575612320732446026401 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000543112320732446025371 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162112320732446025554 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000275712320732446026560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or e-mail them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323612320732446027343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the Internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000301712320732446026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import colour profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles when selecting a profile for a device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000416112320732446025617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001111112320732446027745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognised by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognised by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognised by your computer. In this case, you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000222012320732446026275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialogue opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000426612320732446030124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What colour measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll colour management system to support colour instruments. Thus, the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll, there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you in calibrating and characterising your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000337712320732446026264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000362512320732446025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing colour management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if colour management is working correctly?

The effects of a colour profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colours gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support colour management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports colour management.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000540412320732446026033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk travelled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000323512320732446027674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important, in order to print accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColourMunki

Downloading a printing of a reference file from a colour company

If you only have one or two different paper types, then using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option. By downloading the reference chart from the company's website, you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope. From there, they will scan the paper, generate the profile and e-mail you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColourMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000407312320732446026250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder does not exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000353512320732447027142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your colour profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my colour profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate colour profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy, a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles dialogue next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000317512320732447026416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Centre helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Centre opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000460112320732447026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users cannot edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000230612320732447024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, colour management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000401112320732447026035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000261012320732447026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320732447025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Centre.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Centre window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000356612320732447026333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356012320732447027740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000305112320732447027057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000234612320732447025161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320732447027374 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000234712320732447026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000317412320732447026156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000265112320732447027571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default colour profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colours the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for colour correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate colour correction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000261612320732447026125 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximised).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001154612320732447031210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an e-mail (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000555712320732450027141 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000470212320732450027504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster, the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000764712320732450025231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000362712320732450030027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and e-mail). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to e-mail, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for e-mail and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000407512320732450027464 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000000746212320732450026641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, licence plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your e-mail).

Change your passwords regularly.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320732450024212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000175312320732450025332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000724312320732450030040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000405512320732450026434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorised changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320732450030736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognised

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognised by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in aeroplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000660312320732450030414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the Internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station, you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalise the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000530512320732450027234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000415412320732450027311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000477012320732450026631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often colour-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analogue headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000460212320732450025600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the volume of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylised speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000353212320732451026173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Centre rating, and which version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Centre to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000404612320732451030630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000301712320732451026313 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks. Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam, you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000417512320732451027726 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320732451024103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000225712320732451024750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000440412320732451026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000373612320732451027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colours in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of colour.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000470412320732451026561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Centre to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Centre in the Dash.

When the Software Centre launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000142012320732452024573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000477412320732452025212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000343112320732452027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001007112320732452027162 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but do not lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they are a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000336512320732452027572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar, to maximise or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximise and unmaximise a window

You can maximise a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximise a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximise windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximise a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximise a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximised size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximised, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000242712320732452025002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000365412320732452026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long "Bounce Keys" waits before it registers another key press, after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000462112320732452026471 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000425612320732452027002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on, to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000262312320732452031140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behaviour tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000457012320732452025212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings do not get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network does not automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings on your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000262612320732452026354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000517412320732452027041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimise distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001521012320732452033656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognised properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognised

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognised as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognised properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

*-network description: Wireless interface product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection vendor: Intel Corporation

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognised:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognised:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognised:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognised

If your wireless adapter was not recognised, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000524712320732452025520 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your e-mail, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password to sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current user's password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000327012320732452025465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000334612320732452027145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000130112320732453024755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000343712320732453026234 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001227412320732453030113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320732453030605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000515012320732453027062 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customisation

The Customise Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customise the appearance and behaviour.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000525712320732453025357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your e-mail contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To e-mail the file, select E-mail and enter the recipient's e-mail address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you are connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000251212320732453026335 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000214512320732453026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000247112320732453027073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000515312320732453026564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651512320732453026171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the Internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to, without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software, depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Centre and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Centre.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000427612320732453026563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320732453026662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can e-mail them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000124412320732453025727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000433012320732453031012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the Internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, do not worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000650212320732453024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320732454026146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506412320732454033544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working Internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000342212320732454024250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000577212320732454025165 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320732454025550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320732454026416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 E-mail, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To e-mail, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to e-mail your contact, press the e-mail address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410312320732454027042 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000702312320732454025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122012320732454025013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default e-mail apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project E-mail & e-mail software usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364112320732454026621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000202012320732454026650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552312320732454026562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and e-mails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious e-mails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorised remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of e-mails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432012320732454025424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000247612320732454027043 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000407112320732454025204 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your Internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the Internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (Internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the Internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000554012320732454026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you would like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you have selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000577312320732454026574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They may be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos etc.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyser.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320732455026124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favourite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organise your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorise and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000175212320732455024271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Colour profiles, How to calibrate a device… Colour management
Colour profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000164712320732455025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000411412320732455027020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden". Hidden networks will not show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but, it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314112320732455027152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000156012320732455025351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000145012320732455025036 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000132112320732455025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000323212320732455027612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing colour profiles is never a good idea, as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my colour profile?

Colour profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different colour profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your colour profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000373412320732455026120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000542412320732455025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people cannot play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Centre to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000340312320732455026452 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colours, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colours on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colours

The printer may have run out of one colour of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000675612320732455025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320732455026244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it is not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate does not work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favourite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001107312320732455027021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320732455027641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important, in order to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsDevice Colour Profiles to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000363012320732456025367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000242712320732456026603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared, you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000240312320732456026243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your e-mail or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer, all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000310612320732456027437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important, in order to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the colour control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000641312320732456027223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network is not in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452712320732456027073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000732512320732456026260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000434112320732456025032 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it does not play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and do not have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you will not be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522412320732457026656 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000505612320732457023731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.
Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Colour-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000470712320732457025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, e-mail, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colours, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your e-mail program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customise your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem, by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000313312320732457026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400012320732457026221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the applications you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some applications like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you are using applications such as these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000250512320732457027146 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A colour profile is a simple file that expresses a colour space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a colour profile?

A colour profile is a set of data that characterises either a device such as a projector, or a colour space such as sRGB.

Most colour profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Colour profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colours on different devices.

Every device that is processing colour should have its own ICC profile and when this is achieved, the system is said to have an end-to-end colour-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow, you can be sure that colours are not being lost or modified.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000363512320732457025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001267012320732457027106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximised, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimise, maximise or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behaviour, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behaviour tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device is not detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including e-mail, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery is not detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000327112320732457026505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000467012320732457026021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organise your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000660612320732457027041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is colour management important?

Colour management is the process of capturing a colour using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colours and the range of colours on each medium.

The need for colour management is probably best explained with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colours. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper colour.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a colour is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infra-red or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometres or 7 metres.

In colour, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colours that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colours in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colours are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs, it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a colour device, to be able to make smooth changes in colour. For other graphics, you might want to match the colour exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000641312320732457026326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320732457025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000605512320732457027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialogue.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realise that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try cancelling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialogue in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialogue and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557712320732457026741 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000634312320732460025065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customise your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000677312320732460025246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364312320732460026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320732460026573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorise the code point for those characters, so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000771312320732460026621 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why will not my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate are not supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and is not resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware does not support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it does not, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000153412320732460026617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000402012320732460026647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it will not play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognised by your computer. To be able to play a song, you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format, so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000630012320732460025202 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favourite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000413112320732460026073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000436712320732460025531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001014712320732460025514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320732460026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

 Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Centre icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Centre in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Centre launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Centre will then check your software sources for new updates.
Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and the Adobe Flash Plug-in. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Centre search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Centre to download the repository information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406512320732460030257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod, before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352712320732460025761 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are so few Linux viruses, you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably do not need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Centre where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000125512320732460025600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000150412320732460024261 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000616012320732460025546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organise files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organise the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000544312320732461026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000662312320732461024722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet connection to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet Service Providers commonly set-up Internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the Internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbours are using the Internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You are most likely to experience this at times when your neighbours are probably on the Internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference centre, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you are connected to the Internet by wireless (WiFi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the Internet may be slow because you do not have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile Internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320732461030616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers. Usually, because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320732461026163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose to shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you did not save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000241312320732461025215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000317612320732461026613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000400212320732461031046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognise it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Screen Display.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001255512320732461025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organiser to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favourite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favourite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

 Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000675512320732461026552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behaviour of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialised applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000331712320732461027217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000254512320732461027020 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colours you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterisation state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterisation state.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000374412320732461026417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000510012320732461026067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still does not work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behaviour:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000266112320732461025542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000140412320732461025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446312320732461030434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognised when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organiser application, it may not have been properly recognised as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognise the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognised as an audio player by your music organiser. If not, try closing the music organiser and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001070512320732462026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify Rubbish Bin behaviour. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behaviour preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the Rubbish Bin behaviour. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behaviour tab.

Behaviour <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialogue will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager rubbish preferences Rubbish Bin <gui>Ask before emptying the Rubbish Bin or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the rubbish bin, a message will be displayed confirming whether you would like to empty it and delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses the Rubbish Bin</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Rubbish Bin altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000162112320732462026434 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000234712320732462025574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000232612320732462024277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000476112320732462026501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites will not work without Adobe Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Centre.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Centre window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273212320732462027431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420512320732462026504 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577612320732462030276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you arere typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000624712320732462026301 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labelled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labelled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320732462025350 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000504412320732462032025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterisation are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterisation?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterisation. Calibration is the process of modifying the colour behaviour of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its colour channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its colour response. Often, this is used as a day-to-day means of maintaining reproducible behaviour. Typically, calibrations will be stored in device or system specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterisation (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to colour. Typically, the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify colour in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Colour Management Module) or a colour aware application to modify colour when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices can a way of transferring colour from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterisation (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterised.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterisation (profile) information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000206312320732462026120 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, applications & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266712320732462026403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behaviour of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad, to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002174212320732462030653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is ticked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network, without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections, even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320732462031237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialogue for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000446112320732462025750 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organise your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000450312320732462025206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000212212320732463025751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320732463027334 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or e-mail address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000251012320732463027220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognised properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your Apple iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000240512320732463026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box; pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320732463026466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000134212320732463024240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000403212320732463025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the Rubbish Bin, where it stays until you manually empty the Rubbish Bin. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320732463027251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the Recycle Bin.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customise the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000350712320732463026647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an Internet connection you have made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the Hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000616212320732464026143 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognise many types of printers automatically, once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customise the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365212320732464027373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimises various hardware/software settings, for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000363612320732464025723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Rubbish Bin, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Rubbish Bin

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Rubbish Bin, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Bin:

Open the Launcher and then click the Rubbish Bin shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder from which it was deleted.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000225512320732464026623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen colour correction modifies all the screen colours on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen colour correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen colour correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do colour compensation, but you will not see all the colours of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterisation data, you will need to use a special colour measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000117112320732464026127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000402712320732464027133 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a colour managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual colour managed device?

A virtual device is a colour managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera, just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Device Colour Profiles dialogue. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera, just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Device Colour Profiles dialogue. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000464012320732464025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, according to rules specified in its policy. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the Internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

A URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451112320732464026435 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organise your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320732464025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organise the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organise, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organise, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000574312320732464027753 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.
From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000137012320732464030363 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000300612320732464027466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get colour profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide colour profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the colour profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000674112320733147026123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000537112320733147027323 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226312320733147024277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001470112320733147026436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604112320733147027606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520612320733147025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000300012320733147025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266512320733147027343 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104312320733147024244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317312320733150027346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352412320733150026157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000142112320733150024633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000421112320733150027157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627512320733150025506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302512320733150026132 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446312320733150027460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320733150026451 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320733150027001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320733150030277 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237612320733150026421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000642212320733150025663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320733150024100 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000724712320733150026646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331412320733150025163 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000303212320733150025723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000546112320733150027565 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264312320733150025572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001227212320733150025751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000226112320733150026033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511612320733150025566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000547212320733151025027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000356112320733151026063 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000620512320733151026024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change colour. When it has fully changed colour, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000644012320733151030357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001703612320733151027710 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000627012320733151026111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colours. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000331212320733151026220 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000311212320733151024663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000306612320733151025627 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245312320733151025720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320733151025470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335312320733151031322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000277012320733151027037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475612320733151026705 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000236012320733151023722 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675412320733151025764 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000262012320733151027055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253712320733152026117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000262312320733152026065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377412320733152027176 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000312612320733152025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000451512320733152025665 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000251212320733152030131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320733152027030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320733152027611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000301612320733152026731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767712320733152027255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000354212320733152024247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000306212320733152026754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000603012320733152033503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000130012320733152025024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000641412320733152026405 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320612320733152026322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312312320733152027345 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341312320733152026413 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000273212320733152026655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320733152025756 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000517212320733152027210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001313112320733152026431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000120112320733153024106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000367712320733153025704 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363412320733153025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000152012320733153025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337712320733153027040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632712320733153026312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334512320733153027633 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415512320733153026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373512320733153026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043712320733153032466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000556612320733153026232 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000663212320733153026316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000224012320733153024752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740612320733153026573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406412320733153033721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733153026422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000564712320733153027411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000767312320733153026616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733153026742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000340112320733153026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000544612320733153030410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575712320733154026562 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315712320733154026441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000415012320733154027330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404512320733154027505 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604512320733154026361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000547212320733154025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000162112320733154025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301612320733154026535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323612320733154027333 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302712320733154026647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427712320733154025617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132412320733154027743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000224212320733154026271 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431712320733154030111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What colour measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360512320733154026246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405512320733154025733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000544512320733154026030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000323712320733154027666 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a colour company

Using a colour company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412512320733154026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364312320733154027131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347412320733154026407 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000460012320733155026075 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235712320733155024743 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000401112320733155026025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000263012320733155026576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000325612320733155025157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000406412320733155026315 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356612320733155027736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317512320733155027056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320733155025153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320733155027364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000237112320733155026406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000321012320733155026135 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273712320733155027566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265312320733155026116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167312320733155031201 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000613412320733155027127 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000471112320733155027502 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770412320733155025221 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000401212320733155030012 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000414212320733155027455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001040412320733155026625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306412320733156024222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000200712320733156025322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745512320733156030044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000407112320733156026431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530512320733156030733 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000660212320733156030412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000534612320733156027240 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000416012320733156027305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColour for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColour, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColour, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502712320733156026624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462512320733156025604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360512320733156026172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000415612320733156030630 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000313212320733157026310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424512320733157027723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141312320733157024072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231512320733157024742 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442312320733157026664 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320733157027364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000526012320733157026556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000142012320733157024571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000552112320733157025177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345312320733157027005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001011112320733157027153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000343012320733157027561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000261012320733157024772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000400212320733157026055 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys will wait before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000470112320733157026466 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427512320733157027001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263612320733157031142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456612320733157025215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320733157026347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000521212320733157027030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001524012320733160033651 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555612320733160025513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000330412320733160025453 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335712320733160027137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000130212320733160024745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346712320733160026226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235512320733160030102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320733160030576 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514712320733160027057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532712320733160025344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000253112320733160026325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217512320733160026572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252712320733160027064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000521112320733160026546 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651312320733160026156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000431112320733160026540 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320733160026650 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320733160025721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432712320733160031007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000655512320733160024652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000367212320733160026140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506412320733161033533 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346612320733161024247 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000601412320733161025142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320733161025542 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251712320733161026406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410512320733161027033 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000705112320733161025215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000123112320733161025004 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000364112320733161026610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000202012320733161026637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000553212320733161026551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432712320733161025422 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000250112320733161027017 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000407112320733161025173 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561612320733161026300 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000602612320733161026553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352412320733161026113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177712320733161024266 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170512320733161025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000411012320733161027002 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000314112320733161027140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161612320733161025341 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000147212320733162025031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134712320733162025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320733162027602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing colour profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my colour profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375512320733162026112 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000544712320733162025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000341312320733162026442 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000711512320733162025506 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000713512320733162026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133412320733162027010 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000342012320733162027625 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColour to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColour to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000365212320733162025361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000244012320733162026564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245312320733162026236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000316412320733162027431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colours. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the colour control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320733162027207 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452712320733162027061 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735412320733162026250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000435112320733162025021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522512320733162026644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000555412320733162023721 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Colour-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000474212320733162025352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colours, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330612320733163026252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320733163026210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257412320733163027142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000370112320733163025532 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001305212320733163027067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000327112320733163026473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000467012320733163026007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706312320733163027025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000650012320733163026311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000404112320733163025514 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000607112320733163026767 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557712320733163026727 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000646212320733164025064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000701212320733164025226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364312320733164026131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573512320733164026567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000777112320733164026622 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155612320733164026620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401312320733164026646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635712320733164025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420712320733164026074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000440412320733164025516 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001040612320733164025507 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000710212320733164026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406412320733164030253 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352612320733164025755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320733164025601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000155012320733164024257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000616012320733164025543 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553412320733164026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000660212320733164024713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320733165030602 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000374012320733165026154 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000242212320733165025212 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000322212320733165026600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417512320733165031056 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001275212320733165025744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703412320733165026536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000333212320733165027211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263412320733165027014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000376212320733165026414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000510012320733165026064 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270512320733165025536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143412320733165025110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446312320733165030431 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001066012320733165026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167412320733165026440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320733165025567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235612320733165024276 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000475012320733165026473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273712320733165027432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420512320733165026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577312320733165030267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000631312320733166026270 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316412320733166025346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000521512320733166032022 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the colour behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its colour channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210312320733166026110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266712320733166026400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002174112320733166030647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000402012320733166031230 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000446112320733166025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000456212320733166025210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220312320733166025745 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000355012320733166027330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000250212320733166027215 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241412320733166026251 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000410012320733166026460 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000137212320733166024237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320733166025223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325712320733166027250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351712320733166026644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621412320733166026134 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000365112320733166027365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365312320733166025715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320733167026611 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000117112320733167026123 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000406212320733167027126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502712320733167025113 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451612320733167026436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234312320733167025145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000603012320733167027735 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140412320733167030355 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_CA/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000306512320733167027467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Colour profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get colour profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide colour profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the colour profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/glade/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000004775412300405315023574 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Glade Interface Designer Manual Glade is a user interface designer for GTK+ applications. 2006 Vincent Geddes 2004 2003 Sun Microsystems 20022000 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project
vincent.geddes@gmail.com
 Sun GNOME Documentation Team Sun Microsystems Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 3.0 5 December 2006 Vincent Geddes GNOME Documentation Project Glade Manual 2.1; 17 June 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 2.0 25 February 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.2 10 Feb 2004 Sun GNOME Documentation Team GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.1 30 Mar 2002 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project Glade User Manual 1.0 11 May 2000 Michael Vance GNOME Documentation Project This manual describes version 3.1.0 of Glade. Feedback To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Glade application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. glade user interface designer Introduction The Glade interface designer enables you to create and edit user interface designs for GTK+ applications. The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialogue labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called widgets. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code. The user interfaces designed in Glade are stored in an XML format, enabling easy integration with external tools. You can use the libglade library to dynamically create GUIs from the XML description. Getting Started To Start <application>Glade</application> You can start Glade in the following ways: Applications menu Choose Programming Glade Interface Designer . Command line To start Glade from a command line, type the following command, then press Return: glade-3 When You Start <application>Glade</application> When you start Glade, the following window is displayed.
<application>Glade</application> window Shows theGlade window.
The Glade window contains the following elements: Menubar The menus on the menubar contain all of the commands you need to work with files in Glade. Toolbar The toolbar contains a subset of the commands that you can access from the menubar. Design Area The design area is where a user interface can be visually edited. Palette The palette contains the widgets that can be used to build a user interface. Inspector The inspector displays information about the widgets in a project. Property Editor The property editor is used to manipulate the properties of widgets, as well as adding connections to source code. Status bar The status bar displays information about current Glade activity and contextual information about the menu items. Working with Projects Creating a New Project To create a new project, choose FileNew. The application displays a new blank project in the Glade window. Opening a Project To open an existing project, choose FileOpen. The application displays the project in the Glade window. Saving a Project You can save projects in the following ways: To save changes to an existing project file, choose FileSave. To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose File Save As . Enter a name for the project file in the Save As dialog, then click Save. Working with Widgets To Select Widgets From the Palette Window You can work with the widgets in the Palette window in the following ways: Selection mode To use selection mode, click on the Selector arrow. The pointer changes to an arrow to indicate that selection mode is active. In this mode, you use the mouse to select widgets in your project. You can then use the Properties window to edit the properties of the widgets. You can also use the widget context menu to select a widget. Right-click on a widget to open the widget context menu.You can add multiple widgets of a specific type from the Palette to your project by holding down the Control key when you select a widget. You need to click on the Selector arrow or another widget in the Palette to return to normal mode. Widget placement mode To use widget placement mode, select a widget in the Palette window. When you select most widgets, the pointer changes to a pointer-plus-cross. You can then place the widget inside containers, top-level widgets, and so on. After you place a widget, the mode returns to selection mode. Top-level placement mode To use top level placement mode, select a defined top-level widget in the Palette window. When you select a top-level widget in the Palette window, the widget appears immediately on your desktop. You can then edit the widget. After you select a top-level widget, the mode returns to selection mode. To Organise Widgets In Your Project You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organise widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the Palette window: Horizontal Box Vertical Box Table Fixed Positions Horizontal Button Box Vertical Button Box Horizontal Panes Vertical Panes Notebook Frame Scrolled Window Viewport You can nest boxes to create complex layout structures. When you create horizontal and vertical boxes, Glade asks you how many rows or columns to create initially, though rows and columns can easily be added or deleted later. When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that Glade packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localised. To Place a Widget on the Clipboard To remove a widget from a parent and place the widget on the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Cut . To Copy a Widget to the Clipboard To copy a widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Copy . The original widget remains attached to the parent. To Paste a Widget From the Clipboard Into Your Project To paste a widget that exists on the clipboard into your project, choose Edit Paste .All widgets must have a unique name within Glade. If you cut a widget, and then paste the widget into your project, then the widget and all of the children of the widget keep their original names. If you copy a widget, or paste the widget multiple times into your project, then Glade generates new names for the widget copies. To Delete a Widget To delete a widget from the parent without moving the widget to the clipboard, select the widget then choose Edit Delete . To Change a Property of a Widget The property editor is used to edit the properties of a selected widget. To change a property of a widget, select the widget and then enter an appropriate value in one of the Property window's property fields. About Glade Glade is maintained by the Glade developers and GNOME community volunteers. To find more information about Glade, please visit the Glade Web site. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, you can submit them using bugzilla. Another excellent source of information are the Glade user and developer mailing lists. In addition to subscribing, you might also want to browse the list archives, available via these same links. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/glade/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000731712300405315022720 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence. Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000310612253720475026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can test out a disc integrity after burning it. Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Check disc integrity

After burning a CD/DVD by using Brasero, you can check its integrity to make sure that the files in the disc are not corrupted.

Select ToolsCheck Integrity....

You can select the option Use an MD5 file to check the disk. if you prefer it.

An MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) is a cryptographic hash function widely used for checking data integrity.

If you choose this option, you will have to find the MD5 file by clicking in the folder icon placed below.

Press Check to continue or Close to cancel it.

When the checking is finished you can either choose to Check Again or just Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000245512253720475025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Brasero disc burning application. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Introduction

Brasero is an application for burning CDs and DVDs, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

With Brasero you can:

Burn data to CDs and DVDs

Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

Copy CDs and DVDs

Create video DVDs or SVCDs

Create image files and burn existing image files

Erase CD-RWs and DVD-RWs

Check the integrity of discs and disc images
The <gui>Brasero</gui> main window
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000253312253720475024057 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 I cannot write to a DVD-R or a DVD-RW. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Problem creating a DVD

Some types of DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs are not compatible with all burners. Check the following to find out if those can be used with your burner.

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

Check if your disc is dual layer or single layer: some DVD drives can not write to a dual layer disc.

If you are trying to use a DVD-R, check if it has already been written to before. If you are using a DVD-RW, try blanking it before you attempt to write to it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000454212253720475024723 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an inlay for a jewel case. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a cover

You can use Brasero to create inlays for your jewel cases. Access the creator by clicking Tools Cover Editor.

If you are creating an audio project and finish putting together the project before creating an inlay, then when you access the Cover Editor interface from the audio project window, the tracks will automatically be listed on the back cover.

If you close the Cover Editor, your changes will be lost.

Open the Cover Editor.

Choose the formatting you wish to use for the text and type the text, scrolling down to see the side and back inlay for the jewel case.

When you first see the Cover Editor dialog, you will not be able to click on any of the text formatting options. Click on the cover you want to work on to be able to use those.

Click the Background properties toolbar icon to add a background for the current cover, or right click on the cover you wish to edit and select Set Background Properties. You can choose to use a colored background or to select a background image.

If you select a centered background image, Brasero sometimes crashes when you click the Close button.

Click the Close button to apply the changes and close the Background Properties dialog.

Print the cover using the Print button, which is located in the top-right corner of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000467612253720475024731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Write data to a CD or DVD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a data project

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

Click Data project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Data Project.

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

If you are using a rewritable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

If you are using a rewritable disc and the data is not burned correctly onto it, you may need to do a full (non-fast) blank of the disc before trying again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000131712253720475023450 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
Create a new project
Troubleshooting
Other tools
usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000465012253720475024746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save a project for editing or burning later. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a project

You can save an audio, a data or a video project in Brasero for editing or burning later.

Create the project and add the files you wish to use to the project.

Click ProjectSave to save the project.

Enter the name you wish to save the project under, then click Save to save the project.

There are a number of ways which can be used for opening a saved Brasero project by:

selecting it from the list on the start page, under Recent projects

clicking ProjectRecent Projects

clicking ProjectOpen and selecting the project

opening the project from a file browser

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000376212253720475025114 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an audio project. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Write a music CD

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

Click Audio project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Audio Project.

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000573712253720475024610 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Split an audio project track into multiple tracks. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Split an audio track

You can split a single audio track into multiple tracks when you put together an audio project.

Start an audio project and add the tracks you wish to use.

Select the track you wish to split by clicking on it, then click either EditSplit Track… or right click on the track and select Split Track… from the menu.

Select your preferred method of splitting the tracks:

Split track manually

This option allows you to select the exact length of each new section of the track manually.

 Split track in parts with a fixed length

Use this method to split the track into multiple sections of equal length.

 Split track in a fixed number of parts

This method allows you to split the track into a set number of sections, all of which will be of the same length.

 Split track for each silence

Select this method for Brasero to auto-detect silences in the recording and to split the track at those points.

Proceed to split the track by clicking Slice.

If you try to split a track into a section less than six seconds long, the new section will be padded to make it 6 seconds long.

Click OK to confirm your track splits and apply the changes.

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000236112253720475023667 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 My MP3s will not play in a DVD or CD player. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 CD will not play in a CD player

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

Many new CD and DVD players will play music CDs which were created using a data project, but most older players will not.

Older CD players might not be able to play CD-RWs.

If you are using a CD-RW, blank the CD.

Rewrite the CD as an audio project.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000313112253720475025673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an identical copy of a disc. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy disc

Click Disc copy on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectCopy Disc... .

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000245612253720475024573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Erase a rewritable CD or DVD by blanking it. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Blank a disc

You can prepare a rewritable disc, with existing data on it, for writing by blanking it.

Select ToolsBlank....

If you have more than one disc drive with a rewritable disc in it, you can select which disc to rewrite under Select a disc.

You can select Fast blanking to blank the CD quicker.

If you have problems writing to a disc which you fast blanked, try disabling fast blanking and blank it again.

Click Blank to continue.

The disc may be ejected when the blanking is complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000342512253720475025115 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 Write a video to a DVD or SVCD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a video project

Brasero can be used to create video discs for playing in a DVD player or laptop.

Click Video project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Video Project.

Add the videos to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/en_GB/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000574112253720475026040 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Burn an existing disc image to a CD or DVD. Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Burn image

Brasero allows you to burn disc images to a CD or DVD. It supports the following extensions of optical disc images: .iso, .toc and .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

To burn a disc image to a CD or DVD, follow these steps:

Click Burn image on the start page or select ProjectNew ProjectBurn image… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557272014377 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321557272016164 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-control-center-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000037130712321557272023075 0ustar # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-16 02:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sebastien Bacher \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:21+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: English\n" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/background/gnome-background-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #. This refers to a slideshow background #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:9 msgid "Changes throughout the day" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:4 msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:5 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Tile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:6 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:7 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:8 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:9 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Fill" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:10 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Span" msgstr "" #. translators: This is the title of the wallpaper chooser dialog. #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:199 msgid "Select Background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-panel.c:1766 msgid "Wallpapers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Pictures" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:235 msgid "Colors" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-panel.c:1788 msgid "Flickr" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:98 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-item.c:148 msgid "multiple sizes" msgstr "" #. translators: 100 × 100px #. * Note that this is not an "x", but U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN #: ../panels/background/cc-background-item.c:152 #, c-format msgid "%d × %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-item.c:281 msgid "No Desktop Background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-panel.c:1160 msgid "Current background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/gnome-background-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change the background" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the background control-center panel #: ../panels/background/gnome-background-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Wallpaper;Screen;Desktop;" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth-properties.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:99 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth-properties.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Configure Bluetooth settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:1 msgid "Set Up New Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:2 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:9 msgid "Remove Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:3 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:4 ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:14 msgid "page 1" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:5 ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:16 msgid "page 2" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:4 msgid "Paired" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:5 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:6 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:7 msgid "Mouse and Touchpad Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:8 ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:43 msgid "Sound Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:9 ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:74 msgid "Keyboard Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:10 msgid "Send Files..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:11 msgid "Browse Files..." msgstr "" #. Translator: This string appears next to a toggle switch which controls enabling/disabling Bluetooth radio's on the device. #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:13 msgctxt "Power" msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:281 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:281 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:393 msgid "Bluetooth is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:398 msgid "Bluetooth is disabled by hardware switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:402 msgid "No Bluetooth adapters found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:535 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:539 #, c-format msgid "Visibility of “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:583 #, c-format msgid "Remove '%s' from the list of devices?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:585 msgid "" "If you remove the device, you will have to set it up again before next use." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where the user can click and import a profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:107 msgid "Other profile…" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile has been auto-generated for this hardware #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:120 msgid "Default: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile is a test profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:133 msgid "Test profile: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the profile should be set for all users #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:186 ../panels/color/color.ui.h:11 msgid "Set for all users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the profile should be set for all users #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:193 msgid "Create virtual device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an ICC profile is a file containing colorspace data #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:228 msgid "Select ICC Profile File" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:231 msgid "_Import" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: filter name on the file->open dialog #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:242 msgid "Supported ICC profiles" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: filter name on the file->open dialog #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:249 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:639 msgid "Available Profiles for Displays" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:643 msgid "Available Profiles for Scanners" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:647 msgid "Available Profiles for Printers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:651 msgid "Available Profiles for Cameras" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:655 msgid "Available Profiles for Webcams" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #. * where the device type is not recognised #. Profiles that can be added to the device #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:660 ../panels/color/color.ui.h:2 msgid "Available Profiles" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: column for device list #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:936 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1516 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1654 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: column for device list #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:971 msgid "Calibration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1017 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1041 msgid "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check it is turned on and " "correctly connected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1050 msgid "The measuring instrument does not support printer profiling." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1061 msgid "The device type is not currently supported." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when an auto-added profile cannot be removed #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1133 msgid "Cannot remove automatically added profile" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when there is no profile for the device #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1462 msgid "No profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1493 #, c-format msgid "%i year" msgid_plural "%i years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1504 #, c-format msgid "%i month" msgid_plural "%i months" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1515 #, c-format msgid "%i week" msgid_plural "%i weeks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. fallback #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1522 #, c-format msgid "Less than 1 week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1584 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default RGB" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1589 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default CMYK" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1594 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1712 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1753 #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1764 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1775 msgid "Uncalibrated" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1715 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1756 msgid "This device is using manufacturing calibrated data." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1767 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1800 msgid "This device has an old profile that may no longer be accurate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the calibration profile age is not #. * specified as it has been autogenerated from the hardware #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1828 msgid "Not specified" msgstr "" #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2013 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2242 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Display" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2244 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Scanner" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2246 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2248 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Camera" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2250 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Webcam" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:5 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:7 msgid "Add device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:8 msgid "Add a virtual device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:9 msgid "Delete device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:10 msgid "Remove a device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:12 msgid "Set this profile for all users on this computer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:13 msgid "Add profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:14 msgid "Calibrate…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:15 msgid "Calibrate the device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:16 msgid "Remove profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:17 msgid "View details" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:18 msgid "Device type:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:19 msgid "Manufacturer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:20 msgid "Model:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:21 msgid "" "Image files can be dragged on this window to auto-complete the above fields." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "" #. Add some common regions #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:585 msgid "United States" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:586 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:587 msgid "France" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:588 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:589 msgid "China" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-language-chooser.c:294 msgid "Select a region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/gdm-languages.c:781 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:446 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/universal-access/gconf-property-editor.c:1609 msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:1 msgid "_Region:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:2 msgid "_City:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:3 msgid "_Network Time" msgstr "" #. Translator: this is the separator between hours and minutes, like in HH:MM #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:5 msgid ":" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:6 msgid "Set the time one hour ahead." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:7 msgid "Set the time one hour back." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:8 msgid "Set the time one minute ahead." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:9 msgid "Set the time one minute back." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:10 msgid "Switch between AM and PM." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:11 msgid "Month" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:12 msgid "Day" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:13 msgid "Year" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:14 msgid "24-hour" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:15 msgid "AM/PM" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:16 msgid "January" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:17 msgid "February" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:18 msgid "March" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:19 msgid "April" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:20 msgid "May" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:21 msgid "June" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:22 msgid "July" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:23 msgid "August" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:24 msgid "September" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:25 msgid "October" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:26 msgid "November" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime.ui.h:27 msgid "December" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/gnome-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Date & Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/gnome-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Date and Time preferences panel" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the date and time control-center panel #: ../panels/datetime/gnome-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Clock;Timezone;Location;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/org.gnome.controlcenter.datetime.policy.in.h:1 msgid "Change system time and date settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/org.gnome.controlcenter.datetime.policy.in.h:2 msgid "To change time or date settings, you need to authenticate." msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:509 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:510 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:511 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:512 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "180 Degrees" msgstr "" #. Keep this string in sync with gnome-desktop/libgnome-desktop/gnome-rr-labeler.c #. Translators: this is the feature where what you see on your laptop's #. * screen is the same as your external projector. Here, "Mirrored" is being #. * used as an adjective. For example, the Spanish translation could be #. * "Pantallas en Espejo". #. #. Keep this string in sync with gnome-control-center/capplets/display/xrandr-capplet.c:get_display_name() #. Translators: this is the feature where what you see on your #. * laptop's screen is the same as your external projector. #. * Here, "Mirrored" is being used as an adjective. For example, #. * the Spanish translation could be "Pantallas en Espejo". #. #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:659 #: ../panels/display/cc-rr-labeler.c:449 msgid "Mirrored Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:677 #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:1 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:783 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:785 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1695 msgid "Drag to change primary display." msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1753 msgid "" "Select a monitor to change its properties; drag it to rearrange its " "placement." msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2168 msgid "%a %R" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2170 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2332 #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2384 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply configuration: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2412 msgid "Could not save the monitor configuration" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2472 msgid "Could not detect displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2737 msgid "All displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2888 msgid "Could not get screen information" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:2 msgid "_Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:3 msgid "R_otation" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:4 msgid "L_auncher placement" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:5 msgid "S_ticky edges" msgstr "" #. Note that mirror is a verb in this string #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:7 msgid "_Mirror displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:8 msgid "Note: may limit resolution options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:9 msgid "_Detect Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change resolution and position of monitors and projectors" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the display control-center panel #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;" msgstr "" #. Translators: VESA is an techncial acronym, don't translate it. #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:402 #, c-format msgid "VESA: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:426 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:79 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:158 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: This is the type of architecture, for example: #. * "64-bit" or "32-bit" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:587 #, c-format msgid "%d-bit" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:746 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:829 msgid "The next login will attempt to use the standard experience." msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:831 msgid "" "The next login will use the fallback mode intended for unsupported graphics " "hardware." msgstr "" #. translators: The hardware is not able to run GNOME 3's #. * shell, so we use the GNOME "Fallback" session #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:873 msgctxt "Experience" msgid "Fallback" msgstr "" #. translators: The hardware is able to run GNOME 3's #. * shell, also called "Standard" experience #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:879 msgctxt "Experience" msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1202 msgid "Ask what to do" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1206 ../panels/power/power.ui.h:11 msgid "Do nothing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1210 msgid "Open folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1382 msgid "Other Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1325 msgid "Select an application for audio CDs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1326 msgid "Select an application for video DVDs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1327 msgid "Select an application to run when a music player is connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1328 msgid "Select an application to run when a camera is connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1329 msgid "Select an application for software CDs" msgstr "" #. translators: these strings are duplicates of shared-mime-info #. * strings, just here to fix capitalization of the English originals. #. * If the shared-mime-info translation works for your language, #. * simply leave these untranslated. #. #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1341 msgid "audio DVD" msgstr "Audio DVD" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1342 msgid "blank Blu-ray disc" msgstr "Blank Blu-ray disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1343 msgid "blank CD disc" msgstr "Blank CD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1344 msgid "blank DVD disc" msgstr "Blank DVD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1345 msgid "blank HD DVD disc" msgstr "Blank HD DVD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1346 msgid "Blu-ray video disc" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1347 msgid "e-book reader" msgstr "E-book reader" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1348 msgid "HD DVD video disc" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1349 msgid "Picture CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1350 msgid "Super Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1351 msgid "Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1440 msgid "Windows software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1441 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1474 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1647 msgid "Section" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1483 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:11 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1489 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:18 msgid "Default Applications" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1494 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:26 msgid "Removable Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1499 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:10 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1596 msgid "Legal Notice" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1701 #, c-format msgid "Version %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1753 msgid "Install Updates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1757 msgid "System Up-To-Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1761 msgid "Checking for Updates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/gnome-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/gnome-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "System Information" msgstr "" #. sure that you use the same "translation" for those keywords #: ../panels/info/gnome-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "device;system;information;memory;processor;version;default;application;fallba" "ck;preferred;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;media;autorun;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:1 msgid "Select how other media should be handled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:2 msgid "_Action:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:3 msgid "_Type:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:4 msgid "Device name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:5 msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:6 msgid "Processor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:7 msgid "OS type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:8 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:9 msgid "Calculating..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:12 msgid "_Web" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:13 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:14 msgid "_Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:15 msgid "M_usic" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:17 msgid "_Photos" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:19 msgid "Select how media should be handled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:20 msgid "CD _audio" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:21 msgid "_DVD video" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:22 msgid "_Music player" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:23 msgid "_Software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:24 msgid "_Other Media..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:25 msgid "_Never prompt or start programs on media insertion" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:27 msgid "Driver" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:28 msgid "Experience" msgstr "" #. Hardware is not able to run GNOME 3's shell, so we might want to force running the 'Fallback' experience. #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:30 msgid "Forced _Fallback Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Sound and Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Volume mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Volume down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Volume up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch media player" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Play (or play/pause)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pause playback" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Stop playback" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Previous track" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Next track" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Eject" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:19 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:75 msgid "Typing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-input-sources.xml.in.h:2 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:25 msgid "Switch to next source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-input-sources.xml.in.h:3 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:23 msgid "Switch to previous source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Launchers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Launch help browser" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Launch calculator" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch terminal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Take a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:1 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:40 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Log out" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Lock screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:1 #: ../panels/universal-access/gnome-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Turn zoom on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Turn screen reader on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Increase text size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Decrease text size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:9 msgid "High contrast on or off" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The device has been disabled #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1062 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1087 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:215 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:216 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-control.c:1828 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:315 msgid "Alternative Characters Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:320 msgid "Compose Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change keyboard settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the keyboard control-center panel #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Shortcut;Repeat;Blink;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:1 msgid "Custom Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "C_ommand:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:5 msgid "Repeat Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:6 msgid "Key presses _repeat when key is held down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "_Delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "_Speed:" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:26 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:55 #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:333 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. slow acceleration #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:10 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Slow" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Repeat keys speed" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:12 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:28 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:58 #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:337 msgid "Long" msgstr "" #. fast acceleration #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:13 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Fast" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Cursor Blinking" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:15 msgid "Cursor _blinks in text fields" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "S_peed:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:17 msgid "Cursor blink speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:18 msgid "Layout Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:20 msgid "Add Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:21 msgid "Remove Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:22 #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:3 msgid "" "To edit a shortcut, click the row and hold down the new keys or press " "Backspace to clear." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:23 msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:554 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:562 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:867 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1410 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1414 msgid "Custom Shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:722 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1219 #, c-format msgid "" "The shortcut \"%s\" cannot be used because it will become impossible to type " "using this key.\n" "Please try with a key such as Control, Alt or Shift at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "" "The shortcut \"%s\" is already used for\n" "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1256 #, c-format msgid "" "If you reassign the shortcut to \"%s\", the \"%s\" shortcut will be disabled." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1262 msgid "_Reassign" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/cc-mouse-panel.c:163 msgid "_Test Your Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mouse & Touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Set your mouse and touchpad preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the mouse and touchpad control-center panel #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Mouse Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:27 msgid "Double-click timeout" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "_Double-click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Primary _button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "_Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "_Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:30 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "_Pointer speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:38 msgid "Touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:15 msgid "Disable while _typing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:16 msgid "Tap to _click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:17 msgid "Two _finger scroll" msgstr "" #. Translators: This switch reverses the scrolling direction for touchpads. The term used comes from OS X so use the same translation if possible. #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:19 msgid "_Natural scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:134 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.ui.h:1 msgid "Try clicking, double clicking, scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:139 msgid "Five clicks, GEGL time!" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:144 msgid "Double click, primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:144 msgid "Single click, primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:147 msgid "Double click, middle button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:147 msgid "Single click, middle button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:150 msgid "Double click, secondary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:150 msgid "Single click, secondary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2293 msgid "Network proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2111 #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2493 #, c-format msgid "%s VPN" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user is running a NM that is not API compatible #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2560 msgid "The system network services are not compatible with this version." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/gnome-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/gnome-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Network settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the network control-center panel #: ../panels/network/gnome-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Network;Wireless;IP;LAN;Proxy;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-mobile.c:222 msgid "Add new connection" msgstr "" #. Translators: network device speed #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1711 #, c-format msgid "%d Mb/s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WEP WiFi security #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1198 #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1605 msgid "WEP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WPA WiFi security #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1202 #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1609 msgid "WPA" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WPA WiFi security #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1206 msgid "WPA2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this Enterprise WiFi security #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1211 msgid "Enterprise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:277 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:433 msgctxt "Wifi security" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:654 msgid "never" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:664 msgid "today" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:666 msgid "yesterday" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:668 #, c-format msgid "%i day ago" msgid_plural "%i days ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:273 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:739 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:2104 msgid "Out of range" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:770 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:772 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:774 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Ok" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:776 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:778 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Excellent" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:962 #, c-format msgid "" "Network details for %s including password and any custom configuration will " "be lost." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2768 msgid "Forget" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1559 msgid "" "If you have a connection to the Internet other than wireless, you can use it " "to share your internet connection with others." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1563 #, c-format msgid "Switching on the wireless hotspot will disconnect you from %s." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1567 msgid "" "It is not possible to access the internet through your wireless while the " "hotspot is active." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:3421 msgid "Stop hotspot and disconnect any users?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:3424 msgid "_Stop Hotspot" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the use leaves the PAC textbox blank #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:306 msgid "" "Web Proxy Autodiscovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: WPAD is bad: if you enable it on an untrusted #. * network, then anyone else on that network can tell your #. * machine that it should proxy all of your web traffic #. * through them. #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:314 msgid "This is not recommended for untrusted public networks." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2219 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:25 msgid "IMEI" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:26 msgid "Provider" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2061 #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2064 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:27 #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:13 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2058 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:12 msgid "IPv6 Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:14 msgid "Default Route" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:15 msgid "DNS" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:17 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:5 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:6 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:7 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:35 msgid "_Method" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:36 msgid "_Configuration URL" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:37 msgid "_HTTP Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:38 msgid "H_TTPS Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:39 msgid "_FTP Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:40 msgid "_Socks Host" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:45 msgid "Apply system wide" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:1 msgid "Select the interface to use for the new service" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:2 msgid "C_reate..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:3 msgid "_Interface" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:4 msgid "VPN" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:8 msgid "Add Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:28 msgid "VPN Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:29 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:30 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:31 msgid "Group Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:32 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:34 msgid "_Configure..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:1 msgid "Wireless Hotspot" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:2 msgid "_Turn On" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:87 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:23 msgid "_Use as Hotspot..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:5 msgid "Connect to a Hidden Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:6 msgid "_Disconnect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:7 msgid "_Connect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:8 msgid "Last used" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:10 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:11 msgid "Strength" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:12 msgid "Link speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:2057 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:11 msgid "IPv4 Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:17 msgid "_Forget Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:18 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:19 msgid "Switch off to connect to a wireless network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:20 msgid "Network Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:21 msgid "Connected Devices" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:22 msgid "Security type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:23 msgid "Security key" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:83 msgid "Wired" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:94 msgid "Mobile broadband" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:103 msgid "Mesh" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:162 msgid "Ad-hoc" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:166 msgid "Infrastructure" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:190 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:251 msgid "Status unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:194 msgid "Unmanaged" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:199 msgid "Firmware missing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:202 msgid "Cable unplugged" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:204 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:208 msgid "Disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:215 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:257 msgid "Connecting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:219 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:261 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:223 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:265 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:227 msgid "Disconnecting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:231 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:269 msgid "Connection failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:235 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:277 msgid "Status unknown (missing)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:301 msgid "Configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:305 msgid "IP configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:309 msgid "IP configuration expired" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:313 msgid "Secrets were required, but not provided" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:317 msgid "802.1x supplicant disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:321 msgid "802.1x supplicant configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:325 msgid "802.1x supplicant failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:329 msgid "802.1x supplicant took too long to authenticate" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:333 msgid "PPP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:337 msgid "PPP service disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:341 msgid "PPP failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:345 msgid "DHCP client failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:349 msgid "DHCP client error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:353 msgid "DHCP client failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:357 msgid "Shared connection service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:361 msgid "Shared connection service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:365 msgid "AutoIP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:369 msgid "AutoIP service error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:373 msgid "AutoIP service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:377 msgid "Line busy" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:381 msgid "No dial tone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:385 msgid "No carrier could be established" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:389 msgid "Dialing request timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:393 msgid "Dialing attempt failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:401 msgid "Failed to select the specified APN" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:405 msgid "Not searching for networks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:409 msgid "Network registration denied" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:413 msgid "Network registration timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:417 msgid "Failed to register with the requested network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:421 msgid "PIN check failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:425 msgid "Firmware for the device may be missing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:429 msgid "Connection disappeared" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:433 msgid "Carrier/link changed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:437 msgid "Existing connection was assumed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:441 msgid "Modem not found" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:445 msgid "Bluetooth connection failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:449 msgid "SIM Card not inserted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:453 msgid "SIM Pin required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:457 msgid "SIM Puk required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:461 msgid "SIM wrong" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:465 msgid "InfiniBand device does not support connected mode" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:469 msgid "Connection dependency failed" msgstr "" #. translators: This is the title of the "Add Account" dialogue. #. * The title is not visible when using GNOME Shell #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:461 #: ../panels/online-accounts/online-accounts.ui.h:1 msgid "Add Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:305 msgid "Error logging into the account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:351 msgid "Expired credentials. Please log in again." msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:354 msgid "_Log In" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:550 msgid "Error creating account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:584 msgid "Error removing account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:620 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the account?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:622 msgid "This will not remove the account on the server." msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:623 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/gnome-online-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/gnome-online-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Manage online accounts" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the online-accounts control-center panel #: ../panels/online-accounts/gnome-online-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Google;Facebook;Twitter;Yahoo;Web;Online;Chat;Calendar;Mail;Contact;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/online-accounts.ui.h:1 msgid "No online accounts configured" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/online-accounts.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/online-accounts.ui.h:4 msgid "Add an online account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/online-accounts/online-accounts.ui.h:5 msgid "" "Adding an account allows your applications to access it for documents, mail, " "contacts, calendar, chat and more." msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:168 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:174 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:186 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:194 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:195 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:196 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Charging - %s until fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:247 #, c-format msgid "Caution low battery, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Using battery power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:272 ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:564 msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:277 msgid "Using battery power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:281 ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:586 msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:285 ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:590 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Caution low UPS, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:359 #, c-format msgid "Using UPS power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:377 msgid "Caution low UPS" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:382 msgid "Using UPS power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:434 msgid "Your secondary battery is fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:438 msgid "Your secondary battery is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:521 msgid "Wireless mouse" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:525 msgid "Wireless keyboard" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:529 msgid "Uninterruptible power supply" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:533 msgid "Personal digital assistant" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:537 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:541 msgid "Media player" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:545 msgid "Tablet" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:549 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery, misc #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:553 msgid "Battery" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:562 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:569 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Caution" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:574 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:579 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:584 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:588 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:1091 msgid "" "Tip: screen brightness affects how much power is used" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/gnome-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/gnome-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Power management settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the power control-center panel #: ../panels/power/gnome-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Power;Sleep;Suspend;Hibernate;Battery;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:1 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:2 msgid "Power off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:3 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:6 msgid "5 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:4 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:5 msgid "20 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:6 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:8 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:7 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:9 msgid "1 hour" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:8 msgid "2 hours" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:9 msgid "Don't suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:10 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:12 msgid "When battery is present" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:13 msgid "When battery is charging/in use" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:14 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:10 msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:15 msgid "On battery power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:16 msgid "When plugged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:17 msgid "Suspend when inactive for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:18 msgid "When power is _critically low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:19 msgid "When the lid is closed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:20 msgid "Show battery status in the _menu bar" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:541 msgid "Low on toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:543 msgid "Out of toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:546 msgid "Low on developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:549 msgid "Out of developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:551 msgid "Low on a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:553 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:555 msgid "Open cover" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:557 msgid "Open door" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:559 msgid "Low on paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:561 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:563 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Offline" msgstr "" #. Translators: Someone has paused the Printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:565 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Paused" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is almost full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:567 msgid "Waste receptacle almost full" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:569 msgid "Waste receptacle full" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:571 msgid "The optical photo conductor is near end of life" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:573 msgid "The optical photo conductor is no longer functioning" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being configured right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:727 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Configuring" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (can start new job without waiting) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:748 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (jobs are processing) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:752 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (no jobs can be processed) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:756 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Toner supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:868 msgid "Toner Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Ink supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:871 msgid "Ink Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:874 msgid "Supply Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being installed right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:933 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Installing" msgstr "" #. Translators: There are no printers available (none is configured or CUPS is not running) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:996 msgid "No printers available" msgstr "" #. Translators: there is n active print jobs on this printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:889 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1284 #, c-format msgid "%u active" msgid_plural "%u active" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Addition of the new printer failed. #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2068 msgid "Failed to add new printer." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1899 msgid "Select PPD File" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1908 msgid "" "PostScript Printer Description files (*.ppd, *.PPD, *.ppd.gz, *.PPD.gz, " "*.PPD.GZ)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2213 msgid "No suitable driver found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2282 msgid "Searching for preferred drivers..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2297 msgid "Select from database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2306 msgid "Provide PPD File..." msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of job which makes printer to print test page #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2272 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2286 msgid "Test page" msgstr "" #. Translators: The XML file containing user interface can not be loaded #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2535 #, c-format msgid "Could not load ui: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/gnome-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/printers/pp-new-printer-dialog.c:147 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/gnome-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change printer settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the printing control-center panel #: ../panels/printers/gnome-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Printer;Queue;Print;Paper;Ink;Toner;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid " " msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #. Translators: This tab contains list of active print jobs of the selected printer #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Active Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:22 msgid "Resume Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:23 msgid "Pause Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:24 msgid "Cancel Print Job" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Add a New Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Search for network printers or filter result" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:31 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Loading options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Loading drivers database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Select Printer Driver" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:65 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:69 msgid "One Sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:67 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Long Edge (Standard)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:69 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Short Edge (Flip)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:75 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:77 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is waiting to be printed) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1327 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Pending" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is held for printing) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1331 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Held" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is currently printing) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1335 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been stopped) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1339 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1343 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has aborted due to error) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1347 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has completed successfully) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1351 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing titles of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1431 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing statuses of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1440 msgid "Job State" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing times of creation of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1446 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s Active Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: No printers were found #: ../panels/printers/pp-new-printer-dialog.c:1291 msgid "No printers detected." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:82 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:83 msgid "Paper Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:84 msgid "Paper Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:85 msgid "Output Tray" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:86 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:87 msgid "GhostScript pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets number of pages printed on one sheet #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:533 msgid "Pages per side" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets whether to print on both sides of paper #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:545 msgid "Two-sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets orientation of print (portrait, landscape...) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:557 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" #. Translators: "General" tab contains general printer options #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:654 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "General" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Page Setup" tab contains settings related to pages (page size, paper source, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:657 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Installable Options" tab contains settings of presence of installed options (amount of RAM, duplex unit, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:660 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Installable Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Job" tab contains settings for jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:663 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Job" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Image Quality" tab contains settings for quality of output print (e.g. resolution) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:666 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Image Quality" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Finishing" tab contains finishing settings (e.g. booklet printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:672 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Advanced" tab contains all others settings #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:675 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #. Translators: Options of given printer (e.g. "MyPrinter Options") #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:936 #, c-format msgid "%s Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:75 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:77 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:85 msgid "Auto Select" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #. Translators: this is an option of "Resolution" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:79 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:81 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:83 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:87 msgid "Printer Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:89 msgid "Embed GhostScript fonts only" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:91 msgid "Convert to PS level 1" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:93 msgid "Convert to PS level 2" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:95 msgid "No pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer manufacturers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:230 msgid "Manufacturers" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer drivers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:242 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:1 msgid "Add Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:4 msgid "Supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: Location of the printer (e.g. Lab, 1st floor,...). #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:6 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: This checkbox is checked when the default printer is selected. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:8 msgid "_Default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:9 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "" #. Tanslators: Switch to tab containing printer's jobs #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:12 msgid "Model" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:15 msgid "label" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "Setting new driver..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:18 msgid "page 3" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button executes command which prints test page. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:15 msgid "Print _Test Page" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button opens printer's options tab #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button adds new printer. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:31 msgid "Add New Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The CUPS server is not running (we can not connect to it). #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:33 msgid "" "Sorry! The system printing service\n" "doesn't seem to be available." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Region & Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your region and language settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the region control-center panel #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Language;Layout;Keyboard;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:142 msgid "Imperial" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:144 msgid "Metric" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-input-chooser.ui.h:1 msgid "Choose an input source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-layout-chooser.ui.h:3 msgid "Select an input source to add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:420 msgid "" "The login screen, system accounts and new user accounts use the system-wide " "Region and Language settings." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:425 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:32 msgid "" "The login screen, system accounts and new user accounts use the system-wide " "Region and Language settings. You may change the system settings to match " "yours." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:428 msgid "Copy Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:431 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:39 msgid "Copy Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:1 msgid "Region and Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Select a display language (change will be applied next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Add Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Install languages..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:6 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "Select a region (change will be applied the next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "Add Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:9 msgid "Remove Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:10 msgid "Dates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Times" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:12 msgid "Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:13 msgid "Currency" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Measurement" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:15 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "Formats" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "Select keyboards or other input sources" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:17 msgid "Add Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:18 msgid "Remove Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:19 msgid "Move Input Source Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:20 msgid "Move Input Source Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:21 msgid "Input Source Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:22 msgid "Show Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:24 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:27 msgid "Shortcut Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:29 msgid "Use the same source for all windows" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:30 msgid "Allow different sources for each window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:32 msgid "Input Sources" msgstr "" #. 'display' means 'output' here, as in 'translated messages that are displayed to the user' #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:34 msgid "Display language:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:35 msgid "Input source:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:36 msgid "Format:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:37 msgid "Your settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:38 msgid "System settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gtkentryaccel.c:180 msgid "New accelerator…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Brightness & Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the brightness and lock control-center panel #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Brightness;Lock;Dim;Blank;Monitor;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:1 msgid "Screen turns off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:2 msgid "30 seconds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:3 msgid "1 minute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:4 msgid "2 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:5 msgid "3 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:11 msgid "_Dim screen to save power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:12 msgid "Brightness" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:13 msgid "_Turn screen off when inactive for:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:14 msgid "_Lock screen after:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:15 msgid "Require my password when waking from suspend" msgstr "" #. To translators: This asks whether you want to lock the screen (through the screensaver) when you're detected to be physically in your home (your house, etc.) #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:17 msgid "Don't lock when at home" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:18 msgid "Locations..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:19 msgid "Show _notifications when locked" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:19 msgid "Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/applet-main.c:49 ../panels/sound-nua/applet-main.c:49 msgid "Enable debugging code" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/applet-main.c:50 ../panels/sound-nua/applet-main.c:50 msgid "Version of this application" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/applet-main.c:62 ../panels/sound-nua/applet-main.c:62 msgid " — GNOME Volume Control Applet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-applet.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Volume Control" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-applet.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Show desktop volume control" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/sound-nua/data/gnome-sound-nua-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 #: ../panels/sound-nua/data/gnome-sound-nua-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change sound volume and sound events" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the sound control-center panel #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Card;Microphone;Volume;Fade;Balance;Bluetooth;Headset;Audio;" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of an audio file that sounds like the bark of a dog. #. You might want to translate it into the equivalent words of your language. #: ../panels/sound/data/sounds/gnome-sounds-default.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Bark" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of an audio file that sounds like a water drip. #. You might want to translate it into the equivalent words of your language. #: ../panels/sound/data/sounds/gnome-sounds-default.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Drip" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of an audio file that sounds like tapping glass. #. You might want to translate it into the equivalent words of your language. #: ../panels/sound/data/sounds/gnome-sounds-default.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Glass" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of an audio file that sounds sort of like a submarine sonar ping. #. You might want to translate it into the equivalent words of your language. #: ../panels/sound/data/sounds/gnome-sounds-default.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Sonar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-applet.c:270 ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1768 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-applet.c:270 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1806 msgid "Output" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-applet.c:272 ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-applet.c:272 msgid "Sound Output Volume" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-applet.c:276 ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1809 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-applet.c:276 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1939 msgid "Input" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-applet.c:278 ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-applet.c:278 msgid "Microphone Volume" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:111 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:111 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:112 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:112 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:115 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:115 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Rear" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:116 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:116 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Front" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:119 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:119 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:120 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:120 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Maximum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 msgid "_Balance:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 msgid "_Fade:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 msgid "_Subwoofer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:603 ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:612 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-channel-bar.c:603 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-channel-bar.c:612 msgctxt "volume" msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:607 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-channel-bar.c:607 msgctxt "volume" msgid "Unamplified" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-combo-box.c:167 ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1622 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-combo-box.c:167 msgid "_Profile:" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1094 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-control.c:1835 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1104 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-control.c:1845 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1402 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-control.c:2362 msgid "System Sounds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1623 msgid "_Test Speakers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:541 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:343 msgid "Peak detect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1497 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1710 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:595 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1636 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:596 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1564 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1738 #, c-format msgid "Speaker Testing for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1754 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2079 msgid "_Output volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1773 msgid "C_hoose a device for sound output:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1798 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1927 msgid "Settings for the selected device:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1816 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1986 msgid "_Input volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1839 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2019 msgid "Input level:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1867 msgid "C_hoose a device for sound input:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1938 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2040 msgid "Sound Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1945 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2047 msgid "_Alert volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1958 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2060 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1962 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2064 msgid "No application is currently playing or recording audio." msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:189 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:190 msgid "Built-in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:455 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:467 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:479 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:456 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:468 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:480 msgid "Sound Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:458 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:469 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:481 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:459 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:470 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:482 msgid "Testing event sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-xkbot.c:229 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:585 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:586 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:586 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:587 msgid "From theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:770 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:782 msgid "C_hoose an alert sound:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:221 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-speaker-test.c:221 msgid "Stop" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:221 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:333 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-speaker-test.c:221 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-speaker-test.c:333 msgid "Test" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:229 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-speaker-test.c:229 msgid "Subwoofer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:236 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:235 #, c-format msgid "Failed to start Sound Preferences: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:262 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:261 msgid "_Mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:271 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:270 msgid "_Sound Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:416 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:415 msgid "Muted" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/sound-theme-file-utils.c:292 #: ../panels/sound-nua/sound-theme-file-utils.c:292 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the sound control-center panel #: ../panels/sound/data/gnome-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 #: ../panels/sound-nua/data/gnome-sound-nua-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Card;Microphone;Volume;Fade;Balance;Bluetooth;Headset;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:781 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:960 #, c-format msgid "Settings for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:811 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:973 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1811 msgid "Play sound through" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:726 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:859 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1836 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1968 msgid "Settings for the selected device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1909 msgid "Test:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1916 msgid "Test Sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1943 msgid "Record sound from" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:522 #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:528 msgid "No shortcut set" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/gnome-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Universal Access Preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the universal access control-center panel #: ../panels/universal-access/gnome-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Keyboard;Mouse;a11y;Accessibility;Contrast;Zoom;Screen " "Reader;text;font;size;AccessX;Sticky Keys;Slow Keys;Bounce Keys;Mouse Keys;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:93 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:94 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:95 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:96 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High/Inverse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:1 msgid "On screen keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:18 msgid "GOK" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:19 msgid "OnBoard" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this no (!) WiFi security #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1217 #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1600 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:5 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:297 #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:314 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "75%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:8 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:10 #, no-c-format msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:11 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:13 #, no-c-format msgid "125%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:14 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:16 #, no-c-format msgid "150%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:17 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Larger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:21 msgid "High Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:22 msgid "Beep on Caps and Num Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:30 msgid "Options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:33 msgid "Screen Reader" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:27 msgid "Turn on or off:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:26 msgctxt "universal access, zoom" msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:28 msgid "Zoom in:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:29 msgid "Zoom out:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:29 msgid "Large Text" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:35 msgid "Seeing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:40 msgid "Visual Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:36 msgid "Use a visual indication when an alert sound occurs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:38 msgid "Flash the window title" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:39 msgid "Flash the entire screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:42 msgid "Closed Captioning" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:41 msgid "Display a textual description of speech and sounds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:37 msgid "_Test flash" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:44 msgid "Hearing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:40 msgid "On Screen Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:51 msgid "Sticky Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:48 msgid "Treats a sequence of modifier keys as a key combination" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:49 msgid "_Disable if two keys are pressed together" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:50 msgid "Beep when a _modifer key is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:67 msgid "Slow Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:52 msgid "Puts a delay between when a key is pressed and when it is accepted" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:53 msgid "A_cceptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:56 msgid "Slow keys typing delay" msgstr "" #. This string is part of a line of checkboxes: Beep when a key is [ ] pressed [ ] accepted [ ] rejected #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:60 msgid "Beep when a key is" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:62 msgid "pressed" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:64 msgid "accepted" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:66 msgid "rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:72 msgid "Bounce Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:68 msgid "Ignores fast duplicate keypresses" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:69 msgid "Acc_eptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:70 msgid "Bounce keys typing delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:71 msgid "Beep when a key is _rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:66 msgid "Enable by Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:67 msgid "Turn accessibility features on and off using the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:77 msgid "Mouse Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:76 msgid "Control the pointer using the keypad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:79 msgid "Video Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:78 msgid "Control the pointer using the video camera." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:82 msgid "Simulated Secondary Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:80 msgid "Trigger a secondary click by holding down the primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:81 msgid "Secondary click delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:90 msgid "Hover Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:83 msgid "Trigger a click when the pointer hovers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:84 msgid "D_elay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:85 msgid "Motion _threshold:" msgstr "" #. small threshold #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:20 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:87 msgid "Small" msgstr "" #. large threshold #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:23 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:89 msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:91 msgid "Mouse Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:92 msgid "Pointing and Clicking" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:357 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:358 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¼ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:359 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "½ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:360 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¾ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:361 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:19 msgid "Full Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:20 msgid "Top Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:21 msgid "Bottom Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:22 msgid "Left Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:23 msgid "Right Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Zoom Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:2 msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Magnification:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Follow mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:4 msgid "Screen part:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:5 msgid "Magnifier extends outside of screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Magnifier cursor pushes contents around" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Magnifier cursor moves with contents" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Magnifier Position:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Magnifier" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:10 msgid "Thickness:" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:12 msgid "Thin" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Thick" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:15 msgid "Length:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:17 msgid "Crosshairs:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:18 msgid "Overlaps mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:26 msgid "Crosshairs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:27 msgid "White on black:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Brightness:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Contrast:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:31 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:32 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Full" msgstr "" #. low sensitivity #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:14 #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:576 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. high sensitivity #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:16 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:35 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:37 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Administrator" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Local Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Enterprise Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Account _Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Login Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Tip: Enterprise domain or realm name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Domain Administrator Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "In order to use enterprise logins, this computer needs to be\n" "enrolled in the domain. Please have your network administrator\n" "type their domain password here." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Administrator _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Administrator Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:1 msgid "Left thumb" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:2 msgid "Left middle finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:3 msgid "Left ring finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:4 msgid "Left little finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:5 msgid "Right thumb" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:6 msgid "Right middle finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:7 msgid "Right ring finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:8 msgid "Right little finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:706 msgid "Enable Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:10 msgid "_Right index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:11 msgid "_Left index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:12 msgid "_Other finger:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:13 msgid "" "Your fingerprint was successfully saved. You should now be able to log in " "using your fingerprint reader." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/gnome-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/gnome-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Add or remove users" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the user accounts control-center panel #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/gnome-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Login;Name;Fingerprint;Avatar;Logo;Face;Password;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Set a password now" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Choose password at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Log in without a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Enable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hint" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "" "This hint may be displayed at the login screen. It will be visible to all " "users of this system. Do not include the password here." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "C_onfirm password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_New password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Current _password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Changing password for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "How to choose a strong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Ch_ange" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Changing photo for:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Choose a picture that will be shown at the login screen for this account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-panel.c:1068 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:218 msgid "Browse for more pictures" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Take a photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Add User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Remove User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "A_utomatic Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "User Icon" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/org.gnome.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:1 msgid "Manage user accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/org.gnome.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:2 msgid "Authentication is required to change user data" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:467 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:731 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:99 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Not good enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:470 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:732 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:472 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:733 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:474 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:734 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:476 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:735 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Strong" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:424 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:504 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:376 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:510 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too simple" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:516 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are too similar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:519 #, c-format msgid "The new password has already been used recently." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:522 #, c-format msgid "The new password must contain numeric or special characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:526 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are the same" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Your password has been changed since you initially authenticated!" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:534 #, c-format msgid "The new password does not contain enough different characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:538 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:180 msgid "Failed to add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:404 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:445 msgid "Failed to register account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:577 msgid "No supported way to authenticate with this domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:631 msgid "Failed to join domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:688 msgid "Failed to log into domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:139 msgid "" "You are not allowed to access the device. Contact your system administrator." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:141 msgid "The device is already in use." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:143 msgid "An internal error occurred." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:219 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:220 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:268 msgid "Delete registered fingerprints?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:272 msgid "_Delete Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:279 msgid "" "Do you want to delete your registered fingerprints so fingerprint login is " "disabled?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:455 msgid "Done!" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "Could you not access "Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B" device #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:516 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:558 #, c-format msgid "Could not access '%s' device" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "Could you not access "Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B" device #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:603 #, c-format msgid "Could not start finger capture on '%s' device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:655 msgid "Could not access any fingerprint readers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:656 msgid "Please contact your system administrator for help." msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "To enable fingerprint login, you need to save one of your fingerprints, using the #. * 'Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B' device." #. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:740 #, c-format msgid "" "To enable fingerprint login, you need to save one of your fingerprints, " "using the '%s' device." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:747 msgid "Selecting finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:748 msgid "Enrolling fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:749 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:97 msgid "_Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:286 msgid "Please choose another password." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:295 msgid "Please type your current password again." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:301 msgid "Password could not be changed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:373 msgid "You need to enter a new password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:382 msgid "You need to confirm the password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:385 msgid "The passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:391 msgid "You need to enter your current password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:394 msgid "The current password is not correct" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:515 msgid "Passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:541 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:443 msgid "Disable image" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:461 msgid "Take a photo..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:479 msgid "Browse for more pictures..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Used by %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "No such domain or realm found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:809 #, c-format msgid "Cannot log in as %s at the %s domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:814 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:818 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't connect to the %s domain: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-manager.c:463 #, c-format msgid "A user with name '%s' already exists." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-manager.c:473 #, c-format msgid "No user with the name '%s' exists." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-manager.c:569 msgid "This user does not exist." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:355 msgid "Failed to delete user" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:415 msgid "You cannot delete your own account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:424 #, c-format msgid "%s is still logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:428 msgid "" "Deleting a user while they are logged in can leave the system in an " "inconsistent state." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:437 #, c-format msgid "Do you want to keep %s's files?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:441 msgid "" "It is possible to keep the home directory, mail spool and temporary files " "around when deleting a user account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:444 msgid "_Delete Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:445 msgid "_Keep Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:497 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "Account disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:505 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "To be set at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:508 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:860 msgid "Failed to contact the accounts service" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:862 msgid "Please make sure that the AccountService is installed and enabled." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:902 msgid "" "To make changes,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:940 msgid "Create a user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:951 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1241 msgid "" "To create a user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:960 msgid "Delete the selected user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:972 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1246 msgid "" "To delete the selected user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1149 msgid "My Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1159 msgid "Other Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:512 #, c-format msgid "A user with the username '%s' already exists" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:516 #, c-format msgid "The username is too long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:519 msgid "The username cannot start with a '-'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:522 msgid "" "The username must only consist of:\n" " ➣ letters from the English alphabet\n" " ➣ digits\n" " ➣ any of the characters '.', '-' and '_'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:1 msgid "Map Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:2 msgid "Map buttons to functions" msgstr "" #. Text printed on screen #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:70 msgid "Screen Calibration" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:71 msgid "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen to calibrate the " "tablet." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:271 msgid "Mis-click detected, restarting..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:235 msgid "Output:" msgstr "" #. Keep ratio switch #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:287 msgid "Keep aspect ratio (letterbox):" msgstr "" #. Whole-desktop checkbox #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:248 msgid "Map to single monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-nav-button.c:89 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:118 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:371 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:119 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Send Keystroke" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:120 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:526 msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:526 msgid "Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:279 msgid "Switch Modes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-stylus-page.c:376 #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:561 msgid "Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1700 #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:582 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:681 msgid "Display Mapping" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Wacom Tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Set your Wacom tablet preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the wacom tablet control-center panel #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Tablet;Wacom;Stylus;Eraser;Mouse;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Tablet (absolute)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Touchpad (relative)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "Tablet Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "No tablet detected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Bluetooth Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Map to Monitor..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Map Buttons..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Calibrate..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "Adjust display resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Tracking Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "Left-Handed Orientation" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:909 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:944 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:951 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:966 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:968 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:978 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1050 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1053 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1056 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1059 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:1 msgid "No Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:2 msgid "Left Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:3 msgid "Middle Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:4 msgid "Right Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:5 msgid "Scroll Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:6 msgid "Scroll Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:7 msgid "Scroll Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:8 msgid "Scroll Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:9 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:10 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:11 msgid "Stylus" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:12 msgid "Eraser Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Soft" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:14 msgid "Firm" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Top Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:16 msgid "Lower Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Tip Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/cc-shell-nav-bar.c:117 msgid "_All Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:58 msgid "Enable verbose mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:59 msgid "Show the overview" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:60 ../shell/control-center.c:61 #: ../shell/control-center.c:62 msgid "Show help options" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:63 msgid "Panel to display" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:85 msgid "- System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:93 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:269 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:272 ../shell/control-center.c:288 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:274 ../shell/control-center.c:287 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../shell/gnomecc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "" #: ../shell/gnome-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../shell/shell.ui.h:1 msgid "System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/gnome-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences;Settings;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Text Entry" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your keyboard or input method settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the region control-center panel #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Language;Layout;Keyboard;Input Method;Text Entry;" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30.po0000644000000000000000000031751512321557272017470 0ustar # Englihs translation of gtk+ # Copyright (C) 2011 Red Hat, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+ package. # Matthias Clasen 2011 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-22 22:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matthias Clasen \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: English\n" #: ../gdk/broadway/gdkbroadway-server.c:141 #, c-format msgid "broadway display type not supported '%s'" msgstr "" #: gdk/gdk.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing option --gdk-debug" msgstr "" #: gdk/gdk.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing option --gdk-no-debug" msgstr "" #. Description of --class=CLASS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:201 msgid "Program class as used by the window manager" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --class=CLASS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:202 msgid "CLASS" msgstr "" #. Description of --name=NAME in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:204 msgid "Program name as used by the window manager" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --name=NAME in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:205 msgid "NAME" msgstr "" #. Description of --display=DISPLAY in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:207 msgid "X display to use" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --display=DISPLAY in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:208 msgid "DISPLAY" msgstr "" #. Description of --gdk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:211 msgid "GDK debugging flags to set" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --gdk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gdk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gtk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #. Placeholder in --gtk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:212 gdk/gdk.c:215 gtk/gtkmain.c:452 gtk/gtkmain.c:455 msgid "FLAGS" msgstr "" #. Description of --gdk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gdk/gdk.c:214 msgid "GDK debugging flags to unset" msgstr "" #. #. * Translators, the strings in the 'keyboard label' context are #. * display names for keyboard keys. Some of them have prefixes like #. * XF86 or ISO_ - these should be removed in the translation. Similarly, #. * underscores should be replaced by spaces. The prefix 'KP_' stands #. * for 'key pad' and you may want to include that in your translation. #. * Here are some examples of English translations: #. * XF86AudioMute - Audio mute #. * Scroll_lock - Scroll lock #. * KP_Space - Space (keypad) #. * Page_Up - Page up #. #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3952 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "BackSpace" msgstr "Backspace" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3953 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Tab" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3954 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Return" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3955 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Pause" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3956 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Scroll_Lock" msgstr "Scroll Lock" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3957 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Sys_Req" msgstr "Sys Req" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3958 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Escape" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3959 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Multi_key" msgstr "Multikey" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3960 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Home" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3961 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Left" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3962 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3963 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Right" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3964 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Down" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3965 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Up" msgstr "Page Up" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3966 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Down" msgstr "Page Down" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3967 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "End" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3968 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Begin" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3969 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Print" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3970 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Insert" msgstr "" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3971 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Num_Lock" msgstr "Num Lock" #. Translators: KP_ means 'key pad' here #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3973 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Space" msgstr "Space (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3974 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Tab" msgstr "Tab (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3975 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Enter" msgstr "Enter (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3976 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Home" msgstr "Home (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3977 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Left" msgstr "Left (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3978 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Up" msgstr "Up (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3979 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Right" msgstr "Right (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3980 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Down" msgstr "Down (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3981 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Up" msgstr "Page Up (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3982 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Prior" msgstr "Prior (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3983 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Down" msgstr "Page Down (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3984 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Next" msgstr "Next (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3985 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_End" msgstr "End (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3986 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Begin" msgstr "Begin (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3987 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Insert" msgstr "Insert (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3988 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Delete" msgstr "Delete (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3989 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6881 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessUp" msgstr "Monitor brightness up" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6882 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessDown" msgstr "Monitor brightness down" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6883 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KbdBrightnessUp" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6884 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KbdBrightnessDown" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6885 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMute" msgstr "Audio mute" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6886 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMicMute" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6887 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioLowerVolume" msgstr "Audio lower volume" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6888 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRaiseVolume" msgstr "Audio raise volume" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6889 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPlay" msgstr "Audio play" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6890 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioStop" msgstr "Audio stop" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6891 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioNext" msgstr "Audio next" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6892 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPrev" msgstr "Audio previous" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6893 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRecord" msgstr "Audio record" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6894 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPause" msgstr "Audio pause" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6895 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRewind" msgstr "Audio rewind" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6896 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMedia" msgstr "Audio media" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6897 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "ScreenSaver" msgstr "Screensaver" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6898 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Battery" msgstr "Battery" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6899 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Launch1" msgstr "Launch1" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6900 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Forward" msgstr "Forward" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6901 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Back" msgstr "Back" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6902 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Sleep" msgstr "Sleep" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6903 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "Hibernate" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6904 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WLAN" msgstr "WLAN" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6905 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WebCam" msgstr "Web Cam" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6906 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Display" msgstr "Display" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6907 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "TouchpadToggle" msgstr "Touchpad toggle" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6908 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WakeUp" msgstr "Wake up" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6909 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspend" #. Description of --sync in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:53 msgid "Don't batch GDI requests" msgstr "" #. Description of --no-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:55 msgid "Don't use the Wintab API for tablet support" msgstr "" #. Description of --ignore-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:57 msgid "Same as --no-wintab" msgstr "" #. Description of --use-wintab in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:59 msgid "Do use the Wintab API [default]" msgstr "" #. Description of --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:61 msgid "Size of the palette in 8 bit mode" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:62 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:292 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:305 #, c-format msgid "Opening %s" msgstr "" #: gdk/x11/gdkapplaunchcontext-x11.c:310 #, c-format msgid "Opening %d Item" msgid_plural "Opening %d Items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkbooleancellaccessible.c:43 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Toggles the cell" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkbooleancellaccessible.c:63 #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkswitchaccessible.c:89 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Toggle" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkbuttonaccessible.c:341 #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkmenuitemaccessible.c:435 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Click" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkbuttonaccessible.c:350 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Clicks the button" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:255 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Expand or contract" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:257 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:259 #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:149 #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkentryaccessible.c:1555 #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkexpanderaccessible.c:281 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Activate" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:272 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Expands or contracts the row in the tree view containing this cell" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:274 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Creates a widget in which the contents of the cell can be edited" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessible.c:276 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the cell" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:148 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:150 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Customize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:161 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Selects the color" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:162 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the color" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:163 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Customizes the color" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcomboboxaccessible.c:310 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Press" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcomboboxaccessible.c:319 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Presses the combobox" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkentryaccessible.c:1564 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the entry" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkexpanderaccessible.c:290 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the expander" msgstr "" #. FIXME these need accelerators when appropriate, and #. * need the mnemonics to be rationalized #. #: gtk/gtkstock.c:332 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:333 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:335 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Bold" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:337 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_CD-ROM" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:338 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Clear" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:339 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:59 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:398 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8692 msgid "Minimize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:60 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:61 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:342 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:343 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:344 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:326 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. KEEP IN SYNC with gtkiconfactory.c stock icons, when appropriate #: gtk/gtkstock.c:324 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:327 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Question" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:325 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:347 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Execute" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:349 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:350 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:351 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Find and _Replace" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:352 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Floppy" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:353 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the bottom of the page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:356 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Bottom" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the first page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:358 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_First" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the last page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:360 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Last" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go to the top of the page" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:362 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Top" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go back" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:364 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Back" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go down" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:366 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Down" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go forward" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:368 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Forward" msgstr "" #. This is a navigation label as in "go up" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:370 msgctxt "Stock label, navigation" msgid "_Up" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:371 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Hard Disk" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:372 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:373 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Home" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:374 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Increase Indent" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:377 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Information" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:378 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Italic" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:379 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Jump to" msgstr "" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:381 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "" #. This is about text justification #: gtk/gtkstock.c:383 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Fill" msgstr "" #. This is about text justification, "left-justified text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:385 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Left" msgstr "" #. This is about text justification, "right-justified text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:387 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Right" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:354 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Leave Fullscreen" msgstr "" #. Media label, as in "fast forward" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:390 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Forward" msgstr "" #. Media label, as in "next song" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:392 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Next" msgstr "" #. Media label, as in "pause music" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:394 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "P_ause" msgstr "" #. Media label, as in "play music" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:396 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Play" msgstr "" #. Media label, as in "previous song" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:398 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "Pre_vious" msgstr "" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:400 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Record" msgstr "" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:402 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "R_ewind" msgstr "" #. Media label #: gtk/gtkstock.c:404 msgctxt "Stock label, media" msgid "_Stop" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:405 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Network" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:406 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_New" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:409 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:419 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:421 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:422 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:423 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:424 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:425 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Redo" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:426 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:427 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:428 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Revert" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:429 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:430 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Save _As" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:431 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Select _All" msgstr "" #. Sorting direction #: gtk/gtkstock.c:435 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Ascending" msgstr "" #. Sorting direction #: gtk/gtkstock.c:437 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Descending" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:438 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Spell Check" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:439 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Stop" msgstr "" #. Font variant #: gtk/gtkstock.c:441 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Strikethrough" msgstr "" #. Font variant #: gtk/gtkstock.c:444 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Underline" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:445 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Undo" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:375 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Decrease Indent" msgstr "" #. Zoom #: gtk/gtkstock.c:448 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "" #. Zoom #: gtk/gtkstock.c:450 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Best _Fit" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:451 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:452 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkmenuitemaccessible.c:444 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Clicks the menuitem" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkscalebuttonaccessible.c:140 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Pops up the slider" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkscalebuttonaccessible.c:142 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Dismisses the slider" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkscalebuttonaccessible.c:170 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Popup" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkscalebuttonaccessible.c:172 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Dismiss" msgstr "" #: gtk/a11y/gtkspinneraccessible.c:40 msgctxt "throbbing progress animation widget" msgid "Spinner" msgstr "" #: gtk/a11y/gtkspinneraccessible.c:41 msgid "Provides visual indication of progress" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkswitchaccessible.c:98 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Toggles the switch" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:425 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:451 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:461 msgid "_Hue:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:462 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:464 msgid "S_aturation:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:465 msgid "Intensity of the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:466 msgid "_Value:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:467 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:468 msgid "_Red:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:469 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:470 msgid "_Green:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:471 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:472 msgid "_Blue:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:473 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:476 msgid "Op_acity:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:484 gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:494 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:501 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:516 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:548 msgid "_Palette:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:578 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1072 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1078 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1084 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1088 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1491 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1695 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:191 #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1689 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:706 #: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:110 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:803 #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5431 ../gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c:155 #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:889 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:902 #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:543 ../gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:196 #: ../gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:747 ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:545 #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:667 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:735 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:5 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #. We emit the response for the Select button manually, #. * since we want to save the color first #. #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:201 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:574 #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:150 gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c:174 msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:201 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:219 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "" #. This is the default text shown in the preview entry, though the user #. can set it. Remember that some fonts only have capital letters. #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:124 msgid "abcdefghijk ABCDEFGHIJK" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:393 msgid "_Family:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:400 msgid "_Style:" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:407 msgid "Si_ze:" msgstr "" #. create the text entry widget #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:584 msgid "_Preview:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1693 ../gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:197 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:1 msgid "_Apply" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1698 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:881 #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:903 ../gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:748 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1737 gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c:183 msgid "Font Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:334 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Apply" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:336 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:340 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "C_onnect" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:341 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Convert" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:345 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Discard" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:346 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Disconnect" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:348 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Edit" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:376 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Index" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:407 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_No" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:408 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:411 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:413 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:415 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #. Page orientation #: gtk/gtkstock.c:417 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:418 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "Page Set_up" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:420 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:432 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:433 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Font" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:442 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Undelete" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:446 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:1777 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected start tag '%s' on line %d char %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:1867 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected character data on line %d char %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:2734 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the license preamble; the string at the end #. * contains the URL of the license. #. #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:104 #, c-format msgid "" "This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY;\n" "for details, visit %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357 msgid "License" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:980 msgid "Could not show link" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:977 msgid "Website" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:1071 #, c-format msgid "About %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2399 msgid "Created by" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2402 msgid "Documented by" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2412 msgid "Translated by" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2417 msgid "Artwork by" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the shift key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:156 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Shift" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the control key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:162 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Ctrl" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the alt key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:168 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Alt" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the super key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:802 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Super" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the hyper key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:815 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Hyper" msgstr "" #. This is the text that should appear next to menu accelerators #. * that use the meta key. If the text on this key isn't typically #. * translated on keyboards used for your language, don't translate #. * this. #. #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:829 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Meta" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:845 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:848 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Backslash" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:291 msgid "Other application…" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:137 msgid "Failed to look for applications online" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:189 msgid "_Find applications online" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:333 #, c-format msgid "Select an application to open “%s”" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:334 gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:657 #, c-format msgid "No applications available to open “%s”" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file type description #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:340 #, c-format msgid "Select an application for “%s” files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:342 #, c-format msgid "No applications available to open “%s” files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:422 msgid "" "Click \"Show other applications\", for more options, or \"Find applications " "online\" to install a new application" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:492 msgid "Forget association" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:603 msgid "Default Application" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:741 msgid "Recommended Applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:756 msgid "Related Applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:770 msgid "Other Applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:1515 #, c-format msgid "" "%s cannot quit at this time:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:325 gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:475 #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1445 msgid "Application" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbookmarksmanager.c:49 #, c-format msgid "%s does not exist in the bookmarks list" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbookmarksmanager.c:366 #, c-format msgid "%s already exists in the bookmarks list" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilder-menus.c:220 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed inside <%s>" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilder-menus.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed at toplevel" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilder-menus.c:314 #, c-format msgid "text may not appear inside <%s>" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:341 #, c-format msgid "Invalid type function on line %d: '%s'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:405 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate object ID '%s' on line %d (previously on line %d)" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:865 #, c-format msgid "Invalid root element: '%s'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbuilderparser.c:906 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled tag: '%s'" msgstr "" #. Translate to calendar:YM if you want years to be displayed #. * before months; otherwise translate to calendar:MY. #. * Do *not* translate it to anything else, if it #. * it isn't calendar:YM or calendar:MY it will not work. #. * #. * Note that the ordering described here is logical order, which is #. * further influenced by BIDI ordering. Thus, if you have a default #. * text direction of RTL and specify "calendar:YM", then the year #. * will appear to the right of the month. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:872 msgid "calendar:MY" msgstr "" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:0 if you want Sunday to be the #. * first day of the week to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday #. * to be the first day of the week, and so on. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:910 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a text measurement template. #. * Translate it to the widest year text #. * #. * If you don't understand this, leave it as "2000" #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1910 msgctxt "year measurement template" msgid "2000" msgstr "" #. Translators: this defines whether the day numbers should use #. * localized digits or the ones used in English (0123...). #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1941 gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2633 #, c-format msgctxt "calendar:day:digits" msgid "%d" msgstr "" #. Translators: this defines whether the week numbers should use #. * localized digits or the ones used in English (0123...). #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:1973 gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2499 #, c-format msgctxt "calendar:week:digits" msgid "%d" msgstr "" #. Translators: This dictates how the year is displayed in #. * gtkcalendar widget. See strftime() manual for the format. #. * Use only ASCII in the translation. #. * #. * Also look for the msgid "2000". #. * Translate that entry to a year with the widest output of this #. * msgid. #. * #. * "%Y" is appropriate for most locales. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:2268 msgctxt "calendar year format" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * a disabled accelerator key combination. #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:282 msgctxt "Accelerator" msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * an accelerator key combination that is not valid according #. * to gtk_accelerator_valid(). #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:292 msgctxt "Accelerator" msgid "Invalid" msgstr "" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * an accelerator when the cell is clicked to change the #. * acelerator. #. #: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:412 ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:743 msgid "New accelerator…" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:372 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:462 #, c-format msgctxt "progress bar label" msgid "%d %%" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Red %d%%, Green %d%%, Blue %d%%, Alpha %d%%" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:287 #, c-format msgid "Red %d%%, Green %d%%, Blue %d%%" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Color: %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:419 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Scarlet Red" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:420 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Scarlet Red" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:421 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Scarlet Red" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:422 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Orange" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:423 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Orange" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:424 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Orange" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:425 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Butter" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:426 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Butter" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:427 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Butter" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:428 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Chameleon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:429 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Chameleon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:430 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Chameleon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:431 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Sky Blue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:432 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Sky Blue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:433 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Sky Blue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:434 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Plum" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:435 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Plum" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:436 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Plum" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:437 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Chocolate" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:438 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Chocolate" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:439 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Chocolate" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:440 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 1" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:441 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 1" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:442 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 1" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:443 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 2" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:444 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 2" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:445 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 2" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:459 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Black" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:460 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Dark Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:461 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Darker Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:462 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:463 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Medium Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:464 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:465 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Lighter Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:466 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Light Gray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:467 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "White" msgstr "" #. translators: label for the custom section in the color chooser #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:516 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:524 msgid "Create custom color" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Custom color %d: %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorplane.c:438 msgid "Color Plane" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:481 gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:301 msgctxt "Color channel" msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:496 gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:303 msgctxt "Color channel" msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:447 msgid "_Customize" msgstr "" #. Translate to the default units to use for presenting #. * lengths to the user. Translate to default:inch if you #. * want inches, otherwise translate to default:mm. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:mm", if it #. * it isn't default:mm or default:inch it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:114 msgid "default:mm" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:334 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:885 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:6 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #. And show the custom paper dialog #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:370 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3323 msgid "Manage Custom Sizes" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:531 gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:778 msgid "inch" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:533 gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:776 msgid "mm" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:622 msgid "Margins from Printer…" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:744 #, c-format msgid "Custom Size %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1082 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1093 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1104 msgid "Paper Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1113 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1124 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1135 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1146 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:1185 msgid "Paper Margins" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9498 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9651 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6270 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8875 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9063 msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9502 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9654 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6271 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8879 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9067 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9506 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9657 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6272 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8881 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9069 msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9509 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6274 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8884 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9520 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6283 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8898 msgid "Select _All" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:10246 msgid "Caps Lock is on" msgstr "" #. * #. * SECTION:gtkfilechooserbutton #. * @Short_description: A button to launch a file selection dialog #. * @Title: GtkFileChooserButton #. * @See_also:#GtkFileChooserDialog #. * #. * The #GtkFileChooserButton is a widget that lets the user select a #. * file. It implements the #GtkFileChooser interface. Visually, it is a #. * file name with a button to bring up a #GtkFileChooserDialog. #. * The user can then use that dialog to change the file associated with #. * that button. This widget does not support setting the #. * #GtkFileChooser:select-multiple property to %TRUE. #. * #. * #. * Create a button to let the user select a file in /etc #. * #. * { #. * GtkWidget *button; #. * #. * button = gtk_file_chooser_button_new (_("Select a file"), #. * GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN); #. * gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (button), #. * "/etc"); #. * } #. * #. * #. * #. * The #GtkFileChooserButton supports the #GtkFileChooserActions #. * %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN and %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER. #. * #. * #. * The #GtkFileChooserButton will ellipsize the label, #. * and thus will thus request little horizontal space. To give the button #. * more space, you should call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size(), #. * gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars(), or pack the button in #. * such a way that other interface elements give space to the widget. #. * #. #. **************** * #. * Private Macros * #. * **************** #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:104 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:105 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1815 msgid "Desktop" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:106 msgid "(None)" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:805 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3179 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:2152 msgid "Other…" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:152 msgid "Type name of new folder" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:999 msgid "The folder could not be created" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1012 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1026 msgid "You need to choose a valid filename." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1029 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a file under %s as it is not a folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:772 msgid "Cannot create file as the filename is too long" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:773 msgid "Try using a shorter name." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:783 msgid "You may only select folders" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:784 msgid "" "The item that you selected is not a folder try using a different item." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1051 msgid "Invalid file name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1061 msgid "The folder contents could not be displayed" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first string is a path and the second string #. * is a hostname. Nautilus and the panel contain the same string #. * to translate. #. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1587 #, c-format msgid "%1$s on %2$s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3946 msgid "Could not select file" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:1667 msgid "_Visit File" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:1670 msgid "_Copy Location" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4177 msgid "_Add to Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4184 msgid "Show _Hidden Files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4187 msgid "Show _Size Column" msgstr "" #. Label #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4593 gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:835 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4871 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4882 msgid "Please select a folder below" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4877 msgid "Please type a file name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1760 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4986 msgid "Recently Used" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4996 msgid "Search:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:2721 msgid "Save in folder:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:2723 msgid "Create in folder:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6594 #, c-format msgid "Could not read the contents of %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6598 msgid "Could not read the contents of the folder" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6691 gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6759 #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6911 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6706 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:6708 msgid "Yesterday at %H:%M" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:7382 msgid "Cannot change to folder because it is not local" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5424 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:658 #, c-format msgid "A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5427 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:662 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in “%s”. Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8348 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:559 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:9155 msgid "Could not start the search process" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:9156 msgid "" "The program was not able to create a connection to the indexer daemon. " "Please make sure it is running." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:9170 msgid "Could not send the search request" msgstr "" #. The pointers we return for a GtkFileSystemVolume are opaque tokens; they are #. * really pointers to GDrive, GVolume or GMount objects. We need an extra #. * token for the fake "File System" volume. So, we'll return a pointer to #. * this particular string. #. #: gtk/gtkfilesystem.c:47 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:354 msgid "Sans 12" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:436 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:563 msgid "Pick a Font" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:439 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8815 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1626 #, c-format msgid "Icon '%s' not present in theme" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3134 msgid "Failed to load icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimmodule.c:516 msgid "Simple" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:603 msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "System" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:613 msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c:696 #, c-format msgctxt "input method menu" msgid "System (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1195 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:370 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1199 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:374 msgid "Question" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1203 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:378 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1207 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:382 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. Open Link #: gtk/gtklabel.c:6217 msgid "_Open Link" msgstr "" #. Copy Link Address #: gtk/gtklabel.c:6229 msgid "Copy _Link Address" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:71 msgid "APPLICATION [URI…] — launch an APPLICATION with URI." msgstr "" #. Translators: this message will appear after the usage string #. and before the list of options. #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:75 msgid "" "Launch specified application by its desktop file info\n" "optionally passing list of URIs as arguments." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:87 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing commandline options: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:89 ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Try \"%s --help\" for more information." msgstr "" #. Translators: the %s is the program name. This error message #. means the user is calling gtk-launch without any argument. #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:100 #, c-format msgid "%s: missing application name" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:121 #, c-format msgid "Creating AppInfo from id not supported on non unix operating systems" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the application name. #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:129 #, c-format msgid "%s: no such application %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the error message. #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:147 #, c-format msgid "%s: error launching application: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:499 msgid "Copy URL" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:662 msgid "Invalid URI" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:286 msgid "Lock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:295 msgid "Unlock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:304 msgid "" "Dialog is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:313 msgid "" "Dialog is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:322 msgid "" "System policy prevents changes.\n" "Contact your system administrator" msgstr "" #. Description of --gtk-module=MODULES in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:445 msgid "Load additional GTK+ modules" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --gtk-module=MODULES in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:446 msgid "MODULES" msgstr "" #. Description of --g-fatal-warnings in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:448 msgid "Make all warnings fatal" msgstr "" #. Description of --gtk-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:451 msgid "GTK+ debugging flags to set" msgstr "" #. Description of --gtk-no-debug=FLAGS in --help output #: gtk/gtkmain.c:454 msgid "GTK+ debugging flags to unset" msgstr "" #. Translate to default:RTL if you want your widgets #. * to be RTL, otherwise translate to default:LTR. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:LTR", if it #. * it isn't default:LTR or default:RTL it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkmain.c:705 msgid "default:LTR" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open display: %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:839 msgid "GTK+ Options" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmain.c:839 msgid "Show GTK+ Options" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:893 msgid "_No" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:894 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:484 msgid "Co_nnect" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:620 msgid "Connect As" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:629 msgid "_Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:638 msgid "Registered U_ser" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:649 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:654 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:660 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:626 msgid "Forget password _immediately" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:636 msgid "Remember password until you _logout" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:646 msgid "Remember _forever" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:875 #, c-format msgid "Unknown Application (PID %d)" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:1058 #, c-format msgid "Unable to end process" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:1095 msgid "_End Process" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-stub.c:62 #, c-format msgid "Cannot kill process with PID %d. Operation is not implemented." msgstr "" #. translators: this string is a name for the 'less' command #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:954 msgid "Terminal Pager" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:955 msgid "Top Command" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:956 msgid "Bourne Again Shell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:957 msgid "Bourne Shell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:958 msgid "Z Shell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation-x11.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Cannot end process with PID %d: %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:5035 gtk/gtknotebook.c:7689 #, c-format msgid "Page %u" msgstr "" #. Translators: the format here is used to build the string that will be rendered #. * in the number emblem. #. #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:481 #, c-format msgctxt "Number format" msgid "%d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetup.c:646 gtk/gtkpapersize.c:846 gtk/gtkpapersize.c:886 msgid "Not a valid page setup file" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:167 msgid "Any Printer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:167 msgid "For portable documents" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:796 #, c-format msgid "" "Margins:\n" " Left: %s %s\n" " Right: %s %s\n" " Top: %s %s\n" " Bottom: %s %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:882 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3369 msgid "Manage Custom Sizes…" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:1006 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3577 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:1625 msgid "File System Root" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:441 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:449 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #. Accessible object name for the file chooser's shortcuts pane #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3548 msgid "Places" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:820 msgid "Recent" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:822 msgid "Recent files" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:831 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:833 msgid "Open your personal folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:848 msgid "Open the contents of your desktop in a folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:864 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:866 msgid "Open the trash" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:929 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:957 #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Mount and open %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1038 msgid "Open the contents of the file system" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1158 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1164 msgid "Browse Network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1166 msgid "Browse the contents of the network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1174 msgid "Connect to Server" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1176 msgid "Connect to a network server address" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1578 msgid "New bookmark" msgstr "" #. Adjust start/stop items to reflect the type of the drive #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2135 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3257 msgid "_Start" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2136 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3264 msgid "_Stop" msgstr "" #. start() for type G_DRIVE_START_STOP_TYPE_SHUTDOWN is normally not used #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2143 msgid "_Power On" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2144 msgid "_Safely Remove Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2148 msgid "_Connect Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2149 msgid "_Disconnect Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2153 msgid "_Start Multi-disk Device" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2154 msgid "_Stop Multi-disk Device" msgstr "" #. stop() for type G_DRIVE_START_STOP_TYPE_PASSWORD is normally not used #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2159 msgid "_Unlock Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2160 msgid "_Lock Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2189 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2939 #, c-format msgid "Unable to start %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2219 #, c-format msgid "Unable to access “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2530 #, c-format msgid "Unable to unmount %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2656 #, c-format msgid "Unable to stop %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2685 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2714 #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2743 #, c-format msgid "Unable to eject %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2889 #, c-format msgid "Unable to poll %s for media changes" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3187 msgid "Open in New _Tab" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3196 msgid "Open in New _Window" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3205 msgid "_Add Bookmark" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3375 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3218 msgid "Rename…" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3229 msgid "_Mount" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3236 msgid "_Unmount" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3243 msgid "_Eject" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3250 msgid "_Detect Media" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3902 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:748 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:542 msgid "Select a filename" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:728 msgid "Not available" msgstr "" #. translators: this string is the default job title for print #. * jobs. %s gets replaced by the application name, %d gets replaced #. * by the job number. #. #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:260 #, c-format msgid "%s job #%d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1777 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Initial state" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1778 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Preparing to print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1779 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Generating data" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1780 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Sending data" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1781 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1782 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Blocking on issue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1783 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1784 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1785 msgctxt "print operation status" msgid "Finished with error" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2352 #, c-format msgid "Preparing %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2354 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2984 #, c-format msgid "Preparing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:2357 #, c-format msgid "Printing %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:3014 #, c-format msgid "Error creating print preview" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:3017 #, c-format msgid "" "The most probable reason is that a temporary file could not be created." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c:302 msgid "Error launching preview" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:609 msgid "Printer offline" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:611 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:613 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2118 msgid "Paused" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:615 msgid "Need user intervention" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:715 msgid "Custom size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1537 msgid "No printer found" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1564 msgid "Invalid argument to CreateDC" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1600 gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1827 msgid "Error from StartDoc" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1682 gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1705 #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1753 msgid "Not enough free memory" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1758 msgid "Invalid argument to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1763 msgid "Invalid pointer to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1768 msgid "Invalid handle to PrintDlgEx" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation-win32.c:1773 msgid "Unspecified error" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:686 msgid "Getting printer information failed" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2051 msgid "Getting printer information…" msgstr "" #. Translators: These strings name the possible arrangements of #. * multiple pages on a sheet when printing (same as in gtkprintbackendcups.c) #. #. Translators: These strings name the possible arrangements of #. * multiple pages on a sheet when printing #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3107 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3680 msgid "Left to right, top to bottom" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3107 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3680 msgid "Left to right, bottom to top" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3108 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3681 msgid "Right to left, top to bottom" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3108 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3681 msgid "Right to left, bottom to top" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3109 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3682 msgid "Top to bottom, left to right" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3109 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3682 msgid "Top to bottom, right to left" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3110 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3683 msgid "Bottom to top, left to right" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3110 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3683 msgid "Bottom to top, right to left" msgstr "" #. Translators, this string is used to label the option in the print #. * dialog that controls in what order multiple pages are arranged #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3114 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3127 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3717 msgid "Page Ordering" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3143 msgid "Left to right" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3144 msgid "Right to left" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3156 msgid "Top to bottom" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3157 msgid "Bottom to top" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3879 msgid "Print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1130 gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1167 #, c-format msgid "No item for URI '%s' found" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1294 msgid "Untitled filter" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1647 msgid "Could not remove item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1691 msgid "Could not clear list" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1775 msgid "Copy _Location" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1788 msgid "_Remove From List" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1797 msgid "_Clear List" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1811 msgid "Show _Private Resources" msgstr "" #. we create a placeholder menuitem, to be used in case #. * the menu is empty. this placeholder will stay around #. * for the entire lifetime of the menu, and we just hide it #. * when it's not used. we have to do this, and do it here, #. * because we need a marker for the beginning of the recent #. * items list, so that we can insert the new items at the #. * right place when idly populating the menu in case the #. * user appended or prepended custom menu items to the #. * recent chooser menu widget. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:360 msgid "No items found" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:526 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:582 #, c-format msgid "No recently used resource found with URI `%s'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:792 #, c-format msgid "Open '%s'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:822 msgid "Unknown item" msgstr "" #. This is the label format that is used for the first 10 items #. * in a recent files menu. The %d is the number of the item, #. * the %s is the name of the item. Please keep the _ in front #. * of the number to give these menu items a mnemonic. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:833 #, c-format msgctxt "recent menu label" msgid "_%d. %s" msgstr "" #. This is the format that is used for items in a recent files menu. #. * The %d is the number of the item, the %s is the name of the item. #. #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:838 #, c-format msgctxt "recent menu label" msgid "%d. %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:998 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1011 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1148 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1158 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1210 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1219 #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:1234 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find an item with URI '%s'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:2434 #, c-format msgid "No registered application with name '%s' for item with URI '%s' found" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1736 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. Translators: if the "on" state label requires more than three #. * glyphs then use MEDIUM VERTICAL BAR (U+2759) as the text for #. * the state #. #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:347 gtk/gtkswitch.c:407 gtk/gtkswitch.c:614 msgctxt "switch" msgid "ON" msgstr "" #. Translators: if the "off" state label requires more than three #. * glyphs then use WHITE CIRCLE (U+25CB) as the text for the state #. #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:355 gtk/gtkswitch.c:408 gtk/gtkswitch.c:643 msgctxt "switch" msgid "OFF" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:649 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:708 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:798 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:824 #, c-format msgid "Both \"id\" and \"name\" were found on the <%s> element" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:808 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:834 #, c-format msgid "The attribute \"%s\" was found twice on the <%s> element" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:850 #, c-format msgid "<%s> element has invalid ID \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:860 #, c-format msgid "<%s> element has neither a \"name\" nor an \"id\" attribute" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:947 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" repeated twice on the same <%s> element" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:965 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" is invalid on <%s> element in this context" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1029 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" has not been defined." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1041 msgid "Anonymous tag found and tags can not be created." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1052 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" does not exist in buffer and tags can not be created." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1151 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1226 #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1331 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1405 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> is not allowed below <%s>" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1182 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1190 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid attribute name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1200 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" could not be converted to a value of type \"%s\" for attribute \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1209 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid value for attribute \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1294 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" already defined" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Tag \"%s\" has invalid priority \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Outermost element in text must be not <%s>" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1369 gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "A <%s> element has already been specified" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1391 msgid "A element can't occur before a element" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1790 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1868 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:58 msgid "LRM _Left-to-right mark" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:59 msgid "RLM _Right-to-left mark" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:60 msgid "LRE Left-to-right _embedding" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:61 msgid "RLE Right-to-left e_mbedding" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:62 msgid "LRO Left-to-right _override" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:63 msgid "RLO Right-to-left o_verride" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:64 msgid "PDF _Pop directional formatting" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:65 msgid "ZWS _Zero width space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:66 msgid "ZWJ Zero width _joiner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktextutil.c:67 msgid "ZWNJ Zero width _non-joiner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174 msgid "Adjusts the volume" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:246 msgid "Muted" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:250 msgid "Full Volume" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the percentage of the current volume, #. * as used in the tooltip, eg. "49 %". #. * Translate the "%d" to "%Id" if you want to use localised digits, #. * or otherwise translate the "%d" to "%d". #. #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:263 #, c-format msgctxt "volume percentage" msgid "%d %%" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Unmaximize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8727 msgid "Always on Top" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8739 msgid "Always on Visible Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8747 msgid "Only on This Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8764 msgid "Move to Workspace Up" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8773 msgid "Move to Workspace Down" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8787 msgid "Move to Another Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8795 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:4 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "asme_f" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:5 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0x2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:6 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:7 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A0x3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:8 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:9 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A10" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:10 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1x3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:11 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A1x4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:12 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:13 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:14 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:15 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A2x5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:16 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:17 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3 Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:18 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:19 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:20 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:21 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:22 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A3x7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:23 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:24 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4 Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:25 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4 Tab" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:26 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:27 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:28 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:29 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:30 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:31 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:32 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A4x9" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:33 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:34 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A5 Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:35 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:36 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:37 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:38 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "A9" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:39 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:40 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:41 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B10" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:42 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:43 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:44 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:45 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:46 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B5 Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:47 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:48 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B6/C4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:49 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:50 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:51 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "B9" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:52 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:53 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:54 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C10" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:55 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:56 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:57 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:58 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:59 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:60 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C6/C5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:61 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:62 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C7/C6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:63 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:64 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "C9" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:65 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "DL Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:66 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:67 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:68 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "RA2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:69 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:70 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:71 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "SRA2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:72 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB0" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:73 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB1" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:74 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB10" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:75 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB2" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:76 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB3" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:77 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB4" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:78 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:79 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB6" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:80 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:81 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:82 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "JB9" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:83 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "jis exec" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:84 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 2 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:85 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 3 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:86 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Choukei 4 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:87 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "hagaki (postcard)" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:88 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "kahu Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:89 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "kaku2 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:90 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "oufuku (reply postcard)" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:91 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "you4 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:92 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x11" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:93 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x13" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:94 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x14" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:95 gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:96 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "10x15" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:97 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "11x12" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:98 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "11x15" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:99 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "12x19" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:100 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "5x7" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:101 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "6x9 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:102 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "7x9 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:103 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "9x11 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:104 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "a2 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:105 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch A" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:106 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch B" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:107 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch C" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:108 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch D" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:109 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Arch E" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:110 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "b-plus" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:111 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "c" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:112 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "c5 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:113 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "d" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:114 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "e" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:115 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "edp" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:116 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "European edp" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:117 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Executive" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:118 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "f" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:119 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold European" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:120 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold US" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:121 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "FanFold German Legal" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:122 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Government Legal" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:123 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Government Letter" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:124 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 3x5" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:125 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 4x6 (postcard)" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:126 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 4x6 ext" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:127 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Index 5x8" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:128 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Invoice" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:129 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Tabloid" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:130 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Legal" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:131 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Legal Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:132 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:133 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter Extra" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:134 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "US Letter Plus" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:135 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Monarch Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:136 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#10 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:137 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#11 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:138 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#12 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:139 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#14 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:140 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "#9 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:141 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Personal Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:142 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Quarto" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:143 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Super A" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:144 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Super B" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:145 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Wide Format" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:146 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Dai-pa-kai" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:147 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Folio" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:148 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Folio sp" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:149 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Invite Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:150 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Italian Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:151 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "juuro-ku-kai" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:152 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "pa-kai" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:153 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Postfix Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:154 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "Small Photo" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:155 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc1 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:156 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc10 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:157 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc 16k" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:158 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc2 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:159 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc3 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:160 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc 32k" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:161 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc4 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:162 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc5 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:163 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc6 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:164 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc7 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:165 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc8 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:166 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "prc9 Envelope" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:167 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "ROC 16k" msgstr "" #: gtk/paper_names_offsets.c:168 msgctxt "paper size" msgid "ROC 8k" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1368 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write header\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1374 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write hash table\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write folder index\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rewrite header\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1482 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open file %s : %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1490 gtk/updateiconcache.c:1520 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write cache file: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1530 #, c-format msgid "The generated cache was invalid.\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1544 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s to %s: %s, removing %s then.\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1558 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s to %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1568 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename %s back to %s: %s.\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1595 #, c-format msgid "Cache file created successfully.\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1634 msgid "Overwrite an existing cache, even if up to date" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1635 msgid "Don't check for the existence of index.theme" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1636 msgid "Don't include image data in the cache" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1637 msgid "Output a C header file" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1638 msgid "Turn off verbose output" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1639 msgid "Validate existing icon cache" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1706 #, c-format msgid "File not found: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1712 #, c-format msgid "Not a valid icon cache: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1725 #, c-format msgid "No theme index file.\n" msgstr "" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1729 #, c-format msgid "" "No theme index file in '%s'.\n" "If you really want to create an icon cache here, use --ignore-theme-index.\n" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imam-et.c:452 msgid "Amharic (EZ+)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imcedilla.c:90 msgid "Cedilla" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imcyrillic-translit.c:215 msgid "Cyrillic (Transliterated)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/iminuktitut.c:125 msgid "Inuktitut (Transliterated)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imipa.c:143 msgid "IPA" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/immultipress.c:29 msgid "Multipress" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imthai.c:33 msgid "Thai-Lao" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imti-er.c:451 msgid "Tigrigna-Eritrean (EZ+)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imti-et.c:451 msgid "Tigrigna-Ethiopian (EZ+)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imviqr.c:242 msgid "Vietnamese (VIQR)" msgstr "" #. ID #: modules/input/imxim.c:26 msgid "X Input Method" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:858 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1073 msgid "Username:" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:859 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1082 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:898 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1095 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print document '%s' on printer %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:900 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print a document on %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:904 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of job '%s'" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:906 msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of a job" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:910 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of printer %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:912 msgid "Authentication is required to get attributes of a printer" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get default printer of %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:918 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get printers from %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:923 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to get a file from %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required on %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1067 msgid "Domain:" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print document '%s'" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1102 #, c-format msgid "Authentication is required to print this document on printer %s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1104 msgid "Authentication is required to print this document" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1666 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1667 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" like on photo development context #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1669 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on developer." msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" like on photo development context #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of developer." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1673 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on at least one marker supply." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1675 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of at least one marker supply." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1676 #, c-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1677 #, c-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1678 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1679 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1680 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently offline." msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:1681 #, c-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2290 msgid "Paused; Rejecting Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a printer status. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2121 msgid "Rejecting Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: this string connects multiple printer states together. #: ../modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2338 msgid "; " msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2903 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2904 msgid "Paper Type" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2905 msgid "Paper Source" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2906 msgid "Output Tray" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2907 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2908 msgid "GhostScript pre-filtering" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2917 msgid "One Sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2919 msgid "Long Edge (Standard)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2921 msgid "Short Edge (Flip)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2923 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2925 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2933 msgid "Auto Select" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #. Translators: this is an option of "Resolution" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2927 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2929 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2931 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2935 #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3423 msgid "Printer Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2937 msgid "Embed GhostScript fonts only" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2939 msgid "Convert to PS level 1" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2941 msgid "Convert to PS level 2" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2943 msgid "No pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Miscellaneous" is the label for a button, that opens #. up an extra panel of settings in a print dialog. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2952 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Translators: These strings name the possible values of the #. * job priority option in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3675 msgid "Urgent" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3675 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3675 msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3675 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. Translators, this string is used to label the job priority option #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3738 msgid "Job Priority" msgstr "" #. Translators, this string is used to label the billing info entry #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3749 msgid "Billing Info" msgstr "" #. Translators, these strings are names for various 'standard' cover #. * pages that the printing system may support. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Classified" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3764 msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "" #. Cups specific, non-ppd related settings #. Translators, this string is used to label the pages-per-sheet option #. * in the print dialog #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3701 msgid "Pages per Sheet" msgstr "" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the front cover page. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3799 msgid "Before" msgstr "" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the back cover page. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3814 msgid "After" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the name of the option that controls when #. * a print job is printed. Possible values are 'now', a specified time, #. * or 'on hold' #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3834 msgid "Print at" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the name of the option that allows the user #. * to specify a time when a print job will be printed. #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3845 msgid "Print at time" msgstr "" #. Translators: this format is used to display a custom paper #. * size. The two placeholders are replaced with the width and height #. * in points. E.g: "Custom 230.4x142.9" #. #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3880 #, c-format msgid "Custom %sx%s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3961 msgid "Printer Profile" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when color profile information is unavailable #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:3968 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and #. * it hasn't registered the device with colord #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:220 msgid "Color management unavailable" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: when there is no color profile available #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:232 msgid "No profile available" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: when the color profile has no title #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:243 msgid "Unspecified profile" msgstr "" #: ../modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:250 msgid "output" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:499 msgid "Print to File" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:625 msgid "PDF" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:625 msgid "Postscript" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:625 msgid "SVG" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:638 #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:501 msgid "Pages per _sheet:" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:697 msgid "File" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/file/gtkprintbackendfile.c:707 msgid "_Output format" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:393 msgid "Print to LPR" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:419 msgid "Pages Per Sheet" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/lpr/gtkprintbackendlpr.c:426 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:809 msgid "printer offline" msgstr "" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:827 msgid "ready to print" msgstr "" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:830 msgid "processing job" msgstr "" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:834 msgid "paused" msgstr "" #. SUN_BRANDING #: modules/printbackends/papi/gtkprintbackendpapi.c:837 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. default filename used for print-to-test #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:232 #, c-format msgid "test-output.%s" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/test/gtkprintbackendtest.c:465 msgid "Print to Test Printer" msgstr "" #. Add the credits button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:751 msgid "C_redits" msgstr "" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:764 msgid "_License" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkappchooserdialog.ui.h:2 msgid "label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Show Other Applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:1004 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:1007 msgid "Go _Back" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkassistant.c:1011 msgid "_Finish" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:164 msgid "Select a Color" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:412 msgid "Color Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:503 msgctxt "Color channel" msgid "A" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:3 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:488 msgctxt "Color channel" msgid "H" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:5 msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:6 msgctxt "Color Channel" msgid "S" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:7 msgctxt "Color Channel" msgid "V" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:8 msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:9 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:5047 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4824 msgid "Type a file name" msgstr "" #. Create Folder #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4948 msgid "Create Fo_lder" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4412 msgid "Files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4463 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4486 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:4500 msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:2359 msgid "Select which types of files are shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:1121 msgid "Font" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:608 msgid "Search font name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:944 msgid "Font Family" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:109 msgid "" "No fonts matched your search. You can revise your search and try again." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:896 msgid "_Format for:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:917 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3522 msgid "_Paper size:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:946 msgid "_Orientation:" msgstr "" #. In enum order #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3554 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3556 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3555 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3557 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:160 msgid "Down Path" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpathbar.c:158 msgid "Up Path" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:734 msgid "Pre_view" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:736 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2233 msgid "Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the header for the location column in the print dialog #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2243 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the header for the printer status column in the print dialog #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2254 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2280 msgid "Range" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2284 msgid "_All Pages" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2289 msgid "C_urrent Page" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2297 msgid "Se_lection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2303 msgid "Pag_es:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2304 msgid "" "Specify one or more page ranges,\n" " e.g. 1-3,7,11" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2313 msgid "Pages" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2324 msgid "Copies" msgstr "" #. FIXME chpe: too much space between Copies and spinbutton, put those 2 in a hbox and make it span 2 columns #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2329 msgid "Copie_s:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2345 msgid "C_ollate" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2351 msgid "_Reverse" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2367 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3397 msgid "Layout" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3401 msgid "T_wo-sided:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3413 msgid "Pages per _side:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3427 msgid "Page or_dering:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3440 msgid "_Only print:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3457 msgid "Sc_ale:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3481 msgid "Paper" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3485 msgid "Paper _type:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3497 msgid "Paper _source:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3509 msgid "Output t_ray:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3542 msgid "Or_ientation:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3602 msgid "Job Details" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3606 msgid "Pri_ority:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3618 msgid "_Billing info:" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3633 msgid "Print Document" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is one of the choices for the print at option #. * in the print dialog #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3640 msgid "_Now" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3649 msgid "A_t:" msgstr "" #. Translators: Ability to parse the am/pm format depends on actual locale. #. * You can remove the am/pm values below for your locale if they are not #. * supported. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3655 msgid "" "Specify the time of print,\n" " e.g. 15:30, 2:35 pm, 14:15:20, 11:46:30 am, 4 pm" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3663 msgid "Time of print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3677 msgid "On _hold" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3678 msgid "Hold the job until it is explicitly released" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3696 msgid "Add Cover Page" msgstr "" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the front cover page. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3703 msgid "Be_fore:" msgstr "" #. Translators, this is the label used for the option in the print #. * dialog that controls the back cover page. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3718 msgid "_After:" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the tab label for the notebook tab containing #. * job-specific options in the print dialog #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3733 msgid "Job" msgstr "" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3837 msgid "Image Quality" msgstr "" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3841 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #. It's a typographical term, as in "Binding and finishing" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3846 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3799 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3856 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:480 msgid "Select which type of documents are shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:169 msgid "Volume" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:2 msgid "Turns volume up or down" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:3 msgid "+" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:186 gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:189 msgid "Volume Up" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:188 msgid "Increases the volume" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:7 msgid "-" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:180 gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:183 msgid "Volume Down" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:182 msgid "Decreases the volume" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en/LC_MESSAGES/unity-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000037225312321557272022644 0ustar # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 14:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 07:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: English\n" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:1 msgid "Tile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:3 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:4 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:5 msgid "Fill" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:6 msgid "Span" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:7 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #. This refers to a slideshow background #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:9 msgid "Changes throughout the day" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:10 msgid "Add wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:11 msgid "Remove wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:12 msgid "Add dots" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:13 msgid "Theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:14 msgid "Launcher icon size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:15 msgid "Look" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:16 msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:17 msgid "" "The launcher will reveal when moving the pointer to the " "defined hot spot." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:18 msgid "Reveal location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:19 msgid "Left side" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:20 msgid "Top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:21 msgid "Other reveal option" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:22 msgid "Reveal sensitivity" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:23 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:24 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Some settings have been overriden by an external program, press \"Restore " "Default Behaviors\" to reset the behavior and return control to this panel." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:26 msgid "Enable workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:27 msgid "Add show desktop icon to the launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:28 msgid "Show the menus for a window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:29 msgid "In the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:30 msgid "In the window's title bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:31 msgid "Restore Behavior Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:32 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:45 msgid "Horizontal Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:46 msgid "Vertical Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:47 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-item.c:147 msgid "multiple sizes" msgstr "" #. translators: 100 × 100px #. * Note that this is not an "x", but U+00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-item.c:151 #, c-format msgid "%d × %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-item.c:280 msgid "No Desktop Background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1092 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:218 msgid "Browse for more pictures" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1095 #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:655 #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:230 #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:972 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1635 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1902 #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:269 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:96 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:221 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:506 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1096 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1903 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:222 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1184 msgid "Current background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1380 msgid "default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1981 msgid "Wallpapers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1988 msgid "Pictures Folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1995 msgid "Colors & Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:2003 msgid "Flickr" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change the background and the theme" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the appearance control-center panel #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Wallpaper;Background;Screen;Desktop;Theme;Appearance;Launcher;Unity;Menus;" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/bluetooth/unity-bluetooth-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:102 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/unity-bluetooth-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Configure Bluetooth settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:1 msgid "Set Up New Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:2 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:9 msgid "Remove Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:3 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:4 ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:14 msgid "page 1" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:5 ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:16 msgid "page 2" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:6 msgid "Paired" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:7 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:789 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:8 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:9 msgid "Mouse and Touchpad Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:10 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:38 msgid "Sound Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:11 msgid "Keyboard Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:12 msgid "Send Files…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse Files…" msgstr "" #. Translator: This string appears next to a toggle switch which controls enabling/disabling Bluetooth radio's on the device. #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:15 msgctxt "Power" msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:16 msgid "_Show Bluetooth status in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:352 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:352 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:466 msgid "Bluetooth is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:471 msgid "Bluetooth is disabled by hardware switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:475 msgid "No Bluetooth adapters found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:602 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:606 #, c-format msgid "Visibility of “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:650 #, c-format msgid "Remove '%s' from the list of devices?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:652 msgid "" "If you remove the device, you will have to set it up again before next use." msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:656 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where the user can click and import a profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:107 msgid "Other profile…" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile has been auto-generated for this hardware #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:120 msgid "Default: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile is a test profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:133 msgid "Test profile: " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the profile should be set for all users #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:186 ../panels/color/color.ui.h:11 msgid "Set for all users" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the profile should be set for all users #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:193 msgid "Create virtual device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: an ICC profile is a file containing colorspace data #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:228 msgid "Select ICC Profile File" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:231 msgid "_Import" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: filter name on the file->open dialog #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:242 msgid "Supported ICC profiles" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: filter name on the file->open dialog #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:249 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:639 msgid "Available Profiles for Displays" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:643 msgid "Available Profiles for Scanners" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:647 msgid "Available Profiles for Printers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:651 msgid "Available Profiles for Cameras" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:655 msgid "Available Profiles for Webcams" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the dialog title in the 'Add profile' UI #. * where the device type is not recognised #. Profiles that can be added to the device #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:660 ../panels/color/color.ui.h:2 msgid "Available Profiles" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: column for device list #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:936 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1642 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: column for device list #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:971 msgid "Calibration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1017 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1041 msgid "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check it is turned on and " "correctly connected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1050 msgid "The measuring instrument does not support printer profiling." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1061 msgid "The device type is not currently supported." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when an auto-added profile cannot be removed #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1133 msgid "Cannot remove automatically added profile" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when there is no profile for the device #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1464 msgid "No profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1495 #, c-format msgid "%i year" msgid_plural "%i years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1506 #, c-format msgid "%i month" msgid_plural "%i months" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1517 #, c-format msgid "%i week" msgid_plural "%i weeks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. fallback #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1524 #, c-format msgid "Less than 1 week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1586 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default RGB" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1591 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default CMYK" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1596 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1714 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1755 #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1766 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1777 msgid "Uncalibrated" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1717 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1758 msgid "This device is using manufacturing calibrated data." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1769 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1802 msgid "This device has an old profile that may no longer be accurate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the calibration profile age is not #. * specified as it has been autogenerated from the hardware #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1830 msgid "Not specified" msgstr "" #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2015 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2244 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Display" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2246 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Scanner" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2248 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2250 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Camera" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2252 msgctxt "Device kind" msgid "Webcam" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:5 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:7 msgid "Add device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:8 msgid "Add a virtual device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:9 msgid "Delete device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:10 msgid "Remove a device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:12 msgid "Set this profile for all users on this computer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:13 msgid "Add profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:14 #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Calibrate…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:15 msgid "Calibrate the device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:16 msgid "Remove profile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:17 msgid "View details" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:18 msgid "Device type:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:19 msgid "Manufacturer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:20 msgid "Model:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:21 msgid "" "Image files can be dragged on this window to auto-complete the above fields." msgstr "" #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "" #. Add some common regions #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:683 msgid "United States" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:684 msgid "Germany" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:685 msgid "France" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:686 msgid "Spain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-common-language.c:687 msgid "China" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/cc-language-chooser.c:297 msgid "Select a region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/gdm-languages.c:787 msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/common/language-chooser.ui.h:3 msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/com.canonical.controlcenter.datetime.policy.in.h:1 msgid "Change system time and date settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/com.canonical.controlcenter.datetime.policy.in.h:2 msgid "To change time or date settings, you need to authenticate." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Add a Location…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Remove This Location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Sort by _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Sort by _Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Manually" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Automatically from the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Set the time:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Date:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Tim_e:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Show a clock in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "In the clock, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Weekday" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "_Date and month" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Year" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "_12-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_24-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "Seco_nds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "In the clock’s menu, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "_Monthly calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Include week num_bers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "Coming _events from Evolution Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Time in _auto-detected location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Time in _other locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Choose _Locations…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:28 msgid "_Clock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:639 msgid "You need to choose a location to change the time zone." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:671 msgid "Unlock to change these settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:672 msgid "Lock to prevent further changes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:388 msgid "You need to complete this location for it to appear in the menu." msgstr "" #. Translators: Location of the printer (e.g. Lab, 1st floor,...). #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:626 #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:6 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing times of creation of print jobs #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:642 #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:304 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your clock and date settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:537 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:538 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:539 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:540 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "180 Degrees" msgstr "" #. Keep this string in sync with gnome-desktop/libgnome-desktop/gnome-rr-labeler.c #. Translators: this is the feature where what you see on your laptop's #. * screen is the same as your external projector. Here, "Mirrored" is being #. * used as an adjective. For example, the Spanish translation could be #. * "Pantallas en Espejo". #. #. Keep this string in sync with gnome-control-center/capplets/display/xrandr-capplet.c:get_display_name() #. Translators: this is the feature where what you see on your #. * laptop's screen is the same as your external projector. #. * Here, "Mirrored" is being used as an adjective. For example, #. * the Spanish translation could be "Pantallas en Espejo". #. #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:777 #: ../panels/display/cc-rr-labeler.c:449 msgid "Mirrored Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:806 #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:4 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:907 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:909 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1864 msgid "Drag to change primary display." msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1922 msgid "" "Select a monitor to change its properties; drag it to rearrange its " "placement." msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2337 msgid "%a %R" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2339 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2501 #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2553 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply configuration: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2581 msgid "Could not save the monitor configuration" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2641 msgid "Could not detect displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2905 msgid "All displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2954 msgid "Display with largest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2958 msgid "Display with smallest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:3186 msgid "Could not get screen information" msgstr "" #. Note that mirror is a verb in this string #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:2 msgid "_Mirror displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:3 msgid "Note: may limit resolution options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:5 msgid "_Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:6 msgid "R_otation" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:7 msgid "General options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:8 msgid "L_auncher placement" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:9 msgid "S_ticky edges" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:10 msgid "Scale for menu and title bars:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:11 msgid "User interface scale factor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:12 msgid "Scale all window _contents to match:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:13 msgid "_Detect Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change resolution and position of monitors and projectors" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the display control-center panel #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:458 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:82 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:162 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. translators: This is the type of architecture, for example: #. * "64-bit" or "32-bit" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:516 #, c-format msgid "%d-bit" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1101 msgid "Ask what to do" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1105 ../panels/power/power.ui.h:11 msgid "Do nothing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1109 msgid "Open folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1200 msgid "Other Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1231 msgid "Select an application for audio CDs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1232 msgid "Select an application for video DVDs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1233 msgid "Select an application to run when a music player is connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1234 msgid "Select an application to run when a camera is connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1235 msgid "Select an application for software CDs" msgstr "" #. translators: these strings are duplicates of shared-mime-info #. * strings, just here to fix capitalization of the English originals. #. * If the shared-mime-info translation works for your language, #. * simply leave these untranslated. #. #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1247 msgid "audio DVD" msgstr "Audio DVD" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1248 msgid "blank Blu-ray disc" msgstr "Blank Blu-ray disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1249 msgid "blank CD disc" msgstr "Blank CD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1250 msgid "blank DVD disc" msgstr "Blank DVD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1251 msgid "blank HD DVD disc" msgstr "Blank HD DVD disc" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1252 msgid "Blu-ray video disc" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1253 msgid "e-book reader" msgstr "E-book reader" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1254 msgid "HD DVD video disc" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1255 msgid "Picture CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1256 msgid "Super Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1257 msgid "Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1258 msgid "Windows software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1259 msgid "Software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1382 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1669 msgid "Section" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1391 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:11 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1397 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:18 msgid "Default Applications" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1402 ../panels/info/info.ui.h:26 msgid "Removable Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1409 msgid "Legal Notice" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1612 #, c-format msgid "Version %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1664 msgid "Install Updates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1668 msgid "System Up-To-Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/cc-info-panel.c:1672 msgid "Checking for Updates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/unity-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/unity-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "System Information" msgstr "" #. sure that you use the same "translation" for those keywords #: ../panels/info/unity-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "device;system;information;memory;processor;version;default;application;prefer" "red;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;media;autorun;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:1 msgid "Select how other media should be handled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:2 msgid "_Action:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:3 msgid "_Type:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:4 msgid "Device name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:5 msgid "Memory" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:6 msgid "Processor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:7 msgid "OS type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:8 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:9 msgid "Calculating…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:10 msgid "Graphics" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:12 msgid "_Web" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:13 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:14 msgid "_Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:15 msgid "M_usic" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:17 msgid "_Photos" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:19 msgid "Select how media should be handled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:20 msgid "CD _audio" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:21 msgid "_DVD video" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:22 msgid "_Music player" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:23 msgid "_Software" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:24 msgid "_Other Media…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:25 msgid "_Never prompt or start programs on media insertion" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Sound and Media" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Volume mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Volume down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Volume up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch media player" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Play (or play/pause)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pause playback" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Stop playback" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Previous track" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Next track" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/00-multimedia.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Eject" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-input-sources.xml.in.h:1 #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:19 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:68 msgid "Typing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-input-sources.xml.in.h:2 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:25 msgid "Switch to next source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-input-sources.xml.in.h:3 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:23 msgid "Switch to previous source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Launchers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Launch help browser" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Launch calculator" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch terminal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Screenshots" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Take a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-screenshot.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:1 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:41 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Log out" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-system.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Lock screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:1 #: ../panels/universal-access/unity-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Turn zoom on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Turn screen reader on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Increase text size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Decrease text size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/50-accessibility.xml.in.h:9 msgid "High contrast on or off" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The device has been disabled #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:241 #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:347 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1132 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1834 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:215 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:216 #: ../panels/region/keyboard-shortcuts.c:594 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:315 msgid "Alternative Characters Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:320 msgid "Compose Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/unity-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/unity-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change keyboard settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the keyboard control-center panel #: ../panels/keyboard/unity-keyboard-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Shortcut;Repeat;Blink;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:1 msgid "Custom Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "C_ommand:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:5 msgid "Repeat Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:6 msgid "Key presses _repeat when key is held down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "_Delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "_Speed:" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:49 msgid "Short" msgstr "" #. slow acceleration #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:10 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Slow" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Repeat keys speed" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:12 #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:52 msgid "Long" msgstr "" #. fast acceleration #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:13 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Fast" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Cursor Blinking" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:15 msgid "Cursor _blinks in text fields" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "S_peed:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:17 msgid "Cursor blink speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:18 #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Text Entry" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:20 msgid "Add Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:21 msgid "Remove Shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:22 #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:3 msgid "" "To edit a shortcut, click the row and hold down the new keys or press " "Backspace to clear." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:23 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:28 msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:557 #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:565 msgid "Custom Shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:776 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1273 #: ../panels/region/keyboard-shortcuts.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "The shortcut \"%s\" cannot be used because it will become impossible to type " "using this key.\n" "Please try with a key such as Control, Alt or Shift at the same time." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1305 #: ../panels/region/keyboard-shortcuts.c:750 #, c-format msgid "" "The shortcut \"%s\" is already used for\n" "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1310 #: ../panels/region/keyboard-shortcuts.c:755 #, c-format msgid "" "If you reassign the shortcut to \"%s\", the \"%s\" shortcut will be disabled." msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/keyboard-shortcuts.c:1316 #: ../panels/region/keyboard-shortcuts.c:761 msgid "_Reassign" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/cc-mouse-panel.c:163 msgid "_Test Your Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/unity-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mouse & Touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/unity-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Set your mouse and touchpad preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the mouse and touchpad control-center panel #: ../panels/mouse/unity-mouse-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Mouse Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Double-click timeout" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "_Double-click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Primary _button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "_Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "_Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "_Pointer speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:14 msgid "Touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:15 msgid "Disable while _typing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:16 msgid "Tap to _click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:17 msgid "Two _finger scroll" msgstr "" #. Translators: This switch reverses the scrolling direction for touchpads. The term used comes from OS X so use the same translation if possible. #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:19 msgid "_Natural scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:134 #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.ui.h:1 msgid "Try clicking, double clicking, scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:139 msgid "Five clicks, GEGL time!" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:144 msgid "Double click, primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:144 msgid "Single click, primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:147 msgid "Double click, middle button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:147 msgid "Single click, middle button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:150 msgid "Double click, secondary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-test.c:150 msgid "Single click, secondary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:649 msgid "Network proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:841 ../panels/network/net-vpn.c:278 #, c-format msgid "%s VPN" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user is running a NM that is not API compatible #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:908 msgid "The system network services are not compatible with this version." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/unity-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:7 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/unity-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Network settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the network control-center panel #: ../panels/network/unity-network-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Network;Wireless;IP;LAN;Proxy;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-mobile.c:222 msgid "Add new connection" msgstr "" #. Translators: network device speed #: ../panels/network/net-device-mobile.c:261 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:727 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wired.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d Mb/s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WEP WiFi security #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:259 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:438 msgid "WEP" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WPA WiFi security #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:263 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:442 msgid "WPA" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this WPA WiFi security #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:267 msgid "WPA2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this Enterprise WiFi security #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:272 msgid "Enterprise" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:277 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:433 msgctxt "Wifi security" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:654 msgid "never" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:664 msgid "today" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:666 msgid "yesterday" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:668 #, c-format msgid "%i day ago" msgid_plural "%i days ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:737 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:277 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:739 #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:2104 msgid "Out of range" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:770 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:772 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:774 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Ok" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:776 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:778 msgctxt "Signal strength" msgid "Excellent" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:962 #, c-format msgid "" "Network details for %s including password and any custom configuration will " "be lost." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:973 msgid "Forget" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1559 msgid "" "If you have a connection to the Internet other than wireless, you can use it " "to share your internet connection with others." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1563 #, c-format msgid "Switching on the wireless hotspot will disconnect you from %s." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1567 msgid "" "It is not possible to access the internet through your wireless while the " "hotspot is active." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1633 msgid "Stop hotspot and disconnect any users?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-device-wifi.c:1636 msgid "_Stop Hotspot" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the use leaves the PAC textbox blank #: ../panels/network/net-proxy.c:73 msgid "" "Web Proxy Autodiscovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: WPAD is bad: if you enable it on an untrusted #. * network, then anyone else on that network can tell your #. * machine that it should proxy all of your web traffic #. * through them. #: ../panels/network/net-proxy.c:81 msgid "This is not recommended for untrusted public networks." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/net-proxy.c:515 msgid "Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:1 msgid "IMEI" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:2 msgid "Provider" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:686 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:688 #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:13 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:14 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:3 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:684 msgid "IPv6 Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:5 #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:15 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:4 msgid "Default Route" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:6 #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:16 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:5 msgid "DNS" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:6 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:1 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:5 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:2 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:6 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:3 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:7 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:4 msgid "_Method" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:5 msgid "_Configuration URL" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:6 msgid "_HTTP Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:7 msgid "H_TTPS Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:8 msgid "_FTP Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:9 msgid "_Socks Host" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:10 msgid "Apply system wide" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:1 msgid "Select the interface to use for the new service" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:2 msgid "C_reate..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:3 msgid "_Interface" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:4 ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:1 msgid "VPN" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:8 msgid "Add Device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:2 msgid "VPN Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:3 msgid "Gateway" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:4 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:5 msgid "Group Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:6 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:7 msgid "_Configure..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:1 msgid "Wireless Hotspot" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:2 msgid "_Turn On" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:3 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:90 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:4 msgid "_Use as Hotspot..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:5 msgid "Connect to a Hidden Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:6 msgid "_Disconnect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:7 msgid "_Connect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:8 msgid "Last used" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:1 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:10 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:11 msgid "Strength" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:12 msgid "Link speed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:13 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:2 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:683 msgid "IPv4 Address" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:17 msgid "_Forget Network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:18 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:19 msgid "Switch off to connect to a wireless network" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:20 msgid "Network Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:21 msgid "Connected Devices" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:22 msgid "Security type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:23 msgid "Security key" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:86 msgid "Wired" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:97 msgid "Mobile broadband" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:106 msgid "Mesh" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:166 msgid "Ad-hoc" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: AP type #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:170 msgid "Infrastructure" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:194 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:255 msgid "Status unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:198 msgid "Unmanaged" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:203 msgid "Firmware missing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:206 msgid "Cable unplugged" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:208 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:212 msgid "Disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:219 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:261 msgid "Connecting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:223 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:265 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:227 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:269 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:231 msgid "Disconnecting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:235 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:273 msgid "Connection failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:239 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:281 msgid "Status unknown (missing)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:301 msgid "Configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:305 msgid "IP configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:309 msgid "IP configuration expired" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:313 msgid "Secrets were required, but not provided" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:317 msgid "802.1x supplicant disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:321 msgid "802.1x supplicant configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:325 msgid "802.1x supplicant failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:329 msgid "802.1x supplicant took too long to authenticate" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:333 msgid "PPP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:337 msgid "PPP service disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:341 msgid "PPP failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:345 msgid "DHCP client failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:349 msgid "DHCP client error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:353 msgid "DHCP client failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:357 msgid "Shared connection service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:361 msgid "Shared connection service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:365 msgid "AutoIP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:369 msgid "AutoIP service error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:373 msgid "AutoIP service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:377 msgid "Line busy" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:381 msgid "No dial tone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:385 msgid "No carrier could be established" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:389 msgid "Dialing request timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:393 msgid "Dialing attempt failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:401 msgid "Failed to select the specified APN" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:405 msgid "Not searching for networks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:409 msgid "Network registration denied" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:413 msgid "Network registration timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:417 msgid "Failed to register with the requested network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:421 msgid "PIN check failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:425 msgid "Firmware for the device may be missing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:429 msgid "Connection disappeared" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:433 msgid "Carrier/link changed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:437 msgid "Existing connection was assumed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:441 msgid "Modem not found" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:445 msgid "Bluetooth connection failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:449 msgid "SIM Card not inserted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:453 msgid "SIM Pin required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:457 msgid "SIM Puk required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:461 msgid "SIM wrong" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:465 msgid "InfiniBand device does not support connected mode" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:469 msgid "Connection dependency failed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:166 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:172 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:184 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:192 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:193 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:194 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Charging - %s until fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Caution low battery, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Using battery power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:270 msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:275 msgid "Using battery power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:279 msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:283 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Caution low UPS, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:357 #, c-format msgid "Using UPS power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:375 msgid "Caution low UPS" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:380 msgid "Using UPS power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:432 msgid "Your secondary battery is fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:436 msgid "Your secondary battery is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:519 msgid "Wireless mouse" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:523 msgid "Wireless keyboard" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:527 msgid "Uninterruptible power supply" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:531 msgid "Personal digital assistant" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:535 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:539 msgid "Media player" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:543 msgid "Tablet" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:547 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery, misc #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:551 msgid "Battery" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:562 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:569 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Caution" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:574 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:579 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:584 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:588 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:1091 msgid "" "Tip: screen brightness affects how much power is used" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Power management settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the power control-center panel #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Power;Sleep;Suspend;Hibernate;Battery;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:1 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:2 msgid "Power off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:3 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:6 msgid "5 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:4 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:5 msgid "20 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:6 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:8 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:7 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:9 msgid "1 hour" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:8 msgid "2 hours" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:9 msgid "Don't suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:10 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:12 msgid "When battery is present" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:13 msgid "When battery is charging/in use" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:14 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:10 msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:15 msgid "On battery power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:16 msgid "When plugged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:17 msgid "Suspend when inactive for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:18 msgid "When power is _critically low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:19 msgid "When the lid is closed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:20 msgid "Show battery status in the _menu bar" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:592 msgid "Low on toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:594 msgid "Out of toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:597 msgid "Low on developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:600 msgid "Out of developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:602 msgid "Low on a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:604 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:606 msgid "Open cover" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:608 msgid "Open door" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:610 msgid "Low on paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:612 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:614 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Offline" msgstr "" #. Translators: Someone has paused the Printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:616 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Paused" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is almost full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:618 msgid "Waste receptacle almost full" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:620 msgid "Waste receptacle full" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:622 msgid "The optical photo conductor is near end of life" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:624 msgid "The optical photo conductor is no longer functioning" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being configured right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:727 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Configuring" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (can start new job without waiting) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:784 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (jobs are processing) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:788 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (no jobs can be processed) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:792 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Toner supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:909 msgid "Toner Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Ink supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:912 msgid "Ink Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:915 msgid "Supply Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being installed right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:933 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Installing" msgstr "" #. Translators: There are no printers available (none is configured or CUPS is not running) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1110 msgid "No printers available" msgstr "" #. Translators: there is n active print jobs on this printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1414 #, c-format msgid "%u active" msgid_plural "%u active" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Addition of the new printer failed. #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1734 msgid "Failed to add new printer." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1899 msgid "Select PPD File" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1908 msgid "" "PostScript Printer Description files (*.ppd, *.PPD, *.ppd.gz, *.PPD.gz, " "*.PPD.GZ)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2213 msgid "No suitable driver found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2282 msgid "Searching for preferred drivers..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2297 msgid "Select from database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2306 msgid "Provide PPD File..." msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of job which makes printer to print test page #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2457 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2480 msgid "Test page" msgstr "" #. Translators: The XML file containing user interface can not be loaded #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2883 #, c-format msgid "Could not load ui: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change printer settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the printing control-center panel #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Printer;Queue;Print;Paper;Ink;Toner;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid " " msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #. Translators: This tab contains list of active print jobs of the selected printer #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Active Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Resume Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Pause Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Cancel Print Job" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:1102 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Add a New Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Search for network printers or filter result" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:31 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Loading options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:1101 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:98 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Loading drivers database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Select Printer Driver" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:65 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:69 msgid "One Sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:67 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Long Edge (Standard)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:69 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Short Edge (Flip)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:75 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:77 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is waiting to be printed) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:143 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Pending" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is held for printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:147 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Held" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is currently printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:151 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been stopped) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:155 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:159 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has aborted due to error) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:163 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has completed successfully) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:167 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing titles of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:289 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing statuses of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:298 msgid "Job State" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s Active Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: No printers were found #: ../panels/printers/pp-new-printer-dialog.c:1291 msgid "No printers detected." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:82 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:83 msgid "Paper Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:84 msgid "Paper Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:85 msgid "Output Tray" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:86 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:87 msgid "GhostScript pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets number of pages printed on one sheet #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:533 msgid "Pages per side" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets whether to print on both sides of paper #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:545 msgid "Two-sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets orientation of print (portrait, landscape...) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:557 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" #. Translators: "General" tab contains general printer options #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:654 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "General" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Page Setup" tab contains settings related to pages (page size, paper source, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:657 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Installable Options" tab contains settings of presence of installed options (amount of RAM, duplex unit, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:660 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Installable Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Job" tab contains settings for jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:663 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Job" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Image Quality" tab contains settings for quality of output print (e.g. resolution) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:666 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Image Quality" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Finishing" tab contains finishing settings (e.g. booklet printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:672 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Advanced" tab contains all others settings #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:675 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #. Translators: Options of given printer (e.g. "MyPrinter Options") #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:936 #, c-format msgid "%s Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:75 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:77 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:85 msgid "Auto Select" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #. Translators: this is an option of "Resolution" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:79 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:81 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:83 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:87 msgid "Printer Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:89 msgid "Embed GhostScript fonts only" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:91 msgid "Convert to PS level 1" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:93 msgid "Convert to PS level 2" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:95 msgid "No pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer manufacturers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:230 msgid "Manufacturers" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer drivers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:242 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:1 msgid "Add Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:4 msgid "Supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: This checkbox is checked when the default printer is selected. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:8 msgid "_Default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:9 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "" #. Tanslators: Opens a dialog containing printer's jobs #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:12 msgid "Model" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:15 msgid "label" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "Setting new driver..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:18 msgid "page 3" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button executes command which prints test page. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:20 msgid "Print _Test Page" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button opens printer's options tab #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:22 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button adds new printer. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:24 msgid "Add New Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The CUPS server is not running (we can not connect to it). #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:26 msgid "" "Sorry! The system printing service\n" "doesn't seem to be available." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your keyboard or input method settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the region control-center panel #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Language;Layout;Keyboard;Input Method;Text Entry;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:1 msgid "Region and Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "Input sources to use:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Switch to next source using:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Switch to previous source using:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:5 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:29 msgid "Use the same source for all windows" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:6 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:30 msgid "Allow different sources for each window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "New windows use the default source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "New windows use the current source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:9 msgid "Show input candidates:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:10 msgid "Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:12 msgid "Using custom font:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:13 msgid "Show current input source in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Keyboard Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:143 msgid "Imperial" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:145 msgid "Metric" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-input-chooser.ui.h:1 msgid "Choose an input source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-input-chooser.ui.h:2 msgid "Select an input source to add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:512 msgid "" "The login screen, system accounts and new user accounts use the system-wide " "Region and Language settings." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:517 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:33 msgid "" "The login screen, system accounts and new user accounts use the system-wide " "Region and Language settings. You may change the system settings to match " "yours." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:520 msgid "Copy Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:523 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:40 msgid "Copy Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Select a display language (change will be applied next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Add Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Install languages..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:5 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:6 msgid "Select a region (change will be applied the next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:9 msgid "Dates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:10 msgid "Times" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:12 msgid "Currency" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:13 msgid "Measurement" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:15 msgid "Formats" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "Select keyboards or other input sources" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:17 msgid "Add Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:18 msgid "Remove Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:19 msgid "Move Input Source Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:20 msgid "Move Input Source Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:21 msgid "Input Source Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:22 msgid "Show Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:24 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:27 msgid "Shortcut Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:32 msgid "Input Sources" msgstr "" #. 'display' means 'output' here, as in 'translated messages that are displayed to the user' #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:35 msgid "Display language:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:36 msgid "Input source:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:37 msgid "Format:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:38 msgid "Your settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:39 msgid "System settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gtkentryaccel.c:180 msgid "New accelerator…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Brightness & Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the brightness and lock control-center panel #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Brightness;Lock;Dim;Blank;Monitor;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:1 msgid "Screen turns off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:2 msgid "30 seconds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:3 msgid "1 minute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:4 msgid "2 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:5 msgid "3 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:11 msgid "_Dim screen to save power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:12 msgid "Brightness" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:13 msgid "_Turn screen off when inactive for:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:14 msgid "_Lock screen after:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:15 msgid "Require my password when waking from suspend" msgstr "" #. To translators: This asks whether you want to lock the screen (through the screensaver) when you're detected to be physically in your home (your house, etc.) #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:17 msgid "Don't lock when at home" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:18 msgid "Locations..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:19 msgid "Show _notifications when locked" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:20 msgid "Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:111 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:112 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:115 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Rear" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:116 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Front" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:119 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:120 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Maximum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 msgid "_Balance:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 msgid "_Fade:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 msgid "_Subwoofer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:614 ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:623 msgctxt "volume" msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:618 msgctxt "volume" msgid "Unamplified" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:924 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1811 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-combo-box.c:167 msgid "_Profile:" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1841 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1851 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:2375 msgid "System Sounds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:349 msgid "Peak detect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:732 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:859 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1890 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2018 msgid "Settings for the selected device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:786 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Settings for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:812 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:967 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1624 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:595 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1726 #, c-format msgid "Speaker Testing for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1730 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:923 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1752 msgid "Allow louder than 100% (may distort sound)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This label is used in a checkbox close to volume #. * slider. Please keep it brief. #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1754 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1826 msgid "Allow louder than 100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1807 msgid "_Output volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1860 msgid "Output" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1865 msgid "Play sound through" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1966 msgid "Test Sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1989 msgid "Input" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1993 msgid "Record sound from" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2036 msgid "_Input volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2069 msgid "Input level:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2090 msgid "Sound Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2097 msgid "_Alert volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2110 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2114 msgid "No application is currently playing or recording audio." msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2119 msgid "Show sound volume in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:189 msgid "Built-in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:455 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:467 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:479 msgid "Sound Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:458 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:469 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:481 msgid "Testing event sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:585 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:586 msgid "From theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:770 msgid "C_hoose an alert sound:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:220 msgid "Stop" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:220 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:332 msgid "Test" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:228 msgid "Subwoofer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/sound-theme-file-utils.c:292 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/unity-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Sound" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/unity-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change sound volume and sound events" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the sound control-center panel #: ../panels/sound/data/unity-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Card;Microphone;Volume;Fade;Balance;Bluetooth;Headset;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:303 #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:309 msgid "No shortcut set" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/unity-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Universal Access Preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the universal access control-center panel #: ../panels/universal-access/unity-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Keyboard;Mouse;a11y;Accessibility;Contrast;Zoom;Screen " "Reader;text;font;size;AccessX;Sticky Keys;Slow Keys;Bounce Keys;Mouse Keys;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:1 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:2 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:3 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:4 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High/Inverse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:5 msgid "On screen keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:6 msgid "GOK" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:7 msgid "OnBoard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:8 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:10 #, no-c-format msgid "75%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:11 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:13 #, no-c-format msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:14 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:16 #, no-c-format msgid "125%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:17 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:19 #, no-c-format msgid "150%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:20 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Larger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:21 msgid "High Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:22 msgid "Beep on Caps and Num Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:23 msgid "Options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:24 msgid "Screen Reader" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:25 msgid "Turn on or off:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:26 msgctxt "universal access, zoom" msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:27 msgid "Zoom in:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:28 msgid "Zoom out:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:29 msgid "Large Text" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:30 msgid "Seeing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:31 msgid "Visual Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:32 msgid "Use a visual indication when an alert sound occurs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:33 msgid "Flash the window title" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:34 msgid "Flash the entire screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:35 msgid "Closed Captioning" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:36 msgid "Display a textual description of speech and sounds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:37 msgid "_Test flash" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:39 msgid "Hearing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:40 msgid "On Screen Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:41 msgid "Sticky Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:42 msgid "Treats a sequence of modifier keys as a key combination" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:43 msgid "_Disable if two keys are pressed together" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:44 msgid "Beep when a _modifer key is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:45 msgid "Slow Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:46 msgid "Puts a delay between when a key is pressed and when it is accepted" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:47 msgid "A_cceptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:50 msgid "Slow keys typing delay" msgstr "" #. This string is part of a line of checkboxes: Beep when a key is [ ] pressed [ ] accepted [ ] rejected #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:54 msgid "Beep when a key is" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:56 msgid "pressed" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:58 msgid "accepted" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:60 msgid "rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:61 msgid "Bounce Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:62 msgid "Ignores fast duplicate keypresses" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:63 msgid "Acc_eptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:64 msgid "Bounce keys typing delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:65 msgid "Beep when a key is _rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:66 msgid "Enable by Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:67 msgid "Turn accessibility features on and off using the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:69 msgid "Mouse Keys" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:70 msgid "Control the pointer using the keypad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:71 msgid "Video Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:72 msgid "Control the pointer using the video camera." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:73 msgid "Simulated Secondary Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:74 msgid "Trigger a secondary click by holding down the primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:75 msgid "Secondary click delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:76 msgid "Hover Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:77 msgid "Trigger a click when the pointer hovers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:78 msgid "D_elay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:79 msgid "Motion _threshold:" msgstr "" #. small threshold #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:81 msgid "Small" msgstr "" #. large threshold #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:83 msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:84 msgid "Mouse Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:85 msgid "Pointing and Clicking" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:357 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:358 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¼ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:359 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "½ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:360 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¾ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:361 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Full Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Top Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Bottom Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:4 msgid "Left Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:5 msgid "Right Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Zoom Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Magnification:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:10 msgid "Screen part:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:11 msgid "Magnifier extends outside of screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:12 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Magnifier cursor pushes contents around" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Magnifier cursor moves with contents" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:15 msgid "Magnifier Position:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Magnifier" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:17 msgid "Thickness:" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:19 msgid "Thin" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:21 msgid "Thick" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:22 msgid "Length:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:23 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:24 msgid "Crosshairs:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Overlaps mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:26 msgid "Crosshairs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:27 msgid "White on black:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Brightness:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Contrast:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:31 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:32 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Full" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:36 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:35 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:37 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Administrator" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Local Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Enterprise Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Account _Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Login Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Tip: Enterprise domain or realm name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Domain Administrator Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "In order to use enterprise logins, this computer needs to be\n" "enrolled in the domain. Please have your network administrator\n" "type their domain password here." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Administrator _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Administrator Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:1 msgid "Left thumb" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:2 msgid "Left middle finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:3 msgid "Left ring finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:4 msgid "Left little finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:5 msgid "Right thumb" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:6 msgid "Right middle finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:7 msgid "Right ring finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:8 msgid "Right little finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:9 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:700 msgid "Enable Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:10 msgid "_Right index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:11 msgid "_Left index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:12 msgid "_Other finger:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:13 msgid "" "Your fingerprint was successfully saved. You should now be able to log in " "using your fingerprint reader." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Add or remove users" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the user accounts control-center panel #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Login;Name;Fingerprint;Avatar;Logo;Face;Password;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Login History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Previous Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Next Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Next week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Set a password now" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Choose password at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Log in without a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Enable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hint" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "" "This hint may be displayed at the login screen. It will be visible to all " "users of this system. Do not include the password here." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "C_onfirm password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_New password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Current _password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Changing password for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "How to choose a strong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Ch_ange" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Changing photo for:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Choose a picture that will be shown at the login screen for this account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Take a photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Add User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Remove User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "A_utomatic Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "User Icon" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Last Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Show my login name in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/com.canonical.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:1 msgid "Manage user accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/com.canonical.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:2 msgid "Authentication is required to change user data" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:94 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:668 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:99 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Not good enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:108 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:111 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:670 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:114 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:671 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:117 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:672 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Strong" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:424 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:504 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:510 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too simple" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:516 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are too similar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:519 #, c-format msgid "The new password has already been used recently." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:522 #, c-format msgid "The new password must contain numeric or special characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:526 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are the same" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Your password has been changed since you initially authenticated!" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:534 #, c-format msgid "The new password does not contain enough different characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:538 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:194 msgid "Failed to add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:426 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:467 msgid "Failed to register account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:600 msgid "No supported way to authenticate with this domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:654 msgid "Failed to join domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:722 msgid "Failed to log into domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:139 msgid "" "You are not allowed to access the device. Contact your system administrator." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:141 msgid "The device is already in use." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:143 msgid "An internal error occurred." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:219 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:220 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:268 msgid "Delete registered fingerprints?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:272 msgid "_Delete Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:279 msgid "" "Do you want to delete your registered fingerprints so fingerprint login is " "disabled?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:455 msgid "Done!" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "Could you not access "Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B" device #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:516 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:558 #, c-format msgid "Could not access '%s' device" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "Could you not access "Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B" device #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:599 #, c-format msgid "Could not start finger capture on '%s' device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:650 msgid "Could not access any fingerprint readers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:651 msgid "Please contact your system administrator for help." msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The variable is the name of the device, for example: #. * "To enable fingerprint login, you need to save one of your fingerprints, using the #. * 'Digital Persona U.are.U 4000/4000B' device." #. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:734 #, c-format msgid "" "To enable fingerprint login, you need to save one of your fingerprints, " "using the '%s' device." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:741 msgid "Selecting finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:742 msgid "Enrolling fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:743 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:88 msgid "This Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:91 msgid "Last Week" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", #. shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:97 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:101 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:106 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a week label on a login history. #. The first %s is the first day of a week, and the second %s the last day. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:111 #, c-format msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%s - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a time format string in the style of "22:58". #. It indicates a login time which follows a date. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:195 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:624 msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%k:%M" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a login date-time. #. The first %s is a date, and the second %s a time. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:198 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:628 #, c-format msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:259 msgid "Session Ended" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:265 msgid "Session Started" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:131 msgid "_Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:185 msgid "Please choose another password." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:194 msgid "Please type your current password again." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:200 msgid "Password could not be changed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:310 msgid "You need to enter a new password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:313 msgid "The new password is not strong enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:319 msgid "You need to confirm the password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:322 msgid "The passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:328 msgid "You need to enter your current password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:331 msgid "The current password is not correct" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:398 msgid "Passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:468 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:443 msgid "Disable image" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:461 msgid "Take a photo…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:479 msgid "Browse for more pictures…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:703 #, c-format msgid "Used by %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "No such domain or realm found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:808 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Cannot log in as %s at the %s domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:814 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:827 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't connect to the %s domain: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:188 msgid "Other Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:410 msgid "Failed to delete user" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:475 msgid "You cannot delete your own account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s is still logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:488 msgid "" "Deleting a user while they are logged in can leave the system in an " "inconsistent state." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:497 #, c-format msgid "Do you want to keep %s's files?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:501 msgid "" "It is possible to keep the home directory, mail spool and temporary files " "around when deleting a user account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:504 msgid "_Delete Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:505 msgid "_Keep Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:557 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "Account disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:565 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "To be set at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:568 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:617 msgid "Logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1007 msgid "Failed to contact the accounts service" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1009 msgid "Please make sure that the AccountService is installed and enabled." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1050 msgid "" "To make changes,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1088 msgid "Create a user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1099 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1418 msgid "" "To create a user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1109 msgid "Delete the selected user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1121 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1423 msgid "" "To delete the selected user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1323 msgid "My Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:535 #, c-format msgid "A user with the username '%s' already exists" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:539 #, c-format msgid "The username is too long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:542 msgid "The username cannot start with a '-'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:545 msgid "" "The username must only consist of:\n" " ➣ letters from the English alphabet\n" " ➣ digits\n" " ➣ any of the characters '.', '-' and '_'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:815 msgid "Today" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:818 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:823 msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:827 msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:1 msgid "Map Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:2 msgid "Map buttons to functions" msgstr "" #. Text printed on screen #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:78 msgid "Screen Calibration" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:79 msgid "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen to calibrate the " "tablet." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:368 msgid "Mis-click detected, restarting..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:275 msgid "Output:" msgstr "" #. Keep ratio switch #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:287 msgid "Keep aspect ratio (letterbox):" msgstr "" #. Whole-desktop checkbox #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:298 msgid "Map to single monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-nav-button.c:89 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:118 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:384 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:119 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Send Keystroke" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:120 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:121 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:662 msgid "Switch Modes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:752 #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-stylus-page.c:373 msgid "Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:810 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:920 msgid "Display Mapping" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Wacom Tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Set button mappings and adjust stylus sensitivity for graphics tablets" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the wacom tablet control-center panel #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Tablet;Wacom;Stylus;Eraser;Mouse;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Tablet (absolute)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Touchpad (relative)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "Tablet Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "No tablet detected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Bluetooth Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Map to Monitor…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Map Buttons…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "Adjust display resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Tracking Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "Left-Handed Orientation" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1076 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1086 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1105 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1156 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1166 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1220 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1222 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1225 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1336 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1342 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1345 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:1 msgid "No Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:2 msgid "Left Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:3 msgid "Middle Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:4 msgid "Right Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:5 msgid "Scroll Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:6 msgid "Scroll Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:7 msgid "Scroll Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:8 msgid "Scroll Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:9 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:10 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:11 msgid "Stylus" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:12 msgid "Eraser Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Soft" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:14 msgid "Firm" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Top Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:16 msgid "Lower Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Tip Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/cc-shell-nav-bar.c:117 msgid "_All Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:59 msgid "Enable verbose mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:60 msgid "Show the overview" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:61 msgid "Search for the string" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:62 ../shell/control-center.c:63 #: ../shell/control-center.c:64 msgid "Show help options" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:65 msgid "Panel to display" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:65 msgid "[PANEL] [ARGUMENT…]" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:87 msgid "- System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:275 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:278 ../shell/control-center.c:294 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:280 ../shell/control-center.c:293 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unity-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../shell/shell.ui.h:1 msgid "System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unity-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences;Settings;" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unitycc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_US/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561246015002 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_US/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561247016570 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_US/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000172556712321561247021562 0ustar # English (United States) translation for evolution # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-27 11:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (United States) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "" #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "" #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as \"major.minor.micro" "\". This is used for data and settings migration from older to newer " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-file" "\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "" #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 msgid "Username:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "" #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "" #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "" #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Richard Laager https://launchpad.net/~rlaager" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "" #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561314014737 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561376016534 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000000352012321561314020513 0ustar # English (British) translation of devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2004 devhelp's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the devhelp package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "Main window maximised state" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "Whether the main window should start maximised." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "Use the system's default fonts." #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Sridhar Dhanapalan https://launchpad.net/~sridhar\n" " Utkarshraj Atmaram https://launchpad.net/~utcursch" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000002113312321561316017640 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # David Lodge , 2004. # Alan Horkan , 2005. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "As custom colour:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "As custom c_olour:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Colour for Transparent Areas" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the colour value used." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Transparency colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "colour which is used for indicating transparency." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Use a custom background colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "If this is active, the colour set by the background-color key will be used " "to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill colour." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "Move images to the wastebasket without asking" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the wastebasket. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to " "the wastebasket and would be deleted instead." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialogue should have its own " "page." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialogue will be " "moved to its own page in the dialogue. This should make the dialogue more " "usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget " "will be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\" extension) of the " "application to be used for editing images when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar " "button is clicked. Leave it empty to disable this feature." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writeable file format based on " "the filename." #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entre:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as the Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the Rubbish Bin?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "A wastebasket for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the Rubbish Bin?" msgstr[1] "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the Rubbish Bin?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the wastebasket and will be " "removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Move to _Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "Couldn't access Rubbish Bin." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "Rotate Anti-c_lockwise" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "Move the selected image to the wastebasket" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "Move to Wastebasket" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Gareth Owen \n" "Alan Horkan \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Chris Leonard https://launchpad.net/~cjl-u\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Giles Weaver https://launchpad.net/~gweaver\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Michael Fallows https://launchpad.net/~mf\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Tom https://launchpad.net/~tom6\n" " Tomasz Chabowski https://launchpad.net/~tomasz-chabowski-googlemail\n" " Vincent Palmer https://launchpad.net/~shift\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000017576312321561316021514 0ustar # British English translation of Evolution # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-21 12:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be " "misspelt, or your network connection could be down." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly and that you are using a " "supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case-sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "Ca_tegories…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "Full _Name…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "_State/Province/County:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "Contact Editor — %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "_Type an e-mail address or drag a contact into the list below:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "Add an e-mail to the List" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "Remove an e-mail address from the List" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "Insert e-mail addresses from Address Book" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "_Select…" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" "The name or e-mail of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "The name or e-mail address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "E-mail begins with" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "E-mail 2" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "E-mail 3" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "Website" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts…" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "Work E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "Home E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "Other E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "Copy _E-mail Address" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "Copy the e-mail address to the clipboard" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "_Send New Message To…" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled into it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "Importing…" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "Would you like to send all the participants a cancellation notice?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the meeting is cancelled." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the task has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Would you like to send a cancellation notice for this memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the memo has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "Send an e-mail" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "Meeting — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "Appointment — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "Assigned Task — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "Task — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "Memo — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "Unable to synchronise with the server" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "_Attachment…" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "The event could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "The task could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "The memo could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "The item could not be deleted due to a D-Bus error: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "Contacts…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "Or_ganiser:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "An organiser is required." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Customise" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "Atte_ndees…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "Organi_ser:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "Organiser: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "Organiser: %s" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "Select…" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "An organiser must be set." #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organiser" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "America/North_Dakota/Centre" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Save as…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Save _As…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Print…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "_Prioritise Message" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "Toggles whether the Bcc field is displayed" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "Toggles whether the Cc field is displayed" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " There are a few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Manage your e-mail, contacts and schedule" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "Whether to force showing the e-mail address with the name of the " "autocompleted contact in the entry." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour — Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "Colour to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour — Time bar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" "Colour to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the e-mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special colour (task-due-today-" "colour)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Tasks due today colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" "Background colour of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special colour (task-overdue-colour)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Overdue tasks colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" "Background colour of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"Europe/London\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the window is maximised" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "Every time Evolution starts, check whether it is the default mailer." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "Recognise links in text and replace them." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "Recognise emoticons in text and replace them with images." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "Spell checking colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "Underline colour for misspelt words when using inline spelling." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "Put personalised signatures at the top of replies" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "List of localised 'Re'" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" "Comma-separated list of localised 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Citation highlight colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Citation highlight colour." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "Enable/Disable caret mode" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "Sender e-mail address column in the message list" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" "Show the e-mail address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" "Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc to the number specified in " "address_count." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Number of addresses to display in To/Cc/Bcc" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '…' is shown." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" "Whether to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not " "contain In-Reply-To or References headers." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true, accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders; otherwise, accounts are sorted based on an " "order given by a user." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when a 'Forward to' filter action is used and approximately one minute " "after the last action invocation." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "Prompt when emptying the Rubbish folder" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the Rubbish." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree; 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) to " "ask the user." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree; 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) to " "ask the user." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "Empty Rubbish folders on exit" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Empty all Rubbish folders when exiting Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "Minimum number of days between emptying the Rubbish on exit" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "Minimum time between emptying the Rubbish on exit, in days." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "Last time Empty Rubbish was run" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "The last time Empty Rubbish was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "List of Labels and their associated colours" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "Determines whether to look up in address book for sender e-mail." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "Determines whether to look up the sender's e-mail in the address book. If " "found, it shouldn't be spam. It looks up in the books marked for " "autocompletion but can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are " "marked for autocompletion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are strings " "in the format \"headername=value\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This also " "includes sending messages from Outbox." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts when Evolution is " "started, regardless of the account \"Check for new messages every X minutes" "\" option. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' " "option." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "Server synchronisation interval" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronised with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed','attach']" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "Address book to use for storing automatically synchronised contacts." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "Mode to use when displaying mail" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" "The mode to use for displaying mail. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Skip development warning dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogues." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronised to disk for offline usage." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "GPG encrypted" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "S/MIME encrypted" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "_Sort…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "_Group By…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "_Fields Shown…" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "Open With Other Application…" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "A_dd Attachment…" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Other…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "Choose the order for information to appear in the message list." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "Customise Current View" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "Add a C_olumn…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "Format Column_s…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "Custo_mise Current View…" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "_Copy E-mail Address" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "Save _Image…" #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "pop up a child" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Cancelled." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "Emptying Rubbish in '%s'" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "Forwarded message — %s" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "No e-mail address provided" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "Missing domain in e-mail address" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive e-mail using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "Use a Real Folder for _Rubbish:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "Please enter your name and e-mail address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in e-mails you send." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "E-mail _Address:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "Or_ganisation:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "Add Ne_w Signature…" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "Receiving E-mail" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "Sending E-mail" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "E-mail Address:" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "_Add to Address Book…" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "_To this Address" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "Send _Reply To…" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "_Copy to Folder…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "_Find in Message…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "Follow _Up…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "_Edit as New Message…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "_Move to Folder…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "_Save as mbox…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "Show the raw e-mail source of the message" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "Mark for Follo_w Up…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "Show messages with all e-mail headers" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Assign Colour" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "Bcc" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "Cc" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "Unset Colour" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" "All new e-mails with headers that match given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "Default Behaviour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Colour for _misspelt words:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" "To help avoid e-mail accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish folders" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "_Look up in local address book only" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licence Agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "_Tick this to accept the licence agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "_Accept Licence" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case-sensitive; your caps lock might be on." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML e-mail:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to send a message with only Bcc recipients?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: " "recipient. " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: " "recipient." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to send a message with an invalid address?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "The following recipient was not recognised as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "The following recipients were not recognised as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "Please enter a valid e-mail address in the To: field. You can search for e-" "mail addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "_Empty Rubbish" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Unable to read licence file." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "Cannot read the licence file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its licence." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "Synchronise folders locally for offline usage?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" "Do you want to locally synchronise the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "Do _Not Synchronise" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "_Synchronise" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate messages." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Cancelling…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "Updating…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "Waiting…" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %l:%M %p" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search, either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "Subject — Trimmed" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "Save as vCard…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "Co_py All Contacts To…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "Mo_ve All Contacts To…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "_Rename…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "_Copy Contact To…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "_Find in Contact…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "_Forward Contact…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "_Move Contact To…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "_New Contact…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "New Contact _List…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "_Send Message to Contact…" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "_Save as vCard…" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "_Back up Evolution Data…" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "R_estore Evolution Data…" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "Check Evolution Backup" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "Backing up Evolution accounts and settings" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "Backing up Evolution data (Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "Backup complete" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "Extracting files from backup" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "Removing temporary backup files" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "Please wait while Evolution backs up your data." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "Please wait while Evolution restores your data." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "Close and Back Up Evolution" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalogue" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalogue over SSL" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "Using e-mail address" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using e-mail address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "E-mail:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the e-mail address." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "_Copy…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "Cop_y to Calendar…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "_Delegate Meeting…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "New All Day _Event…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "Create a new all-day event" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Forward as iCalendar…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "New _Meeting…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "Mo_ve to Calendar…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "New _Appointment…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "_Schedule Meeting…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "Conv_ert to Appointment…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Save as iCalendar…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "_Find in Memo…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "_Find in Task…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "Copy…" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A %e %B" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s through %s has cancelled the following meeting:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s has cancelled the following meeting:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s through %s has cancelled the following assigned task:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s has cancelled the following assigned task:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s through %s has cancelled the following shared memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s has cancelled the following shared memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "Opening the calendar. Please wait…" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Sent to calendar '%s' as cancelled" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "Organiser has removed the delegate %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Sent a cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Could not send the cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "Also send mail when in offline _mode" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "_Copy Folder To…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "_Move Folder To…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "_New…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish Bin" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "_Subscriptions…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "C_reate Search Folder From Search…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "_New Folder…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "Do you want to make Evolution your default e-mail client?" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your e-mail " "accounts, and to import files from other applications." #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "Loading accounts…" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "_Add Attachment…" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "Create _address book entries when sending mail" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "_Synchronise contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "Synchronise with _buddy list now" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and e-mail addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "E-mail Custom Header" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "_Automatically launch when a new e-mail is edited" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "The file you selected does not look like a valid PNG image. Error: {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "New e-mail in Evolution" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "You have selected %d e-mails to be converted to events. Do you really want " "to add them all?" msgstr[1] "" "You have selected %d e-mails to be converted to events. Do you really want " "to add them all?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "You have selected %d e-mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[1] "" "You have selected %d e-mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" "You have selected %d e-mail to be converted to a memo. Do you really want to " "add it?" msgstr[1] "" "You have selected %d e-mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "Do you wish to continue converting remaining e-mails?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "No writeable calendar is available." #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an e-mail you are replying to." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "Preparing to go offline…" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "Preparing to go online…" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "Preparing to quit…" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Arne Goetje https://launchpad.net/~arnegoetje\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Chris Woollard https://launchpad.net/~cwoollard\n" " Dan Bishop https://launchpad.net/~danbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " David Symons https://launchpad.net/~bimberi\n" " Eric Oberlander https://launchpad.net/~eric-oberlander\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Tom Sutch https://launchpad.net/~plumstead21\n" " William Anderson https://launchpad.net/~neuro" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "I_mport…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "_Advanced Search…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "_Edit Saved Searches…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "_Save Search…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "Submit _Bug Report…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "Save Custom View…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "Current view is a customised view" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s — Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- The Evolution PIM and E-mail Client" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "Issued To Organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "Issued To Organisational Unit" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "Issued By Organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "Issued By Organisational Unit" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mail Address" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "Select a certificate to import…" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "All e-mail certificate files" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Signer Certificate" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Recipient Certificate" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organisation (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Organisational Unit (OU)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "You have certificates from these organisations that identify you:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "Back Up _All" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "Trust this CA to identify _e-mail users." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "E-mail Certificate Trust Settings" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "E-mail Certificate Authority" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000002727512321561317023722 0ustar # English (Commonwealth) translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Robert Readman , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution 0.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-21 12:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Searching…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "Reconnecting to LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "Receiving LDAP search results…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "Adding contact to LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Modifying contact from LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Removing contact from LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "Loading Addressbook summary…" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "E-mail 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "E-mail 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "E-mail 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "E-mail 4" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisational Unit" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "E-mail List" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "Operation has been cancelled" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organiser\", or " "\"classification\"" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Signing is not supported by this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Verifying is not supported by this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Encryption is not supported by this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Decryption is not supported by this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "You may not import keys with this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "You may not export keys with this cypher" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronised." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "Resynchronising with server" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "Synchronising junk database" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "Virtual folder e-mail provider" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "Could not load %s: No initialisation code in module." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Invalid e-mail address trace information:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "Server response did not contain authorisation data" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "Server response contained incomplete authorisation data" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognised by the implementation." #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "Cannot copy messages to the Wastebasket folder" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "Automatically synchroni_se remote mail locally" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "Could not synchronise temporary folder %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt; copy saved in '%s'" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "Sending messages disabled in offline mode" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Syntax error, command unrecognised" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "Extension dialogue '%s' not found." #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favourites" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Signer Certificate" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Recipient Certificate" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organisation (O)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Organisational Unit (OU)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "E-mail Certificate Authority" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "Didn't find e-mail member in JSON data" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000000523312321561317021306 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 file-roller'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 14:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "Application does not accept documents on the command line" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialogue and not associated " "with the file type." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "Extract To…" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "Compress…" #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Cruz Bishop https://launchpad.net/~cruzjbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen\n" " Giles Weaver https://launchpad.net/~gweaver\n" " Jozsef Kok https://launchpad.net/~jozsefkok\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Vincent Palmer https://launchpad.net/~shift\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000001047412321561320020145 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE GCONFS'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the GCONF package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004 # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: GCONF\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-07 19:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Oberlander \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../backends/markup-backend.c:862 msgid "Initializing Markup backend module" msgstr "Initialising Markup backend module" #: ../backends/xml-backend.c:811 msgid "Initializing XML backend module" msgstr "Initialising XML backend module" #: ../gconf/gconf-backend.c:363 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing module `%s': %s\n" msgstr "Error initialising module `%s': %s\n" #: ../gconf/gconf-database.c:1228 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may " "result in a notification weirdly reappearing): %s" msgstr "" "Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may " "result in a notification strangely reappearing): %s" #: ../gconf/gconf-sources.c:799 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no " "writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your " "configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't " "found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your " "operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your " "home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly " "notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have " "two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), " "logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If " "you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that " "you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has " "its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections - put " "\"ORBIIOPIPv4=1\" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for " "details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per " "home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles " "in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf" msgstr "" "Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no " "writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your " "configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't " "found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your " "operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your " "home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly " "notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have " "two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), " "logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If " "you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that " "you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has " "its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections — put " "\"ORBIIOPIPv4=1\" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for " "details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per " "home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles " "in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf" #: ../gconf/gconfd.c:2786 msgid "" "Some client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added." msgstr "" "A client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added." #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:523 msgid "[FILE...]|[KEY...]|[DIR...]" msgstr "[FILE…]|[KEY…]|[DIR…]" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:2964 #, c-format msgid "WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a - ignoring\n" msgstr "WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a — ignoring\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gedit.po0000644000000000000000000001655112321561321020166 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 gedit'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gedit package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009–2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gedit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-28 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text." msgstr "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognised encodings are used." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognised encodings are used." #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:182 msgid "[FILE...] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]" msgstr "[FILE…] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-help.c:114 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Jessica Tallon https://launchpad.net/~xray7224-deactivatedaccount\n" " Laura Blackwell https://launchpad.net/~lblackwell49\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:380 msgid "Add or Remove..." msgstr "Add or Remove…" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:185 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:78 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Save _As…" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:196 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:84 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Print…" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:825 msgid "The selected color scheme cannot be installed." msgstr "The selected colour scheme cannot be installed." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:867 msgid "Color Scheme Files" msgstr "Colour Scheme Files" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:919 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove color scheme \"%s\"." msgstr "Could not remove colour scheme \"%s\"." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Color Scheme" msgstr "Colour Scheme" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:29 msgid "Font & Colors" msgstr "Font & Colours" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-job.c:836 msgid "Preparing..." msgstr "Preparing…" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:54 msgid "_Open..." msgstr "_Open…" #. Search menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:109 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "_Find…" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:116 ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:119 msgid "_Replace..." msgstr "_Replace…" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:124 msgid "Go to _Line..." msgstr "Go to _Line…" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:253 msgid "Capitalize the first letter of each selected word" msgstr "Capitalise the first letter of each selected word" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:175 msgid "Manage _External Tools..." msgstr "Manage _External Tools…" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:6 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:916 msgid "" "Cannot move file to trash, do you\n" "want to delete permanently?" msgstr "" "Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin, do you\n" "want to delete it permanently?" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:921 #, c-format msgid "The file \"%s\" cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "The file \"%s\" cannot be moved to the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:926 msgid "The selected files cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "The selected files cannot be moved to the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Command Color Text" msgstr "Command Colour Text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "The command color text" msgstr "The command colour text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Error Color Text" msgstr "Error Colour Text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The error color text" msgstr "The error colour text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand color:" msgstr "C_ommand colour:" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Error color:" msgstr "_Error colour:" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/popup.py:78 msgid "Type to search..." msgstr "Type to search…" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:67 msgid "Add a new snippet..." msgstr "Add a new snippet…" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/placeholder.py:601 #, python-format msgid "" "Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time, execution " "aborted." msgstr "" "Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time; execution " "aborted." #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/windowactivatable.py:154 msgid "Manage _Snippets..." msgstr "Manage _Snippets…" #: ../plugins/sort/gedit-sort-plugin.c:88 msgid "S_ort..." msgstr "S_ort…" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:444 msgid "_More..." msgstr "_More…" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-automatic-spell-checker.c:553 msgid "_Spelling Suggestions..." msgstr "_Spelling Suggestions…" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:108 msgid "_Check Spelling..." msgstr "_Check Spelling…" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:116 msgid "Set _Language..." msgstr "Set _Language…" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:846 msgid "No misspelled words" msgstr "No misspelt words" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:2 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "Misspelt word:" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-plugin.c:184 msgid "In_sert Date and Time..." msgstr "In_sert Date and Time…" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "When inserting date/time..." msgstr "When inserting date/time…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20.po0000644000000000000000000014476412321561322020201 0ustar # This is the English, British catalogue for GIMP. # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Piers Cornwell , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004 # Thomas Thurman # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 10:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../app/about.h:34 msgid "" "GIMP is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" "\n" "GIMP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "GIMP. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" "GIMP is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" "\n" "GIMP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "GIMP. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." #: ../app/main.c:153 msgid "Show license information and exit" msgstr "Show licence information and exit" #: ../app/main.c:228 msgid "Send messages to console instead of using a dialog" msgstr "Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue" #: ../app/main.c:407 msgid "" "GIMP could not initialize the graphical user interface.\n" "Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists." msgstr "" "GIMP could not initialise the graphical user interface.\n" "Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists." #: ../app/main.c:514 msgid "GIMP output. You can minimize this window, but don't close it." msgstr "GIMP output. You can minimise this window, but don't close it." #: ../app/actions/actions.c:121 ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:174 #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:354 msgid "Colormap" msgstr "Colourmap" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:136 msgid "Dialogs" msgstr "Dialogues" #: ../app/actions/channels-actions.c:49 msgctxt "channels-action" msgid "Edit the channel's name, color and opacity" msgstr "Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:90 msgid "Edit Channel Color" msgstr "Edit Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:122 msgid "New Channel Color" msgstr "New Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:44 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Colormap Menu" msgstr "Colourmap Menu" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:48 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "_Edit Colour..." #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:49 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Edit this color" msgstr "Edit this colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:57 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from FG" msgstr "_Add Colour from FG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:58 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current foreground color" msgstr "Add current foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:63 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from BG" msgstr "_Add Colour from BG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:64 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current background color" msgstr "Add current background colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:73 #, c-format msgid "Edit colormap entry #%d" msgstr "Edit colourmap entry #%d" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:80 msgid "Edit Colormap Entry" msgstr "Edit Colourmap Entry" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:48 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "_Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:80 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Default Colors" msgstr "_Default Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:82 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Set foreground color to black, background color to white" msgstr "Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:87 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "S_wap Colors" msgstr "S_wap Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:88 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Exchange foreground and background colors" msgstr "Exchange foreground and background colours" #: ../app/actions/cursor-info-actions.c:48 msgctxt "cursor-info-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "Use the composite colour of all visible layers" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:56 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the tool options dialog" msgstr "Open the tool options dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:62 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the device status dialog" msgstr "Open the device status dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:68 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the layers dialog" msgstr "Open the layers dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:74 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the channels dialog" msgstr "Open the channels dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:80 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the paths dialog" msgstr "Open the paths dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:85 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Color_map" msgstr "Colour_map" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:86 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the colormap dialog" msgstr "Open the colourmap dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:92 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the histogram dialog" msgstr "Open the histogram dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:104 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the display navigation dialog" msgstr "Open the display navigation dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:110 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the undo history dialog" msgstr "Open the undo history dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:116 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the pointer information dialog" msgstr "Open the pointer information dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:122 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the sample points dialog" msgstr "Open the sample points dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:127 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Colo_rs" msgstr "Colou_rs" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:128 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the FG/BG color dialog" msgstr "Open the FG/BG colour dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:134 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the brushes dialog" msgstr "Open the brushes dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:146 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open paint dynamics dialog" msgstr "Open paint dynamics dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:158 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the patterns dialog" msgstr "Open the patterns dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:164 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the gradients dialog" msgstr "Open the gradients dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:176 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the palettes dialog" msgstr "Open the palettes dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:188 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open tool presets dialog" msgstr "Open tool presets dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:194 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the fonts dialog" msgstr "Open the fonts dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:200 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the named buffers dialog" msgstr "Open the named buffers dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:206 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the images dialog" msgstr "Open the images dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:212 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the document history dialog" msgstr "Open the document history dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:218 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the image templates dialog" msgstr "Open the image templates dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:235 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the preferences dialog" msgstr "Open the preferences dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:253 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the module manager dialog" msgstr "Open the module manager dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:48 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Dialogs Menu" msgstr "Dialogues Menu" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:57 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "File Open _Dialog" msgstr "File Open _Dialogue" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:58 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Open image dialog" msgstr "Open image dialogue" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:45 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_Equalize" msgstr "_Equalise" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:52 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Invert the colors" msgstr "Invert the colours" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:125 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise" msgstr "Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise" #: ../app/actions/drawable-commands.c:63 msgid "Equalize does not operate on indexed layers." msgstr "Equalise does not operate on indexed layers." #: ../app/actions/drawable-commands.c:111 msgid "White Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:193 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with _FG Color" msgstr "Fill with _FG Colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:194 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the foreground color" msgstr "Fill the selection using the foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:199 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with B_G Color" msgstr "Fill with B_G Colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:200 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the background color" msgstr "Fill the selection using the background colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:49 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Left Color Type" msgstr "Left Colour Type" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:51 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Load Left Color From" msgstr "_Load Left Colour From" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Save Left Color To" msgstr "_Save Left Colour To" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:56 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Right Color Type" msgstr "Right Colour Type" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:58 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Load Right Color Fr_om" msgstr "Load Right Colour Fr_om" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:60 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Sa_ve Right Color To" msgstr "Sa_ve Right Colour To" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:66 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "L_eft Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "L_eft Endpoint's Colour..." #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "R_ight Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "R_ight Endpoint's Colour..." #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:111 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors" msgstr "Ble_nd Endpoints' Colours" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:155 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint" msgstr "_Left Neighbour's Right Endpoint" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:165 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:213 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "_Foreground Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:170 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:218 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "_Background Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:203 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint" msgstr "_Right Neighbour's Left Endpoint" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:262 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:292 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "F_oreground Color" msgstr "F_oreground Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:268 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:298 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "Fo_reground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "Fo_reground Colour (Transparent)" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:273 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:303 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "_Background Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:279 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:309 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "B_ackground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "B_ackground Colour (Transparent)" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:355 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)" msgstr "HSV (_anti-clockwise hue)" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:778 msgid "Coloring _Type for Segment" msgstr "Colouring _Type for Segment" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:791 msgid "Re-_center Segment's Midpoint" msgstr "Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:800 msgid "Coloring _Type for Selection" msgstr "Colouring _Type for Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:813 msgid "Re-_center Midpoints in Selection" msgstr "Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:84 msgid "Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:86 msgid "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:235 msgid "Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:237 msgid "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:60 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "_Colours" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:143 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to the RGB colorspace" msgstr "Convert the image to the RGB colourspace" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:147 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_Grayscale" msgstr "_Greyscale" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:148 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to grayscale" msgstr "Convert the image to greyscale" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:153 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to indexed colors" msgstr "Convert the image to indexed colours" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:187 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise" msgstr "Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:47 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "_Edit Colour..." #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Delete Color" msgstr "_Delete Colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _FG" msgstr "New Colour from _FG" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:73 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the foreground color" msgstr "Create a new entry from the foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:78 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _BG" msgstr "New Colour from _BG" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:80 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the background color" msgstr "Create a new entry from the background colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:68 msgid "Edit Palette Color" msgstr "Edit Palette Colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:70 msgid "Edit Color Palette Entry" msgstr "Edit Colour Palette Entry" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:141 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Show the last used plug-in dialog again" msgstr "Show the last used plug-in dialogue again" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:47 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "_Configure Color and Opacity..." msgstr "_Configure Colour and Opacity..." #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-commands.c:110 msgid "Edit Quick Mask Color" msgstr "Edit Quick Mask Colour" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:48 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "Use the composite colour of all visible layers" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:82 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Remove fuzziness from the selection" msgstr "Remove fuzzyness from the selection" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:49 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Color Tools" msgstr "_Colour Tools" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:55 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_By Color" msgstr "_By Colour" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:56 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "Select regions with similar colours" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:70 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Padding Color" msgstr "_Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:169 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's color sample points" msgstr "Display the image's colour sample points" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:394 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the current theme's background color" msgstr "Use the current theme's background colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:399 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Light Check Color" msgstr "_Light Check Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:400 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the light check color" msgstr "Use the light check colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:405 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Dark Check Color" msgstr "_Dark Check Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:406 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the dark check color" msgstr "Use the dark check colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:411 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Select _Custom Color..." msgstr "Select _Custom Colour..." #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:412 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use an arbitrary color" msgstr "Use an arbitrary colour" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:419 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences" msgstr "Reset padding colour to what's configured in preferences" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:603 msgid "Set Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:605 msgid "Set Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:97 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Dockable Dialogs" msgstr "_Dockable Dialogues" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:116 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "" "When enabled docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows." msgstr "" "When enabled docks and other dialogues are hidden, leaving only image " "windows." #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:126 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:135 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color erase" msgstr "Colour erase" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:57 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Light check color" msgstr "Light check colour" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:58 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Dark check color" msgstr "Dark check colour" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:59 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Custom color" msgstr "Custom colour" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:33 msgid "" "Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom " "color." msgstr "" "Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom " "colour." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:43 msgid "How to handle embedded color profiles when opening a file." msgstr "How to handle embedded colour profiles when opening a file." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:278 msgid "" "Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in " "the layers and channels dialog are nice to have but they can slow things " "down when working with large images." msgstr "" "Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in " "the layers and channels dialogue are nice to have but they can slow things " "down when working with large images." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:283 msgid "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogs." msgstr "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogues." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:287 msgid "Sets the default quick mask color." msgstr "Sets the default quick mask colour." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:301 msgid "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions." msgstr "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, colour and brush across GIMP sessions." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:309 msgid "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits." msgstr "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:322 msgid "" "When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." msgstr "" "When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:413 msgid "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog." msgstr "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:416 msgid "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." msgstr "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:426 msgid "Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox." msgstr "Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:441 msgid "Sets the size of the checkerboard used to display transparency." msgstr "Sets the size of the chequerboard used to display transparency." #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:56 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)" msgstr "Floyd-Steinberg (reduced colour bleeding)" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:88 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use web-optimized palette" msgstr "Use web-optimised palette" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:253 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:254 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:286 msgctxt "fill-style" msgid "Solid color" msgstr "Solid colour" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:345 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Miter" msgstr "Mitre" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:902 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Channel color" msgstr "Channel colour" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1295 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:439 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Foreground Color" msgstr "Fill with Foreground Colour" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:443 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Background Color" msgstr "Fill with Background Colour" #: ../app/core/gimp-gradients.c:87 msgid "FG to BG (HSV counter-clockwise)" msgstr "FG to BG (HSV anti-clockwise)" #. This is a special string to specify the language identifier to #. * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the #. * C in it according to the name of the po file used for #. * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, #. * that would be "tags-locale:lt". #. #: ../app/core/gimp-tags.c:88 msgid "tags-locale:C" msgstr "tags-locale:en_GB" #: ../app/core/gimp.c:595 msgid "Initialization" msgstr "Initialisation" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:540 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:1758 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Channel Color" msgstr "Set Channel Colour" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not " "exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuation in the Preferences " "dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" "You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not " "exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences " "dialogue's 'Folders' section." #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:763 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of " "your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please " "fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" "You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of " "your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please " "fix it in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section." #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:79 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:89 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:72 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:84 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourise" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-equalize.c:52 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Equalize" msgstr "Equalise" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-posterize.c:69 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-posterize.c:79 ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:84 msgid "Posterize" msgstr "Posterise" #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:90 msgid "The foreground color of the grid." msgstr "The foreground colour of the grid." #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:95 msgid "" "The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." msgstr "" "The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:64 #, c-format msgid "Colormap of Image #%d (%s)" msgstr "Colourmap of Image #%d (%s)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:162 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Colormap" msgstr "Set Colourmap" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:210 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Unset Colormap" msgstr "Unset Colourmap" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:263 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Colormap entry" msgstr "Change Colourmap entry" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:291 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Color to Colormap" msgstr "Add Colour to Colourmap" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:813 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to Grayscale" msgstr "Convert Image to Greyscale" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:896 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:941 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)" #: ../app/core/gimppattern-load.c:114 #, c-format msgid "" "Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.\n" "GIMP Patterns must be GRAY or RGB." msgstr "" "Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.\n" "GIMP Patterns must be GREY or RGB." #: ../app/core/gimpstrokeoptions.c:181 msgid "" "Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a " "distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point." msgstr "" "Convert a mitred join to a bevelled join if the mitre would extend to a " "distance of more than mitre-limit * line-width from the actual join point." #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "millimeter" msgstr "millimetre" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "millimeters" msgstr "millimetres" #. Translators: insert your names here, #. separated by newline #: ../app/dialogs/about-dialog.c:129 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Robert Brady\n" "Piers Cornwell\n" "Gareth Owen\n" "Bruce Cowan\n" "Chris Leonard\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Colin Watson https://launchpad.net/~cjwatson\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman" #: ../app/dialogs/channel-options-dialog.c:175 msgid "Initialize from _selection" msgstr "Initialise from _selection" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:125 msgid "Indexed Color Conversion" msgstr "Indexed Colour Conversion" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:128 msgid "Convert Image to Indexed Colors" msgstr "Convert Image to Indexed Colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:190 msgid "_Maximum number of colors:" msgstr "_Maximum number of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:217 msgid "_Remove unused colors from colormap" msgstr "_Remove unused colours from colourmap" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:246 msgid "Color _dithering:" msgstr "Colour _dithering:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:288 msgid "Converting to indexed colors" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:416 ../app/pdb/convert-cmds.c:153 msgid "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors." msgstr "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours." #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:382 msgid "FG/BG Color" msgstr "FG/BG Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:606 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to " "save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead." msgstr "" "You can use this dialogue to export to various file formats. If you want to " "save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead." #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:609 msgid "Take me to the Save dialog" msgstr "Take me to the Save dialogue" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:614 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to " "export to other file formats." msgstr "" "You can use this dialogue to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to " "export to other file formats." #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:616 msgid "Take me to the Export dialog" msgstr "Take me to the Export dialogue" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:776 msgid "Saving canceled" msgstr "Saving cancelled" #: ../app/dialogs/image-new-dialog.c:337 #, c-format msgid "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s)." msgstr "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/image-properties-dialog.c:89 msgid "Color Profile" msgstr "Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/image-scale-dialog.c:245 #, c-format msgid "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently " "%s)." msgstr "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue " "(currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/layer-add-mask-dialog.c:112 msgid "Initialize Layer Mask to:" msgstr "Initialise Layer Mask to:" #. The edge behavior frame #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:222 msgid "Edge Behavior" msgstr "Edge Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:229 msgid "Fill with _background color" msgstr "Fill with _background colour" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:325 msgid "N_umber of colors:" msgstr "N_umber of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:382 msgid "The selected source contains no colors." msgstr "The selected source contains no colours." #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1304 msgid "Custom p_adding color:" msgstr "Custom p_adding colour:" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1305 msgid "Select Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1960 msgid "Show _foreground & background color" msgstr "Show _foreground & background colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2028 msgid "Set the default Quick Mask color" msgstr "Set the default Quick Mask colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2034 msgid "Quick Mask color:" msgstr "Quick Mask colour:" #. Zoom & Resize Behavior #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2092 msgid "Zoom & Resize Behavior" msgstr "Zoom & Resize Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2427 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2448 msgid "Select RGB Color Profile" msgstr "Select RGB Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2450 msgid "Select CMYK Color Profile" msgstr "Select CMYK Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2452 msgid "Select Monitor Color Profile" msgstr "Select Monitor Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2454 msgid "Select Printer Color Profile" msgstr "Select Printer Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2527 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "Mark out of gamut colours" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2532 msgid "Select Warning Color" msgstr "Select Warning Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/scale-dialog.c:207 msgid "" "Indexed color layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." msgstr "" "Indexed colour layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." #. This is a special string to specify the language identifier to #. look for in the gimp-tips.xml file. Please translate the C in it #. according to the name of the po file used for gimp-tips.xml. #. E.g. for the german translation, that would be "tips-locale:de". #. #: ../app/dialogs/tips-parser.c:187 msgid "tips-locale:C" msgstr "tips-locale:en_GB" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:61 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Center lines" msgstr "Centre lines" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:83 msgid "Color Display Filters" msgstr "Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:86 msgid "Configure Color Display Filters" msgstr "Configure Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/file/file-open.c:700 msgid "" "Color management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "Colour management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialogue." #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:128 msgid "Fill with plain color" msgstr "Fill with plain colour" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:129 #: ../app/tools/gimpcageoptions.c:144 msgid "Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color" msgstr "Fill the original position of the cage with a plain colour" #: ../app/plug-in/gimppluginmanager-restore.c:370 msgid "Initializing Plug-ins" msgstr "Initialising Plug-ins" #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:74 #, c-format msgid "Can't apply color profile to grayscale image (%s)" msgstr "Can't apply colour profile to greyscale image (%s)" #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:141 #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:202 #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Plug-In missing (%s)" msgstr "Plug-in missing (%s)" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:302 msgid "Align center of target" msgstr "Align centre of target" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:342 msgid "Distribute horizontal centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute horizontal centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:358 msgid "Distribute vertical centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute vertical centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:110 msgid "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient" msgstr "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:110 #: ../app/tools/gimpregionselectoptions.c:95 msgid "Maximum color difference" msgstr "Maximum colour difference" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:115 msgid "Criterion used for determining color similarity" msgstr "Criterion used for determining colour similarity" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:249 msgid "Fill similar colors" msgstr "Fill similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:258 msgid "Finding Similar Colors" msgstr "Finding Similar Colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:87 msgid "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern" msgstr "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:67 msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:68 msgid "Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:69 msgid "_By Color Select" msgstr "_By Colour Select" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:82 msgctxt "command" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:94 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:95 msgid "Color Balance Tool: Adjust color distribution" msgstr "Colour Balance Tool: Adjust colour distribution" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:96 msgid "Color _Balance..." msgstr "Colour _Balance..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:113 msgid "Adjust Color Balance" msgstr "Adjust Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:115 msgid "Import Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Import Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:116 msgid "Export Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Export Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:162 msgid "Color Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colour Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:275 ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:172 msgid "Adjust Color Levels" msgstr "Adjust Colour Levels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:90 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourise" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:91 msgid "Colorize Tool: Colorize the image" msgstr "Colourise Tool: Colourise the image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:92 msgid "Colori_ze..." msgstr "Colouri_se..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:109 msgid "Colorize the Image" msgstr "Colourise the Image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:111 msgid "Import Colorize Settings" msgstr "Import Colourise Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:112 msgid "Export Colorize Settings" msgstr "Export Colourise Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:157 msgid "Colorize operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colourise operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:224 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcoloroptions.c:77 msgid "Color Picker Average Radius" msgstr "Colour Picker Average Radius" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:68 msgid "Use accumulated color value from all composited visible layers" msgstr "Use accumulated colour value from all composited visible layers" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:74 msgid "Choose what color picker will do" msgstr "Choose what colour picker will do" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:80 msgid "" "Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models" msgstr "" "Open a floating dialogue to view picked colour values in various colour " "models" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:93 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "Colour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:94 msgid "Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels" msgstr "Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:95 msgid "C_olor Picker" msgstr "C_olour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:231 msgid "Click in any image to view its color" msgstr "Click in any image to view its colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:238 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:478 msgid "Click in any image to pick the foreground color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the foreground colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:246 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:484 msgid "Click in any image to pick the background color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:254 msgid "Click in any image to add the color to the palette" msgstr "Click in any image to add the colour to the palette" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:309 msgid "Color Picker Information" msgstr "Colour Picker Information" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:151 msgid "Curves Tool: Adjust color curves" msgstr "Curves Tool: Adjust colour curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:178 msgid "Adjust Color Curves" msgstr "Adjust Colour Curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:78 msgid "Desaturate Tool: Turn colors into shades of gray" msgstr "Desaturate Tool: Turn colours into shades of grey" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:93 msgid "Desaturate (Remove Colors)" msgstr "Desaturate (Remove Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:193 msgid "Choose shade of gray based on:" msgstr "Choose shade of grey based on:" #: ../app/tools/gimperasertool.c:98 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a background color" msgstr "%s to pick a background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:91 msgid "" "Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from " "selection" msgstr "" "Paint over areas to mark colour values for inclusion or exclusion from " "selection" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:112 msgid "Color of selection preview mask" msgstr "Colour of selection preview mask" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:344 msgid "Preview color:" msgstr "Preview colour:" #. granularity #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:347 msgid "Color Sensitivity" msgstr "Colour Sensitivity" #: ../app/tools/gimpfuzzyselecttool.c:66 msgid "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color" msgstr "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:103 msgid "Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation, and lightness" msgstr "Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation and lightness" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:170 msgid "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:247 msgid "Adjust all colors" msgstr "Adjust all colours" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:258 msgid "Select Primary Color to Adjust" msgstr "Select Primary Colour to Adjust" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:364 msgid "Adjust Selected Color" msgstr "Adjust Selected Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:431 msgid "R_eset Color" msgstr "R_eset Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:151 msgid "Levels Tool: Adjust color levels" msgstr "Levels Tool: Adjust colour levels" #: ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:318 msgid "Pick gray point" msgstr "Pick grey point" #: ../app/tools/gimpmeasureoptions.c:67 msgid "Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements" msgstr "Open a floating dialogue to view details about measurements" #: ../app/tools/gimpmovetool.c:128 msgid "Move Tool: Move layers, selections, and other objects" msgstr "Move Tool: Move layers, selections and other objects" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:341 msgid "Color Options" msgstr "Colour Options" #: ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:140 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a color" msgstr "%s to pick a colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:85 msgid "Posterize Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colors" msgstr "Posterise Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:86 msgid "_Posterize..." msgstr "_Posterise..." #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:103 msgid "Posterize (Reduce Number of Colors)" msgstr "Posterise (Reduce Number of Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:152 msgid "Posterize does not operate on indexed layers." msgstr "Posterise does not operate on indexed layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:229 msgid "Posterize _levels:" msgstr "Posterise _levels:" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:317 msgid "Expand selection from center outwards" msgstr "Expand selection from centre outwards" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:839 msgid "Expand from center" msgstr "Expand from centre" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:207 msgid "Center _X:" msgstr "Centre _X:" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:216 msgid "Center _Y:" msgstr "Centre _Y:" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:558 msgid "Text Color" msgstr "Text Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:563 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../app/tools/gimpthresholdtool.c:91 msgid "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold" msgstr "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold" #: ../app/tools/gimpthresholdtool.c:270 msgid "Automatically adjust to optimal binarization threshold" msgstr "Automatically adjust to optimal binarisation threshold" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolordialog.c:149 msgid "Add the current color to the color history" msgstr "Add the current colour to the colour history" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcoloreditor.c:260 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:200 msgid "Color index:" msgstr "Colour index:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:466 msgid "Only indexed images have a colormap." msgstr "Only indexed images have a colourmap." #: ../app/widgets/gimpdockwindow.c:397 msgid "" "When enabled the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on." msgstr "" "When enabled the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working on." #: ../app/widgets/gimpfilleditor.c:124 msgid "Fill Color" msgstr "Fill Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1000 msgid "Foreground color set to:" msgstr "Foreground colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1007 msgid "Background color set to:" msgstr "Background colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:151 msgid "Change grid foreground color" msgstr "Change grid foreground colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:158 msgid "_Foreground color:" msgstr "_Foreground colour:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:162 msgid "Change grid background color" msgstr "Change grid background colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:169 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:122 msgid "Color space:" msgstr "Colour space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:487 msgid "colors" msgstr "colours" #: ../app/widgets/gimppanedbox.c:58 msgid "You can drop dockable dialogs here" msgstr "You can drop dockable dialogues here" #: ../app/widgets/gimpprofilechooserdialog.c:127 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:291 msgid "Add settings to favorites" msgstr "Add settings to favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:636 msgid "Add Settings to Favorites" msgstr "Add Settings to Favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpstrokeeditor.c:171 msgid "_Miter limit:" msgstr "_Mitre limit:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptemplateeditor.c:387 msgid "Color _space:" msgstr "Colour _space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:247 #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:256 msgid "Change color of selected text" msgstr "Change colour of selected text" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:79 msgid "" "Foreground & background colors.\n" "The black and white squares reset colors.\n" "The arrows swap colors.\n" "Click to open the color selection dialog." msgstr "" "Foreground & background colours.\n" "The black and white squares reset colours.\n" "The arrows swap colours.\n" "Click to open the colour selection dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:140 msgid "Change Foreground Color" msgstr "Change Foreground Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:145 msgid "Change Background Color" msgstr "Change Background Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:118 #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:123 msgid "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialog." msgstr "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:163 msgid "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialog." msgstr "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:195 msgid "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialog." msgstr "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:227 msgid "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialog." msgstr "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:87 msgid "Open the brush selection dialog" msgstr "Open the brush selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:151 msgid "Open the dynamics selection dialog" msgstr "Open the dynamics selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:216 msgid "Open the pattern selection dialog" msgstr "Open the pattern selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:284 msgid "Open the gradient selection dialog" msgstr "Open the gradient selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:401 msgid "Open the palette selection dialog" msgstr "Open the palette selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:466 msgid "Open the font selection dialog" msgstr "Open the font selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:119 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set foreground color" msgstr "Set foreground colour" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:120 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set background color" msgstr "Set background colour" #: ../app/xcf/xcf-load.c:423 msgid "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colormaps correctly.\n" "Substituting grayscale map." msgstr "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.\n" "Substituting greyscale map." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-libgimp.po0000644000000000000000000002147412321561322021612 0ustar # English translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 10:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:315 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle grayscale images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle greyscale images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:316 ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:345 #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:366 msgid "Convert to Grayscale" msgstr "Convert to Greyscale" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:334 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:344 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or grayscale images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or greyscale images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:363 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle grayscale or indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle greyscale or indexed images" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:33 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_Grayscale copy of layer" msgstr "_Greyscale copy of layer" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:98 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "FG color fill" msgstr "FG colour fill" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:99 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "BG color fill" msgstr "BG colour fill" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:170 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Gray" msgstr "Grey" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:241 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Gray only" msgstr "Grey only" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:410 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Spiral (ccw)" msgstr "Spiral (acw)" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:508 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "RGB color" msgstr "RGB colour" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:509 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:510 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Indexed color" msgstr "Indexed colour" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:545 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:546 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale-alpha" msgstr "Greyscale-alpha" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1173 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #. * #. * SECTION: gimpcolorconfig #. * @title: GimpColorConfig #. * @short_description: Color management settings. #. * #. * Color management settings. #. * #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:52 msgid "Mode of operation for color management." msgstr "Mode of operation for colour management." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:54 msgid "The color profile of your (primary) monitor." msgstr "The colour profile of your (primary) monitor." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:56 msgid "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." msgstr "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:60 msgid "The default RGB working space color profile." msgstr "The default RGB working space colour profile." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:62 msgid "The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." msgstr "The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:64 msgid "The color profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." msgstr "The colour profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:66 msgid "Sets how colors are mapped for your display." msgstr "Sets how colours are mapped for your display." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:68 msgid "" "Sets how colors are converted from RGB working space to the print simulation " "device." msgstr "" "Sets how colours are converted from RGB working space to the print " "simulation device." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:71 msgid "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colors which can not be " "represented in the target color space." msgstr "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colours which can not be " "represented in the target colour space." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:74 msgid "The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut." msgstr "The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:24 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "No color management" msgstr "No colour management" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:25 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "Color managed display" msgstr "Colour managed display" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:58 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Relative colorimetric" msgstr "Relative colourimetric" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:60 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Absolute colorimetric" msgstr "Absolute colourimetric" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:135 msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "_Foreground Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:139 msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "_Background Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorprofilestore.c:146 msgid "Select color profile from disk..." msgstr "Select colour profile from disk..." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorselection.c:314 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimppickbutton.c:130 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpstock.c:128 msgid "C_enter" msgstr "C_entre" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgets.c:537 msgid "_Randomize" msgstr "_Randomise" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk-lcms.c:91 msgid "CMYK color selector (using color profile)" msgstr "CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:70 msgid "CMYK color selector" msgstr "CMYK colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:188 msgid "The percentage of black to pull out of the colored inks." msgstr "The percentage of black to pull out of the coloured inks." #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:81 msgid "Watercolor style color selector" msgstr "Watercolour style colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:117 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "Watercolour" #: ../modules/color-selector-wheel.c:69 msgid "HSV color wheel" msgstr "HSV colour wheel" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:194 msgid "Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" msgstr "Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:257 msgid "Color Deficient Vision" msgstr "Colour Deficient Vision" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:486 msgid "Color _deficiency type:" msgstr "Colour _deficiency type:" #: ../modules/display-filter-gamma.c:86 msgid "Gamma color display filter" msgstr "Gamma colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-high-contrast.c:86 msgid "High Contrast color display filter" msgstr "High Contrast colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:104 msgid "Color management display filter using ICC color profiles" msgstr "Colour management display filter using ICC colour profiles" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:136 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:289 msgid "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Color Management section in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Colour Management section in " "the Preferences dialogue." #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:98 msgid "Color proof filter using ICC color profile" msgstr "Colour proof filter using ICC colour profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:146 msgid "Color Proof" msgstr "Colour Proof" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:381 msgid "Choose an ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Choose an ICC Colour Profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:413 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-script-fu.po0000644000000000000000000000241512321561322022075 0ustar # This is the English, British catalogue for GIMP Script-Fu. # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Piers Cornwell , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 10:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:357 msgid "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." msgstr "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialogue box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:337 msgid "Script-Fu Color Selection" msgstr "Script-Fu Colour Selection" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:347 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Solid Colour" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-std-plug-ins.po0000644000000000000000000011313012321561322022504 0ustar # English translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 11:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:418 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3099 ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:213 msgid "Gray" msgstr "Grey" #. * Gray: Operation-Mode * #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:513 msgid "Gray Mode" msgstr "Grey Mode" #. * Gray: What is gray? * #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:547 msgid "Gray Threshold" msgstr "Grey Threshold" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:651 msgid "Rotate Colors" msgstr "Rotate Colours" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:694 msgid "Gray Options" msgstr "Grey Options" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-stock.c:36 msgid "Switch to C/Clockwise" msgstr "Switch to Anticlockwise" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:98 msgid "Replace a range of colors with another" msgstr "Replace a range of colours with another" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:105 msgid "_Rotate Colors..." msgstr "_Rotate Colours..." #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:139 msgid "Rotating the colors" msgstr "Rotating the colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:183 msgid "Alter colors in various psychedelic ways" msgstr "Alter colours in various psychedelic ways" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:520 msgid "_RGB color model" msgstr "_RGB colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:521 msgid "_HSL color model" msgstr "_HSL colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:669 ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:699 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:2712 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:144 msgid "Optimize (for _GIF)" msgstr "Optimise (for _GIF)" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:162 msgid "_Optimize (Difference)" msgstr "_Optimise (Difference)" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:170 msgid "Remove optimization to make editing easier" msgstr "Remove optimisation to make editing easier" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:177 msgid "_Unoptimize" msgstr "_Unoptimise" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:426 msgid "Unoptimizing animation" msgstr "Unoptimising animation" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:436 msgid "Optimizing animation" msgstr "Optimising animation" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-play.c:498 msgid "Detach the animation from the dialog window" msgstr "Detach the animation from the dialogue window" #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss-selective.c:104 msgid "Blur neighboring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas" msgstr "Blur neighbouring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas" #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss-selective.c:211 #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss.c:448 ../plug-ins/common/cartoon.c:232 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-dog.c:269 ../plug-ins/common/edge-neon.c:228 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-sobel.c:212 ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:244 #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:293 ../plug-ins/common/softglow.c:224 #: ../plug-ins/file-sgi/sgi.c:560 ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:1687 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:966 msgid "Cannot operate on indexed color images." msgstr "Cannot operate on indexed colour images." #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-motion.c:1059 msgid "Blur Center" msgstr "Blur Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:99 msgid "Set foreground to the average color of the image border" msgstr "Set foreground to the average colour of the image border" #. Number of Colors frame #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:412 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:910 msgid "Number of Colors" msgstr "Number of Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/channel-mixer.c:175 msgid "Alter colors by mixing RGB Channels" msgstr "Alter colours by mixing RGB Channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/checkerboard.c:89 msgid "Create a checkerboard pattern" msgstr "Create a chequerboard pattern" #: ../plug-ins/common/checkerboard.c:94 msgid "_Checkerboard..." msgstr "_Chequerboard..." #: ../plug-ins/common/checkerboard.c:161 msgid "Adding checkerboard" msgstr "Adding chequerboard" #: ../plug-ins/common/checkerboard.c:346 msgid "Checkerboard" msgstr "Chequerboard" #: ../plug-ins/common/cml-explorer.c:224 msgid "All gray" msgstr "All grey" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:106 msgid "Analyze the set of colors in the image" msgstr "Analyse the set of colours in the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:112 msgid "Colorcube A_nalysis..." msgstr "Colourcube A_nalysis..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:200 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:356 msgid "Colorcube Analysis" msgstr "Colourcube Analysis" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:387 msgid "No colors" msgstr "No colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:389 msgid "Only one unique color" msgstr "Only one unique colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:391 #, c-format msgid "Number of unique colors: %d" msgstr "Number of unique colours: %d" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:68 msgid "Stretch color saturation to cover maximum possible range" msgstr "Stretch colour saturation to cover maximum possible range" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:80 msgid "_Color Enhance" msgstr "_Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:114 msgid "Color Enhance" msgstr "Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:122 msgid "Swap one color with another" msgstr "Swap one colour with another" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:128 msgid "_Color Exchange..." msgstr "_Colour Exchange..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:213 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:287 msgid "Color Exchange" msgstr "Colour Exchange" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:310 msgid "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Color\"" msgstr "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Colour\"" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "To Color" msgstr "To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "From Color" msgstr "From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:379 msgid "Color Exchange: To Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:380 msgid "Color Exchange: From Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:94 msgid "Convert a specified color to transparency" msgstr "Convert a specified colour to transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:101 msgid "Color to _Alpha..." msgstr "Colour to _Alpha..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:184 msgid "Removing color" msgstr "Removing colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:377 msgid "Color to Alpha" msgstr "Colour to Alpha" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:415 msgid "Color to Alpha Color Picker" msgstr "Colour to Alpha Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:102 msgid "Replace all colors with shades of a specified color" msgstr "Replace all colours with shades of a specified colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:108 msgid "Colorif_y..." msgstr "Colourif_y..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:169 msgid "Colorifying" msgstr "Colourifying" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:255 msgid "Colorify" msgstr "Colourify" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:290 msgid "Custom color:" msgstr "Custom colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:295 msgid "Colorify Custom Color" msgstr "Colourify Custom Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:97 msgid "Rearrange the colormap" msgstr "Rearrange the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:104 msgid "R_earrange Colormap..." msgstr "R_earrange Colourmap..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:116 msgid "Swap two colors in the colormap" msgstr "Swap two colours in the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:123 msgid "_Swap Colors" msgstr "_Swap Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:332 msgid "Rearranging the colormap" msgstr "Rearranging the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:596 msgid "Rearrange Colormap" msgstr "Rearrange Colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:700 msgid "" "Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." msgstr "" "Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colourmap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:404 msgid "Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels" msgstr "Create an image using multiple grey images as colour channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Image is not a gray image (bpp=%d)" msgstr "Image is not a grey image (bpp=%d)" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:1521 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1528 msgid "Color _model:" msgstr "Colour _model:" #: ../plug-ins/common/contrast-normalize.c:125 msgid "Normalizing" msgstr "Normalising" #: ../plug-ins/common/cubism.c:330 msgid "_Use background color" msgstr "_Use background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:312 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:326 msgid "Decompose an image into separate colorspace components" msgstr "Decompose an image into separate colourspace components" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1574 msgid "_Foreground as registration color" msgstr "_Foreground as registration colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1575 msgid "" "Pixels in the foreground color will appear black in all output images. This " "can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels." msgstr "" "Pixels in the foreground colour will appear black in all output images. " "This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all " "channels." #: ../plug-ins/common/diffraction.c:638 msgid "Po_larization:" msgstr "Po_larisation:" #: ../plug-ins/common/displace.c:473 msgid "Edge Behavior" msgstr "Edge Behaviour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:669 #, c-format msgid "'%s': illegal number of colors: %u" msgstr "'%s': illegal number of colours: %u" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gbr.c:655 msgid "GIMP brushes are either GRAYSCALE or RGBA" msgstr "GIMP brushes are either GREYSCALE or RGBA" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:476 msgid "Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Saving as opaque." msgstr "Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Saving as opaque." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:763 msgid "" "Cannot save RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first." msgstr "" "Cannot save RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or greyscale first." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:457 msgid "" "If checked GTM will output a full HTML document with , , etc. " "tags instead of just the table html." msgstr "" "If ticked GTM will output a full HTML document with , , etc. " "tags instead of just the table html." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:484 msgid "" "If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically colored " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." msgstr "" "If ticked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically coloured " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:499 msgid "" "Checking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags " "and the cellcontent. This is only necessary for pixel level positioning " "control." msgstr "" "Ticking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags " "and the cell content. This is only necessary for pixel level positioning " "control." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:515 msgid "Check if you would like to have the table captioned." msgstr "Tick if you would like to have the table captioned." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:237 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in grayscale but does not contain any gray component." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in greyscale but does not contain any grey component." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:289 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:296 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIELAB color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the CIELAB colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:303 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the YCbCr color space, but there is no code in place to " "convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the YCbCr colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:311 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in an unknown color space." msgstr "The image '%s' is in an unknown colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-mng.c:1360 msgid "Save background color" msgstr "Save background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:422 #, c-format msgid "" "An error occured while creating the PDF file:\n" "%s\n" "Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't " "read only!" msgstr "" "An error occurred while creating the PDF file:\n" "%s\n" "Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't " "read only!" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:872 #, c-format msgid "Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'." msgstr "Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'." #. Colouring #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3094 msgid "Coloring" msgstr "Colouring" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3100 ../plug-ins/common/file-xpm.c:480 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:65 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:169 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:212 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3289 msgid "_Millimeter" msgstr "_Millimetre" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:443 #, c-format msgid "Could not read color entries from '%s'" msgstr "Could not read colour entries from '%s'" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:452 msgid "Type of colormap not supported" msgstr "Type of colourmap not supported" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-tiff-save.c:1125 msgid "Save _color values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save _colour values from transparent pixels" #. The image is not black-and-white. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xbm.c:1000 msgid "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colors.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." msgstr "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colours.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1121 msgid "" "Remove the empty borders of all frames.\n" "This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors " "disorder the screen.\n" "Uncheck if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs." msgstr "" "Remove the empty borders of all frames.\n" "This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors " "disorder the screen.\n" "Untick if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1262 msgid "" "The part of license information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed." msgstr "" "The part of licence information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1272 msgid "Enter license information." msgstr "Enter licence information." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1274 msgid "_License:" msgstr "_Licence:" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1483 #, c-format msgid "This plug-in can only handle RGBA image files with 8bit color depth." msgstr "This plug-in can only handle RGBA image format with 8bit colour depth." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1712 #, c-format msgid "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "width or height is more than %ipx.\n" "It will clutter the screen in some environments." msgstr "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames which " "width or height is more than %ipx.\n" "It will clutter the screen in some environments." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1719 msgid "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.\n" "You can satisfy it by checking \"Replace the size of all frames...\" in the " "save dialog, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings." msgstr "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.\n" "You can satisfy it by ticking \"Replace the size of all frame...\" in the " "save dialogue, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Illegal number of colormap entries: %ld" msgstr "" "'%s':\n" "Illegal number of colourmap entries: %ld" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:477 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Number of colormap entries < number of colors" msgstr "" "'%s':\n" "Number of colourmap entries < number of colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:500 msgid "Can't read color entries" msgstr "Can't read colour entries" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:2238 msgid "Error during writing indexed/gray image" msgstr "Error during writing indexed/grey image" #. Film color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1023 msgid "Select Film Color" msgstr "Select Film Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1028 ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1078 #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:349 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "Co_lour:" #. Numbering color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1073 msgid "Select Number Color" msgstr "Select Number Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/filter-pack.c:317 msgid "Interactively modify the image colors" msgstr "Interactively modify the image colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:84 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:106 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active palette" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active palette" #. attach color selectors #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:898 msgid "Horizontal Color" msgstr "Horizontal Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:916 msgid "Vertical Color" msgstr "Vertical Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:934 msgid "Intersection Color" msgstr "Intersection Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/iwarp.c:1118 msgid "S_wirl CCW" msgstr "S_wirl ACW" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:229 msgid "Set a color profile on the image" msgstr "Set a colour profile on the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:236 msgid "_Assign Color Profile..." msgstr "_Assign Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:259 msgid "Apply a color profile on the image" msgstr "Apply a colour profile on the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:269 msgid "_Convert to Color Profile..." msgstr "_Convert to Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:301 msgid "Image Color Profile Information" msgstr "Image Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:315 msgid "Color Profile Information" msgstr "Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:656 #, c-format msgid "Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:865 msgid "" "Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC color profile" msgstr "" "Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:915 #, c-format msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile" msgstr "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1270 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' has an embedded color profile:" msgstr "The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile:" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1482 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1576 msgid "Convert to ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Convert to ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1577 msgid "Assign ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Assign ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1603 msgid "Current Color Profile" msgstr "Current Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1700 msgid "Destination profile is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Destination profile is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-apply.c:445 msgid "_Set surroundings to background color" msgstr "_Set surroundings to background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-flare.c:745 msgid "Center of Flare Effect" msgstr "Centre of Flare Effect" #: ../plug-ins/common/mail.c:188 msgid "Send the image by email" msgstr "Send the image by e-mail" #: ../plug-ins/common/mail.c:194 msgid "Send by E_mail..." msgstr "Send by E-_mail..." #: ../plug-ins/common/mail.c:407 msgid "Send by Email" msgstr "Send by E-mail" #: ../plug-ins/common/max-rgb.c:90 msgid "Reduce image to pure red, green, and blue" msgstr "Reduce image to pure red, green and blue" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:716 msgid "Color _variation:" msgstr "Colour _variation:" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:745 msgid "Co_lor averaging" msgstr "Co_lour averaging" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-hsv.c:103 msgid "Randomize hue/saturation/value independently" msgstr "Randomise hue/saturation/value independently" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:202 msgid "Completely randomize a fraction of pixels" msgstr "Completely randomise a fraction of pixels" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:204 msgid "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors" msgstr "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:776 msgid "R_andomization (%):" msgstr "R_andomisation (%):" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:145 msgid "Distort colors by random amounts" msgstr "Distort colours by random amounts" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:523 ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:527 msgid "_Gray:" msgstr "_Grey:" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:345 msgid "Supernova Color Picker" msgstr "Supernova Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:437 msgid "Center of Nova" msgstr "Centre of Nova" #: ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:119 ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:134 msgid "Smear colors to simulate an oil painting" msgstr "Smear colours to simulate an oil painting" #: ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:153 msgid "Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine" msgstr "Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:164 msgid "Simplify image into an array of solid-colored squares" msgstr "Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured squares" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:171 msgid "_Pixelize..." msgstr "_Pixelise..." #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:273 msgid "Pixelizing" msgstr "Pixelising" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:316 msgid "Pixelize" msgstr "Pixelise" #: ../plug-ins/common/polar-coords.c:665 msgid "" "If checked the mapping will begin at the right side, as opposed to beginning " "at the left." msgstr "" "If ticked the mapping will begin at the right side, as opposed to beginning " "at the left." #: ../plug-ins/common/polar-coords.c:682 msgid "" "If unchecked the mapping will put the bottom row in the middle and the top " "row on the outside. If checked it will be the opposite." msgstr "" "If unticked the mapping will put the bottom row in the middle and the top " "row on the outside. If ticked it will be the opposite." #: ../plug-ins/common/polar-coords.c:700 msgid "" "If unchecked the image will be circularly mapped onto a rectangle. If " "checked the image will be mapped onto a circle." msgstr "" "If unticked the image will be circularly mapped onto a rectangle. If ticked " "the image will be mapped onto a circle." #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:177 msgid "Threshold for the red eye color to remove." msgstr "Threshold for the red eye colour to remove." #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:298 msgid "Colorize image using a sample image as a guide" msgstr "Colourize image using a sample image as a guide" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:303 msgid "_Sample Colorize..." msgstr "_Sample Colourise..." #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1325 msgid "Sample Colorize" msgstr "Sample Colourise" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1330 msgid "Get _Sample Colors" msgstr "Get _Sample Colours" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1422 #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1449 msgid "Show color" msgstr "Show colour" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1683 msgid "Use subcolors" msgstr "Use subcolours" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:2666 msgid "Sample analyze" msgstr "Sample analyse" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:3046 msgid "Remap colorized" msgstr "Remap colourised" #: ../plug-ins/common/semi-flatten.c:67 msgid "Replace partial transparency with the current background color" msgstr "Replace partial transparency with the current background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:783 ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:799 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:432 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #. if in grey scale, the colors are necessarily black and white #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:792 msgid "The colors are white and black." msgstr "The colours are white and black." #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:820 msgid "First color" msgstr "First colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:830 msgid "Second color" msgstr "Second colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:856 msgid "F_irst color:" msgstr "F_irst colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:871 msgid "S_econd color:" msgstr "S_econd colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:887 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:906 msgid "Co_lors" msgstr "Co_lours" #: ../plug-ins/common/smooth-palette.c:83 msgid "Derive a smooth color palette from the image" msgstr "Derive a smooth colour palette from the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:550 msgid "_Natural color" msgstr "_Natural colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:551 msgid "_Foreground color" msgstr "_Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:552 msgid "_Background color" msgstr "_Background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:559 msgid "Use the color of the image" msgstr "Use the colour of the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:560 msgid "Use the foreground color" msgstr "Use the foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:561 msgid "Use the background color" msgstr "Use the background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2738 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2741 #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2752 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plug-ins/common/threshold-alpha.c:137 msgid "RGBA/GRAYA drawable is not selected." msgstr "RGBA/GREYA drawable is not selected." #: ../plug-ins/common/threshold-alpha.c:165 msgid "Coloring transparency" msgstr "Colouring transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:336 msgid "C_entering" msgstr "C_entring" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:391 msgid "Fo_reground color" msgstr "Fo_reground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:393 msgid "Bac_kground color" msgstr "Bac_kground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:402 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/unit-editor.c:94 msgid "" "A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is " "checked." msgstr "" "A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is " "ticked." #: ../plug-ins/common/unit-editor.c:107 msgid "The unit's abbreviation (e.g. \"cm\" for centimeters)." msgstr "The unit's abbreviation (e.g. \"cm\" for centimetres)." #: ../plug-ins/common/value-propagate.c:233 msgid "Propagate certain colors to neighboring pixels" msgstr "Propagate certain colours to neighbouring pixels" #: ../plug-ins/common/warp.c:517 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:138 msgid "Bad colormap" msgstr "Bad colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:621 msgid "Unrecognized or invalid BMP compression format." msgstr "Unrecognised or invalid BMP compression format." #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:887 msgid "_Do not write color space information" msgstr "_Do not write colour space information" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:889 msgid "" "Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space " "information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Enabling this " "option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file." msgstr "" "Some applications can not read BMP images that include colour space " "information. GIMP writes colour space information by default. Enabling this " "option will cause GIMP to not write colour space information to the file." #: ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:716 msgid "Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GRAY images." msgstr "Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GREY images." #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:999 msgid "_Optimize" msgstr "_Optimise" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1087 msgid "" "If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality " "settings (quantization tables), enable this option to get almost the same " "quality and file size." msgstr "" "If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality " "settings (quantisation tables), enable this option to get almost the same " "quality and file size." #: ../plug-ins/file-psd/psd-load.c:322 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported color mode: %s" msgstr "Unsupported colour mode: %s" #: ../plug-ins/file-uri/uri-backend-libcurl.c:58 msgid "Could not initialize libcurl" msgstr "Could not initialise libcurl" #: ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:873 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Optimise" #: ../plug-ins/flame/flame.c:735 msgid "_Randomize" msgstr "_Randomise" #: ../plug-ins/flame/flame.c:1163 msgid "Color_map:" msgstr "Colour_map:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:922 msgid "Number of colors:" msgstr "Number of colours:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:925 msgid "Change the number of colors in the mapping" msgstr "Change the number of colours in the mapping" #. Color Density frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:943 msgid "Color Density" msgstr "Colour Density" #. Color Function frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:984 msgid "Color Function" msgstr "Colour Function" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1006 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1047 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1088 msgid "Use sine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use sine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1009 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1050 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1091 msgid "Use cosine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use cosine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1012 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1053 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1094 msgid "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this color " "channel" msgstr "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this colour " "channel" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1029 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1070 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1111 msgid "" "If you enable this option higher color values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" msgstr "" "If you enable this option higher colour values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" #. Colormode toggle box #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1116 msgid "Color Mode" msgstr "Colour Mode" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1137 msgid "" "Create a color-map with the options you specified above (color density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" msgstr "" "Create a colour-map with the options you specified above (colour density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1159 msgid "Create a color-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" msgstr "Create a colour-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:414 msgid "Color fill" msgstr "Colour fill" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:1511 msgid "Grid color:" msgstr "Grid colour:" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:59 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "Co_lour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:71 msgid "C_enter of brush" msgstr "C_entre of brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:78 msgid "Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" msgstr "Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:82 msgid "Samples the color from the pixel in the center of the brush" msgstr "Samples the colour from the pixel in the centre of the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:93 msgid "Color _noise:" msgstr "Colour _noise:" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:97 msgid "Adds random noise to the color" msgstr "Adds random noise to the colour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:166 msgid "Solid colored background" msgstr "Solid coloured background" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:160 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:168 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke" msgstr "" "Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:101 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:107 msgid "Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image" msgstr "Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:163 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:171 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke" msgstr "Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:2 msgid "Save _background color" msgstr "Save _background colour" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:8 msgid "Save color _values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save colour _values from transparent pixels" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:873 msgid "Color Transformation" msgstr "Colour Transformation" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Re_center" msgstr "Re_centre" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Recompute Center" msgstr "Recompute Centre" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_about.c:48 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License" msgstr "Released under the GNU General Public Licence" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:263 msgid "Center _x:" msgstr "Centre _x:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:270 msgid "Center _y:" msgstr "Centre _y:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_cmd_guides.c:143 msgid "" "Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by " "their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly " "create the most common image map type - image collection of \"thumbnails\", " "suitable for navigation bars." msgstr "" "Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by " "their width, height and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly " "create the most common image map type - image collection of \"thumbnails\", " "suitable for navigation bars." #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:419 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:412 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:436 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:598 msgid "Select lightsource color" msgstr "Select lightsource colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:450 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:611 msgid "Set light source color" msgstr "Set light source colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:660 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:778 msgid "Amount of original color to show where no direct light falls" msgstr "Amount of original colour to show where no direct light falls" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:693 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:807 msgid "Intensity of original color when lit by a light source" msgstr "Intensity of original colour when lit by a light source" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:603 msgid "Lightsource color:" msgstr "Lightsource colour:" #: ../plug-ins/pagecurl/pagecurl.c:594 msgid "Foreground / background colors" msgstr "Foreground / background colours" #: ../plug-ins/print/print-page-layout.c:470 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entre:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-doc-utils.po0000644000000000000000000000525212321561322022075 0ustar # English/GB translation of gnome-doc-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-doc-utilspackage. # David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-23 14:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-24 07:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. #. This is used as the final separator in an inline list of three or #. more elements. The string ", " will be used to separate all but #. the last pair of elements. Using these two strings, a list of #. names would be formatted as "Tom, Dick, and Harry". #. #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:21 msgid ", and " msgstr "and " #. Used for links to the titlepage. #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44 msgid "About This Document" msgstr "About this Document" #. #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html #. #. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing #. authors and other contributors to the document. For example: #. #. Shaun McCance #. Email: shaunm@gnome.org #. #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail address" #. #. This is a special format message. Please read the full translator #. documentation before translating this message. The documentation #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook. #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file #. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory. #. #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links #. created from DocBook's email element. #. #. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the #. appropriate content, as follows: #. #. string - The linked-to email address #. #. These should be written as empty XML elements. Due to limitations #. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments. To #. insert the email address, simply write left angle bracket, string, #. slash, right angle bracket. #. #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace. #. #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:653 msgid "" "email.tooltip Send email to ‘’." msgstr "" "email.tooltip Send e-mail to ‘’." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-icon-theme.po0000644000000000000000000000122712321561322022220 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-icon-theme package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-icon-theme\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-22 21:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-31 16:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000000260112321561322021635 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-keyring package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-20 10:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1084 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...\n" msgstr "waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s…\n" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1150 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock %s...\n" msgstr "waiting for lock %s…\n" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:46 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mail Address" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:75 msgid "State" msgstr "County" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisational Unit" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:110 msgid "Email Protection" msgstr "E-mail Protection" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-menus-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000171312321561323021616 0ustar # English (British) translation for gnome-menus # Copyright (C) 2005 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-menus package. # David Lodge , 2005. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-menus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 06:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-18 08:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../desktop-directories/Network.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Programs for Internet access such as web and email" msgstr "Programs for Internet access such as web and e-mail" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mime-data.po0000644000000000000000000000215012321561323022023 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-mime-data package. # Gareth Owen 2004 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-mime-data\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-28 02:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-16 09:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:85 msgid "Email headers" msgstr "E-mail headers" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:86 msgid "Email message/mailbox" msgstr "E-mail message/mailbox" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:150 msgid "Literate haskell source code" msgstr "Litreate haskell source code" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:232 msgid "Partial email message" msgstr "Partial e-mail message" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:291 msgid "Software license terms" msgstr "Software licence terms" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-session-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000264012321561323022152 0ustar # English (British) translation of gnome-session # Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 1999-2000. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-session 2.24\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 00:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-14 22:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:17+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../egg/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../egg/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #. Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong #: ../gnome-session/main.c:290 msgid "Show the fail whale dialog for testing" msgstr "Show the fail whale dialogue for testing" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-monitor.po0000644000000000000000000001110212321561323023173 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the procman package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: procman\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:12 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Sending" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/callbacks.cpp:195 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "James Ogley \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Chris Blore https://launchpad.net/~chris-blore\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jono Bacon https://launchpad.net/~jonobacon\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad" #: ../src/e_date.c:162 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "Today %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:171 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "Yesterday %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:183 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:191 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %l:%M %p" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:201 msgid "Percentage full for pie color pickers" msgstr "Percentage full for pie colour pickers" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:209 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:210 ../src/gsm_color_button.c:628 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:216 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:217 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:224 msgid "Type of color picker" msgstr "Type of colour picker" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:550 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:651 msgid "Click to set graph colors" msgstr "Click to set graph colours" #. Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending #: ../src/interface.cpp:178 #, c-format msgid "Pick a Color for '%s'" msgstr "Pick a Colour for '%s'" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Main Window should open maximized" msgstr "Main Window should open maximised" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Show warning dialog when killing processes" msgstr "Show warning dialogue when killing processes" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "CPU colors" msgstr "CPU colours" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)" msgstr "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal colour value)" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Default graph memory color" msgstr "Default graph memory colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default graph swap color" msgstr "Default graph swap colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Default graph incoming network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph incoming network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Default graph outgoing network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph outgoing network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Disk view columns order" msgstr "Disc view columns order" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:136 ../src/proctable.cpp:201 msgid "Writable Memory" msgstr "Writeable Memory" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-terminal.po0000644000000000000000000002751612321561323022015 0ustar # British translation for gnome-terminal. # Abigail Brady , 2002. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-terminal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 09:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "" "Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customized " "via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = \"whatever\"). This option allows the " "standard menubar accelerator to be disabled." msgstr "" "Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customised " "via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = \"whatever\"). This option allows the " "standard menubar accelerator to be disabled." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:25 msgid "Default color of text in the terminal" msgstr "Default colour of text in the terminal" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:26 msgid "" "Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:27 msgid "Default color of terminal background" msgstr "Default colour of terminal background" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "" "Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:29 msgid "Default color of bold text in the terminal" msgstr "Default colour of bold text in the terminal" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:30 msgid "" "Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\"). This is ignored if " "bold_color_same_as_fg is true." msgstr "" "Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can " "be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\"). This is ignored " "if bold_color_same_as_fg is true." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:31 msgid "Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text" msgstr "Whether bold text should use the same colour as normal text" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:32 msgid "" "If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text." msgstr "" "If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same colour as normal text." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:41 msgid "" "If true, don't make a noise when applications send the escape sequence for " "the terminal bell." msgstr "" "If true, do not make a noise when applications send the escape sequence for " "the terminal bell." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:45 msgid "" "If true, newly created terminal windows will have custom size specified by " "default_size_columns and default_size_rows." msgstr "" "If true, newly created terminal windows will have a custom size specified by " "default_size_columns and default_size_rows." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:51 msgid "" "Where to put the terminal scrollbar. Possibilities are \"left\", \"right\", " "and \"hidden\"." msgstr "" "Where to put the terminal scrollbar. Possibilities are \"left\", \"right\" " "and \"hidden\"." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:79 msgid "" "Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color " "names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" msgstr "" "Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour " "names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:83 msgid "" "Type of terminal background. May be \"solid\" for a solid color, \"image\" " "for an image, or \"transparent\" for either real transparency if a " "compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise." msgstr "" "Type of terminal background. May be \"solid\" for a solid colour, \"image\" " "for an image, or \"transparent\" for either real transparency if a " "compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:94 msgid "Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget" msgstr "Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:95 msgid "" "If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user." msgstr "" "If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:106 msgid "" "Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialog for profile creation. " "Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If " "you set the option to the special string \"disabled\", then there will be no " "keyboard shortcut for this action." msgstr "" "Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialogue for profile creation. " "Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If " "you set the option to the special string \"disabled\", then there will be no " "keyboard shortcut for this action." #: ../src/profile-editor.c:46 msgid "Gray on black" msgstr "Grey on black" #: ../src/profile-editor.c:830 #, c-format msgid "Choose Palette Color %d" msgstr "Choose Palette Colour %d" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:5 msgid "Choose A Terminal Font" msgstr "Choose a Terminal Font" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:37 msgid "_Use colors from system theme" msgstr "_Use colours from system theme" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:39 msgid "_Text color:" msgstr "_Text colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:40 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:41 msgid "Choose Terminal Background Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Background Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:42 msgid "Choose Terminal Text Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Text Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:43 msgid "_Underline color:" msgstr "_Underline colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:44 msgid "_Same as text color" msgstr "_Same as text colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:45 msgid "Bol_d color:" msgstr "Bol_d colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:48 msgid "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colors available to " "them." msgstr "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colours available to " "them." #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:49 msgid "Color p_alette:" msgstr "Colour p_alette:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:55 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:56 msgid "_Solid color" msgstr "_Solid colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:77 msgid "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior." msgstr "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour." "" #: ../src/terminal-app.c:1813 #, c-format msgid "No such profile \"%s\", using default profile\n" msgstr "No such profile \"%s\"; using default profile\n" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:175 #, c-format msgid "" "Option \"%s\" is no longer supported in this version of gnome-terminal; you " "might want to create a profile with the desired setting, and use the new '--" "profile' option\n" msgstr "" "Option \"%s\" is no longer supported in this version of Gnome-Terminal; you " "might want to create a profile with the desired setting, and use the new '--" "profile' option\n" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:807 msgid "Not a valid terminal config file." msgstr "Not a valid terminal configuration file." #: ../src/terminal-options.c:820 msgid "Incompatible terminal config file version." msgstr "Incompatible terminal configuration file version." #: ../src/terminal-util.c:354 msgid "" "GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version." #: ../src/terminal-util.c:358 msgid "" "GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " "WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY " "or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" "GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " "WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY " "or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for " "more details." #: ../src/terminal-util.c:362 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "GNOME Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "GNOME Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" #. Search menu #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1876 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "_Find…" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1889 msgid "Go to _Line..." msgstr "Go to _Line…" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1892 msgid "_Incremental Search..." msgstr "_Incremental Search…" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:4100 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Eric Oberlander https://launchpad.net/~eric-oberlander\n" " Giles Weaver https://launchpad.net/~gweaver\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Jonathan Prior https://launchpad.net/~behe\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " William Anderson https://launchpad.net/~neuro" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20.po0000644000000000000000000001713312321561323020020 0ustar # English (British) translation # Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Abigail Brady , Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 15:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: UNITED KINGDOM\n" "Language: en_GB\n" "X-Poedit-Language: English\n" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:63 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399 gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2286 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:400 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The licence of the program" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:660 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:0 if you want Sunday to be the #. * first day of the week to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday #. * to be the first day of the week, and so on. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:837 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "calendar:week_start:1" #. This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying #. * an accelerator when the cell is clicked to change the #. * acelerator. #. #: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:389 gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:663 msgid "New accelerator..." msgstr "New accelerator…" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:178 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:352 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:363 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:387 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:397 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:400 msgid "\"Deepness\" of the color." msgstr "\"Deepness\" of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:402 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:404 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:406 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:408 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:418 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:428 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:435 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:449 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:508 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:967 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:970 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:975 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:978 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1391 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1595 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:170 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:580 msgid "Margins from Printer..." msgstr "Margins from Printer…" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:2025 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Other…" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1016 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a file under %s as it is not a folder" msgstr "Cannot create a file under %s as it is not a folder." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:3357 msgid "Rename..." msgstr "Rename…" #. Translators: this text is shown while the system is searching #. * for possible completions for filenames in a file chooser entry. #: gtk/gtkfilechooserentry.c:1161 msgid "Completing..." msgstr "Completing…" #: gtk/gtkfilesel.c:3056 #, c-format msgid "" "The filename \"%s\" couldn't be converted to UTF-8. (try setting the " "environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s" msgstr "" "The filename \"%s\" couldn't be converted to UTF-8 (try setting the " "environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:846 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3286 msgid "Manage Custom Sizes..." msgstr "Manage Custom Sizes…" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:1862 msgid "Getting printer information..." msgstr "Getting printer information…" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3807 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3822 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:328 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_CD-Rom" msgstr "_CD-ROM" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:361 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Harddisk" msgstr "_Hard disk" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:371 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:422 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:652 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:711 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "No deserialise function found for format %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1779 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "Serialised data is malformed" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1857 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" "Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20-properties.po0000644000000000000000000004151212321561324022211 0ustar # British translation # Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package # Abigail Brady , Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 14:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:546 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:547 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text." #: gtk/gtkbox.c:163 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:43 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "Editing Cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:44 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304 msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton." msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button." #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220 msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph" msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 gtk/gtkcellview.c:160 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtkcellview.c:161 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 gtk/gtkcellview.c:167 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:168 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 gtk/gtklabel.c:639 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:206 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsis location" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer " "does not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Ellipsis placement set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:162 msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:177 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:191 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:302 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:192 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:289 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:303 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "The help button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:150 msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" msgstr "The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:196 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:214 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:231 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:712 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:834 msgid "Invisible char set" msgstr "Invisible character set" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:835 msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set" msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:839 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:855 msgid "Allow folders creation" msgstr "Allow folder creation" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143 msgid "The title of the font selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the font selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:802 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:803 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:640 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does " "not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:205 msgid "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons" msgstr "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the " "buttons" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:275 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:323 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:631 msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not" msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:638 msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not" msgstr "Whether the border should be shown" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:728 msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not" msgstr "Whether to expand the child's tab" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:735 msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not" msgstr "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:749 msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not" msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:172 msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded" msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1017 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1161 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1162 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336 msgid "Manual Capabilites" msgstr "Manual Capabilities" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:207 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar " "does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:214 msgid "XSpacing" msgstr "X spacing" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220 msgid "YSpacing" msgstr "Y spacing" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234 msgid "Min horizontal bar width" msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247 msgid "Min horizontal bar height" msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260 msgid "Min vertical bar width" msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273 msgid "Min vertical bar height" msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:464 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:564 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:565 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:736 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:737 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:325 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:209 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton" msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:297 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking" msgstr "Whether the status icon is blinking" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:305 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible" msgstr "Whether the status icon is visible" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:321 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded" msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded" #: gtk/gtktable.c:216 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtktable.c:223 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192 msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226 msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:594 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536 msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:694 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:695 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:120 msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not" msgstr "If the toggle action should be active in" #: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:115 msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not" msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "ellipsise" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1565 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:624 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:808 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:821 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:822 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:828 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:829 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:658 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:761 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:776 msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered" msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2453 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2454 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2459 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2460 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2496 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2497 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2510 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2511 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:786 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-engines.po0000644000000000000000000000227112321561324021302 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the hipo package. # David Lodge , 2007 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-engines\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-03 18:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: en_GB \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Colorize Scrollbar" msgstr "Colourise Scrollbar" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Scrollbar Color" msgstr "Scrollbar Colour" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Sets the Color of Scrollbars" msgstr "Sets the Colour of Scrollbars" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "" "This option allows to disable the focus drawing. The primary purpose is to " "create screenshots for documentation." msgstr "" "This option allows focus drawing to be disabled. The primary purpose is to " "create screenshots for documentation." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gucharmap.po0000644000000000000000000000623612321561324021043 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 gucharmap'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gucharmap package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gucharmap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-15 01:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:422 msgid "" "Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under " "the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version." #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:430 msgid "" "Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they " "will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty " "of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " "Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details." msgstr "" "Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they " "will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty " "of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " "Public Licence and Unicode Copyright for more details." #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:434 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:458 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Dan Bishop https://launchpad.net/~danbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen72-yahoo\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/inkscape.po0000644000000000000000000025027412321561326020676 0ustar # British English translation for Inkscape. # Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Inkscape package. # Tim Sheridan , 2007-2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inkscape\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: inkscape-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 17:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:18 msgid "Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches" msgstr "Rainbow-coloured semitransparent oily splotches" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:20 msgid "Leopard spots (loses object's own color)" msgstr "Leopard spots (loses object's own colour)" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:21 msgid "Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)" msgstr "Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own colour)" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:26 msgid "Detect color edges in object" msgstr "Detect colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:27 msgid "Detect horizontal color edges in object" msgstr "Detect horizontal colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:28 msgid "Detect vertical color edges in object" msgstr "Detect vertical colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:29 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale" msgstr "Detect colour edges and retrace them in greyscale" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:30 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in blue" msgstr "Detect colour edges and retrace them in blue" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:33 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:91 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:157 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:205 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:219 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2607 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2754 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:51 #: ../share/extensions/color_blackandwhite.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_brighter.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_darker.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_desaturate.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesshue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesslight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesssaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morehue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morelight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_moresaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_negative.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_removeblue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removegreen.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removered.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/color_rgbbarrel.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:15 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 msgid "Render in shades of gray by reducing saturation to zero" msgstr "Render in shades of grey by reducing saturation to zero" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 msgid "Invert colors" msgstr "Invert colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:36 msgid "Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows" msgstr "Grey bevelled wires with drop shadows" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:51 msgid "Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel" msgstr "Soft, pastel-coloured, blurry bevel" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:58 msgid "Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change" msgstr "Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through colour fill change" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:61 msgid "Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors" msgstr "Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:62 msgid "Stylized reptile skin texture" msgstr "Stylised reptile skin texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:63 msgid "Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors" msgstr "Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "Metallized paint" msgstr "Metallised paint" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "" "Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges" msgstr "" "Metallised effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Metallized ridge" msgstr "Metallised ridge" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Gel Ridge metallized at its top" msgstr "Gel Ridge metallised at its top" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:49 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 msgid "Blend image or object with a flood color and set lightness and contrast" msgstr "" "Blend image or object with a flood colour and set lightness and contrast" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:82 msgid "Slightly cracked enameled texture" msgstr "Slightly cracked enamelled texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:85 msgid "Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow" msgstr "Inner colourised shadow, outer black shadow" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:87 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, filled inside" msgstr "Blurred colourised contour, filled inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:88 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, empty inside" msgstr "Blurred colourised contour, empty inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:89 msgid "" "Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy" msgstr "" "Bevel, crude light, discolouration and glow like in electronic microscopy" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:93 msgid "Draws a smooth line inside colorized with the color it overlays" msgstr "Draws a smooth line inside colourised with the colour it overlays" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:94 msgid "Smooth colorized contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation" msgstr "Smooth colourised contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:95 msgid "Glow of object's own color at the edges" msgstr "Glow of object's own colour at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Color emboss" msgstr "Colour emboss" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Classic or colorized emboss effect: grayscale, color and 3D relief" msgstr "Classic or colourised emboss effect: greyscale, colour and 3D relief" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:38 msgid "Solarize" msgstr "Solarise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 msgid "Classical photographic solarization effect" msgstr "Classical photographic solarisation effect" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "Moonarize" msgstr "Moonarise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "" "An effect between solarize and invert which often preserves sky and water " "lights" msgstr "" "An effect between solarise and invert which often preserves sky and water " "lights" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:113 msgid "Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people" msgstr "Colourised blotches, like a crowd of people" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:114 msgid "Colorized mountain tops out of the fog" msgstr "Colourised mountain tops out of the fog" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:116 msgid "Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood" msgstr "Basic noise fill texture; adjust colour in Flood" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:119 msgid "In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood" msgstr "In and out glow with a possible offset and colourisable flood" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:122 msgid "Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialog" msgstr "" "Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialogue" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:124 msgid "" "Emboss effect : Colors of the original images are preserved or modified by " "Blend" msgstr "" "Emboss effect : Colours of the original images are preserved or modified by " "Blend" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "Color outline, in" msgstr "Colour outline, in" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "A colorizable inner outline with adjustable width and blur" msgstr "A colourisable inner outline with adjustable width and blur" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:130 msgid "Colorizable filling with liquid transparency" msgstr "Colourisable filling with liquid transparency" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "Watercolour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Cloudy watercolor effect" msgstr "Cloudy watercolour effect" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:132 msgid "" "Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges" msgstr "" "Felt like texture with colour turbulence and slightly darker at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:133 msgid "Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift" msgstr "Ink paint on paper with some turbulent colour shift" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:134 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours melted along the edges and colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:135 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours slightly melted along the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:136 msgid "Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable" msgstr "Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:155 msgid "Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency" msgstr "Colourisable filling with flow inside like transparency" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Alpha draw, color" msgstr "Alpha draw, colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Gives a transparent color fill effect to bitmaps and materials" msgstr "Gives a transparent colour fill effect to bitmaps and materials" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:166 msgid "" "Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines " "at their crossings" msgstr "" "Creates colourisable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the " "lines at their crossings" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Color outline" msgstr "Colour outline" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Draws a colored outline around" msgstr "Draws a coloured outline around" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:169 msgid "Adds a colorizable drop shadow inside" msgstr "Adds a colourisable drop shadow inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:172 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours warped along the edges and colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 msgid "Replace hue by two colors" msgstr "Replace hue by two colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:175 msgid "Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards" msgstr "Slightly posterise and draw edges like on old printed postcards" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:179 msgid "" "Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges" msgstr "" "Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around colour edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:182 msgid "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable " "texture" msgstr "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colourisable " "texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:187 msgid "Partly opaque water color effect with bleed" msgstr "Partly opaque water colour effect with bleed" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:195 msgid "Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative" msgstr "Convert to a colourisable transparent positive or negative" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 msgid "Change colors to a duotone palette" msgstr "Change colours to a duotone palette" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:199 msgid "" "Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the " "saturation levels" msgstr "" "Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colourisable image of the " "saturation levels" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:207 msgid "Bright metallic effect for any color" msgstr "Bright metallic effect for any colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Deep colors plastic" msgstr "Deep colours plastic" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Transparent plastic with deep colors" msgstr "Transparent plastic with deep colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:213 msgid "" "Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to molded plastic " "effects" msgstr "" "Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to moulded plastic " "effects" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:214 msgid "Adds a colorizable glow inside" msgstr "Adds a colourisable glow inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Soft colors" msgstr "Soft colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures" msgstr "Adds a colourisable edges glow inside objects and pictures" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:216 msgid "Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting" msgstr "Bumps effect with a bevel, colour flood and complex lighting" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 msgid "Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world" msgstr "Oversaturate colours which can be fluorescent in real world" #: ../src/color-profile.cpp:910 #, c-format msgid "Color profiles directory (%s) is unavailable." msgstr "Colour profiles directory (%s) is unavailable." #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1727 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "Randomise:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1986 msgid "Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the horizontal shift by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2019 msgid "Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the vertical shift by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2136 msgid "Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the horizontal scale by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2167 msgid "Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the vertical scale by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2288 msgid "Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the rotation angle by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2364 msgid "Randomize the tile blur by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile blur by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2378 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each row" msgstr "Alternate the sign of blur changes for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2383 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each column" msgstr "Alternate the sign of blur changes for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2413 msgid "Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile opacity by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2440 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "Co_lour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2445 msgid "Initial color: " msgstr "Initial colour: " #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "Initial color of tiled clones" msgstr "Initial colour of tiled clones" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "" "Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or " "stroke)" msgstr "" "Initial colour for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or " "stroke)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2485 msgid "Randomize the tile hue by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile hue by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2501 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row" msgstr "Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2508 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column" msgstr "Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2515 msgid "Randomize the color saturation by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the colour saturation by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2530 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row" msgstr "Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2537 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column" msgstr "Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2544 msgid "Randomize the color lightness by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the colour lightness by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2558 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each row" msgstr "Alternate the sign of colour changes for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2563 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each column" msgstr "Alternate the sign of colour changes for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2608 msgid "Pick the visible color and opacity" msgstr "Pick the visible colour and opacity" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2624 msgid "Pick the Red component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Red component of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2632 msgid "Pick the Green component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Green component of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2640 msgid "Pick the Blue component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Blue component of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2649 msgid "clonetiler|H" msgstr "H" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2650 msgid "Pick the hue of the color" msgstr "Pick the hue of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2659 msgid "clonetiler|S" msgstr "S" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2660 msgid "Pick the saturation of the color" msgstr "Pick the saturation of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2669 msgid "clonetiler|L" msgstr "L" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2670 msgid "Pick the lightness of the color" msgstr "Pick the lightness of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2680 msgid "2. Tweak the picked value:" msgstr "2. Tweak the selected value:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2695 msgid "Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)" msgstr "" "Shift the mid-range of the selected value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2702 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "Randomise:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2707 msgid "Randomize the picked value by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the selected value by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2718 msgid "Invert the picked value" msgstr "Invert the selected value" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2737 msgid "" "Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in " "that point" msgstr "" "Each clone is created with the probability determined by the selected value " "in that point" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2747 msgid "Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "Each clone's size is determined by the selected value in that point" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2757 msgid "" "Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill " "or stroke)" msgstr "" "Each clone is painted by the picked colour (the original must have unset " "fill or stroke)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2767 msgid "Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "Each clone's opacity is determined by the selected value in that point" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2914 msgid "" "Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as the last time " "you tiled it (if any), instead of using the current size" msgstr "" "Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as previous " "tiling (if any), instead of using the current size" #. TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2981 msgid "" "Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog " "to zero" msgstr "" "Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and colour changes in the " "dialogue to zero" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Clones" is a noun indicating type of object to find #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:612 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:82 msgid "find|Clones" msgstr "Clones" #. TRANSLATORS: `Center' here is a verb. #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:250 msgid "Center lines" msgstr "Centre lines" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:347 msgid "nodeAsInXMLdialogTooltip|Delete node" msgstr "Delete node" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:1427 msgid "nodeAsInXMLinHistoryDialog|Delete node" msgstr "Delete node" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line _color:" msgstr "Grid line _colour:" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line color" msgstr "Grid line colour" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Color of grid lines" msgstr "Colour of grid lines" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Ma_jor grid line color:" msgstr "Ma_jor grid line colour:" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Major grid line color" msgstr "Major grid line colour" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:420 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:708 msgid "Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "Colour of the major (highlighted) grid lines" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:122 msgid "object rotation center" msgstr "object rotation centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:143 msgid "center" msgstr "centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:189 msgid "Object rotation center" msgstr "Object rotation centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:211 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #. message, to show in the statusbar #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 msgid "Release mouse to set color." msgstr "Release mouse to set colour." #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 ../src/tools-switch.cpp:215 msgid "" "Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke; drag to " "average color in area; with Alt to pick inverse color; Ctrl+C " "to copy the color under mouse to clipboard" msgstr "" "Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke; drag to " "average colour in area; with Alt to pick inverse colour; Ctrl+C to copy the colour under mouse to clipboard" #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:354 msgid "Set picked color" msgstr "Set picked colour" #: ../src/extension/error-file.cpp:63 msgid "Show dialog on startup" msgstr "Show dialogue on startup" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:41 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:136 ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:190 #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:169 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:56 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:64 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3253 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4269 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4589 ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:4 msgid "Width" msgstr "Width:" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:46 msgid "Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "Apply charcoal stylisation to selected bitmap(s)." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:57 msgid "Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity." msgstr "" "Colourise selected bitmap(s) with specified colour, using given opacity." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:36 msgid "Cycle Colormap" msgstr "Cycle Colourmap" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:44 msgid "Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "Cycle colourmap(s) of selected bitmap(s)." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/enhance.cpp:41 msgid "Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimize noise." msgstr "Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimise noise." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:34 msgid "Equalize" msgstr "Equalise" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:41 msgid "Equalize selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalization." msgstr "Equalise selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalisation." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:72 msgid "" "Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling " "between the given ranges to the full color range." msgstr "" "Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling " "between the given ranges to the full colour range." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:50 msgid "" "Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges " "to the full color range." msgstr "" "Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges " "to the full colour range." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:44 msgid "" "Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular " "neighborhood." msgstr "" "Replace each pixel component with the median colour in a circular " "neighbourhood." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:35 msgid "Normalize" msgstr "Normalise" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:42 msgid "" "Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible " "range of color." msgstr "" "Normalise selected bitmap(s), expanding colour range to the full possible " "range of colour." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:44 msgid "Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils." msgstr "" "Stylise selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:43 msgid "Colored Shading" msgstr "Coloured Shading" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:46 msgid "Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film." msgstr "Solarise selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:44 msgid "Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point." msgstr "Swirl selected bitmap(s) around centre point." #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:325 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:363 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:247 msgid "Rasterize filter effects" msgstr "Rasterise filter effects" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:326 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:364 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:248 msgid "Resolution for rasterization (dpi)" msgstr "Resolution for rasterisation (dpi)" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:396 msgid "pdfinput|medium" msgstr "medium" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:21 msgid "Color Matrix" msgstr "Colour Matrix" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:53 msgid "filterBlendMode|Normal" msgstr "Normal" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:246 msgid "Visible Colors" msgstr "Visible Colours" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:133 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:77 msgid "Radial gradient center" msgstr "Radial gradient centre" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "%s for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap angle, with Ctrl+Alt to " "preserve angle, with Ctrl+Shift to scale around center" msgstr "" "%s for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap angle, with Ctrl+Alt to " "preserve angle, with Ctrl+Shift to scale around centre" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1175 #, c-format msgid "" "Radial gradient center and focus; drag with Shift to " "separate focus" msgstr "" "Radial gradient centre and focus; drag with Shift to " "separate focus" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeter" msgstr "Millimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeter" msgstr "Centimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meter" msgstr "Metre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meters" msgstr "Metres" #: ../src/interface.cpp:825 msgid "Show or hide the color palette" msgstr "Show or hide the colour palette" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1173 ../src/interface.cpp:1259 #: ../src/interface.cpp:1362 ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:468 msgid "Drop color" msgstr "Drop colour" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1212 ../src/interface.cpp:1322 msgid "Drop color on gradient" msgstr "Drop colour on gradient" #: ../src/knot.cpp:431 msgid "Node or handle drag canceled." msgstr "Node or handle drag cancelled." #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:311 msgid "Item behavior" msgstr "Item behaviour" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:312 msgid "" "General behavior for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" msgstr "" "General behaviour for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:91 msgid "Circle (by center and radius)" msgstr "Circle (by centre and radius)" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:78 msgid "direction of thickest strokes (opposite = thinest)" msgstr "direction of thickest strokes (opposite = thinnest)" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:82 msgid "Make the stroke thiner near it's start" msgstr "Make the stroke thiner near its start" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:83 msgid "Make the stroke thiner near it's end" msgstr "Make the stroke thiner near its end" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:38 msgid "Enable top & bottom paths" msgstr "Enable top and bottom paths" #. refA(_("Ref Start"), _("Left side middle of the reference box"), "refA", &wr, this), #. refB(_("Ref End"), _("Right side middle of the reference box"), "refB", &wr, this), #. FIXME: a path is used here instead of 2 points to work around path/point param incompatibility bug. #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:55 msgid "Max complexity" msgstr "Max. complexity" #: ../src/main.cpp:294 msgid "" "Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterization of filters in PS/" "EPS/PDF (default 90)" msgstr "" "Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterisation of filters in PS/" "EPS/PDF (default 90)" #: ../src/main.cpp:346 msgid "Background color of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported color string)" msgstr "Background colour of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported colour string)" #: ../src/main.cpp:347 msgid "COLOR" msgstr "COLOUR" #: ../src/main.cpp:393 msgid "" "Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterizing (PS, EPS, " "PDF)" msgstr "" "Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterising (PS, EPS, " "PDF)" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1087 msgid "" "Adjust the tip radius of the star or polygon; with Shift to " "round; with Alt to randomize" msgstr "" "Adjust the tip radius of the star or polygon; with Shift to " "round; with Alt to randomise" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1094 msgid "" "Adjust the base radius of the star; with Ctrl to keep star " "rays radial (no skew); with Shift to round; with Alt to " "randomize" msgstr "" "Adjust the base radius of the star; with Ctrl to keep star " "rays radial (no skew); with Shift to round; with Alt to " "randomise" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:601 msgid "" "Sketch mode: holding Alt interpolates between sketched paths. " "Release Alt to finalize." msgstr "" "Sketch mode: holding Alt interpolates between sketched paths. " "Release Alt to finalise." #: ../src/rdf.cpp:212 msgid "Open Font License" msgstr "Open Font Licence" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license #: ../src/rdf.cpp:285 msgid "URI to this document's license's namespace definition." msgstr "URI to this document's licence's namespace definition." #: ../src/rdf.cpp:290 msgid "XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section." msgstr "XML fragment for the RDF 'Licence' section." #: ../src/select-context.cpp:237 msgid "Move canceled." msgstr "Move cancelled." #: ../src/select-context.cpp:245 msgid "Selection canceled." msgstr "Selection cancelled." #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Raise" means "to raise an object" in the undo history #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:850 msgid "undo action|Raise" msgstr "Raise" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1159 msgid "Paste size separately" msgstr "Paste Size separately" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2072 msgid "action|Clone" msgstr "Clone" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Link" means internet link (anchor) #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:45 msgid "web|Link" msgstr "Link" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Clone" is a noun, type of object #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:74 msgid "object|Clone" msgstr "Clone" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:537 msgid "Set center" msgstr "Set centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:634 msgid "" "Center of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with " "Shift also uses this center" msgstr "" "Centre of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with " "Shift also uses this centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:661 msgid "" "Squeeze or stretch selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; " "with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" "Squeeze or stretch selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; " "with Shift to scale around rotation centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:662 msgid "" "Scale selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" "Scale selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; with Shift to scale around rotation centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:801 msgid "Reset center" msgstr "Reset centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1343 #, c-format msgid "Move center to %s, %s" msgstr "Move centre to %s, %s" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:125 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be put on a path." msgstr "The flowed text must be visible in order to be put on a path." #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:507 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be converted." msgstr "The flowed text must be visible in order to be converted." #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1171 msgid "Rotate counterclockwise" msgstr "Rotate anti-clockwise" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:225 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag or click to rotate clockwise; with Shift, " "counterclockwise." msgstr "" "%s. Drag or click to rotate clockwise; with Shift, anticlockwise." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:257 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to paint objects with color." msgstr "%s. Drag or click to paint objects with colour." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:261 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to randomize colors." msgstr "%s. Drag or click to randomise colours." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1302 msgid "Color paint tweak" msgstr "Colour paint tweak" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1306 msgid "Color jitter tweak" msgstr "Colour jitter tweak" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:96 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #. TRANSLATORS: Put here your name (and other national contributors') #. one per line in the form of: name surname (email). Use \n for newline. #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:388 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Tim Sheridan (tim.sheridan@gmail.com), 2007-2010.\n" "Bruce Cowan (bruce@bcowan.me.uk), 2010.\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Isopogon https://launchpad.net/~isopogon\n" " Martin Owens https://launchpad.net/~doctormo\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx\n" " Tim Sheridan https://launchpad.net/~tim-sheridan" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "H:" stands for horizontal gap #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:471 msgid "gap|H:" msgstr "H:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:643 msgid "Randomize positions" msgstr "Randomise position" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:816 msgid "Center on vertical axis" msgstr "Centre on vertical axis" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:831 msgid "Center on horizontal axis" msgstr "Centre on horizontal axis" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:857 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally" msgstr "Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:871 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly vertically" msgstr "Distribute centres equidistantly vertically" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:887 msgid "Randomize centers in both dimensions" msgstr "Randomise centres in both dimensions" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:890 msgid "Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances" msgstr "Unclump objects: try to equalise edge-to-edge distances" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:116 #, c-format msgid "" "Color: %s; Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke" msgstr "" "Colour: %s; Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:490 msgid "Change color definition" msgstr "Change colour definition" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove stroke color" msgstr "Remove stroke colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove fill color" msgstr "Remove fill colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set stroke color to none" msgstr "Set stroke colour to none" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set fill color to none" msgstr "Set fill colour to none" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set stroke color from swatch" msgstr "Set stroke colour from swatch" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set fill color from swatch" msgstr "Set fill colour from swatch" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:74 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:178 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "" "Color and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)" msgstr "" "Colour and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Border _color:" msgstr "Border _colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Page border color" msgstr "Page border colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Color of the page border" msgstr "Colour of the page border" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guide co_lor:" msgstr "Guide co_lour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guideline color" msgstr "Guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Color of guidelines" msgstr "Colour of guidelines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "_Highlight color:" msgstr "_Highlight colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Highlighted guideline color" msgstr "Highlighted guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Color of a guideline when it is under mouse" msgstr "Colour of a guideline when it is under mouse" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "New" refers to grid #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:109 msgid "Grid|_New" msgstr "_New" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:122 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #. TODO check if this next line was sometimes needed. It being there caused an assertion. #. Inkscape::GC::release(defsRepr); #. inform the document, so we can undo #. Color Management #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:409 ../src/verbs.cpp:2733 msgid "Link Color Profile" msgstr "Link Colour Profile" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:484 msgid "Remove linked color profile" msgstr "Remove linked colour profile" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:501 msgid "Linked Color Profiles:" msgstr "Linked Colour Profiles:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:507 msgid "Available Color Profiles:" msgstr "Available Colour Profiles:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1464 msgid "Background" msgstr "Background:" #. TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:471 msgid "" "This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects " "one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color " "component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not " "depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value." msgstr "" "This matrix determines a linear transform on colour space. Each line affects " "one of the colour components. Each column determines how much of each colour " "component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not " "depend on input colours, so can be used to adjust a constant component value." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2177 msgid "" "Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that " "a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent " "convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be " "performed without specifying a complete matrix." msgstr "" "Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that " "a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent " "convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used colour operations to be " "performed without specifying a complete matrix." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2202 msgid "" "This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input " "image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different " "arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual " "effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to " "the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value " "would lead to a common blur effect." msgstr "" "This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input " "image in order to calculate the pixel colours at the output. Different " "arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual " "effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to " "the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value " "would lead to a common blur effect." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2204 msgid "" "After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that " "number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A " "divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening " "effect on the overall color intensity of the result." msgstr "" "After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that " "number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination colour value. A " "divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening " "effect on the overall colour intensity of the result." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2206 msgid "" "Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so " "that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at " "or near the edge of the input image." msgstr "" "Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with colour values so " "that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at " "or near the edge of the input image." #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 msgid "Diffuse Color:" msgstr "Diffuse Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Defines the color of the light source" msgstr "Defines the colour of the light source" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2218 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction" msgstr "Colour component that controls the displacement in the X direction" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2219 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction" msgstr "Colour component that controls the displacement in the Y direction" #. default: black #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "Flood Color:" msgstr "Flood Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "The whole filter region will be filled with this color." msgstr "The whole filter region will be filled with this colour." #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Specular Color:" msgstr "Specular Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2291 msgid "" "The feColorMatrix filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to " "color of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to " "grayscale, modifying color saturation and changing color hue." msgstr "" "The feColourMatrix filter primitive applies a matrix transformation " "to colour of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning " "object to greyscale, modifying colour saturation and changing colour hue." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2295 msgid "" "The feComponentTransfer filter primitive manipulates the input's " "color components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular " "transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast " "adjustment, color balance, and thresholding." msgstr "" "The feComponentTransfer filter primitive manipulates the input's " "colour components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular " "transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast " "adjustment, colour balance, and thresholding." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2315 msgid "" "The feFlood filter primitive fills the region with a given color and " "opacity. It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply color to " "a graphic." msgstr "" "The feFlood filter primitive fills the region with a given colour and " "opacity. It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply colour to " "a graphic." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2331 msgid "" "The feMorphology filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. " "For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it " "thicker." msgstr "" "The feMorphology filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. " "For single-colour objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it " "thicker." #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:446 msgid "Path outline color" msgstr "Path outline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:447 msgid "Selects the color used for showing the path outline" msgstr "Selects the colour used for showing the path outline" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:455 msgid "" "Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the " "middle of each outline segment" msgstr "" "Visualise the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the " "middle of each outline segment" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:466 msgid "" "Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to " "get the other behavior" msgstr "" "Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to " "get the other behaviour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:584 msgid "Dialogs are hidden in taskbar" msgstr "Dialogues are hidden in taskbar" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:586 msgid "Show close button on dialogs" msgstr "Show close button on dialogues" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:599 msgid "Dialog behavior (requires restart):" msgstr "Dialogue behaviour (requires restart):" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:606 msgid "Dialogs on top:" msgstr "Dialogues on top:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:609 msgid "Dialogs are treated as regular windows" msgstr "Dialogues are treated as regular windows" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:611 msgid "Dialogs stay on top of document windows" msgstr "Dialogues stay on top of document windows" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:617 msgid "Dialog Transparency:" msgstr "Dialogue Transparency:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:629 msgid "Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar" msgstr "" "Whether dialogue windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:634 msgid "Whether dialog windows have a close button (requires restart)" msgstr "Whether dialogue windows have a close button (requires restart)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:713 msgid "Optimized" msgstr "Optimised" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:749 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:773 msgid "" "Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export " "always uses best quality)" msgstr "" "Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export " "always uses best quality" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:786 msgid "" "Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the " "filter effects dialog" msgstr "" "Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the " "filter effects dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:829 msgid "Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialog" msgstr "Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Relative Colorimetric" msgstr "Relative Colourimetric" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Absolute Colorimetric" msgstr "Absolute Colourimetric" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:894 msgid "(Note: Color management has been disabled in this build)" msgstr "(Note: Colour management has been disabled in this build)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:933 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "Mark out of gamut colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:935 msgid "Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device" msgstr "Highlights colours that are out of gamut for the target device" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:940 msgid "Out of gamut warning color:" msgstr "Out of gamut warning colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:941 msgid "Selects the color used for out of gamut warning" msgstr "Selects the colour used for out of gamut warning" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1034 msgid "Color management" msgstr "Colour management" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1041 msgid "Don't emphasize gridlines when zoomed out" msgstr "Don't emphasise gridlines when zoomed out" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1042 msgid "" "If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal color instead " "of major grid line color" msgstr "" "If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal colour instead " "of major grid line colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1060 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1082 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Grid line color:" msgstr "Grid line colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Color used for normal grid lines" msgstr "Colour used for normal grid lines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1062 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1084 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Major grid line color:" msgstr "Major grid line colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "Colour used for major (highlighted) grid lines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1094 msgid "Use named colors" msgstr "Use named colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1095 msgid "" "If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or " "'magenta') instead of the numeric value" msgstr "" "If set, write the CSS name of the colour when available (e.g. 'red' or " "'magenta') instead of the numeric value" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1163 msgid "Work-around color sliders not drawing" msgstr "Work-around colour sliders not drawing" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1165 msgid "" "When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing " "color sliders" msgstr "" "When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing " "colour sliders" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1191 msgid "" "When this option is on, the \"Save as...\" dialog will always open in the " "directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open " "in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialog" msgstr "" "When this option is on, the \"Save as...\" dialogue will always open in the " "directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open " "in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1196 msgid "" "Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus " "minimizing loss in case of a crash" msgstr "" "Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus " "minimising loss in case of a crash" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1202 msgid "filesystem|Path:" msgstr "Path:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:192 ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:525 msgid "Rename layer" msgstr "Renamed layer" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:649 msgid "layers|Top" msgstr "Top" #. TRANSLATORS: "Slack" refers to memory which is in the heap but currently unused. #. More typical usage is to call this memory "free" rather than "slack". #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:98 msgid "Slack" msgstr "Free" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:507 msgid "No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog." msgstr "No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialogue." #. ## The OK button #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:868 msgid "tileClonesDialog|Arrange" msgstr "Arrange" #. quantization #. TRANSLATORS: Color Quantization: the process of reducing the number #. of colors in an image by selecting an optimized set of representative #. colors and then re-applying this reduced set to the original image. #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:463 msgid "Color quantization" msgstr "Colour quantisation" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:467 msgid "Trace along the boundaries of reduced colors" msgstr "Trace along the boundaries of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:475 msgid "The number of reduced colors" msgstr "The number of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:477 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:515 #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:18 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:519 msgid "Trace the given number of reduced colors" msgstr "Trace the given number of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:523 msgid "Grays" msgstr "Greys" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:527 msgid "Same as Colors, but the result is converted to grayscale" msgstr "Same as Colours, but the result is converted to greyscale" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:554 msgid "Multiple scans: creates a group of paths" msgstr "Multiple scana: creates a group of paths" #. # end multiple scan #. ## end mode page #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:563 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4394 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4661 ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:8 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Move" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:579 msgid "Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed" msgstr "Speckles of up to this many pixels will be supressed" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:599 msgid "Optimize paths" msgstr "Optimise paths" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:602 msgid "Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments" msgstr "Try to optimise paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:610 msgid "" "Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive " "optimization" msgstr "" "Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive " "optimisation" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:91 msgid "Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)" msgstr "Rotation angle (positive = anti-clockwise)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:93 msgid "" "Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute " "displacement, or percentage displacement" msgstr "" "Horizontal skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:95 msgid "" "Vertical skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" msgstr "" "Vertical skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:139 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift+Ctrl: scale uniformly about the rotation center" msgstr "Shift+Ctrl: scale uniformly about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:146 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Alt: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center" msgstr "" "Shift+Alt: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:148 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: scale from the rotation center" msgstr "Shift: scale from the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:322 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Rotation handle: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation " "center" msgstr "" "Rotation handle: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation " "centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:421 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° " "increments" msgstr "" "Shift+Ctrl: skew about the rotation centre with snapping to %f° " "increments" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:424 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: skew about the rotation center" msgstr "Shift: skew about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:514 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Rotation center: drag to change the origin of transforms" msgstr "Rotation centre: drag to change the origin of transforms" #: ../src/ui/widget/licensor.cpp:38 msgid "MetadataLicence|Other" msgstr "Other" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:136 msgid "swatches|Size" msgstr "Size" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates size of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:145 msgid "swatchesHeight|medium" msgstr "medium" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:171 msgid "swatches|Width" msgstr "Width" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates width of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:180 msgid "swatchesWidth|medium" msgstr "medium" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Wrap" indicates how colour swatches are displayed #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:215 msgid "swatches|Wrap" msgstr "Wrap" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color fill" msgstr "Flat colour fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color stroke" msgstr "Flat colour stroke" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:220 msgid "Last set color" msgstr "Last set colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:224 msgid "Last selected color" msgstr "Last selected colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:240 msgid "Copy color" msgstr "Copy colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:244 msgid "Paste color" msgstr "Paste colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:545 msgid "Apply last set color to fill" msgstr "Apply last set colour to fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:557 msgid "Apply last set color to stroke" msgstr "Apply last set colour to stroke" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:568 msgid "Apply last selected color to fill" msgstr "Apply last selected colour to fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:579 msgid "Apply last selected color to stroke" msgstr "Apply last selected colour to stroke" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Link" means to _link_ two sliders together #: ../src/ui/widget/spin-slider.cpp:120 msgid "sliders|Link" msgstr "Link" #. This is shared between tooltips and statusbar, so they #. must use UTF-8, not HTML entities for special characters. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2451 msgid "Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise" msgstr "Rotate selection 90° anticlockwise" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2513 msgid "Pick colors from image" msgstr "Pick colours from image" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2606 msgid "Color-managed view" msgstr "Colour-managed view" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2607 msgid "Toggle color-managed display for this document window" msgstr "Toggle colour-managed display for this document window" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2628 msgid "" "Edit objects' colors, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns..." msgstr "" "Edit objects' colours, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns..." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2633 msgid "Select colors from a swatches palette" msgstr "Select colours from a swatches palette" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2657 msgid "Show or hide all open dialogs" msgstr "Show or hide all open dialogues" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2678 msgid "Print Colors..." msgstr "Print Colours..." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2679 msgid "" "Select which color separations to render in Print Colors Preview rendermode" msgstr "" "Select which colour separations to render in Print Colours Preview rendermode" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2687 msgid "Inkscape version, authors, license" msgstr "Inkscape version, authors, licence" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2734 msgid "Link an ICC color profile" msgstr "Link an ICC colour profile" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2735 msgid "Remove Color Profile" msgstr "Remove Colour Profile" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2736 msgid "Remove a linked ICC color profile" msgstr "Remove a linked ICC colour profile" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:633 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "%s: %d (print colours preview) - Inkscape" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:643 #, c-format msgid "%s (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "%s (print colours preview) - Inkscape" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:811 msgid "Color-managed display is enabled in this window" msgstr "Colour-managed display is enabled in this window" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:813 msgid "Color-managed display is disabled in this window" msgstr "Colour-managed display is disabled in this window" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set fill color" msgstr "Set fill colour" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set stroke color" msgstr "Set stroke colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. Style frame #: ../src/widgets/font-selector.cpp:183 msgid "fontselector|Style" msgstr "Style" #. TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:164 msgid "" "Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector " "(spreadMethod=\"pad\"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction " "(spreadMethod=\"repeat\"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite " "directions (spreadMethod=\"reflect\")" msgstr "" "Whether to fill with flat colour beyond the ends of the gradient vector " "(spreadMethod=\"pad\"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction " "(spreadMethod=\"repeat\"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite " "directions (spreadMethod=\"reflect\")" #. TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:866 msgid "Stop Color" msgstr "Stop Colour" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:1186 msgid "Change gradient stop color" msgstr "Change gradient stop colour" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:226 ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:671 msgid "Flat color" msgstr "Flat colour" #. four spinbuttons #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:459 msgid "select toolbar|X position" msgstr "X position" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:459 msgid "select toolbar|X" msgstr "X" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:467 msgid "select toolbar|Y position" msgstr "Y position" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:467 msgid "select toolbar|Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:475 msgid "select toolbar|Width" msgstr "Width" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:475 msgid "select toolbar|W" msgstr "W" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:496 msgid "select toolbar|Height" msgstr "Height" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:496 msgid "select toolbar|H" msgstr "H" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:233 msgid "Gray" msgstr "Grey" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:336 msgid "Color Managed" msgstr "Colour Managed" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:367 msgid "Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color" msgstr "Hexadecimal RGBA value of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. Stroke width #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:677 msgid "StrokeWidth|Width:" msgstr "Width:" #. TRANSLATORS: Miter join: joining lines with a sharp (pointed) corner. #. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the #. "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog). #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:727 msgid "Miter join" msgstr "Mitre join" #. Miterlimit #. TRANSLATORS: Miter limit: only for "miter join", this limits the length #. of the sharp "spike" when the lines connect at too sharp an angle. #. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle, a miter join results in a #. spike that extends well beyond the connection point. The purpose of the #. miter limit is to cut off such spikes (i.e. convert them into bevels) #. when they become too long. #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:759 msgid "Miter limit:" msgstr "Mitre limit:" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:767 msgid "Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)" msgstr "Maximum length of the mitre (in units of stroke width)" #: ../src/widgets/swatch-selector.cpp:139 msgid "Change swatch color" msgstr "Change swatch colour" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:207 msgid "Color/opacity used for color tweaking" msgstr "Colour/opacity used for colour tweaking" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "BBox Centers" msgstr "BBox Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "Snapping from and to centers of bounding boxes" msgstr "Snapping from and to centres of bounding boxes" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Object Centers" msgstr "Object Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Snap from and to centers of objects" msgstr "Snap from and to centres of objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Rotation Centers" msgstr "Rotation Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Snap from and to an item's rotation center" msgstr "Snap from and to an item's rotation centre" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2698 msgid "Star: Change randomization" msgstr "Star: Change randomisation" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "NOT randomized" msgstr "NOT randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "visibly randomized" msgstr "visibly randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "strongly randomized" msgstr "strongly randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized" msgstr "Randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized:" msgstr "Randomised:" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is denser" msgstr "centre is denser" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is much denser" msgstr "centre is much denser" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3911 msgid "starts from center" msgstr "starts from centre" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4333 msgid "Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise" msgstr "Rotate objects, with Shift anticlockwise" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4374 msgid "Color paint mode" msgstr "Colour paint mode" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4375 msgid "Paint the tool's color upon selected objects" msgstr "Paint the tool's colour upon selected objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4381 msgid "Color jitter mode" msgstr "Colour jitter mode" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4382 msgid "Jitter the colors of selected objects" msgstr "Jitter the colours of selected objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4428 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' hue" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' hue" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4444 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' saturation" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' saturation" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4460 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' lightness" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' lightness" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4476 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' opacity" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' opacity" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4624 msgid "Toolbox|Scatter" msgstr "Scatter" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4624 msgid "Toolbox|Scatter:" msgstr "Scatter:" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4734 msgid "Toolbox|Scale" msgstr "Scale" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4734 msgid "Toolbox|Scale:" msgstr "Scale:" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5141 msgid "" "Angle behavior (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = " "fixed angle)" msgstr "" "Angle behaviour (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = " "fixed angle)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5158 msgid "" "Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = " "round caps)" msgstr "" "Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude mode (0 = no caps, 1 = " "round caps)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5419 msgid "Arc: Change open/closed" msgstr "Arc: Changed open/closed" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5686 msgid "" "Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, " "pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha" msgstr "" "Pick both the colour and the alpha (transparency) under cursos; otherwise, " "pick only the visible colour premultiplied by alpha" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6048 msgid "Open LPE dialog" msgstr "Open LPE dialogue" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6049 msgid "Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)" msgstr "Open LPE dialogue (to adapt parameters numerically)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7583 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7584 msgid "Align center" msgstr "Align centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:55 msgid "" "You must to create and select some \"Slicer rectangles\" before try to group." msgstr "" "You must create and select some \"Slicer rectangles\" before try to group." #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:70 msgid "" "You must to select some \"Slicer rectangles\" or other \"Layout groups\"." msgstr "You must select some \"Slicer rectangles\" or other \"Layout groups\"." #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:74 #, python-format msgid "Opss... The element \"%s\" is not in the Web Slicer layer" msgstr "Oops... The element \"%s\" is not in the Web Slicer layer" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:57 msgid "You must to give a directory to export the slices." msgstr "You must give a directory to export the slices." #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:73 #, python-format msgid "The directory \"%s\" does not exists." msgstr "The directory \"%s\" does not exist." #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:332 msgid "You must install the ImageMagick to get JPG and GIF." msgstr "You must install ImageMagick to use JPG and GIF." #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:1 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:15 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:1 msgid "Randomize" msgstr "Randomise" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:1 msgid "Replace color" msgstr "Replace colour" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:2 msgid "Replace color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "Replace colour (RRGGBB hex):" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:3 msgid "By color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "By colour (RRGGBB hex):" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:4 ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/handles.inx.h:2 ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:20 msgid "Visualize Path" msgstr "Visualise Path" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:20 msgid "" "- AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.\n" "- The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output " "(90 px = 1 in).\n" "- Supported element types\n" " - paths (lines and splines)\n" " - rectangles\n" " - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)\n" "- ROBO-Master spline output is a specialized spline readable only by ROBO-" "Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.\n" "- LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a " "legacy version of the LINE output." msgstr "" "- AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.\n" "- The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output " "(90 px = 1 in).\n" "- Supported element types\n" " - paths (lines and splines)\n" " - rectangles\n" " - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)\n" "- ROBO-Master spline output is a specialised spline, readable only by ROBO-" "Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.\n" "- LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a " "legacy version of the LINE output." #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.inx.h:3 msgid "Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette" msgstr "Exports the colours of this document as GIMP Palette" #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:1 msgid "Fractalize" msgstr "Fractalise" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:2 msgid "" "Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible " "in the Fill and Stroke dialog. You must select an object or a group." msgstr "" "Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible " "in the Fill and Stroke dialogue. You must select an object or a group." #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:24 msgid "Set path color to blue:" msgstr "Set path colour to blue:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:25 msgid "Set path color to cyan:" msgstr "Set path colour to cyan:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:26 msgid "Set path color to green:" msgstr "Set path colour to green:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:27 msgid "Set path color to black:" msgstr "Set path colour to black:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:28 msgid "Set path color to magenta:" msgstr "Set path colour to magenta:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:29 msgid "Set path color to orange:" msgstr "Set path colour to orange:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:30 msgid "Set path color to red:" msgstr "Set path colour to red:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:31 msgid "Set path color to white:" msgstr "Set path colour to white:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:32 msgid "Set path color to yellow:" msgstr "Set path colour to yellow:" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:8 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize step (%)" msgstr "Randomise step (%)" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:12 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize angle (%)" msgstr "Randomise angle (%)" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:14 msgid "" "\n" "The path is generated by applying the \n" "substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, \n" "Order times. The following commands are \n" "recognized in Axiom and Rules:\n" "\n" "Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward \n" "\n" "Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward \n" "\n" "+: turn left\n" "\n" "-: turn right\n" "\n" "|: turn 180 degrees\n" "\n" "[: remember point\n" "\n" "]: return to remembered point\n" msgstr "" "\n" "The path is generated by applying the \n" "substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, \n" "Order times. The following commands are \n" "recognised in Axiom and Rules:\n" "\n" "Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward \n" "\n" "Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward \n" "\n" "+: turn left\n" "\n" "-: turn right\n" "\n" "|: turn 180 degrees\n" "\n" "[: remember point\n" "\n" "]: return to remembered point\n" #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.inx.h:1 msgid "Color Markers to Match Stroke" msgstr "Colour Markers to Match Stroke" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:35 msgid "Fill color, Red" msgstr "Fill colour, Red" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:36 msgid "Fill color, Green" msgstr "Fill colour, Green" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:37 msgid "Fill color, Blue" msgstr "Fill colour, Blue" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:7 msgid "Color Bars" msgstr "Colour Bars" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:1 msgid "Optimized SVG Output" msgstr "Optimised SVG Output" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:3 msgid "Simplify colors" msgstr "Simplify colours" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:10 msgid "Strip xml prolog" msgstr "Strip xml prologue" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:18 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This extension optimizes the SVG file according to the following options:\n" " * Simplify colors: convert all colors to #RRGGBB format.\n" " * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.\n" " * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.\n" " * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.\n" " * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.\n" " * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator " "elements and attributes.\n" " * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.\n" " * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.\n" " * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).\n" " * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space)." msgstr "" "This extension optimises the SVG file according to the following options:\n" " * Simplify colours: convert all colours to #RRGGBB format.\n" " * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.\n" " * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.\n" " * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.\n" " * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.\n" " * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator " "elements and attributes.\n" " * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.\n" " * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.\n" " * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).\n" " * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space)." #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:29 msgid "Optimized SVG (*.svg)" msgstr "Optimised SVG (*.svg)" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect splits texts into different lines, words or letters. Select " "below how your text should be splitted." msgstr "" "This effect splits text into different lines, words or letters. Select below " "how your text should be split." #: ../share/extensions/straightseg.inx.h:3 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:19 msgid "Year color" msgstr "Year colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:20 msgid "Month color" msgstr "Month colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:21 msgid "Weekday name color " msgstr "Weekday name colour " #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:22 msgid "Day color" msgstr "Day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:23 msgid "Weekend day color" msgstr "Weekend day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:24 msgid "Next month day color" msgstr "Next month day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:25 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localisation" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:9 msgid "Background color:" msgstr "Background colour:" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:33 msgid "Top and Center" msgstr "Top and Centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:36 msgid "Middle and Center" msgstr "Middle and Centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:39 msgid "Bottom and Center" msgstr "Bottom and Centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:2 msgid "" "All sliced images, and optionaly code, will be generated as you had " "configured and saved to one directory." msgstr "" "All sliced images, and optionally code, will be generated as you had " "configured and saved to one directory." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/atk10.po0000644000000000000000000000173312321561326020013 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , # Gareth Owen 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: atk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-23 19:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-09 00:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sohrab \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:33+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:112 msgid "color chooser" msgstr "colour chooser" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:119 msgid "dialog" msgstr "dialogue" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:198 msgid "document email" msgstr "document e-mail" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libbonobo-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000147512321561326021340 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libbonobo package. # Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonobo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 13:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../samples/echo/echo-client.c:24 msgid "I could not initialize Bonobo" msgstr "I could not initialise Bonobo" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libbonoboui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000334012321561326021667 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the LIBBONOBO package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , # Gareth Owen 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonobo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-23 06:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-sync-toolbar.c:570 msgid "Customi_ze" msgstr "Customi_se" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-sync-toolbar.c:571 msgid "Customize the toolbar" msgstr "Customise the toolbar" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-toolbar.c:1118 msgid "whether the toolbar is floating" msgstr "Whether the toolbar is floating" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-window.c:348 msgid "Name of the window - used for configuration serialization." msgstr "Name of the window - used for configuration serialisation." #: ../samples/controls/bonobo-sample-controls.c:133 msgid "Could not initialize Bonobo UI" msgstr "Could not initialise Bonobo UI" #: ../tools/browser/window.c:214 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" " Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gdk-pixbuf.po0000644000000000000000000000575712321561327021146 0ustar # English (British) translation # Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Abigail Brady , Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gdk-" "pixbuf\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 15:21-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 23:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:35+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: UNITED KINGDOM\n" "Language: en_GB\n" "X-Poedit-Language: English\n" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:934 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't recognize the image file format for file '%s'" msgstr "Couldn't recognise the image file format for file '%s'" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:942 msgid "Unrecognized image file format" msgstr "Unrecognised image file format" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1318 msgid "" "GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colormap." msgstr "" "GIF image has no global colourmap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colourmap." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:147 gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:155 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for color profile" msgstr "Couldn't allocate memory for colour profile" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:645 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:858 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)" msgstr "Unsupported JPEG colour space (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length '%u'." msgstr "Colour profile has invalid length '%u'." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:880 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:665 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length %d." msgstr "Colour profile has invalid length %d." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:308 msgid "PNM file is not in a recognized PNM subformat" msgstr "PNM file is not in a recognised PNM subformat" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:377 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is 0" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:385 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is too large" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is too large" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:685 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap structure" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap structure" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:692 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap entries" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:714 msgid "Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries" msgstr "Unexpected bitdepth for colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:509 msgid "XPM file has invalid number of colors" msgstr "XPM file has invalid number of colours" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:544 msgid "Cannot read XPM colormap" msgstr "Cannot read XPM colourmap" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/glib20.po0000644000000000000000000002256112321561327020155 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 glib's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the GLIB package. # Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 15:00-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 12:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:260 msgid "Invalid object, not initialized" msgstr "Invalid object, not initialised" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:444 ../gio/gsocket.c:992 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "Cancellable initialisation not supported" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:251 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:332 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is malformed" msgstr "Error in address '%s': the port attribute is malformed" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:262 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:343 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the family attribute is malformed" msgstr "Error in address '%s': the family attribute is malformed" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:565 #, c-format msgid "" "Error in address '%s' - the unix transport requires exactly one of the keys " "'path' or 'abstract' to be set" msgstr "" "Error in address '%s': the Unix transport requires exactly one of the keys " "'path' or 'abstract' to be set" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:601 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the host attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "Error in address '%s': the host attribute is missing or malformed" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:615 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "Error in address '%s': the port attribute is missing or malformed" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:629 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "Error in address '%s': the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:721 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from nonce file '%s', expected 16 bytes, got %d" msgstr "Error reading from nonce file '%s': expected 16 bytes, got %d" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1546 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6920 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment variable " "- unknown value '%s'" msgstr "" "Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment " "variable: unknown value '%s'" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Didn't find cookie with id %d in the keyring at '%s'" msgstr "Didn't find cookie with ID %d in the keyring at '%s'" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "Property '%s' is not writable" msgstr "Property '%s' is not writeable" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1873 #, c-format msgid "" "Error deserializing GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" "Error deserialising GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2183 msgid "Cannot deserialize message: " msgstr "Cannot deserialise message: " #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2504 #, c-format msgid "" "Error serializing GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" "Error serialising GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2649 msgid "Cannot serialize message: " msgstr "Cannot serialise message: " #: ../gio/gfile.c:4000 msgid "Trash not supported" msgstr "Wastebasket not supported" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed at toplevel" msgstr "Element <%s> not allowed at the top level" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1123 #, c-format msgid " extends not yet existing schema '%s'" msgstr " extends not-yet-existing schema '%s'" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1139 #, c-format msgid " is list of not yet existing schema '%s'" msgstr " is list of not-yet-existing schema '%s'" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1887 #, c-format msgid "Error trashing file: %s" msgstr "Error moving file to wastebasket: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create trash dir %s: %s" msgstr "Unable to create wastebasket dir %s: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:1931 msgid "Unable to find toplevel directory for trash" msgstr "Unable to find toplevel directory for wastebasket" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2010 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2030 msgid "Unable to find or create trash directory" msgstr "Unable to find or create wastebasket directory" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2064 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create trashing info file: %s" msgstr "Unable to create wastebasket info file: %s" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2095 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2100 ../gio/glocalfile.c:2180 #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2187 #, c-format msgid "Unable to trash file: %s" msgstr "Unable to move file to the wastebasket: %s" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:519 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " sections List resource sections\n" " list List resources\n" " details List resources with details\n" " extract Extract a resource\n" "\n" "Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Usage:\n" " gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS…]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " sections List resource sections\n" " list List resources\n" " details List resources with details\n" " extract Extract a resource\n" "\n" "Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:312 msgid "Invalid socket, not initialized" msgstr "Invalid socket, not initialised" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:319 #, c-format msgid "Invalid socket, initialization failed due to: %s" msgstr "Invalid socket, initialisation failed due to: %s" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date and the time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:206 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y" msgstr "%a %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:209 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%m/%d/%y" msgstr "%d/%m/%y" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing 12 hour time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:215 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%l:%M:%S %P" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:461 ../glib/gmarkup.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Invalid UTF-8 encoded text in name - not valid '%s'" msgstr "Invalid UTF-8 encoded text in name — not valid '%s'" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:682 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to parse '%-.*s', which should have been a digit inside a character " "reference (ê for example) - perhaps the digit is too large" msgstr "" "Failed to parse '%-.*s', which should have been a digit inside a character " "reference (ê for example) — perhaps the digit is too large" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:694 msgid "" "Character reference did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an " "ampersand character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand " "as &" msgstr "" "Character reference did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an " "ampersand character without intending to start an entity — escape ampersand " "as &" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:771 msgid "" "Entity did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand " "character without intending to start an entity - escape ampersand as &" msgstr "" "Entity did not end with a semicolon; most likely you used an ampersand " "character without intending to start an entity — escape ampersand as &" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1259 #, c-format msgid "" "Odd character '%s', expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag '%" "s'" msgstr "" "Odd character '%s': expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag '%" "s'" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:1789 ../glib/gmarkup.c:1834 #, c-format msgid "" "Document ended unexpectedly with elements still open - '%s' was the last " "element opened" msgstr "" "Document ended unexpectedly with elements still open — '%s' was the last " "element opened" #: ../glib/goption.c:797 msgid "[OPTION...]" msgstr "[OPTION…]" #: ../glib/gregex.c:336 msgid "unrecognized character following \\" msgstr "unrecognised character following \\" #: ../glib/gregex.c:361 msgid "unrecognized character after (? or (?-" msgstr "unrecognised character after (? or (?-" #: ../glib/gregex.c:391 msgid "unrecognized character after (?<" msgstr "unrecognised character after (?<" #: ../glib/gregex.c:419 msgid "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large" msgstr "character value in \\x{…} sequence is too large" #: ../glib/gregex.c:439 msgid "unrecognized character after (?P" msgstr "unrecognised character after (?P" #: ../glib/gregex.c:487 msgid "(*VERB) not recognized" msgstr "(*VERB) not recognised" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1425 #, c-format msgid "Error while optimizing regular expression %s: %s" msgstr "Error while optimising regular expression %s: %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000756712321561327021200 0ustar # English (British) translations # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the LIBGNOME package. # Abi Brady , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnome 2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 16:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../gnome-data/gnome-2.soundlist.in.h:7 msgid "Question dialog" msgstr "Question dialogue" #: ../gnome-data/gtk-events-2.soundlist.in.h:4 msgid "Select check box" msgstr "Select tick box" #: ../libgnome/gnome-open.c:52 #, c-format msgid "Error showing url: %s\n" msgstr "Error showing URL: %s\n" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:9 msgid "Primary Color" msgstr "Primary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:10 msgid "Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color." msgstr "Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:11 msgid "Secondary Color" msgstr "Secondary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:12 msgid "Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color." msgstr "" "Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:13 msgid "Color Shading Type" msgstr "Colour Shading Type" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "How to shade the background color. Possible values are \"horizontal-gradient" "\", \"vertical-gradient\", and \"solid\"." msgstr "" "How to shade the background colour. Possible values are \"horizontal-gradient" "\", \"vertical-gradient\", and \"solid\"." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_interface.schemas.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the user can dynamically type a new accelerator when positioned over " "an active menuitem." msgstr "" "Whether the user can dynamically type a new accelerator when positioned over " "an active menu item." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialog." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialogue." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:4 msgid "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:6 msgid "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:12 msgid "Prevent the user to lock his screen." msgstr "Prevent the user from locking their screen." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomecanvas-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000235412321561327022361 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the LIBGNOMECANVAS package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera # Gareth Owen 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomecanvas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-28 13:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:425 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:433 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:441 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:426 msgid "Text color, as string" msgstr "Text colour, as string" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:434 msgid "Text color, as a GdkColor" msgstr "Text colour, as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:442 msgid "Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" msgstr "Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomeui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001255112321561327021523 0ustar # British translation for libgnomeui # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomeui package # Abigail Brady , 2002. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomeui HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-28 16:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:404 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:458 msgid "Open a dialog to specify the color" msgstr "Open a dialogue to specify the colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:480 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:140 msgid "Foreground color of the title" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:147 msgid "Title Foreground Color" msgstr "Title Foreground Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:148 msgid "Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:155 msgid "Title Foreground color set" msgstr "Title Foreground colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:156 msgid "Foreground color of the title is set" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:163 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:171 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:164 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:172 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:179 msgid "Background color set" msgstr "Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:180 msgid "Background color is set" msgstr "Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:187 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:195 msgid "Contents Background Color" msgstr "Contents Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:188 msgid "Contents Background color" msgstr "Contents Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:196 msgid "Contents Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Contents Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:203 msgid "Contents Background color set" msgstr "Contents Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:204 msgid "Contents Background color is set" msgstr "Contents Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:210 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:218 msgid "Logo Background Color" msgstr "Logo Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:211 msgid "Logo Background color" msgstr "Logo Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:219 msgid "Logo Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Logo Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:226 msgid "Logo Background color set" msgstr "Logo Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:227 msgid "Logo Background color is set" msgstr "Logo Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:242 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:178 msgid "Browse Dialog Title" msgstr "Browse Dialogue Title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:243 msgid "Title for the Browse file dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse file dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:148 msgid "The title of the selection dialog box" msgstr "The title of the selection dialogue box" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:185 msgid "Preview text shown in the dialog" msgstr "Preview text shown in the dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:118 msgid "Link color" msgstr "Link colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:119 msgid "Color used to draw the link" msgstr "Colour used to draw the link" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:179 msgid "Title for the Browse icon dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse icon dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:203 msgid "Picker dialog" msgstr "Picker dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:204 msgid "" "Icon picker dialog. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." msgstr "" "Icon picker dialogue. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:766 msgid "Icon selection dialog" msgstr "Icon selection dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:767 msgid "This dialog box lets you select an icon." msgstr "This dialogue box lets you select an icon." #. TRANSLATORS NOTE: Date format used when showing scores in games. #. * Please refer to manpage of strftime(3) for complete reference. #. #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-scores.c:193 msgid "%a %b %d %T %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %T %Y" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:134 ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:160 msgid "Disable Crash Dialog" msgstr "Disable Crash Dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtkspell.po0000644000000000000000000000133112321561330020705 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for gtkspell # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkspell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkspell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-15 23:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Readman \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgtop-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000137212321561330021022 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgtop package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgtop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: English/GB \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/metacity.po0000644000000000000000000001235512321561331020710 0ustar # English (British) translation for metacity. # Copyright (C) 2002 The Gnome Foundation. # This file is distributed under the same licence as the metacity package. # Robert Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2002. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: metacity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Toggle maximisation state" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximise window" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximise window vertically" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise window horizontally" #: ../src/core/main.c:292 msgid "Initialize session from savefile" msgstr "Initialise session from savefile" #: ../src/core/main.c:322 msgid "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations" msgstr "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximised and have no decorations" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1120 msgid "Minimize Window" msgstr "Minimise Window" #: ../src/ui/frames.c:1123 msgid "Maximize Window" msgstr "Maximise Window" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:70 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimise" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:72 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximise" #. Translators: Translate this string the same way as you do in libwnck! #: ../src/ui/menu.c:74 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Unma_ximise" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1059 #, c-format msgid "Gradients should have at least two colors" msgstr "Gradients should have at least two colours" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1230 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] " "where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg" "[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1244 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1255 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand state \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand state \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand color component \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand colour component \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1298 #, c-format msgid "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" msgstr "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_colour/fg_colour/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1309 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended color" msgstr "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1319 #, c-format msgid "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour is not between 0.0 and 1.0" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1366 #, c-format msgid "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_color/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" msgstr "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_colour/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1377 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color" msgstr "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1387 #, c-format msgid "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color is negative" msgstr "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour is negative" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse color \"%s\"" msgstr "Could not parse colour \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme-parser.c:3141 #, c-format msgid "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximized/shaded " "states" msgstr "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximised/shaded " "states" #: ../src/ui/theme-parser.c:3155 #, c-format msgid "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximized states" msgstr "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximised states" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:100 msgid "_Dialog" msgstr "_Dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:101 msgid "_Modal dialog" msgstr "_Modal dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:393 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:397 msgid "Modal Dialog Box" msgstr "Modal Dialogue Box" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus.po0000644000000000000000000005321412321561331020734 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2003 The GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2003. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 15:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 22:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/nautilus.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Access and organize files" msgstr "Access and organise files" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:120 msgid "The mime type of the file." msgstr "The MIME type of the file." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:169 msgid "Trashed On" msgstr "Moved to Rubbish Bin on" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:170 msgid "Date when file was moved to the Trash" msgstr "Date when file was moved to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:177 msgid "Original location of file before moved to the Trash" msgstr "Original location of file before being moved to Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:87 #, c-format msgid "You cannot move the volume “%s” to the trash." msgstr "You cannot move the volume “%s” to the Rubbish Bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:1868 #, c-format msgid "Toplevel files cannot be renamed" msgstr "Top-level files cannot be renamed" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4464 msgid "%-I:%M %P" msgstr "%-H:%M" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4465 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4466 msgid "%b %-e" msgstr "%-e %b" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4467 msgid "%b %-d %Y" msgstr "%-d %b %Y" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4468 msgid "%a, %b %e %Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a, %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4469 msgid "%a, %b %e %Y %T" msgstr "%a, %e %b %Y %T" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6196 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contents" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1354 msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the trash?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the Rubbish Bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1357 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected item from the " "trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected items from the " "trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected item from the " "Rubbish Bin?" msgstr[1] "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected items from the " "Rubbish Bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1387 msgid "Empty all items from Trash?" msgstr "Empty all items from the Rubbish Bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1391 msgid "All items in the Trash will be permanently deleted." msgstr "All items in the Rubbish Bin will be permanently deleted." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1394 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2270 #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:813 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1783 msgid "Moving files to trash" msgstr "Moving files to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1785 #, c-format msgid "%'d file left to trash" msgid_plural "%'d files left to trash" msgstr[0] "%'d file left to move to Rubbish Bin" msgstr[1] "%'d files left to move to Rubbish Bin" #. Translators: %B is a file name #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1837 msgid "“%B” can't be put in the trash. Do you want to delete it immediately?" msgstr "" "“%B” can't be put in the Rubbish Bin. Do you want to delete it permanently?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1843 msgid "This remote location does not support sending items to the trash." msgstr "" "This remote location does not support sending items to the Rubbish Bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2017 msgid "Trashing Files" msgstr "Moving files to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2260 msgid "Do you want to empty the trash before you unmount?" msgstr "Do you want to empty the Rubbish Bin before you unmount?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2262 msgid "" "In order to regain the free space on this volume the trash must be emptied. " "All trashed items on the volume will be permanently lost." msgstr "" "In order to regain the free space on this volume, the Rubbish Bin must be " "emptied. All deleted items on the volume will be permanently lost." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2268 msgid "Do _not Empty Trash" msgstr "Do _not Empty the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "Preparing to trash %'d file" msgid_plural "Preparing to trash %'d files" msgstr[0] "Preparing to move %'d file to the Rubbish Bin" msgstr[1] "Preparing to move %'d files to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2532 msgid "Error while moving files to trash." msgstr "Error while moving files to Rubbish Bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove files from the already existing folder %F." msgstr "Could not remove files from the already-existing folder %F." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3813 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove the already existing file %F." msgstr "Could not remove the already-existing file %F." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4380 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove the already existing file with the same name in %F." msgstr "Could not remove the already-existing file with the same name in %F." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6482 msgid "Emptying Trash" msgstr "Emptying the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6530 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6571 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6606 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6641 msgid "Unable to mark launcher trusted (executable)" msgstr "Unable to mark launcher as trusted (executable)" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:386 msgid "_Undo Restore from Trash" msgstr "_Undo Restore from the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:387 msgid "_Redo Restore from Trash" msgstr "_Redo Restore from the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:390 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item back to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items back to trash" msgstr[0] "Move %d item back to the Rubbish Bin" msgstr[1] "Move %d items back to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:393 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:979 #, c-format msgid "Restore %d item from trash" msgid_plural "Restore %d items from trash" msgstr[0] "Restore %d item from the Rubbish Bin" msgstr[1] "Restore %d items from the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:397 #, c-format msgid "Move '%s' back to trash" msgstr "Move '%s' back to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:398 #, c-format msgid "Restore '%s' from trash" msgstr "Restore '%s' from the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items to trash" msgstr[0] "Move %d item to the Rubbish Bin" msgstr[1] "Move %d items to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1001 #, c-format msgid "Move '%s' to trash" msgstr "Move '%s' to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1005 msgid "_Undo Trash" msgstr "_Undo last deletion" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1006 msgid "_Redo Trash" msgstr "_Redo last deletion" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-utilities.c:1259 msgid "The item cannot be restored from trash" msgstr "The item cannot be restored from the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Where to position newly open tabs in browser windows." msgstr "Where to position newly-opened tabs in browser windows." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Trash" msgstr "" "Whether to ask for confirmation, when deleting files or emptying the Rubbish " "Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to " "delete files, or empty the Trash." msgstr "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to " "delete files or empty the Rubbish Bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a " "file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This " "feature can be dangerous, so use caution." msgstr "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a " "file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the Rubbish Bin. This " "feature can be dangerous, so use caution." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or " "double clicked). Possible values are \"launch\" to launch them as programs, " "\"ask\" to ask what to do via a dialog, and \"display\" to display them as " "text files." msgstr "" "What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or " "double clicked). Possible values are \"launch\" to launch them as programs, " "\"ask\" to ask what to do via a dialogue, and \"display\" to display them as " "text files." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show the package installer for unknown mime types" msgstr "Show the package installer for unknown MIME types" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to show the user a package installer dialog in case an unknown mime " "type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it." msgstr "" "Whether to show the user a package installer dialogue in case an unknown " "MIME type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Trash icon visible on desktop" msgstr "Rubbish Bin icon visible on desktop" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the trash will be put on the " "desktop." msgstr "" "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the Rubbish Bin will be put on " "the desktop." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Desktop trash icon name" msgstr "Desktop Rubbish Bin icon name" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "" "This name can be set if you want a custom name for the trash icon on the " "desktop." msgstr "" "This name can be set if you want a custom name for the Rubbish Bin icon on " "the desktop." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Whether the navigation window should be maximized." msgstr "Whether the navigation window should be maximised." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "Whether the navigation window should be maximized by default." msgstr "Whether the navigation window should be maximised by default." #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:96 #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:101 msgid "Email…" msgstr "E-mail…" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1241 msgid "[URI...]" msgstr "[URI…]" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1113 msgid "_Keep Aligned" msgstr "_Align Desktop icons" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1145 msgid "By T_rash Time" msgstr "By T_ime of deletion" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1146 msgid "Keep icons sorted by trash time in rows" msgstr "Keep icons sorted in rows by Time of deletion" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:109 msgid "This file server type is not recognized." msgstr "This file server type is not recognised." #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:664 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7195 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8740 msgid "E_mpty Trash" msgstr "E_mpty the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:703 msgid "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or color" msgstr "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or colour" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:708 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:710 ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:212 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7196 msgid "Delete all items in the Trash" msgstr "Delete all items in the Rubbish Bin" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:715 msgid "_Organize Desktop by Name" msgstr "_Alphabetise Desktop icons" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #. trash #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:19 #: ../src/nautilus-shell-search-provider.c:292 ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:194 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:20 msgid "Ask before _emptying the Trash or deleting files" msgstr "Ask before _emptying the Rubbish Bin or deleting files" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:21 msgid "I_nclude a Delete command that bypasses Trash" msgstr "I_nclude a Delete command that bypasses the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:44 msgid "By Trashed Date" msgstr "By Time of deletion" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:387 msgid "Date Digitized" msgstr "Date Digitised" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:397 msgid "Exposure Program" msgstr "Exposure Programme" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:631 #, c-format msgid "The link “%s” is broken. Move it to Trash?" msgstr "The link “%s” is broken. Move it to the Rubbish Bin?" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:651 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7251 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7365 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8339 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8657 msgid "Mo_ve to Trash" msgstr "Mo_ve to the Rubbish Bin" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7243 msgid "Set as Wallpaper" msgstr "Make Desktop Background" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7244 msgid "Make item the wallpaper" msgstr "Make item the Desktop Background" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7252 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8658 msgid "Move each selected item to the Trash" msgstr "Move each selected item to the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7256 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8689 msgid "Delete each selected item, without moving to the Trash" msgstr "Delete all selected items permanently, bypassing the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7366 msgid "Move this folder to the Trash" msgstr "Move this folder to the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7370 msgid "Delete this folder, without moving to the Trash" msgstr "Delete this folder permanently, without moving it to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7823 #, c-format msgid "Move the open folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the open folder out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7827 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected folder out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7830 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected folders out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7835 msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected folder out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7837 msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected folders out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7843 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected file out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7846 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected file out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7851 msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected file out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7853 msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected files out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7859 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected item out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7862 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected item out of the Rubbish Bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7867 msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected item out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7869 msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected items out of the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8340 msgid "Move the open folder to the Trash" msgstr "Move the open folder to the Rubbish Bin" #. Translator: This is the filename used for when you dnd text to a directory #: ../src/nautilus-view-dnd.c:382 msgid "Dropped Text.txt" msgstr "Dropped text.txt" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2392 msgid "" "Files is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Files is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2396 msgid "" "Files is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Files is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2400 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2347 msgid "Access and organize your files." msgstr "Access and organise your files." #. Translators should localize the following string #. * which will be displayed at the bottom of the about #. * box to give credit to the translator(s). #. #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2356 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Andy Bold https://launchpad.net/~andy-bold\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " C W Whittle https://launchpad.net/~william-whittle\n" " Dan Bishop https://launchpad.net/~danbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Greg A https://launchpad.net/~etulfetulf\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Jono Bacon https://launchpad.net/~jonobacon\n" " Michael Fallows https://launchpad.net/~mf\n" " NeilGreenwood https://launchpad.net/~neil-greenwood\n" " Paul Cartwright https://launchpad.net/~paul-cartwright\n" " Phil Bull https://launchpad.net/~philbull\n" " Ricey https://launchpad.net/~ricey\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " Tom https://launchpad.net/~tom6\n" " Tomasz Chabowski https://launchpad.net/~tomasz-chabowski-googlemail\n" " William Anderson https://launchpad.net/~neuro" #: ../src/unity-quicklist-handler.h:72 msgid "Show Copy Dialog" msgstr "Show Copy Dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/vte.po0000644000000000000000000000211212321561334017660 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the vte package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-06 10:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 21:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of. See ECMA-35 for gory details. #: ../src/iso2022.c:1570 msgid "Unrecognized identified coding system." msgstr "Unrecognised identified coding system." #: ../src/vte.c:3787 msgid "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset convertor" msgstr "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset converter" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck.po0000644000000000000000000000670712321561334020531 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libwnck package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 18:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3135 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "Mi_nimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3146 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "Un_minimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3154 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "Ma_ximise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3165 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "_Unmaximise All" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:404 msgid "Unmi_nimize" msgstr "Unmi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:411 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:419 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Unma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:426 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "Minimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "Unminimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "Maximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Maximise the window horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "Maximise the window vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Left Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Right Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Top Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Bottom Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1479 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "dialogue window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1564 msgid "minimized" msgstr "minimised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1565 msgid "maximized" msgstr "maximised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1569 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "maximised horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1571 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "maximised vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1618 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "maximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1620 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "unmaximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1622 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "maximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1624 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "unmaximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1632 msgid "minimize" msgstr "minimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1633 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "unminimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1634 msgid "maximize" msgstr "maximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1635 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "unmaximise" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/shadow.po0000644000000000000000000000215012321561334020351 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for shadow # Copyright (c) 2006 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shadow package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shadow\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-20 19:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-05 20:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #, c-format msgid "%s: %s is not authorized to change the password of %s\n" msgstr "%s: %s is not authorised to change the password of %s\n" #, c-format msgid "You are not authorized to su %s\n" msgstr "You are not authorised to su %s\n" #, c-format msgid "%s: You are not authorized to su at that time\n" msgstr "%s: You are not authorised to su at that time\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/lshw.po0000644000000000000000000000351712321561334020051 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for lshw # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the lshw package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: lshw\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-08 14:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-05 00:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../core/cpuid.cc:284 msgid "CPU virtualization (Vanderpool)" msgstr "CPU virtualisation (Vanderpool)" #: ../core/dmi.cc:144 msgid "Nickel Cadmium" msgstr "Nickel-Cadmium" #: ../core/dmi.cc:145 msgid "Nickel Metal Hydride" msgstr "Nickel-Metal Hydride" #: ../core/dmi.cc:146 msgid "Lithium Ion" msgstr "Lithium-Ion" #: ../core/dmi.cc:147 msgid "Zinc Air" msgstr "Zinc-Air" #: ../core/dmi.cc:148 msgid "Lithium Polymer" msgstr "Lithium-Polymer" #: ../core/dmi.cc:268 msgid "Daughter Board" msgstr "Daughterboard" #: ../core/dmi.cc:437 msgid "Write-trough" msgstr "Write-through" #: ../core/volumes.cc:1074 msgid "initialized volume" msgstr "initialised volume" #: ../gui/print-gui.cc:221 msgid "this device hasn't been claimed\n" msgstr "this device has not been claimed\n" #: ../lshw.cc:44 #, c-format msgid "\t-quiet don't display status\n" msgstr "\t-quiet do not display status\n" #: ../lshw.cc:45 #, c-format msgid "" "\t-sanitize sanitize output (remove sensitive information like serial " "numbers, etc.)\n" msgstr "" "\t-sanitize sanitise output (remove sensitive information like serial " "numbers, etc.)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/rhythmbox.po0000644000000000000000000003016312321561340021112 0ustar # British English translation of rhythmbox. # Copyright (C) 2004 rhythmbox's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the rhythmbox package. # David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2011. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rhythmbox HEAD\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 13:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/rhythmbox-device.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Play and organize your music collection" msgstr "Play and organise your music collection" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:21 ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:5 #: ../data/ui/edit-menu.ui.h:9 ../data/ui/import-errors-popup.ui.h:2 #: ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:5 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:40 msgid "Plu_gins…" msgstr "Plu_g-ins…" #: ../data/ui/library-prefs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Browse..." msgstr "_Browse…" #: ../data/ui/playlist-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_Edit..." msgstr "_Edit…" #: ../data/ui/playlist-menu.ui.h:5 ../data/ui/queue-popups.ui.h:3 msgid "_Save to File..." msgstr "_Save to File…" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 12:34 am" #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:105 msgid "Today %I:%M %p" msgstr "Today %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:116 msgid "Yesterday %I:%M %p" msgstr "Yesterday %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:130 msgid "%a %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:143 msgid "%b %d %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in a different year, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 1997" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:148 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-info.c:57 msgid "Could not find a GStreamer CD source plugin" msgstr "Could not find a GStreamer CD source plug-in" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:1 msgid "Logout" msgstr "Log Out" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:793 #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:811 #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:818 msgid "Log in" msgstr "Log In" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:799 msgid "Waiting for authentication..." msgstr "Waiting for authentication…" #. Other error #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:746 #, c-format msgid "Error tuning station: %i - %s" msgstr "Error tuning station: %i — %s" #: ../plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/rb-disc-recorder-plugin.c:660 msgid "Duplicate Audio CD..." msgstr "Duplicate Audio CD…" #: ../plugins/context/LastFM.py:42 msgid "" "This information is only available to Last.fm users. Ensure the Last.fm " "plugin is enabled, select Last.fm in the side pane, and log in." msgstr "" "This information is only available to Last.fm users. Ensure the Last.fm plug-" "in is enabled, select Last.fm in the side pane, and log in." #: ../plugins/daap/rb-dacp-pairing-page.c:397 msgid "Connecting..." msgstr "Connecting…" #: ../plugins/im-status/im-status.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "" "Updates IM status according to the current song (works with Empathy, Gossip, " "and Pidgin)" msgstr "" "Updates IM status according to the current song (works with Empathy, Gossip " "and Pidgin)" #: ../plugins/im-status/im-status.py:186 msgid "♫ Listening to music... ♫" msgstr "♫ Listening to music… ♫" #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:2 msgid "_Initialize" msgstr "_Initialise" #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:5 msgid "" "Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialized or " "corrupted iPod. It must be initialized before Rhythmbox can use it, but this " "will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to " "initialize the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is " "not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialize it, please click cancel." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialised or " "corrupted iPod. It must be initialised before Rhythmbox can use it, but this " "will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to " "initialise the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is " "not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialise it, please click cancel." #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:6 msgid "Do you want to initialize your iPod?" msgstr "Do you want to initialise your iPod?" #: ../plugins/ipod/rb-ipod-source.c:460 msgid "Unable to initialize new iPod" msgstr "Unable to initialise new iPod" #: ../plugins/lyrics/LyricsConfigureDialog.py:103 msgid "Choose lyrics folder..." msgstr "Choose lyrics folder…" #: ../plugins/lyrics/lyrics-prefs.ui.h:2 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Browse…" #: ../plugins/lyrics/lyrics.py:280 msgid "Searching for lyrics..." msgstr "Searching for lyrics…" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:4 msgid " * Free listening of all songs" msgstr " Free listening of all songs" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:5 msgid "" " * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalog " "(no other service allows that)" msgstr "" " * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalogue " "(no other service allows that)" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:9 msgid " * All albums and artists hand-picked" msgstr " All albums and artists hand-picked" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:255 msgid "Unable to load catalog" msgstr "Unable to load catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:256 msgid "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalog, please file a bug." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalogue, please file a bug." #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:277 #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:334 msgid "Loading Magnatune catalog" msgstr "Loading Magnatune catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:407 #, python-format msgid "" "An error occurred while trying to authorize the download.\n" "The Magnatune server returned:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "An error occurred while trying to authorise the download.\n" "The Magnatune server returned:\n" "%s" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Interactive python console" msgstr "Interactive Python console" #: ../plugins/replaygain/player.py:53 msgid "ReplayGain GStreamer plugins not available" msgstr "ReplayGain GStreamer plug-ins not available" #: ../plugins/sendto/sendto.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Send selected tracks by email or instant message" msgstr "Send selected tracks by e-mail or instant message" #: ../plugins/sendto/sendto.py:50 msgid "Send to..." msgstr "Send to…" #: ../plugins/visualizer/visualizer.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Visualization" msgstr "Visualisation" #: ../plugins/visualizer/visualizer.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Displays visualizations" msgstr "Displays visualisations" #. Translators: the parameter here is a list of GStreamer plugins. #. * The plugin names are already translated. #. #: ../rhythmdb/rhythmdb.c:2284 #, c-format msgid "Additional GStreamer plugins are required to play this file: %s" msgstr "Additional GStreamer plug-ins are required to play this file: %s" #: ../sample-plugins/sample-python/sample-python.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Python Sample Plugin" msgstr "Python Sample Plug-in" #: ../sample-plugins/sample-python/sample-python.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "A sample plugin in Python with no features" msgstr "A sample plug-in in Python with no features" #: ../sample-plugins/sample/rb-sample-plugin.c:82 #: ../sample-plugins/sample/rb-sample-plugin.c:89 #: ../sample-plugins/sample/sample.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Sample Plugin" msgstr "Sample Plug-in" #: ../sample-plugins/sample/sample.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "A sample plugin in C with no features" msgstr "A sample plug-in in C with no features" #: ../sample-plugins/sample-vala/sample-vala.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Vala Sample Plugin" msgstr "Vala Sample Plug-in" #: ../sample-plugins/sample-vala/sample-vala.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "A sample plugin in Vala with no features" msgstr "A sample plug-in in Vala with no features" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:141 msgid "Configure Plugins" msgstr "Configure Plug-ins" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:208 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Dan Bishop https://launchpad.net/~danbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Giles Weaver https://launchpad.net/~gweaver\n" " Greg A https://launchpad.net/~etulfetulf\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Michael Fallows https://launchpad.net/~mf\n" " Paul Cartwright https://launchpad.net/~paul-cartwright\n" " Phil Bull https://launchpad.net/~philbull\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Vincent Palmer https://launchpad.net/~shiftx\n" " kaotiks@gmail.com https://launchpad.net/~kaotiks" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:211 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" msgstr "" "Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:215 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" msgstr "" "Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public Licence for more details.\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:219 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" "51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence\n" "along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" "51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:630 msgid "Disable loading of plugins" msgstr "Disable loading of plug-ins" #: ../sources/rb-media-player-source.c:614 #, c-format msgid "Syncing tracks to %s" msgstr "Synching tracks to %s" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:87 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:106 msgid "The buttons shown in the alert dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the alert dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/totem.po0000644000000000000000000002254212321561341020221 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2005 totem'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the totem package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2005. # Philip Withnall , 2010, 2012. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: totem\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 08:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2143 ../src/totem.c:262 msgid "Could not initialize the thread-safe libraries." msgstr "Could not initialise the thread-safe libraries." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Visualization quality setting" msgstr "Visualisation quality setting" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Quality setting for the audio visualization." msgstr "Quality setting for the audio visualisation." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Encoding character set for subtitle." msgstr "Encoding character set for subtitles." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the \"Open…\" dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "" "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogs. Default is the current " "directory." msgstr "" "Default location for the \"Open…\" dialogues. Default is the current " "directory." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "" "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogs. Default is the " "Pictures directory." msgstr "" "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogues. Default is the " "Pictures directory." #: ../data/playlist.ui.h:9 msgid "Save Playlist..." msgstr "Save Playlist…" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "_Type of visualization:" msgstr "_Type of visualisation:" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Visualization _size:" msgstr "Visualisation _size:" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:35 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:2 msgid "_Open..." msgstr "_Open…" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:4 msgid "Open _Location..." msgstr "Open _Location…" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:19 msgid "Plugins..." msgstr "Plugins…" #. should be exactly one missing thing (source or converter) #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3375 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3383 #, c-format msgid "The playback of this movie requires a %s plugin which is not installed." msgid_plural "" "The playback of this movie requires the following plugins which are not " "installed:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr[0] "Playback of this movie requires a %s plugin which is not installed." msgstr[1] "" "Playback of this movie requires the following plugins which are not " "installed:\r\n" "\r\n" "%s" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "Application does not accept documents on the command line" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:1178 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:380 msgid "All Supported Files" msgstr "All Supported files" #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:664 msgid "File format not recognized" msgstr "File format not recognised" #: ../src/totem-interface.c:357 msgid "" "Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/totem-interface.c:361 msgid "" "Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/totem-interface.c:365 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, " "Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, " "Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" #: ../src/totem-menu.c:712 msgid "Copyright © 2002-2009 Bastien Nocera" msgstr "Copyright © 2002–2009 Bastien Nocera" #: ../src/totem-menu.c:716 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Abigail Brady https://launchpad.net/~morwen\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Dan Bishop https://launchpad.net/~danbishop\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " DerMicha https://launchpad.net/~micmicha\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Ocram https://launchpad.net/~ocram\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Ricey https://launchpad.net/~ricey\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " timarmstrong https://launchpad.net/~tim-g-armstrong" #: ../src/totem-object.c:4019 ../src/totem-object.c:4021 msgid "Play / Pause" msgstr "Play/Pause" #: ../src/totem-open-location.c:182 msgid "Open Location..." msgstr "Open Location…" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:65 msgid "_Create Video Disc..." msgstr "_Create Video Disc…" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:66 msgid "Create a video DVD or a (S)VCD from the currently opened movie" msgstr "Create a video DVD or an (S)VCD from the currently-opened movie" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:68 msgid "Copy Vide_o DVD..." msgstr "Copy Vide_o DVD…" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:69 msgid "Copy the currently playing video DVD" msgstr "Copy the currently-playing video DVD" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:71 msgid "Copy (S)VCD..." msgstr "Copy (S)VCD…" #: ../src/plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/totem-disc-recorder.c:72 msgid "Copy the currently playing (S)VCD" msgstr "Copy the currently-playing (S)VCD" #: ../src/plugins/chapters/chapters-list.ui.h:5 msgid "Add Chapter..." msgstr "Add Chapter…" #: ../src/plugins/chapters/chapters-list.ui.h:10 msgid "Load Chapters..." msgstr "Load Chapters…" #: ../src/plugins/lirc/totem-lirc.c:242 msgid "Couldn't initialize lirc." msgstr "Couldn't initialise lirc." #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.totem.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorized " "remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used." msgstr "" "A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorised " "remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used." #: ../src/plugins/rotation/totem-rotation-plugin.vala:52 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "Rotate Anti-c_lockwise" #: ../src/plugins/save-file/totem-save-file.c:63 msgid "Save a Copy..." msgstr "Save a Copy…" #: ../src/plugins/screensaver/screensaver.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screen Saver" msgstr "Screensaver" #: ../src/plugins/screensaver/screensaver.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Deactivates the screen saver when a movie is playing" msgstr "Deactivates the screensaver when a movie is playing" #. Set up the window #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/totem-gallery-progress.c:101 msgid "Creating Gallery..." msgstr "Creating Gallery…" #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/totem-screenshot-plugin.c:335 msgid "Create Screenshot _Gallery..." msgstr "Create Screenshot _Gallery…" #: ../src/plugins/skipto/skipto.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Provides the \"Skip to\" dialog" msgstr "Provides the \"Skip to\" dialogue" #: ../src/plugins/skipto/totem-skipto-plugin.c:182 msgid "_Skip To..." msgstr "_Skip To…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/update-notifier.po0000644000000000000000000000272012321561341022164 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for update-notifier # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the update-notifier package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-notifier\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-10 12:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-13 12:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/gdu.c:69 msgid "" "A distribution volume with software " "packages has been detected.\n" "\n" "Would you like to try to upgrade from it automatically? " msgstr "" "A distribution volume with software " "packages has been detected.\n" "\n" "\n" "Would you like to try to upgrade from it automatically? " #: ../src/gdu.c:82 msgid "Addon volume detected" msgstr "Add-on volume detected" #: ../src/gdu.c:92 msgid "Start addon installer" msgstr "Start add-on installer" #: ../src/update.c:606 msgid "A problem occurred when checking for the updates." msgstr "An error occurred when checking for updates." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/vim.po0000644000000000000000000002070012321561341017656 0ustar # UK English Translation for Vim vim:set foldmethod=marker: # # Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. # Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. # # FIRST AUTHOR Mike Williams , 2003. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Vim(UK English)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-10 23:35+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 23:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: Mike Williams \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: diff.c:141 #, c-format msgid "E96: Can not diff more than %ld buffers" msgstr "E96: Cannot diff more than %ld buffers" #: diff.c:2188 msgid "E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, don't know which one to use" msgstr "E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, do not know which one to use" #: eval.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "E738: Can't list variables for %s" msgstr "E738: Cannot list variables for %s" #: eval.c:3433 #, c-format msgid "E107: Missing parentheses: %s" msgstr "E107: Missing brackets (parentheses): %s" #. #. * Yes this is ugly, I don't particularly like it either. But doing it #. * this way has the compelling advantage that translations need not to #. * be touched at all. See below what 'ok' and 'ync' are used for. #. #: eval.c:9553 gui.c:5079 gui_gtk.c:1236 os_mswin.c:718 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&OK" #: ex_cmds.c:1958 #, c-format msgid "E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!" msgstr "E138: Cannot write viminfo file %s!" #: ex_cmds.c:2082 msgid "" "# You may edit it if you're careful!\n" "\n" msgstr "" "# You may edit it if you are careful!\n" "\n" #: ex_docmd.c:2285 msgid "E493: Backwards range given" msgstr "E493: Backward range given" #: ex_docmd.c:6506 #, c-format msgid "E185: Cannot find color scheme '%s'" msgstr "E185: Cannot find colour scheme '%s'" #: fileio.c:4051 msgid "E506: Can't write to backup file (add ! to override)" msgstr "E506: Cannot write to backup file (add ! to override)" #: fileio.c:4065 msgid "E508: Can't read file for backup (add ! to override)" msgstr "E508: Cannot read file for backup (add ! to override)" #: fileio.c:4357 msgid "E214: Can't find temp file for writing" msgstr "E214: Cannot find temp file for writing" #: fileio.c:4410 msgid "E166: Can't open linked file for writing" msgstr "E166: Cannot open linked file for writing" #: fileio.c:5034 msgid "E207: Can't delete backup file" msgstr "E207: Cannot delete backup file" #: fileio.c:5102 msgid "don't quit the editor until the file is successfully written!" msgstr "do not quit the editor until the file is successfully written!" #: gui.c:4731 #, c-format msgid "E254: Cannot allocate color %s" msgstr "E254: Cannot allocate colour %s" #: gui_at_fs.c:1133 #, c-format msgid "E616: vim_SelFile: can't get font %s" msgstr "E616: vim_SelFile: cannot get font %s" #: gui_athena.c:2146 gui_motif.c:2582 msgid "Vim dialog" msgstr "Vim dialogue" #: gui_x11.c:1545 msgid "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect" msgstr "" "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colourmap entry, some colours may be incorrect" #: hardcopy.c:2773 msgid "E324: Can't open PostScript output file" msgstr "E324: Cannot open PostScript output file" #: hardcopy.c:2810 #, c-format msgid "E456: Can't open file \"%s\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot open file \"%s\"" #: hardcopy.c:2962 msgid "E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\"" #: hardcopy.c:2975 msgid "E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"cidfont.ps\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file \"cidfont.ps\"" #: if_cscope.c:2571 msgid " # pid database name prepend path\n" msgstr " # pid database name prefix path\n" #: if_mzsch.c:1987 msgid "couldn't open buffer" msgstr "could not open buffer" #: main.c:145 msgid "Garbage after option argument" msgstr "Rubbish after option argument" #: main.c:3263 msgid "-f or --nofork\tForeground: Don't fork when starting GUI" msgstr "-f or --nofork\tForeground: Do not fork when starting GUI" #: main.c:3309 msgid "--noplugin\t\tDon't load plugin scripts" msgstr "--noplugin\t\tDon't load plug-in scripts" #: main.c:3334 msgid "--remote-silent Same, don't complain if there is no server" msgstr "--remote-silent Same, do not complain if there is no server" #: main.c:3336 msgid "" "--remote-wait-silent Same, don't complain if there is no server" msgstr "" "--remote-wait-silent Same, do not complain if there is no server" #: main.c:3368 msgid "-background \tUse for the background (also: -bg)" msgstr "-background \tUse for the background (also: -bg)" #: main.c:3369 msgid "-foreground \tUse for normal text (also: -fg)" msgstr "-foreground \tUse for normal text (also: -fg)" #: mbyte.c:5661 msgid "E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type" msgstr "E289: input method does not support my preedit type" #: memline.c:331 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 0?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 0?" #: memline.c:382 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 1?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 1?" #: memline.c:400 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 2?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 2?" #: memline.c:907 msgid "E304: ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??" msgstr "E304: ml_upd_block0(): Did not get block 0??" #: memline.c:1381 msgid "" "\n" "If you wrote the text file after changing the crypt key press enter" msgstr "" "\n" "If you wrote the text file after changing the crypt key, press enter" #: message.c:849 msgid "Messages maintainer: Bram Moolenaar " msgstr "Messages maintainer: Mike Williams " #: message.c:3775 msgid "Select Directory dialog" msgstr "Select Directory dialogue" #: message.c:3777 msgid "Save File dialog" msgstr "Save File dialogue" #: message.c:3779 msgid "Open File dialog" msgstr "Open File dialogue" #: misc2.c:6000 #, c-format msgid "E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath" msgstr "E344: Cannot find directory \"%s\" in cdpath" #: misc2.c:6003 #, c-format msgid "E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path" msgstr "E345: Cannot find file \"%s\" in path" #: option.c:6455 msgid "E597: can't select fontset" msgstr "E597: cannot select fontset" #: os_amiga.c:320 msgid "VIM: Can't open window!\n" msgstr "VIM: Cannot open window!\n" #: search.c:5409 msgid "E388: Couldn't find definition" msgstr "E388: Could not find definition" #: search.c:5411 msgid "E389: Couldn't find pattern" msgstr "E389: Could not find pattern" #: spell.c:6001 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s" msgstr "Unrecognised or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s" #: spell.c:7292 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized flags in %s line %d: %s" msgstr "Unrecognised flags in %s line %d: %s" #: spell.c:10966 #, c-format msgid "E781: .sug file doesn't match .spl file: %s" msgstr "E781: .sug file does not match .spl file: %s" #: syntax.c:4650 #, c-format msgid "E394: Didn't find region item for %s" msgstr "E394: Did not find region item for %s" #: syntax.c:5723 #, c-format msgid "E402: Garbage after pattern: %s" msgstr "E402: Rubbish after pattern: %s" #: syntax.c:7565 msgid "E419: FG color unknown" msgstr "E419: FG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7576 msgid "E420: BG color unknown" msgstr "E420: BG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7637 #, c-format msgid "E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s" msgstr "E421: Colour name or number not recognised: %s" #: tag.c:3294 msgid "E435: Couldn't find tag, just guessing!" msgstr "E435: Could not find tag, just guessing!" #: undo.c:2855 msgid "number changes when saved" msgstr "number changes when saved" #: window.c:674 msgid "E442: Can't split topleft and botright at the same time" msgstr "E442: Cannot split topleft and botright at the same time" #: window.c:6243 #, c-format msgid "E447: Can't find file \"%s\" in path" msgstr "E447: Cannot find file \"%s\" in path" #: globals.h:1488 #, c-format msgid "E482: Can't create file %s" msgstr "E482: Cannot create file %s" #: globals.h:1490 #, c-format msgid "E484: Can't open file %s" msgstr "E484: Cannot open file %s" #: globals.h:1491 #, c-format msgid "E485: Can't read file %s" msgstr "E485: Cannot read file %s" #: globals.h:1538 msgid "E255: Couldn't read in sign data!" msgstr "E255: Could not read in sign data!" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/vino.po0000644000000000000000000001761612321561342020053 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 vino's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the vino package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vino\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=vino&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=Preferences Dialog\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:53+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.c:278 msgid "Checking the connectivity of this machine..." msgstr "Checking the connectivity of this machine…" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.\n" "\n" "Set this if you want to accept connections only from some specific network " "interface. For example, eth0, wifi0, lo and so on." msgstr "" "If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.\n" "\n" "Set this if you want to accept connections only from some specific network " "interface e.g. eth0, wifi0, lo and so on." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "" "The port which the server will listen to if the 'use-alternative-port' key " "is set to true. Valid values are in the range of 5000 to 50000." msgstr "" "The port on which the server will listen if the 'use-alternative-port' key " "is set to true. Valid values are in the range of 5000 to 50000." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should " "be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences " "dialog." msgstr "" "This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should " "be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences " "dialogue." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This key controls the behavior of the status icon. There are three options: " "\"always\" - the icon will always be present; \"client\" - the icon will " "only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behavior); " "\"never\" - the icon will not be present." msgstr "" "This key controls the behaviour of the status icon. There are three options: " "\"always\" - the icon will always be present; \"client\" - the icon will " "only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behaviour); " "\"never\" - the icon will not be present." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "" "When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block " "of color when a user successfully connects." msgstr "" "If true, disables the desktop background and replaces it with a single block " "of colour when a user successfully connects." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:36 msgid "" "If true, do not use the XDamage extension of X.org. This extension does not " "work properly on some video drivers when using 3D effects. Disabling it will " "make Vino work in these environments, with slower rendering as a side effect." msgstr "" "If true, will not use the XDamage extension of X.org. This extension does " "not work properly on some video drivers when using 3D effects. Disabling it " "will make Vino work in these environments, but with slower rendering as a " "side effect." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:38 msgid "If true, show a notification when a user connects to the system." msgstr "If true, shows a notification when a user connects to the system." #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../server/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../server/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../server/vino-main.c:202 msgid "" "Your XServer does not support the XTest extension - remote desktop access " "will be view-only\n" msgstr "" "Your XServer does not support the XTest extension — remote desktop access " "will be view-only\n" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:267 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:283 msgid "" "Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2\n" "\n" "Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License\n" "as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2\n" "of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA\n" "02110-1301, USA.\n" msgstr "" "Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2\n" "\n" "Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence\n" "as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2\n" "of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public Licence for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA\n" "02110-1301, USA.\n" #. Translators comment: put your own name here to appear in the about dialog. #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:282 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:298 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen72\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:605 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:626 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:423 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing libnotify\n" msgstr "Error initialising libnotify\n" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d character. Please, re-enter the " "password." msgid_plural "" "ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d characters. Please, re-enter the " "password." msgstr[0] "" "Error: Maximum length of password is %d character. Please re-enter the " "password." msgstr[1] "" "Error: Maximum length of password is %d characters. Please re-enter the " "password." #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:215 #, c-format msgid "VINO Version %s\n" msgstr "Vino Version %s\n" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:226 #, c-format msgid "ERROR: You do not have enough permissions to change Vino password.\n" msgstr "" "Error: You do not have enough permissions to change the Vino password.\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/yelp.po0000644000000000000000000000302212321561343020034 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the yelp package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 10:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: eo\n" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:440 ../src/yelp-window.c:270 msgid "Search..." msgstr "Search…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:131 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Print…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1272 #, c-format msgid "Send email to %s" msgstr "Send e-mail to %s" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1360 msgid "_Save Image As..." msgstr "_Save Image As…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1362 msgid "_Save Video As..." msgstr "_Save Video As…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1369 msgid "S_end Image To..." msgstr "S_end Image To…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1371 msgid "S_end Video To..." msgstr "S_end Video To…" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1400 msgid "Save Code _Block As..." msgstr "Save Code _Block As…" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:265 msgid "Find in Page..." msgstr "Find in Page…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/zenity.po0000644000000000000000000002053412321561343020414 0ustar # British English translation of zenity. # Copyright (C) 2011 zenity'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the zenity package. # Mike Newman , 2003. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: 1.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=zenity&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 09:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 10:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: cjl \n" "Language-Team: Sugar Labs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/about.c:64 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the " "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your " "option) any later version.\n" msgstr "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence as published by the " "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your " "option) any later version.\n" #: ../src/about.c:68 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License " "for more details.\n" msgstr "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public Licence " "for more details.\n" #: ../src/about.c:72 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License " "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, " "Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public Licence " "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, " "Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." # Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't be translated # literally. It is used in the about box to give credits to # the translators. # Thus, you should translate it to your name and email address. # You can also include other translators who have contributed to # this translation; in that case, please write them on separate # lines seperated by newlines (\n #: ../src/about.c:265 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Mike Newman \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Ben Goodger https://launchpad.net/~goodgerster\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Chris Leonard https://launchpad.net/~cjl-u\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " cjl https://launchpad.net/~cjlhomeaddress" #: ../src/about.c:277 msgid "Display dialog boxes from shell scripts" msgstr "Display dialogue boxes from shell scripts" #: ../src/main.c:105 #, c-format msgid "You must specify a dialog type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" msgstr "You must specify a dialogue type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" #: ../src/notification.c:121 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid value for a boolean typed hint.\n" "Supported values are 'true' or 'false'.\n" msgstr "" "Invalid value for a boolean type hint.\n" "Supported values are 'true' or 'false'.\n" #: ../src/tree.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No column titles specified for List dialog.\n" msgstr "No column titles specified for List dialogue.\n" #: ../src/tree.c:371 #, c-format msgid "You should use only one List dialog type.\n" msgstr "You should use only one List dialogue type.\n" #: ../src/zenity.ui.h:8 msgid "Forms dialog" msgstr "Forms dialogue" #: ../src/zenity.ui.h:12 msgid "Running..." msgstr "Running…" #: ../src/option.c:158 msgid "Set the dialog title" msgstr "Set the dialogue title" #: ../src/option.c:194 msgid "Set dialog timeout in seconds" msgstr "Set dialogue timeout in seconds" #: ../src/option.c:204 msgid "Sets the label of the Ok button" msgstr "Sets the label of the OK button" #: ../src/option.c:237 msgid "Display calendar dialog" msgstr "Display calendar dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:246 ../src/option.c:306 ../src/option.c:349 #: ../src/option.c:399 ../src/option.c:528 ../src/option.c:688 #: ../src/option.c:760 ../src/option.c:881 ../src/option.c:931 #: ../src/option.c:1082 msgid "Set the dialog text" msgstr "Set the dialogue text" #: ../src/option.c:297 msgid "Display text entry dialog" msgstr "Display text entry dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:340 msgid "Display error dialog" msgstr "Display error dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:358 ../src/option.c:408 ../src/option.c:769 #: ../src/option.c:890 msgid "Set the dialog icon" msgstr "Set the dialogue icon" #: ../src/option.c:390 msgid "Display info dialog" msgstr "Display info dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:440 msgid "Display file selection dialog" msgstr "Display file selection dialogue" #. Help for file-filter argument (name and patterns for file selection) #: ../src/option.c:505 msgid "NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 ..." msgstr "NAME | PATTERN1 PATTERN2 …" #: ../src/option.c:519 msgid "Display list dialog" msgstr "Display list dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:546 msgid "Use check boxes for first column" msgstr "Use tick boxes for first column" #: ../src/option.c:679 msgid "Display progress indication dialog" msgstr "Display progress indication dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Dismiss the dialog when 100% has been reached" msgstr "Dismiss the dialogue when 100% has been reached" #: ../src/option.c:751 msgid "Display question dialog" msgstr "Display question dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:801 msgid "Display text information dialog" msgstr "Display text information dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:837 msgid "Enable an I read and agree checkbox" msgstr "Enable an I read and agree tickbox" #: ../src/option.c:872 msgid "Display warning dialog" msgstr "Display warning dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:922 msgid "Display scale dialog" msgstr "Display scale dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1000 msgid "Display forms dialog" msgstr "Display forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1009 msgid "Add a new Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Entry in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1018 msgid "Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Password Entry in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1027 msgid "Add a new Calendar in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Calendar in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1036 msgid "Add a new List in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new List in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1115 msgid "Display password dialog" msgstr "Display password dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1139 msgid "Display color selection dialog" msgstr "Display colour selection dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1148 msgid "Set the color" msgstr "Set the colour" #: ../src/option.c:2220 msgid "Color selection options" msgstr "Colour selection options" #: ../src/option.c:2221 msgid "Show color selection options" msgstr "Show colour selection options" #: ../src/option.c:2231 msgid "Password dialog options" msgstr "Password dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2232 msgid "Show password dialog options" msgstr "Show password dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2242 msgid "Forms dialog options" msgstr "Forms dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2243 msgid "Show forms dialog options" msgstr "Show forms dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2283 #, c-format msgid "--%s is not supported for this dialog\n" msgstr "--%s is not supported for this dialogue\n" #: ../src/option.c:2287 #, c-format msgid "Two or more dialog options specified\n" msgstr "Two or more dialogue options specified\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/evince.po0000644000000000000000000001327312321561345020347 0ustar # English (British) translation for evince # Copyright (C) 2005 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the evince package. # David Lodge , 2005, 2009. # Philip Withnall , 2009–2010. # Chris Leonard , 2012. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evince\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 18:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-12 13:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../cut-n-paste/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../cut-n-paste/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The maximum size that will be used to cache rendered pages, limits maximum " "zoom level." msgstr "" "The maximum size that will be used to cache rendered pages; limits maximum " "zoom level." #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "" "Show a dialog to confirm that the user wants to activate the caret " "navigation." msgstr "" "Show a dialogue to confirm that the user wants to activate the caret " "navigation." #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1924 msgid "Auto Rotate and Center" msgstr "Auto Rotate and Centre" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1927 msgid "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page." msgstr "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centred within the printer page." #: ../properties/ev-properties-view.c:70 msgid "Optimized:" msgstr "Optimised:" #: ../shell/ev-annotation-properties-dialog.c:165 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1467 msgid "" "Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" msgstr "" "Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1471 msgid "" "Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details.\n" msgstr "" "Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details.\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1475 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1505 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "James Ogley \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Chris Leonard https://launchpad.net/~cjl-u\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " James Ogley https://launchpad.net/~james-usr-local-bin\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Jonathan Prior https://launchpad.net/~behe\n" " Jono Bacon https://launchpad.net/~jonobacon\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " dyah https://launchpad.net/~d-kallista" #: ../shell/ev-properties-dialog.c:117 msgid "Document License" msgstr "Document Licence" #: ../shell/ev-properties-license.c:140 msgid "Text License" msgstr "Text Licence" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5295 msgid "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation on?" msgstr "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation?" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:14 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:26 msgid "_Inverted Colors" msgstr "_Inverted Colours" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/glade.po0000644000000000000000000002752212321561346020155 0ustar # English (British) translation for glade3 # Copyright (C) 2006 glade3'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the glade3 package. # David Lodge , 2006, 2009. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Christopher Griffiths , 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glade3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/main.c:57 msgid "[FILE...]" msgstr "[FILE…]" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:79 msgid "" "Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as \n" "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the \n" "License, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of \n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the \n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License \n" "along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software \n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, \n" "MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" "Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as \n" "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the \n" "Licence, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of \n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the \n" "GNU General Public Licence for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence \n" "along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software \n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, \n" "MA 02110-1301, USA." #: ../src/glade.glade.h:93 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Christopher Griffiths \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:15 msgid "Unrecognized types" msgstr "Unrecognised types" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:16 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project\n" "contains any unrecognized types" msgstr "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project\n" "contains any unrecognised types" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:20 msgid "Remove the selected catalog search path" msgstr "Remove the selected catalogue search path" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:21 msgid "Add a new catalog search path" msgstr "Add a new catalogue search path" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:22 msgid "Extra catalog paths" msgstr "Extra catalogue paths" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:23 msgid "Select a catalog search path" msgstr "Select a catalogue search path" #. GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:77 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "Colour Picker" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:526 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:527 msgid "A GDK color value" msgstr "A GDK colour value" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1399 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s" msgstr "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:3018 #, c-format msgid "Object %s has unrecognized type %s\n" msgstr "Object %s has unrecognised type %s\n" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4692 msgid "Unable to copy unrecognized widget type." msgstr "Unable to copy unrecognised widget type." #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4724 msgid "Unable to cut unrecognized widget type" msgstr "Unable to cut unrecognised widget type" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.c:132 msgid "The project this properties dialog was created for" msgstr "The project this properties dialogue was created for" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:257 #, c-format msgid "A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exist!" msgstr "A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exists!" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1446 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "Catalogue" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1447 msgid "The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by" msgstr "The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1439 msgid "Wether the widget is visible or not" msgstr "Whether the widget is visible or not" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4767 #, c-format msgid "Object has unrecognized type %s" msgstr "Object has unrecognised type %s" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:138 #, c-format msgid "Setting License type of %s" msgstr "Setting Licence type of %s" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-accels.c:514 msgid "Choose accelerator keys..." msgstr "Choose accelerator keys…" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:273 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Foreground Color" msgstr "Foreground Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:277 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:281 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Underline Color" msgstr "Underline Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:285 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Strikethrough Color" msgstr "Strikethrough Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:721 msgid "Select a color" msgstr "Select a colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:423 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a primary icon from filename" msgstr "Setting %s to use a primary icon from a filename" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:502 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a secondary icon from filename" msgstr "Setting %s to use a secondary icon from a filename" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-container.c:58 msgid "Cannot add a toplevel window to a containter." msgstr "Cannot add a toplevel window to a container." #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:463 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:471 msgid "Check item" msgstr "Tick item" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:190 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:199 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-toolbar.c:244 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-toolbar.c:252 msgid "Check" msgstr "Tick" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Page Setup Dialog" msgstr "Page Setup Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Print Dialog" msgstr "Print Dialogue" #. PangoAlignment enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Check Box" msgstr "Tick Box" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Check Menu Item" msgstr "Tick Menu Item" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:105 msgid "Color Chooser" msgstr "Colour Chooser" #. GtkIconSize enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:267 msgid "Document Email" msgstr "Document E-mail" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:287 msgid "Labeled By" msgstr "Labelled By" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:307 msgid "Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects" msgstr "Indicates an object is labelled by one or more target objects" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:387 msgid "Always Center" msgstr "Always Centre" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:389 msgid "Center on Parent" msgstr "Centre on Parent" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:482 msgid "The pango attributes for this label" msgstr "The Pango attributes for this label" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:497 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:548 msgid "The response ID of this button in a dialog" msgstr "The response ID of this button in a dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:551 msgid "Check Button" msgstr "Tick Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:575 msgid "Color Button" msgstr "Colour Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:597 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #. NOT AVAILABLES ON WIN32 #. #. #. #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:700 msgid "About Dialog" msgstr "About Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:718 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:719 msgid "File Chooser Dialog" msgstr "File Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:720 msgid "Font Selection Dialog" msgstr "Font Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:721 msgid "Application Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Application Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:722 msgid "Message Dialog" msgstr "Message Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:733 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:734 msgid "Color Chooser Widget" msgstr "Colour Chooser Widget" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:735 msgid "Color Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Colour Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:737 msgid "Font Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Font Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:761 msgid "Recent Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Recent Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:801 msgid "Cell Background Color name column" msgstr "Cell Background Colour name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:802 msgid "Cell Background Color column" msgstr "Cell Background Colour column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:821 msgid "Background Color Name column" msgstr "Background Colour Name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:822 msgid "Background Color column" msgstr "Background Colour column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:828 msgid "Foreground Color Name column" msgstr "Foreground Colour Name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:829 msgid "Foreground Color column" msgstr "Foreground Colour column" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:838 msgid "Ultra Condensed" msgstr "Ultra-Condensed" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:844 msgid "Semi Condensed" msgstr "Semi-Condensed" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:846 msgid "Semi Expanded" msgstr "Semi-Expanded" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:852 msgid "Ultra Expanded" msgstr "Ultra-Expanded" #. GtkCellRendererAccelMode enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:879 msgid "Gtk" msgstr "GTK+" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:904 msgid "Forth Mouse Button" msgstr "Fourth Mouse Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licence:" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "License Text" msgstr "Licence Text" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "License and Copyright" msgstr "Licence and Copyright" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Message Dialog Attributes" msgstr "Message Dialogue Attributes" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-progress-bar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Ellipsize Text:" msgstr "Ellipsise Text:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-bluetooth2.po0000644000000000000000000000377712321561346022301 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for gnome-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-bluetooth package. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-25 15:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 18:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser-button.c:75 msgid "Click to select device..." msgstr "Click to select device…" #: ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:180 ../lib/bluetooth-chooser.c:804 msgid "Searching for devices..." msgstr "Searching for devices…" #. translators: #. * This is in a test plugin, please make sure you add the "(test)" part, #. * or leave untranslated #: ../lib/plugins/test.c:53 msgid "Access the Internet using your cell phone (test)" msgstr "Access the Internet using your mobile phone (test)" #. translators: #. * The '%s' is the device name, for example: #. * Connecting to 'Sony Bluetooth Headset'... #. #: ../wizard/main.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Connecting to '%s'..." msgstr "Connecting to '%s'…" #. translators: #. * The '%s' is the device name, for example: #. * Please wait while finishing setup on 'Sony Bluetooth Headset'... #. #: ../wizard/main.c:561 #, c-format msgid "Please wait while finishing setup on device '%s'..." msgstr "Please wait while finishing setup on device '%s'…" #: ../wizard/wizard.ui.h:2 msgid "PIN _options..." msgstr "PIN _options…" #: ../sendto/main.c:192 ../sendto/main.c:292 msgid "Connecting..." msgstr "Connecting…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-user-share.po0000644000000000000000000000344512321561346022260 0ustar # English (British) translation for gnome-user-share # Copyright (C) 2005 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-share package. # David Lodge , 2005, 2009. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be " "shared over the network when the user is logged in." msgstr "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the user's home directory will be " "shared over the network when the user is logged in." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be " "shared over Bluetooth when the user is logged in." msgstr "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the user's home directory will be " "shared over Bluetooth when the user is logged in." #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "" "If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads " "directory when logged in." msgstr "" "If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads " "directory when the user is logged in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-vfs-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000143612321561346021273 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-vfs package. # Gareth Owen 2004 # David Lodge 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-vfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gparted.po0000644000000000000000000000555012321561347020525 0ustar # British English translation of gparted # Copyright (C) 2004 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gparted package. # David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gparted\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-05 11:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 19:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Create, reorganize, and delete partitions" msgstr "Create, reorganise and delete partitions" #: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:313 msgid "Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage." msgstr "Cancelling an operation may cause SEVERE file system damage." #: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:83 msgid "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog." msgstr "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialogue." #. TO TRANSLATORS: unrecognized #. * means that the partition table for this #. * disk device is unknown or not recognized. #. #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:326 msgid "unrecognized" msgstr "unrecognised" #: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:87 msgid "" "new and old partition have the same size and position. Hence continuing " "anyway" msgstr "" "New and old partition have both the same size and position, so continuing " "anyway..." #. TO TRANSLATORS: your name(s) here please, if there are more translators put newlines (\n) between the names. #. It's a good idea to provide the url of your translation team as well. Thanks! #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1504 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Andy Price https://launchpad.net/~andy-price\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Tom https://launchpad.net/~tom6\n" " Vincent Palmer https://launchpad.net/~shift" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2411 msgid "" "The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this " "disk." msgstr "" "The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognisable file systems on this " "disk." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-sendto.po0000644000000000000000000000224312321561350022223 0ustar # English (British) translation for nautilus-sendto # Copyright (C) 2005 The Gnome Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus-sendto package. # David Lodge , 2005 # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-sendto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/nautilus-nste.c:90 ../src/nautilus-nste.c:95 #: ../src/nautilus-sendto.ui.h:1 msgid "Send To..." msgstr "Send To…" #: ../src/nautilus-nste.c:91 msgid "Send file by mail, instant message..." msgstr "Send file by mail, instant message…" #: ../src/nautilus-nste.c:96 msgid "Send files by mail, instant message..." msgstr "Send files by mail, instant message…" #: ../src/plugins/evolution/evolution.c:381 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/seahorse.po0000644000000000000000000001465612321561351020712 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE seahorse's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the seahorse package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: seahorse\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 16:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../common/catalog.vala:289 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Åskar https://launchpad.net/~olskar" #: ../common/catalog.vala:367 msgid "E_xport..." msgstr "E_xport…" #: ../gkr/gkr-backend.vala:245 msgid "New password..." msgstr "New password…" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:324 msgid "Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values" msgstr "Lazy mode doesn't normalise entered date and time values" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday to be the #. * first day of the week; otherwise translate to calendar:week_start:0. #. * Do *not* translate it to anything else, if it isn't calendar:week_start:1 #. * or calendar:week_start:0 it will not work. #. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:474 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "calendar:week_start:1" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:5 msgid "Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers" msgstr "Automatically synchronise _modified keys with key servers" #: ../pgp/seahorse-add-uid.xml.h:3 msgid "Optional email address" msgstr "Optional e-mail address" #: ../pgp/seahorse-add-uid.xml.h:7 ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:6 msgid "_Email Address:" msgstr "_E-mail Address:" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-exporter.c:117 msgid "Armored PGP keys" msgstr "Armoured PGP keys" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:94 msgid "Used to encrypt email and files" msgstr "Used to encrypt e-mail and files" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:128 #, c-format msgid "" "This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use " "a JPEG image." msgstr "" "This is not a image file, or an unrecognised kind of image file. Try to use " "a JPEG image." #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:243 ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-actions.c:113 msgid "_Find Remote Keys..." msgstr "_Find Remote Keys…" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%d key is selected for synchronizing" msgid_plural "%d keys are selected for synchronizing" msgstr[0] "%d key is selected for synchronising" msgstr[1] "%d keys are selected for synchronising" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:240 msgid "Synchronizing keys..." msgstr "Synchronising keys…" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-actions.c:118 msgid "_Sync and Publish Keys..." msgstr "_Sync and Publish Keys…" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-actions.c:119 msgid "Publish and/or synchronize your keys with those online." msgstr "Publish and/or synchronise your keys with those online." #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-backend.c:173 msgid "PGP keys are for encrypting email or files" msgstr "PGP keys are for encrypting e-mail or files" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:3 msgid "A PGP key allows you to encrypt email or files to other people." msgstr "A PGP key allows you to encrypt e-mail or files to other people." #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:535 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1854 msgid "Name/Email" msgstr "Name/E-mail" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:20 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:18 msgid "Email:" msgstr "E-mail:" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:25 msgid "Decrypt files and email sent to you." msgstr "Decrypt files and e-mail sent to you." #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:14 msgid "Encrypt files and email to the key's owner" msgstr "Encrypt files and e-mail to the key's owner" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:11 msgid "" "You could use a hard to forge photo identification (such as a passport) to " "personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also " "used email to check that the email address belongs to the owner." msgstr "" "You could use a hard-to-forge photo identification (such as a passport) to " "personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also " "used e-mail to check that the e-mail address belongs to the owner." #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:506 ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:508 msgid "_New..." msgstr "_New…" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:510 msgid "_Import..." msgstr "_Import…" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-actions.c:98 msgid "Configure Key for _Secure Shell..." msgstr "Configure Key for _Secure Shell…" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:6 msgid "Your email address, or a reminder of what this key is for." msgstr "Your e-mail address, or a reminder of what this key is for." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that " "computer to recognize your new key." msgstr "" "If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that " "computer to recognise your new key." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:135 msgid "Couldn't change authorization for key." msgstr "Couldn't change authorisation for key." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:12 msgid "The owner of this key is _authorized to connect to this computer" msgstr "The owner of this key is _authorised to connect to this computer" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.c:133 msgid "Configuring Secure Shell Keys..." msgstr "Configuring Secure Shell Keys…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/baobab.po0000644000000000000000000000401512321561352020274 0ustar # British English translation of baobab # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Bastien Nocera . # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: baobab\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 17:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-12 13:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/baobab.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/baobab-window.vala:167 msgid "Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "Disk Usage Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-application.vala:106 msgid "- Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "- Disk Usage Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:13 msgid "Mo_ve to Trash" msgstr "Mo_ve to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Analyzer" msgstr "_Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:263 msgid "Could not analyze volume." msgstr "Could not analyse volume." #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:317 msgid "A graphical tool to analyze disk usage." msgstr "A graphical tool to analyse disk usage." #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:322 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "James Ogley \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:586 ../src/baobab-window.vala:592 msgid "Could not analyze disk usage." msgstr "Could not analyse disk usage." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-power-manager.po0000644000000000000000000000164112321561352022737 0ustar # British English translation of GNOME Power Manager. # Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Richard Hughes , 2005. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-power-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-11 19:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:276 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Mobile phone" msgstr[1] "Mobile phones" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screensaver.po0000644000000000000000000000174312321561352022516 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2005 THE gnome-screensaver'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2005. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-screensaver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 06:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-14 03:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver-dialog.c:67 msgid "Message to show in the dialog" msgstr "Message to show in the dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/notification-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000000132412321561353023016 0ustar # British English translation of notification-daemon # Copyright (C) 2011 notification-daemon'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the notification-daemon package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: notification-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-05 19:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/xchat-gnome.po0000644000000000000000000002751012321561353021306 0ustar # Translation of xchat-gnome into the English (British) language # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 xchat-gnome team # This file is distributed under the same license as the xchat-gnome package. # Gareth Owen , 2004 # David Trowbridge , 2005 # Bruce Cowan , 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xchat-gnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 17:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-15 00:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/channel-list.glade.h:1 msgid "Join channel:" msgstr "Join Channel:" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:17 msgid "Text Colors" msgstr "Text Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:18 msgid "_Show colors" msgstr "_Show colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:19 msgid "_Colorize nicknames" msgstr "_Colourise nicknames" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:21 msgid "_Foreground color:" msgstr "_Foreground colour:" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:22 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:25 msgid "mIRC Colors" msgstr "mIRC Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:26 msgid "Extra Colors" msgstr "Extra Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:28 msgid "_None (use solid color)" msgstr "_None (use solid colour)" #: ../data/setup-dialog.glade.h:2 msgid "" "Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this " "application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you " "can get started.\n" "\n" "These are the names by which you'll be recognized on IRC. Your nick name is " "the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for " "things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real " "name if you do not want to." msgstr "" "Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this " "application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you " "can get started.\n" "\n" "These are the names by which you'll be recognised on IRC. Your nick name is " "the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for " "things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real " "name if you do not want to." #: ../plugins/notification/notification.c:148 msgid "A notification area plugin." msgstr "A notification area plug-in." #: ../plugins/notification/notification.c:211 msgid "Notification plugin loaded.\n" msgstr "Notification plug-in loaded.\n" #: ../plugins/notification/notification.c:232 msgid "Notification plugin unloaded.\n" msgstr "Notification plug-in unloaded.\n" #: ../plugins/notify-osd/notify-osd.c:239 msgid "OSD initialization failed\n" msgstr "OSD initialisation failed\n" #: ../plugins/sound-notification/sound-notification.c:89 msgid "Sound-notification plugin loaded.\n" msgstr "Sound-notification plug-in loaded.\n" #: ../plugins/sound-notification/sound-notification.c:97 msgid "Sound-notification plugin unloaded.\n" msgstr "Sound-notification plug-in unloaded.\n" #. Used for dbus-based single instance app #: ../src/common/dbus/dbus-client.c:110 msgid "Failed to send \"url\" command to running instance" msgstr "Failed to send \"URL\" command to running instance" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:2215 msgid "Plugin defined commands:" msgstr "Plugi-n defined commands:" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3240 msgid "No such plugin found.\n" msgstr "No such plug-in found.\n" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3245 msgid "That plugin is refusing to unload.\n" msgstr "That plug-in is refusing to unload.\n" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3526 msgid "" "Set per channel options\n" "CHANOPT CONFMODE ON|OFF - Toggle conf mode/showing of join and part " "messages\n" "CHANOPT COLORPASTE ON|OFF - Toggle color paste\n" "CHANOPT BEEP ON|OFF - Toggle beep on message\n" "CHANOPT TRAY ON|OFF - Toggle tray blink on message" msgstr "" "Set per channel options\n" "CHANOPT CONFMODE ON|OFF - Toggle conf mode/showing of join and part " "messages\n" "CHANOPT COLORPASTE ON|OFF - Toggle colour paste\n" "CHANOPT BEEP ON|OFF - Toggle beep on message\n" "CHANOPT TRAY ON|OFF - Toggle tray blink on message" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3591 msgid "ID , identifies yourself to nickserv" msgstr "ID , identifies yourself to nickesrv" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3612 msgid "LOAD [-e] , loads a plugin or script" msgstr "LOAD [-e] , loads a plug-in or script" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3693 msgid "UNBAN [...], unbans the specified masks." msgstr "UNBAN […], unbans the specified masks." #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3695 msgid "UNLOAD , unloads a plugin or script" msgstr "UNLOAD , unloads a plug-in or script" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:4235 msgid "Too many recursive usercommands, aborting." msgstr "Too many recursive user commands, aborting." #: ../src/common/plugin.c:359 ../src/common/plugin.c:400 msgid "No xchat_plugin_init symbol; is this really an xchat plugin?" msgstr "No xchat_plugin_init symbol; is this really an xchat plug-in?" #: ../src/common/servlist.c:652 #, c-format msgid "Cycling to next server in %s...\n" msgstr "Cycling to next server in %s…\n" #. translators: replace #ubuntu by the channel of your LoCo #. team so users can have support in their native langage. #. You can find a list of LoCo teams channels on: #. https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UbuntuLiveChatSupport #. If there is no such channel, just let #ubuntu #: ../src/common/servlist.c:929 msgid "#ubuntu" msgstr "#ubuntu-uk" #: ../src/common/util.c:1023 msgid "Internic Non-Profit Organization" msgstr "Internic Non-Profit Organisation" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:769 ../src/common/xchat.c:895 msgid "Open Dialog Window" msgstr "Open Dialogue Window" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:770 msgid "Send a File" msgstr "Send ra File" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:907 msgid "Join Channel..." msgstr "Join Channel…" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:928 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: ../src/common/dbus/dbus-plugin.c:32 msgid "plugin for remote access using DBUS" msgstr "plug-in for remote access using DBUS" #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:62 msgid "" "X-Chat GNOME is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "X-Chat GNOME is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version." #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:67 msgid "" "X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" "X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." #. Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't #. * be translated literally. It is used in the about box #. * to give credits to the translators. Thus, you should #. * translate it to your name and email address. You #. * should also include other translators who have #. * contributed to this translation; in that case, please #. * write each of them on a separated line seperated by #. * newlines (\n). #. #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:108 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Trowbridge \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Andrew Barber https://launchpad.net/~andrew-alex-barber\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Daniel https://launchpad.net/~dbbolton\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " David Trowbridge https://launchpad.net/~trowbrds\n" " Gareth Owen https://launchpad.net/~gowen72\n" " Iain Lane https://launchpad.net/~laney\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Nick Trew https://launchpad.net/~vxnick\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:7 msgid "Show colors in the main window" msgstr "Show colours in the main window" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "Colorize nicknames in the main window" msgstr "Colourise nicknames in the main window" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:10 msgid "Selected color scheme" msgstr "Selected colour scheme" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the main window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the main window is maximised" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:27 msgid "Automatically display the channel list dialog" msgstr "Automatically display the channel list dialogue" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "" "If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a " "channel, the channel list dialog will be displayed" msgstr "" "If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a " "channel, the channel list dialogue will be displayed" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:29 msgid "List of enabled plugins" msgstr "List of enabled plug-ins" #: ../src/fe-gnome/conversation-panel.c:168 msgid "Se_nd Message To..." msgstr "Se_nd Message To…" #: ../src/fe-gnome/dcc-window.c:419 msgid "Send File..." msgstr "Send File…" #: ../src/fe-gnome/fe-gnome.c:68 msgid "Don't auto-load plugins" msgstr "Don't auto-load plug-ins" #: ../src/fe-gnome/main-window.c:109 msgid "_File Transfers" msgstr "_File transfers" #: ../src/fe-gnome/main-window.c:122 msgid "_Channels..." msgstr "_Channels…" #: ../src/fe-gnome/main-window.c:130 msgid "_Bans..." msgstr "_Bans…" #: ../src/fe-gnome/migration.c:115 #, c-format msgid "" "The way the D-Bus plugin works has changed.\n" "To avoid problems, you should remove the old plugin file.\n" "\n" "Please delete %s" msgstr "" "The way the D-Bus plug-in works has changed.\n" "To avoid problems, you should remove the old plug-in file.\n" "\n" "Please delete %s" #: ../src/fe-gnome/migration.c:117 msgid "D-Bus plugin is still installed" msgstr "D-Bus plug-in is still installed" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-colors.c:255 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-colors.c:261 msgid "System Theme Colors" msgstr "System Theme Colours" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-plugins.c:193 msgid "Plugin Unload Failed" msgstr "Plug-in Unload Failed" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-plugins.c:204 msgid "Plugin Load Failed" msgstr "Plug-in Load Failed" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-plugins.c:242 msgid "Open Plugin" msgstr "Open Plug-in:" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-plugins.c:367 msgid "Scripts and Plugins" msgstr "Scripts and Plug-ins" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-plugins.c:387 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Plug-in" #: ../src/fe-gnome/text-entry.c:176 msgid "I_nsert Color Code" msgstr "I_nsert Colour Code" #: ../src/fe-gnome/userlist-gui.c:56 msgid "_Send File..." msgstr "_Send File…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-sudoku.po0000644000000000000000000000400412321561353021502 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for gnome-sudoku # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-sudoku package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-sudoku\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-23 15:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 02:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #: ../src/lib/game_selector.py:168 msgid "Last played at %I:%M %p" msgstr "Last played at %H:%M" #. Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #: ../src/lib/game_selector.py:171 msgid "Last played yesterday at %I:%M %p" msgstr "Last played yesterday at %H:%M" #. Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #: ../src/lib/game_selector.py:174 msgid "Last played on %A at %I:%M %p" msgstr "Last played on %A at %H:%M" #. Translators, see strftime manual in order to translate %? format strings #: ../src/lib/game_selector.py:177 msgid "Last played on %B %e %Y" msgstr "Last played on %e %B %Y" #: ../src/lib/main.py:238 msgid "Mark new additions in a separate color so you can keep track of them." msgstr "Mark new additions in a seperate colour so you can keep track of them." #: ../src/lib/main.py:402 msgid "Save this game before starting new one?" msgstr "Save this game before starting a new one?" #: ../src/lib/main.py:670 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-base-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000212712321561354022632 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins 0.8.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-20 23:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 09:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gareth Owen \n" "Language-Team: English (British) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:2317 msgid "" "Only a subtitle stream was detected. Either you are loading a subtitle file " "or some other type of text file, or the media file was not recognized." msgstr "" "Only a subtitle stream was detected. Either you are loading a subtitle file " "or some other type of text file, or the media file was not recognised." #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:187 msgid "Uncompressed Gray Image" msgstr "Uncompressed Grey Image" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gstreamer-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000602412321561354021437 0ustar # Translation of gstreamer messages to English (British). # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gstreamer 0.8.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-20 21:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gareth Owen \n" "Language-Team: English (British) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: gst/gst.c:329 msgid "Disable colored debugging output" msgstr "Disable coloured debugging output" #: gst/gsterror.c:195 msgid "Could not initialize supporting library." msgstr "Could not initialise supporting library." #: gst/gsterror.c:237 msgid "Could not synchronize on resource." msgstr "Could not synchronise on resource." #: gst/gsttaglist.c:202 msgid "organization" msgstr "organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "name of the encoding person or organization" msgstr "name of the encoding person or organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:215 msgid "license" msgstr "licence" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:215 msgid "license of data" msgstr "licence of data" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:217 msgid "license uri" msgstr "licence uri" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:218 msgid "URI to the license of the data" msgstr "URI to the licence of the data" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:310 msgid "country (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "country (English name) where the media has been recorded or produced" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:314 msgid "city (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "city (English name) where the media has been recorded or produced" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:318 msgid "" "a location whithin a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighborhood)" msgstr "" "a location whithin a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighbourhood)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:322 msgid "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in meters)" msgstr "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in metres)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:383 msgid "Arbitrary application data to be serialized into the media" msgstr "Arbitrary application data to be serialised into the media" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1541 msgid "" "Print a machine-parsable list of features the specified plugin or all " "plugins provide.\n" " Useful in connection with external " "automatic plugin installation mechanisms" msgstr "" "Print a machine-parsable list of features the specified plug-in or all plug-" "ins provide.\n" " Useful in connection with external " "automatic plug-in installation mechanisms" #: tools/gst-launch.c:102 #, c-format msgid "ERROR: parse of xml file '%s' failed.\n" msgstr "ERROR: parsing of xml file '%s' failed.\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgpod.po0000644000000000000000000000303012321561354020504 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for libgpod # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgpod package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgpod\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-14 14:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alfredo Hernández \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:359 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:360 msgid "Color U2" msgstr "Colour U2" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:361 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:362 msgid "Grayscale U2" msgstr "Greyscale U2" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:436 msgid "Touch (4th Gen.)" msgstr "iPod Touch (4th Gen.)" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:437 msgid "Nano touch (6th Gen.)" msgstr "iPod Nano Touch (6th Gen.)" #: ../src/itdb_itunesdb.c:1742 #, c-format msgid "" "Length of smart playlist rule field (%d) not as expected. Trying to continue " "anyhow.\n" msgstr "" "Length of smart playlist rule field (%d) not as expected. Trying to continue " "anyway.\n" #: ../tools/read-sysinfoextended.c:121 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't read xml sysinfo from %s\n" msgstr "Couldn't read XML sysinfo from %s\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-good-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000710212321561355022647 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins 0.8.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-21 00:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-16 04:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gareth Owen \n" "Language-Team: English (British) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1096 msgid "" "A network error occured, or the server closed the connection unexpectedly." msgstr "" "A network error occurred, or the server closed the connection unexpectedly." #: gst/rtsp/gstrtspsrc.c:5380 msgid "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to install a GStreamer RTSP " "extension plugin for Real media streams." msgstr "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to install a GStreamer RTSP " "extension plug-in for Real media streams." #: gst/rtsp/gstrtspsrc.c:5385 msgid "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to allow more transport " "protocols or may otherwise be missing the right GStreamer RTSP extension " "plugin." msgstr "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to allow more transport " "protocols or may otherwise be missing the right GStreamer RTSP extension " "plug-in." #: sys/oss/gstosssink.c:406 sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:505 #: sys/oss4/oss4-source.c:372 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for playback. You don't have permission to open " "the device." msgstr "" "Could not open audio device for playback. You do not have permission to open " "the device." #: sys/oss/gstosssrc.c:370 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for recording. You don't have permission to open " "the device." msgstr "" "Could not open audio device for recording. You do not have permission to " "open the device." #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:733 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:778 msgid "Center / LFE" msgstr "Centre / LFE" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:820 msgid "Gray Connector" msgstr "Grey Connector" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:829 msgid "Gray Front Panel Connector" msgstr "Grey Front Panel Connector" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:492 #, c-format msgid "Cannot identify device '%s'." msgstr "Cannot identify device \"%s\"." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:506 #, c-format msgid "Could not open device '%s' for reading and writing." msgstr "Could not open device \"%s\" for reading and writing." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Device '%s' is not a capture device." msgstr "Device \"%s\" is not a capture device." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:622 #, c-format msgid "Failed to set norm for device '%s'." msgstr "Failed to set norm for device \"%s\"." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:660 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get current tuner frequency for device '%s'." msgstr "Failed to get current tuner frequency for device \"%s\"." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:839 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get current input on device '%s'. May be it is a radio device" msgstr "Failed to get current input on device '%s'. Maybe it is a radio device" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:896 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to get current output on device '%s'. May be it is a radio device" msgstr "" "Failed to get current output on device '%s'. Maybe it is a radio device" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2src_calls.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Failed trying to get video frames from device '%s'." msgstr "Failed trying to get video frames from device \"%s\"." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ccsm.po0000644000000000000000000001322512321561355020021 0ustar # ccsm GB translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 compiz-fusion.org # This file is distributed under the same license as the ccsm package. # David Lodge \n". # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ccsm 0.7.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.opencompositing.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-24 12:33+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 23:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: gb \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #, python-format msgid "" "The new value for the %(binding)s binding for the action %(action)s " "in plugin %(plugin)s conflicts with the action %(action_conflict)" "s of the %(plugin_conflict)s plugin.\n" "Do you wish to disable %(action_conflict)s in the %" "(plugin_conflict)s plugin?" msgstr "" "The new value for the %(binding)s binding for the action %(action)s " "in plug-in %(plugin)s conflicts with the action %(action_conflict)" "s of the %(plugin_conflict)s plug-in.\n" "Do you wish to disable %(action_conflict)s in the %" "(plugin_conflict)s plug-in?" #, python-format msgid "" "You are trying to use the feature %(feature)s which is not " "provided by any plugin.\n" "Do you wish to use this feature anyway?" msgstr "" "You are trying to use the feature %(feature)s which is not " "provided by any plug-in.\n" "Do you wish to use this feature anyway?" #, python-format msgid "" "You are trying to use the feature %(feature)s which is provided by " "%(plugin)s.\n" "This plugin is currently disabled.\n" "Do you wish to enable %(plugin)s so the feature is available?" msgstr "" "You are trying to use the feature %(feature)s which is provided by " "%(plugin)s.\n" "This plug-in is currently disabled. Do you wish to enable %(plugin)s " "so the feature is available?" #, python-format msgid "" "Some %(bindings)s bindings of Plugin %(plugin)s conflict with other " "plugins. Do you want to resolve these conflicts?" msgstr "" "Some %(bindings)s bindings of Plug-in %(plugin)s conflict with other " "plug-ins. Do you want to resolve these conflicts?" #, python-format msgid "" "Plugin %(plugin_conflict)s provides feature %(feature)s which " "is also provided by %(plugin)s" msgstr "" "Plug-in %(plugin_conflict)s provides feature %(feature)s which " "is also provided by %(plugin)s" #, python-format msgid "Plugin %(plugin_conflict)s conflicts with %(plugin)s." msgstr "Plug-in %(plugin_conflict)s conflicts with %(plugin)s." #, python-format msgid "" "%(plugin)s requires feature %(feature)s which is provided by " "the following plugins:\n" "%(plugin_list)s" msgstr "" "%(plugin)s requires feature %(feature)s which is provided by " "the following plug-ins:\n" "%(plugin_list)s" msgid "Enable these plugins" msgstr "Enable these plug-ins" #, python-format msgid "%(plugin)s requires the plugin %(require)s." msgstr "%(plugin)s requires the plug-in %(require)s." #, python-format msgid "" "%(plugin)s provides the feature %(feature)s which is required " "by the plugins %(plugin_list)s." msgstr "" "%(plugin)s provides the feature %(feature)s which is required " "by the plug-ins %(plugin_list)s." msgid "Disable these plugins" msgstr "Disable these plug-ins" #, python-format msgid "%(plugin)s is required by the plugins %(plugin_list)s." msgstr "%(plugin)s is required by the plug-ins %(plugin_list)s." msgid "Uncategorized" msgstr "Uncategorised" #, python-format msgid "" "Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break " "your configuration. Do you really want to set \"%s\" button to Button1 ?" msgstr "" "Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break " "your configuration. Do you really want to set \"%s\" button to Button1?" msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Plug-in" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge , 2008\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt" #, python-format msgid "Search %s Plugin Options" msgstr "Search %s Plug-in Options" msgid "Use This Plugin" msgstr "Use This Plug-in" #. Auto sort msgid "Automatic plugin sorting" msgstr "Automatic plug-in sorting" msgid "Disabled Plugins" msgstr "Disabled Plug-ins" msgid "Enabled Plugins" msgstr "Enabled Plug-ins" msgid "" "Do you really want to disable automatic plugin sorting? This will also " "disable conflict handling. You should only do this if you know what you are " "doing." msgstr "" "Do you really want to disable automatic plug-in sorting? This will also " "disable conflict handling. You should only do this if you know what you are " "doing." msgid "Add plugin" msgstr "Add plug-in" msgid "Plugin name:" msgstr "Plug-in name:" msgid "Insert plugin name" msgstr "Insert plug-in name" msgid "Plugin List" msgstr "Plug-in List" msgid "Filter your Plugin list" msgstr "Filter your Plug-in list" #, python-format msgid "" "No matches found. \n" "\n" " Your filter \"%s\" does not match any items." msgstr "" "No matches found. \n" " Your filter \"%s\" does not match any items." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/compiz.po0000644000000000000000000003351712321561355020403 0ustar # English message file for YaST2 (@memory@). # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. # Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. # James Ogley , 2000, 2001. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 14:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 14:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:54+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:169 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Unmaximize Window" msgstr "Unmaximise Window" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:172 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Maximize Window" msgstr "Maximise Window" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:227 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Minimize Window" msgstr "Minimise Window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Toggle maximisation state" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximise window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximise window vertically" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise window horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Active Plugins" msgstr "Active Plug-ins" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:4 msgid "List of currently active plugins" msgstr "List of currently active plug-ins" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Ignore Hints When Maximized" msgstr "Ignore Hints When Maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximized" msgstr "Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Save plugin states on unload" msgstr "Save plug-in states on unload" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "Save the state of plugins when they are unloaded such they will resume their " "past internal state when reloaded" msgstr "" "Save the state of plug-ins when they are unloaded such they will resume " "their past internal state when reloaded" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Minimize active window" msgstr "Minimise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Maximize active window" msgstr "Maximise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Unmaximize active window" msgstr "Unmaximise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Unmaximize or Minimize Window" msgstr "Unmaximise or Minimise Window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Unmaximize or minimize active window" msgstr "Unmaximise or minimise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Maximize Window Horizontally" msgstr "Maximise Window Horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Maximize active window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise active window horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Maximize Window Vertically" msgstr "Maximise Window Vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Maximize active window vertically" msgstr "Maximise active window vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Toggle active window maximized" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized Horizontally" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised Horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Toggle active window maximized horizontally" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized Vertically" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised Vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Toggle active window maximized vertically" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised vertically" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Annotate plugin" msgstr "Annotate plug-in" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Draw shapes from center" msgstr "Draw shapes from centre" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Uses the initial click point as the center of shapes." msgstr "Uses the initial click point as the centre of shapes." #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Annotate Fill Color" msgstr "Annotate Fill Colour" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Fill color for annotations" msgstr "Fill colour for annotations" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Annotate Stroke Color" msgstr "Annotate Stroke Colour" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Stroke color for annotations" msgstr "Stroke colour for annotations" #: ../plugins/blur/blur.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Blur windows that doesn't have focus" msgstr "Blur windows that don't have focus" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:47 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command0" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command0" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:49 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command1" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command1" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:51 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command2" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command2" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:55 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command4" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command4" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:57 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command5" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command5" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command6" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command6" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command7" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command7" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:63 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command8" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command8" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:65 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command9" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command9" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:67 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command10" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command10" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:69 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command11" msgstr "" "A keybinding that, when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command11" #: ../plugins/compiztoolbox/compiztoolbox.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Commonly used routines by plugins separated into a separate library" msgstr "Commonly used routines by plug-ins separated into a separate library" #: ../plugins/composite/composite.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Composite plugin" msgstr "Composite plug-in" #: ../plugins/composite/composite.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Allow drawing of fullscreen windows to not be redirected to offscreen pixmaps" msgstr "" "Allow drawing of fullscreen windows to avoid being redirected to offscreen " "pixmaps" #: ../plugins/composite/composite.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" "Specifies which windows will be unredirected when they are fullscreen. You " "might want to exclude video players for example, to avoid tearing. But this " "will be at the expense of performance/frame rate. Note: \"class=\" matching " "requires the regex plugin to work." msgstr "" "Specifies which windows will be unredirected when they are fullscreen. You " "might want to exclude video players for example, to avoid tearing. But this " "will be at the expense of performance/frame rate. Note: \"class=\" matching " "requires the regex plug-in to work." #: ../plugins/composite/composite.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Paint each output device independly, even if the output devices overlap" msgstr "" "Paint each output device independently, even if the output devices overlap" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Cube Cap Colors" msgstr "Cube Cap Colours" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Color and opacity of top face of the cube." msgstr "Coloor and opacity of top face of the cube." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Color and opacity of bottom face of the cube." msgstr "Colour and opacity of bottom face of the cube." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Skydome Gradient Start Color" msgstr "Skydome Gradient Start Colour" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Color and opacity to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." msgstr "" "Colour and opacity to use for the top colour-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Skydome Gradient End Color" msgstr "Skydome Gradient End Colour" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Color and opacity to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." msgstr "" "Colour and opacity to use for the bottom colour-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." #: ../plugins/decor/decor.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Shadow Color" msgstr "Shadow Colour" #: ../plugins/decor/decor.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Drop shadow color" msgstr "Drop shadow colour" #: ../plugins/gnomecompat/gnomecompat.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Run Dialog" msgstr "Run Dialogue" #: ../plugins/inotify/inotify.xml.in.h:2 msgid "File change notification plugin" msgstr "File change notification plug-in" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Snapoff Semimaximized Windows" msgstr "Snap-off Semi-maximised Windows" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Snapoff and auto-restore semimaximized windows when dragging them." msgstr "Snap-off and auto-restore semi-maximised windows when dragging them." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Snapoff Distance" msgstr "Snap-off Distance" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Distance of pixels you have to drag a snapped semimaximized window to unsnap " "it." msgstr "" "Distance of pixels you have to drag a snapped semi-maximised window to " "unsnap it." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Snapback Semimaximized Windows" msgstr "Snapback Semimaximised Windows" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Snapback and re-maximize semimaximized windows when dragging them back." msgstr "" "Snapback and re-maximise semi-maximised windows when dragging them back." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Number of pixels from top or sides to snap back semimaximized windows." msgstr "" "Number of pixels from top or sides to snap back semi-maximised windows." #: ../plugins/opengl/opengl.xml.in.h:2 msgid "OpenGL Plugin" msgstr "OpenGL Plug-in" #: ../plugins/opengl/opengl.xml.in.h:13 msgid "If available use compression for textures converted from images" msgstr "If available, use compression for textures converted from images" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "Maximise" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use output device of focussed window" msgstr "Use output device of focused window" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Keep In Workarea" msgstr "Keep In Work Area" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Border Color" msgstr "Border Colour" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Border color used for outline and rectangle resize modes" msgstr "Border colour used for outline and rectangle resize modes" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Fill Color" msgstr "Fill Colour" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Fill color used for rectangle resize mode" msgstr "Fill colour used for rectangle resize mode" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Centered Modifier" msgstr "Centred Modifier" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Use these bindings to resize from the center." msgstr "Use these bindings to resize from the centre." #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Selection Indicator Outline Color" msgstr "Selection Indicator Outline Colour" #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Color and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle outline." msgstr "Colour and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle outline." #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Selection Indicator Fill Color" msgstr "Selection Indicator Fill Colour" #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Fill color and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle." msgstr "Fill colour and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle." #: ../plugins/switcher/switcher.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Minimized" msgstr "Minimised" #: ../plugins/switcher/switcher.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Show minimized windows" msgstr "Show minimised windows" #: ../plugins/wobbly/wobbly.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Maximize Effect" msgstr "Maximise Effect" #: ../plugins/wobbly/wobbly.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Wobble effect when maximizing and unmaximizing windows" msgstr "Wobble effect when maximising and unmaximising windows" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/orca.po0000644000000000000000000005034612321561356020026 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 orca's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the orca package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: orca\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-11 21:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../orca.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesized speech and/" "or refreshable braille" msgstr "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesised speech and/" "or refreshable braille" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '(' (U+0028) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:79 msgid "left paren" msgstr "left bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ')' (U+0029) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:83 msgid "right paren" msgstr "right bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '.' (U+002e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:103 msgid "dot" msgstr "full stop" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '[' (U+005b) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:139 msgid "left bracket" msgstr "left square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ']' (U+005d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:147 msgid "right bracket" msgstr "right square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¡' (U+00a1) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:184 msgid "inverted exclamation point" msgstr "inverted exclamation mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✓' (U+2713) #. It can be used as a bullet in a list. #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:708 msgid "check mark" msgstr "tick mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✔' (U+2714) #. It can be used as a bullet in a list. #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:713 msgid "heavy check mark" msgstr "heavy tick mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁽' (U+207d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:773 msgid "superscript left paren" msgstr "superscript left parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁾' (U+207e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:777 msgid "superscript right paren" msgstr "superscript right parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₍' (U+208d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:837 msgid "subscript left paren" msgstr "subscript left parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₎' (U+208e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:841 msgid "subscript right paren" msgstr "subscript right parenthesis" #. Translators: the Orca "Find" dialog allows a user to search for text in a #. window and then move focus to that text. For example, they may want to find #. the "OK" button. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:83 msgid "Opens the Find dialog." msgstr "Opens the Find dialogue." #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:401 msgid "Displays the preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for a specific application within Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:406 msgid "Displays the application preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the application preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text- #. to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are #. presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a #. capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a sound #. 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:432 msgid "Cycles to the next capitalization style." msgstr "Cycles to the next capitalisation style." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is associated with the command to toggle specific room history on #. or off. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:523 msgid "Toggle whether we provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Toggle whether we provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:766 msgid "Goes to previous check box." msgstr "Goes to previous tick box." #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:769 msgid "Goes to next check box." msgstr "Goes to next tick box." #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:772 msgid "Displays a list of check boxes." msgstr "Displays a list of tick boxes." #. Translators: If this checkbox is checked, then Orca will provide the user with #. chat room specific message histories rather than just a single history which #. contains the latest messages from all the chat rooms that they are in. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:93 msgid "Provide chat room specific _message histories" msgstr "Provide chat room-specific _message histories" #. Translators: This is a label which will appear in the list of available speech #. engines as a special item. It refers to the default engine configured within #. the speech subsystem. Apart from this item, the user will have a chance to #. select a particular speech engine by its real name (Festival, IBMTTS, etc.) #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:135 msgid "Default Synthesizer" msgstr "Default Synthesiser" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the label of a check box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:378 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Check Box" msgstr "Tick Box" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:498 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Check Boxes" msgstr "Tick Boxes" #. Translators: This is a label for an option to tell Orca whether or not it #. should speak table cell coordinates in document content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:648 msgid "Speak _cell coordinates" msgstr "Speak _cell co-ordinates" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:125 msgid "Capitalization style set to icon." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to icon." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:145 msgid "Capitalization style set to none." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to none." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:165 msgid "Capitalization style set to spell." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to spell." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:332 msgid "Do not provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Do not provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:340 msgid "Provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: Orca has a "Learn Mode" that will allow the user to type any key #. on the keyboard and hear what the effects of that key would be. The effects #. might be what Orca would do if it had a handler for the particular key #. combination, or they might just be to echo the name of the key if Orca doesn't #. have a handler. This message is what is spoken to the user when entering Learn #. Mode. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:836 msgid "" "Entering learn mode. Press any key to hear its function. To get a list of " "the screen reader's default shortcuts, press 1. To get a list of the screen " "reader's shortcuts for the current application, press 2. To view the screen " "reader's documentation, press F1. To exit learn mode, press the escape key." msgstr "" "Entering learn mode. Press any key to hear its function. To get a list of " "the screen reader's default shortcuts, press 1. To get a list of the screen " "reader's shortcuts for the current application, press 2. To view the screen " "reader's documentation, press F1. To exit learn mode, press the Escape key." #. Translators: The following string instructs the user how to navigate amongst #. the list of commands presented in learn mode, as well as how to exit the list #. when finished. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:915 msgid "Use Up and Down Arrow to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit." msgstr "Use Up and Down Arrows to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit." #. Translators: This is to inform the user of the presence of the red squiggly #. line which indicates that a given word is not spelled correctly. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1048 msgid "misspelled" msgstr "misspelt" #. Translators: Orca tries to provide more compelling output of the spell check #. dialog in some applications. The first thing it does is let the user know #. what the misspelled word is. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1053 #, python-format msgid "Misspelled word: %s" msgstr "Misspelt word: %s" #. Translators: This is for navigating document content by moving from check #. box to check box. This is a detailed message which will be presented to the #. user if no more check boxes can be found. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1109 msgid "No more check boxes." msgstr "No more tick boxes." #. Translators: This message appears in a warning dialog when the user performs #. the command to get into Orca's preferences dialog when the preferences dialog #. is already open. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1309 msgid "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialog open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." msgstr "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialogue open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a braille message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1631 #, python-format msgid "(%d dialog)" msgid_plural "(%d dialogs)" msgstr[0] "(%d dialogue)" msgstr[1] "(%d dialogues)" #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a spoken message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1637 #, python-format msgid "%d unfocused dialog" msgid_plural "%d unfocused dialogs" msgstr[0] "%d unfocused dialogue" msgstr[1] "%d unfocused dialogues" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:98 msgid "checked" msgstr "ticked" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:101 msgid "not checked" msgstr "not ticked" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:104 msgid "partially checked" msgstr "partially ticked" #. Translators: This state represents an item on the screen that has been set #. insensitive (or grayed out). #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:129 ../src/orca/object_properties.py:133 msgid "grayed" msgstr "greyed" #. Translators: Certain objects (such as form controls on web pages) can have #. STATE_EDITABLE set to inform the user that this field can be filled out. #. It is assumed that form fields will be editable; if they lack this state, #. we need to present that information to the user. This string is the spoken #. version. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:140 msgctxt "text" msgid "read only" msgstr "read-only" #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:2 msgid "Screen Reader Find Dialog" msgstr "Screen Reader Find Dialogue" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:41 msgid "Speech synthesi_zer:" msgstr "Speech s_ynthesiser:" #: ../src/orca/scripts/apps/gedit/script.py:110 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "Misspelt word:" #: ../src/orca/scripts/apps/liferea/script.py:122 msgid "Work online / offline" msgstr "Work online/offline" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the background color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:62 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "background color" msgstr "background colour" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the foreground color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:105 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "foreground color" msgstr "foreground colour" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "justification". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:482 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "center" msgstr "centre" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:502 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra condensed" msgstr "ultra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:509 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra condensed" msgstr "extra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:523 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi condensed" msgstr "semi-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:537 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi expanded" msgstr "semi-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:551 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra expanded" msgstr "extra-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:558 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra expanded" msgstr "ultra-expanded" #. Translators: If this application has more than one unfocused alert or #. dialog window, inform user of how to refocus these. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:216 msgid "Press alt+f6 to give focus to child windows." msgstr "Press Alt+F6 to give focus to child windows." #. Translators: this gives tips on how to navigate items in a #. layered pane. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:280 msgid "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type ahead searching." msgstr "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type-ahead searching." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when first landing #. on the desktop, describing how to access the system menus. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:286 msgid "To get to the system menus press the alt+f1 key." msgstr "To get to the system menus press the Alt+F1 key." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for activating a menu item #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:391 msgid "To activate press return." msgstr "To activate, press return." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a spin button. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:498 msgid "" "Use up or down arrow to select value. Or type in the desired numerical value." msgstr "" "Use up or down arrow to select value, or type in the desired numerical value." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:711 msgid "" "To navigate, press left or right arrow. To move through items press up or " "down arrow." msgstr "" "To navigate, press the left or right arrows. To move through items press the " "up or down arrows." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to #. navigate into sub menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:716 msgid "To enter sub menu, press right arrow." msgstr "To enter a sub-menu, press the right arrow." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a slider. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:748 msgid "" "To decrease press left arrow, to increase press right arrow. To go to " "minimum press home, and for maximum press end." msgstr "" "To decrease, press the left arrow; to increase, press the right arrow. To go " "to minimum press home, and for maximum press end." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/onboard.po0000644000000000000000000001402412321561356020517 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for onboard # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the onboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: onboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-21 18:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../settings.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Show Onboard when there is a recognized text window in focus. Requires Gnome " "Accessibility." msgstr "" "Show Onboard when there is a recognised text window in focus. Requires Gnome " "Accessibility." #: ../settings.ui.h:34 msgid "" "Show Onboard when the dialog to unlock the screen appears; this way Onboard " "can be used for example to enter the password to dismiss the screensaver " "when it is set to ask for it." msgstr "" "Show Onboard when the dialogue to unlock the screen appears; this way " "Onboard can be used for example to enter the password to dismiss the " "screensaver when it is set to ask for it." #: ../settings.ui.h:74 msgid "C_ustomize theme" msgstr "C_ustomise theme" #: ../settings.ui.h:89 msgid "Modifier _behavior:" msgstr "Modifier _behaviour:" #: ../settings.ui.h:90 msgid "Behavior of modifier and layer keys." msgstr "Behaviour of modifier and layer keys." #: ../settings.ui.h:93 msgid "Key Behavior" msgstr "Key Behaviour" #: ../settings.ui.h:105 msgid "" "Remember new words, their recency and frequency to improve the suggestions " "over time." msgstr "" "Remember new words, their recency and frequency, to improve the suggestions " "over time." #: ../settings.ui.h:112 msgid "Words typed while this button is pressed won't be remembered." msgstr "While this button is pressed, typed words will not be remembered." #: ../settings.ui.h:115 msgid "Auto-capitalize while typing" msgstr "Auto-capitalise while typing" #: ../settings.ui.h:116 msgid "Automatically capitalize sentence begins and name words." msgstr "Automatically capitalise the start of sentences and proper nouns." #: ../settings.ui.h:125 msgid "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized." msgstr "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised." #: ../settings.ui.h:131 msgid "Enable keyboard _scanning" msgstr "Enable keyboard _scanning" #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:233 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard." msgstr "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for maths and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard." #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:236 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard.\n" "This layout places all keys on a single, very wide layer." msgstr "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for maths and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard.\n" "This layout places all keys on a single, very wide layer." #: ../Onboard/Config.py:1297 msgid "color scheme '{filename}' does not exist" msgstr "colour scheme '{filename}' does not exist" #: ../data/onboard.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Onboard onscreen keyboard" msgstr "Onboard on-screen keyboard" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Customize Theme" msgstr "Customise Theme" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Color Sche_me" msgstr "Colour Sche_me" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:345 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However the system is not configured anymore to use Onboard to unlock the " "screen. A possible reason can be that another application configured the " "system to use something else.\n" "\n" "Would you like to reconfigure the system to show Onboard when unlocking the " "screen?" msgstr "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialogue to unlock the screen; for " "example, to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However the system is not configured anymore to use Onboard to unlock the " "screen. A possible reason can be that another application configured the " "system to use something else.\n" "\n" "Would you like to reconfigure the system to show Onboard when unlocking the " "screen?" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:361 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" msgstr "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialogue to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screen-saver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Shrink workarea" msgstr "Shrink work area" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Shrink the available space for maximized windows." msgstr "Shrink the available space for maximised windows." #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Expand keyboard to the width of the workarea." msgstr "Expand keyboard to the width of the work area." #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:112 msgid "Color scheme for theme '{filename}' not found" msgstr "Colour scheme for theme '{filename}' not found" #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:828 msgid "" "Loading legacy color scheme format '{old_format}', please consider upgrading " "to current format '{new_format}': '{filename}'" msgstr "" "Loading legacy colour scheme format '{old_format}', please consider " "upgrading to current format '{new_format}': '{filename}'" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/system-config-printer.po0000644000000000000000000001734012321561356023347 0ustar # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Translators: # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2007 # Dimitris Glezos , 2011 # Dimitris Glezos , 2011 # readmanr , 2013 # twaugh , 2010-2012 # twaugh , 2011 # twaugh , 2011 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: system-config-printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 16:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-15 15:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Readman \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "fedora/language/en_GB/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../asyncipp.py:467 ../authconn.py:446 ../authconn.py:448 #: ../errordialogs.py:67 ../pysmb.py:91 ../pysmb.py:93 msgid "Not authorized" msgstr "Not authorised" #: ../asyncipp.py:593 ../authconn.py:253 ../authconn.py:277 msgid "Operation canceled" msgstr "Operation cancelled" #: ../jobviewer.py:190 msgid "Do you really want to delete this job?" msgstr "Do you really want to delete these jobs?" #: ../jobviewer.py:271 msgid "canceling job" msgstr "cancelling job" #: ../jobviewer.py:2311 msgid "Held until day-time" msgstr "Held until day time" #: ../jobviewer.py:2327 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:47 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../ppdippstr.py:58 msgid "Default behavior" msgstr "Default behaviour" #: ../ppdippstr.py:99 msgid "Draft (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Draft (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:101 msgid "Draft grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Draft greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:103 msgid "Normal (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Normal (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:105 msgid "Normal grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Normal greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:107 msgid "High quality (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "High quality (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:109 msgid "High quality grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "High quality greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:112 msgid "Best quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "Best quality (colour on photo paper)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:114 msgid "Normal quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "Normal quality (colour on photo paper)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:147 msgid "300 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:149 msgid "300 dpi, draft, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, draft, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:151 msgid "300 dpi, draft, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, draft, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:153 msgid "300 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:155 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:157 msgid "600 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "600 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:159 msgid "600 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "600 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper" #: ../ppdippstr.py:161 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge, photo paper, normal" msgstr "600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge, photo paper, normal" #: ../ppdippstr.py:163 msgid "1200 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "1200 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper" #: ../printerproperties.py:261 msgid "Landscape (90 degrees)" msgstr "Landscape (90°)" #: ../printerproperties.py:262 msgid "Reverse landscape (270 degrees)" msgstr "Reverse landscape (270°)" #: ../printerproperties.py:263 msgid "Reverse portrait (180 degrees)" msgstr "Reverse portrait (180°)" #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for " "more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass " "Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA." #. TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line. Thank you very much for your effort on translating system-config-printer and all our other tools! #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:9 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Tim Waugh\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Abigail Brady https://launchpad.net/~morwen\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jen Ockwell https://launchpad.net/~rj-ockwell\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Tim Waugh https://launchpad.net/~twaugh\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:75 msgid "" "These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not " "be covered by their commercial support. See the support and license terms " "of the driver's supplier." msgstr "" "These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not " "be covered by their commercial support. See the support and licence terms " "of the driver's supplier." #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:81 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licence:" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:83 msgid "license" msgstr "licence" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:97 msgid "Yes, I accept this license" msgstr "Yes, I accept this licence" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:98 msgid "No, I do not accept this license" msgstr "No, I do not accept this licence" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:99 msgid "License Terms" msgstr "Licence Terms" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Job history" msgstr "Job History" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse servers" msgstr "Browse Servers" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckLocalServerPublishing.py:33 msgid "" "Enable the 'Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the " "server settings using the printing administration tool." msgstr "" "Enable the Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the " "server settings using the printing administration tool." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/brasero.po0000644000000000000000000002450212321561357020533 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2006 brasero's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the brasero package. # David Lodge , 2007, 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: brasero\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 and 2 for SHA256" msgstr "Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 or 2 for SHA256" #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "" "Contains the path to the directory where brasero should store temporary " "files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for glib will be " "used." msgstr "" "Contains the path to the directory where Brasero should store temporary " "files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for GLib will be " "used." #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "" "Whether to use the \"-immed\" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to " "true) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups." msgstr "" "Whether to use the \"-immed\" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to " "True) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups." #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Whether to use the \"-use-the-force-luke=dao\" flag with growisofs. Set to " "false, brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups." msgstr "" "Whether to use the \"-use-the-force-luke=dao\" flag with growisofs. Set to " "False, Brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups." #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Used in conjunction with the \"-immed\" flag with cdrecord." msgstr "Used in conjunction with the \"-immed\" flag with cdrecord" #: ../data/org.gnome.brasero.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "" "Whether to use the \"--driver generic-mmc-raw\" flag with cdrdao. Set to " "True, brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups." msgstr "" "Whether to use the \"--driver generic-mmc-raw\" flag with cdrdao. Set to " "True, Brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show _Dialog" msgstr "Show _Dialogue" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show dialog" msgstr "Show dialogue" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1791 msgid "Audio CD successfully burned" msgstr "Audio CD successfully burnt" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1812 msgid "Image successfully burned to DVD" msgstr "Image successfully burnt to DVD" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1814 msgid "Image successfully burned to CD" msgstr "Image successfully burnt to CD" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1820 msgid "Data DVD successfully burned" msgstr "Data DVD successfully burnt" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1822 msgid "Data CD successfully burned" msgstr "Data CD successfully burnt" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-options.c:464 ../src/brasero-project.c:1010 msgid "No track information (artist, title, ...) will be written to the disc." msgstr "" "No track information (artist, title, etc.) will be written to the disc." #. Translators: %s is the name of the image #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-options.c:804 #, c-format msgid "" "There is only one selected file (\"%s\"). It is the image of a disc and its " "contents can be burned." msgstr "" "There is only one selected file (\"%s\"). It is the image of a disc and its " "contents can be burnt." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-drive-properties.c:330 msgid "" "The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (size over 2 " "GiB).\n" "This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images." msgstr "" "The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (over 2 GiB).\n" "This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-medium-properties.c:139 msgid "" "If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognize the file " "type properly." msgstr "" "If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognise the file " "type properly." #: ../libbrasero-burn/burn-basics.c:89 msgid "Finalizing" msgstr "Finalising" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:230 msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:261 msgid "Solid color" msgstr "Solid colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:345 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:574 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:651 msgid "_Text Color" msgstr "_Text Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:652 msgid "Text color" msgstr "Text colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-tool-color-picker.c:166 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libburn-common.c:158 #, c-format msgid "libburn library could not be initialized" msgstr "libburn library could not be initialised" #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libisofs.c:345 #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libisofs.c:893 #, c-format msgid "libisofs could not be initialized." msgstr "libisofs could not be initialised." #: ../plugins/transcode/burn-normalize.c:554 msgid "Normalizing tracks" msgstr "Normalising tracks" #: ../plugins/transcode/burn-normalize.c:643 msgid "Normalization" msgstr "Normalisation" #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1176 msgid "" "Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1181 msgid "" "Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1186 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" #. Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't be translated #. * literally. It is used in the about box to give credits to #. * the translators. #. * Thus, you should translate it to your name and email address. #. * You should also include other translators who have contributed to #. * this translation; in that case, please write each of them on a separate #. * line seperated by newlines (\n). #. #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1227 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Tom https://launchpad.net/~tom6" #: ../src/brasero-audio-disc.c:858 msgid "" "Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.\n" "This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only " "be played by specific digital players.\n" "Note: if you agree, normalization will not be applied to these tracks." msgstr "" "Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.\n" "This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only " "be played by specific digital players.\n" "Note: if you agree, normalisation will not be applied to these tracks." #: ../src/brasero-cli.c:118 msgid "Open the blank disc dialog" msgstr "Open the blank disc dialogue" #: ../src/brasero-cli.c:122 msgid "Open the check disc dialog" msgstr "Open the check disc dialogue" #. Translators: %s is the name of the image #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "There is only one selected file (\"%s\"). It is the image of a disc and its " "contents can be burned" msgstr "" "There is only one selected file (\"%s\"). It is the image of a disc and its " "contents can be burnt" #: ../src/brasero-project.c:977 msgid "" "The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.\n" "You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which " "cannot be properly recognized and therefore needs the overburn option.\n" "Note: This option might cause failure." msgstr "" "The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.\n" "You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which " "cannot be properly recognised and therefore needs the overburn option.\n" "Note: This option might cause failure." #: ../src/brasero-project-type-chooser.c:308 msgid "Load the last project that was not burned and not saved" msgstr "Load the last project that was not burnt and not saved" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:1178 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/NetworkManager-pptp.po0000644000000000000000000000532512321561357023005 0ustar # English (British) translation for NetworkManager-pptp # Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the NetworkManager-pptp package. # David Lodge , 2006 # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-pptp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-09 17:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:03+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Ad_vanced..." msgstr "Ad_vanced…" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "" "Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. " "To enable this checkbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication " "methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2." msgstr "" "Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. " "To enable this tickbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication " "methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2." #: ../properties/nm-pptp.c:49 msgid "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol (PPTP)" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:161 #, c-format msgid "couldn't convert PPTP VPN gateway IP address '%s' (%d)" msgstr "Couldn't convert PPTP VPN gateway IP address '%s' (%d)" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:179 #, c-format msgid "couldn't look up PPTP VPN gateway IP address '%s' (%d)" msgstr "Couldn't look up PPTP VPN gateway IP address '%s' (%d)" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:203 #, c-format msgid "no usable addresses returned for PPTP VPN gateway '%s'" msgstr "No usable addresses returned for PPTP VPN gateway '%s'" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:214 #, c-format msgid "no usable addresses returned for PPTP VPN gateway '%s' (%d)" msgstr "No usable addresses returned for PPTP VPN gateway '%s' (%d)" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:576 #, c-format msgid "invalid gateway '%s'" msgstr "Invalid gateway '%s'" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:590 #, c-format msgid "invalid integer property '%s'" msgstr "Invalid integer property '%s'" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:600 #, c-format msgid "invalid boolean property '%s' (not yes or no)" msgstr "Invalid boolean property '%s' (not yes or no)" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:607 #, c-format msgid "unhandled property '%s' type %s" msgstr "Unhandled property '%s' type %s" #: ../src/nm-pptp-service.c:618 #, c-format msgid "property '%s' invalid or not supported" msgstr "Property '%s' invalid or not supported." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/transmission-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000644312321561360022410 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for transmission # Copyright (c) 2008 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2008 # This file is distributed under the same license as the transmission package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2008. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: transmission\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 10:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-28 13:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:12+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gtk/details.c:509 msgid "Honor global _limits" msgstr "Honour global _limits" #: ../gtk/main.c:618 msgid "Start minimized in notification area" msgstr "Start minimised in notification area" #: ../gtk/main.c:747 msgid "" "Transmission is a file sharing program. When you run a torrent, its data " "will be made available to others by means of upload. Any content you share " "is your sole responsibility." msgstr "" "Transmission is a file sharing program. When you run a torrent, its data " "will be made available to others by means of an upload. Any content you " "share is your sole responsibility." #. Translators: translate "translator-credits" as your name #. to have it appear in the credits in the "About" #. dialog #: ../gtk/main.c:1372 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Christopher Griffiths https://launchpad.net/~chris\n" " Edward Chidgey https://launchpad.net/~chidge\n" " Gabriel Ruiz https://launchpad.net/~anakron\n" " Ken Sharp https://launchpad.net/~kennybobs\n" " Krzysztof Klimonda https://launchpad.net/~kklimonda\n" " Matthew Gall https://launchpad.net/~matthewgall\n" " Pete4 https://launchpad.net/~harlemdavvey\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Stefan Pynappels https://launchpad.net/~stefan-pynappels\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " ascenseur https://launchpad.net/~joseph-odell" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:305 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:299 msgid "Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash" msgstr "Mo_ve .torrent file to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:463 msgid "Show _options dialog" msgstr "Show _options dialogue" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:6 msgid "Start Transmission Minimized" msgstr "Start Transmission Minimised" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:291 msgid "Show the Torrent Options _dialog" msgstr "Show the Torrent Options _dialogue" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:313 msgid "Ma_ximum active downloads:" msgstr "Ma_x no. of active downloads:" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:826 #, c-format msgid "size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" msgstr "Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" #: ../gtk/util.c:568 msgid "Unrecognized URL" msgstr "Unrecognised URL" #: ../libtransmission/rpc-server.c:951 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't find settings key \"%s\"" msgstr "Could not find settings key \"%s\"" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomekbd.po0000644000000000000000000000354112321561360021345 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the hipo package. # David Lodge , 2007 # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomekbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-18 05:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libgnomekbd/gkbd-indicator.c:422 ../libgnomekbd/gkbd-status.c:560 msgid "XKB initialization error" msgstr "XKB initialisation error" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.desktop.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Save/restore indicators together with layout groups" msgstr "Save/Restore indicators together with layout groups" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.desktop.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Load exotic, rarely used layouts and options" msgstr "Load exotic, rarely-used layouts and options" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "The foreground color" msgstr "The foreground colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The foreground color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The foreground colour for the layout indicator" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "The background color" msgstr "The background colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "The background color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The background colour for the layout indicator" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-share.po0000644000000000000000000000115512321561360022033 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the nautilus-share package. # David Lodge , 2007 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 23:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: en_GB \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/cluttergtk-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000000135012321561361021551 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for clutter-gtk # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter-gtk package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-19 10:09-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-18 15:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: James Thorrold \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-control-center-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001733712321561362023440 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-22 05:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:7 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:235 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:10 msgid "Send Files..." msgstr "Send Files…" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:11 msgid "Browse Files..." msgstr "Browse Files…" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1594 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "Default Grey" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1715 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1767 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2013 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up-to-date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Screen;Display" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:510 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "Anticlockwise" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1695 msgid "Drag to change primary display." msgstr "Drag to change the primary display." #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2170 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:9 msgid "Calculating..." msgstr "Calculating…" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:24 msgid "_Other Media..." msgstr "_Other Media…" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "Launch e-mail client" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "Aero_plane Mode" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:17 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "_Options…" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:2 msgid "C_reate..." msgstr "C_reate…" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:34 msgid "_Configure..." msgstr "_Configure…" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:23 msgid "_Use as Hotspot..." msgstr "_Use as Hotspot…" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:18 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "_Settings…" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "Modem initialisation failed" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:537 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "Mobile phone" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2282 msgid "Searching for preferred drivers..." msgstr "Searching for preferred drivers…" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2297 msgid "Select from database..." msgstr "Select from database…" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2306 msgid "Provide PPD File..." msgstr "Provide PPD File…" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Loading options..." msgstr "Loading options…" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Loading drivers database..." msgstr "Loading drivers database…" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1343 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "Setting new driver..." msgstr "Setting new driver…" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:431 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:39 msgid "Copy Settings..." msgstr "Copy Settings…" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Install languages..." msgstr "Install languages…" #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:18 msgid "Locations..." msgstr "Locations…" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:1 msgid "On screen keyboard" msgstr "On-screen keyboard" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:30 msgid "Options..." msgstr "Options…" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "Keep magnifier cursor centred" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "Colour Effects:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "Colour Effects" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:461 msgid "Take a photo..." msgstr "Take a photo…" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:479 msgid "Browse for more pictures..." msgstr "Browse for more pictures…" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:71 msgid "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen to calibrate the " "tablet." msgstr "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen, to calibrate the " "tablet." #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:271 msgid "Mis-click detected, restarting..." msgstr "Mis-click detected, restarting…" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Map to Monitor..." msgstr "Map to Monitor…" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Map Buttons..." msgstr "Map Buttons…" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Calibrate..." msgstr "Calibrate…" #: ../shell/gnomecc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/empathy.po0000644000000000000000000002246612321561362020550 0ustar # British English translation of Empathy # Copyright (C) 2006 Empathy's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the empathy package. # David Lodge , 2007, 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: empathy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=empathy&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=General\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 01:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:80 msgid "Last account selected in Join Room dialog" msgstr "Last account selected in Join Room dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:89 msgid "" "Whether to show the message dialog about closing the main window with the " "'x' button in the title bar." msgstr "" "Whether to show the message dialogue about closing the main window with the " "'x' button in the title bar." #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:94 msgid "Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location" msgstr "Empathy can use the mobile phone network to guess the location" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:95 msgid "Whether Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location." msgstr "" "Whether Empathy can use the mobile phone network to guess the location." #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:738 msgid "You canceled the file transfer" msgstr "You cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:741 msgid "The other participant canceled the file transfer" msgstr "The other participant cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy/empathy-utils.c:350 msgid "" "Certificate uses an insecure cipher algorithm or is cryptographically weak" msgstr "" "Certificate uses an insecure cypher algorithm or is cryptographically weak" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:18 msgid "Loose Routing" msgstr "Loose Routeing" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-avatar-chooser.c:1033 msgid "Take a picture..." msgstr "Take a picture…" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-calendar-button.c:64 msgid "Select..." msgstr "Select…" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-menu.c:1452 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:1356 msgid "Favorite" msgstr "Favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:449 msgid "State:" msgstr "County:" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:475 msgid "Vertical Error (meters):" msgstr "Vertical Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:477 msgid "Horizontal Error (meters):" msgstr "Horizontal Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:649 msgid "%B %e, %Y at %R UTC" msgstr "%e %B, %Y at %R UTC" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-log-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Delete All History..." msgstr "Delete All History…" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-log-window.ui.h:9 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:333 msgid "Click to remove this status as a favorite" msgstr "Click to remove this status as a favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:342 msgid "Click to make this status a favorite" msgstr "Click to make this status a favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-ui-utils.c:1252 #, c-format msgid "" "%s of free space are required to save this file, but only %s is available. " "Please choose another location." msgstr "" "%s of free space is required to save this file, but only %s is available. " "Please choose another location." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:78 msgid "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:82 msgid "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:86 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:112 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Chris Leonard \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " David Lodge https://launchpad.net/~dave-cirt\n" " Ian Higginson https://launchpad.net/~xeriouxi\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jeremy Jones https://launchpad.net/~drjermy\n" " Jonathon Fernyhough https://launchpad.net/~jfernyhough\n" " Jono Bacon https://launchpad.net/~jonobacon\n" " Mat Scales https://launchpad.net/~wibblymat\n" " Michael Fallows https://launchpad.net/~mf\n" " NeilGreenwood https://launchpad.net/~neil-greenwood\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Rodrigo Henrique https://launchpad.net/~rodrigohenrique\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " cjl https://launchpad.net/~cjlhomeaddress\n" " පසිඳු කාවින්ද https://launchpad.net/~pkavinda" #: ../src/empathy-accounts.c:173 msgid "Don't display any dialogs; do any work (eg, importing) and exit" msgstr "Don't display any dialogues; do any work (eg, importing) and exit" #: ../src/empathy-accounts.c:177 msgid "" "Don't display any dialogs unless there are only \"People Nearby\" accounts" msgstr "" "Don't display any dialogues unless there are only \"People Nearby\" accounts" #: ../src/empathy-accounts-dialog.c:721 msgid "_Edit Connection Parameters..." msgstr "_Edit Connection Parameters…" #: ../src/empathy.c:416 msgid "Don't display the contact list or any other dialogs on startup" msgstr "Don't display the contact list or any other dialogues on startup" #: ../src/empathy-chatrooms-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Manage Favorite Rooms" msgstr "Manage Favourite Rooms" #: ../src/empathy-chat-window.ui.h:4 msgid "_Favorite Chat Room" msgstr "_Favourite Chat Room" #: ../src/empathy-ft-manager.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove completed, canceled and failed file transfers from the list" msgstr "Remove completed, cancelled and failed file transfers from the list" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "" "Reduced location accuracy means that nothing more precise than your city, " "state and country will be published. GPS coordinates will be accurate to 1 " "decimal place." msgstr "" "Reduced location accuracy means that nothing more precise than your city, " "county and country will be published. GPS coordinates will be accurate to 1 " "decimal place." #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Cellphone" msgstr "_Mobile phone" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:735 msgid "Update software..." msgstr "Update software…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Conversation..." msgstr "_New Conversation…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:2 msgid "New _Call..." msgstr "New _Call…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:4 msgid "_Add Contacts..." msgstr "_Add Contacts…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:5 msgid "_Search for Contacts..." msgstr "_Search for Contacts…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:8 msgid "_Join..." msgstr "_Join…" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:9 msgid "Join _Favorites" msgstr "Join _Favourites" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:10 msgid "_Manage Favorites" msgstr "_Manage Favourites" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.ui.h:4 msgid "_Add Contact..." msgstr "_Add Contact…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs.po0000644000000000000000000000137012321561362021565 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for xdg-user-dirs # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-18 14:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-19 13:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jen Ockwell \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000116712321561362022354 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2006 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the xdg-user-dirs-gtk package. # David Lodge , 2007 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 22:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: David Lodge \n" "Language-Team: en_GB \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/nm-applet.po0000644000000000000000000002227412321561363020774 0ustar # NetworkManager # Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation. # This file is distributed under the same license as the NetworkManager package. # David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 19:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 01:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Show the applet in notification area" msgstr "Show the applet in the notification area" #: ../src/applet.c:1735 msgid "No network devices available" msgstr "No network devices are available" #: ../src/applet.c:1845 msgid "_Configure VPN..." msgstr "_Configure VPN…" #: ../src/applet.c:1965 msgid "NetworkManager is not running..." msgstr "NetworkManager is not running…" #. 'Edit Connections...' item #: ../src/applet.c:2249 msgid "Edit Connections..." msgstr "Edit Connections…" #: ../src/applet.c:2802 #, c-format msgid "Preparing network connection '%s'..." msgstr "Preparing network connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet.c:2805 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for network connection '%s'..." msgstr "User authentication required for network connection '%s'…" # #: ../src/applet.c:2808 ../src/applet-device-bt.c:136 #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:445 ../src/mobile-helpers.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Requesting a network address for '%s'..." msgstr "Requesting a network address for '%s'…" #: ../src/applet.c:2894 #, c-format msgid "Starting VPN connection '%s'..." msgstr "Starting VPN connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet.c:2897 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for VPN connection '%s'..." msgstr "User authentication required for VPN connection '%s'…" # #: ../src/applet.c:2900 #, c-format msgid "Requesting a VPN address for '%s'..." msgstr "Requesting a VPN address for '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-bt.c:127 ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:436 #: ../src/mobile-helpers.c:582 #, c-format msgid "Preparing mobile broadband connection '%s'..." msgstr "Preparing mobile broadband connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-bt.c:130 ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:439 #: ../src/mobile-helpers.c:585 #, c-format msgid "Configuring mobile broadband connection '%s'..." msgstr "Configuring mobile broadband connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-bt.c:133 ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:442 #: ../src/mobile-helpers.c:588 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for mobile broadband connection '%s'..." msgstr "User authentication required for mobile broadband connection '%s'…" #. Default connection item #: ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:314 msgid "New Mobile Broadband (CDMA) connection..." msgstr "New Mobile Broadband (CDMA) connection…" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Preparing ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "Preparing ethernet network connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:174 #, c-format msgid "Configuring ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "Configuring ethernet network connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:177 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "User authentication required for ethernet network connection '%s'…" # #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Requesting an ethernet network address for '%s'..." msgstr "Requesting an ethernet network address for '%s'…" #. Start the spinner to show the progress of the unlock #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:257 ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:532 msgid "Sending unlock code..." msgstr "Sending unlock code…" #. Default connection item #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:778 msgid "New Mobile Broadband connection..." msgstr "New Mobile Broadband connection…" #. Default connection item #: ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:370 msgid "New Mobile Broadband (GSM) connection..." msgstr "New Mobile Broadband (GSM) connection…" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:96 msgid "_Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network..." msgstr "_Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network…" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:147 msgid "Create _New Wi-Fi Network..." msgstr "Create _New Wi-Fi Network…" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1273 #, c-format msgid "Preparing Wi-Fi network connection '%s'..." msgstr "Preparing Wi-Fi network connection '%s'…" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1276 #, c-format msgid "Configuring Wi-Fi network connection '%s'..." msgstr "Configuring Wi-Fi network connection '%s'…" # #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for Wi-Fi network '%s'..." msgstr "User authentication required for Wi-Fi network '%s'…" # #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1282 #, c-format msgid "Requesting a Wi-Fi network address for '%s'..." msgstr "Requesting a Wi-Fi network address for '%s'…" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:11 msgid "_Aging time:" msgstr "_Ageing time:" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:9 msgid "" "The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customize " "your computer's configuration. If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, " "enter it here." msgstr "" "The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customise " "your computer's configuration. If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, " "enter it here." #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:16 msgid "Change..." msgstr "Change…" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:347 #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:349 msgid "Import a saved VPN configuration..." msgstr "Import a saved VPN configuration…" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:378 msgid "" "The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown " "error." msgstr "" "The connection editor dialogue could not be initialised due to an unknown " "error." #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:420 msgid "_Save..." msgstr "_Save…" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:439 msgid "Unknown error creating connection editor dialog." msgstr "Unknown error creating connection editor dialogue." #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:573 msgid "Error initializing editor" msgstr "Error initialising editor" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Export..." msgstr "_Export…" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:688 msgid "_Edit..." msgstr "_Edit…" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:705 msgid "_Delete..." msgstr "_Delete…" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-general.c:56 msgid "" "The zone defines the trust level of the connection. Default is not a regular " "zone, selecting it results in the use of the default zone set in the " "firewall. Only usable if firewalld is active." msgstr "" "The zone defines the trust level of the connection. Default is not a normal " "zone: selecting it results in the the default zone being set in the " "firewall. Only usable if firewalld is active." #: ../src/connection-editor/vpn-helpers.c:214 #, c-format msgid "" "The file '%s' could not be read or does not contain recognized VPN " "connection information\n" "\n" "Error: %s." msgstr "" "The file '%s' could not be read or does not contain recognised VPN " "connection information\n" "\n" "Error: %s." #: ../src/connection-editor/vpn-helpers.c:366 msgid "Export VPN connection..." msgstr "Export VPN connection…" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:456 msgid "Mobile wizard was canceled" msgstr "Mobile wizard was cancelled" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:820 msgid "Detecting phone configuration..." msgstr "Detecting phone configuration…" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:561 msgid "My plan is not listed..." msgstr "My plan is not listed…" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:1345 msgid "" "This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a " "cellular (3G) network." msgstr "" "This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a " "mobile (3G) network." #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:441 msgid "New..." msgstr "New…" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/wifi.ui.h:4 msgid "C_onnection:" msgstr "Co_nnection:" #: ../src/mobile-helpers.c:451 msgid "PIN code required" msgstr "A PIN code is required" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.c:400 msgid "Choose a PAC file..." msgstr "Choose a PAC file…" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-peap.c:377 #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-tls.c:461 #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-ttls.c:377 msgid "Choose a Certificate Authority certificate..." msgstr "Choose a Certificate Authority certificate…" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-tls.c:455 msgid "Choose your personal certificate..." msgstr "Choose your personal certificate…" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-tls.c:467 msgid "Choose your private key..." msgstr "Choose your private key…" #: ../src/wireless-security/wireless-security.c:476 msgid "Tunneled TLS" msgstr "Tunnelled TLS" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-vnc.po0000644000000000000000000000136612321561363020447 0ustar # British English translation for gtk-vnc. # Copyright (C) 2009 gtk-vnc's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-vnc package. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-vnc master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gtk-" "vnc&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-10 20:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/mousetweaks.po0000644000000000000000000000141112321561363021434 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 mousetweaks'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the mousetweaks package. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mousetweaks VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-22 12:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/PackageKit.po0000644000000000000000000000201112321561363021065 0ustar # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Translators: # Bruce Cowan , 2012-2013 # Chris Leonard , 2012 # Richard Hughes , 2011 # twaugh , 2009 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PackageKit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 15:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-28 12:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roy Jamison \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "freedesktop/language/en_GB/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:35+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. TRANSLATORS: The role of the transaction, in present tense #: ../lib/packagekit-glib2/pk-enum.c:1276 msgid "Canceling" msgstr "Cancelling" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gvfs.po0000644000000000000000000000650512321561363020043 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 gvfs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gvfs package. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Chris Leonard , 2012. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gvfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 07:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-10 05:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:209 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing Avahi: %s" msgstr "Error initialising Avahi: %s" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:258 ../daemon/daemon-main.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s key=value key=value ..." msgstr "Usage: %s key=value key=value …" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1407 msgid "Can't move a shared directory into the Trash" msgstr "Can't move a shared directory into the Wastebasket" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:401 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1595 msgid "Cannot initialize libhal" msgstr "Cannot initialise libhal" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1927 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1931 msgid "Not a WebDAV enabled share" msgstr "Not a WebDAV-enabled share" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:518 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:997 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1041 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:667 msgid "Password dialog cancelled" msgstr "Password dialogue cancelled" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1705 msgid "Error initializing camera" msgstr "Error initialising camera" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1096 msgid "Login dialog cancelled" msgstr "Login dialogue cancelled" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:371 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:427 msgid "The trash folder may not be deleted" msgstr "The Rubbish Bin may not be deleted" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:388 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:441 msgid "Items in the trash may not be modified" msgstr "Items in the Rubbish Bin may not be modified" #. Translators: this is the display name of the backend #. translators: This is the name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:740 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:852 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Failed to eject media; one or more volumes on the media are busy." msgstr "Failed to eject medium; one or more volumes on the medium are busy." #. Translators: %s is the size of the volume (e.g. 512 MB) #: ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:255 #, c-format msgid "%s Media" msgstr "%s Medium" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1200 msgid "The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it" msgstr "The unlocked device does not have a recognisable file system on it" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:69 msgid "Empty the trash" msgstr "Empty the wastebasket" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:91 msgid "Move files or directories to the trash." msgstr "Move files or directories to the wastebasket." #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:122 #, c-format msgid "Error trashing file: %s\n" msgstr "Error deleting file: %s\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/totem-pl-parser.po0000644000000000000000000000136412321561364022130 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2005 THE totem-pl-parser'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the totem-pl-parser package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2005. # David Lodge , 2008. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: totem-pl-parser\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 14:33+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-02 03:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: English/GB \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather.po0000644000000000000000000000364312321561364021374 0ustar # English (British) translation of libgweather # Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgweather\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 14:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:670 msgid "%a, %b %d / %H∶%M" msgstr "%a, %d %b / %H:%M" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.GWeather.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). " "Valid values are 'ms' (meters per second), 'kph' (kilometers per hour), " "'mph' (miles per hour), 'knots' and 'bft' (Beaufort scale)." msgstr "" "The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). " "Valid values are 'ms' (metres per second), 'kph' (kilometres per hour), " "'mph' (miles per hour), 'knots' and 'bft' (Beaufort scale)." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.GWeather.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "" "The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are " "'kpa' (kilopascal), 'hpa' (hectopascal), 'mb' (millibar, mathematically " "equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), 'mm-hg' (millimiters of " "mercury), 'inch-hg' (inches of mercury), 'atm' (atmospheres)." msgstr "" "The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are " "'kpa' (kilopascal), 'hpa' (hectopascal), 'mb' (millibar, mathematically " "equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), 'mm-hg' (millimetres of " "mercury), 'inch-hg' (inches of mercury), 'atm' (atmospheres)." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather-locations.po0000644000000000000000000000211712321561364023360 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE gnome-applet'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-applet package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-applet\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-04 10:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 16:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. FIXME: rename this to Atlantic Ocean #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:1433 msgctxt "Region" msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "Atlantic Ocean" #. A city in Romania #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4177 msgid "Bacău" msgstr "Bacau" #. A city in Switzerland #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4732 msgid "Zürich" msgstr "Zurich" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000001564512321561364023310 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-settings-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 05:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-10 04:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree counterclockwise." msgstr "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree anticlockwise." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "The duration a display profile is valid" msgstr "The duration for which a display profile is valid" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the display color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "This is the number of days after which the display colour profile is " "considered invalid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "This is the number of days after which the printer colour profile is " "considered invalid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "Launch e-mail client" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Binding to launch the email client." msgstr "Binding to launch the e-mail client." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: " "\"none\" for no antialiasing, \"grayscale\" for standard grayscale " "antialiasing, and \"rgba\" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only)." msgstr "" "The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: " "\"none\" for no antialiasing, \"grayscale\" for standard greyscale " "antialiasing, and \"rgba\" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only)." #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1666 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "Colour plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2059 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2075 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2061 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "Colour calibration device added" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2077 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "Colour calibration device removed" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:590 #, c-format msgid "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the trash." msgstr "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:601 #, c-format msgid "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the trash." msgstr "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:634 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:437 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:108 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to an external disk." #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:620 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Mobile phone" msgstr[1] "Mobile phones" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:903 msgid "Cell phone is charging" msgstr "Mobile phone is charging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:907 msgid "Cell phone is discharging" msgstr "Mobile phone is discharging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:911 msgid "Cell phone is empty" msgstr "Mobile phone is empty" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:915 msgid "Cell phone is charged" msgstr "Mobile phone is charged" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1399 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1573 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "Mobile phone battery low" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1402 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Mobile phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Mobile phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. Translators: Just wait #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:893 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Please wait…" #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:488 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:528 msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "Printing cancelled" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:663 #, c-format msgid "NSS security system could not be initialized" msgstr "NSS security system could not be initialised" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libsoup.po0000644000000000000000000000173512321561364020554 0ustar # British English translation for libsoup. # Copyright (C) 2012 libsoup's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libsoup package. # Bruce Cowan , 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libsoup master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=libsoup&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-03 15:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: Sugar Labs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libsoup/soup-message-client-io.c:66 msgid "Unrecognized HTTP response encoding" msgstr "Unrecognised HTTP response encoding" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/json-glib-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561364021253 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for json-glib # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the json-glib package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: json-glib\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-21 17:56+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-12 10:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ibus10.po0000644000000000000000000001025312321561365020176 0ustar # English translations for ibus package. # Copyright (C) 2011 THE ibus'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the ibus package. # Steven Panek , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ibus 1.3.99.20110430\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-28 14:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Espreon \n" "Language-Team: English (British)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:24 msgid "Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar" msgstr "Set the behaviour of ibus how to show or hide language bar" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:30 msgid "Embed preedit text in application window" msgstr "Embed pre-edit text in application window" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:31 msgid "Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window" msgstr "Embed the pre-edit text of input method in the application window" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:35 msgid "Customize active input _methods" msgstr "Customise active input _methods" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:36 msgid "Customize active input methods" msgstr "Customise active input methods" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Preload engines are loaded with this mode. 0 = user customized engines. 1 = " "language related engines." msgstr "" "Preload engines are loaded with this mode. 0 = user customised engines. 1 = " "language related engines." #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:3 msgid "The key preload_engines is initialized" msgstr "The key preload_engines is initialised" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:11 msgid "" "The saved version number will be used to check the difference between the " "version of the previous installed ibus and one of the current ibus." msgstr "" "The saved version number will be used to check the difference between the " "version of the previously installed ibus and one of the currently installed " "ibus installations." #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:14 msgid "Latin layout which have no ASCII" msgstr "Latin layout which has no ASCII" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:15 msgid "us layout is appended to the latin layouts. variant is not needed." msgstr "US layout is appended to the latin layouts. variant is not needed." #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:47 msgid "" "The group list is used not to show all the system keyboard layouts by " "default. The list item will be appended at the end of gconf key. e.g. .../" "xkblayoutconfig/item1" msgstr "" "The group list is used to not show all the system keyboard layouts by " "default. The list item will be appended at the end of gconf key. e.g. .../" "xkblayoutconfig/item1" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:53 msgid "Embed Preedit Text" msgstr "Embed Pre-edit Text" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:54 msgid "Embed Preedit Text in Application Window" msgstr "Embed Pre-edit Text in Application Window" #: ../setup/keyboardshortcut.py:250 msgid "" "Please press a key (or a key combination).\n" "The dialog will be closed when the key is released." msgstr "" "Please press a key (or a key combination).\n" "The dialogue will be closed when the key is released." #: ../tools/main.vala:42 msgid "List engine name only" msgstr "List engine names only" #: ../tools/main.vala:299 msgid "Show the content of registry cache" msgstr "Show the contents of the registry cache" #: ../tools/main.vala:301 msgid "Print the D-Bus address of ibus-daemon" msgstr "Print D-Bus address of ibus-daemon" #: ../tools/main.vala:338 #, c-format msgid "%s is unknown command!\n" msgstr "%s is an unknown command!\n" #: ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:995 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Steven Panek, \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Edward Karavakis https://launchpad.net/~edward-karavakis\n" " Espreon https://launchpad.net/~majora700\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/deja-dup.po0000644000000000000000000000604012321561365020563 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for deja-dup # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the deja-dup package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: deja-dup\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 18:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 13:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up the " "Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the " "backend." msgstr "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It dispels the complexity of backing up " "the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the " "backend." #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:103 msgid "Backing Up…" msgstr "Backing Up..." #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:130 msgid "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See dialog for more details." msgstr "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See the dialogue for more details." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:103 #, c-format msgid "Last backup was %d day ago." msgid_plural "Last backup was %d days ago." msgstr[0] "Last backup was yesterday." msgstr[1] "Last backup was %d days ago." #. Translators: this is the trash folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:574 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ModemManager.po0000644000000000000000000000261412321561365021431 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for modemmanager # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the modemmanager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: modemmanager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-25 23:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-09 17:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "System policy prevents sending or maniuplating this device's text messages." msgstr "" "System policy prevents sending or manipulating this device's text messages." #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:11 msgid "Query and utilize network information and services" msgstr "Query and utilise network information and services" #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "System policy prevents querying or utilizing network information and " "services." msgstr "" "System policy prevents querying or utilising network information and " "services." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-power.po0000644000000000000000000000157512321561365022210 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-power # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-power package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-power\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-28 16:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-15 20:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../src/device.c:510 msgid "Cell phone" msgstr "Mobile Phone" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-messages.po0000644000000000000000000000141212321561365022651 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-messages # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-messages package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-messages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-02 15:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/sound-theme-freedesktop.po0000644000000000000000000000143112321561365023632 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for sound-theme-freedesktop # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sound-theme-freedesktop package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound-theme-freedesktop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-21 00:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 23:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/aptdaemon.po0000644000000000000000000000720512321561365021046 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for aptdaemon # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the aptdaemon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: aptdaemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-20 16:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-12 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.debian.apt.policy.in.h:12 msgid "To update the software catalog, you need to authenticate." msgstr "To update the software catalogue, you need to authenticate." #: ../aptdaemon/core.py:2207 msgid "Do not shutdown the daemon because of inactivity" msgstr "Do not shutdown the daemon due to inactivity" #: ../aptdaemon/core.py:2221 msgid "Quit and replace an already running daemon" msgstr "Stop and replace an already running daemon" #: ../aptdaemon/core.py:2226 msgid "Listen on the DBus session bus (Only required for testing" msgstr "Listen on the DBus session bus (Only required for testing)" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:357 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:406 msgid "" "Check if you are using third party repositories. If so disable them, since " "they are a common source of problems.\n" "Furthermore run the following command in a Terminal: apt-get install -f" msgstr "" "If you are using third party repositories then disable them, since they are " "a common source of problems.\n" "Now run the following command in a terminal: apt-get install -f" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:423 msgid "There isn't any need for an update." msgstr "There isn't any need to update." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:430 msgid "" "The connection to the daemon was lost. Most likely the background daemon " "crashed." msgstr "" "The connection to the daemon was lost. The background daemon probably " "crashed." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:435 msgid "" "There seems to be a programming error in aptdaemon, the software that allows " "you to install/remove software and to perform other package management " "related tasks." msgstr "" "There seems to be a programming error in aptdaemon. This is the software " "that allows you to install/remove software and to perform other package " "management related tasks." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:475 msgid "You don't have the required privileges to perform this action." msgstr "You do not have the required privileges to perform this action." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:477 msgid "" "You either provided a wrong password or cancelled the authorization.\n" "Furthermore there could also be a technical reason for this error if you " "haven't seen a password dialog: your desktop environment doesn't provide a " "PolicyKit session agent." msgstr "" "You either provided a wrong password or cancelled the authorisation.\n" "Furthermore there could also be a technical reason for this error if you " "have not seen a password dialogue: your desktop environment does not provide " "a PolicyKit session agent." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:511 msgid "You could not be authorized" msgstr "You could not be authorised" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:513 msgid "An unhandlable error occured" msgstr "An unhandled error occured" #: ../aptdaemon/gtkwidgets.py:886 ../aptdaemon/gtk3widgets.py:952 msgid "Additional software has to be re-installed" msgstr "Additional software has to be reinstalled" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000144312321561365023072 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for evolution-indicator # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 15:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-11 09:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-disk-utility.po0000644000000000000000000002170412321561366022635 0ustar # British English translation of gnome-disk-utility. # Copyright (C) 2009 gnome-disk-utility's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as gnome-disk-utility. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-disk-utility\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.Disks.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.Disks.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs. If blank the ~/" "Documents folder is used." msgstr "" "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues. If blank the ~/" "Documents folder is used." #: ../data/ui/about-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:11 msgid "Check this box to see the passphrases entered above" msgstr "Tick this box to see the passphrases entered above" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "" "Agressive spin-down may wear out the drive faster than anticipated. Please " "check the “Start/Stop Count” SMART attribute from time to time" msgstr "" "Aggressive spin-down may wear out the drive faster than anticipated. Please " "check the “Start/Stop Count” SMART attribute from time to time" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:4 msgid "Eject the media" msgstr "Eject the medium" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "If checked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]" msgstr "If ticked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to unlock" msgstr "Require additional authori_sation to unlock" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" "If checked, additional authorisation is required to unlock the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to mount" msgstr "Require additional authori_sation to mount" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" "If checked, additional authorisation is required to mount the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:93 msgid "" "If checked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want " "the underlying disk image to be modified" msgstr "" "If ticked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want the " "underlying disk image to be modified" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:152 msgid "" "Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value " "indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads" msgstr "" "Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value " "indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads." #. Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html #. * or the next string for a longer explanation. #. #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:169 msgid "Spinup Time" msgstr "Spin Up Time" #. Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html #. * or the next string for a longer explanation. #. #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:227 msgid "Spinup Retry Count" msgstr "Spin Up Retry Count" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:325 msgid "" "Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the " "total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from " "reallocated sectors to a spare area" msgstr "" "Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the " "total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from " "reallocated sectors to a spare area." #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:336 msgid "" "Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be " "remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is " "decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not " "remap the sector, it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt" msgstr "" "Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be " "remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is " "decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not " "remap the sector; it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt." #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:348 msgid "" "The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A " "rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface " "and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem" msgstr "" "The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A " "rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface " "and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem." #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:471 msgid "" "Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations, like reading, " "recording, positioning of heads, etc" msgstr "" "Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations like reading, " "recording, positioning of heads, etc." #. Translators: Used in the treeview for the pretty/interpreted value of an attribute #. * for a temperature-based unit - first %f is the temperature in degrees Celcius, second %f #. * is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit #. Translators: Used to format a temperature. #. * The first %f is the temperature in degrees Celcius and #. * the second %f is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. #. #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:736 ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:869 #, c-format msgid "%.0f° C / %.0f° F" msgstr "%.0f° C/%.0f° F" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1553 msgid "Normalized" msgstr "Normalised" #. Translators: warning used for erasure of multiple disks #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:371 msgid "" "All data on the selected disks will be lost but may still be recoverable by " "data recovery services" msgstr "" "All data on the disk will be lost but may still be recoverable by data " "recovery services" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:384 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:437 msgid "" "WARNING: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to " "complete, can’t be canceled and may not work properly with some hardware. In " "the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash " "or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about ATA Secure " "Erase and make sure you understand the risks" msgstr "" "WARNING: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to " "complete, can’t be cancelled and may not work properly with some hardware. " "In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may " "crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about ATA Secure " "Erase and make sure you understand the risks" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:954 msgid "Error determing size of file" msgstr "Error determining size of file" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:536 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2779 msgid "No Media" msgstr "No Medium" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:880 msgid "" "If checked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t " "want the underlying file to be modified" msgstr "" "If ticked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t " "want the underlying file to be modified" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4462 msgid "Error ejecting media" msgstr "Error ejecting medium" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4908 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4972 msgid "Error canceling job" msgstr "Error cancelling job" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libdbusmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000134112321561366021403 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for libdbusmenu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libdbusmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libdbusmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 12:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-14 14:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alfredo Hernández \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:54+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/polkit-gnome-1.po0000644000000000000000000000162712321561366021644 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the policykit-gnome package. # # Philip Withnall , 2008, 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: policykit-gnome VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/polkitgnomeauthenticationdialog.c:255 msgid "Select user..." msgstr "Select user…" #: ../src/polkitgnomelistener.c:164 msgid "Authentication dialog was dismissed by the user" msgstr "Authentication dialogue was dismissed by the user" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-edubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000001103112321561366024572 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-25 14:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:
  • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/calibre.html:6 msgid "" "Calibre is an e-library solution for cataloging electronic books." msgstr "" "Calibre is an e-library solution for cataloguing electronic books." #. type: Content of:
    • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/freemind.html:7 msgid "Summarize huge amounts of data efficiently." msgstr "Summarise huge amounts of data efficiently." #. type: Content of:
      • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/freemind.html:9 msgid "" "Organize your goals, future plans, events and more with this great tool!" msgstr "" "Organise your goals, future plans, events and more with this great tool!" #. type: Content of:
        • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:6 msgid "" "Need more software? Try the Ubuntu Software Center to choose from " "thousands of extras you can download for free." msgstr "" "Need more software? Try the Ubuntu Software Centre to choose from " "thousands of extras you can download for free." #. type: Content of:
          • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:7 msgid "" "There are powerful applications for all sorts of interests, from programming " "to creating music and exploring the universe. Take a look at the " "Featured Applications section for some of our favorites!" msgstr "" "There are powerful applications for all sorts of interests, from programming " "to creating music and exploring the universe. Take a look at the " "Featured Applications section for some of our favourites!" #. type: Content of:
            • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:8 msgid "" "Everything in Software Center is stored in our online repository. We are " "careful to keep it safe and updates will be delivered directly to you." msgstr "" "Everything in Software Centre is stored in our online repository. We are " "careful to keep it safe and updates will be delivered directly to you." #. type: Content of:

              #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/librecad.html:1 msgid "Computer Aided Drawing" msgstr "Computer-aided Drawing" #. type: Content of:
              • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/vym.html:7 msgid "Summarize and organise plenty of information." msgstr "Summarise and organise masses of information." #. type: Content of:
                • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/vym.html:9 msgid "Organize your goals, future plans, events and more." msgstr "Organise your goals, future plans, events and more." #. type: Content of:

                    #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/welcome.html:7 msgid "" "Thank you for installing Edubuntu 14.04. The Edubuntu project is a " "community project that aims to provide a whole-school technological platform " "suitable for delivering education. We are coders, educators, parents and " "technologists who aim to make technology easier for all." msgstr "" "Thank you for installing Edubuntu 14.04. The Edubuntu project is a " "community project that aims to provide a whole-school technological platform " "suitable for delivering education. We are coders, teachers, parents and " "technologists who aim to make technology easier for all." #. type: Content of:

                      #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/welcome.html:10 msgid "" "While the installer is copying some files to disk, we'll show you some " "slides to introduce you to the Edubuntu Desktop system." msgstr "" "While the installer is copying files over, we'll show you some slides to " "introduce you to the Edubuntu Desktop system." #. type: Content of:

                        #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/welcome.html:15 msgid "Enjoy using Edubuntu and welcome to the Edubuntu family!" msgstr "" "Welcome to the Edubuntu family! We hope you enjoy using Edubuntu. " language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-kubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000777212321561366024455 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-30 17:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                        • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/get-involved.html:11 msgid "" "No matter your skill level, getting involved and helping to mold the future " "of Kubuntu is easy, and you are more than welcome to help out." msgstr "" "No matter your skill level, getting involved and helping to mould the future " "of Kubuntu is easy, and you are more than welcome to help out." #. type: Content of:

                          #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:1 msgid "Organize, enjoy, and share your photos" msgstr "Organise, enjoy, and share your photos" #. type: Content of:
                          • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:5 msgid "" "With Gwenview, it is really easy to organize and share your photos." msgstr "" "With Gwenview, it is really easy to organise and share your photos." #. type: Content of:
                            • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:10 msgid "" "For more advanced organization and editing features, digiKam is " "available for installation." msgstr "" "For more advanced organisation and editing features, digiKam is " "available for installation." #. type: Content of:
                              • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:10 msgid "" "There is great software for everything from creating music and movies to " "producing 3D models and exploring the universe." msgstr "" "There is great software for everything from creating music and videos to " "producing 3D models and exploring the universe." #. type: Content of:
                                • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:5 msgid "" "Kubuntu includes Mozilla Firefox, the web browser used by millions of people " "around the world." msgstr "" "Kubuntu includes Mozilla Firefox, the web browser used by millions of people " "around the World." #. type: Content of:

                                  #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/multimedia.html:1 msgid "Music and movies in Kubuntu" msgstr "Music and videos in Kubuntu" #. type: Content of:
                                  • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/multimedia.html:7 msgid "" "Amarok audio player lets you organize your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronizes your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." msgstr "" "Amarok audio player lets you organise your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronises your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." #. type: Content of:
                                    • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/pim.html:11 msgid "" "Organize your calendar and scheduling with KOrganizer and " "synchronize with services such as Google's Calendar." msgstr "" "Organise your calendar and scheduling with KOrganiser and " "synchronise with services such as Google's Calendar." #. type: Content of:
                                      • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/pim.html:13 msgid "" "Keep your contacts organized with KAddressBook and import or export " "your contacts with nearly every address book standard as well synchronize " "with various groupware services." msgstr "" "Keep your contacts organised with KAddressBook and import or export " "your contacts with nearly every address book standard as well synchronise " "with various groupware services." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-lubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000505012321561366024441 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-25 14:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/02_browser.html:8 msgid "" "Browse the web using Firefox, the open-source cross-platform web " "browser used by millions around the world. It's safe, stable, fast and " "supports customization through add-ons." msgstr "" "Browse the web using Firefox, the open-source cross-platform web " "browser used by millions around the world. It's safe, stable, fast and " "supports customisation through add-ons." #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/04_media.html:10 msgid "" "Listen to your favorite music with Audacious, a simple but powerful " "audio player. And enjoy all your videos with Gnome-Mplayer, a fast " "video player powered by mplayer with support for many formats." msgstr "" "Listen to your favourite music with Audacious, a simple but " "powerful audio player. And enjoy all your videos with Gnome-Mplayer, a fast video player powered by mplayer with support for many formats." #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/06_lsc.html:8 msgid "" "With Lubuntu, you have access to the whole Ubuntu repository and all the " "software included. This means that thousands of new applications are ready " "for your computer, free of charge. Use the Lubuntu Software Center " "and explore categories such as games, science and education, or search for " "your favorite software." msgstr "" "With Lubuntu, you have access to the whole Ubuntu repository and all the " "software included. This means that thousands of new applications are ready " "for your computer, free of charge. Use the Lubuntu Software Centre " "and explore categories such as games, science and education, or search for " "your favourite software." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-oem-config-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000576112321561366026317 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-25 14:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/office.html:8 msgid "" "LibreOffice is a free office suite packed with everything you need to create " "documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Compatible with Microsoft Office " "file formats, it gives you all the features you need, without the price tag." msgstr "" "LibreOffice is a free office suite packed with everything you need to create " "documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Compatible with both Microsoft " "Office file formats and open source variants, it gives you all the features " "you need, without the price tag." #. type: Content of:

                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                        • #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/photos.html:27 msgid "Pitivi Video Editor" msgstr "PiTiVi Video Editor" #. type: Content of:

                                          #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/usc.html:8 msgid "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Center, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." msgstr "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With the Ubuntu Software " "Centre, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000567212321561366022426 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-25 14:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                          #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                          #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/office.html:8 msgid "" "LibreOffice is a free office suite packed with everything you need to create " "documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Compatible with Microsoft Office " "file formats, it gives you all the features you need, without the price tag." msgstr "" "LibreOffice is a free office suite packed with everything you need to create " "documents, spreadsheets and presentations. Compatible with both Microsoft " "Office file formats and open source variants, it gives you all the features " "you need, without the price tag." #. type: Content of:

                                          #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                          • #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/photos.html:27 msgid "Pitivi Video Editor" msgstr "PiTiVi Video Editor" #. type: Content of:

                                            #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/usc.html:8 msgid "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Center, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." msgstr "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With the Ubuntu Software " "Centre, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu-gnome.po0000644000000000000000000000755012321561367025400 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-25 14:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                            #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/accessibility.html:10 msgid "" "At the heart of the Ubuntu GNOME philosophy is the belief that computing is " "for everyone. With advanced accessibility tools and options to change " "language, color scheme and text size, Ubuntu GNOME makes computing easy – " "whoever and wherever you are." msgstr "" "At the heart of the Ubuntu GNOME philosophy is the belief that computing is " "for everyone. With advanced accessibility tools and options to change " "language, colour scheme and text size, Ubuntu GNOME makes computing easy – " "whoever and wherever you are." #. type: Content of:

                                            #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/accessibility.html:14 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                            #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/browse.html:10 msgid "" "Ubuntu GNOME has everything you need to browse the web. Firefox offers " "powerful personalization, support for cutting-edge web standards, carefully " "optimized performance, and advanced security while still remaining easy to " "use." msgstr "" "Ubuntu GNOME has everything you need to browse the web. Firefox offers " "powerful personalisation, support for cutting-edge web standards, carefully " "optimised performance and advanced security, while still remaining easy to " "use." #. type: Content of:

                                            #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/media.html:10 msgid "" "Rhythmbox lets you organize your music and listen to Internet radio, " "podcasts, and more." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox lets you organise your music and listen to Internet radio, " "podcasts, and more." #. type: Content of:

                                            • #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/media.html:30 msgid "Pitivi Video Editor" msgstr "PiTiVi Video Editor" #. type: Content of:

                                              #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/photos.html:10 msgid "" "With Shotwell, you can quickly and easily import, organize, edit and view " "your pictures. And you can share your favorite snaps on all popular photo " "sites and social networks." msgstr "" "With Shotwell, you can quickly and easily import, organise, edit and view " "your pictures. And you can share your favourite snaps on all popular photo " "sites and social networks." #. type: Content of:

                                              #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/usc.html:10 msgid "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. " msgstr "" "Say goodbye to having to scour the web for new software. " #. type: Content of:

                                              #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/usc.html:11 msgid "" "Ubuntu Software Center gives you instant access to thousands of great games " "and applications — some free and some available commercially. If you see " "something you like, you can see more information and install it in just a " "few clicks." msgstr "" "The Ubuntu Software Centre gives you instant access to thousands of great " "games and applications — some free and some available commercially. If you " "see something you like, you can see more information and install it in just " "a few clicks." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntustudio.po0000644000000000000000000000602712321561367023652 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-22 20:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                              #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/00_welcome.html:8 msgid "" "In this slideshow we will present a few features which make Ubuntu Studio " "the perfect companion for artists." msgstr "" "In this slideshow, we will present a few features which make Ubuntu Studio " "the perfect companion for artists." #. type: Content of:

                                              #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:7 msgid "" "From simple home movies to feature length film with compositing and post " "production effects, Ubuntu Studio can help you realize your videographic " "vision." msgstr "" "From simple home movies to feature length film with compositing and post " "production effects, Ubuntu Studio can help you realise your videographic " "vision." #. type: Content of:

                                              • #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:13 msgid "Open Shot Video Editor" msgstr "OpenShot Video Editor" #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/05_software.html:8 msgid "" "However, if you want additional applications not installed by default you " "can choose from the tens of thousands in the Ubuntu repositories." msgstr "" "However, if you want additional applications not installed by default, you " "can choose from the tens of thousands in the Ubuntu repositories." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:7 msgid "" "Thanks for taking the time with us. We'd love to hear about your experiences " "with Ubuntu Studio. You can share them on the Ubuntu Studio users mailing list." msgstr "" "Thanks for taking the time to read this small slideshow. We'd love to hear " "about your experiences with Ubuntu Studio. You can share them on the Ubuntu " "Studio users mailing list." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/06_support.html:9 msgid "" "Finally, visit us on the web at the Ubuntu Studio website. Thank you again!" msgstr "" "You can also visit us on the web at the Ubuntu Studio website. Thank you again!" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-xubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000001167712321561367024472 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-30 20:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:58+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:23 msgid "" "You can customize the panel by right-clicking the panel and selecting " "Panel » Panel Preferences. You can also add and remove panels using " "this dialog." msgstr "" "You can customise the panel by right-clicking the panel and selecting " "Panel » Panel Preferences. You can also add and remove panels using " "this dialogue." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/02_whiskermenu.html:7 msgid "" "Search for your applications from within the menu and get them displayed as " "a favorites list. Reorder, remove, and add other entries just by right-" "clicking on an application result when browsing or searching." msgstr "" "Search for your applications from within the menu and get them displayed as " "a favourites list. Reorder, remove, and add other entries just by right-" "clicking on an application result when browsing or searching." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/02_whiskermenu.html:8 msgid "" "If favorites just doesn't do it for you, switch to the Recently Used view and get a list of the 10 most recent applications you've opened." msgstr "" "If favourites just doesn't do it for you, switch to the Recently Used view and get a list of the 10 most recent applications you've opened." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:2 msgid "Personalize your computer" msgstr "Personalise your computer" #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:7 msgid "" "Personalize the login greeter with an image of your choosing and add user " "details to your profile with Mugshot. Your profile information will " "automatically be picked up by supported applications like Pidgin and " "LibreOffice." msgstr "" "Personalise the login greeter with an image of your choosing and add user " "details to your profile with Mugshot. Your profile information will " "automatically be picked up by supported applications like Pidgin and " "LibreOffice." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:8 msgid "" "Configure the menu just the way you want it with the MenuLibre menu editor. " "Add, remove or reorder menu items. Customize launcher behavior with advanced " "settings." msgstr "" "Configure the menu just the way you want it with the MenuLibre menu editor. " "Add, remove or reorder menu items. Customise launcher behaviour with " "advanced settings." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:7 msgid "" "Your desktop background is easy to customize and we're providing you with a " "selection of beautiful wallpapers. Choose one of the five winners of our " "community wallpaper contest – handpicked for you!" msgstr "" "Your desktop background is easy to customise and we're providing you with a " "selection of beautiful wallpapers. Choose one of the five winners of our " "community wallpaper contest – handpicked for you!" #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:8 msgid "" "Colorize according to your taste! With the newly created theme configuration " "tool you can easily fine-tune the looks of some core aspects of the desktop." msgstr "" "Colourise according to your taste! With the newly created theme " "configuration tool you can easily fine-tune the looks of some core aspects " "of the desktop." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:7 msgid "" "Here is a brief list of some applications that are preinstalled with Xubuntu " "for your convenience. Find them in the menu on the left top corner of your " "screen. You can install more through the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Here is a brief list of some applications that are preinstalled with Xubuntu " "for your convenience. Find them in the menu on the left top corner of your " "screen. You can install more through the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                                #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:23 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "Ubuntu Software Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell.po0000644000000000000000000004222112321561367020736 0ustar # po/shotwell-core/shotwell.pot # PO message string template file for Shotwell Core Components # Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Yorba Foundation # See COPYING for license. # # # Translators: # Bruce Cowan , 2012-2013 # Bruce Cowan , 2011 # Ekaterina Gerasimova , 2012 # verayin , 2011 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell-0.15.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: shotwell@yorba.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 04:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 23:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "shotwell/language/en_GB/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" # Translator credits string for the about box -- translators, add your name # below if it's not already present #: ../plugins/common/Resources.vala:28 ../src/AppWindow.vala:691 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Paulo Murphy de Freitas https://launchpad.net/~powlow\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " Vera Yin https://launchpad.net/~vera-yorba" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:56 msgid "" "Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.\n" "\n" "Please select a library to import, either by selecting one of the existing " "libraries found by Shotwell or by selecting an alternative F-Spot database " "file." msgstr "" "Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.\n" "\n" "Please select a library to import either by selecting one of the existing " "libraries found by Shotwell or by selecting an alternative F-Spot database " "file." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:310 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:320 #, c-format msgid "'%s' isn't a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" msgstr "'%s' is not a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:558 msgid "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): can't start; this publisher is not restartable." msgstr "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): cannot start; this publisher is not restartable." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "_Email address" msgstr "_E-mail address" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:57 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Flickr.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to " "authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account." msgstr "" "You are not currently logged into Flickr.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to " "authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:54 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have " "to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account." msgstr "" "You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have " "to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/flickr_pin_entry_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "Authorization _Number:" msgstr "Authorisation _Number:" #: ../src/CollectionPage.vala:456 msgid "Export Photo/Video" msgstr "Export Photos/Videos" #: ../src/CollectionPage.vala:458 ../src/Dialogs.vala:58 #: ../src/PhotoPage.vala:3200 msgid "Export Photo" msgstr "Export Photos" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Applying Color Transformations" msgstr "Applying Colour Transformations" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Undoing Color Transformations" msgstr "Undoing Colour Transformations" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Move Photos to Trash" msgstr "Move Photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Restore Photos from Trash" msgstr "Restore Photos from Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2336 msgid "Move the photos to the Shotwell trash" msgstr "Move the photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Moving Photos to Trash" msgstr "Moving Photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Restoring Photos From Trash" msgstr "Restoring Photos from Shotwell's Bin" #. #. Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:582 msgid "Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:" msgstr "" "Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognised as Photos or Videos:" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:706 #, c-format msgid "" "1 photo failed to import because the photo library folder was not writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d photos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" "%d photos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[1] "" "%d photos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:709 #, c-format msgid "" "1 video failed to import because the photo library folder was not writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" "%d videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[1] "" "%d videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:712 #, c-format msgid "" "1 photo/video failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" "%d photos/videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[1] "" "%d photos/videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:752 #, c-format msgid "1 photo failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "1 photo failed to be imported because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[1] "%d photos failed to be imported because they were corrupt:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:755 #, c-format msgid "1 video failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d videos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "1 video failed to be imported because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[1] "%d videos failed to be imported because they were corrupt:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:758 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "1 photo/video failed to be imported because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[1] "%d photos/videos failed to be imported because they were corrupt:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:761 #, c-format msgid "1 file failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d files failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "1 file failed to be imported because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[1] "%d files failed to be imported because they were corrupt:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1304 msgid "_Trash File" msgid_plural "_Trash Files" msgstr[0] "_Move File" msgstr[1] "_Move Files" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1357 msgid "Re_vert External Edit" msgstr "Re_vert External Edits" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1386 msgid "Remove Photo From Library" msgstr "Remove Photos From Library" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1658 msgid "_Modify original file" msgstr "_Modify original files" # The string %m/%d/%y, %H:%M:%S is a format string that describes a U.S.-style # 24 hour date and time (e.g. 9/22/2009, 13:15:04). You should translate # %m/%d/%y, %H:%M:%S so that it describes the 24 hour date and time format # used in your language and region. The format string you enter should conform # to POSIX date and time formatting conventions. See the strftime manpage for # a list of format specifiers and their meanings. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1745 msgid "%m/%d/%Y, %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S" # The string %m/%d/%y, %H:%M:%S is a format string that describes a U.S.-style # 24 hour date and time (e.g. 9/22/2009, 13:15:04). You should translate # %m/%d/%y, %H:%M:%S so that it describes the 24 hour date and time format # used in your language and region. The format string you enter should conform # to POSIX date and time formatting conventions. See the strftime manpage for # a list of format specifiers and their meanings. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1746 msgid "%m/%d/%Y, %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2630 ../src/PhotoPage.vala:3079 msgid "Removing Photo From Library" msgstr "Removing Photos From Library" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2644 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you " "also like to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the file to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the files to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2648 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2652 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop Rubbish Bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2684 #, c-format msgid "" "The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete this file?" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete these files?" msgstr[0] "" "The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop Rubbish Bin. Delete it " "instead?" msgstr[1] "" "%d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop Rubbish Bin. Delete them " "instead?" #: ../src/Resources.vala:164 msgid "_Copy Color Adjustments" msgstr "_Copy Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:165 msgid "Copy Color Adjustments" msgstr "Copy Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:166 msgid "Copy the color adjustments applied to the photo" msgstr "Copy the colour adjustments applied to the photo" #: ../src/Resources.vala:168 msgid "_Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "_Paste Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:169 msgid "Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "Paste Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:170 msgid "Apply copied color adjustments to the selected photos" msgstr "Apply copied colour adjustments to the selected photos" #: ../src/Resources.vala:186 msgid "Adjust the photo's color and tone" msgstr "Adjust the photo's colour and tone" #: ../src/Resources.vala:348 #, c-format msgid "Tag Photo as \"%s\"" msgstr "Tag Photos as \"%s\"" #: ../src/Resources.vala:352 #, c-format msgid "Tag the selected photo as \"%s\"" msgstr "Tag the selected photos as \"%s\"" #: ../src/Resources.vala:357 #, c-format msgid "Remove Tag \"%s\" From _Photo" msgstr "Remove Tag \"%s\" From _Photos" #: ../src/Resources.vala:362 #, c-format msgid "Remove Tag \"%s\" From Photo" msgstr "Remove Tag \"%s\" From Photos" #: ../src/Resources.vala:644 msgid "Remove the selected photos from the trash" msgstr "Remove the selected photos from Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Resources.vala:659 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to Shotwell's Bin" # The string %a %b %d, %Y is a format string that describes how dates are # formatted (e.g. September 26, 2009 vs. 2009 September 26). Please translate # it so that it describes the common date format in use in your language and # region. The format string you enter should conform to POSIX date and time # formatting conventions. See the strftime manpage for a list of format # specifiers and their meanings. #. / Locale-specific calendar date format, i.e. "Tue Mar 08, 2006" #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:752 msgid "%a %b %d, %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b, %Y" # For events that span exactly two days, the dates in the event name are # formatted like so: "Tuesday, Feb 14-15, YYYY", where YYYY is a four-digit # year. # This string is the "Tuesday, Feb 14" portion. You should translate %a %b %d # so # that it describes a day of the week, a month, and a calendar day in the # format # used in your language and region. The format string you enter should conform # to # POSIX date and time formatting conventions. Please see the strftime manpage # for # a list of format specifiers and their meanings. #. / Locale-specific starting date format for multi-date strings, #. / i.e. the "Tue Mar 08" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #. / Locale-specific calendar date format for multi-month strings, #. / i.e. the "Tue Mar 08" in "Tue Mar 08 to Mon Apr 06, 2006" #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:757 ../src/Resources.vala:767 msgid "%a %b %d" msgstr "%a %d" # For events that span exactly two days, the dates in the event name are # formatted like so: "Tuesday, Feb 14-15, YYYY", where YYYY is a four-digit # year. # This string is the "15, YYYY" portion. You should translate %d, %Y so that # it # describes a calendar day and a four-digit year in the format used in your # language and region. The format string you enter should conform to POSIX # date and time formatting conventions. Please see the strftime manpage for # a list of format specifiers and their meanings. #. / Locale-specific ending date format for multi-date strings, #. / i.e. the "10, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:762 msgid "%d, %Y" msgstr "%d %b, %Y" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:10 msgid "" "You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.\n" "\n" "In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have " "at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.\n" "\n" "In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have " "at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the " "Preferences dialogue." #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset Colors" msgstr "Reset Colours" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset all color adjustments to original" msgstr "Reset all colour adjustments to original" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:323 msgid "Empty T_rash" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:324 msgid "Delete all photos in the trash" msgstr "Delete all the photos in Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Emptying Trash..." msgstr "Emptying Shotwell's Bin..." #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:8 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:108 msgid "Trash is empty" msgstr "Shotwell's Bin is empty" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:436 msgid "and lower" msgstr "and" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell-extras.po0000644000000000000000000000276212321561367022250 0ustar # po/shotwell-extras/shotwell-extras.pot # PO Message String Template File for Shotwell Extra Plugins # Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Yorba Foundation # See COPYING for license. # # Translators: # Bruce Cowan , 2012 # Bruce Cowan , 2011 # lsbeeler , 2011 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell-extras-0.15.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: shotwell@yorba.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-20 11:55-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-20 11:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "shotwell/language/en_GB/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:313 #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:323 #, c-format msgid "'%s' isn't a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" msgstr "'%s' is not a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:561 msgid "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): can't start; this publisher is not restartable." msgstr "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): cannot start; this publisher is not restartable." #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade:49 msgid "_Email address" msgstr "_E-mail address" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/clutter-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000001565112321561367021062 0ustar # English (British) translation of clutter. # Copyright (C) 2011 clutter's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=clutter\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-24 22:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-17 06:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:00+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6705 msgid "Realized" msgstr "Realised" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6706 msgid "Whether the actor has been realized" msgstr "Whether the actor has been realised" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6899 msgid "Scale Center X" msgstr "Scale Centre X" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6900 msgid "Horizontal scale center" msgstr "Horizontal scale centre" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6918 msgid "Scale Center Y" msgstr "Scale Centre Y" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6919 msgid "Vertical scale center" msgstr "Vertical scale centre" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6938 msgid "The center of scaling" msgstr "The centre of scaling" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7013 msgid "Rotation Center X" msgstr "Rotation Centre X" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7014 msgid "The rotation center on the X axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the X axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7031 msgid "Rotation Center Y" msgstr "Rotation Centre Y" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7032 msgid "The rotation center on the Y axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the Y axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7049 msgid "Rotation Center Z" msgstr "Rotation Centre Z" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7050 msgid "The rotation center on the Z axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the Z axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7067 msgid "Rotation Center Z Gravity" msgstr "Rotation Centre Z Gravity" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7068 msgid "Center point for rotation around the Z axis" msgstr "Centre point for rotation around the Z axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7588 msgid "Background Color Set" msgstr "Background Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7589 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:271 msgid "Whether the background color is set" msgstr "Whether the background colour is set" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7605 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7606 msgid "The actor's background color" msgstr "The actor's background colour" #: clutter/clutter-backend.c:380 msgid "Unable to initialize the Clutter backend" msgstr "Unable to initialise the Clutter backend" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1395 msgid "" "Whether the layout should be homogeneous, i.e. all childs get the same size" msgstr "" "Whether the layout should be homogeneous, i.e. all children get the same size" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:619 msgid "The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture" msgstr "The minimum duration of a long press to recognise the gesture" #: clutter/clutter-gesture-action.c:650 msgid "Number touch points" msgstr "Number of touch points" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:446 msgid "Constraints the panning to an axis" msgstr "Constrains the panning to an axis" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:498 msgid "The translation domain used to localize string" msgstr "The translation domain used to localise string" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:608 msgid "The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized" msgstr "The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognised" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1961 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:256 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:270 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1962 msgid "The color of the stage" msgstr "The colour of the stage" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2046 msgid "Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color" msgstr "Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3446 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "Font Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3447 msgid "Color of the font used by the text" msgstr "Colour of the font used by the text" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3525 clutter/clutter-text.c:3526 msgid "Cursor Color" msgstr "Cursor Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3541 msgid "Cursor Color Set" msgstr "Cursor Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3542 msgid "Whether the cursor color has been set" msgstr "Whether the cursor colour has been set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3624 clutter/clutter-text.c:3625 msgid "Selection Color" msgstr "Selection Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3640 msgid "Selection Color Set" msgstr "Selection Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3641 msgid "Whether the selection color has been set" msgstr "Whether the selection colour has been set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3728 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsise" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3729 msgid "The preferred place to ellipsize the string" msgstr "The preferred place to ellipsise the string" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3832 clutter/clutter-text.c:3833 msgid "Selected Text Color" msgstr "Selected Text Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3848 msgid "Selected Text Color Set" msgstr "Selected Text Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3849 msgid "Whether the selected text color has been set" msgstr "Whether the selected text colour has been set" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:506 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:507 msgid "Center of ellipse" msgstr "Centre of ellipse" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:348 msgid "Center X" msgstr "Centre X" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:349 msgid "X coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "X coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:366 msgid "Center Y" msgstr "Centre Y" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:367 msgid "Y coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "Y coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:384 msgid "Center Z" msgstr "Centre Z" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:385 msgid "Z coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "Z coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:257 msgid "The background color of the box" msgstr "The background colour of the box" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:270 msgid "Color Set" msgstr "Colour Set" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:271 msgid "The color of the rectangle" msgstr "The colour of the rectangle" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:284 msgid "Border Color" msgstr "Border Colour" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:285 msgid "The color of the border of the rectangle" msgstr "The colour of the border of the rectangle" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gdata.po0000644000000000000000000000163712321561367020163 0ustar # Copyright (C) 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgdata package. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgdata\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 23:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Philip Withnall \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../gdata/services/documents/gdata-documents-service.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognized." msgstr "" "The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognised." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-session.po0000644000000000000000000000343412321561367022535 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-session # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-session package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-session\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-01 13:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 01:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: James Thorrold \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Suppress the dialog to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" msgstr "Suppress the dialogue to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogs for logout, restart and shutdown " "actions." msgstr "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogues for logout, restart and " "shutdown actions." #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Makes it so that the restart button doesn’t show in the session menu." msgstr "Makes it so that the restart button does not show in the session menu." #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Remove the shutdown item from the session menu" msgstr "Remove the Shut Down item from the session menu" #: ../src/backend-dbus/actions.c:683 msgid "Are you sure you want to close all programs and shut down the computer?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to close all programs and switch off the computer?" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/software-center.po0000644000000000000000000002570612321561367022216 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for software-store # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the software-store package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: software-store\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 22:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-22 19:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dave Walker \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:03+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:71 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "Ubuntu Software Centre" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:55 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/suselinux.py:42 msgid "Software Center" msgstr "Software Centre" #: ../data/software-center.menu.in.h:11 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localisation" #: ../softwarecenter/db/update.py:1055 #, python-format msgid "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalog. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" msgstr "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalogue. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/fedora.py:61 msgid "Fedora Software Center" msgstr "Fedora Software Centre" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:144 #, python-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to deauthorize this computer from the \"%s\" account?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to de-authorise this computer from the \"%s\" account?" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:147 msgid "Are you sure you want to deauthorize this computer for purchases?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to de-authorise this computer for purchases?" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:149 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/dialogs/deauthorize_dialog.py:69 msgid "Deauthorize" msgstr "De-authorise" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:152 #, python-format msgid "" "Deauthorizing this computer from the \"%s\" account will remove this " "purchased software:" msgstr "" "De-authorising this computer from the \"%s\" account will remove this " "purchased software:" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:156 msgid "" "Deauthorizing this computer for purchases will remove the following " "purchased software:" msgstr "" "De-authorising this computer for purchases will remove the following " "purchased software:" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:204 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:217 #, python-format msgid "" "Canonical does no longer provide updates for %s in Ubuntu %s. Updates may be " "available in a newer version of Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Canonical no longer provides updates for %s in Ubuntu %s. Updates may be " "available in a newer version of Ubuntu." #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alex Denvir https://launchpad.net/~coldfff\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Andrew https://launchpad.net/~and471\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Callum Saunders https://launchpad.net/~callumsaunders\n" " Damien Gallagher https://launchpad.net/~deeje2\n" " Dave Walker https://launchpad.net/~davewalker\n" " Eric Oberlander https://launchpad.net/~eric-oberlander\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Luke Nunns https://launchpad.net/~lukenunns\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Mat Scales https://launchpad.net/~wibblymat\n" " Michael Fallows https://launchpad.net/~mf\n" " NeilGreenwood https://launchpad.net/~neil-greenwood\n" " Othvix とき https://launchpad.net/~othvix\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " Roy Jamison https://launchpad.net/~xteejx\n" " Sohrab https://launchpad.net/~sohrab-naushad\n" " Stephen Brown https://launchpad.net/~sbrown1992\n" " Steve Holmes https://launchpad.net/~bouncysteve\n" " Vibhav Pant https://launchpad.net/~vibhavp\n" " jgraeme https://launchpad.net/~jgraeme\n" " jhfhlkjlj https://launchpad.net/~fdsuufijjejejejej-deactivatedaccount\n" " paddy \"vedek\" jones https://launchpad.net/~paddy-jones\n" " tlue https://launchpad.net/~tlueber" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:8 msgid "_Deauthorize Computer…" msgstr "_Deauthorise Computer…" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:22 msgid "Updating software catalog…" msgstr "Updating software catalogue…" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "" "New software can’t be installed, \n" "because there is a problem with the software currently installed. Do you " "want to repair this problem now?" msgstr "" "New software cannot be " "installed, \n" "because there is a problem with the software currently installed. Do you " "want to repair this problem now?" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/dialogs.ui.h:14 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Sorry, %s can't be installed at " "the moment. Try again in a day or two." msgstr "" "Sorry, %s can't be installed at " "the moment. Please try again later." #: ../softwarecenter/db/debfile.py:77 #, python-format msgid "The file “%s” does not exist." msgstr "The file \"%s\" does not exist." #: ../softwarecenter/db/debfile.py:203 msgid "Only install this file if you trust the origin." msgstr "Only install this file if you trust its origin." #: ../softwarecenter/db/debfile.py:208 ../softwarecenter/db/debfile.py:212 #, python-format msgid "" "Please install \"%s\" via your normal software channels. Only install this " "file if you trust the origin." msgstr "" "Please install \"%s\" via your normal software channels. Only install this " "file if you trust its origin." #: ../softwarecenter/db/debfile.py:216 #, python-format msgid "" "An older version of \"%s\" is available in your normal software channels. " "Only install this file if you trust the origin." msgstr "" "An older version of \"%s\" is available in your normal software channels. " "Only install this file if you trust its origin." #: ../softwarecenter/distro/suselinux.py:45 msgid "Lets you choose from thousands of applications available." msgstr "Lets you choose from thousands of available applications." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/app.py:317 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/dialogs/deauthorize_dialog.py:128 msgid "Sorry, can not open the software database" msgstr "Sorry, cannot open the software database" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:466 msgid "Login was canceled" msgstr "Login was cancelled" #. legal fineprint, do not change without consulting a lawyer #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:598 msgid "" "By submitting this review, you agree not to include anything defamatory, " "infringing, or illegal. Canonical may, at its discretion, publish your name " "and review in Ubuntu Software Center and elsewhere, and allow the software " "or content author to publish it too." msgstr "" "By submitting this review, you agree not to include anything defamatory, " "infringing, or illegal. Canonical may, at its discretion, publish your name " "and review in Ubuntu Software Centre and elsewhere, and allow the software " "or content author to publish it too." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/models/appstore2.py:80 msgid "Uncategorized" msgstr "Uncategorised" #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, #. please specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, #. %x can be used to provide a default locale-specific date #. representation) #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, please #. specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, %x can be used #. to provide a default locale-specific date representation) #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:355 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:389 msgid "Purchased on %Y-%m-%d" msgstr "Purchased on %d-%m-%Y" #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, #. please specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, #. %x can be used to provide a default locale-specific date #. representation) #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:361 msgid "Installed on %Y-%m-%d" msgstr "Installed on %d-%m-%Y" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:1303 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:1777 msgid "" "The version of the application can not be detected. Entering a review is not " "possible." msgstr "" "The version of the application cannot be detected. Entering a review is not " "possible." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:1790 msgid "" "The origin of the application can not be detected. Entering a review is not " "possible." msgstr "" "The origin of the application cannot be detected. Entering a review is not " "possible." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/backforward.py:92 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/backforward.py:104 msgid "Navigates forward." msgstr "Navigates forwards." #. TRANSLATORS: displayed in a review after the persons name, #. e.g. "Jane Smith (that's you), 2011-02-11" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/reviews.py:858 msgid "that’s you" msgstr "that's you" #. TRANSLATORS: displayed if there are no reviews for the app in #. the current language, but there are some in other #. languages #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/reviews.py:917 msgid "This app has not been reviewed yet in your language" msgstr "This app has not yet been reviewed in your language" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:153 #, python-format msgid "Check that your spelling is correct. Did you mean: %s?" msgstr "Check that your spelling is correct. Did you mean: %s?" #. else, say sorry if we cannot offer any suggestions #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:164 msgid "" "Software Center was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" msgstr "" "Software Centre was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:307 msgid "Trying suggestion ..." msgstr "Trying suggestion..." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/recommendations.py:206 msgid "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Center will occasionally send to " "Canonical a list of software currently installed." msgstr "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Centre will occasionally send a " "list of currently installed software to Canonical." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/remmina.po0000644000000000000000000001220212321561370020513 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for remmina # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the remmina package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: remmina\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-23 17:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alfredo Hernández \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../desktop/remmina.desktop.in.h:7 msgid "Start Remmina Minimized" msgstr "Start Remmina Minimised" #: ../src/remmina_about.c:50 msgid "" "Remmina is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Remmina is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:54 msgid "" "Remmina is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Remmina is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:58 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA." msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:78 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel" #: ../src/remmina_connection_window.c:1276 ../src/remmina_pref_dialog.c:618 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../src/remmina_exec.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Plugin %s is not registered." msgstr "Plug-in %s is not registered." #: ../src/remmina_file_editor.c:823 ../../remmina-plugins/nx/nx_plugin.c:616 #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1072 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:335 msgid "Startup program" msgstr "Start-up program" #: ../src/remmina_main.c:538 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure to delete '%s'" msgstr "Are you sure to delete '%s'?" #: ../src/remmina_main.c:870 msgid "Open the preferences dialog" msgstr "Open the preferences dialogue" #: ../src/remmina_main.c:877 ../src/remmina_plugin_manager.c:239 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "Plug-ins" #: ../src/remmina_pref_dialog.c:523 msgid "Minimize windows to tray" msgstr "Minimise windows to tray" #: ../src/remmina_protocol_widget.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Protocol plugin %s is not installed." msgstr "Protocol plug-in %s is not installed." #: ../src/remmina_ssh.c:1260 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize sftp session: %s" msgstr "Failed to initialise sftp session: %s" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1016 msgid "256 colors (8 bpp)" msgstr "256 colours (8 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1017 msgid "High color (15 bpp)" msgstr "High colour (15 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1018 msgid "High color (16 bpp)" msgstr "High colour (16 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1019 msgid "True color (24 bpp)" msgstr "True colour (24 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1020 msgid "True color (32 bpp)" msgstr "True colour (32 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1061 #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1907 #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1921 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:334 msgid "Color depth" msgstr "Colour depth" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "256 colors" msgstr "256 colours" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 msgid "High color (15 bit)" msgstr "High colour (15 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "High color (16 bit)" msgstr "High colour (16 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1894 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:328 msgid "True color (24 bit)" msgstr "True colour (24 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity.po0000644000000000000000000001532212321561370020241 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-04 22:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 15:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../launcher/TrashLauncherIcon.cpp:49 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../launcher/TrashLauncherIcon.cpp:92 msgid "Empty Trash…" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin…" #: ../plugins/unity-mt-grab-handles/unitymtgrabhandles.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Small touch-based grab handles to move and resize a window" msgstr "Small touch-based grab-handles to move and resize a window" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Dialog Handler" msgstr "Dialogue Handler" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Handles the modal dialog experience in unity" msgstr "Handles the modal dialogue experience in Unity" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:4 msgid "What dimming alpha to use" msgstr "The dimming alpha to use" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Match for dialogs that shouldn't be accepted as transient modal dialogs" msgstr "" "Match for dialogues that should not be accepted as transient modal dialogues" #: ../plugins/unityshell/src/unity-dash-view-accessible.cpp:100 #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:162 msgid "Dash" msgstr "The Dash" #. anonymous namespace #. namespace unity #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Ubuntu Unity Plugin" msgstr "Ubuntu Unity Plug-in" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Plugin to draw the Unity Shell" msgstr "Plug-in to draw the Unity Shell" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Panel Opacity for Maximized Windows Toggle" msgstr "Panel Opacity for Maximised Windows Toggle" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "When a window is maximized and visible in the current viewport, the panel " "opacity is disabled." msgstr "" "When a window is maximised and visible in the current viewport, the panel " "opacity is disabled." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Background color override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." msgstr "Background colour override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Automaximize Value" msgstr "Automaximise Value" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:28 msgid "The minimum value to trigger automaximize." msgstr "The minimum value to trigger automaximise." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Active window shadow color" msgstr "Active window shadow colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:46 msgid "The color of the shadows for the active window." msgstr "The colour of the shadows for the active window." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Inactive windows shadow color" msgstr "Inactive windows shadow colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:50 msgid "The color of the shadows for the inactive windows." msgstr "The colour of the shadows for the inactive windows." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Animation played when the Launcher is showing or hiding." msgstr "Animation played when the Launcher is being shown or hidden." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Minimize Single Window Applications (Unsupported)" msgstr "Minimise Single Window Applications (Unsupported)" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Allows minimizing a single windowed application by clicking on its Launcher " "icon." msgstr "" "Allows minimising a single windowed application by clicking on its Launcher " "icon." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Launcher Edge Stop Overcome Pressure" msgstr "Launcher Boundary Overcome Pressure" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Edge Stop Velocity" msgstr "Boundary Velocity" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:98 msgid "" "The number of milliseconds Sticky Edges are deactivated for after the " "barrier has been broken." msgstr "" "The number of milliseconds Sticky Edges are deactivated for, after the " "barrier has been broken." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:109 msgid "The icon animation playing during the launch of a process." msgstr "The icon animation to play when a process is launched." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:113 msgid "The icon animation playing when a Launcher Icon is in the urgent state." msgstr "" "The icon animation playing when a Launcher Icon is in the 'urgent' state." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:122 msgid "" "How many seconds the menus should be shown when a new application has been " "launched." msgstr "" "For how many seconds the menus should be shown when a new application has " "been launched." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Timed automatic to show live previews in the Switcher" msgstr "Timed to automatically show live previews in the Switcher" #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:154 msgid "Opens the Trash." msgstr "Opens the Rubbish Bin." #: ../shutdown/SessionView.cpp:118 #, c-format msgid "" "Hi %s, you have open files that you might want to save before shutting down. " "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" "Hi %s, you have files open that you might want to save before shutting down. " "Are you sure you want to continue?" #: ../shutdown/SessionView.cpp:134 #, c-format msgid "" "Hi %s, you have open files that you might want to save before logging out. " "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" "Hi %s, you have files open that you might want to save before logging out. " "Are you sure you want to continue?" #. We have enough buttons to show the message without a new line. #: ../shutdown/SessionView.cpp:152 #, c-format msgid "Hi %s, you have open files you might want to save. Would you like to…" msgstr "" "Hi %s, you have files open that you might want to save. Would you like to…" #: ../shutdown/SessionView.cpp:157 #, c-format msgid "" "Hi %s, you have open files you might want to save.\n" "Would you like to…" msgstr "" "Hi %s, you have files open that you might want to save.\n" "Would you like to…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/simple-scan.po0000644000000000000000000000756412321561370021315 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for simple-scan # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the simple-scan package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: simple-scan\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-23 22:51+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:05+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Button to submit authorization dialog #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:2 msgid "_Authorize" msgstr "_Authorise" #. Label on email menu item #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:30 msgid "_Email" msgstr "_E-mail" #. Tooltip for rotate left (counter-clockwise) button #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:79 msgid "Rotate the page to the left (counter-clockwise)" msgstr "Rotate the page to the left (anti-clockwise)" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, " "colors and post-processing." msgstr "" "Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, " "colours and post-processing." #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Width of paper in tenths of a mm" msgstr "Width of paper (in tenths of a mm)" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Height of paper in tenths of a mm" msgstr "Height of paper (in tenths of a mm)" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "The directory to save files to. Defaults to the documents directory if unset." msgstr "The folder where files are saved. Default is the Documents folder." #. The license this software is under (GPL3+) #: ../src/ui.vala:1222 msgid "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program. If not, see ." msgstr "" "This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public Licence for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence\n" "along with this program. If not, see ." #: ../src/ui.vala:1237 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alex Denvir https://launchpad.net/~coldfff\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " GeorgeB https://launchpad.net/~solar.george\n" " James Thorrold https://launchpad.net/~jthorrold\n" " Jonathon Hodges https://launchpad.net/~jonblondie\n" " Kaustav Das Modak https://launchpad.net/~kaustav-dasmodak\n" " Malcolm Parsons https://launchpad.net/~malcolm-parsons\n" " Tomasz Chabowski https://launchpad.net/~tomasz-chabowski-googlemail" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-sound.po0000644000000000000000000000140112321561370022164 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-sound # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-sound package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 23:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-02 15:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000000144212321561370022331 0ustar # British English translation for libgnome-keyring # Copyright (C) 2010 libgnome-keyring's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnome-keyring package. # Bruce Cowan , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug?product=gnome-" "keyring&component=libgnome-keyring\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-24 23:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-appmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000135612321561370022512 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-appmenu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-appmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-appmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 11:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 13:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/sessioninstaller.po0000644000000000000000000001520312321561370022470 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for sessioninstaller # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sessioninstaller package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sessioninstaller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-29 10:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-27 11:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../test.py:40 msgid "Install the given packages" msgstr "Install the selected packages" #: ../test.py:56 msgid "Search for the package providing the given file" msgstr "Search for the package providing the selected file" #: ../test.py:60 #, python-format msgid "" "Specify the interaction mode by providing a comma spearated list of the " "following values: %s. This is currently not supported." msgstr "" "Specify the interaction mode by providing a comma-separated list of the " "following values: %s. This is currently not supported." #: ../test.py:68 msgid "Install the packages specfied in the given PackageKit catalog" msgstr "Install the packages specfied in the given PackageKit catalogue" #: ../test.py:72 msgid "Install mime type handlers" msgstr "Install MIME type handlers" #: ../test.py:81 msgid "" "Wait for the given seconds until the action is done. Defaults to 5 Minutes." msgstr "" "Wait for the given seconds until the action is done. Default is 5 mins (300 " "secs)." #: ../test.py:104 #, python-format msgid "Installing from catalog: %s" msgstr "Installing from catalogue: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a piece of software #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:333 #, python-format msgid "" "The use of %s may be restricted in some countries. You must verify that one " "of the following is true:\n" "- These restrictions do not apply in your country of legal residence\n" "- You have permission to use this software (for example, a patent license)\n" "- You are using this software for research purposes only" msgstr "" "The use of %s may be restricted in some countries. You must verify that one " "of the following is true:\n" "- These restrictions do not apply in your country of legal residence\n" "- You have permission to use this software (for example, a patent licence)\n" "- You are using this software for research purposes only" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:673 msgid "" "Software from foreign sources could be malicious, could contain security " "risks and or even break your system.Install packages from your " "distribution's repositories as far as possible." msgstr "" "Software from foreign sources could be malicious, contain security risks, " "and/or even break your system. Install packages from your distribution's " "repositories as much as possible." #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:769 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:779 #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:786 msgid "Catalog could not be read" msgstr "Catalogue could not be read" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:771 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' doesn't exist." msgstr "The catalogue file '%s' doesn't exist." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:781 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' could not be opened and read." msgstr "The catalogue file '%s' could not be opened and read." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:788 #, python-format msgid "" "The file '%s' isn't a valid software catalog. Please redownload or contact " "the provider." msgstr "" "The file '%s' isn't a valid software catalogue. Please redownload it or " "contact the provider." #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:797 msgid "Catalog is not supported" msgstr "Catalogue is not supported" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:798 #, python-format msgid "" "The method '%s' which is used to specify packages isn't supported.\n" "Please contact the provider of the catalog about this issue." msgstr "" "The method '%s' which is used to specify packages isn't supported.\n" "Please contact the provider of the catalogue about this issue." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the missing packages #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:823 #, python-format msgid "" "The catalog requires the installation of the package %s which is not " "available." msgid_plural "" "The catalog requires the installation of the following packages which are " "not available: %s" msgstr[0] "" "The catalogue requires the installation of the package %s which is not " "available." msgstr[1] "" "The catalogue requires the installation of the following packages which are " "not available: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an absolute file path, e.g. /usr/bin/xterm #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:846 #, python-format msgid "The package catalog %s requests to install the following software." msgid_plural "The following catalogs request to install software: %s" msgstr[0] "" "The package catalogue %s requests to install the following software." msgstr[1] "The following catalogues request to install software: %s" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:923 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requests to install the following software package to provide additional " "features:" msgid_plural "" "%s requests to install the following software packages to provide additional " "features:" msgstr[0] "" "%s requests to install the following software package, to provide additional " "features:" msgstr[1] "" "%s requests to install the following software packages, to provide " "additional features:" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1116 msgid "" "Currently autodetection and installation of missing printer drivers is not " "supported." msgstr "" "Currently auto-detection and installation of missing printer drivers is not " "supported." #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1144 msgid "" "Currently autodetection and installation of missing fonts is not supported." msgstr "" "Currently auto-detection and installation of missing fonts is not supported." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the application requesting the plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1269 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install plugins to support the following multimedia feature:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install plugins to support the following multimedia features:" msgstr[0] "" "%s requires to install plug-ins to support the following multimedia feature:" msgstr[1] "" "%s requires to install plug-ins to support the following multimedia features:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/dconf.po0000644000000000000000000000531012321561370020156 0ustar # British English translation for dconf. # Copyright (C) 2012 dconf's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the dconf package. # Bruce Cowan , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dconf master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=dconf&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../editor/dconf-editor.vala:398 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for " "more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" #: ../editor/dconf-editor.vala:408 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #: ../editor/ca.desrt.dconf-editor.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "A flag to enable maximized mode" msgstr "A flag to enable maximised mode" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30.po0000644000000000000000000003370312321561370020024 0ustar # English (British) translation # Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Abigail Brady , Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 23:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. #. * Translators, the strings in the 'keyboard label' context are #. * display names for keyboard keys. Some of them have prefixes like #. * XF86 or ISO_ - these should be removed in the translation. Similarly, #. * underscores should be replaced by spaces. The prefix 'KP_' stands #. * for 'key pad' and you may want to include that in your translation. #. * Here are some examples of English translations: #. * XF86AudioMute - Audio mute #. * Scroll_lock - Scroll lock #. * KP_Space - Space (keypad) #. * Page_Up - Page up #. #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3952 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "BackSpace" msgstr "Backspace" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3956 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Scroll_Lock" msgstr "Scroll lock" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3957 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Sys_Req" msgstr "Sys req" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3959 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Multi_key" msgstr "Multi key" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3965 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Up" msgstr "Page Up" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3966 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Page_Down" msgstr "Page Down" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3971 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Num_Lock" msgstr "Num lock" #. Translators: KP_ means 'key pad' here #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3973 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Space" msgstr "Space (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3974 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Tab" msgstr "Tab (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3975 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Enter" msgstr "Enter (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3976 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Home" msgstr "Home (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3977 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Left" msgstr "Left (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3978 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Up" msgstr "Up (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3979 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Right" msgstr "Right (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3980 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Down" msgstr "Down (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3981 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Up" msgstr "Page Up (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3982 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Prior" msgstr "Prior (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3983 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Page_Down" msgstr "Page Down (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3984 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Next" msgstr "Next (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3985 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_End" msgstr "End (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3986 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Begin" msgstr "Begin (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3987 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Insert" msgstr "Insert (keypad)" #: gdk/keyname-table.h:3988 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KP_Delete" msgstr "Delete (keypad)" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6881 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessUp" msgstr "Monitor brightness up" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6882 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessDown" msgstr "Monitor brightness down" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6885 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMute" msgstr "Audio mute" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6887 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioLowerVolume" msgstr "Audio lower volume" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6888 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRaiseVolume" msgstr "Audio raise volume" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6889 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPlay" msgstr "Audio play" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6890 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioStop" msgstr "Audio stop" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6891 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioNext" msgstr "Audio next" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6892 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPrev" msgstr "Audio previous" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6893 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRecord" msgstr "Audio record" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6894 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPause" msgstr "Audio pause" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6895 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRewind" msgstr "Audio rewind" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6896 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMedia" msgstr "Audio media" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6897 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "ScreenSaver" msgstr "Screensaver" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6905 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WebCam" msgstr "Webcam" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6907 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "TouchpadToggle" msgstr "Touchpad toggle" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6908 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WakeUp" msgstr "Wake up" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:62 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:150 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Customize" msgstr "Customise" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:161 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Selects the color" msgstr "Selects the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:162 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the color" msgstr "Activates the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:163 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Customizes the color" msgstr "Customises the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:59 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:398 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8692 msgid "Minimize" msgstr "Minimise" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:60 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "Maximise" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:381 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:425 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:451 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:462 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:465 msgid "Intensity of the color." msgstr "Intensity of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:467 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:469 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:471 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:473 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:484 gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:494 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:501 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:516 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:578 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1072 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1078 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1084 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1088 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1491 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1695 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:219 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:432 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The licence of the program" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:0 if you want Sunday to be the #. * first day of the week to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday #. * to be the first day of the week, and so on. #. #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:910 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "calendar:week_start:1" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Color: %s" msgstr "Colour: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:440 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 1" msgstr "Light Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:441 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 1" msgstr "Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:442 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 1" msgstr "Dark Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:443 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 2" msgstr "Light Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:444 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 2" msgstr "Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:445 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 2" msgstr "Dark Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:460 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Dark Gray" msgstr "Very Dark Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:461 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Darker Gray" msgstr "Darker Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:462 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Gray" msgstr "Dark Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:463 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Medium Gray" msgstr "Medium Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:464 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Gray" msgstr "Light Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:465 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Lighter Gray" msgstr "Lighter Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:466 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Light Gray" msgstr "Very Light Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:524 msgid "Create custom color" msgstr "Create custom colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Custom color %d: %s" msgstr "Custom colour %d: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorplane.c:438 msgid "Color Plane" msgstr "Colour Plane" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:447 msgid "_Customize" msgstr "_Customise" #: ../gtk/gtk-launch.c:121 #, c-format msgid "Creating AppInfo from id not supported on non unix operating systems" msgstr "Creating AppInfo from ID not supported on non-UNIX operating systems" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:304 msgid "" "Dialog is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:313 msgid "" "Dialog is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:864 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:866 msgid "Open the trash" msgstr "Open the Rubbish Bin" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:649 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:708 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "No deserialise function found for format %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1790 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "Serialised data is malformed" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1868 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" "Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Unmaximize" msgstr "Unmaximise" #. TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and #. * it hasn't registered the device with colord #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:220 msgid "Color management unavailable" msgstr "Colour management unavailable" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:764 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:164 msgid "Select a Color" msgstr "Select a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:412 msgid "Color Name" msgstr "Colour Name" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3841 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3856 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30-properties.po0000644000000000000000000004321312321561371022214 0ustar # British translation # Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package # Abigail Brady , Gareth Owen 2004 # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368 msgid "The current RGBA color" msgstr "The current RGBA colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:139 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:146 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:153 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:160 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "The help button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:278 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:285 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "License Type" msgstr "Licence Type" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "The license type of the program" msgstr "The licence type of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:533 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:534 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text." #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:646 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:758 msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog" msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:744 msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog" msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:298 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "Editing Cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:377 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:391 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:392 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405 msgid "Cell background RGBA color" msgstr "Cell background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:433 msgid "Whether the cell background color is set" msgstr "Whether the cell background colour is set" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:228 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtkcellview.c:189 gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:199 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 gtk/gtkcellview.c:204 gtk/gtktexttag.c:213 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 gtk/gtkcellview.c:205 gtk/gtktexttag.c:214 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316 msgid "Background color as RGBA" msgstr "Background colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229 msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:338 gtk/gtktexttag.c:259 #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 gtk/gtktexttag.c:260 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353 msgid "Foreground color as RGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 gtk/gtklabel.c:858 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsis location" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer " "does not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:631 gtk/gtkcellview.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635 gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:686 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Ellipsis placement set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:687 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:172 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:93 #: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:144 msgid "Size of check or radio indicator" msgstr "Size of tick or radio indicator" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 msgid "Background RGBA color" msgstr "Background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:101 msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator" msgstr "Spacing around tick or radio indicator" #: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121 msgid "Whether the menu item is checked" msgstr "Whether the menu item is ticked" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174 msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:206 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235 msgid "Current RGBA Color" msgstr "Current RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:236 msgid "The selected RGBA color" msgstr "The selected RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68 msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Current colour, as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "RGBA Color" msgstr "RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "Color as RGBA" msgstr "Colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:292 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:310 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:327 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:817 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:812 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435 msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog" msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1471 msgid "Subitle" msgstr "Subtitle" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:649 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:859 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does " "not have enough room to display the entire string" #: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:957 msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label" msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsising a wrapping label" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:320 msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip" msgstr "Not Authorised Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:321 msgid "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" msgstr "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:163 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4296 msgid "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " "dialog" msgstr "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " "dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1107 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:385 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1251 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:410 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar " "does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:577 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:677 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:678 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:852 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:853 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1309 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:400 gtk/gtktextview.c:702 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:559 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:560 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:576 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:721 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:808 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:809 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1613 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "ellipsise" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136 msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Foreground colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143 msgid "Error color" msgstr "Error colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144 msgid "Error color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Error colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151 msgid "Warning color" msgstr "Warning colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152 msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Warning colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159 msgid "Success color" msgstr "Success colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160 msgid "Success color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Success colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1222 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1235 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1236 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1242 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1243 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1087 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1182 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3156 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3157 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3162 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3163 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3189 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3190 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3203 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3204 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:716 msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization" msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximisation" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:717 msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized" msgstr "" "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:966 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93 msgid "Color Profile Title" msgstr "Colour Profile Title" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94 msgid "The title of the color profile to use" msgstr "The title of the colour profile to use" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/cups-pk-helper.po0000644000000000000000000000141512321561371021727 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for cups-pk-helper # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the cups-pk-helper package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cups-pk-helper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 17:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-04 08:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chalana Rachitha (චලන රචිත) \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:17+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libpeas.po0000644000000000000000000000125212321561371020506 0ustar # British English translation of libpeas # Copyright (C) 2011 libpeas'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libpeas package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libpeas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-19 13:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-20 01:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-geoip.po0000644000000000000000000000211012321561371021504 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for ubuntu-geoip # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-geoip package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-geoip\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 22:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.ubuntu.geoip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "URL of a service that can be contacted and returns an XML file containing " "location information about the requestor's IP address." msgstr "" "URL of a service which can be contacted and returns an XML file containing " "location information about the requester's IP address." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-desktop-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000355012321561371022144 0ustar # English (British) translation of gnome-core # Copyright (C) 1999-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 1999-2000. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-desktop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 04:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-17 19:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-rr.c:769 #, c-format msgid "RANDR extension is not present" msgstr "RandR extension is not present" #. Translators: This is the time format with full date used #. in 24-hour mode. #. The character between %R and %S is U+2236 RATIO #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:271 msgid "%a %b %e, %R∶%S" msgstr "%a %e %b, %R:%S" #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:272 msgid "%a %b %e, %R" msgstr "%a %e %b, %R" #. Translators: This is a time format with full date used #. for AM/PM. #. The Unicode characters are U+2236 RATIO and #. U+2009 THIN SPACE #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:291 msgid "%a %b %e, %l∶%M∶%S %p" msgstr "%a %e %b, %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:292 msgid "%a %b %e, %l∶%M %p" msgstr "%a %e %b, %l:%M %p" #. Translators: This is a time format with day used #. for AM/PM. #. The Unicode characters are U+2236 RATIO and #. U+2009 THIN SPACE #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:298 msgid "%a %l∶%M∶%S %p" msgstr "%a %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../libgnome-desktop/gnome-wall-clock.c:299 msgid "%a %l∶%M %p" msgstr "%a %l:%M %p" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gsettings-desktop-schemas.po0000644000000000000000000004124212321561371024171 0ustar # British English translation for gsettings-desktop-schemas. # Copyright (C) 2012 gsettings-desktop-schemas's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gsettings-desktop-schemas package. # Chris Leonard , 2012. # Bruce Cowan , 2012, 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gsettings-desktop-schemas master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 17:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" "X-DamnedLies-Scope: partial\n" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified " "view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are - none: no " "mouse tracking; - centered: the mouse image is displayed at the center of " "the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) and " "the magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves; - " "proportional: the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is " "proportionally the same as the position of the system mouse on screen; - " "push: when the magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view." msgstr "" "Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified " "view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are: \"none\" - " "no mouse tracking; \"centered\" - the mouse image is displayed at the centre " "of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) " "and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves;\r\n" "\"proportional\" - the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is " "proportionally the same as the position of the system mouse on screen and " "finally, \"push\" - when the magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the " "zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The " "values are: - none: no focus tracking - centered: the focused image is " "displayed at the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point " "under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the " "system focus moves - proportional: the position of the magnified focus in " "the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system " "focus on screen - push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of " "the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view" msgstr "" "Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The " "values are: - none: no focus tracking - centered: the focused image is " "displayed at the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point " "under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the " "system focus moves - proportional: the position of the magnified focus in " "the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system " "focus on screen - push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of " "the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Determines the position of the caret within magnified view. The values are: " "- none: no caret tracking - centered: the image of the caret is displayed at " "the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the " "system caret) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system caret " "moves - proportional: the position of the magnified caret in the zoom region " "is proportionally the same as the position of the system caret on screen - " "push: when the magnified caret intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view" msgstr "" "Determines the position of the caret within magnified view. The values are: " "- none: no caret tracking - centered: the image of the caret is displayed at " "the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the " "system caret) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system caret " "moves - proportional: the position of the magnified caret in the zoom region " "is proportionally the same as the position of the system caret on screen - " "push: when the magnified caret intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Whether the magnified view should be centered over the location of the " "system mouse and move with it." msgstr "" "Whether the magnified view should be centred over the location of the system " "mouse and move with it." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "For centered mouse tracking, when the system pointer is at or near the edge " "of the screen, the magnified contents continue to scroll such that the " "screen edge moves into the magnified view." msgstr "" "For centred mouse tracking, when the system pointer is at or near the edge " "of the screen, the magnified contents continue to scroll such that the " "screen edge moves into the magnified view." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "Enables/disables display of crosshairs centered on the magnified mouse " "sprite." msgstr "" "Enables/disables display of crosshairs centred on the magnified mouse sprite." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Color of the crosshairs" msgstr "Colour of the crosshairs" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "The color of the the vertical and horizontal lines that make up the " "crosshairs." msgstr "" "The colour of the the vertical and horizontal lines that make up the " "crosshairs." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Clip the crosshairs at the center" msgstr "Clip the crosshairs at the centre" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "" "Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colors become " "lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged." msgstr "" "Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colours become " "lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "Color Saturation" msgstr "Colour Saturation" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "" "Represents a change to the color saturation, from 0.0 (grayscale) to 1.0 " "(full color)." msgstr "" "Represents a change to the colour saturation, from 0.0 (greyscale) to 1.0 " "(full colour)." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized." msgstr "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "Primary Color" msgstr "Primary Colour" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color." msgstr "Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:35 msgid "Secondary Color" msgstr "Secondary Colour" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:36 msgid "Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color." msgstr "" "Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:37 msgid "Color Shading Type" msgstr "Colour Shading Type" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:38 msgid "" "How to shade the background color. Possible values are \"horizontal\", " "\"vertical\", and \"solid\"." msgstr "" "How to shade the background colour. Possible values are \"horizontal\", " "\"vertical\", and \"solid\"." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:63 msgid "Palette used in the color selector" msgstr "Palette used in the colour selector" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:64 msgid "" "Palette used in the color selector as defined by the 'gtk-color-palette' " "setting" msgstr "" "Palette used in the colour selector as defined by the 'gtk-color-palette' " "setting" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:65 msgid "List of symbolic names and color equivalents" msgstr "List of symbolic names and colour equivalents" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialog." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialogue." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Prevent the user from switching to another account while his session is " "active." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from switching to another account while their session is " "active." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to remove old files from the trash automatically" msgstr "Whether to remove old files from the wastebasket automatically" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If TRUE, automatically remove files from the trash when they are older than " "'old-files-age' days." msgstr "" "If TRUE, automatically remove files from the wastebasket when they are older " "than 'old-files-age' days." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Number of days to keep trash and temporary files" msgstr "Number of days to keep wastebasket and temporary files" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Consider trash and temporary files old after this many days." msgstr "Consider wastebasket and temporary files old after this many days." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only " "affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialog." msgstr "" "Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only " "affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialogue." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to switch to a " "different user account." msgstr "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialogue to switch to a " "different user account." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:39 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximise window" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:42 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:66 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximise window vertically" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:67 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise window horizontally" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:76 msgid "Move window to center of screen" msgstr "Move window to centre of screen" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:79 msgid "Switch input source backward" msgstr "Switch input source backwards" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-themes-standard.po0000644000000000000000000000133512321561371023257 0ustar # British English translation of gnome-themes-standard. # Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-themes-standard'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-themes-standard package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-themes-standard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 10:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 10:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:20+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtksourceview-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000001622512321561371022274 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 The GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtksourceview package. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtksourceview\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 12:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:21+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/language-specs/awk.lang.h:6 ../data/language-specs/boo.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:6 ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:18 #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/perl.lang.h:8 #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:17 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:18 msgid "Builtin Function" msgstr "Built-in Function" #. Translators: functions that are provided in the language #: ../data/language-specs/cg.lang.h:19 ../data/language-specs/erlang.lang.h:12 #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:3 #: ../data/language-specs/matlab.lang.h:5 #: ../data/language-specs/modelica.lang.h:14 #: ../data/language-specs/octave.lang.h:16 #: ../data/language-specs/ruby.lang.h:17 msgid "Builtin" msgstr "Built-in" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:3 msgid "Builtin Command" msgstr "Built-in Command" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:4 ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:8 msgid "Builtin Variable" msgstr "Built-in Variable" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:6 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../data/language-specs/fsharp.lang.h:10 #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:11 msgid "Builtin-function keyword" msgstr "Built-in function keyword" #: ../data/language-specs/fsharp.lang.h:12 #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:13 msgid "Labeled argument" msgstr "Labelled argument" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:10 msgid "Optimized Out" msgstr "Optimised Out" #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:7 ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:17 #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:16 msgid "Builtin Constant" msgstr "Built-in Constant" #: ../data/language-specs/haddock.lang.h:12 msgid "Itemized list" msgstr "Itemised list" #: ../data/language-specs/latex.lang.h:4 msgid "Math Mode" msgstr "Maths Mode" #: ../data/language-specs/latex.lang.h:5 msgid "Inline Math Mode" msgstr "Inline Maths Mode" #: ../data/language-specs/ocl.lang.h:8 msgid "Operation operator" msgstr "Maths Operators" #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:16 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:17 msgid "Builtin Object" msgstr "Built-in Object" #: ../data/language-specs/rpmspec.lang.h:15 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../data/styles/classic.xml.h:2 msgid "Classic color scheme" msgstr "Classic colour scheme" #: ../data/styles/cobalt.xml.h:2 msgid "Blue based color scheme" msgstr "Blue-based colour scheme" #: ../data/styles/kate.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme used in the Kate text editor" msgstr "Colour scheme used in the Kate text editor" #: ../data/styles/oblivion.xml.h:2 msgid "Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette" msgstr "Dark colour scheme using the Tango colour palette" #: ../data/styles/tango.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme using Tango color palette" msgstr "Colour scheme using Tango colour palette" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.ui.h:2 msgid "_Details..." msgstr "_Details…" #. regex_new could fail, for instance if there are different #. * named sub-patterns with the same name or if resulting regex is #. * too long. In this case fixing lang file helps (e.g. renaming #. * subpatterns, making huge keywords use bigger prefixes, etc.) #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:3129 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot create a regex for all the transitions, the syntax highlighting " "process will be slower than usual.\n" "The error was: %s" msgstr "" "Cannot create a regex for all the transitions; the syntax highlighting " "process will be slower than usual.\n" "The error was: %s" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:4452 msgid "" "Highlighting a single line took too much time, syntax highlighting will be " "disabled" msgstr "" "Highlighting a single line took too much time: syntax highlighting will be " "disabled" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:5857 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:5946 #, c-format msgid "duplicated context id '%s'" msgstr "duplicated context ID '%s'" #. Translators: gutters can be used to display information #. * on the left or on the right of the text view. To draw the #. * line numbers for example. #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:541 msgid "The gutters' GtkSourceView" msgstr "The gutter's GtkSourceView" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage.c:228 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage.c:229 msgid "Language id" msgstr "Language ID" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguagemanager.c:159 msgid "Language ids" msgstr "Language IDs" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguagemanager.c:160 msgid "List of the ids of the available languages" msgstr "List of the IDs of the available languages" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage-parser-2.c:950 #, c-format msgid "Unknown id '%s' in regex '%s'" msgstr "Unknown ID '%s' in regex '%s'" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:169 msgid "The text to search" msgstr "The text for which to search" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:88 msgid "Line background color" msgstr "Line background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:96 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:104 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:144 msgid "Whether line background color is set" msgstr "Whether line background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:152 msgid "Whether foreground color is set" msgstr "Whether foreground colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:160 msgid "Whether background color is set" msgstr "Whether background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestylescheme.c:211 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestylescheme.c:212 msgid "Style scheme id" msgstr "Style scheme ID" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyleschememanager.c:162 msgid "Scheme ids" msgstr "Scheme IDs" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyleschememanager.c:163 msgid "List of the ids of the available style schemes" msgstr "List of the IDs of the available style schemes" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:457 msgid "Set if and how the spaces should be visualized" msgstr "Set if and how the spaces should be visualised" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview-i18n.c:72 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/glib-networking.po0000644000000000000000000000131512321561372022172 0ustar # British English translation of glib-networking. # Copyright (C) 2011 glib-networking'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the glib-networking package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib-networking\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-16 20:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/accounts-service.po0000644000000000000000000000142112321561372022343 0ustar # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # # Translators: # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: accounts service\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.freedesktop.org/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-17 14:45-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-03 09:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" "freedesktop/language/en_GB/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000701312321561372021020 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the libwnck package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 18:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2952 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "Mi_nimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2963 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "Un_minimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2971 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "Ma_ximise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2982 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "_Unmaximise All" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:398 msgid "Unmi_nimize" msgstr "Unmi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:405 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:413 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Unma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:420 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "Minimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "Unminimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "Maximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Maximise the window horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "Maximise the window vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Left Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Right Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Top Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Bottom Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1482 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "dialogue window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1584 msgid "minimized" msgstr "minimised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1585 msgid "maximized" msgstr "maximised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "maximised horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1591 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "maximised vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1638 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "maximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1640 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "unmaximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1642 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "maximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1644 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "unmaximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1652 msgid "minimize" msgstr "minimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1653 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "unminimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1654 msgid "maximize" msgstr "maximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1655 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "unmaximise" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtkhtml-4.0.po0000644000000000000000000001074212321561372021045 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE gtkhtlml's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkhtml package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkhtml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 13:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:84 msgid "very dark gray" msgstr "very dark grey" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:102 msgid "gray" msgstr "grey" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:277 msgid "Choose Custom Color" msgstr "Choose Custom Colour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:1030 msgid "Custom Color..." msgstr "Custom Colour…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1263 msgid "_HTML File..." msgstr "_HTML File…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1270 msgid "Te_xt File..." msgstr "Te_xt File…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1305 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "_Find…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1312 msgid "Re_place..." msgstr "Re_place…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1319 msgid "Check _Spelling..." msgstr "Check _Spelling…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1326 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:91 msgid "_Test URL..." msgstr "_Test URL…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1415 msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1417 msgid "Center Alignment" msgstr "Centre Alignment" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1556 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1593 msgid "_Image..." msgstr "_Image…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1563 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1600 msgid "_Link..." msgstr "_Link…" #. Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1571 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1615 msgid "_Rule..." msgstr "_Rule…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1579 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1622 msgid "_Table..." msgstr "_Table…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1586 msgid "_Cell..." msgstr "_Cell…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1607 msgid "Pa_ge..." msgstr "Pa_ge…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1872 msgid "Cell..." msgstr "Cell…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1879 msgid "Image..." msgstr "Image…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1886 msgid "Link..." msgstr "Link…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1893 msgid "Page..." msgstr "Page…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1900 msgid "Paragraph..." msgstr "Paragraph…" #. Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1908 msgid "Rule..." msgstr "Rule…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1915 msgid "Table..." msgstr "Table…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1922 msgid "Text..." msgstr "Text…" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1953 msgid "Ignore Misspelled Word" msgstr "Ignore Misspelt Word" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:303 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "Font Colour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:9 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:26 msgid "_Color:" msgstr "_Colour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:58 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "Co_lour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:61 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:74 msgid "Alignment & Behavior" msgstr "Alignment & Behaviour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:84 msgid "C_olor:" msgstr "C_olour:" #: ../components/editor/main.c:288 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Print…" #: ../components/editor/main.c:316 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Save _As…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/activity-log-manager.po0000644000000000000000000000147512321561372023122 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for activity-log-manager # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the activity-log-manager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: activity-log-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-30 17:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/telepathy-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000141512321561372023042 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for telepathy-indicator # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the telepathy-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: telepathy-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-22 23:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-greeter.po0000644000000000000000000000276412321561372021704 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-greeter # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-greeter package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-greeter\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 11:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 13:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/menubar.vala:220 msgid "Onscreen keyboard" msgstr "Onscreen Keyboard" #: ../src/shutdown-dialog.vala:137 msgid "" "Other users are currently logged in to this computer, shutting down now will " "also close these other sessions." msgstr "" "Other users are currently logged in to this computer. Shutting down now will " "also close these other sessions." #: ../src/user-list.vala:555 msgid "Set Up…" msgstr "Set-up…" #: ../src/user-list.vala:562 msgid "" "You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Visit uccs." "canonical.com to set up an account." msgstr "" "You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Visit uccs." "canonical.com to set-up an account." #: ../src/user-list.vala:781 msgid "Email address:" msgstr "E-mail address:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-online-accounts.po0000644000000000000000000000635512321561372023305 0ustar # British English translation of gnome-online-accounts. # Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-online-accounts's COPYRIGHT HOLDER. # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-online-accounts package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012, 2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-online-accounts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-02 03:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:27+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:650 #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:845 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:929 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:964 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1052 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1308 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1381 #: ../src/goabackend/goakerberosprovider.c:1548 #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:1136 #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauthprovider.c:1041 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:795 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:1008 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:487 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:536 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:710 #, c-format msgid "Dialog was dismissed" msgstr "Dialogue was dismissed" #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:688 #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:873 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:994 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1085 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1332 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1406 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:837 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:1029 #, c-format msgid "Dialog was dismissed (%s, %d): " msgstr "Dialogue was dismissed (%s, %d): " #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Authorization response was \"%s\"" msgstr "Authorisation response was \"%s\"" #. Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:1062 #, c-format msgid "" "Paste authorization code obtained from the authorization " "page:" msgstr "" "Paste authorisation code obtained from the authorisation " "page:" #. Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauthprovider.c:978 #, c-format msgid "Paste token obtained from the authorization page:" msgstr "Paste token obtained from the authorisation page:" #. TODO: more specific #: ../src/goabackend/goasmtpauthplain.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse email address" msgstr "Failed to parse e-mail address" #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize a GOA client" msgstr "Failed to initialise a GOA client" #: ../src/goaidentity/goakerberosidentity.c:1074 msgid "Could not initialize credentials cache: %k" msgstr "Could not initialise credentials cache: %k" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/cogl.po0000644000000000000000000000223412321561372020015 0ustar # British English translation for cogl. # Copyright (C) 2011 cogl'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the cogl package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cogl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=clutter\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-20 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-10 10:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:27+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:76 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:81 msgid "Visualize" msgstr "Visualise" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:180 msgid "Disable read pixel optimization" msgstr "Disable read pixel optimisation" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:181 msgid "" "Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles" msgstr "" "Disable optimisation for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-applications.po0000644000000000000000000000526612321561372023674 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-applications # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 05:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/daemon.vala:256 ../src/scopes-scope.vala:157 #: ../src/running-apps-scope.vala:106 msgid "Customization" msgstr "Customisation" #. TRANSLATORS: Please make sure this string is short enough to fit #. into the filter button #: ../src/daemon.vala:278 msgid "Software center" msgstr "Software centre" #: ../data/applications.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local " "applications to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the " "Applications header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local " "applications to be searched for and displayed in the Dash underneath the " "Applications header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." #: ../data/commands.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local binaries " "to be searched and displayed in the Dash. If you do not wish to search this " "content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local binaries " "to be searched for and displayed in the Dash. If you do not wish to search " "this content source, you can disable this search plugin." #: ../data/scopes.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from available " "search plugins to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Dash " "plugins header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you can " "disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from available " "search plugins to be searched and displayed within the Dash underneath the " "Dash plugins header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-files.po0000644000000000000000000000244512321561372022304 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-files # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-files package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-files\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-14 10:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/daemon.vala:1044 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../local.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables local files to be searched and " "displayed in the Dash underneath the Files & Folders header. If you do not " "wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables local files to be searched and " "displayed in the Dash underneath the Files & Folders header. If you do not " "wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plug-in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-music.po0000644000000000000000000000753112321561372022323 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-music # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-music package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-music\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 20:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:97 msgid "New-wave" msgstr "New-Wave" #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:28 msgid "" "It seems you don't have an Ubuntu One account, or you are not logged in. To " "continue, please login and visit the Ubuntu One online store." msgstr "" "It seems you do not have an Ubuntu One account, or you are not logged in. To " "continue, please login and visit the Ubuntu One on-line store." #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:29 msgid "" "It seems you haven't set yet your preferred Ubuntu One payment method. To " "add a payment method, please visit the Ubuntu One online store." msgstr "" "It seems you have not set yet your preferred Ubuntu One payment method. To " "add a payment method, please visit the Ubuntu One on-line store." #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:30 msgid "" "Sorry, we have encountered a technical problem. No money has been taken from " "your account. To try your purchase again, please visit the Ubuntu One online " "store." msgstr "" "Sorry, we have encountered a technical problem. No money has been taken from " "your account. To try your purchase again, please visit the Ubuntu One on-" "line store." #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:340 msgid "Authorizing purchase" msgstr "Authorising purchase" #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:382 #, c-format msgid "" "Hi %s, you purchased in the past from Ubuntu One, would you like to use the " "same payment details? Please review your order." msgstr "" "Hi %s, you seem to have purchased from Ubuntu One in the past: would you " "like to use the same payment details? Please review your order." #: ../banshee.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Banshee to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables information from Banshee to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plug-in." #: ../rhythmbox.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Rhythmbox to " "be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables information from Rhythmbox to " "be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plug-in." #: ../musicstore.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Ubuntu One to " "be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables information from Ubuntu One to " "be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Music header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plug-in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-contacts.po0000644000000000000000000000356612321561373022024 0ustar # British English translation of gnome-contacts. # Copyright (C) 2011 gnome-contacts's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-contacts package. # Bruce Cowan , 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-contacts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 23:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/app-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Change Address Book..." msgstr "_Change Address Book…" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:216 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:237 #, c-format msgid "No contact with email address %s found" msgstr "No contact with e-mail address %s found" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:622 msgid "Show contact with this email address" msgstr "Show contact with this e-mail address" #. building menu #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:363 msgid "Personal email" msgstr "Personal e-mail" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:368 msgid "Work email" msgstr "Work e-mail" #: ../src/contacts-contact.vala:675 msgid "State/Province" msgstr "County" #: ../src/contacts-contact.vala:675 msgid "Zip/Postal Code" msgstr "Postcode" #: ../src/contacts-new-contact-dialog.vala:86 #: ../src/contacts-new-contact-dialog.vala:121 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/aisleriot.po0000644000000000000000000001615112321561373021070 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2007 gnome-games COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2007. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 10:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/aisleriot.schemas.in.h:3 msgid "Whether or not to show the toolbar" msgstr "Whether to show the toolbar" #: ../src/aisleriot.schemas.in.h:4 msgid "Whether or not to show the status bar" msgstr "Whether to show the status bar" #: ../src/aisleriot.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "Whether or not to play event sounds." msgstr "Whether to play event sounds." #: ../src/aisleriot.schemas.in.h:10 msgid "Whether or not to animate card moves." msgstr "Whether to animate card moves." #. %s is replaced with the name of the game in gnome-games. #: ../src/ar-stock.c:267 #, c-format msgid "" "%s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version %d of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "%s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version %d of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/ar-stock.c:272 #, c-format msgid "" "%s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "%s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/ar-stock.c:277 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program. If not, see ." msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program. If not, see ." #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:98 msgid "Canfield" msgstr "Demon" #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:343 msgid "Klondike" msgstr "Canfield" #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:350 msgid "Klondike Three Decks" msgstr "Canfield Three Decks" #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:392 msgid "Neighbor" msgstr "Neighbour" #: ../src/lib/org.gnome.Patience.WindowState.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the window is maximised" #: ../src/window.c:433 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Robert Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Ross Burton \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Sid Roberts https://launchpad.net/~sidroberts" #: ../src/window.c:2013 msgid "View help for Aisleriot" msgstr "View help for AisleRiot" #: ../src/window.c:2023 msgid "Install new card themes from the distribution packages repositories" msgstr "Install new card themes from the distribution's package repositories" #: ../src/window.c:2078 msgid "Whether or not to play event sounds" msgstr "Whether to play event sounds" #: ../src/window.c:2082 msgid "Whether or not to animate card moves" msgstr "Whether to animate card moves" #: ../src/window.c:2535 msgid "Aisleriot cannot find the last game you played." msgstr "AisleRiot cannot find the last game you played." #: ../src/window.c:2536 msgid "" "This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does " "not have the game you last played. The default game, Klondike, is being " "started instead." msgstr "" "This usually occurs when you run an older version of AisleRiot which does " "not have the game you last played. The default game, Canfield, is being " "started instead." #: ../games/api.scm:285 msgid "Unknown color" msgstr "Unknown colour" #. Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence! #: ../games/clock.scm:173 msgid "" "Just because a crosswalk looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it is one" msgstr "" "Just because a zebra crossing looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it " "is one" #. Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence! #: ../games/clock.scm:183 msgid "I could sure use a backrub right about now..." msgstr "I could really use a backrub right about now…" #. Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence! #: ../games/clock.scm:185 msgid "Monitors won't give you Vitamin D -- but sunlight will..." msgstr "Monitors won't give you Vitamin D — but sunlight will…" #: ../games/giant.scm:285 msgid "Alternating colors" msgstr "Alternating colours" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/hud.po0000644000000000000000000000361012321561373017651 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-appmenu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-appmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-appmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-22 15:14+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-22 20:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.appmenu.hud.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "" "When the HUD executes operations it stores the execution in order to make " "the future results better. Some users could choose to not want this data to " "be stored. If that is the case they should disable this property." msgstr "" "When the HUD executes operations, it stores the execution in order to make " "the future results better. Some users may not want this data to be stored. " "If that is the case, they should disable this property." #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.appmenu.hud.search.gschema.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In order to have the application's menu items appear higher in the search " "results a slight penalty is given to the indicator menu items. This value " "represents the percentage of that penalty so a value of '50' is a 50% " "additional to the calculated distance." msgstr "" "In order to have the application's menu items appear higher in the search " "results, a slight penalty is given to the indicator menu items. This value " "represents the percentage of that penalty so a value of '50' is a 50% " "additional to the calculated distance." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/vte-2.90.po0000644000000000000000000000235612321561373020263 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the vte package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of. See ECMA-35 for gory details. #: ../src/iso2022.c:1518 msgid "Unrecognized identified coding system." msgstr "Unrecognised identified coding system." #: ../src/vte.c:4757 msgid "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset convertor" msgstr "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset converter" #: ../src/vte.c:8026 #, c-format msgid "Error reading PTY size, using defaults: %s\n" msgstr "Error reading PTY size; using defaults: %s\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-video.po0000644000000000000000000000350112321561373022303 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-video # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-video package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-video\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-14 10:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/local.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables local videos to be searched and " "displayed in the Dash underneath the Video header. If you do not wish to " "search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables local videos to be searched " "and displayed in the Dash underneath the Video header. If you do not wish to " "search this content source, you can disable this search plug-in." #: ../data/remote.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from various video " "providers to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Video " "header. If you do not wish to search these content sources, you can disable " "this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables information from various video " "providers to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Video " "header. If you do not wish to search these content sources, you can disable " "this search plug-in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity_webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000135312321561373021764 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for libunity-webapps # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libunity-webapps package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libunity-webapps\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-29 08:50-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-01 11:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gtkspell3.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561375021005 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for gtkspell3 # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkspell3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkspell3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-09 14:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/signon-ui.po0000644000000000000000000000173512321561375021011 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for signon-ui # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the signon-ui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: signon-ui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-03-28 10:13+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-01 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: browser-request.cpp:268 msgid "" "The authentication process is complete.\n" "You may now close this dialog and return to the application." msgstr "" "The authentication process is complete.\n" "You may now close this dialogue and return to the application." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screenshot.po0000644000000000000000000000253712321561375022362 0ustar # British English translation of gnome-screenshot # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Bastien Nocera . # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-screenshot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 06:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Default file type extension" msgstr "Default file format" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "The default file type extension for screenshots." msgstr "The default file format for screenshots." #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:790 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-printers.po0000644000000000000000000000236412321561375022720 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-printers # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-printers package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-printers\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 22:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-26 23:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sid Roberts \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/indicator-printer-state-notifier.c:317 #, c-format msgid "The printer “%s” is low on toner." msgstr "The printer “%s” is low on ink." #: ../src/indicator-printer-state-notifier.c:318 #, c-format msgid "The printer “%s” is out of toner." msgstr "The printer “%s” is out of ink." #: ../src/indicator-printer-state-notifier.c:322 #, c-format msgid "The printer “%s” is currently off-line." msgstr "The printer “%s” is currently offline." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/credentials-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000000216512321561375024330 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for gnome-control-center-signon # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-control-center-signon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center-signon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-16 01:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-19 10:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Readman \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/cc-credentials-account-details-page.vala:561 #, c-format msgid "Please authorize Ubuntu to access your %s account:" msgstr "Please authorise Ubuntu to access your %s account:" #: ../libaccount-plugin/oauth-plugin.c:694 #, c-format msgid "Please authorize Ubuntu to access your %s account" msgstr "Please authorise Ubuntu to access your %s account" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gcr.po0000644000000000000000000000434412321561375017653 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-keyring package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-28 03:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:46 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "E-mail Address" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:75 msgid "State" msgstr "County" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisational Unit" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:110 msgid "Email Protection" msgstr "E-mail Protection" #: ../gck/gck-module.c:358 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't initialize PKCS#11 module: %s" msgstr "Couldn't initialise PKCS#11 module: %s" #: ../gck/gck-modules.c:62 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't initialize registered PKCS#11 modules: %s" msgstr "Couldn't initialise registered PKCS#11 modules: %s" #: ../gcr/gcr-certificate-extensions.c:204 ../ui/gcr-gnupg-renderer.c:423 #: ../ui/gcr-gnupg-renderer.c:705 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../gcr/gcr-parser.c:2425 msgid "Unrecognized or unsupported data." msgstr "Unrecognised or unsupported data." #: ../gcr/gcr-subject-public-key.c:345 msgid "Unrecognized or unavailable attributes for key" msgstr "Unrecognised or unavailable attributes for key" #: ../ui/gcr-certificate-renderer.c:189 msgid "Key encipherment" msgstr "Key encypherment" #: ../ui/gcr-certificate-renderer.c:190 msgid "Data encipherment" msgstr "Data encypherment" #: ../ui/gcr-import-button.c:112 msgid "Initializing…" msgstr "Initialising…" #: ../ui/gcr-viewer-tool.c:50 msgid "[file...]" msgstr "[file…]" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/account-plugins.po0000644000000000000000000000140112321561375022202 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for account-plugins # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the account-plugins package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: account-plugins\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-25 13:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-29 13:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-font-viewer.po0000644000000000000000000000201712321561375022443 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Bastien Nocera . # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 23:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/font-view.c:732 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-log.po0000644000000000000000000000655012321561375022307 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Bastien Nocera . # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Philip Withnall , 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "system-log&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-25 12:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: Sugar Labs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../src/logview-about.h:49 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version." #: ../src/logview-about.h:53 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for " "more details." #: ../src/logview-about.h:57 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" #. translator credits #: ../src/logview-about.h:63 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "James Ogley \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:238 msgid "Please specify either foreground or background color!" msgstr "Please specify either foreground or background colour!" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "Open..." msgstr "Open…" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:10 msgid "Manage Filters..." msgstr "Manage Filters…" #: ../src/logview-loglist.c:316 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gstreamer-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000001330012321561375021355 0ustar # Translation of gstreamer messages to English (British). # Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gstreamer 0.8.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-08 11:32+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 11:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gareth Owen \n" "Language-Team: English (British) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: gst/gst.c:252 msgid "Disable colored debugging output" msgstr "Disable coloured debugging output" #: gst/gst.c:256 msgid "" "Changes coloring mode of the debug log. Possible modes: off, on, disable, " "auto, unix" msgstr "" "Changes colouring mode of the debug log. Possible modes: off, on, disable, " "auto, unix" #: gst/gsterror.c:134 gst/gsterror.c:176 gst/gsterror.c:200 gst/gsterror.c:240 msgid "" "GStreamer developers were too lazy to assign an error code to this error." msgstr "" "GStreamer developers were too lazy to assign an error code to this error. " "Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:137 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: code not implemented." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: code not implemented. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:142 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: pad problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: pad problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:144 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: thread problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: thread problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:148 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: event problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: event problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:150 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: seek problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: seek problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:152 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: caps problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: caps problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:154 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: tag problem." msgstr "Internal GStreamer error: tag problem. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsterror.c:179 msgid "Could not initialize supporting library." msgstr "Could not initialise supporting library." #: gst/gsterror.c:221 msgid "Could not synchronize on resource." msgstr "Could not synchronise on resource." #: gst/gsterror.c:243 msgid "Element doesn't implement handling of this stream. Please file a bug." msgstr "Element doesn't implement handling of this stream. Please, file a bug." #: gst/gsttaglist.c:195 msgid "organization" msgstr "organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:200 msgid "copyright uri" msgstr "Copyright URI" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:203 msgid "name of the encoding person or organization" msgstr "name of the encoding person or organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "license" msgstr "licence" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "license of data" msgstr "licence of data" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:211 msgid "license uri" msgstr "licence uri" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:212 msgid "URI to the license of the data" msgstr "URI to the licence of the data" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:297 msgid "" "geo latitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced in " "degrees according to WGS84 (zero at the equator, negative values for " "southern latitudes)" msgstr "" "geo latitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced, in " "degrees, according to WGS84 (zero at the equator, negative values for " "southern latitudes)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:302 msgid "" "geo longitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced in " "degrees according to WGS84 (zero at the prime meridian in Greenwich/UK, " "negative values for western longitudes)" msgstr "" "geo longitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced, in " "degrees, according to WGS84 (zero at the prime meridian in Greenwich/UK, " "negative values for western longitudes)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:307 msgid "" "geo elevation of where the media has been recorded or produced in meters " "according to WGS84 (zero is average sea level)" msgstr "" "geo elevation of where the media has been recorded or produced, in metres, " "according to WGS84 (zero is average sea level)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:311 msgid "country (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "country (English name) where the media has been recorded or produced" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:315 msgid "city (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "city (English name) where the media has been recorded or produced" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:319 msgid "" "a location within a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighborhood)" msgstr "" "a location within a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighbourhood)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:323 msgid "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in meters)" msgstr "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in metres)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:327 msgid "" "movement speed of the capturing device while performing the capture in m/s" msgstr "" "movement speed of the capturing device in m/s while performing the capture" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:386 msgid "Arbitrary application data to be serialized into the media" msgstr "Arbitrary application data to be serialised into the media" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:389 msgid "How the image should be rotated or flipped before display" msgstr "How the image should be rotated or flipped before displaying" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1115 msgid "An error happened while waiting for EOS\n" msgstr "An error occurred while waiting for EOS\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/webcredentials_browser_extension.po0000644000000000000000000000145312321561375025730 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for webaccounts-browser-extension # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webaccounts-browser-extension package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webaccounts-browser-extension\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-29 04:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 05:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-release-upgrader.po0000644000000000000000000003226112321561375023646 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2005 THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2005. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sebastian.heinlein@web.de\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-09 23:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeAptCdrom.py:142 msgid "Could not calculate sources.list entry" msgstr "Could not calculate the sources.list entry" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeAptCdrom.py:251 msgid "" "Unable to locate any package files, perhaps this is not a Ubuntu Disc or the " "wrong architecture?" msgstr "" "Unable to locate any package files, perhaps this is not an Ubuntu Disc or " "the wrong architecture?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeCache.py:649 msgid "This is most likely a transient problem, please try again later." msgstr "This is most likely a temporary problem, please try again later." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeCache.py:657 msgid "Could not calculate the upgrade" msgstr "Could not determine the upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeCache.py:708 msgid "Error authenticating some packages" msgstr "Error authenticating some packages. Continue?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:231 msgid "" "This usually means that another package management application (like apt-get " "or aptitude) already running. Please close that application first." msgstr "" "This usually means that another package management application (like apt-get " "or aptitude) is already running. Please close that application first." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:290 msgid "" "You are running the upgrade over a remote ssh connection with a frontend " "that does not support this. Please try a text mode upgrade with 'do-release-" "upgrade'.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will abort now. Please try without ssh." msgstr "" "You are running the upgrade over a remote SSH connection with a front-end " "that does not support this. Please try a text mode upgrade with 'do-release-" "upgrade'.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will abort now. Please try without SSH." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:305 #, python-format msgid "" "This session appears to be running under ssh. It is not recommended to " "perform a upgrade over ssh currently because in case of failure it is harder " "to recover.\n" "\n" "If you continue, an additional ssh daemon will be started at port '%s'.\n" "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" "This session appears to be running under SSH. It is not recommended to " "perform a upgrade over SSH currently because in case of failure it is harder " "to recover.\n" "\n" "If you continue, an additional SSH daemon will be started at port '%s'.\n" "Do you want to continue?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:400 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:445 msgid "Can not upgrade" msgstr "Cannot upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:401 #, python-format msgid "An upgrade from '%s' to '%s' is not supported with this tool." msgstr "An upgrade from \"%s\" to \"%s\" is not supported with this tool." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:498 msgid "" "The upgrade system can use the internet to automatically download the latest " "updates and install them during the upgrade. If you have a network " "connection this is highly recommended.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will take longer, but when it is complete, your system will be " "fully up to date. You can choose not to do this, but you should install the " "latest updates soon after upgrading.\n" "If you answer 'no' here, the network is not used at all." msgstr "" "The upgrade system can use the internet to automatically download the latest " "updates and install them. If you have a network connection this is highly " "recommended.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will take longer, but when it is complete, your system will be " "fully up to date. You can choose not to do this, but you should install the " "latest updates as soon as possible after upgrading.\n" "If you answer 'no' here, the network is not used at all." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:763 #, python-format msgid "" "While scanning your repository information no mirror entry for the upgrade " "was found. This can happen if you run an internal mirror or if the mirror " "information is out of date.\n" "\n" "Do you want to rewrite your 'sources.list' file anyway? If you choose 'Yes' " "here it will update all '%s' to '%s' entries.\n" "If you select 'No' the upgrade will cancel." msgstr "" "While scanning your repository information, no mirror entry for the upgrade " "was found. This can happen if you run an internal mirror or if the mirror " "information is out of date.\n" "\n" "Do you want to rewrite your 'sources.list' file anyway? If you choose 'Yes' " "here, it will update all '%s' to '%s' entries.\n" "If you select 'No', the upgrade will cancel." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:821 msgid "" "Upgrading the repository information resulted in a invalid file so a bug " "reporting process is being started." msgstr "" "Upgrading the repository information resulted in an invalid file, so a bug " "reporting process is being started." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1075 msgid "Upgrade canceled" msgstr "Upgrade cancelled" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1300 msgid "" "A problem occurred during the clean-up. Please see the below message for " "more information. " msgstr "" "A problem occured during the clean-up. Please see the below message for more " "information. " #. FIXME: instead of error out, fetch and install it #. here #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1376 msgid "Required depends is not installed" msgstr "Required depends are not installed" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1652 msgid "" "Preparing the system for the upgrade failed so a bug reporting process is " "being started." msgstr "" "Preparing the system for the upgrade failed, so a bug reporting process is " "being started." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1723 msgid "Failed to add the cdrom" msgstr "Failed to add the CDROM" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1724 msgid "Sorry, adding the cdrom was not successful." msgstr "Sorry, adding the CDROM was not successful." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:312 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:318 msgid "Can not run the upgrade" msgstr "Cannot run the upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:319 #, python-format msgid "The error message is '%s'." msgstr "The error message is '%s'" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:250 msgid "" "Running the 'unity' desktop environment is not fully supported by your " "graphics hardware. You will maybe end up in a very slow environment after " "the upgrade. Our advice is to keep the LTS version for now. For more " "information see https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Bugs/" "UpdateManagerWarningForUnity3D Do you still want to continue with the " "upgrade?" msgstr "" "Running the 'Unity' desktop environment is not fully supported by your " "graphics hardware. You will maybe end up in a very slow environment after " "the upgrade. Our advice is to keep the LTS version for now. For more " "information see https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Bugs/" "UpdateManagerWarningForUnity3D Do you still want to continue with the " "upgrade?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:300 msgid "" "This computer is currently using the AMD 'fglrx' graphics driver. No version " "of this driver is available that works with your hardware in Ubuntu 10.04 " "LTS.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" "This computer is currently using the AMD 'fglrx' graphics driver. A version " "of this driver that works with your hardware is not available in Ubuntu " "10.04 LTS.\n" "\n" "Do you wish to continue?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:336 msgid "" "Your system uses an i586 CPU or a CPU that does not have the 'cmov' " "extension. All packages were built with optimizations requiring i686 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." msgstr "" "Your system uses an i586 CPU or a CPU that does not have the 'cmov' " "extension. All packages were built with optimisations requiring i686 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:373 msgid "" "Your system uses an ARM CPU that is older than the ARMv6 architecture. All " "packages in karmic were built with optimizations requiring ARMv6 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." msgstr "" "Your system uses an ARM CPU that is older than the ARMv6 architecture. All " "packages in Ubuntu 9.10 were built with optimisations requiring ARMv6 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeMain.py:66 msgid "Use the given path to search for a cdrom with upgradable packages" msgstr "Use the given path to search for a CD-ROM with upgradeable packages" #. self.expander.set_expanded(True) #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk.py:233 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk3.py:236 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewKDE.py:303 #, python-format msgid "" "Replace the customized configuration file\n" "'%s'?" msgstr "" "Replace the customised configuration file\n" "'%s'?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk.py:484 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk3.py:498 msgid "Ctrl-c pressed" msgstr "Ctrl-C pressed" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk.py:485 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk3.py:499 msgid "" "This will abort the operation and may leave the system in a broken state. " "Are you sure you want to do that?" msgstr "" "This will end the operation and may leave the system in a broken state. Are " "you sure that you want to do that?" #. FIXME make this user friendly #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewKDE.py:834 msgid "" "Cancel the running upgrade?\n" "\n" "The system could be in an unusable state if you cancel the upgrade. You are " "strongly advised to resume the upgrade." msgstr "" "Cancel the running upgrade?\n" "\n" "Stopping the upgrade may render your system unusable. It is recommended that " "the upgrade is resumed and allowed to complete." #. if we have a estimated speed, use it #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:167 #, python-format msgid "This download will take about %s with your connection. " msgstr "This download should take about %s with your connection. " #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:396 msgid "" "Installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the download has " "finished, the process cannot be canceled." msgstr "" "Installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the download has " "finished, the process cannot be cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:400 msgid "" "Fetching and installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the " "download has finished, the process cannot be canceled." msgstr "" "Fetching and installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the " "download has finished, the process cannot be cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:411 msgid "" "There are no upgrades available for your system. The upgrade will now be " "canceled." msgstr "" "There are no upgrades available for your system. The upgrade will now be " "cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewText.py:228 msgid "Continue [Yn] " msgstr "Continue? [Yn] " #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewText.py:249 msgid "" "To finish the upgrade, a restart is required.\n" "If you select 'y' the system will be restarted." msgstr "" "To complete the upgrade, a system restart is required.\n" "If you select 'y' the system will be restarted." #: ../data/gtkbuilder/AcquireProgress.ui.h:1 #: ../data/gtkbuilder/UpgradePromptDialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Show progress of individual files" msgstr "Show the progress of individual files" #: ../data/gtkbuilder/DistUpgrade.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Cancel the running upgrade?\n" "\n" "The system could be in an unusable state if you cancel the upgrade. You are " "strongly adviced to resume the upgrade." msgstr "" "Cancel the running upgrade?\n" "\n" "The system could be left in an unusable state if you cancel the upgrade. You " "are strongly adviced to resume the upgrade." #: ../data/gtkbuilder/DistUpgrade.ui.h:15 msgid "" "Restart the system to complete the upgrade\n" "\n" "Please save your work before continuing." msgstr "" "Restart the system to complete the upgrade\n" "\n" "Please save your work before continuing with the upgrade." #: ../do-release-upgrade:138 #, c-format msgid "" "The release upgrade can not be performed currently, please try again later. " "The server reported: '%s'" msgstr "" "The release upgrade cannot be performed currently, please try again later. " "The server reported: '%s'" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/libsecret.po0000644000000000000000000000161212321561375021047 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for libsecret # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libsecret package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libsecret\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-09 21:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libsecret/secret-session.c:244 ../libsecret/secret-session.c:281 msgid "Couldn't communicate with the secret storage" msgstr "Could not communicate with the secret storage" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-photos.po0000644000000000000000000000203612321561375022515 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-photos # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-photos package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-photos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 15:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-30 17:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/unity_picasa_daemon.py:395 ../src/unity_flickr_daemon.py:556 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../src/unity_shotwell_daemon.py:263 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../unity-lens-photos.application.in.h:1 msgid "Photos search plugin" msgstr "Photos search plug-in" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000142012321561376020532 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for webapps-applications # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webapps-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webapps-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-21 11:04-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-12 10:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-friends.po0000644000000000000000000000255212321561376022637 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-lens-friends # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-friends package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-friends\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 04:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-16 20:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. end work around #: ../src/daemon.vala:550 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favourites" #: ../data/social.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Online " "accounts to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Social " "header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you can disable " "this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plug-in that enables information from On-line " "accounts to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Social " "header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you can disable " "this search plug-in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mahjongg.po0000644000000000000000000000335312321561376021775 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2007 gnome-games COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2007. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 08:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "true if the window is maximised" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:431 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:553 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Robert Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Ross Burton \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #. Translators: This is the window title for Mahjongg which contains the map name, e.g. 'Mahjongg - Red Dragon' #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:642 #, c-format msgid "Mahjongg - %s" msgstr "Mahjongg — %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mines.po0000644000000000000000000000363312321561376021317 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2007 gnome-games COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2007. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 06:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Set to true to display a border around mine indication numbers." msgstr "Set to true, to display a border around mine indication numbers." #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Set to true to automatically flag squares as mined when enough squares are " "revealed" msgstr "" "Set to true, to automatically flag squares as mined when enough squares are " "revealed." #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "true if the window is maximised" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:787 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Robert Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Ross Burton \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "David Lodge \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-calculator.po0000644000000000000000000000725012321561376022334 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 gcalctool's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gcalctool package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gcalctool\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 00:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #. Accessible name for the factorize button #: ../data/buttons-advanced.ui.h:4 ../data/buttons-programming.ui.h:2 msgid "Factorize" msgstr "Factorise" #. The translator credits. Please translate this with your name (s). #: ../src/gnome-calculator.vala:275 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Abigail Brady \n" "Bastien Nocera \n" "Gareth Owen \n" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89" #. Tooltip for the factor button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:383 msgid "Factorize [Ctrl+F]" msgstr "Factorise [Ctrl+F]" #. Tooltip for the double declining depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:395 msgid "Double Declining Depreciation" msgstr "Double-Declining Depreciation" #. Tooltip for the sum of the years digits depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:401 msgid "Sum of the Years Digits Depreciation" msgstr "Sum-of-the-Years' Digits Depreciation" #. Tooltip for the straight line depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:403 msgid "Straight Line Depreciation" msgstr "Straight-Line Depreciation" #. Error displayed when trying to factorize a non-integer value #: ../src/math-equation.vala:1086 msgid "Need an integer to factorize" msgstr "Need an integer to factorise" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgid "Kilometers" msgstr "Kilometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "kilometer,kilometers,km,kms" msgstr "kilometre,kilometres,km,kms" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgid "Meters" msgstr "Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "meter,meters,m" msgstr "metre,metres,m" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms" msgstr "centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "millimeter,millimeters,mm" msgstr "millimetre,millimetres,mm" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgid "Micrometers" msgstr "Micrometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "micrometer,micrometers,um" msgstr "micrometre,micrometres,um" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgid "Nanometers" msgstr "Nanometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "nanometer,nanometers,nm" msgstr "nanometre,nanometres,nm" #: ../src/unit.vala:59 msgid "Square Meters" msgstr "Square Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:60 msgid "Square Centimeters" msgstr "Square Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:61 msgid "Square Millimeters" msgstr "Square Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:62 msgid "Cubic Meters" msgstr "Cubic Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:80 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "microsecond,microseconds,us,μs" msgstr "microsecond,microseconds,us,µs" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-bluetooth.po0000644000000000000000000000157012321561376023056 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-bluetooth package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-15 23:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-02 15:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. settings section #: ../src/desktop.vala:201 msgid "Set Up New Device…" msgstr "Set-up New Device…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-home.po0000644000000000000000000000251012321561376022277 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-scope-home # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-home package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-home\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-14 10:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andi Chandler \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/master-scopes/applications.scope.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Accessories;Education;Games;Graphics;Internet;Fonts;Office;Media;" "Customisation;Accessibility;Developer;Science & Engineering;Dash plugins;" "System" msgstr "" "Accessories;Education;Games;Graphics;Internet;Fonts;Office;Media;" "Customisation;Accessibility;Developer;Science & Engineering;Dash plug-ins;" "System" #: ../data/master-scopes/applications.scope.in.in.h:12 msgid "Local apps;Software center" msgstr "Local apps;Software centre" #: ../data/master-scopes/reference.scope.in.in.h:3 msgid "Encyclopedia" msgstr "Encyclopaedia" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-keyboard.po0000644000000000000000000000141212321561376022644 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for indicator-keyboard # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-keyboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-keyboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 16:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-29 15:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000001750712321561376023212 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. # Philip Withnall , 2010. # Chris Leonard , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 14:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 15:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ubuntu Archive Auto-Sync \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:3 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:17 msgid "" "The launcher will reveal when moving the pointer to the " "defined hot spot." msgstr "" "The launcher will reveal when moving the pointer to the " "defined hotspot." #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Some settings have been overriden by an external program, press \"Restore " "Default Behaviors\" to reset the behavior and return control to this panel." msgstr "" "Some settings have been overridden by an external program. Press \"Restore " "Default Behaviours\" to reset the behaviour and return control to this " "panel." #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:31 msgid "Restore Behavior Settings" msgstr "Restore Behaviour Settings" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:32 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:47 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Solid Colour" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1995 msgid "Colors & Gradients" msgstr "Colours & Gradients" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1596 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "Default Grey" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1717 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1769 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2015 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up-to-date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Screen;Display" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:538 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "Anticlockwise" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:1864 msgid "Drag to change primary display." msgstr "Drag to change the primary display." #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2339 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "Launch e-mail client" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "Aero_plane Mode" #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:6 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "_Options…" #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:2 msgid "C_reate..." msgstr "C_reate…" #: ../panels/network/network-vpn.ui.h:7 msgid "_Configure..." msgstr "_Configure…" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:4 msgid "_Use as Hotspot..." msgstr "_Use as Hotspot…" #: ../panels/network/network-wifi.ui.h:18 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "_Settings…" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "Modem initialisation failed" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:535 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "Mobile phone" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2282 msgid "Searching for preferred drivers..." msgstr "Searching for preferred drivers…" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2297 msgid "Select from database..." msgstr "Select from database…" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2306 msgid "Provide PPD File..." msgstr "Provide PPD File…" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Loading options..." msgstr "Loading options…" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Loading drivers database..." msgstr "Loading drivers database…" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:159 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "Setting new driver..." msgstr "Setting new driver…" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:523 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:40 msgid "Copy Settings..." msgstr "Copy Settings…" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Install languages..." msgstr "Install languages…" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:18 msgid "Locations..." msgstr "Locations…" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:5 msgid "On screen keyboard" msgstr "On-screen keyboard" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:23 msgid "Options..." msgstr "Options…" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:12 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "Keep magnifier cursor centred" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:23 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "Colour Effects:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "Colour Effects" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:79 msgid "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen to calibrate the " "tablet." msgstr "" "Please tap the target markers as they appear on screen, to calibrate the " "tablet." #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:368 msgid "Mis-click detected, restarting..." msgstr "Mis-click detected, restarting…" #: ../shell/unitycc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/cheese.po0000644000000000000000000000373712321561376020342 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 cheese's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the cheese package. # Philip Withnall , 2008, 2009, 2010. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cheese\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 05:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "Adjusts the hue (colour tint) of the image coming from the camera" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize device %s for capability probing" msgstr "Failed to initialise device %s for capability probing" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:803 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "Cancellable initialisation not supported" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:614 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Philip Withnall \n" "Bruce Cowan \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andi Chandler https://launchpad.net/~bing\n" " Bruce Cowan https://launchpad.net/~bruce89\n" " Giles Weaver https://launchpad.net/~gweaver\n" " Jim Perry https://launchpad.net/~tamelion\n" " Philip Withnall https://launchpad.net/~drbob\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:296 #, c-format msgid "Could not move %s to trash" msgstr "Could not move %s to wastebasket" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1180 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Move to Was_tebasket" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000001223012321561376023341 0ustar # English (British) # Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-settings-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 15:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 00:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../plugins/background/background.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Background plugin" msgstr "Background plug-in" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1666 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "Colour plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2059 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2075 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2061 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "Colour calibration device added" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2077 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "Colour calibration device removed" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:590 #, c-format msgid "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the trash." msgstr "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:601 #, c-format msgid "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the trash." msgstr "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the Rubbish Bin." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:634 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:437 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:108 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to an external disk." #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:620 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Mobile phone" msgstr[1] "Mobile phones" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:903 msgid "Cell phone is charging" msgstr "Mobile phone is charging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:907 msgid "Cell phone is discharging" msgstr "Mobile phone is discharging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:911 msgid "Cell phone is empty" msgstr "Mobile phone is empty" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:915 msgid "Cell phone is charged" msgstr "Mobile phone is charged" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1399 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1573 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "Mobile phone battery low" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1402 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Mobile phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Mobile phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. Translators: Just wait #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:893 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Please wait…" #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:488 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:528 msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "Printing cancelled" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:663 #, c-format msgid "NSS security system could not be initialized" msgstr "NSS security system could not be initialised" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-manpages.po0000644000000000000000000000142012321561376023141 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-scope-manpages # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-manpages package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-manpages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 16:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 20:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000000141512321561376023001 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-scope-devhelp # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-devhelp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-28 09:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 20:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-calculator.po0000644000000000000000000000142612321561376023505 0ustar # English (United Kingdom) translation for unity-scope-calculator # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-calculator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-calculator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-28 09:22+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 20:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (United Kingdom) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_GB/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-video-effects.po0000644000000000000000000000340412321561376022723 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2008 gnome-video-effects' COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-video-effects package. # Philip Withnall , 2008, 2009. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-video-effects\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-10 07:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../effects/bulge.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Bulges the center of the video" msgstr "Bulges the centre of the video" #: ../effects/invertion.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Invert colors of the video input" msgstr "Invert colours of the video input" #: ../effects/mauve.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a mauve color" msgstr "Transform video input into a mauve colour" #: ../effects/noir.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into grayscale" msgstr "Transform video input into greyscale" #: ../effects/pinch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Pinches the center of the video" msgstr "Pinches the centre of the video" #: ../effects/square.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Makes a square out of the center of the video" msgstr "Makes a square out of the centre of the video" #: ../effects/stretch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Stretches the center of the video" msgstr "Stretches the centre of the video" #: ../effects/twirl.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Twirl the center of the video" msgstr "Twirl the centre of the video" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561403014753 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561453016545 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000000241112321561403020525 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for devhelp # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the devhelp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 22:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "Main window maximised state" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "Whether the main window should start maximised." #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jem https://launchpad.net/~jem-mawson\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000001453512321561404017663 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for eog # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the eog package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "As custom colour:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "As custom c_olour:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Colour for Transparent Areas" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-colour key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK" "+ theme instead." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-colour key " "determines the colour value used." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Transparency colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "colour which is used for indicating transparency." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Use a custom background colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "If this is active, the colour set by the background-colour key will be used " "to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill colour." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "Delete images without asking" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the rubbish bin. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to " "the rubbish bin and would be deleted instead." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialogue more " "usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget " "will be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entre:" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the rubbish bin?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "A rubbish bin item for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this " "image permanently?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the rubbish bin?" msgstr[1] "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the rubbish bin" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the rubbish bin and will be " "removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Move to _Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "Couldn't access the Rubbish Bin." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "Move the selected image to the rubbish bin folder" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Isopogon https://launchpad.net/~isopogon\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Stephen Norman https://launchpad.net/~stenorman2001-mac\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000011310512321561405021506 0ustar # Australian translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady 2000 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution 0.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be " "misspelt, or your network connection could be down." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" "A mate already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "Ca_tegories…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "Full _Name…" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "_Type an e-mail address or drag a contact into the list below:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "The name or e-mail address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "Website" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "Work E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "Home E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "Other E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "Copy _E-mail Address" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "Copy the e-mail address to the clipboard" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "Importing…" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "Would you like to send all the participants a cancellation notice?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the meeting is cancelled." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the task has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Would you like to send a cancellation notice for this memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the memo has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "Send an e-mail" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "Appointment — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "Assigned Task — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "Task — %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "Unable to synchronise with the server" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "_Attachment…" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "Or_ganiser:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "An organiser is required." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Customise" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organiser" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "Organiser: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "Organiser: %s" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "An organiser must be set." #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organiser" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "America/North_Dakota/Centre" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Save as…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Save _As…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "_Print…" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "_Prioritise Message" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " There are attachments still being downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "it to be sent without those attachments " #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Manage your e-mail, contacts and schedule" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "Whether to force showing the e-mail address with the name of the " "autocompleted contact in the entry." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour — Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "Colour to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour — Time bar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" "Colour to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special colour (task-due-today-" "colour)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Tasks due today colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" "Background colour of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special colour (task-overdue-colour)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Overdue tasks colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" "Background colour of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson time zone database location like \"America/New York\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" "Use the system time zone instead of the time zone selected in Evolution" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the window is maximised" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "Recognise links in text and replace them." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "Recognise emoticons in text and replace them with images." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "Spell checking colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "Underline colour for mis-spelt words when using inline spelling." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "Put personalised signatures at the top of replies" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "List of localised 'Re'" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" "Comma-separated list of localised 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "Ellipsis mode for folder names in side bar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Citation highlight colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Citation highlight colour." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "Sender e-mail-address column in the message list" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" "Show the e-mail-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "Prompt when emptying the rubbish bin" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the rubbish bin." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "Empty rubbish bin folders on exit" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "Empty all rubbish bin folders when exiting Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "Minimum days between emptying the rubbish bin on exit" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "Minimum time between emptying the rubbish bin on exit, in days." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "Last time Empty Rubbish Bin was run" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "The last time Empty Rubbish Bin was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 " "(Epoch)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "List of Labels and their associated colours" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "The default plug-in for Junk hook" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" "This is the default junk plug-in, even though there are multiple plug-ins " "enabled. If the default listed plug-in is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plug-ins." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender e-mail" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender e-mail in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "Server synchronisation interval" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronised with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message " "body" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message " "body." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plug-in to substitute in a " "message body." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Skip development warning dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogues." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "Off-line folder paths" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronised to disk for off-line usage." #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "_Within" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "_Sort…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "_Group By…" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "_Fields Shown…" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "_Hide All" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "_View All Inline" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Other…" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "Customise Current View" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "Custo_mise Current View..." #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "_Copy E-mail Address" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "Missing file name." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "You must specify a file name." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Cancelled." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "Synchronising \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "Emptying rubbish bin in '%s'" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "Forwarded message — %s" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive e-mail using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "Use a Real Folder for Rubbish _Bin:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "Please enter your name and e-mail address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in e-mail you send." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "E-mail _Address:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "Or_ganisation:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "Add Ne_w Signature…" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "Receiving E-mail" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "_Signing algorithm:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "Sending E-mail" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "_Copy to Folder…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "Follow _Up…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "_Edit as New Message…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "_Move to Folder…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "Show the raw e-mail source of the message" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "Mark for Follo_w Up…" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "Show messages with all e-mail headers" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Assign Colour" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "Unset Colour" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "Default Behaviour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Colour for _misspelt words:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licence Agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "_Tick this to accept the licence agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "_Accept Licence" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML e-mail:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "The following recipient was not recognised as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "The following recipients were not recognised as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "Please enter a valid e-mail address in the To: field. You can search for e-" "mail addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "_Empty Rubbish Bin" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Unable to read licence file." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "Cannot read the licence file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its licence." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "Synchronise folders locally for offline usage?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" "Do you want to locally synchronise the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "Do _Not Synchronise" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "_Synchronise" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Cancelling..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "Updating…" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "Waiting…" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "_Forward Contact…" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "_Send Message to Contact…" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalogue" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "Microsoft Global Catalogue over SSL" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "E-mail:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "_Time and date:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the e-mail address." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "_Copy…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "_Delegate Meeting…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Forward as iCalendar…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "New _Appointment…" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "_Schedule Meeting…" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s through %s has cancelled the following meeting:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s has cancelled the following meeting:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s through %s has cancelled the following shared memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s has cancelled the following shared memo:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Sent to calendar '%s' as cancelled" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "Organiser has removed the delegate %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Sent a cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Could not send the cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish Bin" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "C_reate Search Folder From Search…" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "Plug-in Manager" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Plug-in" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "_Plug-ins" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "Enable and disable plug-ins" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "_Synchronise contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "Synchronise with _buddy list now" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and e-mail addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "E-mail Custom Header" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" "The external editor set in your plug-in preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Arne Goetje https://launchpad.net/~arnegoetje\n" " Dave Hall https://launchpad.net/~skwashd\n" " David Symons https://launchpad.net/~bimberi\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Jan Schmidt https://launchpad.net/~thaytan\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Michael Zucchi https://launchpad.net/~notzed\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "_Advanced Search…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "_Edit Saved Searches…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "_Save Search…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "Save Custom View…" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "Current view is a customised view" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "Disable loading of any plug-ins." #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- The Evolution PIM and E-mail Client" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "Issued To Organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "Issued To Organisational Unit" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "Issued By Organisation" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "Issued By Organisational Unit" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "All e-mail certificate files" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Signer Certificate" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "E-mail Recipient Certificate" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organisation (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Organisational Unit (OU)" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "You have certificates from these organisations that identify you:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "E-mail Certificate Trust Settings" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "E-mail Certificate Authority" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%m/%d/%Y" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000002672012321561405023727 0ustar # Australian translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady 2000 # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution 0.6\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Loading…" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Searching…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "Reconnecting to LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "Receiving LDAP search results…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Modifying contact from LDAP server…" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Removing contact from LDAP server…" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisational Unit" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "Operation has been cancelled" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organiser\", or " "\"classification\"" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronised." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "Resynchronising with server" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "Synchronising folders" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "Synchronising folder" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Can not parse search expression: %s\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "Synchronising junk database" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "Can not build locking helper pipe: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "Can not fork locking helper: %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "Could not load %s: No initialisation code in module." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "Server response did not contain authorisation data" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "Server response contained incomplete authorisation data" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognised by the implementation." #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Can not delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Can not rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Can not delete folder: %s: No such folder" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Can not rename folder: %s: No such folder" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "Cannot copy messages to the Rubbish Bin folder" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "Automatically _synchronise remote mail locally" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Can not get folder: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Can not open maildir directory path: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "Synchronising folder" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "Can not create folder lock on %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Synchronising folder failed: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Can not open MH directory path: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "Spool folders can not be deleted" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "Could not synchronise temporary folder %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Syntax error, command unrecognised" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favourites" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organisation (O)" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Organisational Unit (OU)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000000604712321561405021325 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for file-roller # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the file-roller package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-31 21:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "Application does not accept documents on the command line" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "Specify the file containing the saved configuration" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "Show the session management options" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialogue and not associated " "with the file type." #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "Extract the selected archive to the current location" #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " David Symons https://launchpad.net/~bimberi\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "There was an internal error while trying to search for applications:" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000000210112321561406020153 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gconf # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gconf package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-15 08:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/markup-backend.c:862 msgid "Initializing Markup backend module" msgstr "Initialising Markup backend module" #: ../backends/xml-backend.c:811 msgid "Initializing XML backend module" msgstr "Initialising XML backend module" #: ../gconf/gconf-backend.c:363 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing module `%s': %s\n" msgstr "Error initialising module `%s': %s\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gedit.po0000644000000000000000000001266612321561410020205 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gedit # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gedit package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gedit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether you are writing the next bestseller, programming an innovative " "application, or simply taking some quick notes, gedit will be a reliable " "tool to accomplish your task." msgstr "" "Whether you are writing the next best-seller, programming an innovative " "application, or simply taking some quick notes, gedit will be a reliable " "tool to accomplish your task." #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Its flexible plugin system allows you to tailor the application to your " "needs and adapt it to your workflow." msgstr "" "Its flexible plugin system allows you to tailor the application to your " "needs and adapt it to your work flow." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text." msgstr "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognised encodings are used." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognised encodings are used." #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-help.c:114 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " David https://launchpad.net/~davids7-deactivatedaccount\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Ryan Dwyer https://launchpad.net/~ryandwyer" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:825 msgid "The selected color scheme cannot be installed." msgstr "The selected colour scheme cannot be installed." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:867 msgid "Color Scheme Files" msgstr "Colour Scheme Files" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:919 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove color scheme \"%s\"." msgstr "Could not remove colour scheme \"%s\"." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Color Scheme" msgstr "Colour Scheme" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:29 msgid "Font & Colors" msgstr "Font & Colours" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:253 msgid "Capitalize the first letter of each selected word" msgstr "Capitalise the first letter of each selected word" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:6 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to Rubbish Bin" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:916 msgid "" "Cannot move file to trash, do you\n" "want to delete permanently?" msgstr "" "Cannot move file to the rubbish bin, do you\n" "want to delete permanently?" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:921 #, c-format msgid "The file \"%s\" cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "The file \"%s\" cannot be moved to the rubbish bin." #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-plugin.c:926 msgid "The selected files cannot be moved to the trash." msgstr "The selected files cannot be moved to the rubbish bin." #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Command Color Text" msgstr "Command Colour Text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "The command color text" msgstr "The command colour text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Error Color Text" msgstr "Error Colour Text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The error color text" msgstr "The error colour text" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand color:" msgstr "C_ommand colour:" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Error color:" msgstr "_Error colour:" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:127 msgid "_Highlight Misspelled Words" msgstr "_Highlight Misspelt Words" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:846 msgid "No misspelled words" msgstr "No misspelt words" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:2 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "Misspelt word:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20.po0000644000000000000000000055356312321561410020215 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gimp # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gimp package. # <>, 2006. # , fuzzy # <>, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 14:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../app/main.c:153 msgid "Show license information and exit" msgstr "Show licence information and exit" #: ../app/main.c:228 msgid "Send messages to console instead of using a dialog" msgstr "Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue" #: ../app/main.c:407 msgid "" "GIMP could not initialize the graphical user interface.\n" "Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists." msgstr "" "GIMP could not initialise the graphical user interface.\n" "Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists." #: ../app/main.c:514 msgid "GIMP output. You can minimize this window, but don't close it." msgstr "GIMP output. You can minimise this window, but don't close it." #: ../app/actions/actions.c:121 ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:174 #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:354 msgid "Colormap" msgstr "Colourmap" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:136 msgid "Dialogs" msgstr "Dialogues" #: ../app/actions/channels-actions.c:49 msgctxt "channels-action" msgid "Edit the channel's name, color and opacity" msgstr "Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:90 msgid "Edit Channel Color" msgstr "Edit Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:122 msgid "New Channel Color" msgstr "New Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:44 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Colormap Menu" msgstr "Colourmap Menu" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:48 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "_Edit Colour..." #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:49 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Edit this color" msgstr "Edit this colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:57 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from FG" msgstr "_Add Colour from FG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:58 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current foreground color" msgstr "Add current foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:63 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from BG" msgstr "_Add Colour from BG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:64 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current background color" msgstr "Add current background colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:73 #, c-format msgid "Edit colormap entry #%d" msgstr "Edit colourmap entry #%d" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:80 msgid "Edit Colormap Entry" msgstr "Edit Colourmap Entry" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:48 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "_Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:80 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Default Colors" msgstr "_Default Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:82 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Set foreground color to black, background color to white" msgstr "Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:87 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "S_wap Colors" msgstr "S_wap Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:88 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Exchange foreground and background colors" msgstr "Exchange foreground and background colours" #: ../app/actions/cursor-info-actions.c:48 msgctxt "cursor-info-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "Use the composite colour of all visible layers" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:56 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the tool options dialog" msgstr "Open the tool options dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:62 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the device status dialog" msgstr "Open the device status dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:68 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the layers dialog" msgstr "Open the layers dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:74 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the channels dialog" msgstr "Open the channels dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:80 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the paths dialog" msgstr "Open the paths dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:85 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Color_map" msgstr "Colour_map" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:86 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the colormap dialog" msgstr "Open the colourmap dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:92 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the histogram dialog" msgstr "Open the histogram dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:104 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the display navigation dialog" msgstr "Open the display navigation dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:109 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Undo _History" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:110 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the undo history dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:115 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Pointer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:116 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the pointer information dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:121 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Sample Points" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:122 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the sample points dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:127 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Colo_rs" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:128 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the FG/BG color dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:133 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Brushes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:134 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the brushes dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:139 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Brush Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:140 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the brush editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:145 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:146 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open paint dynamics dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:151 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:152 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the paint dynamics editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:157 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "P_atterns" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:158 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the patterns dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:163 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:164 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the gradients dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:169 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Gradient Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:170 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the gradient editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:175 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Pal_ettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:176 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the palettes dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:181 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Palette Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:182 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the palette editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:187 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Tool presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:188 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open tool presets dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:193 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Fonts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:194 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the fonts dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:199 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "B_uffers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:200 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the named buffers dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:205 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Images" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:206 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the images dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:211 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Document Histor_y" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:212 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the document history dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:217 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Templates" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:218 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the image templates dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:223 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Error Co_nsole" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:224 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the error console" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:234 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:235 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the preferences dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:240 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Input Devices" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:241 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the input devices editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:246 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Keyboard Shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:247 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the keyboard shortcuts editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:252 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Modules" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:253 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the module manager dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:258 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Tip of the Day" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:259 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Show some helpful tips on using GIMP" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:264 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:265 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "About GIMP" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:333 msgid "New Toolbox" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:334 msgid "Create a new toolbox" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:45 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "M_ove to Screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:49 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "Close Dock" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:54 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "_Open Display..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:55 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "Connect to another display" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:63 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "_Show Image Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dock-actions.c:69 msgctxt "dock-action" msgid "Auto _Follow Active Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:48 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Dialogs Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:53 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "_Add Tab" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:55 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "_Preview Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:57 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "_Tab Style" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:60 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "_Close Tab" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:65 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "_Detach Tab" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:84 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Tiny" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:86 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "E_xtra Small" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:88 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Small" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:90 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Medium" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:92 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Large" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:94 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "Ex_tra Large" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:96 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Huge" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:98 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Enormous" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:100 msgctxt "preview-size" msgid "_Gigantic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:106 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "_Icon" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:108 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Current _Status" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:110 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "_Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:112 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "I_con & Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:114 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "St_atus & Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:116 ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:224 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:126 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Loc_k Tab to Dock" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:128 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Protect this tab from being dragged with the mouse pointer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:134 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Show _Button Bar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:143 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "View as _List" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:148 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "View as _Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:41 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Documents Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:45 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "_Open Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:46 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Open the selected entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:51 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "_Raise or Open Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:52 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Raise window if already open" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:57 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "File Open _Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:58 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Open image dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:63 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Copy Image _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:64 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Copy image location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:69 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Remove _Entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:70 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Remove the selected entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:75 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "_Clear History" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:76 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Clear the entire document history" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:81 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Recreate _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:82 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Recreate preview" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:87 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Reload _all Previews" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:88 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Reload all previews" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:93 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Remove Dangling E_ntries" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:95 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Remove entries for which the corresponding file is not available" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-commands.c:218 msgid "" "Clearing the document history will permanently remove all images from the " "recent documents list." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:45 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_Equalize" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:46 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Automatic contrast enhancement" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:51 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "In_vert" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:52 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Invert the colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:57 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_White Balance" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:58 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Automatic white balance correction" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:63 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_Offset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:65 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Shift the pixels, optionally wrapping them at the borders" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:73 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:74 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Toggle visibility" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:80 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "_Linked" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:81 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Toggle the linked state" msgstr "" #. GIMP_STOCK_LOCK #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:87 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "L_ock pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:89 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Keep the pixels on this drawable from being modified" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:98 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Flip _Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:99 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Flip horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:104 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Flip _Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:105 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Flip vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:113 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate 90° _clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:114 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:119 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate _180°" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:120 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Turn upside-down" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:125 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:126 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Rotate 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-commands.c:63 msgid "Equalize does not operate on indexed layers." msgstr "Equalise does not operate on indexed layers." #: ../app/actions/drawable-commands.c:111 msgid "White Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:42 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:46 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_New Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:47 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Create a new dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:52 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "D_uplicate Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:53 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Duplicate this dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:58 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Copy Dynamics _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:59 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Copy dynamics file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:64 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Delete Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:65 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Delete this dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:70 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Refresh Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:71 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Refresh dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:79 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Edit Dynamics..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:80 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Edit dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-editor-actions.c:42 msgctxt "dynamics-editor-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "dynamics-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:63 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Edit" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:64 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste _as" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:65 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Buffer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:68 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Undo History Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:72 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Undo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:73 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Undo the last operation" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:78 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Redo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:79 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Redo the last operation that was undone" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:84 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Strong Undo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:85 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Undo the last operation, skipping visibility changes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:90 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Strong Redo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:92 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Redo the last operation that was undone, skipping visibility changes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:97 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Clear Undo History" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:98 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Remove all operations from the undo history" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:103 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Fade..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:105 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Modify paint mode and opacity of the last pixel manipulation" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:110 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:111 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Move the selected pixels to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:116 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:117 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy the selected pixels to the clipboard" msgstr "" #. GIMP_STOCK_COPY_VISIBLE, #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:122 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy _Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:123 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy what is visible in the selected region" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:128 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:129 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste the content of the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:134 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste _Into" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:136 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste the content of the clipboard into the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:141 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "From _Clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:142 ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:148 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Create a new image from the content of the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:147 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_New Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:153 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "New _Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:154 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Create a new layer from the content of the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:159 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Cu_t Named..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:160 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Move the selected pixels to a named buffer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:165 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Copy Named..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:166 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy the selected pixels to a named buffer" msgstr "" #. GIMP_STOCK_COPY_VISIBLE, #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:171 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy _Visible Named..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:173 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy what is visible in the selected region to a named buffer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:178 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "_Paste Named..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:179 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste the content of a named buffer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:184 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Cl_ear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:185 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Clear the selected pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:193 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with _FG Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:194 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:199 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with B_G Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:200 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:205 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill _with Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:206 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the active pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:39 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Error Console Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:43 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "_Clear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:44 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Clear error console" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:49 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Select _All" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:50 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Select all error messages" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:58 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "_Save Error Log to File..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:59 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Write all error messages to a file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:64 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Save S_election to File..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:65 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Write the selected error messages to a file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:71 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:72 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Crea_te" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:73 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:76 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "_Open..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:77 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Open an image file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:82 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Op_en as Layers..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:83 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Open an image file as layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:88 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Open _Location..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:89 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Open an image file from a specified location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:94 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Create Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:95 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Create a new template from this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:100 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Re_vert" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:101 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Reload the image file from disk" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:106 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Close all" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:107 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Close all opened images" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:112 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:113 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Quit the GNU Image Manipulation Program" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:121 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:122 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:127 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:128 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save this image with a different name" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:133 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save a Cop_y..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:135 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "" "Save a copy of this image, without affecting the source file (if any) or the " "current state of the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:140 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save and Close..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:141 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Save this image and close its window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:146 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:147 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image again" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:152 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Over_write" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:153 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image back to the imported file in the import format" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:158 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export As..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:159 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image to various file formats such as PNG or JPEG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:292 #, c-format msgid "Export to %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:298 #, c-format msgid "Over_write %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:306 msgid "Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/fonts-actions.c:43 msgctxt "fonts-action" msgid "Fonts Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/fonts-actions.c:47 msgctxt "fonts-action" msgid "_Rescan Font List" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/fonts-actions.c:48 msgctxt "fonts-action" msgid "Rescan the installed fonts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:45 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Gradient Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:49 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Left Color Type" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:51 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Load Left Color From" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Save Left Color To" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:56 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Right Color Type" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:58 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Load Right Color Fr_om" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:60 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Sa_ve Right Color To" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:66 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "L_eft Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "R_ight Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:111 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:116 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Blend Endpoints' Opacit_y" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:124 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:155 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:160 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Right Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:165 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:213 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:170 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:218 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:203 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:208 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Left Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:257 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:287 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "_Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:262 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:292 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "F_oreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:268 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:298 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "Fo_reground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:273 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:303 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:279 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:309 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "B_ackground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:317 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Linear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:322 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Curved" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:327 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Sinusoidal" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:332 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "Spherical (i_ncreasing)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:337 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "Spherical (_decreasing)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:342 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "(Varies)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:350 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "_RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:355 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:360 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "HSV (clockwise _hue)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:365 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "(Varies)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:778 msgid "Coloring _Type for Segment" msgstr "Colouring _Type for Segment" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:791 msgid "Re-_center Segment's Midpoint" msgstr "Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:800 msgid "Coloring _Type for Selection" msgstr "Colouring Type for Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:813 msgid "Re-_center Midpoints in Selection" msgstr "Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:84 msgid "Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:86 msgid "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:235 msgid "Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:237 msgid "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:43 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Gradients Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:47 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_New Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:48 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Create a new gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:53 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "D_uplicate Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:54 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Duplicate this gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:59 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Copy Gradient _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:60 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Copy gradient file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:65 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Save as _POV-Ray..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:66 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Save gradient as POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:71 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Delete Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:72 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Delete this gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:77 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Refresh Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:78 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Refresh gradients" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:86 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Edit Gradient..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:87 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Edit gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:37 ../app/actions/help-actions.c:40 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:41 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "Open the GIMP user manual" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:46 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "_Context Help" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:47 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "Show the help for a specific user interface item" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:48 ../app/actions/image-actions.c:52 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Image Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:55 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:56 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:57 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:58 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:60 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:61 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "I_nfo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:62 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Auto" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:63 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Map" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:64 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "C_omponents" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:67 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_New..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:68 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Create a new image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:73 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Can_vas Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:74 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Adjust the image dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:79 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Fit Canvas to L_ayers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:80 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Resize the image to enclose all layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:85 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "F_it Canvas to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:86 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Resize the image to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:91 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Print Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:92 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Adjust the print resolution" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:97 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Scale Image..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:98 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Change the size of the image content" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:103 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Crop to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:104 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Crop the image to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:109 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Duplicate" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:110 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Create a duplicate of this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:115 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge Visible _Layers..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:116 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge all visible layers into one layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:121 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:122 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge all layers into one and remove transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:127 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Configure G_rid..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:128 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Configure the grid for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:133 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Image Pr_operties" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:134 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Display information about this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:142 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:143 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to the RGB colorspace" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:147 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:148 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:152 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_Indexed..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:153 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to indexed colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:160 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip _Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:161 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip image horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:166 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip _Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:167 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip image vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:175 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate 90° _clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:176 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:181 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate _180°" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:182 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Turn the image upside-down" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:187 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:188 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:43 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Images Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:47 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_Raise Views" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:48 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Raise this image's displays" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:53 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_New View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:54 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Create a new display for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:59 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:60 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Delete this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:49 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layers Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:53 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:55 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Stac_k" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:57 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:59 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Tr_ansparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:61 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:63 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:65 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:67 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer _Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:70 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Te_xt Tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:71 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Activate the text tool on this text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:76 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Edit Layer Attributes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:77 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Edit the layer's name" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:82 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:610 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_New Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:83 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:88 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:611 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_New Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:89 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:94 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "New from _Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:96 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer from what is visible in this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:101 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "New Layer _Group..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:102 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer group and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:107 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "D_uplicate Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:109 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a duplicate of the layer and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:114 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Delete Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:115 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Delete this layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:120 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Raise Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:121 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Raise this layer one step in the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:126 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:127 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Move this layer to the top of the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:132 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Lower Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:133 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Lower this layer one step in the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:138 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:139 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Move this layer to the bottom of the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:144 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Anchor Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:145 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Anchor the floating layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:150 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge Do_wn" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:151 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge this layer with the first visible layer below it" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:156 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:157 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge the layer group's layers into one normal layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:162 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge _Visible Layers..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:163 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge all visible layers into one layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:168 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:169 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge all layers into one and remove transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:174 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Discard Text Information" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:175 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Turn this text layer into a normal layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:180 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Text to _Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:181 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a path from this text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:186 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Text alon_g Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:187 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Warp this layer's text along the current path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:192 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer B_oundary Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:193 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Adjust the layer dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:198 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:199 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Resize the layer to the size of the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:204 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Scale Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:205 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Change the size of the layer content" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:210 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Crop to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:211 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Crop the layer to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:216 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add La_yer Mask..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:218 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add a mask that allows non-destructive editing of transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:223 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add Alpha C_hannel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:224 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add transparency information to the layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:229 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Remove Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:230 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Remove transparency information from the layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:238 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Lock Alph_a Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:240 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Keep transparency information on this layer from being modified" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:246 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Edit Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:247 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Work on the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:253 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "S_how Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:259 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Disable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:260 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Dismiss the effect of the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:269 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Apply Layer _Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:270 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Apply the effect of the layer mask and remove it" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:275 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Delete Layer Mas_k" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:276 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Remove the layer mask and its effect" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:284 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Mask to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:285 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Replace the selection with the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:290 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Add to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:291 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add the layer mask to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:296 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:325 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Subtract from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:297 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Subtract the layer mask from the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:302 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:332 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Intersect with Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:303 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Intersect the layer mask with the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:311 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Al_pha to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:313 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Replace the selection with the layer's alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:318 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "A_dd to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:320 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add the layer's alpha channel to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:327 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Subtract the layer's alpha channel from the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:334 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Intersect the layer's alpha channel with the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:342 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Top Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:343 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the topmost layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:348 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Bottom Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:349 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the bottommost layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:354 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Previous Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:355 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the layer above the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:360 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Next Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:361 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the layer below the current layer" msgstr "" #. Will be followed with e.g. "Shift-Click #. on thumbnail" #. #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:442 msgid "Shortcut: " msgstr "" #. Will be prepended with a modifier key #. string, e.g. "Shift" #. #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:447 msgid "-Click on thumbnail in Layers dockable" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:605 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:606 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "To _New Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:43 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Palette Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:47 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:48 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Edit this entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Delete Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:54 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Delete this entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:62 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _FG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:73 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:78 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _BG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:80 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:68 msgid "Edit Palette Color" msgstr "Edit Palette Colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:70 msgid "Edit Color Palette Entry" msgstr "Edit Colour Palette Entry" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:43 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Palettes Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:47 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_New Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:48 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Create a new palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:53 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Import Palette..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:54 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Import palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:59 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "D_uplicate Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:60 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Duplicate this palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:65 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Merge Palettes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:66 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Merge palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:71 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Copy Palette _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:72 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Copy palette file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:77 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Delete Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:78 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Delete this palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:83 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Refresh Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:84 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Refresh palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:92 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Edit Palette..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:93 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Edit palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:42 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Patterns Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:46 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Open Pattern as Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:47 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Open this pattern as an image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:52 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_New Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:53 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Create a new pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:58 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "D_uplicate Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:59 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Duplicate this pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:64 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Copy Pattern _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:65 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Copy pattern file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:70 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Delete Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:71 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Delete this pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:76 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Refresh Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:77 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Refresh patterns" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:85 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Edit Pattern..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:86 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Edit pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:85 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Filte_rs" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:87 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Recently Used" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:89 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Blur" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:91 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Noise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:93 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Edge-De_tect" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:95 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "En_hance" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:97 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "C_ombine" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:99 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Generic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:101 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Light and Shadow" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:103 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Distorts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:105 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Artistic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:107 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Decor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:109 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Map" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:111 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Render" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:113 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Clouds" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:115 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Nature" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:117 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:119 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Web" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:121 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "An_imation" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:124 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Reset all _Filters" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:125 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Reset all plug-ins to their default settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:133 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Re_peat Last" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:135 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Rerun the last used plug-in using the same settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:140 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "R_e-Show Last" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:141 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Show the last used plug-in dialog again" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:43 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Quick Mask Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:47 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "_Configure Color and Opacity..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:55 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Toggle _Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:56 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Toggle Quick Mask on/off" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:65 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Mask _Selected Areas" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:70 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Mask _Unselected Areas" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-commands.c:110 msgid "Edit Quick Mask Color" msgstr "Edit Quick Mask Colour" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:39 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "Sample Point Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:46 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "_Sample Merged" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:48 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:44 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Selection Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:47 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:50 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_All" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:51 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Select everything" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:56 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_None" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:57 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Dismiss the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:62 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Invert" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:63 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Invert the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:68 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Float" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:69 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Create a floating selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:74 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Fea_ther..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:76 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Blur the selection border so that it fades out smoothly" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:81 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:82 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Remove fuzziness from the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:87 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "S_hrink..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:88 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Contract the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:93 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Grow..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:94 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Enlarge the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:99 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Bo_rder..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:100 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Replace the selection by its border" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:105 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Save to _Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:106 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Save the selection to a channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:111 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Stroke Selection..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:112 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Paint along the selection outline" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:117 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Stroke Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:118 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Stroke the selection with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:41 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Templates Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:45 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Create Image from Template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:46 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Create a new image from the selected template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:51 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_New Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:52 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Create a new template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:57 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "D_uplicate Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:58 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Duplicate this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:63 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Edit Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:64 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Edit this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:69 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Delete Template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:70 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Delete this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:43 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:44 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Load text from file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:49 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Clear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Clear all text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:58 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "LTR" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:59 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "From left to right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:64 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "RTL" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:65 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "From right to left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:50 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Text Tool Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:54 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Input _Methods" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:58 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:63 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:68 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:73 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:78 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Open text file..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:83 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Cl_ear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:84 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Clear all text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:89 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Path from Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:91 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Create a path from the outlines of the current text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:96 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Text _along Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:98 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Bend the text along the currently active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:106 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "From left to right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:111 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "From right to left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:56 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Tool Options Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:60 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Save Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:64 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Restore Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:68 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "E_dit Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:72 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Delete Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:76 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_New Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:81 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "R_eset Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:82 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset to default values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:87 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset _all Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:88 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset all tool options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-commands.c:186 msgid "Reset All Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:44 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Tool Presets Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:48 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_New Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:49 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Create a new tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:54 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "D_uplicate Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:55 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Duplicate this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:60 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Copy Tool Preset _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:61 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Copy tool preset file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:66 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Delete Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:67 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Delete this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:72 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Refresh Tool Presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:73 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Refresh tool presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:81 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Edit Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:82 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Edit this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-preset-editor-actions.c:42 msgctxt "tool-preset-editor-action" msgid "Tool Preset Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-preset-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "tool-preset-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:45 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:46 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Selection Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:47 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Paint Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:48 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Transform Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:49 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Color Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:55 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_By Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:56 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:61 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Arbitrary Rotation..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:62 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "Rotate by an arbitrary angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:44 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paths Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:48 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path _Tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:53 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Edit Path Attributes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:54 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Edit path attributes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:59 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_New Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:60 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Create a new path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:65 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_New Path with last values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:66 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Create a new path with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:71 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "D_uplicate Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:72 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Duplicate this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:77 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Delete Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:78 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Delete this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:83 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Merge _Visible Paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:88 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Raise Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:89 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:94 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise Path to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:95 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise this path to the top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:100 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Lower Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:101 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:106 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower Path to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:107 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower this path to the bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:112 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Stro_ke Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:113 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paint along the path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:118 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Stro_ke Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:119 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paint along the path with last values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:124 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Co_py Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:129 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paste Pat_h" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:134 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "E_xport Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:139 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "I_mport Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:147 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:153 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Linked" msgstr "" #. GIMP_STOCK_LOCK #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:159 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "L_ock strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:168 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path to Sele_ction" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:169 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path to selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:174 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Fr_om Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:175 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Replace selection with path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:180 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Add to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:181 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Add path to selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:186 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Subtract from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:187 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Subtract path from selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:192 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Intersect with Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:193 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Intersect path with selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:201 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selecti_on to Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:202 ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:208 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selection to path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:207 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "To _Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:213 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selection to Path (_Advanced)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:214 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:68 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:69 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:70 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Padding Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:72 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Move to Screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:76 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_New View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:77 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Create another view on this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:82 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Close View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:83 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Close the active image view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:88 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Fit Image in Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:89 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Adjust the zoom ratio so that the image becomes fully visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:94 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Fi_ll Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:95 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Adjust the zoom ratio so that the entire window is used" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:100 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Re_vert Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:101 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Restore the previous zoom level" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:106 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Na_vigation Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:107 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show an overview window for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:112 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display _Filters..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:113 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Configure filters applied to this view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:118 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Shrink _Wrap" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:119 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Reduce the image window to the size of the image display" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:124 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Open Display..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:125 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Connect to another display" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:133 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Dot for Dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:134 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "A pixel on the screen represents an image pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:140 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:141 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the selection outline" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:147 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Layer Boundary" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:148 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Draw a border around the active layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:154 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:155 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:161 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "S_how Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:162 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:168 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show Sample Points" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:169 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's color sample points" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:175 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Sn_ap to Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:176 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:182 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Sna_p to Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:183 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:189 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Snap to _Canvas Edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:190 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the canvas edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:196 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Snap t_o Active Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:197 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:203 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Menubar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:204 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's menubar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:210 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show R_ulers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:211 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's rulers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:217 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show Scroll_bars" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:218 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's scrollbars" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:224 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show S_tatusbar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:225 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:231 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Fullscr_een" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:232 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Toggle fullscreen view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:238 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Use GEGL" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:239 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Use GEGL to create this window's projection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:263 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:264 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:276 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:269 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:270 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:282 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:275 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:281 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:300 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:306 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1_6:1 (1600%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:301 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:307 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 16:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:312 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:318 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_8:1 (800%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:313 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:319 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 8:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:324 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:330 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_4:1 (400%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:325 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:331 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 4:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:336 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:342 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_2:1 (200%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:337 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:343 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 2:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:348 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:354 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_1:1 (100%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:349 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:355 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:360 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_2 (50%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:361 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:2" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:366 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_4 (25%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:367 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:4" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:372 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_8 (12.5%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:373 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:8" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:378 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:1_6 (6.25%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:379 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:16" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:384 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Othe_r..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:385 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Set a custom zoom factor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:393 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "From _Theme" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:394 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the current theme's background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:399 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Light Check Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:400 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the light check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:405 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Dark Check Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:406 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the dark check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:411 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Select _Custom Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:412 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use an arbitrary color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:417 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "As in _Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:419 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:603 msgid "Set Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:605 msgid "Set Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:93 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Windows" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:95 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Recently Closed Docks" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:97 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Dockable Dialogs" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:100 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Next Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:101 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Switch to the next image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:106 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Previous Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:107 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Switch to the previous image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:115 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Hide Docks" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:116 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "" "When enabled docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:122 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Single-Window Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:123 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "When enabled GIMP is in a single-window mode." msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:23 msgctxt "curve-type" msgid "Smooth" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:24 msgctxt "curve-type" msgid "Freehand" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:56 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:57 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:58 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:59 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:60 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:61 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:113 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:114 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Dissolve" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:115 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Behind" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:116 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Multiply" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:117 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:118 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Overlay" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:119 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Difference" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:120 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Addition" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:121 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Subtract" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:122 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Darken only" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:123 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Lighten only" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:124 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:125 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:126 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:127 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:128 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Divide" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:129 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Dodge" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:130 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Burn" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:131 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Hard light" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:132 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Soft light" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:133 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Grain extract" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:134 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Grain merge" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:135 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:136 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:137 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Replace" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:138 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Anti erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:24 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Tool icon" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:25 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Tool icon with crosshair" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:26 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Crosshair only" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:56 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "From theme" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:57 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Light check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:58 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Dark check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:59 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Custom color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:88 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "No action" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:89 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "Pan view" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:90 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "Switch to Move tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:118 msgctxt "zoom-quality" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:119 msgctxt "zoom-quality" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:147 msgctxt "help-browser-type" msgid "GIMP help browser" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:148 msgctxt "help-browser-type" msgid "Web browser" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:177 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Normal window" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:178 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Utility window" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:179 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Keep above" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:207 msgctxt "cursor-format" msgid "Black & white" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:208 msgctxt "cursor-format" msgid "Fancy" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:236 msgctxt "handedness" msgid "Left-handed" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:237 msgctxt "handedness" msgid "Right-handed" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:23 ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:28 msgid "Sets the dynamics search path." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:33 msgid "" "Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom " "color." msgstr "" "Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom " "colour." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:43 msgid "How to handle embedded color profiles when opening a file." msgstr "How to handle embedded colour profiles when opening a file." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:55 msgid "Sets the handedness for cursor positioning." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:125 msgid "" "The window type hint that is set on dock windows and the toolbox window. " "This may affect the way your window manager decorates and handles these " "windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:160 msgid "When enabled, the selected dynamics will be used for all tools." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:211 msgid "Specifies the language to use for the user interface." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:262 msgid "" "When enabled, the X server is queried for the mouse's current position on " "each motion event, rather than relying on the position hint. This means " "painting with large brushes should be more accurate, but it may be slower. " "Conversely, on some X servers enabling this option results in faster " "painting." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:278 msgid "" "Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in " "the layers and channels dialog are nice to have but they can slow things " "down when working with large images." msgstr "" "Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in " "the layers and channels dialogue are nice to have but they can slow things " "down when working with large images." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:283 msgid "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogs." msgstr "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogues." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:287 msgid "Sets the default quick mask color." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:301 msgid "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions." msgstr "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, colour and brush across GIMP sessions." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:309 msgid "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits." msgstr "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:322 msgid "" "When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." msgstr "" "When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:370 msgid "Use GIMP in a single-window mode." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:373 msgid "Hide docks and other windows, leaving only image windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:413 msgid "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog." msgstr "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:416 msgid "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." msgstr "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:426 msgid "Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox." msgstr "Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:441 msgid "Sets the size of the checkerboard used to display transparency." msgstr "Sets the size of the chequerboard used to display transparency." #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:54 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:55 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Floyd-Steinberg (normal)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:56 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:57 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Positioned" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:87 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Generate optimum palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:88 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use web-optimized palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:89 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use black and white (1-bit) palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:90 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use custom palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:216 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "First item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:217 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:218 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:219 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:220 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:221 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:253 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:254 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:255 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "White" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:256 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:257 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:258 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:286 msgctxt "fill-style" msgid "Solid color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:287 msgctxt "fill-style" msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:315 msgctxt "stroke-method" msgid "Stroke line" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:316 msgctxt "stroke-method" msgid "Stroke with a paint tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:345 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Miter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:346 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Round" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:347 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Bevel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:376 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Butt" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:377 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Round" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:378 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:415 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:416 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Line" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:417 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Long dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:418 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Medium dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:419 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Short dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:420 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Sparse dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:421 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Normal dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:422 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dense dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:423 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Stipples" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:424 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dash, dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:425 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dash, dot, dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:454 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:455 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:456 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Diamond" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:485 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:486 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:487 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:518 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:519 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:520 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "Image-sized layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:521 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:522 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All linked layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:588 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Tiny" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:589 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Very small" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:590 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:591 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:592 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:593 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Very large" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:594 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Huge" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:595 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Enormous" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:596 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Gigantic" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:624 msgctxt "view-type" msgid "View as list" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:625 msgctxt "view-type" msgid "View as grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:654 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "No thumbnails" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:655 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "Normal (128x128)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:656 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "Large (256x256)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:833 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "<>" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:834 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:835 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:836 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:837 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:838 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Crop image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:839 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:840 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:841 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:842 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:843 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:844 ../app/core/core-enums.c:874 #: ../app/core/gimpimage-grid.c:63 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:845 ../app/core/core-enums.c:876 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:846 ../app/core/core-enums.c:877 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:847 ../app/core/core-enums.c:878 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer/Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:848 ../app/core/core-enums.c:879 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer/Channel modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:849 ../app/core/core-enums.c:880 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Selection mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:850 ../app/core/core-enums.c:884 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Item visibility" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:851 ../app/core/core-enums.c:885 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Link/Unlink item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:852 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Item properties" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:853 ../app/core/core-enums.c:883 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:854 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:855 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:856 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:857 ../app/core/core-enums.c:896 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:858 ../app/core/core-enums.c:898 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Apply layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:859 ../app/core/core-enums.c:906 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Floating selection to layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:860 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Float selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:861 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Anchor floating selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:862 ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:293 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Paste" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:863 ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:534 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Cut" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:864 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:865 ../app/core/core-enums.c:907 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:589 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:866 ../app/core/core-enums.c:908 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:867 ../app/core/core-enums.c:911 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:868 ../app/core/core-enums.c:912 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:869 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Import paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:870 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Plug-In" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:871 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image type" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:872 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:873 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image resolution change" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:875 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change indexed palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:881 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:882 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:886 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:887 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:888 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set layer mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:889 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set layer opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:890 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lock/Unlock alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:891 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Suspend group layer resize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:892 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resume group layer resize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:893 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert group layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:894 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:895 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text layer modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:897 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:899 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Show layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:900 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:901 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:902 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Channel color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:903 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:904 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:905 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Path modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:909 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Ink" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:910 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select foreground" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:913 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Not undoable" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1187 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Composite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1188 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1189 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1190 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1191 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1192 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1193 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1222 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Message" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1223 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1224 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1253 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Ask what to do" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1254 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Keep embedded profile" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1255 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Convert to RGB workspace" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1292 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1293 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1294 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1295 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1296 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Hardness" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1297 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Force" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1298 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1299 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1300 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Rate" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1301 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Flow" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1302 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Jitter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:420 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Clear" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:439 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Foreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:443 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:447 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with White" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:451 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:455 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-gradients.c:70 msgid "FG to BG (Hardedge)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-gradients.c:87 msgid "FG to BG (HSV counter-clockwise)" msgstr "FG to BG (HSV anti-clockwise)" #. This is a special string to specify the language identifier to #. * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the #. * C in it according to the name of the po file used for #. * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, #. * that would be "tags-locale:lt". #. #: ../app/core/gimp-tags.c:88 msgid "tags-locale:C" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp.c:595 msgid "Initialization" msgstr "Initialisation" #. initialize the list of gimp dynamics #: ../app/core/gimp.c:956 ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2743 #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:203 msgid "Dynamics" msgstr "" #. update tag cache #: ../app/core/gimp.c:997 msgid "Updating tag cache" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Could not read %d byte from '%s': %s" msgid_plural "Could not read %d bytes from '%s': %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:354 #, c-format msgid "" "Fatal parse error in brush file '%s': Unsupported brush depth %d\n" "GIMP brushes must be GRAY or RGBA.\n" "This might be an obsolete GIMP brush file, try loading it as image and save " "it again." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush.c:148 msgid "Brush Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:129 msgid "Brush Shape" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:137 msgid "Brush Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:144 msgid "Brush Spikes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:151 msgid "Brush Hardness" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:159 ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:150 msgid "Brush Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:166 ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:154 msgid "Brush Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:60 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rectangle Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:111 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Ellipse Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:165 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rounded Rectangle Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:407 ../app/core/gimplayer.c:275 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Alpha to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:445 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "%s Channel to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:493 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fuzzy Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:540 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:273 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:274 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:275 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:276 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:277 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:278 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:279 ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:904 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:280 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:281 ../app/core/gimpselection.c:582 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Channel to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:282 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:283 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:284 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Channel to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:285 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:286 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Channel to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:310 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Feather Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:311 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sharpen Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:312 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Clear Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:313 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:314 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Invert Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:315 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Border Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:316 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grow Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:317 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shrink Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:1758 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Channel Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:1824 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Channel Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpcontext.c:647 msgid "Paint Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not " "exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuation in the Preferences " "dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:763 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of " "your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please " "fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:773 #, c-format msgid "You don't have any writable data folder configured." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-blend.c:245 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Blend" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-brightness-contrast.c:70 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-brightness-contrast.c:83 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Brightness-Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-bucket-fill.c:284 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Bucket Fill" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:79 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:89 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:72 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:84 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Colorize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-curves.c:162 ../app/core/gimpdrawable-curves.c:179 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Curves" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-equalize.c:52 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Equalize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-offset.c:316 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Offset Drawable" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-posterize.c:69 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-posterize.c:79 ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:84 msgid "Posterize" msgstr "Posterise" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-stroke.c:273 msgid "Not enough points to fill" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-stroke.c:404 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Render Stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:677 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:762 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:902 ../app/core/gimplayer.c:274 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable.c:494 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdynamicsoutput.c:135 msgid "Output type" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:90 msgid "The foreground color of the grid." msgstr "The foreground colour of the grid." #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:95 msgid "" "The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." msgstr "" "The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:219 msgid "Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:220 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:221 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:222 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:223 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:224 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:225 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:226 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-arrange.c:142 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Arrange Objects" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:64 #, c-format msgid "Colormap of Image #%d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:162 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:210 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Unset Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:263 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Colormap entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:291 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Color to Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:809 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:813 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:817 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to Indexed" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:896 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:941 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-crop.c:129 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Crop Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-crop.c:132 ../app/core/gimpimage-resize.c:86 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:52 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Horizontal Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:76 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Vertical Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:117 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:144 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:51 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Translate Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:78 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:105 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:135 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:132 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Visible Layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:195 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:217 msgid "Cannot flatten an image without any visible layer." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:260 msgid "Cannot merge down to a layer group." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:267 msgid "The layer to merge down to is locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:279 msgid "There is no visible layer to merge down to." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:289 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Down" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:317 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:370 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Visible Paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-quick-mask.c:86 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Enable Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-quick-mask.c:136 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Disable Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:53 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:98 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:126 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-scale.c:88 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1784 msgid " (exported)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1788 msgid " (overwritten)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1797 msgid " (imported)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1922 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Image Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1974 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Image Unit" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:2987 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite to Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3028 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Parasite from Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3737 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3787 ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3807 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3801 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Floating Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3969 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4007 ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4020 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4074 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4105 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1815 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1825 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite to Item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1876 ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1883 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Parasite from Item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer-floating-sel.c:95 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Anchor Floating Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer-floating-sel.c:133 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Floating Selection to Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:268 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:269 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:270 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:271 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:272 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:273 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:276 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:277 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:278 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Layer to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:279 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:280 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Layer to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1465 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1583 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transfer Alpha to Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1753 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Apply Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1754 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1873 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1927 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1947 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer to Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:108 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:109 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer Mask to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:264 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Enable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:265 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Disable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:327 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Show Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:478 #, c-format msgid "Could not read header from palette file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:501 ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Fatal parse error in palette file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimppattern-load.c:114 #, c-format msgid "" "Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.\n" "GIMP Patterns must be GRAY or RGB." msgstr "" "Fatal parse error in pattern file '%s: Unsupported pattern depth %d.\n" "GIMP Patterns must be GREY or RGB." #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:155 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:156 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:172 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Feather Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:173 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sharpen Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:174 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:175 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select All" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:176 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Invert Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:177 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Border Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:178 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grow Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:179 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shrink Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:854 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Float Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpstrokeoptions.c:181 msgid "" "Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a " "distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point." msgstr "" "Convert a mitred join to a bevelled join if the mitre would extend to a " "distance of more than mitre-limit * line-width from the actual join point." #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:60 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:60 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:64 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "inch" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:64 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "inches" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "millimeter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "millimeters" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:71 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:71 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "points" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:74 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "pica" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:74 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "picas" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:82 msgctxt "singular" msgid "percent" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:82 msgctxt "plural" msgid "percent" msgstr "" #. Translators: insert your names here, #. separated by newline #: ../app/dialogs/about-dialog.c:129 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Isopogon https://launchpad.net/~isopogon\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Wade Smith https://launchpad.net/~woodsbury\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../app/dialogs/channel-options-dialog.c:175 msgid "Initialize from _selection" msgstr "Initialise from _selection" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:125 msgid "Indexed Color Conversion" msgstr "Indexed Colour Conversion" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:128 msgid "Convert Image to Indexed Colors" msgstr "Convert Image to Indexed Colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:190 msgid "_Maximum number of colors:" msgstr "_Maximum number of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:217 msgid "_Remove unused colors from colormap" msgstr "_Remove unused colours from colourmap" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:246 msgid "Color _dithering:" msgstr "Colour _dithering:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:288 msgid "Converting to indexed colors" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:416 ../app/pdb/convert-cmds.c:153 msgid "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors." msgstr "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours." #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:382 msgid "FG/BG Color" msgstr "FG/BG Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:113 msgid "Export Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:114 msgid "_Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:605 msgid "The given filename cannot be used for exporting" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:606 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to " "save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:609 msgid "Take me to the Save dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:613 msgid "The given filename cannot be used for saving" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:614 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to " "export to other file formats." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:616 msgid "Take me to the Export dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:776 msgid "Saving canceled" msgstr "Saving cancelled" #: ../app/dialogs/image-merge-layers-dialog.c:114 msgid "Merge within active _group only" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/image-new-dialog.c:337 #, c-format msgid "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s)." msgstr "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/image-properties-dialog.c:89 msgid "Color Profile" msgstr "Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/image-scale-dialog.c:245 #, c-format msgid "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently " "%s)." msgstr "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue " "(currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/layer-add-mask-dialog.c:112 msgid "Initialize Layer Mask to:" msgstr "Initialise Layer Mask to:" #. The edge behavior frame #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:222 msgid "Edge Behavior" msgstr "Edge Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:229 msgid "Fill with _background color" msgstr "Fill with _background colour" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:325 msgid "N_umber of colors:" msgstr "N_umber of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:382 msgid "The selected source contains no colors." msgstr "The selected source contains no colours." #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1304 msgid "Custom p_adding color:" msgstr "Custom p_adding colour:" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1305 msgid "Select Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1598 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1917 msgid "_Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1960 msgid "Show _foreground & background color" msgstr "Show _foreground & background colour" #. Tool Editor #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1976 msgid "Tools configuration" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2028 msgid "Set the default Quick Mask color" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2034 msgid "Quick Mask color:" msgstr "" #. Zoom & Resize Behavior #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2092 msgid "Zoom & Resize Behavior" msgstr "Zoom & Resize Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2140 msgid "Pointer _handedness:" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2427 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2448 msgid "Select RGB Color Profile" msgstr "Select RGB Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2450 msgid "Select CMYK Color Profile" msgstr "Select CMYK Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2452 msgid "Select Monitor Color Profile" msgstr "Select Monitor Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2454 msgid "Select Printer Color Profile" msgstr "Select Printer Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2527 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "Mark out of gamut colours" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2532 msgid "Select Warning Color" msgstr "Select Warning Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2638 msgid "Hint for _docks and toolbox:" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2743 msgid "Dynamics Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2745 msgid "Select Dynamics Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2763 msgid "Tool Preset Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2765 msgid "Select Tool Preset Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to quit." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:314 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to close all images." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and quit." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:333 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and close all images." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:423 #, c-format msgid "Exported to %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/scale-dialog.c:207 msgid "" "Indexed color layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." msgstr "" "Indexed colour layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." #. This is a special string to specify the language identifier to #. look for in the gimp-tips.xml file. Please translate the C in it #. according to the name of the po file used for gimp-tips.xml. #. E.g. for the german translation, that would be "tips-locale:de". #. #: ../app/dialogs/tips-parser.c:187 msgid "tips-locale:C" msgstr "tips-locale:en_GB" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:60 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "No guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:61 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Center lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:62 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Rule of thirds" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:63 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Rule of fifths" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:64 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Golden sections" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:65 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Diagonal lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:66 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Number of lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:67 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Line spacing" msgstr "" #. Selection Bounding Box #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:256 msgid "Selection Bounding Box" msgstr "" #. Width #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:292 msgid "W" msgstr "" #. Height #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:299 msgid "H" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-close.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and close the image." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-close.c:355 #, c-format msgid "The image has been exported to '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:361 #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:463 ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:173 #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:136 ../app/tools/gimpimagemaptool.c:280 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectiontool.c:427 msgid "Cannot modify the pixels of layer groups." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:369 #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:471 ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:180 #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:143 ../app/tools/gimpcroptool.c:325 #: ../app/tools/gimpimagemaptool.c:287 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:266 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectiontool.c:432 ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:247 #: ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:1070 msgid "The active layer's pixels are locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:83 msgid "Color Display Filters" msgstr "Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:86 msgid "Configure Color Display Filters" msgstr "Configure Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-handlers.c:810 #, c-format msgid "Image exported to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/file/file-open.c:700 msgid "" "Color management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "Colour management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialogue." #: ../app/gegl/gimp-gegl-enums.c:24 msgctxt "cage-mode" msgid "Create or adjust the cage" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimp-gegl-enums.c:25 msgctxt "cage-mode" msgid "Deform the cage to deform the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagecoefcalc.c:67 msgid "Compute a set of coefficient buffer for the GIMP cage tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:106 msgid "" "Convert a set of coefficient buffer to a coordinate buffer for the GIMP cage " "tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:128 msgid "Fill with plain color" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:129 #: ../app/tools/gimpcageoptions.c:144 msgid "Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpbrushcore.c:394 msgid "No paint dynamics available for use with this tool." msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:72 msgid "Ink Blob Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:99 msgid "Ink Blob Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:103 msgid "Ink Blob Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:145 msgid "Brush Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:159 msgid "Every stamp has its own opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:165 msgid "Ignore fuzziness of the current brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:170 msgid "Scatter brush as you paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:174 msgid "Distance of scattering" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:184 msgid "Distance over which strokes fade out" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:192 msgid "Reverse direction of fading" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:196 msgid "How fade is repeated as you paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:255 msgid "Paint smoother strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:259 msgid "Depth of smoothing" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:263 msgid "Gravity of the pen" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:52 msgctxt "perspective-clone-mode" msgid "Modify Perspective" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:53 msgctxt "perspective-clone-mode" msgid "Perspective Clone" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:83 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:84 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Aligned" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:85 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Registered" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:86 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:114 msgctxt "convolve-type" msgid "Blur" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:115 msgctxt "convolve-type" msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:144 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:145 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:146 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Diamond" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:134 msgid "Invalid empty paint dynamics name" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Paint dynamics '%s' not found" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Paint dynamics '%s' is not editable" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it has not been added to an image" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:363 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is attached to another image" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:392 #, c-format msgid "" "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a direct child of an item " "tree" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:420 #, c-format msgid "" "Items '%s' (%d) and '%s' (%d) cannot be used because they are not part of " "the same item tree" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:445 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) must not be an ancestor of '%s' (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:496 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be modified because its contents are locked" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a group item" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:536 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be modified because it is a group item" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:557 #, c-format msgid "Layer '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:323 msgid "Remove path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:359 msgid "Close path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:401 msgid "Translate path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:443 msgid "Scale path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:487 msgid "Rotate path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:529 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:575 msgid "Flip path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:706 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:829 #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:1055 msgid "Add path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:882 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:937 #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:1000 msgid "Extend path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/plug-in/gimppluginmanager-restore.c:370 msgid "Initializing Plug-ins" msgstr "Initialising Plug-ins" #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:74 #, c-format msgid "Can't apply color profile to grayscale image (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:141 #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:202 #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Plug-In missing (%s)" msgstr "Plug-in missing (%s)" #: ../app/text/gimptextlayer.c:696 msgid "" "Your text cannot be rendered. It is likely too big. Please make it shorter " "or use a smaller font." msgstr "" #: ../app/text/gimptextlayout.c:577 msgid "" "The new text layout cannot be generated. Most likely the font size is too " "big." msgstr "" #: ../app/text/text-enums.c:23 msgctxt "text-box-mode" msgid "Dynamic" msgstr "" #: ../app/text/text-enums.c:24 msgctxt "text-box-mode" msgid "Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpairbrushtool.c:86 msgid "Motion only" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpairbrushtool.c:97 msgid "Flow" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:91 msgid "Reference image object a layer will be aligned on" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:98 msgid "Horizontal offset for distribution" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:104 msgid "Vertical offset for distribution" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:302 msgid "Align center of target" msgstr "Align centre of target" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:342 msgid "Distribute horizontal centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute horizontal centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:358 msgid "Distribute vertical centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute vertical centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendoptions.c:268 msgid "Max depth" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:110 msgid "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient" msgstr "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:187 msgid "No gradient available for use with this tool." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:93 msgid "Which area will be filled" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:110 #: ../app/tools/gimpregionselectoptions.c:95 msgid "Maximum color difference" msgstr "Maximum colour difference" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:115 msgid "Criterion used for determining color similarity" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:249 msgid "Fill similar colors" msgstr "Fill similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:258 msgid "Finding Similar Colors" msgstr "Finding Similar Colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:87 msgid "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern" msgstr "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:67 msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:68 msgid "Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:69 msgid "_By Color Select" msgstr "_By Colour Select" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:82 msgctxt "command" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:158 ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1123 msgid "Cage Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:159 msgid "Cage Transform: Deform a selection with a cage" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:160 msgid "_Cage Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:356 msgid "Press ENTER to commit the transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1064 msgid "Computing Cage Coefficients" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1241 msgid "Cage transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:94 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:95 msgid "Color Balance Tool: Adjust color distribution" msgstr "Colour Balance Tool: Adjust colour distribution" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:96 msgid "Color _Balance..." msgstr "Colour _Balance..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:113 msgid "Adjust Color Balance" msgstr "Adjust Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:115 msgid "Import Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Import Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:116 msgid "Export Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Export Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:162 msgid "Color Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colour Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:275 ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:172 msgid "Adjust Color Levels" msgstr "Adjust Colour Levels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:90 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourise" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:91 msgid "Colorize Tool: Colorize the image" msgstr "Colourise Tool: Colourise the image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:92 msgid "Colori_ze..." msgstr "Colouri_se..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:109 msgid "Colorize the Image" msgstr "Colourise the Image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:111 msgid "Import Colorize Settings" msgstr "Import Colourise Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:112 msgid "Export Colorize Settings" msgstr "Export Colourise Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:157 msgid "Colorize operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colourise operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:224 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcoloroptions.c:77 msgid "Color Picker Average Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcoloroptions.c:157 #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:163 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:277 #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:155 msgid "Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:68 msgid "Use accumulated color value from all composited visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:74 msgid "Choose what color picker will do" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:80 msgid "" "Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:93 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "Colour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:94 msgid "Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels" msgstr "Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:95 msgid "C_olor Picker" msgstr "C_olour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:231 msgid "Click in any image to view its color" msgstr "Click in any image to view its colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:238 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:478 msgid "Click in any image to pick the foreground color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the foreground colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:246 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:484 msgid "Click in any image to pick the background color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:254 msgid "Click in any image to add the color to the palette" msgstr "Click in any image to add the colour to the palette" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:309 msgid "Color Picker Information" msgstr "Colour Picker Information" #: ../app/tools/gimpconvolvetool.c:73 msgid "Blur / Sharpen" msgstr "Blur/Sharpen" #: ../app/tools/gimpconvolvetool.c:74 msgid "Blur / Sharpen Tool: Selective blurring or unblurring using a brush" msgstr "Blur/Sharpen Tool: Selective blurring or unblurring using a brush" #: ../app/tools/gimpconvolvetool.c:75 msgid "Bl_ur / Sharpen" msgstr "Bl_ur/Sharpen" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:76 #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:77 msgid "Dim everything outside selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:82 msgid "Crop only currently selected layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:88 msgid "Allow resizing canvas by dragging cropping frame beyond image boundary" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcroptool.c:318 msgid "There is no active layer to crop." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:151 msgid "Curves Tool: Adjust color curves" msgstr "Curves Tool: Adjust colour curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:178 msgid "Adjust Color Curves" msgstr "Adjust Colour Curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:350 msgid "Click to locate on curve (try Shift, Ctrl)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:78 msgid "Desaturate Tool: Turn colors into shades of gray" msgstr "Desaturate Tool: Turn colours into shades of grey" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:93 msgid "Desaturate (Remove Colors)" msgstr "Desaturate (Remove Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:124 msgid "Desaturate only operates on RGB layers." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:193 msgid "Choose shade of gray based on:" msgstr "Choose shade of grey based on:" #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:73 msgid "Dodge / Burn" msgstr "Dodge/Burn" #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:74 msgid "Dodge / Burn Tool: Selectively lighten or darken using a brush" msgstr "Dodge/Burn Tool: Selectively lighten or darken using a brush" #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:75 msgid "Dod_ge / Burn" msgstr "Dod_ge/Burn" #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:236 msgid "Exposure" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimperasertool.c:98 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a background color" msgstr "%s to pick a background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpflipoptions.c:66 msgid "Direction of flipping" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:187 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:190 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip vertically" msgstr "" #. probably this is not actually reached today, but #. * could be if someone defined FLIP_DIAGONAL, say... #. #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:196 msgctxt "undo-desc" msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:91 msgid "" "Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from " "selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:112 msgid "Color of selection preview mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:344 msgid "Preview color:" msgstr "Preview colour:" #. granularity #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:347 msgid "Color Sensitivity" msgstr "Colour Sensitivity" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselecttool.c:311 msgid "Roughly outline the object to extract" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfuzzyselecttool.c:66 msgid "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color" msgstr "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpgegltool.c:442 msgid "Select an operation from the list above" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:103 msgid "Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation, and lightness" msgstr "Hue-Saturation Tool: Adjust hue, saturation and lightness" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:170 msgid "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:247 msgid "Adjust all colors" msgstr "Adjust all colours" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:258 msgid "Select Primary Color to Adjust" msgstr "Select Primary Colour to Adjust" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:364 msgid "Adjust Selected Color" msgstr "Adjust Selected Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:431 msgid "R_eset Color" msgstr "R_eset Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:71 #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:183 #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:199 msgid "Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:94 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:144 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:72 msgid "Tilt" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:101 msgid "Speed" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpiscissorsoptions.c:68 msgid "Display future selection segment as you drag a control node" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:151 msgid "Levels Tool: Adjust color levels" msgstr "Levels Tool: Adjust colour levels" #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:79 msgid "Resize image window to accommodate new zoom level" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:86 msgid "Direction of magnification" msgstr "" #. tool toggle #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Direction (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmeasureoptions.c:67 msgid "Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmeasuretool.c:313 msgid "Drag to create a line" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmovetool.c:128 msgid "Move Tool: Move layers, selections, and other objects" msgstr "Move Tool: Move layers, selections and other objects" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:152 msgid "Reset size to brush's native size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:159 msgid "Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:176 msgid "Reset aspect ratio to brush's native" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:200 msgid "Reset angle to zero" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:285 msgid "Dynamics Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:291 msgid "Fade Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:305 msgid "Fade length" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:341 msgid "Color Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:367 msgid "Amount" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:389 msgid "Smooth stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:399 msgid "Weight" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:140 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a color" msgstr "%s to pick a colour" #: ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:259 msgid "Cannot paint on layer groups." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpperspectivetool.c:256 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Perspective" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:85 msgid "Posterize Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colors" msgstr "Posterise Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:86 msgid "_Posterize..." msgstr "_Posterise..." #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:103 msgid "Posterize (Reduce Number of Colors)" msgstr "Posterise (Reduce Number of Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:152 msgid "Posterize does not operate on indexed layers." msgstr "Posterise does not operate on indexed layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:229 msgid "Posterize _levels:" msgstr "Posterise _levels:" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:104 msgid "Automatically shrink to the nearest rectangular shape in a layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:122 #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:127 msgid "Composition guides such as rule of thirds" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:131 msgid "X coordinate of top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:141 msgid "Y coordinate of top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:151 msgid "Width of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:160 msgid "Height of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:169 msgid "Unit of top left corner coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:178 msgid "Unit of selection size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:187 msgid "Enable lock of aspect ratio, width, height or size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:196 msgid "Choose what has to be locked" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:205 msgid "Custom fixed width" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:214 msgid "Custom fixed height" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:308 msgid "Unit of fixed width, height or size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:317 msgid "Expand selection from center outwards" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:839 msgid "Expand from center" msgstr "Expand from centre" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:83 msgid "Round corners of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:89 msgid "Radius of rounding in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpregionselectoptions.c:101 msgid "Selection criterion" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:207 msgid "Center _X:" msgstr "Centre _X:" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:216 msgid "Center _Y:" msgstr "Centre _Y:" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:373 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate by %-3.3g° around (%g, %g)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpscaletool.c:338 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale to %d x %d" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:84 msgid "Enable feathering of selection edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:90 msgid "Radius of feathering" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:255 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear horizontally by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:259 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear vertically by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #. e.g. user entered numbers but no notification callback #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:264 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear horizontally by %-3.3g, vertically by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:131 msgid "Font size unit" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:136 msgid "Font size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:153 msgid "The text language may have an effect on the way the text is rendered." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:164 msgid "Text alignment" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:188 msgid "" "Whether text flows into rectangular shape or moves into a new line when you " "press Enter" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:196 msgid "Use an external editor window for text entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:510 msgid "Font" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:534 msgid "Use editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:554 msgid "Hinting:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:558 msgid "Text Color" msgstr "Text Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:563 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:592 msgid "Box:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:609 msgid "Language:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpthresholdtool.c:91 msgid "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold" msgstr "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold" #: ../app/tools/gimpthresholdtool.c:270 msgid "Automatically adjust to optimal binarization threshold" msgstr "Automatically adjust to optimal binarisation threshold" #: ../app/tools/gimptool.c:978 msgid "Can't work on an empty image, add a layer first" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:99 msgid "Direction of transformation" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:105 msgid "Interpolation method" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:111 msgid "How to clip" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:117 msgid "Show a preview of the transformed image" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:122 msgid "Opacity of the preview image" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:133 msgid "Size of a grid cell for variable number of composition guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:310 msgid "Image opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:312 msgid "Show image preview" msgstr "" #. the guides frame #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:318 msgid "Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:347 msgid "Limit rotation steps to 15 degrees" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:352 msgid "Keep the original aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:1083 msgid "The active path's strokes are locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpvectortool.c:250 msgid "The active path is locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpvectortool.c:1253 msgid "Click-Drag to move the handles around symmetrically" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:150 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:151 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Width" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:152 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Height" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:153 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:182 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Free select" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:183 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Fixed size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:184 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Fixed aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:213 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:214 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:215 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:244 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Design" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:245 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:246 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Move" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:208 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:209 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:210 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:211 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:212 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:213 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:214 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:215 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:216 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Path to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:217 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:218 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:219 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Path to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:220 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:221 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Path to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:166 msgid "Spikes" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolordialog.c:149 msgid "Add the current color to the color history" msgstr "Add the current colour to the colour history" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcoloreditor.c:260 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:200 msgid "Color index:" msgstr "Colour index:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:466 msgid "Only indexed images have a colormap." msgstr "Only indexed images have a colourmap." #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollerlist.c:534 msgid "" "There can only be one active mouse controller.\n" "\n" "You already have a mouse controller in your list of active controllers." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:70 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:73 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:76 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:79 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:82 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:85 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:88 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:91 msgid "Button 8" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:95 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:98 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:101 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:104 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:107 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:110 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:113 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:116 msgid "Button 9" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:120 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:123 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:126 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:129 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:132 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:135 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:138 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:141 msgid "Button 10" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:145 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:148 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:151 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:154 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:157 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:160 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:163 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:166 msgid "Button 11" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:170 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:173 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:176 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:179 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:182 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:185 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:188 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:191 msgid "Button 12" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:203 msgid "Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:244 msgid "Mouse Button Events" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:165 msgid "Delete the selected device" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:502 msgid "Delete Device Settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:523 #, c-format msgid "Delete \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:526 msgid "" "You are about to delete this device's stored settings.\n" "The next time this device is plugged, default settings will be used." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:140 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:141 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:69 msgid "Pressure" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:141 msgid "X tilt" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:142 msgid "Y tilt" msgstr "" #. Wheel as in mouse or input device wheel #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:144 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:145 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:73 msgid "Wheel" msgstr "" #. the axes #. The axes of an input device #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:195 msgid "Axes" msgstr "" #. the keys #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:269 msgid "Keys" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:366 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:585 #, c-format msgid "none" msgstr "" #. e.g. "Pressure Curve" for mapping input device axes #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s Curve" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:474 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:209 msgid "_Reset Curve" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:487 #, c-format msgid "The axis '%s' has no curve" msgstr "" #. String used to separate dockables, e.g. "Tool Options, Layers" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:34 msgctxt "dock" msgid ", " msgstr "" #. String used to separate books (GtkNotebooks) within a dock, #. e.g. "Tool Options, Layers - Brushes" #. #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:39 msgctxt "dock" msgid " - " msgstr "" #. String used to separate dock columns, #. e.g. "Tool Options, Layers - Brushes | Gradients" #. #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:44 msgctxt "dock" msgid " | " msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdockwindow.c:397 msgid "" "When enabled the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on." msgstr "" "When enabled the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working on." #: ../app/widgets/gimpdrawabletreeview.c:122 msgid "Lock pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:135 msgid "Mapping matrix" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:142 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:70 msgid "Velocity" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:146 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:74 msgid "Random" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:147 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:75 msgid "Fade" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfiledialog.c:813 msgid "All XCF images" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfiledialog.c:815 msgid "All export images" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfilleditor.c:124 msgid "Fill Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1000 msgid "Foreground color set to:" msgstr "Foreground colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1007 msgid "Background color set to:" msgstr "Background colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1235 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1296 #, c-format msgid "%s-Drag: move & compress" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1247 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1260 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1273 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1294 #, c-format msgid "%s-Click: extend selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:151 msgid "Change grid foreground color" msgstr "Change grid foreground colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:158 msgid "_Foreground color:" msgstr "_Foreground colour:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:162 msgid "Change grid background color" msgstr "Change grid background colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:169 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #. Button #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagecommenteditor.c:107 msgid "Use default comment" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagecommenteditor.c:109 msgid "" "Replace the current image comment with the default comment set in " "Edit→Preferences→Default Image." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:113 msgid "Size in pixels:" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:122 msgid "Color space:" msgstr "Colour space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:487 msgid "colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../app/widgets/gimpmessagebox.c:433 #, c-format msgid "Message repeated once." msgid_plural "Message repeated %d times." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../app/widgets/gimppanedbox.c:58 msgid "You can drop dockable dialogs here" msgstr "You can drop dockable dialogues here" #: ../app/widgets/gimpprofilechooserdialog.c:127 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:291 msgid "Add settings to favorites" msgstr "Add settings to favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:636 msgid "Add Settings to Favorites" msgstr "Add Settings to Favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpstrokeeditor.c:171 msgid "_Miter limit:" msgstr "_Mitre limit:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:45 msgid "filter" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:46 msgid "enter tags" msgstr "" #. Seperator for tags #. * IMPORTANT: use only one of Unicode terminal punctuation chars. #. * http://unicode.org/review/pr-23.html #. #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:1732 msgid "," msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptemplateeditor.c:387 msgid "Color _space:" msgstr "Colour _space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextbuffer-serialize.c:344 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" is invalid on <%s> element in this context" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextbuffer-serialize.c:416 #, c-format msgid "Outermost element in text must be not <%s>" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:206 msgid "Change font of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:217 msgid "Change size of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:236 msgid "Clear style of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:247 #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:256 msgid "Change color of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:272 msgid "Change kerning of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:288 msgid "Change baseline of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:328 msgid "Bold" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:331 msgid "Italic" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:334 msgid "Underline" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:337 msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpthumbbox.c:330 #, c-format msgid "" "Click to update preview\n" "%s-Click to force update even if preview is up-to-date" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:79 msgid "" "Foreground & background colors.\n" "The black and white squares reset colors.\n" "The arrows swap colors.\n" "Click to open the color selection dialog." msgstr "" "Foreground & background colours.\n" "The black and white squares reset colours.\n" "The arrows swap colours.\n" "Click to open the colour selection dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:140 msgid "Change Foreground Color" msgstr "Change Foreground Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:145 msgid "Change Background Color" msgstr "Change Background Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:118 #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:123 msgid "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialog." msgstr "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:163 msgid "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialog." msgstr "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:195 msgid "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialog." msgstr "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:227 msgid "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialog." msgstr "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:294 msgid "Raise this tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:295 msgid "Raise this tool to the top" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:302 msgid "Lower this tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:303 msgid "Lower this tool to the bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:202 msgid "Save Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:210 msgid "Restore Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:218 msgid "Delete Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:148 msgid "Icon:" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:159 msgid "Apply stored FG/BG" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:165 msgid "Apply stored brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:171 msgid "Apply stored dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:177 msgid "Apply stored gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:183 msgid "Apply stored pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:189 msgid "Apply stored palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:195 msgid "Apply stored font" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:292 #, c-format msgid "%s Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptranslationstore.c:100 msgid "System Language" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptranslationstore.c:102 msgid "English" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpuimanager.c:744 msgid "Please make sure the menu XML files are correctly installed." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpvectorstreeview.c:111 msgid "Lock path strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:87 msgid "Open the brush selection dialog" msgstr "Open the brush selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:151 msgid "Open the dynamics selection dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:216 msgid "Open the pattern selection dialog" msgstr "Open the pattern selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:284 msgid "Open the gradient selection dialog" msgstr "Open the gradient selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:401 msgid "Open the palette selection dialog" msgstr "Open the palette selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:466 msgid "Open the font selection dialog" msgstr "Open the font selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:23 msgctxt "active-color" msgid "Foreground" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:24 msgctxt "active-color" msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:85 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "Pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:86 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:87 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "HSV" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:88 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "CMYK" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:118 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Pick only" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:119 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:120 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:121 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Add to palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:178 msgctxt "histogram-scale" msgid "Linear histogram" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:179 msgctxt "histogram-scale" msgid "Logarithmic histogram" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:215 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:216 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Current status" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:217 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:218 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:219 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon & text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:220 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon & desc" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:221 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Status & text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:222 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Status & desc" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:223 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "" #: ../app/xcf/xcf-load.c:423 msgid "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colormaps correctly.\n" "Substituting grayscale map." msgstr "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.\n" "Substituting greyscale map." #: ../data/tags/gimp-tags-default.xml.in.h:1 msgid "round" msgstr "" #. fuzzy as in a feathered, blurred, unfocused, soft brush #: ../data/tags/gimp-tags-default.xml.in.h:3 msgid "fuzzy" msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "GIMP is an acronym for GNU Image Manipulation Program. It is a freely " "distributed program for such tasks as photo retouching, image composition " "and image authoring." msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "It has many capabilities. It can be used as a simple paint program, an " "expert quality photo retouching program, an online batch processing system, " "a mass production image renderer, an image format converter, etc." msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "GIMP is expandable and extensible. It is designed to be augmented with plug-" "ins and extensions to do just about anything. The advanced scripting " "interface allows everything from the simplest task to the most complex image " "manipulation procedures to be easily scripted. GIMP is also available for " "Microsoft Windows and OS X." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-libgimp.po0000644000000000000000000002066612321561410021627 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gimp # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gimp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 15:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:315 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle grayscale images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle greyscale images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:334 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:344 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or grayscale images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or greyscale images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:363 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle grayscale or indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle greyscale or indexed images" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:98 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "FG color fill" msgstr "FG colour fill" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:99 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "BG color fill" msgstr "BG colour fill" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:508 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "RGB color" msgstr "RGB colour" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:509 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:510 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Indexed color" msgstr "Indexed colour" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:545 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:546 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale-alpha" msgstr "Greyscale-alpha" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1173 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #. * #. * SECTION: gimpcolorconfig #. * @title: GimpColorConfig #. * @short_description: Color management settings. #. * #. * Color management settings. #. * #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:52 msgid "Mode of operation for color management." msgstr "Mode of operation for colour management." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:54 msgid "The color profile of your (primary) monitor." msgstr "The colour profile of your (primary) monitor." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:56 msgid "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." msgstr "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:60 msgid "The default RGB working space color profile." msgstr "The default RGB working space colour profile." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:62 msgid "The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." msgstr "The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:64 msgid "The color profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." msgstr "The colour profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:66 msgid "Sets how colors are mapped for your display." msgstr "Sets how colours are mapped for your display." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:68 msgid "" "Sets how colors are converted from RGB working space to the print simulation " "device." msgstr "" "Sets how colours are converted from RGB working space to the print " "simulation device." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:71 msgid "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colors which can not be " "represented in the target color space." msgstr "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colours which cannot be " "represented in the target colour space." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:74 msgid "The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut." msgstr "The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:24 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "No color management" msgstr "No colour management" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:25 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "Color managed display" msgstr "Colour managed display" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:58 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Relative colorimetric" msgstr "Relative colourimetric" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:60 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Absolute colorimetric" msgstr "Absolute colourimetric" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:135 msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "_Foreground Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:139 msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "_Background Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorprofilestore.c:146 msgid "Select color profile from disk..." msgstr "Select colour profile from disk..." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorselection.c:314 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimppickbutton.c:130 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpstock.c:128 msgid "C_enter" msgstr "C_entre" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpstock.c:315 msgid "Cr_op" msgstr "_Crop" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgets.c:537 msgid "_Randomize" msgstr "_Randomise" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk-lcms.c:91 msgid "CMYK color selector (using color profile)" msgstr "CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:70 msgid "CMYK color selector" msgstr "CMYK colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:188 msgid "The percentage of black to pull out of the colored inks." msgstr "The percentage of black to pull out of the coloured inks." #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:81 msgid "Watercolor style color selector" msgstr "Watercolour style colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:117 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "Watercolour" #: ../modules/color-selector-wheel.c:69 msgid "HSV color wheel" msgstr "HSV colour wheel" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:194 msgid "Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" msgstr "Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:257 msgid "Color Deficient Vision" msgstr "Colour Deficient Vision" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:486 msgid "Color _deficiency type:" msgstr "Colour _deficiency type:" #: ../modules/display-filter-gamma.c:86 msgid "Gamma color display filter" msgstr "Gamma colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-high-contrast.c:86 msgid "High Contrast color display filter" msgstr "High Contrast colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-high-contrast.c:237 msgid "Contrast c_ycles:" msgstr "Contrast _cycles:" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:104 msgid "Color management display filter using ICC color profiles" msgstr "Colour management display filter using ICC colour profiles" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:136 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:289 msgid "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Color Management section in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Colour Management section in " "the Preferences dialogue." #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:98 msgid "Color proof filter using ICC color profile" msgstr "Colour proof filter using ICC colour profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:146 msgid "Color Proof" msgstr "Colour Proof" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:381 msgid "Choose an ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Choose an ICC Colour Profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:413 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-script-fu.po0000644000000000000000000000234212321561410022107 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gimp # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gimp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-30 21:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:357 msgid "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." msgstr "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialogue box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:337 msgid "Script-Fu Color Selection" msgstr "Script-Fu Colour Selection" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:347 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Solid Colour" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-std-plug-ins.po0000644000000000000000000007743712321561411022543 0ustar # English translation # Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Robert Brady , 2000. # Gareth Owen , David Lodge , 2004. # David Lodge , 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp CVS\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 15:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:418 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3099 ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:213 msgid "Gray" msgstr "Grey" #. * Gray: Operation-Mode * #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:513 msgid "Gray Mode" msgstr "Grey Mode" #. * Gray: What is gray? * #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:547 msgid "Gray Threshold" msgstr "Grey Threshold" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:651 msgid "Rotate Colors" msgstr "Rotate Colours" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:694 msgid "Gray Options" msgstr "Grey Options" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:98 msgid "Replace a range of colors with another" msgstr "Replace a range of colours with another" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:105 msgid "_Rotate Colors..." msgstr "_Rotate Colours..." #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:139 msgid "Rotating the colors" msgstr "Rotating the colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:183 msgid "Alter colors in various psychedelic ways" msgstr "Alter colours in various psychedelic ways" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:520 msgid "_RGB color model" msgstr "_RGB colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:521 msgid "_HSL color model" msgstr "_HSL colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:669 ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:699 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:2712 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:144 msgid "Optimize (for _GIF)" msgstr "Optimise (for _GIF)" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:162 msgid "_Optimize (Difference)" msgstr "_Optimise (Difference)" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:170 msgid "Remove optimization to make editing easier" msgstr "Remove optimisation to make editing easier" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-optimize.c:436 msgid "Optimizing animation" msgstr "Optimising animation" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-play.c:498 msgid "Detach the animation from the dialog window" msgstr "Detach the animation from the dialogue window" #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss-selective.c:211 #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss.c:448 ../plug-ins/common/cartoon.c:232 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-dog.c:269 ../plug-ins/common/edge-neon.c:228 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-sobel.c:212 ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:244 #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:293 ../plug-ins/common/softglow.c:224 #: ../plug-ins/file-sgi/sgi.c:560 ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:1687 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:966 msgid "Cannot operate on indexed color images." msgstr "Cannot operate on indexed colour images." #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-motion.c:1059 msgid "Blur Center" msgstr "Blur Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:99 msgid "Set foreground to the average color of the image border" msgstr "Set foreground to the average colour of the image border" #. Number of Colors frame #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:412 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:910 msgid "Number of Colors" msgstr "Number of Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/channel-mixer.c:175 msgid "Alter colors by mixing RGB Channels" msgstr "Alter colours by mixing RGB Channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/cml-explorer.c:224 msgid "All gray" msgstr "All grey" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:106 msgid "Analyze the set of colors in the image" msgstr "Analyse the set of colours in the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:112 msgid "Colorcube A_nalysis..." msgstr "Colourcube A_nalysis..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:200 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:356 msgid "Colorcube Analysis" msgstr "Colourcube Analysis" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:387 msgid "No colors" msgstr "No colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:389 msgid "Only one unique color" msgstr "Only one unique colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:391 #, c-format msgid "Number of unique colors: %d" msgstr "Number of unique colours: %d" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:68 msgid "Stretch color saturation to cover maximum possible range" msgstr "Stretch colour saturation to cover maximum possible range" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:80 msgid "_Color Enhance" msgstr "_Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:114 msgid "Color Enhance" msgstr "Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:122 msgid "Swap one color with another" msgstr "Swap one colour with another" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:128 msgid "_Color Exchange..." msgstr "_Colour Exchange..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:213 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:287 msgid "Color Exchange" msgstr "Colour Exchange" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:310 msgid "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Color\"" msgstr "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Colour\"" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "To Color" msgstr "To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "From Color" msgstr "From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:379 msgid "Color Exchange: To Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:380 msgid "Color Exchange: From Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:94 msgid "Convert a specified color to transparency" msgstr "Convert a specified colour to transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:101 msgid "Color to _Alpha..." msgstr "Colour to _Alpha..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:184 msgid "Removing color" msgstr "Removing colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:377 msgid "Color to Alpha" msgstr "Colour to Alpha" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:415 msgid "Color to Alpha Color Picker" msgstr "Colour to Alpha Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:102 msgid "Replace all colors with shades of a specified color" msgstr "Replace all colours with shades of a specified colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:108 msgid "Colorif_y..." msgstr "Colourif_y..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:169 msgid "Colorifying" msgstr "Colourifying" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:255 msgid "Colorify" msgstr "Colourify" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:290 msgid "Custom color:" msgstr "Custom colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:295 msgid "Colorify Custom Color" msgstr "Colourify Custom Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:97 msgid "Rearrange the colormap" msgstr "Rearrange the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:104 msgid "R_earrange Colormap..." msgstr "R_earrange Colourmap..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:116 msgid "Swap two colors in the colormap" msgstr "Swap two colours in the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:123 msgid "_Swap Colors" msgstr "_Swap Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:332 msgid "Rearranging the colormap" msgstr "Rearranging the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:596 msgid "Rearrange Colormap" msgstr "Rearrange Colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:700 msgid "" "Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." msgstr "" "Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colormap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:404 msgid "Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels" msgstr "Create an image using multiple gray images as colour channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Image is not a gray image (bpp=%d)" msgstr "Image is not a grey image (bpp=%d)" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:1521 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1528 msgid "Color _model:" msgstr "Colour _model:" #: ../plug-ins/common/contrast-normalize.c:91 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-dog.c:362 msgid "_Normalize" msgstr "_Normalise" #: ../plug-ins/common/contrast-normalize.c:125 msgid "Normalizing" msgstr "Normalising" #: ../plug-ins/common/cubism.c:330 msgid "_Use background color" msgstr "_Use background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:312 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:326 msgid "Decompose an image into separate colorspace components" msgstr "Decompose an image into separate colourspace components" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1574 msgid "_Foreground as registration color" msgstr "_Foreground as registration colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/diffraction.c:638 msgid "Po_larization:" msgstr "Po_larisation:" #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-sobel.c:108 msgid "Specialized direction-dependent edge detection" msgstr "Specialised direction-dependent edge detection" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:669 #, c-format msgid "'%s': illegal number of colors: %u" msgstr "'%s': illegal number of colours: %u" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gbr.c:655 msgid "GIMP brushes are either GRAYSCALE or RGBA" msgstr "GIMP brushes are either GREYSCALE or RGBA" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:476 msgid "Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Saving as opaque." msgstr "Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Saving as opaque." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:763 msgid "" "Cannot save RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first." msgstr "" "Cannot save RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or greyscale first." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:484 msgid "" "If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically colored " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." msgstr "" "If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically coloured " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:237 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in grayscale but does not contain any gray component." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in grey-scale but does not contain any grey component." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:289 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:296 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIELAB color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the CIELAB colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:303 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the YCbCr color space, but there is no code in place to " "convert it to RGB." msgstr "" "The image '%s' is in the YCbCr colour space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:311 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in an unknown color space." msgstr "The image '%s' is in an unknown colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-mng.c:1360 msgid "Save background color" msgstr "Save background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:422 #, c-format msgid "" "An error occured while creating the PDF file:\n" "%s\n" "Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't " "read only!" msgstr "" "An error occurred while creating the PDF file:\n" "%s\n" "Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't " "read only!" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:872 #, c-format msgid "Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'." msgstr "Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'." #. Colouring #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3094 msgid "Coloring" msgstr "Colouring" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3100 ../plug-ins/common/file-xpm.c:480 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:65 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:169 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:212 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3289 msgid "_Millimeter" msgstr "_Millimetre" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:443 #, c-format msgid "Could not read color entries from '%s'" msgstr "Could not read colour entries from '%s'" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:452 msgid "Type of colormap not supported" msgstr "Type of colourmap not supported" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-tiff-save.c:1125 msgid "Save _color values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save _colour values from transparent pixels" #. The image is not black-and-white. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xbm.c:1000 msgid "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colors.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." msgstr "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colours.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1483 #, c-format msgid "This plug-in can only handle RGBA image files with 8bit color depth." msgstr "This plug-in can only handle RGBA image files with 8bit colour depth." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1719 msgid "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.\n" "You can satisfy it by checking \"Replace the size of all frames...\" in the " "save dialog, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings." msgstr "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.\n" "You can satisfy it by checking \"Replace the size of all frames...\" in the " "save dialogue, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Illegal number of colormap entries: %ld" msgstr "" "'%s':\n" "Illegal number of colourmap entries: %ld" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:477 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Number of colormap entries < number of colors" msgstr "" "'%s':\n" "Number of colourmap entries < number of colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:500 msgid "Can't read color entries" msgstr "Can't read colour entries" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:2238 msgid "Error during writing indexed/gray image" msgstr "Error during writing indexed/grey image" #. Film color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1023 msgid "Select Film Color" msgstr "Select Film Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1028 ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1078 #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:349 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "Co_lour:" #. Numbering color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1073 msgid "Select Number Color" msgstr "Select Number Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/filter-pack.c:317 msgid "Interactively modify the image colors" msgstr "Interactively modify the image colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:84 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:106 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active palette" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active palette" #. attach color selectors #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:898 msgid "Horizontal Color" msgstr "Horizontal Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:916 msgid "Vertical Color" msgstr "Vertical Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:934 msgid "Intersection Color" msgstr "Intersection Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:229 msgid "Set a color profile on the image" msgstr "Set a colour profile on the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:236 msgid "_Assign Color Profile..." msgstr "_Assign Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:259 msgid "Apply a color profile on the image" msgstr "Apply a colour profile on the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:269 msgid "_Convert to Color Profile..." msgstr "_Convert to Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:301 msgid "Image Color Profile Information" msgstr "Image Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:315 msgid "Color Profile Information" msgstr "Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:656 #, c-format msgid "Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:865 msgid "" "Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC color profile" msgstr "" "Data attached as 'icc-profile' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:915 #, c-format msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile" msgstr "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1270 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' has an embedded color profile:" msgstr "The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile:" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1482 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1576 msgid "Convert to ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Convert to ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1577 msgid "Assign ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Assign ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1603 msgid "Current Color Profile" msgstr "Current Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1700 msgid "Destination profile is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Destination profile is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-apply.c:445 msgid "_Set surroundings to background color" msgstr "_Set surroundings to background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-flare.c:745 msgid "Center of Flare Effect" msgstr "Centre of Flare Effect" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:716 msgid "Color _variation:" msgstr "Colour _variation:" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:745 msgid "Co_lor averaging" msgstr "Co_lour averaging" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-hsv.c:103 msgid "Randomize hue/saturation/value independently" msgstr "Randomise hue/saturation/value independently" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:202 msgid "Completely randomize a fraction of pixels" msgstr "Completely randomise a fraction of pixels" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:204 msgid "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors" msgstr "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:776 msgid "R_andomization (%):" msgstr "R_andomisation (%):" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:145 msgid "Distort colors by random amounts" msgstr "Distort colours by random amounts" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:523 ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:527 msgid "_Gray:" msgstr "_Grey:" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:345 msgid "Supernova Color Picker" msgstr "Supernova Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:437 msgid "Center of Nova" msgstr "Centre of Nova" #: ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:119 ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:134 msgid "Smear colors to simulate an oil painting" msgstr "Smear colours to simulate an oil painting" #: ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:153 msgid "Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine" msgstr "Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:164 msgid "Simplify image into an array of solid-colored squares" msgstr "Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured squares" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:171 msgid "_Pixelize..." msgstr "_Pixelise..." #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:273 msgid "Pixelizing" msgstr "Pixelising" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:316 msgid "Pixelize" msgstr "Pixelise" #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:177 msgid "Threshold for the red eye color to remove." msgstr "Threshold for the red eye colour to remove." #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:298 msgid "Colorize image using a sample image as a guide" msgstr "Colourise image using a sample image as a guide" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:303 msgid "_Sample Colorize..." msgstr "_Sample Colourise..." #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1325 msgid "Sample Colorize" msgstr "Sample Colourise" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1330 msgid "Get _Sample Colors" msgstr "Get _Sample Colours" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1422 #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1449 msgid "Show color" msgstr "Show colour" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1683 msgid "Use subcolors" msgstr "Use subcolours" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:2666 msgid "Sample analyze" msgstr "Sample analyse" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:3046 msgid "Remap colorized" msgstr "Remap colourised" #: ../plug-ins/common/semi-flatten.c:67 msgid "Replace partial transparency with the current background color" msgstr "Replace partial transparency with the current background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:783 ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:799 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:432 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #. if in grey scale, the colors are necessarily black and white #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:792 msgid "The colors are white and black." msgstr "The colours are white and black." #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:820 msgid "First color" msgstr "First colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:830 msgid "Second color" msgstr "Second colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:856 msgid "F_irst color:" msgstr "F_irst colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:871 msgid "S_econd color:" msgstr "S_econd colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:887 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:906 msgid "Co_lors" msgstr "Co_lours" #: ../plug-ins/common/smooth-palette.c:83 msgid "Derive a smooth color palette from the image" msgstr "Derive a smooth colour palette from the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:550 msgid "_Natural color" msgstr "_Natural colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:551 msgid "_Foreground color" msgstr "_Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:552 msgid "_Background color" msgstr "_Background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:559 msgid "Use the color of the image" msgstr "Use the colour of the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:560 msgid "Use the foreground color" msgstr "Use the foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:561 msgid "Use the background color" msgstr "Use the background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2738 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2741 #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2752 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plug-ins/common/threshold-alpha.c:137 msgid "RGBA/GRAYA drawable is not selected." msgstr "RGBA/GREYA drawable is not selected." #: ../plug-ins/common/threshold-alpha.c:165 msgid "Coloring transparency" msgstr "Colouring transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:336 msgid "C_entering" msgstr "C_entring" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:391 msgid "Fo_reground color" msgstr "Fo_reground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:393 msgid "Bac_kground color" msgstr "Bac_kground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:402 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/value-propagate.c:233 msgid "Propagate certain colors to neighboring pixels" msgstr "Propagate certain colours to neighbouring pixels" #: ../plug-ins/common/warp.c:517 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:138 msgid "Bad colormap" msgstr "Bad colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:621 msgid "Unrecognized or invalid BMP compression format." msgstr "Unrecognised or invalid BMP compression format." #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:887 msgid "_Do not write color space information" msgstr "_Do not write colour space information" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:889 msgid "" "Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space " "information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Enabling this " "option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file." msgstr "" "Some applications can not read BMP images that include colour space " "information. GIMP writes colour space information by default. Enabling this " "option will cause GIMP to not write colour space information to the file." #: ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:716 msgid "Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GRAY images." msgstr "Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GREY images." #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:999 msgid "_Optimize" msgstr "_Optimise" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1087 msgid "" "If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality " "settings (quantization tables), enable this option to get almost the same " "quality and file size." msgstr "" "If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality " "settings (quantisation tables), enable this option to get almost the same " "quality and file size." #: ../plug-ins/file-psd/psd-load.c:322 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported color mode: %s" msgstr "Unsupported colour mode: %s" #: ../plug-ins/file-uri/uri-backend-libcurl.c:58 msgid "Could not initialize libcurl" msgstr "Could not initialise libcurl" #: ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:873 msgid "Optimize" msgstr "Optimise" #: ../plug-ins/flame/flame.c:735 msgid "_Randomize" msgstr "_Randomise" #: ../plug-ins/flame/flame.c:1163 msgid "Color_map:" msgstr "Colour_map:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:922 msgid "Number of colors:" msgstr "Number of colours:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:925 msgid "Change the number of colors in the mapping" msgstr "Change the number of colours in the mapping" #. Color Density frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:943 msgid "Color Density" msgstr "Colour Density" #. Color Function frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:984 msgid "Color Function" msgstr "Colour Function" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1006 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1047 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1088 msgid "Use sine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use sine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1009 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1050 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1091 msgid "Use cosine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use cosine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1012 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1053 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1094 msgid "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this color " "channel" msgstr "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this colour " "channel" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1029 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1070 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1111 msgid "" "If you enable this option higher color values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" msgstr "" "If you enable this option higher colour values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" #. Colormode toggle box #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1116 msgid "Color Mode" msgstr "Colour Mode" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1137 msgid "" "Create a color-map with the options you specified above (color density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" msgstr "" "Create a colour-map with the options you specified above (colour density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1159 msgid "Create a color-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" msgstr "Create a colour-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:414 msgid "Color fill" msgstr "Colour fill" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:1511 msgid "Grid color:" msgstr "Grid colour:" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:59 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "Co_lour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:71 msgid "C_enter of brush" msgstr "C_entre of brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:78 msgid "Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" msgstr "Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:82 msgid "Samples the color from the pixel in the center of the brush" msgstr "Samples the colour from the pixel in the centre of the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:93 msgid "Color _noise:" msgstr "Colour _noise:" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:97 msgid "Adds random noise to the color" msgstr "Adds random noise to the colour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:166 msgid "Solid colored background" msgstr "Solid coloured background" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:160 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:168 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke" msgstr "" "Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:101 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:107 msgid "Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image" msgstr "Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:163 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:171 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke" msgstr "Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:2 msgid "Save _background color" msgstr "Save _background colour" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:8 msgid "Save color _values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save colour _values from transparent pixels" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:873 msgid "Color Transformation" msgstr "Colour Transformation" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Re_center" msgstr "Re_centre" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Recompute Center" msgstr "Recompute Centre" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:263 msgid "Center _x:" msgstr "Centre _x:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:270 msgid "Center _y:" msgstr "Centre _y:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:419 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:412 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:436 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:598 msgid "Select lightsource color" msgstr "Select lightsource colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:450 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:611 msgid "Set light source color" msgstr "Set light source colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:660 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:778 msgid "Amount of original color to show where no direct light falls" msgstr "Amount of original colour to show where no direct light falls" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:693 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:807 msgid "Intensity of original color when lit by a light source" msgstr "Intensity of original colour when lit by a light source" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:603 msgid "Lightsource color:" msgstr "Lightsource colour:" #: ../plug-ins/pagecurl/pagecurl.c:594 msgid "Foreground / background colors" msgstr "Foreground / background colours" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-doc-utils.po0000644000000000000000000000135412321561411022110 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-doc-utils # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-doc-utils package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-23 14:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-03-22 03:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-icon-theme.po0000644000000000000000000000134612321561411022236 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-icon-theme # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-icon-theme package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-icon-theme\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-22 21:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-29 00:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ian Griffiths \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000000157012321561411021655 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-keyring # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-keyring package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-15 02:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisation Unit" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-menus-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000163112321561411021630 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-menus # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-menus package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-menus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 06:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-18 08:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-WebApplications.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Applications and sites saved from Web" msgstr "Applications and sites saved from the Internet" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mime-data.po0000644000000000000000000000157312321561411022046 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-mime-data # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-mime-data package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-mime-data\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-28 02:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-31 06:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:196 msgid "Nintendo64 ROM" msgstr "Nintendo 64 ROM" #: ../gnome-vfs.keys.in.h:361 msgid "iPod software" msgstr "iPod Software" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-session-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000257712321561411022176 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-session # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-session package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-session\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 00:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-22 04:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:17+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../egg/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../egg/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #. Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong #: ../gnome-session/main.c:290 msgid "Show the fail whale dialog for testing" msgstr "Show the fail whale dialogue for testing" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-monitor.po0000644000000000000000000001010112321561411023204 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-system-monitor # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-system-monitor package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-system-monitor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:12 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Sending" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/callbacks.cpp:195 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Isopogon https://launchpad.net/~isopogon\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../src/e_date.c:193 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:201 msgid "Percentage full for pie color pickers" msgstr "Percentage full for pie colour pickers" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:209 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:210 ../src/gsm_color_button.c:628 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:216 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:217 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:224 msgid "Type of color picker" msgstr "Type of colour picker" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:550 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:651 msgid "Click to set graph colors" msgstr "Click to set graph colours" #. Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending #: ../src/interface.cpp:178 #, c-format msgid "Pick a Color for '%s'" msgstr "Pick a Colour for '%s'" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Main Window should open maximized" msgstr "Main Window should open maximised" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Show warning dialog when killing processes" msgstr "Show warning dialogue when killing processes" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "CPU colors" msgstr "CPU colours" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)" msgstr "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal colour value)" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Default graph memory color" msgstr "Default graph memory colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default graph swap color" msgstr "Default graph swap colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Default graph incoming network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph incoming network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Default graph outgoing network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph outgoing network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Width of process 'Writable Memory' column" msgstr "Width of process 'Writeable Memory' column" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Show process 'Writable Memory' column on startup" msgstr "Show process 'Writeable Memory' column on startup" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-terminal.po0000644000000000000000000002243012321561411022016 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-terminal # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-terminal package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-terminal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-28 11:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "Disable connection to the session manager" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "Specify the file containing the saved configuration" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "" "Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customized " "via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = \"whatever\"). This option allows the " "standard menubar accelerator to be disabled." msgstr "" "Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customised " "via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = \"whatever\"). This option allows the " "standard menubar accelerator to be disabled." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:25 msgid "Default color of text in the terminal" msgstr "Default colour of text in the terminal" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:26 msgid "" "Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:27 msgid "Default color of terminal background" msgstr "Default colour of terminal background" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "" "Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:29 msgid "Default color of bold text in the terminal" msgstr "Default colour of bold text in the terminal" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:30 msgid "" "Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\"). This is ignored if " "bold_color_same_as_fg is true." msgstr "" "Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can " "be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\"). This is ignored " "if bold_colour_same_as_fg is true." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:31 msgid "Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text" msgstr "Whether bold text should use the same colour as normal text" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:32 msgid "" "If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text." msgstr "" "If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same colour as normal text." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:61 msgid "" "If true, send Up/Down keystrokes for scrolling when using alternate screen " "or when scrolling is restricted." msgstr "" "If true, send Up/Down keystrokes for scrolling when using an alternate " "screen or when scrolling is restricted." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:79 msgid "" "Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color " "names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" msgstr "" "Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour " "names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:83 msgid "" "Type of terminal background. May be \"solid\" for a solid color, \"image\" " "for an image, or \"transparent\" for either real transparency if a " "compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise." msgstr "" "Type of terminal background. May be \"solid\" for a solid colour, \"image\" " "for an image, or \"transparent\" for either real transparency if a " "compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:89 msgid "" "A value between 0.0 and 1.0 indicating how much to darken the background " "image. 0.0 means no darkness, 1.0 means fully dark. In the current " "implementation, there are only two levels of darkness possible, so the " "setting behaves as a boolean, where 0.0 disables the darkening effect." msgstr "" "A value between 0.0 and 1.0 indicating how much to darken the background " "image. 0.0 means no darkness, 1.0 means completely dark. In the current " "implementation, there are only two levels of darkness possible, so this " "setting behaves as a boolean, where 0.0 disables the darkening effect." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:94 msgid "Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget" msgstr "Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:95 msgid "" "If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user." msgstr "" "If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:135 msgid "Accelerator to detach current tab." msgstr "Accelerator to detach the current tab." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:136 msgid "" "Accelerator key to detach current tab. Expressed as a string in the same " "format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special " "string \"disabled\", then there will be no keybinding for this action." msgstr "" "Accelerator key to detach the current tab. Expressed as a string in the same " "format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special " "string \"disabled\", then there will be no keybinding for this action." #: ../src/profile-editor.c:46 msgid "Gray on black" msgstr "Grey on black" #: ../src/profile-editor.c:830 #, c-format msgid "Choose Palette Color %d" msgstr "Choose Palette Colour %d" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:37 msgid "_Use colors from system theme" msgstr "_Use colours from the system theme" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:39 msgid "_Text color:" msgstr "_Text colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:40 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:41 msgid "Choose Terminal Background Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Background Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:42 msgid "Choose Terminal Text Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Text Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:43 msgid "_Underline color:" msgstr "_Underline colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:44 msgid "_Same as text color" msgstr "_Same as text colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:45 msgid "Bol_d color:" msgstr "Bol_d colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:48 msgid "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colors available to " "them." msgstr "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colours available to " "them." #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:49 msgid "Color p_alette:" msgstr "Colour p_alette:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:55 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:56 msgid "_Solid color" msgstr "_Solid colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:77 msgid "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior." msgstr "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour." "" #: ../src/terminal-app.c:1813 #, c-format msgid "No such profile \"%s\", using default profile\n" msgstr "No such profile \"%s\", using the default profile\n" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3315 msgid "" "There are still processes running in some terminals in this window. Closing " "the window will kill all of them." msgstr "" "There are still processes running in some terminals in this window. Closing " "the window will kill them all." #: ../src/terminal-window.c:4100 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andrew Janke https://launchpad.net/~a.janke\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Tom Fifield https://launchpad.net/~fifieldt\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20.po0000644000000000000000000001471112321561411020032 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk+2.0 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+2.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-09 21:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:63 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:178 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:352 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:363 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:387 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:397 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:400 msgid "\"Deepness\" of the color." msgstr "\"Deepness\" of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:402 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:404 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:406 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:408 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:418 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:428 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:435 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:449 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:508 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:967 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:970 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:975 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:978 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1391 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1595 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:170 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:999 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8146 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:480 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:8149 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3807 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3822 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" #: gtk/gtkrecentchooserdefault.c:1801 msgid "_Clear List" msgstr "_Remove From List" #: gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:508 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:564 #, c-format msgid "No recently used resource found with URI `%s'" msgstr "No recently used resources found with URI `%s'" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:371 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:422 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:652 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:711 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "No deserialise function found for format %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1779 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "Serialised data is malformed" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1857 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" "Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20-properties.po0000644000000000000000000003760212321561412022231 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk+2.0 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+2.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 02:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:546 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:547 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text." #: gtk/gtkbox.c:163 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:43 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "Editing Cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:44 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304 msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton." msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button." #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220 msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph" msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 gtk/gtkcellview.c:160 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtkcellview.c:161 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 gtk/gtkcellview.c:167 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:168 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 gtk/gtklabel.c:639 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:206 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsise" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer " "does not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Ellipsis placement set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:162 msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:177 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:191 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:302 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:192 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:289 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:303 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "The help button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:150 msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" msgstr "The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:196 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:214 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:231 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:712 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:834 msgid "Invisible char set" msgstr "Invisible character set" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:835 msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set" msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:839 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:855 msgid "Allow folders creation" msgstr "Allow folder creation" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143 msgid "The title of the font selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the font selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:802 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:803 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:640 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does " "not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:205 msgid "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons" msgstr "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the " "buttons" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:275 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:323 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:172 msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded" msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1017 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1161 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1162 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336 msgid "Manual Capabilites" msgstr "Manual Capabilities" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:207 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar " "does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234 msgid "Min horizontal bar width" msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247 msgid "Min horizontal bar height" msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260 msgid "Min vertical bar width" msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273 msgid "Min vertical bar height" msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:375 msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..." msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20...)" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:414 msgid "" "What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull" msgstr "What degree of hinting to use; none, slight, medium, or full" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:464 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:564 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:565 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:736 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:737 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:325 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:297 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking" msgstr "Whether the status icon is blinking" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:305 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible" msgstr "Whether the status icon is visible" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:321 msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded" msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded" #: gtk/gtktable.c:216 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtktable.c:223 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192 msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226 msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:594 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536 msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:694 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:695 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "ellipsise" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1565 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:624 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:808 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:821 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:822 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:828 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:829 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:658 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:761 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:776 msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered" msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2453 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2454 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2459 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2460 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2496 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2497 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2510 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2511 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:786 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-engines.po0000644000000000000000000000226212321561412021315 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk2-engines # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk2-engines package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk2-engines\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-06 14:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gary M \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "3d-ish (gradient)" msgstr "3D-ish (gradient)" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "3d-ish (button)" msgstr "3D-ish (button)" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Colorize Scrollbar" msgstr "Colourise Scrollbar" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Scrollbar Color" msgstr "Scrollbar Colour" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Sets the Color of Scrollbars" msgstr "Sets the Colour of Scrollbars" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gucharmap.po0000644000000000000000000000173412321561412021054 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gucharmap # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gucharmap package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gucharmap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:458 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/inkscape.po0000644000000000000000000022770212321561413020710 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for inkscape # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the inkscape package. # Chris Goerner , 2006. # Robert Readman , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inkscape\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: inkscape-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 15:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:18 msgid "Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches" msgstr "Rainbow-coloured semitransparent oily splotches" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:20 msgid "Leopard spots (loses object's own color)" msgstr "Leopard spots (loses object's own colour)" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:21 msgid "Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)" msgstr "Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own colour)" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:26 msgid "Detect color edges in object" msgstr "Detect colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:27 msgid "Detect horizontal color edges in object" msgstr "Detect horizontal colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:28 msgid "Detect vertical color edges in object" msgstr "Detect vertical colour edges in object" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:29 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale" msgstr "Detect colour edges and retrace them in greyscale" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:30 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in blue" msgstr "Detect colour edges and retrace them in blue" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:33 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:91 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:157 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:205 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:219 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2607 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2754 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:51 #: ../share/extensions/color_blackandwhite.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_brighter.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_darker.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_desaturate.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesshue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesslight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesssaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morehue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morelight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_moresaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_negative.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_removeblue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removegreen.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removered.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/color_rgbbarrel.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:15 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 msgid "Render in shades of gray by reducing saturation to zero" msgstr "Render in shades of grey by reducing saturation to zero" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 msgid "Invert colors" msgstr "Invert colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:36 msgid "Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows" msgstr "Grey bevelled wires with drop shadows" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:51 msgid "Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel" msgstr "Soft, pastel-coloured, blurry bevel" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:58 msgid "Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change" msgstr "Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through colour fill change" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:61 msgid "Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors" msgstr "Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:62 msgid "Stylized reptile skin texture" msgstr "Stylised reptile skin texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:63 msgid "Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors" msgstr "Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "Metallized paint" msgstr "Metallised paint" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "" "Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges" msgstr "" "Metallised effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Metallized ridge" msgstr "Metallised ridge" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Gel Ridge metallized at its top" msgstr "Gel Ridge metallised at its top" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:49 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 msgid "Blend image or object with a flood color and set lightness and contrast" msgstr "" "Blend image or object with a flood colour and set lightness and contrast" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:82 msgid "Slightly cracked enameled texture" msgstr "Slightly cracked enamelled texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:85 msgid "Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow" msgstr "Inner colourised shadow, outer black shadow" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:87 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, filled inside" msgstr "Blurred colourised contour, filled inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:88 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, empty inside" msgstr "Blurred colourised contour, empty inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:89 msgid "" "Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy" msgstr "" "Bevel, crude light, discolouration and glow like in electronic microscopy" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:93 msgid "Draws a smooth line inside colorized with the color it overlays" msgstr "Draws a smooth line inside colourised with the colour it overlays" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:94 msgid "Smooth colorized contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation" msgstr "Smooth colourised contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:95 msgid "Glow of object's own color at the edges" msgstr "Glow of object's own colour at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Color emboss" msgstr "Colour emboss" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Classic or colorized emboss effect: grayscale, color and 3D relief" msgstr "Classic or colourised emboss effect: greyscale, colour and 3D relief" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:38 msgid "Solarize" msgstr "Solarise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 msgid "Classical photographic solarization effect" msgstr "Classical photographic solarisation effect" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "Moonarize" msgstr "Moonarise" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "" "An effect between solarize and invert which often preserves sky and water " "lights" msgstr "" "An effect between solarise and invert which often preserves sky and water " "lights" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:113 msgid "Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people" msgstr "Colourised blotches, like a crowd of people" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:114 msgid "Colorized mountain tops out of the fog" msgstr "Colourised mountain tops out of the fog" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:116 msgid "Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood" msgstr "Basic noise fill texture; adjust colour in Flood" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:119 msgid "In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood" msgstr "In and out glow with a possible offset and colourisable flood" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:122 msgid "Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialog" msgstr "" "Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialogue" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:124 msgid "" "Emboss effect : Colors of the original images are preserved or modified by " "Blend" msgstr "" "Emboss effect : Colours of the original images are preserved or modified by " "Blend" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "Color outline, in" msgstr "Colour outline, in" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "A colorizable inner outline with adjustable width and blur" msgstr "A colourisable inner outline with adjustable width and blur" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:130 msgid "Colorizable filling with liquid transparency" msgstr "Colourisable filling with liquid transparency" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "Watercolour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Cloudy watercolor effect" msgstr "Cloudy watercolour effect" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:132 msgid "" "Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges" msgstr "" "Felt like texture with colour turbulence and slightly darker at the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:133 msgid "Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift" msgstr "Ink paint on paper with some turbulent colour shift" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:134 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours melted along the edges and colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:135 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours slightly melted along the edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:136 msgid "Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable" msgstr "Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:155 msgid "Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency" msgstr "Colourisable filling with flow inside like transparency" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Alpha draw, color" msgstr "Alpha draw, colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Gives a transparent color fill effect to bitmaps and materials" msgstr "Gives a transparent colour fill effect to bitmaps and materials" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:166 msgid "" "Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines " "at their crossings" msgstr "" "Creates colourisable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the " "lines at their crossings" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Color outline" msgstr "Colour outline" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Draws a colored outline around" msgstr "Draws a coloured outline around" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:169 msgid "Adds a colorizable drop shadow inside" msgstr "Adds a colourisable drop shadow inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:172 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "Smooth rainbow colours warped along the edges and colourisable" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 msgid "Replace hue by two colors" msgstr "Replace hue by two colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:175 msgid "Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards" msgstr "Slightly posterise and draw edges like on old printed postcards" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:179 msgid "" "Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges" msgstr "" "Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around colour edges" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:182 msgid "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable " "texture" msgstr "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colourisable " "texture" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:187 msgid "Partly opaque water color effect with bleed" msgstr "Partly opaque water colour effect with bleed" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:195 msgid "Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative" msgstr "Convert to a colourisable transparent positive or negative" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 msgid "Change colors to a duotone palette" msgstr "Change colours to a duotone palette" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:199 msgid "" "Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the " "saturation levels" msgstr "" "Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colourisable image of the " "saturation levels" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:207 msgid "Bright metallic effect for any color" msgstr "Bright metallic effect for any colour" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Deep colors plastic" msgstr "Deep colours plastic" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Transparent plastic with deep colors" msgstr "Transparent plastic with deep colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:213 msgid "" "Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to molded plastic " "effects" msgstr "" "Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to moulded plastic " "effects" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:214 msgid "Adds a colorizable glow inside" msgstr "Adds a colourisable glow inside" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Soft colors" msgstr "Soft colours" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures" msgstr "Adds a colourisable edges glow inside objects and pictures" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:216 msgid "Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting" msgstr "Bumps effect with a bevel, colour flood and complex lighting" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 msgid "Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world" msgstr "Oversaturate colours which can be fluorescent in real world" #: ../src/color-profile.cpp:910 #, c-format msgid "Color profiles directory (%s) is unavailable." msgstr "Colour profiles directory (%s) is unavailable." #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1727 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "Randomise:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1986 msgid "Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the horizontal shift by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2019 msgid "Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the vertical shift by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2136 msgid "Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the horizontal scale by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2167 msgid "Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the vertical scale by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2288 msgid "Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the rotation angle by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2364 msgid "Randomize the tile blur by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile blur by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2378 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each row" msgstr "Alternate the sign of blur changes for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2383 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each column" msgstr "Alternate the sign of blur changes for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2413 msgid "Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile opacity by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2440 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "Co_lour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2445 msgid "Initial color: " msgstr "Initial colour: " #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "Initial color of tiled clones" msgstr "Initial colour of tiled clones" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "" "Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or " "stroke)" msgstr "" "Initial colour for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or " "stroke)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2485 msgid "Randomize the tile hue by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the tile hue by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2501 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row" msgstr "Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2508 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column" msgstr "Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2515 msgid "Randomize the color saturation by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the colour saturation by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2530 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row" msgstr "Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2537 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column" msgstr "Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2544 msgid "Randomize the color lightness by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the colour lightness by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2558 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each row" msgstr "Alternate the sign of colour changes for each row" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2563 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each column" msgstr "Alternate the sign of colour changes for each column" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2608 msgid "Pick the visible color and opacity" msgstr "Pick the visible colour and opacity" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2624 msgid "Pick the Red component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Red component of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2632 msgid "Pick the Green component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Green component of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2640 msgid "Pick the Blue component of the color" msgstr "Pick the Blue component of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2649 msgid "clonetiler|H" msgstr "H" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2650 msgid "Pick the hue of the color" msgstr "Pick the hue of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2659 msgid "clonetiler|S" msgstr "S" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2660 msgid "Pick the saturation of the color" msgstr "Pick the saturation of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2669 msgid "clonetiler|L" msgstr "L" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2670 msgid "Pick the lightness of the color" msgstr "Pick the lightness of the colour" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2680 msgid "2. Tweak the picked value:" msgstr "2. Tweak the selected value:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2695 msgid "Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)" msgstr "" "Shift the mid-range of the selected value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2702 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "Randomise:" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2707 msgid "Randomize the picked value by this percentage" msgstr "Randomise the selected value by this percentage" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2718 msgid "Invert the picked value" msgstr "Invert the selected value" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2737 msgid "" "Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in " "that point" msgstr "" "Each clone is created with the probability determined by the selected value " "in that point" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2747 msgid "Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "Each clone's size is determined by the selected value in that point" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2757 msgid "" "Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill " "or stroke)" msgstr "" "Each clone is painted by the selected colour (the original must have unset " "fill or stroke)" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2767 msgid "Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "Each clone's opacity is determined by the selected value in that point" #. TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2981 msgid "" "Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog " "to zero" msgstr "" "Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and colour changes in the " "dialogue to zero" #. TRANSLATORS: `Center' here is a verb. #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:250 msgid "Center lines" msgstr "Centre lines" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line _color:" msgstr "Grid line _colour:" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line color" msgstr "Grid line colour" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Color of grid lines" msgstr "Colour of grid lines" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Ma_jor grid line color:" msgstr "Ma_jor grid line colour:" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Major grid line color" msgstr "Major grid line colour" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:420 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:708 msgid "Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "Colour of the major (highlighted) grid lines" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:122 msgid "object rotation center" msgstr "object rotation centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:143 msgid "center" msgstr "centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:189 msgid "Object rotation center" msgstr "Object rotation centre" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:211 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #. message, to show in the statusbar #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 msgid "Release mouse to set color." msgstr "Release mouse to set colour." #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 ../src/tools-switch.cpp:215 msgid "" "Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke; drag to " "average color in area; with Alt to pick inverse color; Ctrl+C " "to copy the color under mouse to clipboard" msgstr "" "Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke; drag to " "average colour in area; with Alt to pick inverse colour; Ctrl+C to copy the colour under mouse to clipboard" #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:354 msgid "Set picked color" msgstr "Set picked colour" #: ../src/extension/error-file.cpp:63 msgid "Show dialog on startup" msgstr "Show dialogue on startup" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:46 msgid "Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "Apply charcoal stylisation to selected bitmap(s)." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:57 msgid "Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity." msgstr "" "Colourise selected bitmap(s) with specified colour, using given opacity." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:36 msgid "Cycle Colormap" msgstr "Cycle Colourmap" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:44 msgid "Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "Cycle colourmap(s) of selected bitmap(s)." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/enhance.cpp:41 msgid "Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimize noise." msgstr "Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimise noise." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:34 msgid "Equalize" msgstr "Equalise" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:41 msgid "Equalize selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalization." msgstr "Equalise selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalisation." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:72 msgid "" "Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling " "between the given ranges to the full color range." msgstr "" "Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling " "between the given ranges to the full colour range." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:50 msgid "" "Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges " "to the full color range." msgstr "" "Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges " "to the full colour range." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:44 msgid "" "Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular " "neighborhood." msgstr "" "Replace each pixel component with the median colour in a circular " "neighbourhood." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:35 msgid "Normalize" msgstr "Normalise" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:42 msgid "" "Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible " "range of color." msgstr "" "Normalise selected bitmap(s), expanding colour range to the full possible " "range of colour." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:44 msgid "Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils." msgstr "" "Stylise selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:43 msgid "Colored Shading" msgstr "Coloured Shading" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:46 msgid "Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film." msgstr "Solarise selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film." #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:44 msgid "Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point." msgstr "Swirl selected bitmap(s) around centre point." #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:325 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:363 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:247 msgid "Rasterize filter effects" msgstr "Rasterise filter effects" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:326 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:364 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:248 msgid "Resolution for rasterization (dpi)" msgstr "Resolution for rasterisation (dpi)" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:21 msgid "Color Matrix" msgstr "Colour Matrix" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:246 msgid "Visible Colors" msgstr "Visible Colours" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:133 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:77 msgid "Radial gradient center" msgstr "Radial gradient centre" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "%s for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap angle, with Ctrl+Alt to " "preserve angle, with Ctrl+Shift to scale around center" msgstr "" "%s for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap angle, with Ctrl+Alt to " "preserve angle, with Ctrl+Shift to scale around centre" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1175 #, c-format msgid "" "Radial gradient center and focus; drag with Shift to " "separate focus" msgstr "" "Radial gradient centre and focus; drag with Shift to " "separate focus" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeter" msgstr "Millimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeter" msgstr "Centimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meter" msgstr "Metre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meters" msgstr "Metres" #: ../src/interface.cpp:825 msgid "Show or hide the color palette" msgstr "Show or hide the colour palette" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1173 ../src/interface.cpp:1259 #: ../src/interface.cpp:1362 ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:468 msgid "Drop color" msgstr "Drop colour" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1212 ../src/interface.cpp:1322 msgid "Drop color on gradient" msgstr "Drop colour on gradient" #: ../src/knot.cpp:431 msgid "Node or handle drag canceled." msgstr "Node or handle drag cancelled." #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:311 msgid "Item behavior" msgstr "Item behaviour" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:312 msgid "" "General behavior for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" msgstr "" "General behaviour for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:91 msgid "Circle (by center and radius)" msgstr "Circle (by centre and radius)" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:38 msgid "Enable top & bottom paths" msgstr "Enable top and bottom paths" #. refA(_("Ref Start"), _("Left side middle of the reference box"), "refA", &wr, this), #. refB(_("Ref End"), _("Right side middle of the reference box"), "refB", &wr, this), #. FIXME: a path is used here instead of 2 points to work around path/point param incompatibility bug. #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:55 msgid "Max complexity" msgstr "Max. complexity" #: ../src/main.cpp:294 msgid "" "Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterization of filters in PS/" "EPS/PDF (default 90)" msgstr "" "Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterisation of filters in PS/" "EPS/PDF (default 90)" #: ../src/main.cpp:346 msgid "Background color of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported color string)" msgstr "Background colour of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported colour string)" #: ../src/main.cpp:347 msgid "COLOR" msgstr "COLOUR" #: ../src/main.cpp:393 msgid "" "Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterizing (PS, EPS, " "PDF)" msgstr "" "Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterising (PS, EPS, " "PDF)" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1087 msgid "" "Adjust the tip radius of the star or polygon; with Shift to " "round; with Alt to randomize" msgstr "" "Adjust the tip radius of the star or polygon; with Shift to " "round; with Alt to randomise" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1094 msgid "" "Adjust the base radius of the star; with Ctrl to keep star " "rays radial (no skew); with Shift to round; with Alt to " "randomize" msgstr "" "Adjust the base radius of the star; with Ctrl to keep star " "rays radial (no skew); with Shift to round; with Alt to " "randomise" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:601 msgid "" "Sketch mode: holding Alt interpolates between sketched paths. " "Release Alt to finalize." msgstr "" "Sketch mode: holding Alt interpolates between sketched paths. " "Release Alt to finalise." #: ../src/rdf.cpp:212 msgid "Open Font License" msgstr "Open Font Licence" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:262 msgid "" "Two-letter language tag with optional subtags for the language of this " "document. (e.g. 'en-GB')" msgstr "" "Two-letter language tag with optional subtags for the language of this " "document. (e.g. 'en-AU')" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license #: ../src/rdf.cpp:285 msgid "URI to this document's license's namespace definition." msgstr "URI to this document's licence's namespace definition." #: ../src/rdf.cpp:290 msgid "XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section." msgstr "XML fragment for the RDF 'Licence' section." #: ../src/select-context.cpp:237 msgid "Move canceled." msgstr "Move cancelled." #: ../src/select-context.cpp:245 msgid "Selection canceled." msgstr "Selection cancelled." #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1159 msgid "Paste size separately" msgstr "Paste Size separately" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:537 msgid "Set center" msgstr "Set centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:634 msgid "" "Center of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with " "Shift also uses this center" msgstr "" "Centre of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with " "Shift also uses this centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:661 msgid "" "Squeeze or stretch selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; " "with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" "Squeeze or stretch selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; " "with Shift to scale around rotation centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:662 msgid "" "Scale selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" "Scale selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; with Shift to scale around rotation centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:801 msgid "Reset center" msgstr "Reset centre" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1343 #, c-format msgid "Move center to %s, %s" msgstr "Move centre to %s, %s" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:125 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be put on a path." msgstr "The flowed text must be visible in order to be put on a path." #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:507 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be converted." msgstr "The flowed text must be visible in order to be converted." #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1171 msgid "Rotate counterclockwise" msgstr "Rotate anti-clockwise" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:225 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag or click to rotate clockwise; with Shift, " "counterclockwise." msgstr "" "%s. Drag or click to rotate clockwise; with Shift, anticlockwise." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:257 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to paint objects with color." msgstr "%s. Drag or click to paint objects with colour." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:261 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to randomize colors." msgstr "%s. Drag or click to randomise colours." #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1302 msgid "Color paint tweak" msgstr "Colour paint tweak" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1306 msgid "Color jitter tweak" msgstr "Colour jitter tweak" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:96 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #. TRANSLATORS: Put here your name (and other national contributors') #. one per line in the form of: name surname (email). Use \n for newline. #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:388 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Chris Goerner (cgoerner@fastmail.com.au).\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Chris Goerner https://launchpad.net/~cgoerner-fastmail\n" " Isopogon https://launchpad.net/~isopogon\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:643 msgid "Randomize positions" msgstr "Randomise position" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:816 msgid "Center on vertical axis" msgstr "Centre on vertical axis" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:831 msgid "Center on horizontal axis" msgstr "Centre on horizontal axis" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:857 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally" msgstr "Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:871 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly vertically" msgstr "Distribute centres equidistantly vertically" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:887 msgid "Randomize centers in both dimensions" msgstr "Randomise centres in both dimensions" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:890 msgid "Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances" msgstr "Unclump objects: try to equalise edge-to-edge distances" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:116 #, c-format msgid "" "Color: %s; Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke" msgstr "" "Colour: %s; Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:490 msgid "Change color definition" msgstr "Change colour definition" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove stroke color" msgstr "Remove stroke colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove fill color" msgstr "Remove fill colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set stroke color to none" msgstr "Set stroke colour to none" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set fill color to none" msgstr "Set fill colour to none" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set stroke color from swatch" msgstr "Set stroke colour from swatch" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set fill color from swatch" msgstr "Set fill colour from swatch" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:74 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:178 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "" "Color and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)" msgstr "" "Colour and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Border _color:" msgstr "Border _colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Page border color" msgstr "Page border colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Color of the page border" msgstr "Colour of the page border" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guide co_lor:" msgstr "Guide co_lour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guideline color" msgstr "Guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Color of guidelines" msgstr "Colour of guidelines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "_Highlight color:" msgstr "_Highlight colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Highlighted guideline color" msgstr "Highlighted guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Color of a guideline when it is under mouse" msgstr "Colour of a guideline when it is under mouse" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:122 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #. TODO check if this next line was sometimes needed. It being there caused an assertion. #. Inkscape::GC::release(defsRepr); #. inform the document, so we can undo #. Color Management #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:409 ../src/verbs.cpp:2733 msgid "Link Color Profile" msgstr "Link Colour Profile" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:484 msgid "Remove linked color profile" msgstr "Remove linked colour profile" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:501 msgid "Linked Color Profiles:" msgstr "Linked Colour Profiles:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:507 msgid "Available Color Profiles:" msgstr "Available Colour Profiles:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1464 msgid "Background" msgstr "Background:" #. TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:471 msgid "" "This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects " "one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color " "component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not " "depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value." msgstr "" "This matrix determines a linear transform on colour space. Each line affects " "one of the colour components. Each column determines how much of each colour " "component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not " "depend on input colours, so can be used to adjust a constant component value." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2177 msgid "" "Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that " "a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent " "convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be " "performed without specifying a complete matrix." msgstr "" "Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that " "a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent " "convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used colour operations to be " "performed without specifying a complete matrix." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2202 msgid "" "This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input " "image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different " "arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual " "effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to " "the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value " "would lead to a common blur effect." msgstr "" "This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input " "image in order to calculate the pixel colours at the output. Different " "arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual " "effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to " "the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value " "would lead to a common blur effect." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2204 msgid "" "After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that " "number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A " "divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening " "effect on the overall color intensity of the result." msgstr "" "After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that " "number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination colour value. A " "divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening " "effect on the overall colour intensity of the result." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2206 msgid "" "Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so " "that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at " "or near the edge of the input image." msgstr "" "Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with colour values so " "that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at " "or near the edge of the input image." #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 msgid "Diffuse Color:" msgstr "Diffuse Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Defines the color of the light source" msgstr "Defines the colour of the light source" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2218 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction" msgstr "Colour component that controls the displacement in the X direction" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2219 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction" msgstr "Colour component that controls the displacement in the Y direction" #. default: black #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "Flood Color:" msgstr "Flood Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "The whole filter region will be filled with this color." msgstr "The whole filter region will be filled with this colour." #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Specular Color:" msgstr "Specular Colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2291 msgid "" "The feColorMatrix filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to " "color of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to " "grayscale, modifying color saturation and changing color hue." msgstr "" "The feColourMatrix filter primitive applies a matrix transformation " "to colour of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning " "object to greyscale, modifying colour saturation and changing colour hue." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2295 msgid "" "The feComponentTransfer filter primitive manipulates the input's " "color components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular " "transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast " "adjustment, color balance, and thresholding." msgstr "" "The feComponentTransfer filter primitive manipulates the input's " "colour components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular " "transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast " "adjustment, colour balance, and thresholding." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2315 msgid "" "The feFlood filter primitive fills the region with a given color and " "opacity. It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply color to " "a graphic." msgstr "" "The feFlood filter primitive fills the region with a given colour and " "opacity. It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply colour to " "a graphic." #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2331 msgid "" "The feMorphology filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. " "For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it " "thicker." msgstr "" "The feMorphology filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. " "For single-colour objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it " "thicker." #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:446 msgid "Path outline color" msgstr "Path outline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:447 msgid "Selects the color used for showing the path outline" msgstr "Selects the colour used for showing the path outline" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:455 msgid "" "Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the " "middle of each outline segment" msgstr "" "Visualise the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the " "middle of each outline segment" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:466 msgid "" "Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to " "get the other behavior" msgstr "" "Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to " "get the other behaviour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:584 msgid "Dialogs are hidden in taskbar" msgstr "Dialogues are hidden in taskbar" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:586 msgid "Show close button on dialogs" msgstr "Show close button on dialogues" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:599 msgid "Dialog behavior (requires restart):" msgstr "Dialogue behaviour (requires restart):" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:606 msgid "Dialogs on top:" msgstr "Dialogues on top:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:609 msgid "Dialogs are treated as regular windows" msgstr "Dialogues are treated as regular windows" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:611 msgid "Dialogs stay on top of document windows" msgstr "Dialogues stay on top of document windows" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:617 msgid "Dialog Transparency:" msgstr "Dialogue Transparency:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:629 msgid "Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar" msgstr "" "Whether dialogue windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:634 msgid "Whether dialog windows have a close button (requires restart)" msgstr "Whether dialogue windows have a close button (requires restart)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:713 msgid "Optimized" msgstr "Optimised" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:749 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:773 msgid "" "Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export " "always uses best quality)" msgstr "" "Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export " "always uses best quality" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:786 msgid "" "Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the " "filter effects dialog" msgstr "" "Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the " "filter effects dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:829 msgid "Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialog" msgstr "Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Relative Colorimetric" msgstr "Relative Colourimetric" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Absolute Colorimetric" msgstr "Absolute Colourimetric" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:894 msgid "(Note: Color management has been disabled in this build)" msgstr "(Note: Colour management has been disabled in this build)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:933 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "Mark out of gamut colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:935 msgid "Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device" msgstr "Highlights colours that are out of gamut for the target device" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:940 msgid "Out of gamut warning color:" msgstr "Out of gamut warning colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:941 msgid "Selects the color used for out of gamut warning" msgstr "Selects the colour used for out of gamut warning" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1034 msgid "Color management" msgstr "Colour management" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1042 msgid "" "If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal color instead " "of major grid line color" msgstr "" "If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal colour instead " "of major grid line colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1060 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1082 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Grid line color:" msgstr "Grid line colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Color used for normal grid lines" msgstr "Colour used for normal grid lines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1062 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1084 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Major grid line color:" msgstr "Major grid line colour:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "Colour used for major (highlighted) grid lines" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1094 msgid "Use named colors" msgstr "Use named colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1095 msgid "" "If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or " "'magenta') instead of the numeric value" msgstr "" "If set, write the CSS name of the colour when available (e.g. 'red' or " "'magenta') instead of the numeric value" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1163 msgid "Work-around color sliders not drawing" msgstr "Work-around colour sliders not drawing" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1165 msgid "" "When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing " "color sliders" msgstr "" "When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing " "colour sliders" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1191 msgid "" "When this option is on, the \"Save as...\" dialog will always open in the " "directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open " "in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialog" msgstr "" "When this option is on, the \"Save as...\" dialogue will always open in the " "directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open " "in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialogue" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1196 msgid "" "Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus " "minimizing loss in case of a crash" msgstr "" "Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus " "minimising loss in case of a crash" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:192 ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:525 msgid "Rename layer" msgstr "Renamed layer" #. TRANSLATORS: "Slack" refers to memory which is in the heap but currently unused. #. More typical usage is to call this memory "free" rather than "slack". #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:98 msgid "Slack" msgstr "Free" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:507 msgid "No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog." msgstr "No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialogue." #. quantization #. TRANSLATORS: Color Quantization: the process of reducing the number #. of colors in an image by selecting an optimized set of representative #. colors and then re-applying this reduced set to the original image. #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:463 msgid "Color quantization" msgstr "Colour quantisation" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:467 msgid "Trace along the boundaries of reduced colors" msgstr "Trace along the boundaries of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:475 msgid "The number of reduced colors" msgstr "The number of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:477 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:515 #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:18 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:519 msgid "Trace the given number of reduced colors" msgstr "Trace the given number of reduced colours" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:523 msgid "Grays" msgstr "Greys" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:527 msgid "Same as Colors, but the result is converted to grayscale" msgstr "Same as Colours, but the result is converted to greyscale" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:554 msgid "Multiple scans: creates a group of paths" msgstr "Multiple scana: creates a group of paths" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:579 msgid "Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed" msgstr "Speckles of up to this many pixels will be supressed" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:599 msgid "Optimize paths" msgstr "Optimise paths" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:602 msgid "Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments" msgstr "Try to optimise paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:610 msgid "" "Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive " "optimization" msgstr "" "Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive " "optimisation" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:91 msgid "Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)" msgstr "Rotation angle (positive = anti-clockwise)" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:93 msgid "" "Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute " "displacement, or percentage displacement" msgstr "" "Horizontal skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:95 msgid "" "Vertical skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" msgstr "" "Vertical skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:139 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift+Ctrl: scale uniformly about the rotation center" msgstr "Shift+Ctrl: scale uniformly about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:146 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Alt: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center" msgstr "" "Shift+Alt: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:148 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: scale from the rotation center" msgstr "Shift: scale from the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:322 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Rotation handle: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation " "center" msgstr "" "Rotation handle: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation " "centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:421 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° " "increments" msgstr "" "Shift+Ctrl: skew about the rotation centre with snapping to %f° " "increments" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:424 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: skew about the rotation center" msgstr "Shift: skew about the rotation centre" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:514 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Rotation center: drag to change the origin of transforms" msgstr "Rotation centre: drag to change the origin of transforms" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:136 msgid "swatches|Size" msgstr "Size" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates size of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:145 msgid "swatchesHeight|medium" msgstr "medium" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:171 msgid "swatches|Width" msgstr "Width" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates width of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:180 msgid "swatchesWidth|medium" msgstr "medium" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Wrap" indicates how colour swatches are displayed #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:215 msgid "swatches|Wrap" msgstr "Wrap" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color fill" msgstr "Flat colour fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color stroke" msgstr "Flat colour stroke" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:220 msgid "Last set color" msgstr "Last set colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:224 msgid "Last selected color" msgstr "Last selected colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:240 msgid "Copy color" msgstr "Copy colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:244 msgid "Paste color" msgstr "Paste colour" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:545 msgid "Apply last set color to fill" msgstr "Apply last set colour to fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:557 msgid "Apply last set color to stroke" msgstr "Apply last set colour to stroke" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:568 msgid "Apply last selected color to fill" msgstr "Apply last selected colour to fill" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:579 msgid "Apply last selected color to stroke" msgstr "Apply last selected colour to stroke" #. This is shared between tooltips and statusbar, so they #. must use UTF-8, not HTML entities for special characters. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2451 msgid "Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise" msgstr "Rotate selection 90° anticlockwise" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2513 msgid "Pick colors from image" msgstr "Pick colours from image" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2606 msgid "Color-managed view" msgstr "Colour-managed view" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2607 msgid "Toggle color-managed display for this document window" msgstr "Toggle colour-managed display for this document window" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2628 msgid "" "Edit objects' colors, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns..." msgstr "" "Edit objects' colours, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns..." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2633 msgid "Select colors from a swatches palette" msgstr "Select colours from a swatches palette" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2656 msgid "Show/Hide D_ialogs" msgstr "Show/Hide D_ialogues" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2657 msgid "Show or hide all open dialogs" msgstr "Show or hide all open dialogues" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2678 msgid "Print Colors..." msgstr "Print Colours..." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2679 msgid "" "Select which color separations to render in Print Colors Preview rendermode" msgstr "" "Select which colour separations to render in Print Colours Preview rendermode" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2687 msgid "Inkscape version, authors, license" msgstr "Inkscape version, authors, licence" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2734 msgid "Link an ICC color profile" msgstr "Link an ICC colour profile" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2735 msgid "Remove Color Profile" msgstr "Remove Colour Profile" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2736 msgid "Remove a linked ICC color profile" msgstr "Remove a linked ICC colour profile" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:633 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "%s: %d (print colours preview) - Inkscape" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:643 #, c-format msgid "%s (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "%s (print colours preview) - Inkscape" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:811 msgid "Color-managed display is enabled in this window" msgstr "Colour-managed display is enabled in this window" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:813 msgid "Color-managed display is disabled in this window" msgstr "Colour-managed display is disabled in this window" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set fill color" msgstr "Set fill colour" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set stroke color" msgstr "Set stroke colour" #. TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:164 msgid "" "Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector " "(spreadMethod=\"pad\"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction " "(spreadMethod=\"repeat\"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite " "directions (spreadMethod=\"reflect\")" msgstr "" "Whether to fill with flat colour beyond the ends of the gradient vector " "(spreadMethod=\"pad\"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction " "(spreadMethod=\"repeat\"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite " "directions (spreadMethod=\"reflect\")" #. TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:866 msgid "Stop Color" msgstr "Stop Colour" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:1186 msgid "Change gradient stop color" msgstr "Change gradient stop colour" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:226 ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:671 msgid "Flat color" msgstr "Flat colour" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:233 msgid "Gray" msgstr "Grey" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:336 msgid "Color Managed" msgstr "Colour Managed" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:367 msgid "Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color" msgstr "Hexadecimal RGBA value of the colour" #. TRANSLATORS: Miter join: joining lines with a sharp (pointed) corner. #. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the #. "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog). #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:727 msgid "Miter join" msgstr "Mitre join" #. Miterlimit #. TRANSLATORS: Miter limit: only for "miter join", this limits the length #. of the sharp "spike" when the lines connect at too sharp an angle. #. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle, a miter join results in a #. spike that extends well beyond the connection point. The purpose of the #. miter limit is to cut off such spikes (i.e. convert them into bevels) #. when they become too long. #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:759 msgid "Miter limit:" msgstr "Mitre limit:" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:767 msgid "Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)" msgstr "Maximum length of the mitre (in units of stroke width)" #: ../src/widgets/swatch-selector.cpp:139 msgid "Change swatch color" msgstr "Change swatch colour" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:207 msgid "Color/opacity used for color tweaking" msgstr "Colour/opacity used for colour tweaking" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "BBox Centers" msgstr "BBox Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "Snapping from and to centers of bounding boxes" msgstr "Snapping from and to centres of bounding boxes" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Object Centers" msgstr "Object Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Snap from and to centers of objects" msgstr "Snap from and to centres of objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Rotation Centers" msgstr "Rotation Centres" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Snap from and to an item's rotation center" msgstr "Snap from and to an item's rotation centre" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2698 msgid "Star: Change randomization" msgstr "Star: Change randomisation" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "NOT randomized" msgstr "NOT randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "visibly randomized" msgstr "visibly randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "strongly randomized" msgstr "strongly randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized" msgstr "Randomised" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized:" msgstr "Randomised:" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is denser" msgstr "centre is denser" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is much denser" msgstr "centre is much denser" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3911 msgid "starts from center" msgstr "starts from centre" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4333 msgid "Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise" msgstr "Rotate objects, with Shift anticlockwise" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4374 msgid "Color paint mode" msgstr "Colour paint mode" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4375 msgid "Paint the tool's color upon selected objects" msgstr "Paint the tool's colour upon selected objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4381 msgid "Color jitter mode" msgstr "Colour jitter mode" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4382 msgid "Jitter the colors of selected objects" msgstr "Jitter the colours of selected objects" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4428 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' hue" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' hue" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4444 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' saturation" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' saturation" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4460 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' lightness" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' lightness" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4476 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' opacity" msgstr "In colour mode, act on objects' opacity" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4685 msgid "Adjusts the number of items sprayed per clic." msgstr "Adjusts the number of items sprayed per click." #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5141 msgid "" "Angle behavior (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = " "fixed angle)" msgstr "" "Angle behaviour (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = " "fixed angle)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5158 msgid "" "Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = " "round caps)" msgstr "" "Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude mode (0 = no caps, 1 = " "round caps)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5419 msgid "Arc: Change open/closed" msgstr "Arc: Changed open/closed" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5686 msgid "" "Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, " "pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha" msgstr "" "Pick both the colour and the alpha (transparency) under cursos; otherwise, " "pick only the visible colour premultiplied by alpha" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6048 msgid "Open LPE dialog" msgstr "Open LPE dialogue" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6049 msgid "Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)" msgstr "Open LPE dialogue (to adapt parameters numerically)" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7583 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7584 msgid "Align center" msgstr "Align centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:74 #, python-format msgid "Opss... The element \"%s\" is not in the Web Slicer layer" msgstr "Oops... The element \"%s\" is not in the Web Slicer layer" #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:1 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:15 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:1 msgid "Randomize" msgstr "Randomise" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:1 msgid "Replace color" msgstr "Replace colour" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:2 msgid "Replace color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "Replace colour (RRGGBB hex):" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:3 msgid "By color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "By colour (RRGGBB hex):" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:4 ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/handles.inx.h:2 ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:20 msgid "Visualize Path" msgstr "Visualise Path" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:20 msgid "" "- AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.\n" "- The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output " "(90 px = 1 in).\n" "- Supported element types\n" " - paths (lines and splines)\n" " - rectangles\n" " - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)\n" "- ROBO-Master spline output is a specialized spline readable only by ROBO-" "Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.\n" "- LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a " "legacy version of the LINE output." msgstr "" "- AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.\n" "- The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the co-ordinates are output " "(90 px = 1 in).\n" "- Supported element types\n" " - paths (lines and splines)\n" " - rectangles\n" " - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)\n" "- ROBO-Master spline output is a specialised spline readable only by ROBO-" "Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.\n" "- LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a " "legacy version of the LINE output." #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.inx.h:3 msgid "Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette" msgstr "Exports the colours of this document as GIMP Palette" #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:1 msgid "Fractalize" msgstr "Fractalise" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:2 msgid "" "Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible " "in the Fill and Stroke dialog. You must select an object or a group." msgstr "" "Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible " "in the Fill and Stroke dialogue. You must select an object or a group." #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:24 msgid "Set path color to blue:" msgstr "Set path colour to blue:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:25 msgid "Set path color to cyan:" msgstr "Set path colour to cyan:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:26 msgid "Set path color to green:" msgstr "Set path colour to green:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:27 msgid "Set path color to black:" msgstr "Set path colour to black:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:28 msgid "Set path color to magenta:" msgstr "Set path colour to magenta:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:29 msgid "Set path color to orange:" msgstr "Set path colour to orange:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:30 msgid "Set path color to red:" msgstr "Set path colour to red:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:31 msgid "Set path color to white:" msgstr "Set path colour to white:" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:32 msgid "Set path color to yellow:" msgstr "Set path colour to yellow:" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:8 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize step (%)" msgstr "Randomise step (%)" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:12 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize angle (%)" msgstr "Randomise angle (%)" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:14 msgid "" "\n" "The path is generated by applying the \n" "substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, \n" "Order times. The following commands are \n" "recognized in Axiom and Rules:\n" "\n" "Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward \n" "\n" "Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward \n" "\n" "+: turn left\n" "\n" "-: turn right\n" "\n" "|: turn 180 degrees\n" "\n" "[: remember point\n" "\n" "]: return to remembered point\n" msgstr "" "\n" "The path is generated by applying the \n" "substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, \n" "Order times. The following commands are \n" "recognised in Axiom and Rules:\n" "\n" "Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward \n" "\n" "Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward \n" "\n" "+: turn left\n" "\n" "-: turn right\n" "\n" "|: turn 180 degrees\n" "\n" "[: remember point\n" "\n" "]: return to remembered point\n" #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.inx.h:1 msgid "Color Markers to Match Stroke" msgstr "Colour Markers to Match Stroke" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:35 msgid "Fill color, Red" msgstr "Fill colour, Red" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:36 msgid "Fill color, Green" msgstr "Fill colour, Green" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:37 msgid "Fill color, Blue" msgstr "Fill colour, Blue" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:7 msgid "Color Bars" msgstr "Colour Bars" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:1 msgid "Optimized SVG Output" msgstr "Optimised SVG Output" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:3 msgid "Simplify colors" msgstr "Simplify colours" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:18 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This extension optimizes the SVG file according to the following options:\n" " * Simplify colors: convert all colors to #RRGGBB format.\n" " * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.\n" " * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.\n" " * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.\n" " * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.\n" " * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator " "elements and attributes.\n" " * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.\n" " * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.\n" " * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).\n" " * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space)." msgstr "" "This extension optimizes the SVG file according to the following options:\n" " * Simplify colours: convert all colours to #RRGGBB format.\n" " * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.\n" " * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.\n" " * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.\n" " * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.\n" " * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator " "elements and attributes.\n" " * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.\n" " * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.\n" " * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).\n" " * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space)." #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:29 msgid "Optimized SVG (*.svg)" msgstr "Optimised SVG (*.svg)" #: ../share/extensions/straightseg.inx.h:3 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:19 msgid "Year color" msgstr "Year colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:20 msgid "Month color" msgstr "Month colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:21 msgid "Weekday name color " msgstr "Weekday name colour " #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:22 msgid "Day color" msgstr "Day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:23 msgid "Weekend day color" msgstr "Weekend day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:24 msgid "Next month day color" msgstr "Next month day colour" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:25 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localisation" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:9 msgid "Background color:" msgstr "Background colour:" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:33 msgid "Top and Center" msgstr "Top and Centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:36 msgid "Middle and Center" msgstr "Middle and Centre" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:39 msgid "Bottom and Center" msgstr "Bottom and Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/atk10.po0000644000000000000000000000173412321561413020026 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for atk1.0 # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the atk1.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: atk1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-23 19:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-26 09:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:33+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:110 msgid "check box" msgstr "tick box" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:111 msgid "check menu item" msgstr "tick menu item" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:112 msgid "color chooser" msgstr "colour chooser" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:119 msgid "dialog" msgstr "dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libbonobo-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000151012321561413021340 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libbonobo # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libbonobo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonobo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-23 09:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../samples/echo/echo-client.c:24 msgid "I could not initialize Bonobo" msgstr "I could not initialise Bonobo" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libbonoboui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000475012321561413021707 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libbonoboui # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libbonoboui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonoboui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-05 09:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-canvas-item.c:691 msgid "The User interface container" msgstr "The user interface container" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-file-selector-util.c:407 msgid "Select a filename to save" msgstr "Select a file name to save" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-config-widget.c:287 msgid "_View tooltips" msgstr "_View tool-tips" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-config-widget.c:292 msgid "Toolbars" msgstr "Tool-bars" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-config-widget.c:302 msgid "toolbars" msgstr "tool-bars" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-sync-toolbar.c:570 msgid "_Hide toolbar" msgstr "_Hide tool-bar" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-sync-toolbar.c:570 msgid "Customi_ze" msgstr "Customi_se" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-sync-toolbar.c:571 msgid "Customize the toolbar" msgstr "Customise the toolbar" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-toolbar.c:1118 msgid "whether the toolbar is floating" msgstr "whether the tool-bar is floating" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-toolbar.c:1164 msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar" msgstr "Style of bevel around the tool-bar" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-window.c:348 msgid "Name of the window - used for configuration serialization." msgstr "Name of the window - used for configuration serialisation." #: ../bonobo/bonobo-zoomable.c:327 msgid "The degree of enlargment" msgstr "The degree of enlargement" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-zoomable.c:336 msgid "The minimum degree of enlargment" msgstr "The minimum degree of enlargement" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-zoomable.c:345 msgid "The maximum degree of enlargment" msgstr "The maximum degree of enlargement" #: ../samples/controls/bonobo-sample-controls.c:133 msgid "Could not initialize Bonobo UI" msgstr "Could not initialise Bonobo UI" #: ../tools/browser/window.c:214 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gdk-pixbuf.po0000644000000000000000000000545412321561414021152 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gdk-pixbuf # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gdk-pixbuf package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gdk-pixbuf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 15:21-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:35+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:934 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't recognize the image file format for file '%s'" msgstr "Couldn't recognise the image file format for file '%s'" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:942 msgid "Unrecognized image file format" msgstr "Unrecognised image file format" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1318 msgid "" "GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colormap." msgstr "" "GIF image has no global colourmap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colourmap." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:147 gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:155 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for color profile" msgstr "Couldn't allocate memory for colour profile" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:645 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:858 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)" msgstr "Unsupported JPEG colour space (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length '%u'." msgstr "Colour profile has invalid length '%u'." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:880 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:665 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length %d." msgstr "Colour profile has invalid length %d." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:308 msgid "PNM file is not in a recognized PNM subformat" msgstr "PNM file is not in a recognised PNM subformat" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:377 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is 0" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:385 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is too large" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is too large" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:685 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap structure" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap structure" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:692 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap entries" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:714 msgid "Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries" msgstr "Unexpected bitdepth for colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:509 msgid "XPM file has invalid number of colors" msgstr "XPM file has invalid number of colours" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:544 msgid "Cannot read XPM colormap" msgstr "Cannot read XPM colourmap" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/glib20.po0000644000000000000000000004122212321561414020162 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for glib2.0 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the glib2.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib2.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 15:00-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 09:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:509 msgid "Enter GApplication service mode (use from D-Bus service files)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:514 msgid "GApplication options" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:514 msgid "Show GApplication options" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:49 msgid "Print version" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:50 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:514 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:52 msgid "List applications" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:53 msgid "List the installed D-Bus activatable applications (by .desktop files)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:55 msgid "Launch an application" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:56 msgid "Launch the application (with optional files to open)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:57 msgid "APPID [FILE...]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:59 msgid "Activate an action" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:60 msgid "Invoke an action on the application" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:61 msgid "APPID ACTION [PARAMETER]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:63 msgid "List available actions" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:64 msgid "List static actions for an application (from .desktop file)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:65 ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "APPID" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:70 msgid "The command to print detailed help for" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "Application identifier in D-Bus format (eg: org.example.viewer)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:72 msgid "Optional relative or relative filenames, or URIs to open" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "ACTION" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "The action name to invoke" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "PARAMETER" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "Optional parameter to the action invocation, in GVariant format" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:101 msgid "Usage:\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:133 msgid "[ARGS...]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Commands:\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate 'help', but please translate 'COMMAND'. #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:146 #, c-format msgid "" "Use '%s help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:165 #, c-format msgid "" "%s command requires an application id to directly follow\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:171 #, c-format msgid "invalid application id: '%s'\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a command name like 'list-actions' #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:182 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s' takes no arguments\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:262 #, c-format msgid "unable to connect to D-Bus: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:282 #, c-format msgid "error sending %s message to application: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:313 #, c-format msgid "action name must be given after application id\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:321 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid action name: '%s'\n" "action names must consist of only alphanumerics, '-' and '.'\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:340 #, c-format msgid "error parsing action parameter: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:352 #, c-format msgid "actions accept a maximum of one parameter\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:407 #, c-format msgid "list-actions command takes only the application id" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:417 #, c-format msgid "unable to find desktop file for application %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:462 #, c-format msgid "" "unrecognised command: %s\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:260 msgid "Invalid object, not initialized" msgstr "Invalid object, not initialised" #: ../gio/gcharsetconverter.c:444 ../gio/gsocket.c:992 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "Cancellable initialisation not supported" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:536 msgid "Credentials spoofing is not possible on this OS" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:148 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:236 #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:317 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported key '%s' in address entry '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:175 #, c-format msgid "" "Address '%s' is invalid (need exactly one of path, tmpdir or abstract keys)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Meaningless key/value pair combination in address entry '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:251 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:332 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:262 ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:343 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the family attribute is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:452 #, c-format msgid "Address element '%s' does not contain a colon (:)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:473 #, c-format msgid "" "Key/Value pair %d, '%s', in address element '%s' does not contain an equal " "sign" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:487 #, c-format msgid "" "Error unescaping key or value in Key/Value pair %d, '%s', in address element " "'%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:565 #, c-format msgid "" "Error in address '%s' - the unix transport requires exactly one of the keys " "'path' or 'abstract' to be set" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:601 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the host attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:615 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the port attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:629 #, c-format msgid "Error in address '%s' - the noncefile attribute is missing or malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:658 #, c-format msgid "Unknown or unsupported transport '%s' for address '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:694 #, c-format msgid "Error opening nonce file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:712 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from nonce file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:721 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from nonce file '%s', expected 16 bytes, got %d" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:739 #, c-format msgid "Error writing contents of nonce file '%s' to stream:" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1077 #, c-format msgid "Error spawning command line '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1546 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6920 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot determine bus address from DBUS_STARTER_BUS_TYPE environment variable " "- unknown value '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:273 #, c-format msgid "" "Permissions on directory '%s' are malformed. Expected mode 0700, got 0%o" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:294 #, c-format msgid "Error creating directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:377 #, c-format msgid "Error opening keyring '%s' for reading: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:401 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:714 #, c-format msgid "Line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:415 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:728 #, c-format msgid "" "First token of line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:430 ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "Second token of line %d of the keyring at '%s' with content '%s' is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Didn't find cookie with id %d in the keyring at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Error deleting stale lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:564 #, c-format msgid "Error creating lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:594 #, c-format msgid "Error closing (unlinked) lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Error unlinking lock file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:681 #, c-format msgid "Error opening keyring '%s' for writing: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:878 #, c-format msgid "(Additionally, releasing the lock for '%s' also failed: %s) " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4153 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4496 #, c-format msgid "" "No such interface 'org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties' on object at path %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4295 #, c-format msgid "No such property '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4307 #, c-format msgid "Property '%s' is not readable" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "Property '%s' is not writable" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4338 #, c-format msgid "Error setting property '%s': Expected type '%s' but got '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4439 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6361 #, c-format msgid "No such interface '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4864 ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6869 #, c-format msgid "No such interface '%s' on object at path %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4961 #, c-format msgid "No such method '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:4992 #, c-format msgid "Type of message, '%s', does not match expected type '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:5389 #, c-format msgid "Method '%s' returned type '%s', but expected '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusconnection.c:6472 #, c-format msgid "Method '%s' on interface '%s' with signature '%s' does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1396 #, c-format msgid "Expected NUL byte after the string '%s' but found byte %d" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1415 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected valid UTF-8 string but found invalid bytes at byte offset %d " "(length of string is %d). The valid UTF-8 string up until that point was '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1617 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus object path" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1641 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus signature" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1849 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' for variant is not a valid D-Bus signature" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1873 #, c-format msgid "" "Error deserializing GVariant with type string '%s' from the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2129 #, c-format msgid "Signature header with signature '%s' found but message body is empty" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2143 #, c-format msgid "Parsed value '%s' is not a valid D-Bus signature (for body)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2183 msgid "Cannot deserialize message: " msgstr "Cannot deserialise message: " #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2504 #, c-format msgid "" "Error serializing GVariant with type string '%s' to the D-Bus wire format" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2649 msgid "Cannot serialize message: " msgstr "Cannot serialise message: " #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2693 #, c-format msgid "Message body has signature '%s' but there is no signature header" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2703 #, c-format msgid "" "Message body has type signature '%s' but signature in the header field is '%" "s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:2719 #, c-format msgid "Message body is empty but signature in the header field is '(%s)'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:3269 #, c-format msgid "Error return with body of type '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:873 #, c-format msgid "Error writing nonce file at '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:1043 #, c-format msgid "The string '%s' is not a valid D-Bus GUID" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusserver.c:1083 #, c-format msgid "Cannot listen on unsupported transport '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:465 #, c-format msgid "" "Warning: According to introspection data, interface '%s' does not exist\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:474 #, c-format msgid "" "Warning: According to introspection data, method '%s' does not exist on " "interface '%s'\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:923 #, c-format msgid "Error: Method name '%s' is invalid\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:991 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing parameter %d of type '%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:593 msgid "Generate sourcecode used to link in the resource file into your code" msgstr "Generate source code used to link in the resource file into your code" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:794 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid name '%s': invalid character '%c'; only lowercase letters, numbers " "and hyphen ('-') are permitted." msgstr "" "invalid name '%s': invalid character '%c'; only lower-case letters, numbers " "and hyphen ('-') are permitted." #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1859 #, c-format msgid "No such key '%s' in schema '%s' as specified in override file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1885 #, c-format msgid "" "error parsing key '%s' in schema '%s' as specified in override file '%s': %s." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1913 #, c-format msgid "" "override for key '%s' in schema '%s' in override file '%s' is outside the " "range given in the schema" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1941 #, c-format msgid "" "override for key '%s' in schema '%s' in override file '%s' is not in the " "list of valid choices" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2603 #, c-format msgid "Could not determine the disk usage of %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:484 #, c-format msgid "The key is not writable\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:602 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gsettings --version\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " list-schemas List installed schemas\n" " list-relocatable-schemas List relocatable schemas\n" " list-keys List keys in a schema\n" " list-children List children of a schema\n" " list-recursively List keys and values, recursively\n" " range Queries the range of a key\n" " get Get the value of a key\n" " set Set the value of a key\n" " reset Reset the value of a key\n" " reset-recursively Reset all values in a given schema\n" " writable Check if a key is writable\n" " monitor Watch for changes\n" "\n" "Use 'gsettings help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:312 msgid "Invalid socket, not initialized" msgstr "Invalid socket, not initialised" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:319 #, c-format msgid "Invalid socket, initialization failed due to: %s" msgstr "Invalid socket, initialisation failed due to: %s" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:4485 #, c-format msgid "Unable to read socket credentials: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:159 ../gio/gunixconnection.c:554 #, c-format msgid "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgid_plural "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgid_plural "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1054 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write file '%s': write() failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:336 msgid "unrecognized character following \\" msgstr "unrecognised character following \\" #: ../glib/gregex.c:361 msgid "unrecognized character after (? or (?-" msgstr "unrecognised character after (? or (?-" #: ../glib/gregex.c:391 msgid "unrecognized character after (?<" msgstr "unrecognised character after (?<" #: ../glib/gregex.c:439 msgid "unrecognized character after (?P" msgstr "unrecognised character after (?P" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1425 #, c-format msgid "Error while optimizing regular expression %s: %s" msgstr "Error while optimising regular expression %s: %s" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:780 msgid "Failed to allocate memory" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001071212321561414021174 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgnome # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnome package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-11 23:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-data/gnome-2.soundlist.in.h:7 msgid "Question dialog" msgstr "Question dialogue" #: ../libgnome/gnome-help.c:193 ../libgnome/gnome-help.c:208 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to show help as %s is not a directory. Please check your " "installation." msgstr "" "Unable to show help as %s is not a directory. Please check your installation." #: ../libgnome/gnome-help.c:233 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to find the help files in either %s or %s. Please check your " "installation" msgstr "" "Unable to find the help files in either %s or %s. Please check your " "installation" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible " "values are \"none\", \"wallpaper\", \"centered\", \"scaled\", \"stretched\", " "\"zoom\", \"spanned\"." msgstr "" "Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible " "values are \"none\", \"wallpaper\", \"centred\", \"scaled\", \"stretched\", " "\"zoom\", \"spanned\"." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:9 msgid "Primary Color" msgstr "Primary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:10 msgid "Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color." msgstr "Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:11 msgid "Secondary Color" msgstr "Secondary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:12 msgid "Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color." msgstr "" "Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:13 msgid "Color Shading Type" msgstr "Colour Shading Type" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "How to shade the background color. Possible values are \"horizontal-gradient" "\", \"vertical-gradient\", and \"solid\"." msgstr "" "How to shade the background colour. Possible values are \"horizontal-gradient" "\", \"vertical-gradient\", and \"solid\"." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_interface.schemas.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the user can dynamically type a new accelerator when positioned over " "an active menuitem." msgstr "" "Whether the user can dynamically type a new accelerator when positioned over " "an active menu item." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialog." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialogue." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:4 msgid "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:6 msgid "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogues." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomecanvas-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000240512321561414022370 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgnomecanvas # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomecanvas package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomecanvas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-02 07:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:425 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:433 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:441 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:426 msgid "Text color, as string" msgstr "Text colour, as string" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:434 msgid "Text color, as a GdkColor" msgstr "Text colour, as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:442 msgid "Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" msgstr "Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomeui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001467612321561414021547 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgnomeui # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomeui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomeui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-04 01:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew Janke \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:404 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:458 msgid "Open a dialog to specify the color" msgstr "Open a dialogue to specify the colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:480 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:140 msgid "Foreground color of the title" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:147 msgid "Title Foreground Color" msgstr "Title Foreground Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:148 msgid "Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:155 msgid "Title Foreground color set" msgstr "Title Foreground colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:156 msgid "Foreground color of the title is set" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:163 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:171 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:164 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:172 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:179 msgid "Background color set" msgstr "Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:180 msgid "Background color is set" msgstr "Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:187 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:195 msgid "Contents Background Color" msgstr "Contents Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:188 msgid "Contents Background color" msgstr "Contents Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:196 msgid "Contents Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Contents Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:203 msgid "Contents Background color set" msgstr "Contents Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:204 msgid "Contents Background color is set" msgstr "Contents Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:210 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:218 msgid "Logo Background Color" msgstr "Logo Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:211 msgid "Logo Background color" msgstr "Logo Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:219 msgid "Logo Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Logo Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:226 msgid "Logo Background color set" msgstr "Logo Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:227 msgid "Logo Background color is set" msgstr "Logo Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:234 msgid "" "Unique identifier for the file entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." msgstr "" "Unique identifier for the file entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:242 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:178 msgid "Browse Dialog Title" msgstr "Browse Dialogue Title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:243 msgid "Title for the Browse file dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse file dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:285 msgid "" "GnomeEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use " "this property to get the GnomeEntry if you need to modify or query any of " "its parameters." msgstr "" "GnomeEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use this " "property to get the GnomeEntry if you need to modify or query any of its " "parameters." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:296 msgid "" "GtkEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use this " "property to get the GtkEntry if you need to modify or query any of its " "parameters." msgstr "" "GtkEntry that the file entry uses for entering filenames. You can use this " "property to get the GtkEntry if you need to modify or query any of its " "parameters." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:148 msgid "The title of the selection dialog box" msgstr "The title of the selection dialogue box" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:185 msgid "Preview text shown in the dialog" msgstr "Preview text shown in the dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:118 msgid "Link color" msgstr "Link colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:119 msgid "Color used to draw the link" msgstr "Colour used to draw the link" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:170 msgid "" "Unique identifier for the icon entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." msgstr "" "Unique identifier for the icon entry. This will be used to save the history " "list." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:179 msgid "Title for the Browse icon dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse icon dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:203 msgid "Picker dialog" msgstr "Picker dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:204 msgid "" "Icon picker dialog. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." msgstr "" "Icon picker dialogue. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:766 msgid "Icon selection dialog" msgstr "Icon selection dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:767 msgid "This dialog box lets you select an icon." msgstr "This dialogue box lets you select an icon." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:134 ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:160 msgid "Disable Crash Dialog" msgstr "Disable Crash Dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtkspell.po0000644000000000000000000000131712321561415020732 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtkspell # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkspell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkspell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-11 14:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Stephen Norman \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgtop-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000140412321561415021037 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgtop2 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgtop2 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgtop2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-28 10:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/metacity.po0000644000000000000000000001110312321561415020716 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for metacity # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the metacity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: metacity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 21:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Toggle maximisation state" #: ../src/core/main.c:322 msgid "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximized and have no decorations" msgstr "" "Don't make fullscreen windows that are maximised and have no decorations" #: ../src/org.gnome.metacity.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "If true, metacity will give the user less feedback by using wireframes, " "avoiding animations, or other means. This is a significant reduction in " "usability for many users, but may allow legacy applications to continue " "working, and may also be a useful tradeoff for terminal servers. However, " "the wireframe feature is disabled when accessibility is on." msgstr "" "If true, Metacity will give the user less feedback by using wire-frames, " "avoiding animations, or other means. This is a significant reduction in " "usability for many users, but may allow legacy applications to continue " "working, and may also be a useful trade-off for terminal servers. However, " "the wire-frame feature is disabled when accessibility is on." #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1059 #, c-format msgid "Gradients should have at least two colors" msgstr "Gradients should have at least two colours" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1230 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] " "where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg" "[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1244 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1255 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand state \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand state \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand color component \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand colour component \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1309 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended color" msgstr "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1319 #, c-format msgid "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour is not between 0.0 and 1.0" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1377 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color" msgstr "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1387 #, c-format msgid "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color is negative" msgstr "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour is negative" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse color \"%s\"" msgstr "Could not parse colour \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme-parser.c:3141 #, c-format msgid "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximized/shaded " "states" msgstr "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximised/shaded " "states" #: ../src/ui/theme-parser.c:3155 #, c-format msgid "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximized states" msgstr "" "Should not have \"resize\" attribute on <%s> element for maximised states" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:100 msgid "_Dialog" msgstr "_Dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:101 msgid "_Modal dialog" msgstr "_Modal dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:253 msgid "This is a sample message in a sample dialog" msgstr "This is a sample message in a sample dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:393 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:397 msgid "Modal Dialog Box" msgstr "Modal Dialogue Box" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus.po0000644000000000000000000004131712321561415020755 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for nautilus # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 15:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 14:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/nautilus.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Access and organize files" msgstr "Access and organise files" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:169 msgid "Trashed On" msgstr "Moved to the Rubbish Bin On" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:170 msgid "Date when file was moved to the Trash" msgstr "Date when file was moved to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:177 msgid "Original location of file before moved to the Trash" msgstr "Original location of file before moved to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:87 #, c-format msgid "You cannot move the volume “%s” to the trash." msgstr "You cannot move the volume “%s” to the rubbish bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1354 msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the trash?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the rubbish bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1357 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected item from the " "trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected items from the " "trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected item from the " "rubbish bin?" msgstr[1] "" "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the %'d selected items from the " "rubbish bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1387 msgid "Empty all items from Trash?" msgstr "Empty all items from the Rubbish Bin?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1391 msgid "All items in the Trash will be permanently deleted." msgstr "All items in the Rubbish Bin will be permanently deleted." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1394 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2270 #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:813 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "Empty _Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1783 msgid "Moving files to trash" msgstr "Moving files to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1785 #, c-format msgid "%'d file left to trash" msgid_plural "%'d files left to trash" msgstr[0] "%'d file left to move to the rubbish bin" msgstr[1] "%'d files left to move to the rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1843 msgid "This remote location does not support sending items to the trash." msgstr "" "This remote location does not support sending items to the rubbish bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2017 msgid "Trashing Files" msgstr "Moving files to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2260 msgid "Do you want to empty the trash before you unmount?" msgstr "Do you want to empty the rubbish bin before you unmount?" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2262 msgid "" "In order to regain the free space on this volume the trash must be emptied. " "All trashed items on the volume will be permanently lost." msgstr "" "In order to regain the free space on this volume the rubbish bin must be " "emptied. All files moved to the rubbish bin on the volume will be " "permanently lost." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2268 msgid "Do _not Empty Trash" msgstr "Do _not Empty Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "Preparing to trash %'d file" msgid_plural "Preparing to trash %'d files" msgstr[0] "Preparing to move to the rubbish bin %'d file" msgstr[1] "Preparing to move to the rubbish bin %'d files" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2532 msgid "Error while moving files to trash." msgstr "Error while moving files to rubbish bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:6482 msgid "Emptying Trash" msgstr "Emptying Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:386 msgid "_Undo Restore from Trash" msgstr "_Undo Restore from Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:387 msgid "_Redo Restore from Trash" msgstr "_Redo Restore from Rubbish Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:390 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item back to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items back to trash" msgstr[0] "Move %d item back to rubbish bin" msgstr[1] "Move %d items back to rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:393 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:979 #, c-format msgid "Restore %d item from trash" msgid_plural "Restore %d items from trash" msgstr[0] "Restore %d item from rubbish bin" msgstr[1] "Restore %d items from rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:397 #, c-format msgid "Move '%s' back to trash" msgstr "Move '%s' back to rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:398 #, c-format msgid "Restore '%s' from trash" msgstr "Restore '%s' from rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items to trash" msgstr[0] "Move %d item to rubbish bin" msgstr[1] "Move %d items to rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1001 #, c-format msgid "Move '%s' to trash" msgstr "Move '%s' to rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1005 msgid "_Undo Trash" msgstr "_Undo Deletion" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:1006 msgid "_Redo Trash" msgstr "_Redo Deletion" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-utilities.c:1259 msgid "The item cannot be restored from trash" msgstr "The item cannot be restored from the rubbish bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Trash" msgstr "" "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying the Rubbish " "Bin" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to " "delete files, or empty the Trash." msgstr "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will ask for confirmation when you attempt to " "delete files, or empty the Rubbish Bin." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a " "file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This " "feature can be dangerous, so use caution." msgstr "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will have a feature allowing you to delete a " "file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the rubbish bin. This " "feature can be dangerous, so use caution." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or " "double clicked). Possible values are \"launch\" to launch them as programs, " "\"ask\" to ask what to do via a dialog, and \"display\" to display them as " "text files." msgstr "" "What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or " "double clicked). Possible values are \"launch\" to launch them as programs, " "\"ask\" to ask what to do via a dialogue, and \"display\" to display them as " "text files." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to show the user a package installer dialog in case an unknown mime " "type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it." msgstr "" "Whether to show the user a package installer dialogue in case an unknown " "mime type is opened, in order to search for an application to handle it." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Trash icon visible on desktop" msgstr "Rubbish bin icon visible on desktop" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the trash will be put on the " "desktop." msgstr "" "If this is set to true, an icon linking to the rubbish bin will be put on " "the desktop." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Desktop trash icon name" msgstr "Desktop rubbish bin icon name" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "" "This name can be set if you want a custom name for the trash icon on the " "desktop." msgstr "" "This name can be set if you want a custom name for the rubbish bin icon on " "the desktop." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "" "A string containing the saved geometry and coordinates string for navigation " "windows." msgstr "" "A string containing the saved geometry and co-ordinates string for " "navigation windows." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Whether the navigation window should be maximized." msgstr "Whether the navigation window should be maximised." #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "Whether the navigation window should be maximized by default." msgstr "Whether the navigation window should be maximised by default." #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1113 msgid "_Keep Aligned" msgstr "_Align Desktop icons" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1146 msgid "Keep icons sorted by trash time in rows" msgstr "Keep icons sorted by the time moved to the rubbish bin in rows" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:109 msgid "This file server type is not recognized." msgstr "This file server type is not recognised." #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:664 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7195 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8740 msgid "E_mpty Trash" msgstr "E_mpty the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:703 msgid "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or color" msgstr "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or colour" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:708 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:710 ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:212 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7196 msgid "Delete all items in the Trash" msgstr "Delete all items in the Rubbish Bin" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:715 msgid "_Organize Desktop by Name" msgstr "_Alphabetise Desktop icons" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #. trash #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:19 #: ../src/nautilus-shell-search-provider.c:292 ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:194 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:20 msgid "Ask before _emptying the Trash or deleting files" msgstr "Ask before _emptying the Rubbish Bin or deleting files" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:21 msgid "I_nclude a Delete command that bypasses Trash" msgstr "I_nclude a Delete command that bypasses the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:44 msgid "By Trashed Date" msgstr "By Discarded Date" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:387 msgid "Date Digitized" msgstr "Date Digitised" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:397 msgid "Exposure Program" msgstr "Exposure Programme" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:631 #, c-format msgid "The link “%s” is broken. Move it to Trash?" msgstr "The link “%s” is broken. Move it to the rubbish bin?" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:651 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7251 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7365 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8339 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8657 msgid "Mo_ve to Trash" msgstr "Mo_ve to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:511 msgid "The file that you dropped is not local." msgstr "The file that you dropped is not stored locally." #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:512 #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:518 msgid "You can only use local images as custom icons." msgstr "You can only use locally stored images as custom icons." #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7252 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8658 msgid "Move each selected item to the Trash" msgstr "Move each selected item to the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7256 ../src/nautilus-view.c:8689 msgid "Delete each selected item, without moving to the Trash" msgstr "Delete each selected item, without moving to the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7366 msgid "Move this folder to the Trash" msgstr "Move this folder to the Rubbish Bin" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7370 msgid "Delete this folder, without moving to the Trash" msgstr "Delete this folder, without moving to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7823 #, c-format msgid "Move the open folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the open folder out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7827 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected folder out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7830 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected folders out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7835 msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected folder out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7837 msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected folders out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7843 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected file out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7846 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected files out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7851 msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected file out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7853 msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected files out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7859 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected item out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7862 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "Move the selected items out of the rubbish bin to “%s”" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7867 msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected item out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7869 msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash" msgstr "Move the selected items out of the rubbish bin" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8340 msgid "Move the open folder to the Trash" msgstr "Move the open folder to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2347 msgid "Access and organize your files." msgstr "Access and organise your files." #. Translators should localize the following string #. * which will be displayed at the bottom of the about #. * box to give credit to the translator(s). #. #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2356 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " David Symons https://launchpad.net/~bimberi\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Michael Farrell https://launchpad.net/~michael-stormy\n" " Ryan Dwyer https://launchpad.net/~ryandwyer\n" " Sridhar Dhanapalan https://launchpad.net/~sridhar\n" " Stephen Norman https://launchpad.net/~stenorman2001-mac\n" " Wade Smith https://launchpad.net/~woodsbury\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan\n" " casio7131 https://launchpad.net/~casio7131" #: ../src/unity-quicklist-handler.h:72 msgid "Show Copy Dialog" msgstr "Show Copy Dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/vte.po0000644000000000000000000000164012321561416017703 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for vte # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the vte package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-06 10:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-26 13:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of. See ECMA-35 for gory details. #: ../src/iso2022.c:1570 msgid "Unrecognized identified coding system." msgstr "Unrecognised identified coding system." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck.po0000644000000000000000000000755312321561416020547 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libwnck # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libwnck package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-27 11:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3135 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "Mi_nimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3146 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "Un_minimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3154 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "Ma_ximise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3165 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "_Unmaximise All" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:404 msgid "Unmi_nimize" msgstr "Unmi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:411 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:419 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Unma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:426 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "Minimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "Unminimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "Maximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Maximise horizontally the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Unmaximise horizontally the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "Maximise vertically the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "Unmaximise vertically the window" #. Translators: do not translate "normal, desktop, dock..." #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:284 msgid "" "Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, " "dialog, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)" msgstr "" "Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, " "dialogue, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Left Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Right Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Top Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Bottom Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1479 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "dialogue window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1564 msgid "minimized" msgstr "minimised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1565 msgid "maximized" msgstr "maximised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1569 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "maximised horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1571 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "maximised vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1618 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "maximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1620 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "unmaximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1622 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "maximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1624 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "unmaximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1632 msgid "minimize" msgstr "minimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1633 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "unminimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1634 msgid "maximize" msgstr "maximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1635 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "unmaximise" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/shadow.po0000644000000000000000000002566212321561417020405 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for shadow # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shadow package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shadow\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-05-20 19:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-11-19 10:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #, c-format msgid "%s: nscd did not terminate normally (signal %d)\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: nscd exited with status %d\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "[libsemanage]: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot create SELinux management handle\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "SELinux policy not managed\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot read SELinux policy store\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot establish SELinux management connection\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot begin SELinux transaction\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not query seuser for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not set serange for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not set sename for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not modify login mapping for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot create SELinux login mapping for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not set name for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not set SELinux user for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not add login mapping for %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot init SELinux management\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot create SELinux user key\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify the SELinux user\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot modify SELinux user mapping\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot add SELinux user mapping\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot commit SELinux transaction\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Login mapping for %s is not defined, OK if default mapping was used\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Login mapping for %s is defined in policy, cannot be deleted\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Could not delete login mapping for %s" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: failed to allocate memory: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: multiple --root options\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: option '%s' requires an argument\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid chroot path '%s'\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: cannot access chroot directory %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: unable to chroot to directory %s: %s\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -d, --lastday LAST_DAY set date of last password change to " "LAST_DAY\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -E, --expiredate EXPIRE_DATE set account expiration date to EXPIRE_DATE\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -I, --inactive INACTIVE set password inactive after expiration\n" " to INACTIVE\n" msgstr "" msgid " -l, --list show account aging information\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -m, --mindays MIN_DAYS set minimum number of days before password\n" " change to MIN_DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -M, --maxdays MAX_DAYS set maximim number of days before password\n" " change to MAX_DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid " -R, --root CHROOT_DIR directory to chroot into\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -W, --warndays WARN_DAYS set expiration warning days to WARN_DAYS\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: PAM: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] [LOGIN]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" msgid " -f, --full-name FULL_NAME change user's full name\n" msgstr "" msgid " -h, --home-phone HOME_PHONE change user's home phone number\n" msgstr "" msgid " -o, --other OTHER_INFO change user's other GECOS information\n" msgstr "" msgid " -r, --room ROOM_NUMBER change user's room number\n" msgstr "" msgid " -u, --help display this help message and exit\n" msgstr "" msgid " -w, --work-phone WORK_PHONE change user's office phone number\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid " -c, --crypt-method METHOD the crypt method (one of %s)\n" msgstr "" msgid " -s, --shell SHELL new login shell for the user account\n" msgstr "" msgid " -c, --check check the user's password expiration\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -f, --force force password change if the user's " "password\n" " is expired\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: unexpected argument: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Failed to get the entry for UID %lu\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Failed to reset fail count for UID %lu\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Failed to set max for UID %lu\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Failed to set locktime for UID %lu\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Unknown user or range: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Cannot get the size of %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Failed to write %s: %s\n" msgstr "" msgid " -Q, --root CHROOT_DIR directory to chroot into\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Cannot setup cleanup service.\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] [group [gshadow]]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] [group]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -r, --read-only display errors and warnings\n" " but do not change files\n" msgstr "" msgid " -s, --sort sort entries by UID\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -b, --before DAYS print only lastlog records older than DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -t, --time DAYS print only lastlog records more recent than " "DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -u, --user LOGIN print lastlog record of the specified LOGIN\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot find user (%s)\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -a, --all report password status on all accounts\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -d, --delete delete the password for the named account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -e, --expire force expire the password for the named " "account\n" msgstr "" msgid " -k, --keep-tokens change password only if expired\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -i, --inactive INACTIVE set password inactive after expiration\n" " to INACTIVE\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -l, --lock lock the password of the named account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -n, --mindays MIN_DAYS set minimum number of days before password\n" " change to MIN_DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -r, --repository REPOSITORY change password in REPOSITORY repository\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -S, --status report password status on the named account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -u, --unlock unlock the password of the named account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -w, --warndays WARN_DAYS set expiration warning days to WARN_DAYS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -x, --maxdays MAX_DAYS set maximum number of days before password\n" " change to MAX_DAYS\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: %s is not authorized to change the password of %s\n" msgstr "%s: %s is not authorised to change the password of %s\n" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] [passwd]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] [passwd [shadow]]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" msgid " -q, --quiet report errors only\n" msgstr "" msgid " ...killed.\n" msgstr " ... killed.\n" msgid " ...waiting for child to terminate.\n" msgstr " ... waiting for child to terminate.\n" #, c-format msgid "You are not authorized to su %s\n" msgstr "You are not authorised to su %s\n" #, c-format msgid "%s: You are not authorized to su at that time\n" msgstr "%s: You are not authorised to su at that time\n" #, c-format msgid "No passwd entry for user '%s'\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Cannot drop the controlling terminal\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "Cannot execute %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: Cannot create backup file (%s): %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: rename: %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s [options] LOGIN\n" " %s -D\n" " %s -D [options]\n" "\n" "Options:\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -f, --force force removal of files,\n" " even if not owned by user\n" msgstr "" msgid " -r, --remove remove home directory and mail spool\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -Z, --selinux-user remove any SELinux user mapping for the " "user\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "" "%s: group %s not removed because it is not the primary group of user %s.\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: group %s not removed because it has other members.\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: %s mail spool (%s) not found\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: warning: the user name %s to SELinux user mapping removal failed.\n" msgstr "" msgid " -c, --comment COMMENT new value of the GECOS field\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -d, --home HOME_DIR new home directory for the user account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -e, --expiredate EXPIRE_DATE set account expiration date to EXPIRE_DATE\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -f, --inactive INACTIVE set password inactive after expiration\n" " to INACTIVE\n" msgstr "" msgid " -g, --gid GROUP force use GROUP as new primary group\n" msgstr "" msgid " -G, --groups GROUPS new list of supplementary GROUPS\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -a, --append append the user to the supplemental GROUPS\n" " mentioned by the -G option without removing\n" " him/her from other groups\n" msgstr "" msgid " -l, --login NEW_LOGIN new value of the login name\n" msgstr "" msgid " -L, --lock lock the user account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -m, --move-home move contents of the home directory to the\n" " new location (use only with -d)\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -o, --non-unique allow using duplicate (non-unique) UID\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -p, --password PASSWORD use encrypted password for the new password\n" msgstr "" msgid " -u, --uid UID new UID for the user account\n" msgstr "" msgid " -U, --unlock unlock the user account\n" msgstr "" msgid "" " -Z, --selinux-user SEUSER new SELinux user mapping for the user " "account\n" msgstr "" #, c-format msgid "%s: no options\n" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/lshw.po0000644000000000000000000000227312321561417020066 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for lshw # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the lshw package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: lshw\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-08 14:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-02 13:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../core/cpuid.cc:284 msgid "CPU virtualization (Vanderpool)" msgstr "CPU virtualisation (Vanderpool)" #: ../core/dmi.cc:437 msgid "Write-trough" msgstr "Write-through" #: ../core/volumes.cc:1074 msgid "initialized volume" msgstr "initialised volume" #: ../lshw.cc:45 #, c-format msgid "" "\t-sanitize sanitize output (remove sensitive information like serial " "numbers, etc.)\n" msgstr "" "\t-sanitize sanitise output (remove sensitive information like serial " "numbers, etc.)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/rhythmbox.po0000644000000000000000000001237212321561421021131 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for rhythmbox # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the rhythmbox package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rhythmbox\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/rhythmbox-device.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Play and organize your music collection" msgstr "Play and organise your music collection" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:1 msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:2 msgid "_Add Music…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:4 msgid "_New Playlist…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Automatic Playlist…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:6 msgid "_Load from File…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:7 msgid "_Save to File…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:8 msgid "_Edit…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:19 msgid "Add to _Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:21 ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:5 #: ../data/ui/edit-menu.ui.h:9 ../data/ui/import-errors-popup.ui.h:2 #: ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:5 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to Rubbish Bin" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:26 msgid "View _Queue as Side Pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:40 msgid "Plu_gins…" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/im-status/im-status.py:186 msgid "♫ Listening to music... ♫" msgstr "♫ Listening to music… ♫" #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:2 msgid "_Initialize" msgstr "_Initialise" #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:5 msgid "" "Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialized or " "corrupted iPod. It must be initialized before Rhythmbox can use it, but this " "will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to " "initialize the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is " "not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialize it, please click cancel." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox has detected a device that is probably an uninitialised or " "corrupted iPod. It must be initialised before Rhythmbox can use it, but this " "will destroy any song metadata already present. If you wish Rhythmbox to " "initialise the iPod, please fill in the information below. If the device is " "not an iPod, or you do not wish to initialise it, please click cancel." #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:6 msgid "Do you want to initialize your iPod?" msgstr "Do you want to initialise your iPod?" #: ../plugins/ipod/rb-ipod-source.c:460 msgid "Unable to initialize new iPod" msgstr "Unable to initialise new iPod" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:5 msgid "" " * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalog " "(no other service allows that)" msgstr "" " * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalogue " "(no other service allows that)" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:255 msgid "Unable to load catalog" msgstr "Unable to load catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:256 msgid "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalog, please file a bug." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalogue, please file a bug." #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:277 #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:334 msgid "Loading Magnatune catalog" msgstr "Loading Magnatune catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:407 #, python-format msgid "" "An error occurred while trying to authorize the download.\n" "The Magnatune server returned:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "An error occurred while trying to authorise the download.\n" "The Magnatune server returned:\n" "%s" #: ../plugins/visualizer/visualizer.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Visualization" msgstr "Visualisation" #: ../plugins/visualizer/visualizer.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Displays visualizations" msgstr "Displays visualisations" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:208 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Ryan Dwyer https://launchpad.net/~ryandwyer\n" " Stephen Norman https://launchpad.net/~stenorman2001-mac" #: ../sources/rb-auto-playlist-source.c:258 ../sources/rb-browser-source.c:319 #: ../sources/rb-static-playlist-source.c:300 msgid "Search genres" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:87 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:106 msgid "The buttons shown in the alert dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the alert dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/totem.po0000644000000000000000000000752412321561422020241 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for totem # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the totem package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: totem\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 08:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../browser-plugin/totem-plugin-viewer.c:2143 ../src/totem.c:262 msgid "Could not initialize the thread-safe libraries." msgstr "Could not initialise the thread-safe libraries." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Visualization quality setting" msgstr "Visualisation quality setting" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Quality setting for the audio visualization." msgstr "Quality setting for the audio visualisation." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "" "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogs. Default is the current " "directory." msgstr "" "Default location for the \"Open...\" dialogues. Default is the current " "directory." #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.totem.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "" "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogs. Default is the " "Pictures directory." msgstr "" "Default location for the \"Take Screenshot\" dialogues. Default is the " "Pictures directory." #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "_Type of visualization:" msgstr "_Type of visualisation:" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Visualization _size:" msgstr "Visualisation _size:" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:35 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:1178 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../src/eggfileformatchooser.c:664 msgid "File format not recognized" msgstr "File format not recognised" #: ../src/totem-menu.c:716 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andrew T https://launchpad.net/~andrew-thaller\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Ryan Dwyer https://launchpad.net/~ryandwyer\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../src/plugins/lirc/totem-lirc.c:242 msgid "Couldn't initialize lirc." msgstr "Couldn't initialise lirc." #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.totem.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorized " "remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used." msgstr "" "A password to protect the rpdb2 server for debugging Totem from unauthorised " "remote access. If this is empty, a default of 'totem' will be used." #: ../src/plugins/skipto/skipto.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Provides the \"Skip to\" dialog" msgstr "Provides the \"Skip to\" dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/update-notifier.po0000644000000000000000000000217012321561422022200 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for update-notifier # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the update-notifier package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-notifier\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-10 12:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-13 11:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/update.c:582 #, c-format msgid "" "An error occurred, please run Package Manager from the right-click menu or " "apt-get in a terminal to see what is wrong.\n" "The error message was: '%s'. " msgstr "" "An error occurred. Please run Package Manager from the right-click menu or " "run apt-get in a terminal to see what is wrong.\n" "The error message was: '%s'. " language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/vim.po0000644000000000000000000001767012321561422017707 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for vim # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the vim package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vim\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-10 23:35+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 16:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: diff.c:141 #, c-format msgid "E96: Can not diff more than %ld buffers" msgstr "E96: Cannot diff more than %ld buffers" #: diff.c:2188 msgid "E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, don't know which one to use" msgstr "E101: More than two buffers in diff mode, do not know which one to use" #: eval.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "E738: Can't list variables for %s" msgstr "E738: Cannot list variables for %s" #: eval.c:3433 #, c-format msgid "E107: Missing parentheses: %s" msgstr "E107: Missing brackets (parentheses): %s" #. #. * Yes this is ugly, I don't particularly like it either. But doing it #. * this way has the compelling advantage that translations need not to #. * be touched at all. See below what 'ok' and 'ync' are used for. #. #: eval.c:9553 gui.c:5079 gui_gtk.c:1236 os_mswin.c:718 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&OK" #: ex_cmds.c:1958 #, c-format msgid "E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!" msgstr "E138: Cannot write viminfo file %s!" #: ex_cmds.c:2082 msgid "" "# You may edit it if you're careful!\n" "\n" msgstr "" "# You may edit it if you are careful!\n" "\n" #: ex_docmd.c:2285 msgid "E493: Backwards range given" msgstr "E493: Backward range given" #: ex_docmd.c:6506 #, c-format msgid "E185: Cannot find color scheme '%s'" msgstr "E185: Cannot find colour scheme '%s'" #: fileio.c:4051 msgid "E506: Can't write to backup file (add ! to override)" msgstr "E506: Cannot write to backup file (add ! to override)" #: fileio.c:4065 msgid "E508: Can't read file for backup (add ! to override)" msgstr "E508: Cannot read file for backup (add ! to override)" #: fileio.c:4357 msgid "E214: Can't find temp file for writing" msgstr "E214: Cannot find temp file for writing" #: fileio.c:4410 msgid "E166: Can't open linked file for writing" msgstr "E166: Cannot open linked file for writing" #: fileio.c:5034 msgid "E207: Can't delete backup file" msgstr "E207: Cannot delete backup file" #: fileio.c:5102 msgid "don't quit the editor until the file is successfully written!" msgstr "do not quit the editor until the file is successfully written!" #: gui.c:4731 #, c-format msgid "E254: Cannot allocate color %s" msgstr "E254: Cannot allocate colour %s" #: gui_at_fs.c:1133 #, c-format msgid "E616: vim_SelFile: can't get font %s" msgstr "E616: vim_SelFile: cannot get font %s" #: gui_athena.c:2146 gui_motif.c:2582 msgid "Vim dialog" msgstr "Vim dialogue" #: gui_x11.c:1545 msgid "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect" msgstr "" "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colourmap entry, some colours may be incorrect" #: hardcopy.c:2773 msgid "E324: Can't open PostScript output file" msgstr "E324: Cannot open PostScript output file" #: hardcopy.c:2810 #, c-format msgid "E456: Can't open file \"%s\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot open file \"%s\"" #: hardcopy.c:2962 msgid "E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\"" #: hardcopy.c:2975 msgid "E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"cidfont.ps\"" msgstr "E456: Cannot find PostScript resource file \"cidfont.ps\"" #: if_cscope.c:2571 msgid " # pid database name prepend path\n" msgstr " # pid database name prefix path\n" #: if_mzsch.c:1987 msgid "couldn't open buffer" msgstr "could not open buffer" #: main.c:145 msgid "Garbage after option argument" msgstr "Rubbish after option argument" #: main.c:3263 msgid "-f or --nofork\tForeground: Don't fork when starting GUI" msgstr "-f or --nofork\tForeground: Do not fork when starting GUI" #: main.c:3309 msgid "--noplugin\t\tDon't load plugin scripts" msgstr "--noplugin\t\tDon't load plug-in scripts" #: main.c:3334 msgid "--remote-silent Same, don't complain if there is no server" msgstr "--remote-silent Same, do not complain if there is no server" #: main.c:3336 msgid "" "--remote-wait-silent Same, don't complain if there is no server" msgstr "" "--remote-wait-silent Same, do not complain if there is no server" #: mbyte.c:5661 msgid "E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type" msgstr "E289: input method does not support my preedit type" #: memline.c:331 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 0?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 0?" #: memline.c:382 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 1?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 1?" #: memline.c:400 msgid "E298: Didn't get block nr 2?" msgstr "E298: Did not get block nr 2?" #: memline.c:907 msgid "E304: ml_upd_block0(): Didn't get block 0??" msgstr "E304: ml_upd_block0(): Did not get block 0??" #: message.c:849 msgid "Messages maintainer: Bram Moolenaar " msgstr "Messages maintainer: Mike Williams " #: message.c:3775 msgid "Select Directory dialog" msgstr "Select Directory dialogue" #: message.c:3777 msgid "Save File dialog" msgstr "Save File dialogue" #: message.c:3779 msgid "Open File dialog" msgstr "Open File dialogue" #: misc2.c:6000 #, c-format msgid "E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath" msgstr "E344: Cannot find directory \"%s\" in cdpath" #: misc2.c:6003 #, c-format msgid "E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path" msgstr "E345: Cannot find file \"%s\" in path" #: option.c:6455 msgid "E597: can't select fontset" msgstr "E597: cannot select fontset" #: os_amiga.c:320 msgid "VIM: Can't open window!\n" msgstr "VIM: Cannot open window!\n" #: search.c:5409 msgid "E388: Couldn't find definition" msgstr "E388: Could not find definition" #: search.c:5411 msgid "E389: Couldn't find pattern" msgstr "E389: Could not find pattern" #: spell.c:6001 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s" msgstr "Unrecognised or duplicate item in %s line %d: %s" #: spell.c:7292 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized flags in %s line %d: %s" msgstr "Unrecognised flags in %s line %d: %s" #: spell.c:10966 #, c-format msgid "E781: .sug file doesn't match .spl file: %s" msgstr "E781: .sug file does not match .spl file: %s" #: syntax.c:4650 #, c-format msgid "E394: Didn't find region item for %s" msgstr "E394: Did not find region item for %s" #: syntax.c:5723 #, c-format msgid "E402: Garbage after pattern: %s" msgstr "E402: Rubbish after pattern: %s" #: syntax.c:7565 msgid "E419: FG color unknown" msgstr "E419: FG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7576 msgid "E420: BG color unknown" msgstr "E420: BG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7637 #, c-format msgid "E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s" msgstr "E421: Colour name or number not recognised: %s" #: tag.c:3294 msgid "E435: Couldn't find tag, just guessing!" msgstr "E435: Could not find tag, just guessing!" #: undo.c:2855 msgid "number changes when saved" msgstr "number changes when saved" #: window.c:674 msgid "E442: Can't split topleft and botright at the same time" msgstr "E442: Cannot split topleft and botright at the same time" #: window.c:6243 #, c-format msgid "E447: Can't find file \"%s\" in path" msgstr "E447: Cannot find file \"%s\" in path" #: globals.h:1488 #, c-format msgid "E482: Can't create file %s" msgstr "E482: Cannot create file %s" #: globals.h:1490 #, c-format msgid "E484: Can't open file %s" msgstr "E484: Cannot open file %s" #: globals.h:1491 #, c-format msgid "E485: Can't read file %s" msgstr "E485: Cannot read file %s" #: globals.h:1538 msgid "E255: Couldn't read in sign data!" msgstr "E255: Could not read in sign data!" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/vino.po0000644000000000000000000000755112321561422020064 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for vino # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the vino package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vino\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:53+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "" "Lists the authentication methods with which remote users may access the " "desktop.\n" "\n" "There are two possible authentication methods; \"vnc\" causes the remote " "user to be prompted for a password (the password is specified by the vnc-" "password key) before connecting and \"none\" which allows any remote user to " "connect." msgstr "" "Lists the authentication methods with which remote users may access the " "desktop.\n" "\n" "There are two possible authentication methods: \"vnc\" which causes the " "remote user to be prompted for a password (the password is specified by the " "vnc-password key) before connecting and \"none\" which allows any remote " "user to connect." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should " "be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences " "dialog." msgstr "" "This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should " "be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences " "dialogue." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This key controls the behavior of the status icon. There are three options: " "\"always\" - the icon will always be present; \"client\" - the icon will " "only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behavior); " "\"never\" - the icon will not be present." msgstr "" "This key controls the behaviour of the status icon. There are three options: " "\"always\" - the icon will always be present; \"client\" - the icon will " "only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behaviour); " "\"never\" - the icon will not be present." #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "" "When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block " "of color when a user successfully connects." msgstr "" "When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block " "of colour when a user successfully connects." #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../server/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../server/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #. Translators comment: put your own name here to appear in the about dialog. #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:282 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:298 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:605 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:626 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:423 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing libnotify\n" msgstr "Error initialising libnotify\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/yelp.po0000644000000000000000000000140712321561423020055 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for yelp # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the yelp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 09:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/zenity.po0000644000000000000000000001207612321561423020432 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for zenity # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the zenity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zenity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 09:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 10:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/about.c:265 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Mark M Lambert https://launchpad.net/~linux-marklambert" #: ../src/about.c:277 msgid "Display dialog boxes from shell scripts" msgstr "Display dialogue boxes from shell scripts" #: ../src/main.c:105 #, c-format msgid "You must specify a dialog type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" msgstr "You must specify a dialogue type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" #: ../src/tree.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No column titles specified for List dialog.\n" msgstr "No column titles specified for List dialogue.\n" #: ../src/tree.c:371 #, c-format msgid "You should use only one List dialog type.\n" msgstr "You should use only one List dialogue type.\n" #: ../src/zenity.ui.h:8 msgid "Forms dialog" msgstr "Forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:158 msgid "Set the dialog title" msgstr "Set the dialogue title" #: ../src/option.c:194 msgid "Set dialog timeout in seconds" msgstr "Set dialogue timeout in seconds" #: ../src/option.c:237 msgid "Display calendar dialog" msgstr "Display calendar dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:246 ../src/option.c:306 ../src/option.c:349 #: ../src/option.c:399 ../src/option.c:528 ../src/option.c:688 #: ../src/option.c:760 ../src/option.c:881 ../src/option.c:931 #: ../src/option.c:1082 msgid "Set the dialog text" msgstr "Set the dialogue text" #: ../src/option.c:297 msgid "Display text entry dialog" msgstr "Display text entry dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:340 msgid "Display error dialog" msgstr "Display error dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:358 ../src/option.c:408 ../src/option.c:769 #: ../src/option.c:890 msgid "Set the dialog icon" msgstr "Set the dialogue icon" #: ../src/option.c:390 msgid "Display info dialog" msgstr "Display info dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:440 msgid "Display file selection dialog" msgstr "Display file selection dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:519 msgid "Display list dialog" msgstr "Display list dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:679 msgid "Display progress indication dialog" msgstr "Display progress indication dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Dismiss the dialog when 100% has been reached" msgstr "Dismiss the dialogue when 100% has been reached" #: ../src/option.c:751 msgid "Display question dialog" msgstr "Display question dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:801 msgid "Display text information dialog" msgstr "Display text information dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:872 msgid "Display warning dialog" msgstr "Display warning dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:922 msgid "Display scale dialog" msgstr "Display scale dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1000 msgid "Display forms dialog" msgstr "Display forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1009 msgid "Add a new Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Entry in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1018 msgid "Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Password Entry in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1027 msgid "Add a new Calendar in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new Calendar in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1036 msgid "Add a new List in forms dialog" msgstr "Add a new List in forms dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1115 msgid "Display password dialog" msgstr "Display password dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1139 msgid "Display color selection dialog" msgstr "Display colour selection dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1148 msgid "Set the color" msgstr "Set the colour" #: ../src/option.c:2220 msgid "Color selection options" msgstr "Colour selection options" #: ../src/option.c:2221 msgid "Show color selection options" msgstr "Show colour selection options" #: ../src/option.c:2231 msgid "Password dialog options" msgstr "Password dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2232 msgid "Show password dialog options" msgstr "Show password dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2242 msgid "Forms dialog options" msgstr "Forms dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2243 msgid "Show forms dialog options" msgstr "Show forms dialogue options" #: ../src/option.c:2283 #, c-format msgid "--%s is not supported for this dialog\n" msgstr "--%s is not supported for this dialogue\n" #: ../src/option.c:2287 #, c-format msgid "Two or more dialog options specified\n" msgstr "Two or more dialogue options specified\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/evince.po0000644000000000000000000000722412321561424020361 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for evince # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the evince package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evince\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 18:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1040 msgid "TrueType (CID)" msgstr "TryeType (CID)" #. translators: 'Version' is from a desktop file, and #. * should not be translated. '%s' would probably be a #. * version number. #: ../cut-n-paste/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../cut-n-paste/smclient/eggdesktopfile.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1924 msgid "Auto Rotate and Center" msgstr "Auto Rotate and Centre" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1927 msgid "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page." msgstr "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centred within the printer page." #: ../previewer/ev-previewer-window.c:285 msgid "Print this document" msgstr "_Print this document" #: ../properties/ev-properties-view.c:70 msgid "Optimized:" msgstr "Optimised:" #: ../shell/ev-annotation-properties-dialog.c:165 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1505 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " hohohob https://launchpad.net/~hohohob" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1557 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5295 msgid "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation on?" msgstr "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation?" #: ../shell/evince-appmenu.ui.h:1 ../shell/menus.ui.h:1 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:11 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:23 msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:12 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:24 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:14 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:26 msgid "_Inverted Colors" msgstr "_Inverted Colours" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:23 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:8 msgid "P_roperties…" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:24 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:11 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:30 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:9 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:13 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/glade.po0000644000000000000000000012346712321561424020174 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for glade # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the glade package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glade\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 09:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/glade.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "GUI designer;user interface;ui builder;" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:690 #, c-format msgid "Autosaving '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:695 #, c-format msgid "Error autosaving '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1167 msgid "Failed to backup existing file, continue saving ?" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:66 msgid "_Editor Header" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:67 msgid "Show the header in the property editor" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:74 msgid "" "Copyright © 2001-2006 Ximian, Inc.\n" "Copyright © 2001-2006 Joaquin Cuenca Abela, Paolo Borelli, et al.\n" "Copyright © 2004-2013 Tristan Van Berkom, Juan Pablo Ugarte, et al." msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:93 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:2 msgid "Create backups" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:3 msgid "" "Create a backup of the last version of the project every time the project is " "saved" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:4 msgid "" "Automatically save the project to an alternate file whenever\n" "the project is modified and the specified timeout elapses" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:6 msgid "seconds" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:7 msgid "Automatically save project after" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:8 msgid "Load and Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:9 msgid "Versioning errors" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:10 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project uses any widgets, properties\n" "or signals which are not available in the project's target version" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:12 msgid "Deprecation warnings" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:13 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project uses any widgets,\n" "properties or signals which are deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:15 msgid "Unrecognized types" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:16 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project\n" "contains any unrecognized types" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:18 msgid "Show warnings when saving" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:19 msgid "column" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:20 msgid "Remove the selected catalog search path" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:21 msgid "Add a new catalog search path" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:22 msgid "Extra catalog paths" msgstr "Extra catalogue paths" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:23 msgid "Select a catalog search path" msgstr "Select a catalogue search path" #. GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:77 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "Colour Picker" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:526 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:527 msgid "A GDK color value" msgstr "A GDK colour value" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:459 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enabling property %s on widget %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:464 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:520 #, c-format msgid "Disabling property %s on widget %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:1981 #, c-format msgid "Drag %s and Drop to %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:1984 msgid "root" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2607 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2650 #, c-format msgid "Setting target version of '%s' to %d.%d" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2757 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2791 #, c-format msgid "Setting translation domain to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2910 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2964 #, c-format msgid "Unsetting widget '%s' as template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2917 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2959 #, c-format msgid "Setting widget '%s' as template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:243 msgid "Show Class Field" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:244 msgid "Whether to show the class field at the top" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:250 msgid "Class Field" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:251 msgid "The class field string" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:685 msgid "Disable Check" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:686 msgid "Whether to explicitly disable the check button" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:692 #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:152 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:136 msgid "Custom Text" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:693 #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:137 msgid "Custom Text to display in the property label" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:120 msgid "Page Type" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:121 msgid "The editor page type to create this GladeEditorTable for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:289 msgid "Class Name:" msgstr "" #. translators: The unique identifier of an object in the project #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:289 ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:556 msgid "ID:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:553 msgid "The object's unique identifier" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:565 ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1443 msgid "Composite" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:567 msgid "Whether this widget is a composite template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-inspector.c:584 msgid " < Search Widgets >" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-inspector.c:623 msgid "Expand all" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:64 msgid "File name to save a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:65 msgid "CSS file to use" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:948 msgid "Translation Domain" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:949 msgid "The project translation domain" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:956 msgid "The project's template widget, if any" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:962 msgid "Resource Path" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:963 msgid "Path to load images and resources in Glade's runtime" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1066 #, c-format msgid "(template)" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1399 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s" msgstr "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1848 #, c-format msgid "" "An automatically saved version of `%s' is more recent\n" "\n" "Would you like to load the autosave version instead ?" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2662 msgid "This property is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property '%s' of widget '[%s]' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2665 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Property '%s' of object class '%s' is deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2676 msgid "This signal is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a signal '%s' of widget '[%s]' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2679 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Signal '%s' of object class '%s' is deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:3018 #, c-format msgid "Object %s has unrecognized type %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4692 msgid "Unable to copy unrecognized widget type." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4724 msgid "Unable to cut unrecognized widget type" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.c:132 msgid "The project this properties dialog was created for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:120 msgid "The GladeProperty to display a label for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:125 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:112 msgid "Property Name" msgstr "" #. To Translators: the property name/id to use to get #. * the GladeProperty object from the GladeWidget the #. * property belongs to. #. #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:130 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:113 msgid "The property name to use when loading by widget" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:135 msgid "Append Colon" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:136 msgid "Whether to append a colon ':' to the property name" msgstr "" #. To Translators: packing properties or child properties are #. * properties introduced by GtkContainer and they are not specific #. * to the container or child widget but to the relation. #. * For more information see GtkContainer docs. #. #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:147 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:119 msgid "Whether the property to load is a packing property or not" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:153 msgid "Custom text to override the property name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:158 msgid "Custom Tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:159 msgid "Custom tooltip to override the property description" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:125 msgid "Whether to use the GladeCommand API when modifying properties" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:130 msgid "Editor Property Type Name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:131 msgid "Specify the actual editor property type name to use for this shell" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1446 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "Catalogue" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1447 msgid "The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by" msgstr "The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1444 msgid "Whether this widget is the template for a composite widget" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4767 #, c-format msgid "Object has unrecognized type %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4831 msgid "Property has versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4833 msgid "Some properties have versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4853 msgid "Signal has versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4855 msgid "Some signals have versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Translation domain:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Composite template toplevel:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "Project properties:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Toolkit version required:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "" "Verify that the project does not use any properties,\n" "signals or widgets which are not available in the target version" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:138 #, c-format msgid "Setting License type of %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a logo icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use logo file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:273 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Foreground Color" msgstr "Foreground Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:277 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:281 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Underline Color" msgstr "Underline Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:285 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Strikethrough Color" msgstr "Strikethrough Colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:721 msgid "Select a color" msgstr "Select a colour" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:1146 msgid "Edit Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:571 #, c-format msgid "Setting primary icon of %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Setting secondary icon of %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Setting primary icon of %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:590 #, c-format msgid "Setting secondary icon of %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-combo-box.c:31 msgid "This combo box is not configured to have an entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-combo-box.c:94 msgid "Tearoff menus are disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-container.c:58 msgid "Cannot add a toplevel window to a containter." msgstr "Cannot add a toplevel window to a container." #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-entry.c:195 msgid "" "This property is only available\n" "if the entry has a frame" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-entry.c:204 msgid "" "This property is only available\n" "if the entry characters are invisible" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-image.c:106 msgid "This property only applies to stock images or named icons" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-progress-bar.c:30 msgid "This progressbar does not show text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-scale.c:30 msgid "Scale is configured to not draw the value" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-scrolled-window.c:56 msgid "This property is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-button.c:80 msgid "This property only applies when configuring the label with text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:294 msgid "Search is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:301 msgid "Headers are invisible" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:308 msgid "Expanders are not shown" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a resource name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-string-list.c:594 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:163 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:183 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a custom tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:265 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.c:131 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a named icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an icon file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Page Setup Dialog" msgstr "Page Setup Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Print Dialog" msgstr "Print Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Clear properties" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Read documentation" msgstr "" #. PangoAlignment enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #. GtkAlign enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Baseline" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Accelerator Label" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Alert" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Animation" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Canvas" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Check Box" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Check Menu Item" msgstr "Tick Menu Item" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:105 msgid "Color Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Column Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:111 msgid "Date Editor" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Desktop Icon" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:115 msgid "Desktop Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:117 msgid "Dial" msgstr "" #. GtkIconSize enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:125 msgid "File Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Filler" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Font Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Glass Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:133 msgid "HTML Container" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:135 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:139 msgid "Internal Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Layered Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:145 msgid "List" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:147 msgid "List Item" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:155 msgid "Option Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Page Tab" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Page Tab List" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Panel" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:163 msgid "Password Text" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:167 msgid "Progress bar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:169 msgid "Push Button" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Root Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:177 msgid "Row Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:179 msgid "Scroll Bar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:181 msgid "Scroll pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:185 msgid "Slider" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:187 msgid "Split Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Tear Off Menu Item" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:199 msgid "Terminal" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:207 msgid "Tool Tip" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:209 msgid "Tree" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:211 msgid "Tree Table" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:217 msgid "Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:219 msgid "Footer" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:221 msgid "Paragraph" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:223 msgid "Ruler" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:225 msgid "Application" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:227 msgid "Autocomplete" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:229 msgid "Editbar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:231 msgid "Embedded" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:233 ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Entry" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:235 msgid "Chart" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:237 msgid "Caption" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:239 msgid "Document Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:241 msgid "Heading" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:243 msgid "Page" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:245 msgid "Section" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:247 msgid "Redundant Object" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:249 msgid "Form" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:251 msgid "Link" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:253 msgid "Input Method Window" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:255 msgid "Table Row" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:257 msgid "Tree Item" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:259 msgid "Document Spreadsheet" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:261 msgid "Document Presentation" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:263 msgid "Document Text" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:265 msgid "Document Web" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:267 msgid "Document Email" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:271 msgid "List Box" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:273 msgid "Grouping" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:275 msgid "Image Map" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:281 msgid "Level Bar" msgstr "" #. Atk role enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:283 msgid "Last Defined" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:287 msgid "Labeled By" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:304 msgid "The accessible role of this object" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:307 msgid "Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects" msgstr "" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:387 msgid "Always Center" msgstr "Always Centre" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:389 msgid "Center on Parent" msgstr "Centre on Parent" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:390 msgid "A list of accel groups to be added to this window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:392 msgid "Application Window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:393 msgid "Overlay" msgstr "" #. GtkActionable #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:403 msgid "Action Name" msgstr "" #. GtkScrollablePolicy enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:444 msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #. GtkScrollablePolicy enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:446 msgid "Natural" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:447 msgid "Whether to start scrolling at less than minimum or natural width" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:448 msgid "Whether to start scrolling at less than minimum or natural height" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:485 msgid "Free Form" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:487 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:489 msgid "Digits" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:491 msgid "Number" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:493 msgid "Phone" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:495 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:497 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:501 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:503 msgid "Pin Code" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:505 msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:507 msgid "No Spellcheck" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:509 msgid "Word Completion" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:511 msgid "Lowercase" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:513 msgid "Uppercase Chars" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:515 msgid "Uppercase Words" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:517 msgid "Uppercase Sentences" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:519 msgid "Inhibit On-screen Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:539 msgid "Search Entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:548 msgid "The response ID of this button in a dialog" msgstr "The response ID of this button in a dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:551 msgid "Check Button" msgstr "Tick Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:567 msgid "" "The names of the icons to be used by the scale button. The first item in the " "array will be used in the button when the current value is the lowest value, " "the second item for the highest value. All the subsequent icons will be used " "for all the other values, spread evenly over the range of values" msgstr "" #. GtkPlacesOpenFlags enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:572 msgid "New Tab" msgstr "" #. GtkPlacesOpenFlags enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:574 msgid "New Window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:575 msgid "Color Button" msgstr "Colour Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:594 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:597 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:619 msgid "Set the currently active page to edit, this property will not be saved" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:621 msgid "Revealer" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:623 msgid "Crossfade" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:625 msgid "Slide Right" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:627 msgid "Slide Left" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:629 msgid "Slide Up" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:631 msgid "Slide Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:632 msgid "Add Row" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:639 msgid "The position of the row item in the listbox" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:640 msgid "List Box Row" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:647 msgid "The number of digits to round the value to when the value changes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:648 msgid "" "Whether to highlight the area of the trough from the bottom or left leading " "up to the knob" msgstr "" #. Declare menu button here because the arrow-type values already exist #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:672 msgid "Menu Button" msgstr "" #. NOT AVAILABLES ON WIN32 #. #. #. #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:700 msgid "About Dialog" msgstr "About Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:718 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:719 msgid "File Chooser Dialog" msgstr "File Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:720 msgid "Font Selection Dialog" msgstr "Font Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:721 msgid "Application Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Application Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:722 msgid "Message Dialog" msgstr "Message Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:733 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:734 msgid "Color Chooser Widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:735 msgid "Color Chooser Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:736 msgid "Font Chooser Widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:737 msgid "Font Chooser Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:761 msgid "Recent Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Recent Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:801 msgid "Cell Background Color name column" msgstr "Cell Background Colour name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:802 msgid "Cell Background Color column" msgstr "Cell Background Colour column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:821 msgid "Background Color Name column" msgstr "Background Colour Name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:822 msgid "Background Color column" msgstr "Background Colour column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:828 msgid "Foreground Color Name column" msgstr "Foreground Colour Name column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:829 msgid "Foreground Color column" msgstr "Foreground Colour column" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:876 msgid "Placeholder text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:931 msgid "GIcon column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:971 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Program Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "License:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "License Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Version:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Translators" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "Comments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "Logo:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "License and Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:18 msgid "Website:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Action Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Toolbar Proxies" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Toggle and Radio" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Value ID:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Radio proxies" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-activatable-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Activatable / Actionable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-app-chooser-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "App Chooser Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-app-chooser-widget-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "App Chooser Widget Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-box-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Box Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-box-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Baseline:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Child alignments:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Horizontal:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Vertical:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Button Content" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Add custom content" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Image:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:11 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Position:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Combo Box Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Tree model:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Draw frame around entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:4 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Tearoff menus" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Tabular Menus" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Combo Box Text Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "List of items:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Input Hints:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Primary Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Tooltip:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:7 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Use markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to use markup in the\n" "primary icon's tooltip\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Secondary Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "" "Whether to use markup in the\n" "secondary icon's tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Horizontal Alignment:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-file-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "File Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-font-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Font Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-font-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Font Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Grid Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Spacing:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Homogeneous" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Count:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Icon View Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Single Click Activate" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Columns:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Cell Spacing:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Item Width:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "View Margin:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Item Size and Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Label behaviour" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Wrap only on new line" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Never wrap" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Automatically wrap" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Label Width" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Level Bar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Indicator Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Minimum:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Maximum:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Value:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Message Dialog Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Primary Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Secondary Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-misc-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Alignment and Padding" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-misc-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Padding" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Notebook Attributes" msgstr "" #. Property used to choose which page of the notebook to edit #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Edit page:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Tab Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-progress-bar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Progress Bar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-progress-bar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Ellipsize Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Tree View Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Search Column:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Expander Column:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-recent-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Recent Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scale Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Stepper Sensitivity" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Lower:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:4 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Upper:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Highlight Origin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scale Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-button-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Scale orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrolling Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Policy:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrollbar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrolled Window Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Window Placement:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Scrollbar Policy:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Adjustment:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-spin-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Spin Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-spin-button-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Button Orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Text View Attributes" msgstr "" #. Name for populate-all property #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Populate for touch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Text Formatting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Indentation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:7 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Left:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:8 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:18 msgid "Right:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Margins" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Above Lines:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Below Lines:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "Inside Wrap:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Widget:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Widget Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Whether to use markup in the tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Widget Flags" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Widget Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "" "Use the \"query-tooltip\" to present a tooltip\n" "instead of setting a literal tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "Top:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "Bottom:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Window Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Transient For:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Attached To:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Title:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Icon File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Window Flags" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Hint:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Gravity:" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-bluetooth2.po0000644000000000000000000000204112321561424022272 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-bluetooth package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-25 15:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-21 00:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. translators: #. * This is in a test plugin, please make sure you add the "(test)" part, #. * or leave untranslated #: ../lib/plugins/test.c:53 msgid "Access the Internet using your cell phone (test)" msgstr "Access the Internet using your mobile phone (test)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-user-share.po0000644000000000000000000000135212321561424022265 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-user-share # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-share package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-29 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-vfs-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000161012321561425021300 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-vfs # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-vfs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-vfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-12 18:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomevfs/gnome-vfs-configuration.c:225 #, c-format msgid "%s:%u contains NUL characters." msgstr "%s:%u contains NULL characters." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gparted.po0000644000000000000000000000541112321561425020533 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gparted # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gparted package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gparted\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-05 11:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-01 23:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Create, reorganize, and delete partitions" msgstr "Create, reorganise, and delete partitions" #: ../src/Copy_Blocks.cc:222 msgid "Operation Canceled" msgstr "Operation Cancelled" #: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:83 msgid "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog." msgstr "All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialogue." #. TO TRANSLATORS: unrecognized #. * means that the partition table for this #. * disk device is unknown or not recognized. #. #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:326 msgid "unrecognized" msgstr "unrecognised" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like The following list of software packages is required for NTFS file system support: ntfsprogs. #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1635 msgid "" "The following list of software packages is required for %1 file system " "support: %2." msgstr "" "The following list of software packages is required for %1 file system " "support: %2." #: ../src/OperationResizeMove.cc:87 msgid "" "new and old partition have the same size and position. Hence continuing " "anyway" msgstr "" "new and old partitions have the same size and position. Hence continuing " "anyway" #. TO TRANSLATORS: your name(s) here please, if there are more translators put newlines (\n) between the names. #. It's a good idea to provide the url of your translation team as well. Thanks! #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1504 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Mark M Lambert https://launchpad.net/~linux-marklambert\n" " MoLE https://launchpad.net/~moleonthehill\n" " Przemysław Kulczycki https://launchpad.net/~azrael" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2411 msgid "" "The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this " "disk." msgstr "" "The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognisable file systems on this " "disk." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-sendto.po0000644000000000000000000000135412321561426022246 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for nautilus-sendto # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus-sendto package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-sendto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-30 12:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/seahorse.po0000644000000000000000000001121012321561426020711 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for seahorse # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the seahorse package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: seahorse\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 16:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../common/catalog.vala:289 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:324 msgid "Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values" msgstr "Lazy mode doesn't normalise entered date and time values" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:5 msgid "Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers" msgstr "Automatically synchronise _modified keys with key servers" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-exporter.c:117 msgid "Armored PGP keys" msgstr "Armoured PGP keys" #. Has line breaks because GtkLabel is completely broken WRT wrapping #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:226 msgid "" "When creating a key we need to generate a lot of\n" "random data and we need you to help. It's a good\n" "idea to perform some other action like typing on\n" "the keyboard, moving the mouse, using applications.\n" "This gives the system the random data that it needs." msgstr "" "When creating a key, we need to generate a lot of\n" "random data and you can help with this. \n" "By performing some random actions like typing on\n" "the keyboard, moving the mouse, and using applications,\n" "this gives the system the random data that it needs." #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:73 #, c-format msgid "" "The photo is too large\n" "The recommended size for a photo on your key is %d x %d pixels." msgstr "" "The photo is too largeThe recommended size for a photo on " "your key is %d x %d pixels." #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:128 #, c-format msgid "" "This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use " "a JPEG image." msgstr "" "This is not a image file, or an unrecognised kind of image file. Try to use " "a JPEG image." #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:249 msgid "Import selected keys to local key ring" msgstr "Import selected keys to local keyring" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-search.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This will find keys for others on the Internet. These keys can then be " "imported into your local key ring." msgstr "" "This will find keys for others on the Internet. These keys can then be " "imported into your local keyring." #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%d key is selected for synchronizing" msgid_plural "%d keys are selected for synchronizing" msgstr[0] "%d key is selected for synchronising" msgstr[1] "%d keys are selected for synchronising" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:240 msgid "Synchronizing keys..." msgstr "Synchronising keys..." #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This will publish the keys in your key ring so they're available for others " "to use. You'll also get any changes others have made since you received " "their keys." msgstr "" "This will publish the keys in your keyring so they're available for others " "to use. You'll also get any changes others have made since you received " "their keys." #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-actions.c:119 msgid "Publish and/or synchronize your keys with those online." msgstr "Publish and/or synchronise your keys with those online." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that " "computer to recognize your new key." msgstr "" "If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that " "computer to recognise your new key." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:135 msgid "Couldn't change authorization for key." msgstr "Couldn't change authorisation for key." #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:12 msgid "The owner of this key is _authorized to connect to this computer" msgstr "The owner of this key is _authorised to connect to this computer" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/baobab.po0000644000000000000000000000330112321561427020311 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for baobab # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the baobab package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: baobab\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 17:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 21:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/baobab.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/baobab-window.vala:167 msgid "Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "Disk Usage Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-application.vala:106 msgid "- Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "- Disk Usage Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:13 msgid "Mo_ve to Trash" msgstr "Mo_ve to the Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Analyzer" msgstr "_Analyser" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:263 msgid "Could not analyze volume." msgstr "Could not analyse volume." #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:317 msgid "A graphical tool to analyze disk usage." msgstr "A graphical tool to analyse disk usage." #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:322 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:586 ../src/baobab-window.vala:592 msgid "Could not analyze disk usage." msgstr "Could not analyse disk usage." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-power-manager.po0000644000000000000000000000172212321561427022757 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-power-manager # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-power-manager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-power-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 21:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:276 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Mobile phone" msgstr[1] "Mobile phones" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screensaver.po0000644000000000000000000000164612321561427022540 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-screensaver # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-screensaver package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-screensaver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 06:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-14 03:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver-dialog.c:67 msgid "Message to show in the dialog" msgstr "Message to show in the dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/notification-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000000137112321561430023031 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for notification-daemon # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the notification-daemon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: notification-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-22 11:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/xchat-gnome.po0000644000000000000000000001775312321561430021327 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for xchat-gnome # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xchat-gnome package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xchat-gnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 17:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-13 21:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:17 msgid "Text Colors" msgstr "Text Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:18 msgid "_Show colors" msgstr "_Show colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:19 msgid "_Colorize nicknames" msgstr "_Colourise nicknames" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:21 msgid "_Foreground color:" msgstr "_Foreground colour:" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:22 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:25 msgid "mIRC Colors" msgstr "mIRC Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:26 msgid "Extra Colors" msgstr "Extra Colours" #: ../data/preferences-dialog.glade.h:28 msgid "_None (use solid color)" msgstr "_None (use solid colour)" #: ../data/setup-dialog.glade.h:2 msgid "" "Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this " "application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you " "can get started.\n" "\n" "These are the names by which you'll be recognized on IRC. Your nick name is " "the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for " "things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real " "name if you do not want to." msgstr "" "Welcome to XChat-GNOME! Since this is your first time using this " "application, there are a couple things you'll need to configure before you " "can get started.\n" "\n" "These are the names by which you'll be recognised on IRC. Your nick name is " "the name by which you'll be known, whereas the real name is useful for " "things such as registering with services. You do not have to use your real " "name if you do not want to." #: ../plugins/notify-osd/notify-osd.c:239 msgid "OSD initialization failed\n" msgstr "OSD initialisation failed\n" #: ../src/common/outbound.c:3543 msgid "" "\n" "DCC GET - accept an offered file\n" "DCC SEND [-maxcps=#] [file] - send a file to someone\n" "DCC PSEND [-maxcps=#] [file] - send a file using passive mode\n" "DCC LIST - show DCC list\n" "DCC CHAT - offer DCC CHAT to someone\n" "DCC PCHAT - offer DCC CHAT using passive mode\n" "DCC CLOSE example:\n" " /dcc close send johnsmith file.tar.gz" msgstr "" "\n" "DCC GET - accept an offered file\n" "DCC SEND [-maxcps=#] [file] - send a file to someone\n" "DCC PSEND [-maxcps=#] [file] - send a file using passive mode\n" "DCC LIST - show DCC list\n" "DCC CHAT - offer DCC CHAT to someone\n" "DCC PCHAT - offer DCC CHAT using passive mode\n" "DCC CLOSE example:\n" " /dcc close send johnsmith file.tar.gz" #: ../src/common/text.c:1343 msgid "Nick of person who have been invited" msgstr "Nick of person who has been invited" #: ../src/common/textevents.h:51 msgid "%UChannel Users Topic%O" msgstr "%UChannel Users Topic%O" #: ../src/common/textevents.h:144 #, c-format msgid "%C24,18 Type To/From Status Size Pos File " msgstr "%C24,18 Type To/From Status Size Pos File " #: ../src/common/textevents.h:216 #, c-format msgid "%C24,18 " msgstr "" "%C24,18pan class=\"po-message-special" "\"> " #: ../src/common/textevents.h:219 #, c-format msgid "%C24,18 Hostmask PRIV NOTI CHAN CTCP DCC INVI UNIG " msgstr "%C24,18 Hostmask PRIV NOTI CHAN CTCP DCC INVI UNIG " #: ../src/common/textevents.h:276 msgid "%C24,18 %B Notify List " msgstr "%C24,18 %B Notify List " #: ../src/common/textevents.h:351 msgid "-%C10-%C11-%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelled it?" msgstr "-%C10-%C11-%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelt it?" #: ../src/common/util.c:1023 msgid "Internic Non-Profit Organization" msgstr "Internic Non-Profit Organisation" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:769 ../src/common/xchat.c:895 msgid "Open Dialog Window" msgstr "Open Dialogue Window" #: ../src/common/xchat.c:928 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:67 msgid "" "X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" "X-Chat GNOME is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:72 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "X-Chat GNOME; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "X-Chat GNOME; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" #. Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't #. * be translated literally. It is used in the about box #. * to give credits to the translators. Thus, you should #. * translate it to your name and email address. You #. * should also include other translators who have #. * contributed to this translation; in that case, please #. * write each of them on a separated line seperated by #. * newlines (\n). #. #: ../src/fe-gnome/about.c:108 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Jeff Bailes \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeff Bailes https://launchpad.net/~thepizzaking\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Wade Smith https://launchpad.net/~woodsbury" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:7 msgid "Show colors in the main window" msgstr "Show colours in the main window" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "Colorize nicknames in the main window" msgstr "Colourise nicknames in the main window" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:10 msgid "Selected color scheme" msgstr "Selected colour scheme" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the main window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the main window is maximised" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:27 msgid "Automatically display the channel list dialog" msgstr "Automatically display the channel list dialogue" #: ../src/fe-gnome/apps_xchat.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "" "If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a " "channel, the channel list dialog will be displayed" msgstr "" "If set to true, when you join a server without automatically joining a " "channel, the channel list dialogue will be displayed" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-colors.c:255 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../src/fe-gnome/preferences-page-colors.c:261 msgid "System Theme Colors" msgstr "System Theme Colours" #: ../src/fe-gnome/text-entry.c:176 msgid "I_nsert Color Code" msgstr "I_nsert Colour Code" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-base-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000267012321561431022646 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gst-plugins-base0.10 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gst-plugins-base0.10 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins-base0.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-20 23:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-13 21:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:2317 msgid "" "Only a subtitle stream was detected. Either you are loading a subtitle file " "or some other type of text file, or the media file was not recognized." msgstr "" "Only a subtitle stream was detected. Either you are loading a subtitle file " "or some other type of text file, or the media file was not recognised." #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:2209 gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:2214 msgid "Can't play a text file without video or visualizations." msgstr "Can't play a text file without video or visualisations." #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:350 #, c-format msgid "Uncompressed palettized %d-bit %s" msgstr "Uncompressed palettised %d-bit %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gstreamer-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000335412321561431021453 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gstreamer0.10 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gstreamer0.10 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gstreamer0.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-20 21:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-13 21:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gst/gst.c:329 msgid "Disable colored debugging output" msgstr "Disable coloured debugging output" #: gst/gsterror.c:237 msgid "Could not synchronize on resource." msgstr "Could not synchronise on resource." #: gst/gsttaglist.c:202 msgid "organization" msgstr "organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "name of the encoding person or organization" msgstr "name of the encoding person or organisation" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:318 msgid "" "a location whithin a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighborhood)" msgstr "" "a location whithin a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighbuorhood)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:322 msgid "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in meters)" msgstr "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in metres)" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:383 msgid "Arbitrary application data to be serialized into the media" msgstr "Arbitrary application data to be serialised into the media" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgpod.po0000644000000000000000000000172612321561431020527 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgpod # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgpod package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgpod\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-13 21:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:359 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:360 msgid "Color U2" msgstr "Colour U2" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:361 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" #: ../src/itdb_device.c:362 msgid "Grayscale U2" msgstr "Greyscale U2" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-good-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000000501512321561431022660 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gst-plugins-good0.10 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gst-plugins-good0.10 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins-good0.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-21 00:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-16 13:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1091 msgid "Secure connection setup failed." msgstr "Secure connection set-up failed." #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1096 msgid "" "A network error occured, or the server closed the connection unexpectedly." msgstr "" "A network error occurred, or the server closed the connection unexpectedly." #: gst/rtsp/gstrtspsrc.c:5380 msgid "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to install a GStreamer RTSP " "extension plugin for Real media streams." msgstr "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to install a GStreamer RTSP " "extension plug-in for Real media streams." #: gst/rtsp/gstrtspsrc.c:5385 msgid "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to allow more transport " "protocols or may otherwise be missing the right GStreamer RTSP extension " "plugin." msgstr "" "No supported stream was found. You might need to allow more transport " "protocols or may otherwise be missing the right GStreamer RTSP extension " "plug-in." #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:733 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:744 msgid "3D Center" msgstr "3D Centre" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:778 msgid "Center / LFE" msgstr "Centre / LFE" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:820 msgid "Gray Connector" msgstr "Grey Connector" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:829 msgid "Gray Front Panel Connector" msgstr "Grey Front Panel Connector" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:834 msgid "Downmix" msgstr "Down-mix" #: sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:641 msgid "Playback is not supported by this audio device." msgstr "Play-back is not supported by this audio device." #: sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:648 msgid "Audio playback error." msgstr "Audio play-back error." #: sys/v4l2/v4l2src_calls.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Could not enqueue buffers in device '%s'." msgstr "Could not en-queue buffers in device '%s'." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ccsm.po0000644000000000000000000000166312321561432020035 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for compiz # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the compiz package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: compiz\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-24 12:33+0530\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-23 15:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" msgid "Uncategorized" msgstr "Uncategorised" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" msgid "An error has occured" msgstr "An error has occurred" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/compiz.po0000644000000000000000000003424112321561432020407 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for compiz # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the compiz package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: compiz\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 14:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 14:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:54+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:169 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Unmaximize Window" msgstr "Unmaximise Window" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:172 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Maximize Window" msgstr "Maximise Window" #: ../gtk/window-decorator/events.c:227 ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Minimize Window" msgstr "Minimise Window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Toggle maximisation state" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximise window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximise window vertically" #: ../gtk/gnome/50-compiz-windows.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise window horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Ignore Hints When Maximized" msgstr "Ignore Hints When Maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximized" msgstr "Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Minimize active window" msgstr "Minimise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Maximize active window" msgstr "Maximise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Unmaximize active window" msgstr "Unmaximise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Unmaximize or Minimize Window" msgstr "Unmaximise or Minimise Window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Unmaximize or minimize active window" msgstr "Unmaximise or minimise active window" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Maximize Window Horizontally" msgstr "Maximise Window Horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Maximize active window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise active window horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Maximize Window Vertically" msgstr "Maximise Window Vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Maximize active window vertically" msgstr "Maximise active window vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Toggle active window maximized" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized Horizontally" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised Horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Toggle active window maximized horizontally" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised horizontally" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Toggle Window Maximized Vertically" msgstr "Toggle Window Maximised Vertically" #: ../metadata/core.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Toggle active window maximized vertically" msgstr "Toggle active window maximised vertically" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Draw shapes from center" msgstr "Draw shapes from centre" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Uses the initial click point as the center of shapes." msgstr "Uses the initial click point as the centre of shapes." #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Fill color for annotations" msgstr "Fill colour for annotations" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Annotate Stroke Color" msgstr "Annotate Stroke Colour" #: ../plugins/annotate/annotate.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Stroke color for annotations" msgstr "Stroke colour for annotations" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:47 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command0" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command0" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:49 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command1" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command1" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:51 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command2" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command2" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:53 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command3" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command3" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:55 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command4" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command4" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:57 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command5" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command5" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command6" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command6" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command7" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command7" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:63 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command8" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command8" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:65 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command9" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command9" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:67 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command10" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command10" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:69 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command11" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command11" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:71 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command12" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command12" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:73 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command13" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command13" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:75 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command14" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command14" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:77 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command15" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command15" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:79 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command16" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command16" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:81 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command17" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command17" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:83 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command18" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command18" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:85 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command19" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command19" #: ../plugins/commands/commands.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "A keybinding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command20" msgstr "" "A key binding that when invoked, will run the shell command identified by " "command20" #: ../plugins/composite/composite.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Paint each output device independly, even if the output devices overlap" msgstr "" "Paint each output device independently, even if the output devices overlap" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Cube Cap Colors" msgstr "Cube Cap Colours" #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Color and opacity of top face of the cube." msgstr "Colour and opacity of top face of the cube." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Color and opacity of bottom face of the cube." msgstr "Colour and opacity of bottom face of the cube." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Color and opacity to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." msgstr "" "Colour and opacity to use for the top colour-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." #: ../plugins/cube/cube.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Color and opacity to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." msgstr "" "Colour and opacity to use for the bottom colour-stop of the skydome-fallback " "gradient." #: ../plugins/decor/decor.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Shadow Color" msgstr "Shadow Colour" #: ../plugins/decor/decor.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Drop shadow color" msgstr "Drop shadow colour" #: ../plugins/gnomecompat/gnomecompat.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Run Dialog" msgstr "Run Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gnomecompat/gnomecompat.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show Run Application dialog" msgstr "Show Run Application dialogue" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Snapoff Semimaximized Windows" msgstr "Snapoff Semi-maximised Windows" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Snapoff and auto-restore semimaximized windows when dragging them." msgstr "Snapoff and auto-restore semi-maximised windows when dragging them." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Distance of pixels you have to drag a snapped semimaximized window to unsnap " "it." msgstr "" "Distance of pixels you have to drag a snapped semi-maximised window to " "unsnap it." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Snapback Semimaximized Windows" msgstr "Snapback Semi-maximised Windows" #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Snapback and re-maximize semimaximized windows when dragging them back." msgstr "" "Snapback and re-maximise semi-maximised windows when dragging them back." #: ../plugins/move/move.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Number of pixels from top or sides to snap back semimaximized windows." msgstr "" "Number of pixels from top or sides to snap back semi-maximised windows." #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "Maximise" #: ../plugins/place/place.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use output device of focussed window" msgstr "Use output device of focused window" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Border Color" msgstr "Border Colour" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Border color used for outline and rectangle resize modes" msgstr "Border colour used for outline and rectangle resize modes" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Fill Color" msgstr "Fill Colour" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Fill color used for rectangle resize mode" msgstr "Fill colour used for rectangle resize mode" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Centered Modifier" msgstr "Centred Modifier" #: ../plugins/resize/resize.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Use these bindings to resize from the center." msgstr "Use these bindings to resize from the centre." #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:6 msgid "X Offset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Horizontal offset (in pixels)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Y Offset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Vertical offset (in pixels)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Click on empty area" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:48 msgid "Action to perform on click on empty area" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Show desktop" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/scale/scale.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Terminate scale" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Selection Indicator Outline Color" msgstr "Selection Indicator Outline Colour" #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Color and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle outline." msgstr "Colour and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle outline." #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Selection Indicator Fill Color" msgstr "Selection Indicator Fill Colour" #: ../plugins/screenshot/screenshot.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Fill color and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle." msgstr "Fill colour and opacity of the screenshot selection rectangle." #: ../plugins/switcher/switcher.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Minimized" msgstr "Minimised" #: ../plugins/switcher/switcher.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Show minimized windows" msgstr "Show minimised windows" #: ../plugins/wobbly/wobbly.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Maximize Effect" msgstr "Maximise Effect" #: ../plugins/wobbly/wobbly.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Wobble effect when maximizing and unmaximizing windows" msgstr "Wobble effect when maximising and unmaximising windows" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/orca.po0000644000000000000000000004127112321561433020034 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-orca # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-orca package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-orca\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 14:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../orca.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesized speech and/" "or refreshable braille" msgstr "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesised speech and/" "or refreshable braille" #. Translators: short braille for the rolename of an HTML document frame. #. Translators: short braille for the rolename of an html container. #: ../src/orca/braille_rolenames.py:98 ../src/orca/braille_rolenames.py:128 msgid "html" msgstr "HTML" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '(' (U+0028) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:79 msgid "left paren" msgstr "left bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ')' (U+0029) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:83 msgid "right paren" msgstr "right bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '.' (U+002e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:103 msgid "dot" msgstr "full stop" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '[' (U+005b) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:139 msgid "left bracket" msgstr "left square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ']' (U+005d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:147 msgid "right bracket" msgstr "right square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '{' (U+007b) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:163 msgid "left brace" msgstr "left curly bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '}' (U+007d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:171 msgid "right brace" msgstr "right curly bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¡' (U+00a1) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:184 msgid "inverted exclamation point" msgstr "inverted exclamation mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¼' (U+00bc) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:292 msgid "one fourth" msgstr "one quarter" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¾' (U+00be) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:300 msgid "three fourths" msgstr "three quarters" #. Translators: the Orca "Find" dialog allows a user to search for text in a #. window and then move focus to that text. For example, they may want to find #. the "OK" button. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:83 msgid "Opens the Find dialog." msgstr "Opens the Find dialogue." #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:401 msgid "Displays the preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for a specific application within Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:406 msgid "Displays the application preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the application preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text- #. to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are #. presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a #. capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a sound #. 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:432 msgid "Cycles to the next capitalization style." msgstr "Cycles to the next capitalisation style." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is associated with the command to toggle specific room history on #. or off. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:523 msgid "Toggle whether we provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Toggle whether we provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: If this checkbox is checked, then Orca will provide the user with #. chat room specific message histories rather than just a single history which #. contains the latest messages from all the chat rooms that they are in. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:93 msgid "Provide chat room specific _message histories" msgstr "Provide chat room-specific _message histories" #. Translators: This is a label which will appear in the list of available speech #. engines as a special item. It refers to the default engine configured within #. the speech subsystem. Apart from this item, the user will have a chance to #. select a particular speech engine by its real name (Festival, IBMTTS, etc.) #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:135 msgid "Default Synthesizer" msgstr "Default Synthesiser" #. Translators: This is a label for an option to tell Orca whether or not it #. should speak table cell coordinates in document content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:648 msgid "Speak _cell coordinates" msgstr "Speak _cell co-ordinates" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:125 msgid "Capitalization style set to icon." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to icon." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:145 msgid "Capitalization style set to none." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to none." #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:165 msgid "Capitalization style set to spell." msgstr "Capitalisation style set to spell." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:332 msgid "Do not provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Do not provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:340 msgid "Provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: This is to inform the user of the presence of the red squiggly #. line which indicates that a given word is not spelled correctly. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1048 msgid "misspelled" msgstr "misspelt" #. Translators: Orca tries to provide more compelling output of the spell check #. dialog in some applications. The first thing it does is let the user know #. what the misspelled word is. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1053 #, python-format msgid "Misspelled word: %s" msgstr "Misspelt word: %s" #. Translators: This message appears in a warning dialog when the user performs #. the command to get into Orca's preferences dialog when the preferences dialog #. is already open. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1309 msgid "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialog open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." msgstr "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialogue open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a braille message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1631 #, python-format msgid "(%d dialog)" msgid_plural "(%d dialogs)" msgstr[0] "(%d dialogue)" msgstr[1] "(%d dialogues)" #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a spoken message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1637 #, python-format msgid "%d unfocused dialog" msgid_plural "%d unfocused dialogs" msgstr[0] "%d unfocused dialogue" msgstr[1] "%d unfocused dialogues" #. Translators: This state represents an item on the screen that has been set #. insensitive (or grayed out). #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:129 ../src/orca/object_properties.py:133 msgid "grayed" msgstr "greyed" #. Translators: Certain objects (such as form controls on web pages) can have #. STATE_EDITABLE set to inform the user that this field can be filled out. #. It is assumed that form fields will be editable; if they lack this state, #. we need to present that information to the user. This string is the spoken #. version. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:140 msgctxt "text" msgid "read only" msgstr "read-only" #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:2 msgid "Screen Reader Find Dialog" msgstr "Screen Reader Find Dialogue" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:31 msgid "Dat_e format:" msgstr "_Date format:" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:41 msgid "Speech synthesi_zer:" msgstr "Speech s_ynthesiser:" #. Translators: This is an option in the Preferences dialog box related to the speaking of progress bar information. If checked, Orca will speak progress bar information. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:81 msgctxt "ProgressBarUpdates" msgid "Enable_d" msgstr "_Enabled" #: ../src/orca/scripts/apps/gedit/script.py:110 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "Misspelt word:" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the background color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:62 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "background color" msgstr "background colour" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the foreground color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:105 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "foreground color" msgstr "foreground colour" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "justification". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:482 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "center" msgstr "centre" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:502 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra condensed" msgstr "ultra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:509 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra condensed" msgstr "extra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:523 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi condensed" msgstr "semi-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:537 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi expanded" msgstr "semi-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:551 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra expanded" msgstr "extra-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:558 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra expanded" msgstr "ultra-expanded" #. Translators: If this application has more than one unfocused alert or #. dialog window, inform user of how to refocus these. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:216 msgid "Press alt+f6 to give focus to child windows." msgstr "Press Alt+F6 to give focus to child windows." #. Translators: this gives tips on how to navigate items in a #. layered pane. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:280 msgid "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type ahead searching." msgstr "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type-ahead searching." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when first landing #. on the desktop, describing how to access the system menus. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:286 msgid "To get to the system menus press the alt+f1 key." msgstr "To get to the system menus press the Alt+F1 key." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a spin button. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:498 msgid "" "Use up or down arrow to select value. Or type in the desired numerical value." msgstr "" "Use up or down arrow to select value, or type in the desired numerical value." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:711 msgid "" "To navigate, press left or right arrow. To move through items press up or " "down arrow." msgstr "" "To navigate, press the left or right arrows. To move through items press the " "up or down arrows." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to #. navigate into sub menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:716 msgid "To enter sub menu, press right arrow." msgstr "To enter a sub-menu, press the right arrow." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a slider. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:748 msgid "" "To decrease press left arrow, to increase press right arrow. To go to " "minimum press home, and for maximum press end." msgstr "" "To decrease, press the left arrow; to increase, press the right arrow. To go " "to minimum press home, and for maximum press end." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/onboard.po0000644000000000000000000002567112321561433020542 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for onboard # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the onboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: onboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 06:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../settings.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Show Onboard when there is a recognized text window in focus. Requires Gnome " "Accessibility." msgstr "" "Show Onboard when there is a recognised text window in focus. Requires Gnome " "Accessibility." #: ../settings.ui.h:34 msgid "" "Show Onboard when the dialog to unlock the screen appears; this way Onboard " "can be used for example to enter the password to dismiss the screensaver " "when it is set to ask for it." msgstr "" "Show Onboard when the dialogue to unlock the screen appears; this way " "Onboard can be used for example to enter the password to dismiss the " "screensaver when it is set to ask for it." #: ../settings.ui.h:71 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:72 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:74 msgid "C_ustomize theme" msgstr "C_ustomise theme" #: ../settings.ui.h:77 msgid "" "Snippets are pieces of text which are entered when the corresponding button " "in Onboard is pressed." msgstr "" "Snippets are pieces of text which are entered when the corresponding button " "in onBoard is pressed." #: ../settings.ui.h:89 msgid "Modifier _behavior:" msgstr "Modifier _behaviour:" #: ../settings.ui.h:90 msgid "Behavior of modifier and layer keys." msgstr "Behaviour of modifier and layer keys." #: ../settings.ui.h:93 msgid "Key Behavior" msgstr "Key Behaviour" #: ../settings.ui.h:108 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:109 msgid "Show lan_guage switcher" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:110 msgid "Show a button for language selection." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:111 msgid "Show button to pause learning" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:112 msgid "Words typed while this button is pressed won't be remembered." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:113 msgid "Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:115 msgid "Auto-capitalize while typing" msgstr "Auto-capitalise while typing" #: ../settings.ui.h:116 msgid "Automatically capitalize sentence begins and name words." msgstr "Automatically capitalise sentence begins and name words." #: ../settings.ui.h:125 msgid "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized." msgstr "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised." #: ../Onboard/settings.py:574 msgid "Copy layout '{}' to this new name:" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:587 msgid "Delete layout '{}'?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:691 msgid "Core layouts" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:692 msgid "Contributions" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:693 msgid "User layouts" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:727 msgid "Author: {}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:730 msgid "About Layout" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/WPEngine.py:427 msgid "Failed to load language model '{}': {} ({})" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'pause-learning.wordlist' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:38 ../data/layoutstrings.py:272 msgid "Pause learning" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer4' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:179 msgid "Arrows" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer5' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:194 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Full Keyboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:197 msgid "Desktop keyboard with edit and function keys" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer0' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:221 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Grid.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:224 msgid "Grid of keys, suitable for keyboard scanning" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'hide' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:230 msgid "Hide keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:233 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard." msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:236 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard.\n" "This layout places all keys on a single, very wide layer." msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Compact.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:251 msgid "Medium size desktop keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Phone.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:257 msgid "Mobile keyboard for small screens" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'expand-corrections' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:260 msgid "More suggestions" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'move' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:266 msgid "Move keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'quit' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:281 msgid "Quit Keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'quit' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:284 msgid "Quit Onboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer2' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:293 msgid "Set and Settings" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:320 msgid "Space efficient desktop keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer3' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:323 msgid "Special Characters" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:326 msgid "Special characters for interactive Whiteboards, wide" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:329 msgid "Special characters for interactive whiteboards" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'correction' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:332 msgid "Spelling suggestion" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer1' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:335 msgid "Sub-, Superscripts; Fractions" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:1297 msgid "color scheme '{filename}' does not exist" msgstr "colour scheme '{filename}' does not exist" #: ../Onboard/WordSuggestions.py:2052 msgid "" "Onboard failed to open learned word suggestions.\n" "\n" "The error was:\n" "{}\n" "\n" "Revert word suggestions to the last backup (recommended)?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/WordSuggestions.py:2070 msgid "" "Onboard failed to open learned word suggestions.\n" "\n" "The error was:\n" "{}\n" "\n" "The suggestions have to be reset, but the erroneous file will remain at \n" "'{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/KeyboardWidget.py:1508 msgid " - System Language" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Customize Theme" msgstr "Customise Theme" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Color Sche_me" msgstr "Colour Sche_me" #: ../Onboard/Indicator.py:68 msgid "_Show Onboard" msgstr "_Show OnBoard" #: ../Onboard/Indicator.py:69 msgid "_Hide Onboard" msgstr "_Hide OnBoard" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:345 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However the system is not configured anymore to use Onboard to unlock the " "screen. A possible reason can be that another application configured the " "system to use something else.\n" "\n" "Would you like to reconfigure the system to show Onboard when unlocking the " "screen?" msgstr "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialogue to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However the system is not configured anymore to use Onboard to unlock the " "screen. A possible reason can be that another application configured the " "system to use something else.\n" "\n" "Would you like to reconfigure the system to show Onboard when unlocking the " "screen?" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:361 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" msgstr "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialogue to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "The time the scanner rests on a key while progressing forward. (in seconds)" msgstr "" "The time the scanner rests on a key while progressing forwards. (in seconds)" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Shrink workarea" msgstr "Shrink work area" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Shrink the available space for maximized windows." msgstr "Shrink the available space for maximised windows." #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Expand keyboard to the width of the workarea." msgstr "Expand keyboard to the width of the work area." #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:112 msgid "Color scheme for theme '{filename}' not found" msgstr "Colour scheme for theme '{filename}' not found" #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:828 msgid "" "Loading legacy color scheme format '{old_format}', please consider upgrading " "to current format '{new_format}': '{filename}'" msgstr "" "Loading legacy colour scheme format '{old_format}', please consider " "upgrading to current format '{new_format}': '{filename}'" #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:925 ../Onboard/Appearance.py:1057 msgid "" "Duplicate key_id '{}' found in color scheme file. Key_ids must occur only " "once." msgstr "" "Duplicate key_id '{}' found in colour scheme file. Key_ids must occur only " "once." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/system-config-printer.po0000644000000000000000000001426112321561433023357 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for system-config-printer # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the system-config-printer package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: system-config-printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 16:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-08 10:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../asyncipp.py:467 ../authconn.py:446 ../authconn.py:448 #: ../errordialogs.py:67 ../pysmb.py:91 ../pysmb.py:93 msgid "Not authorized" msgstr "Not authorised" #: ../asyncipp.py:593 ../authconn.py:253 ../authconn.py:277 msgid "Operation canceled" msgstr "Operation cancelled" #: ../jobviewer.py:190 msgid "Do you really want to delete this job?" msgstr "Do you really want to delete these jobs?" #: ../jobviewer.py:271 msgid "canceling job" msgstr "cancelling job" #: ../jobviewer.py:2311 msgid "Held until day-time" msgstr "Held until day time" #: ../jobviewer.py:2327 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:47 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../newprinter.py:75 msgid "" "The firewall may need adjusting in order to detect network printers. Adjust " "the firewall now?" msgstr "" "The firewall may need adjusting in order to detect network printers. Adjust " "the firewall now?" #: ../newprinter.py:2423 #, python-format msgid "Verification requires the %s module" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:58 msgid "Default behavior" msgstr "Default behaviour" #: ../ppdippstr.py:99 msgid "Draft (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Draft (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:101 msgid "Draft grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Draft greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:103 msgid "Normal (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Normal (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:105 msgid "Normal grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "Normal greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:107 msgid "High quality (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "High quality (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:109 msgid "High quality grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "High quality greyscale (auto-detect paper type)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:112 msgid "Best quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "Best quality (colour on photo paper)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:114 msgid "Normal quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "Normal quality (colour on photo paper)" #: ../ppdippstr.py:147 msgid "300 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:149 msgid "300 dpi, draft, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, draft, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:151 msgid "300 dpi, draft, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, draft, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:153 msgid "300 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "300 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:155 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:157 msgid "600 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "600 dpi, greyscale, black + colour cartridge" #: ../ppdippstr.py:159 msgid "600 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "600 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper" #: ../ppdippstr.py:161 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge, photo paper, normal" msgstr "600 dpi, colour, black + colour cartridge, photo paper, normal" #: ../ppdippstr.py:163 msgid "1200 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "1200 dpi, photo, black + colour cartridge, photo paper" #: ../printerproperties.py:261 msgid "Landscape (90 degrees)" msgstr "Landscape (90°)" #: ../printerproperties.py:262 msgid "Reverse landscape (270 degrees)" msgstr "Reverse landscape (270°)" #: ../printerproperties.py:263 msgid "Reverse portrait (180 degrees)" msgstr "Reverse portrait (180°)" #: ../system-config-printer.py:210 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "_Settings…" #. TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line. Thank you very much for your effort on translating system-config-printer and all our other tools! #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:9 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Robert Readman https://launchpad.net/~robert-readman" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:75 msgid "" "These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not " "be covered by their commercial support. See the support and license terms " "of the driver's supplier." msgstr "" "These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not " "be covered by their commercial support. See the support and licence terms " "of the driver's supplier." #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:81 msgid "License:" msgstr "Licence:" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:97 msgid "Yes, I accept this license" msgstr "Yes, I accept this licence" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:98 msgid "No, I do not accept this license" msgstr "No, I do not accept this licence" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:99 msgid "License Terms" msgstr "Licence Terms" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Job history" msgstr "Job History" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse servers" msgstr "Browse Servers" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckLocalServerPublishing.py:33 msgid "" "Enable the 'Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the " "server settings using the printing administration tool." msgstr "" "Enable the Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the " "server settings using the printing administration tool." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/brasero.po0000644000000000000000000002174712321561434020554 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for brasero # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the brasero package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: brasero\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-18 12:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show _Dialog" msgstr "Show _Dialogue" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show dialog" msgstr "Show dialogue" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:549 msgid "Please replace the disc with a rewritable disc holding data." msgstr "Please replace the disc with a rewritable disc containing data." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:551 msgid "Please replace the disc with a disc holding data." msgstr "Please replace the disc with a disc containing data." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:555 msgid "Please insert a rewritable disc holding data." msgstr "Please insert a rewritable disc containing data." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:557 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-options.c:501 msgid "Please insert a disc holding data." msgstr "Please insert a disc containing data." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:610 #, c-format msgid "Please insert a writable CD or DVD with at least %i MiB of free space." msgstr "" "Please insert a writeable CD or DVD with at least %i MiB of free space." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:613 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:2171 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:2185 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-options.c:457 ../src/brasero-project.c:995 msgid "Please insert a writable CD or DVD." msgstr "Please insert a writeable CD or DVD." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:640 msgid "" "An image of the disc has been created on your hard drive.\n" "Burning will begin as soon as a writable disc is inserted." msgstr "" "An image of the disc has been created on your hard drive.\n" "Burning will begin as soon as a writeable disc is inserted." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1145 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "_Continue" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:2458 msgid "C_ontinue Burning" msgstr "_Continue Burning" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-medium-properties.c:139 msgid "" "If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognize the file " "type properly." msgstr "" "If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognise the file " "type properly." #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-status-dialog.c:232 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-status-dialog.c:294 #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:839 ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:883 msgid "Ne_ver Add Such File" msgstr "_Never Add Such File" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-status-dialog.c:233 #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-status-dialog.c:295 #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:840 ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:884 msgid "Al_ways Add Such File" msgstr "_Always Add Such File" #: ../libbrasero-burn/burn-basics.c:89 msgid "Finalizing" msgstr "Finalising" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:230 msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:261 msgid "Solid color" msgstr "Solid colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:345 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:546 msgid "Bac_kground Properties" msgstr "_Background Properties" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:574 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:651 msgid "_Text Color" msgstr "_Text Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:652 msgid "Text color" msgstr "Text colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-view.c:766 msgid "Set Bac_kground Properties" msgstr "Set _Background Properties" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-tool-color-picker.c:166 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libburn-common.c:158 #, c-format msgid "libburn library could not be initialized" msgstr "libburn library could not be initialised" #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libisofs.c:345 #: ../plugins/libburnia/burn-libisofs.c:893 #, c-format msgid "libisofs could not be initialized." msgstr "libisofs could not be initialised." #: ../plugins/transcode/burn-normalize.c:554 msgid "Normalizing tracks" msgstr "Normalising tracks" #: ../plugins/transcode/burn-normalize.c:643 msgid "Normalization" msgstr "Normalisation" #: ../src/brasero-app.c:130 msgid "P_lugins" msgstr "_Plugins" #: ../src/brasero-app.c:133 msgid "E_ject" msgstr "_Eject" #. Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't be translated #. * literally. It is used in the about box to give credits to #. * the translators. #. * Thus, you should translate it to your name and email address. #. * You should also include other translators who have contributed to #. * this translation; in that case, please write each of them on a separate #. * line seperated by newlines (\n). #. #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1227 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Stuart Finlay https://launchpad.net/~stuartfinlay\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../src/brasero-audio-disc.c:164 msgid "I_nsert a Pause" msgstr "_Insert a Pause" #: ../src/brasero-audio-disc.c:858 msgid "" "Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.\n" "This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only " "be played by specific digital players.\n" "Note: if you agree, normalization will not be applied to these tracks." msgstr "" "Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.\n" "This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only " "be played by specific digital players.\n" "Note: if you agree, normalisation will not be applied to these tracks." #: ../src/brasero-cli.c:118 msgid "Open the blank disc dialog" msgstr "Open the blank disc dialogue" #: ../src/brasero-cli.c:122 msgid "Open the check disc dialog" msgstr "Open the check disc dialogue" #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:125 msgid "R_ename…" msgstr "_Rename…" #. Translators: Keep means we're keeping the files that already existed #. * in the project. #. * Keep is a verb #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:784 msgid "Always K_eep" msgstr "Always _Keep" #. Translators: Replace means we're replacing the file that already #. * existed in the project with a new one with the same name. #. * Replace is a verb #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:796 msgid "Al_ways Replace" msgstr "_Always Replace" #. Translators: %s is the name of the volume to import. It's a menu #. * entry and toolbar button (text added later). #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:986 #, c-format msgid "I_mport %s" msgstr "_Import %s" #. Translators: This is a verb. It's a toolbar button. #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:1016 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "_Import" #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:1109 msgid "I_mport Session" msgstr "_Import Session" #. replace symlink #: ../src/brasero-filter-option.c:72 msgid "Re_place symbolic links" msgstr "_Replace symbolic links" #: ../src/brasero-layout.c:104 msgid "P_review" msgstr "_Preview" #: ../src/brasero-plugin-manager-ui.c:587 #: ../src/brasero-plugin-manager-ui.c:973 msgid "C_onfigure" msgstr "_Configure" #: ../src/brasero-plugin-manager-ui.c:597 msgid "A_ctivate" msgstr "_Activate" #: ../src/brasero-plugin-manager-ui.c:609 msgid "Ac_tivate All" msgstr "_Activate All" #. Translators: "empty" is a verb here #: ../src/brasero-project.c:204 ../src/brasero-project.c:2312 msgid "E_mpty Project" msgstr "_Empty Project" #: ../src/brasero-project.c:2647 ../src/brasero-project.c:2653 #: ../src/brasero-project.c:2935 msgid "Cl_ose Without Saving" msgstr "_Close Without Saving" #: ../src/brasero-project-type-chooser.c:74 msgid "Audi_o project" msgstr "_Audio project" #: ../src/brasero-project-type-chooser.c:79 msgid "D_ata project" msgstr "_Data project" #: ../src/brasero-split-dialog.c:970 ../src/brasero-split-dialog.c:1269 msgid "Re_move All" msgstr "_Remove All" #: ../src/brasero-split-dialog.c:1072 msgid "M_ethod:" msgstr "_Method:" #: ../src/brasero-split-dialog.c:1241 msgid "Mer_ge" msgstr "_Merge" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'" #: ../src/eggdesktopfile.c:1178 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Unrecognised launch option: %d" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/NetworkManager-pptp.po0000644000000000000000000000345512321561434023020 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for network-manager-pptp # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the network-manager-pptp package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network-manager-pptp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-12 05:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:03+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:29 msgid "" "Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first.\n" "config: mppe-stateful (when checked)" msgstr "" "Allow MPPE to use stateful mode. Stateless mode is still attempted first.\n" "config: mppe-stateful (when ticked)" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:32 msgid "" "Allow/disable BSD-Compress compression.\n" "config: nobsdcomp (when unchecked)" msgstr "" "Allow/disable BSD-Compress compression.\n" "config: nobsdcomp (when unticked)" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:35 msgid "" "Allow/disable Deflate compression.\n" "config: nodeflate (when unchecked)" msgstr "" "Allow/disable Deflate compression.\n" "config: nodeflate (when unticked)" #: ../properties/nm-pptp-dialog.ui.h:38 msgid "" "Allow/disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the " "transmit and the receive directions.\n" "config: novj (when unchecked)" msgstr "" "Allow/disable Van Jacobson style TCP/IP header compression in both the " "transmit and the receive directions.\n" "config: novj (when unticked)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/transmission-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000402712321561435022424 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for transmission # Copyright (c) 2008 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2008 # This file is distributed under the same license as the transmission package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2008. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: transmission\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 10:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:12+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gtk/details.c:509 msgid "Honor global _limits" msgstr "Honour global _limits" #: ../gtk/main.c:618 msgid "Start minimized in notification area" msgstr "Start minimised in notification area" #. Translators: translate "translator-credits" as your name #. to have it appear in the credits in the "About" #. dialog #: ../gtk/main.c:1372 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Ken Sharp https://launchpad.net/~kennybobs" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:305 ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:299 msgid "Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash" msgstr "Mo_ve .torrent file to the rubbish bin" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:463 msgid "Show _options dialog" msgstr "Show _options dialogue" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:6 msgid "Start Transmission Minimized" msgstr "Start Transmission Minimised" #: ../gtk/tr-window.c:826 #, c-format msgid "size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" msgstr "Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s" #: ../gtk/util.c:568 msgid "Unrecognized URL" msgstr "Unrecognised URL" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomekbd.po0000644000000000000000000000275012321561435021366 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgnomekbd # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomekbd package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomekbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-06-21 11:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomekbd/gkbd-indicator.c:422 ../libgnomekbd/gkbd-status.c:560 msgid "XKB initialization error" msgstr "XKB initialisation error" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "The foreground color" msgstr "The foreground colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The foreground color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The foreground colour for the layout indicator" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "The background color" msgstr "The background colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "The background color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The background colour for the layout indicator" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-share.po0000644000000000000000000000135112321561435022051 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for nautilus-share # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus-share package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/cluttergtk-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000000132412321561435021571 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for clutter-gtk # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter-gtk package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-19 10:09-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-14 09:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-control-center-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001201112321561436023437 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for control-center # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the control-center package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 01:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:7 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:235 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:402 msgid "No Bluetooth adapters found" msgstr "No Bluetooth adaptors found" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1715 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1767 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2013 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:510 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "Anti-clockwise" #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "Launch Web browser" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "Aero_plane Mode" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the use leaves the PAC textbox blank #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:306 msgid "" "Web Proxy Autodiscovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." msgstr "" "Web Proxy Auto-discovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." #: ../panels/network/network.ui.h:17 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "_Options…" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "Modem initialisation failed" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:537 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "Mobile phone" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1343 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "Keep magnifier cursor centred" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "Colour Effects:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "Colour Effects" #: ../shell/gnomecc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/empathy.po0000644000000000000000000001450212321561437020560 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for empathy # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the empathy package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: empathy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 21:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:80 msgid "Last account selected in Join Room dialog" msgstr "Last account selected in Join Room dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:94 msgid "Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location" msgstr "Empathy can use the mobile network to guess the location" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:95 msgid "Whether Empathy can use the cellular network to guess the location." msgstr "Whether Empathy can use the mobile network to guess the location." #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:738 msgid "You canceled the file transfer" msgstr "You cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:741 msgid "The other participant canceled the file transfer" msgstr "The other participant cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-menu.c:1452 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:1356 msgid "Favorite" msgstr "Favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:475 msgid "Vertical Error (meters):" msgstr "Vertical Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:477 msgid "Horizontal Error (meters):" msgstr "Horizontal Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:649 msgid "%B %e, %Y at %R UTC" msgstr "%e %B, %Y at %R UTC" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-new-account-dialog.c:151 msgid "Adding new account" msgstr "Adding new account..." #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:333 msgid "Click to remove this status as a favorite" msgstr "Click to remove this status as a favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:342 msgid "Click to make this status a favorite" msgstr "Click to make this status a favourite" #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:78 msgid "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:82 msgid "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:86 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:112 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alastair Paterson https://launchpad.net/~alastairpat\n" " Alexander https://launchpad.net/~diddlerock7\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Geoff Jacobs https://launchpad.net/~grimsy\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Mitch Towner https://launchpad.net/~kermiac\n" " පසිඳු කාවින්ද https://launchpad.net/~pkavinda" #: ../src/empathy-accounts.c:173 msgid "Don't display any dialogs; do any work (eg, importing) and exit" msgstr "Don't display any dialogues; do any work (e.g., importing) and exit" #: ../src/empathy-accounts.c:177 msgid "" "Don't display any dialogs unless there are only \"People Nearby\" accounts" msgstr "" "Don't display any dialogues unless there are only \"People Nearby\" accounts" #: ../src/empathy-accounts.c:181 msgid "Initially select given account (eg, gabble/jabber/foo_40example_2eorg0)" msgstr "" "Initially select given account (e.g., gabble/jabber/foo_40example_2eorg0)" #: ../src/empathy.c:416 msgid "Don't display the contact list or any other dialogs on startup" msgstr "Don't display the contact list or any other dialogues on startup" #: ../src/empathy-chatrooms-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Manage Favorite Rooms" msgstr "Manage Favourite Rooms" #: ../src/empathy-chat-window.ui.h:4 msgid "_Favorite Chat Room" msgstr "_Favourite Chat Room" #: ../src/empathy-ft-manager.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove completed, canceled and failed file transfers from the list" msgstr "Remove completed, cancelled and failed file transfers from the list" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:18 msgid "Enable notifications when the _chat is not focused" msgstr "Enable notifications when the _chat is not focussed" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Cellphone" msgstr "_Mobile Phone" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:9 msgid "Join _Favorites" msgstr "Join _Favourites" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:10 msgid "_Manage Favorites" msgstr "_Manage Favourites" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs.po0000644000000000000000000000133212321561437021603 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for xdg-user-dirs # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-18 14:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-13 23:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000224212321561437022367 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for xdg-user-dirs-gtk # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs-gtk package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 22:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-13 23:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../update.c:161 msgid "" "You have logged in in a new language. You can automatically update the names " "of some standard folders in your home folder to match this language. The " "update would change the following folders:" msgstr "" "You have logged in using a new language. You can automatically update the " "names of some standard folders in your home folder to match this language. " "The update would change the following folders:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/nm-applet.po0000644000000000000000000000524712321561437021014 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for network-manager-applet # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the network-manager-applet package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network-manager-applet\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 19:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-16 02:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:9 msgid "" "The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customize " "your computer's configuration. If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, " "enter it here." msgstr "" "The DHCP client identifier allows the network administrator to customise " "your computer's configuration. If you wish to use a DHCP client identifier, " "enter it here." #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:378 msgid "" "The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown " "error." msgstr "" "The connection editor dialogue could not be initialised due to an unknown " "error." #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:439 msgid "Unknown error creating connection editor dialog." msgstr "Unknown error creating connection editor dialogue." #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:573 msgid "Error initializing editor" msgstr "Error initialising editor" #: ../src/connection-editor/vpn-helpers.c:214 #, c-format msgid "" "The file '%s' could not be read or does not contain recognized VPN " "connection information\n" "\n" "Error: %s." msgstr "" "The file '%s' could not be read or does not contain recognised VPN " "connection information\n" "\n" "Error: %s." #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:456 msgid "Mobile wizard was canceled" msgstr "Mobile wizard was cancelled" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:820 msgid "Detecting phone configuration..." msgstr "Detecting phone configuration…" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:461 msgid "_Select your plan:" msgstr "Select your plan:" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:714 msgid "Select your provider from a _list:" msgstr "Select your provider from a list:" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:752 msgid "I can't find my provider and I wish to enter it _manually:" msgstr "I can't find my provider and I wish to enter it manually:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-vnc.po0000644000000000000000000000132412321561440020452 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk-vnc # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-vnc package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-vnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-10 20:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/mousetweaks.po0000644000000000000000000000133312321561440021450 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for mousetweaks # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the mousetweaks package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mousetweaks\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-22 11:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/PackageKit.po0000644000000000000000000000247712321561440021116 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for packagekit # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the packagekit package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packagekit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 15:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-31 21:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:35+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: geeky error, 99.9999% of users won't see this #: ../client/pk-console.c:1763 msgid "A licence identifier (eula-id) is required" msgstr "A license identifier (eula-id) is required" #: ../data/packagekit-catalog.xml.in.h:1 msgid "PackageKit Catalog" msgstr "PackageKit Catalogue" #. TRANSLATORS: The role of the transaction, in present tense #: ../lib/packagekit-glib2/pk-enum.c:1276 msgid "Canceling" msgstr "Cancelling" #. TRANSLATORS: if we should run in the background #: ../src/pk-main.c:194 msgid "Daemonize and detach from the terminal" msgstr "Daemonise and detach from the terminal" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gvfs.po0000644000000000000000000000475712321561440020063 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gvfs # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gvfs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gvfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 07:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1407 msgid "Can't move a shared directory into the Trash" msgstr "Can't move a shared directory into the Rubbish Bin" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:401 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1595 msgid "Cannot initialize libhal" msgstr "Cannot initialise libhal" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:518 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:997 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1041 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:667 msgid "Password dialog cancelled" msgstr "Password dialogue cancelled" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1705 msgid "Error initializing camera" msgstr "Error initialising camera" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1096 msgid "Login dialog cancelled" msgstr "Login dialogue cancelled" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:371 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:427 msgid "The trash folder may not be deleted" msgstr "The rubbish bin folder may not be deleted" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:388 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:441 msgid "Items in the trash may not be modified" msgstr "Items in the rubbish bin may not be modified" #. Translators: this is the display name of the backend #. translators: This is the name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:740 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:852 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1200 msgid "The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it" msgstr "The unlocked device does not have a recognisable file system on it" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:69 msgid "Empty the trash" msgstr "Empty the rubbish bin" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:91 msgid "Move files or directories to the trash." msgstr "Move files or directories to the rubbish bin." #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:122 #, c-format msgid "Error trashing file: %s\n" msgstr "Error deleting file: %s\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/totem-pl-parser.po0000644000000000000000000000146012321561440022135 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for totem-pl-parser # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the totem-pl-parser package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: totem-pl-parser\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 14:33+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-02 03:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plparse/totem-disc.c:955 msgid "Blu-ray" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather.po0000644000000000000000000000370412321561440021402 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgweather # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgweather package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgweather\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 13:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:115 msgid "North - NorthEast" msgstr "North - North-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:115 msgid "Northeast" msgstr "North-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:115 msgid "East - NorthEast" msgstr "East - North-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "East - Southeast" msgstr "East - South-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "Southeast" msgstr "South-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "South - Southeast" msgstr "South - South-east" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "South - Southwest" msgstr "South - South-west" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "Southwest" msgstr "South-west" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "West - Southwest" msgstr "West - South-west" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "West - Northwest" msgstr "West - North-west" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "Northwest" msgstr "North-west" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "North - Northwest" msgstr "North - North-west" #. DUSTSTORM #: ../libgweather/weather.c:194 msgid "Duststorm" msgstr "Dust-storm" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:194 msgid "Duststorm in the vicinity" msgstr "Dust-storm in the vicinity" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:194 msgid "Heavy duststorm" msgstr "Heavy dust-storm" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather-locations.po0000644000000000000000000000335212321561441023373 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgweather # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgweather package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgweather\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-04 10:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. A city in Romania #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4177 msgid "Bacău" msgstr "Bacau" #. A city in Switzerland #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4732 msgid "Zürich" msgstr "Zurich" #. A city in Maine in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:7949 msgid "Bar Harbor" msgstr "Bar Harbour" #. A city in Michigan in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:8067 msgid "Benton Harbor" msgstr "Benton Harbour" #. A city in Michigan in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:8083 msgid "Copper Harbor" msgstr "Copper Harbour" #. A city in Minnesota in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:8223 msgid "Dodge Center" msgstr "Dodge Centre" #. A city in Minnesota in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:8339 msgid "Two Harbors" msgstr "Two Harbours" #. A city in Washington in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:9671 msgid "Friday Harbor" msgstr "Friday Harbour" #. A city in Washington in the United States #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:9681 msgid "Oak Harbor" msgstr "Oak Harbour" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000002233112321561441023307 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-settings-daemon # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-settings-daemon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-settings-daemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 05:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-10 02:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree counterclockwise." msgstr "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree anticlockwise." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the display color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "This is the number of days after which the display colour profile is " "considered invalid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" "This is the number of days after which the printer colour profile is " "considered invalid." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Binding to launch the email client." msgstr "Binding to launch the e-mail client." #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:55 msgid "Record a short video of the screen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:58 msgid "Toggle magnifier" msgstr "Toggle magnifier_" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1666 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "Colour plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2059 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2075 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plugin" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2061 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "Colour calibration device added" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2077 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "Colour calibration device removed" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:634 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:437 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:108 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Rubbish Bin, removing unused " "programs or files, or moving files to an external disk." #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-media-keys-manager.c:2411 msgid "Screencast from %d %t.webm" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:620 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "Mobile phone" msgstr[1] "Mobile phones" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:903 msgid "Cell phone is charging" msgstr "Mobile phone is charging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:907 msgid "Cell phone is discharging" msgstr "Mobile phone is discharging" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:911 msgid "Cell phone is empty" msgstr "Mobile phone is empty" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:915 msgid "Cell phone is charged" msgstr "Mobile phone is charged" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1381 #, c-format msgid "Wireless mouse is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Wireless mouse is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Wireless keyboard is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Wireless keyboard is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1395 #, c-format msgid "PDA is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "PDA is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1399 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1573 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "Mobile phone battery low" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1402 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Mobile phone is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Media player is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Media player is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Tablet is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Tablet is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1423 #, c-format msgid "Attached computer is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "Attached computer is low on power (%.0f%%)" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1540 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless mouse is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Wireless mouse is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless keyboard is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Wireless keyboard is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1557 #, c-format msgid "" "PDA is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if " "not charged." msgstr "" "PDA is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if " "not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Mobile phone is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1576 #, c-format msgid "" "Media player is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" "Media player is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1585 #, c-format msgid "" "Tablet is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning " "if not charged." msgstr "" "Tablet is very low on power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning " "if not charged." #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1594 #, c-format msgid "" "Attached computer is very low in power (%.0f%%). The device will soon " "shutdown if not charged." msgstr "" "Attached computer is very low on power (%.0f%%). The device will soon " "shutdown if not charged." #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:381 msgid "Printer off-line" msgstr "Printer offlline" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently off-line." msgstr "Printer '%s' is currently offline." #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:488 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:528 msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "Printing cancelled" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:663 #, c-format msgid "NSS security system could not be initialized" msgstr "NSS security system could not be initialised" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libsoup.po0000644000000000000000000000154112321561441020560 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libsoup2.4 # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libsoup2.4 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libsoup2.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libsoup/soup-message-client-io.c:66 msgid "Unrecognized HTTP response encoding" msgstr "Unrecognised HTTP response encoding" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/json-glib-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000000133212321561441021261 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for json-glib # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the json-glib package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: json-glib\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-21 17:56+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 22:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ibus10.po0000644000000000000000000000621012321561442020205 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ibus # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ibus package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ibus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not show" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:9 msgid "Hide automatically" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:24 msgid "Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar" msgstr "Set the behaviour of ibus how to show or hide language bar" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:25 msgid "Show property panel:" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:31 msgid "Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window" msgstr "Embed the pre-edit text of input method in the application window" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:35 msgid "Customize active input _methods" msgstr "Customise active input _methods" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:36 msgid "Customize active input methods" msgstr "Customise active input methods" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:43 msgid "" "The active input method can be switched around from the selected " "ones in the above list by pressing the keyboard shortcut keys or clicking " "the panel icon." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Preload engines are loaded with this mode. 0 = user customized engines. 1 = " "language related engines." msgstr "" "Preload engines are loaded with this mode. 0 = user customised engines. 1 = " "language related engines." #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:3 msgid "The key preload_engines is initialized" msgstr "The key preload_engines is initialised" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:29 msgid "Prev engine shortcut keys" msgstr "Previous engine shortcut keys" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:32 msgid "" "The behavior of property panel. 0 = Do not show, 1 = Auto hide, 2 = Always " "show" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:35 msgid "The milliseconds to show property panel" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:36 msgid "" "The milliseconds to show property panel after focus-in or properties are " "changed." msgstr "" #: ../setup/keyboardshortcut.py:250 msgid "" "Please press a key (or a key combination).\n" "The dialog will be closed when the key is released." msgstr "" "Please press a key (or a key combination).\n" "The dialogue will be closed when the key is released." #: ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:995 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Stephen Norman https://launchpad.net/~stenorman2001-mac" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/deja-dup.po0000644000000000000000000000700212321561442020573 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for deja-dup # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the deja-dup package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: deja-dup\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 18:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 02:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognised as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Support for local, remote, or cloud backup locations, such as Amazon S3 and " "Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" #. Translators: Wrap this to 80 characters per line if you can, as I have for English #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:86 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up\n" "the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as\n" "the backend." msgstr "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing upthe " "Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity asthe " "backend." #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:42 msgid "" "Important documents, data, and settings can be protected by storing them in " "a backup. In the case of a disaster, you would be able to recover them from " "that backup." msgstr "" "Important documents, data and settings can be protected by storing them in a " "backup. In the case of a disaster, you would be able to recover them from " "that backup." #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:130 msgid "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See dialog for more details." msgstr "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See dialogue for more details." #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationU1.vala:32 ../libdeja/BackendU1.vala:50 msgid "Ubuntu One has shut down. Please choose another storage location." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the trash folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:574 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ModemManager.po0000644000000000000000000000256312321561442021445 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for modemmanager # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the modemmanager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: modemmanager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-25 23:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-12 05:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "System policy prevents sending or maniuplating this device's text messages." msgstr "" "System policy prevents sending or manipulating this device's text messages." #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:11 msgid "Query and utilize network information and services" msgstr "Query and utilise network information and services" #: ../data/org.freedesktop.ModemManager1.policy.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "System policy prevents querying or utilizing network information and " "services." msgstr "" "System policy prevents querying or utilising network information and " "services." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-power.po0000644000000000000000000000412512321561442022213 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-power # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-power package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-power\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-28 16:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-13 21:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Readman \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../src/device.c:510 msgid "Cell phone" msgstr "Mobile phone" #: ../src/device.c:570 #, c-format msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: H:MM (hours, minutes) to charge the battery. Example: "1:30 to charge" #: ../src/device.c:599 #, c-format msgid "%0d:%02d to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: H:MM (hours, minutes) to discharge the battery. Example: "1:30 left" #: ../src/device.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%0d:%02d left" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "X (hour,hours) Y (minute,minutes) to charge" the battery. #. Example: "1 hour 10 minutes to charge" #: ../src/device.c:639 #, c-format msgid "%d %s %d %s to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Y (minute,minutes) to charge" the battery. #. Example: "59 minutes to charge" #: ../src/device.c:647 #, c-format msgid "%d %s to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "X (hour,hours) Y (minute,minutes) left" until the battery's empty. #. Example: "1 hour 10 minutes left" #: ../src/device.c:657 #, c-format msgid "%d %s %d %s left" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Y (minute,minutes) left" until the battery's empty. #. Example: "59 minutes left" #: ../src/device.c:665 #, c-format msgid "%d %s left" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: after the icon, a time-remaining string + battery %. Example: "(0:59, 33%)" #: ../src/device.c:811 #, c-format msgid "(%s, %.0lf%%)" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-messages.po0000644000000000000000000000137712321561442022674 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-messages # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-messages package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-messages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-16 05:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/sound-theme-freedesktop.po0000644000000000000000000000140012321561442023637 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for sound-theme-freedesktop # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sound-theme-freedesktop package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound-theme-freedesktop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-21 00:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-06 10:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/aptdaemon.po0000644000000000000000000000402212321561442021051 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for aptdaemon # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the aptdaemon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: aptdaemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-20 16:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-21 13:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.debian.apt.policy.in.h:12 msgid "To update the software catalog, you need to authenticate." msgstr "To update the software catalogue, you need to authenticate." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:357 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:477 msgid "" "You either provided a wrong password or cancelled the authorization.\n" "Furthermore there could also be a technical reason for this error if you " "haven't seen a password dialog: your desktop environment doesn't provide a " "PolicyKit session agent." msgstr "" "You either provided a wrong password or cancelled the authorisation.\n" "Furthermore there could also be a technical reason for this error if you " "haven't seen a password dialogue: your desktop environment doesn't provide a " "PolicyKit session agent." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:511 msgid "You could not be authorized" msgstr "You could not be authorised" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:513 msgid "An unhandlable error occured" msgstr "An unhandleable error occured" #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1431 #, python-format msgid "" "The location of the license key is unsecure since it contains symbolic " "links. The path %s maps to %s" msgstr "" "The location of the license key is insecure since it contains symbolic " "links. The path %s maps to %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000143112321561442023100 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for evolution-indicator # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 15:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-11 09:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-disk-utility.po0000644000000000000000000000747012321561442022651 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-disk-utility # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-disk-utility package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-disk-utility\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.Disks.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs" msgstr "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues" #: ../data/org.gnome.Disks.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs. If blank the ~/" "Documents folder is used." msgstr "" "Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues. If blank the ~/" "Documents folder is used." #: ../data/ui/about-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:11 msgid "Check this box to see the passphrases entered above" msgstr "Tick this box to see the passphrases entered above" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "If checked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]" msgstr "If ticked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to unlock" msgstr "Require additional authori_sation to unlock" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" "If checked, additional authorisation is required to unlock the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "" "If checked, the device is always shown in the user interface no matter what " "its directory is [x-gvfs-show]" msgstr "" "If ticked, the device is always shown in the user interface no matter what " "its directory is [x-gvfs-show]" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to mount" msgstr "Require additional authori_sation to mount" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" "If ticked, additional authorisation is required to mount the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "If checked, the device will be mounted at startup [!noauto]" msgstr "If ticked, the device will be mounted at startup [!noauto]" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:93 msgid "" "If checked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want " "the underlying disk image to be modified" msgstr "" "If ticked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want the " "underlying disk image to be modified" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1553 msgid "Normalized" msgstr "Normalised" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2609 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Resyncing" msgstr "Re-syncing" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4908 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4972 msgid "Error canceling job" msgstr "Error cancelling job" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libdbusmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000133412321561443021416 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libdbusmenu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libdbusmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libdbusmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 12:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-13 21:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:54+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/polkit-gnome-1.po0000644000000000000000000000160612321561443021652 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for policykit-1-gnome # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the policykit-1-gnome package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: policykit-1-gnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-24 11:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/polkitgnomelistener.c:164 msgid "Authentication dialog was dismissed by the user" msgstr "Authentication dialogue was dismissed by the user" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-edubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000671312321561443024616 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-26 08:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/calibre.html:6 msgid "" "Calibre is an e-library solution for cataloging electronic books." msgstr "" "Calibre is an e-library solution for cataloguing electronic books." #. type: Content of:
                                                  • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/calibre.html:9 msgid "Automatically sync feeds and news to your favorite device." msgstr "Automatically sync feeds and news to your favourite device." #. type: Content of:
                                                    • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/freemind.html:6 msgid "FreeMind is a powerful mindmapping tool." msgstr "FreeMind is a powerful mind-mapping tool." #. type: Content of:
                                                      • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/freemind.html:7 msgid "Summarize huge amounts of data efficiently." msgstr "Summarise huge amounts of data efficiently." #. type: Content of:
                                                        • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/freemind.html:9 msgid "" "Organize your goals, future plans, events and more with this great tool!" msgstr "" "Organise your goals, future plans, events and more with this great tool!" #. type: Content of:
                                                          • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:7 msgid "" "There are powerful applications for all sorts of interests, from programming " "to creating music and exploring the universe. Take a look at the " "Featured Applications section for some of our favorites!" msgstr "" "There are powerful applications for all sorts of interests, from programming " "to creating music and exploring the universe. Take a look at the " "Featured Applications section for some of our favourites!" #. type: Content of:
                                                            • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:8 msgid "" "Everything in Software Center is stored in our online repository. We are " "careful to keep it safe and updates will be delivered directly to you." msgstr "" "Everything in Software Centre is stored in our online repository. We are " "careful to keep it safe and updates will be delivered directly to you." #. type: Content of:
                                                              • #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/testdrive.html:9 msgid "" "Find it in Software Center, which can be found under the Applications menu." msgstr "" "Find it in Software Centre, which can be found under the Applications menu." #. type: Content of:

                                                                  #: slideshows/edubuntu/slides/welcome.html:7 msgid "" "Thank you for installing Edubuntu 14.04. The Edubuntu project is a " "community project that aims to provide a whole-school technological platform " "suitable for delivering education. We are coders, educators, parents and " "technologists who aim to make technology easier for all." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-kubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000001111612321561443024451 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-26 20:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                  #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:1 msgid "Organize, enjoy, and share your photos" msgstr "Organise, enjoy, and share your photos" #. type: Content of:
                                                                  • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:5 msgid "" "With Gwenview, it is really easy to organize and share your photos." msgstr "" "With Gwenview, it is really easy to organise and share your photos." #. type: Content of:
                                                                    • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/graphics.html:10 msgid "" "For more advanced organization and editing features, digiKam is " "available for installation." msgstr "" "For more advanced organisation and editing features, digiKam is " "available for installation." #. type: Content of:
                                                                      • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/installing-software.html:6 msgid "" "Take a look at Software Management application in the menu under " "the System tab. Software Management will allow you to install (and remove) " "software from our online repositories, which we carefully organize to be " "safe and up to date." msgstr "" "Take a look at Software Management application in the menu under " "the System tab. Software Management will allow you to install (and remove) " "software from our online repositories, which we carefully organise to be " "safe and up to date." #. type: Content of:

                                                                        #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:1 msgid "Make the most of the web" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                        • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:5 msgid "" "Kubuntu includes Mozilla Firefox, the web browser used by millions of people " "around the world." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                          • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:9 msgid "" "Web browsers such as Chromium and Rekonq are easily " "installable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                            • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/multimedia.html:7 msgid "" "Amarok audio player lets you organize your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronizes your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." msgstr "" "Amarok audio player lets you organise your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronises your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." #. type: Content of:
                                                                              • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/pim.html:11 msgid "" "Organize your calendar and scheduling with KOrganizer and " "synchronize with services such as Google's Calendar." msgstr "" "Organise your calendar and scheduling with KOrganizer and " "synchronise with services such as Google's Calendar." #. type: Content of:
                                                                                • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/pim.html:13 msgid "" "Keep your contacts organized with KAddressBook and import or export " "your contacts with nearly every address book standard as well synchronize " "with various groupware services." msgstr "" "Keep your contacts organised with KAddressBook and import or export " "your contacts with nearly every address book standard as well synchronise " "with various groupware services." #. type: Content of:
                                                                                  • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:6 msgid "Thank you for choosing Kubuntu 14.04. We hope you enjoy the experience." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                    • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:8 msgid "" "We believe every computer user should be free to work in the environment " "they choose, and be free to download, change, study and share their software " "with anyone, for any purpose." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                      • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:11 msgid "" "We want Kubuntu to work for you. So while your software is installing, this " "slideshow will introduce you to Kubuntu 14.04." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-lubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000524612321561443024461 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/00_welcome.html:1 msgid "Welcome to Lubuntu 14.04" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/02_browser.html:8 msgid "" "Browse the web using Firefox, the open-source cross-platform web " "browser used by millions around the world. It's safe, stable, fast and " "supports customization through add-ons." msgstr "" "Browse the web using Firefox, the open-source cross-platform web " "browser used by millions around the world. It's safe, stable, fast and " "supports customisation through add-ons." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/04_media.html:10 msgid "" "Listen to your favorite music with Audacious, a simple but powerful " "audio player. And enjoy all your videos with Gnome-Mplayer, a fast " "video player powered by mplayer with support for many formats." msgstr "" "Listen to your favourite music with Audacious, a simple but " "powerful audio player. And enjoy all your videos with Gnome-Mplayer, a fast video player powered by mplayer with support for many formats." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/lubuntu/slides/06_lsc.html:8 msgid "" "With Lubuntu, you have access to the whole Ubuntu repository and all the " "software included. This means that thousands of new applications are ready " "for your computer, free of charge. Use the Lubuntu Software Center " "and explore categories such as games, science and education, or search for " "your favorite software." msgstr "" "With Lubuntu, you have access to the whole Ubuntu repository and all the " "software included. This means that thousands of new applications are ready " "for your computer, free of charge. Use the Lubuntu Software Centre " "and explore categories such as games, science and education, or search for " "your favourite software." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-oem-config-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000504612321561443026324 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-26 08:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/usc.html:8 msgid "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Center, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." msgstr "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Centre, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/welcome.html:8 msgid "" "Thank you for choosing Ubuntu 14.04. This version brings some exciting " "changes including a totally redesigned desktop interface, Unity. While " "Ubuntu is configured, this slideshow will show you around." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000446712321561443022440 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-26 08:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/usc.html:8 msgid "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Center, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." msgstr "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Centre, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/welcome.html:1 msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 14.04" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu-gnome.po0000644000000000000000000000712412321561443025405 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 14:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/accessibility.html:10 msgid "" "At the heart of the Ubuntu GNOME philosophy is the belief that computing is " "for everyone. With advanced accessibility tools and options to change " "language, color scheme and text size, Ubuntu GNOME makes computing easy – " "whoever and wherever you are." msgstr "" "At the heart of the Ubuntu GNOME philosophy is the belief that computing is " "for everyone. With advanced accessibility tools and options to change " "language, colour scheme and text size, Ubuntu GNOME makes computing easy – " "whoever and wherever you are." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/accessibility.html:14 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/browse.html:10 msgid "" "Ubuntu GNOME has everything you need to browse the web. Firefox offers " "powerful personalization, support for cutting-edge web standards, carefully " "optimized performance, and advanced security while still remaining easy to " "use." msgstr "" "Ubuntu GNOME has everything you need to browse the web. Firefox offers " "powerful personalisation, support for cutting-edge web standards, carefully " "optimised performance, and advanced security while still remaining easy to " "use." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/media.html:10 msgid "" "Rhythmbox lets you organize your music and listen to Internet radio, " "podcasts, and more." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox lets you organise your music and listen to Internet radio, " "podcasts, and more." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/photos.html:10 msgid "" "With Shotwell, you can quickly and easily import, organize, edit and view " "your pictures. And you can share your favorite snaps on all popular photo " "sites and social networks." msgstr "" "With Shotwell, you can quickly and easily import, organise, edit and view " "your pictures. And you can share your favourite snaps on all popular photo " "sites and social networks." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/usc.html:11 msgid "" "Ubuntu Software Center gives you instant access to thousands of great games " "and applications — some free and some available commercially. If you see " "something you like, you can see more information and install it in just a " "few clicks." msgstr "" "Ubuntu Software Centre gives you instant access to thousands of great games " "and applications — some free and some available commercially. If you see " "something you like, you can see more information and install it in just a " "few clicks." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntu-gnome/slides/welcome.html:2 msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu GNOME 14.04" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntustudio.po0000644000000000000000000000226612321561443023663 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-21 00:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/ubuntustudio/slides/02_video.html:7 msgid "" "From simple home movies to feature length film with compositing and post " "production effects, Ubuntu Studio can help you realize your videographic " "vision." msgstr "" "From simple home movie to feature length film with compositing and post " "production effects, Ubuntu Studio can help you realise your videographic " "vision." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-xubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000002446412321561443024500 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:58+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/00_welcome.html:7 msgid "Congratulations, you have chosen to install Xubuntu 14.04!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/00_welcome.html:8 msgid "" "If you are running this installation via the Try Xubuntu option, " "feel free to examine things as Xubuntu installs. After the installation, the " "desktop will look similar to how it does now." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:7 msgid "" "On the desktop you will see icons that can be used to access some of the " "most common places on your system. In addition, you will see a single, " "multipurpose, panel at the top of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'alt' of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:11 msgid "Xubuntu default panel" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:17 msgid "" "On the left hand side, you will see a Xubuntu logo. Click it to open the " "main menu. We will tell you more about this menu in the next slide." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:18 msgid "" "The middle part of the panel is dedicated to window buttons for open " "applications." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:19 msgid "" "On the far right, you will see indicators and a clock. Click the clock to " "see the monthly calendar." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/01_desktop.html:23 msgid "" "You can customize the panel by right-clicking the panel and selecting " "Panel » Panel Preferences. You can also add and remove panels using " "this dialog." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/02_whiskermenu.html:2 msgid "Keep track of your applications" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/02_whiskermenu.html:7 msgid "" "Search for your applications from within the menu and get them displayed as " "a favorites list. Reorder, remove, and add other entries just by right-" "clicking on an application result when browsing or searching." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/02_whiskermenu.html:8 msgid "" "If favorites just doesn't do it for you, switch to the Recently Used view and get a list of the 10 most recent applications you've opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:2 msgid "Personalize your computer" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:7 msgid "" "Personalize the login greeter with an image of your choosing and add user " "details to your profile with Mugshot. Your profile information will " "automatically be picked up by supported applications like Pidgin and " "LibreOffice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:8 msgid "" "Configure the menu just the way you want it with the MenuLibre menu editor. " "Add, remove or reorder menu items. Customize launcher behavior with advanced " "settings." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:10 #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:11 #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:10 #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:11 msgid "»" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:10 msgid "About Me" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/03_personalize.html:11 msgid "Menu Editor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:2 msgid "Make the desktop your own" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:7 msgid "" "Your desktop background is easy to customize and we're providing you with a " "selection of beautiful wallpapers. Choose one of the five winners of our " "community wallpaper contest – handpicked for you!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:8 msgid "" "Colorize according to your taste! With the newly created theme configuration " "tool you can easily fine-tune the looks of some core aspects of the desktop." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:10 msgid "Desktop Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/04_customize.html:11 msgid "Theme Configuration" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:2 msgid "Ready to go!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:7 msgid "" "Here is a brief list of some applications that are preinstalled with Xubuntu " "for your convenience. Find them in the menu on the left top corner of your " "screen. You can install more through the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:10 msgid "Internet" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:11 msgid "Firefox, web browser" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:12 msgid "Thunderbird, mail and news client" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:13 msgid "Pidgin, Internet messenger" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:14 msgid "Office" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:15 msgid "AbiWord, word processor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:16 msgid "Gnumeric, spreadsheet editor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:19 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:20 msgid "gmusicbrowser, music collection software" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:21 msgid "Parole, media player" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:22 msgid "System & Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:23 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/05_defaultapps.html:24 msgid "Settings Manager" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:2 msgid "Help & Support" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:7 msgid "" "The Official Documentation that covers many of the most common areas and " "questions about Xubuntu is shipped with every Xubuntu release. Find it by " "clicking on Help on the main menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:8 msgid "" "The documentation is also available online at docs.xubuntu.org." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:9 msgid "Other resources" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:10 msgid "" "Still have questions? The full list of support methods is available at the " "Help & Support section of the " "Xubuntu website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:14 msgid "Real-time support" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:15 msgid "" "For live, online support, join our IRC channel, #xubuntu, by clicking here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/06_support.html:16 msgid "" "The main support channel is English only. For support in other languages, " "view the full list of local support channels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/07_thanks.html:8 msgid "" "We'd love to hear about your experiences with Xubuntu. You can share them on " "the Xubuntu users mailing list. In the meantime, thanks for taking the " "time to install Xubuntu with us." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/07_thanks.html:10 msgid "" "Xubuntu will always come without fees; feel free to pass on your " "installation media and let others try Xubuntu as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/07_thanks.html:12 msgid "We need your help!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                        #: slideshows/xubuntu/slides/07_thanks.html:13 msgid "" "Want to give something back? The different ways to contribute to the Xubuntu " "community can all be found on the Get " "Involved section of our website." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell.po0000644000000000000000000003053012321561443020746 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for shotwell # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shotwell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 04:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 02:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plugins/common/Resources.vala:28 ../src/AppWindow.vala:691 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " ZhongHan Cai https://launchpad.net/~caizhonghan" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:34 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:30 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:32 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:30 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:32 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:32 #: ../src/Resources.vala:27 msgid "Copyright 2009-2014 Yorba Foundation" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:70 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell has found %d photos in the F-Spot library and is currently " "importing them. Duplicates will be automatically detected and removed.\n" "\n" "You can close this dialog and start using Shotwell while the import is " "taking place in the background." msgstr "" "Shotwell has found %d photos in the F-Spot library and is currently " "importing them. Duplicates will be automatically detected and removed.\n" "\n" "You can close this dialogue and start using Shotwell while the import is " "taking place in the background." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:35 msgid "Copyright 2012 BJA Electronics" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:106 msgid "1280 x 853 pixels" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:310 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:320 #, c-format msgid "'%s' isn't a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:558 msgid "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): can't start; this publisher is not restartable." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:586 msgid "Enter the username and password associated with your Tumblr account." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:636 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:757 #, c-format msgid "Could not load UI: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:739 #, c-format msgid "" "You are logged into Tumblr as %s.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "_Email address" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:1 msgid "Blogs:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:1 msgid "_Albums (or write new):" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:2 msgid "Access _type:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:3 msgid "Disable _comments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:4 msgid "_Forbid downloading original photo" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:7 msgid "Public" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:57 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Flickr.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to " "authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account." msgstr "" "You are not currently logged into Flickr.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to " "authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:54 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have " "to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account." msgstr "" "You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have " "to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account." #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/flickr_pin_entry_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "Authorization _Number:" msgstr "Authorisation _Number:" #: ../plugins/shotwell-transitions/shotwell-transitions.vala:75 msgid "Copyright 2010 Maxim Kartashev, Copyright 2011-2014 Yorba Foundation" msgstr "" #: ../src/CollectionPage.vala:230 ../src/PhotoPage.vala:2627 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "_Slideshow" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Applying Color Transformations" msgstr "Applying Colour Transformations" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Undoing Color Transformations" msgstr "Undoing Colour Transformations" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Move Photos to Trash" msgstr "Move Photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Restore Photos from Trash" msgstr "Restore Photos from Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2336 msgid "Move the photos to the Shotwell trash" msgstr "Move the photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Moving Photos to Trash" msgstr "Moving Photos to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Restoring Photos From Trash" msgstr "Restoring Photos from Shotwell's Bin" #. #. Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:582 msgid "Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:" msgstr "" "Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognised as Photos or Videos:" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:810 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgstr[0] "1 photo/video were skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgstr[1] "%d photos/videos were skipped due to user cancel:\n" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1304 msgid "_Trash File" msgid_plural "_Trash Files" msgstr[0] "_Rubbish Bin File" msgstr[1] "_Rubbish Bin Files" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2617 msgid "Co_py Photos" msgstr "_Copy Photos" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2644 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you " "also like to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the file to your desktop rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you " "also like to move the files to your desktop rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2648 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2652 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" "This will remove the photo from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[1] "" "This will remove %d photos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your rubbish bin?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2684 #, c-format msgid "" "The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete this file?" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete these files?" msgstr[0] "" "The photo or video cannot be moved to your rubbish bin. Delete this file?" msgstr[1] "" "%d photos/videos cannot be moved to your rubbish bin. Delete these files?" #: ../src/Resources.vala:164 msgid "_Copy Color Adjustments" msgstr "_Copy Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:165 msgid "Copy Color Adjustments" msgstr "Copy Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:166 msgid "Copy the color adjustments applied to the photo" msgstr "Copy the colour adjustments applied to the photo" #: ../src/Resources.vala:168 msgid "_Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "_Paste Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:169 msgid "Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "Paste Colour Adjustments" #: ../src/Resources.vala:170 msgid "Apply copied color adjustments to the selected photos" msgstr "Apply copied colour adjustments to the selected photos" #: ../src/Resources.vala:186 msgid "Adjust the photo's color and tone" msgstr "Adjust the photo's colour and tone" #: ../src/Resources.vala:304 msgid "Un_flag" msgstr "_Unflag" #: ../src/Resources.vala:644 msgid "Remove the selected photos from the trash" msgstr "Remove the selected photos from Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/Resources.vala:659 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:10 msgid "" "You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.\n" "\n" "In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have " "at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.\n" "\n" "In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have " "at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the " "Preferences dialogue." #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset Colors" msgstr "Reset Colours" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset all color adjustments to original" msgstr "Reset all colour adjustments to original" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:324 msgid "Delete all photos in the trash" msgstr "Delete all photos in Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:329 msgid "View Eve_nt for Photo" msgstr "View _Event for Photo" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Shotwell's Bin" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Emptying Trash..." msgstr "Emptying Shotwell's Bin..." #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:896 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell is configured to import photos to your home directory.\n" "We recommend changing this in Edit %s Preferences.\n" "Do you want to continue importing photos?" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:8 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:108 msgid "Trash is empty" msgstr "Rubbish Bin is empty" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:30 msgid "R_ename imported files to lowercase" msgstr "_Rename imported files to lowercase" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:40 msgid "Transition d_elay:" msgstr "Transition _delay:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell-extras.po0000644000000000000000000000154212321561443022253 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for shotwell # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shotwell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-20 11:55-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 02:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/YandexPublishing.vala:27 msgid "Visit the Yandex.Fotki web site" msgstr "Visit the Yandex.Fotki website" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/clutter-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000001466512321561444021077 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for clutter-1.0 # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter-1.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter-1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-24 22:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-16 02:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:00+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6705 msgid "Realized" msgstr "Realised" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6706 msgid "Whether the actor has been realized" msgstr "Whether the actor has been realised" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6899 msgid "Scale Center X" msgstr "Scale Centre X" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6900 msgid "Horizontal scale center" msgstr "Horizontal scale centre" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6918 msgid "Scale Center Y" msgstr "Scale Centre Y" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6919 msgid "Vertical scale center" msgstr "Vertical scale centre" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6938 msgid "The center of scaling" msgstr "The centre of scaling" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7013 msgid "Rotation Center X" msgstr "Rotation Centre X" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7014 msgid "The rotation center on the X axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the X axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7031 msgid "Rotation Center Y" msgstr "Rotation Centre Y" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7032 msgid "The rotation center on the Y axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the Y axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7049 msgid "Rotation Center Z" msgstr "Rotation Centre Z" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7050 msgid "The rotation center on the Z axis" msgstr "The rotation centre on the Z axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7067 msgid "Rotation Center Z Gravity" msgstr "Rotation Centre Z Gravity" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7068 msgid "Center point for rotation around the Z axis" msgstr "Centre point for rotation around the Z axis" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7588 msgid "Background Color Set" msgstr "Background Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7589 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:271 msgid "Whether the background color is set" msgstr "Whether the background colour is set" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7605 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7606 msgid "The actor's background color" msgstr "The actor's background colour" #: clutter/clutter-backend.c:380 msgid "Unable to initialize the Clutter backend" msgstr "Unable to initialise the Clutter backend" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:619 msgid "The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture" msgstr "The minimum duration of a long press to recognise the gesture" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:498 msgid "The translation domain used to localize string" msgstr "The translation domain used to localise string" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:608 msgid "The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized" msgstr "The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognised" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1961 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:256 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:270 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1962 msgid "The color of the stage" msgstr "The colour of the stage" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2046 msgid "Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color" msgstr "Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3446 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "Font Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3447 msgid "Color of the font used by the text" msgstr "Colour of the font used by the text" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3525 clutter/clutter-text.c:3526 msgid "Cursor Color" msgstr "Cursor Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3541 msgid "Cursor Color Set" msgstr "Cursor Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3542 msgid "Whether the cursor color has been set" msgstr "Whether the cursor colour has been set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3624 clutter/clutter-text.c:3625 msgid "Selection Color" msgstr "Selection Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3640 msgid "Selection Color Set" msgstr "Selection Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3641 msgid "Whether the selection color has been set" msgstr "Whether the selection colour has been set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3728 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsise" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3729 msgid "The preferred place to ellipsize the string" msgstr "The preferred place to ellipsise the string" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3832 clutter/clutter-text.c:3833 msgid "Selected Text Color" msgstr "Selected Text Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3848 msgid "Selected Text Color Set" msgstr "Selected Text Colour Set" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3849 msgid "Whether the selected text color has been set" msgstr "Whether the selected text colour has been set" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:506 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:507 msgid "Center of ellipse" msgstr "Centre of ellipse" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:348 msgid "Center X" msgstr "Centre X" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:349 msgid "X coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "X coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:366 msgid "Center Y" msgstr "Centre Y" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:367 msgid "Y coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "Y coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:384 msgid "Center Z" msgstr "Centre Z" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:385 msgid "Z coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "Z coordinate of the centre of rotation" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:257 msgid "The background color of the box" msgstr "The background colour of the box" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:270 msgid "Color Set" msgstr "Colour Set" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:271 msgid "The color of the rectangle" msgstr "The colour of the rectangle" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:284 msgid "Border Color" msgstr "Border Colour" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:285 msgid "The color of the border of the rectangle" msgstr "The colour of the border of the rectangle" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gdata.po0000644000000000000000000000171412321561444020170 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgdata # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgdata package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgdata\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 23:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gdata/services/documents/gdata-documents-service.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognized." msgstr "" "The content type of the supplied document ('%s') could not be recognised." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-session.po0000644000000000000000000000314212321561444022542 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-session # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-session package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-session\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-01 13:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-10 10:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Suppress the dialog to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" msgstr "Suppress the dialogue to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogs for logout, restart and shutdown " "actions." msgstr "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogues for logout, restart and " "shutdown actions." #: ../src/backend-dbus/actions.c:620 msgid "" "Some software updates won't be applied until the computer next restarts." msgstr "" "Some software updates will not be applied until the computer next restarts." #: ../src/backend-dbus/actions.c:683 msgid "Are you sure you want to close all programs and shut down the computer?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to close all programs and switch off the computer?" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/software-center.po0000644000000000000000000001523012321561444022216 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for software-store # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the software-store package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: software-store\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 22:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-22 19:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Stephen Brown \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:03+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:71 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "Ubuntu Software Centre" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:55 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/suselinux.py:42 msgid "Software Center" msgstr "Software Centre" #: ../data/software-center.menu.in.h:11 msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localisation" #: ../softwarecenter/db/update.py:1055 #, python-format msgid "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalog. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" msgstr "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalogue. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/fedora.py:61 msgid "Fedora Software Center" msgstr "Fedora Software Centre" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:144 #, python-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to deauthorize this computer from the \"%s\" account?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to deauthorise this computer from the \"%s\" account?" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:147 msgid "Are you sure you want to deauthorize this computer for purchases?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to deauthorise this computer for purchases?" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:149 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/dialogs/deauthorize_dialog.py:69 msgid "Deauthorize" msgstr "Deauthorise" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:152 #, python-format msgid "" "Deauthorizing this computer from the \"%s\" account will remove this " "purchased software:" msgstr "" "Deauthorising this computer from the \"%s\" account will remove this " "purchased software:" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:156 msgid "" "Deauthorizing this computer for purchases will remove the following " "purchased software:" msgstr "" "Deauthorising this computer for purchases will remove the following " "purchased software:" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Andrew Janke https://launchpad.net/~a.janke\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Gary M https://launchpad.net/~garym\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " IKT https://launchpad.net/~ikt\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Jeremy Visser https://launchpad.net/~jeremy-visser\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett\n" " Stephen Brown https://launchpad.net/~sbrown1992\n" " Stephen Norman https://launchpad.net/~stenorman2001-mac" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:8 msgid "_Deauthorize Computer…" msgstr "_Deauthorise Computer…" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:22 msgid "Updating software catalog…" msgstr "Updating software catalogue…" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:427 msgid "Signing in…" msgstr "Signing in..." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:452 msgid "" "To review software or to report abuse you need to sign in to a Ubuntu Single " "Sign-On account." msgstr "" "To review software or to report abuse you need to sign in to an Ubuntu " "Single Sign-On account." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:466 msgid "Login was canceled" msgstr "Login was cancelled" #. legal fineprint, do not change without consulting a lawyer #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:598 msgid "" "By submitting this review, you agree not to include anything defamatory, " "infringing, or illegal. Canonical may, at its discretion, publish your name " "and review in Ubuntu Software Center and elsewhere, and allow the software " "or content author to publish it too." msgstr "" "By submitting this review, you agree not to include anything defamatory, " "infringing, or illegal. Canonical may, at its discretion, publish your name " "and review in Ubuntu Software Centre and elsewhere, and allow the software " "or content author to publish it too." #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/models/appstore2.py:80 msgid "Uncategorized" msgstr "Uncategorised" #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, #. please specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, #. %x can be used to provide a default locale-specific date #. representation) #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, please #. specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, %x can be used #. to provide a default locale-specific date representation) #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:355 #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:389 msgid "Purchased on %Y-%m-%d" msgstr "Purchased on %d-%m-%Y" #. TRANSLATORS : %Y-%m-%d formats the date as 2011-03-31, #. please specify a format per your locale (if you prefer, #. %x can be used to provide a default locale-specific date #. representation) #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:361 msgid "Installed on %Y-%m-%d" msgstr "Installed on %d-%m-%Y" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:1303 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #. else, say sorry if we cannot offer any suggestions #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:164 msgid "" "Software Center was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" msgstr "" "Software Centre was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/recommendations.py:206 msgid "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Center will occasionally send to " "Canonical a list of software currently installed." msgstr "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Centre will occasionally send to " "Canonical a list of software currently installed." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/remmina.po0000644000000000000000000001066512321561444020545 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for remmina # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the remmina package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: remmina\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-29 15:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../desktop/remmina.desktop.in.h:7 msgid "Start Remmina Minimized" msgstr "Start Remmina Minimised" #: ../src/remmina_about.c:50 msgid "" "Remmina is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Remmina is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:54 msgid "" "Remmina is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Remmina is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:58 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA." msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple " "Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA." #: ../src/remmina_about.c:78 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Francesco Muriana https://launchpad.net/~f-muriana\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../src/remmina_connection_window.c:1276 ../src/remmina_pref_dialog.c:618 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../src/remmina_main.c:870 msgid "Open the preferences dialog" msgstr "Open the preferences dialogue" #: ../src/remmina_pref_dialog.c:523 msgid "Minimize windows to tray" msgstr "Minimise windows to tray" #: ../src/remmina_ssh.c:1260 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize sftp session: %s" msgstr "Failed to initialise sftp session: %s" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1016 msgid "256 colors (8 bpp)" msgstr "256 colours (8 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1017 msgid "High color (15 bpp)" msgstr "High colour (15 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1018 msgid "High color (16 bpp)" msgstr "High colour (16 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1019 msgid "True color (24 bpp)" msgstr "True colour (24 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1020 msgid "True color (32 bpp)" msgstr "True colour (32 bpp)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/rdp/rdp_plugin.c:1061 #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1907 #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1921 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:334 msgid "Color depth" msgstr "Colour depth" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "256 colors" msgstr "256 colours" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 msgid "High color (15 bit)" msgstr "High colour (15 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1893 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "High color (16 bit)" msgstr "High colour (16 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/vnc/vnc_plugin.c:1894 #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:328 msgid "True color (24 bit)" msgstr "True colour (24 bit)" #: ../../remmina-plugins/xdmcp/xdmcp_plugin.c:327 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "Greyscale" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity.po0000644000000000000000000001473212321561444020264 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-04 22:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:293 msgid "This window is not responding" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:300 msgid "" "Do you want to force the application to exit, or wait for it to respond?" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:309 msgid "_Wait" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:316 msgid "_Force Quit" msgstr "" #: ../launcher/TrashLauncherIcon.cpp:49 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../launcher/TrashLauncherIcon.cpp:92 msgid "Empty Trash…" msgstr "Empty Rubbish Bin…" #: ../lockscreen/UserPromptView.cpp:88 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #: ../lockscreen/UserPromptView.cpp:91 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: ../lockscreen/UserPromptView.cpp:182 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Dialog Handler" msgstr "Dialogue Handler" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Handles the modal dialog experience in unity" msgstr "Handles the modal dialogue experience in unity" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Match for dialogs that shouldn't be accepted as transient modal dialogs" msgstr "" "Match for dialogues that shouldn't be accepted as transient modal dialogues" #: ../plugins/unityshell/src/unity-launcher-icon-accessible.cpp:297 #, c-format msgid "%s: running: %zu windows open" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/src/unity-launcher-icon-accessible.cpp:301 #, c-format msgid "%s: running" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Key to show the menu bar while pressed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Reveals the global menu bar while pressed." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Key to lock the screen." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pressing this key will lock the current session." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Key to show the HUD when tapped" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Panel Opacity for Maximized Windows Toggle" msgstr "Panel Opacity for Maximised Windows Toggle" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "When a window is maximized and visible in the current viewport, the panel " "opacity is disabled." msgstr "" "When a window is maximised and visible in the current viewport, the panel " "opacity is disabled." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Background color override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." msgstr "Background colour override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Automaximize Value" msgstr "Automaximise Value" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:28 msgid "The minimum value to trigger automaximize." msgstr "The minimum value to trigger automaximise." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Lockscreen" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Set how Unity should handle lockscreen." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Lightdm" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Unity" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Decorations" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Override Theme Settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Each Gtk theme can provide shadow parameters, but you can override these " "values here." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Shadow X offset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Horizontal offset of the shadow." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Shadow Y offset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Vertical offset of the shadow." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active window shadow radius" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:44 msgid "The radius of the shadow blur for the active window." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Active window shadow color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:46 msgid "The color of the shadows for the active window." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Inactive windows shadow radius" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:48 msgid "The radius of the shadow blur for the inactive windows." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Inactive windows shadow color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:50 msgid "The color of the shadows for the inactive windows." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Scroll Inactive Icon to Focus Application" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:84 msgid "" "Allows using the mouse scrollwheel to focus an application if the icon is " "inactive." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Minimize Single Window Applications (Unsupported)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Allows minimizing a single windowed application by clicking on its Launcher " "icon." msgstr "" #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:154 msgid "Opens the Trash." msgstr "Opens the Rubbish Bin." #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:256 msgid "Switches between applications from all workspaces." msgstr "" #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:304 msgid "Spreads all windows." msgstr "" #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:312 msgid "Spreads all windows in all the workspaces." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/simple-scan.po0000644000000000000000000000301412321561444021316 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for simple-scan # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the simple-scan package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: simple-scan\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-23 22:51+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:05+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Button to submit authorization dialog #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:2 msgid "_Authorize" msgstr "_Authorise" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, " "colors and post-processing." msgstr "" "Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, " "colours and post-processing." #: ../src/ui.vala:1237 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Hew McLachlan https://launchpad.net/~hew\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-sound.po0000644000000000000000000000136612321561444022215 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-sound # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-sound package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 23:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-30 22:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000000134212321561444022347 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libgnome-keyring # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnome-keyring package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-11 14:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Stephen Norman \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-appmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000171212321561444022525 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-appmenu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-appmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-appmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 11:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 05:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.appmenu.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Where the menu is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.appmenu.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls the menu display location." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/sessioninstaller.po0000644000000000000000000001026112321561445022507 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for sessioninstaller # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sessioninstaller package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sessioninstaller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-29 10:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-25 13:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../test.py:60 #, python-format msgid "" "Specify the interaction mode by providing a comma spearated list of the " "following values: %s. This is currently not supported." msgstr "" "Specify the interaction mode by providing a comma separated list of the " "following values: %s. This is currently not supported." #: ../test.py:68 msgid "Install the packages specfied in the given PackageKit catalog" msgstr "Install the packages specified in the given PackageKit catalogue" #: ../test.py:81 msgid "" "Wait for the given seconds until the action is done. Defaults to 5 Minutes." msgstr "" "Wait for the given seconds until the action is done. Defaults to 5 minutes." #: ../test.py:104 #, python-format msgid "Installing from catalog: %s" msgstr "Installing from catalogue: %s" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:673 msgid "" "Software from foreign sources could be malicious, could contain security " "risks and or even break your system.Install packages from your " "distribution's repositories as far as possible." msgstr "" "Software from foreign sources could be malicious, could contain security " "risks and or even break your system. Install packages from your " "distribution's repositories as much as possible." #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:769 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:779 #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:786 msgid "Catalog could not be read" msgstr "Catalogue could not be read" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:771 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' doesn't exist." msgstr "The catalogue file '%s' doesn't exist." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:781 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' could not be opened and read." msgstr "The catalogue file '%s' could not be opened and read." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:788 #, python-format msgid "" "The file '%s' isn't a valid software catalog. Please redownload or contact " "the provider." msgstr "" "The file '%s' isn't a valid software catalogue. Please redownload or contact " "the provider." #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:797 msgid "Catalog is not supported" msgstr "Catalogue is not supported" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:798 #, python-format msgid "" "The method '%s' which is used to specify packages isn't supported.\n" "Please contact the provider of the catalog about this issue." msgstr "" "The method '%s' which is used to specify packages isn't supported.\n" "Please contact the provider of the catalogue about this issue." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the missing packages #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:823 #, python-format msgid "" "The catalog requires the installation of the package %s which is not " "available." msgid_plural "" "The catalog requires the installation of the following packages which are " "not available: %s" msgstr[0] "" "The catalogue requires the installation of the package %s which is not " "available." msgstr[1] "" "The catalogue requires the installation of the following packages which are " "not available: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an absolute file path, e.g. /usr/bin/xterm #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:846 #, python-format msgid "The package catalog %s requests to install the following software." msgid_plural "The following catalogs request to install software: %s" msgstr[0] "" "The package catalogue %s requests to install the following software." msgstr[1] "The following catalogues request to install software: %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/dconf.po0000644000000000000000000000176012321561445020203 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for d-conf # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the d-conf package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-conf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../editor/dconf-editor.vala:408 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" #: ../editor/ca.desrt.dconf-editor.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "A flag to enable maximized mode" msgstr "A flag to enable maximised mode" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30.po0000644000000000000000000002552312321561445020045 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk+3.0 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+3.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 17:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:62 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:150 msgctxt "Action name" msgid "Customize" msgstr "Customise" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:161 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Selects the color" msgstr "Selects the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:162 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the color" msgstr "Activates the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:163 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Customizes the color" msgstr "Customises the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:59 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:398 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8692 msgid "Minimize" msgstr "Minimise" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:60 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "Maximise" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:381 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:425 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:451 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:462 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:465 msgid "Intensity of the color." msgstr "Intensity of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:467 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:469 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:471 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:473 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:484 gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:494 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:501 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:516 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:578 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1072 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1078 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1084 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1088 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1491 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1695 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:219 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:432 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The licence of the program" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Color: %s" msgstr "Colour: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:440 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 1" msgstr "Light Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:441 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 1" msgstr "Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:442 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 1" msgstr "Dark Aluminium 1" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:443 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Aluminum 2" msgstr "Light Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:444 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Aluminum 2" msgstr "Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:445 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Aluminum 2" msgstr "Dark Aluminium 2" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:460 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Dark Gray" msgstr "Very Dark Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:461 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Darker Gray" msgstr "Darker Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:462 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Dark Gray" msgstr "Dark Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:463 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Medium Gray" msgstr "Medium Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:464 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Light Gray" msgstr "Light Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:465 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Lighter Gray" msgstr "Lighter Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:466 msgctxt "Color name" msgid "Very Light Gray" msgstr "Very Light Grey" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:524 msgid "Create custom color" msgstr "Create custom colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Custom color %d: %s" msgstr "Custom colour %d: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorplane.c:438 msgid "Color Plane" msgstr "Colour Plane" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:447 msgid "_Customize" msgstr "_Customise" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1012 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:772 msgid "Cannot create file as the filename is too long" msgstr "Cannot create file as the file name is too long" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:9156 msgid "" "The program was not able to create a connection to the indexer daemon. " "Please make sure it is running." msgstr "" "The program was not able to create a connection to the indexer daemon. " "Please make sure it is running." #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:304 msgid "" "Dialog is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:313 msgid "" "Dialog is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" #: gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:796 #, c-format msgid "" "Margins:\n" " Left: %s %s\n" " Right: %s %s\n" " Top: %s %s\n" " Bottom: %s %s" msgstr "Margins: Left: %s %s Right: %s %s Top: %s %s Bottom: %s %s" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:864 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Rubbish Bin" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:866 msgid "Open the trash" msgstr "Open the Rubbish Bin" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:649 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s" msgstr "Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferrichtext.c:708 #, c-format msgid "No deserialize function found for format %s" msgstr "No deserialise function found for format %s" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1790 msgid "Serialized data is malformed" msgstr "Serialised data is malformed" #: gtk/gtktextbufferserialize.c:1868 msgid "" "Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" msgstr "" "Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Unmaximize" msgstr "Unmaximise" #: gtk/updateiconcache.c:1729 #, c-format msgid "" "No theme index file in '%s'.\n" "If you really want to create an icon cache here, use --ignore-theme-index.\n" msgstr "" "No theme index file in '%s'.If you really want to create an icon cache here, " "use --ignore-theme-index.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and #. * it hasn't registered the device with colord #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:220 msgid "Color management unavailable" msgstr "Colour management unavailable" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:764 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:164 msgid "Select a Color" msgstr "Select a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:412 msgid "Color Name" msgstr "Colour Name" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:2304 msgid "" "Specify one or more page ranges,\n" " e.g. 1-3,7,11" msgstr "Specify one or more page ranges, e.g. 1-3,7,11" #. Translators: Ability to parse the am/pm format depends on actual locale. #. * You can remove the am/pm values below for your locale if they are not #. * supported. #. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3655 msgid "" "Specify the time of print,\n" " e.g. 15:30, 2:35 pm, 14:15:20, 11:46:30 am, 4 pm" msgstr "" "Specify the time of print, e.g. 15:30, 2:35 pm, 14:15:20, 11:46:30 am, 4 pm" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3841 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3856 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30-properties.po0000644000000000000000000004211612321561445022234 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtk+3.0 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk+3.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 01:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368 msgid "The current RGBA color" msgstr "The current RGBA colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:139 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:146 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:153 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:160 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "The help button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:278 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/deprecated/gtktable.c:285 msgid "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in " "pixels" msgstr "" "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in " "pixels" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:646 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:758 msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog" msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:744 msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog" msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:298 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "Editing Cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:377 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:391 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:392 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405 msgid "Cell background RGBA color" msgstr "Cell background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:433 msgid "Whether the cell background color is set" msgstr "Whether the cell background colour is set" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:228 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtkcellview.c:189 gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:199 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 gtk/gtkcellview.c:204 gtk/gtktexttag.c:213 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 gtk/gtkcellview.c:205 gtk/gtktexttag.c:214 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316 msgid "Background color as RGBA" msgstr "Background colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229 msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:338 gtk/gtktexttag.c:259 #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 gtk/gtktexttag.c:260 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353 msgid "Foreground color as RGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 gtk/gtklabel.c:858 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:218 msgid "Ellipsize" msgstr "Ellipsise" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not " "have enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer " "does not have enough room to display the entire string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:631 gtk/gtkcellview.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635 gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:686 msgid "Ellipsize set" msgstr "Ellipsis placement set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:687 msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 msgid "Background RGBA color" msgstr "Background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174 msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:206 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235 msgid "Current RGBA Color" msgstr "Current RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:236 msgid "The selected RGBA color" msgstr "The selected RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68 msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Current colour, as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "RGBA Color" msgstr "RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "Color as RGBA" msgstr "Colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:292 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:310 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:327 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:817 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:812 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435 msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog" msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1471 msgid "Subitle" msgstr "Subtitle" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:649 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:859 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have " "enough room to display the entire string" msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does " "not have enough room to display the entire string" #: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:957 msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label" msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsising a wrapping label" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:320 msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip" msgstr "Not Authorised Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:321 msgid "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" msgstr "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:163 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4296 msgid "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " "dialog" msgstr "" "Whether the sidebar includes a built in shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " "dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1107 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:385 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1251 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:410 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:219 msgid "" "The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not " "have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." msgstr "" "The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar " "does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:577 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:677 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:678 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:852 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:853 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1309 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:400 gtk/gtktextview.c:702 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:559 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:560 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:576 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a GdkColour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:721 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:808 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:809 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1613 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "ellipsise" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136 msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Foreground colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143 msgid "Error color" msgstr "Error colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144 msgid "Error color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Error colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151 msgid "Warning color" msgstr "Warning colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152 msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Warning colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159 msgid "Success color" msgstr "Success colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160 msgid "Success color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Success colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1204 msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number" msgstr "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1213 msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number" msgstr "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1222 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1235 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1236 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1242 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1243 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1087 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1182 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3156 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3157 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3162 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3163 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3189 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3190 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3203 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3204 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:716 msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization" msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximisation" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:717 msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized" msgstr "" "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:966 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93 msgid "Color Profile Title" msgstr "Colour Profile Title" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94 msgid "The title of the color profile to use" msgstr "The title of the colour profile to use" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/cups-pk-helper.po0000644000000000000000000000135112321561445021745 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for cups-pk-helper # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the cups-pk-helper package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cups-pk-helper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 17:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 22:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:17+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libpeas.po0000644000000000000000000000132012321561446020522 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libpeas # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libpeas package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libpeas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-19 13:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-12 05:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-geoip.po0000644000000000000000000000206212321561446021532 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for ubuntu-geoip # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-geoip package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-geoip\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 22:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 02:50+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.ubuntu.geoip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "URL of a service that can be contacted and returns an XML file containing " "location information about the requestor's IP address." msgstr "" "URL of a service that can be contacted and returns an XML file containing " "location information about the requester's IP address." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-desktop-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000134412321561446022163 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-desktop3 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-desktop3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-desktop3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 04:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-22 05:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gsettings-desktop-schemas.po0000644000000000000000000006261612321561446024221 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gsettings-desktop-schemas # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gsettings-desktop-schemas package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gsettings-desktop-schemas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified " "view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are - none: no " "mouse tracking; - centered: the mouse image is displayed at the center of " "the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) and " "the magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves; - " "proportional: the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is " "proportionally the same as the position of the system mouse on screen; - " "push: when the magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view." msgstr "" "Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified " "view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are - none: no " "mouse tracking; - centred: the mouse image is displayed at the centre of the " "zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) and the " "magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves; - proportional: " "the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is proportionally the " "same as the position of the system mouse on screen; - push: when the " "magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the contents are " "scrolled into view." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The " "values are: - none: no focus tracking - centered: the focused image is " "displayed at the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point " "under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the " "system focus moves - proportional: the position of the magnified focus in " "the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system " "focus on screen - push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of " "the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view" msgstr "" "Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The " "values are: - none: no focus tracking - centred: the focused image is " "displayed at the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point " "under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the " "system focus moves - proportional: the position of the magnified focus in " "the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system " "focus on screen - push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of " "the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Determines the position of the caret within magnified view. The values are: " "- none: no caret tracking - centered: the image of the caret is displayed at " "the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the " "system caret) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system caret " "moves - proportional: the position of the magnified caret in the zoom region " "is proportionally the same as the position of the system caret on screen - " "push: when the magnified caret intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view" msgstr "" "Determines the position of the caret within magnified view. The values are: " "- none: no caret tracking - centred: the image of the caret is displayed at " "the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the " "system caret) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system caret " "moves - proportional: the position of the magnified caret in the zoom region " "is proportionally the same as the position of the system caret on screen - " "push: when the magnified caret intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the " "contents are scrolled into view" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Whether the magnified view should be centered over the location of the " "system mouse and move with it." msgstr "" "Whether the magnified view should be centred over the location of the system " "mouse and move with it." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "For centered mouse tracking, when the system pointer is at or near the edge " "of the screen, the magnified contents continue to scroll such that the " "screen edge moves into the magnified view." msgstr "" "For centred mouse tracking, when the system pointer is at or near the edge " "of the screen, the magnified contents continue to scroll such that the " "screen edge moves into the magnified view." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "Enables/disables display of crosshairs centered on the magnified mouse " "sprite." msgstr "" "Enables/disables display of crosshairs centred on the magnified mouse sprite." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Color of the crosshairs" msgstr "Colour of the crosshairs" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "The color of the the vertical and horizontal lines that make up the " "crosshairs." msgstr "" "The colour of the the vertical and horizontal lines that make up the " "crosshairs." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Clip the crosshairs at the center" msgstr "Clip the crosshairs at the centre" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "" "Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colors become " "lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged." msgstr "" "Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colours become " "lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "Color Saturation" msgstr "Colour Saturation" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.magnifier.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "" "Represents a change to the color saturation, from 0.0 (grayscale) to 1.0 " "(full color)." msgstr "" "Represents a change to the colour saturation, from 0.0 (grey-scale) to 1.0 " "(full colour)." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized." msgstr "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Direction to perform a single click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down)." msgstr "Direction to perform a single click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down')." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Direction to perform a double click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down)." msgstr "Direction to perform a double click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down')." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Direction to perform dragging ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down)." msgstr "Direction to perform dragging ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down')." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.a11y.mouse.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Direction to perform a secondary click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down)." msgstr "" "Direction to perform a secondary click ('left', 'right', 'up', 'down')." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "" "Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible " "values are \"none\", \"wallpaper\", \"centered\", \"scaled\", \"stretched\", " "\"zoom\", \"spanned\"." msgstr "" "Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered. Possible " "values are \"none\", \"wallpaper\", \"centred\", \"scaled\", \"stretched\", " "\"zoom\", \"spanned\"." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "Primary Color" msgstr "Primary Colour" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color." msgstr "Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:35 msgid "Secondary Color" msgstr "Secondary Colour" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:36 msgid "Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color." msgstr "" "Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:37 msgid "Color Shading Type" msgstr "Colour Shading Type" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.background.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:38 msgid "" "How to shade the background color. Possible values are \"horizontal\", " "\"vertical\", and \"solid\"." msgstr "" "How to shade the background colour. Possible values are \"horizontal\", " "\"vertical\", and \"solid\"." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:63 msgid "Palette used in the color selector" msgstr "Palette used in the colour selector" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:64 msgid "" "Palette used in the color selector as defined by the 'gtk-color-palette' " "setting" msgstr "" "Palette used in the colour selector as defined by the 'gtk-color-palette' " "setting" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.interface.gschema.xml.in.in.h:65 msgid "List of symbolic names and color equivalents" msgstr "List of symbolic names and colour equivalents" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialog." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialogue." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Prevent the user to lock his screen." msgstr "Prevent the user from locking their screen." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.lockdown.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Disable log out" msgstr "Disable logging out" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.media-handling.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will automatically open a folder when media is " "automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was " "detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user " "configurable action will be taken instead." msgstr "" "If set to true, then Nautilus will automatically open a folder when media is " "automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was " "detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user-" "configurable action will be taken instead." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.media-handling.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user have chosen to start an " "application in the preference capplet. The preferred application for the " "given type will be started on insertion on media matching these types." msgstr "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user has chosen to start an " "application in the preference capplet. The preferred application for the " "given type will be started on insertion on media matching these types." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.media-handling.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user have chosen \"Do Nothing\" in " "the preference capplet. No prompt will be shown nor will any matching " "application be started on insertion of media matching these types." msgstr "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user has chosen \"Do Nothing\" in " "the preference capplet. No prompt will be shown nor will any matching " "application be started on insertion of media matching these types." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.media-handling.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user have chosen \"Open Folder\" in " "the preferences capplet. A folder window will be opened on insertion of " "media matching these types." msgstr "" "List of x-content/* types for which the user has chosen \"Open Folder\" in " "the preferences capplet. A folder window will be opened on insertion of " "media matching these types." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to remove old files from the trash automatically" msgstr "Whether to remove old files from the rubbish bin automatically" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If TRUE, automatically remove files from the trash when they are older than " "'old-files-age' days." msgstr "" "If TRUE, automatically remove files from the rubbish bin when they are older " "than 'old-files-age' days." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Number of days to keep trash and temporary files" msgstr "Number of days to keep rubbish bin and temporary files" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.privacy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Consider trash and temporary files old after this many days." msgstr "Consider rubbish bin and temporary files old after this many days." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only " "affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialog." msgstr "" "Whether the user's full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only " "affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialogue." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to allow logging " "out after a delay. The delay is specified in the \"logout_delay\" key. " "DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored." msgstr "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialogue to allow logging " "out after a delay. The delay is specified in the \"logout_delay\" key. " "DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "The number of seconds after the screensaver activation before a logout " "option will appear in the unlock dialog. This key has effect only if the " "\"logout_enable\" key is set to TRUE. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and " "ignored" msgstr "" "The number of seconds after the screensaver activation before a logout " "option will appear in the unlock dialogue. This key has effect only if the " "\"logout_enable\" key is set to TRUE. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and " "ignored" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.screensaver.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to switch to a " "different user account." msgstr "" "Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialogue to switch to a " "different user account." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.thumbnailers.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Set to true to disable all external thumbnailer programs, independent on " "whether they are independently disabled/enabled." msgstr "" "Set to true to disable all external thumbnailer programs, regardless of " "whether they are independently disabled/enabled." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:37 msgid "Toggle maximization state" msgstr "Toggle maximisation state" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:39 msgid "Maximize window" msgstr "Maximise window" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:42 msgid "Minimize window" msgstr "Minimise window" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:66 msgid "Maximize window vertically" msgstr "Maximise window vertically" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:67 msgid "Maximize window horizontally" msgstr "Maximise window horizontally" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.keybindings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:76 msgid "Move window to center of screen" msgstr "Move window to centre of screen" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Setting this option to false can lead to buggy behavior, so users are " "strongly discouraged from changing it from the default of true. Many actions " "(e.g. clicking in the client area, moving or resizing the window) normally " "raise the window as a side-effect. Setting this option to false, which is " "strongly discouraged, will decouple raising from other user actions, and " "ignore raise requests generated by applications. See http://bugzilla.gnome." "org/show_bug.cgi?id=445447#c6. Even when this option is false, windows can " "still be raised by an alt-left-click anywhere on the window, a normal click " "on the window decorations, or by special messages from pagers, such as " "activation requests from tasklist applets. This option is currently disabled " "in click-to-focus mode. Note that the list of ways to raise windows when " "raise-on-click is false does not include programmatic requests from " "applications to raise windows; such requests will be ignored regardless of " "the reason for the request. If you are an application developer and have a " "user complaining that your application does not work with this setting " "disabled, tell them it is -their- fault for breaking their window manager " "and that they need to change this option back to true or live with the \"bug" "\" they requested." msgstr "" "Setting this option to false can lead to buggy behaviour, so users are " "strongly discouraged from changing it from the default of true. Many actions " "(e.g. clicking in the client area, moving or resizing the window) normally " "raise the window as a side-effect. Setting this option to false, which is " "strongly discouraged, will decouple raising from other user actions, and " "ignore raise requests generated by applications. See http://bugzilla.gnome." "org/show_bug.cgi?id=445447#c6. Even when this option is false, windows can " "still be raised by an alt-left-click anywhere on the window, a normal click " "on the window decorations, or by special messages from pagers, such as " "activation requests from tasklist applets. This option is currently disabled " "in click-to-focus mode. Note that the list of ways to raise windows when " "raise-on-click is false does not include programmatic requests from " "applications to raise windows; such requests will be ignored regardless of " "the reason for the request. If you are an application developer and have a " "user complaining that your application does not work with this setting " "disabled, tell them it is -their- fault for breaking their window manager " "and that they need to change this option back to true or live with the \"bug" "\" they requested." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximiSe the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximize/unmaximize the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximize/" "unmaximize the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimize " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." msgstr "" "This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. " "Current valid options are 'toggle-shade', which will shade/unshade the " "window, 'toggle-maximize' which will maximise/unmaximise the window, 'toggle-" "maximize-horizontally' and 'toggle-maximize-vertically' which will maximise/" "unmaximise the window in that direction only, 'minimize' which will minimise " "the window, 'shade' which will roll the window up, 'menu' which will display " "the window menu, 'lower' which will put the window behind all the others, " "and 'none' which will not do anything." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:39 msgid "Disable misfeatures that are required by old or broken applications" msgstr "Disable mis-features that are required by old or broken applications" #: ../schemas/org.gnome.desktop.wm.preferences.gschema.xml.in.in.h:40 msgid "" "Some applications disregard specifications in ways that result in window " "manager misfeatures. This option puts the WM in a rigorously correct mode, " "which gives a more consistent user interface, provided one does not need to " "run any misbehaving applications." msgstr "" "Some applications disregard specifications in ways that result in window " "manager mis-features. This option puts the WM in a rigorously correct mode, " "which gives a more consistent user interface, provided one does not need to " "run any misbehaving applications." #: ../schemas/org.gnome.system.proxy.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "User name to pass as authentication when doing HTTP proxying." msgstr "Username to pass as authentication when doing HTTP proxying." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-themes-standard.po0000644000000000000000000000137212321561446023300 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-themes-standard # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-themes-standard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-themes-standard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 10:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-07 08:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:20+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtksourceview-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000550512321561446022313 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtksourceview3 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtksourceview3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtksourceview3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 05:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:21+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:6 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../data/language-specs/fsharp.lang.h:12 #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:13 msgid "Labeled argument" msgstr "Labelled argument" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:10 msgid "Optimized Out" msgstr "Optimised Out" #: ../data/language-specs/haddock.lang.h:12 msgid "Itemized list" msgstr "Itemised list" #: ../data/styles/classic.xml.h:2 msgid "Classic color scheme" msgstr "Classic colour scheme" #: ../data/styles/cobalt.xml.h:2 msgid "Blue based color scheme" msgstr "Blue based colour scheme" #: ../data/styles/kate.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme used in the Kate text editor" msgstr "Colour scheme used in the Kate text editor" #: ../data/styles/oblivion.xml.h:2 msgid "Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette" msgstr "Dark colour scheme using the Tango colour palette" #: ../data/styles/tango.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme using Tango color palette" msgstr "Colour scheme using Tango colour palette" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:88 msgid "Line background color" msgstr "Line background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:96 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:104 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:144 msgid "Whether line background color is set" msgstr "Whether line background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:152 msgid "Whether foreground color is set" msgstr "Whether foreground colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:160 msgid "Whether background color is set" msgstr "Whether background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:457 msgid "Set if and how the spaces should be visualized" msgstr "Set if and how the spaces should be visualised" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview-i18n.c:72 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/glib-networking.po0000644000000000000000000000135412321561446022214 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for glib-networking # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the glib-networking package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib-networking\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-18 00:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/accounts-service.po0000644000000000000000000000135012321561446022363 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for accountsservice # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the accountsservice package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: accountsservice\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-17 14:45-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-07-26 12:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000703112321561446021037 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libwnck3 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libwnck3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-21 00:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2952 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "Mi_nimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2963 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "Un_minimise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2971 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "Ma_ximise All" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2982 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "_Unmaximise All" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:398 msgid "Unmi_nimize" msgstr "Unmi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:405 msgid "Mi_nimize" msgstr "Mi_nimise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:413 msgid "Unma_ximize" msgstr "Unma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:420 msgid "Ma_ximize" msgstr "Ma_ximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "Minimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "Unminimise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "Maximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "Unmaximise the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Maximise horizontally the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "Unmaximise horizontally the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "Maximise vertically the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "Unmaximise vertically the window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Left Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Right Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Top Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "Bottom Neighbour: %s\n" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1482 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "dialogue window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1584 msgid "minimized" msgstr "minimised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1585 msgid "maximized" msgstr "maximised" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "maximised horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1591 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "maximised vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1638 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "maximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1640 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "unmaximise horizontally" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1642 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "maximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1644 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "unmaximise vertically" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1652 msgid "minimize" msgstr "minimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1653 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "unminimise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1654 msgid "maximize" msgstr "maximise" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1655 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "unmaximise" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtkhtml-4.0.po0000644000000000000000000000353412321561446021065 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtkhtml4.0 # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkhtml4.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkhtml4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-29 12:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:84 msgid "very dark gray" msgstr "very dark grey" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:277 msgid "Choose Custom Color" msgstr "Choose Custom Colour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:1030 msgid "Custom Color..." msgstr "Custom Colour..." #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1415 msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1417 msgid "Center Alignment" msgstr "Centre Alignment" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:303 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "Font Colour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:9 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:26 msgid "_Color:" msgstr "_Colour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:58 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "Co_lour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:61 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:74 msgid "Alignment & Behavior" msgstr "Alignment & Behaviour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:84 msgid "C_olor:" msgstr "C_olour:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/activity-log-manager.po0000644000000000000000000000241412321561446023133 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for activity-log-manager # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the activity-log-manager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: activity-log-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-31 16:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/security-widget.vala:43 #, c-format msgid "%u hour" msgid_plural "%u hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/security-widget.vala:46 #, c-format msgid "%u minute" msgid_plural "%u minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/security-widget.vala:48 #, c-format msgid "%u second" msgid_plural "%u seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/security-widget.vala:57 msgid "0 second (lock immediately)" msgid_plural "0 seconds (lock immediately)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/telepathy-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000136312321561447023064 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for telepathy-indicator # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the telepathy-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: telepathy-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-23 13:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-greeter.po0000644000000000000000000000202712321561447021714 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-greeter # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-greeter package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-greeter\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 11:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 23:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Benjamin Donald-Wilson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/greeter-list.vala:913 msgid "Failed to start session" msgstr "" #: ../src/main-window.vala:116 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../src/shutdown-dialog.vala:137 msgid "" "Other users are currently logged in to this computer, shutting down now will " "also close these other sessions." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-online-accounts.po0000644000000000000000000000472312321561447023322 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-online-accounts # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-online-accounts package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-online-accounts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 10:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:27+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:650 #: ../src/goabackend/goaexchangeprovider.c:845 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:929 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:964 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1052 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1308 #: ../src/goabackend/goaimapsmtpprovider.c:1381 #: ../src/goabackend/goakerberosprovider.c:1548 #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:1136 #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauthprovider.c:1041 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:795 #: ../src/goabackend/goaowncloudprovider.c:1008 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:487 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:536 #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:710 #, c-format msgid "Dialog was dismissed" msgstr "Dialogue was dismissed" #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Authorization response was \"%s\"" msgstr "Authorisation response was \"%s\"" #. Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauth2provider.c:1062 #, c-format msgid "" "Paste authorization code obtained from the authorization " "page:" msgstr "" "Paste authorisation code obtained from the authorisation " "page:" #. Translators: The verb "Paste" is used when asking the user to paste a string from a web browser window #: ../src/goabackend/goaoauthprovider.c:978 #, c-format msgid "Paste token obtained from the authorization page:" msgstr "Paste token obtained from the authorisation page:" #: ../src/goabackend/goatelepathyprovider.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize a GOA client" msgstr "Failed to initialise a GOA client" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/cogl.po0000644000000000000000000000216212321561447020035 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for cogl # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the cogl package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cogl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-20 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-18 00:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:27+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:76 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:81 msgid "Visualize" msgstr "Visualise" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:180 msgid "Disable read pixel optimization" msgstr "Disable read pixel optimisation" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:181 msgid "" "Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles" msgstr "" "Disable optimisation for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-applications.po0000644000000000000000000000525312321561447023710 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-applications # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-10 10:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/daemon.vala:256 ../src/scopes-scope.vala:157 #: ../src/running-apps-scope.vala:106 msgid "Customization" msgstr "Customisation" #. TRANSLATORS: Please make sure this string is short enough to fit #. into the filter button #: ../src/daemon.vala:278 msgid "Software center" msgstr "Software centre" #: ../data/applications.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local " "applications to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the " "Applications header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local " "applications to be searched for and displayed in the Dash underneath the " "Applications header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." #: ../data/commands.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local binaries " "to be searched and displayed in the Dash. If you do not wish to search this " "content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from local binaries " "to be searched for and displayed in the Dash. If you do not wish to search " "this content source, you can disable this search plugin." #: ../data/scopes.scope.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from available " "search plugins to be searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Dash " "plugins header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you can " "disable this search plugin." msgstr "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from available " "search plugins to be searched and displayed within the Dash underneath the " "Dash plugins header. If you do not wish to search this content source, you " "can disable this search plugin." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-files.po0000644000000000000000000000135712321561447022325 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-files # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-files package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-files\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-30 22:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-music.po0000644000000000000000000000151712321561447022341 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-music # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-music package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-music\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-24 13:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:340 msgid "Authorizing purchase" msgstr "Authorising purchase" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-contacts.po0000644000000000000000000000173712321561447022041 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-contacts # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-contacts package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-contacts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-19 01:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:216 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/aisleriot.po0000644000000000000000000000466112321561447021112 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for aisleriot # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the aisleriot package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: aisleriot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 10:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/sol.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "AisleRiot Solitaire" msgstr "AisleRiot Patience" #: ../data/sol.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Play many different solitaire games" msgstr "Play many different patience games" #: ../src/aisleriot.schemas.in.h:12 msgid "The name of the scheme file containing the solitaire game to play." msgstr "The name of the scheme file containing the patience game to play." #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:392 msgid "Neighbor" msgstr "Neighbour" #: ../src/lib/org.gnome.Patience.WindowState.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "Whether the window is maximised" #. String reserve #: ../src/sol.c:51 msgid "Solitaire" msgstr "Patience" #: ../src/sol.c:52 msgid "GNOME Solitaire" msgstr "GNOME Patience" #: ../src/sol.c:53 msgid "About Solitaire" msgstr "About Patience" #: ../src/sol.c:117 msgid "FreeCell Solitaire" msgstr "FreeCell Patience" #: ../src/window.c:424 msgid "" "AisleRiot provides a rule-based solitaire card engine that allows many " "different games to be played." msgstr "" "AisleRiot provides a rule-based patience card engine that allows many " "different games to be played." #: ../src/window.c:433 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../games/api.scm:285 msgid "Unknown color" msgstr "Unknown colour" #: ../games/giant.scm:285 msgid "Alternating colors" msgstr "Alternating colours" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/hud.po0000644000000000000000000000134312321561450017663 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-appmenu # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-appmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-appmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-22 15:14+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-22 20:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/vte-2.90.po0000644000000000000000000000165312321561450020273 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for vte3 # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the vte3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-11 09:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Application signalled an "identified coding system" we haven't heard of. See ECMA-35 for gory details. #: ../src/iso2022.c:1518 msgid "Unrecognized identified coding system." msgstr "Unrecognised identified coding system." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-video.po0000644000000000000000000000143412321561450022317 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-video # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-video package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-video\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity_webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000135312321561450021775 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libunity-webapps # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libunity-webapps package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libunity-webapps\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-29 08:50-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-02 05:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gtkspell3.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561451021015 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gtkspell3 # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkspell3 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkspell3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-07 09:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/signon-ui.po0000644000000000000000000000173512321561451021021 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for signon-ui # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the signon-ui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: signon-ui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-03-28 10:13+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-02 05:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Pickett \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: browser-request.cpp:268 msgid "" "The authentication process is complete.\n" "You may now close this dialog and return to the application." msgstr "" "The authentication process is complete.\n" "You may now close this dialogue and return to the application." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screenshot.po0000644000000000000000000000204312321561451022362 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-screenshot # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-screenshot package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-screenshot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-25 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:790 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-printers.po0000644000000000000000000000143512321561451022726 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-printers # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-printers package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-printers\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 22:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-07 11:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/credentials-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000000217012321561451024334 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-control-center-signon # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-control-center-signon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center-signon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-16 01:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-03-21 13:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/cc-credentials-account-details-page.vala:561 #, c-format msgid "Please authorize Ubuntu to access your %s account:" msgstr "Please authorise Ubuntu to access your %s account:" #: ../libaccount-plugin/oauth-plugin.c:694 #, c-format msgid "Please authorize Ubuntu to access your %s account" msgstr "Please authorise Ubuntu to access your %s account" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gcr.po0000644000000000000000000000301112321561451017651 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gcr # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gcr package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gcr\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisation Unit" #: ../gck/gck-module.c:358 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't initialize PKCS#11 module: %s" msgstr "Couldn't initialise PKCS#11 module: %s" #: ../gck/gck-modules.c:62 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't initialize registered PKCS#11 modules: %s" msgstr "Couldn't initialise registered PKCS#11 modules: %s" #: ../gcr/gcr-parser.c:2425 msgid "Unrecognized or unsupported data." msgstr "Unrecognised or unsupported data." #: ../gcr/gcr-subject-public-key.c:345 msgid "Unrecognized or unavailable attributes for key" msgstr "Unrecognised or unavailable attributes for key" #: ../ui/gcr-import-button.c:112 msgid "Initializing…" msgstr "Initialising…" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/account-plugins.po0000644000000000000000000000135412321561451022221 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for account-plugins # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the account-plugins package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: account-plugins\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-25 13:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-12-25 22:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-font-viewer.po0000644000000000000000000000167112321561451022460 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-font-viewer # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-font-viewer package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-font-viewer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-18 00:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/font-view.c:732 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-log.po0000644000000000000000000000530112321561451022310 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-system-log # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-system-log package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-system-log\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-25 23:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jackson Doak \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/logview-about.h:49 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) " "any later version." #: ../src/logview-about.h:53 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for " "more details." #: ../src/logview-about.h:57 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" #. translator credits #: ../src/logview-about.h:63 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Joel Addison https://launchpad.net/~joeladdison\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:238 msgid "Please specify either foreground or background color!" msgstr "Please specify either foreground or background colour!" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/libsecret.po0000644000000000000000000000133212321561452021057 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for libsecret # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libsecret package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libsecret\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-18 00:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/webcredentials_browser_extension.po0000644000000000000000000000142612321561451025740 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for webaccounts-browser-extension # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webaccounts-browser-extension package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webaccounts-browser-extension\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-29 04:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-release-upgrader.po0000644000000000000000000002237712321561452023666 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for update-manager # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the update-manager package. # David Symons , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sebastian.heinlein@web.de\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeAptCdrom.py:251 msgid "" "Unable to locate any package files, perhaps this is not a Ubuntu Disc or the " "wrong architecture?" msgstr "" "Unable to locate any package files, perhaps this is not an Ubuntu Disc or " "the wrong architecture?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeAptCdrom.py:295 #, python-format msgid "" "There was a error adding the CD, the upgrade will abort. Please report this " "as a bug if this is a valid Ubuntu CD.\n" "\n" "The error message was:\n" "'%s'" msgstr "" "There was an error adding the CD, the upgrade will abort. If you are using a " "valid Ubuntu CD please report this as a bug.\n" "\n" "The error message was:\n" "'%s'" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeCache.py:873 msgid "Can't guess meta-package" msgstr "Can't guess meta-packag" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:305 #, python-format msgid "" "This session appears to be running under ssh. It is not recommended to " "perform a upgrade over ssh currently because in case of failure it is harder " "to recover.\n" "\n" "If you continue, an additional ssh daemon will be started at port '%s'.\n" "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" "This session appears to be running under ssh. It is not recommended to " "perform a upgrade over ssh currently because it is harder to recover in case " "of failure.\n" "\n" "If you continue, an additional ssh daemon will be started at port '%s'.\n" "Do you want to continue?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:400 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:445 msgid "Can not upgrade" msgstr "Cannot upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:473 msgid "" "The upgrade can not continue with that package installed.\n" "Please remove it with synaptic or 'apt-get remove debsig-verify' first and " "run the upgrade again." msgstr "" "The upgrade cannot continue with that package installed.\n" "Please remove it with synaptic or 'apt-get remove debsig-verify' first and " "run the upgrade again." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:486 #, python-format msgid "" "Its not possible to write to the system directory '%s' on your system. The " "upgrade can not continue.\n" "Please make sure that the system directory is writable." msgstr "" "Its not possible to write to the system directory '%s' on your system. The " "upgrade can not continue.\n" "Please make sure that the system directory is writeable." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:827 msgid "" "Upgrading the repository information resulted in a invalid file. To report a " "bug install apport and then execute 'apport-bug ubuntu-release-upgrader'." msgstr "" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1075 msgid "Upgrade canceled" msgstr "Upgrade cancelled" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1300 msgid "" "A problem occurred during the clean-up. Please see the below message for " "more information. " msgstr "" "A problem occurred during the clean-up. Please see the message below for " "more information. " #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1658 msgid "" "Preparing the system for the upgrade failed. To report a bug install apport " "and then execute 'apport-bug ubuntu-release-upgrader'." msgstr "" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1686 msgid "" "The system was unable to get the prerequisites for the upgrade. The upgrade " "will abort now and restore the original system state.\n" "\n" "To report a bug install apport and then execute 'apport-bug ubuntu-release-" "upgrader'." msgstr "" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:1865 msgid "The partial upgrade was completed." msgstr "The partial upgrade has completed." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:297 msgid "Verification failed" msgstr "Verification Failed" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:312 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:318 msgid "Can not run the upgrade" msgstr "Cannot run the upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:300 msgid "" "This computer is currently using the AMD 'fglrx' graphics driver. No version " "of this driver is available that works with your hardware in Ubuntu 10.04 " "LTS.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" "This computer is currently using the AMD 'fglrx' graphics driver. No version " "of this driver is available that works with your hardware in Ubuntu 10.04 " "LTS." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:373 msgid "" "Your system uses an ARM CPU that is older than the ARMv6 architecture. All " "packages in karmic were built with optimizations requiring ARMv6 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." msgstr "" "Your system uses an ARM CPU that is older than the ARMv6 architecture. All " "packages in karmic were built with optimisations requiring ARMv6 as the " "minimal architecture. It is not possible to upgrade your system to a new " "Ubuntu release with this hardware." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:394 msgid "" "Your system appears to be a virtualised environment without an init daemon, " "e.g. Linux-VServer. Ubuntu 10.04 LTS cannot function within this type of " "environment, requiring an update to your virtual machine configuration " "first.\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" "Your system appears to be a virtualised environment without an init daemon, " "e.g. Linux-VServer.\n" "\n" "Ubuntu 10.04 LTS cannot function within this type of environment, an update " "to your virtual machine configuration is required first.\n" "\n" "Are you sure you wish to continue?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:493 msgid "PAE not enabled" msgstr "" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:494 msgid "" "Your system uses a CPU that does not have PAE enabled. Ubuntu only supports " "non-PAE systems up to Ubuntu 12.04. To upgrade to a later version of Ubuntu, " "you must enable PAE (if this is possible) see:\n" "http://help.ubuntu.com/community/EnablingPAE" msgstr "" #. self.expander.set_expanded(True) #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk.py:233 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk3.py:236 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewKDE.py:303 #, python-format msgid "" "Replace the customized configuration file\n" "'%s'?" msgstr "" "Replace the customised configuration file\n" "'%s'?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk.py:485 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeViewGtk3.py:499 msgid "" "This will abort the operation and may leave the system in a broken state. " "Are you sure you want to do that?" msgstr "" "This will abort the operation and may leave the system in a broken state. " "Are you sure you want to do this?" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:396 msgid "" "Installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the download has " "finished, the process cannot be canceled." msgstr "" "Installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the download has " "finished, the process cannot be cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:400 msgid "" "Fetching and installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the " "download has finished, the process cannot be canceled." msgstr "" "Fetching and installing the upgrade can take several hours. Once the " "download has finished, the process cannot be cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:411 msgid "" "There are no upgrades available for your system. The upgrade will now be " "canceled." msgstr "" "There are no upgrades available for your system. The upgrade will now be " "cancelled." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeView.py:425 msgid "" "The upgrade is finished and a reboot is required. Do you want to do this now?" msgstr "" "The upgrade is finished and a restart is required. Do you want to do this " "now?" #: ../data/gtkbuilder/DistUpgrade.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Cancel the running upgrade?\n" "\n" "The system could be in an unusable state if you cancel the upgrade. You are " "strongly adviced to resume the upgrade." msgstr "" "Cancel the upgrade in progress?\n" "\n" "The system could be in an unusable state if you cancel the upgrade. You are " "strongly adviced to resume the upgrade." #: ../data/gtkbuilder/UpgradePromptDialog.ui.h:5 msgid "You have declined to upgrade to the new Ubuntu" msgstr "You have declined to upgrade to the new version of Ubuntu" #: ../do-release-upgrade:72 ../check-new-release-gtk:177 msgid "Check if upgrading to the latest devel release is possible" msgstr "Check if upgrading to the latest development release is possible" #: ../do-release-upgrade:108 msgid "The options --devel-release and --proposed are" msgstr "" #: ../do-release-upgrade:109 msgid "mutually exclusive. Please use only one of them." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-photos.po0000644000000000000000000000372212321561452022531 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-photos # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-photos package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-photos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 15:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-22 02:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Joel Addison \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/unity_picasa_daemon.py:395 ../src/unity_flickr_daemon.py:556 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../data/flickr.scope.in.h:3 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Flickr to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Photos header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" #: ../data/facebook.scope.in.h:3 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Facebook to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Photos header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" #: ../data/shotwell.scope.in.h:3 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Shotwell to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Photos header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" #: ../data/picasa.scope.in.h:3 msgid "" "This is an Ubuntu search plugin that enables information from Picasa to be " "searched and displayed in the Dash underneath the Photos header. If you do " "not wish to search this content source, you can disable this search plugin." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000137312321561452020551 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for webapps-applications # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webapps-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webapps-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-21 11:04-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-14 10:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-friends.po0000644000000000000000000000136512321561452022650 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-lens-friends # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-friends package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-friends\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 04:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-14 11:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mahjongg.po0000644000000000000000000000216012321561452022000 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-mahjongg # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-mahjongg package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-mahjongg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 06:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "true if the window is maximised" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:431 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:553 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mines.po0000644000000000000000000000214012321561452021317 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-mines # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-mines package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-mines\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "true if the window is maximised" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:787 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Jackson Doak https://launchpad.net/~noskcaj\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-calculator.po0000644000000000000000000000720112321561452022340 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-calculator # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-calculator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-calculator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-27 16:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Accessible name for the factorize button #: ../data/buttons-advanced.ui.h:4 ../data/buttons-programming.ui.h:2 msgid "Factorize" msgstr "Factorise" #. The translator credits. Please translate this with your name (s). #: ../src/gnome-calculator.vala:275 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Jared Norris https://launchpad.net/~jarednorris" #. Tooltip for the factor button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:383 msgid "Factorize [Ctrl+F]" msgstr "Factorise [Ctrl+F]" #. Tooltip for the double declining depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:395 msgid "Double Declining Depreciation" msgstr "Double-Declining Depreciation" #. Tooltip for the sum of the years digits depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:401 msgid "Sum of the Years Digits Depreciation" msgstr "Sum-of-the-Years' Digits Depreciation" #. Tooltip for the straight line depreciation button #: ../src/math-buttons.vala:403 msgid "Straight Line Depreciation" msgstr "Straight-Line Depreciation" #. Error displayed when trying to factorize a non-integer value #: ../src/math-equation.vala:1086 msgid "Need an integer to factorize" msgstr "Need an integer to factorise" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgid "Kilometers" msgstr "Kilometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "kilometer,kilometers,km,kms" msgstr "kilometre,kilometres,km,kms" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgid "Meters" msgstr "Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "meter,meters,m" msgstr "metre,metres,m" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms" msgstr "centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "millimeter,millimeters,mm" msgstr "millimetre,millimetres,mm" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgid "Micrometers" msgstr "Micrometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "micrometer,micrometers,um" msgstr "micrometre,micrometres,um" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgid "Nanometers" msgstr "Nanometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "nanometer,nanometers,nm" msgstr "nanometre,nanometres,nm" #: ../src/unit.vala:59 msgid "Square Meters" msgstr "Square Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:60 msgid "Square Centimeters" msgstr "Square Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:61 msgid "Square Millimeters" msgstr "Square Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:62 msgid "Cubic Meters" msgstr "Cubic Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:64 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "litre,litres,liter,liters,L" msgstr "litre,litres,L" #: ../src/unit.vala:67 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "millilitre,millilitres,milliliter,milliliters,mL,cm³" msgstr "millilitre,millilitres,mL,cm³" #: ../src/unit.vala:82 msgid "Farenheit" msgstr "Fahrenheit" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-bluetooth.po0000644000000000000000000000140212321561452023060 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-bluetooth package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-15 23:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-16 05:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-home.po0000644000000000000000000000155612321561452022320 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for unity-scope-home # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-home package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-home\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-15 01:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/master-scopes/applications.scope.in.in.h:12 msgid "Local apps;Software center" msgstr "Local apps;Software centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-keyboard.po0000644000000000000000000000137712321561452022666 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for indicator-keyboard # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-keyboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-keyboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 16:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-16 05:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/unity-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000004277712321561452023231 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for control-center # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the control-center package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 14:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 15:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jared Norris \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:1 msgid "Tile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:3 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:4 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:5 msgid "Fill" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:6 msgid "Span" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:7 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:10 msgid "Add wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:11 msgid "Remove wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:12 msgid "Add dots" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:13 msgid "Theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:14 msgid "Launcher icon size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:15 msgid "Look" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:16 msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:17 msgid "" "The launcher will reveal when moving the pointer to the " "defined hot spot." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:18 msgid "Reveal location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:19 msgid "Left side" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:20 msgid "Top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:21 msgid "Other reveal option" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:22 msgid "Reveal sensitivity" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:23 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:24 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Some settings have been overriden by an external program, press \"Restore " "Default Behaviors\" to reset the behavior and return control to this panel." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:26 msgid "Enable workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:27 msgid "Add show desktop icon to the launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:28 msgid "Show the menus for a window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:29 msgid "In the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:30 msgid "In the window's title bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:31 msgid "Restore Behavior Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:32 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:45 msgid "Horizontal Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:46 msgid "Vertical Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:47 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1096 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1903 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:222 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1380 msgid "default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1988 msgid "Pictures Folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1995 msgid "Colors & Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change the background and the theme" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the appearance control-center panel #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Wallpaper;Background;Screen;Desktop;Theme;Appearance;Launcher;Unity;Menus;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:12 msgid "Send Files…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse Files…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:16 msgid "_Show Bluetooth status in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:475 msgid "No Bluetooth adapters found" msgstr "No Bluetooth adaptors found" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1717 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1769 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2015 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Add a Location…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Remove This Location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Sort by _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Sort by _Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Manually" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Automatically from the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Set the time:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Date:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Tim_e:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Show a clock in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "In the clock, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Weekday" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "_Date and month" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Year" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "_12-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_24-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "Seco_nds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "In the clock’s menu, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "_Monthly calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Include week num_bers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "Coming _events from Evolution Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Time in _auto-detected location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Time in _other locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Choose _Locations…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:28 msgid "_Clock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:639 msgid "You need to choose a location to change the time zone." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:671 msgid "Unlock to change these settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:672 msgid "Lock to prevent further changes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:388 msgid "You need to complete this location for it to appear in the menu." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your clock and date settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:538 msgctxt "display panel, rotation" msgid "Counterclockwise" msgstr "Anti-clockwise" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2954 msgid "Display with largest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2958 msgid "Display with smallest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:7 msgid "General options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:10 msgid "Scale for menu and title bars:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:11 msgid "User interface scale factor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:12 msgid "Scale all window _contents to match:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #. sure that you use the same "translation" for those keywords #: ../panels/info/unity-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "device;system;information;memory;processor;version;default;application;" "preferred;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;media;autorun;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:9 msgid "Calculating…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:24 msgid "_Other Media…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/01-launchers.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Launch web browser" msgstr "Launch Web browser" #. TRANSLATORS: this is to disable the radio hardware in the #. * network panel #: ../panels/network/cc-network-panel.c:1096 msgid "Air_plane Mode" msgstr "Aero_plane Mode" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the use leaves the PAC textbox blank #: ../panels/network/net-proxy.c:73 msgid "" "Web Proxy Autodiscovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." msgstr "" "Web Proxy Auto-discovery is used when a Configuration URL is not provided." #: ../panels/network/network-mobile.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/network/network-wired.ui.h:6 msgid "_Options..." msgstr "_Options…" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "Modem initialisation failed" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:535 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "Mobile phone" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:159 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:924 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1811 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1730 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:923 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1752 msgid "Allow louder than 100% (may distort sound)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This label is used in a checkbox close to volume #. * slider. Please keep it brief. #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1754 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1826 msgid "Allow louder than 100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2119 msgid "Show sound volume in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:12 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "Keep magnifier cursor centred" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:23 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "Colour Effects:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "Colour Effects" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Login History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Previous Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Next Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Next week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Last Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Show my login name in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:88 msgid "This Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:91 msgid "Last Week" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", #. shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:97 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:101 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:106 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a week label on a login history. #. The first %s is the first day of a week, and the second %s the last day. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:111 #, c-format msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%s - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a time format string in the style of "22:58". #. It indicates a login time which follows a date. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:195 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:624 msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%k:%M" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a login date-time. #. The first %s is a date, and the second %s a time. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:198 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:628 #, c-format msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:259 msgid "Session Ended" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:265 msgid "Session Started" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:313 msgid "The new password is not strong enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:461 msgid "Take a photo…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:479 msgid "Browse for more pictures…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:617 msgid "Logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:815 msgid "Today" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:818 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:823 msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:827 msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:121 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Set button mappings and adjust stylus sensitivity for graphics tablets" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Map to Monitor…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Map Buttons…" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1076 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1105 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1156 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:61 msgid "Search for the string" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:65 msgid "[PANEL] [ARGUMENT…]" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unitycc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/cheese.po0000644000000000000000000002160412321561452020343 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for cheese # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the cheese package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cheese\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 14:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Photo mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:2 msgid "Video mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Photo burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:4 ../src/cheese-window.vala:1311 msgid "Take a photo using a webcam" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:6 msgid "Navigate to the previous page of effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:7 msgid "Effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:9 msgid "Navigate to the next page of effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:10 msgid "Leave fullscreen mode and go back to windowed mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:3 msgid "Photo resolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:4 msgid "Video resolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:10 msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:11 msgid "Shutter" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:12 msgid "_Countdown" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:13 msgid "Fire _flash" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:17 msgid "Capture" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "photo;video;webcam;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Set to true to show a countdown before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Countdown length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The duration of the countdown before taking a photo, in seconds" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Fire flash before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "Set to true to fire a flash before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "The path to the device node which points to the camera, for example /dev/" "video0" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Last selected effect" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "Name of the installed effect that was selected last" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Photo width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the image captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Photo height" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "The height of the image captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Video width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "The width of the video captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Video height" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "The height of the video captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Image brightness" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "Adjusts the brightness of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Image contrast" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "Adjusts the contrast of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "Image saturation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "Adjusts the saturation of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Image hue" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Video path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "" "Defines the path where the videos are stored. If empty, \"XDG_VIDEO/Webcam\" " "will be used." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Photo path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "" "Defines the path where the photos are stored. If empty, \"XDG_PHOTO/Webcam\" " "will be used." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Time between photos in burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "" "The length of time, in milliseconds, to delay between taking each photo in a " "burst sequence of photos. If the burst delay is less than the countdown " "duration, the countdown duration will be used instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:33 msgid "Number of photos in burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:262 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:265 msgid "Take a Photo" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a time format, like "09:05:02" for 9 #. * hours, 5 minutes, and 2 seconds. You may change ":" to #. * the separator that your locale uses or use "%Id" instead #. * of "%d" if your locale uses localized digits. #. #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera.c:1857 #, c-format msgctxt "time format" msgid "%02i:%02i:%02i" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize device %s for capability probing" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:803 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "Cancellable initialisation not supported" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:55 msgid "Start in wide mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:58 msgid "Device to use as a camera" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:58 msgid "DEVICE" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:60 msgid "Output version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:62 msgid "Start in fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:121 msgid "_Shoot" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:125 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:131 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:139 msgid "P_references" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:145 msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:146 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:221 msgid "- Take photos and videos from your webcam" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:230 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:614 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Joel Pickett https://launchpad.net/~jpickett" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:192 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:217 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the file?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d files?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:223 msgid "If you delete an item, it will be permanently lost" msgid_plural "If you delete the items, they will be permanently lost" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:296 #, c-format msgid "Could not move %s to trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:776 msgid "Stop _Recording" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:777 msgid "Stop recording" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:792 ../src/cheese-window.vala:1315 msgid "_Record a Video" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:793 msgid "Record a video" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Set the effects action to be inactive. #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:828 msgid "Stop _Taking Pictures" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:829 msgid "Stop taking pictures" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:852 msgid "Take Multiple Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:853 msgid "Take multiple photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1037 msgid "No effects found" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1156 msgid "There was an error playing video from the webcam" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1174 msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1180 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Move to _Rubbish Bin" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1316 msgid "Record a video using a webcam" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1322 msgid "Take _Multiple Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1323 msgid "Take multiple photos using a webcam" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_AU/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-video-effects.po0000644000000000000000000002032512321561453022735 0ustar # English (Australia) translation for gnome-video-effects # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-video-effects package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-video-effects\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 23:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Australia) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#bulge #: ../effects/bulge.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Bulge" msgstr "" #: ../effects/bulge.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Bulges the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#cartoon #: ../effects/cartoon.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Cartoon" msgstr "" #: ../effects/cartoon.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Cartoonify video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#cheguevara #: ../effects/cheguevara.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Che Guevara" msgstr "" #: ../effects/cheguevara.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into typical Che Guevara style" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#chrome #: ../effects/chrome.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../effects/chrome.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a metallic look" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#dicetv #: ../effects/dicetv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Dice" msgstr "" #: ../effects/dicetv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Dices the video input into many small squares" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#distortion #: ../effects/distortion.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Distortion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/distortion.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Distort the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#edgetv #: ../effects/edgetv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Edge" msgstr "" #: ../effects/edgetv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Display video input like good old low resolution computer way" msgstr "" "Display video input in the style of a good old, low-resolution computer" #: ../effects/flip.effect.in.h:1 msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../effects/flip.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Flip the image, as if looking at a mirror" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#heat #: ../effects/heat.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Heat" msgstr "" #: ../effects/heat.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Fake heat camera toning" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#historical #: ../effects/historical.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Historical" msgstr "" #: ../effects/historical.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add age to video input using scratches and dust" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#hulk #: ../effects/hulk.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Hulk" msgstr "" #: ../effects/hulk.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform yourself into the amazing Hulk" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#invertion #: ../effects/invertion.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Invertion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/invertion.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Invert colors of the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#kaleidoscope #: ../effects/kaleidoscope.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Kaleidoscope" msgstr "" #: ../effects/kaleidoscope.effect.in.h:3 msgid "A triangle Kaleidoscope" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#mauve #: ../effects/mauve.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Mauve" msgstr "" #: ../effects/mauve.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a mauve color" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#mirror #: ../effects/mirror.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Mirror" msgstr "" #: ../effects/mirror.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Mirrors the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#noir #: ../effects/noir.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Noir/Blanc" msgstr "" #: ../effects/noir.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into grayscale" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#optv #: ../effects/optv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Optical Illusion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/optv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Traditional black-white optical animation" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#pinch #: ../effects/pinch.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Pinch" msgstr "" #: ../effects/pinch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Pinches the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#quarktv #: ../effects/quarktv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Quark" msgstr "" #: ../effects/quarktv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Dissolves moving objects in the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#radioactv #: ../effects/radioactv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Radioactive" msgstr "" #: ../effects/radioactv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Detect radioactivity and show it" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#revtv #: ../effects/revtv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Waveform" msgstr "" #: ../effects/revtv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a waveform monitor" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#ripple #: ../effects/ripple.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Ripple" msgstr "" #: ../effects/ripple.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add the ripple mark effect on the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#saturation #: ../effects/saturation.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../effects/saturation.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add more saturation to the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#sepia #: ../effects/sepia.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Sepia" msgstr "" #: ../effects/sepia.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Sepia toning" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#shagadelictv #: ../effects/shagadelictv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Shagadelic" msgstr "" #: ../effects/shagadelictv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add some hallucination to the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#sobel #: ../effects/sobel.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Sobel" msgstr "" #: ../effects/sobel.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Extracts edges in the video input through using the Sobel operator" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#square #: ../effects/square.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../effects/square.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Makes a square out of the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#streaktv #: ../effects/streaktv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Kung-Fu" msgstr "" #: ../effects/streaktv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform motions into Kung-Fu style" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#stretch #: ../effects/stretch.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Stretch" msgstr "" #: ../effects/stretch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Stretches the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#timedelay #: ../effects/timedelay.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Time delay" msgstr "" #: ../effects/timedelay.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Show what was happening in the past" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#twirl #: ../effects/twirl.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Twirl" msgstr "" #: ../effects/twirl.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Twirl the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#vertigotv #: ../effects/vertigotv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Vertigo" msgstr "" #: ../effects/vertigotv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add a loopback alpha blending effector with rotating and scaling" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#warptv #: ../effects/warptv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Warp" msgstr "" #: ../effects/warptv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into realtime goo'ing" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#xray #: ../effects/xray.effect.in.h:2 msgid "X-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../effects/xray.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Invert and slightly shade to blue" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561541014734 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321561572016525 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000000527512321561541020521 0ustar # English/Canada translation of devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the devhelp package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=devhelp&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-30 04:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en\n" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "Selected tab \"content\" or \"search\"" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "Tiffany Antopolski \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "A developer's help browser for GNOME" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "Devhelp Website" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "Book:" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "Page:" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "Ci_ase Sensitive" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000001152412321561541017636 0ustar # Canadian English translation of eog # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the eog package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 13:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "Metreing Mode:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "As custom colour:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Colour for Transparent Areas" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-colour key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK" "+ theme instead." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-colour key " "determines the colour value used." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Transparency colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "colour which is used for indicating transparency." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Use a custom background colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "If this is active, the colour set by the background-colour key will be used " "to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill colour." #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "a%, %d %B Y% %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "a%, %d %B Y%" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Rajiv Shah https://launchpad.net/~compukid\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000071556012321561542021503 0ustar # Canadian English translation of evolution # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the evolution package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 01:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matthew Greyling \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive;" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP which does not support " "this functionality, or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "Could not remove the address book." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "Personal information" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled into it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution, an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "Would you like to send all the participants a cancellation notice?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the meeting is cancelled." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and cannot be restored." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the task has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "All information on this task will be deleted and cannot be restored." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Would you like to send a cancellation notice for this memo?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not " "know the memo has been deleted." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment entitled '{0}'?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and cannot be restored." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and cannot be restored." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "All information on these tasks will be deleted and cannot be restored." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "Query free/busy information for the attendees" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "Event cannot be edited because the selected calendar is read-only" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read-only" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read-only" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "It has %d event" msgstr[1] "It has %d events" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "Click here to find more events." #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "America/North_Dakota/Centre" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " There are few attachments being downloaded. Sending the mail will cause the " "mail to be sent without those pending attachments " #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Manage your e-mail, contacts and schedule" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "Hour the workday starts on, in 24-hour format, 0 to 23." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "Recently-used second time zones in a Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour - Day View" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Marcus Bains Line Colour - Time bar" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Tasks due today colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Overdue tasks colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "24-hour time format" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as \"major.minor.micro" "\". This is used for data and settings migration from older to newer " "versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Citation highlight colour" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Citation highlight colour." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "List of Labels and their associated colours" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-file" "\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Skip development warning dialogue" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", or " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult--but not impossible--for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "" #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "" #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "Evolution calendar item" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "pop up a child" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Cancelled." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "Mark the selected messages as unread" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Move the selected messages to another folder" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Assign Colour" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Colour for _misspelled words:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "colour" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licence Agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "_Check this to accept the licence agreement" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "_Accept Licence" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of the topic of your letter." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "File exists but cannot be overwritten." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "This folder may have been added implicitl.,\n" "Go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either select the folders individually, and/or by select all local folders, " "all remote folders, or both." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Unable to read licence file." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "Mark all messages as read?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Cancelling..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "" #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "" #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A, %e %B" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Sent to calendar '%s' as cancelled" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Sent a cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Could not send the cancellation notice to the delegate" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" "The message contains a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, tasks " "or free/busy information" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "" #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "" #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or preview and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "" #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%Y-%d-%m %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Matthew Greyling https://launchpad.net/~matthew\n" " Matthew Lange https://launchpad.net/~matthewlange\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Wade https://launchpad.net/~starcraftguy40\n" " Zack Blair https://launchpad.net/~zack-blair\n" " babastini123 https://launchpad.net/~sebastien-joncas-hotmail" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "" #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "you then trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, you then do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000022240112321561542023701 0ustar # English/Canada translation of evolution-data-server. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the evolution-data-server package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-25 01:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "Weather: Foggy" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "Operation has been cancelled" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "Siganture algorithm unsupported" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "Certificate is the only message; cannot verify certificates" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "Certificate is the only message; certificates imported and verified" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr "" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a %d/%m/%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d/%m/%Y" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000003404212321561542021301 0ustar # Canadian English translation of file-roller. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the file-roller package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 14:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "" #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Gordon Stevens https://launchpad.net/~reileigh\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " heath https://launchpad.net/~aheathc" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "You do not have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "" "You do not have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s" "\"" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "Add files, asking the name of the archive, and quit the program" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "Extract archives, asking the destination folder, and quit the program" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "You do not have the right permissions." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "You cannot add an archive to itself." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "You do not have permission to create an archive in this folder" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "" #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Paste the clipboard contents" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000000536712321561543020154 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gconf. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gconf package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 01:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/markup-backend.c:392 ../backends/xml-backend.c:444 #, c-format msgid "" "Can't read from or write to the XML root directory in the address \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Cannot read from or write to the XML root directory in the address \"%s\"" #: ../gconf/gconf-dbus.c:1062 ../gconf/gconf.c:860 msgid "Can't add notifications to a local configuration source" msgstr "Cannot add notifications to a local configuration source" #: ../gconf/gconf-error.c:37 msgid "Can't overwrite existing read-only value" msgstr "Cannot overwrite existing read-only value" #: ../gconf/gconf-internals.c:2657 #, c-format msgid "Can't write to file `%s': %s" msgstr "Cannot write to file `%s': %s" #: ../gconf/gconfd.c:974 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to write byte to pipe file descriptor %d so client program may hang: %" "s" msgstr "" "Failed to write byte to pipe file descriptor %d; client program may hang: %s" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:629 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command-line options.\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:639 #, c-format msgid "" "Error while parsing options: %s.\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" "Error while parsing options: %s.\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command-line options.\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:657 #, c-format msgid "Can't get and set/unset simultaneously\n" msgstr "Cannot get and set/unset simultaneously\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:667 #, c-format msgid "Can't set and get/unset simultaneously\n" msgstr "Cannot set and get/unset simultaneously\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:674 #, c-format msgid "Can't get type and set/unset simultaneously\n" msgstr "Cannot get type and set/unset simultaneously\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:693 #, c-format msgid "Can't use --all-entries with --get or --set\n" msgstr "Cannot use --all-entries with --get or --set\n" #: ../gconf/gconftool.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Can't use --all-dirs with --get or --set\n" msgstr "Cannot use --all-dirs with --get or --set\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gedit.po0000644000000000000000000007114012321561544020163 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gedit. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gedit package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gedit\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-28 14:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "gedit is the official text editor of the GNOME desktop environment. While " "aiming at simplicity and ease of use, gedit is a powerful general purpose " "text editor." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether you are writing the next bestseller, programming an innovative " "application, or simply taking some quick notes, gedit will be a reliable " "tool to accomplish your task." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Its flexible plugin system allows you to tailor the application to your " "needs and adapt it to your workflow." msgstr "" #: ../data/gedit.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Text;Editor;Plaintext;Write;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "'Monospace 12'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text." msgstr "The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text." #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "" "Whether the side panel at the left of editing windows should be visible." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Specifies how to wrap long lines for printing. Use \"none\" for no wrapping, " "\"word\" for wrapping at word boundaries, and \"char\" for wrapping at " "individual character boundaries. Note that the values are case-sensitive, so " "make sure they appear exactly as mentioned here." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "'Monospace 9'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "'Sans 11'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "'Sans 8'" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the sorted list of encodings used by gedit #. for automatic detection of the file encoding. You may want to customize it adding #. encodings that are common in your country, for instance the GB18030 encoding #. for the Chinese translation. You may also want to remove the ISO-8859-15 encoding #. (covering English and most Western European languages) if you think people #. in your country will rarely use it. #. "CURRENT" is a magic value used by gedit and it represents the encoding #. for the current locale, so please don't translate the "CURRENT" term. #. Only recognized encodings are used. #. See http://git.gnome.org/browse/gedit/tree/gedit/gedit-encodings.c#n152 for #. a list of supported encodings #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "['UTF-8', 'CURRENT', 'ISO-8859-15', 'UTF-16']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Automatically Detected Encodings" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Sorted list of encodings used by gedit for automatically detecting the " "encoding of a file. \"CURRENT\" represents the current locale encoding. Only " "recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the list of encodings shown by default in the Character Encoding #. menu in open/save file selector. Only recognized encodings are displayed. #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "['ISO-8859-15']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gedit.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "" "List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file " "selector. Only recognized encodings are used." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:113 msgid "Show the application's help" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:125 msgid "Display list of possible values for the encoding option" msgstr "Display the list of possible values for the encoding option" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:141 msgid "Create a new top-level window in an existing instance of gedit" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:157 msgid "Set the size and position of the window (WIDTHxHEIGHT+X+Y)" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:158 msgid "GEOMETRY" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:165 msgid "Open files and block process until files are closed" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:173 msgid "Run gedit in standalone mode" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:182 msgid "[FILE...] [+LINE[:COLUMN]]" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:281 msgid "There was an error displaying the help." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-app.c:832 #, c-format msgid "%s: invalid encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:476 #, c-format msgid "Changes to document “%s” will be permanently lost." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-close-confirmation-dialog.c:481 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to document “%s” before closing?" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:608 msgid "Save the file using compression?" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:609 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was previously saved as plain text and will now be saved " "using compression." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:611 msgid "_Save Using Compression" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:615 msgid "Save the file as plain text?" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was previously saved using compression and will now be saved " "as plain text." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:618 msgid "_Save As Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-file.c:842 msgid "Save As" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-help.c:114 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Maintainer: Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Cameron White https://launchpad.net/~cameronwhite91\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Matt C https://launchpad.net/~mvc1095\n" " Matthew Lange https://launchpad.net/~matthewlange\n" " Wade https://launchpad.net/~starcraftguy40" #: ../gedit/gedit-commands-search.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Found and replaced %d occurrence" msgid_plural "Found and replaced %d occurrences" msgstr[0] "Found and replaced %d occurrence." msgstr[1] "Found and replaced %d occurrences." #: ../gedit/gedit-document.c:1266 ../gedit/gedit-document.c:1292 #, c-format msgid "Untitled Document %d" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-documents-panel.c:119 ../gedit/gedit-documents-panel.c:133 #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2080 ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2087 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-combo-box.c:293 msgid "Automatically Detected" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-encodings-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Character encodings" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-file-chooser-dialog.c:91 msgid "C_haracter Encoding:" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-highlight-mode-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Highlight Mode" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-highlight-mode-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Search highlight mode..." msgstr "" #. Add a cancel button #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:148 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:491 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1171 #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-utils.c:173 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the file “%s”." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a URI scheme (like for example http:, ftp:, etc.) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Unable to handle “%s:” locations." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:208 msgid "Unable to handle this location." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:217 msgid "The location of the file cannot be accessed." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:221 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is a directory." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:228 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is not a valid location." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:264 #, c-format msgid "" "Host “%s” could not be found. Please check that your proxy settings are " "correct and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Hostname was invalid. Please check that you typed the location correctly and " "try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:287 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:392 msgid "Cannot find the requested file. Perhaps it has recently been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:402 #, c-format msgid "Could not revert the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:429 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:587 msgid "Unable to detect the character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:589 msgid "Select a character encoding from the menu and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:595 #, c-format msgid "There was a problem opening the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:597 msgid "" "The file you opened has some invalid characters. If you continue editing " "this file you could corrupt this document." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the file “%s” using the “%s” character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:611 #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:685 msgid "Select a different character encoding from the menu and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:621 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the file “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:680 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the file “%s” using the “%s” character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:683 msgid "" "The document contains one or more characters that cannot be encoded using " "the specified character encoding." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:766 #, c-format msgid "This file “%s” is already open in another window." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:780 msgid "Do you want to edit it anyway?" msgstr "" #. FIXME: review this message, it's not clear since for the user the "modification" #. * could be interpreted as the changes he made in the document. beside "reading" is #. * not accurate (since last load/save) #. #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:853 #, c-format msgid "The file “%s” has been modified since reading it." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:950 #, c-format msgid "Could not create a backup file while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:955 #, c-format msgid "Could not create a temporary backup file while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:972 msgid "" "Could not back up the old copy of the file before saving the new one. You " "can ignore this warning and save the file anyway, but if an error occurs " "while saving, you could lose the old copy of the file. Save anyway?" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a URI scheme (like for example http:, ftp:, etc.) #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1032 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot handle “%s:” locations in write mode. Please check that you typed the " "location correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1040 msgid "" "Cannot handle this location in write mode. Please check that you typed the " "location correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1049 #, c-format msgid "" "“%s” is not a valid location. Please check that you typed the location " "correctly and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1085 msgid "" "The disk where you are trying to save the file has a limitation on file " "sizes. Please try saving a smaller file or saving it to a disk that does not " "have this limitation." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1101 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the file “%s”." msgstr "" #. FIXME: review this message, it's not clear since for the user the "modification" #. * could be interpreted as the changes he made in the document. beside "reading" is #. * not accurate (since last load/save) #. #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1145 #, c-format msgid "The file “%s” changed on disk." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1156 msgid "Drop Changes and _Reload" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Some invalid chars have been detected while saving “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-io-error-info-bar.c:1248 msgid "" "If you continue saving this file you can corrupt the document. Save anyway?" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Window" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:178 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-notebook-popup-menu.c:207 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:396 msgid "Click on this button to select the font to be used by the editor" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Directory '%s' could not be created: g_mkdir_with_parents() failed: %s" msgstr "" "Directory '%s' could not be created - g_mkdir_with_parents() failed: %s" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:825 msgid "The selected color scheme cannot be installed." msgstr "The selected colour scheme cannot be installed." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:867 msgid "Color Scheme Files" msgstr "Colour Scheme Files" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.c:919 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove color scheme \"%s\"." msgstr "Could not remove colour scheme \"%s\"." #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Display right _margin at column:" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Highlighting" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Highlight current _line" msgstr "Highlight Current _Line" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Highlight matching _brackets" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Color Scheme" msgstr "Colour Scheme" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "column" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Install scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Install Scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Uninstall scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:28 msgid "Uninstall Scheme" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-preferences-dialog.ui.h:29 msgid "Font & Colors" msgstr "Font & Colours" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Print synta_x highlighting" msgstr "Print Synta_x Highlighting" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "Print line nu_mbers" msgstr "Print Line Nu_mbers" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Print page _headers" msgstr "Print Page _Headers" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:2 msgid "P_revious Page" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:4 msgid "_Next Page" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:13 msgid "Zoom the page in" msgstr "Zoom in on the page" #: ../gedit/gedit-print-preview.ui.h:14 msgid "Zoom the page out" msgstr "Zoom out from the page" #: ../gedit/gedit-replace-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Match as _regular expression" msgstr "" #. View menu #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:104 msgid "_Highlight Mode..." msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:105 msgid "Changes the highlight mode of the active document" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:132 msgid "_New Tab Group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:133 msgid "Create a new tab group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:134 msgid "P_revious Tab Group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:135 msgid "Switch to the previous tab group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:136 msgid "Nex_t Tab Group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:137 msgid "Switch to the next tab group" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:140 msgid "N_ext Document" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:169 msgid "Edit text in fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:176 msgid "Side _Panel" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-ui.h:177 msgid "Show or hide the side panel in the current window" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-utils.c:989 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open UI file %s. Error: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %d is the position of the current search #. * occurrence, and the second %d is the total number of search #. * occurrences. #. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:714 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #. create "Match as Regular Expression" menu item. #: ../gedit/gedit-view-frame.c:816 msgid "Match as _Regular Expression" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1937 msgid "Bracket match is out of range" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1942 msgid "Bracket match not found" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:1947 #, c-format msgid "Bracket match found on line: %d" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2131 #, c-format msgid "Tab Width: %u" msgstr "" #: ../gedit/gedit-window.c:2486 msgid "There are unsaved documents" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/changecase/gedit-changecase-plugin.c:250 msgid "Invert the case of selected text" msgstr "Invert the case of the selected text" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/checkupdate.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Check for latest version of gedit" msgstr "Check for the latest version of gedit" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:257 msgid "There was an error displaying the URI." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/checkupdate/gedit-check-update-plugin.c:321 msgid "" "You can download the new version of gedit by clicking on the download button " "or ignore that version and wait for a new one" msgstr "" #. ex:set ts=8 noet: #: ../plugins/checkupdate/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.checkupdate.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Version to Ignore" msgstr "" #. This is releated to the next gedit version to be released #: ../plugins/checkupdate/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.checkupdate.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Version to ignore until a newer version is released." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/docinfo/docinfo.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Report the number of words, lines and characters in a document." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.c:429 msgid "Get statistical information on the current document" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/docinfo/gedit-docinfo-plugin.ui.h:3 msgid "File Name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to use the system font" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If true, the external tools will use the desktop-global standard font if " "it's monospace (and the most similar font it can come up with otherwise)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.externaltools.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "A Pango font name. Examples are \"Sans 12\" or \"Monospace Bold 14\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/outputpanel.py:120 msgid "Stopped." msgstr "This accelerator is already bound to %s" #. ex:ts=4:et: #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/outputpanel.ui.h:1 msgid "Stop Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:1 msgid "Always available" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:19 msgid "Manage External Tools" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:21 msgid "Add a new tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:22 msgid "Add Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:23 msgid "Remove selected tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:24 msgid "Remove Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:25 msgid "Revert tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/tools.ui.h:26 msgid "Revert Tool" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/externaltools/tools/windowactivatable.py:214 msgid "Tool Output" msgstr "" #. ex:ts=4:et: #: ../plugins/filebrowser/filebrowser.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "File Browser Panel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/filebrowser.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Easy file access from the side panel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-bookmarks-store.c:206 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:1 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:2 msgid "_Set Root to Active Document" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:5 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:6 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-menus.ui.h:10 msgid "_Open in Terminal" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the default name of new files created by the file browser pane. #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3761 msgid "Untitled File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3789 msgid "" "The new file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible" msgstr "" "The new file is currently filtered out. You need to adjust your filter " "settings to make the file visible." #. Translators: This is the default name of new directories created by the file browser pane. #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-store.c:3820 msgid "Untitled Folder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/gedit-file-browser-widget.c:2739 #, c-format msgid "Error when loading '%s': No such directory" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Set Location to First Document" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "If TRUE the file browser plugin will view the directory of the first opened " "document given that the file browser hasn't been used yet. (Thus this " "generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it " "with Nautilus, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "This value determines what files get filtered from the file browser. Valid " "values are: none (filter nothing), hide-hidden (filter hidden files) and " "hide-binary (filter binary files)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "File Browser Binary Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/filebrowser/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.filebrowser.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "The supplemental patterns to use when filtering binary files." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/modelines/modelines.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Emacs, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit." msgstr "EMACS, Kate and Vim-style modelines support for gedit." #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Command Color Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "The command color text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Error Color Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The error color text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.pythonconsole.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If true, the terminal will use the desktop-global standard font if it's " "monospace (and the most similar font it can come up with otherwise)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand color:" msgstr "C_ommand colour:" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole/config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Error color:" msgstr "_Error colour:" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Interactive Python console standing in the bottom panel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/__init__.py:71 msgid "Quick Open..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/quickopen/quickopen/popup.py:78 msgid "Type to search..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:82 #, python-format msgid "The archive \"%s\" could not be created" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:99 #, python-format msgid "Target directory \"%s\" does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/exporter.py:102 #, python-format msgid "Target directory \"%s\" is not a valid directory" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:47 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:108 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:50 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" is not a valid snippets file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:67 #, python-format msgid "Imported file \"%s\" is not a valid snippets file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:77 #, python-format msgid "The archive \"%s\" could not be extracted" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:111 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/importer.py:124 #, python-format msgid "File \"%s\" is not a valid snippets archive" msgstr "" #. self['hbox_tab_trigger'].set_spacing(3) #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:672 msgid "" "This is not a valid Tab trigger. Triggers can either contain alphanumeric " "characters (or _, : and .) or a single (non-alphanumeric) character like: {, " "[, etc." msgstr "" #. self['hbox_tab_trigger'].set_spacing(0) #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/manager.py:679 #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:16 msgid "Single word the snippet is activated with after pressing Tab" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/placeholder.py:601 #, python-format msgid "" "Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time, execution " "aborted." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/placeholder.py:609 #, python-format msgid "Execution of the Python command (%s) failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Insert often-used pieces of text in a fast way" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:1 msgid "Manage Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:4 msgid "Add Snippet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:6 msgid "Remove Snippet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:8 msgid "Import Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:10 msgid "Export Snippets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/snippets/snippets/snippets.ui.h:12 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/spell/gedit-spell-plugin.c:127 msgid "_Highlight Misspelled Words" msgstr "" #. ex:ts=8:noet: #: ../plugins/spell/languages-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Set Language" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:3 msgid "word" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/spell/spell-checker.ui.h:14 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #. Translators: Use the more common date format in your locale #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:8 #, no-c-format msgid "%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "" #. Translators: This example should follow the date format defined in the entry above #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "01/11/2009 17:52:00" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/gedit-time-setup-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "When inserting date/time..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Prompt Type" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If the user should be prompted for a format or if the selected or custom " "format should be used." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Selected Format" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "The selected format used when inserting the date/time." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Custom Format" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/time/org.gnome.gedit.plugins.time.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "The custom format used when inserting the date/time." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/zeitgeist/zeitgeist.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Zeitgeist dataprovider" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/zeitgeist/zeitgeist.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Logs access and leave event for documents used with gedit" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20.po0000644000000000000000000052104112321561544020165 0ustar # Canadian English translations for gimp # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gimp package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 10:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../app/about.h:34 msgid "" "GIMP is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" "\n" "GIMP is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "GIMP. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/." msgstr "" #: ../app/main.c:153 msgid "Show license information and exit" msgstr "Show licence information and exit" #: ../app/main.c:188 msgid "Do not show a splash screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/main.c:228 msgid "Send messages to console instead of using a dialog" msgstr "Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue box" #: ../app/main.c:271 msgid "Output a sorted list of deprecated procedures in the PDB" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:121 ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:174 #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:354 msgid "Colormap" msgstr "Colourmap" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:136 msgid "Dialogs" msgstr "Dialogues" #. Some things do not have grids, so just list #: ../app/actions/actions.c:151 ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:335 msgid "Paint Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:154 ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:392 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:92 msgid "Paint Dynamics Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:175 ../app/core/gimp.c:983 #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:337 ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2763 msgid "Tool Presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:178 ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:404 #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:92 msgid "Tool Preset Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/actions.c:217 msgid "Text Tool" msgstr "" #. value description and new value shown in the status bar #: ../app/actions/actions.c:584 #, c-format msgid "%s: %.2f" msgstr "" #. value description and new value shown in the status bar #: ../app/actions/actions.c:610 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/brushes-actions.c:53 msgctxt "brushes-action" msgid "Create a new brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/brushes-actions.c:59 msgctxt "brushes-action" msgid "Duplicate this brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/brushes-actions.c:71 msgctxt "brushes-action" msgid "Delete this brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/brushes-actions.c:86 msgctxt "brushes-action" msgid "Edit this brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/buffers-actions.c:58 msgctxt "buffers-action" msgid "Paste the selected buffer as a new image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/channels-actions.c:49 msgctxt "channels-action" msgid "Edit the channel's name, color and opacity" msgstr "Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:90 msgid "Edit Channel Color" msgstr "Edit Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/channels-commands.c:122 msgid "New Channel Color" msgstr "New Channel Colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:44 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Colormap Menu" msgstr "Colourmap Menu" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:48 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "_Edit Colour..." #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:49 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Edit this color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:57 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from FG" msgstr "_Add Colour from FG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:58 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current foreground color" msgstr "Add current foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:63 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "_Add Color from BG" msgstr "_Add Colour from BG" #: ../app/actions/colormap-actions.c:64 msgctxt "colormap-action" msgid "Add current background color" msgstr "Add current background colour" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:73 #, c-format msgid "Edit colormap entry #%d" msgstr "Edit colourmap entry #%d" #: ../app/actions/colormap-commands.c:80 msgid "Edit Colormap Entry" msgstr "Edit Colourmap Entry" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:48 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "_Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:80 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "_Default Colors" msgstr "_Default Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:82 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Set foreground color to black, background color to white" msgstr "Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:87 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "S_wap Colors" msgstr "S_wap Colours" #: ../app/actions/context-actions.c:88 msgctxt "context-action" msgid "Exchange foreground and background colors" msgstr "Exchange foreground and background colours" #: ../app/actions/context-commands.c:426 #, c-format msgid "Paint Mode: %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/context-commands.c:552 #, c-format msgid "Brush Shape: %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/context-commands.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Brush Radius: %2.2f" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/context-commands.c:720 #, c-format msgid "Brush Angle: %2.2f" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/cursor-info-actions.c:48 msgctxt "cursor-info-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:56 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the tool options dialog" msgstr "Open the tool options dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:62 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the device status dialog" msgstr "Open the device status dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:68 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the layers dialog" msgstr "Open the layers dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:74 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the channels dialog" msgstr "Open the channels dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:80 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the paths dialog" msgstr "Open the paths dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:85 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Color_map" msgstr "Colour_map" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:86 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the colormap dialog" msgstr "Open the colourmap dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:92 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the histogram dialog" msgstr "Open the histogram dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:104 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the display navigation dialog" msgstr "Open the display navigation dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:110 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the undo history dialog" msgstr "Open the undo history dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:116 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the pointer information dialog" msgstr "Open the pointer information dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:122 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the sample points dialog" msgstr "Open the sample points dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:127 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Colo_rs" msgstr "Colou_rs" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:128 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the FG/BG color dialog" msgstr "Open the FG/BG colour dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:134 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the brushes dialog" msgstr "Open the brushes dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:145 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:146 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open paint dynamics dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:151 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:152 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the paint dynamics editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:158 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the patterns dialog" msgstr "Open the patterns dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:164 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the gradients dialog" msgstr "Open the gradients dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:176 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the palettes dialog" msgstr "Open the palettes dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:187 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Tool presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:188 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open tool presets dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:194 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the fonts dialog" msgstr "Open the fonts dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:200 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the named buffers dialog" msgstr "Open the named buffers dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:206 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the images dialog" msgstr "Open the images dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:212 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the document history dialog" msgstr "Open the document history dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:218 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the image templates dialog" msgstr "Open the image templates dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:235 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the preferences dialog" msgstr "Open the preferences dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:240 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "_Input Devices" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:241 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the input devices editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:253 msgctxt "dialogs-action" msgid "Open the module manager dialog" msgstr "Open the module manager dialogue" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:333 msgid "New Toolbox" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dialogs-actions.c:334 msgid "Create a new toolbox" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dockable-actions.c:48 msgctxt "dockable-action" msgid "Dialogs Menu" msgstr "Dialogues Menu" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:57 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "File Open _Dialog" msgstr "File Open _Dialogue" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:58 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Open image dialog" msgstr "Open image dialogue" #: ../app/actions/documents-actions.c:95 msgctxt "documents-action" msgid "Remove entries for which the corresponding file is not available" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/documents-commands.c:218 msgid "" "Clearing the document history will permanently remove all images from the " "recent documents list." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:52 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Invert the colors" msgstr "Invert the colours" #. GIMP_STOCK_LOCK #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:87 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "L_ock pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-actions.c:89 msgctxt "drawable-action" msgid "Keep the pixels on this drawable from being modified" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/drawable-commands.c:111 msgid "White Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:42 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:46 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_New Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:47 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Create a new dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:52 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "D_uplicate Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:53 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Duplicate this dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:58 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Copy Dynamics _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:59 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Copy dynamics file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:64 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Delete Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:65 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Delete this dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:70 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Refresh Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:71 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Refresh dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:79 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "_Edit Dynamics..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-actions.c:80 msgctxt "dynamics-action" msgid "Edit dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-editor-actions.c:42 msgctxt "dynamics-editor-action" msgid "Paint Dynamics Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/dynamics-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "dynamics-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:64 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Paste _as" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:173 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Copy what is visible in the selected region to a named buffer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:193 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with _FG Color" msgstr "Fill with _FG Colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:194 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the foreground color" msgstr "Fill the selection using the foreground colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:199 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill with B_G Color" msgstr "Fill with B_G Colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:200 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill the selection using the background color" msgstr "Fill the selection using the background colour" #: ../app/actions/edit-actions.c:205 msgctxt "edit-action" msgid "Fill _with Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:50 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Select all error messages" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:59 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Write all error messages to a file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/error-console-actions.c:65 msgctxt "error-console-action" msgid "Write the selected error messages to a file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:72 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Crea_te" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:94 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Create Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:135 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "" "Save a copy of this image, without affecting the source file (if any) or the " "current state of the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:146 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:147 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image again" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:152 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Over_write" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:153 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image back to the imported file in the import format" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:158 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export As..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:159 msgctxt "file-action" msgid "Export the image to various file formats such as PNG or JPEG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:292 #, c-format msgid "Export to %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:298 #, c-format msgid "Over_write %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/file-actions.c:306 msgid "Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/fonts-actions.c:48 msgctxt "fonts-action" msgid "Rescan the installed fonts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:49 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Left Color Type" msgstr "Left Colour Type" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:51 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Load Left Color From" msgstr "_Load Left Colour From" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Save Left Color To" msgstr "_Save Left Colour To" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:56 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Right Color Type" msgstr "Right Colour Type" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:58 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Load Right Color Fr_om" msgstr "Load Right Colour Fr_om" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:60 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Sa_ve Right Color To" msgstr "Sa_ve Right Colour To" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:66 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "L_eft Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "L_eft Endpoint's Colour..." #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "R_ight Endpoint's Color..." msgstr "R_ight Endpoint's Colour..." #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:111 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors" msgstr "Ble_nd Endpoints' Colours" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:155 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:160 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Right Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:165 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:213 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:170 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:218 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:203 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:208 msgctxt "gradient-editor-action" msgid "_Left Endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:257 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:287 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "_Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:262 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:292 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "F_oreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:268 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:298 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "Fo_reground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:273 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:303 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:279 #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:309 msgctxt "gradient-editor-color-type" msgid "B_ackground Color (Transparent)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:317 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Linear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:322 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Curved" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:327 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "_Sinusoidal" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:332 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "Spherical (i_ncreasing)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:337 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "Spherical (_decreasing)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:342 msgctxt "gradient-editor-blending" msgid "(Varies)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:350 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "_RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:355 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:360 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "HSV (clockwise _hue)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:365 msgctxt "gradient-editor-coloring" msgid "(Varies)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:778 msgid "Coloring _Type for Segment" msgstr "Colouring _Type for Segment" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:791 msgid "Re-_center Segment's Midpoint" msgstr "Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:800 msgid "Coloring _Type for Selection" msgstr "Colouring _Type for Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-actions.c:813 msgid "Re-_center Midpoints in Selection" msgstr "Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:84 msgid "Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:86 msgid "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:235 msgid "Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradient-editor-commands.c:237 msgid "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color" msgstr "Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:43 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Gradients Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:47 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_New Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:48 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Create a new gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:53 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "D_uplicate Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:54 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Duplicate this gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:59 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Copy Gradient _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:60 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Copy gradient file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:65 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Save as _POV-Ray..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:66 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Save gradient as POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:71 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Delete Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:72 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Delete this gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:77 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Refresh Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:78 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Refresh gradients" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:86 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "_Edit Gradient..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/gradients-actions.c:87 msgctxt "gradients-action" msgid "Edit gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:37 ../app/actions/help-actions.c:40 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:41 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "Open the GIMP user manual" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:46 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "_Context Help" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/help-actions.c:47 msgctxt "help-action" msgid "Show the help for a specific user interface item" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:48 ../app/actions/image-actions.c:52 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Image Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:55 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:56 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:57 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:58 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:60 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:61 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "I_nfo" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:62 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Auto" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:63 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Map" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:64 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "C_omponents" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:67 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_New..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:68 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Create a new image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:73 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Can_vas Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:74 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Adjust the image dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:79 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Fit Canvas to L_ayers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:80 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Resize the image to enclose all layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:85 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "F_it Canvas to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:86 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Resize the image to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:91 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Print Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:92 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Adjust the print resolution" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:97 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Scale Image..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:98 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Change the size of the image content" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:103 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Crop to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:104 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Crop the image to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:109 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Duplicate" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:110 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Create a duplicate of this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:115 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge Visible _Layers..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:116 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge all visible layers into one layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:121 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "_Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:122 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Merge all layers into one and remove transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:127 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Configure G_rid..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:128 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Configure the grid for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:133 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Image Pr_operties" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:134 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Display information about this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:142 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:143 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to the RGB colorspace" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:147 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:148 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:152 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "_Indexed..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:153 msgctxt "image-convert-action" msgid "Convert the image to indexed colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:160 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip _Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:161 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip image horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:166 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip _Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:167 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Flip image vertically" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:175 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate 90° _clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:176 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:181 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate _180°" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:182 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Turn the image upside-down" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:187 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/image-actions.c:188 msgctxt "image-action" msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:43 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Images Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:47 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_Raise Views" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:48 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Raise this image's displays" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:53 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_New View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:54 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Create a new display for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:59 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/images-actions.c:60 msgctxt "images-action" msgid "Delete this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:49 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layers Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:53 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:55 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Stac_k" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:57 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:59 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Tr_ansparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:61 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:63 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:65 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:67 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer _Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:70 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Te_xt Tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:71 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Activate the text tool on this text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:76 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Edit Layer Attributes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:77 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Edit the layer's name" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:82 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:610 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_New Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:83 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:88 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:611 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_New Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:89 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:94 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "New from _Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:96 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer from what is visible in this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:101 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "New Layer _Group..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:102 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a new layer group and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:107 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "D_uplicate Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:109 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a duplicate of the layer and add it to the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:114 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Delete Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:115 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Delete this layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:120 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Raise Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:121 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Raise this layer one step in the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:126 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:127 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Move this layer to the top of the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:132 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Lower Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:133 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Lower this layer one step in the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:138 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:139 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Move this layer to the bottom of the layer stack" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:144 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Anchor Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:145 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Anchor the floating layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:150 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge Do_wn" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:151 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge this layer with the first visible layer below it" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:156 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:157 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge the layer group's layers into one normal layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:162 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge _Visible Layers..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:163 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge all visible layers into one layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:168 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:169 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Merge all layers into one and remove transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:174 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Discard Text Information" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:175 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Turn this text layer into a normal layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:180 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Text to _Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:181 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Create a path from this text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:186 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Text alon_g Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:187 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Warp this layer's text along the current path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:192 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer B_oundary Size..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:193 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Adjust the layer dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:198 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Layer to _Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:199 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Resize the layer to the size of the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:204 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Scale Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:205 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Change the size of the layer content" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:210 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Crop to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:211 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Crop the layer to the extents of the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:216 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add La_yer Mask..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:218 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add a mask that allows non-destructive editing of transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:223 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add Alpha C_hannel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:224 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add transparency information to the layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:229 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Remove Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:230 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Remove transparency information from the layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:238 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Lock Alph_a Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:240 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Keep transparency information on this layer from being modified" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:246 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Edit Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:247 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Work on the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:253 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "S_how Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:259 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Disable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:260 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Dismiss the effect of the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:269 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Apply Layer _Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:270 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Apply the effect of the layer mask and remove it" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:275 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Delete Layer Mas_k" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:276 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Remove the layer mask and its effect" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:284 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Mask to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:285 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Replace the selection with the layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:290 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Add to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:291 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add the layer mask to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:296 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:325 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Subtract from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:297 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Subtract the layer mask from the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:302 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:332 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "_Intersect with Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:303 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Intersect the layer mask with the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:311 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Al_pha to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:313 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Replace the selection with the layer's alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:318 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "A_dd to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:320 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Add the layer's alpha channel to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:327 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Subtract the layer's alpha channel from the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:334 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Intersect the layer's alpha channel with the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:342 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Top Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:343 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the topmost layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:348 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Bottom Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:349 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the bottommost layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:354 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Previous Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:355 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the layer above the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:360 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select _Next Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:361 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "Select the layer below the current layer" msgstr "" #. Will be followed with e.g. "Shift-Click #. on thumbnail" #. #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:442 msgid "Shortcut: " msgstr "" #. Will be prepended with a modifier key #. string, e.g. "Shift" #. #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:447 msgid "-Click on thumbnail in Layers dockable" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:605 ../app/actions/layers-actions.c:606 msgctxt "layers-action" msgid "To _New Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/layers-commands.c:356 msgid "Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:43 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Palette Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:47 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Edit Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:48 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Edit this entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:53 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "_Delete Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:54 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Delete this entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:62 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:71 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _FG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:73 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:78 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "New Color from _BG" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-actions.c:80 msgctxt "palette-editor-action" msgid "Create a new entry from the background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:68 msgid "Edit Palette Color" msgstr "Edit Palette Colour" #: ../app/actions/palette-editor-commands.c:70 msgid "Edit Color Palette Entry" msgstr "Edit Colour Palette Entry" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:43 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Palettes Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:47 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_New Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:48 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Create a new palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:53 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Import Palette..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:54 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Import palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:59 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "D_uplicate Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:60 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Duplicate this palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:65 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Merge Palettes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:66 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Merge palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:71 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Copy Palette _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:72 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Copy palette file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:77 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Delete Palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:78 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Delete this palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:83 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Refresh Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:84 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Refresh palettes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:92 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "_Edit Palette..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/palettes-actions.c:93 msgctxt "palettes-action" msgid "Edit palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:42 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Patterns Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:46 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Open Pattern as Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:47 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Open this pattern as an image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:52 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_New Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:53 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Create a new pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:58 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "D_uplicate Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:59 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Duplicate this pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:64 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Copy Pattern _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:65 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Copy pattern file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:70 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Delete Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:71 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Delete this pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:76 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Refresh Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:77 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Refresh patterns" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:85 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "_Edit Pattern..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/patterns-actions.c:86 msgctxt "patterns-action" msgid "Edit pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:85 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Filte_rs" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:87 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Recently Used" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:89 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Blur" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:91 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Noise" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:93 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Edge-De_tect" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:95 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "En_hance" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:97 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "C_ombine" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:99 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Generic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:101 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Light and Shadow" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:103 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Distorts" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:105 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Artistic" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:107 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Decor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:109 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Map" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:111 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Render" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:113 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Clouds" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:115 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Nature" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:117 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:119 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "_Web" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:121 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "An_imation" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:124 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Reset all _Filters" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:125 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Reset all plug-ins to their default settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:133 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Re_peat Last" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:135 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Rerun the last used plug-in using the same settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:140 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "R_e-Show Last" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/plug-in-actions.c:141 msgctxt "plug-in-action" msgid "Show the last used plug-in dialog again" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:43 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Quick Mask Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:47 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "_Configure Color and Opacity..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:55 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Toggle _Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:56 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Toggle Quick Mask on/off" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:65 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Mask _Selected Areas" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-actions.c:70 msgctxt "quick-mask-action" msgid "Mask _Unselected Areas" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/quick-mask-commands.c:110 msgid "Edit Quick Mask Color" msgstr "Edit Quick Mask Colour" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:39 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "Sample Point Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:46 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "_Sample Merged" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/sample-points-actions.c:48 msgctxt "sample-points-action" msgid "Use the composite color of all visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:44 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Selection Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:47 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:50 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_All" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:51 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Select everything" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:56 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_None" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:57 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Dismiss the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:62 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Invert" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:63 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Invert the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:68 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Float" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:69 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Create a floating selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:74 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Fea_ther..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:76 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Blur the selection border so that it fades out smoothly" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:81 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:82 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Remove fuzziness from the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:87 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "S_hrink..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:88 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Contract the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:93 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Grow..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:94 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Enlarge the selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:99 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Bo_rder..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:100 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Replace the selection by its border" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:105 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Save to _Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:106 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Save the selection to a channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:111 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Stroke Selection..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:112 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Paint along the selection outline" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:117 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "_Stroke Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/select-actions.c:118 msgctxt "select-action" msgid "Stroke the selection with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:41 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Templates Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:45 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Create Image from Template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:46 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Create a new image from the selected template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:51 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_New Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:52 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Create a new template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:57 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "D_uplicate Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:58 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Duplicate this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:63 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Edit Template..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:64 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Edit this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:69 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "_Delete Template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/templates-actions.c:70 msgctxt "templates-action" msgid "Delete this template" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:43 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:44 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Load text from file" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:49 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Clear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "Clear all text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:58 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "LTR" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:59 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "From left to right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:64 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "RTL" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-editor-actions.c:65 msgctxt "text-editor-action" msgid "From right to left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:50 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Text Tool Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:54 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Input _Methods" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:58 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:63 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:68 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:73 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:78 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Open text file..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:83 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Cl_ear" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:84 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Clear all text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:89 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "_Path from Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:91 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Create a path from the outlines of the current text" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:96 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Text _along Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:98 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "Bend the text along the currently active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:106 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "From left to right" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/text-tool-actions.c:111 msgctxt "text-tool-action" msgid "From right to left" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:56 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Tool Options Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:60 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Save Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:64 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Restore Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:68 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "E_dit Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:72 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_Delete Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:76 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "_New Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:81 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "R_eset Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:82 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset to default values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:87 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset _all Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-actions.c:88 msgctxt "tool-options-action" msgid "Reset all tool options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-options-commands.c:186 msgid "Reset All Tool Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:44 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Tool Presets Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:48 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_New Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:49 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Create a new tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:54 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "D_uplicate Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:55 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Duplicate this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:60 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Copy Tool Preset _Location" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:61 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Copy tool preset file location to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:66 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Delete Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:67 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Delete this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:72 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Refresh Tool Presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:73 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Refresh tool presets" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:81 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "_Edit Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-presets-actions.c:82 msgctxt "tool-presets-action" msgid "Edit this tool preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-preset-editor-actions.c:42 msgctxt "tool-preset-editor-action" msgid "Tool Preset Editor Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tool-preset-editor-actions.c:50 msgctxt "tool-preset-editor-action" msgid "Edit Active Tool Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:45 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:46 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Selection Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:47 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Paint Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:48 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Transform Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:49 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Color Tools" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:55 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_By Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:56 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:61 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "_Arbitrary Rotation..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/tools-actions.c:62 msgctxt "tools-action" msgid "Rotate by an arbitrary angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:44 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paths Menu" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:48 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path _Tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:53 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Edit Path Attributes..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:54 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Edit path attributes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:59 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_New Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:60 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Create a new path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:65 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_New Path with last values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:66 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Create a new path with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:71 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "D_uplicate Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:72 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Duplicate this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:77 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Delete Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:78 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Delete this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:83 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Merge _Visible Paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:88 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Raise Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:89 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:94 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise Path to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:95 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Raise this path to the top" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:100 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Lower Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:101 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower this path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:106 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower Path to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:107 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Lower this path to the bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:112 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Stro_ke Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:113 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paint along the path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:118 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Stro_ke Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:119 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paint along the path with last values" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:124 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Co_py Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:129 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Paste Pat_h" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:134 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "E_xport Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:139 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "I_mport Path..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:147 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:153 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Linked" msgstr "" #. GIMP_STOCK_LOCK #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:159 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "L_ock strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:168 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path to Sele_ction" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:169 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Path to selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:174 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Fr_om Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:175 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Replace selection with path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:180 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Add to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:181 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Add path to selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:186 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Subtract from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:187 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Subtract path from selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:192 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "_Intersect with Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:193 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Intersect path with selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:201 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selecti_on to Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:202 ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:208 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selection to path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:207 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "To _Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:213 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Selection to Path (_Advanced)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/vectors-actions.c:214 msgctxt "vectors-action" msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:68 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:69 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:70 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Padding Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:72 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Move to Screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:76 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_New View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:77 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Create another view on this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:82 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Close View" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:83 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Close the active image view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:88 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Fit Image in Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:89 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Adjust the zoom ratio so that the image becomes fully visible" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:94 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Fi_ll Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:95 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Adjust the zoom ratio so that the entire window is used" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:100 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Re_vert Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:101 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Restore the previous zoom level" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:106 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Na_vigation Window" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:107 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show an overview window for this image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:112 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display _Filters..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:113 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Configure filters applied to this view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:118 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Shrink _Wrap" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:119 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Reduce the image window to the size of the image display" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:124 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Open Display..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:125 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Connect to another display" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:133 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "_Dot for Dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:134 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "A pixel on the screen represents an image pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:140 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:141 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the selection outline" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:147 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Layer Boundary" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:148 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Draw a border around the active layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:154 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:155 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:161 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "S_how Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:162 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:168 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show Sample Points" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:169 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Display the image's color sample points" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:175 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Sn_ap to Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:176 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:182 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Sna_p to Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:183 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:189 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Snap to _Canvas Edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:190 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the canvas edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:196 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Snap t_o Active Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:197 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Tool operations snap to the active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:203 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show _Menubar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:204 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's menubar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:210 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show R_ulers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:211 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's rulers" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:217 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show Scroll_bars" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:218 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's scrollbars" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:224 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show S_tatusbar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:225 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Show this window's statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:231 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Fullscr_een" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:232 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Toggle fullscreen view" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:238 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Use GEGL" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:239 msgctxt "view-action" msgid "Use GEGL to create this window's projection" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:263 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:264 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:276 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:269 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:270 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:282 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:275 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:281 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:300 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:306 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1_6:1 (1600%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:301 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:307 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 16:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:312 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:318 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_8:1 (800%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:313 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:319 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 8:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:324 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:330 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_4:1 (400%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:325 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:331 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 4:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:336 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:342 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_2:1 (200%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:337 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:343 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 2:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:348 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:354 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "_1:1 (100%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:349 ../app/actions/view-actions.c:355 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:1" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:360 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_2 (50%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:361 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:2" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:366 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_4 (25%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:367 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:4" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:372 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:_8 (12.5%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:373 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:8" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:378 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "1:1_6 (6.25%)" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:379 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Zoom 1:16" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:384 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Othe_r..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:385 msgctxt "view-zoom-action" msgid "Set a custom zoom factor" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:393 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "From _Theme" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:394 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the current theme's background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:399 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Light Check Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:400 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the light check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:405 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "_Dark Check Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:406 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use the dark check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:411 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Select _Custom Color..." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:412 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Use an arbitrary color" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:417 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "As in _Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-actions.c:419 msgctxt "view-padding-color" msgid "Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:603 msgid "Set Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/view-commands.c:605 msgid "Set Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:93 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Windows" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:95 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Recently Closed Docks" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:97 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "_Dockable Dialogs" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:100 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Next Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:101 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Switch to the next image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:106 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Previous Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:107 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Switch to the previous image" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:115 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Hide Docks" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:116 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "" "When enabled docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:122 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "Single-Window Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/actions/windows-actions.c:123 msgctxt "windows-action" msgid "When enabled GIMP is in a single-window mode." msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:23 msgctxt "curve-type" msgid "Smooth" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:24 msgctxt "curve-type" msgid "Freehand" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:56 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:57 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:58 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:59 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:60 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:61 msgctxt "histogram-channel" msgid "RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:113 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:114 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Dissolve" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:115 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Behind" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:116 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Multiply" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:117 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Screen" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:118 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Overlay" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:119 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Difference" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:120 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Addition" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:121 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Subtract" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:122 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Darken only" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:123 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Lighten only" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:124 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:125 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:126 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:127 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:128 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Divide" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:129 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Dodge" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:130 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Burn" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:131 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Hard light" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:132 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Soft light" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:133 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Grain extract" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:134 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Grain merge" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:135 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Color erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:136 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:137 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Replace" msgstr "" #: ../app/base/base-enums.c:138 msgctxt "layer-mode-effects" msgid "Anti erase" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:24 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Tool icon" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:25 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Tool icon with crosshair" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:26 msgctxt "cursor-mode" msgid "Crosshair only" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:56 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "From theme" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:57 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Light check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:58 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Dark check color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:59 msgctxt "canvas-padding-mode" msgid "Custom color" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:88 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "No action" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:89 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "Pan view" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:90 msgctxt "space-bar-action" msgid "Switch to Move tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:118 msgctxt "zoom-quality" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:119 msgctxt "zoom-quality" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:147 msgctxt "help-browser-type" msgid "GIMP help browser" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:148 msgctxt "help-browser-type" msgid "Web browser" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:177 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Normal window" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:178 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Utility window" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:179 msgctxt "window-hint" msgid "Keep above" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:207 msgctxt "cursor-format" msgid "Black & white" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:208 msgctxt "cursor-format" msgid "Fancy" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:236 msgctxt "handedness" msgid "Left-handed" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/config-enums.c:237 msgctxt "handedness" msgid "Right-handed" msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:23 ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:28 msgid "Sets the dynamics search path." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:33 msgid "" "Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom " "color." msgstr "" "Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom " "colour." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:43 msgid "How to handle embedded color profiles when opening a file." msgstr "How to handle embedded colour profiles when opening a file." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:55 msgid "Sets the handedness for cursor positioning." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:125 msgid "" "The window type hint that is set on dock windows and the toolbox window. " "This may affect the way your window manager decorates and handles these " "windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:160 msgid "When enabled, the selected dynamics will be used for all tools." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:211 msgid "Specifies the language to use for the user interface." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:262 msgid "" "When enabled, the X server is queried for the mouse's current position on " "each motion event, rather than relying on the position hint. This means " "painting with large brushes should be more accurate, but it may be slower. " "Conversely, on some X servers enabling this option results in faster " "painting." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:283 msgid "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogs." msgstr "" "Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created " "dialogues." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:287 msgid "Sets the default quick mask color." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:301 msgid "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions." msgstr "" "Remember the current tool, pattern, colour, and brush across GIMP sessions." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:309 msgid "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits." msgstr "Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:322 msgid "" "When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." msgstr "" "When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the " "related help page. Without this button, the help page can still be reached " "by pressing F1." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:370 msgid "Use GIMP in a single-window mode." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:373 msgid "Hide docks and other windows, leaving only image windows." msgstr "" #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:413 msgid "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog." msgstr "Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:416 msgid "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." msgstr "" "The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file " "being previewed is smaller than the size set here." #: ../app/config/gimprc-blurbs.h:426 msgid "Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox." msgstr "Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox." #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:54 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:55 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Floyd-Steinberg (normal)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:56 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:57 msgctxt "convert-dither-type" msgid "Positioned" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:87 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Generate optimum palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:88 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use web-optimized palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:89 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use black and white (1-bit) palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:90 msgctxt "convert-palette-type" msgid "Use custom palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:216 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "First item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:217 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:218 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:219 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:220 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:221 msgctxt "align-reference-type" msgid "Active path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:253 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:254 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:255 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "White" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:256 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:257 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:258 msgctxt "fill-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:286 msgctxt "fill-style" msgid "Solid color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:287 msgctxt "fill-style" msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:315 msgctxt "stroke-method" msgid "Stroke line" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:316 msgctxt "stroke-method" msgid "Stroke with a paint tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:345 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Miter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:346 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Round" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:347 msgctxt "join-style" msgid "Bevel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:376 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Butt" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:377 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Round" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:378 msgctxt "cap-style" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:415 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:416 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Line" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:417 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Long dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:418 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Medium dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:419 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Short dashes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:420 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Sparse dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:421 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Normal dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:422 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dense dots" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:423 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Stipples" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:424 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dash, dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:425 msgctxt "dash-preset" msgid "Dash, dot, dot" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:454 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:455 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:456 msgctxt "brush-generated-shape" msgid "Diamond" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:485 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:486 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:487 msgctxt "orientation-type" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:518 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:519 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:520 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "Image-sized layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:521 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:522 msgctxt "item-set" msgid "All linked layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:588 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Tiny" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:589 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Very small" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:590 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:591 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:592 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:593 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Very large" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:594 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Huge" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:595 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Enormous" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:596 msgctxt "view-size" msgid "Gigantic" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:624 msgctxt "view-type" msgid "View as list" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:625 msgctxt "view-type" msgid "View as grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:654 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "No thumbnails" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:655 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "Normal (128x128)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:656 msgctxt "thumbnail-size" msgid "Large (256x256)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:833 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "<>" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:834 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:835 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:836 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:837 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:838 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Crop image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:839 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:840 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:841 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:842 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:843 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:844 ../app/core/core-enums.c:874 #: ../app/core/gimpimage-grid.c:63 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grid" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:845 ../app/core/core-enums.c:876 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:846 ../app/core/core-enums.c:877 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:847 ../app/core/core-enums.c:878 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer/Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:848 ../app/core/core-enums.c:879 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer/Channel modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:849 ../app/core/core-enums.c:880 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Selection mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:850 ../app/core/core-enums.c:884 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Item visibility" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:851 ../app/core/core-enums.c:885 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Link/Unlink item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:852 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Item properties" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:853 ../app/core/core-enums.c:883 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:854 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:855 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:856 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:857 ../app/core/core-enums.c:896 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:858 ../app/core/core-enums.c:898 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Apply layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:859 ../app/core/core-enums.c:906 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Floating selection to layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:860 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Float selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:861 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Anchor floating selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:862 ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:293 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Paste" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:863 ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:534 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Cut" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:864 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:865 ../app/core/core-enums.c:907 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:589 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:866 ../app/core/core-enums.c:908 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:867 ../app/core/core-enums.c:911 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:868 ../app/core/core-enums.c:912 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:869 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Import paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:870 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Plug-In" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:871 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image type" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:872 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:873 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Image resolution change" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:875 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change indexed palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:881 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:882 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:886 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:887 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:888 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set layer mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:889 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set layer opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:890 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lock/Unlock alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:891 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Suspend group layer resize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:892 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resume group layer resize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:893 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert group layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:894 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:895 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Text layer modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:897 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:899 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Show layer mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:900 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:901 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:902 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Channel color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:903 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "New path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:904 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:905 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Path modification" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:909 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Ink" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:910 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select foreground" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:913 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Not undoable" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1187 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Composite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1188 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1189 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1190 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1191 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1192 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1193 msgctxt "select-criterion" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1222 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Message" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1223 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1224 msgctxt "message-severity" msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1253 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Ask what to do" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1254 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Keep embedded profile" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1255 msgctxt "color-profile-policy" msgid "Convert to RGB workspace" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1292 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1293 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1294 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1295 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1296 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Hardness" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1297 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Force" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1298 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1299 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1300 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Rate" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1301 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Flow" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/core-enums.c:1302 msgctxt "dynamics-output-type" msgid "Jitter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:420 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Clear" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:439 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Foreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:443 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:447 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with White" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:451 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Transparency" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-edit.c:455 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill with Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimp-gradients.c:70 msgid "FG to BG (Hardedge)" msgstr "" #. This is a special string to specify the language identifier to #. * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the #. * C in it according to the name of the po file used for #. * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, #. * that would be "tags-locale:lt". #. #: ../app/core/gimp-tags.c:88 msgid "tags-locale:C" msgstr "" #. initialize the list of gimp dynamics #: ../app/core/gimp.c:956 ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2743 #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:203 msgid "Dynamics" msgstr "" #. update tag cache #: ../app/core/gimp.c:997 msgid "Updating tag cache" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Could not read %d byte from '%s': %s" msgid_plural "Could not read %d bytes from '%s': %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:354 #, c-format msgid "" "Fatal parse error in brush file '%s': Unsupported brush depth %d\n" "GIMP brushes must be GRAY or RGBA.\n" "This might be an obsolete GIMP brush file, try loading it as image and save " "it again." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:471 ../app/core/gimpbrush-load.c:871 #, c-format msgid "" "Fatal parse error in brush file '%s': unable to decode abr format version %d." msgstr "" "Fatal parse error in brush file '%s': unable to decode ABR format version %d." #: ../app/core/gimpbrush.c:148 msgid "Brush Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:129 msgid "Brush Shape" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:137 msgid "Brush Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:144 msgid "Brush Spikes" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:151 msgid "Brush Hardness" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:159 ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:150 msgid "Brush Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpbrushgenerated.c:166 ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:154 msgid "Brush Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:60 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rectangle Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:111 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Ellipse Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:165 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rounded Rectangle Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:407 ../app/core/gimplayer.c:275 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Alpha to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:445 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "%s Channel to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:493 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fuzzy Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel-select.c:540 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:273 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:274 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:275 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:276 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:277 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:278 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:279 ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:904 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:280 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:281 ../app/core/gimpselection.c:582 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Channel to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:282 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:283 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:284 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Channel to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:285 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:286 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Channel to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:310 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Feather Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:311 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sharpen Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:312 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Clear Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:313 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Fill Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:314 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Invert Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:315 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Border Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:316 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grow Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:317 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shrink Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:1758 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Channel Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpchannel.c:1824 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Channel Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpcontext.c:647 msgid "Paint Mode" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not " "exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuation in the Preferences " "dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:763 #, c-format msgid "" "You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of " "your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please " "fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdatafactory.c:773 #, c-format msgid "You don't have any writable data folder configured." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-blend.c:245 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Blend" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-brightness-contrast.c:70 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-brightness-contrast.c:83 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Brightness-Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-bucket-fill.c:284 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Bucket Fill" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:79 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-color-balance.c:89 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:72 #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-colorize.c:84 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Colorize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-curves.c:162 ../app/core/gimpdrawable-curves.c:179 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Curves" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-equalize.c:52 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Equalize" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-offset.c:316 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Offset Drawable" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-stroke.c:273 msgid "Not enough points to fill" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-stroke.c:404 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Render Stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:677 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:762 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable-transform.c:902 ../app/core/gimplayer.c:274 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdrawable.c:494 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpdynamicsoutput.c:135 msgid "Output type" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:90 msgid "The foreground color of the grid." msgstr "The foreground colour of the grid." #: ../app/core/gimpgrid.c:95 msgid "" "The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." msgstr "" "The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style." #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:219 msgid "Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:220 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:221 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:222 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:223 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:224 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:225 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpgrouplayer.c:226 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-arrange.c:142 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Arrange Objects" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:64 #, c-format msgid "Colormap of Image #%d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:162 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Set Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:210 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Unset Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:263 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Colormap entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-colormap.c:291 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Color to Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:809 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:813 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:817 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Convert Image to Indexed" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:896 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-convert.c:941 msgid "Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-crop.c:129 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Crop Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-crop.c:132 ../app/core/gimpimage-resize.c:86 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:52 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Horizontal Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:76 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Vertical Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:117 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-guides.c:144 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Guide" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:51 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Translate Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:78 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:105 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-item-list.c:135 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Items" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:132 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Visible Layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:195 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flatten Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:217 msgid "Cannot flatten an image without any visible layer." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:260 msgid "Cannot merge down to a layer group." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:267 msgid "The layer to merge down to is locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:279 msgid "There is no visible layer to merge down to." msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:289 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Down" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:317 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Layer Group" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-merge.c:370 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Merge Visible Paths" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-quick-mask.c:86 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Enable Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-quick-mask.c:136 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Disable Quick Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:53 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:98 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-sample-points.c:126 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Sample Point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-scale.c:88 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage-undo-push.c:862 #, c-format msgid "Can't undo %s" msgstr "Cannot undo %s" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1784 msgid " (exported)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1788 msgid " (overwritten)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1797 msgid " (imported)" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1922 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Image Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:1974 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Change Image Unit" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:2987 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite to Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3028 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Parasite from Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3737 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3787 ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3807 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3801 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Floating Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:3969 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4007 ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4020 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4074 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpimage.c:4105 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1815 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1825 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Attach Parasite to Item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1876 ../app/core/gimpitem.c:1883 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Parasite from Item" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer-floating-sel.c:95 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Anchor Floating Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer-floating-sel.c:133 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Floating Selection to Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:268 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:269 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:270 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:271 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:272 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:273 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:276 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:277 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:278 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Layer to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:279 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:280 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Layer to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1465 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1583 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transfer Alpha to Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1753 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Apply Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1754 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Delete Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1873 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Add Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1927 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Remove Alpha Channel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayer.c:1947 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer to Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:108 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:109 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Layer Mask to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:264 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Enable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:265 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Disable Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimplayermask.c:327 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Show Layer Mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:478 #, c-format msgid "Could not read header from palette file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:501 ../app/core/gimppalette-load.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Fatal parse error in palette file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:155 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:156 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:172 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Feather Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:173 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Sharpen Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:174 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select None" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:175 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Select All" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:176 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Invert Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:177 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Border Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:178 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Grow Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:179 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shrink Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpselection.c:854 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Float Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpstrokeoptions.c:181 msgid "" "Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a " "distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point." msgstr "" "Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a " "distance of more than (miter-limit * line-width) from the actual join point." #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:60 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:60 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:64 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "inch" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:64 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "inches" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "millimeter" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:67 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "millimeters" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:71 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "point" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:71 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "points" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:74 msgctxt "unit-singular" msgid "pica" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:74 msgctxt "unit-plural" msgid "picas" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:82 msgctxt "singular" msgid "percent" msgstr "" #: ../app/core/gimpunit.c:82 msgctxt "plural" msgid "percent" msgstr "" #. Translators: insert your names here, #. separated by newline #: ../app/dialogs/about-dialog.c:129 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Gordon Stevens https://launchpad.net/~reileigh\n" " Luke Hollins https://launchpad.net/~lwh\n" " Matthew Lange https://launchpad.net/~matthewlange\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:125 msgid "Indexed Color Conversion" msgstr "Indexed Colour Conversion" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:128 msgid "Convert Image to Indexed Colors" msgstr "Convert Image to Indexed Colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:190 msgid "_Maximum number of colors:" msgstr "_Maximum number of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:217 msgid "_Remove unused colors from colormap" msgstr "_Remove unused colours from colourmap" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:246 msgid "Color _dithering:" msgstr "Colour _dithering:" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:288 msgid "Converting to indexed colors" msgstr "Converting to indexed colours" #: ../app/dialogs/convert-dialog.c:416 ../app/pdb/convert-cmds.c:153 msgid "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors." msgstr "Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours." #: ../app/dialogs/data-delete-dialog.c:107 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove '%s' from the list and delete it on disk?" msgstr "" "Are you sure you want to remove '%s' from the list and delete it from disk?" #: ../app/dialogs/dialogs.c:382 msgid "FG/BG Color" msgstr "FG/BG Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:113 msgid "Export Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:114 msgid "_Export" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:458 msgid "" "Saving remote files needs to determine the file format from the file " "extension. Please enter a file extension that matches the selected file " "format or enter no file extension at all." msgstr "" "Remote file save needs to determine the file format from the file extension. " "Please enter a file extension that matches the selected file format or enter " "no file extension at all." #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:605 msgid "The given filename cannot be used for exporting" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:606 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to " "save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:609 msgid "Take me to the Save dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:613 msgid "The given filename cannot be used for saving" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:614 msgid "" "You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to " "export to other file formats." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:616 msgid "Take me to the Export dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/file-save-dialog.c:776 msgid "Saving canceled" msgstr "Saving cancelled" #: ../app/dialogs/image-merge-layers-dialog.c:114 msgid "Merge within active _group only" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/image-new-dialog.c:337 #, c-format msgid "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s)." msgstr "" "An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as " "\"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/image-properties-dialog.c:89 msgid "Color Profile" msgstr "Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/image-scale-dialog.c:111 msgctxt "dialog-title" msgid "Scale Image" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/image-scale-dialog.c:245 #, c-format msgid "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialog (currently " "%s)." msgstr "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what " "is configured as \"Maximum Image Size\" in the Preferences dialogue " "(currently %s)." #: ../app/dialogs/image-scale-dialog.c:260 msgid "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will shrink some layers completely away." msgstr "" "Scaling the image to the chosen size will shrink away some layers completely." #: ../app/dialogs/module-dialog.c:191 msgid "Module" msgstr "" #. The edge behavior frame #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:222 msgid "Edge Behavior" msgstr "Edge Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/offset-dialog.c:229 msgid "Fill with _background color" msgstr "Fill with _background colour" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:325 msgid "N_umber of colors:" msgstr "N_umber of colours:" #: ../app/dialogs/palette-import-dialog.c:382 msgid "The selected source contains no colors." msgstr "The selected source contains no colours." #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1304 msgid "Custom p_adding color:" msgstr "Custom p_adding colour:" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1305 msgid "Select Custom Canvas Padding Color" msgstr "Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1559 msgid "Maximum _filesize for thumbnailing:" msgstr "Maximum _file size for thumbnailing:" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1598 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1917 msgid "_Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1960 msgid "Show _foreground & background color" msgstr "Show _foreground & background colour" #. Tool Editor #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:1976 msgid "Tools configuration" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2028 msgid "Set the default Quick Mask color" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2034 msgid "Quick Mask color:" msgstr "" #. Zoom & Resize Behavior #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2092 msgid "Zoom & Resize Behavior" msgstr "Zoom & Resize Behaviour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2140 msgid "Pointer _handedness:" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2427 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2448 msgid "Select RGB Color Profile" msgstr "Select RGB Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2450 msgid "Select CMYK Color Profile" msgstr "Select CMYK Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2452 msgid "Select Monitor Color Profile" msgstr "Select Monitor Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2454 msgid "Select Printer Color Profile" msgstr "Select Printer Colour Profile" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2527 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "Mark out of gamut colours" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2532 msgid "Select Warning Color" msgstr "Select Warning Colour" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2638 msgid "Hint for _docks and toolbox:" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2743 msgid "Dynamics Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2745 msgid "Select Dynamics Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2763 msgid "Tool Preset Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/preferences-dialog.c:2765 msgid "Select Tool Preset Folders" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to quit." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:314 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to close all images." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and quit." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:333 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and close all images." msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/quit-dialog.c:423 #, c-format msgid "Exported to %s" msgstr "" #: ../app/dialogs/scale-dialog.c:207 msgid "" "Indexed color layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." msgstr "" "Indexed colour layers are always scaled without interpolation. The chosen " "interpolation type will affect channels and layer masks only." #. a link to the related section in the user manual #: ../app/dialogs/tips-dialog.c:193 msgid "Learn more" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:60 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "No guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:61 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Center lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:62 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Rule of thirds" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:63 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Rule of fifths" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:64 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Golden sections" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:65 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Diagonal lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:66 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Number of lines" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/display-enums.c:67 msgctxt "guides-type" msgid "Line spacing" msgstr "" #. Selection Bounding Box #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:256 msgid "Selection Bounding Box" msgstr "" #. Width #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:292 msgid "W" msgstr "" #. Height #: ../app/display/gimpcursorview.c:299 msgid "H" msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-close.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Press %s to discard all changes and close the image." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-close.c:355 #, c-format msgid "The image has been exported to '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:361 #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:463 ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:173 #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:136 ../app/tools/gimpimagemaptool.c:280 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectiontool.c:427 msgid "Cannot modify the pixels of layer groups." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:369 #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-dnd.c:471 ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:180 #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:143 ../app/tools/gimpcroptool.c:325 #: ../app/tools/gimpimagemaptool.c:287 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:266 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectiontool.c:432 ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:247 #: ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:1070 msgid "The active layer's pixels are locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:83 msgid "Color Display Filters" msgstr "Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-filter-dialog.c:86 msgid "Configure Color Display Filters" msgstr "Configure Colour Display Filters" #: ../app/display/gimpdisplayshell-handlers.c:810 #, c-format msgid "Image exported to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../app/file/file-open.c:199 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-In could not open image" msgstr "%s plug-in could not open image" #: ../app/file/file-open.c:700 msgid "" "Color management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "Colour management has been disabled. It can be enabled again in the " "Preferences dialogue." #: ../app/gegl/gimp-gegl-enums.c:24 msgctxt "cage-mode" msgid "Create or adjust the cage" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimp-gegl-enums.c:25 msgctxt "cage-mode" msgid "Deform the cage to deform the image" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagecoefcalc.c:67 msgid "Compute a set of coefficient buffer for the GIMP cage tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:106 msgid "" "Convert a set of coefficient buffer to a coordinate buffer for the GIMP cage " "tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:128 msgid "Fill with plain color" msgstr "" #: ../app/gegl/gimpoperationcagetransform.c:129 #: ../app/tools/gimpcageoptions.c:144 msgid "Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpbrushcore.c:394 msgid "No paint dynamics available for use with this tool." msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:72 msgid "Ink Blob Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:99 msgid "Ink Blob Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimpinkoptions.c:103 msgid "Ink Blob Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:145 msgid "Brush Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:159 msgid "Every stamp has its own opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:165 msgid "Ignore fuzziness of the current brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:170 msgid "Scatter brush as you paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:174 msgid "Distance of scattering" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:184 msgid "Distance over which strokes fade out" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:192 msgid "Reverse direction of fading" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:196 msgid "How fade is repeated as you paint" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:255 msgid "Paint smoother strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:259 msgid "Depth of smoothing" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/gimppaintoptions.c:263 msgid "Gravity of the pen" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:52 msgctxt "perspective-clone-mode" msgid "Modify Perspective" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:53 msgctxt "perspective-clone-mode" msgid "Perspective Clone" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:83 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:84 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Aligned" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:85 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Registered" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:86 msgctxt "source-align-mode" msgid "Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:114 msgctxt "convolve-type" msgid "Blur" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:115 msgctxt "convolve-type" msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:144 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:145 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../app/paint/paint-enums.c:146 msgctxt "ink-blob-type" msgid "Diamond" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:134 msgid "Invalid empty paint dynamics name" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Paint dynamics '%s' not found" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Paint dynamics '%s' is not editable" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it has not been added to an image" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:363 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is attached to another image" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:392 #, c-format msgid "" "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a direct child of an item " "tree" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:420 #, c-format msgid "" "Items '%s' (%d) and '%s' (%d) cannot be used because they are not part of " "the same item tree" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:445 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) must not be an ancestor of '%s' (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:496 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be modified because its contents are locked" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a group item" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:536 #, c-format msgid "Item '%s' (%d) cannot be modified because it is a group item" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimppdb-utils.c:557 #, c-format msgid "Layer '%s' (%d) cannot be used because it is not a text layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/gimpprocedure.c:687 #, c-format msgid "" "Procedure '%s' returned an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most likely a plug-" "in is trying to work on a layer that doesn't exist any longer." msgstr "" "Procedure '%s' returned an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most likely a plug-" "in is trying to work on a layer that no longer exists." #: ../app/pdb/gimpprocedure.c:700 #, c-format msgid "" "Procedure '%s' has been called with an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most " "likely a plug-in is trying to work on a layer that doesn't exist any longer." msgstr "" "Procedure '%s' has been called with an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most " "likely a plug-in is trying to work on a layer that no longer exists." #: ../app/pdb/gimpprocedure.c:717 #, c-format msgid "" "Procedure '%s' returned an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most likely a plug-" "in is trying to work on an image that doesn't exist any longer." msgstr "" "Procedure '%s' returned an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most likely a plug-" "in is trying to work on an image that no longer exists." #: ../app/pdb/gimpprocedure.c:730 #, c-format msgid "" "Procedure '%s' has been called with an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most " "likely a plug-in is trying to work on an image that doesn't exist any longer." msgstr "" "Procedure '%s' has been called with an invalid ID for argument '%s'. Most " "likely a plug-in is trying to work on an image that no longer exists." #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:323 msgid "Remove path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:359 msgid "Close path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:401 msgid "Translate path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:443 msgid "Scale path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:487 msgid "Rotate path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:529 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:575 msgid "Flip path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:706 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:829 #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:1055 msgid "Add path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:882 ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:937 #: ../app/pdb/vectors-cmds.c:1000 msgid "Extend path stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/plug-in/gimpplugin-progress.c:331 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../app/plug-in/gimppluginmanager-call.c:173 #: ../app/plug-in/gimppluginmanager-call.c:223 #: ../app/plug-in/gimppluginmanager-call.c:321 #, c-format msgid "Failed to run plug-in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../app/plug-in/plug-in-icc-profile.c:74 #, c-format msgid "Can't apply color profile to grayscale image (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/text/gimptextlayer.c:696 msgid "" "Your text cannot be rendered. It is likely too big. Please make it shorter " "or use a smaller font." msgstr "" #: ../app/text/gimptextlayout.c:577 msgid "" "The new text layout cannot be generated. Most likely the font size is too " "big." msgstr "" #: ../app/text/text-enums.c:23 msgctxt "text-box-mode" msgid "Dynamic" msgstr "" #: ../app/text/text-enums.c:24 msgctxt "text-box-mode" msgid "Fixed" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpairbrushtool.c:86 msgid "Motion only" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpairbrushtool.c:97 msgid "Flow" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:91 msgid "Reference image object a layer will be aligned on" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:98 msgid "Horizontal offset for distribution" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:104 msgid "Vertical offset for distribution" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:302 msgid "Align center of target" msgstr "Align centre of target" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:342 msgid "Distribute horizontal centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute horizontal centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpalignoptions.c:358 msgid "Distribute vertical centers of targets" msgstr "Distribute vertical centres of targets" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendoptions.c:268 msgid "Max depth" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:110 msgid "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient" msgstr "Blend Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient" #: ../app/tools/gimpblendtool.c:187 msgid "No gradient available for use with this tool." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:93 msgid "Which area will be filled" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:110 #: ../app/tools/gimpregionselectoptions.c:95 msgid "Maximum color difference" msgstr "Maximum colour difference" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:115 msgid "Criterion used for determining color similarity" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:249 msgid "Fill similar colors" msgstr "Fill similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilloptions.c:258 msgid "Finding Similar Colors" msgstr "Finding Similar Colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbucketfilltool.c:87 msgid "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern" msgstr "Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:67 msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "Select by Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:68 msgid "Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors" msgstr "Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:69 msgid "_By Color Select" msgstr "_By Colour Select" #: ../app/tools/gimpbycolorselecttool.c:82 msgctxt "command" msgid "Select by Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:158 ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1123 msgid "Cage Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:159 msgid "Cage Transform: Deform a selection with a cage" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:160 msgid "_Cage Transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:356 msgid "Press ENTER to commit the transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1064 msgid "Computing Cage Coefficients" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcagetool.c:1241 msgid "Cage transform" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:94 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:95 msgid "Color Balance Tool: Adjust color distribution" msgstr "Colour Balance Tool: Adjust colour distribution" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:96 msgid "Color _Balance..." msgstr "Colour _Balance..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:113 msgid "Adjust Color Balance" msgstr "Adjust Colour Balance" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:115 msgid "Import Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Import Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:116 msgid "Export Color Balance Settings" msgstr "Export Colour Balance Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:162 msgid "Color Balance operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colour Balance operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorbalancetool.c:275 ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:172 msgid "Adjust Color Levels" msgstr "Adjust Colour Levels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:90 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "Colourize" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:91 msgid "Colorize Tool: Colorize the image" msgstr "Colourize Tool: Colourize the image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:92 msgid "Colori_ze..." msgstr "Colouri_ze..." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:109 msgid "Colorize the Image" msgstr "Colourize the Image" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:111 msgid "Import Colorize Settings" msgstr "Import Colourize Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:112 msgid "Export Colorize Settings" msgstr "Export Colourize Settings" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:157 msgid "Colorize operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Colourize operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorizetool.c:224 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcoloroptions.c:77 msgid "Color Picker Average Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcoloroptions.c:157 #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:163 #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:277 #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:155 msgid "Radius" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:68 msgid "Use accumulated color value from all composited visible layers" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:74 msgid "Choose what color picker will do" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickeroptions.c:80 msgid "" "Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:93 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "Colour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:94 msgid "Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels" msgstr "Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:95 msgid "C_olor Picker" msgstr "C_olour Picker" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:231 msgid "Click in any image to view its color" msgstr "Click in any image to view its colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:238 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:478 msgid "Click in any image to pick the foreground color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the foreground colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:246 ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:484 msgid "Click in any image to pick the background color" msgstr "Click in any image to pick the background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:254 msgid "Click in any image to add the color to the palette" msgstr "Click in any image to add the colour to the palette" #: ../app/tools/gimpcolorpickertool.c:309 msgid "Color Picker Information" msgstr "Colour Picker Information" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:76 #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:77 msgid "Dim everything outside selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:82 msgid "Crop only currently selected layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcropoptions.c:88 msgid "Allow resizing canvas by dragging cropping frame beyond image boundary" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcroptool.c:318 msgid "There is no active layer to crop." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:151 msgid "Curves Tool: Adjust color curves" msgstr "Curves Tool: Adjust colour curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:178 msgid "Adjust Color Curves" msgstr "Adjust Colour Curves" #: ../app/tools/gimpcurvestool.c:350 msgid "Click to locate on curve (try Shift, Ctrl)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:78 msgid "Desaturate Tool: Turn colors into shades of gray" msgstr "Desaturate Tool: Turn colours into shades of gray" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:93 msgid "Desaturate (Remove Colors)" msgstr "Desaturate (Remove Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimpdesaturatetool.c:124 msgid "Desaturate only operates on RGB layers." msgstr "" #. mode (highlights, midtones, or shadows) #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:230 msgid "Range" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpdodgeburntool.c:236 msgid "Exposure" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimperasertool.c:98 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a background color" msgstr "%s to pick a background colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpflipoptions.c:66 msgid "Direction of flipping" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:187 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:190 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip vertically" msgstr "" #. probably this is not actually reached today, but #. * could be if someone defined FLIP_DIAGONAL, say... #. #: ../app/tools/gimpfliptool.c:196 msgctxt "undo-desc" msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:91 msgid "" "Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from " "selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:112 msgid "Color of selection preview mask" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:344 msgid "Preview color:" msgstr "Preview colour:" #. granularity #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselectoptions.c:347 msgid "Color Sensitivity" msgstr "Colour Sensitivity" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselecttool.c:311 msgid "Roughly outline the object to extract" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpforegroundselecttool.c:753 msgctxt "command" msgid "Foreground Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfreeselecttool.c:1562 msgctxt "command" msgid "Free Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpfuzzyselecttool.c:66 msgid "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color" msgstr "Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpfuzzyselecttool.c:80 msgctxt "command" msgid "Fuzzy Select" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpgegltool.c:442 msgid "Select an operation from the list above" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:170 msgid "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB color layers." msgstr "Hue-Saturation operates only on RGB colour layers." #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:247 msgid "Adjust all colors" msgstr "Adjust all colours" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:258 msgid "Select Primary Color to Adjust" msgstr "Select Primary Colour to Adjust" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:364 msgid "Adjust Selected Color" msgstr "Adjust Selected Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimphuesaturationtool.c:431 msgid "R_eset Color" msgstr "R_eset Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:71 #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:183 #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:199 msgid "Angle" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:94 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:144 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:72 msgid "Tilt" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpinkoptions-gui.c:101 msgid "Speed" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpiscissorsoptions.c:68 msgid "Display future selection segment as you drag a control node" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimplevelstool.c:151 msgid "Levels Tool: Adjust color levels" msgstr "Levels Tool: Adjust colour levels" #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:79 msgid "Resize image window to accommodate new zoom level" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:86 msgid "Direction of magnification" msgstr "" #. tool toggle #: ../app/tools/gimpmagnifyoptions.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Direction (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmeasureoptions.c:67 msgid "Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmeasuretool.c:313 msgid "Drag to create a line" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpmovetool.c:127 msgctxt "tool" msgid "Move" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:152 msgid "Reset size to brush's native size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:159 msgid "Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:176 msgid "Reset aspect ratio to brush's native" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:200 msgid "Reset angle to zero" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:285 msgid "Dynamics Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:291 msgid "Fade Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:305 msgid "Fade length" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:341 msgid "Color Options" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:367 msgid "Amount" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:389 msgid "Smooth stroke" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppaintoptions-gui.c:399 msgid "Weight" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:140 #, c-format msgid "%s to pick a color" msgstr "%s to pick a colour" #: ../app/tools/gimppainttool.c:259 msgid "Cannot paint on layer groups." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpperspectivetool.c:256 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Perspective" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:85 msgid "Posterize Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colors" msgstr "Posterize Tool: Reduce to a limited set of colours" #: ../app/tools/gimpposterizetool.c:103 msgid "Posterize (Reduce Number of Colors)" msgstr "Posterize (Reduce Number of Colours)" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:104 msgid "Automatically shrink to the nearest rectangular shape in a layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:122 #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:127 msgid "Composition guides such as rule of thirds" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:131 msgid "X coordinate of top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:141 msgid "Y coordinate of top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:151 msgid "Width of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:160 msgid "Height of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:169 msgid "Unit of top left corner coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:178 msgid "Unit of selection size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:187 msgid "Enable lock of aspect ratio, width, height or size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:196 msgid "Choose what has to be locked" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:205 msgid "Custom fixed width" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:214 msgid "Custom fixed height" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:308 msgid "Unit of fixed width, height or size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:317 msgid "Expand selection from center outwards" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleoptions.c:839 msgid "Expand from center" msgstr "Expand from centre" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:83 msgid "Round corners of selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprectangleselectoptions.c:89 msgid "Radius of rounding in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpregionselectoptions.c:101 msgid "Selection criterion" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:207 msgid "Center _X:" msgstr "Centre _X:" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:216 msgid "Center _Y:" msgstr "Centre _Y:" #: ../app/tools/gimprotatetool.c:373 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate by %-3.3g° around (%g, %g)" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpscaletool.c:338 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale to %d x %d" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:84 msgid "Enable feathering of selection edges" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpselectionoptions.c:90 msgid "Radius of feathering" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:255 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear horizontally by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:259 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear vertically by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #. e.g. user entered numbers but no notification callback #: ../app/tools/gimpsheartool.c:264 #, c-format msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Shear horizontally by %-3.3g, vertically by %-3.3g" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:131 msgid "Font size unit" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:136 msgid "Font size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:153 msgid "The text language may have an effect on the way the text is rendered." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:164 msgid "Text alignment" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:188 msgid "" "Whether text flows into rectangular shape or moves into a new line when you " "press Enter" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:196 msgid "Use an external editor window for text entry" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:510 msgid "Font" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:534 msgid "Use editor" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:554 msgid "Hinting:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:558 msgid "Text Color" msgstr "Text Colour" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:563 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:592 msgid "Box:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptextoptions.c:609 msgid "Language:" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpthresholdtool.c:91 msgid "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold" msgstr "Threshold Tool: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold" #: ../app/tools/gimptool.c:978 msgid "Can't work on an empty image, add a layer first" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:99 msgid "Direction of transformation" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:105 msgid "Interpolation method" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:111 msgid "How to clip" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:117 msgid "Show a preview of the transformed image" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:122 msgid "Opacity of the preview image" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:133 msgid "Size of a grid cell for variable number of composition guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:310 msgid "Image opacity" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:312 msgid "Show image preview" msgstr "" #. the guides frame #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:318 msgid "Guides" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:347 msgid "Limit rotation steps to 15 degrees" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformoptions.c:352 msgid "Keep the original aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimptransformtool.c:1083 msgid "The active path's strokes are locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpvectortool.c:250 msgid "The active path is locked." msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/gimpvectortool.c:1253 msgid "Click-Drag to move the handles around symmetrically" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:150 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:151 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Width" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:152 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Height" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:153 msgctxt "rectangle-tool-fixed-rule" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:182 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Free select" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:183 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Fixed size" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:184 msgctxt "rect-select-mode" msgid "Fixed aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:213 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Layer" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:214 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:215 msgctxt "transform-type" msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:244 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Design" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:245 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: ../app/tools/tools-enums.c:246 msgctxt "vector-mode" msgid "Move" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:208 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rename Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:209 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Move Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:210 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Scale Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:211 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Resize Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:212 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Flip Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:213 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Rotate Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:214 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Transform Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:215 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Stroke Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:216 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Path to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:217 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Reorder Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:218 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:219 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Raise Path to Top" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:220 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Path" msgstr "" #: ../app/vectors/gimpvectors.c:221 msgctxt "undo-type" msgid "Lower Path to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpactioneditor.c:69 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpbrusheditor.c:166 msgid "Spikes" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolordialog.c:149 msgid "Add the current color to the color history" msgstr "Add the current colour to the colour history" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcoloreditor.c:260 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:200 msgid "Color index:" msgstr "Colour index:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcolormapeditor.c:466 msgid "Only indexed images have a colormap." msgstr "Only indexed images have a colourmap." #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollerlist.c:534 msgid "" "There can only be one active mouse controller.\n" "\n" "You already have a mouse controller in your list of active controllers." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:70 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:73 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:76 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:79 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:82 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:85 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:88 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:91 msgid "Button 8" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:95 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:98 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:101 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:104 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:107 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:110 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:113 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:116 msgid "Button 9" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:120 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:123 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:126 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:129 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:132 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:135 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:138 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:141 msgid "Button 10" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:145 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:148 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:151 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:154 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:157 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:160 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:163 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:166 msgid "Button 11" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:170 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:173 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:176 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:179 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:182 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:185 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:188 #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:191 msgid "Button 12" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:203 msgid "Mouse Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpcontrollermouse.c:244 msgid "Mouse Button Events" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:165 msgid "Delete the selected device" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:502 msgid "Delete Device Settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:523 #, c-format msgid "Delete \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceeditor.c:526 msgid "" "You are about to delete this device's stored settings.\n" "The next time this device is plugged, default settings will be used." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:140 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:141 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:69 msgid "Pressure" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:141 msgid "X tilt" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:142 msgid "Y tilt" msgstr "" #. Wheel as in mouse or input device wheel #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:144 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:145 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:73 msgid "Wheel" msgstr "" #. the axes #. The axes of an input device #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:195 msgid "Axes" msgstr "" #. the keys #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:269 msgid "Keys" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:366 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:585 #, c-format msgid "none" msgstr "" #. e.g. "Pressure Curve" for mapping input device axes #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s Curve" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:474 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:209 msgid "_Reset Curve" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdeviceinfoeditor.c:487 #, c-format msgid "The axis '%s' has no curve" msgstr "" #. String used to separate dockables, e.g. "Tool Options, Layers" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:34 msgctxt "dock" msgid ", " msgstr "" #. String used to separate books (GtkNotebooks) within a dock, #. e.g. "Tool Options, Layers - Brushes" #. #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:39 msgctxt "dock" msgid " - " msgstr "" #. String used to separate dock columns, #. e.g. "Tool Options, Layers - Brushes | Gradients" #. #: ../app/widgets/gimpdock.h:44 msgctxt "dock" msgid " | " msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdockwindow.c:397 msgid "" "When enabled the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on." msgstr "" "When enabled, the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working " "on." #: ../app/widgets/gimpdrawabletreeview.c:122 msgid "Lock pixels" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:135 msgid "Mapping matrix" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:142 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:70 msgid "Velocity" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:146 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:74 msgid "Random" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicseditor.c:147 #: ../app/widgets/gimpdynamicsoutputeditor.c:75 msgid "Fade" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfiledialog.c:813 msgid "All XCF images" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfiledialog.c:815 msgid "All export images" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpfilleditor.c:124 msgid "Fill Color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1000 msgid "Foreground color set to:" msgstr "Foreground colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1007 msgid "Background color set to:" msgstr "Background colour set to:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1235 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1296 #, c-format msgid "%s-Drag: move & compress" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1247 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1260 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1273 #: ../app/widgets/gimpgradienteditor.c:1294 #, c-format msgid "%s-Click: extend selection" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:151 msgid "Change grid foreground color" msgstr "Change grid foreground colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:158 msgid "_Foreground color:" msgstr "_Foreground colour:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:162 msgid "Change grid background color" msgstr "Change grid background colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimpgrideditor.c:169 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../app/widgets/gimphelp.c:336 msgid "Help browser doesn't start" msgstr "Help browser did not start" #. Button #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagecommenteditor.c:107 msgid "Use default comment" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagecommenteditor.c:109 msgid "" "Replace the current image comment with the default comment set in " "Edit→Preferences→Default Image." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:113 msgid "Size in pixels:" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:122 msgid "Color space:" msgstr "Colour space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimpimagepropview.c:487 msgid "colors" msgstr "colours" #: ../app/widgets/gimpmessagebox.c:433 #, c-format msgid "Message repeated once." msgid_plural "Message repeated %d times." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../app/widgets/gimppanedbox.c:58 msgid "You can drop dockable dialogs here" msgstr "You can drop dockable dialogues here" #: ../app/widgets/gimpprofilechooserdialog.c:127 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:291 msgid "Add settings to favorites" msgstr "Add settings to favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingsbox.c:636 msgid "Add Settings to Favorites" msgstr "Add Settings to Favourites" #: ../app/widgets/gimpsettingseditor.c:212 msgid "Delete the selected settings" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpstrokeeditor.c:171 msgid "_Miter limit:" msgstr "_Mitre limit:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:45 msgid "filter" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:46 msgid "enter tags" msgstr "" #. Seperator for tags #. * IMPORTANT: use only one of Unicode terminal punctuation chars. #. * http://unicode.org/review/pr-23.html #. #: ../app/widgets/gimptagentry.c:1732 msgid "," msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptemplateeditor.c:387 msgid "Color _space:" msgstr "Colour _space:" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextbuffer-serialize.c:344 #, c-format msgid "Attribute \"%s\" is invalid on <%s> element in this context" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextbuffer-serialize.c:416 #, c-format msgid "Outermost element in text must be not <%s>" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:206 msgid "Change font of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:217 msgid "Change size of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:236 msgid "Clear style of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:247 #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:256 msgid "Change color of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:272 msgid "Change kerning of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:288 msgid "Change baseline of selected text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:328 msgid "Bold" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:331 msgid "Italic" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:334 msgid "Underline" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptextstyleeditor.c:337 msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpthumbbox.c:330 #, c-format msgid "" "Click to update preview\n" "%s-Click to force update even if preview is up-to-date" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:79 msgid "" "Foreground & background colors.\n" "The black and white squares reset colors.\n" "The arrows swap colors.\n" "Click to open the color selection dialog." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:140 msgid "Change Foreground Color" msgstr "Change Foreground Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-color-area.c:145 msgid "Change Background Color" msgstr "Change Background Colour" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:118 #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:123 msgid "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialog." msgstr "" "The active image.\n" "Click to open the Image Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-image-area.c:120 msgid "Drag to an XDS enabled file-manager to save the image." msgstr "Drag to an XDS-enabled filemanager to save the image." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:163 msgid "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialog." msgstr "" "The active brush.\n" "Click to open the Brush Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:195 msgid "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialog." msgstr "" "The active pattern.\n" "Click to open the Pattern Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolbox-indicator-area.c:227 msgid "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialog." msgstr "" "The active gradient.\n" "Click to open the Gradient Dialogue." #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:294 msgid "Raise this tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:295 msgid "Raise this tool to the top" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:302 msgid "Lower this tool" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooleditor.c:303 msgid "Lower this tool to the bottom" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:202 msgid "Save Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:210 msgid "Restore Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptooloptionseditor.c:218 msgid "Delete Tool Preset..." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:148 msgid "Icon:" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:159 msgid "Apply stored FG/BG" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:165 msgid "Apply stored brush" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:171 msgid "Apply stored dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:177 msgid "Apply stored gradient" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:183 msgid "Apply stored pattern" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:189 msgid "Apply stored palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:195 msgid "Apply stored font" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptoolpreseteditor.c:292 #, c-format msgid "%s Preset" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptranslationstore.c:100 msgid "System Language" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimptranslationstore.c:102 msgid "English" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpuimanager.c:744 msgid "Please make sure the menu XML files are correctly installed." msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpvectorstreeview.c:111 msgid "Lock path strokes" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:87 msgid "Open the brush selection dialog" msgstr "Open the brush selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:151 msgid "Open the dynamics selection dialog" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:216 msgid "Open the pattern selection dialog" msgstr "Open the pattern selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:284 msgid "Open the gradient selection dialog" msgstr "Open the gradient selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:401 msgid "Open the palette selection dialog" msgstr "Open the palette selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/gimpviewablebox.c:466 msgid "Open the font selection dialog" msgstr "Open the font selection dialogue" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:23 msgctxt "active-color" msgid "Foreground" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:24 msgctxt "active-color" msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:85 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "Pixel" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:86 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "RGB" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:87 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "HSV" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:88 msgctxt "color-frame-mode" msgid "CMYK" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:118 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Pick only" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:119 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set foreground color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:120 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Set background color" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:121 msgctxt "color-pick-mode" msgid "Add to palette" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:178 msgctxt "histogram-scale" msgid "Linear histogram" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:179 msgctxt "histogram-scale" msgid "Logarithmic histogram" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:215 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:216 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Current status" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:217 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:218 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:219 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon & text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:220 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Icon & desc" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:221 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Status & text" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:222 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Status & desc" msgstr "" #: ../app/widgets/widgets-enums.c:223 msgctxt "tab-style" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "" #: ../app/xcf/xcf-load.c:339 msgid "" "This XCF file is corrupt! I have loaded as much of it as I can, but it is " "incomplete." msgstr "" "This XCF file is corrupt! GIMP has loaded as much of it as it can, but it " "is incomplete." #: ../app/xcf/xcf-load.c:350 msgid "" "This XCF file is corrupt! I could not even salvage any partial image data " "from it." msgstr "" "This XCF file is corrupt! GIMP could not even salvage any partial image " "data from it." #: ../app/xcf/xcf-load.c:423 msgid "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colormaps correctly.\n" "Substituting grayscale map." msgstr "" "XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format\n" "did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.\n" "Substituting grayscale map." #: ../data/tags/gimp-tags-default.xml.in.h:1 msgid "round" msgstr "" #. fuzzy as in a feathered, blurred, unfocused, soft brush #: ../data/tags/gimp-tags-default.xml.in.h:3 msgid "fuzzy" msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "GIMP is an acronym for GNU Image Manipulation Program. It is a freely " "distributed program for such tasks as photo retouching, image composition " "and image authoring." msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "It has many capabilities. It can be used as a simple paint program, an " "expert quality photo retouching program, an online batch processing system, " "a mass production image renderer, an image format converter, etc." msgstr "" #: ../desktop/gimp.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "GIMP is expandable and extensible. It is designed to be augmented with plug-" "ins and extensions to do just about anything. The advanced scripting " "interface allows everything from the simplest task to the most complex image " "manipulation procedures to be easily scripted. GIMP is also available for " "Microsoft Windows and OS X." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-libgimp.po0000644000000000000000000004701512321561544021612 0ustar # Canadian English translation for libgimp # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libgimp package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgimp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-27 16:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:334 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:353 #, c-format msgid "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or indexed images" msgstr "%s plug-in can only handle RGB or indexed images" #: ../libgimp/gimpexport.c:1004 msgid "Export Image as " msgstr "" #: ../libgimp/gimpprocbrowserdialog.c:397 msgid "Search term invalid or incomplete" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:28 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_White (full opacity)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:29 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_Black (full transparency)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:30 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "Layer's _alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:31 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_Transfer layer's alpha channel" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:32 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_Selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:33 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "_Grayscale copy of layer" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:34 msgctxt "add-mask-type" msgid "C_hannel" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:65 msgctxt "blend-mode" msgid "FG to BG (RGB)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:66 msgctxt "blend-mode" msgid "FG to BG (HSV)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:67 msgctxt "blend-mode" msgid "FG to transparent" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:68 msgctxt "blend-mode" msgid "Custom gradient" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:98 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "FG color fill" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:99 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "BG color fill" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:100 msgctxt "bucket-fill-mode" msgid "Pattern fill" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:131 msgctxt "channel-ops" msgid "Add to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:132 msgctxt "channel-ops" msgid "Subtract from the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:133 msgctxt "channel-ops" msgid "Replace the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:134 msgctxt "channel-ops" msgid "Intersect with the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:167 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:168 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:169 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:170 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Gray" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:171 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Indexed" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:172 msgctxt "channel-type" msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:202 msgctxt "check-size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:203 msgctxt "check-size" msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:204 msgctxt "check-size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:237 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Light checks" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:238 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Mid-tone checks" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:239 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Dark checks" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:240 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "White only" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:241 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Gray only" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:242 msgctxt "check-type" msgid "Black only" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:271 msgctxt "clone-type" msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:272 msgctxt "clone-type" msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:302 msgctxt "desaturate-mode" msgid "Lightness" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:303 msgctxt "desaturate-mode" msgid "Luminosity" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:304 msgctxt "desaturate-mode" msgid "Average" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:333 msgctxt "dodge-burn-type" msgid "Dodge" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:334 msgctxt "dodge-burn-type" msgid "Burn" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:400 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Linear" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:401 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Bi-linear" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:402 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Radial" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:403 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:404 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Conical (sym)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:405 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Conical (asym)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:406 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Shaped (angular)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:407 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Shaped (spherical)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:408 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Shaped (dimpled)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:409 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Spiral (cw)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:410 msgctxt "gradient-type" msgid "Spiral (ccw)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:442 msgctxt "grid-style" msgid "Intersections (dots)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:443 msgctxt "grid-style" msgid "Intersections (crosshairs)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:444 msgctxt "grid-style" msgid "Dashed" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:445 msgctxt "grid-style" msgid "Double dashed" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:446 msgctxt "grid-style" msgid "Solid" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:476 msgctxt "icon-type" msgid "Stock ID" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:477 msgctxt "icon-type" msgid "Inline pixbuf" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:478 msgctxt "icon-type" msgid "Image file" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:508 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "RGB color" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:509 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:510 msgctxt "image-base-type" msgid "Indexed color" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:543 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "RGB" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:544 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "RGB-alpha" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:545 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:546 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Grayscale-alpha" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:547 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Indexed" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:548 msgctxt "image-type" msgid "Indexed-alpha" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:579 msgctxt "interpolation-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:580 msgctxt "interpolation-type" msgid "Linear" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:581 msgctxt "interpolation-type" msgid "Cubic" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:582 msgctxt "interpolation-type" msgid "Sinc (Lanczos3)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:611 msgctxt "paint-application-mode" msgid "Constant" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:612 msgctxt "paint-application-mode" msgid "Incremental" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:642 msgctxt "repeat-mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:643 msgctxt "repeat-mode" msgid "Sawtooth wave" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:644 msgctxt "repeat-mode" msgid "Triangular wave" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:674 msgctxt "run-mode" msgid "Run interactively" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:675 msgctxt "run-mode" msgid "Run non-interactively" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:676 msgctxt "run-mode" msgid "Run with last used values" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:705 msgctxt "size-type" msgid "Pixels" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:706 msgctxt "size-type" msgid "Points" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:736 msgctxt "transfer-mode" msgid "Shadows" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:737 msgctxt "transfer-mode" msgid "Midtones" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:738 msgctxt "transfer-mode" msgid "Highlights" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:767 msgctxt "transform-direction" msgid "Normal (Forward)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:768 msgctxt "transform-direction" msgid "Corrective (Backward)" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:799 msgctxt "transform-resize" msgid "Adjust" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:800 msgctxt "transform-resize" msgid "Clip" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:801 msgctxt "transform-resize" msgid "Crop to result" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:802 msgctxt "transform-resize" msgid "Crop with aspect" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:935 msgctxt "pdb-proc-type" msgid "Internal GIMP procedure" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:936 msgctxt "pdb-proc-type" msgid "GIMP Plug-In" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:937 msgctxt "pdb-proc-type" msgid "GIMP Extension" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:938 msgctxt "pdb-proc-type" msgid "Temporary Procedure" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1105 msgctxt "text-direction" msgid "From left to right" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1106 msgctxt "text-direction" msgid "From right to left" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1137 msgctxt "text-hint-style" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1138 msgctxt "text-hint-style" msgid "Slight" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1139 msgctxt "text-hint-style" msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1140 msgctxt "text-hint-style" msgid "Full" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1171 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Left justified" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1172 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Right justified" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1173 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Centered" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpbase/gimpbaseenums.c:1174 msgctxt "text-justification" msgid "Filled" msgstr "" #. * #. * SECTION: gimpcolorconfig #. * @title: GimpColorConfig #. * @short_description: Color management settings. #. * #. * Color management settings. #. * #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:52 msgid "Mode of operation for color management." msgstr "Mode of operation for colour management." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:54 msgid "The color profile of your (primary) monitor." msgstr "The colour profile of your (primary) monitor." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:56 msgid "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." msgstr "" "When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the " "windowing system. The configured monitor profile is then only used as a " "fallback." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:60 msgid "The default RGB working space color profile." msgstr "The default RGB working space colour profile." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:62 msgid "The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." msgstr "The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:64 msgid "The color profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." msgstr "The colour profile used for simulating a printed version (softproof)." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:66 msgid "Sets how colors are mapped for your display." msgstr "Sets how colours are mapped for your display." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:68 msgid "" "Sets how colors are converted from RGB working space to the print simulation " "device." msgstr "" "Sets how colours are converted from RGB working space to the print " "simulation device." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:71 msgid "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colors which can not be " "represented in the target color space." msgstr "" "When enabled, the print simulation will mark colours which can not be " "represented in the target colour space." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig.c:74 msgid "The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut." msgstr "The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut." #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:24 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "No color management" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:25 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "Color managed display" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:26 msgctxt "color-management-mode" msgid "Print simulation" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:57 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Perceptual" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:58 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Relative colorimetric" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:59 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpcolorconfig-enums.c:60 msgctxt "color-rendering-intent" msgid "Absolute colorimetric" msgstr "" #. please don't translate 'yes' and 'no' #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpconfig-deserialize.c:451 #, c-format msgid "expected 'yes' or 'no' for boolean token %s, got '%s'" msgstr "Expected 'yes' or 'no' for boolean token %s, but got '%s'" #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpscanner.c:268 #, c-format msgid "invalid UTF-8 string" msgstr "Invalid UTF-8 string" #. please don't translate 'yes' and 'no' #: ../libgimpconfig/gimpscanner.c:431 #, c-format msgid "expected 'yes' or 'no' for boolean token, got '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:135 msgid "_Foreground Color" msgstr "_Foreground Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorbutton.c:139 msgid "_Background Color" msgstr "_Background Colour" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorprofilestore.c:146 msgid "Select color profile from disk..." msgstr "Select colour profile from disk..." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpcolorselection.c:314 msgid "" "Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also accepts " "CSS color names." msgstr "" "Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS. This entry also " "accepts CSS colour names." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimppageselector.c:1079 #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimppageselector.c:1083 #, c-format msgid "%d page selected" msgid_plural "All %d pages selected" msgstr[0] "%d pages selecte" msgstr[1] "All %d pages selected" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimppickbutton.c:130 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpstock.c:128 msgid "C_enter" msgstr "C_entre" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgets-private.c:49 msgctxt "input-mode" msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgets-private.c:50 msgctxt "input-mode" msgid "Screen" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgets-private.c:51 msgctxt "input-mode" msgid "Window" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:24 msgctxt "aspect-type" msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:25 msgctxt "aspect-type" msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:26 msgctxt "aspect-type" msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:126 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_H" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:127 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_S" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:128 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_V" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:129 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:130 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_G" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:131 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_B" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:132 msgctxt "color-selector-channel" msgid "_A" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:161 msgctxt "page-selector-target" msgid "Layers" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:162 msgctxt "page-selector-target" msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:223 msgctxt "zoom-type" msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../libgimpwidgets/gimpwidgetsenums.c:224 msgctxt "zoom-type" msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk-lcms.c:91 msgid "CMYK color selector (using color profile)" msgstr "CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:70 msgid "CMYK color selector" msgstr "CMYK colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-cmyk.c:188 msgid "The percentage of black to pull out of the colored inks." msgstr "The percentage of black to pull out of the coloured inks." #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:81 msgid "Watercolor style color selector" msgstr "Watercolour style colour selector" #: ../modules/color-selector-water.c:117 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "Watercolour" #: ../modules/controller-midi.c:221 msgid "" "The MIDI channel to read events from. Set to -1 for reading from all MIDI " "channels." msgstr "" "The MIDI channel to read events from. Set to -1 to read from all MIDI " "channels." #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:194 msgid "Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" msgstr "Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:257 msgid "Color Deficient Vision" msgstr "Colour Deficient Vision" #: ../modules/display-filter-color-blind.c:486 msgid "Color _deficiency type:" msgstr "Colour _deficiency type:" #: ../modules/display-filter-gamma.c:86 msgid "Gamma color display filter" msgstr "Gamma colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-high-contrast.c:86 msgid "High Contrast color display filter" msgstr "High Contrast colour display filter" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:104 msgid "Color management display filter using ICC color profiles" msgstr "Colour management display filter using ICC colour profiles" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:136 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "Colour Management" #: ../modules/display-filter-lcms.c:289 msgid "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Color Management section in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" "This filter takes its configuration from the Colour Management section in " "the Preferences dialogue." #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:98 msgid "Color proof filter using ICC color profile" msgstr "Colour proof filter using ICC colour profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:146 msgid "Color Proof" msgstr "Colour Proof" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:381 msgid "Choose an ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Choose an ICC Colour Profile" #: ../modules/display-filter-proof.c:413 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-script-fu.po0000644000000000000000000000252012321561544022073 0ustar # Canadian English translations of gimp script-fu # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gimp script-fu package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp script-fu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 10:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:321 msgid "_Beveled Pattern" msgstr "_Bevelled Pattern" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu.c:357 msgid "" "You can not use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." msgstr "" "You cannot use \"Refresh Scripts\" while a Script-Fu dialogue box is open. " "Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again." #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/script-fu-interface.c:337 msgid "Script-Fu Color Selection" msgstr "Script-Fu Colour Selection" #: ../plug-ins/script-fu/scripts/spyrogimp.scm:347 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Solid Colour" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gimp20-std-plug-ins.po0000644000000000000000000014650112321561545022516 0ustar # Canadian English translations for gimp plug-ins # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gimp plug-ins package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gimp plug-ins\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 11:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. spinbutton 1 #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:299 msgctxt "color-range" msgid "From:" msgstr "" #. spinbutton 2 #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:326 msgctxt "color-range" msgid "To:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:377 msgctxt "color-rotate" msgid "From:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:378 msgctxt "color-rotate" msgid "To:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate-dialog.c:651 msgid "Rotate Colors" msgstr "Rotate Colours" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:98 msgid "Replace a range of colors with another" msgstr "Replace a range of colours with another" #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:105 msgid "_Rotate Colors..." msgstr "_Rotate Colours..." #: ../plug-ins/color-rotate/color-rotate.c:139 msgid "Rotating the colors" msgstr "Rotating the colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:183 msgid "Alter colors in various psychedelic ways" msgstr "Alter colours in various psychedelic ways" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:520 msgid "_RGB color model" msgstr "_RGB colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/alien-map.c:521 msgid "_HSL color model" msgstr "_HSL colour model" #: ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:651 ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:682 msgctxt "align-style" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:669 ../plug-ins/common/align-layers.c:699 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:2712 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-play.c:498 msgid "Detach the animation from the dialog window" msgstr "Detach the animation from the dialogue window" #. list is given in "fps" - frames per second #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-play.c:663 #, c-format msgid "%d fps" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/animation-play.c:674 msgid "Default framerate" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss-selective.c:104 msgid "Blur neighboring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas" msgstr "Blur neighbouring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas" #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss-selective.c:211 #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-gauss.c:448 ../plug-ins/common/cartoon.c:232 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-dog.c:269 ../plug-ins/common/edge-neon.c:228 #: ../plug-ins/common/edge-sobel.c:212 ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:244 #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:293 ../plug-ins/common/softglow.c:224 #: ../plug-ins/file-sgi/sgi.c:560 ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:1687 #: ../plug-ins/gradient-flare/gradient-flare.c:966 msgid "Cannot operate on indexed color images." msgstr "Cannot operate on indexed colour images." #: ../plug-ins/common/blur-motion.c:1059 msgid "Blur Center" msgstr "Blur Centre" #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:99 msgid "Set foreground to the average color of the image border" msgstr "Set foreground to the average colour of the image border" #. Number of Colors frame #: ../plug-ins/common/border-average.c:412 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:910 msgid "Number of Colors" msgstr "Number of Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/channel-mixer.c:175 msgid "Alter colors by mixing RGB Channels" msgstr "Alter colours by mixing RGB Channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/cml-explorer.c:166 msgctxt "cml-composition" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:106 msgid "Analyze the set of colors in the image" msgstr "Analyse the set of colours in the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:112 msgid "Colorcube A_nalysis..." msgstr "Colourcube A_nalysis..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:200 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:356 msgid "Colorcube Analysis" msgstr "Colourcube Analysis" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:387 msgid "No colors" msgstr "No colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:389 msgid "Only one unique color" msgstr "Only one unique colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-cube-analyze.c:391 #, c-format msgid "Number of unique colors: %d" msgstr "Number of unique colours: %d" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:68 msgid "Stretch color saturation to cover maximum possible range" msgstr "Stretch colour saturation to cover maximum possible range" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:80 msgid "_Color Enhance" msgstr "_Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-enhance.c:114 msgid "Color Enhance" msgstr "Colour Enhance" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:122 msgid "Swap one color with another" msgstr "Swap one colour with another" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:128 msgid "_Color Exchange..." msgstr "_Colour Exchange..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:213 #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:287 msgid "Color Exchange" msgstr "Colour Exchange" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:310 msgid "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Color\"" msgstr "Middle-Click Inside Preview to Pick \"From Colour\"" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "To Color" msgstr "To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:355 msgid "From Color" msgstr "From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:379 msgid "Color Exchange: To Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: To Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-exchange.c:380 msgid "Color Exchange: From Color" msgstr "Colour Exchange: From Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:94 msgid "Convert a specified color to transparency" msgstr "Convert a specified colour to transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:101 msgid "Color to _Alpha..." msgstr "Colour to _Alpha..." #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:184 msgid "Removing color" msgstr "Removing colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:377 msgid "Color to Alpha" msgstr "Colour to Alpha" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:411 msgctxt "color-to-alpha" msgid "From:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/color-to-alpha.c:415 msgid "Color to Alpha Color Picker" msgstr "Colour to Alpha Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:102 msgid "Replace all colors with shades of a specified color" msgstr "Replace all colours with shades of a specified colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:108 msgid "Colorif_y..." msgstr "Colourif_y..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:169 msgid "Colorifying" msgstr "Colourifying" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:255 msgid "Colorify" msgstr "Colourify" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:290 msgid "Custom color:" msgstr "Custom colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/colorify.c:295 msgid "Colorify Custom Color" msgstr "Colourify Custom Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:97 msgid "Rearrange the colormap" msgstr "Rearrange the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:104 msgid "R_earrange Colormap..." msgstr "R_earrange Colourmap..." #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:116 msgid "Swap two colors in the colormap" msgstr "Swap two colours in the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:123 msgid "_Swap Colors" msgstr "_Swap Colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:332 msgid "Rearranging the colormap" msgstr "Rearranging the colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:596 msgid "Rearrange Colormap" msgstr "Rearrange Colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/common/colormap-remap.c:700 msgid "" "Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." msgstr "" "Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colourmap. The numbers shown are the " "original indices. Right-click for a menu with sort options." #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:404 msgid "Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels" msgstr "Create an image using multiple gray images as colour channels" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:824 msgid "Unable to recompose, source layer not found" msgstr "Unable to recompose: source layer not found" #: ../plug-ins/common/compose.c:1521 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1528 msgid "Color _model:" msgstr "Colour _model:" #: ../plug-ins/common/convolution-matrix.c:1030 msgid "N_ormalise" msgstr "N_ormalize" #: ../plug-ins/common/cubism.c:330 msgid "_Use background color" msgstr "_Use background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/curve-bend.c:901 #, c-format msgid "Error while reading '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:312 ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:326 msgid "Decompose an image into separate colorspace components" msgstr "Decompose an image into separate colourspace components" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1574 msgid "_Foreground as registration color" msgstr "_Foreground as registration colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/decompose.c:1575 msgid "" "Pixels in the foreground color will appear black in all output images. This " "can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels." msgstr "" "Pixels in the foreground colour will appear black in all output images. " "This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all " "channels." #: ../plug-ins/common/displace.c:473 msgid "Edge Behavior" msgstr "Edge Behaviour" #. Create the actual window. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-aa.c:351 msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:309 ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:364 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:384 #, c-format msgid "EOF or error while reading image header" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:392 #, c-format msgid "is not a CEL image file" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:406 #, c-format msgid "illegal bpp value in image: %hhu" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:420 #, c-format msgid "" "illegal image dimensions: width: %d, horizontal offset: %d, height: %d, " "vertical offset: %d" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:471 ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:506 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:531 #, c-format msgid "EOF or error while reading image data" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:630 ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:642 #, c-format msgid "'%s': EOF or error while reading palette header" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:651 #, c-format msgid "'%s': is not a KCF palette file" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:660 #, c-format msgid "'%s': illegal bpp value in palette: %hhu" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:669 #, c-format msgid "'%s': illegal number of colors: %u" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:684 ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:701 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-cel.c:721 #, c-format msgid "'%s': EOF or error while reading palette data" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-csource.c:701 msgid "C-Source" msgstr "" #. RGB-565 #. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-csource.c:798 msgid "Save as _RGB565 (16-bit)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gbr.c:772 msgid "Brush" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:476 msgid "Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Saving as opaque." msgstr "Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Saving as opaque." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:763 msgid "" "Cannot save RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first." msgstr "" "Cannot save RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or grayscale first." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:1135 msgid "GIF" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:1143 #, c-format msgid "" "Error loading UI file '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gif-save.c:1218 msgid "" "You can only export as animation when the image has more than one layer. The " "image you are trying to export only has one layer." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-gih.c:859 msgid "Brush Pipe" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:484 msgid "" "If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically colored " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." msgstr "" "If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically coloured " "blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:619 msgid "The amount of cell padding." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-html-table.c:632 msgid "The amount of cell spacing." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:96 msgid "JPEG 2000 image" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:214 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't decode '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:237 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in grayscale but does not contain any gray component." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:263 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in RGB, but is missing some of the components." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:289 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIEXYZ color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:296 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the CIELAB color space, but there is no code in place " "to convert it to RGB." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:303 #, c-format msgid "" "The image '%s' is in the YCbCr color space, but there is no code in place to " "convert it to RGB." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:311 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' is in an unknown color space." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:325 #, c-format msgid "" "Image component %d of image '%s' does not have the same size as the image. " "This is currently not supported." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:336 #, c-format msgid "Image component %d of image '%s' does not have both a hstep and vstep." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-jp2-load.c:345 #, c-format msgid "" "Image component %d of image '%s' is signed. This is currently not supported." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-mng.c:1335 msgid "MNG" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-mng.c:1360 msgid "Save background color" msgstr "Save background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-mng.c:1555 msgid "" "These options are only available when the exported image has more than one " "layer. The image you are exporting only has one layer." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pat.c:555 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-load.c:548 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-load.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-load.c:1126 msgid "Error getting number of pages from the given PDF file." msgstr "" #. Antialiasing #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-load.c:1182 msgid "Use _Anti-aliasing" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:305 msgid "_Create multipage PDF..." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:412 msgid "You must select a file to save!" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:422 #, c-format msgid "" "An error occured while creating the PDF file:\n" "%s\n" "Make sure you entered a valid filename and that the selected location isn't " "read only!" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:746 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:863 msgid "Omit hidden layers and layers with zero opacity" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:750 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:867 msgid "Convert bitmaps to vector graphics where possible" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:754 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:871 msgid "Apply layer masks before saving" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:757 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:874 msgid "Keeping the masks will not change the output" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:810 msgid "Save to:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:814 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:815 msgid "Multipage PDF export" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:848 msgid "Remove the selected pages" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:858 msgid "Add this image" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pdf-save.c:971 msgid "Error! In order to save the file, at least one image should be added!" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Error creating PNG read struct while saving '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:872 #, c-format msgid "Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'." msgstr "Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Could not create new image for '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1239 msgid "Apply PNG Offset" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1243 msgid "Ignore PNG offset" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1244 msgid "Apply PNG offset to layer" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "" "The PNG image you are importing specifies an offset of %d, %d. Do you want " "to apply this offset to the layer?" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1336 #, c-format msgid "Error creating PNG write struct while saving '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1969 #, c-format msgid "Error loading UI file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-png.c:1970 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:530 ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:552 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:561 ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:572 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:658 ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:740 msgid "Premature end of file." msgstr "Premature end-of-file." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:1221 msgid "PNM" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-pnm.c:1229 msgid "ASCII" msgstr "" #. Colouring #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3094 msgid "Coloring" msgstr "Colouring" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3100 ../plug-ins/common/file-xpm.c:480 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:65 #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:169 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:212 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3116 ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3128 msgctxt "antialiasing" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3202 msgid "PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-ps.c:3289 msgid "_Millimeter" msgstr "_Millimetre" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-psp.c:640 msgid "PSP" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-psp.c:647 msgctxt "compression" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-raw.c:1102 msgid "RGB565" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-raw.c:1233 msgid "Raw Image" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:443 #, c-format msgid "Could not read color entries from '%s'" msgstr "Could not read colour entries from '%s'" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:452 msgid "Type of colormap not supported" msgstr "Type of colourmap not supported" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-sunras.c:1629 msgid "SUNRAS" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-tga.c:1381 msgid "TGA" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-tiff-save.c:1085 msgid "TIFF" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-tiff-save.c:1125 msgid "Save _color values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save _colour values from transparent pixels" #. The image is not black-and-white. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xbm.c:1000 msgid "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colors.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." msgstr "" "The image which you are trying to save as an XBM contains more than two " "colours.\n" "\n" "Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again." #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xbm.c:1189 msgid "XBM" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:331 ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:369 #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1046 msgid "X11 Mouse Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:473 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot set the hot spot!\n" "You must arrange layers so that all of them have an intersection." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:664 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid X cursor." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:680 #, c-format msgid "Frame %d of '%s' is too wide for an X cursor." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:687 #, c-format msgid "Frame %d of '%s' is too high for an X cursor." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:890 #, c-format msgid "there is no image chunk in \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:932 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is too wide for an X cursor." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:939 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is too high for an X cursor." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "A read error occurred." msgstr "" #. #. * parameter settings #. #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1051 msgid "XMC Options" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1079 msgid "Enter the X coordinate of the hot spot. The origin is top left corner." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1097 msgid "Enter the Y coordinate of the hot spot. The origin is top left corner." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1108 msgid "_Auto-Crop all frames." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1121 msgid "" "Remove the empty borders of all frames.\n" "This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors " "disorder the screen.\n" "Uncheck if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1144 msgid "" "Choose the nominal size of frames.\n" "If you don't have plans to make multi-sized cursor, or you have no idea, " "leave it \"32px\".\n" "Nominal size has no relation with the actual size (width or height).\n" "It is only used to determine which frame depends on which animation " "sequence, and which sequence is used based on the value of \"gtk-cursor-" "theme-size\"." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1161 msgid "_Use this value only for a frame which size is not specified." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1164 msgid "_Replace the size of all frames even if it is specified." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1198 msgid "Enter time span in milliseconds in which each frame is rendered." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1201 msgid "_Delay:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1206 msgid "_Use this value only for a frame which delay is not specified." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1209 msgid "_Replace the delay of all frames even if it is specified." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1234 msgid "" "The part of copyright information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1244 msgid "Enter copyright information." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1246 msgid "_Copyright:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1262 msgid "" "The part of license information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1272 msgid "Enter license information." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1274 msgid "_License:" msgstr "" #. #. * Other #. #. We use gtk_text_view for "Other" while "Copyright" & "License" is entered #. * in gtk_entry because We want allow '\n' for "Other". #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1281 msgid "_Other:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1315 msgid "Enter other comment if you want." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1365 #, c-format msgid "Comment is limited to %d characters." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1483 #, c-format msgid "This plug-in can only handle RGBA image files with 8bit color depth." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1501 #, c-format msgid "Frame '%s' is too wide. Please reduce to no more than %dpx." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1508 #, c-format msgid "Frame '%s' is too high. Please reduce to no more than %dpx." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1515 #, c-format msgid "Width and/or height of frame '%s' is zero!" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1555 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot save the cursor because the hot spot is not on frame '%s'.\n" "Try to change the hot spot position, layer geometry or save without auto-" "crop." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1712 #, c-format msgid "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "width or height is more than %ipx.\n" "It will clutter the screen in some environments." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1719 msgid "" "Your cursor was successfully saved but it contains one or more frames whose " "nominal size is not supported by GNOME settings.\n" "You can satisfy it by checking \"Replace the size of all frames...\" in the " "save dialog, or your cursor may not appear in GNOME settings." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:1956 #, c-format msgid "" "The parasite \"%s\" is too long for an X cursor comment. It was cut off to " "fit." msgstr "" #. translators: the %i is *always* 8 here #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xmc.c:2159 #, c-format msgid "" "Sorry, this plug-in cannot handle a cursor which contains over %i different " "nominal sizes." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xpm.c:808 msgid "XPM" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Illegal number of colormap entries: %ld" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:477 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s':\n" "Number of colormap entries < number of colors" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:500 msgid "Can't read color entries" msgstr "Cannot read colour entries" #: ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:1706 ../plug-ins/common/file-xwd.c:1944 #, c-format msgid "XWD-file %s is corrupt." msgstr "" #. Film color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1023 msgid "Select Film Color" msgstr "Select Film Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1028 ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1078 #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:349 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "Co_lour:" #. Numbering color #: ../plug-ins/common/film.c:1073 msgid "Select Number Color" msgstr "Select Number Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/filter-pack.c:317 msgid "Interactively modify the image colors" msgstr "Interactively modify the image colours" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:84 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient" #: ../plug-ins/common/gradient-map.c:106 msgid "Recolor the image using colors from the active palette" msgstr "Recolour the image using colours from the active palette" #. attach labels #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:719 msgid "" "Horizontal\n" "Lines" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:721 msgid "" "Vertical\n" "Lines" msgstr "" #. attach color selectors #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:898 msgid "Horizontal Color" msgstr "Horizontal Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:916 msgid "Vertical Color" msgstr "Vertical Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/grid.c:934 msgid "Intersection Color" msgstr "Intersection Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:229 msgid "Set a color profile on the image" msgstr "Set a colour profile on the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:236 msgid "_Assign Color Profile..." msgstr "_Assign Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:259 msgid "Apply a color profile on the image" msgstr "Apply a colour profile to the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:269 msgid "_Convert to Color Profile..." msgstr "_Convert to Colour Profile..." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:301 msgid "Image Color Profile Information" msgstr "Image Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:315 msgid "Color Profile Information" msgstr "Colour Profile Information" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:656 #, c-format msgid "Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:915 #, c-format msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile" msgstr "'%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1270 #, c-format msgid "The image '%s' has an embedded color profile:" msgstr "The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile:" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1482 msgid "ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)" msgstr "ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1576 msgid "Convert to ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Convert to ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1577 msgid "Assign ICC Color Profile" msgstr "Assign ICC Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1603 msgid "Current Color Profile" msgstr "Current Colour Profile" #: ../plug-ins/common/lcms.c:1700 msgid "Destination profile is not for RGB color space." msgstr "Destination profile is not for RGB colour space." #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-apply.c:445 msgid "_Set surroundings to background color" msgstr "_Set surroundings to background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/lens-flare.c:745 msgid "Center of Flare Effect" msgstr "Centre of Flare Effect" #: ../plug-ins/common/mail.c:456 msgctxt "email-address" msgid "_To:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/mail.c:470 msgctxt "email-address" msgid "_From:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:716 msgid "Color _variation:" msgstr "Colour _variation:" #: ../plug-ins/common/mosaic.c:745 msgid "Co_lor averaging" msgstr "Co_lour averaging" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-randomize.c:204 msgid "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors" msgstr "Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours" #: ../plug-ins/common/noise-rgb.c:145 msgid "Distort colors by random amounts" msgstr "Distort colours by random amounts" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:345 msgid "Supernova Color Picker" msgstr "Supernova Colour Picker" #: ../plug-ins/common/nova.c:437 msgid "Center of Nova" msgstr "Centre of Nova" #: ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:119 ../plug-ins/common/oilify.c:134 msgid "Smear colors to simulate an oil painting" msgstr "Smear colours to simulate an oil painting" #: ../plug-ins/common/photocopy.c:153 msgid "Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine" msgstr "Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine" #: ../plug-ins/common/pixelize.c:164 msgid "Simplify image into an array of solid-colored squares" msgstr "Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured squares" #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:105 msgid "Remove the red eye effect caused by camera flashes" msgstr "Remove the red-eye effect caused by camera flashes" #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:116 msgid "_Red Eye Removal..." msgstr "_Red-Eye Removal..." #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:142 msgid "Red Eye Removal" msgstr "Red-Eye Removal" #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:177 msgid "Threshold for the red eye color to remove." msgstr "Threshold for the red-eye colour to remove." #: ../plug-ins/common/red-eye-removal.c:302 msgid "Removing red eye" msgstr "Removing red-eye" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:298 msgid "Colorize image using a sample image as a guide" msgstr "Colourize image using a sample image as a guide" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:303 msgid "_Sample Colorize..." msgstr "_Sample Colourize..." #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1325 msgid "Sample Colorize" msgstr "Sample Colourize" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1330 msgid "Get _Sample Colors" msgstr "Get _Sample Colours" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1422 #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1449 msgid "Show color" msgstr "Show colour" #. check button #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:1683 msgid "Use subcolors" msgstr "Use subcolours" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:2666 msgid "Sample analyze" msgstr "Sample analyse" #: ../plug-ins/common/sample-colorize.c:3046 msgid "Remap colorized" msgstr "Remap colourized" #: ../plug-ins/common/semi-flatten.c:67 msgid "Replace partial transparency with the current background color" msgstr "Replace partial transparency with the current background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:783 ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:799 #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:432 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #. if in grey scale, the colors are necessarily black and white #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:792 msgid "The colors are white and black." msgstr "The colours are white and black." #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:820 msgid "First color" msgstr "First colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:830 msgid "Second color" msgstr "Second colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:856 msgid "F_irst color:" msgstr "F_irst colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:871 msgid "S_econd color:" msgstr "S_econd colour:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sinus.c:887 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:906 msgid "Co_lors" msgstr "Co_lours" #: ../plug-ins/common/smooth-palette.c:83 msgid "Derive a smooth color palette from the image" msgstr "Derive a smooth colour palette from the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:550 msgid "_Natural color" msgstr "_Natural colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:551 msgid "_Foreground color" msgstr "_Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:552 msgid "_Background color" msgstr "_Background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:559 msgid "Use the color of the image" msgstr "Use the colour of the image" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:560 msgid "Use the foreground color" msgstr "Use the foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sparkle.c:561 msgid "Use the background color" msgstr "Use the background colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2738 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "Colours:" #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2741 #: ../plug-ins/common/sphere-designer.c:2752 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plug-ins/common/threshold-alpha.c:165 msgid "Coloring transparency" msgstr "Colouring transparency" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:336 msgid "C_entering" msgstr "C_entring" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:391 msgid "Fo_reground color" msgstr "Fo_reground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:393 msgid "Bac_kground color" msgstr "Bac_kground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/tile-paper.c:402 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/unit-editor.c:104 msgid "" "The unit's symbol if it has one (e.g. \" for inches). The unit's " "abbreviation is used if doesn't have a symbol." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/unit-editor.c:107 msgid "The unit's abbreviation (e.g. \"cm\" for centimeters)." msgstr "The unit's abbreviation (e.g. \"cm\" for centimetres)." #: ../plug-ins/common/value-propagate.c:233 msgid "Propagate certain colors to neighboring pixels" msgstr "Propagate certain colours to neighbouring pixels" #: ../plug-ins/common/warp.c:517 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:135 msgid "The operating system is out of memory or resources." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:138 msgid "The specified file was not found." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:141 msgid "The specified path was not found." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:144 msgid "" "The .exe file is invalid (non-Microsoft Win32 .exe or error in .exe image)." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:147 msgid "The operating system denied access to the specified file." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:150 msgid "The file name association is incomplete or invalid." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:153 msgid "DDE transaction busy" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:156 msgid "The DDE transaction failed." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:159 msgid "The DDE transaction timed out." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:162 msgid "The specified DLL was not found." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:165 msgid "There is no application associated with the given file name extension." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:168 msgid "There was not enough memory to complete the operation." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:171 msgid "A sharing violation occurred." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:174 msgid "Unknown Microsoft Windows error." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-browser.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:98 msgid "Create an image of a webpage" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:104 msgid "From _Webpage..." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:233 msgid "Create from webpage" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:238 msgid "_Create" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:266 msgid "Enter location (URI):" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:308 msgid "Font size:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:315 msgid "Huge" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:316 msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:317 msgctxt "web-page" msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:318 msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:319 msgid "Tiny" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:443 #, c-format msgid "No URL was specified" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:510 #, c-format msgid "Downloading webpage '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Transferring webpage image for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/common/web-page.c:536 msgid "Webpage" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:138 msgid "Bad colormap" msgstr "Bad colourmap" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-read.c:350 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported compression (%lu) in BMP file from '%s'" msgstr "" #. Compatibility Options #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:877 msgid "Co_mpatibility Options" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:887 msgid "_Do not write color space information" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-bmp/bmp-write.c:889 msgid "" "Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space " "information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Enabling this " "option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-compressor/file-compressor.c:392 msgid "No sensible file extension, saving as compressed XCF." msgstr "No sensible file extension; saving as compressed XCF." #: ../plug-ins/file-compressor/file-compressor.c:448 msgid "No sensible file extension, attempting to load with file magic." msgstr "No sensible file extension; attempting to load with file magic." #: ../plug-ins/file-fits/fits.c:1046 msgctxt "composing" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:878 ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:934 msgctxt "frame-range" msgid "From:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:887 ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:943 msgctxt "frame-range" msgid "To:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-fli/fli-gimp.c:917 msgid "GFLI 1.3" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-ico/ico-dialog.c:53 msgid "Windows Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:215 #, c-format msgid "File size: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:863 msgid "JPEG" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:966 msgid "Interval (MCU rows):" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1118 msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1120 msgid "4:2:2 horizontal (chroma halved)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1122 msgid "4:2:2 vertical (chroma halved)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-jpeg/jpeg-save.c:1124 msgid "4:2:0 (chroma quartered)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-psd/psd-load.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Not a valid Photoshop document file" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-psd/psd-load.c:322 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported color mode: %s" msgstr "Unsupported colour mode: %s" #: ../plug-ins/file-psd/psd-save.c:375 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to save layer with mode '%s'. Either the PSD file format or the save " "plug-in does not support that, using normal mode instead." msgstr "" "Unable to save layer with mode '%s'. Either the PSD file format or the save " "plug-in does not support that. Using normal mode instead." #: ../plug-ins/file-sgi/sgi.c:654 msgid "SGI" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-uri/uri-backend-libcurl.c:244 #, c-format msgid "Opening '%s' for reading resulted in %s response code: %ld" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-uri/uri.c:318 #, c-format msgid "Failed to save to temporary file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/file-xjt/xjt.c:863 msgid "XJT" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/flame/flame.c:1163 msgid "Color_map:" msgstr "Colour_map:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:562 msgid "Fractal Explorer" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:637 msgid "Realtime preview" msgstr "Real-time preview" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:922 msgid "Number of colors:" msgstr "Number of colours:" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:925 msgid "Change the number of colors in the mapping" msgstr "Change the number of colours in the mapping" #. Color Density frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:943 msgid "Color Density" msgstr "Colour Density" #. Color Function frame #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:984 msgid "Color Function" msgstr "Colour Function" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1001 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1042 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1083 msgctxt "color-function" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1006 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1047 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1088 msgid "Use sine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use sine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1009 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1050 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1091 msgid "Use cosine-function for this color component" msgstr "Use cosine-function for this colour component" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1012 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1053 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1094 msgid "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this color " "channel" msgstr "" "Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this colour " "channel" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1029 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1070 #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1111 msgid "" "If you enable this option higher color values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" msgstr "" "If you enable this option higher colour values will be swapped with lower " "ones and vice versa" #. Colormode toggle box #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1116 msgid "Color Mode" msgstr "Colour Mode" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1137 msgid "" "Create a color-map with the options you specified above (color density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" msgstr "" "Create a colour-map with the options you specified above (colour density/" "function). The result is visible in the preview image" #: ../plug-ins/fractal-explorer/fractal-explorer-dialogs.c:1159 msgid "Create a color-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" msgstr "Create a colour-map using a gradient from the gradient editor" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:414 msgid "Color fill" msgstr "Colour fill" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig-dialog.c:1511 msgid "Grid color:" msgstr "Grid colour:" #: ../plug-ins/gfig/gfig.c:734 msgid "" "Error trying to save figure as a parasite: can't attach parasite to drawable." msgstr "" "Error trying to save figure as a parasite: cannot attach parasite to " "drawable." #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:59 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "Co_lour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:71 msgid "C_enter of brush" msgstr "C_entre of brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:78 msgid "Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" msgstr "Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:82 msgid "Samples the color from the pixel in the center of the brush" msgstr "Samples the colour from the pixel in the centre of the brush" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:93 msgid "Color _noise:" msgstr "Colour _noise:" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/color.c:97 msgid "Adds random noise to the color" msgstr "Adds random noise to the colour" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/general.c:166 msgid "Solid colored background" msgstr "Solid coloured background" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/gimp.c:164 msgid "The selection does not intersect the active layer or mask." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:160 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the " "stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/orientation.c:168 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke" msgstr "" "Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:101 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centred" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/placement.c:107 msgid "Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image" msgstr "Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:108 msgid "Size variants:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:150 msgid "Size depends on:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:163 msgid "" "The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke" msgstr "" "The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/gimpressionist/size.c:171 msgid "Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke" msgstr "Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-gif.ui.h:3 msgid "As _animation" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:2 msgid "Save _background color" msgstr "Save _background colour" #: ../plug-ins/ui/plug-in-file-png.ui.h:8 msgid "Save color _values from transparent pixels" msgstr "Save colour _values from transparent pixels" #: ../plug-ins/help/gimphelpdomain.c:187 msgid "" "Please make sure gimp-help-en is installed, or the appropriate gimp-help " "package for your language." msgstr "" "Please make sure that gimp-help-en has been installed, or the appropriate " "gimp-help package for your language." #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:873 msgid "Color Transformation" msgstr "Colour Transformation" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Re_center" msgstr "Re_centre" #: ../plug-ins/ifs-compose/ifs-compose.c:1060 msgid "Recompute Center" msgstr "Recompute Centre" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_about.c:48 msgid "Released under the GNU General Public License" msgstr "Released under the GNU General Public Licence" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:263 msgid "Center _x:" msgstr "Centre _x:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_circle.c:270 msgid "Center _y:" msgstr "Centre _y:" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_cmd_guides.c:143 msgid "" "Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by " "their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly " "create the most common image map type - image collection of \"thumbnails\", " "suitable for navigation bars." msgstr "" "Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by " "their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you rapidly to " "create the most common image map type - image collection of \"thumbnails\", " "suitable for navigation bars." #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:169 msgid "Move Area to Front" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_menu.c:171 msgid "Move Area to Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:419 msgid "Select Color" msgstr "Select Colour" #: ../plug-ins/imagemap/imap_preferences.c:442 msgid "Interaction:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:412 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:418 msgctxt "light-source" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:436 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:598 msgid "Select lightsource color" msgstr "Select lightsource colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:450 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:611 msgid "Set light source color" msgstr "Set light source colour" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:660 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:778 msgid "Amount of original color to show where no direct light falls" msgstr "Amount of original colour to show where no direct light falls" #: ../plug-ins/lighting/lighting-ui.c:693 #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:807 msgid "Intensity of original color when lit by a light source" msgstr "Intensity of original colour when lit by a light source" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:483 msgid "Create new layer" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:494 msgid "Create a new layer when applying filter" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:603 msgid "Lightsource color:" msgstr "Lightsource colour:" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:1375 msgid "Show _wireframe" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/map-object/map-object-ui.c:1384 msgid "Update preview _live" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:110 msgid "Property" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:204 ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:206 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:222 msgid "Image _title:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:231 msgid "_Author:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:256 msgid "Description _writer:" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:272 msgid "_Keywords:" msgstr "" #. FIXME: add entries, cross-link with XMP model #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:284 ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:296 #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:308 ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:320 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:286 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:298 msgid "Origin" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:310 msgid "Camera 1" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:322 msgid "Camera 2" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:337 msgid "Thumbnail" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:356 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:447 msgid "Import XMP from File" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:498 msgid "Cannot create file" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:508 msgid "Some error occurred while saving" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:518 msgid "Could not close the file" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:540 msgid "Export XMP to File" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:607 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:611 msgid "_Import XMP..." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/interface.c:612 msgid "_Export XMP..." msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/metadata.c:185 msgid "View and edit metadata (EXIF, IPTC, XMP)" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/metadata/metadata.c:194 msgid "Propert_ies" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/pagecurl/pagecurl.c:594 msgid "Foreground / background colors" msgstr "Foreground / background colours" #. crop marks toggle #: ../plug-ins/print/print-page-layout.c:164 msgid "_Draw Crop Marks" msgstr "" #: ../plug-ins/print/print-page-layout.c:470 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "C_entre:" #. if and how to center the image on the page #: ../plug-ins/print/print-page-layout.c:477 msgctxt "center-mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-doc-utils.po0000644000000000000000000000132212321561545022071 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-doc-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foudnation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-doc-utils package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-23 14:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-09 05:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Itai Molenaar \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-icon-theme.po0000644000000000000000000000133412321561545022221 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-icon-theme. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-icon-theme package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-icon-theme\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-22 21:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-31 16:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000002325312321561545021645 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gnome-keyring # Copyright (C) Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-keyring package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-keyring 0.1.90\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:15+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-14 04:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the label for an keyring created without a label #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:86 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:122 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:79 #: ../pkcs11/secret-store/gkm-secret-collection.c:325 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-login.c:346 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:754 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter the old password for the '%s' keyring" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to change the password for the '%s' keyring. Enter the " "old password for it." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:101 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:137 #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:148 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1144 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1256 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1291 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Choose a new password for the '%s' keyring" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:131 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to change the password for the '%s' keyring. Choose the " "new password you want to use for it." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-change.c:154 msgid "The original password was incorrect" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/dbus/gkd-secret-create.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants to create a new keyring called '%s'. Choose the " "password you want to use for it." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GPG Password Agent" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-gpg.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: GPG Agent" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-pkcs11.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Certificate and Key Storage" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-pkcs11.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: PKCS#11 Component" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Secret Storage Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-secrets.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: Secret Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "SSH Key Agent" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gnome-keyring-ssh.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Keyring: SSH Agent" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:106 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:203 #, c-format msgid "PGP Key: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:350 #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:351 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gpg-agent/gkd-gpg-agent-ops.c:384 msgid "Automatically unlock this key, whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the display label for the login keyring #: ../daemon/login/gkd-login.c:145 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:668 #, c-format msgid "failed to create temporary file `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:718 #, c-format msgid "error writing to `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:782 #, c-format msgid "can't create `%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #. Note: It is unlikley that we get a race here unless a pid is #. reused too fast or a new process with the same pid as the one #. of the stale file tries to lock right at the same time as we. #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "removing stale lockfile (created by %d)\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1084 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1085 msgid "(deadlock?) " msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "lock `%s' not made: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/dotlock.c:1150 #, c-format msgid "waiting for lock %s...\n" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:41 msgid "Domain Component" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:43 msgid "User ID" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:46 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:54 msgid "Date of Birth" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:56 msgid "Place of Birth" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:58 msgid "Gender" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:60 msgid "Country of Citizenship" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:62 msgid "Country of Residence" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:65 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:67 msgid "Surname" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:69 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:71 msgid "Country" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:73 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:75 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:77 msgid "Street" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:79 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:81 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:83 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:85 msgid "Telephone Number" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:87 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:89 msgid "Initials" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:91 msgid "Generation Qualifier" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:93 msgid "DN Qualifier" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:95 msgid "Pseudonym" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:98 msgid "RSA" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:99 msgid "MD2 with RSA" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:100 msgid "MD5 with RSA" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:101 msgid "SHA1 with RSA" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:103 msgid "DSA" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:104 msgid "SHA1 with DSA" msgstr "" #. Extended Key Usages #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:107 msgid "Server Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:108 msgid "Client Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:109 msgid "Code Signing" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:110 msgid "Email Protection" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-oid.c:111 msgid "Time Stamping" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-spawn.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in select() reading data from a child process (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../egg/egg-spawn.c:320 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected error in waitpid() (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/gkm/gkm-certificate.c:581 msgid "Unnamed Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/ssh-store/gkm-ssh-private-key.c:342 msgid "Couldn't parse public SSH key" msgstr "" #. Get the label ready #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-login.c:346 #, c-format msgid "Unlock password for: %s" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:593 msgid "Enter password to unlock your login keyring" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:597 msgid "" "The password you use to log in to your computer no longer matches that of " "your login keyring." msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:599 msgid "" "The login keyring did not get unlocked when you logged into your computer." msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:623 #, c-format msgid "An application wants access to the keyring '%s', but it is locked" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:629 msgid "Automatically unlock this keyring whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:671 msgid "Automatically unlock this key whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:673 msgid "Automatically unlock this certificate whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:675 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:797 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1141 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1289 msgid "Automatically unlock whenever I'm logged in" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:766 msgid "The unlock password was incorrect" msgstr "" #. Build up the prompt #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:787 msgid "Unlock certificate/key storage" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:788 msgid "Enter password to unlock the certificate/key storage" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: The storage is locked, and needs unlocking before the application can use it. #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:791 #, c-format msgid "" "An application wants access to the certificate/key storage '%s', but it is " "locked" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1132 msgid "New Password Required" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1133 msgid "New password required for secure storage" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "" "In order to prepare '%s' for storage of certificates or keys, a password is " "required" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1249 #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1280 msgid "Change Password" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1250 msgid "Original password for secure storage" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1252 #, c-format msgid "To change the password for '%s', the original password is required" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1281 msgid "Change password for secure storage" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/wrap-layer/gkm-wrap-prompt.c:1283 #, c-format msgid "Type a new password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:102 #, c-format msgid "usage: gnome-keyring command [options]\n" msgstr "" #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:104 msgid "commands: " msgstr "" #. Translators: keep same length as translated message "commands: " #: ../tool/gkr-tool.c:108 msgid " " msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-menus-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000206712321561545021622 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-menus # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-menus package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-menus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 06:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-18 08:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../desktop-directories/Network.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Programs for Internet access such as web and email" msgstr "Programs for Internet access, such as web and email" #: ../desktop-directories/X-GNOME-Other.directory.in.h:2 msgid "Applications that did not fit in other categories" msgstr "Applications that do not fit in other categories" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mime-data.po0000644000000000000000000000131612321561545022027 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-mime-data. # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-mime-data package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-mime-data\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-28 02:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-19 14:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-session-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000001344112321561545022154 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gnome-session # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-session package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-session\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 00:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-14 22:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:17+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../data/gnome-custom-session.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-custom-session.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "This entry lets you select a saved session" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-dummy.session.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME dummy" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "Custom Session" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-selector.ui.h:2 ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:103 msgid "Please select a custom session to run" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "_New Session" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-selector.ui.h:4 msgid "_Remove Session" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-selector.ui.h:5 msgid "Rena_me Session" msgstr "" #: ../data/session-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Browse…" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:286 msgid "Oh no! Something has gone wrong." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:293 msgid "" "A problem has occurred and the system can't recover. Please contact a system " "administrator" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:295 msgid "" "A problem has occurred and the system can't recover. All extensions have " "been disabled as a precaution." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:297 msgid "" "A problem has occurred and the system can't recover.\n" "Please log out and try again." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:335 msgid "Allow logout" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-fail-whale-dialog.c:336 msgid "Show extension warning" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-inhibit-dialog.c:511 msgid "" "Waiting for the program to finish. Interrupting the program may cause you to " "lose work." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-inhibit-dialog.c:515 msgid "" "Waiting for programs to finish. Interrupting these programs may cause you to " "lose work." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-inhibit-dialog.c:748 msgid "Log Out Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-inhibit-dialog.c:757 msgid "Shut Down Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-inhibit-dialog.c:760 msgid "Restart Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-logout-dialog.c:279 #, c-format msgid "This system will be automatically restarted in %d second." msgid_plural "This system will be automatically restarted in %d seconds." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-logout-dialog.c:369 msgid "Log out of this system now?" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-logout-dialog.c:390 msgid "Shut down this system now?" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-logout-dialog.c:424 msgid "Restart this system now?" msgstr "" #. It'd be really surprising to reach this code: if we're here, #. * then the XSMP client already has set several XSMP #. * properties. But it could still be that SmProgram is not set. #. #: ../gnome-session/gsm-xsmp-client.c:558 msgid "Remembered Application" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/gsm-xsmp-client.c:1196 msgid "This program is blocking logout." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/main.c:284 msgid "AUTOSTART_DIR" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/main.c:285 msgid "Session to use" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-session/main.c:285 msgid "SESSION_NAME" msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong #: ../gnome-session/main.c:290 msgid "Show the fail whale dialog for testing" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-inhibit.c:110 #, c-format msgid "" "%s [OPTION...] COMMAND\n" "\n" "Execute COMMAND while inhibiting some session functionality.\n" "\n" " -h, --help Show this help\n" " --version Show program version\n" " --app-id ID The application id to use\n" " when inhibiting (optional)\n" " --reason REASON The reason for inhibiting (optional)\n" " --inhibit ARG Things to inhibit, colon-separated list of:\n" " logout, switch-user, suspend, idle, automount\n" " --inhibit-only Do not launch COMMAND and wait forever instead\n" "\n" "If no --inhibit option is specified, idle is assumed.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-inhibit.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-inhibit.c:208 ../tools/gnome-session-inhibit.c:218 #: ../tools/gnome-session-inhibit.c:228 #, c-format msgid "%s requires an argument\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:62 #, c-format msgid "Session %d" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:108 msgid "" "Session names are not allowed to start with ‘.’ or contain ‘/’ characters" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:112 msgid "Session names are not allowed to start with ‘.’" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:116 msgid "Session names are not allowed to contain ‘/’ characters" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-selector.c:124 #, c-format msgid "A session named ‘%s’ already exists" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-quit.c:54 msgid "Power off" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-quit.c:55 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-quit.c:56 msgid "Ignoring any existing inhibitors" msgstr "" #: ../tools/gnome-session-quit.c:57 msgid "Don't prompt for user confirmation" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-monitor.po0000644000000000000000000004367012321561545023213 0ustar # English/Canada translation of procman. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the procman package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: procman\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-system-monitor.desktop.in.in.h:3 #: ../gnome-system-monitor-kde.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Monitor;System;Process;CPU;Memory;Network;History;Usage;" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-system-monitor-kde.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME System Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:1 msgid "Kill process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:2 msgid "Privileges are required to kill process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:3 msgid "Renice process" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.policy.in.in.h:4 msgid "Privileges are required to renice process" msgstr "" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:2 msgid "View" msgstr "" #: ../data/interface.ui.h:12 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Sending" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:1 msgctxt "Window title for 'Search for Open Files' dialog" msgid "Search for Open Files" msgstr "" #: ../data/lsof.ui.h:4 msgid "C_lear" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:1 msgctxt "Menu item to Open 'Search for Open Files' dialog" msgid "Search for Open Files" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:3 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:4 msgid "About" msgstr "" #: ../data/menus.ui.h:5 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "_Divide CPU usage by CPU count" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show network speed in bits" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "_Draw CPU chart as stacked area chart" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Show _all file systems" msgstr "" #: ../data/renice.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Note: The priority of a process is given by its nice value. " "A lower nice value corresponds to a higher priority." msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:20 msgid "Show the Processes tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:25 msgid "Show the Resources tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/argv.cpp:30 msgid "Show the File Systems tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/callbacks.cpp:195 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Givver https://launchpad.net/~givver70\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Zack Blair https://launchpad.net/~zack-blair" #: ../src/e_date.c:162 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "Today %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:171 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "Yesterday %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:183 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:191 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #: ../src/e_date.c:193 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:201 msgid "Percentage full for pie color pickers" msgstr "" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:209 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:210 ../src/gsm_color_button.c:628 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:216 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:217 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:224 msgid "Type of color picker" msgstr "Type of colour picker" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:550 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../src/gsm_color_button.c:651 msgid "Click to set graph colors" msgstr "Click to set graph colours" #: ../src/interface.cpp:58 msgid "_Change Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:69 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:70 msgid "View additional information about a process" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:88 msgid "Show only user-owned processes" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:93 ../src/util.cpp:217 msgid "Very High" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:94 msgid "Set process priority to very high" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:95 ../src/util.cpp:219 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:96 msgid "Set process priority to high" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:97 ../src/util.cpp:221 msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:98 msgid "Set process priority to normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:99 ../src/util.cpp:223 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:100 msgid "Set process priority to low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:101 ../src/util.cpp:225 msgid "Very Low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:102 msgid "Set process priority to very low" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:103 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:104 msgid "Set process priority manually" msgstr "" #. Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending #: ../src/interface.cpp:178 #, c-format msgid "Pick a Color for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/load-graph.cpp:379 msgid "not available" msgstr "" #. xgettext: 540MiB (53 %) of 1.0 GiB #: ../src/load-graph.cpp:382 #, c-format msgid "%s (%.1f%%) of %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:125 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: ../src/lsof.cpp:126 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid Perl regular expression." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Main Window should open maximized" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Main Window X position" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Main Window Y position" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "If TRUE, system-monitor operates in 'Solaris mode' where a task's CPU usage " "is divided by the total number of CPUs. Otherwise, it operates in 'Irix " "mode'." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Show CPU chart as stacked area chart" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "If TRUE, system-monitor shows the CPU chart as a stacked area chart instead " "of a line chart." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Show warning dialog when killing processes" msgstr "Show warning dialogue when killing processes" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether information about all file systems should be displayed" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to display information about all file systems (including types like " "'autofs' and 'procfs'). Useful for getting a list of all currently mounted " "file systems." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "CPU colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Default graph memory color" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default graph swap color" msgstr "Default graph swap colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Default graph incoming network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph incoming network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Default graph outgoing network traffic color" msgstr "Default graph outgoing network traffic colour" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show network traffic in bits" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Width of process 'Name' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show process 'Name' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Width of process 'User' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Show process 'User' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Width of process 'Status' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Show process 'Status' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Width of process 'Virtual Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Show process 'Virtual Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Width of process 'Resident Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Show process 'Resident Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Width of process 'Writable Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Show process 'Writable Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Width of process 'Shared Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Show process 'Shared Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Width of process 'X Server Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Show process 'X Server Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Width of process 'CPU Time' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "Show process 'CPU Time' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Width of process 'Started' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Show process 'Started' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Width of process 'Nice' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Show process 'Nice' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Width of process 'SELinux Security Context' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Show process 'SELinux Security Context' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Width of process 'Command Line' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Show process 'Command Line' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Width of process 'Memory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Show process 'Memory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Width of process 'Control Group' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Show process 'Control Group' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Width of process 'Unit' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Show process 'Unit' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Width of process 'Session' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Show process 'Session' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Width of process 'Seat' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show process 'Seat' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Width of process 'Owner' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show process 'Owner' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Width of process 'Priority' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "Show process 'Priority' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Disk view sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Disk view sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Width of disk view 'Device' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Show disk view 'Device' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Width of disk view 'Directory' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Show disk view 'Directory' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Width of disk view 'Type' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "Show disk view 'Type' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Width of disk view 'Total' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show disk view 'Total' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Width of disk view 'Free' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Show disk view 'Free' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Width of disk view 'Available' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Show disk view 'Available' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Width of disk view 'Used' column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Show disk view 'Used' column on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Memory map sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Memory map sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Open files sort column" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-system-monitor.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Open files sort order" msgstr "" #: ../src/procactions.cpp:76 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot change the priority of process with PID %d to %d.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/procactions.cpp:156 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot kill process with PID %d with signal %d.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #. xgettext: primary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:74 #, c-format msgid "Kill the selected process “%s” (PID: %u)?" msgstr "" #. xgettext: secondary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:78 msgid "" "Killing a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a " "security risk. Only unresponsive processes should be killed." msgstr "" #. xgettext: primary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:85 #, c-format msgid "End the selected process “%s” (PID: %u)?" msgstr "" #. xgettext: secondary alert message #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:89 msgid "" "Ending a process may destroy data, break the session or introduce a security " "risk. Only unresponsive processes should be ended." msgstr "" #: ../src/procdialogs.cpp:171 #, c-format msgid "Change Priority of Process “%s” (PID: %u)" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:104 ../src/util.cpp:434 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:140 #, c-format msgid "%lld second" msgid_plural "%lld seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:143 ../src/proctable.cpp:221 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:148 ../src/proctable.cpp:214 msgid "Control Group" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:258 msgid "Process Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/procproperties.cpp:278 #, c-format msgid "Properties of process \"%s\" (PID %u):" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:215 msgid "Unit" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:216 msgid "Session" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Seat = i.e. the physical seat the session of the process belongs to, only #. for multi-seat environments. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiseat_configuration #: ../src/proctable.cpp:219 msgid "Seat" msgstr "" #: ../src/proctable.cpp:220 msgid "Owner" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:166 #, c-format msgid "%.1f KiB" msgstr "%.1f KB" #: ../src/util.cpp:167 #, c-format msgid "%.1f MiB" msgstr "%.1f MB" #: ../src/util.cpp:168 #, c-format msgid "%.1f GiB" msgstr "%.1f GB" #: ../src/util.cpp:169 #, c-format msgid "%.1f TiB" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:170 #, c-format msgid "%.3g kbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:171 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Mbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:172 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Gbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:173 #, c-format msgid "%.3g Tbit" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:232 msgid "Very High Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:234 msgid "High Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:236 msgid "Normal Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:238 msgid "Low Priority" msgstr "" #: ../src/util.cpp:240 msgid "Very Low Priority" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-terminal.po0000644000000000000000000005616112321561546022015 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-terminal. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-terminal package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-terminal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-17 20:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-terminal.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Run;" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-terminal.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "New Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:229 ../src/terminal-options.c:957 #: ../src/terminal-options.c:966 msgid "FILE" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "" #: ../src/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:1 msgid "Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:3 msgid "_Match case" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:4 msgid "Match _entire word only" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:5 msgid "Match as _regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:6 msgid "Search _backwards" msgstr "" #: ../src/find-dialog.glade.h:7 msgid "_Wrap around" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:25 msgid "Default color of text in the terminal" msgstr "Default colour of text in the terminal" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:26 msgid "" "Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:27 msgid "Default color of terminal background" msgstr "Default colour of terminal background" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "" "Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-" "style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\")." msgstr "" "Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as \"red\")." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:29 msgid "Default color of bold text in the terminal" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:30 msgid "" "Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be " "HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as \"red\"). This is ignored if " "bold_color_same_as_fg is true." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:31 msgid "Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:32 msgid "" "If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to use custom terminal size for new windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:45 msgid "" "If true, newly created terminal windows will have custom size specified by " "default_size_columns and default_size_rows." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:46 msgid "Default number of columns" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:47 msgid "" "Number of columns in newly created terminal windows. Has no effect if " "use_custom_default_size is not enabled." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:48 msgid "Default number of rows" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:49 msgid "" "Number of rows in newly created terminal windows. Has no effect if " "use_custom_default_size is not enabled." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:51 msgid "" "Where to put the terminal scrollbar. Possibilities are \"left\", \"right\", " "and \"hidden\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:53 msgid "" "Number of scrollback lines to keep around. You can scroll back in the " "terminal by this number of lines; lines that don't fit in the scrollback are " "discarded. If scrollback_unlimited is true, this value is ignored." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:54 msgid "Whether an unlimited number of lines should be kept in scrollback" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:55 msgid "" "If true, scrollback lines will never be discarded. The scrollback history is " "stored on disk temporarily, so this may cause the system to run out of disk " "space if there is a lot of output to the terminal." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:60 msgid "Whether to send keystrokes for alternate screen scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:61 msgid "" "If true, send Up/Down keystrokes for scrolling when using alternate screen " "or when scrolling is restricted." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:71 msgid "" "The possible values are \"system\" to use the global cursor blinking " "settings, or \"on\" or \"off\" to set the mode explicitly." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:72 msgid "The cursor appearance" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:73 msgid "" "The possible values are \"block\" to use a block cursor, \"ibeam\" to use a " "vertical line cursor, or \"underline\" to use an underline cursor." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:79 msgid "" "Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color " "names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" msgstr "" "Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can " "use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour " "names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. \"#FF00FF\"" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:83 msgid "" "Type of terminal background. May be \"solid\" for a solid color, \"image\" " "for an image, or \"transparent\" for either real transparency if a " "compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:94 msgid "Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget" msgstr "Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:95 msgid "" "If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user." msgstr "" "If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for " "the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:98 msgid "current" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:99 msgid "Default encoding" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:100 msgid "" "Default encoding. Can be either \"current\" to use the current locale's " "encoding, or else any of the known encodings." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:106 msgid "" "Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialog for profile creation. " "Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If " "you set the option to the special string \"disabled\", then there will be no " "keyboard shortcut for this action." msgstr "" "Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialogue for profile creation. " "Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If " "you set the option to the special string \"disabled\", then there will be no " "keyboard shortcut for this action." #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:107 msgid "Keyboard shortcut to save the current tab contents to file" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-terminal.schemas.in.h:108 msgid "" "Keyboard shortcut key to save the current tab contents to a file. Expressed " "as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the " "option to the special string \"disabled\", then there will be no keyboard " "shortcut for this action." msgstr "" #: ../src/keybinding-editor.glade.h:2 msgid "_Enable menu access keys (such as Alt+F to open the File menu)" msgstr "" #: ../src/keybinding-editor.glade.h:3 msgid "Enable the _menu shortcut key (F10 by default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-editor.c:480 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing command: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-editor.c:498 #, c-format msgid "Editing Profile “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-editor.c:830 #, c-format msgid "Choose Palette Color %d" msgstr "Choose Palette Colour %d" #: ../src/profile-manager.glade.h:2 msgid "_Profile used when launching a new terminal:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:9 msgid "Cursor _shape:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:10 msgid "" "Block\n" "I-Beam\n" "Underline" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:14 msgid "Use custom default terminal si_ze" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:15 msgid "Default size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:16 msgid "columns" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:17 msgid "rows" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:21 msgid "When terminal commands set their o_wn titles:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:22 msgid "" "Replace initial title\n" "Append initial title\n" "Prepend initial title\n" "Keep initial title" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:36 msgid "Foreground, Background, Bold and Underline" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:37 msgid "_Use colors from system theme" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:38 msgid "Built-in sche_mes:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:39 msgid "_Text color:" msgstr "_Text colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:40 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:41 msgid "Choose Terminal Background Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Background Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:42 msgid "Choose Terminal Text Color" msgstr "Choose Terminal Text Colour" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:43 msgid "_Underline color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:44 msgid "_Same as text color" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:45 msgid "Bol_d color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:48 msgid "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colors available to " "them." msgstr "" "Note: Terminal applications have these colours available to " "them." #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:49 msgid "Color p_alette:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:50 msgid "" "Tango\n" "Linux console\n" "XTerm\n" "Rxvt\n" "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:55 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:56 msgid "_Solid color" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:57 msgid "_Background image" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:65 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:67 msgid "Scroll_back:" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:68 msgid "Use keystrokes to scroll on _alternate screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:70 msgid "Scroll on _output" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:71 msgid "_Unlimited" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:75 msgid "lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:77 msgid "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behavior." msgstr "" "Note: These options may cause some applications to behave " "incorrectly. They are only here to allow you to work around certain " "applications and operating systems that expect different terminal behaviour." "" #: ../src/profile-preferences.glade.h:80 msgid "" "Automatic\n" "Control-H\n" "ASCII DEL\n" "Escape sequence\n" "TTY Erase" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-accels.c:149 msgid "Save Contents" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-accels.c:250 msgid "Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-accels.c:720 #, c-format msgid "The shortcut key “%s” is already bound to the “%s” action" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-app.c:636 #, c-format msgid "Delete profile “%s”?" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-app.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "" "You already have a profile called “%s”. Do you want to create another " "profile with the same name?" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-app.c:1813 #, c-format msgid "No such profile \"%s\", using default profile\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal.c:550 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse arguments: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:175 #, c-format msgid "" "Option \"%s\" is no longer supported in this version of gnome-terminal; you " "might want to create a profile with the desired setting, and use the new '--" "profile' option\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Argument to \"%s\" is not a valid command: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:343 msgid "Two roles given for one window" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:596 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid zoom factor" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:646 #, c-format msgid "" "Option \"%s\" requires specifying the command to run on the rest of the " "command line" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:807 msgid "Not a valid terminal config file." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:820 msgid "Incompatible terminal config file version." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:956 msgid "Load a terminal configuration file" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:965 msgid "Save the terminal configuration to a file" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:979 msgid "Open a new window containing a tab with the default profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:988 msgid "Open a new tab in the last-opened window with the default profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1001 msgid "Turn on the menubar" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1010 msgid "Turn off the menubar" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1019 msgid "Maximise the window" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1028 msgid "Full-screen the window" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1037 msgid "" "Set the window size; for example: 80x24, or 80x24+200+200 (COLSxROWS+X+Y)" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1046 msgid "Set the window role" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1068 msgid "Execute the argument to this option inside the terminal" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1077 msgid "Use the given profile instead of the default profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1078 msgid "PROFILE-NAME" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1086 msgid "Set the terminal title" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1095 msgid "Set the working directory" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1105 msgid "ZOOM" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1355 ../src/terminal-options.c:1358 msgid "GNOME Terminal Emulator" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1359 msgid "Show GNOME Terminal options" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1369 msgid "" "Options to open new windows or terminal tabs; more than one of these may be " "specified:" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1370 msgid "Show terminal options" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1378 msgid "" "Window options; if used before the first --window or --tab argument, sets " "the default for all windows:" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1379 msgid "Show per-window options" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1387 msgid "" "Terminal options; if used before the first --window or --tab argument, sets " "the default for all terminals:" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-options.c:1388 msgid "Show per-terminal options" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-profile.c:171 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-screen.c:1504 msgid "_Profile Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-screen.c:1505 ../src/terminal-screen.c:1888 msgid "_Relaunch" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-screen.c:1892 #, c-format msgid "The child process exited normally with status %d." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-screen.c:1895 #, c-format msgid "The child process was terminated by signal %d." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-screen.c:1898 msgid "The child process was terminated." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-tabs-menu.c:198 msgid "Switch to this tab" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-util.c:160 msgid "There was an error displaying help" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-util.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the address “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-util.c:354 msgid "" "GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-util.c:358 msgid "" "GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but " "WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY " "or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-util.c:362 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "GNOME Terminal; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1814 msgid "_Search" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1828 msgid "New _Profile…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1831 msgid "_Save Contents" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1848 ../src/terminal-window.c:1966 msgid "Paste _Filenames" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1854 msgid "P_rofiles…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1857 msgid "_Keyboard Shortcuts…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1860 msgid "Pr_ofile Preferences" msgstr "" #. Search menu #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1876 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1879 msgid "Find Ne_xt" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1882 msgid "Find Pre_vious" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1885 msgid "_Clear Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1889 msgid "Go to _Line..." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1892 msgid "_Incremental Search..." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1899 msgid "_Set Title…" msgstr "" #. Terminal/Encodings menu #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1911 msgid "_Add or Remove…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1922 msgid "Move Tab _Left" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1925 msgid "Move Tab _Right" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1928 msgid "_Detach tab" msgstr "" #. Popup menu #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1941 msgid "_Send Mail To…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1947 msgid "C_all To…" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1950 msgid "_Copy Call Address" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1959 msgid "P_rofiles" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:1981 msgid "L_eave Full Screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3311 msgid "Close this window?" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3311 msgid "Close this terminal?" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3315 msgid "" "There are still processes running in some terminals in this window. Closing " "the window will kill all of them." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3319 msgid "" "There is still a process running in this terminal. Closing the terminal will " "kill it." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3324 msgid "C_lose Terminal" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3397 msgid "Could not save contents" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:3421 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:4074 msgid "Contributors:" msgstr "" #: ../src/terminal-window.c:4100 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Maintainer: Adam Weinberger \n" "Alexander Winston \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Matt C https://launchpad.net/~mvc1095" #. #. * Copyright © 2009 Christian Persch #. * #. * Gnome-terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify #. * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by #. * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or #. * (at your option) any later version. #. * #. * Gnome-terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the #. * GNU General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License #. * along with this program. If not, see . #. #. This file contains extra strings that need to be translated, but #. * can't be extracted by intltool since the ui files aren't in git, and #. * the glade files don't contain them in the right form. See bug #553357. #. #. Translators: This refers to the Delete keybinding option #: ../src/extra-strings.c:24 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the Delete keybinding option #: ../src/extra-strings.c:26 msgid "Control-H" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the Delete keybinding option #: ../src/extra-strings.c:28 msgid "ASCII DEL" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the Delete keybinding option #: ../src/extra-strings.c:30 msgid "Escape sequence" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the Delete keybinding option #: ../src/extra-strings.c:32 msgid "TTY Erase" msgstr "" #. Translators: Cursor shape: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:35 msgid "Block" msgstr "" #. Translators: Cursor shape: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:37 msgid "I-Beam" msgstr "" #. Translators: Cursor shape: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:39 msgid "Underline" msgstr "" #. Translators: When command exits: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:42 msgid "Exit the terminal" msgstr "" #. Translators: When command exits: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:44 msgid "Restart the command" msgstr "" #. Translators: When command exits: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:46 msgid "Hold the terminal open" msgstr "" #. Translators: Scrollbar is: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:49 msgid "On the left side" msgstr "" #. Translators: Scrollbar is: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:51 msgid "On the right side" msgstr "" #. Translators: When terminal commands set their own titles: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:56 msgid "Replace initial title" msgstr "" #. Translators: When terminal commands set their own titles: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:58 msgid "Append initial title" msgstr "" #. Translators: When terminal commands set their own titles: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:60 msgid "Prepend initial title" msgstr "" #. Translators: When terminal commands set their own titles: ... #: ../src/extra-strings.c:62 msgid "Keep initial title" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20.po0000644000000000000000000001343112321561546020017 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gtk+ # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 15:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:63 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:399 gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:2286 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:400 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The licence of the program" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:660 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:178 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:352 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:363 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:387 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:397 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:400 msgid "\"Deepness\" of the color." msgstr "\"Deepness\" of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:402 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:404 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:406 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:408 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:418 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:428 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:435 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:449 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:508 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:967 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:970 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:975 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:978 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1391 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:1595 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:170 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #. Translate to the default units to use for presenting #. * lengths to the user. Translate to default:inch if you #. * want inches, otherwise translate to default:mm. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:mm", if it #. * it isn't default:mm or default:inch it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:118 msgid "default:mm" msgstr "default:inch" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:999 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" "The folder could not be created because a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3807 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3822 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:371 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:422 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2847 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "Two-Sided" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk20-properties.po0000644000000000000000000007674712321561546022234 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gtk+-properties # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 21:52-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 14:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gdk/gdkwindow.c:496 gdk/gdkwindow.c:497 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:546 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:547 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text." #: gtk/gtkaction.c:302 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:254 msgid "GIcon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaction.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 gtk/gtkimage.c:341 #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:255 msgid "The GIcon being displayed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaction.c:412 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:169 msgid "Always show image" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkaction.c:413 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:170 msgid "Whether the image will always be shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:308 msgid "Related Action" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:309 msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:331 msgid "Use Action Appearance" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:332 msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbbox.c:138 msgid "" "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: default, spread, " "edge, start and end" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:163 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:442 msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:457 msgid "" "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside " "the border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:586 msgid "Inner border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:587 msgid "Inner border space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:598 msgid "Vertical separation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:599 msgid "Space between day headers and main area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:610 msgid "Horizontal separation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:611 msgid "Space between week headers and main area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:43 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:44 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294 msgid "Editing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295 msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304 msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:148 msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" msgstr "If FALSE, don't allow strings other than the chosen ones to be entered" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "" "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colourized according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125 msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145 msgid "Pulse of the spinner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159 msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 gtk/gtkcellview.c:160 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtkcellview.c:161 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 gtk/gtkcellview.c:167 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:168 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:162 msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether or not to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:177 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:191 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:302 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:192 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:289 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:303 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:109 msgid "OK Button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:116 msgid "Cancel Button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:123 msgid "Help Button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:902 msgid "Button Sensitivity" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:903 msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:919 msgid "Whether combo box has an entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:934 msgid "Entry Text Column" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:935 msgid "" "The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry " "if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:150 msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons" msgstr "The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:196 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:213 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:456 msgid "Content area spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:214 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:231 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:634 msgid "Text Buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:635 msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:712 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:804 msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:818 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368 msgid "Text length" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:819 msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:834 msgid "Invisible char set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:835 msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:853 msgid "Caps Lock warning" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:854 msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:868 msgid "Progress Fraction" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:869 msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:886 msgid "Progress Pulse Step" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:887 msgid "" "The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for " "each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:903 msgid "Primary pixbuf" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:904 msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:918 msgid "Secondary pixbuf" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:919 msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:933 msgid "Primary stock ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:934 msgid "Stock ID for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:948 msgid "Secondary stock ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:949 msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:963 msgid "Primary icon name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:964 msgid "Icon name for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:978 msgid "Secondary icon name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:979 msgid "Icon name for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:993 msgid "Primary GIcon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:994 msgid "GIcon for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1008 msgid "Secondary GIcon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1009 msgid "GIcon for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1023 msgid "Primary storage type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1024 msgid "The representation being used for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1039 msgid "Secondary storage type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1040 msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1061 msgid "Primary icon activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1062 msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1082 msgid "Secondary icon activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1083 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1105 msgid "Primary icon sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1106 msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1127 msgid "Secondary icon sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1128 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1144 msgid "Primary icon tooltip text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1145 gtk/gtkentry.c:1181 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1161 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1162 gtk/gtkentry.c:1200 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1180 msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1199 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1219 gtk/gtktextview.c:684 msgid "IM module" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 gtk/gtktextview.c:685 msgid "Which IM module should be used" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1234 msgid "Icon Prelight" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1235 msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1248 msgid "Progress Border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1249 msgid "Border around the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1757 msgid "State Hint" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1758 msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:354 msgid "The contents of the buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:369 msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:373 msgid "Popup single match" msgstr "Pop up single match" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:239 msgid "Label fill" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:240 msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:839 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:855 msgid "Allow folders creation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:856 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new " "folders." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143 msgid "The title of the font selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the font selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209 msgid "Child Detached" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210 msgid "" "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or " "detached." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:749 msgid "Item Orientation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:792 msgid "Item Padding" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:793 msgid "Padding around icon view items" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:802 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:803 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:151 msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:184 gtk/gtkmenu.c:522 msgid "Accel Group" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:185 msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:440 msgid "Width of border around the content area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:457 msgid "Spacing between elements of the area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:489 msgid "Width of border around the action area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:699 msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated" msgstr "Angle to which the label is rotated" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:738 msgid "Track visited links" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:739 msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:145 msgid "URI" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:146 msgid "The URI bound to this button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:160 msgid "Visited" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:161 msgid "Whether this link has been visited." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:508 msgid "The currently selected menu item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:523 msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:537 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:290 msgid "Accel Path" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:538 msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:554 msgid "Attach Widget" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:555 msgid "The widget the menu is attached to" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:578 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn off" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:592 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593 msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:622 msgid "Reserve Toggle Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:623 msgid "" "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and " "icons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:670 msgid "Arrow Placement" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:671 msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:718 msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:257 msgid "Right Justified" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:258 msgid "" "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:291 msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:306 msgid "The text for the child label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:382 msgid "Width in Characters" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383 msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:205 msgid "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons" msgstr "" "Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the " "buttons" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:275 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:322 msgid "Message area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:323 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160 msgid "Parent" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:161 msgid "The parent window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168 msgid "Is Showing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:177 msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:698 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:699 msgid "Group name for tabs drag and drop" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:728 msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not" msgstr "Whether or not to expand the child's tab" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:735 msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not" msgstr "Whether or not the child's tab should fill the allocated area" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:865 msgid "Arrow spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:866 msgid "Scroll arrow spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkorientable.c:48 msgid "The orientation of the orientable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:186 msgid "Socket Window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:187 msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:186 msgid "Paused Printer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:187 msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:200 msgid "Accepting Jobs" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:201 msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1017 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1161 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1162 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1186 msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous." msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronously." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1279 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:345 msgid "Support Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280 msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1296 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:353 msgid "Has Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1297 msgid "TRUE if a selection exists." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1312 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:361 msgid "Embed Page Setup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1313 msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1334 msgid "Number of Pages To Print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1335 msgid "The number of pages that will be printed." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336 msgid "Manual Capabilites" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:337 msgid "Capabilities the application can handle" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:354 msgid "Whether the application has a selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:362 msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:220 msgid "YSpacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:221 msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:234 msgid "Min horizontal bar width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:235 msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247 msgid "Min horizontal bar height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248 msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260 msgid "Min vertical bar width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:261 msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273 msgid "Min vertical bar height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:274 msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:129 msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to." msgstr "The radio action to whose group this action belongs." #: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:83 msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to." msgstr "The radio button to whose group this widget belongs." #: gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66 msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:472 msgid "Round Digits" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:473 msgid "The number of digits to round the value to." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:594 msgid "Arrow scaling" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:595 msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:611 msgid "Stepper Position Details" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:612 msgid "" "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with " "position information" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:464 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:564 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:565 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:736 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:737 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:887 msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:888 msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:910 msgid "Sound Theme Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:911 msgid "XDG sound theme name" msgstr "" #. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input #: gtk/gtksettings.c:933 msgid "Audible Input Feedback" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:934 msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:955 msgid "Enable Event Sounds" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:956 msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:971 msgid "Enable Tooltips" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:972 msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1000 msgid "Toolbar Icon Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1001 msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1018 msgid "Auto Mnemonics" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1019 msgid "" "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user " "presses the mnemonic activator." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1054 msgid "Primary button warps slider" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1055 msgid "" "Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:531 msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:325 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:129 msgid "Whether the spinner is active" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:143 msgid "Number of steps" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:144 msgid "" "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation " "will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-" "duration)." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:159 msgid "Animation duration" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:160 msgid "" "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:365 msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:415 msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:433 msgid "The title of this tray icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192 msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226 msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:594 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536 msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:694 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:695 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:521 msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not" msgstr "Whether or not the tooltips of the toolbar should be active" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1544 msgid "The human-readable title of this item group" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1551 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1557 msgid "Collapsed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1558 msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1565 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571 msgid "Header Relief" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1572 msgid "Relief of the group header button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1587 msgid "Header Spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1588 msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1604 msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1611 msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1617 msgid "New Row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1618 msgid "Whether the item should start a new row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625 msgid "Position of the item within this group" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:992 msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1022 msgid "Style of items in the tool palette" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038 msgid "Exclusive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1039 msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1054 msgid "" "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:624 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:640 msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:808 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:821 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:822 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:828 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:829 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341 msgid "Sort column ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342 msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:658 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:760 msgid "Window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:761 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:775 msgid "Double Buffered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:776 msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2453 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2454 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2459 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2460 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2496 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2497 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2510 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2511 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2598 msgid "Tooltips opacity" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2599 msgid "The opacity to be used when drawing tooltips" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2611 msgid "Tooltips radius" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2612 msgid "The radius to be used when drawing tooltips" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:617 msgid "Mnemonics Visible" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:618 msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:786 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-engines.po0000644000000000000000000000217312321561546021304 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gtk2-engines # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk2-engines package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk2-engines\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-12 22:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Itai Molenaar \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Colorize Scrollbar" msgstr "Colourize Scrollbar" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Scrollbar Color" msgstr "Scrollbar Colour" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Sets the Color of Scrollbars" msgstr "Sets the Colour of Scrollbars" #: ../schema/clearlooks.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Enable Animations on Progressbars" msgstr "Enable Animations on progress bars" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gucharmap.po0000644000000000000000000001450712321561546021044 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gucharmap # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gucharmap package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gucharmap 1.3.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 12:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gucharmap.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "font;unicode;" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-chartable.c:1287 msgid "Unknown character, unable to identify." msgstr "Unknown character; unable to identify." #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-menus.ui.h:3 msgid "Sho_w only glyphs from this font" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-menus.ui.h:8 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-menus.ui.h:11 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-menus.ui.h:13 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-unicode-info.c:136 msgid "Letter, Titlecase" msgstr "Letter, Title Case" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:422 msgid "" "Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under " "the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:430 msgid "" "Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they " "will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty " "of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " "Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details." msgstr "" "Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they " "will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty " "of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General " "Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details." #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:449 msgid "Based on the Unicode Character Database 6.3.0" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/gucharmap-window.c:458 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Daniel LeBlanc https://launchpad.net/~danidou\n" " Gordon Stevens https://launchpad.net/~reileigh\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount" #. g_menu_append (G_MENU (model), _("Print Preview"), "win.print-preview"); #: ../gucharmap/main.c:162 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:32 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:73 msgid "Mandaic" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:33 msgid "Arabic Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:71 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:21 msgid "Batak" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:74 msgid "Sundanese Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:150 msgid "Meetei Mayek Extensions" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:151 msgid "Ethiopic Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:189 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:76 msgid "Meroitic Hieroglyphs" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:190 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:75 msgid "Meroitic Cursive" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:198 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:24 msgid "Brahmi" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:200 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:99 msgid "Sora Sompeng" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:201 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:30 msgid "Chakma" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:202 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:96 msgid "Sharada" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:203 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:108 msgid "Takri" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:207 msgid "Bamum Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:208 ../gucharmap/unicode-scripts.h:77 msgid "Miao" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:209 msgid "Kana Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:216 msgid "Arabic Mathematical Alphabetic Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:219 msgid "Playing Cards" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:222 msgid "Miscellaneous Symbols And Pictographs" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:223 msgid "Emoticons" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:224 msgid "Transport And Map Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:225 msgid "Alchemical Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/unicode-blocks.h:228 msgid "CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Character map grouping method" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This is how the characters in the character map are grouped. The characters " "can either be grouped by 'script' or 'block'." msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Character map font description" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "" "The font to use for the character map. If set to 'nothing' then the default " "is the system font with the size doubled. Otherwise it should be a font " "description string like 'Sans 24'." msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Snap number of columns to a power of two" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The number of columns in the character map grid is determined by the width " "of the window. If this setting is 'true' then the value will be forced to " "the nearest power of two." msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "Last selected character" msgstr "" #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "This is the last character that was selected in the character map (and will " "be selected again when the character map is next started).\n" "\n" "By default, it is the first letter of the alphabet in the current locale." msgstr "" #. The unicode code point of the first letter of the alphabet #: ../gucharmap/org.gnome.Charmap.gschema.xml.h:12 msgctxt "First letter" msgid "0x41" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/inkscape.po0000644000000000000000000215714112321561547020677 0ustar # English/Canada translation of Inkscape. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Inkscape package. # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inkscape\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: inkscape-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:59+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-03 10:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../inkscape.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../inkscape.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Vector Graphics Editor" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:2 msgid "Matte jelly" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:2 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:10 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:107 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:109 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:115 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:116 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:118 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:122 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:167 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:206 msgid "ABCs" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:2 msgid "Bulging, matte jelly covering" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:3 msgid "Smart jelly" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:3 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:4 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:9 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:14 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:15 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:39 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:48 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:49 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:50 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:51 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:54 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:56 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:69 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:71 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:89 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:101 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:102 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:207 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:209 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:210 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:211 msgid "Bevels" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:3 msgid "Same as Matte jelly but with more controls" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:4 msgid "Metal casting" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:4 msgid "Smooth drop-like bevel with metallic finish" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:5 msgid "Motion blur, horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:5 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:6 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:7 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:57 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:94 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:108 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:111 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:159 msgid "Blurs" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:5 msgid "" "Blur as if the object flies horizontally; adjust Standard Deviation to vary " "force" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:6 msgid "Motion blur, vertical" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:6 msgid "" "Blur as if the object flies vertically; adjust Standard Deviation to vary " "force" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:7 msgid "Edges are partly feathered out" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:8 msgid "Cutout" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:8 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:40 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:85 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:95 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:119 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:169 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:170 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:171 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:176 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:214 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:45 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:107 msgid "Shadows and Glows" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:8 msgid "Drop shadow under the cut-out of the shape" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:9 msgid "Jigsaw piece" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:9 msgid "Low, sharp bevel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:10 msgid "Roughen" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:10 msgid "Small-scale roughening to edges and content" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:11 msgid "Rubber stamp" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:11 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:17 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:18 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:19 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:21 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:22 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:36 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:37 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:38 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:90 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:113 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:114 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:117 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:150 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:154 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:183 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:217 msgid "Overlays" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:11 msgid "Random whiteouts inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:12 msgid "Ink bleed" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:12 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:13 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:41 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:166 msgid "Protrusions" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:12 msgid "Inky splotches underneath the object" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:13 msgid "Fire" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:13 msgid "Edges of object are on fire" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:14 msgid "Bloom" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:14 msgid "Soft, cushion-like bevel with matte highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:15 msgid "Ridged border" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:15 msgid "Ridged border with inner bevel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:16 msgid "Ripple" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:16 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:43 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:106 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:110 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:112 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:128 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:173 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:194 msgid "Distort" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:16 msgid "Horizontal rippling of edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:17 msgid "Speckle" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:17 msgid "Fill object with sparse translucent specks" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:18 msgid "Oil slick" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:18 msgid "Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:19 msgid "Frost" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:19 msgid "Flake-like white splotches" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:20 msgid "Leopard fur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:20 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:58 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:59 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:60 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:62 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:78 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:79 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:80 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:82 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:136 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:151 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:152 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:153 msgid "Materials" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:20 msgid "Leopard spots (loses object's own color)" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:21 msgid "Zebra" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:21 msgid "Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:22 msgid "Clouds" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:22 msgid "Airy, fluffy, sparse white clouds" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:23 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sharpen.cpp:37 msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:23 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:24 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:25 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:26 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:27 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:28 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:29 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:30 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:34 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:100 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:160 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:162 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:175 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:190 msgid "Image effects" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:23 msgid "Sharpen edges and boundaries within the object, force=0.15" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:24 msgid "Sharpen more" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:24 msgid "Sharpen edges and boundaries within the object, force=0.3" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:25 msgid "Oil painting" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:25 msgid "Simulate oil painting style" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:26 msgid "Edge detect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:26 msgid "Detect color edges in object" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:27 msgid "Horizontal edge detect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:27 msgid "Detect horizontal color edges in object" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:28 msgid "Vertical edge detect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:28 msgid "Detect vertical color edges in object" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:29 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:30 msgid "Blueprint" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:30 msgid "Detect color edges and retrace them in blue" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 #: ../share/extensions/color_desaturate.inx.h:1 msgid "Desaturate" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:33 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:91 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:157 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:205 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:219 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2607 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2754 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:51 #: ../share/extensions/color_blackandwhite.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_brighter.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_darker.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_desaturate.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesshue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesslight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_lesssaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morehue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_morelight.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_moresaturation.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_negative.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/color_removeblue.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removegreen.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_removered.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/color_rgbbarrel.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:15 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:31 msgid "Render in shades of gray by reducing saturation to zero" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:228 msgid "Invert" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:32 msgid "Invert colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:33 msgid "Sepia" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:33 msgid "Render in warm sepia tones" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:34 msgid "Age" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:34 msgid "Imitate aged photograph" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:35 msgid "Organic" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:35 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:42 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:45 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:61 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:63 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:64 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:81 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:83 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:84 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:125 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:126 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:127 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:130 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:132 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:133 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:134 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:135 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:155 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:172 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:181 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:187 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:200 msgid "Textures" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:35 msgid "Bulging, knotty, slick 3D surface" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:36 msgid "Barbed wire" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:36 msgid "Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:37 msgid "Swiss cheese" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:37 msgid "Random inner-bevel holes" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:38 msgid "Blue cheese" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:38 msgid "Marble-like bluish speckles" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:39 msgid "Button" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:39 msgid "Soft bevel, slightly depressed middle" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:40 msgid "Inset" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:40 msgid "Shadowy outer bevel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:41 msgid "Dripping" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:41 msgid "Random paint streaks downwards" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:42 msgid "Jam spread" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:42 msgid "Glossy clumpy jam spread" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:43 msgid "Pixel smear" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:43 msgid "Van Gogh painting effect for bitmaps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:44 msgid "HSL Bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:44 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:46 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:120 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:121 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:123 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:124 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:161 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:163 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:180 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:182 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:184 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:185 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:192 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:201 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:202 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:203 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:212 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:213 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:216 msgid "Bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:44 msgid "Highly flexible bump combining diffuse and specular lightings" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:45 msgid "Cracked glass" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:45 msgid "Under a cracked glass" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:46 msgid "Bubbly Bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:46 msgid "Flexible bubbles effect with some displacement" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:47 msgid "Glowing bubble" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:47 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:52 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:53 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:65 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:66 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:68 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Ridges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:47 msgid "Bubble effect with refraction and glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:48 msgid "Neon" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:48 msgid "Neon light effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:49 msgid "Molten metal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:49 msgid "Melting parts of object together, with a glossy bevel and a glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:50 msgid "Pressed steel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:50 msgid "Pressed metal with a rolled edge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:51 msgid "Matte bevel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:51 msgid "Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:52 msgid "Thin Membrane" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:52 msgid "Thin like a soap membrane" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:53 msgid "Matte ridge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:53 msgid "Soft pastel ridge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:54 msgid "Glowing metal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:54 msgid "Glowing metal texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:55 msgid "Leaves" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:55 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:77 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:86 ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:1 msgid "Scatter" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:55 msgid "Leaves on the ground in Fall, or living foliage" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:56 msgid "Translucent" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:56 msgid "Illuminated translucent plastic or glass effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:57 msgid "Cross-smooth" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:57 msgid "Blur inner borders and intersections" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:58 msgid "Iridescent beeswax" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:58 msgid "Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:59 msgid "Eroded metal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:59 msgid "Eroded metal texture with ridges, grooves, holes and bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:60 msgid "Cracked Lava" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:60 msgid "A volcanic texture, a little like leather" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:61 msgid "Bark" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:61 msgid "Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:62 msgid "Lizard skin" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:62 msgid "Stylized reptile skin texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:63 msgid "Stone wall" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:63 msgid "Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:64 msgid "Silk carpet" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:64 msgid "Silk carpet texture, horizontal stripes" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:65 msgid "Refractive gel A" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:65 msgid "Gel effect with light refraction" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:66 msgid "Refractive gel B" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:66 msgid "Gel effect with strong refraction" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "Metallized paint" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:67 msgid "" "Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:68 msgid "Dragee" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:68 msgid "Gel Ridge with a pearlescent look" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:69 msgid "Raised border" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:69 msgid "Strongly raised border around a flat surface" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Metallized ridge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:70 msgid "Gel Ridge metallized at its top" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:71 msgid "Fat oil" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:71 msgid "Fat oil with some adjustable turbulence" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:49 msgid "Colorize" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:72 msgid "Blend image or object with a flood color and set lightness and contrast" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:73 msgid "Parallel hollow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:73 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:74 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:75 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:76 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:87 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:88 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:92 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:93 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:96 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:105 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:31 msgid "Morphology" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:73 msgid "A blurry hollow going parallel to the edge on the inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:74 msgid "Hole" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:74 msgid "Opens a smooth hole inside the shape" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:75 msgid "Black hole" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:75 msgid "Creates a black light inside and outside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:76 msgid "Smooth outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:76 msgid "Outlining the lines and smoothing their crossings" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:77 msgid "Cubes" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:77 msgid "Scattered cubes; adjust the Morphology primitive to vary size" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:78 msgid "Peel off" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:78 msgid "Peeling painting on a wall" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:79 msgid "Gold splatter" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:79 msgid "Splattered cast metal, with golden highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:80 msgid "Gold paste" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:80 msgid "Fat pasted cast metal, with golden highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:81 msgid "Crumpled plastic" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:81 msgid "Crumpled matte plastic, with melted edge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:82 msgid "Enamel jewelry" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:82 msgid "Slightly cracked enameled texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:83 msgid "Rough paper" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:83 msgid "Aquarelle paper effect which can be used for pictures as for objects" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:84 msgid "Rough and glossy" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:84 msgid "" "Crumpled glossy paper effect which can be used for pictures as for objects" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:85 msgid "In and Out" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:85 msgid "Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:86 msgid "Air spray" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:86 msgid "Convert to small scattered particles with some thickness" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:87 msgid "Warm inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:87 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, filled inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:88 msgid "Cool outside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:88 msgid "Blurred colorized contour, empty inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:89 msgid "Electronic microscopy" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:89 msgid "" "Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:90 msgid "Tartan" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:90 msgid "Checkered tartan pattern" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:91 msgid "Invert hue" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:91 msgid "Invert hue, or rotate it" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:92 msgid "Inner outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:92 msgid "Draws an outline around" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:93 msgid "Outline, double" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:93 msgid "Draws a smooth line inside colorized with the color it overlays" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:94 msgid "Fancy blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:94 msgid "Smooth colorized contour which allows desaturation and hue rotation" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:95 msgid "Glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:95 msgid "Glow of object's own color at the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:96 msgid "Outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:96 msgid "Adds a glowing blur and removes the shape" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Color emboss" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:97 msgid "Classic or colorized emboss effect: grayscale, color and 3D relief" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:38 msgid "Solarize" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:98 msgid "Classical photographic solarization effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "Moonarize" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:99 msgid "" "An effect between solarize and invert which often preserves sky and water " "lights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:100 msgid "Soft focus lens" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:100 msgid "Glowing image content without blurring it" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:101 msgid "Stained glass" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:101 msgid "Illuminated stained glass effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:102 msgid "Dark glass" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:102 msgid "Illuminated glass effect with light coming from beneath" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:103 msgid "HSL Bumps alpha" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:103 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:104 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:164 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:177 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:178 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:179 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:186 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:188 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:189 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:191 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:193 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:204 msgid "Image effects, transparent" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:103 msgid "Same as HSL Bumps but with transparent highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:104 msgid "Bubbly Bumps alpha" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:104 msgid "Same as Bubbly Bumps but with transparent highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:105 msgid "Smooth edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:105 msgid "" "Smooth the outside of shapes and pictures without altering their contents" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:106 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:128 msgid "Torn edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:106 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:128 msgid "" "Displace the outside of shapes and pictures without altering their content" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:107 msgid "Feather" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:107 msgid "Blurred mask on the edge without altering the contents" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:108 msgid "Blur content" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:108 msgid "Blur the contents of objects, preserving the outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:109 msgid "Specular light" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:109 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:211 msgid "Basic specular bevel to use for building textures" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:110 msgid "Roughen inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:110 msgid "Roughen all inside shapes" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:111 msgid "Evanescent" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:111 msgid "" "Blur the contents of objects, preserving the outline and adding progressive " "transparency at edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:112 msgid "Chalk and sponge" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:112 msgid "Low turbulence gives sponge look and high turbulence chalk" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:113 msgid "People" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:113 msgid "Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:114 msgid "Scotland" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:114 msgid "Colorized mountain tops out of the fog" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:115 msgid "Noise transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:115 msgid "Basic noise transparency texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:116 msgid "Noise fill" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:116 msgid "Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:117 msgid "Garden of Delights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:117 msgid "" "Phantasmagorical turbulent wisps, like Hieronymus Bosch's Garden of Delights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:118 msgid "Diffuse light" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:118 msgid "Basic diffuse bevel to use for building textures" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:119 msgid "Cutout Glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:119 msgid "In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:120 msgid "HSL Bumps, matte" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:120 msgid "" "Same as HSL bumps but with a diffuse reflection instead of a specular one" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:121 msgid "Dark Emboss" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:121 msgid "Emboss effect : 3D relief where white is replaced by black" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:122 msgid "Simple blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:122 msgid "Simple Gaussian blur, same as the blur slider in Fill and Stroke dialog" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:123 msgid "Bubbly Bumps, matte" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:123 msgid "Same as Bubbly Bumps but with a diffuse light instead of a specular one" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:124 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/emboss.cpp:37 msgid "Emboss" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:124 msgid "" "Emboss effect : Colors of the original images are preserved or modified by " "Blend" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:125 msgid "Blotting paper" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:125 msgid "Inkblot on blotting paper" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:126 msgid "Wax print" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:126 msgid "Wax print on tissue texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:127 msgid "Inkblot" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:127 msgid "Inkblot on tissue or rough paper" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "Color outline, in" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:129 msgid "A colorizable inner outline with adjustable width and blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:130 msgid "Liquid" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:130 msgid "Colorizable filling with liquid transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Watercolor" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:131 msgid "Cloudy watercolor effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:132 msgid "Felt" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:132 msgid "" "Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:133 msgid "Ink paint" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:133 msgid "Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:134 msgid "Tinted rainbow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:134 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:135 msgid "Melted rainbow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:135 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:136 msgid "Flex metal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:136 msgid "Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:137 msgid "Comics draft" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:137 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:138 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:139 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:140 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:141 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:142 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:143 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:144 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:145 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:146 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:147 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:148 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:149 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:156 msgid "Non realistic 3D shaders" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:137 msgid "Draft painted cartoon shading with a glassy look" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:138 msgid "Comics fading" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:138 msgid "Cartoon paint style with some fading at the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:139 msgid "Smooth shader" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:139 msgid "Smooth shading with a graphite pencil grey" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:140 msgid "Emboss shader" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:140 msgid "Combination of smooth shading and embossing" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:141 msgid "Smooth shader dark" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:141 msgid "Dark version of non realistic smooth shading" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:142 msgid "Comics" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:142 msgid "Imitation of black and white cartoon shading" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:143 msgid "Satin" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:143 msgid "Silky close to mother of pearl shading" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:144 msgid "Frosted glass" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:144 msgid "Non realistic frosted glass imitation" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:145 msgid "Smooth shader contour" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:145 msgid "Contouring version of smooth shader" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:146 msgid "Aluminium" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:146 msgid "Brushed aluminium shader" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:147 msgid "Comics fluid" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:147 msgid "Fluid brushed cartoon drawing" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:148 msgid "Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:148 msgid "Non realistic chrome shader with strong speculars" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:149 msgid "Chrome dark" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:149 msgid "Dark version of chrome shading with a ground reflection simulation" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:150 msgid "Wavy tartan" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:150 msgid "Tartan pattern with a wavy displacement and bevel around the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:151 msgid "3D marble" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:151 msgid "3D warped marble texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:152 msgid "3D wood" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:152 msgid "3D warped, fibered wood texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:153 msgid "3D mother of pearl" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:153 msgid "3D warped, iridescent pearly shell texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:154 msgid "Tiger fur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:154 msgid "Tiger fur pattern with folds and bevel around the edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:155 msgid "Shaken liquid" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:155 msgid "Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:156 msgid "Comics cream" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:156 msgid "Comics shader with creamy waves transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:157 msgid "Black Light" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:157 msgid "Light areas turn to black" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:158 msgid "Light eraser" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:158 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:195 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:197 ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:198 #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:199 msgid "Transparency utilities" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:158 msgid "Make the lightest parts of the object progressively transparent" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:159 msgid "Noisy blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:159 msgid "Small-scale roughening and blurring to edges and content" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:160 msgid "Film grain" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:160 msgid "Adds a small scale graininess" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:161 msgid "HSL Bumps, transparent" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:161 msgid "Highly flexible specular bump with transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:162 msgid "" "Give lead pencil or chromolithography or engraving or other effects to " "images and material filled objects" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:163 msgid "Velvet Bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:163 msgid "Gives Smooth Bumps velvet like" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:164 msgid "Alpha draw" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:164 msgid "Gives a transparent drawing effect to bitmaps and materials" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Alpha draw, color" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:165 msgid "Gives a transparent color fill effect to bitmaps and materials" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:166 msgid "Chewing gum" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:166 msgid "" "Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines " "at their crossings" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:167 msgid "Black outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:167 msgid "Draws a black outline around" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Color outline" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:168 msgid "Draws a colored outline around" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:169 msgid "Inner Shadow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:169 msgid "Adds a colorizable drop shadow inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:170 msgid "Dark and Glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:170 msgid "Darkens the edge with an inner blur and adds a flexible glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:171 msgid "Darken edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:171 msgid "Darken the edges with an inner blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:172 msgid "Warped rainbow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:172 msgid "Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:173 msgid "Rough and dilate" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:173 msgid "Create a turbulent contour around" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 msgid "Quadritone fantasy" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:174 msgid "Replace hue by two colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:175 msgid "Old postcard" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:175 msgid "Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:176 msgid "Fuzzy Glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:176 msgid "Overlays a semi-transparent shifted copy to a blurred one" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:177 msgid "Dots transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:177 msgid "Gives a pointillist HSL sensitive transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:178 msgid "Canvas transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:178 msgid "Gives a canvas like HSL sensitive transparency." msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:179 msgid "Smear transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:179 msgid "" "Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:180 msgid "Thick paint" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:180 msgid "Thick painting effect with turbulence" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:181 msgid "Burst" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:181 msgid "Burst balloon texture crumpled and with holes" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:182 msgid "Embossed leather" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:182 msgid "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable " "texture" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:183 msgid "Carnaval" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:183 msgid "White splotches evocating carnaval masks" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:184 msgid "Plastify" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:184 msgid "" "HSL edges detection bump with a wavy reflective surface effect and variable " "crumple" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:185 msgid "Plaster" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:185 msgid "" "Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a matte and crumpled surface effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:186 msgid "Rough transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:186 msgid "Adds a turbulent transparency which displaces pixels at the same time" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:187 msgid "Gouache" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:187 msgid "Partly opaque water color effect with bleed" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:188 msgid "Alpha engraving" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:188 msgid "Gives a transparent engraving effect with rough line and filling" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:189 msgid "Alpha draw, liquid" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:189 msgid "Gives a transparent fluid drawing effect with rough line and filling" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:190 msgid "Liquid drawing" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:190 msgid "Gives a fluid and wavy expressionist drawing effect to images" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:191 msgid "Marbled ink" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:191 msgid "Marbled transparency effect which conforms to image detected edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:192 msgid "Thick acrylic" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:192 msgid "Thick acrylic paint texture with high texture depth" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:193 msgid "Alpha engraving B" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:193 msgid "" "Gives a controllable roughness engraving effect to bitmaps and materials" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:194 msgid "Lapping" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:194 msgid "Something like a water noise" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:195 msgid "Monochrome transparency" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:195 msgid "Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 msgid "Duotone" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:196 msgid "Change colors to a duotone palette" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:197 msgid "Light eraser, negative" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:197 msgid "Like Light eraser but converts to negative" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:198 msgid "Alpha repaint" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:198 msgid "Repaint anything monochrome" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:199 msgid "Saturation map" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:199 msgid "" "Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the " "saturation levels" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:200 msgid "Riddled" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:200 msgid "Riddle the surface and add bump to images" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:201 msgid "Wrinkled varnish" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:201 msgid "Thick glossy and translucent paint texture with high depth" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:202 msgid "Canvas Bumps" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:202 msgid "Canvas texture with an HSL sensitive height map" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:203 msgid "Canvas Bumps, matte" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:203 msgid "Same as Canvas Bumps but with a diffuse light instead of a specular one" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:204 msgid "Canvas Bumps alpha" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:204 msgid "Same as Canvas Bumps but with transparent highlights" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:205 msgid "Lightness-Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:205 msgid "Increase or decrease lightness and contrast" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:206 msgid "Clean edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:206 msgid "" "Removes or decreases glows and jaggeries around objects edges after applying " "some filters" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:207 msgid "Bright metal" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:207 msgid "Bright metallic effect for any color" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Deep colors plastic" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:208 msgid "Transparent plastic with deep colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:209 msgid "Melted jelly, matte" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:209 msgid "Matte bevel with blurred edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:210 msgid "Melted jelly" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:210 msgid "Glossy bevel with blurred edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:211 msgid "Combined lighting" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:212 msgid "Tinfoil" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:212 msgid "Metallic foil effect combining two lighting types and variable crumple" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:213 msgid "Copper and chocolate" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:213 msgid "" "Specular bump which can be easily converted from metallic to molded plastic " "effects" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:214 msgid "Inner Glow" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:214 msgid "Adds a colorizable glow inside" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Soft colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:215 msgid "Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:216 msgid "Relief print" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:216 msgid "Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:217 msgid "Growing cells" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:217 msgid "Random rounded living cells like fill" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 msgid "Fluorescence" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:218 msgid "Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:219 msgid "Tritone" msgstr "" #: ../share/filters/filters.svg.h:219 msgid "Create a tritone palette with hue selectable by flood" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:2 msgid "Stripes 1:1" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:3 msgid "Stripes 1:1 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:4 msgid "Stripes 1:1.5" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:5 msgid "Stripes 1:1.5 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:6 msgid "Stripes 1:2" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:7 msgid "Stripes 1:2 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:8 msgid "Stripes 1:3" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:9 msgid "Stripes 1:3 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:10 msgid "Stripes 1:4" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:11 msgid "Stripes 1:4 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:12 msgid "Stripes 1:5" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:13 msgid "Stripes 1:5 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:14 msgid "Stripes 1:8" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:15 msgid "Stripes 1:8 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:16 msgid "Stripes 1:10" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:17 msgid "Stripes 1:10 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:18 msgid "Stripes 1:16" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:19 msgid "Stripes 1:16 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:20 msgid "Stripes 1:32" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:21 msgid "Stripes 1:32 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:22 msgid "Stripes 1:64" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:23 msgid "Stripes 2:1" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:24 msgid "Stripes 2:1 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:25 msgid "Stripes 4:1" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:26 msgid "Stripes 4:1 white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:27 msgid "Checkerboard" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:28 msgid "Checkerboard white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:29 msgid "Packed circles" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:30 msgid "Polka dots, small" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:31 msgid "Polka dots, small white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:32 msgid "Polka dots, medium" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:33 msgid "Polka dots, medium white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:34 msgid "Polka dots, large" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:35 msgid "Polka dots, large white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:36 msgid "Wavy" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:37 msgid "Wavy white" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:38 msgid "Camouflage" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:39 msgid "Ermine" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:40 msgid "Sand (bitmap)" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:41 msgid "Cloth (bitmap)" msgstr "" #: ../share/patterns/patterns.svg.h:42 msgid "Old paint (bitmap)" msgstr "" #: ../src/arc-context.cpp:324 msgid "" "Ctrl: make circle or integer-ratio ellipse, snap arc/segment angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/arc-context.cpp:325 ../src/rect-context.cpp:369 msgid "Shift: draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/arc-context.cpp:476 #, c-format msgid "" "Ellipse: %s × %s (constrained to ratio %d:%d); with Shift " "to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/arc-context.cpp:478 #, c-format msgid "" "Ellipse: %s × %s; with Ctrl to make square or integer-" "ratio ellipse; with Shift to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/arc-context.cpp:504 msgid "Create ellipse" msgstr "" #: ../src/box3d-context.cpp:440 ../src/box3d-context.cpp:447 #: ../src/box3d-context.cpp:454 ../src/box3d-context.cpp:461 #: ../src/box3d-context.cpp:468 ../src/box3d-context.cpp:475 msgid "Change perspective (angle of PLs)" msgstr "" #. status text #: ../src/box3d-context.cpp:643 msgid "3D Box; with Shift to extrude along the Z axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/box3d-context.cpp:671 msgid "Create 3D box" msgstr "" #: ../src/box3d.cpp:327 msgid "3D Box" msgstr "" #: ../src/color-profile.cpp:910 #, c-format msgid "Color profiles directory (%s) is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../src/color-profile.cpp:969 ../src/color-profile.cpp:986 msgid "(invalid UTF-8 string)" msgstr "" #: ../src/conn-avoid-ref.cpp:238 msgid "Add a new connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/conn-avoid-ref.cpp:263 msgid "Move a connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/conn-avoid-ref.cpp:283 msgid "Remove a connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:236 msgid "Connection point: click or drag to create a new connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:237 msgid "Connection point: click to select, drag to move" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:781 msgid "Creating new connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1159 msgid "Connector endpoint drag cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1189 msgid "Connection point drag cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1307 msgid "Reroute connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1480 msgid "Create connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1503 msgid "Finishing connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1800 msgid "Connector endpoint: drag to reroute or connect to new shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1950 msgid "Select at least one non-connector object." msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1955 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8178 msgid "Make connectors avoid selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/connector-context.cpp:1956 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8188 msgid "Make connectors ignore selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/context-fns.cpp:36 ../src/context-fns.cpp:65 msgid "Current layer is hidden. Unhide it to be able to draw on it." msgstr "" #: ../src/context-fns.cpp:42 ../src/context-fns.cpp:71 msgid "Current layer is locked. Unlock it to be able to draw on it." msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop.cpp:849 msgid "No previous zoom." msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop.cpp:874 msgid "No next zoom." msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop-events.cpp:189 msgid "Create guide" msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop-events.cpp:400 msgid "Move guide" msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop-events.cpp:407 ../src/desktop-events.cpp:453 #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:125 msgid "Delete guide" msgstr "" #: ../src/desktop-events.cpp:433 #, c-format msgid "Guideline: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:155 msgid "Nothing selected." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:161 msgid "More than one object selected." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:168 #, c-format msgid "Object has %d tiled clones." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:173 msgid "Object has no tiled clones." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:976 msgid "Select one object whose tiled clones to unclump." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:998 msgid "Unclump tiled clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1028 msgid "Select one object whose tiled clones to remove." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1051 msgid "Delete tiled clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1097 ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2036 msgid "Select an object to clone." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1103 msgid "" "If you want to clone several objects, group them and clone the " "group." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1112 msgid "Creating tiled clones..." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1515 msgid "Create tiled clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1706 msgid "Per row:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1719 msgid "Per column:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1727 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1888 msgid "_Symmetry" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: For the following 17 symmetry groups, see #. * http://www.bib.ulb.ac.be/coursmath/doc/17.htm (visual examples); #. * http://www.clarku.edu/~djoyce/wallpaper/seventeen.html (English vocabulary); or #. * http://membres.lycos.fr/villemingerard/Geometri/Sym1D.htm (French vocabulary). #. #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1896 msgid "Select one of the 17 symmetry groups for the tiling" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "translation" means "shift" / "displacement" here. #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1907 msgid "P1: simple translation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1908 msgid "P2: 180° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1909 msgid "PM: reflection" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "glide reflection" is a reflection and a translation combined. #. For more info, see http://mathforum.org/sum95/suzanne/symsusan.html #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1912 msgid "PG: glide reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1913 msgid "CM: reflection + glide reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1914 msgid "PMM: reflection + reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1915 msgid "PMG: reflection + 180° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1916 msgid "PGG: glide reflection + 180° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1917 msgid "CMM: reflection + reflection + 180° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1918 msgid "P4: 90° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1919 msgid "P4M: 90° rotation + 45° reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1920 msgid "P4G: 90° rotation + 90° reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1921 msgid "P3: 120° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1922 msgid "P31M: reflection + 120° rotation, dense" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1923 msgid "P3M1: reflection + 120° rotation, sparse" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1924 msgid "P6: 60° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1925 msgid "P6M: reflection + 60° rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1953 msgid "S_hift" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "shift" means: the tiles will be shifted (offset) horizontally by this amount #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1963 #, no-c-format msgid "Shift X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1971 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal shift per row (in % of tile width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1979 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal shift per column (in % of tile width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1986 msgid "Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "shift" means: the tiles will be shifted (offset) vertically by this amount #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:1996 #, no-c-format msgid "Shift Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2004 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical shift per row (in % of tile height)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2012 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical shift per column (in % of tile height)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2019 msgid "Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2027 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2175 msgid "Exponent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2034 msgid "Whether rows are spaced evenly (1), converge (<1) or diverge (>1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2041 msgid "Whether columns are spaced evenly (1), converge (<1) or diverge (>1)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Alternate" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2049 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2219 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2296 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2372 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2421 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2552 msgid "Alternate:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2055 msgid "Alternate the sign of shifts for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2060 msgid "Alternate the sign of shifts for each column" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Cumulate" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2067 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2237 #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2314 msgid "Cumulate:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2073 msgid "Cumulate the shifts for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2078 msgid "Cumulate the shifts for each column" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Cumulate" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2085 msgid "Exclude tile:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2091 msgid "Exclude tile height in shift" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2096 msgid "Exclude tile width in shift" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2105 msgid "Sc_ale" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2113 msgid "Scale X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2121 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal scale per row (in % of tile width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2129 #, no-c-format msgid "Horizontal scale per column (in % of tile width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2136 msgid "Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2144 msgid "Scale Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2152 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical scale per row (in % of tile height)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2160 #, no-c-format msgid "Vertical scale per column (in % of tile height)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2167 msgid "Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2182 msgid "Whether row scaling is uniform (1), converge (<1) or diverge (>1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2189 msgid "Whether column scaling is uniform (1), converge (<1) or diverge (>1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2197 msgid "Base:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2204 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2211 msgid "" "Base for a logarithmic spiral: not used (0), converge (<1), or diverge (>1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2225 msgid "Alternate the sign of scales for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2230 msgid "Alternate the sign of scales for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2243 msgid "Cumulate the scales for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2248 msgid "Cumulate the scales for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2257 msgid "_Rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2265 msgid "Angle:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2273 #, no-c-format msgid "Rotate tiles by this angle for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2281 #, no-c-format msgid "Rotate tiles by this angle for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2288 msgid "Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2302 msgid "Alternate the rotation direction for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2307 msgid "Alternate the rotation direction for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2320 msgid "Cumulate the rotation for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2325 msgid "Cumulate the rotation for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2334 msgid "_Blur & opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2343 msgid "Blur:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2350 msgid "Blur tiles by this percentage for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2357 msgid "Blur tiles by this percentage for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2364 msgid "Randomize the tile blur by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2378 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2383 msgid "Alternate the sign of blur change for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2392 msgid "Fade out:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2399 msgid "Decrease tile opacity by this percentage for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2406 msgid "Decrease tile opacity by this percentage for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2413 msgid "Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2427 msgid "Alternate the sign of opacity change for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2432 msgid "Alternate the sign of opacity change for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2440 msgid "Co_lor" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2445 msgid "Initial color: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "Initial color of tiled clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2449 msgid "" "Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or " "stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2464 msgid "H:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2471 msgid "Change the tile hue by this percentage for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2478 msgid "Change the tile hue by this percentage for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2485 msgid "Randomize the tile hue by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2494 msgid "S:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2501 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2508 msgid "Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2515 msgid "Randomize the color saturation by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2523 msgid "L:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2530 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2537 msgid "Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2544 msgid "Randomize the color lightness by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2558 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each row" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2563 msgid "Alternate the sign of color changes for each column" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2571 msgid "_Trace" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2578 msgid "Trace the drawing under the tiles" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2582 msgid "" "For each clone, pick a value from the drawing in that clone's location and " "apply it to the clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2596 msgid "1. Pick from the drawing:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2608 msgid "Pick the visible color and opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2615 ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2764 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/opacity.cpp:37 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/opacity.cpp:39 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4475 ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:10 msgid "Opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2616 msgid "Pick the total accumulated opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2623 msgid "R" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2624 msgid "Pick the Red component of the color" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2631 msgid "G" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2632 msgid "Pick the Green component of the color" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2639 msgid "B" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2640 msgid "Pick the Blue component of the color" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2649 msgid "clonetiler|H" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2650 msgid "Pick the hue of the color" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2659 msgid "clonetiler|S" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2660 msgid "Pick the saturation of the color" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2669 msgid "clonetiler|L" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2670 msgid "Pick the lightness of the color" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2680 msgid "2. Tweak the picked value:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2690 msgid "Gamma-correct:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2695 msgid "Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2702 msgid "Randomize:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2707 msgid "Randomize the picked value by this percentage" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2714 msgid "Invert:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2718 msgid "Invert the picked value" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2724 msgid "3. Apply the value to the clones':" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2734 msgid "Presence" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2737 msgid "" "Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in " "that point" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2744 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2747 msgid "Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2757 msgid "" "Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill " "or stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2767 msgid "Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2794 msgid "How many rows in the tiling" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2814 msgid "How many columns in the tiling" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2844 msgid "Width of the rectangle to be filled" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2869 msgid "Height of the rectangle to be filled" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2884 msgid "Rows, columns: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2885 msgid "Create the specified number of rows and columns" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2894 msgid "Width, height: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2895 msgid "Fill the specified width and height with the tiling" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2911 msgid "Use saved size and position of the tile" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2914 msgid "" "Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as the last time " "you tiled it (if any), instead of using the current size" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2938 msgid " _Create " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2940 msgid "Create and tile the clones of the selection" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: if a group of objects are "clumped" together, then they #. are unevenly spread in the given amount of space - as shown in the #. diagrams on the left in the following screenshot: #. http://www.inkscape.org/screenshots/gallery/inkscape-0.42-CVS-tiles-unclump.png #. So unclumping is the process of spreading a number of objects out more evenly. #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2955 msgid " _Unclump " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2956 msgid "Spread out clones to reduce clumping; can be applied repeatedly" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2962 msgid " Re_move " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2963 msgid "Remove existing tiled clones of the selected object (siblings only)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2979 msgid " R_eset " msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here #: ../src/dialogs/clonetiler.cpp:2981 msgid "" "Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog " "to zero" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:146 ../src/verbs.cpp:2611 msgid "_Page" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:146 ../src/verbs.cpp:2615 msgid "_Drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:146 ../src/verbs.cpp:2617 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:146 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:271 msgid "Export area" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:313 msgid "_x0:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:318 msgid "x_1:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:323 msgid "Wid_th:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:329 msgid "_y0:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:334 msgid "y_1:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:339 msgid "Hei_ght:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:471 msgid "Bitmap size" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:484 ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:231 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:484 ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:498 msgid "pixels at" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:492 msgid "dp_i" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:498 ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:232 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "" #. true = has mnemonic #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:520 msgid "_Filename" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:590 msgid "_Browse..." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:619 msgid "Batch export all selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:623 msgid "" "Export each selected object into its own PNG file, using export hints if any " "(caution, overwrites without asking!)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:631 msgid "Hide all except selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:635 msgid "In the exported image, hide all objects except those that are selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:652 msgid "_Export" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:656 msgid "Export the bitmap file with these settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:682 #, c-format msgid "Batch export %d selected object" msgid_plural "Batch export %d selected objects" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1101 #, c-format msgid "Exporting %d files" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1145 ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1222 #, c-format msgid "Could not export to filename %s.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1175 msgid "You have to enter a filename" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1180 msgid "The chosen area to be exported is invalid" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1195 #, c-format msgid "Directory %s does not exist or is not a directory.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1207 #, c-format msgid "Exporting %s (%lu x %lu)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1331 ../src/dialogs/export.cpp:1366 msgid "Select a filename for exporting" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "%s" is replaced with "exact" or "partial" when this string is displayed #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:362 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:437 #, c-format msgid "%d object found (out of %d), %s match." msgid_plural "%d objects found (out of %d), %s match." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:365 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:440 msgid "exact" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:365 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:440 msgid "partial" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:372 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:447 msgid "No objects found" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:530 msgid "T_ype: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:537 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:69 msgid "Search in all object types" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:537 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:69 msgid "All types" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:548 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:70 msgid "Search all shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:548 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:70 msgid "All shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:565 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:71 msgid "Search rectangles" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:565 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:71 msgid "Rectangles" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:570 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:72 msgid "Search ellipses, arcs, circles" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:570 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:72 msgid "Ellipses" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:575 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:73 msgid "Search stars and polygons" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:575 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:73 msgid "Stars" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:580 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:74 msgid "Search spirals" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:580 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:74 msgid "Spirals" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: polyline is a set of connected straight line segments #. http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/shapes.html#PolylineElement #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:593 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:75 msgid "Search paths, lines, polylines" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:593 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:75 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2248 msgid "Paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:598 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:76 msgid "Search text objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:598 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:76 msgid "Texts" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:603 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:77 msgid "Search groups" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:603 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:77 msgid "Groups" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:608 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:82 msgid "Search clones" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Clones" is a noun indicating type of object to find #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:612 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:82 msgid "find|Clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:617 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:83 msgid "Search images" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:617 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:83 #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.inx.h:5 msgid "Images" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:622 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:84 msgid "Search offset objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:622 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:84 msgid "Offsets" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:687 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:60 msgid "_Text: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:687 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:60 msgid "Find objects by their text content (exact or partial match)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:688 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:61 msgid "_ID: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:688 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:61 msgid "Find objects by the value of the id attribute (exact or partial match)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:689 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:62 msgid "_Style: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:689 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:62 msgid "" "Find objects by the value of the style attribute (exact or partial match)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:690 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:63 msgid "_Attribute: " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:690 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:63 msgid "Find objects by the name of an attribute (exact or partial match)" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:704 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:64 msgid "Search in s_election" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:708 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:64 msgid "Limit search to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:713 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:65 msgid "Search in current _layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:717 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:65 msgid "Limit search to the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:722 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:66 msgid "Include _hidden" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:726 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:66 msgid "Include hidden objects in search" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:731 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:67 msgid "Include l_ocked" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:735 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:67 msgid "Include locked objects in search" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Clear" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:746 ../src/ui/dialog/debug.cpp:75 #: ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:86 ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:46 #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:209 msgid "_Clear" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:746 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:86 msgid "Clear values" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:747 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:87 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/find.cpp:747 ../src/ui/dialog/find.cpp:87 msgid "Select objects matching all of the fields you filled in" msgstr "" #. Create the label for the object id #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:111 #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:325 #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:434 #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:441 msgid "_Id" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:120 msgid "" "The id= attribute (only letters, digits, and the characters .-_: allowed)" msgstr "" #. Button for setting the object's id, label, title and description. #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:134 ../src/verbs.cpp:2468 #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2474 msgid "_Set" msgstr "" #. Create the label for the object label #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:143 msgid "_Label" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:152 msgid "A freeform label for the object" msgstr "" #. Create the label for the object title #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:164 msgid "_Title" msgstr "" #. Create the frame for the object description #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:182 msgid "_Description" msgstr "" #. Hide #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:213 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:214 msgid "Check to make the object invisible" msgstr "" #. Lock #. TRANSLATORS: "Lock" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:223 msgid "L_ock" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:224 msgid "Check to make the object insensitive (not selectable by mouse)" msgstr "" #. Create the frame for interactivity options #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:234 msgid "_Interactivity" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:393 msgid "Lock object" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:393 msgid "Unlock object" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:412 msgid "Hide object" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:412 msgid "Unhide object" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:436 msgid "Id invalid! " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:438 msgid "Id exists! " msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:445 msgid "Set object ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:460 msgid "Set object label" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:468 msgid "Set object title" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/item-properties.cpp:478 msgid "Set object description" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/object-attributes.cpp:107 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:444 #, c-format msgid "Finished, %d words added to dictionary" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:446 #, c-format msgid "Finished, nothing suspicious found" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:559 #, c-format msgid "Not in dictionary (%s): %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:711 msgid "Checking..." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:781 msgid "Fix spelling" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:955 msgid "Suggestions:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:967 msgid "_Accept" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:967 msgid "Accept the chosen suggestion" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:969 msgid "_Ignore once" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:969 msgid "Ignore this word only once" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:971 msgid "_Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:971 msgid "Ignore this word in this session" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:978 msgid "A_dd to dictionary:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:978 msgid "Add this word to the chosen dictionary" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:1002 msgid "_Stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:1002 msgid "Stop the check" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:1004 msgid "_Start" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/spellcheck.cpp:1004 msgid "Start the check" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:198 msgid "Font" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:235 msgid "Align lines left" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: `Center' here is a verb. #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:250 msgid "Center lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:264 msgid "Align lines right" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:278 msgid "Justify lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:300 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7635 msgid "Horizontal text" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:314 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7642 msgid "Vertical text" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/text-edit.cpp:665 ../src/text-context.cpp:1499 msgid "Set text style" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:152 msgid "Click to select nodes, drag to rearrange." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:163 msgid "Click attribute to edit." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:167 #, c-format msgid "" "Attribute %s selected. Press Ctrl+Enter when done editing to " "commit changes." msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:347 msgid "nodeAsInXMLdialogTooltip|Delete node" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Set" is a verb here #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:514 msgid "Set" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:875 msgid "Drag XML subtree" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:1376 msgid "Create new element node" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:1392 msgid "Create new text node" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:1427 msgid "nodeAsInXMLinHistoryDialog|Delete node" msgstr "" #: ../src/dialogs/xml-tree.cpp:1474 msgid "Change attribute" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:400 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:690 msgid "Grid _units:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:402 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:692 msgid "_Origin X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:402 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:692 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1053 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1074 msgid "X coordinate of grid origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:404 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:694 msgid "O_rigin Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:404 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:694 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1054 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1075 msgid "Y coordinate of grid origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:406 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:698 msgid "Spacing _Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:406 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1077 msgid "Base length of z-axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:408 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1080 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3584 msgid "Angle X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:408 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1080 msgid "Angle of x-axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:410 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1081 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3663 msgid "Angle Z:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:410 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1081 msgid "Angle of z-axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line _color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Grid line color" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:414 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:702 msgid "Color of grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Ma_jor grid line color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:419 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:707 msgid "Major grid line color" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:420 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:708 msgid "Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:424 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:712 msgid "_Major grid line every:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-axonomgrid.cpp:424 ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:712 msgid "lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:40 msgid "Rectangular grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:41 msgid "Axonometric grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:259 msgid "Create new grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:325 msgid "_Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:326 msgid "" "Determines whether to snap to this grid or not. Can be 'on' for invisible " "grids." msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:330 msgid "Snap to visible _grid lines only" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:331 msgid "" "When zoomed out, not all grid lines will be displayed. Only the visible ones " "will be snapped to" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:335 msgid "_Visible" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:336 msgid "" "Determines whether the grid is displayed or not. Objects are still snapped " "to invisible grids." msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:696 msgid "Spacing _X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:696 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1057 msgid "Distance between vertical grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:698 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1058 msgid "Distance between horizontal grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:731 msgid "_Show dots instead of lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/canvas-grid.cpp:732 msgid "If set, displays dots at gridpoints instead of gridlines" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: undefined target for snapping #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:71 ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:74 #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:162 ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:165 msgid "UNDEFINED" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:77 msgid "grid line" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:80 msgid "grid intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:83 msgid "guide" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:86 msgid "guide intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:89 msgid "guide origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:92 msgid "grid-guide intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:95 msgid "cusp node" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:98 msgid "smooth node" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:101 msgid "path" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:104 msgid "path intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:107 msgid "bounding box corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:110 msgid "bounding box side" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:113 msgid "page border" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:116 msgid "line midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:119 msgid "object midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:122 msgid "object rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:125 msgid "handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:128 msgid "bounding box side midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:131 msgid "bounding box midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:134 msgid "page corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:137 msgid "convex hull corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:140 msgid "quadrant point" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:143 msgid "center" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:146 msgid "corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:149 msgid "text baseline" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:152 msgid "constrained angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:155 msgid "constraint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:168 msgid "Bounding box corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:171 msgid "Bounding box midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:174 msgid "Bounding box side midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:177 ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1259 msgid "Smooth node" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:180 ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1258 msgid "Cusp node" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:183 msgid "Line midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:186 msgid "Object midpoint" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:189 msgid "Object rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:193 msgid "Handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:196 msgid "Path intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:199 msgid "Guide" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:202 msgid "Guide origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:205 msgid "Convex hull corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:208 msgid "Quadrant point" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:211 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:214 msgid "Corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:217 msgid "Text baseline" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:220 msgid "Multiple of grid spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/snap-indicator.cpp:251 msgid " to " msgstr "" #. We hit green anchor, closing Green-Blue-Red #: ../src/draw-context.cpp:577 msgid "Path is closed." msgstr "" #. We hit bot start and end of single curve, closing paths #: ../src/draw-context.cpp:592 msgid "Closing path." msgstr "" #: ../src/draw-context.cpp:702 msgid "Draw path" msgstr "" #: ../src/draw-context.cpp:862 msgid "Creating single dot" msgstr "" #: ../src/draw-context.cpp:863 msgid "Create single dot" msgstr "" #. alpha of color under cursor, to show in the statusbar #. locale-sensitive printf is OK, since this goes to the UI, not into SVG #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:312 #, c-format msgid " alpha %.3g" msgstr "" #. where the color is picked, to show in the statusbar #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:314 #, c-format msgid ", averaged with radius %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:314 #, c-format msgid " under cursor" msgstr "" #. message, to show in the statusbar #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 msgid "Release mouse to set color." msgstr "" #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:316 ../src/tools-switch.cpp:215 msgid "" "Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke; drag to " "average color in area; with Alt to pick inverse color; Ctrl+C " "to copy the color under mouse to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/dropper-context.cpp:354 msgid "Set picked color" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:615 msgid "" "Guide path selected; start drawing along the guide with Ctrl" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:617 msgid "Select a guide path to track with Ctrl" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:752 msgid "Tracking: connection to guide path lost!" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:752 msgid "Tracking a guide path" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:755 msgid "Drawing a calligraphic stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/dyna-draw-context.cpp:1044 msgid "Draw calligraphic stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/eraser-context.cpp:527 msgid "Drawing an eraser stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/eraser-context.cpp:833 msgid "Draw eraser stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/event-context.cpp:614 msgid "Space+mouse drag to pan canvas" msgstr "" #: ../src/event-log.cpp:37 msgid "[Unchanged]" msgstr "" #. Edit #: ../src/event-log.cpp:264 ../src/event-log.cpp:267 ../src/verbs.cpp:2258 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "" #: ../src/event-log.cpp:274 ../src/event-log.cpp:278 ../src/verbs.cpp:2260 msgid "_Redo" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/dependency.cpp:234 msgid "Dependency:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/dependency.cpp:235 msgid " type: " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/dependency.cpp:236 msgid " location: " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/dependency.cpp:237 msgid " string: " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/dependency.cpp:240 msgid " description: " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/effect.cpp:39 msgid " (No preferences)" msgstr "" #. This is some filler text, needs to change before relase #: ../src/extension/error-file.cpp:53 msgid "" "One or more extensions failed to load\n" "\n" "The failed extensions have been skipped. Inkscape will continue to run " "normally but those extensions will be unavailable. For details to " "troubleshoot this problem, please refer to the error log located at: " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/error-file.cpp:63 msgid "Show dialog on startup" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/execution-env.cpp:134 #, c-format msgid "'%s' working, please wait..." msgstr "" #. static int i = 0; #. std::cout << "Checking module[" << i++ << "]: " << name << std::endl; #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:254 msgid "" " This is caused by an improper .inx file for this extension. An improper ." "inx file could have been caused by a faulty installation of Inkscape." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:257 msgid "an ID was not defined for it." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:261 msgid "there was no name defined for it." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:265 msgid "the XML description of it got lost." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:269 msgid "no implementation was defined for the extension." msgstr "" #. std::cout << "Failed: " << *(_deps[i]) << std::endl; #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:276 msgid "a dependency was not met." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:296 msgid "Extension \"" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:296 msgid "\" failed to load because " msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:642 #, c-format msgid "Could not create extension error log file '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:740 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:593 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:2 msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:741 msgid "ID:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:742 msgid "State:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:742 msgid "Loaded" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:742 msgid "Unloaded" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:742 msgid "Deactivated" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/extension.cpp:773 msgid "" "Currently there is no help available for this Extension. Please look on the " "Inkscape website or ask on the mailing lists if you have questions regarding " "this extension." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/implementation/script.cpp:1012 msgid "" "Inkscape has received additional data from the script executed. The script " "did not return an error, but this may indicate the results will not be as " "expected." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/init.cpp:274 msgid "Null external module directory name. Modules will not be loaded." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/init.cpp:288 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter-file.cpp:56 #, c-format msgid "" "Modules directory (%s) is unavailable. External modules in that directory " "will not be loaded." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:38 msgid "Adaptive Threshold" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:41 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:136 ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:190 #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:169 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:56 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:64 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3253 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4269 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4589 ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:4 msgid "Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:41 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:41 ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:198 #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:177 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3270 #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:5 msgid "Height" msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:42 #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:32 ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:98 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-offset.cpp:30 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:46 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:50 msgid "Offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:46 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:57 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/blur.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:63 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:55 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/contrast.cpp:45 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/despeckle.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/edge.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/emboss.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/enhance.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/gaussianBlur.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/implode.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:70 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:48 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:47 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/negate.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/opacity.cpp:43 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:47 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/reduceNoise.cpp:45 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:45 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:47 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sharpen.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/spread.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:42 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/threshold.cpp:43 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:49 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/wave.cpp:44 msgid "Raster" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/adaptiveThreshold.cpp:48 msgid "Apply adaptive thresholding to selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:44 msgid "Add Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:46 ../src/rdf.cpp:238 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:47 msgid "Uniform Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:48 msgid "Gaussian Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:49 msgid "Multiplicative Gaussian Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:50 msgid "Impulse Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:51 msgid "Laplacian Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:52 msgid "Poisson Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/addNoise.cpp:59 msgid "Add random noise to selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/blur.cpp:37 msgid "Blur" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/blur.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/edge.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/emboss.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sharpen.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:42 msgid "Radius" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/blur.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/emboss.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/gaussianBlur.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sharpen.cpp:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:43 msgid "Sigma" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/blur.cpp:46 msgid "Blur selected bitmap(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:47 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:53 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" #. TODO: find an unused layer number, forming name from _("Layer ") + "%d" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:49 #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:178 #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:200 msgid "Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:50 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:54 msgid "Red Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:51 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:55 msgid "Green Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:52 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:56 msgid "Blue Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:53 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:57 msgid "Cyan Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:54 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:58 msgid "Magenta Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:55 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:59 msgid "Yellow Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:56 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:60 msgid "Black Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:57 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:61 msgid "Opacity Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:58 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:62 msgid "Matte Channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/channel.cpp:65 msgid "Extract specific channel from image." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:37 msgid "Charcoal" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/charcoal.cpp:46 msgid "Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/colorize.cpp:57 msgid "Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/contrast.cpp:39 msgid "Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/contrast.cpp:41 msgid "Adjust" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/contrast.cpp:47 msgid "Increase or decrease contrast in bitmap(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:36 msgid "Cycle Colormap" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/spread.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:44 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4684 msgid "Amount" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/cycleColormap.cpp:44 msgid "Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/despeckle.cpp:35 msgid "Despeckle" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/despeckle.cpp:42 msgid "Reduce speckle noise of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/edge.cpp:36 msgid "Edge" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/edge.cpp:44 msgid "Highlight edges of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/emboss.cpp:46 msgid "Emboss selected bitmap(s) -- highlight edges with 3D effect." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/enhance.cpp:34 msgid "Enhance" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/enhance.cpp:41 msgid "Enhance selected bitmap(s) -- minimize noise." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:34 msgid "Equalize" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/equalize.cpp:41 msgid "Equalize selected bitmap(s) -- histogram equalization." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/gaussianBlur.cpp:37 #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:28 msgid "Gaussian Blur" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/gaussianBlur.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/implode.cpp:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:40 msgid "Factor" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/gaussianBlur.cpp:46 msgid "Gaussian blur selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/implode.cpp:36 msgid "Implode" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/implode.cpp:44 msgid "Implode selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:51 msgid "Level (with Channel)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:64 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:42 msgid "Black Point" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:65 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:43 msgid "White Point" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:66 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:44 msgid "Gamma Correction" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/levelChannel.cpp:72 msgid "" "Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling " "between the given ranges to the full color range." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:40 msgid "Level" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/level.cpp:50 msgid "" "Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges " "to the full color range." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:36 msgid "Median" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/medianFilter.cpp:44 msgid "" "Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular " "neighborhood." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:39 msgid "HSB Adjust" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:41 #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:250 ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:234 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:235 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:431 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:432 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4427 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:2 msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:42 #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:251 ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:234 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:235 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:434 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:435 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4443 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:3 msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:43 msgid "Brightness" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/modulate.cpp:49 msgid "" "Adjust the amount of hue, saturation, and brightness in selected bitmap(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/negate.cpp:35 msgid "Negate" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/negate.cpp:42 msgid "Negate (take inverse) selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:35 msgid "Normalize" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/normalize.cpp:42 msgid "" "Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible " "range of color." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:36 msgid "Oil Paint" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/oilPaint.cpp:44 msgid "Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/opacity.cpp:45 msgid "Modify opacity channel(s) of selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:43 msgid "Raised" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/raise.cpp:49 msgid "" "Alter lightness the edges of selected bitmap(s) to create a raised " "appearance." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/reduceNoise.cpp:39 msgid "Reduce Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/reduceNoise.cpp:41 #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:5 msgid "Order" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/reduceNoise.cpp:47 msgid "" "Reduce noise in selected bitmap(s) using a noise peak elimination filter." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:38 msgid "Resample" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sample.cpp:47 msgid "" "Alter the resolution of selected image by resizing it to the given pixel size" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:39 msgid "Shade" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:41 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:961 msgid "Azimuth" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:42 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:962 msgid "Elevation" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:43 msgid "Colored Shading" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/shade.cpp:49 msgid "Shade selected bitmap(s) simulating distant light source." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/sharpen.cpp:46 msgid "Sharpen selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/solarize.cpp:46 msgid "Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/spread.cpp:36 msgid "Dither" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/spread.cpp:44 msgid "" "Randomly scatter pixels in selected bitmap(s), within the given radius of " "the original position" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:36 msgid "Swirl" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:38 #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:17 msgid "Degrees" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/swirl.cpp:44 msgid "Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: see http://docs.gimp.org/en/gimp-tool-threshold.html #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/threshold.cpp:37 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/threshold.cpp:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:45 msgid "Threshold" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/threshold.cpp:45 msgid "Threshold selected bitmap(s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:40 msgid "Unsharp Mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/unsharpmask.cpp:51 msgid "Sharpen selected bitmap(s) using unsharp mask algorithms." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/wave.cpp:37 msgid "Wave" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/wave.cpp:39 msgid "Amplitude" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/wave.cpp:40 msgid "Wavelength" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bitmap/wave.cpp:46 msgid "Alter selected bitmap(s) along sine wave." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:134 msgid "Inset/Outset Halo" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:136 msgid "Width in px of the halo" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:137 msgid "Number of steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:137 msgid "Number of inset/outset copies of the object to make" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/bluredge.cpp:141 #: ../share/extensions/extrude.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:6 #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:7 ../share/extensions/motion.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:16 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:14 msgid "Generate from Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:315 #: ../share/extensions/ps_input.inx.h:3 msgid "PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:317 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:355 msgid "Restrict to PS level" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:318 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:356 msgid "PostScript level 3" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:320 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:358 msgid "PostScript level 2" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:323 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:361 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:245 #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2556 msgid "Convert texts to paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:324 msgid "PS+LaTeX: Omit text in PS, and create LaTeX file" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:325 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:363 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:247 msgid "Rasterize filter effects" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:326 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:364 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:248 msgid "Resolution for rasterization (dpi)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:327 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:365 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:249 msgid "Export area is drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:328 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:366 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:250 msgid "Export area is page" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:329 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:367 #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:251 msgid "Limit export to the object with ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:333 #: ../share/extensions/ps_input.inx.h:2 msgid "PostScript (*.ps)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:334 msgid "PostScript File" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:353 #: ../share/extensions/eps_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Encapsulated PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:362 msgid "EPS+LaTeX: Omit text in EPS, and create LaTeX file" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:371 #: ../share/extensions/eps_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Encapsulated PostScript (*.eps)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-ps-out.cpp:372 msgid "Encapsulated PostScript File" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:239 msgid "Restrict to PDF version" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:241 msgid "PDF 1.5" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:243 msgid "PDF 1.4" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/cairo-renderer-pdf-out.cpp:246 msgid "PDF+LaTeX: Omit text in PDF, and create LaTeX file" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2526 msgid "EMF Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2531 msgid "Enhanced Metafiles (*.emf)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2532 msgid "Enhanced Metafiles" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2540 msgid "WMF Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2545 msgid "Windows Metafiles (*.wmf)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2546 msgid "Windows Metafiles" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2554 msgid "EMF Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2560 msgid "Enhanced Metafile (*.emf)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/emf-win32-inout.cpp:2561 msgid "Enhanced Metafile" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:35 msgid "Drop Shadow" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:37 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:99 msgid "Blur radius, px" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:38 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:100 #: ../src/ui/widget/object-composite-settings.cpp:62 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1033 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1034 msgid "Opacity, %" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:39 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:101 msgid "Horizontal offset, px" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:40 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:102 msgid "Vertical offset, px" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:44 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:106 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter.cpp:216 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter-file.cpp:148 #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/snow.h:38 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:793 #, c-format msgid "Filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:48 msgid "Black, blurred drop shadow" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:97 msgid "Drop Glow" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/drop-shadow.h:110 msgid "White, blurred drop glow" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter-file.cpp:32 msgid "Bundled" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter-file.cpp:33 msgid "Personal" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/filter-file.cpp:44 msgid "Null external module directory name. Filters will not be loaded." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/snow.h:32 msgid "Snow crest" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/snow.h:34 msgid "Drift Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/filter/snow.h:42 msgid "Snow has fallen on object" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gdkpixbuf-input.cpp:147 #, c-format msgid "%s GDK pixbuf Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gdkpixbuf-input.cpp:152 #, c-format msgid "Link or embed image:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gdkpixbuf-input.cpp:153 #, c-format msgid "embed" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gdkpixbuf-input.cpp:154 #, c-format msgid "link" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gdkpixbuf-input.cpp:156 #, c-format msgid "" "Embed results in stand-alone, larger SVG files. Link references a file " "outside this SVG document and all files must be moved together." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gimpgrad.cpp:274 msgid "GIMP Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gimpgrad.cpp:279 msgid "GIMP Gradient (*.ggr)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/gimpgrad.cpp:280 msgid "Gradients used in GIMP" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:198 msgid "Line Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:199 msgid "Horizontal Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:200 msgid "Vertical Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:201 msgid "Horizontal Offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:202 msgid "Vertical Offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:206 #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:58 #: ../share/extensions/eqtexsvg.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:9 #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:35 ../share/extensions/gears.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:21 #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:20 #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:20 #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:34 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:31 #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:19 #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:56 #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:20 #: ../share/extensions/render_alphabetsoup.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/rtree.inx.h:4 ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:34 #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:14 #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:8 msgid "Render" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/grid.cpp:208 msgid "Draw a path which is a grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/javafx-out.cpp:966 msgid "JavaFX Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/javafx-out.cpp:971 msgid "JavaFX (*.fx)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/javafx-out.cpp:972 msgid "JavaFX Raytracer File" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/latex-pstricks.cpp:349 msgid "LaTeX Print" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/latex-pstricks-out.cpp:105 msgid "LaTeX Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/latex-pstricks-out.cpp:110 msgid "LaTeX With PSTricks macros (*.tex)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/latex-pstricks-out.cpp:111 msgid "LaTeX PSTricks File" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/odf.cpp:2417 msgid "OpenDocument Drawing Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/odf.cpp:2422 msgid "OpenDocument drawing (*.odg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/odf.cpp:2423 msgid "OpenDocument drawing file" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: The following are document crop settings for PDF import #. more info: http://www.acrobatusers.com/tech_corners/javascript_corner/tips/2006/page_bounds/ #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:56 msgid "media box" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:57 msgid "crop box" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:58 msgid "trim box" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:59 msgid "bleed box" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:60 msgid "art box" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:72 msgid "Select page:" msgstr "" #. Display total number of pages #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:86 #, c-format msgid "out of %i" msgstr "" #. Crop settings #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:92 msgid "Clip to:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:104 msgid "Page settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:106 msgid "Precision of approximating gradient meshes:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:107 msgid "" "Note: setting the precision too high may result in a large SVG file " "and slow performance." msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:112 #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:393 msgid "rough" msgstr "" #. Text options #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:116 msgid "Text handling:" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:118 #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:119 msgid "Import text as text" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:120 msgid "Replace PDF fonts by closest-named installed fonts" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:123 msgid "Embed images" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:126 msgid "Import settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:248 msgid "PDF Import Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:396 msgid "pdfinput|medium" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:397 msgid "fine" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:398 msgid "very fine" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:754 msgid "PDF Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:759 msgid "Adobe PDF (*.pdf)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:760 msgid "Adobe Portable Document Format" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:767 msgid "AI Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:772 msgid "Adobe Illustrator 9.0 and above (*.ai)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pdfinput/pdf-input.cpp:773 msgid "Open files saved in Adobe Illustrator 9.0 and newer versions" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pov-out.cpp:700 msgid "PovRay Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pov-out.cpp:705 msgid "PovRay (*.pov) (paths and shapes only)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/pov-out.cpp:706 msgid "PovRay Raytracer File" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:87 msgid "SVG Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:92 msgid "Scalable Vector Graphic (*.svg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:93 msgid "Inkscape native file format and W3C standard" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:101 msgid "SVG Output Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:106 msgid "Inkscape SVG (*.svg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:107 msgid "SVG format with Inkscape extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:115 msgid "SVG Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:120 msgid "Plain SVG (*.svg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svg.cpp:121 msgid "Scalable Vector Graphics format as defined by the W3C" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:47 msgid "SVGZ Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:53 ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:67 msgid "Compressed Inkscape SVG (*.svgz)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:54 msgid "SVG file format compressed with GZip" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:62 ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:76 msgid "SVGZ Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:68 msgid "Inkscape's native file format compressed with GZip" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:81 msgid "Compressed plain SVG (*.svgz)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/svgz.cpp:82 msgid "Scalable Vector Graphics format compressed with GZip" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/win32.cpp:485 msgid "Windows 32-bit Print" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/wpg-input.cpp:122 msgid "WPG Input" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/wpg-input.cpp:127 msgid "WordPerfect Graphics (*.wpg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/internal/wpg-input.cpp:128 msgid "Vector graphics format used by Corel WordPerfect" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/prefdialog.cpp:236 msgid "Live preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/extension/prefdialog.cpp:236 msgid "Is the effect previewed live on canvas?" msgstr "" #. We can't call sp_ui_error_dialog because we may be #. running from the console, in which case calling sp_ui #. routines will cause a segfault. See bug 1000350 - bryce #. sp_ui_error_dialog(_("Format autodetect failed. The file is being opened as SVG.")); #: ../src/extension/system.cpp:141 msgid "Format autodetect failed. The file is being opened as SVG." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:148 msgid "default.svg" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:266 ../src/file.cpp:1093 #, c-format msgid "Failed to load the requested file %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:291 msgid "Document not saved yet. Cannot revert." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:297 #, c-format msgid "Changes will be lost! Are you sure you want to reload document %s?" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:326 msgid "Document reverted." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:328 msgid "Document not reverted." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:565 msgid "Vacuum <defs>" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:570 #, c-format msgid "Removed %i unused definition in <defs>." msgid_plural "Removed %i unused definitions in <defs>." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/file.cpp:575 msgid "No unused definitions in <defs>." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:606 #, c-format msgid "" "No Inkscape extension found to save document (%s). This may have been " "caused by an unknown filename extension." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:607 ../src/file.cpp:615 ../src/file.cpp:623 #: ../src/file.cpp:629 ../src/file.cpp:634 msgid "Document not saved." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:614 #, c-format msgid "" "File %s is write protected. Please remove write protection and try again." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:622 #, c-format msgid "File %s could not be saved." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:639 msgid "Document saved." msgstr "" #. We are saving for the first time; create a unique default filename #: ../src/file.cpp:784 ../src/file.cpp:1230 #, c-format msgid "drawing%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:790 #, c-format msgid "drawing-%d%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:794 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:809 msgid "Select file to save a copy to" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:811 msgid "Select file to save to" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:914 msgid "No changes need to be saved." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:931 msgid "Saving document..." msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:1090 msgid "Import" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:1252 msgid "Select file to export to" msgstr "" #: ../src/file.cpp:1495 ../src/verbs.cpp:2247 msgid "Import From Open Clip Art Library" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:20 msgid "Blend" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:21 msgid "Color Matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:22 msgid "Component Transfer" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:23 msgid "Composite" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:24 msgid "Convolve Matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:25 msgid "Diffuse Lighting" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:26 msgid "Displacement Map" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:27 msgid "Flood" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:30 msgid "Merge" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:33 msgid "Specular Lighting" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:34 msgid "Tile" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:35 ../src/filter-enums.cpp:119 msgid "Turbulence" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:40 msgid "Source Graphic" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:41 msgid "Source Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:42 msgid "Background Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:43 msgid "Background Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:44 msgid "Fill Paint" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:45 msgid "Stroke Paint" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:53 msgid "filterBlendMode|Normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:54 msgid "Multiply" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:55 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:350 #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:362 msgid "Screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:56 msgid "Darken" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:57 msgid "Lighten" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:63 msgid "Matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:64 msgid "Saturate" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:65 msgid "Hue Rotate" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:66 msgid "Luminance to Alpha" msgstr "" #. File #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:72 ../src/interface.cpp:835 ../src/verbs.cpp:2224 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:7 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:73 msgid "Over" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:75 msgid "Out" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:76 msgid "Atop" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:77 msgid "XOR" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:78 msgid "Arithmetic" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:84 msgid "Identity" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:85 msgid "Table" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:86 msgid "Discrete" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:87 msgid "Linear" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:88 msgid "Gamma" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:95 msgid "Wrap" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:102 ../src/flood-context.cpp:247 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:232 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:405 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:406 msgid "Red" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:103 ../src/flood-context.cpp:248 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:232 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:408 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:409 msgid "Green" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:104 ../src/flood-context.cpp:249 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:232 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:411 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:412 msgid "Blue" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:105 ../src/flood-context.cpp:253 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:111 msgid "Erode" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:112 msgid "Dilate" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:118 msgid "Fractal Noise" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:125 msgid "Distant Light" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:126 msgid "Point Light" msgstr "" #: ../src/filter-enums.cpp:127 msgid "Spot Light" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:246 msgid "Visible Colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:252 ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:235 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:437 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:438 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4459 #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:4 msgid "Lightness" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:265 ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1147 msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:266 msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:267 ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1147 msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:469 msgid "Too much inset, the result is empty." msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:509 #, c-format msgid "" "Area filled, path with %d node created and unioned with selection." msgid_plural "" "Area filled, path with %d nodes created and unioned with selection." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:513 #, c-format msgid "Area filled, path with %d node created." msgid_plural "Area filled, path with %d nodes created." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:785 ../src/flood-context.cpp:1099 msgid "Area is not bounded, cannot fill." msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:1104 msgid "" "Only the visible part of the bounded area was filled. If you want to " "fill all of the area, undo, zoom out, and fill again." msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:1122 ../src/flood-context.cpp:1282 msgid "Fill bounded area" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:1142 msgid "Set style on object" msgstr "" #: ../src/flood-context.cpp:1201 msgid "Draw over areas to add to fill, hold Alt for touch fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:130 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:74 msgid "Linear gradient start" msgstr "" #. POINT_LG_BEGIN #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:131 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:75 msgid "Linear gradient end" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:132 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:76 msgid "Linear gradient mid stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:133 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:77 msgid "Radial gradient center" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:134 ../src/gradient-context.cpp:135 #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:78 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:79 msgid "Radial gradient radius" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:136 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:80 msgid "Radial gradient focus" msgstr "" #. POINT_RG_FOCUS #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:137 ../src/gradient-context.cpp:138 #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:81 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:82 msgid "Radial gradient mid stop" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s will be substituted with the point name (see previous messages); This is part of a compound message #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:163 #, c-format msgid "%s selected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Mind the space in front. This is part of a compound message #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:165 ../src/gradient-context.cpp:174 #, c-format msgid " out of %d gradient handle" msgid_plural " out of %d gradient handles" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: Mind the space in front. (Refers to gradient handles selected). This is part of a compound message #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:166 ../src/gradient-context.cpp:175 #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:182 #, c-format msgid " on %d selected object" msgid_plural " on %d selected objects" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a part of a compound message (out of two more indicating: grandint handle count & object count) #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:172 #, c-format msgid "" "One handle merging %d stop (drag with Shift to separate) selected" msgid_plural "" "One handle merging %d stops (drag with Shift to separate) selected" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: The plural refers to number of selected gradient handles. This is part of a compound message (part two indicates selected object count) #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:180 #, c-format msgid "%d gradient handle selected out of %d" msgid_plural "%d gradient handles selected out of %d" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: The plural refers to number of selected objects #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:187 #, c-format msgid "No gradient handles selected out of %d on %d selected object" msgid_plural "" "No gradient handles selected out of %d on %d selected objects" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:387 ../src/gradient-context.cpp:480 #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:181 ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:737 msgid "Add gradient stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:455 msgid "Simplify gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:532 msgid "Create default gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:586 msgid "Draw around handles to select them" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:693 msgid "Ctrl: snap gradient angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:694 msgid "Shift: draw gradient around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:814 msgid "Invert gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:931 #, c-format msgid "Gradient for %d object; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgid_plural "Gradient for %d objects; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/gradient-context.cpp:935 msgid "Select objects on which to create gradient." msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:642 msgid "Merge gradient handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:942 msgid "Move gradient handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:995 ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:768 msgid "Delete gradient stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1159 #, c-format msgid "" "%s %d for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap offset; click with Ctrl" "+Alt to delete stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1163 ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1170 msgid " (stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1167 #, c-format msgid "" "%s for: %s%s; drag with Ctrl to snap angle, with Ctrl+Alt to " "preserve angle, with Ctrl+Shift to scale around center" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1175 #, c-format msgid "" "Radial gradient center and focus; drag with Shift to " "separate focus" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1178 #, c-format msgid "" "Gradient point shared by %d gradient; drag with Shift to " "separate" msgid_plural "" "Gradient point shared by %d gradients; drag with Shift to " "separate" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1878 msgid "Move gradient handle(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:1914 msgid "Move gradient mid stop(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gradient-drag.cpp:2202 msgid "Delete gradient stop(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:39 msgid "Pica" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:39 ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:8 msgid "pc" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:39 msgid "Picas" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:39 msgid "Pc" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeter" msgstr "Millimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:43 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeter" msgstr "Centimetre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:44 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meter" msgstr "Metre" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:45 msgid "Meters" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:47 msgid "Foot" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:47 ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:14 msgid "ft" msgstr "" #: ../src/helper/units.cpp:47 msgid "Feet" msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:327 msgid "Autosaving documents..." msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:398 msgid "Autosave failed! Could not find inkscape extension to save document." msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:401 ../src/inkscape.cpp:408 #, c-format msgid "Autosave failed! File %s could not be saved." msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:423 msgid "Autosave complete." msgstr "" #. Show nice dialog box #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:696 msgid "Inkscape encountered an internal error and will close now.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:697 msgid "" "Automatic backups of unsaved documents were done to the following " "locations:\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/inkscape.cpp:698 msgid "Automatic backup of the following documents failed:\n" msgstr "" #. sp_ui_menu_append_check_item_from_verb(m, view, _("_Menu"), _("Show or hide the menu bar"), "menu", #. checkitem_toggled, checkitem_update, 0); #: ../src/interface.cpp:813 msgid "Commands Bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:813 msgid "Show or hide the Commands bar (under the menu)" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:815 msgid "Snap Controls Bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:815 msgid "Show or hide the snapping controls" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:817 msgid "Tool Controls Bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:817 msgid "Show or hide the Tool Controls bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:819 msgid "_Toolbox" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:819 msgid "Show or hide the main toolbox (on the left)" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:825 msgid "_Palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:825 msgid "Show or hide the color palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:827 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:827 msgid "Show or hide the statusbar (at the bottom of the window)" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:835 msgid "Default interface setup" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:836 msgid "Set the custom task" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:837 msgid "Wide" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:837 msgid "Setup for widescreen work" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:934 #, c-format msgid "Verb \"%s\" Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:976 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: #%s is the id of the group e.g. , not a number. #: ../src/interface.cpp:1071 #, c-format msgid "Enter group #%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1082 msgid "Go to parent" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1173 ../src/interface.cpp:1259 #: ../src/interface.cpp:1362 ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:468 msgid "Drop color" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1212 ../src/interface.cpp:1322 msgid "Drop color on gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1375 msgid "Could not parse SVG data" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1414 msgid "Drop SVG" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1448 msgid "Drop bitmap image" msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1540 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do " "you want to replace it?\n" "\n" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/interface.cpp:1547 ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:23 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:21 msgid "Replace" msgstr "" #: ../src/knot.cpp:431 msgid "Node or handle drag canceled." msgstr "" #: ../src/knotholder.cpp:150 msgid "Change handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/knotholder.cpp:229 msgid "Move handle" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This refers to the pattern that's inside the object #: ../src/knotholder.cpp:250 msgid "Move the pattern fill inside the object" msgstr "" #: ../src/knotholder.cpp:253 msgid "Scale the pattern fill; uniformly if with Ctrl" msgstr "" #: ../src/knotholder.cpp:256 msgid "Rotate the pattern fill; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-bar.c:108 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-bar.c:109 msgid "GdlDockMaster object which the dockbar widget is attached to" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-bar.c:116 msgid "Dockbar style" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-bar.c:117 msgid "Dockbar style to show items on it" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:175 ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:582 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:603 msgid "Floating" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:183 ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:144 msgid "Default title" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:206 msgid "Float X" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:207 msgid "X coordinate for a floating dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock.c:215 msgid "Y coordinate for a floating dock" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:287 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7647 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:304 msgid "If set, the dock item can be resized when docked in a panel" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:311 msgid "Item behavior" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:312 msgid "" "General behavior for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" msgstr "" "General behaviour for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's " "locked, etc.)" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:320 ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:151 msgid "Locked" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:336 msgid "Preferred height" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "You can't add a dock object (%p of type %s) inside a %s. Use a GdlDock or " "some other compound dock object." msgstr "" #. UnLock menuitem #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:1479 msgid "UnLock" msgstr "" #. Hide menuitem. #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:1486 msgid "Hide" msgstr "" #. Lock menuitem #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item.c:1491 msgid "Lock" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item-grip.c:393 msgid "Iconify" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item-grip.c:393 msgid "Iconify this dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item-grip.c:395 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item-grip.c:395 msgid "Close this dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-item-grip.c:705 msgid "Dockitem which 'owns' this grip" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:152 msgid "" "If is set to 1, all the dock items bound to the master are locked; if it's " "0, all are unlocked; -1 indicates inconsistency among the items" msgstr "" "If set to 1, all the dock items bound to the master are locked; if 0, all " "are unlocked; -1 indicates inconsistency among the items" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:160 ../src/libgdl/gdl-switcher.c:704 msgid "Switcher Style" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:161 ../src/libgdl/gdl-switcher.c:705 msgid "Switcher buttons style" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:168 msgid "Expand direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-master.c:169 msgid "" "Allow the master's dock items to expand their container dock objects in the " "given direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-notebook.c:135 msgid "The index of the current page" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:120 ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:243 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:128 msgid "Long name" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:129 msgid "Human readable name for the dock object" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:135 msgid "Stock Icon" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:136 msgid "Stock icon for the dock object" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:142 msgid "Pixbuf Icon" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:143 msgid "Pixbuf icon for the dock object" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-object.c:434 #, c-format msgid "" "Call to gdl_dock_object_dock in a dock object %p (object type is %s) which " "hasn't implemented this method" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-paned.c:131 msgid "Position" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:143 msgid "Sticky" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:151 msgid "Host" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:160 msgid "" "The position an item will be docked to our host if a request is made to dock " "to us" msgstr "" "The position an item will be docked to the host if a request is made to dock " "to it" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:170 msgid "Width for the widget when it's attached to the placeholder" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:178 msgid "Height for the widget when it's attached to the placeholder" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:184 msgid "Floating Toplevel" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:185 msgid "Whether the placeholder is standing in for a floating toplevel dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:191 msgid "X-Coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:192 msgid "X coordinate for dock when floating" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:198 msgid "Y-Coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:199 msgid "Y coordinate for dock when floating" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdl/gdl-dock-placeholder.c:618 #, c-format msgid "Got a detach signal from an object (%p) who is not our host %p" msgstr "Got a detach signal from an object (%p) which is not our host %p" #: ../src/libnrtype/FontFactory.cpp:897 msgid "Ignoring font without family that will crash Pango" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:87 msgid "doEffect stack test" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:88 msgid "Angle bisector" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: boolean operations #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:90 msgid "Boolops" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:91 msgid "Circle (by center and radius)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:92 msgid "Circle by 3 points" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:93 msgid "Dynamic stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:94 ../share/extensions/extrude.inx.h:1 msgid "Extrude" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:95 msgid "Lattice Deformation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:96 msgid "Line Segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:97 msgid "Mirror symmetry" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:99 msgid "Parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:100 msgid "Path length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:101 msgid "Perpendicular bisector" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:102 msgid "Perspective path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:103 msgid "Rotate copies" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:104 msgid "Recursive skeleton" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:105 msgid "Tangent to curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:106 msgid "Text label" msgstr "" #. 0.46 #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:109 msgid "Bend" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:110 msgid "Gears" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:111 msgid "Pattern Along Path" msgstr "" #. for historic reasons, this effect is called skeletal(strokes) in Inkscape:SVG #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:112 msgid "Stitch Sub-Paths" msgstr "" #. 0.47 #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:114 msgid "VonKoch" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:115 msgid "Knot" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:116 msgid "Construct grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:117 msgid "Spiro spline" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:118 msgid "Envelope Deformation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:119 msgid "Interpolate Sub-Paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:120 msgid "Hatches (rough)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:121 msgid "Sketch" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:122 msgid "Ruler" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:278 msgid "Is visible?" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:278 msgid "" "If unchecked, the effect remains applied to the object but is temporarily " "disabled on canvas" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:299 msgid "No effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:346 #, c-format msgid "Please specify a parameter path for the LPE '%s' with %d mouse clicks" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:644 #, c-format msgid "Editing parameter %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/effect.cpp:649 msgid "None of the applied path effect's parameters can be edited on-canvas." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:53 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:47 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:103 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:58 msgid "Length left" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:53 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:103 msgid "Specifies the left end of the bisector" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:54 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:48 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:104 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:59 msgid "Length right" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:54 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:104 msgid "Specifies the right end of the bisector" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:61 msgid "Adjust the \"left\" end of the bisector" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-angle_bisector.cpp:62 msgid "Adjust the \"right\" of the bisector" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:55 msgid "Bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:55 msgid "Path along which to bend the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:56 msgid "Width of the path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:57 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:65 msgid "Width in units of length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:57 msgid "Scale the width of the path in units of its length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:58 msgid "Original path is vertical" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-bendpath.cpp:58 msgid "Rotates the original 90 degrees, before bending it along the bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:23 msgid "Null" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:24 msgid "Intersect" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:25 msgid "Subtract A-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:26 msgid "Identity A" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:27 msgid "Subtract B-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:28 msgid "Identity B" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:29 ../src/splivarot.cpp:96 msgid "Exclusion" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:36 msgid "2nd path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:36 msgid "Path to which the original path will be boolop'ed." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:37 msgid "Boolop type" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-boolops.cpp:37 msgid "Determines which kind of boolop will be performed." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-constructgrid.cpp:26 msgid "Size X" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-constructgrid.cpp:26 msgid "The size of the grid in X direction." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-constructgrid.cpp:27 msgid "Size Y" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-constructgrid.cpp:27 msgid "The size of the grid in Y direction." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:47 msgid "Starting" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:47 msgid "Angle of the first copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:48 msgid "Rotation angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:48 msgid "Angle between two successive copies" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:49 msgid "Number of copies" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:49 msgid "Number of copies of the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:50 msgid "Origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:50 msgid "Origin of the rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:61 msgid "Adjust the starting angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-copy_rotate.cpp:62 msgid "Adjust the rotation angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:42 msgid "Stitch path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:42 msgid "The path that will be used as stitch." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:43 msgid "Number of paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:43 msgid "The number of paths that will be generated." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:44 msgid "Start edge variance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:44 msgid "" "The amount of random jitter to move the start points of the stitches inside " "& outside the guide path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:45 msgid "Start spacing variance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:45 msgid "" "The amount of random shifting to move the start points of the stitches back " "& forth along the guide path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:46 msgid "End edge variance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:46 msgid "" "The amount of randomness that moves the end points of the stitches inside & " "outside the guide path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:47 msgid "End spacing variance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:47 msgid "" "The amount of random shifting to move the end points of the stitches back & " "forth along the guide path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:48 msgid "Scale width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:48 msgid "Scale the width of the stitch path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:49 msgid "Scale width relative to length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-curvestitch.cpp:49 msgid "Scale the width of the stitch path relative to its length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:60 msgid "Elliptic Pen" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:61 msgid "Thick-Thin strokes (fast)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:62 msgid "Thick-Thin strokes (slow)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:67 msgid "Sharp" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:68 msgid "Round" msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:75 msgid "Method" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:75 msgid "Choose pen type" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:76 msgid "Pen width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:76 msgid "Maximal stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:77 msgid "Pen roundness" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:77 msgid "Min/Max width ratio" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:78 msgid "angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:78 msgid "direction of thickest strokes (opposite = thinest)" msgstr "" #. modulo_pi(_("modulo pi"), _("Give forward and backward moves in one direction the same thickness "), "modulo_pi", &wr, this, false), #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:80 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:35 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5545 msgid "Start" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:80 msgid "Choose start capping type" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:81 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:36 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5558 msgid "End" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:81 msgid "Choose end capping type" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:82 msgid "Grow for" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:82 msgid "Make the stroke thiner near it's start" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:83 msgid "Fade for" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:83 msgid "Make the stroke thiner near it's end" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:84 msgid "Round ends" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:84 msgid "Strokes end with a round end" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:85 msgid "Capping" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-dynastroke.cpp:85 msgid "left capping" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:33 msgid "Top bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:33 msgid "Top path along which to bend the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:34 msgid "Right bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:34 msgid "Right path along which to bend the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:35 msgid "Bottom bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:35 msgid "Bottom path along which to bend the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:36 msgid "Left bend path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:36 msgid "Left path along which to bend the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:37 msgid "Enable left & right paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:37 msgid "Enable the left and right deformation paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:38 msgid "Enable top & bottom paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-envelope.cpp:38 msgid "Enable the top and bottom deformation paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-extrude.cpp:28 msgid "Direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-extrude.cpp:28 msgid "Defines the direction and magnitude of the extrusion" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-gears.cpp:212 msgid "Teeth" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-gears.cpp:212 msgid "The number of teeth" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-gears.cpp:213 msgid "Phi" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-gears.cpp:213 msgid "" "Tooth pressure angle (typically 20-25 deg). The ratio of teeth not in " "contact." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:30 msgid "Trajectory" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:30 msgid "Path along which intermediate steps are created." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:31 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:251 msgid "Steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:31 msgid "Determines the number of steps from start to end path." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:32 msgid "Equidistant spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-interpolate.cpp:32 msgid "" "If true, the spacing between intermediates is constant along the length of " "the path. If false, the distance depends on the location of the nodes of the " "trajectory path." msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:342 msgid "Fixed width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:342 msgid "Size of hidden region of lower string" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:343 msgid "In units of stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:343 msgid "Consider 'Interruption width' as a ratio of stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:344 ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:691 #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:5 msgid "Stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:344 msgid "Add the stroke width to the interruption size" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:345 msgid "Crossing path stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:345 msgid "Add crossed stroke width to the interruption size" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:346 msgid "Switcher size" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:346 msgid "Orientation indicator/switcher size" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:347 msgid "Crossing Signs" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:347 msgid "Crossings signs" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:358 msgid "Drag to select a crossing, click to flip it" msgstr "" #. / @todo Is this the right verb? #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-knot.cpp:651 msgid "Change knot crossing" msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:46 msgid "Control handle 0" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:47 msgid "Control handle 1" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:48 msgid "Control handle 2" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:49 msgid "Control handle 3" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:50 msgid "Control handle 4" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:51 msgid "Control handle 5" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:52 msgid "Control handle 6" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:53 msgid "Control handle 7" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:54 msgid "Control handle 8" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:55 msgid "Control handle 9" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:56 msgid "Control handle 10" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:57 msgid "Control handle 11" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:58 msgid "Control handle 12" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:59 msgid "Control handle 13" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:60 msgid "Control handle 14" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-lattice.cpp:61 msgid "Control handle 15" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:27 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5887 msgid "Closed" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:28 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5889 msgid "Open start" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:29 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5891 msgid "Open end" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:30 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5893 msgid "Open both" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:36 msgid "End type" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-line_segment.cpp:36 msgid "Determines on which side the line or line segment is infinite." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-mirror_symmetry.cpp:30 msgid "Discard original path?" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-mirror_symmetry.cpp:30 msgid "Check this to only keep the mirrored part of the path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-mirror_symmetry.cpp:31 msgid "Reflection line" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-mirror_symmetry.cpp:31 msgid "Line which serves as 'mirror' for the reflection" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-offset.cpp:30 msgid "Handle to control the distance of the offset from the curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:46 msgid "Adjust the offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:47 msgid "Specifies the left end of the parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:48 msgid "Specifies the right end of the parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:56 msgid "Adjust the \"left\" end of the parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-parallel.cpp:57 msgid "Adjust the \"right\" end of the parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-path_length.cpp:25 #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:34 msgid "Scaling factor" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-path_length.cpp:28 msgid "Display unit" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-path_length.cpp:28 msgid "Print unit after path length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:52 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:4 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:53 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:5 msgid "Single, stretched" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:54 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:6 msgid "Repeated" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:55 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:7 msgid "Repeated, stretched" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:61 msgid "Pattern source" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:61 msgid "Path to put along the skeleton path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:62 msgid "Pattern copies" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:62 msgid "How many pattern copies to place along the skeleton path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:64 msgid "Width of the pattern" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:66 msgid "Scale the width of the pattern in units of its length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:68 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:70 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Space between copies of the pattern. Negative values allowed, but are " "limited to -90% of pattern width." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:72 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:12 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:6 msgid "Normal offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:73 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:13 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:7 msgid "Tangential offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:74 msgid "Offsets in unit of pattern size" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:75 msgid "" "Spacing, tangential and normal offset are expressed as a ratio of width/" "height" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:77 #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:14 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:8 msgid "Pattern is vertical" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:77 msgid "Rotate pattern 90 deg before applying" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:79 msgid "Fuse nearby ends" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-patternalongpath.cpp:79 msgid "Fuse ends closer than this number. 0 means don't fuse." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:113 msgid "Adjust the bisector's \"left\" end" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perp_bisector.cpp:114 msgid "Adjust the bisector's \"right\" end" msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:42 msgid "Scale x" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:42 msgid "Scale factor in x direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:43 msgid "Scale y" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:43 msgid "Scale factor in y direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:44 msgid "Offset x" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:44 msgid "Offset in x direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:45 msgid "Offset y" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:45 msgid "Offset in y direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:46 msgid "Uses XY plane?" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:46 msgid "" "If true, put the path on the left side of an imaginary box, otherwise on the " "right side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-perspective_path.cpp:55 msgid "Adjust the origin" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-recursiveskeleton.cpp:30 msgid "Iterations" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-recursiveskeleton.cpp:30 msgid "recursivity" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:226 msgid "Frequency randomness" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:226 msgid "Variation of distance between hatches, in %." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:227 msgid "Growth" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:227 msgid "Growth of distance between hatches." msgstr "" #. FIXME: top/bottom names are inverted in the UI/svg and in the code!! #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:229 msgid "Half-turns smoothness: 1st side, in" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:229 msgid "" "Set smoothness/sharpness of path when reaching a 'bottom' half-turn. " "0=sharp, 1=default" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:230 msgid "1st side, out" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:230 msgid "" "Set smoothness/sharpness of path when leaving a 'bottom' half-turn. 0=sharp, " "1=default" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:231 msgid "2nd side, in" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:231 msgid "" "Set smoothness/sharpness of path when reaching a 'top' half-turn. 0=sharp, " "1=default" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:232 msgid "2nd side, out" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:232 msgid "" "Set smoothness/sharpness of path when leaving a 'top' half-turn. 0=sharp, " "1=default" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:233 msgid "Magnitude jitter: 1st side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:233 msgid "Randomly moves 'bottom' half-turns to produce magnitude variations." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:234 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:236 #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:238 msgid "2nd side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:234 msgid "Randomly moves 'top' half-turns to produce magnitude variations." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:235 msgid "Parallelism jitter: 1st side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:235 msgid "" "Add direction randomness by moving 'bottom' half-turns tangentially to the " "boundary." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:236 msgid "" "Add direction randomness by randomly moving 'top' half-turns tangentially to " "the boundary." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:237 msgid "Variance: 1st side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:237 msgid "Randomness of 'bottom' half-turns smoothness" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:238 msgid "Randomness of 'top' half-turns smoothness" msgstr "" #. #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:240 msgid "Generate thick/thin path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:240 msgid "Simulate a stroke of varying width" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:241 msgid "Bend hatches" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:241 msgid "Add a global bend to the hatches (slower)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:242 msgid "Thickness: at 1st side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:242 msgid "Width at 'bottom' half-turns" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:243 msgid "at 2nd side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:243 msgid "Width at 'top' half-turns" msgstr "" #. #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:245 msgid "from 2nd to 1st side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:245 msgid "Width from 'top' to 'bottom'" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:246 msgid "from 1st to 2nd side" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:246 msgid "Width from 'bottom' to 'top'" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:248 msgid "Hatches width and dir" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:248 msgid "Defines hatches frequency and direction" msgstr "" #. #. bender(_("Global bending"), _("Relative position to a reference point defines global bending direction and amount"), "bender", &wr, this, NULL, Geom::Point(-5,0)), #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:251 msgid "Global bending" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-rough-hatches.cpp:251 msgid "" "Relative position to a reference point defines global bending direction and " "amount" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:27 ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:12 msgid "Left" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:28 ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:14 msgid "Right" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:29 ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:37 msgid "Both" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:43 msgid "Mark distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:43 msgid "Distance between successive ruler marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:45 msgid "Major length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:45 msgid "Length of major ruler marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:46 msgid "Minor length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:46 msgid "Length of minor ruler marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:47 msgid "Major steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:47 msgid "Draw a major mark every ... steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:48 msgid "Shift marks by" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:48 msgid "Shift marks by this many steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:49 msgid "Mark direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:49 msgid "Direction of marks (when viewing along the path from start to end)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:50 msgid "Offset of first mark" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:51 msgid "Border marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-ruler.cpp:51 msgid "Choose whether to draw marks at the beginning and end of the path" msgstr "" #. initialise your parameters here: #. testpointA(_("Test Point A"), _("Test A"), "ptA", &wr, this, Geom::Point(100,100)), #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:35 msgid "Strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:35 msgid "Draw that many approximating strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:36 msgid "Max stroke length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:37 msgid "Maximum length of approximating strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:38 msgid "Stroke length variation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:39 msgid "Random variation of stroke length (relative to maximum length)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:40 msgid "Max. overlap" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:41 msgid "How much successive strokes should overlap (relative to maximum length)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:42 msgid "Overlap variation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:43 msgid "Random variation of overlap (relative to maximum overlap)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:44 msgid "Max. end tolerance" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:45 msgid "" "Maximum distance between ends of original and approximating paths (relative " "to maximum length)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:46 msgid "Average offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:47 msgid "Average distance each stroke is away from the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:48 msgid "Max. tremble" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:49 msgid "Maximum tremble magnitude" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:50 msgid "Tremble frequency" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:51 msgid "Average number of tremble periods in a stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:53 msgid "Construction lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:54 msgid "How many construction lines (tangents) to draw" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:56 msgid "" "Scale factor relating curvature and length of construction lines (try " "5*offset)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:57 msgid "Max. length" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:57 msgid "Maximum length of construction lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:58 msgid "Length variation" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:58 msgid "Random variation of the length of construction lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:59 msgid "Placement randomness" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:59 msgid "0: evenly distributed construction lines, 1: purely random placement" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:61 msgid "k_min" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:61 msgid "min curvature" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:62 msgid "k_max" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-sketch.cpp:62 msgid "max curvature" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:56 msgid "Additional angle between tangent and curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:57 msgid "Location along curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:57 msgid "" "Location of the point of attachment along the curve (between 0.0 and number-" "of-segments)" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:58 msgid "Specifies the left end of the tangent" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:59 msgid "Specifies the right end of the tangent" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:68 msgid "Adjust the point of attachment of the tangent" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:69 msgid "Adjust the \"left\" end of the tangent" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-tangent_to_curve.cpp:70 msgid "Adjust the \"right\" end of the tangent" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-test-doEffect-stack.cpp:22 msgid "Stack step" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-test-doEffect-stack.cpp:23 msgid "point param" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-test-doEffect-stack.cpp:24 msgid "path param" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-text_label.cpp:22 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-text_label.cpp:22 msgid "Text label attached to the path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:46 msgid "Nb of generations" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:46 msgid "Depth of the recursion --- keep low!!" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:47 msgid "Generating path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:47 msgid "Path whose segments define the iterated transforms" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:48 msgid "Use uniform transforms only" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:48 msgid "" "2 consecutive segments are used to reverse/preserve orientation only " "(otherwise, they define a general transform)." msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:49 msgid "Draw all generations" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:49 msgid "If unchecked, draw only the last generation" msgstr "" #. ,draw_boxes(_("Display boxes"), _("Display boxes instead of paths only"), "draw_boxes", &wr, this, true) #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:51 msgid "Reference segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:51 msgid "The reference segment. Defaults to the horizontal midline of the bbox." msgstr "" #. refA(_("Ref Start"), _("Left side middle of the reference box"), "refA", &wr, this), #. refB(_("Ref End"), _("Right side middle of the reference box"), "refB", &wr, this), #. FIXME: a path is used here instead of 2 points to work around path/point param incompatibility bug. #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:55 msgid "Max complexity" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/lpe-vonkoch.cpp:55 msgid "Disable effect if the output is too complex" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/bool.cpp:69 msgid "Change bool parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/enum.h:50 msgid "Change enumeration parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/parameter.cpp:139 msgid "Change scalar parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:160 msgid "Edit on-canvas" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:170 msgid "Copy path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:180 msgid "Paste path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:190 msgid "Link to path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:418 msgid "Paste path parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/path.cpp:450 msgid "Link path parameter to path" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/point.cpp:91 msgid "Change point parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/random.cpp:137 msgid "Change random parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/text.cpp:101 msgid "Change text parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/unit.cpp:77 msgid "Change unit parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/live_effects/parameter/vector.cpp:96 msgid "Change vector parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/lpe-tool-context.cpp:266 msgid "Choose a construction tool from the toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../src/main-cmdlineact.cpp:49 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find verb ID '%s' specified on the command line.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main-cmdlineact.cpp:61 #, c-format msgid "Unable to find node ID: '%s'\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:264 msgid "Print the Inkscape version number" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:274 msgid "Try to use X server (even if $DISPLAY is not set)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:289 msgid "Export document to a PNG file" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:294 msgid "" "Resolution for exporting to bitmap and for rasterization of filters in PS/" "EPS/PDF (default 90)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:299 msgid "" "Exported area in SVG user units (default is the page; 0,0 is lower-left " "corner)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:304 msgid "Exported area is the entire drawing (not page)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:309 msgid "Exported area is the entire page" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:314 msgid "" "Snap the bitmap export area outwards to the nearest integer values (in SVG " "user units)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:319 msgid "The width of exported bitmap in pixels (overrides export-dpi)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:324 msgid "The height of exported bitmap in pixels (overrides export-dpi)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:329 msgid "The ID of the object to export" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this means: "Only export the object whose id is given in --export-id". #. See "man inkscape" for details. #: ../src/main.cpp:336 msgid "" "Export just the object with export-id, hide all others (only with export-id)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:341 msgid "Use stored filename and DPI hints when exporting (only with export-id)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:346 msgid "Background color of exported bitmap (any SVG-supported color string)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:347 msgid "COLOR" msgstr "COLOUR" #: ../src/main.cpp:351 msgid "Background opacity of exported bitmap (either 0.0 to 1.0, or 1 to 255)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:352 msgid "VALUE" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:356 msgid "Export document to plain SVG file (no sodipodi or inkscape namespaces)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:361 msgid "Export document to a PS file" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:366 msgid "Export document to an EPS file" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:371 msgid "Export document to a PDF file" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:376 msgid "" "Export PDF/PS/EPS without text. Besides the PDF/PS/EPS, a LaTeX file is " "exported, putting the text on top of the PDF/PS/EPS file. Include the result " "in LaTeX like: \\input{latexfile.tex}" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:382 msgid "Export document to an Enhanced Metafile (EMF) File" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:388 msgid "Convert text object to paths on export (PS, EPS, PDF)" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:393 msgid "" "Render filtered objects without filters, instead of rasterizing (PS, EPS, " "PDF)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "--query-id" is an Inkscape command line option; see "inkscape --help" #: ../src/main.cpp:399 msgid "" "Query the X coordinate of the drawing or, if specified, of the object with --" "query-id" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "--query-id" is an Inkscape command line option; see "inkscape --help" #: ../src/main.cpp:405 msgid "" "Query the Y coordinate of the drawing or, if specified, of the object with --" "query-id" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "--query-id" is an Inkscape command line option; see "inkscape --help" #: ../src/main.cpp:411 msgid "" "Query the width of the drawing or, if specified, of the object with --query-" "id" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "--query-id" is an Inkscape command line option; see "inkscape --help" #: ../src/main.cpp:417 msgid "" "Query the height of the drawing or, if specified, of the object with --query-" "id" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:422 msgid "List id,x,y,w,h for all objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:427 msgid "The ID of the object whose dimensions are queried" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this option makes Inkscape print the name (path) of the extension directory #: ../src/main.cpp:433 msgid "Print out the extension directory and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:438 msgid "Remove unused definitions from the defs section(s) of the document" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:443 msgid "List the IDs of all the verbs in Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:448 msgid "Verb to call when Inkscape opens." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:449 msgid "VERB-ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:453 msgid "Object ID to select when Inkscape opens." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:454 msgid "OBJECT-ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:458 msgid "Start Inkscape in interactive shell mode." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.cpp:791 ../src/main.cpp:1117 msgid "" "[OPTIONS...] [FILE...]\n" "\n" "Available options:" msgstr "" #. ## Add a menu for clear() #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:16 ../src/ui/dialog/debug.cpp:74 #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:208 msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:17 msgid "_New" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:47 ../src/verbs.cpp:2470 ../src/verbs.cpp:2476 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:57 ../src/verbs.cpp:2270 msgid "Paste Si_ze" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:69 msgid "Clo_ne" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:89 msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:90 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:106 msgid "_Display mode" msgstr "" #. Better location in menu needs to be found #. " \n" #. " \n" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:121 msgid "Show/Hide" msgstr "" #. " \n" #. Not quite ready to be in the menus. #. " \n" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:142 msgid "_Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:162 msgid "_Object" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:169 msgid "Cli_p" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:173 msgid "Mas_k" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:177 msgid "Patter_n" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:201 msgid "_Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:228 msgid "_Text" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:248 msgid "Filter_s" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:254 msgid "Exte_nsions" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:261 msgid "Whiteboa_rd" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:265 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/menus-skeleton.h:269 msgid "Tutorials" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:438 msgid "" "Adjust the horizontal rounding radius; with Ctrl to make the " "vertical radius the same" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:442 msgid "" "Adjust the vertical rounding radius; with Ctrl to make the " "horizontal radius the same" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:446 ../src/object-edit.cpp:450 msgid "" "Adjust the width and height of the rectangle; with Ctrl to " "lock ratio or stretch in one dimension only" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:684 ../src/object-edit.cpp:687 #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:690 ../src/object-edit.cpp:693 msgid "" "Resize box in X/Y direction; with Shift along the Z axis; with " "Ctrl to constrain to the directions of edges or diagonals" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:696 ../src/object-edit.cpp:699 #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:702 ../src/object-edit.cpp:705 msgid "" "Resize box along the Z axis; with Shift in X/Y direction; with " "Ctrl to constrain to the directions of edges or diagonals" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:708 msgid "Move the box in perspective" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:938 msgid "Adjust ellipse width, with Ctrl to make circle" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:941 msgid "Adjust ellipse height, with Ctrl to make circle" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:944 msgid "" "Position the start point of the arc or segment; with Ctrl to " "snap angle; drag inside the ellipse for arc, outside for " "segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:948 msgid "" "Position the end point of the arc or segment; with Ctrl to " "snap angle; drag inside the ellipse for arc, outside for " "segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1087 msgid "" "Adjust the tip radius of the star or polygon; with Shift to " "round; with Alt to randomize" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1094 msgid "" "Adjust the base radius of the star; with Ctrl to keep star " "rays radial (no skew); with Shift to round; with Alt to " "randomize" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1283 msgid "" "Roll/unroll the spiral from inside; with Ctrl to snap angle; " "with Alt to converge/diverge" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1286 msgid "" "Roll/unroll the spiral from outside; with Ctrl to snap angle; " "with Shift to scale/rotate" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1330 msgid "Adjust the offset distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/object-edit.cpp:1366 msgid "Drag to resize the flowed text frame" msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:49 msgid "Select object(s) to combine." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:53 msgid "Combining paths..." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:173 msgid "No path(s) to combine in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:185 msgid "Select path(s) to break apart." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:189 msgid "Breaking apart paths..." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:276 msgid "Break apart" msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:278 msgid "No path(s) to break apart in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:290 msgid "Select object(s) to convert to path." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:296 msgid "Converting objects to paths..." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:318 msgid "Object to path" msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:320 msgid "No objects to convert to path in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:588 msgid "Select path(s) to reverse." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:597 msgid "Reversing paths..." msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:631 msgid "Reverse path" msgstr "" #: ../src/path-chemistry.cpp:633 msgid "No paths to reverse in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:278 ../src/pen-context.cpp:494 msgid "Continuing selected path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:286 ../src/pen-context.cpp:504 msgid "Creating new path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:289 ../src/pen-context.cpp:506 msgid "Appending to selected path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:393 msgid "Release here to close and finish the path." msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:399 msgid "Drawing a freehand path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:404 msgid "Drag to continue the path from this point." msgstr "" #. Write curves to object #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:495 msgid "Finishing freehand" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:551 ../src/pen-context.cpp:253 msgid "Drawing cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:601 msgid "" "Sketch mode: holding Alt interpolates between sketched paths. " "Release Alt to finalize." msgstr "" #: ../src/pencil-context.cpp:629 msgid "Finishing freehand sketch" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:666 msgid "Click or click and drag to close and finish the path." msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:676 msgid "" "Click or click and drag to continue the path from this point." msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1285 #, c-format msgid "" "Curve segment: angle %3.2f°, distance %s; with Ctrl to " "snap angle, Enter to finish the path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1286 #, c-format msgid "" "Line segment: angle %3.2f°, distance %s; with Ctrl to " "snap angle, Enter to finish the path" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1304 #, c-format msgid "" "Curve handle: angle %3.2f°, length %s; with Ctrl to snap " "angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1326 #, c-format msgid "" "Curve handle, symmetric: angle %3.2f°, length %s; with Ctrl to snap angle, with Shift to move this handle only" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1327 #, c-format msgid "" "Curve handle: angle %3.2f°, length %s; with Ctrl to snap " "angle, with Shift to move this handle only" msgstr "" #: ../src/pen-context.cpp:1375 msgid "Drawing finished" msgstr "" #: ../src/persp3d.cpp:345 msgid "Toggle vanishing point" msgstr "" #: ../src/persp3d.cpp:356 msgid "Toggle multiple vanishing points" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences.cpp:130 msgid "" "Inkscape will run with default settings, and new settings will not be saved. " msgstr "" #. the creation failed #. _reportError(Glib::ustring::compose(_("Cannot create profile directory %1."), #. Glib::filename_to_utf8(_prefs_dir)), not_saved); #: ../src/preferences.cpp:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create profile directory %s." msgstr "" #. The profile dir is not actually a directory #. _reportError(Glib::ustring::compose(_("%1 is not a valid directory."), #. Glib::filename_to_utf8(_prefs_dir)), not_saved); #: ../src/preferences.cpp:163 #, c-format msgid "%s is not a valid directory." msgstr "" #. The write failed. #. _reportError(Glib::ustring::compose(_("Failed to create the preferences file %1."), #. Glib::filename_to_utf8(_prefs_filename)), not_saved); #: ../src/preferences.cpp:174 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create the preferences file %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences.cpp:210 #, c-format msgid "The preferences file %s is not a regular file." msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences.cpp:220 #, c-format msgid "The preferences file %s could not be read." msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences.cpp:231 #, c-format msgid "The preferences file %s is not a valid XML document." msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences.cpp:240 #, c-format msgid "The file %s is not a valid Inkscape preferences file." msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:101 msgid "Dip pen" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:102 msgid "Marker" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:103 msgid "Brush" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:104 msgid "Wiggly" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:105 msgid "Splotchy" msgstr "" #: ../src/preferences-skeleton.h:106 msgid "Tracing" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:172 msgid "CC Attribution" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:177 msgid "CC Attribution-ShareAlike" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:182 msgid "CC Attribution-NoDerivs" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:187 msgid "CC Attribution-NonCommercial" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:192 msgid "CC Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:197 msgid "CC Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:202 msgid "Public Domain" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:207 msgid "FreeArt" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:212 msgid "Open Font License" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:229 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:230 msgid "Name by which this document is formally known." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:232 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:233 msgid "Date associated with the creation of this document (YYYY-MM-DD)." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:235 msgid "Format" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:236 msgid "The physical or digital manifestation of this document (MIME type)." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:239 msgid "Type of document (DCMI Type)." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:242 msgid "Creator" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:243 msgid "" "Name of entity primarily responsible for making the content of this document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:245 msgid "Rights" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:246 msgid "" "Name of entity with rights to the Intellectual Property of this document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:248 msgid "Publisher" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:249 msgid "Name of entity responsible for making this document available." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:252 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:253 msgid "Unique URI to reference this document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:255 ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1438 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:256 msgid "Unique URI to reference the source of this document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:258 msgid "Relation" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:259 msgid "Unique URI to a related document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:261 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:262 msgid "" "Two-letter language tag with optional subtags for the language of this " "document. (e.g. 'en-GB')" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:264 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:265 msgid "" "The topic of this document as comma-separated key words, phrases, or " "classifications." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Coverage": the spatial or temporal characteristics of the content. #. For info, see Appendix D of http://www.w3.org/TR/1998/WD-rdf-schema-19980409/ #: ../src/rdf.cpp:269 msgid "Coverage" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:270 msgid "Extent or scope of this document." msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:273 ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:245 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:274 msgid "A short account of the content of this document." msgstr "" #. FIXME: need to handle 1 agent per line of input #: ../src/rdf.cpp:278 msgid "Contributors" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:279 msgid "" "Names of entities responsible for making contributions to the content of " "this document." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: URL to a page that defines the license for the document #: ../src/rdf.cpp:283 msgid "URI" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license #: ../src/rdf.cpp:285 msgid "URI to this document's license's namespace definition." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: fragment of XML representing the license of the document #: ../src/rdf.cpp:289 msgid "Fragment" msgstr "" #: ../src/rdf.cpp:290 msgid "XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section." msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:368 msgid "" "Ctrl: make square or integer-ratio rect, lock a rounded corner " "circular" msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:515 #, c-format msgid "" "Rectangle: %s × %s (constrained to ratio %d:%d); with Shift to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:518 #, c-format msgid "" "Rectangle: %s × %s (constrained to golden ratio 1.618 : 1); with " "Shift to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:520 #, c-format msgid "" "Rectangle: %s × %s (constrained to golden ratio 1 : 1.618); with " "Shift to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:524 #, c-format msgid "" "Rectangle: %s × %s; with Ctrl to make square or integer-" "ratio rectangle; with Shift to draw around the starting point" msgstr "" #: ../src/rect-context.cpp:549 msgid "Create rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:177 msgid "Click selection to toggle scale/rotation handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:178 msgid "" "No objects selected. Click, Shift+click, or drag around objects to select." msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:237 msgid "Move canceled." msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:245 msgid "Selection canceled." msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:560 msgid "" "Draw over objects to select them; release Alt to switch to " "rubberband selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:562 msgid "" "Drag around objects to select them; press Alt to switch to " "touch selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:727 msgid "Ctrl: click to select in groups; drag to move hor/vert" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:728 msgid "Shift: click to toggle select; drag for rubberband selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:729 msgid "" "Alt: click to select under; drag to move selected or select by touch" msgstr "" #: ../src/select-context.cpp:902 msgid "Selected object is not a group. Cannot enter." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:304 msgid "Delete text" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:312 msgid "Nothing was deleted." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:358 msgid "Select object(s) to duplicate." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:450 msgid "Delete all" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:636 msgid "Select some objects to group." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:665 msgid "Select a group to ungroup." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:706 msgid "No groups to ungroup in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:802 msgid "Select object(s) to raise." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:808 ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:870 #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:904 ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:968 msgid "" "You cannot raise/lower objects from different groups or layers." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Raise" means "to raise an object" in the undo history #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:850 msgid "undo action|Raise" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:862 msgid "Select object(s) to raise to top." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:885 msgid "Raise to top" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:898 msgid "Select object(s) to lower." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:960 msgid "Select object(s) to lower to bottom." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:995 msgid "Lower to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1002 msgid "Nothing to undo." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1009 msgid "Nothing to redo." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1077 msgid "Paste style" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1087 msgid "Paste live path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1108 msgid "Select object(s) to remove live path effects from." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1120 msgid "Remove live path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1131 msgid "Select object(s) to remove filters from." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1141 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1342 msgid "Remove filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1150 msgid "Paste size" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1159 msgid "Paste size separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1169 msgid "Select object(s) to move to the layer above." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1195 msgid "Raise to next layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1202 msgid "No more layers above." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1214 msgid "Select object(s) to move to the layer below." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1240 msgid "Lower to previous layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1247 msgid "No more layers below." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1469 msgid "Remove transform" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1572 msgid "Rotate 90° CCW" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1572 msgid "Rotate 90° CW" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1640 msgid "Rotate by pixels" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1695 msgid "Scale by whole factor" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1710 msgid "Move vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1713 msgid "Move horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1736 msgid "Move vertically by pixels" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1739 msgid "Move horizontally by pixels" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:1867 msgid "The selection has no applied path effect." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2072 msgid "action|Clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2088 msgid "Select clones to relink." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2095 msgid "Copy an object to clipboard to relink clones to." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2119 msgid "No clones to relink in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2122 msgid "Relink clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2136 msgid "Select clones to unlink." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2190 msgid "No clones to unlink in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2194 msgid "Unlink clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2207 msgid "" "Select a clone to go to its original. Select a linked offset " "to go to its source. Select a text on path to go to the path. Select " "a flowed text to go to its frame." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2230 msgid "" "Cannot find the object to select (orphaned clone, offset, textpath, " "flowed text?)" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2236 msgid "" "The object you're trying to select is not visible (it is in <" "defs>)" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2282 msgid "Select object(s) to convert to marker." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2350 msgid "Objects to marker" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2378 msgid "Select object(s) to convert to guides." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2390 msgid "Objects to guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2406 msgid "Select object(s) to convert to pattern." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2494 msgid "Objects to pattern" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2510 msgid "Select an object with pattern fill to extract objects from." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2563 msgid "No pattern fills in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2566 msgid "Pattern to objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2651 msgid "Select object(s) to make a bitmap copy." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2655 msgid "Rendering bitmap..." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2829 msgid "Create bitmap" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2861 msgid "Select object(s) to create clippath or mask from." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:2864 msgid "Select mask object and object(s) to apply clippath or mask to." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3045 msgid "Set clipping path" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3047 msgid "Set mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3060 msgid "Select object(s) to remove clippath or mask from." msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3171 msgid "Release clipping path" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3173 msgid "Release mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3191 msgid "Select object(s) to fit canvas to." msgstr "" #. Fit Page #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3211 ../src/verbs.cpp:2717 msgid "Fit Page to Selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3240 ../src/verbs.cpp:2719 msgid "Fit Page to Drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-chemistry.cpp:3261 ../src/verbs.cpp:2721 msgid "Fit Page to Selection or Drawing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Link" means internet link (anchor) #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:45 msgid "web|Link" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:47 msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:51 msgid "Flowed text" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:57 msgid "Line" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:61 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2891 msgid "Polygon" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:63 msgid "Polyline" msgstr "" #. 3D box #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:67 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:496 ../src/verbs.cpp:2492 msgid "3D Box" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Clone" is a noun, type of object #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:74 msgid "object|Clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:78 msgid "Offset path" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:140 msgid "root" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:152 #, c-format msgid "layer %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:154 #, c-format msgid "layer %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:163 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:172 #, c-format msgid " in %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:174 #, c-format msgid " in group %s (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:176 #, c-format msgid " in %i parents (%s)" msgid_plural " in %i parents (%s)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:179 #, c-format msgid " in %i layers" msgid_plural " in %i layers" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:189 msgid "Use Shift+D to look up original" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:193 msgid "Use Shift+D to look up path" msgstr "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:197 msgid "Use Shift+D to look up frame" msgstr "" #. this is only used with 2 or more objects #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:212 ../src/spray-context.cpp:241 #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:201 #, c-format msgid "%i object selected" msgid_plural "%i objects selected" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. this is only used with 2 or more objects #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:217 #, c-format msgid "%i object of type %s" msgid_plural "%i objects of type %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. this is only used with 2 or more objects #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:222 #, c-format msgid "%i object of types %s, %s" msgid_plural "%i objects of types %s, %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. this is only used with 2 or more objects #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:227 #, c-format msgid "%i object of types %s, %s, %s" msgid_plural "%i objects of types %s, %s, %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. this is only used with 2 or more objects #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:232 #, c-format msgid "%i object of %i types" msgid_plural "%i objects of %i types" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/selection-describer.cpp:237 #, c-format msgid "%s%s. %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:525 ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:829 msgid "Skew" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:537 msgid "Set center" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:612 msgid "Stamp" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:634 msgid "" "Center of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with " "Shift also uses this center" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:661 msgid "" "Squeeze or stretch selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; " "with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:662 msgid "" "Scale selection; with Ctrl to scale uniformly; with Shift to scale around rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:666 msgid "" "Skew selection; with Ctrl to snap angle; with Shift to " "skew around the opposite side" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:667 msgid "" "Rotate selection; with Ctrl to snap angle; with Shift " "to rotate around the opposite corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:801 msgid "Reset center" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1034 ../src/seltrans.cpp:1129 #, c-format msgid "Scale: %0.2f%% x %0.2f%%; with Ctrl to lock ratio" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: don't modify the first ";" #. (it will NOT be displayed as ";" - only the second one will be) #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1241 #, c-format msgid "Skew: %0.2f°; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: don't modify the first ";" #. (it will NOT be displayed as ";" - only the second one will be) #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1301 #, c-format msgid "Rotate: %0.2f°; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1343 #, c-format msgid "Move center to %s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/seltrans.cpp:1516 #, c-format msgid "" "Move by %s, %s; with Ctrl to restrict to horizontal/vertical; " "with Shift to disable snapping" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-anchor.cpp:178 #, c-format msgid "Link to %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-anchor.cpp:182 msgid "Link without URI" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-ellipse.cpp:503 ../src/sp-ellipse.cpp:880 msgid "Ellipse" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-ellipse.cpp:644 msgid "Circle" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-ellipse.cpp:875 msgid "Segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-ellipse.cpp:877 msgid "Arc" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Flow region" is an area where text is allowed to flow #: ../src/sp-flowregion.cpp:270 #, c-format msgid "Flow region" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: A region "cut out of" a flow region; text is not allowed to flow inside the #. * flow excluded region. flowRegionExclude in SVG 1.2: see #. * http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20041027/flow.html#flowRegion-elem and #. * http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20041027/flow.html#flowRegionExclude-elem. #: ../src/sp-flowregion.cpp:487 #, c-format msgid "Flow excluded region" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-flowtext.cpp:378 ../src/sp-text.cpp:427 #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1603 msgid " [truncated]" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-flowtext.cpp:381 #, c-format msgid "Flowed text (%d character%s)" msgid_plural "Flowed text (%d characters%s)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-flowtext.cpp:383 #, c-format msgid "Linked flowed text (%d character%s)" msgid_plural "Linked flowed text (%d characters%s)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-guide.cpp:291 msgid "Guides Around Page" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-guide.cpp:425 msgid "" "Shift+drag to rotate, Ctrl+drag to move origin, Del to " "delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-guide.cpp:430 #, c-format msgid "vertical, at %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-guide.cpp:433 #, c-format msgid "horizontal, at %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-guide.cpp:438 #, c-format msgid "at %d degrees, through (%s,%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-image.cpp:1118 msgid "embedded" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-image.cpp:1126 #, c-format msgid "Image with bad reference: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-image.cpp:1127 #, c-format msgid "Image %d × %d: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/spiral-context.cpp:324 msgid "Ctrl: snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/spiral-context.cpp:326 msgid "Alt: lock spiral radius" msgstr "" #: ../src/spiral-context.cpp:458 #, c-format msgid "" "Spiral: radius %s, angle %5g°; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/spiral-context.cpp:484 msgid "Create spiral" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-item.cpp:1056 #, c-format msgid "%s; clipped" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-item.cpp:1061 #, c-format msgid "%s; masked" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-item.cpp:1069 #, c-format msgid "%s; filtered (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-item.cpp:1071 #, c-format msgid "%s; filtered" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-item-group.cpp:745 #, c-format msgid "Group of %d object" msgid_plural "Group of %d objects" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-line.cpp:194 msgid "Line" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:84 ../src/splivarot.cpp:90 msgid "Difference" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:101 msgid "Division" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:106 msgid "Cut path" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:121 msgid "Select at least 2 paths to perform a boolean operation." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:125 msgid "Select at least 1 path to perform a boolean union." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:131 msgid "" "Select exactly 2 paths to perform difference, division, or path cut." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:147 ../src/splivarot.cpp:162 msgid "" "Unable to determine the z-order of the objects selected for " "difference, XOR, division, or path cut." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:192 msgid "" "One of the objects is not a path, cannot perform boolean operation." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:885 msgid "Select stroked path(s) to convert stroke to path." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1232 msgid "Convert stroke to path" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "to outline" means "to convert stroke to path" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1235 msgid "No stroked paths in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1318 msgid "Selected object is not a path, cannot inset/outset." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1437 ../src/splivarot.cpp:1504 msgid "Create linked offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1438 ../src/splivarot.cpp:1505 msgid "Create dynamic offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1530 msgid "Select path(s) to inset/outset." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1748 msgid "Outset path" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1748 msgid "Inset path" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1750 msgid "No paths to inset/outset in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1928 msgid "Simplifying paths (separately):" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1930 msgid "Simplifying paths:" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1967 #, c-format msgid "%s %d of %d paths simplified..." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1979 #, c-format msgid "%d paths simplified." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:1993 msgid "Select path(s) to simplify." msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:2007 msgid "Simplify" msgstr "" #: ../src/splivarot.cpp:2009 msgid "No paths to simplify in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-lpe-item.cpp:351 msgid "An exception occurred during execution of the Path Effect." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS COMMENT: %s is either "outset" or "inset" depending on sign #: ../src/sp-offset.cpp:426 #, c-format msgid "Linked offset, %s by %f pt" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-offset.cpp:427 ../src/sp-offset.cpp:431 msgid "outset" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-offset.cpp:427 ../src/sp-offset.cpp:431 msgid "inset" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS COMMENT: %s is either "outset" or "inset" depending on sign #: ../src/sp-offset.cpp:430 #, c-format msgid "Dynamic offset, %s by %f pt" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-path.cpp:156 #, c-format msgid "Path (%i node, path effect: %s)" msgid_plural "Path (%i nodes, path effect: %s)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-path.cpp:159 #, c-format msgid "Path (%i node)" msgid_plural "Path (%i nodes)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-polygon.cpp:226 msgid "Polygon" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-polyline.cpp:177 msgid "Polyline" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:243 ../src/tweak-context.cpp:203 #, c-format msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:249 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag, click or scroll to spray copies of the initial selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:252 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag, click or scroll to spray clones of the initial selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:255 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag, click or scroll to spray in a single path of the initial " "selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:773 msgid "Nothing selected! Select objects to spray." msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:881 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4642 msgid "Spray with copies" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:885 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4649 msgid "Spray with clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/spray-context.cpp:889 msgid "Spray in single path" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-rect.cpp:223 msgid "Rectangle" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: since turn count isn't an integer, please adjust the #. string as needed to deal with an localized plural forms. #: ../src/sp-spiral.cpp:325 #, c-format msgid "Spiral with %3f turns" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-star.cpp:309 #, c-format msgid "Star with %d vertex" msgid_plural "Star with %d vertices" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-star.cpp:313 #, c-format msgid "Polygon with %d vertex" msgid_plural "Polygon with %d vertices" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/sp-switch.cpp:100 #, c-format msgid "Conditional group of %d object" msgid_plural "Conditional group of %d objects" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: For description of font with no name. #: ../src/sp-text.cpp:419 msgid "<no name found>" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-text.cpp:431 #, c-format msgid "Text on path%s (%s, %s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-text.cpp:432 #, c-format msgid "Text%s (%s, %s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-tref.cpp:368 #, c-format msgid "Cloned character data%s%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-tref.cpp:369 msgid " from " msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-tref.cpp:374 msgid "Orphaned cloned character data" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-tspan.cpp:284 msgid "Text span" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Used for statusbar description for long chains: #. * "Clone of: Clone of: ... in Layer 1". #: ../src/sp-use.cpp:334 msgid "..." msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-use.cpp:342 #, c-format msgid "Clone of: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/sp-use.cpp:346 msgid "Orphaned clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/star-context.cpp:338 msgid "Ctrl: snap angle; keep rays radial" msgstr "" #: ../src/star-context.cpp:469 #, c-format msgid "" "Polygon: radius %s, angle %5g°; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/star-context.cpp:470 #, c-format msgid "Star: radius %s, angle %5g°; with Ctrl to snap angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/star-context.cpp:503 msgid "Create star" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:104 msgid "Select a text and a path to put text on path." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:109 msgid "" "This text object is already put on a path. Remove it from the path " "first. Use Shift+D to look up its path." msgstr "" #. rect is the only SPShape which is not yet, and thus SVG forbids us from putting text on it #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:115 msgid "" "You cannot put text on a rectangle in this version. Convert rectangle to " "path first." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:125 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be put on a path." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:192 ../src/verbs.cpp:2346 msgid "Put text on path" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:204 msgid "Select a text on path to remove it from path." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:226 msgid "No texts-on-paths in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:229 ../src/verbs.cpp:2348 msgid "Remove text from path" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:269 ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:290 msgid "Select text(s) to remove kerns from." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:293 msgid "Remove manual kerns" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:313 msgid "" "Select a text and one or more paths or shapes to flow text " "into frame." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:381 msgid "Flow text into shape" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:403 msgid "Select a flowed text to unflow it." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:477 msgid "Unflow flowed text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:489 msgid "Select flowed text(s) to convert." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:507 msgid "The flowed text(s) must be visible in order to be converted." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:535 msgid "Convert flowed text to text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-chemistry.cpp:540 msgid "No flowed text(s) to convert in the selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:447 msgid "Click to edit the text, drag to select part of the text." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:449 msgid "" "Click to edit the flowed text, drag to select part of the text." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:504 msgid "Create text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:528 msgid "Non-printable character" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:543 msgid "Insert Unicode character" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:578 #, c-format msgid "Unicode (Enter to finish): %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:580 ../src/text-context.cpp:855 msgid "Unicode (Enter to finish): " msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:655 #, c-format msgid "Flowed text frame: %s × %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:687 msgid "Type text; Enter to start new line." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:700 msgid "Flowed text is created." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:702 msgid "Create flowed text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:704 msgid "" "The frame is too small for the current font size. Flowed text not " "created." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:840 msgid "No-break space" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:842 msgid "Insert no-break space" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:879 msgid "Make bold" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:897 msgid "Make italic" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:936 msgid "New line" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:970 msgid "Backspace" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1018 msgid "Kern to the left" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1043 msgid "Kern to the right" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1068 msgid "Kern up" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1094 msgid "Kern down" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1171 msgid "Rotate counterclockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1192 msgid "Rotate clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1209 msgid "Contract line spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1217 msgid "Contract letter spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1236 msgid "Expand line spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1244 msgid "Expand letter spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1374 msgid "Paste text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1620 #, c-format msgid "" "Type or edit flowed text (%d characters%s); Enter to start new " "paragraph." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1622 #, c-format msgid "Type or edit text (%d characters%s); Enter to start new line." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1630 ../src/tools-switch.cpp:197 msgid "" "Click to select or create text, drag to create flowed text; " "then type." msgstr "" #: ../src/text-context.cpp:1740 msgid "Type text" msgstr "" #: ../src/text-editing.cpp:40 msgid "You cannot edit cloned character data." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:137 msgid "To tweak a path by pushing, select it and drag over it." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:143 msgid "To spray a path by pushing, select it and drag over it." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:149 msgid "" "Drag to create a rectangle. Drag controls to round corners and " "resize. Click to select." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:155 msgid "" "Drag to create a 3D box. Drag controls to resize in " "perspective. Click to select (with Ctrl+Alt for single faces)." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:161 msgid "" "Drag to create an ellipse. Drag controls to make an arc or " "segment. Click to select." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:167 msgid "" "Drag to create a star. Drag controls to edit the star shape. " "Click to select." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:173 msgid "" "Drag to create a spiral. Drag controls to edit the spiral " "shape. Click to select." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:179 msgid "" "Drag to create a freehand line. Shift appends to selected " "path, Alt activates sketch mode." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:185 msgid "" "Click or click and drag to start a path; with Shift to " "append to selected path. Ctrl+click to create single dots (straight " "line modes only)." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:191 msgid "" "Drag to draw a calligraphic stroke; with Ctrl to track a guide " "path. Arrow keys adjust width (left/right) and angle (up/down)." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:203 msgid "" "Drag or double click to create a gradient on selected objects, " "drag handles to adjust gradients." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:209 msgid "" "Click or drag around an area to zoom in, Shift+click to " "zoom out." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:221 msgid "Click and drag between shapes to create a connector." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:227 msgid "" "Click to paint a bounded area, Shift+click to union the new " "fill with the current selection, Ctrl+click to change the clicked " "object's fill and stroke to the current setting." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:233 msgid "Drag to erase." msgstr "" #: ../src/tools-switch.cpp:239 msgid "Choose a subtool from the toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/potrace/inkscape-potrace.cpp:524 #: ../src/trace/potrace/inkscape-potrace.cpp:598 #, c-format msgid "Trace: %d. %ld nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:71 ../src/trace/trace.cpp:136 #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:144 ../src/trace/trace.cpp:243 msgid "Select an image to trace" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:106 msgid "Select only one image to trace" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:124 msgid "Select one image and one or more shapes above it" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:234 msgid "Trace: No active desktop" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:334 msgid "Invalid SIOX result" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:439 msgid "Trace: No active document" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:462 msgid "Trace: Image has no bitmap data" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:469 msgid "Trace: Starting trace..." msgstr "" #. ## inform the document, so we can undo #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:571 msgid "Trace bitmap" msgstr "" #: ../src/trace/trace.cpp:575 #, c-format msgid "Trace: Done. %ld nodes created" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:209 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag to move." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:213 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to move in; with Shift to move out." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:217 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to move randomly." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:221 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to scale down; with Shift to scale up." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:225 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag or click to rotate clockwise; with Shift, " "counterclockwise." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:229 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to duplicate; with Shift, delete." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:233 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag to push paths." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:237 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to inset paths; with Shift to outset." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:245 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to attract paths; with Shift to repel." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:253 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to roughen paths." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:257 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to paint objects with color." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:261 #, c-format msgid "%s. Drag or click to randomize colors." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:265 #, c-format msgid "" "%s. Drag or click to increase blur; with Shift to decrease." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1226 msgid "Nothing selected! Select objects to tweak." msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1262 msgid "Move tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1266 msgid "Move in/out tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1270 msgid "Move jitter tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1274 msgid "Scale tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1278 msgid "Rotate tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1282 msgid "Duplicate/delete tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1286 msgid "Push path tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1290 msgid "Shrink/grow path tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1294 msgid "Attract/repel path tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1298 msgid "Roughen path tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1302 msgid "Color paint tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1306 msgid "Color jitter tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/tweak-context.cpp:1310 msgid "Blur tweak" msgstr "" #. check whether something is selected #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:259 msgid "Nothing was copied." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:331 ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:542 #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:566 msgid "Nothing on the clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:390 msgid "Select object(s) to paste style to." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:401 ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:419 msgid "No style on the clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:444 msgid "Select object(s) to paste size to." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:451 msgid "No size on the clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:504 msgid "Select object(s) to paste live path effect to." msgstr "" #. no_effect: #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:529 msgid "No effect on the clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:549 ../src/ui/clipboard.cpp:577 msgid "Clipboard does not contain a path." msgstr "" #. Item dialog #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:106 msgid "Object _Properties" msgstr "" #. Select item #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:116 msgid "_Select This" msgstr "" #. Create link #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:126 msgid "_Create Link" msgstr "" #. Set mask #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:133 msgid "Set Mask" msgstr "" #. Release mask #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:144 msgid "Release Mask" msgstr "" #. Set Clip #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:155 msgid "Set Clip" msgstr "" #. Release Clip #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:166 msgid "Release Clip" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:289 msgid "Create link" msgstr "" #. "Ungroup" #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:307 ../src/verbs.cpp:2342 msgid "_Ungroup" msgstr "" #. Link dialog #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:347 msgid "Link _Properties" msgstr "" #. Select item #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:353 msgid "_Follow Link" msgstr "" #. Reset transformations #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:358 msgid "_Remove Link" msgstr "" #. Link dialog #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:406 msgid "Image _Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:412 msgid "Edit Externally..." msgstr "" #. Item dialog #: ../src/ui/context-menu.cpp:545 msgid "_Fill and Stroke" msgstr "" #. * #. * Constructor #. #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:77 msgid "About Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:88 msgid "_Splash" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:92 msgid "_Authors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:94 msgid "_Translators" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:96 msgid "_License" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the filename of the `About Inkscape' picture in #. the `screens' directory. Thus the translation of "about.svg" should be #. the filename of its translated version, e.g. about.zh.svg for Chinese. #. #. N.B. about.svg changes once per release. (We should probably rename #. the original to about-0.40.svg etc. as soon as we have a translation. #. If we do so, then add an item to release-checklist saying that the #. string here should be changed.) #. FIXME? INKSCAPE_SCREENSDIR and "about.svg" are in UTF-8, not the #. native filename encoding... and the filename passed to sp_document_new #. should be in UTF-*8.. #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:150 msgid "about.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Put here your name (and other national contributors') #. one per line in the form of: name surname (email). Use \n for newline. #: ../src/ui/dialog/aboutbox.cpp:388 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " jz https://launchpad.net/~jz+" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:467 msgid "Minimum horizontal gap (in px units) between bounding boxes" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "H:" stands for horizontal gap #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:471 msgid "gap|H:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:479 msgid "Minimum vertical gap (in px units) between bounding boxes" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Vertical gap #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:481 msgid "V:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:510 #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:795 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8275 msgid "Remove overlaps" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:541 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8068 msgid "Arrange connector network" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:572 msgid "Unclump" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:643 msgid "Randomize positions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:742 msgid "Distribute text baselines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:765 msgid "Align text baselines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:796 msgid "Connector network layout" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:803 msgid "Relative to: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:804 msgid "Treat selection as group: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:810 msgid "Align right edges of objects to the left edge of the anchor" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:813 msgid "Align left edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:816 msgid "Center on vertical axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:819 msgid "Align right sides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:822 msgid "Align left edges of objects to the right edge of the anchor" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:825 msgid "Align bottom edges of objects to the top edge of the anchor" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:828 msgid "Align top edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:831 msgid "Center on horizontal axis" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:834 msgid "Align bottom edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:837 msgid "Align top edges of objects to the bottom edge of the anchor" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:842 msgid "Align baseline anchors of texts horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:845 msgid "Align baselines of texts" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:850 msgid "Make horizontal gaps between objects equal" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:854 msgid "Distribute left edges equidistantly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:857 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:860 msgid "Distribute right edges equidistantly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:864 msgid "Make vertical gaps between objects equal" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:868 msgid "Distribute top edges equidistantly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:871 msgid "Distribute centers equidistantly vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:874 msgid "Distribute bottom edges equidistantly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:879 msgid "Distribute baseline anchors of texts horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:882 msgid "Distribute baselines of texts vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:887 msgid "Randomize centers in both dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:890 msgid "Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:895 msgid "" "Move objects as little as possible so that their bounding boxes do not " "overlap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:899 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8237 msgid "Nicely arrange selected connector network" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:907 msgid "Align selected nodes to a common horizontal line" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:910 msgid "Align selected nodes to a common vertical line" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:913 msgid "Distribute selected nodes horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:916 msgid "Distribute selected nodes vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:923 msgid "Biggest object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/align-and-distribute.cpp:924 msgid "Smallest object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/calligraphic-profile-rename.cpp:38 msgid "Profile name:" msgstr "" #. When changing the interval or enabling/disabling the autosave function, #. * update our running configuration #. * #. * FIXME! #. * the inkscape_autosave_init should be called AFTER the values have been changed #. * (which cannot be guaranteed from here) - use a PrefObserver somewhere #. #. #. _autosave_autosave_enable.signal_toggled().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(inkscape_autosave_init), TRUE ); #. _autosave_autosave_interval.signal_changed().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(inkscape_autosave_init), TRUE ); #. #. ----------- #: ../src/ui/dialog/calligraphic-profile-rename.cpp:52 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1220 #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:883 msgid "Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:116 #, c-format msgid "" "Color: %s; Click to set fill, Shift+click to set stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:490 msgid "Change color definition" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove stroke color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:695 msgid "Remove fill color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set stroke color to none" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:700 msgid "Set fill color to none" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set stroke color from swatch" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/color-item.cpp:716 msgid "Set fill color from swatch" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/debug.cpp:68 msgid "Messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/debug.cpp:77 ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:47 msgid "Capture log messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/debug.cpp:79 msgid "Release log messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:73 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:74 msgid "License" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:156 msgid "Dublin Core Entities" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-metadata.cpp:178 msgid "License" msgstr "" #. --------------------------------------------------------------- #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:90 msgid "Show page _border" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:90 msgid "If set, rectangular page border is shown" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:91 msgid "Border on _top of drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:91 msgid "If set, border is always on top of the drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:92 msgid "_Show border shadow" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:92 msgid "If set, page border shows a shadow on its right and lower side" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "Back_ground:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:93 msgid "" "Color and transparency of the page background (also used for bitmap export)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Border _color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Page border color" msgstr "Page border colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:94 msgid "Color of the page border" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:95 msgid "Default _units:" msgstr "" #. --------------------------------------------------------------- #. General snap options #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:99 msgid "Show _guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:99 msgid "Show or hide guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:100 msgid "_Snap guides while dragging" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:100 msgid "" "While dragging a guide, snap to object nodes or bounding box corners ('Snap " "to nodes' or 'snap to bounding box corners' must be enabled; only a small " "part of the guide near the cursor will snap)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guide co_lor:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Guideline color" msgstr "Guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:102 msgid "Color of guidelines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "_Highlight color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Highlighted guideline color" msgstr "Highlighted guideline colour" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:103 msgid "Color of a guideline when it is under mouse" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "New" refers to grid #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:109 msgid "Grid|_New" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:109 msgid "Create new grid." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:110 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:110 msgid "Remove selected grid." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:119 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2329 msgid "Guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:120 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1089 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2320 msgid "Grids" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:121 ../src/verbs.cpp:2573 msgid "Snap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:122 msgid "Color Management" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:123 msgid "Scripting" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:221 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:223 msgid "Border" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:225 msgid "Page Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:253 msgid "Guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:272 msgid "Snap _distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:272 msgid "Snap only when _closer than:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:272 #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:278 #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:284 msgid "Always snap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:273 msgid "Snapping distance, in screen pixels, for snapping to objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:273 msgid "Always snap to objects, regardless of their distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:274 msgid "" "If set, objects only snap to another object when it's within the range " "specified below" msgstr "" #. Options for snapping to grids #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:278 msgid "Snap d_istance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:278 msgid "Snap only when c_loser than:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:279 msgid "Snapping distance, in screen pixels, for snapping to grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:279 msgid "Always snap to grids, regardless of the distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:280 msgid "" "If set, objects only snap to a grid line when it's within the range " "specified below" msgstr "" #. Options for snapping to guides #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:284 msgid "Snap dist_ance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:284 msgid "Snap only when close_r than:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:285 msgid "Snapping distance, in screen pixels, for snapping to guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:285 msgid "Always snap to guides, regardless of the distance" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:286 msgid "" "If set, objects only snap to a guide when it's within the range specified " "below" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:290 msgid "Snap to objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:292 msgid "Snap to grids" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:294 msgid "Snap to guides" msgstr "" #. TODO check if this next line was sometimes needed. It being there caused an assertion. #. Inkscape::GC::release(defsRepr); #. inform the document, so we can undo #. Color Management #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:409 ../src/verbs.cpp:2733 msgid "Link Color Profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:484 msgid "Remove linked color profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:501 msgid "Linked Color Profiles:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:507 msgid "Available Color Profiles:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:509 msgid "Link Profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:536 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:566 msgid "External script files:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:568 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:591 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #. inform the document, so we can undo #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:631 msgid "Add external script..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:655 msgid "Remove external script" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:736 msgid "Creation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:737 msgid "Defined grids" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/document-properties.cpp:948 msgid "Remove grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/extension-editor.cpp:80 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/extension-editor.cpp:81 #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:35 #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:6 #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:19 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:8 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:12 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:7 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_install.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:44 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:6 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:12 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:7 #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:13 #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:12 ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:16 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/extension-editor.cpp:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:383 msgid "No preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:489 msgid "too large for preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:577 msgid "Enable preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:711 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:712 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:216 msgid "All Inkscape Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:716 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:717 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:215 msgid "All Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:722 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:723 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:217 msgid "All Images" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:727 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:728 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:218 msgid "All Vectors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:732 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:733 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:219 msgid "All Bitmaps" msgstr "" #. ###### File options #. ###### Do we want the .xxx extension automatically added? #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:927 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1475 msgid "Append filename extension automatically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1085 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1339 msgid "Guess from extension" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1360 msgid "Left edge of source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1361 msgid "Top edge of source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1362 msgid "Right edge of source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1363 msgid "Bottom edge of source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1364 msgid "Source width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1365 msgid "Source height" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1366 msgid "Destination width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1367 msgid "Destination height" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1368 msgid "Resolution (dots per inch)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1458 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1461 msgid "Antialias" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1464 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-gtkmm.cpp:1487 msgid "Destination" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:495 msgid "Show Preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filedialogimpl-win32.cpp:630 msgid "No file selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/fill-and-stroke.cpp:58 msgid "Stroke _paint" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/fill-and-stroke.cpp:59 msgid "Stroke st_yle" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:471 msgid "" "This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects " "one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color " "component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not " "depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:581 msgid "Image File" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:584 msgid "Selected SVG Element" msgstr "" #. TODO: any image, not just svg #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:654 msgid "Select an image to be used as feImage input" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:746 msgid "This SVG filter effect does not require any parameters." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:752 msgid "This SVG filter effect is not yet implemented in Inkscape." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:944 msgid "Light Source:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:961 msgid "Direction angle for the light source on the XY plane, in degrees" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:962 msgid "Direction angle for the light source on the YZ plane, in degrees" msgstr "" #. default x: #. default y: #. default z: #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:965 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:968 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:965 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:968 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:971 msgid "X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:965 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:968 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:971 msgid "Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:965 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:968 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:971 msgid "Z coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:971 msgid "Points At" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:972 msgid "Specular Exponent" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:972 msgid "Exponent value controlling the focus for the light source" msgstr "" #. TODO: here I have used 100 degrees as default value. But spec says that if not specified, no limiting cone is applied. So, there should be a way for the user to set a "no limiting cone" option. #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:974 msgid "Cone Angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:974 msgid "" "This is the angle between the spot light axis (i.e. the axis between the " "light source and the point to which it is pointing at) and the spot light " "cone. No light is projected outside this cone." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1035 msgid "New light source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1076 msgid "_Duplicate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1102 msgid "_Filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1116 msgid "R_ename" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1219 msgid "Rename filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1255 msgid "Apply filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1324 msgid "filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1331 msgid "Add filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1357 msgid "Duplicate filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1424 msgid "_Effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1432 msgid "Connections" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1551 msgid "Remove filter primitive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:1923 msgid "Remove merge node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2039 msgid "Reorder filter primitive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2073 msgid "Add Effect:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2074 msgid "No effect selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2075 msgid "No filter selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2113 msgid "Effect parameters" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2114 msgid "Filter General Settings" msgstr "" #. default x: #. default y: #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2170 msgid "Coordinates:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2170 msgid "X coordinate of the left corners of filter effects region" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2170 msgid "Y coordinate of the upper corners of filter effects region" msgstr "" #. default width: #. default height: #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2171 msgid "Dimensions:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2171 msgid "Width of filter effects region" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2171 msgid "Height of filter effects region" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2174 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4017 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4395 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4662 ../share/extensions/extrude.inx.h:2 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2177 msgid "" "Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that " "a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent " "convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be " "performed without specifying a complete matrix." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2178 msgid "Value(s):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2192 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2232 msgid "Operator:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2193 msgid "K1:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2193 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2194 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2195 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2196 msgid "" "If the arithmetic operation is chosen, each result pixel is computed using " "the formula k1*i1*i2 + k2*i1 + k3*i2 + k4 where i1 and i2 are the pixel " "values of the first and second inputs respectively." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2194 msgid "K2:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2195 msgid "K3:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2196 msgid "K4:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2199 #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:581 msgid "Size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2199 msgid "width of the convolve matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2199 msgid "height of the convolve matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2200 msgid "" "X coordinate of the target point in the convolve matrix. The convolution is " "applied to pixels around this point." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2200 msgid "" "Y coordinate of the target point in the convolve matrix. The convolution is " "applied to pixels around this point." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: for info on "Kernel", see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kernel_(matrix) #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2202 msgid "Kernel:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2202 msgid "" "This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input " "image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different " "arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual " "effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to " "the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value " "would lead to a common blur effect." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2204 msgid "Divisor:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2204 msgid "" "After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that " "number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A " "divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening " "effect on the overall color intensity of the result." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2205 msgid "Bias:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2205 msgid "" "This value is added to each component. This is useful to define a constant " "value as the zero response of the filter." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2206 msgid "Edge Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2206 msgid "" "Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so " "that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at " "or near the edge of the input image." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2207 msgid "Preserve Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2207 msgid "If set, the alpha channel won't be altered by this filter primitive." msgstr "" #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 msgid "Diffuse Color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2210 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Defines the color of the light source" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2211 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2244 msgid "Surface Scale:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2211 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2244 msgid "" "This value amplifies the heights of the bump map defined by the input alpha " "channel" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2212 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2245 msgid "Constant:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2212 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2245 msgid "This constant affects the Phong lighting model." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2213 #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2247 msgid "Kernel Unit Length:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2217 msgid "Scale:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2217 msgid "This defines the intensity of the displacement effect." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2218 msgid "X displacement:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2218 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2219 msgid "Y displacement:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2219 msgid "Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction" msgstr "" #. default: black #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "Flood Color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2222 msgid "The whole filter region will be filled with this color." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2223 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5678 msgid "Opacity:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2226 msgid "Standard Deviation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2226 msgid "The standard deviation for the blur operation." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2232 msgid "" "Erode: performs \"thinning\" of input image.\n" "Dilate: performs \"fattenning\" of input image." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2233 msgid "Radius:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2236 msgid "Source of Image:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2239 msgid "Delta X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2239 msgid "This is how far the input image gets shifted to the right" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2240 msgid "Delta Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2240 msgid "This is how far the input image gets shifted downwards" msgstr "" #. default: white #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2243 msgid "Specular Color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2246 msgid "Exponent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2246 msgid "Exponent for specular term, larger is more \"shiny\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2255 msgid "" "Indicates whether the filter primitive should perform a noise or turbulence " "function." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2256 msgid "Base Frequency:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2257 msgid "Octaves:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2258 msgid "Seed:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2258 msgid "The starting number for the pseudo random number generator." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2270 msgid "Add filter primitive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2287 msgid "" "The feBlend filter primitive provides 4 image blending modes: screen, " "multiply, darken and lighten." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2291 msgid "" "The feColorMatrix filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to " "color of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to " "grayscale, modifying color saturation and changing color hue." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2295 msgid "" "The feComponentTransfer filter primitive manipulates the input's " "color components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular " "transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast " "adjustment, color balance, and thresholding." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2299 msgid "" "The feComposite filter primitive composites two images using one of " "the Porter-Duff blending modes or the arithmetic mode described in SVG " "standard. Porter-Duff blending modes are essentially logical operations " "between the corresponding pixel values of the images." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2303 msgid "" "The feConvolveMatrix lets you specify a Convolution to be applied on " "the image. Common effects created using convolution matrices are blur, " "sharpening, embossing and edge detection. Note that while gaussian blur can " "be created using this filter primitive, the special gaussian blur primitive " "is faster and resolution-independent." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2307 msgid "" "The feDiffuseLighting and feSpecularLighting filter primitives create " "\"embossed\" shadings. The input's alpha channel is used to provide depth " "information: higher opacity areas are raised toward the viewer and lower " "opacity areas recede away from the viewer." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2311 msgid "" "The feDisplacementMap filter primitive displaces the pixels in the " "first input using the second input as a displacement map, that shows from " "how far the pixel should come from. Classical examples are whirl and pinch " "effects." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2315 msgid "" "The feFlood filter primitive fills the region with a given color and " "opacity. It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply color to " "a graphic." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2319 msgid "" "The feGaussianBlur filter primitive uniformly blurs its input. It is " "commonly used together with feOffset to create a drop shadow effect." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2323 msgid "" "The feImage filter primitive fills the region with an external image " "or another part of the document." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2327 msgid "" "The feMerge filter primitive composites several temporary images " "inside the filter primitive to a single image. It uses normal alpha " "compositing for this. This is equivalent to using several feBlend primitives " "in 'normal' mode or several feComposite primitives in 'over' mode." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2331 msgid "" "The feMorphology filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. " "For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it " "thicker." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2335 msgid "" "The feOffset filter primitive offsets the image by an user-defined " "amount. For example, this is useful for drop shadows, where the shadow is in " "a slightly different position than the actual object." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2339 msgid "" "The feDiffuseLighting and feSpecularLighting filter primitives create " "\"embossed\" shadings. The input's alpha channel is used to provide depth " "information: higher opacity areas are raised toward the viewer and lower " "opacity areas recede away from the viewer." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2343 msgid "" "The feTile filter primitive tiles a region with its input graphic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2347 msgid "" "The feTurbulence filter primitive renders Perlin noise. This kind of " "noise is useful in simulating several nature phenomena like clouds, fire and " "smoke and in generating complex textures like marble or granite." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2366 msgid "Duplicate filter primitive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/filter-effects-dialog.cpp:2419 msgid "Set filter primitive attribute" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:55 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:151 msgid "all" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:56 msgid "common" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:57 msgid "inherited" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:58 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:164 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:59 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:162 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:60 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:171 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:61 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:253 msgid "Bopomofo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:62 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:188 msgid "Cherokee" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:63 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:241 msgid "Coptic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:64 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:160 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:65 msgid "Deseret" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:66 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:170 msgid "Devanagari" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:67 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:186 msgid "Ethiopic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:68 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:184 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:69 msgid "Gothic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:70 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:71 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:173 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:72 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:172 msgid "Gurmukhi" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:73 msgid "Han" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:74 msgid "Hangul" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:75 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:163 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:76 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:251 msgid "Hiragana" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:77 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:177 msgid "Kannada" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:78 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:252 msgid "Katakana" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:79 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:196 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:80 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:181 msgid "Lao" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:81 msgid "Latin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:82 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:178 msgid "Malayalam" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:83 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:197 msgid "Mongolian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:84 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:183 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:85 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:190 msgid "Ogham" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:86 msgid "Old Italic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:87 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:174 msgid "Oriya" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:88 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:191 msgid "Runic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:89 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:179 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:90 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:165 msgid "Syriac" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:91 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:175 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:92 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:176 msgid "Telugu" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:93 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:167 msgid "Thaana" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:94 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:180 msgid "Thai" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:95 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:182 msgid "Tibetan" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:96 msgid "Canadian Aboriginal" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:97 msgid "Yi" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:98 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:192 msgid "Tagalog" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:99 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:193 msgid "Hanunoo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:100 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:194 msgid "Buhid" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:101 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:195 msgid "Tagbanwa" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:102 msgid "Braille" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:103 msgid "Cypriot" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:104 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:199 msgid "Limbu" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:105 msgid "Osmanya" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:106 msgid "Shavian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:107 msgid "Linear B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:108 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:200 msgid "Tai Le" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:109 msgid "Ugaritic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:110 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:201 msgid "New Tai Lue" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:111 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:203 msgid "Buginese" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:112 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:239 msgid "Glagolitic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:113 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:243 msgid "Tifinagh" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:114 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:272 msgid "Syloti Nagri" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:115 msgid "Old Persian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:116 msgid "Kharoshthi" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:117 msgid "unassigned" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:118 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:205 msgid "Balinese" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:119 msgid "Cuneiform" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:120 msgid "Phoenician" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:121 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:274 msgid "Phags-pa" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:122 msgid "N'Ko" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:125 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:277 msgid "Kayah Li" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:126 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:207 msgid "Lepcha" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:127 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:278 msgid "Rejang" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:128 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:206 msgid "Sundanese" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:129 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:275 msgid "Saurashtra" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:130 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:281 msgid "Cham" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:131 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:208 msgid "Ol Chiki" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:132 ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:267 msgid "Vai" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:133 msgid "Carian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:134 msgid "Lycian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:135 msgid "Lydian" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:152 msgid "Basic Latin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:153 msgid "Latin-1 Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:154 msgid "Latin Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:155 msgid "Latin Extended-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:156 msgid "IPA Extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:157 msgid "Spacing Modifier Letters" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:158 msgid "Combining Diacritical Marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:159 msgid "Greek and Coptic" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:161 msgid "Cyrillic Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:166 msgid "Arabic Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:168 msgid "NKo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:169 msgid "Samaritan" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:185 msgid "Hangul Jamo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:187 msgid "Ethiopic Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:189 msgid "Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:198 msgid "Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics Extended" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:202 msgid "Khmer Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:204 msgid "Tai Tham" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:209 msgid "Vedic Extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:210 msgid "Phonetic Extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:211 msgid "Phonetic Extensions Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:212 msgid "Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:213 msgid "Latin Extended Additional" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:214 msgid "Greek Extended" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:215 msgid "General Punctuation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:216 msgid "Superscripts and Subscripts" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:217 msgid "Currency Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:218 msgid "Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:219 msgid "Letterlike Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:220 msgid "Number Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:221 msgid "Arrows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:222 msgid "Mathematical Operators" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:223 msgid "Miscellaneous Technical" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:224 msgid "Control Pictures" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:225 msgid "Optical Character Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:226 msgid "Enclosed Alphanumerics" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:227 msgid "Box Drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:228 msgid "Block Elements" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:229 msgid "Geometric Shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:230 msgid "Miscellaneous Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:231 msgid "Dingbats" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:232 msgid "Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:233 msgid "Supplemental Arrows-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:234 msgid "Braille Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:235 msgid "Supplemental Arrows-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:236 msgid "Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:237 msgid "Supplemental Mathematical Operators" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:238 msgid "Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:240 msgid "Latin Extended-C" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:242 msgid "Georgian Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:244 msgid "Ethiopic Extended" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:245 msgid "Cyrillic Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:246 msgid "Supplemental Punctuation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:247 msgid "CJK Radicals Supplement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:248 msgid "Kangxi Radicals" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:249 msgid "Ideographic Description Characters" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:250 msgid "CJK Symbols and Punctuation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:254 msgid "Hangul Compatibility Jamo" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:255 msgid "Kanbun" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:256 msgid "Bopomofo Extended" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:257 msgid "CJK Strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:258 msgid "Katakana Phonetic Extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:259 msgid "Enclosed CJK Letters and Months" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:260 msgid "CJK Compatibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:261 msgid "CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:262 msgid "Yijing Hexagram Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:263 msgid "CJK Unified Ideographs" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:264 msgid "Yi Syllables" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:265 msgid "Yi Radicals" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:266 msgid "Lisu" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:268 msgid "Cyrillic Extended-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:269 msgid "Bamum" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:270 msgid "Modifier Tone Letters" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:271 msgid "Latin Extended-D" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:273 msgid "Common Indic Number Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:276 msgid "Devanagari Extended" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:279 msgid "Hangul Jamo Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:280 msgid "Javanese" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:282 msgid "Myanmar Extended-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:283 msgid "Tai Viet" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:284 msgid "Meetei Mayek" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:285 msgid "Hangul Syllables" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:286 msgid "Hangul Jamo Extended-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:287 msgid "High Surrogates" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:288 msgid "High Private Use Surrogates" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:289 msgid "Low Surrogates" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:290 msgid "Private Use Area" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:291 msgid "CJK Compatibility Ideographs" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:292 msgid "Alphabetic Presentation Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:293 msgid "Arabic Presentation Forms-A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:294 msgid "Variation Selectors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:295 msgid "Vertical Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:296 msgid "Combining Half Marks" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:297 msgid "CJK Compatibility Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:298 msgid "Small Form Variants" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:299 msgid "Arabic Presentation Forms-B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:300 msgid "Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:301 msgid "Specials" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:368 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:396 msgid "Range: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:461 msgid "Append" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/glyphs.cpp:572 msgid "Append text" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:42 msgid "Unit:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:45 msgid "Angle (degrees):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:46 msgid "Rela_tive change" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:46 msgid "Move and/or rotate the guide relative to current settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:112 msgid "Set guide properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:151 msgid "Guideline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:239 #, c-format msgid "Guideline ID: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/guides.cpp:245 #, c-format msgid "Current: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/icon-preview.cpp:145 #, c-format msgid "%d x %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/icon-preview.cpp:157 msgid "Magnified:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/icon-preview.cpp:225 msgid "Actual Size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/icon-preview.cpp:232 msgid "Selection only or whole document" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:178 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:180 msgid "Grab sensitivity:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:181 msgid "" "How close on the screen you need to be to an object to be able to grab it " "with mouse (in screen pixels)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:183 msgid "Click/drag threshold:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:184 msgid "" "Maximum mouse drag (in screen pixels) which is considered a click, not a drag" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:186 #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:882 msgid "Use pressure-sensitive tablet (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:188 msgid "" "Use the capabilities of a tablet or other pressure-sensitive device. Disable " "this only if you have problems with the tablet (you can still use it as a " "mouse)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:190 msgid "Switch tool based on tablet device (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:192 msgid "" "Change tool as different devices are used on the tablet (pen, eraser, mouse)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:197 msgid "Scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:199 msgid "Mouse wheel scrolls by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:200 msgid "" "One mouse wheel notch scrolls by this distance in screen pixels " "(horizontally with Shift)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:201 msgid "Ctrl+arrows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:203 msgid "Scroll by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:204 msgid "Pressing Ctrl+arrow key scrolls by this distance (in screen pixels)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:206 msgid "Acceleration:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:207 msgid "" "Pressing and holding Ctrl+arrow will gradually speed up scrolling (0 for no " "acceleration)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:208 msgid "Autoscrolling" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:210 msgid "Speed:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:211 msgid "" "How fast the canvas autoscrolls when you drag beyond canvas edge (0 to turn " "autoscroll off)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:213 #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:420 ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:453 #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:596 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8419 msgid "Threshold:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:214 msgid "" "How far (in screen pixels) you need to be from the canvas edge to trigger " "autoscroll; positive is outside the canvas, negative is within the canvas" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:215 msgid "Left mouse button pans when Space is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:217 msgid "" "When on, pressing and holding Space and dragging with left mouse button pans " "canvas (as in Adobe Illustrator); when off, Space temporarily switches to " "Selector tool (default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:218 msgid "Mouse wheel zooms by default" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:220 msgid "" "When on, mouse wheel zooms without Ctrl and scrolls canvas with Ctrl; when " "off, it zooms with Ctrl and scrolls without Ctrl" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:226 msgid "Enable snap indicator" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:228 msgid "After snapping, a symbol is drawn at the point that has snapped" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:231 msgid "Delay (in ms):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:232 msgid "" "Postpone snapping as long as the mouse is moving, and then wait an " "additional fraction of a second. This additional delay is specified here. " "When set to zero or to a very small number, snapping will be immediate." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:234 msgid "Only snap the node closest to the pointer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:236 msgid "" "Only try to snap the node that is initially closest to the mouse pointer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:239 msgid "Weight factor:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:240 msgid "" "When multiple snap solutions are found, then Inkscape can either prefer the " "closest transformation (when set to 0), or prefer the node that was " "initially the closest to the pointer (when set to 1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:242 msgid "Snap the mouse pointer when dragging a constrained knot" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:244 msgid "" "When dragging a knot along a constraint line, then snap the position of the " "mouse pointer instead of snapping the projection of the knot onto the " "constraint line" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:246 msgid "Snapping" msgstr "" #. nudgedistance is limited to 1000 in select-context.cpp: use the same limit here #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:255 msgid "Arrow keys move by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:256 msgid "" "Pressing an arrow key moves selected object(s) or node(s) by this distance " "(in px units)" msgstr "" #. defaultscale is limited to 1000 in select-context.cpp: use the same limit here #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:259 msgid "> and < scale by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:260 msgid "" "Pressing > or < scales selection up or down by this increment (in px units)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:262 msgid "Inset/Outset by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:263 msgid "" "Inset and Outset commands displace the path by this distance (in px units)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:264 msgid "Compass-like display of angles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:266 msgid "" "When on, angles are displayed with 0 at north, 0 to 360 range, positive " "clockwise; otherwise with 0 at east, -180 to 180 range, positive " "counterclockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:272 msgid "Rotation snaps every:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:272 msgid "degrees" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:273 msgid "" "Rotating with Ctrl pressed snaps every that much degrees; also, pressing " "[ or ] rotates by this amount" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:275 msgid "Zoom in/out by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:276 msgid "" "Zoom tool click, +/- keys, and middle click zoom in and out by this " "multiplier" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:282 msgid "Show selection cue" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:283 msgid "" "Whether selected objects display a selection cue (the same as in selector)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:289 msgid "Enable gradient editing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:290 msgid "Whether selected objects display gradient editing controls" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:295 msgid "Conversion to guides uses edges instead of bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:296 msgid "" "Converting an object to guides places these along the object's true edges " "(imitating the object's shape), not along the bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:303 msgid "Ctrl+click dot size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:303 msgid "times current stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:304 msgid "Size of dots created with Ctrl+click (relative to current stroke width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:319 msgid "No objects selected to take the style from." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:328 msgid "" "More than one object selected. Cannot take style from multiple " "objects." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:361 msgid "Create new objects with:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:363 msgid "Last used style" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:365 msgid "Apply the style you last set on an object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:370 msgid "This tool's own style:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:374 msgid "" "Each tool may store its own style to apply to the newly created objects. Use " "the button below to set it." msgstr "" #. style swatch #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:378 msgid "Take from selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:383 msgid "This tool's style of new objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:390 msgid "Remember the style of the (first) selected object as this tool's style" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:395 msgid "Tools" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:398 msgid "Bounding box to use:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:399 msgid "Visual bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:401 msgid "This bounding box includes stroke width, markers, filter margins, etc." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:402 msgid "Geometric bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:404 msgid "This bounding box includes only the bare path" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:406 msgid "Conversion to guides:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:407 msgid "Keep objects after conversion to guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:409 msgid "" "When converting an object to guides, don't delete the object after the " "conversion" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:410 msgid "Treat groups as a single object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:412 msgid "" "Treat groups as a single object during conversion to guides rather than " "converting each child separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:414 msgid "Average all sketches" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:415 msgid "Width is in absolute units" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:416 msgid "Select new path" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:417 msgid "Don't attach connectors to text objects" msgstr "" #. Selector #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:420 msgid "Selector" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:423 msgid "When transforming, show:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:424 msgid "Objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:426 msgid "Show the actual objects when moving or transforming" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:427 msgid "Box outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:429 msgid "Show only a box outline of the objects when moving or transforming" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:430 msgid "Per-object selection cue:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:433 msgid "No per-object selection indication" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:434 msgid "Mark" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:436 msgid "Each selected object has a diamond mark in the top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:437 msgid "Box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:439 msgid "Each selected object displays its bounding box" msgstr "" #. Node #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:442 msgid "Node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:445 msgid "Path outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:446 msgid "Path outline color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:447 msgid "Selects the color used for showing the path outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:448 msgid "Always show outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:449 msgid "Show outlines for all paths, not only invisible paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:450 msgid "Update outline when dragging nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:451 msgid "" "Update the outline when dragging or transforming nodes; if this is off, the " "outline will only update when completing a drag" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:452 msgid "Update paths when dragging nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:453 msgid "" "Update paths when dragging or transforming nodes; if this is off, paths will " "only be updated when completing a drag" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:454 msgid "Show path direction on outlines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:455 msgid "" "Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the " "middle of each outline segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:456 msgid "Show temporary path outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:457 msgid "When hovering over a path, briefly flash its outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:458 msgid "Show temporary outline for selected paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:459 msgid "Show temporary outline even when a path is selected for editing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:461 msgid "Flash time" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:461 msgid "" "Specifies how long the path outline will be visible after a mouse-over (in " "milliseconds); specify 0 to have the outline shown until mouse leaves the " "path" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:462 msgid "Editing preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:463 msgid "Show transform handles for single nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:464 msgid "Show transform handles even when only a single node is selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:465 msgid "Deleting nodes preserves shape" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:466 msgid "" "Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to " "get the other behavior" msgstr "" #. Tweak #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:469 ../src/verbs.cpp:2486 msgid "Tweak" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:470 msgid "Paint objects with:" msgstr "" #. Spray #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:475 ../src/verbs.cpp:2488 msgid "Spray" msgstr "" #. Shapes #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:485 msgid "Shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:517 msgid "Sketch mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:519 msgid "" "If on, the sketch result will be the normal average of all sketches made, " "instead of averaging the old result with the new sketch" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:532 msgid "" "If on, pen width is in absolute units (px) independent of zoom; otherwise " "pen width depends on zoom so that it looks the same at any zoom" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:534 msgid "" "If on, each newly created object will be selected (deselecting previous " "selection)" msgstr "" #. Paint Bucket #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:536 ../src/verbs.cpp:2516 msgid "Paint Bucket" msgstr "" #. Eraser #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:541 ../src/verbs.cpp:2520 msgid "Eraser" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:555 msgid "Show font samples in the drop-down list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:556 msgid "" "Show font samples alongside font names in the drop-down list in Text bar" msgstr "" #. Gradient #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:561 ../src/verbs.cpp:2508 msgid "Gradient" msgstr "" #. Connector #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:565 ../src/verbs.cpp:2514 msgid "Connector" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:568 msgid "If on, connector attachment points will not be shown for text objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:577 msgid "Save and restore window geometry for each document" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:578 msgid "Remember and use last window's geometry" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:579 msgid "Don't save window geometry" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:581 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:601 msgid "Dockable" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:584 msgid "Dialogs are hidden in taskbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:585 msgid "Zoom when window is resized" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:586 msgid "Show close button on dialogs" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:588 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7671 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7702 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7733 msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:589 msgid "Aggressive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:591 msgid "Saving window geometry (size and position):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:593 msgid "Let the window manager determine placement of all windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:595 msgid "" "Remember and use the last window's geometry (saves geometry to user " "preferences)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:597 msgid "" "Save and restore window geometry for each document (saves geometry in the " "document)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:599 msgid "Dialog behavior (requires restart):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:606 msgid "Dialogs on top:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:609 msgid "Dialogs are treated as regular windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:611 msgid "Dialogs stay on top of document windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:613 msgid "Same as Normal but may work better with some window managers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:617 msgid "Dialog Transparency:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:619 msgid "Opacity when focused:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:621 msgid "Opacity when unfocused:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:623 msgid "Time of opacity change animation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:626 msgid "Miscellaneous:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:629 msgid "Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:632 msgid "" "Zoom drawing when document window is resized, to keep the same area visible " "(this is the default which can be changed in any window using the button " "above the right scrollbar)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:634 msgid "Whether dialog windows have a close button (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:640 msgid "Move in parallel" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:642 msgid "Stay unmoved" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:644 msgid "Move according to transform" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:646 msgid "Are unlinked" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:648 msgid "Are deleted" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:651 msgid "When the original moves, its clones and linked offsets:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:653 msgid "Clones are translated by the same vector as their original" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:655 msgid "Clones preserve their positions when their original is moved" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:657 msgid "" "Each clone moves according to the value of its transform= attribute; for " "example, a rotated clone will move in a different direction than its original" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:658 msgid "When the original is deleted, its clones:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:660 msgid "Orphaned clones are converted to regular objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:662 msgid "Orphaned clones are deleted along with their original" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:664 msgid "When duplicating original+clones:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:666 msgid "Relink duplicated clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:668 msgid "" "When duplicating a selection containing both a clone and its original " "(possibly in groups), relink the duplicated clone to the duplicated original " "instead of the old original" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Heading for the Inkscape Preferences "Clones" Page #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:671 msgid "Clones" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:676 msgid "When applying, use the topmost selected object as clippath/mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:678 msgid "" "Uncheck this to use the bottom selected object as the clipping path or mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:679 msgid "Remove clippath/mask object after applying" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:681 msgid "" "After applying, remove the object used as the clipping path or mask from the " "drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:683 msgid "Before applying clippath/mask:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:685 msgid "Do not group clipped/masked objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:686 msgid "Enclose every clipped/masked object in its own group" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:687 msgid "Put all clipped/masked objects into one group" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:690 msgid "Apply clippath/mask to every object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:693 msgid "Apply clippath/mask to groups containing single object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:696 msgid "Apply clippath/mask to group containing all objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:698 msgid "After releasing clippath/mask:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:700 msgid "Ungroup automatically created groups" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:702 msgid "Ungroup groups created when setting clip/mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:704 msgid "Clippaths and masks" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:709 #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:543 msgid "Scale stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:710 msgid "Scale rounded corners in rectangles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:711 msgid "Transform gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:712 msgid "Transform patterns" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:713 msgid "Optimized" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:714 msgid "Preserved" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:717 #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:544 msgid "When scaling objects, scale the stroke width by the same proportion" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:719 #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:555 msgid "When scaling rectangles, scale the radii of rounded corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:721 #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:566 msgid "Move gradients (in fill or stroke) along with the objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:723 #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:577 msgid "Move patterns (in fill or stroke) along with the objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:724 msgid "Store transformation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:726 msgid "" "If possible, apply transformation to objects without adding a transform= " "attribute" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:728 msgid "Always store transformation as a transform= attribute on objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:730 msgid "Transforms" msgstr "" #. blur quality #. filter quality #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:736 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:760 msgid "Best quality (slowest)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:738 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:762 msgid "Better quality (slower)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:740 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:764 msgid "Average quality" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:742 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:766 msgid "Lower quality (faster)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:744 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:768 msgid "Lowest quality (fastest)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:747 msgid "Gaussian blur quality for display:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:749 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:773 msgid "" "Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export " "always uses best quality)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:751 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:775 msgid "Better quality, but slower display" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:753 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:777 msgid "Average quality, acceptable display speed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:755 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:779 msgid "Lower quality (some artifacts), but display is faster" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:757 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:781 msgid "Lowest quality (considerable artifacts), but display is fastest" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:771 msgid "Filter effects quality for display:" msgstr "" #. show infobox #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:784 msgid "Show filter primitives infobox" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:786 msgid "" "Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the " "filter effects dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:790 msgid "Number of Threads:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:790 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1361 msgid "(requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:791 msgid "" "Configure number of processors/threads to use with rendering of gaussian blur" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:799 msgid "Select in all layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:800 msgid "Select only within current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:801 msgid "Select in current layer and sublayers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:802 msgid "Ignore hidden objects and layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:803 msgid "Ignore locked objects and layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:804 msgid "Deselect upon layer change" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:806 msgid "Ctrl+A, Tab, Shift+Tab:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:808 msgid "Make keyboard selection commands work on objects in all layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:810 msgid "Make keyboard selection commands work on objects in current layer only" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:812 msgid "" "Make keyboard selection commands work on objects in current layer and all " "its sublayers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:814 msgid "" "Uncheck this to be able to select objects that are hidden (either by " "themselves or by being in a hidden layer)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:816 msgid "" "Uncheck this to be able to select objects that are locked (either by " "themselves or by being in a locked layer)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:819 msgid "" "Uncheck this to be able to keep the current objects selected when the " "current layer changes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:821 msgid "Selecting" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:828 msgid "Default export resolution:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:829 msgid "Default bitmap resolution (in dots per inch) in the Export dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:831 msgid "Open Clip Art Library Server Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:832 msgid "" "The server name of the Open Clip Art Library webdav server; it's used by the " "Import and Export to OCAL function" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:834 msgid "Open Clip Art Library Username:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:835 msgid "The username used to log into Open Clip Art Library" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:837 msgid "Open Clip Art Library Password:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:838 msgid "The password used to log into Open Clip Art Library" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:840 msgid "Import/Export" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: see http://www.newsandtech.com/issues/2004/03-04/pt/03-04_rendering.htm #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Perceptual" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Relative Colorimetric" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:890 msgid "Absolute Colorimetric" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:894 msgid "(Note: Color management has been disabled in this build)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:898 msgid "Display adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:908 #, c-format msgid "" "The ICC profile to use to calibrate display output.\n" "Searched directories:%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:909 msgid "Display profile:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:914 msgid "Retrieve profile from display" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:917 msgid "Retrieve profiles from those attached to displays via XICC" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:919 msgid "Retrieve profiles from those attached to displays" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:924 msgid "Display rendering intent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:925 msgid "The rendering intent to use to calibrate display output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:927 msgid "Proofing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:929 msgid "Simulate output on screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:931 msgid "Simulates output of target device" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:933 msgid "Mark out of gamut colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:935 msgid "Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:940 msgid "Out of gamut warning color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:941 msgid "Selects the color used for out of gamut warning" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:943 msgid "Device profile:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:944 msgid "The ICC profile to use to simulate device output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:947 msgid "Device rendering intent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:948 msgid "The rendering intent to use to calibrate device output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:950 msgid "Black point compensation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:952 msgid "Enables black point compensation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:954 msgid "Preserve black" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:961 msgid "(LittleCMS 1.15 or later required)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:963 msgid "Preserve K channel in CMYK -> CMYK transforms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:978 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:980 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:311 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:314 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:601 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:603 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1034 msgid "Color management" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1039 msgid "Major grid line emphasizing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1041 msgid "Don't emphasize gridlines when zoomed out" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1042 msgid "" "If set and zoomed out, the gridlines will be shown in normal color instead " "of major grid line color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1044 msgid "Default grid settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1050 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1071 msgid "Grid units:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1053 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1074 msgid "Origin X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1054 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1075 msgid "Origin Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1057 msgid "Spacing X:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1058 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1077 msgid "Spacing Y:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1060 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1082 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Grid line color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1061 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1083 msgid "Color used for normal grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1062 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1084 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Major grid line color:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1063 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1085 msgid "Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1065 #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1087 msgid "Major grid line every:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1066 msgid "Show dots instead of lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1067 msgid "If set, display dots at gridpoints instead of gridlines" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1094 msgid "Use named colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1095 msgid "" "If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or " "'magenta') instead of the numeric value" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1097 msgid "XML formatting" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1099 msgid "Inline attributes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1100 msgid "Put attributes on the same line as the element tag" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1103 msgid "Indent, spaces:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1103 msgid "" "The number of spaces to use for indenting nested elements; set to 0 for no " "indentation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1105 msgid "Path data" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1107 msgid "Allow relative coordinates" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1108 msgid "If set, relative coordinates may be used in path data" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1110 msgid "Force repeat commands" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1111 msgid "" "Force repeating of the same path command (for example, 'L 1,2 L 3,4' instead " "of 'L 1,2 3,4')" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1113 msgid "Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1116 msgid "Numeric precision:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1116 msgid "Significant figures of the values written to the SVG file" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1119 msgid "Minimum exponent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1119 msgid "" "The smallest number written to SVG is 10 to the power of this exponent; " "anything smaller is written as zero" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1121 msgid "SVG output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "System default" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Albanian (sq)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Amharic (am)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Arabic (ar)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Armenian (hy)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Azerbaijani (az)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Basque (eu)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1126 msgid "Belarusian (be)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Bulgarian (bg)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Bengali (bn)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Breton (br)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Catalan (ca)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Valencian Catalan (ca@valencia)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1127 msgid "Chinese/China (zh_CN)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1128 msgid "Chinese/Taiwan (zh_TW)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1128 msgid "Croatian (hr)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1128 msgid "Czech (cs)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "Danish (da)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "Dutch (nl)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "Dzongkha (dz)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "German (de)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "Greek (el)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "English (en)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1129 msgid "English/Australia (en_AU)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1130 msgid "English/Canada (en_CA)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1130 msgid "English/Great Britain (en_GB)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1130 msgid "Pig Latin (en_US@piglatin)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1131 msgid "Esperanto (eo)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1131 msgid "Estonian (et)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1131 msgid "Farsi (fa)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1131 msgid "Finnish (fi)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1132 msgid "French (fr)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1132 msgid "Irish (ga)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1132 msgid "Galician (gl)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1132 msgid "Hebrew (he)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1132 msgid "Hungarian (hu)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Indonesian (id)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Italian (it)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Japanese (ja)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Khmer (km)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Kinyarwanda (rw)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Korean (ko)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Lithuanian (lt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1133 msgid "Macedonian (mk)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1134 msgid "Mongolian (mn)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1134 msgid "Nepali (ne)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1134 msgid "Norwegian Bokmål (nb)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1134 msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk (nn)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1134 msgid "Panjabi (pa)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1135 msgid "Polish (pl)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1135 msgid "Portuguese (pt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1135 msgid "Portuguese/Brazil (pt_BR)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1135 msgid "Romanian (ro)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1135 msgid "Russian (ru)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Serbian (sr)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Serbian in Latin script (sr@latin)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Slovak (sk)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Slovenian (sl)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Spanish (es)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1136 msgid "Spanish/Mexico (es_MX)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Swedish (sv)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Telugu (te_IN)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Thai (th)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Turkish (tr)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Ukrainian (uk)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1137 msgid "Vietnamese (vi)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1144 msgid "Language (requires restart):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1145 msgid "Set the language for menus and number formats" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1147 msgid "Smaller" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1151 msgid "Toolbox icon size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1152 msgid "Set the size for the tool icons (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1155 msgid "Control bar icon size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1156 msgid "" "Set the size for the icons in tools' control bars to use (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1159 msgid "Secondary toolbar icon size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1160 msgid "" "Set the size for the icons in secondary toolbars to use (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1163 msgid "Work-around color sliders not drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1165 msgid "" "When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing " "color sliders" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1171 msgid "Clear list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1176 msgid "Maximum documents in Open Recent:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1177 msgid "" "Set the maximum length of the Open Recent list in the File menu, or clear " "the list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1180 msgid "Zoom correction factor (in %):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1181 msgid "" "Adjust the slider until the length of the ruler on your screen matches its " "real length. This information is used when zooming to 1:1, 1:2, etc., to " "display objects in their true sizes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1183 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1189 msgid "Use current directory for \"Save As ...\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1191 msgid "" "When this option is on, the \"Save as...\" dialog will always open in the " "directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, it will open " "in the directory where you last saved a file using that dialog" msgstr "" #. Autosave options #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1195 msgid "Enable autosave (requires restart)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1196 msgid "" "Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus " "minimizing loss in case of a crash" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1198 msgid "Interval (in minutes):" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1198 msgid "Interval (in minutes) at which document will be autosaved" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1202 msgid "filesystem|Path:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1202 msgid "The directory where autosaves will be written" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1204 msgid "Maximum number of autosaves:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1204 msgid "" "Maximum number of autosaved files; use this to limit the storage space used" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1233 msgid "Automatically reload bitmaps" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1235 msgid "Automatically reload linked images when file is changed on disk" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1249 msgid "Bitmap editor:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1255 msgid "Resolution for Create Bitmap Copy:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1256 msgid "Resolution used by the Create Bitmap Copy command" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1258 msgid "Bitmaps" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1310 msgid "Language:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1311 msgid "Set the main spell check language" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1314 msgid "Second language:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1315 msgid "" "Set the second spell check language; checking will only stop on words " "unknown in ALL chosen languages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1318 msgid "Third language:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1319 msgid "" "Set the third spell check language; checking will only stop on words unknown " "in ALL chosen languages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1321 msgid "Ignore words with digits" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1323 msgid "Ignore words containing digits, such as \"R2D2\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1325 msgid "Ignore words in ALL CAPITALS" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1327 msgid "Ignore words in all capitals, such as \"IUPAC\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1329 msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1348 msgid "Add label comments to printing output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1350 msgid "" "When on, a comment will be added to the raw print output, marking the " "rendered output for an object with its label" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1352 msgid "Prevent sharing of gradient definitions" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1354 msgid "" "When on, shared gradient definitions are automatically forked on change; " "uncheck to allow sharing of gradient definitions so that editing one object " "may affect other objects using the same gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1357 msgid "Simplification threshold:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1358 msgid "" "How strong is the Node tool's Simplify command by default. If you invoke " "this command several times in quick succession, it will act more and more " "aggressively; invoking it again after a pause restores the default threshold." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1361 msgid "Latency skew:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1362 msgid "" "Factor by which the event clock is skewed from the actual time (0.9766 on " "some systems)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1364 msgid "Pre-render named icons" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1366 msgid "" "When on, named icons will be rendered before displaying the ui. This is for " "working around bugs in GTK+ named icon notification" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: following strings are paths in Inkscape preferences - Misc - System info #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1372 msgid "User config: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1376 msgid "User data: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1380 msgid "User cache: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1384 msgid "System config: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1387 msgid "System data: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1390 msgid "PIXMAP: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1394 msgid "DATA: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1398 msgid "UI: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1407 msgid "Icon theme: " msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1423 msgid "System info" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1423 msgid "General system information" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/inkscape-preferences.cpp:1425 msgid "Misc" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:349 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:361 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:351 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:363 msgid "Window" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:530 msgid "Test Area" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:584 ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:2 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:585 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:774 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:603 msgid "Link:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:618 msgid "Axes count:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:641 msgid "axis:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:653 msgid "Button count:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:812 msgid "Tablet" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:841 ../src/ui/dialog/input.cpp:1574 msgid "pad" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:41 msgid "Layer name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:109 msgid "Add layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:147 msgid "Above current" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:151 msgid "Below current" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:154 msgid "As sublayer of current" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:158 msgid "Position:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:176 msgid "Rename Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:179 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:192 ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:525 msgid "Rename layer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This means "The layer has been renamed" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:194 msgid "Renamed layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:198 msgid "Add Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:201 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layer-properties.cpp:225 msgid "New layer created." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:471 ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:599 msgid "Unhide layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:471 ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:599 msgid "Hide layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:482 ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:591 msgid "Lock layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:482 ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:591 msgid "Unlock layer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:649 msgid "layers|Top" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:655 msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:661 msgid "Dn" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:667 msgid "Bot" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/layers.cpp:677 msgid "X" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Path - Path Effect Editor... #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:79 msgid "Apply new effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:80 msgid "Current effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:81 msgid "Effect list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:271 msgid "Unknown effect is applied" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:274 msgid "No effect applied" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:278 msgid "Item is not a path or shape" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:282 msgid "Only one item can be selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:286 msgid "Empty selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:314 msgid "Unknown effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:381 msgid "Create and apply path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:399 msgid "Remove path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:415 msgid "Move path effect up" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:431 msgid "Move path effect down" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:470 msgid "Activate path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/livepatheffect-editor.cpp:470 msgid "Deactivate path effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:94 msgid "Heap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:95 msgid "In Use" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Slack" refers to memory which is in the heap but currently unused. #. More typical usage is to call this memory "free" rather than "slack". #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:98 msgid "Slack" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:99 msgid "Total" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:165 msgid "Combined" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/memory.cpp:207 msgid "Recalculate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:46 msgid "Clear log messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:80 msgid "Ready." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:174 msgid "Log capture started." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/messages.cpp:203 msgid "Log capture stopped." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:422 msgid "Error while reading the Open Clip Art RSS feed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:461 msgid "" "Failed to receive the Open Clip Art Library RSS feed. Verify if the server " "name is correct in Configuration->Import/Export (e.g.: openclipart.org)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:481 msgid "Server supplied malformed Clip Art feed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:572 msgid "Search for:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:573 msgid "No files matched your search" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:584 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/ocaldialogs.cpp:601 msgid "Files found" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:97 msgid "Could not open temporary PNG for bitmap printing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:140 msgid "Could not set up Document" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:144 msgid "Failed to set CairoRenderContext" msgstr "" #. set up dialog title, based on document name #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:184 msgid "SVG Document" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:185 msgid "Print" msgstr "" #. build custom preferences tab #: ../src/ui/dialog/print.cpp:219 msgid "Rendering" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:211 msgid "_Execute Javascript" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:213 msgid "_Execute Python" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:215 msgid "_Execute Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:224 msgid "Script" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:234 msgid "Output" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/scriptdialog.cpp:244 msgid "Errors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:121 msgid "Set SVG Font attribute" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:177 msgid "Adjust kerning value" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:367 msgid "Family Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:377 msgid "Set width:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:436 msgid "glyph" msgstr "" #. SPGlyph* glyph = #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:468 msgid "Add glyph" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:484 #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:528 msgid "Select a path to define the curves of a glyph" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:492 #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:536 msgid "The selected object does not have a path description." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:507 msgid "No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:512 #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:554 msgid "Set glyph curves" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:573 msgid "Reset missing-glyph" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:588 msgid "Edit glyph name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:601 msgid "Set glyph unicode" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:612 msgid "Remove font" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:627 msgid "Remove glyph" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:642 msgid "Remove kerning pair" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:652 msgid "Missing Glyph:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:656 msgid "From selection..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:658 #: ../src/ui/widget/preferences-widget.cpp:590 msgid "Reset" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:669 msgid "Glyph name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:670 msgid "Matching string" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:673 msgid "Add Glyph" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:680 msgid "Get curves from selection..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:730 msgid "Add kerning pair" msgstr "" #. Kerning Setup: #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:738 msgid "Kerning Setup:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:740 msgid "1st Glyph:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:742 msgid "2nd Glyph:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:745 msgid "Add pair" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:757 msgid "First Unicode range" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:758 msgid "Second Unicode range" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:765 msgid "Kerning value:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:823 msgid "Set font family" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:832 msgid "font" msgstr "" #. select_font(font); #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:846 msgid "Add font" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:866 msgid "_Font" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:874 msgid "_Global Settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:875 msgid "_Glyphs" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:876 msgid "_Kerning" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:883 #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:884 msgid "Sample Text" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/svg-fonts-dialog.cpp:888 msgid "Preview Text:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: An item in context menu on a colour in the swatches #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:246 msgid "Set fill" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: An item in context menu on a colour in the swatches #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:254 msgid "Set stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:275 ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:144 #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:484 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:287 msgid "Convert" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/swatches.cpp:522 #, c-format msgid "Palettes directory (%s) is unavailable." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:347 msgid "Arrange in a grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:657 msgid "Rows:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:665 msgid "Number of rows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:669 msgid "Equal height" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:679 msgid "If not set, each row has the height of the tallest object in it" msgstr "" #. #### Radio buttons to control vertical alignment #### #. #### Radio buttons to control horizontal alignment #### #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:685 ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:755 msgid "Align:" msgstr "" #. #### Number of columns #### #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:727 msgid "Columns:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:735 msgid "Number of columns" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:739 msgid "Equal width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:748 msgid "If not set, each column has the width of the widest object in it" msgstr "" #. #### Radio buttons to control spacing manually or to fit selection bbox #### #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:794 msgid "Fit into selection box" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:800 msgid "Set spacing:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:820 msgid "Vertical spacing between rows (px units)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:845 msgid "Horizontal spacing between columns (px units)" msgstr "" #. ## The OK button #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:868 msgid "tileClonesDialog|Arrange" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tile.cpp:869 msgid "Arrange selected objects" msgstr "" #. #### begin left panel #. ### begin notebook #. ## begin mode page #. # begin single scan #. brightness #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:406 msgid "Brightness cutoff" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:410 msgid "Trace by a given brightness level" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:418 msgid "Brightness cutoff for black/white" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:425 msgid "Single scan: creates a path" msgstr "" #. canny edge detection #. TRANSLATORS: "Canny" is the name of the inventor of this edge detection method #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:430 msgid "Edge detection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:434 msgid "Trace with optimal edge detection by J. Canny's algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:451 msgid "Brightness cutoff for adjacent pixels (determines edge thickness)" msgstr "" #. quantization #. TRANSLATORS: Color Quantization: the process of reducing the number #. of colors in an image by selecting an optimized set of representative #. colors and then re-applying this reduced set to the original image. #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:463 msgid "Color quantization" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:467 msgid "Trace along the boundaries of reduced colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:475 msgid "The number of reduced colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:477 msgid "Colors:" msgstr "" #. swap black and white #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:483 msgid "Invert image" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:488 msgid "Invert black and white regions" msgstr "" #. # end single scan #. # begin multiple scan #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:497 msgid "Brightness steps" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:501 msgid "Trace the given number of brightness levels" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:508 msgid "Scans:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:511 msgid "The desired number of scans" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:515 #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:18 msgid "Colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:519 msgid "Trace the given number of reduced colors" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:523 msgid "Grays" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:527 msgid "Same as Colors, but the result is converted to grayscale" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Smooth" is a verb here #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:532 msgid "Smooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:536 msgid "Apply Gaussian blur to the bitmap before tracing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Stack" is a verb here #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:539 msgid "Stack scans" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:542 msgid "" "Stack scans on top of one another (no gaps) instead of tiling (usually with " "gaps)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:545 msgid "Remove background" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:550 msgid "Remove bottom (background) layer when done" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:554 msgid "Multiple scans: creates a group of paths" msgstr "" #. # end multiple scan #. ## end mode page #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:563 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4394 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4661 ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:8 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" #. ## begin option page #. # potrace parameters #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:569 msgid "Suppress speckles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:571 msgid "Ignore small spots (speckles) in the bitmap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:579 msgid "Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:584 msgid "Smooth corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:586 msgid "Smooth out sharp corners of the trace" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:595 msgid "Increase this to smooth corners more" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:599 msgid "Optimize paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:602 msgid "Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:610 msgid "" "Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive " "optimization" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:611 msgid "Tolerance:" msgstr "" #. ## end option page #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:617 ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:623 #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:2 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. ### credits #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:627 msgid "" "Inkscape bitmap tracing\n" "is based on Potrace,\n" "created by Peter Selinger\n" "\n" "http://potrace.sourceforge.net" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:630 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" #. #### begin right panel #. ## SIOX #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:644 msgid "SIOX foreground selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:647 msgid "Cover the area you want to select as the foreground" msgstr "" #. ## preview #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:652 msgid "Update" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:658 msgid "" "Preview the intermediate bitmap with the current settings, without actual " "tracing" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:662 msgid "Preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:679 msgid "Abort a trace in progress" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/tracedialog.cpp:683 msgid "Execute the trace" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:83 #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:93 msgid "_Horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:83 msgid "Horizontal displacement (relative) or position (absolute)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:85 #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:95 msgid "_Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:85 msgid "Vertical displacement (relative) or position (absolute)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:87 msgid "_Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:87 msgid "Horizontal size (absolute or percentage of current)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:89 msgid "_Height" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:89 msgid "Vertical size (absolute or percentage of current)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:91 msgid "A_ngle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:91 msgid "Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:93 msgid "" "Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute " "displacement, or percentage displacement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:95 msgid "" "Vertical skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, " "or percentage displacement" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:98 msgid "Transformation matrix element A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:99 msgid "Transformation matrix element B" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:100 msgid "Transformation matrix element C" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:101 msgid "Transformation matrix element D" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:102 msgid "Transformation matrix element E" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:103 msgid "Transformation matrix element F" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:105 msgid "Rela_tive move" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:105 msgid "" "Add the specified relative displacement to the current position; otherwise, " "edit the current absolute position directly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:106 msgid "Scale proportionally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:106 msgid "Preserve the width/height ratio of the scaled objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:107 msgid "Apply to each _object separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:107 msgid "" "Apply the scale/rotate/skew to each selected object separately; otherwise, " "transform the selection as a whole" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:108 msgid "Edit c_urrent matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:108 msgid "" "Edit the current transform= matrix; otherwise, post-multiply transform= by " "this matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:118 msgid "_Move" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:121 msgid "_Scale" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:124 msgid "_Rotate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:127 msgid "Ske_w" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:130 msgid "Matri_x" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:154 msgid "Reset the values on the current tab to defaults" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:161 msgid "Apply transformation to selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/dialog/transformation.cpp:856 msgid "Edit transformation matrix" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:113 msgid "Drag curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:170 msgid "Add node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:180 msgctxt "Path segment tip" msgid "Shift: click to toggle segment selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:184 msgctxt "Path segment tip" msgid "Ctrl+Alt: click to insert a node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:188 msgctxt "Path segment tip" msgid "" "Linear segment: drag to convert to a Bezier segment, doubleclick to " "insert node, click to select (more: Shift, Ctrl+Alt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/curve-drag-point.cpp:192 msgctxt "Path segment tip" msgid "" "Bezier segment: drag to shape the segment, doubleclick to insert " "node, click to select (more: Shift, Ctrl+Alt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:316 msgid "Retract handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:316 ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:247 msgid "Change node type" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:324 msgid "Straighten segments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:326 msgid "Make segments curves" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:333 msgid "Add nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:339 msgid "Duplicate nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:401 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1369 msgid "Join nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:408 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1380 msgid "Break nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:415 msgid "Delete nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:733 msgid "Move nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:736 msgid "Move nodes horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:740 msgid "Move nodes vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:744 #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:747 msgid "Rotate nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:751 #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:757 msgid "Scale nodes uniformly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:754 msgid "Scale nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:761 msgid "Scale nodes horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:765 msgid "Scale nodes vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:769 msgid "Skew nodes horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:773 msgid "Skew nodes vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:777 msgid "Flip nodes horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/multi-path-manipulator.cpp:780 msgid "Flip nodes vertically" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:222 msgid "Cusp node handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:223 msgid "Smooth node handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:224 msgid "Symmetric node handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:225 msgid "Auto-smooth node handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:388 msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "more: Shift, Ctrl, Alt" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:390 msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "more: Ctrl, Alt" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:396 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl+Alt: preserve length and snap rotation angle to %g° " "increments while rotating both handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:401 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "" "Ctrl+Alt: preserve length and snap rotation angle to %g° increments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:407 msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "Shift+Alt: preserve handle length and rotate both handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:410 msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "Alt: preserve handle length while dragging" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:417 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl: snap rotation angle to %g° increments and rotate both " "handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:421 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "Ctrl: snap rotation angle to %g° increments, click to retract" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:426 msgctxt "Path hande tip" msgid "Shift: rotate both handles by the same angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:433 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "Auto node handle: drag to convert to smooth node (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:436 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "%s: drag to shape the segment (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:452 #, c-format msgctxt "Path handle tip" msgid "Move handle by %s, %s; angle %.2f°, length %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1212 msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Shift: drag out a handle, click to toggle selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1214 msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Shift: click to toggle selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1219 msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Ctrl+Alt: move along handle lines, click to delete node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1222 msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Ctrl: move along axes, click to change node type" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1226 msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Alt: sculpt nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1234 #, c-format msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "%s: drag to shape the path (more: Shift, Ctrl, Alt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1237 #, c-format msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "" "%s: drag to shape the path, click to toggle scale/rotation handles " "(more: Shift, Ctrl, Alt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1240 #, c-format msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "" "%s: drag to shape the path, click to select only this node (more: " "Shift, Ctrl, Alt)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1248 #, c-format msgctxt "Path node tip" msgid "Move node by %s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1260 msgid "Symmetric node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node.cpp:1261 msgid "Auto-smooth node" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:541 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "" "Shift: drag to add nodes to the selection, click to toggle object " "selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:545 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "Shift: drag to add nodes to the selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:554 #, c-format msgid "%u of %u node selected." msgid_plural "%u of %u nodes selected." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:559 #, c-format msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "%s Drag to select nodes, click to edit only this object (more: Shift)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:565 #, c-format msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "%s Drag to select nodes, click clear the selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:574 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "Drag to select nodes, click to edit only this object" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:577 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "Drag to select nodes, click to clear the selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:582 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "Drag to select objects to edit, click to edit this object (more: Shift)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/node-tool.cpp:585 msgctxt "Node tool tip" msgid "Drag to select objects to edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/path-manipulator.cpp:748 msgid "Scale handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/path-manipulator.cpp:772 msgid "Rotate handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/path-manipulator.cpp:1285 msgid "Cycle node type" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/path-manipulator.cpp:1300 msgid "Drag handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/path-manipulator.cpp:1309 msgid "Retract handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:139 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift+Ctrl: scale uniformly about the rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:141 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Ctrl: scale uniformly" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:146 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Alt: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:148 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: scale from the rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:151 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Alt: scale using an integer ratio" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:153 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Scale handle: drag to scale the selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:158 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Scale by %.2f%% x %.2f%%" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:313 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl: rotate around the opposite corner and snap angle to %f° " "increments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:316 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: rotate around the opposite corner" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:320 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Ctrl: snap angle to %f° increments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:322 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Rotation handle: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation " "center" msgstr "" #. event #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:327 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Rotate by %.2f°" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:421 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Shift+Ctrl: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° " "increments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:424 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Shift: skew about the rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:428 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Ctrl: snap skew angle to %f° increments" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:431 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "" "Skew handle: drag to skew (shear) selection about the opposite handle" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:437 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Skew horizontally by %.2f°" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:440 #, c-format msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Skew vertically by %.2f°" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/tool/transform-handle-set.cpp:514 msgctxt "Transform handle tip" msgid "Rotation center: drag to change the origin of transforms" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:328 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:333 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:341 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:346 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:351 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:366 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:379 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:384 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:398 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:402 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:410 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:414 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:418 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:754 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:759 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:865 #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:869 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:990 msgid "PLACEHOLDER, do not translate" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1070 ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:513 msgid "Cursor coordinates" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1080 ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:528 msgid "Z:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1087 msgid "" "Welcome to Inkscape! Use shape or drawing tools to create objects; " "use selector (arrow) to move or transform them." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1198 ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:868 #, c-format msgid "" "Save changes to document \"%s\" before " "closing?\n" "\n" "If you close without saving, your changes will be discarded." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1209 ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1257 #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:875 ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:932 msgid "Close _without saving" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1245 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was saved with a " "format (%s) that may cause data loss!\n" "\n" "Do you want to save this file as an Inkscape SVG?" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/view/edit-widget.cpp:1260 ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:935 msgid "_Save as SVG" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/filter-effect-chooser.cpp:25 msgid "_Blend mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/filter-effect-chooser.cpp:26 msgid "B_lur:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:114 msgid "Toggle current layer visibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:135 msgid "Lock or unlock current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:138 msgid "Current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/layer-selector.cpp:570 msgid "(root)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/licensor.cpp:35 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/licensor.cpp:38 msgid "MetadataLicence|Other" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/object-composite-settings.cpp:172 msgid "Change blur" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/object-composite-settings.cpp:212 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:857 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1151 msgid "Change opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:230 msgid "U_nits:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:231 msgid "Width of paper" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:232 msgid "Height of paper" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:233 msgid "T_op margin:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:233 msgid "Top margin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:234 msgid "L_eft:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:234 msgid "Left margin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:235 msgid "Ri_ght:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:235 msgid "Right margin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:236 msgid "Botto_m:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:236 msgid "Bottom margin" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:286 msgid "Orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:289 msgid "_Landscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:294 msgid "_Portrait" msgstr "" #. ## Set up custom size frame #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:310 msgid "Custom size" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:333 msgid "Resi_ze page to content..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:359 msgid "_Resize page to drawing or selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:360 msgid "" "Resize the page to fit the current selection, or the entire drawing if there " "is no selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/page-sizer.cpp:425 msgid "Set page size" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:111 msgid "List" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:136 msgid "swatches|Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:140 msgid "tiny" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:141 msgid "small" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates size of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:145 msgid "swatchesHeight|medium" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:146 msgid "large" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:147 msgid "huge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:171 msgid "swatches|Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:175 msgid "narrower" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:176 msgid "narrow" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "medium" indicates width of colour swatches #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:180 msgid "swatchesWidth|medium" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:181 msgid "wide" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:182 msgid "wider" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Wrap" indicates how colour swatches are displayed #: ../src/ui/widget/panel.cpp:215 msgid "swatches|Wrap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/random.cpp:123 msgid "" "Reseed the random number generator; this creates a different sequence of " "random numbers." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:39 msgid "Backend" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:40 msgid "Vector" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:41 msgid "Bitmap" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:42 msgid "Bitmap options" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:44 msgid "Preferred resolution of rendering, in dots per inch." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:52 msgid "" "Render using Cairo vector operations. The resulting image is usually " "smaller in file size and can be arbitrarily scaled, but some filter effects " "will not be correctly rendered." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/rendering-options.cpp:57 msgid "" "Render everything as bitmap. The resulting image is usually larger in file " "size and cannot be arbitrarily scaled without quality loss, but all objects " "will be rendered exactly as displayed." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:112 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:117 msgid "Fill:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:113 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:118 msgid "Stroke:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:114 msgid "O:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:156 msgid "N/A" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:159 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1026 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1027 msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:161 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:296 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:164 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:298 msgid "No fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:164 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:298 msgid "No stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:166 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:277 ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:232 msgid "Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:169 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:279 #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:1020 msgid "Pattern fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:169 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:279 msgid "Pattern stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:171 msgid "L" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:174 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:271 msgid "Linear gradient fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:174 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:271 msgid "Linear gradient stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:181 msgid "R" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:184 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:275 msgid "Radial gradient fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:184 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:275 msgid "Radial gradient stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:191 msgid "Different" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:194 msgid "Different fills" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:194 msgid "Different strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:196 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:301 msgid "Unset" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS COMMENT: unset is a verb here #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:199 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:257 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:499 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:303 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:682 msgid "Unset fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:199 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:257 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:515 #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:303 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:682 msgid "Unset stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:202 msgid "Flat color stroke" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR COMMENT: A means "Averaged" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:205 msgid "a" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:208 msgid "Fill is averaged over selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:208 msgid "Stroke is averaged over selected objects" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR COMMENT: M means "Multiple" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:211 msgid "m" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:214 msgid "Multiple selected objects have the same fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:214 msgid "Multiple selected objects have the same stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:216 msgid "Edit fill..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:216 msgid "Edit stroke..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:220 msgid "Last set color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:224 msgid "Last selected color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:236 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:236 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:468 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:469 msgid "Black" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:240 msgid "Copy color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:244 msgid "Paste color" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:248 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:782 msgid "Swap fill and stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:252 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:524 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:533 msgid "Make fill opaque" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:252 msgid "Make stroke opaque" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:261 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:481 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:484 msgid "Remove fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:261 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:490 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:484 msgid "Remove stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:314 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:545 msgid "Apply last set color to fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:557 msgid "Apply last set color to stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:568 msgid "Apply last selected color to fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:579 msgid "Apply last selected color to stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:599 msgid "Invert fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:619 msgid "Invert stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:631 msgid "White fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:643 msgid "White stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:655 msgid "Black fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:667 msgid "Black stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:710 msgid "Paste fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:728 msgid "Paste stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:892 msgid "Change stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:987 msgid ", drag to adjust" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1068 #, c-format msgid "Stroke width: %.5g%s%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1072 msgid " (averaged)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1100 msgid "0 (transparent)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1124 msgid "100% (opaque)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1278 msgid "Adjust saturation" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1280 #, c-format msgid "" "Adjusting saturation: was %.3g, now %.3g (diff %.3g); with " "Ctrl to adjust lightness, without modifiers to adjust hue" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1284 msgid "Adjust lightness" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1286 #, c-format msgid "" "Adjusting lightness: was %.3g, now %.3g (diff %.3g); with " "Shift to adjust saturation, without modifiers to adjust hue" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1290 msgid "Adjust hue" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1292 #, c-format msgid "" "Adjusting hue: was %.3g, now %.3g (diff %.3g); with Shift to adjust saturation, with Ctrl to adjust lightness" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1401 #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1415 msgid "Adjust stroke width" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/selected-style.cpp:1402 #, c-format msgid "Adjusting stroke width: was %.3g, now %.3g (diff %.3g)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. "Link" means to _link_ two sliders together #: ../src/ui/widget/spin-slider.cpp:120 msgid "sliders|Link" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:269 msgid "L Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:273 msgid "R Gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:289 #, c-format msgid "Fill: %06x/%.3g" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:291 #, c-format msgid "Stroke: %06x/%.3g" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:323 #, c-format msgid "Stroke width: %.5g%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:339 #, c-format msgid "O:%.3g" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:341 #, c-format msgid "O:.%d" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/widget/style-swatch.cpp:346 #, c-format msgid "Opacity: %.3g" msgstr "" #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:123 msgid "Split vanishing points" msgstr "" #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:168 msgid "Merge vanishing points" msgstr "" #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:224 msgid "3D box: Move vanishing point" msgstr "" #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:305 #, c-format msgid "Finite vanishing point shared by %d box" msgid_plural "" "Finite vanishing point shared by %d boxes; drag with Shift to separate selected box(es)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. This won't make sense any more when infinite VPs are not shown on the canvas, #. but currently we update the status message anyway #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:312 #, c-format msgid "Infinite vanishing point shared by %d box" msgid_plural "" "Infinite vanishing point shared by %d boxes; drag with " "Shift to separate selected box(es)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/vanishing-point.cpp:320 #, c-format msgid "" "shared by %d box; drag with Shift to separate selected box(es)" msgid_plural "" "shared by %d boxes; drag with Shift to separate selected box" "(es)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1131 msgid "Switch to next layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1132 msgid "Switched to next layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1134 msgid "Cannot go past last layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1143 msgid "Switch to previous layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1144 msgid "Switched to previous layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1146 msgid "Cannot go before first layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1163 ../src/verbs.cpp:1259 ../src/verbs.cpp:1291 #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1297 msgid "No current layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1192 ../src/verbs.cpp:1196 #, c-format msgid "Raised layer %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1193 msgid "Layer to top" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1197 msgid "Raise layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1200 ../src/verbs.cpp:1204 #, c-format msgid "Lowered layer %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1201 msgid "Layer to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1205 msgid "Lower layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1214 msgid "Cannot move layer any further." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1228 ../src/verbs.cpp:1246 #, c-format msgid "%s copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1254 msgid "Duplicate layer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this means "The layer has been duplicated." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1257 msgid "Duplicated layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1286 msgid "Delete layer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this means "The layer has been deleted." #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1289 msgid "Deleted layer." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1300 msgid "Toggle layer solo" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1361 msgid "Flip horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1366 msgid "Flip vertically" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: If you have translated the tutorial-basic.en.svgz file to your language, #. then translate this string as "tutorial-basic.LANG.svgz" (where LANG is your language #. code); otherwise leave as "tutorial-basic.svg". #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1890 msgid "tutorial-basic.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1894 msgid "tutorial-shapes.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1898 msgid "tutorial-advanced.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1902 msgid "tutorial-tracing.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1906 msgid "tutorial-calligraphy.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1910 msgid "tutorial-interpolate.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1914 msgid "tutorial-elements.svg" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: See "tutorial-basic.svg" comment. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:1918 msgid "tutorial-tips.svg" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2194 ../src/verbs.cpp:2725 msgid "Unlock all objects in the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2198 ../src/verbs.cpp:2727 msgid "Unlock all objects in all layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2202 ../src/verbs.cpp:2729 msgid "Unhide all objects in the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2206 ../src/verbs.cpp:2731 msgid "Unhide all objects in all layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2224 msgid "Create new document from the default template" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2226 msgid "_Open..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2227 msgid "Open an existing document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2228 msgid "Re_vert" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2229 msgid "Revert to the last saved version of document (changes will be lost)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2230 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2232 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2233 msgid "Save document under a new name" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2234 msgid "Save a Cop_y..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2235 msgid "Save a copy of the document under a new name" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2236 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Vacuum Defs" means "Clean up defs" (so as to remove unused definitions) #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2239 msgid "Vac_uum Defs" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2239 msgid "" "Remove unused definitions (such as gradients or clipping paths) from the <" "defs> of the document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2241 msgid "Print Previe_w" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2243 msgid "_Import..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2244 msgid "Import a bitmap or SVG image into this document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2245 msgid "_Export Bitmap..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2246 msgid "Export this document or a selection as a bitmap image" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2247 msgid "Import a document from Open Clip Art Library" msgstr "" #. new FileVerb(SP_VERB_FILE_EXPORT_TO_OCAL, "FileExportToOCAL", N_("Export To Open Clip Art Library"), N_("Export this document to Open Clip Art Library"), INKSCAPE_ICON_DOCUMENT_EXPORT_OCAL), #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2249 msgid "N_ext Window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2250 msgid "Switch to the next document window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2251 msgid "P_revious Window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2252 msgid "Switch to the previous document window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2253 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2254 msgid "Close this document window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2255 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2255 msgid "Quit Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2258 msgid "Undo last action" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2261 msgid "Do again the last undone action" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2262 msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2263 msgid "Cut selection to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2264 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2265 msgid "Copy selection to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2266 msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2267 msgid "Paste objects from clipboard to mouse point, or paste text" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2268 msgid "Paste _Style" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2269 msgid "Apply the style of the copied object to selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2271 msgid "Scale selection to match the size of the copied object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2272 msgid "Paste _Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2273 msgid "Scale selection horizontally to match the width of the copied object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2274 msgid "Paste _Height" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2275 msgid "Scale selection vertically to match the height of the copied object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2276 msgid "Paste Size Separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2277 msgid "Scale each selected object to match the size of the copied object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2278 msgid "Paste Width Separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2279 msgid "" "Scale each selected object horizontally to match the width of the copied " "object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2280 msgid "Paste Height Separately" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2281 msgid "" "Scale each selected object vertically to match the height of the copied " "object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2282 msgid "Paste _In Place" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2283 msgid "Paste objects from clipboard to the original location" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2284 msgid "Paste Path _Effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2285 msgid "Apply the path effect of the copied object to selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2286 msgid "Remove Path _Effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2287 msgid "Remove any path effects from selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2288 msgid "Remove Filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2289 msgid "Remove any filters from selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2290 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2291 msgid "Delete selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2292 msgid "Duplic_ate" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2294 msgid "Create Clo_ne" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2295 msgid "Create a clone (a copy linked to the original) of selected object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2296 msgid "Unlin_k Clone" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2297 msgid "" "Cut the selected clones' links to the originals, turning them into " "standalone objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2298 msgid "Relink to Copied" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2299 msgid "Relink the selected clones to the object currently on the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2300 msgid "Select _Original" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2301 msgid "Select the object to which the selected clone is linked" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2302 msgid "Objects to _Marker" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2303 msgid "Convert selection to a line marker" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2304 msgid "Objects to Gu_ides" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2305 msgid "" "Convert selected objects to a collection of guidelines aligned with their " "edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2306 msgid "Objects to Patter_n" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2307 msgid "Convert selection to a rectangle with tiled pattern fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2308 msgid "Pattern to _Objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2309 msgid "Extract objects from a tiled pattern fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2310 msgid "Clea_r All" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2312 msgid "Select Al_l" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2313 msgid "Select all objects or all nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2314 msgid "Select All in All La_yers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2315 msgid "Select all objects in all visible and unlocked layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2316 msgid "In_vert Selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2317 msgid "Invert selection (unselect what is selected and select everything else)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2318 msgid "Invert in All Layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2319 msgid "Invert selection in all visible and unlocked layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2320 msgid "Select Next" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2321 msgid "Select next object or node" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2322 msgid "Select Previous" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2323 msgid "Select previous object or node" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2324 msgid "D_eselect" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2325 msgid "Deselect any selected objects or nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2326 msgid "_Guides Around Page" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2327 msgid "Create four guides aligned with the page borders" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2328 msgid "Next path effect parameter" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2329 msgid "Show next editable path effect parameter" msgstr "" #. Selection #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2332 msgid "Raise to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2333 msgid "Raise selection to top" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2334 msgid "Lower to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2335 msgid "Lower selection to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2336 msgid "_Raise" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2337 msgid "Raise selection one step" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2338 msgid "_Lower" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2339 msgid "Lower selection one step" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2340 msgid "_Group" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2343 msgid "Ungroup selected groups" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2345 msgid "_Put on Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2347 msgid "_Remove from Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2349 msgid "Remove Manual _Kerns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "glyph": An image used in the visual representation of characters; #. roughly speaking, how a character looks. A font is a set of glyphs. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2352 msgid "Remove all manual kerns and glyph rotations from a text object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2354 msgid "_Union" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2355 msgid "Create union of selected paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2356 msgid "_Intersection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2357 msgid "Create intersection of selected paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2358 msgid "_Difference" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2359 msgid "Create difference of selected paths (bottom minus top)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2360 msgid "E_xclusion" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2361 msgid "" "Create exclusive OR of selected paths (those parts that belong to only one " "path)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2362 msgid "Di_vision" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2363 msgid "Cut the bottom path into pieces" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "to cut a path" is not the same as "to break a path apart" - see the #. Advanced tutorial for more info #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2366 msgid "Cut _Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2367 msgid "Cut the bottom path's stroke into pieces, removing fill" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "outset": expand a shape by offsetting the object's path, #. i.e. by displacing it perpendicular to the path in each point. #. See also the Advanced Tutorial for explanation. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2371 msgid "Outs_et" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2372 msgid "Outset selected paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2374 msgid "O_utset Path by 1 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2375 msgid "Outset selected paths by 1 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2377 msgid "O_utset Path by 10 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2378 msgid "Outset selected paths by 10 px" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "inset": contract a shape by offsetting the object's path, #. i.e. by displacing it perpendicular to the path in each point. #. See also the Advanced Tutorial for explanation. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2382 msgid "I_nset" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2383 msgid "Inset selected paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2385 msgid "I_nset Path by 1 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2386 msgid "Inset selected paths by 1 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2388 msgid "I_nset Path by 10 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2389 msgid "Inset selected paths by 10 px" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2391 msgid "D_ynamic Offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2391 msgid "Create a dynamic offset object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2393 msgid "_Linked Offset" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2394 msgid "Create a dynamic offset object linked to the original path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2396 msgid "_Stroke to Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2397 msgid "Convert selected object's stroke to paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2398 msgid "Si_mplify" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2399 msgid "Simplify selected paths (remove extra nodes)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2400 msgid "_Reverse" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2401 msgid "Reverse the direction of selected paths (useful for flipping markers)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "to trace" means "to convert a bitmap to vector graphics" (to vectorize) #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2403 msgid "_Trace Bitmap..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2404 msgid "Create one or more paths from a bitmap by tracing it" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2405 msgid "_Make a Bitmap Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2406 msgid "Export selection to a bitmap and insert it into document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2407 msgid "_Combine" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2408 msgid "Combine several paths into one" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "to cut a path" is not the same as "to break a path apart" - see the #. Advanced tutorial for more info #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2411 msgid "Break _Apart" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2412 msgid "Break selected paths into subpaths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2413 msgid "Rows and Columns..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2414 msgid "Arrange selected objects in a table" msgstr "" #. Layer #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2416 msgid "_Add Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2417 msgid "Create a new layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2418 msgid "Re_name Layer..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2419 msgid "Rename the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2420 msgid "Switch to Layer Abov_e" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2421 msgid "Switch to the layer above the current" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2422 msgid "Switch to Layer Belo_w" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2423 msgid "Switch to the layer below the current" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2424 msgid "Move Selection to Layer Abo_ve" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2425 msgid "Move selection to the layer above the current" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2426 msgid "Move Selection to Layer Bel_ow" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2427 msgid "Move selection to the layer below the current" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2428 msgid "Layer to _Top" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2429 msgid "Raise the current layer to the top" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2430 msgid "Layer to _Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2431 msgid "Lower the current layer to the bottom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2432 msgid "_Raise Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2433 msgid "Raise the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2434 msgid "_Lower Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2435 msgid "Lower the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2436 msgid "Duplicate Current Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2437 msgid "Duplicate an existing layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2438 msgid "_Delete Current Layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2439 msgid "Delete the current layer" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2440 msgid "_Show/hide other layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2441 msgid "Solo the current layer" msgstr "" #. Object #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2444 msgid "Rotate _90° CW" msgstr "" #. This is shared between tooltips and statusbar, so they #. must use UTF-8, not HTML entities for special characters. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2447 msgid "Rotate selection 90° clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2448 msgid "Rotate 9_0° CCW" msgstr "" #. This is shared between tooltips and statusbar, so they #. must use UTF-8, not HTML entities for special characters. #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2451 msgid "Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2452 msgid "Remove _Transformations" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2454 msgid "_Object to Path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2456 msgid "_Flow into Frame" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2457 msgid "" "Put text into a frame (path or shape), creating a flowed text linked to the " "frame object" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2458 msgid "_Unflow" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2459 msgid "Remove text from frame (creates a single-line text object)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2460 msgid "_Convert to Text" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2461 msgid "Convert flowed text to regular text object (preserves appearance)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2463 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2466 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2469 msgid "Apply mask to selection (using the topmost object as mask)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2471 msgid "Edit mask" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2472 ../src/verbs.cpp:2478 msgid "_Release" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2473 msgid "Remove mask from selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2475 msgid "" "Apply clipping path to selection (using the topmost object as clipping path)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2477 msgid "Edit clipping path" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2479 msgid "Remove clipping path from selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2484 msgid "Node Edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2485 msgid "Edit paths by nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2487 msgid "Tweak objects by sculpting or painting" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2489 msgid "Spray objects by sculpting or painting" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2491 msgid "Create rectangles and squares" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2493 msgid "Create 3D boxes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2495 msgid "Create circles, ellipses, and arcs" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2501 msgid "Draw freehand lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2503 msgid "Draw Bezier curves and straight lines" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2505 msgid "Draw calligraphic or brush strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2509 msgid "Create and edit gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2511 msgid "Zoom in or out" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2513 msgid "Pick colors from image" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2515 msgid "Create diagram connectors" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2517 msgid "Fill bounded areas" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2518 msgid "LPE Edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2519 msgid "Edit Path Effect parameters" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2521 msgid "Erase existing paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2522 msgid "LPE Tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2523 msgid "Do geometric constructions" msgstr "" #. Tool prefs #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2525 msgid "Selector Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2526 msgid "Open Preferences for the Selector tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2527 msgid "Node Tool Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2528 msgid "Open Preferences for the Node tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2529 msgid "Tweak Tool Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2530 msgid "Open Preferences for the Tweak tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2531 msgid "Spray Tool Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2532 msgid "Open Preferences for the Spray tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2533 msgid "Rectangle Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2534 msgid "Open Preferences for the Rectangle tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2535 msgid "3D Box Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2536 msgid "Open Preferences for the 3D Box tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2537 msgid "Ellipse Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2538 msgid "Open Preferences for the Ellipse tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2539 msgid "Star Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2540 msgid "Open Preferences for the Star tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2541 msgid "Spiral Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2542 msgid "Open Preferences for the Spiral tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2543 msgid "Pencil Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2544 msgid "Open Preferences for the Pencil tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2545 msgid "Pen Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2546 msgid "Open Preferences for the Pen tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2547 msgid "Calligraphic Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2548 msgid "Open Preferences for the Calligraphy tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2549 msgid "Text Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2550 msgid "Open Preferences for the Text tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2551 msgid "Gradient Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2552 msgid "Open Preferences for the Gradient tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2553 msgid "Zoom Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2554 msgid "Open Preferences for the Zoom tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2555 msgid "Dropper Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2556 msgid "Open Preferences for the Dropper tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2557 msgid "Connector Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2558 msgid "Open Preferences for the Connector tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2559 msgid "Paint Bucket Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2560 msgid "Open Preferences for the Paint Bucket tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2561 msgid "Eraser Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2562 msgid "Open Preferences for the Eraser tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2563 msgid "LPE Tool Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2564 msgid "Open Preferences for the LPETool tool" msgstr "" #. Zoom/View #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2567 msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2567 msgid "Zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2568 msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2568 msgid "Zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2569 msgid "_Rulers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2569 msgid "Show or hide the canvas rulers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2570 msgid "Scroll_bars" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2570 msgid "Show or hide the canvas scrollbars" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2571 msgid "_Grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2571 msgid "Show or hide the grid" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2572 msgid "G_uides" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2572 msgid "Show or hide guides (drag from a ruler to create a guide)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2573 msgid "Enable snapping" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2574 msgid "Nex_t Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2574 msgid "Next zoom (from the history of zooms)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2576 msgid "Pre_vious Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2576 msgid "Previous zoom (from the history of zooms)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2578 msgid "Zoom 1:_1" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2578 msgid "Zoom to 1:1" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2580 msgid "Zoom 1:_2" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2580 msgid "Zoom to 1:2" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2582 msgid "_Zoom 2:1" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2582 msgid "Zoom to 2:1" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2585 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2585 msgid "Stretch this document window to full screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2588 msgid "Toggle _Focus Mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2588 msgid "Remove excess toolbars to focus on drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2590 msgid "Duplic_ate Window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2590 msgid "Open a new window with the same document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2592 msgid "_New View Preview" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2593 msgid "New View Preview" msgstr "" #. "view_new_preview" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2595 msgid "_Normal" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2596 msgid "Switch to normal display mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2597 msgid "No _Filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2598 msgid "Switch to normal display without filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2599 msgid "_Outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2600 msgid "Switch to outline (wireframe) display mode" msgstr "" #. new ZoomVerb(SP_VERB_VIEW_MODE_PRINT_COLORS_PREVIEW, "ViewModePrintColorsPreview", N_("_Print Colors Preview"), #. N_("Switch to print colors preview mode"), NULL), #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2603 msgid "_Toggle" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2604 msgid "Toggle between normal and outline display modes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2606 msgid "Color-managed view" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2607 msgid "Toggle color-managed display for this document window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2609 msgid "Ico_n Preview..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2610 msgid "Open a window to preview objects at different icon resolutions" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2612 msgid "Zoom to fit page in window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2613 msgid "Page _Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2614 msgid "Zoom to fit page width in window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2616 msgid "Zoom to fit drawing in window" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2618 msgid "Zoom to fit selection in window" msgstr "" #. Dialogs #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2621 msgid "In_kscape Preferences..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2622 msgid "Edit global Inkscape preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2623 msgid "_Document Properties..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2624 msgid "Edit properties of this document (to be saved with the document)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2625 msgid "Document _Metadata..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2626 msgid "Edit document metadata (to be saved with the document)" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2627 msgid "_Fill and Stroke..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2628 msgid "" "Edit objects' colors, gradients, stroke width, arrowheads, dash patterns..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2629 msgid "Glyphs..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2630 msgid "Select characters from a glyphs palette" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Swatches" means: color samples #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2632 msgid "S_watches..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2633 msgid "Select colors from a swatches palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2634 msgid "Transfor_m..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2635 msgid "Precisely control objects' transformations" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2636 msgid "_Align and Distribute..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2637 msgid "Align and distribute objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2638 msgid "_Spray options..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2639 msgid "Some options for the spray" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2640 msgid "Undo _History..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2641 msgid "Undo History" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2642 msgid "_Text and Font..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2643 msgid "View and select font family, font size and other text properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2644 msgid "_XML Editor..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2645 msgid "View and edit the XML tree of the document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2646 msgid "_Find..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2647 msgid "Find objects in document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2648 msgid "Find and _Replace Text..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2649 msgid "Find and replace text in document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2650 msgid "Check Spellin_g..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2651 msgid "Check spelling of text in document" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2652 msgid "_Messages..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2653 msgid "View debug messages" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2654 msgid "S_cripts..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2655 msgid "Run scripts" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2656 msgid "Show/Hide D_ialogs" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2657 msgid "Show or hide all open dialogs" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2658 msgid "Create Tiled Clones..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2659 msgid "" "Create multiple clones of selected object, arranging them into a pattern or " "scattering" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2660 msgid "_Object Properties..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2661 msgid "Edit the ID, locked and visible status, and other object properties" msgstr "" #. #ifdef WITH_INKBOARD #. new DialogVerb(SP_VERB_XMPP_CLIENT, "DialogXmppClient", #. N_("_Instant Messaging..."), N_("Jabber Instant Messaging Client"), NULL), #. #endif #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2666 msgid "_Input Devices..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2667 msgid "Configure extended input devices, such as a graphics tablet" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2668 msgid "_Extensions..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2669 msgid "Query information about extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2670 msgid "Layer_s..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2671 msgid "View Layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2672 msgid "Path Effect Editor..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2673 msgid "Manage, edit, and apply path effects" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2674 msgid "Filter Editor..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2675 msgid "Manage, edit, and apply SVG filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2676 msgid "SVG Font Editor..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2677 msgid "Edit SVG fonts" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2678 msgid "Print Colors..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2679 msgid "" "Select which color separations to render in Print Colors Preview rendermode" msgstr "" #. Help #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2682 msgid "About E_xtensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2683 msgid "Information on Inkscape extensions" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2684 msgid "About _Memory" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2685 msgid "Memory usage information" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2686 msgid "_About Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2687 msgid "Inkscape version, authors, license" msgstr "" #. new HelpVerb(SP_VERB_SHOW_LICENSE, "ShowLicense", N_("_License"), #. N_("Distribution terms"), /*"show_license"*/"inkscape_options"), #. Tutorials #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2692 msgid "Inkscape: _Basic" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2693 msgid "Getting started with Inkscape" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_basic" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2694 msgid "Inkscape: _Shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2695 msgid "Using shape tools to create and edit shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2696 msgid "Inkscape: _Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2697 msgid "Advanced Inkscape topics" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_advanced" #. TRANSLATORS: "to trace" means "to convert a bitmap to vector graphics" (to vectorize) #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2699 msgid "Inkscape: T_racing" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2700 msgid "Using bitmap tracing" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_tracing" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2701 msgid "Inkscape: _Calligraphy" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2702 msgid "Using the Calligraphy pen tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2703 msgid "Inkscape: _Interpolate" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2704 msgid "Using the interpolate extension" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_interpolate" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2705 msgid "_Elements of Design" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2706 msgid "Principles of design in the tutorial form" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_design" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2707 msgid "_Tips and Tricks" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2708 msgid "Miscellaneous tips and tricks" msgstr "" #. "tutorial_tips" #. Effect -- renamed Extension #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2711 msgid "Previous Extension" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2712 msgid "Repeat the last extension with the same settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2713 msgid "Previous Extension Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2714 msgid "Repeat the last extension with new settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2718 msgid "Fit the page to the current selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2720 msgid "Fit the page to the drawing" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2722 msgid "" "Fit the page to the current selection or the drawing if there is no selection" msgstr "" #. LockAndHide #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2724 msgid "Unlock All" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2726 msgid "Unlock All in All Layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2728 msgid "Unhide All" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2730 msgid "Unhide All in All Layers" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2734 msgid "Link an ICC color profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2735 msgid "Remove Color Profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/verbs.cpp:2736 msgid "Remove a linked ICC color profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/dash-selector.cpp:62 msgid "Dash pattern" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/dash-selector.cpp:77 msgid "Pattern offset" msgstr "" #. display the initial welcome message in the statusbar #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:563 msgid "" "Welcome to Inkscape! Use shape or freehand tools to create objects; " "use selector (arrow) to move or transform them." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:629 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d (outline) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:631 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d (no filters) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:633 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:635 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:639 #, c-format msgid "%s (outline) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:641 #, c-format msgid "%s (no filters) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:643 #, c-format msgid "%s (print colors preview) - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:645 #, c-format msgid "%s - Inkscape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:811 msgid "Color-managed display is enabled in this window" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:813 msgid "Color-managed display is disabled in this window" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/desktop-widget.cpp:924 #, c-format msgid "" "The file \"%s\" was saved with a " "format (%s) that may cause data loss!\n" "\n" "Do you want to save this file as Inkscape SVG?" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/ege-paint-def.cpp:69 ../src/widgets/ege-paint-def.cpp:91 #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:170 msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/ege-paint-def.cpp:88 msgid "remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:336 msgid "Change fill rule" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set fill color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:421 ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:500 msgid "Set stroke color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:595 msgid "Set gradient on fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:595 msgid "Set gradient on stroke" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:655 msgid "Set pattern on fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/fill-style.cpp:656 msgid "Set pattern on stroke" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. Style frame #: ../src/widgets/font-selector.cpp:183 msgid "fontselector|Style" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Test string used in text and font dialog (when no #. * text has been entered) to get a preview of the font. Choose #. * some representative characters that users of your locale will be #. * interested in. #: ../src/widgets/font-selector.cpp:634 msgid "AaBbCcIiPpQq12369$€¢?.;/()" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:164 msgid "" "Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector " "(spreadMethod=\"pad\"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction " "(spreadMethod=\"repeat\"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite " "directions (spreadMethod=\"reflect\")" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:174 msgid "reflected" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:178 msgid "direct" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-selector.cpp:186 msgid "Repeat:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:154 msgid "Assign gradient to object" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:189 msgid "No gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:199 msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:210 msgid "No gradients in selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:220 msgid "Multiple gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:485 msgid "Edit the stops of the gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:545 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2793 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2873 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3197 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3235 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3851 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3875 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5507 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5536 msgid "New:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:558 msgid "Create linear gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:572 msgid "Create radial (elliptic or circular) gradient" msgstr "" #. TODO replace aux_toolbox_space(tbl, AUX_SPACING); #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:587 msgid "on" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:600 msgid "Create gradient in the fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:614 msgid "Create gradient in the stroke" msgstr "" #. FIXME: implement averaging of all parameters for multiple selected #. gtk_label_set_markup(GTK_LABEL(l), _("Average:")); #: ../src/widgets/gradient-toolbar.cpp:628 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2795 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3205 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3223 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3853 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3864 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5510 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5521 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:548 msgid "No stops in gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:662 msgid "Change gradient stop offset" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:802 msgid "Add stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:805 msgid "Add another control stop to gradient" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:807 msgid "Delete stop" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:810 msgid "Delete current control stop from gradient" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:821 #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:12 msgid "Offset:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:866 msgid "Stop Color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:896 msgid "Gradient editor" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/gradient-vector.cpp:1186 msgid "Change gradient stop color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:226 ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:671 msgid "Flat color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:234 msgid "Swatch" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:236 msgid "Unset paint (make it undefined so it can be inherited)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/painting.html#FillRuleProperty #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:248 msgid "" "Any path self-intersections or subpaths create holes in the fill (fill-rule: " "evenodd)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/painting.html#FillRuleProperty #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:259 msgid "" "Fill is solid unless a subpath is counterdirectional (fill-rule: nonzero)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:596 msgid "Paint is undefined" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:1007 msgid "" "Use the Node tool to adjust position, scale, and rotation of the " "pattern on canvas. Use Object > Pattern > Objects to Pattern to " "create a new pattern from selection." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/paint-selector.cpp:1095 msgid "Swatch fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:246 msgid "Transform by toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:303 msgid "Now stroke width is scaled when objects are scaled." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:305 msgid "Now stroke width is not scaled when objects are scaled." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:316 msgid "" "Now rounded rectangle corners are scaled when rectangles are " "scaled." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:318 msgid "" "Now rounded rectangle corners are not scaled when rectangles " "are scaled." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:329 msgid "" "Now gradients are transformed along with their objects when " "those are transformed (moved, scaled, rotated, or skewed)." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:331 msgid "" "Now gradients remain fixed when objects are transformed " "(moved, scaled, rotated, or skewed)." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:342 msgid "" "Now patterns are transformed along with their objects when " "those are transformed (moved, scaled, rotated, or skewed)." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:344 msgid "" "Now patterns remain fixed when objects are transformed (moved, " "scaled, rotated, or skewed)." msgstr "" #. four spinbuttons #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:459 msgid "select toolbar|X position" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:459 msgid "select toolbar|X" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:461 msgid "Horizontal coordinate of selection" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:467 msgid "select toolbar|Y position" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:467 msgid "select toolbar|Y" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:469 msgid "Vertical coordinate of selection" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:475 msgid "select toolbar|Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:475 msgid "select toolbar|W" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:477 msgid "Width of selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:484 msgid "Lock width and height" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:485 msgid "When locked, change both width and height by the same proportion" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:496 msgid "select toolbar|Height" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:496 msgid "select toolbar|H" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:498 msgid "Height of selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:535 msgid "Affect:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:535 msgid "" "Control whether or not to scale stroke widths, scale rectangle corners, " "transform gradient fills, and transform pattern fills with the object" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:554 msgid "Scale rounded corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:565 msgid "Move gradients" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/select-toolbar.cpp:576 msgid "Move patterns" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-gtkselector.cpp:50 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:106 msgid "CMS" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:218 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:404 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:218 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:219 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:407 msgid "_G" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:218 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:410 msgid "_B" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:220 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:221 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:430 msgid "_H" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:220 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:221 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:433 msgid "_S" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:221 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:436 msgid "_L" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:222 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:223 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:458 msgid "_C" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:222 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:223 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:461 msgid "_M" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:222 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:223 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:464 msgid "_Y" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:222 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:467 msgid "_K" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:233 msgid "Gray" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:236 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:237 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:459 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:460 msgid "Cyan" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:236 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:237 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:462 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:463 msgid "Magenta" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:236 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:237 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:465 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:466 msgid "Yellow" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:300 msgid "Fix" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:303 msgid "Fix RGB fallback to match icc-color() value." msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:389 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:413 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:439 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:470 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-wheel-selector.cpp:132 msgid "_A" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:399 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-icc-selector.cpp:411 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:414 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:415 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:440 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:441 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:471 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:472 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-wheel-selector.cpp:142 #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-wheel-selector.cpp:154 msgid "Alpha (opacity)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:336 msgid "Color Managed" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:344 msgid "Out of gamut!" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:352 msgid "Too much ink!" msgstr "" #. Create RGBA entry and color preview #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:359 msgid "RGBA_:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-notebook.cpp:367 msgid "Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-scales.cpp:80 msgid "HSL" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-selector.cpp:64 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-color-wheel-selector.cpp:59 msgid "Wheel" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/sp-xmlview-content.cpp:169 msgid "Type text in a text node" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:502 msgid "Set markers" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: only translate "string" in "context|string". #. For more details, see http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/glib/glib-I18N.html#Q-:CAPS #. Stroke width #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:677 msgid "StrokeWidth|Width:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Miter join: joining lines with a sharp (pointed) corner. #. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the #. "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog). #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:727 msgid "Miter join" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Round join: joining lines with a rounded corner. #. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the #. "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog). #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:737 msgid "Round join" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Bevel join: joining lines with a blunted (flattened) corner. #. For an example, draw a triangle with a large stroke width and modify the #. "Join" option (in the Fill and Stroke dialog). #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:747 msgid "Bevel join" msgstr "" #. Miterlimit #. TRANSLATORS: Miter limit: only for "miter join", this limits the length #. of the sharp "spike" when the lines connect at too sharp an angle. #. When two line segments meet at a sharp angle, a miter join results in a #. spike that extends well beyond the connection point. The purpose of the #. miter limit is to cut off such spikes (i.e. convert them into bevels) #. when they become too long. #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:759 msgid "Miter limit:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:767 msgid "Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Butt cap: the line shape does not extend beyond the end point #. of the line; the ends of the line are square #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:791 msgid "Butt cap" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Round cap: the line shape extends beyond the end point of the #. line; the ends of the line are rounded #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:799 msgid "Round cap" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Square cap: the line shape extends beyond the end point of the #. line; the ends of the line are square #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:807 msgid "Square cap" msgstr "" #. Dash #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:813 msgid "Dashes:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Path markers are an SVG feature that allows you to attach arbitrary shapes #. (arrowheads, bullets, faces, whatever) to the start, end, or middle nodes of a path. #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:830 msgid "Start Markers:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:832 msgid "Start Markers are drawn on the first node of a path or shape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:841 msgid "Mid Markers:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:843 msgid "" "Mid Markers are drawn on every node of a path or shape except the first and " "last nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:852 msgid "End Markers:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:854 msgid "End Markers are drawn on the last node of a path or shape" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:1207 ../src/widgets/stroke-style.cpp:1304 msgid "Set stroke style" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/swatch-selector.cpp:139 msgid "Change swatch color" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:207 msgid "Color/opacity used for color tweaking" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:213 msgid "Style of new stars" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:215 msgid "Style of new rectangles" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:217 msgid "Style of new 3D boxes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:219 msgid "Style of new ellipses" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:221 msgid "Style of new spirals" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:223 msgid "Style of new paths created by Pencil" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:225 msgid "Style of new paths created by Pen" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:227 msgid "Style of new calligraphic strokes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:229 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:231 msgid "TBD" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:241 msgid "Style of Paint Bucket fill objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1347 msgid "Insert node" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1351 msgid "Insert" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1370 msgid "Join selected nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1373 msgid "Join" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1381 msgid "Break path at selected nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1391 msgid "Join with segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1392 msgid "Join selected endnodes with a new segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1401 msgid "Delete segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1402 msgid "Delete segment between two non-endpoint nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1411 msgid "Node Cusp" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1421 msgid "Node Smooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1431 msgid "Node Symmetric" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1432 msgid "Make selected nodes symmetric" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1441 msgid "Node Auto" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1442 msgid "Make selected nodes auto-smooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1451 msgid "Node Line" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1461 msgid "Node Curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1471 msgid "Show Transform Handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1472 msgid "Show transformation handles for selected nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1482 msgid "Show Handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1483 msgid "Show Bezier handles of selected nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1493 msgid "Show Outline" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1494 msgid "Show path outline (without path effects)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1516 msgid "Edit clipping paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1517 msgid "Show clipping path(s) of selected object(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1527 msgid "Edit masks" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1528 msgid "Show mask(s) of selected object(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1542 msgid "X coordinate:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1542 msgid "X coordinate of selected node(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1560 msgid "Y coordinate:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:1560 msgid "Y coordinate of selected node(s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2194 msgid "Bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2194 msgid "Snap bounding box corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2203 msgid "Bounding box edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2203 msgid "Snap to edges of a bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2212 msgid "Bounding box corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2212 msgid "Snap to bounding box corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2221 msgid "BBox Edge Midpoints" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2221 msgid "Snap from and to midpoints of bounding box edges" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "BBox Centers" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2231 msgid "Snapping from and to centers of bounding boxes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2240 msgid "Snap nodes or handles" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2248 msgid "Snap to paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2257 msgid "Path intersections" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2257 msgid "Snap to path intersections" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2266 msgid "To nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2266 msgid "Snap to cusp nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2275 msgid "Smooth nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2275 msgid "Snap to smooth nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2284 msgid "Line Midpoints" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2284 msgid "Snap from and to midpoints of line segments" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Object Centers" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2293 msgid "Snap from and to centers of objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Rotation Centers" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2302 msgid "Snap from and to an item's rotation center" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2311 msgid "Page border" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2311 msgid "Snap to the page border" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2320 msgid "Snap to grids" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2329 msgid "Snap to guides" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2533 msgid "Star: Change number of corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2580 msgid "Star: Change spoke ratio" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2624 msgid "Make polygon" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2624 msgid "Make star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2661 msgid "Star: Change rounding" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2698 msgid "Star: Change randomization" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2892 msgid "Regular polygon (with one handle) instead of a star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2899 msgid "Star instead of a regular polygon (with one handle)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2920 msgid "triangle/tri-star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2920 msgid "square/quad-star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2920 msgid "pentagon/five-pointed star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2920 msgid "hexagon/six-pointed star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2923 msgid "Corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2923 msgid "Number of corners of a polygon or star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "thin-ray star" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "pentagram" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "hexagram" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "heptagram" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "octagram" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2936 msgid "regular polygon" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2939 msgid "Spoke ratio" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2939 msgid "Spoke ratio:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Tip radius of a star is the distance from the center to the farthest handle. #. Base radius is the same for the closest handle. #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2942 msgid "Base radius to tip radius ratio" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "stretched" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "twisted" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "slightly pinched" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "NOT rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "slightly rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "visibly rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "well rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 msgid "amply rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2960 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "blown up" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2963 msgid "Rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2963 msgid "Rounded:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2963 msgid "How much rounded are the corners (0 for sharp)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "NOT randomized" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "slightly irregular" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "visibly randomized" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2975 msgid "strongly randomized" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Randomized:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2978 msgid "Scatter randomly the corners and angles" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:2994 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3927 msgid "" "Reset shape parameters to defaults (use Inkscape Preferences > Tools to " "change defaults)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3066 msgid "Change rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3253 msgid "W:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3253 msgid "Width of rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3270 msgid "H:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3270 msgid "Height of rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3284 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3299 msgid "not rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3287 msgid "Horizontal radius" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3287 msgid "Rx:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3287 msgid "Horizontal radius of rounded corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3302 msgid "Vertical radius" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3302 msgid "Ry:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3302 msgid "Vertical radius of rounded corners" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3321 msgid "Not rounded" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3322 msgid "Make corners sharp" msgstr "" #. TODO: use the correct axis here, too #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3517 msgid "3D Box: Change perspective (angle of infinite axis)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3584 msgid "Angle in X direction" msgstr "" #. Translators: PL is short for 'perspective line' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3586 msgid "Angle of PLs in X direction" msgstr "" #. Translators: VP is short for 'vanishing point' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3608 msgid "State of VP in X direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3609 msgid "Toggle VP in X direction between 'finite' and 'infinite' (=parallel)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3624 msgid "Angle in Y direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3624 msgid "Angle Y:" msgstr "" #. Translators: PL is short for 'perspective line' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3626 msgid "Angle of PLs in Y direction" msgstr "" #. Translators: VP is short for 'vanishing point' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3647 msgid "State of VP in Y direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3648 msgid "Toggle VP in Y direction between 'finite' and 'infinite' (=parallel)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3663 msgid "Angle in Z direction" msgstr "" #. Translators: PL is short for 'perspective line' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3665 msgid "Angle of PLs in Z direction" msgstr "" #. Translators: VP is short for 'vanishing point' #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3686 msgid "State of VP in Z direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3687 msgid "Toggle VP in Z direction between 'finite' and 'infinite' (=parallel)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3744 msgid "Change spiral" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3883 msgid "just a curve" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3883 msgid "one full revolution" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3886 msgid "Number of turns" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3886 msgid "Turns:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3886 msgid "Number of revolutions" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "circle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "edge is much denser" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "edge is denser" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "even" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is denser" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3897 msgid "center is much denser" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3900 msgid "Divergence" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3900 msgid "Divergence:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3900 msgid "How much denser/sparser are outer revolutions; 1 = uniform" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3911 msgid "starts from center" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3911 msgid "starts mid-way" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3911 msgid "starts near edge" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3914 msgid "Radius of the innermost revolution (relative to the spiral size)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3986 msgid "Bezier" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3987 msgid "Create regular Bezier path" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3993 msgid "Spiro" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:3994 msgid "Create Spiro path" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4001 msgid "Zigzag" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4002 msgid "Create a sequence of straight line segments" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4008 msgid "Paraxial" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4009 msgid "Create a sequence of paraxial line segments" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4017 msgid "Mode of new lines drawn by this tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4046 msgid "Triangle in" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4047 msgid "Triangle out" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4049 msgid "From clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4074 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4075 msgid "Shape:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4074 msgid "Shape of new paths drawn by this tool" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4158 msgid "(many nodes, rough)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4158 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4266 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4283 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4491 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4586 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4602 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4618 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4681 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4710 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4728 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5086 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5119 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6109 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4158 msgid "(few nodes, smooth)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4161 msgid "Smoothing:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4161 msgid "Smoothing: " msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4162 msgid "How much smoothing (simplifying) is applied to the line" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4182 msgid "" "Reset pencil parameters to defaults (use Inkscape Preferences > Tools to " "change defaults)" msgstr "" #. Width #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4266 msgid "(pinch tweak)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4266 msgid "(broad tweak)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4269 msgid "The width of the tweak area (relative to the visible canvas area)" msgstr "" #. Force #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4283 msgid "(minimum force)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4283 msgid "(maximum force)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4286 msgid "Force" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4286 msgid "Force:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4286 msgid "The force of the tweak action" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4304 msgid "Move mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4305 msgid "Move objects in any direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4311 msgid "Move in/out mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4312 msgid "Move objects towards cursor; with Shift from cursor" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4318 msgid "Move jitter mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4319 msgid "Move objects in random directions" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4325 msgid "Scale mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4326 msgid "Shrink objects, with Shift enlarge" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4332 msgid "Rotate mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4333 msgid "Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4339 msgid "Duplicate/delete mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4340 msgid "Duplicate objects, with Shift delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4346 msgid "Push mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4347 msgid "Push parts of paths in any direction" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4353 msgid "Shrink/grow mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4354 msgid "Shrink (inset) parts of paths; with Shift grow (outset)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4360 msgid "Attract/repel mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4361 msgid "Attract parts of paths towards cursor; with Shift from cursor" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4367 msgid "Roughen mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4368 msgid "Roughen parts of paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4374 msgid "Color paint mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4375 msgid "Paint the tool's color upon selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4381 msgid "Color jitter mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4382 msgid "Jitter the colors of selected objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4388 msgid "Blur mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4389 msgid "Blur selected objects more; with Shift, blur less" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4416 msgid "Channels:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4428 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' hue" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "H" here stands for hue #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4432 msgid "H" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4444 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' saturation" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "S" here stands for Saturation #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4448 msgid "S" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4460 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' lightness" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "L" here stands for Lightness #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4464 msgid "L" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4476 msgid "In color mode, act on objects' opacity" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "O" here stands for Opacity #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4480 msgid "O" msgstr "" #. Fidelity #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4491 msgid "(rough, simplified)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4491 msgid "(fine, but many nodes)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4494 msgid "Fidelity" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4494 msgid "Fidelity:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4495 msgid "" "Low fidelity simplifies paths; high fidelity preserves path features but may " "generate a lot of new nodes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4513 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4700 #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5237 msgid "Pressure" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4514 msgid "Use the pressure of the input device to alter the force of tweak action" msgstr "" #. Width #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4586 msgid "(narrow spray)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4586 msgid "(broad spray)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4589 msgid "The width of the spray area (relative to the visible canvas area)" msgstr "" #. Mean #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4602 msgid "(minimum mean)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4602 msgid "(maximum mean)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4605 msgid "Focus" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4605 msgid "Focus:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4605 msgid "0 to spray a spot. Increase to enlarge the ring radius." msgstr "" #. Standard_deviation #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4618 msgid "(minimum scatter)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4618 msgid "(maximum scatter)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4624 msgid "Toolbox|Scatter" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4624 msgid "Toolbox|Scatter:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4624 msgid "Increase to scatter sprayed objects." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4643 msgid "Spray copies of the initial selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4650 msgid "Spray clones of the initial selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4656 msgid "Spray single path" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4657 msgid "Spray objects in a single path" msgstr "" #. Population #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4681 msgid "(low population)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4681 msgid "(high population)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4684 msgid "Amount:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4685 msgid "Adjusts the number of items sprayed per clic." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4701 msgid "" "Use the pressure of the input device to alter the amount of sprayed objects." msgstr "" #. Rotation #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4710 msgid "(low rotation variation)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4710 msgid "(high rotation variation)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4713 msgid "Rotation" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4713 msgid "Rotation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4715 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Variation of the rotation of the sprayed objects. 0% for the same rotation " "than the original object." msgstr "" #. Scale #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4728 msgid "(low scale variation)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4728 msgid "(high scale variation)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4734 msgid "Toolbox|Scale" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4734 msgid "Toolbox|Scale:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4736 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Variation in the scale of the sprayed objects. 0% for the same scale than " "the original object." msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4910 msgid "No preset" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:4928 msgid "Save..." msgstr "" #. Width #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5086 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6109 msgid "(hairline)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5086 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6109 msgid "(broad stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5089 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6112 msgid "Pen Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5090 msgid "The width of the calligraphic pen (relative to the visible canvas area)" msgstr "" #. Thinning #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5103 msgid "(speed blows up stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5103 msgid "(slight widening)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5103 msgid "(constant width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5103 msgid "(slight thinning, default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5103 msgid "(speed deflates stroke)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5106 msgid "Stroke Thinning" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5106 msgid "Thinning:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5107 msgid "" "How much velocity thins the stroke (> 0 makes fast strokes thinner, < 0 " "makes them broader, 0 makes width independent of velocity)" msgstr "" #. Angle #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5119 msgid "(left edge up)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5119 msgid "(horizontal)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5119 msgid "(right edge up)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5122 msgid "Pen Angle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5123 msgid "" "The angle of the pen's nib (in degrees; 0 = horizontal; has no effect if " "fixation = 0)" msgstr "" #. Fixation #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5137 msgid "(perpendicular to stroke, \"brush\")" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5137 msgid "(almost fixed, default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5137 msgid "(fixed by Angle, \"pen\")" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5140 msgid "Fixation" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5140 msgid "Fixation:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5141 msgid "" "Angle behavior (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = " "fixed angle)" msgstr "" #. Cap Rounding #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5153 msgid "(blunt caps, default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5153 msgid "(slightly bulging)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5153 msgid "(approximately round)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5153 msgid "(long protruding caps)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5157 msgid "Cap rounding" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5157 msgid "Caps:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5158 msgid "" "Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = " "round caps)" msgstr "" #. Tremor #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5170 msgid "(smooth line)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5170 msgid "(slight tremor)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5170 msgid "(noticeable tremor)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5170 msgid "(maximum tremor)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5173 msgid "Stroke Tremor" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5173 msgid "Tremor:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5174 msgid "Increase to make strokes rugged and trembling" msgstr "" #. Wiggle #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5188 msgid "(no wiggle)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5188 msgid "(slight deviation)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5188 msgid "(wild waves and curls)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5191 msgid "Pen Wiggle" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5191 msgid "Wiggle:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5192 msgid "Increase to make the pen waver and wiggle" msgstr "" #. Mass #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5205 msgid "(no inertia)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5205 msgid "(slight smoothing, default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5205 msgid "(noticeable lagging)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5205 msgid "(maximum inertia)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5208 msgid "Pen Mass" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5209 msgid "Increase to make the pen drag behind, as if slowed by inertia" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5224 msgid "Trace Background" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5225 msgid "" "Trace the lightness of the background by the width of the pen (white - " "minimum width, black - maximum width)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5238 msgid "Use the pressure of the input device to alter the width of the pen" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5250 msgid "Tilt" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5251 msgid "Use the tilt of the input device to alter the angle of the pen's nib" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5266 msgid "Choose a preset" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5355 msgid "Arc: Change start/end" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5419 msgid "Arc: Change open/closed" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5545 msgid "Start:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5546 msgid "The angle (in degrees) from the horizontal to the arc's start point" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5558 msgid "End:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5559 msgid "The angle (in degrees) from the horizontal to the arc's end point" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5575 msgid "Closed arc" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5576 msgid "Switch to segment (closed shape with two radii)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5582 msgid "Open Arc" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5583 msgid "Switch to arc (unclosed shape)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5606 msgid "Make whole" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5607 msgid "Make the shape a whole ellipse, not arc or segment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5685 msgid "Pick opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5686 msgid "" "Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, " "pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5689 msgid "Pick" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5698 msgid "Assign opacity" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5699 msgid "" "If alpha was picked, assign it to selection as fill or stroke transparency" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5702 msgid "Assign" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5952 msgid "All inactive" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5953 msgid "No geometric tool is active" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5986 msgid "Show limiting bounding box" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5987 msgid "Show bounding box (used to cut infinite lines)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5998 msgid "Get limiting bounding box from selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:5999 msgid "" "Set limiting bounding box (used to cut infinite lines) to the bounding box " "of current selection" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6011 msgid "Choose a line segment type" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6027 msgid "Display measuring info" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6028 msgid "Display measuring info for selected items" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6048 msgid "Open LPE dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6049 msgid "Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6113 msgid "The width of the eraser pen (relative to the visible canvas area)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6131 msgid "Delete objects touched by the eraser" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6137 msgid "Cut" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6138 msgid "Cut out from objects" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6388 msgid "Text: Change font family" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6445 msgid "Text: Change font size" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6584 msgid "Text: Change font style" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6663 msgid "Text: Change superscript or subscript" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6809 msgid "Text: Change alignment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6852 msgid "Text: Change line-height" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6901 msgid "Text: Change word-spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6943 msgid "Text: Change letter-spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:6983 msgid "Text: Change dx (kern)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7017 msgid "Text: Change dy" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7052 msgid "Text: Change rotate" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7100 msgid "Text: Change orientation" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7465 msgid "Font Family" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7466 msgid "Select Font Family (Alt-X to access)" msgstr "" #. Entry width #. Extra list width #. Cell layout #. Enable entry completion #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7473 msgid "Font not found on system" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7505 msgid "Font Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7506 msgid "Font size (px)" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7518 msgid "Toggle Bold" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7519 msgid "Toggle bold or normal weight" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7531 msgid "Toggle Italic/Oblique" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7532 msgid "Toggle italic/oblique style" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7544 msgid "Toggle Superscript" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7545 msgid "Toggle superscript" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7557 msgid "Toggle Subscript" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7558 msgid "Toggle subscript" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7575 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7576 msgid "Align left" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7583 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7584 msgid "Align center" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7591 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7592 msgid "Align right" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7599 msgid "Justify" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7600 msgid "Justify (only flowed text)" msgstr "" #. Name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7606 msgid "Alignment" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7607 msgid "Text alignment" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7634 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7641 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "" #. Label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7648 msgid "Text orientation" msgstr "" #. Drop down menu #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7671 msgid "Smaller spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7671 msgid "Larger spacing" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7676 msgid "Line Height" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7677 msgid "Line:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7678 msgid "Spacing between lines (times font size)" msgstr "" #. Drop down menu #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7702 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7733 msgid "Negative spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7702 ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7733 msgid "Positive spacing" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7707 msgid "Word spacing" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7708 msgid "Word:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7709 msgid "Spacing between words (px)" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7738 msgid "Letter spacing" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7739 msgid "Letter:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7740 msgid "Spacing between letters (px)" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7769 msgid "Kerning" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7770 msgid "Kern:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7771 msgid "Horizontal kerning (px)" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7800 msgid "Vertical Shift" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7801 msgid "Vert:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7802 msgid "Vertical shift (px)" msgstr "" #. name #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7831 msgid "Letter rotation" msgstr "" #. label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7832 msgid "Rot:" msgstr "" #. short label #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7833 msgid "Character rotation (degrees)" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7948 msgid "Set connector type: orthogonal" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7948 msgid "Set connector type: polyline" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:7997 msgid "Change connector curvature" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8048 msgid "Change connector spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8162 msgid "EditMode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8163 msgid "Switch between connection point editing and connector drawing mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8177 msgid "Avoid" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8187 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8198 msgid "Orthogonal" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8199 msgid "Make connector orthogonal or polyline" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8213 msgid "Connector Curvature" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8213 msgid "Curvature:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8214 msgid "The amount of connectors curvature" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8224 msgid "Connector Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8225 msgid "The amount of space left around objects by auto-routing connectors" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8236 msgid "Graph" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8246 msgid "Connector Length" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8246 msgid "Length:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8247 msgid "Ideal length for connectors when layout is applied" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8259 msgid "Downwards" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8260 msgid "Make connectors with end-markers (arrows) point downwards" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8276 msgid "Do not allow overlapping shapes" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8291 msgid "New connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8292 msgid "Add a new connection point to the currently selected item" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8303 msgid "Remove connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8304 msgid "Remove the currently selected connection point" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8406 msgid "Fill by" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8407 msgid "Fill by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8419 msgid "Fill Threshold" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8420 msgid "" "The maximum allowed difference between the clicked pixel and the neighboring " "pixels to be counted in the fill" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8446 msgid "Grow/shrink by" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8446 msgid "Grow/shrink by:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8447 msgid "" "The amount to grow (positive) or shrink (negative) the created fill path" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8472 msgid "Close gaps" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8473 msgid "Close gaps:" msgstr "" #: ../src/widgets/toolbox.cpp:8485 msgid "" "Reset paint bucket parameters to defaults (use Inkscape Preferences > Tools " "to change defaults)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.py:99 msgid "Unable to process this object. Try changing it into a path first." msgstr "" #. report to the Inkscape console using errormsg #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:175 msgid "Side Length 'a'/px: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:176 msgid "Side Length 'b'/px: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:177 msgid "Side Length 'c'/px: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:178 msgid "Angle 'A'/radians: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:179 msgid "Angle 'B'/radians: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:180 msgid "Angle 'C'/radians: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:181 msgid "Semiperimeter/px: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.py:182 msgid "Area /px^2: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.py:41 msgid "" "Failed to import the numpy or numpy.linalg modules. These modules are " "required by this extension. Please install them and try again." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.py:78 msgid "" "No xlink:href or sodipodi:absref attributes found, or they do not point to " "an existing file! Unable to embed image." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.py:80 #, python-format msgid "Sorry we could not locate %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.py:105 #, python-format msgid "" "%s is not of type image/png, image/jpeg, image/bmp, image/gif, image/tiff, " "or image/x-icon" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.py:14 msgid "" "The export_gpl.py module requires PyXML. Please download the latest version " "from http://pyxml.sourceforge.net/." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.py:65 #, python-format msgid "Image extracted to: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.py:72 msgid "Unable to find image data." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.py:29 msgid "" "Failed to import the subprocess module. Please report this as a bug at : " "https://bugs.launchpad.net/inkscape." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.py:84 msgid "Please select an object" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gimp_xcf.py:140 msgid "This extension requires at least one non empty layer." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkex.py:67 msgid "" "The fantastic lxml wrapper for libxml2 is required by inkex.py and therefore " "this extension. Please download and install the latest version from http://" "cheeseshop.python.org/pypi/lxml/, or install it through your package manager " "by a command like: sudo apt-get install python-lxml" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkex.py:230 #, python-format msgid "No matching node for expression: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.py:46 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.py:51 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.py:96 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.py:188 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.py:46 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.py:48 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:64 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.py:50 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.py:49 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.py:67 msgid "" "The JessyInk script is not installed in this SVG file or has a different " "version than the JessyInk extensions. Please select \"install/update...\" " "from the \"JessyInk\" sub-menu of the \"Extensions\" menu to install or " "update the JessyInk script.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.py:49 msgid "" "To assign an effect, please select an object.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.py:55 msgid "" "Node with id '{0}' is not a suitable text node and was therefore ignored.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.py:54 msgid "" "No object selected. Please select the object you want to assign an effect to " "and then press apply.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.py:82 msgid "Could not find Inkscape command.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.py:56 msgid "Layer not found. Removed current master slide selection.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.py:58 msgid "" "More than one layer with this name found. Removed current master slide " "selection.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:69 msgid "JessyInk script version {0} installed." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:71 msgid "JessyInk script installed." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:83 msgid "" "\n" "Master slide:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:89 msgid "" "\n" "Slide {0!s}:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:94 msgid "{0}Layer name: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:102 msgid "{0}Transition in: {1} ({2!s} s)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:104 msgid "{0}Transition in: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:111 msgid "{0}Transition out: {1} ({2!s} s)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:113 msgid "{0}Transition out: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:120 msgid "" "\n" "{0}Auto-texts:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:123 msgid "{0}\t\"{1}\" (object id \"{2}\") will be replaced by \"{3}\"." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:168 msgid "" "\n" "{0}Initial effect (order number {1}):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:170 msgid "" "\n" "{0}Effect {1!s} (order number {2}):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:174 msgid "{0}\tView will be set according to object \"{1}\"" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:176 msgid "{0}\tObject \"{1}\"" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:179 msgid " will appear" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:181 msgid " will disappear" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:184 msgid " using effect \"{0}\"" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.py:187 msgid " in {0!s} s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.py:55 msgid "Layer not found.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.py:57 msgid "More than one layer with this name found.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.py:70 msgid "Please enter a layer name.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.py:54 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.py:59 msgid "" "Could not obtain the selected layer for inclusion of the video element.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.py:75 msgid "More than one object selected. Please select only one object.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.py:79 msgid "" "No object selected. Please select the object you want to assign a view to " "and then press apply.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.py:41 #, python-format msgid "No style attribute found for id: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.py:56 #, python-format msgid "unable to locate marker: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.py:197 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.py:208 #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:61 msgid "This extension requires two selected paths." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathmodifier.py:229 #, python-format msgid "Please first convert objects to paths! (Got [%s].)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:29 msgid "" "Failed to import the numpy or numpy.linalg modules. These modules are " "required by this extension. Please install them and try again. On a Debian-" "like system this can be done with the command, sudo apt-get install python-" "numpy." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:68 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:43 #, python-format msgid "" "The first selected object is of type '%s'.\n" "Try using the procedure Path->Object to Path." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:75 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:51 msgid "" "This extension requires that the second selected path be four nodes long." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:101 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:84 msgid "" "The second selected object is a group, not a path.\n" "Try using the procedure Object->Ungroup." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:103 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:86 msgid "" "The second selected object is not a path.\n" "Try using the procedure Path->Object to Path." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.py:106 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:89 msgid "" "The first selected object is not a path.\n" "Try using the procedure Path->Object to Path." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:60 msgid "" "Failed to import the numpy module. This module is required by this " "extension. Please install it and try again. On a Debian-like system this " "can be done with the command 'sudo apt-get install python-numpy'." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:331 msgid "No face data found in specified file." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:332 msgid "Try selecting \"Edge Specified\" in the Model File tab.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:338 msgid "No edge data found in specified file." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:339 msgid "Try selecting \"Face Specified\" in the Model File tab.\n" msgstr "" #. we cannot generate a list of faces from the edges without a lot of computation #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:514 msgid "" "Face Data Not Found. Ensure file contains face data, and check the file is " "imported as \"Face-Specified\" under the \"Model File\" tab.\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.py:516 msgid "Internal Error. No view type selected\n" msgstr "" #. this character is not in config.alphabet, skip it #: ../share/extensions/render_alphabetsoup.py:311 msgid "bad character" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.py:202 msgid "Unrecognised DataMatrix size" msgstr "" #. we have an invalid bit value #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.py:643 msgid "Invalid bit value, this is a bug!" msgstr "" #. abort if converting blank text #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.py:677 msgid "Please enter an input string" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.py:36 msgid "" "This extension requires two selected paths. \n" "The second path must be exactly four nodes long." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg_and_media_zip_output.py:128 #, python-format msgid "Could not locate file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/uniconv-ext.py:54 #: ../share/extensions/uniconv_output.py:120 msgid "" "You need to install the UniConvertor software.\n" "For GNU/Linux: install the package python-uniconvertor.\n" "For Windows: download it from\n" "http://sk1project.org/modules.php?name=Products&product=uniconvertor\n" "and install into your Inkscape's Python location\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/voronoi2svg.py:209 msgid "Please select objects!" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.py:52 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.py:48 msgid "You must select at least two elements." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:55 msgid "" "You must to create and select some \"Slicer rectangles\" before try to group." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:70 msgid "" "You must to select some \"Slicer rectangles\" or other \"Layout groups\"." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.py:74 #, python-format msgid "Opss... The element \"%s\" is not in the Web Slicer layer" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:57 msgid "You must to give a directory to export the slices." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:69 #, python-format msgid "Can't create \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:70 #, python-format msgid "Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:73 #, python-format msgid "The directory \"%s\" does not exists." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:102 #, python-format msgid "You have more than one element with \"%s\" html-id." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.py:332 msgid "You must install the ImageMagick to get JPG and GIF." msgstr "" #. PARAMETER PROCESSING #. lines of longitude are odd : abort #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.py:116 msgid "Please enter an even number of lines of longitude." msgstr "" #. vim: expandtab shiftwidth=4 tabstop=8 softtabstop=4 encoding=utf-8 textwidth=99 #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:1 msgid "Add Nodes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:2 msgid "Division method" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:3 msgid "By max. segment length" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:4 msgid "By number of segments" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:5 msgid "Maximum segment length (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:6 msgid "Number of segments" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/addnodes.inx.h:7 #: ../share/extensions/convert2dashes.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:9 ../share/extensions/flatten.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:27 #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/perspective.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/pixelsnap.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:8 #: ../share/extensions/rubberstretch.inx.h:6 #: ../share/extensions/straightseg.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.inx.h:2 ../share/extensions/whirl.inx.h:4 msgid "Modify Path" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ai_input.inx.h:1 msgid "AI 8.0 Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ai_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Adobe Illustrator 8.0 and below (*.ai)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ai_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open files saved with Adobe Illustrator 8.0 or older" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/aisvg.inx.h:1 msgid "AI SVG Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/aisvg.inx.h:2 msgid "Adobe Illustrator SVG (*.ai.svg)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/aisvg.inx.h:3 msgid "Cleans the cruft out of Adobe Illustrator SVGs before opening" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ccx_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Corel DRAW Compressed Exchange files input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ccx_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Corel DRAW Compressed Exchange files (.ccx)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ccx_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open compressed exchange files saved in Corel DRAW" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdr_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Corel DRAW Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdr_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Corel DRAW 7-X4 files (*.cdr)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdr_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open files saved in Corel DRAW 7-X4" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdt_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Corel DRAW templates input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdt_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Corel DRAW 7-13 template files (.cdt)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cdt_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open files saved in Corel DRAW 7-13" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cgm_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Computer Graphics Metafile files input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cgm_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Computer Graphics Metafile files (.cgm)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cgm_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open Computer Graphics Metafile files" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cmx_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Corel DRAW Presentation Exchange files input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cmx_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Corel DRAW Presentation Exchange files (.cmx)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/cmx_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open presentation exchange files saved in Corel DRAW" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_blackandwhite.inx.h:1 msgid "Black and White" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_brighter.inx.h:1 msgid "Brighter" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:2 msgid "Red Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:3 msgid "Green Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_custom.inx.h:4 msgid "Blue Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_darker.inx.h:1 msgid "Darker" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_grayscale.inx.h:1 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:15 msgid "Grayscale" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_lesshue.inx.h:1 msgid "Less Hue" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_lesslight.inx.h:1 msgid "Less Light" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_lesssaturation.inx.h:1 msgid "Less Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_morehue.inx.h:1 msgid "More Hue" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_morelight.inx.h:1 msgid "More Light" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_moresaturation.inx.h:1 msgid "More Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_negative.inx.h:1 msgid "Negative" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_randomize.inx.h:1 msgid "Randomize" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_removeblue.inx.h:1 msgid "Remove Blue" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_removegreen.inx.h:1 msgid "Remove Green" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_removered.inx.h:1 msgid "Remove Red" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:1 msgid "Replace color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:2 msgid "Replace color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_replace.inx.h:3 msgid "By color (RRGGBB hex):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/color_rgbbarrel.inx.h:1 msgid "RGB Barrel" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/convert2dashes.inx.h:1 msgid "Convert to Dashes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dia.inx.h:1 msgid "Dia Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dia.inx.h:2 msgid "" "The dia2svg.sh script should be installed with your Inkscape distribution. " "If you do not have it, there is likely to be something wrong with your " "Inkscape installation." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dia.inx.h:3 msgid "" "In order to import Dia files, Dia itself must be installed. You can get Dia " "at http://live.gnome.org/Dia" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dia.inx.h:4 msgid "Dia Diagram (*.dia)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dia.inx.h:5 msgid "A diagram created with the program Dia" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:1 msgid "Dimensions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:2 msgid "X Offset" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:3 msgid "Y Offset" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dimension.inx.h:4 ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/handles.inx.h:2 ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:20 msgid "Visualize Path" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:1 msgid "Number Nodes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:2 msgid "Font size" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dots.inx.h:3 msgid "Dot size" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:1 msgid "Draw From Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:2 msgid "Common Objects" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:3 msgid "Circumcircle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:4 msgid "Circumcentre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:5 msgid "Incircle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:6 msgid "Incentre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:7 msgid "Contact Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:8 msgid "Excircles" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:9 msgid "Excentres" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:10 msgid "Extouch Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:11 msgid "Excentral Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:12 msgid "Orthocentre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:13 msgid "Orthic Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:14 msgid "Altitudes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:15 msgid "Angle Bisectors" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:16 msgid "Centroid" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:17 msgid "Nine-Point Centre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:18 msgid "Nine-Point Circle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:19 msgid "Symmedians" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:20 msgid "Symmedian Point" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:21 msgid "Symmedial Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:22 msgid "Gergonne Point" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:23 msgid "Nagel Point" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:24 msgid "Custom Points and Options" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:25 msgid "Custom Point Specified By:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:26 msgid "Point At" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:27 msgid "Draw Marker At This Point" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:28 msgid "Draw Circle Around This Point" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:29 msgid "Radius / px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:30 msgid "Draw Isogonal Conjugate" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:31 msgid "Draw Isotomic Conjugate" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:32 msgid "Report this triangle's properties" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:33 msgid "Trilinear Coordinates" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:34 msgid "Triangle Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/draw_from_triangle.inx.h:36 msgid "" "This extension draws constructions about a triangle defined by the first 3 " "nodes of a selected path. You may select one of preset objects or create " "your own ones.\n" " \n" "All units are the Inkscape's pixel unit. Angles are all in radians.\n" "You can specify a point by trilinear coordinates or by a triangle centre " "function.\n" "Enter as functions of the side length or angles.\n" "Trilinear elements should be separated by a colon: ':'.\n" "Side lengths are represented as 's_a', 's_b' and 's_c'.\n" "Angles corresponding to these are 'a_a', 'a_b', and 'a_c'.\n" "You can also use the semi-perimeter and area of the triangle as constants. " "Write 'area' or 'semiperim' for these.\n" "\n" "You can use any standard Python math function:\n" "ceil(x); fabs(x); floor(x); fmod(x,y); frexp(x); ldexp(x,i); \n" "modf(x); exp(x); log(x [, base]); log10(x); pow(x,y); sqrt(x); \n" "acos(x); asin(x); atan(x); atan2(y,x); hypot(x,y); \n" "cos(x); sin(x); tan(x); degrees(x); radians(x); \n" "cosh(x); sinh(x); tanh(x)\n" "\n" "Also available are the inverse trigonometric functions:\n" "sec(x); csc(x); cot(x)\n" "\n" "You can specify the radius of a circle around a custom point using a " "formula, which may also contain the side lengths, angles, etc. You can also " "plot the isogonal and isotomic conjugate of the point. Be aware that this " "may cause a divide-by-zero error for certain points.\n" " " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:1 msgid "DXF Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Use automatic scaling to size A4" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:4 msgid "Or, use manual scale factor" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:5 #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:6 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:7 msgid "" "- AutoCAD Release 13 and newer.\n" "- assume dxf drawing is in mm.\n" "- assume svg drawing is in pixels, at 90 dpi.\n" "- layers are preserved only on File->Open, not Import.\n" "- limited support for BLOCKS, use AutoCAD Explode Blocks instead, if needed." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:12 msgid "AutoCAD DXF R13 (*.dxf)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_input.inx.h:13 msgid "Import AutoCAD's Document Exchange Format" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:1 msgid "Desktop Cutting Plotter" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:3 msgid "use ROBO-Master type of spline output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:4 msgid "use LWPOLYLINE type of line output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:5 msgid "Base unit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:15 msgid "Latin 1" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:16 msgid "CP 1250" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:17 msgid "CP 1252" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:18 msgid "UTF 8" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:20 msgid "" "- AutoCAD Release 14 DXF format.\n" "- The base unit parameter specifies in what unit the coordinates are output " "(90 px = 1 in).\n" "- Supported element types\n" " - paths (lines and splines)\n" " - rectangles\n" " - clones (the crossreference to the original is lost)\n" "- ROBO-Master spline output is a specialized spline readable only by ROBO-" "Master and AutoDesk viewers, not Inkscape.\n" "- LWPOLYLINE output is a multiply-connected polyline, disable it to use a " "legacy version of the LINE output." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_outlines.inx.h:28 msgid "Desktop Cutting Plotter (AutoCAD DXF R14) (*.dxf)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_output.inx.h:1 msgid "DXF Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_output.inx.h:2 msgid "pstoedit must be installed to run; see http://www.pstoedit.net/pstoedit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_output.inx.h:3 msgid "AutoCAD DXF R12 (*.dxf)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/dxf_output.inx.h:4 msgid "DXF file written by pstoedit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:1 msgid "Edge 3D" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:2 msgid "Illumination Angle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:3 msgid "Shades" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:4 msgid "Only black and white" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:6 msgid "Blur stdDeviation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:7 msgid "Blur width" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/edge3d.inx.h:8 msgid "Blur height" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.inx.h:1 msgid "Embed Images" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/embedimage.inx.h:2 msgid "Embed only selected images" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/eps_input.inx.h:1 msgid "EPS Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/eqtexsvg.inx.h:1 msgid "LaTeX formula" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/eqtexsvg.inx.h:2 msgid "LaTeX formula: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/eqtexsvg.inx.h:3 msgid "Additional packages (comma-separated): " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.inx.h:1 msgid "Export as GIMP Palette" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.inx.h:2 msgid "GIMP Palette (*.gpl)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/export_gimp_palette.inx.h:3 msgid "Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.inx.h:1 msgid "Extract Image" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.inx.h:2 msgid "Path to save image:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extractimage.inx.h:3 msgid "" "* Don't type the file extension, it is appended automatically.\n" "* A relative path (or a filename without path) is relative to the user's " "home directory." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extrude.inx.h:3 ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:4 msgid "Lines" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/extrude.inx.h:4 msgid "Polygons" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fig_input.inx.h:1 msgid "XFIG Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fig_input.inx.h:2 msgid "XFIG Graphics File (*.fig)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fig_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open files saved with XFIG" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/flatten.inx.h:1 msgid "Flatten Beziers" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/flatten.inx.h:2 msgid "Flatness" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:1 msgid "Foldable Box" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:4 msgid "Depth" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:5 msgid "Paper Thickness" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:6 msgid "Tab Proportion" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/foldablebox.inx.h:8 msgid "Add Guide Lines" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:1 msgid "Fractalize" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:2 msgid "Subdivisions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/fractalize.inx.h:3 msgid "Smoothness" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:1 msgid "Function Plotter" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:2 msgid "Range and sampling" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:3 msgid "Start X value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:4 msgid "End X value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:5 msgid "Multiply X range by 2*pi" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:6 msgid "Y value of rectangle's bottom" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:7 msgid "Y value of rectangle's top" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:8 msgid "Number of samples" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:9 msgid "Isotropic scaling (uses smallest of width/xrange or height/yrange)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:10 msgid "Use polar coordinates" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:11 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:12 msgid "Use" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:12 msgid "" "Select a rectangle before calling the extension,\n" "it will determine X and Y scales.\n" "\n" "With polar coordinates:\n" " Start and end X values define the angle range in radians.\n" " X scale is set so that left and right edges of rectangle are at +/-1.\n" " Isotropic scaling is disabled.\n" " First derivative is always determined numerically." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:20 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:17 msgid "Functions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:21 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:18 msgid "" "Standard Python math functions are available:\n" "\n" "ceil(x); fabs(x); floor(x); fmod(x,y); frexp(x); ldexp(x,i); \n" "modf(x); exp(x); log(x [, base]); log10(x); pow(x,y); sqrt(x); \n" "acos(x); asin(x); atan(x); atan2(y,x); hypot(x,y); \n" "cos(x); sin(x); tan(x); degrees(x); radians(x); \n" "cosh(x); sinh(x); tanh(x).\n" "\n" "The constants pi and e are also available." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:30 msgid "Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:31 msgid "Calculate first derivative numerically" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:32 msgid "First derivative" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:33 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:29 msgid "Remove rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/funcplot.inx.h:34 #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:30 msgid "Draw Axes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gears.inx.h:1 msgid "Gear" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gears.inx.h:2 msgid "Number of teeth" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gears.inx.h:3 msgid "Circular pitch, px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gears.inx.h:4 msgid "Pressure angle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:1 msgid "Voronoi Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:2 msgid "" "Generate a random pattern of Voronoi cells. The pattern will be accessible " "in the Fill and Stroke dialog. You must select an object or a group." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:3 msgid "" "If border is zero, the pattern will be discontinuous at the edges. Use a " "positive border, preferably greater than the cell size, to produce a smooth " "join of the pattern at the edges. Use a negative border to reduce the size " "of the pattern and get an empty border." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:4 msgid "Average size of cell (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/generate_voronoi.inx.h:5 msgid "Size of Border (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gimp_xcf.inx.h:1 msgid "GIMP XCF" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gimp_xcf.inx.h:2 msgid "Save Guides:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gimp_xcf.inx.h:3 msgid "Save Grid:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/gimp_xcf.inx.h:4 msgid "GIMP XCF maintaining layers (*.xcf)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:1 msgid "Cartesian Grid" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:2 msgid "Major X Divisions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:3 msgid "Major X Division Spacing [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:4 msgid "Subdivisions per Major X Division" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:5 msgid "Logarithmic X Subdiv. (Base given by entry above)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:6 msgid "Subsubdivs. per X Subdivision" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:7 msgid "Halve X Subsubdiv. Frequency after 'n' Subdivs. (log only)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:8 msgid "Major X Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:9 msgid "Minor X Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:10 msgid "Subminor X Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:11 msgid "Major Y Divisions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:12 msgid "Major Y Division Spacing [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:13 msgid "Subdivisions per Major Y Division" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:14 msgid "Logarithmic Y Subdiv. (Base given by entry above)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:15 msgid "Subsubdivs. per Y Subdivision" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:16 msgid "Halve Y Subsubdiv. Frequency after 'n' Subdivs. (log only)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:17 msgid "Major Y Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:18 msgid "Minor Y Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:19 msgid "Subminor Y Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_cartesian.inx.h:20 msgid "Border Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:1 msgid "Polar Grid" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:2 msgid "Major Circular Divisions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:3 msgid "Major Circular Division Spacing [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:4 msgid "Subdivisions per Major Circular Division" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:5 msgid "Logarithmic Subdiv. (Base given by entry above)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:6 msgid "Major Circular Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:7 msgid "Minor Circular Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:8 msgid "Angle Divisions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:9 msgid "Angle Divisions at Centre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:10 msgid "Subdivisions per Major Angular Division" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:11 msgid "Minor Angle Division End 'n' Divs. Before Centre" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:12 msgid "Major Angular Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:13 msgid "Minor Angular Division Thickness [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:14 msgid "Centre Dot Diameter [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:15 msgid "Circumferential Labels" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:18 msgid "Circumferential Label Size [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/grid_polar.inx.h:19 msgid "Circumferential Label Outset [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:1 msgid "Guides creator" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:2 msgid "Preset" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:3 msgid "Custom..." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:4 msgid "Golden ratio" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:5 msgid "Rule-of-third" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:6 msgid "Vertical guide each" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:8 msgid "1/2" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:9 msgid "1/3" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:10 msgid "1/4" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:11 msgid "1/5" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:12 msgid "1/6" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:13 msgid "1/7" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:14 msgid "1/8" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:15 msgid "1/9" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:16 msgid "1/10" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:17 msgid "Horizontal guide each" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:18 msgid "Start from edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/guides_creator.inx.h:19 msgid "Delete existing guides" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/handles.inx.h:1 msgid "Draw Handles" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:1 msgid "HPGL Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:2 msgid "hpgl output flatness" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:3 msgid "Mirror Y-axis" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:4 msgid "X-origin (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:5 msgid "Y-origin (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:6 msgid "Resolution (dpi)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:7 msgid "Pen number" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:8 msgid "Plot invisible layers" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:9 msgid "HP Graphics Language file (*.hpgl)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/hpgl_output.inx.h:10 msgid "Export to an HP Graphics Language file" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_askaquestion.inx.h:1 msgid "Ask Us a Question" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_commandline.inx.h:1 msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_faq.inx.h:1 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_keys.inx.h:1 msgid "Keys and Mouse Reference" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_manual.inx.h:1 msgid "Inkscape Manual" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_relnotes.inx.h:1 msgid "New in This Version" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_reportabug.inx.h:1 msgid "Report a Bug" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/inkscape_help_svgspec.inx.h:1 msgid "SVG 1.1 Specification" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:1 msgid "Interpolate Attribute in a group" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect applies a value for any interpolatable attribute for all " "elements inside the selected group or for all elements in a multiple " "selection" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:3 msgid "Attribute to Interpolate" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:7 msgid "Translate X" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:8 msgid "Translate Y" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:11 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:12 msgid "" "If you select \"Other\", you must know the SVG attributes to identify here " "this \"other\":" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:13 msgid "Other Attribute" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:14 msgid "Other Attribute type" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:16 msgid "Integer Number" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:17 msgid "Float Number" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:18 msgid "Where to apply?" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:19 msgid "Tag" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:21 msgid "Transformation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:22 #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:3 msgid "••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:23 msgid "Start Value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:24 msgid "End Value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp_att_g.inx.h:26 msgid "No Unit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:1 msgid "Interpolate" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:2 msgid "Exponent" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:3 msgid "Interpolation steps" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:4 msgid "Interpolation method" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:5 msgid "Duplicate endpaths" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/interp.inx.h:6 msgid "Interpolate style" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:1 msgid "Auto-texts" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:2 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:3 msgid "Auto-Text:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:4 msgid "None (remove)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:5 msgid "Slide title" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:6 msgid "Slide number" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:7 msgid "Number of slides" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:9 msgid "" "This extension allows you to install, update and remove auto-texts for a " "JessyInk presentation. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_autoTexts.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:14 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_install.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:46 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:7 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:8 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:14 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:12 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:9 msgid "JessyInk" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:1 msgid "Effects" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:3 msgid "Order:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:4 msgid "Duration in seconds:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:6 msgid "Build-in effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:7 msgid "None (default)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:8 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:8 msgid "Appear" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:9 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:9 msgid "Fade" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:10 msgid "Pop" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:11 msgid "Build-out effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_effects.inx.h:13 msgid "" "This extension allows you to install, update and remove object effects for a " "JessyInk presentation. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:1 msgid "JessyInk zipped pdf or png output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:5 msgid "PDF" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:6 msgid "PNG" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:8 msgid "" "This extension allows you to export a JessyInk presentation once you created " "an export layer in your browser. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for " "more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:9 msgid "JessyInk zipped pdf or png output (*.zip)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_export.inx.h:10 msgid "" "Creates a zip file containing pdfs or pngs of all slides of a JessyInk " "presentation." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_install.inx.h:1 msgid "Install/update" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_install.inx.h:3 msgid "" "This extension allows you to install or update the JessyInk script in order " "to turn your SVG file into a presentation. Please see code.google.com/p/" "jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:1 msgid "Key bindings" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:2 msgid "Slide mode" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:3 msgid "Back (with effects):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:4 msgid "Next (with effects):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:5 msgid "Back (without effects):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:6 msgid "Next (without effects):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:7 msgid "First slide:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:8 msgid "Last slide:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:9 msgid "Switch to index mode:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:10 msgid "Switch to drawing mode:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:11 msgid "Set duration:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:12 msgid "Add slide:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:13 msgid "Toggle progress bar:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:14 msgid "Reset timer:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:15 msgid "Export presentation:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:16 msgid "Drawing mode" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:17 msgid "Switch to slide mode:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:18 msgid "Set path width to default:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:19 msgid "Set path width to 1:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:20 msgid "Set path width to 3:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:21 msgid "Set path width to 5:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:22 msgid "Set path width to 7:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:23 msgid "Set path width to 9:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:24 msgid "Set path color to blue:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:25 msgid "Set path color to cyan:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:26 msgid "Set path color to green:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:27 msgid "Set path color to black:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:28 msgid "Set path color to magenta:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:29 msgid "Set path color to orange:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:30 msgid "Set path color to red:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:31 msgid "Set path color to white:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:32 msgid "Set path color to yellow:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:33 msgid "Undo last path segment:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:34 msgid "Index mode" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:35 msgid "Select the slide to the left:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:36 msgid "Select the slide to the right:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:37 msgid "Select the slide above:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:38 msgid "Select the slide below:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:39 msgid "Previous page:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:40 msgid "Next page:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:41 msgid "Decrease number of columns:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:42 msgid "Increase number of columns:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:43 msgid "Set number of columns to default:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_keyBindings.inx.h:45 msgid "" "This extension allows you customise the key bindings JessyInk uses. Please " "see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:1 msgid "Master slide" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:3 msgid "Name of layer:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:4 msgid "If no layer name is supplied, the master slide is unset." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_masterSlide.inx.h:6 msgid "" "This extension allows you to change the master slide JessyInk uses. Please " "see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:1 msgid "Mouse handler" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:2 msgid "Mouse settings:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:4 msgid "No-click" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:5 msgid "Dragging/zoom" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_mouseHandler.inx.h:7 msgid "" "This extension allows you customise the mouse handler JessyInk uses. Please " "see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.inx.h:1 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_summary.inx.h:3 msgid "" "This extension allows you to obtain information about the JessyInk script, " "effects and transitions contained in this SVG file. Please see code.google." "com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:1 msgid "Transitions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:6 msgid "Transition in effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:11 msgid "Transition out effect" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_transitions.inx.h:13 msgid "" "This extension allows you to change the transition JessyInk uses for the " "selected layer. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:1 msgid "Uninstall/remove" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:3 msgid "Remove script" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:4 msgid "Remove effects" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:5 msgid "Remove master slide assignment" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:6 msgid "Remove transitions" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:7 msgid "Remove auto-texts" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:8 msgid "Remove views" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:9 msgid "Please select the parts of JessyInk you want to uninstall/remove." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_uninstall.inx.h:11 msgid "" "This extension allows you to uninstall the JessyInk script. Please see code." "google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.inx.h:1 msgid "Video" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_video.inx.h:3 msgid "" "This extension puts a JessyInk video element on the current slide (layer). " "This element allows you to integrate a video into your JessyInk " "presentation. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:1 #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:26 msgid "View" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:5 msgid "Remove view" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:6 msgid "Choose order number 0 to set the initial view of a slide." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/jessyInk_view.inx.h:8 msgid "" "This extension allows you to set, update and remove views for a JessyInk " "presentation. Please see code.google.com/p/jessyink for more details." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:1 msgid "L-system" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:2 msgid "Axiom and rules" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:3 msgid "Axiom" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:4 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:6 msgid "Step length (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:8 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize step (%)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:9 msgid "Left angle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:10 msgid "Right angle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:12 #, no-c-format msgid "Randomize angle (%)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lindenmayer.inx.h:14 msgid "" "\n" "The path is generated by applying the \n" "substitutions of Rules to the Axiom, \n" "Order times. The following commands are \n" "recognized in Axiom and Rules:\n" "\n" "Any of A,B,C,D,E,F: draw forward \n" "\n" "Any of G,H,I,J,K,L: move forward \n" "\n" "+: turn left\n" "\n" "-: turn right\n" "\n" "|: turn 180 degrees\n" "\n" "[: remember point\n" "\n" "]: return to remembered point\n" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lorem_ipsum.inx.h:1 msgid "Lorem ipsum" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lorem_ipsum.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect creates the standard \"Lorem Ipsum\" pseudolatin placeholder " "text. If a flowed text is selected, Lorem Ipsum is added to it; otherwise a " "new flowed text object, the size of the page, is created in a new layer." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lorem_ipsum.inx.h:3 msgid "Number of paragraphs" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lorem_ipsum.inx.h:4 msgid "Sentences per paragraph" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/lorem_ipsum.inx.h:5 msgid "Paragraph length fluctuation (sentences)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/markers_strokepaint.inx.h:1 msgid "Color Markers to Match Stroke" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:1 msgid "Measure Path" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:2 msgid "Measure" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:3 msgid "Measurement Type: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:4 msgid "Font size [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:5 msgid "Offset [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:6 msgid "Precision" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:7 msgid "Scale Factor (Drawing:Real Length) = 1:" msgstr "" #. mm #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:9 msgid "Length Unit: " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:10 msgid "Length" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:11 msgid "Area" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/measure.inx.h:14 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This effect measures the length, or area, of the selected path and adds it " "as a text-on-path object with the selected unit.\n" " \n" " * The number of significant digits can be controlled by the Precision " "field.\n" " * The Offset field controls the distance from the text to the path.\n" " * The Scale factor can be used to make measurements in scaled drawings. " "For example, if 1 cm in the drawing equals 2.5 m in the real world, Scale " "must be set to 250.\n" " * When calculating area, the result should be precise for polygons and " "Bezier curves. If a circle is used, the area may be too high by as much as " "0.03%." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/motion.inx.h:1 msgid "Motion" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/motion.inx.h:2 msgid "Magnitude" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/outline2svg.inx.h:1 msgid "Text Outline Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/outline2svg.inx.h:2 msgid "Text Outline File (*.outline)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/outline2svg.inx.h:3 msgid "ASCII Text with outline markup" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:1 msgid "Parametric Curves" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:2 msgid "Range and Sampling" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:3 msgid "Start t-value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:4 msgid "End t-value" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:5 msgid "Multiply t-range by 2*pi" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:6 msgid "x-value of rectangle's left" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:7 msgid "x-value of rectangle's right" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:8 msgid "y-value of rectangle's bottom" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:9 msgid "y-value of rectangle's top" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:10 msgid "Samples" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:11 msgid "Isotropic scaling (uses smallest: width/xrange or height/yrange)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:13 msgid "" "Select a rectangle before calling the extension,\n" "it will determine X and Y scales.\n" "\n" "First derivatives are always determined numerically." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:27 msgid "x-Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/param_curves.inx.h:28 msgid "y-Function" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:1 msgid "Pattern along Path" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect bends a pattern object along arbitrary \"skeleton\" paths. The " "pattern is the topmost object in the selection. (groups of paths/shapes/" "clones... allowed)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:3 msgid "Copies of the pattern:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:8 msgid "Deformation type:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:9 msgid "Snake" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:10 msgid "Ribbon" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:11 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:5 msgid "Space between copies:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathalongpath.inx.h:15 #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:13 msgid "Duplicate the pattern before deformation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect scatters a pattern along arbitrary \"skeleton\" paths. The " "pattern must be the topmost object in the selection. Groups of paths, " "shapes, clones are allowed." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:3 msgid "Follow path orientation" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:4 msgid "Stretch spaces to fit skeleton length" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:9 msgid "Original pattern will be:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:10 msgid "Moved" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:11 msgid "Copied" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pathscatter.inx.h:12 msgid "Cloned" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:1 msgid "Perfect-Bound Cover Template" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:2 msgid "Book Properties" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:3 msgid "Book Width (inches)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:4 msgid "Book Height (inches)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:5 msgid "Number of Pages" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:6 msgid "Remove existing guides" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:7 msgid "Interior Pages" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:8 msgid "Paper Thickness Measurement" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:9 msgid "Pages Per Inch (PPI)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:10 msgid "Caliper (inches)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:12 msgid "Bond Weight #" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:13 msgid "Specify Width" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:15 msgid "Cover" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:16 msgid "Cover Thickness Measurement" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:17 msgid "Bleed (in)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perfectboundcover.inx.h:18 msgid "Note: Bond Weight # calculations are a best-guess estimate." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/perspective.inx.h:1 msgid "Perspective" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pixelsnap.inx.h:1 msgid "PixelSnap" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/pixelsnap.inx.h:2 msgid "" "Snap all paths in selection to pixels. Snaps borders to half-points and " "fills to full points" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/plt_input.inx.h:1 msgid "AutoCAD Plot Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/plt_input.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/plt_output.inx.h:2 msgid "HP Graphics Language Plot file [AutoCAD] (*.plt)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/plt_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open HPGL plotter files" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/plt_output.inx.h:1 msgid "AutoCAD Plot Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/plt_output.inx.h:3 msgid "Save a file for plotters" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:1 msgid "3D Polyhedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:2 msgid "Model file" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:3 msgid "Object:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:4 msgid "Filename:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:5 msgid "Object Type" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:6 msgid "Clockwise wound object" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:7 msgid "Cube" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:8 msgid "Truncated Cube" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:9 msgid "Snub Cube" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:10 msgid "Cuboctahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:11 msgid "Tetrahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:12 msgid "Truncated Tetrahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:13 msgid "Octahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:14 msgid "Truncated Octahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:15 msgid "Icosahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:16 msgid "Truncated Icosahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:17 msgid "Small Triambic Icosahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:18 msgid "Dodecahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:19 msgid "Truncated Dodecahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:20 msgid "Snub Dodecahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:21 msgid "Great Dodecahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:22 msgid "Great Stellated Dodecahedron" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:23 msgid "Load from file" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:24 msgid "Face-Specified" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:25 msgid "Edge-Specified" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:27 msgid "Rotate around:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:28 msgid "Rotation, degrees" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:29 msgid "Then rotate around:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:30 msgid "X-Axis" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:31 msgid "Y-Axis" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:32 msgid "Z-Axis" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:35 msgid "Fill color, Red" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:36 msgid "Fill color, Green" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:37 msgid "Fill color, Blue" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:39 #, no-c-format msgid "Fill opacity, %" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:41 #, no-c-format msgid "Stroke opacity, %" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:42 msgid "Stroke width, px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:43 msgid "Shading" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:44 msgid "Light X" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:45 msgid "Light Y" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:46 msgid "Light Z" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:48 msgid "Draw back-facing polygons" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:49 msgid "Z-sort faces by:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:50 msgid "Faces" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:51 msgid "Edges" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:52 msgid "Vertices" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:53 msgid "Maximum" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:54 msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/polyhedron_3d.inx.h:55 msgid "Mean" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:1 msgid "Printing Marks" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:2 msgid "Marks" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:3 msgid "Crop Marks" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:4 msgid "Bleed Marks" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:5 msgid "Registration Marks" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:6 msgid "Star Target" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:7 msgid "Color Bars" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:8 msgid "Page Information" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:9 msgid "Positioning" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:10 msgid "Set crop marks to" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:13 msgid "Top:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:14 msgid "Bottom:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:15 msgid "Left:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:16 msgid "Right:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:17 msgid "Canvas" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/printing-marks.inx.h:19 msgid "Bleed Margin" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/ps_input.inx.h:1 msgid "PostScript Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:1 msgid "Jitter nodes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect randomly shifts the nodes (and optionally node handles) of the " "selected path." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:3 msgid "Maximum displacement in X, px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:4 msgid "Maximum displacement in Y, px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:5 msgid "Shift nodes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:6 msgid "Shift node handles" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/radiusrand.inx.h:7 msgid "Use normal distribution" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_alphabetsoup.inx.h:1 msgid "Alphabet Soup" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_alphabetsoup.inx.h:4 msgid "Random Seed" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.inx.h:1 msgid "Barcode - Datamatrix" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.inx.h:2 msgid "Text:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.inx.h:3 msgid "Size, in unit squares:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode_datamatrix.inx.h:4 msgid "Square Size (px):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode.inx.h:1 msgid "Barcode" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode.inx.h:2 msgid "Barcode Type:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode.inx.h:3 msgid "Barcode Data:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/render_barcode.inx.h:4 msgid "Bar Height:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:1 msgid "Restack" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:2 msgid "Restack Direction:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:3 msgid "Left to Right (0)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:4 msgid "Bottom to Top (90)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:5 msgid "Right to Left (180)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:6 msgid "Top to Bottom (270)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:7 msgid "Radial Outward" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:8 msgid "Radial Inward" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:9 msgid "Arbitrary Angle:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:11 msgid "Horizontal Point:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:13 msgid "Middle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:15 msgid "Vertical Point:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:16 msgid "Top" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:17 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/restack.inx.h:18 msgid "Arrange" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rtree.inx.h:1 msgid "Random Tree" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rtree.inx.h:2 msgid "Initial size" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rtree.inx.h:3 msgid "Minimum size" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rubberstretch.inx.h:1 msgid "Rubber Stretch" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rubberstretch.inx.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "Strength (%):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/rubberstretch.inx.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "Curve (%):" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:1 msgid "Optimized SVG Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:3 msgid "Simplify colors" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:4 msgid "Style to xml" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:5 msgid "Group collapsing" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:6 msgid "Enable id stripping" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:7 msgid "Embed rasters" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:8 msgid "Keep editor data" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:9 msgid "Enable viewboxing" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:10 msgid "Strip xml prolog" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:11 msgid "Set precision" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:12 msgid "Indent" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:13 msgid "Space" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:14 msgid "Tab" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:18 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This extension optimizes the SVG file according to the following options:\n" " * Simplify colors: convert all colors to #RRGGBB format.\n" " * Style to xml: convert styles into XML attributes.\n" " * Group collapsing: collapse group elements.\n" " * Enable id stripping: remove all un-referenced ID attributes.\n" " * Embed rasters: embed rasters as base64-encoded data.\n" " * Keep editor data: don't remove Inkscape, Sodipodi or Adobe Illustrator " "elements and attributes.\n" " * Enable viewboxing: size image to 100%/100% and introduce a viewBox.\n" " * Strip xml prolog: don't output the xml prolog.\n" " * Set precision: set number of significant digits (default: 5).\n" " * Indent: indentation of the output: none, space, tab (default: space)." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:29 msgid "Optimized SVG (*.svg)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/scour.inx.h:30 msgid "Scalable Vector Graphics" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk1_input.inx.h:1 msgid "sK1 vector graphics files input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk1_input.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/sk1_output.inx.h:2 msgid "sK1 vector graphics files (.sk1)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk1_input.inx.h:3 msgid "Open files saved in sK1 vector graphics editor" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk1_output.inx.h:1 msgid "sK1 vector graphics files output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk1_output.inx.h:3 msgid "File format for use in sK1 vector graphics editor" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk_input.inx.h:1 msgid "Sketch Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk_input.inx.h:2 msgid "Sketch Diagram (*.sk)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/sk_input.inx.h:3 msgid "A diagram created with the program Sketch" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:1 msgid "Spirograph" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:2 msgid "R - Ring Radius (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:3 msgid "r - Gear Radius (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:4 msgid "d - Pen Radius (px)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:5 msgid "Gear Placement" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:6 msgid "Inside (Hypotrochoid)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:7 msgid "Outside (Epitrochoid)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:8 msgid "Rotation (deg)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/spirograph.inx.h:9 msgid "Quality (Default = 16)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:1 msgid "Split text" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect splits texts into different lines, words or letters. Select " "below how your text should be splitted." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:3 msgid "Split:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:5 msgid "Words" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:6 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/split.inx.h:7 msgid "Preserve original text?" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/straightseg.inx.h:1 msgid "Straighten Segments" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/straightseg.inx.h:3 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/summersnight.inx.h:1 msgid "Envelope" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg2xaml.inx.h:1 msgid "XAML Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg2xaml.inx.h:2 ../share/extensions/xaml2svg.inx.h:2 msgid "Microsoft XAML (*.xaml)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg2xaml.inx.h:3 ../share/extensions/xaml2svg.inx.h:3 msgid "Microsoft's GUI definition format" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg_and_media_zip_output.inx.h:1 msgid "ZIP Output" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg_and_media_zip_output.inx.h:2 msgid "Compressed Inkscape SVG with media (*.zip)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svg_and_media_zip_output.inx.h:3 msgid "" "Inkscape's native file format compressed with Zip and including all media " "files" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:1 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:3 msgid "Month (0 for all)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:4 msgid "Year (0 for current)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:5 msgid "Fill empty day boxes with next month's days" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:6 msgid "Week start day" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:7 msgid "Weekend" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:8 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:9 msgid "Monday" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:10 msgid "Saturday and Sunday" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:11 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:13 msgid "Automatically set size and position" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:14 msgid "Months per line" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:15 msgid "Month Width" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:16 msgid "Month Margin" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:17 msgid "The options below have no influence when the above is checked." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:19 msgid "Year color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:20 msgid "Month color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:21 msgid "Weekday name color " msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:22 msgid "Day color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:23 msgid "Weekend day color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:24 msgid "Next month day color" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:25 msgid "Localization" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:26 msgid "Month names" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:27 msgid "Day names" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:28 msgid "Char Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:29 msgid "You may change the names for other languages:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:30 msgid "" "January February March April May June July August September October November " "December" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:31 msgid "Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:32 msgid "(The day names list must start from Sunday)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/svgcalendar.inx.h:33 msgid "" "(Select your system encoding. More information at http://docs.python.org/" "library/codecs.html#standard-encodings)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_braille.inx.h:1 msgid "Convert to Braille" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_flipcase.inx.h:1 msgid "fLIP cASE" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_lowercase.inx.h:1 msgid "lowercase" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_randomcase.inx.h:1 msgid "rANdOm CasE" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_replace.inx.h:1 msgid "Replace text" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_replace.inx.h:2 msgid "Replace:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_replace.inx.h:3 msgid "By:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_sentencecase.inx.h:1 msgid "Sentence case" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_titlecase.inx.h:1 msgid "Title Case" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/text_uppercase.inx.h:1 msgid "UPPERCASE" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:1 msgid "Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:2 msgid "Side Length a / px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:3 msgid "Side Length b / px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:4 msgid "Side Length c / px" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:5 msgid "Angle a / deg" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:6 msgid "Angle b / deg" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:7 msgid "Angle c / deg" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:9 msgid "From Three Sides" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:10 msgid "From Sides a, b and Angle c" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:11 msgid "From Sides a, b and Angle a" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:12 msgid "From Side a and Angles a, b" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/triangle.inx.h:13 msgid "From Side c and Angles a, b" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/txt2svg.inx.h:1 msgid "Text Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/txt2svg.inx.h:2 msgid "Text File (*.txt)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/txt2svg.inx.h:3 msgid "ASCII Text" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:1 msgid "Set Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:2 msgid "" "This effect adds a feature visible (or usable) only on a SVG enabled web " "browser (like Firefox)." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:4 msgid "" "This effect sets one or more attributes in the second selected element, when " "a defined event occurs on the first selected element." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:5 msgid "" "If you want to set more than one attribute, you must separate this with a " "space, and only with a space." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:6 msgid "Attribute to set" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:7 msgid "When should the set be done?" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:8 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:8 msgid "on click" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:9 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:9 msgid "on focus" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:10 msgid "on blur" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:11 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:11 msgid "on activate" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:12 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:12 msgid "on mouse down" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:13 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:13 msgid "on mouse up" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:14 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:14 msgid "on mouse over" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:15 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:15 msgid "on mouse move" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:16 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:16 msgid "on mouse out" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:17 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:17 msgid "on element loaded" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:18 msgid "The list of values must have the same size as the attributes list." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:19 msgid "Value to set" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:20 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:18 msgid "Compatibility with previews code to this event" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:21 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:19 msgid "Run it after" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:22 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:20 msgid "Run it before" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:24 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:22 msgid "The next parameter is useful when you select more than two elements" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:25 msgid "Source and destination of setting" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:26 msgid "All selected ones set an attribute in the last one" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:27 msgid "The first selected sets an attribute in all others" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-set-att.inx.h:28 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:11 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:41 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:6 #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:26 msgid "Web" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:1 msgid "Set a layout group" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:2 msgid "" "Layout Group is only about to help a better code generation (if you need " "it). To use this, you must to select some \"Slicer rectangles\" first." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:18 msgid "HTML id attribute:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:4 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:19 msgid "HTML class attribute:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:5 msgid "Width unit:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:6 msgid "Pixel (fixed)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:7 msgid "Percent (relative to parent size)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:8 msgid "Undefined (relative to non-floating content size)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:9 msgid "Height unit:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:10 #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:9 msgid "Background color:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_group.inx.h:12 msgid "Slicer" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:1 msgid "Create a slicer rectangle" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:3 msgid "Format:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:4 msgid "DPI:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:5 msgid "Force Dimension:" msgstr "" #. i18n. Description duplicated in a fake value attribute in order to make it translatable #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:7 msgid "Force Dimension must be set as x" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:8 msgid "If set, this will replace DPI." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:10 msgid "JPG specific options" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:11 msgid "Quality:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:12 msgid "" "0 is the lowest image quality and highest compression, and 100 is the best " "quality but least effective compression" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:13 msgid "GIF specific options" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:16 msgid "Palette" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:17 msgid "Palette size:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:20 msgid "Options for HTML export" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:21 msgid "Layout disposition:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:22 msgid "Positioned html block element with the image as Background" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:23 msgid "Tiled Background (on parent group)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:24 msgid "Background — repeat horizontally (on parent group)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:25 msgid "Background — repeat vertically (on parent group)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:26 msgid "Background — no repeat (on parent group)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:27 msgid "Positioned Image" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:28 msgid "Non Positioned Image" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:29 msgid "Left Floated Image" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:30 msgid "Right Floated Image" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:31 msgid "Position anchor:" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:32 msgid "Top and Left" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:33 msgid "Top and Center" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:34 msgid "Top and right" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:35 msgid "Middle and Left" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:36 msgid "Middle and Center" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:37 msgid "Middle and Right" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:38 msgid "Bottom and Left" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:39 msgid "Bottom and Center" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_create_rect.inx.h:40 msgid "Bottom and Right" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:1 msgid "Export layout pieces and HTML+CSS code" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:2 msgid "" "All sliced images, and optionaly code, will be generated as you had " "configured and saved to one directory." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:3 msgid "Directory path to export" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:4 msgid "Create directory, if it does not exists" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/webslicer_export.inx.h:5 msgid "With HTML and CSS" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:1 msgid "Transmit Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:4 msgid "" "This effect transmits one or more attributes from the first selected element " "to the second when an event occurs." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:5 msgid "" "If you want to transmit more than one attribute, you should separate this " "with a space, and only with a space." msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:6 msgid "Attribute to transmit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:7 msgid "When to transmit" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:23 msgid "Source and destination of transmitting" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:24 msgid "All selected ones transmit to the last one" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/web-transmit-att.inx.h:25 msgid "The first selected transmits to all others" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/whirl.inx.h:1 msgid "Whirl" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/whirl.inx.h:2 msgid "Amount of whirl" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/whirl.inx.h:3 msgid "Rotation is clockwise" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:1 msgid "Wireframe Sphere" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:2 msgid "Lines of latitude" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:3 msgid "Lines of longitude" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:4 msgid "Tilt [deg]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:5 msgid "Rotation [deg]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:6 msgid "Radius [px]" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wireframe_sphere.inx.h:7 msgid "Hide lines behind the sphere" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wmf_input.inx.h:1 #: ../share/extensions/wmf_output.inx.h:1 msgid "Windows Metafile Input" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wmf_input.inx.h:2 #: ../share/extensions/wmf_output.inx.h:2 msgid "Windows Metafile (*.wmf)" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/wmf_input.inx.h:3 #: ../share/extensions/wmf_output.inx.h:3 msgid "A popular graphics file format for clipart" msgstr "" #: ../share/extensions/xaml2svg.inx.h:1 msgid "XAML Input" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/atk10.po0000644000000000000000000000517012321561547020012 0ustar # English/Canada translation of atk. # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the atk package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: atk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-23 19:17+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 17:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:33+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:112 msgid "color chooser" msgstr "colour chooser" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:115 msgid "dateeditor" msgstr "date editor" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:119 msgid "dialog" msgstr "dialogue" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:162 msgid "tear off menu item" msgstr "tear-off menu item" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:466 msgid "Object instance's name formatted for assistive technology access" msgstr "Object instance's name, formatted for assistive technology access" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:480 msgid "Is used to notify that the parent has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the parent has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:487 msgid "Is used to notify that the value has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the value has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:523 msgid "" "Is used to notify that the table caption has changed; this property should " "not be used. accessible-table-caption-object should be used instead" msgstr "" "Used to notify that the table caption has changed. This property should not " "be used; accessible-table-caption-object should be used instead" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:530 msgid "Is used to notify that the table column header has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table column header has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:537 msgid "Is used to notify that the table column description has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table column description has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:544 msgid "Is used to notify that the table row header has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table row header has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:551 msgid "Is used to notify that the table row description has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table row description has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:558 msgid "Is used to notify that the table summary has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table summary has changed" #: ../atk/atkobject.c:565 msgid "Is used to notify that the table caption has changed" msgstr "Used to notify that the table caption has changed" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libbonobo-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000425212321561547021334 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libbonobo. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libbonobo package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonobo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-27 22:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../activation-server/object-directory-config-file.c:65 #, c-format msgid "" "The Bonobo Activation configuration file was not read successfully. Please, " "check it is valid in: %s" msgstr "" "The Bonobo Activation configuration file was not read successfully. Please " "check it is valid in: %s" #: ../activation-server/object-directory-load.c:106 #, c-format msgid "iid %s has a NULL type" msgstr "IID %s has a NULL type" #: ../activation-server/object-directory-load.c:110 #, c-format msgid "iid %s has a NULL location" msgstr "IID %s has a NULL location" #: ../activation-server/object-directory-load.c:119 #, c-format msgid "invalid character '%c' in iid '%s'" msgstr "invalid character '%c' in IID '%s'" #: ../bonobo-activation/bonobo-activation-fork-server.c:438 msgid "Couldn't spawn a new process" msgstr "Could not spawn a new process" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-exception.c:196 msgid "No permission to do operation on storage" msgstr "No permission to perform operation on storage" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-moniker.c:342 #, c-format msgid "Failed to resolve, or extend '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../samples/echo/echo-client.c:24 msgid "I could not initialize Bonobo" msgstr "Could not initialize Bonobo" #: ../samples/echo/echo-client.c:47 #, c-format msgid "An exception occurred '%s'" msgstr "An exception occured '%s'" #: ../utils/bonobo-activation-sysconf.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Please, make sure you have permissions to write to '%s'.\n" msgstr "Make sure you have permission to write to '%s'.\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libbonoboui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000237212321561547021673 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libbonoboui. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libbonoboui package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005 # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libbonoboui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-07 22:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Paul Kishimoto \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-canvas-item.c:680 msgid "corba factory" msgstr "CORBA factory" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-canvas-item.c:690 msgid "corba UI container" msgstr "CORBA UI container" #: ../bonobo/bonobo-ui-init-gtk.c:152 msgid "Don't use X shared memory extension" msgstr "Do not use X shared memory extension" #: ../tools/browser/window.c:214 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Paul Kishimoto https://launchpad.net/~khaeru" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gdk-pixbuf.po0000644000000000000000000001315512321561547021134 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gtk+ # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gdk-" "pixbuf\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 15:21-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-05 09:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:35+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-io.c:789 #, c-format msgid "" "Image-loading module %s does not export the proper interface; perhaps it's " "from a different gdk-pixbuf version?" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-ani.c:628 msgid "ANI image was truncated or incomplete." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:354 msgid "Topdown BMP images cannot be compressed" msgstr "Top-down BMP images cannot be compressed" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:1326 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for saving BMP file" msgstr "Could not allocate memory for saving BMP file" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-bmp.c:1367 msgid "Couldn't write to BMP file" msgstr "Could not write to BMP file" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-emf.c:57 msgid "The EMF image format" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Could not allocate memory: %s" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:177 gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:291 #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not create stream: %s" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Could not seek stream: %s" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not read from stream: %s" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:615 msgid "Couldn't load bitmap" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:771 msgid "Couldn't load metafile" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:876 msgid "Unsupported image format for GDI+" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-utils.c:883 msgid "Couldn't save" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gdip-wmf.c:56 msgid "The WMF image format" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1239 msgid "Resulting GIF image has zero size" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-gif.c:1318 msgid "" "GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colormap." msgstr "" "GIF image has no global colourmap, and a frame inside it has no local " "colourmap." #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:147 gdk-pixbuf/io-jasper.c:155 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for color profile" msgstr "Couldn't allocate memory for colour profile" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:645 gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:858 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)" msgstr "Unsupported JPEG colour space (%s)" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-jpeg.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length '%u'." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pcx.c:654 msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for PCX image" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pixdata.c:146 msgid "Transformed pixbuf has zero width or height." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pixdata.c:184 msgid "The GdkPixdata format" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:655 #, c-format msgid "" "Insufficient memory to store a %lu by %lu image; try exiting some " "applications to reduce memory usage" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-png.c:880 gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:665 #, c-format msgid "Color profile has invalid length %d." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:377 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is 0" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is 0" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-pnm.c:385 msgid "Maximum color value in PNM file is too large" msgstr "Maximum colour value in PNM file is too large" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:126 msgid "Input file descriptor is NULL." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:141 msgid "Failed to read QTIF header" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:150 gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:187 gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:454 #, c-format msgid "QTIF atom size too large (%d byte)" msgid_plural "QTIF atom size too large (%d bytes)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Failed to allocate %d byte for file read buffer" msgid_plural "Failed to allocate %d bytes for file read buffer" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:201 #, c-format msgid "File error when reading QTIF atom: %s" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:238 #, c-format msgid "Failed to skip the next %d byte with seek()." msgid_plural "Failed to skip the next %d bytes with seek()." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:265 msgid "Failed to allocate QTIF context structure." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:325 msgid "Failed to create GdkPixbufLoader object." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:429 msgid "Failed to find an image data atom." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-qtif.c:613 msgid "The QTIF image format" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:678 msgid "Image is corrupted or truncated" msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:685 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap structure" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap structure" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:692 msgid "Cannot allocate colormap entries" msgstr "Cannot allocate colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tga.c:714 msgid "Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries" msgstr "Unexpected bitdepth for colourmap entries" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-tiff.c:654 msgid "TIFF compression doesn't refer to a valid codec." msgstr "" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:509 msgid "XPM file has invalid number of colors" msgstr "XPM file has invalid number of colours" #: gdk-pixbuf/io-xpm.c:544 msgid "Cannot read XPM colormap" msgstr "Cannot read XPM colourmap" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/glib20.po0000644000000000000000000005534412321561547020161 0ustar # English/Canada translation of glib. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger # This file is distributed under the same licence as the glib package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=glib&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 15:00-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 12:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ryan Lortie \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: Canadian English\n" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:509 msgid "Enter GApplication service mode (use from D-Bus service files)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:514 msgid "GApplication options" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication.c:514 msgid "Show GApplication options" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:47 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:474 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:542 msgid "[COMMAND]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:49 msgid "Print version" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:50 ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:514 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:52 msgid "List applications" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:53 msgid "List the installed D-Bus activatable applications (by .desktop files)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:55 msgid "Launch an application" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:56 msgid "Launch the application (with optional files to open)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:57 msgid "APPID [FILE...]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:59 msgid "Activate an action" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:60 msgid "Invoke an action on the application" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:61 msgid "APPID ACTION [PARAMETER]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:63 msgid "List available actions" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:64 msgid "List static actions for an application (from .desktop file)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:65 ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "APPID" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:70 msgid "The command to print detailed help for" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:71 msgid "Application identifier in D-Bus format (eg: org.example.viewer)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:72 ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:589 #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:620 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:480 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:546 msgid "FILE" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:72 msgid "Optional relative or relative filenames, or URIs to open" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "ACTION" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:73 msgid "The action name to invoke" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "PARAMETER" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:74 msgid "Optional parameter to the action invocation, in GVariant format" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:101 msgid "Usage:\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:133 msgid "[ARGS...]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Commands:\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate 'help', but please translate 'COMMAND'. #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:146 #, c-format msgid "" "Use '%s help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:165 #, c-format msgid "" "%s command requires an application id to directly follow\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:171 #, c-format msgid "invalid application id: '%s'\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a command name like 'list-actions' #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:182 #, c-format msgid "" "'%s' takes no arguments\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:262 #, c-format msgid "unable to connect to D-Bus: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:282 #, c-format msgid "error sending %s message to application: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:313 #, c-format msgid "action name must be given after application id\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:321 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid action name: '%s'\n" "action names must consist of only alphanumerics, '-' and '.'\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:340 #, c-format msgid "error parsing action parameter: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:352 #, c-format msgid "actions accept a maximum of one parameter\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:407 #, c-format msgid "list-actions command takes only the application id" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:417 #, c-format msgid "unable to find desktop file for application %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gapplication-tool.c:462 #, c-format msgid "" "unrecognised command: %s\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:891 ../gio/gbufferedoutputstream.c:575 #: ../gio/gdataoutputstream.c:562 msgid "Seek not supported on base stream" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gbufferedinputstream.c:937 msgid "Cannot truncate GBufferedInputStream" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gbufferedoutputstream.c:612 ../gio/gdataoutputstream.c:592 msgid "Truncate not supported on base stream" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:487 msgid "GCredentials does not contain a process ID on this OS" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gcredentials.c:536 msgid "Credentials spoofing is not possible on this OS" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:452 #, c-format msgid "Address element '%s' does not contain a colon (:)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:473 #, c-format msgid "" "Key/Value pair %d, '%s', in address element '%s' does not contain an equal " "sign" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Cannot spawn a message bus when setuid" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1294 #, c-format msgid "(Type any character to close this window)\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusaddress.c:1425 #, c-format msgid "Session dbus not running, and autolaunch failed" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusauthmechanismsha1.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for directory '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusmessage.c:1381 #, c-format msgid "Wanted to read %lu byte but only got %lu" msgid_plural "Wanted to read %lu bytes but only got %lu" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gio/gdbusprivate.c:2064 #, c-format msgid "Unable to get Hardware profile: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbusprivate.c:2109 msgid "Unable to load /var/lib/dbus/machine-id or /etc/machine-id: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gdbus-tool.c:634 #, c-format msgid "Error: signal must be the fully-qualified name.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3007 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) between mounts is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3011 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) is not supported or invalid" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gfile.c:3016 msgid "Copy (reflink/clone) is not supported or didn't work" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gicon.c:461 msgid "Can't handle the supplied version of the icon encoding" msgstr "" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:182 msgid "No address specified" msgstr "" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Length %u is too long for address" msgstr "" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:223 msgid "Address has bits set beyond prefix length" msgstr "" #: ../gio/ginetaddressmask.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse '%s' as IP address mask" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:236 #, c-format msgid "File %s appears multiple times in the resource" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:249 #, c-format msgid "Failed to locate '%s' in any source directory" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:260 #, c-format msgid "Failed to locate '%s' in current directory" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:288 #, c-format msgid "Unknown processing option \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:306 ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:352 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create temp file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:380 #, c-format msgid "Error reading file %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Error compressing file %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:589 msgid "name of the output file" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:590 msgid "" "The directories where files are to be read from (default to current " "directory)" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:591 msgid "" "Generate output in the format selected for by the target filename extension" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:592 msgid "Generate source header" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:593 msgid "Generate sourcecode used to link in the resource file into your code" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:594 msgid "Generate dependency list" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:595 msgid "Don't automatically create and register resource" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:596 msgid "Don't export functions; declare them G_GNUC_INTERNAL" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:597 msgid "C identifier name used for the generated source code" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:623 msgid "" "Compile a resource specification into a resource file.\n" "Resource specification files have the extension .gresource.xml,\n" "and the resource file have the extension called .gresource." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-resources.c:639 #, c-format msgid "You should give exactly one file name\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:794 #, c-format msgid "" "invalid name '%s': invalid character '%c'; only lowercase letters, numbers " "and hyphen ('-') are permitted." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:803 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': two successive hyphens ('--') are not permitted." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:812 #, c-format msgid "invalid name '%s': the last character may not be a hyphen ('-')." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:915 msgid "cannot add keys to a 'list-of' schema" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1457 #, c-format msgid "Element <%s> not allowed at the top level" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1885 #, c-format msgid "" "error parsing key '%s' in schema '%s' as specified in override file '%s': %s." msgstr "" #: ../gio/glib-compile-schemas.c:1913 #, c-format msgid "" "override for key '%s' in schema '%s' in override file '%s' is outside the " "range given in the schema" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glocalfile.c:2603 #, c-format msgid "Could not determine the disk usage of %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:1742 ../gio/glocalfileoutputstream.c:803 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for file '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/glocalfileinfo.c:1993 #, c-format msgid "Error when getting information for file descriptor: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:189 ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:292 msgid "Network unreachable" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:227 ../gio/gnetworkmonitorbase.c:257 msgid "Host unreachable" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:96 ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:108 #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Could not create network monitor: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:117 msgid "Could not create network monitor: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gnetworkmonitornetlink.c:175 msgid "Could not get network status: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource.c:291 ../gio/gresource.c:539 ../gio/gresource.c:556 #: ../gio/gresource.c:677 ../gio/gresource.c:746 ../gio/gresource.c:807 #: ../gio/gresource.c:887 ../gio/gresourcefile.c:452 #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:553 ../gio/gresourcefile.c:655 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource.c:456 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' failed to decompress" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:651 #, c-format msgid "The resource at '%s' is not a directory" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresourcefile.c:859 msgid "Input stream doesn't implement seek" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:479 msgid "List sections containing resources in an elf FILE" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:485 msgid "" "List resources\n" "If SECTION is given, only list resources in this section\n" "If PATH is given, only list matching resources" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:488 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:498 msgid "FILE [PATH]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:489 ../gio/gresource-tool.c:499 #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:506 msgid "SECTION" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:494 msgid "" "List resources with details\n" "If SECTION is given, only list resources in this section\n" "If PATH is given, only list matching resources\n" "Details include the section, size and compression" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:504 msgid "Extract a resource file to stdout" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:505 msgid "FILE PATH" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:519 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gresource [--section SECTION] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " sections List resource sections\n" " list List resources\n" " details List resources with details\n" " extract Extract a resource\n" "\n" "Use 'gresource help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:533 #, c-format msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gresource %s%s%s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:540 msgid " SECTION An (optional) elf section name\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:550 msgid " FILE An elf file (a binary or a shared library)\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:553 msgid "" " FILE An elf file (a binary or a shared library)\n" " or a compiled resource file\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:557 msgid "[PATH]" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:559 msgid " PATH An (optional) resource path (may be partial)\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:560 msgid "PATH" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gresource-tool.c:562 msgid " PATH A resource path\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:484 #, c-format msgid "The key is not writable\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:602 msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gsettings --version\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] COMMAND [ARGS...]\n" "\n" "Commands:\n" " help Show this information\n" " list-schemas List installed schemas\n" " list-relocatable-schemas List relocatable schemas\n" " list-keys List keys in a schema\n" " list-children List children of a schema\n" " list-recursively List keys and values, recursively\n" " range Queries the range of a key\n" " get Get the value of a key\n" " set Set the value of a key\n" " reset Reset the value of a key\n" " reset-recursively Reset all values in a given schema\n" " writable Check if a key is writable\n" " monitor Watch for changes\n" "\n" "Use 'gsettings help COMMAND' to get detailed help.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:625 #, c-format msgid "" "Usage:\n" " gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] %s %s\n" "\n" "%s\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:631 msgid " SCHEMADIR A directory to search for additional schemas\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsettings-tool.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Could not load schemas from %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:564 msgid "Unknown family was specified" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2044 ../gio/gsocket.c:2081 #, c-format msgid "Error joining multicast group: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2045 ../gio/gsocket.c:2082 #, c-format msgid "Error leaving multicast group: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2046 msgid "No support for source-specific multicast" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:2433 msgid "Unable to get pending error: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:3911 msgid "GSocketControlMessage not supported on Windows" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocket.c:4485 #, c-format msgid "Unable to read socket credentials: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to proxy server %s: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to %s: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:192 msgid "Could not connect: " msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1082 ../gio/gsocketclient.c:1532 msgid "Proxying over a non-TCP connection is not supported." msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:136 msgid "Username is too long for SOCKSv4 protocol" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocks4aproxy.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Hostname '%s' is too long for SOCKSv4 protocol" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:206 msgid "Username or password is too long for SOCKSv5 protocol." msgstr "" #: ../gio/gsocks5proxy.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Hostname '%s' is too long for SOCKSv5 protocol" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:531 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:611 #: ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:711 ../gio/gthreadedresolver.c:761 #, c-format msgid "No DNS record of the requested type for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gtlscertificate.c:247 msgid "Cannot decrypt PEM-encoded private key" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:159 ../gio/gunixconnection.c:554 #, c-format msgid "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgid_plural "Expecting 1 control message, got %d" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gio/gunixconnection.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgid_plural "Expecting one fd, but got %d\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:370 ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:391 #, c-format msgid "Error reading from file descriptor: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gunixinputstream.c:424 ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:410 #, c-format msgid "Error closing file descriptor: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:356 ../gio/gunixoutputstream.c:377 #, c-format msgid "Error writing to file descriptor: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gio/gunixsocketaddress.c:232 msgid "Abstract UNIX domain socket addresses not supported on this system" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:18 msgid "Address to listen on" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:19 msgid "Ignored, for compat with GTestDbus" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:20 msgid "Print address" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:21 msgid "Print address in shell mode" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:28 msgid "Run a dbus service" msgstr "" #: ../gio/tests/gdbus-daemon.c:42 #, c-format msgid "Wrong args\n" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1124 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1189 #: ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1253 ../glib/gbookmarkfile.c:1263 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected tag '%s', tag '%s' expected" msgstr "Unexpected tag '%s'; tag '%s' expected" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date and the time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:206 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %Y %r %Z" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:209 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%m/%d/%y" msgstr "%F" #. Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the time #: ../glib/gdatetime.c:212 msgctxt "GDateTime" msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%r" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:699 ../glib/gfileutils.c:791 #, c-format msgid "Could not allocate %lu byte to read file \"%s\"" msgid_plural "Could not allocate %lu bytes to read file \"%s\"" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1054 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write file '%s': write() failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gfileutils.c:1499 #, c-format msgid "Template '%s' doesn't contain XXXXXX" msgstr "Template '%s' does not contain XXXXXX" #: ../glib/giochannel.c:1925 msgid "Can't do a raw read in g_io_channel_read_to_end" msgstr "Cannot do a raw read in g_io_channel_read_to_end" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2533 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2901 #, c-format msgid "" "Key file contains key '%s' in group '%s' which has a value that cannot be " "interpreted." msgstr "" #: ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2611 ../glib/gkeyfile.c:2688 #, c-format msgid "Key '%s' in group '%s' has value '%s' where %s was expected" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gmappedfile.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get attributes of file '%s%s%s%s': fstat() failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gmappedfile.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Failed to map %s%s%s%s: mmap() failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:472 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid name" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gmarkup.c:488 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a valid name: '%c'" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:306 msgid "recursion loop" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:336 msgid "unrecognized character following \\" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:361 msgid "unrecognized character after (? or (?-" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:376 msgid "regular expression is too large" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:432 msgid "escapes \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, and \\u are not supported" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:477 msgid "" "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name or number, " "or by a plain number" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:481 msgid "a numbered reference must not be zero" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:484 msgid "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:487 msgid "(*VERB) not recognized" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:490 msgid "number is too big" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:493 msgid "missing subpattern name after (?&" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:496 msgid "digit expected after (?+" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:499 msgid "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:502 msgid "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:505 msgid "(*MARK) must have an argument" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:508 msgid "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:511 msgid "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:514 msgid "\\N is not supported in a class" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:517 msgid "too many forward references" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:520 msgid "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:523 msgid "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gregex.c:1324 msgid "PCRE library is compiled with incompatible options" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gshell.c:88 msgid "Quoted text doesn't begin with a quotation mark" msgstr "Quoted text does not begin with a quotation mark" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:838 ../glib/gspawn-win32.c:1233 #, c-format msgid "Child process exited with code %ld" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:846 #, c-format msgid "Child process killed by signal %ld" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:853 #, c-format msgid "Child process stopped by signal %ld" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gspawn.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Child process exited abnormally" msgstr "" #: ../glib/gutf8.c:780 msgid "Failed to allocate memory" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000776612321561547021200 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libgnome # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libgnome package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:14+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 16:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gnome-data/gnome-2.soundlist.in.h:7 msgid "Question dialog" msgstr "Question dialogue" #: ../libgnome/gnome-open.c:52 #, c-format msgid "Error showing url: %s\n" msgstr "Error showing URL: %s\n" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_applications_window_manager.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Fallback window manager if user window manager can't be found. This key has " "been deprecated since GNOME 2.12." msgstr "" "Fallback window manager if user's window manager cannot be found. This key " "has been deprecated since GNOME 2.12." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:9 msgid "Primary Color" msgstr "Primary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:10 msgid "Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color." msgstr "Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:11 msgid "Secondary Color" msgstr "Secondary Colour" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:12 msgid "Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color." msgstr "" "Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_background.schemas.in.in.h:13 msgid "Color Shading Type" msgstr "Colour Shading Type" #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialog." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to " "be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's \"Run " "Application\" dialogue." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:4 msgid "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable " "access to all applications' \"Save as\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:6 msgid "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to " "all applications' \"Print\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogs." msgstr "" "Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would " "disable access to all applications' \"Print Setup\" dialogues." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_lockdown.schemas.in.h:12 msgid "Prevent the user to lock his screen." msgstr "Prevent the user from locking their screen." #: ../schemas/desktop_gnome_peripherals_mouse.schemas.in.h:15 msgid "" "Font name of the cursor. If unset, the default font is used. This value is " "only propagated to the X server start of each session, so changing it mid-" "session won't have an effect until the next time you log in." msgstr "" "Font name of the cursor. If unset, the default font is used. This value is " "only propagated to the X server start of each session, so changing it mid-" "session will not have an effect until the next time you log in." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomecanvas-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000252612321561547022361 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libgnomecanvas # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomecanvas package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomecanvas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-01 09:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:216 msgid "Marked up text to render" msgstr "Marked-up text to render" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:425 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:433 #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:441 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:426 msgid "Text color, as string" msgstr "Text colour, as string" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:434 msgid "Text color, as a GdkColor" msgstr "Text colour, as a GdkColour" #: ../libgnomecanvas/gnome-canvas-text.c:442 msgid "Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" msgstr "Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomeui-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000001375212321561547021526 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libgnomeui # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the PACKAGE package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomeui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-28 16:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:404 msgid "Received invalid color data\n" msgstr "Received invalid colour data\n" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:458 msgid "Open a dialog to specify the color" msgstr "Open a dialogue to specify the colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-color-picker.c:480 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Pick a colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:140 msgid "Foreground color of the title" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:147 msgid "Title Foreground Color" msgstr "Title Foreground Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:148 msgid "Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:155 msgid "Title Foreground color set" msgstr "Title Foreground colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:156 msgid "Foreground color of the title is set" msgstr "Foreground colour of the title is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:163 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:171 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:164 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:172 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:179 msgid "Background color set" msgstr "Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:180 msgid "Background color is set" msgstr "Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:187 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:195 msgid "Contents Background Color" msgstr "Contents Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:188 msgid "Contents Background color" msgstr "Contents Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:196 msgid "Contents Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Contents Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:203 msgid "Contents Background color set" msgstr "Contents Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:204 msgid "Contents Background color is set" msgstr "Contents Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:210 #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:218 msgid "Logo Background Color" msgstr "Logo Background Colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:211 msgid "Logo Background color" msgstr "Logo Background colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:219 msgid "Logo Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Logo Background colour as a GdkColor" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:226 msgid "Logo Background color set" msgstr "Logo Background colour set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-druid-page-standard.c:227 msgid "Logo Background color is set" msgstr "Logo Background colour is set" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:242 ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:178 msgid "Browse Dialog Title" msgstr "Browse Dialogue Title" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-file-entry.c:243 msgid "Title for the Browse file dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse file dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:148 msgid "The title of the selection dialog box" msgstr "The title of the selection dialogue box" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-font-picker.c:185 msgid "Preview text shown in the dialog" msgstr "Preview text shown in the dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:118 msgid "Link color" msgstr "Link colour" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:119 msgid "Color used to draw the link" msgstr "Colour used to draw the link" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-href.c:386 msgid "" "An error has occurred while trying to launch the default web browser.\n" "Please check your settings in the 'Preferred Applications' preference tool." msgstr "" "An error occurred while trying to launch the default web browser.\n" "Please check your settings in the 'Preferred Applications' preference tool." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:179 msgid "Title for the Browse icon dialog." msgstr "Title for the Browse icon dialogue." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:203 msgid "Picker dialog" msgstr "Picker dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:204 msgid "" "Icon picker dialog. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." msgstr "" "Icon picker dialogue. You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you " "need to modify or query any of its properties." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:766 msgid "Icon selection dialog" msgstr "Icon selection dialogue" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-entry.c:767 msgid "This dialog box lets you select an icon." msgstr "This dialogue box lets you select an icon." #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-icon-sel.c:301 #, c-format msgid "GnomeIconSelection: couldn't open directory '%s'" msgstr "GnomeIconSelection: could not open directory '%s'" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-password-dialog.c:430 msgid "_Remember password until you logout" msgstr "_Remember password until you log out" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-pixmap-entry.c:408 msgid "Can't find an hbox, using a normal file selection" msgstr "Cannot find an hbox, using a normal file selection" #: ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:134 ../libgnomeui/gnome-ui-init.c:160 msgid "Disable Crash Dialog" msgstr "Disable Crash Dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtkspell.po0000644000000000000000000000132312321561547020713 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gtkspell # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkspell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkspell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-21 15:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgtop-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000215112321561547021023 0ustar # English/Canada translation of libgtop. # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgtop package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgtop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/daemon/gnuserv.c:495 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../sysdeps/osf1/siglist.c:47 ../sysdeps/sun4/siglist.c:47 msgid "Background read from tty" msgstr "Background read from TTY" #: ../sysdeps/osf1/siglist.c:48 ../sysdeps/sun4/siglist.c:48 msgid "Background write to tty" msgstr "Background write to TTY" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/metacity.po0000644000000000000000000001344612321561550020710 0ustar # English/Canada translation of metacity. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the metacity package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: metacity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Switch windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Switch applications" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Switch windows of an application" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Switch system controls" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Switch windows directly" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Switch windows of an app directly" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Switch system controls directly" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Hide all normal windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Move to workspace left" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Move to workspace right" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Move to workspace above" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-navigation.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Move to workspace below" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:1 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Show the run command prompt" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-system.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Show the activities overview" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one" msgstr "" #: ../src/50-metacity-windows.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it" msgstr "" #: ../src/core/prefs.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse font description \"%s\" from GSettings key %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/menu.c:205 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d%n" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1059 #, c-format msgid "Gradients should have at least two colors" msgstr "Gradients should have at least two colours" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1230 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg[NORMAL] " "where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have the state in brackets, e.g. gtk:fg" "[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1244 #, c-format msgid "" "GTK color specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" msgstr "" "GTK colour specification must have a close bracket after the state, e.g. gtk:" "fg[NORMAL] where NORMAL is the state; could not parse \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1255 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand state \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand state \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Did not understand color component \"%s\" in color specification" msgstr "Did not understand colour component \"%s\" in colour specification" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1298 #, c-format msgid "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_color/fg_color/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" msgstr "" "Blend format is \"blend/bg_colour/fg_colour/alpha\", \"%s\" does not fit the " "format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1309 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended color" msgstr "Could not parse alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1319 #, c-format msgid "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended color is not between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "Alpha value \"%s\" in blended colour is not between 0.0 and 1.0" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1366 #, c-format msgid "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_color/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" msgstr "" "Shade format is \"shade/base_colour/factor\", \"%s\" does not fit the format" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1377 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color" msgstr "Could not parse shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1387 #, c-format msgid "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded color is negative" msgstr "Shade factor \"%s\" in shaded colour is negative" #: ../src/ui/theme.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse color \"%s\"" msgstr "Could not parse colour \"%s\"" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:99 msgid "_Windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:100 msgid "_Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:101 msgid "_Modal dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:102 msgid "_Utility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:103 msgid "_Splashscreen" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:104 msgid "_Top dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:105 msgid "_Bottom dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:106 msgid "_Left dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:107 msgid "_Right dock" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:108 msgid "_All docks" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:109 msgid "Des_ktop" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:253 msgid "This is a sample message in a sample dialog" msgstr "This is a sample message in a sample dialogue" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:393 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #: ../src/ui/theme-viewer.c:397 msgid "Modal Dialog Box" msgstr "Modal Dialogue Box" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus.po0000644000000000000000000012327512321561550020737 0ustar # Canadian English translations for Nautilus package. # Copyright (C) 2012 Nautilus' COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the Nautilus package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Nautilus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=nautilus&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=Internationalization (i18n)\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 15:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 14:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:45+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/nautilus-autorun-software.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Run Software" msgstr "" #: ../data/nautilus.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "folder;manager;explore;disk;filesystem;" msgstr "" #: ../data/nautilus.desktop.in.in.h:4 ../debian/nautilus-home.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "Open a New Window" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../eel/eel-editable-label.c:3084 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-clipboard.c:356 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7199 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7352 msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../eel/eel-editable-label.c:3086 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-clipboard.c:360 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7203 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7356 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../eel/eel-editable-label.c:3088 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-clipboard.c:364 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7207 msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #. Put up the timed wait window. #: ../eel/eel-stock-dialogs.c:195 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:542 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:183 #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:657 #: ../src/nautilus-location-entry.c:274 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:647 #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:651 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:722 #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1065 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1571 #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1795 #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4470 #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:5446 ../src/nautilus-query-editor.c:519 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:968 ../src/nautilus-view.c:1482 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:1602 ../src/nautilus-view.c:5988 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:78 msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:86 msgid "Accessed" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:194 msgid "Relevance" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-column-utilities.c:195 msgid "Relevance rank for search" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:87 #, c-format msgid "You cannot move the volume “%s” to the trash." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:97 msgid "" "If you want to eject the volume, please use Eject in the popup menu of the " "volume." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:99 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:108 #: ../src/nautilus-location-entry.c:274 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1065 #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1242 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1795 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:968 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-desktop-link-monitor.c:106 msgid "" "If you want to unmount the volume, please use Unmount Volume in the popup " "menu of the volume." msgstr "" #. #. * Note to localizers: You can look at man strftime #. * for details on the format, but you should only use #. * the specifiers from the C standard, not extensions. #. * These include "%" followed by one of #. * "aAbBcdHIjmMpSUwWxXyYZ". There are two extensions #. * in the Nautilus version of strftime that can be #. * used (and match GNU extensions). Putting a "-" #. * between the "%" and any numeric directive will turn #. * off zero padding, and putting a "_" there will use #. * space padding instead of zero padding. #. #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4463 msgid "%R" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4464 msgid "%-I:%M %P" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4465 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4466 msgid "%b %-e" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4467 msgid "%b %-d %Y" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4468 msgid "%a, %b %e %Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:4469 msgid "%a, %b %e %Y %T" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Me" is used to indicate the file is owned by me (the current user) #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:5697 msgid "Me" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6186 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6194 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6245 msgid "Program" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6187 msgid "Audio" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6188 msgid "Font" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6190 msgid "Archive" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6191 msgid "Markup" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6196 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6197 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6198 msgid "Document" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6247 msgid "Binary" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6251 msgid "Folder" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6304 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file.c:6318 msgid "Link (broken)" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:141 #, c-format msgid "Merge folder “%s”?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:150 #, c-format msgid "An older folder with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:154 #, c-format msgid "A newer folder with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:158 #, c-format msgid "Another folder with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Replace folder “%s”?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:167 #, c-format msgid "A folder with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Replace file “%s”?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:178 #, c-format msgid "An older file with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:182 #, c-format msgid "A newer file with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-conflict-dialog.c:186 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1354 msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B” from the trash?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1421 msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete “%B”?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1558 msgid "" "Files in the folder “%B” cannot be deleted because you do not have " "permissions to see them." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1561 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2589 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3599 msgid "" "There was an error getting information about the files in the folder “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1591 msgid "" "The folder “%B” cannot be deleted because you do not have permissions to " "read it." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1594 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2628 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3644 msgid "There was an error reading the folder “%B”." msgstr "" #. Translators: %B is a file name #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1837 msgid "“%B” can't be put in the trash. Do you want to delete it immediately?" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:1843 msgid "This remote location does not support sending items to the trash." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file name formatted for display #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2401 #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:6474 #, c-format msgid "Unable to access “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2586 msgid "" "Files in the folder “%B” cannot be handled because you do not have " "permissions to see them." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2625 msgid "" "The folder “%B” cannot be handled because you do not have permissions to " "read it." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2702 msgid "" "The file “%B” cannot be handled because you do not have permissions to read " "it." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2705 msgid "There was an error getting information about “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2807 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2855 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2894 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2924 msgid "Error while copying to “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2984 msgid "Moving “%B” to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2985 msgid "Copying “%B” to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:2992 msgid "Duplicating “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3000 msgid "Moving file %'d of %'d (in “%B”) to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3002 msgid "Copying file %'d of %'d (in “%B”) to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3009 msgid "Duplicating file %'d of %'d (in “%B”)" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3018 msgid "Moving file %'d of %'d to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3020 msgid "Copying file %'d of %'d to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3463 msgid "" "The folder “%B” cannot be copied because you do not have permissions to " "create it in the destination." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3466 msgid "There was an error creating the folder “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3596 msgid "" "Files in the folder “%B” cannot be copied because you do not have " "permissions to see them." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3641 msgid "" "The folder “%B” cannot be copied because you do not have permissions to read " "it." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3686 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4376 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4990 msgid "Error while moving “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3771 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:3812 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4378 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4449 msgid "Error while copying “%B”." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:4743 msgid "Preparing to Move to “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-operations.c:5288 msgid "Creating links in “%B”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:365 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item back to '%s'" msgid_plural "Move %d items back to '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:368 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item to '%s'" msgid_plural "Move %d items to '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:372 #, c-format msgid "_Undo Move %d item" msgid_plural "_Undo Move %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:375 #, c-format msgid "_Redo Move %d item" msgid_plural "_Redo Move %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:390 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item back to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items back to trash" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:393 #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:979 #, c-format msgid "Restore %d item from trash" msgid_plural "Restore %d items from trash" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:402 #, c-format msgid "Delete %d copied item" msgid_plural "Delete %d copied items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:405 #, c-format msgid "Copy %d item to '%s'" msgid_plural "Copy %d items to '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:409 #, c-format msgid "_Undo Copy %d item" msgid_plural "_Undo Copy %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:412 #, c-format msgid "_Redo Copy %d item" msgid_plural "_Redo Copy %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Delete %d duplicated item" msgid_plural "Delete %d duplicated items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate %d item in '%s'" msgid_plural "Duplicate %d items in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:431 #, c-format msgid "_Undo Duplicate %d item" msgid_plural "_Undo Duplicate %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:434 #, c-format msgid "_Redo Duplicate %d item" msgid_plural "_Redo Duplicate %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Delete links to %d item" msgid_plural "Delete links to %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:450 #, c-format msgid "Create links to %d item" msgid_plural "Create links to %d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-undo-operations.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Move %d item to trash" msgid_plural "Move %d items to trash" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-file-utilities.c:1255 #, c-format msgid "Could not determine original location of “%s” " msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-mime-application-chooser.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Error while adding “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-mime-application-chooser.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Error while setting “%s” as default application: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators; %s here is a mime-type description #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-mime-application-chooser.c:259 #, c-format msgid "Open all files of type “%s” with" msgstr "" #. Translators: first %s is filename, second %s is mime-type description #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-mime-application-chooser.c:266 #, c-format msgid "Select an application to open “%s” and other files of type “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-query.c:210 #, c-format msgid "Search for “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/nautilus-search-engine.c:189 msgid "Unable to complete the requested search" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "When to show thumbnails of files" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Speed tradeoff for when to show a file as a thumbnail. If set to \"always\" " "then always thumbnail, even if the folder is on a remote server. If set to " "\"local-only\" then only show thumbnails for local file systems. If set to " "\"never\" then never bother to thumbnail files, just use a generic icon. " "Despite what the name may suggest, this applies to any previewable file type." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "When a folder is visited this viewer is used unless you have selected " "another view for that particular folder. Possible values are \"list-view\", " "and \"icon-view\"." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "This key is deprecated and ignored. The \"show-hidden\" key from \"org.gtk." "Settings.FileChooser\" is now used instead." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Enable interactive (type-ahead) search" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "If set to true, enables interactive search, similar to Nautilus 3.4." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "A list of captions below an icon in the icon view and the desktop. The " "actual number of captions shown depends on the zoom level. Some possible " "values are: \"size\", \"type\", \"date_modified\", \"owner\", \"group\", " "\"permissions\", and \"mime_type\"." msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Use tree view" msgstr "" #: ../libnautilus-private/org.gnome.nautilus.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "" "Whether a tree should be used for list view navigation instead of a flat list" msgstr "" #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:96 #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:101 msgid "Email…" msgstr "" #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:97 msgid "Send file by mail…" msgstr "" #: ../nautilus-sendto-extension/nautilus-nste.c:102 msgid "Send files by mail…" msgstr "" #. Some sort of failure occurred. How 'bout we tell the user? #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:225 ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1602 msgid "Oops! Something went wrong." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:227 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to create a required folder. Please create the following folder, or " "set permissions such that it can be created:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:232 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to create required folders. Please create the following folders, or " "set permissions such that they can be created:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1115 msgid "--select must be used with at least an URI." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1121 msgid "--no-desktop and --force-desktop cannot be used together." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1230 msgid "Always open a new window for browsing specified URIs" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1234 msgid "Never manage the desktop (ignore the GSettings preference)." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1236 msgid "Always manage the desktop (ignore the GSettings preference)." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1240 msgid "Select specified URI in parent folder." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a fatal error quit message printed on the #. * command line #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1263 msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a fatal error quit message printed on the #. * command line #: ../src/nautilus-application.c:1296 msgid "Could not register the application" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-app-menu.ui.h:2 ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:542 msgid "Connect to _Server…" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:570 msgid "Enter _Location…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-app-menu.ui.h:6 msgid "_About Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:142 #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:145 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to start the program:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate the program" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:170 msgid "Oops! There was a problem running this software." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:201 #, c-format msgid "" "“%s” contains software intended to be automatically started. Would you like " "to run it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-autorun-software.c:205 msgid "If you don't trust this location or aren't sure, press Cancel." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-bookmarks-window.ui.h:2 msgid "Move Up" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-bookmarks-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Move Down" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-bookmarks-window.ui.h:4 msgid "_Name" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-bookmarks-window.ui.h:5 msgid "_Location" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1113 msgid "_Keep Aligned" msgstr "_Align Desktop icons" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1141 msgid "By _Access Date" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1142 msgid "Keep icons sorted by access date in rows" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1149 msgid "By Search Relevance" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-canvas-view.c:1150 msgid "Keep icons sorted by search relevance in rows" msgstr "" #. if it wasn't cancelled show a dialog #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server.c:52 ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1869 #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:2141 msgid "Unable to access location" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server.c:73 msgid "Unable to display location" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:109 msgid "This file server type is not recognized." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:116 msgid "This doesn't look like an address." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a URI of the form "smb://foo.example.com" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:225 #, c-format msgid "For example, %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:497 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:506 msgid "_Clear All" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:567 msgid "_Server Address" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:591 msgid "_Recent Servers" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-connect-server-dialog.c:699 msgid "_Browse" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:703 msgid "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or color" msgstr "" "Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or colour" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:715 msgid "_Organize Desktop by Name" msgstr "_Alphabetize Desktop icons" #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:722 msgid "Resize Icon…" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:724 msgid "Make the selected icons resizable" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-desktop-canvas-view.c:711 msgid "Restore each selected icons to its original size" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:67 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to view the contents of “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:71 #, c-format msgid "“%s” could not be found. Perhaps it has recently been deleted." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:75 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, could not display all the contents of “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:82 msgid "This location could not be displayed." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:106 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to change the group of “%s”." msgstr "" #. fall through #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, could not change the group of “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:144 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, could not change the owner of “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:166 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, could not change the permissions of “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:203 #, c-format msgid "" "The name “%s” is already used in this location. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:208 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no “%s” in this location. Perhaps it was just moved or deleted?" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:213 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to rename “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "The name “%s” is not valid because it contains the character “/”. Please use " "a different name." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:222 #, c-format msgid "The name “%s” is not valid. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:228 #, c-format msgid "The name “%s” is too long. Please use a different name." msgstr "" #. fall through #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, could not rename “%s” to “%s”: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-error-reporting.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Renaming “%s” to “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Files Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Default View" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Icon View Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "List View Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:15 msgid "Executable Text Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:22 msgid "Icon Captions" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:25 msgid "Navigate folders in a tree" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-file-management-properties.ui.h:32 #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4482 msgid "Folders" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:329 msgid "Image Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:331 #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:337 #, c-format msgid "%d pixel" msgid_plural "%d pixels" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:335 msgid "Width" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:341 msgid "Height" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:354 #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:355 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:356 #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:357 msgid "Author" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:361 msgid "Created On" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:362 msgid "Created By" msgstr "" #. Translators: this refers to a legal disclaimer string embedded in #. * the metadata of an image #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:365 msgid "Disclaimer" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:366 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:367 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:396 msgid "Metering Mode" msgstr "Metreing Mode" #: ../src/nautilus-image-properties-page.c:706 #: ../src/nautilus-list-model.c:391 ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:609 #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:2249 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-list-view.c:1608 msgid "Use Default" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-list-view.c:3015 msgid "Visible _Columns…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:631 #, c-format msgid "The link “%s” is broken. Move it to Trash?" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:633 #, c-format msgid "The link “%s” is broken." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:639 msgid "This link cannot be used because it has no target." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:641 #, c-format msgid "This link cannot be used because its target “%s” doesn't exist." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:711 #, c-format msgid "Do you want to run “%s”, or display its contents?" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:713 #, c-format msgid "“%s” is an executable text file." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not display “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1225 #, c-format msgid "There is no application installed for “%s” files" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no application installed for “%s” files.\n" "Do you want to search for an application to open this file?" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:1550 #, c-format msgid "" "The application launcher “%s” has not been marked as trusted. If you do not " "know the source of this file, launching it may be unsafe." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-mime-actions.c:2304 #, c-format msgid "Opening “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4467 msgid "Change Permissions for Enclosed Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4471 msgid "Change" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4570 msgid "Security context:" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4585 msgid "Change Permissions for Enclosed Files…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:4595 #, c-format msgid "The permissions of “%s” could not be determined." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-properties-window.c:5445 msgid "_Revert" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-query-editor.c:520 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-query-editor.c:615 msgid "Other Type…" msgstr "" #. create the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/nautilus-query-editor.c:968 msgid "Current" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-query-editor.c:971 msgid "All Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-special-location-bar.c:51 msgid "Files in this folder will appear in the New Document menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-special-location-bar.c:54 msgid "Executable files in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-toolbar.c:477 msgid "View options" msgstr "" #. Action Menu #: ../src/nautilus-toolbar.c:457 msgid "Location options" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:202 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Empty" is an action (for the trash) , not a state #: ../src/nautilus-trash-bar.c:209 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:1605 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:2292 msgid "" "Nautilus 3.6 deprecated this directory and tried migrating this " "configuration to ~/.local/share/nautilus" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:2921 ../src/nautilus-view.c:2956 #, c-format msgid "“%s” selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:2933 #, c-format msgid "(containing %'d item)" msgid_plural "(containing %'d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: this is preceded with a string of form 'N folders' (N more than 1) #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:2944 #, c-format msgid "(containing a total of %'d item)" msgid_plural "(containing a total of %'d items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. This is marked for translation in case a localiser #. * needs to use something other than parentheses. The #. * the message in parentheses is the size of the selected items. #. #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:2980 #, c-format msgid "(%s)" msgstr "" #. This is marked for translation in case a localizer #. * needs to change ", " to something else. The comma #. * is between the message about the number of folders #. * and the number of items in those folders and the #. * message about the number of other items and the #. * total size of those items. #. #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:3004 #, c-format msgid "%s %s, %s %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:4379 #, c-format msgid "Use “%s” to open the selected item" msgid_plural "Use “%s” to open the selected items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:5124 #, c-format msgid "Run “%s” on any selected items" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:5378 #, c-format msgid "Create a new document from template “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:6006 msgid "Select Destination" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:1484 ../src/nautilus-view.c:5989 msgid "_Select" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file name formatted for display #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:6501 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove “%s”" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file name formatted for display #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:6528 #, c-format msgid "Unable to eject “%s”" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file name formatted for display #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:6652 #, c-format msgid "Unable to start “%s”" msgstr "" #. name, stock id, label #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7143 msgid "New _Document" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7147 ../src/nautilus-view.c:7402 #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:594 msgid "P_roperties" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7155 msgid "New _Folder" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7159 msgid "New Folder with Selection" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7160 msgid "Create a new folder containing the selected items" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7171 msgid "Open _Item Location" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7172 msgid "Open the selected item's location in this window" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7183 msgid "Other _Application…" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7187 msgid "Open With Other _Application…" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7215 msgid "Copy To…" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7216 msgid "Copy selected files to another location" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7219 msgid "Move To…" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7220 msgid "Move selected files to another location" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7227 msgid "Select I_tems Matching…" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7239 msgid "Rena_me…" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7243 msgid "Set as Wallpaper" msgstr "" #. tooltip #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7244 msgid "Make item the wallpaper" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7337 msgid "Sa_ve Search As…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7471 msgid "Run or manage scripts" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7823 #, c-format msgid "Move the open folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7827 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7830 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7835 msgid "Move the selected folder out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7837 msgid "Move the selected folders out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7843 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7846 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7851 msgid "Move the selected file out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7853 msgid "Move the selected files out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7859 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7862 #, c-format msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash to “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7867 msgid "Move the selected item out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:7869 msgid "Move the selected items out of the trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8524 #, c-format msgid "New Folder with Selection (%'d Item)" msgid_plural "New Folder with Selection (%'d Items)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8579 msgid "Run" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8685 msgid "Remo_ve from Recent" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-view.c:8686 msgid "Remove each selected item from the recently used list" msgstr "" #. Translator: This is the filename used for when you dnd text to a directory #: ../src/nautilus-view-dnd.c:382 msgid "Dropped Text.txt" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:836 msgid "_Format…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2392 msgid "" "Files is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2396 msgid "" "Files is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2400 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Nautilus; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA" #. Translators: these two strings here indicate the copyright time span, #. * e.g. 1999-2011. #. #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2341 msgid "Copyright © %Id–%Id The Files authors" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2347 msgid "Access and organize your files." msgstr "" #. Translators should localize the following string #. * which will be displayed at the bottom of the about #. * box to give credit to the translator(s). #. #: ../src/nautilus-window.c:2356 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Alexander Winston\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " GMMan https://launchpad.net/~gmman\n" " Isabell Long https://launchpad.net/~issyl0\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #. name, stock id #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:574 msgid "Bookmark this Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:575 msgid "Add a bookmark for the current location" msgstr "" #. name, stock id #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:578 msgid "_Bookmarks…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:579 msgid "Display and edit bookmarks" msgstr "" #. is_active #. name, stock id #. label, accelerator #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:614 msgid "_Search for Files…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:622 msgid "View items as a list" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-menus.c:624 msgid "View items as a grid of icons" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1279 ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Unable to load location" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1606 msgid "Unable to display the contents of this folder." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1608 msgid "This location doesn't appear to be a folder." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1613 msgid "" "Unable to find the requested file. Please check the spelling and try again." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1618 #, c-format msgid "“%s” locations are not supported." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1621 msgid "Unable to handle this kind of location." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1626 msgid "Unable to access the requested location." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1629 msgid "Don't have permission to access the requested location." msgstr "" #. This case can be hit for user-typed strings like "foo" due to #. * the code that guesses web addresses when there's no initial "/". #. * But this case is also hit for legitimate web addresses when #. * the proxy is set up wrong. #. #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1637 msgid "" "Unable to find the requested location. Please check the spelling or the " "network settings." msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:1648 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled error message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-window-slot.c:2249 msgid "Searching…" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:92 msgid "Audio CD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:94 msgid "Audio DVD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:96 msgid "Video DVD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:98 msgid "Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:100 msgid "Super Video CD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:102 msgid "Photo CD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:104 msgid "Picture CD" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:106 ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:139 msgid "Contains digital photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:108 msgid "Contains music" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:110 msgid "Contains software" msgstr "" #. fallback to generic greeting #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Detected as “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:135 msgid "Contains music and photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:137 msgid "Contains photos and music" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-x-content-bar.c:201 msgid "Open with:" msgstr "" #: ../src/unity-quicklist-handler.h:72 msgid "Show Copy Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/unity-quicklist-handler.h:73 msgid "Cancel All In-progress Actions" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/vte.po0000644000000000000000000000225612321561550017664 0ustar # Canadian English translation of vte # Copyright (C) Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the vte package. # Alexander Winston , 2004. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte 0.11.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2007-10-06 10:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-16 17:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/vte.c:3787 msgid "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset convertor" msgstr "Unable to send data to child: invalid charset convertor" #: ../src/vte.c:3798 ../src/vte.c:4705 #, c-format msgid "Error (%s) converting data for child, dropping." msgstr "Error (%s) converting data for child: dropping." #: ../src/vte.c:6941 #, c-format msgid "Error reading PTY size, using defaults: %s." msgstr "Error reading PTY size: using defaults: %s." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck.po0000644000000000000000000006277412321561550020532 0ustar # Canadian English translation of libwnck # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libwnck package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck 2.5.90\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-02 22:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 12:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. * #. * SECTION:application #. * @short_description: an object representing a group of windows of the same #. * application. #. * @see_also: wnck_window_get_application() #. * @stability: Unstable #. * #. * The #WnckApplication is a group of #WnckWindow that are all in the same #. * application. It can be used to represent windows by applications, group #. * windows by applications or to manipulate all windows of a particular #. * application. #. * #. * A #WnckApplication is identified by the group leader of the #WnckWindow #. * belonging to it, and new #WnckWindow are added to a #WnckApplication if and #. * only if they have the group leader of the #WnckApplication. #. * #. * The #WnckApplication objects are always owned by libwnck and must not be #. * referenced or unreferenced. #. #: ../libwnck/application.c:51 msgid "Untitled application" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1965 #, c-format msgid "Click to start dragging \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1968 #, c-format msgid "Current workspace: \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:1973 #, c-format msgid "Click to switch to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3135 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3146 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3154 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:3165 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1049 msgid "Always On _Top" msgstr "" #. * #. * SECTION:window #. * @short_description: an object representing a window. #. * @see_also: #WnckWorkspace, #WnckApplication, #WnckClassGroup #. * @stability: Unstable #. * #. * The #WnckWindow objects are always owned by libwnck and must not be #. * referenced or unreferenced. #. #: ../libwnck/window.c:50 msgid "Untitled window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139 msgid "X window ID of the window to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:146 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:156 msgid "XID" msgstr "" #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a #. * group of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one #. * application, one window has some information about the application #. * (like the application name). #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:145 msgid "X window ID of the group leader of an application to examine" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150 msgid "Class resource of the class group to examine" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150 msgid "CLASS" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152 msgid "NUMBER of the workspace to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:172 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:174 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:176 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273 msgid "NUMBER" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154 msgid "NUMBER of the screen to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:156 msgid "Alias of --window" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:164 msgid "" "List windows of the application/class group/workspace/screen (output format: " "\"XID: Window Name\")" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:166 msgid "" "List workspaces of the screen (output format: \"Number: Workspace Name\")" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:172 msgid "Change the number of workspaces of the screen to NUMBER" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:174 msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER rows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:176 msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER columns" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:178 msgid "Show the desktop" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:180 msgid "Stop showing the desktop" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185 msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to X coordinate X" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:275 msgid "X" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:190 msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to Y coordinate Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:190 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:277 msgid "Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:212 msgid "Start moving the window via the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:214 msgid "Start resizing the window via the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:216 msgid "Activate the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:218 msgid "Close the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:221 msgid "Make the window fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:223 msgid "Make the window quit fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:225 msgid "Make the window always on top" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:227 msgid "Make the window not always on top" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:229 msgid "Make the window below other windows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:231 msgid "Make the window not below other windows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:233 msgid "Shade the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:235 msgid "Unshade the window" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:240 msgid "Make the window have a fixed position in the viewport" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:245 msgid "Make the window not have a fixed position in the viewport" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace #. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows #. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with #. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings #. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:252 msgid "Make the window not appear in pagers" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace #. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows #. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with #. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings #. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:259 msgid "Make the window appear in pagers" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the #. * window list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:263 msgid "Make the window not appear in tasklists" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the #. * window list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:267 msgid "Make the window appear in tasklists" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:269 msgid "Make the window visible on all workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:271 msgid "Make the window visible on the current workspace only" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273 msgid "Move the window to workspace NUMBER (first workspace is 0)" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:275 msgid "Change the X coordinate of the window to X" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:277 msgid "Change the Y coordinate of the window to Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279 msgid "Change the width of the window to WIDTH" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279 msgid "WIDTH" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:281 msgid "Change the height of the window to HEIGHT" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:281 msgid "HEIGHT" msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate "normal, desktop, dock..." #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:284 msgid "" "Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, " "dialog, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:284 msgid "TYPE" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:290 msgid "Change the name of the workspace to NAME" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:290 msgid "NAME" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:292 msgid "Activate the workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:386 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:410 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:446 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:469 #, c-format msgid "Invalid value \"%s\" for --%s" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:503 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:522 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: screen %d should be interacted with, but --%" "s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows or workspaces of screen %d should " "be listed, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:535 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:555 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: workspace %d should be interacted with, but " "--%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:545 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of workspace %d should be listed, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:567 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: an application should be interacted with, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of an application should be listed, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:591 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: class group \"%s\" should be interacted " "with, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:603 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of class group \"%s\" should be " "listed, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:615 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:624 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: a window should be interacted with, but --%" "s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:643 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:724 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s and --%s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:682 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be strictly positive\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:695 #, c-format msgid "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be positive\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:790 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s or --%s, and --%s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Invalid argument \"%s\" for --%s, valid values are: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:865 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot change the workspace layout on the screen: the layout is already " "owned\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:900 #, c-format msgid "" "Viewport cannot be moved: the current workspace does not contain a viewport\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Viewport cannot be moved: there is no current workspace\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: why do we have dual & boolean API. This is not consistent! #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:943 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:952 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:961 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:968 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:978 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:985 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:994 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1043 #, c-format msgid "Action not allowed\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1039 #, c-format msgid "Window cannot be moved to workspace %d: the workspace does not exist\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1103 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1235 msgid "" msgstr "" #. Translators: %lu is a window number and %s a window name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1106 #, c-format msgid "%lu: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1126 #, c-format msgid "%d: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1189 #, c-format msgid "Screen Number: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1191 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1272 #, c-format msgid "Geometry (width, height): %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Number of Workspaces: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1201 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Layout (rows, columns, orientation): %d, %d, %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1211 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1268 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1462 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1212 #, c-format msgid "Window Manager: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1217 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1298 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1310 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1322 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1334 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1447 #, c-format msgid "%d (\"%s\")" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no workspace" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1222 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1303 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1315 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1327 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1339 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1454 msgctxt "workspace" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1223 #, c-format msgid "Active Workspace: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %lu is a window identifier (number) and %s a window name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1238 #, c-format msgid "%lu (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1244 msgctxt "window" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1245 #, c-format msgid "Active Window: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1248 #, c-format msgid "Showing the desktop: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1250 msgid "true" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1250 msgid "false" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1261 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1262 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Number: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1269 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1463 #, c-format msgid "On Screen: %d (Window Manager: %s)\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be #. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is #. * not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1284 msgid "" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be #. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is #. * not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1288 #, c-format msgid "Viewport position (x, y): %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1291 #, c-format msgid "Position in Layout (row, column): %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: Resource class is the name to identify a class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1352 #, c-format msgid "Resource Class: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1354 #, c-format msgid "Group Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'set' in the sense of "something has been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1360 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1384 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1438 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1363 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1387 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1394 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1424 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1431 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1441 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1506 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1517 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1525 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1364 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1388 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1442 #, c-format msgid "Icons: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1367 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1405 #, c-format msgid "Number of Windows: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1379 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1425 #, c-format msgid "Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: note that "Icon" here has a specific window #. * management-related meaning. It means minimized. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1380 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "Icon Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1395 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1518 #, c-format msgid "PID: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no startup ID" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1402 msgctxt "startupID" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1403 #, c-format msgid "Startup ID: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1451 msgid "all workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1455 #, c-format msgid "On Workspace: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1470 msgid "normal window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1473 msgid "desktop" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1476 msgid "dock or panel" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1479 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1482 msgid "tearoff toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1485 msgid "tearoff menu" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1488 msgid "utility window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1491 msgid "splash screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1496 #, c-format msgid "Window Type: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1499 #, c-format msgid "Geometry (x, y, width, height): %d, %d, %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the #. * same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1509 #, c-format msgid "Class Group: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1511 #, c-format msgid "XID: %lu\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1526 #, c-format msgid "Session ID: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a group #. * of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one application, one #. * window has some information about the application (like the application #. * name). #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1533 #, c-format msgid "Group Leader: %lu\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A window can be transient for another window: it means it's #. * on top of it #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1539 #, c-format msgid "Transient for: %lu\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: else print something? #. Translators: we're building a list of items here. * For example, the result is "a, b". * In this case, the first string is "a", the second * string is ", " and the third string is "b". * We can then use this information here to also * recursively build longer lists, like "a, b, c, d" #. Translators: we're building a list of items here. * The end result is something like "a, b, c" * In this case, the first string is "a, b", the second * string is ", " and the third string is "c" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1554 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1602 #, c-format msgid "%1$s%2$s%3$s" msgstr "" #. Translators: see comment for "%1$s%2$s%3$s" in order * to properly translate this #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1558 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1604 msgid ", " msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1564 msgid "minimized" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1565 msgid "maximized" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1569 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1571 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1573 msgid "shaded" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1574 msgid "pinned" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1575 msgid "sticky" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1576 msgid "above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1577 msgid "below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1578 msgid "fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1579 msgid "needs attention" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace switcher. #. * It's a representation of all workspaces with windows inside it. #. * Please make sure that the translation is in sync with gnome-panel, #. * where this term is also used in translatable strings #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1584 msgid "skip pager" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window #. * list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1587 msgid "skip tasklist" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589 msgid "normal" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1590 #, c-format msgid "State: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1611 msgid "move" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1612 msgid "resize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1613 msgid "shade" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1614 msgid "unshade" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1615 msgid "stick" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1616 msgid "unstick" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1618 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1620 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1622 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1624 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1627 msgid "change workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1629 msgid "pin" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1631 msgid "unpin" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1632 msgid "minimize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1633 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1634 msgid "maximize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1635 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1637 msgid "change fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1638 msgid "close" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1640 msgid "make above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1642 msgid "unmake above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1644 msgid "make below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1646 msgid "unmake below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1648 msgid "no action possible" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1649 #, c-format msgid "Possible Actions: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1830 msgid "" "Print or modify the properties of a screen/workspace/window, or interact " "with it, following the EWMH specification.\n" "For information about this specification, see:\n" "\thttp://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1840 msgid "Options to list windows or workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1841 msgid "Show options to list windows or workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1848 msgid "Options to modify properties of a window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1849 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1856 msgid "Options to modify properties of a workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1857 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1864 msgid "Options to modify properties of a screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1865 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1876 #, c-format msgid "Error while parsing arguments: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1899 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with screen %d: the screen does not exist\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1955 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with workspace %d: the workspace cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are #. * of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1979 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot interact with class group \"%s\": the class group cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2002 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot interact with application having its group leader with XID %lu: the " "application cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2025 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with window with XID %lu: the window cannot be found\n" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/rhythmbox.po0000644000000000000000000011013112321561551021103 0ustar # English/Canada translation of rhythmbox. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the rhythmbox package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rhythmbox\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-03 14:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dan Klassen \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/gstreamer/rb-player-gst.c:669 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create playbin element; check your GStreamer installation" msgstr "" #: ../backends/gstreamer/rb-player-gst.c:710 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create %s element; check your GStreamer installation" msgstr "" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "Audio;Song;MP3;CD;Podcast;MTP;iPod;Playlist;Last.fm;UPnP;DLNA;Radio;" msgstr "" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:6 #: ../plugins/notification/rb-notification-plugin.c:230 msgid "Play" msgstr "" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:7 #: ../plugins/notification/rb-notification-plugin.c:230 msgid "Pause" msgstr "" #: ../data/rhythmbox.desktop.in.in.h:9 #: ../plugins/notification/rb-notification-plugin.c:224 msgid "Previous" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_Add Music" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "P_arty Mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "Side Pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "Play Queue in Side Pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 msgid "Status Bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "Song Position Slider" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "Album Art" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow Playing Track" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:11 msgid "P_lugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/app-menu.ui.h:12 msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:2 msgid "_Add Music…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:4 msgid "_New Playlist…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Automatic Playlist…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:6 msgid "_Load from File…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:7 msgid "_Save to File…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:8 msgid "_Edit…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:9 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Remove" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:19 msgid "Add to _Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:26 msgid "View _Queue as Side Pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Album Art" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/menubar.ui.h:40 msgid "Plu_gins…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:1 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:1 #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:9 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-popup.ui.h:1 msgid "Add to Queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:2 ../data/ui/edit-menu.ui.h:7 #: ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:2 msgid "Add to Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:3 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:3 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:4 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:4 msgid "Cut" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:6 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:6 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-popup.ui.h:4 msgid "Browse this Genre" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:7 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:7 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-popup.ui.h:5 msgid "Browse this Artist" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/browser-popup.ui.h:8 ../data/ui/playlist-popup.ui.h:8 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-popup.ui.h:6 msgid "Browse this Album" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/display-page-add-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "New _Automatic Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/display-page-add-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "_Load from File" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/display-page-add-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Check for New Devices" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-menu.ui.h:6 msgid "Add to Play Queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/general-prefs.ui.h:8 msgid "_Composer" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/import-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a location containing music to add to your library:" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/import-dialog.ui.h:2 ../data/ui/library-toolbar.ui.h:4 msgid "Import" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/import-dialog.ui.h:3 ../data/ui/podcast-add-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/import-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Copy files that are outside the music library" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/library-prefs.ui.h:10 msgid "Format settings:" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/library-prefs.ui.h:11 msgid "_Install additional software required to use this format" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/library-toolbar.ui.h:1 ../data/ui/playlist-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../data/ui/podcast-toolbar.ui.h:1 ../data/ui/queue-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/audiocd/audiocd-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/daap/daap-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/fmradio/fmradio-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-toolbar.ui.h:1 ../plugins/iradio/iradio-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-toolbar.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-toolbar.ui.h:1 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/library-toolbar.ui.h:2 ../data/ui/playlist-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../data/ui/podcast-toolbar.ui.h:2 ../plugins/daap/daap-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/grilo/rb-grilo-source.c:342 ../plugins/ipod/ipod-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/iradio/iradio-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-toolbar.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-toolbar.ui.h:2 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/library-toolbar.ui.h:3 ../data/ui/playlist-toolbar.ui.h:3 #: ../data/ui/podcast-toolbar.ui.h:3 ../plugins/daap/daap-toolbar.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-toolbar.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-toolbar.ui.h:3 ../plugins/iradio/iradio-toolbar.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-toolbar.ui.h:3 msgid "View All" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/media-player-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the usage of media space #: ../data/ui/media-player-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Volume usage" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/media-player-properties.ui.h:6 ../data/ui/sync-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Sync Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/media-player-properties.ui.h:7 ../data/ui/sync-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Sync Preview" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/playback-prefs.ui.h:2 msgid "_Crossfade between tracks" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/playlist-save.ui.h:4 msgid "Playlist format" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-add-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "" "Search for podcasts in the iTunes Store and on Miroguide.com, or enter a " "podcast feed URL.\n" "Subscribe to podcasts to download new episodes as they are published." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-add-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:1 msgid "New Podcast Feed..." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:2 msgid "Update All Feeds" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:3 msgid "Update Podcast Feed" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:4 msgid "Delete Podcast Feed" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:5 ../plugins/fmradio/fmradio-popup.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-toolbar.ui.h:4 #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-toolbar.ui.h:4 ../plugins/iradio/iradio-popup.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-toolbar.ui.h:4 msgid "Properties" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:6 msgid "Download Episode" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:7 msgid "Cancel Download" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-popups.ui.h:8 ../plugins/fmradio/fmradio-popup.ui.h:1 #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-source.c:1279 ../sources/rb-media-player-source.c:929 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/podcast-prefs.ui.h:1 msgid "Podcast Downloads" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/queue-popups.ui.h:1 msgid "Remove from Play Queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/queue-popups.ui.h:2 msgid "Shuffle Play Queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/queue-popups.ui.h:5 msgid "Clear Play Queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/song-info-multiple.ui.h:8 ../data/ui/song-info.ui.h:11 msgid "_Composer:" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/song-info-multiple.ui.h:13 ../data/ui/song-info.ui.h:17 msgid "_Composer sort order:" msgstr "" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 12:34 am" #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:105 msgid "Today %I:%M %p" msgstr "Today %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:116 msgid "Yesterday %I:%M %p" msgstr "Yesterday %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:130 msgid "%a %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12:34 am" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:143 msgid "%b %d %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #. Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in a different year, #. * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 1997" #. #: ../lib/rb-cut-and-paste-code.c:148 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../metadata/rb-metadata-gst.c:499 #, c-format msgid "Unable to write tags to this file as it contains multiple streams" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/rb-metadata-gst.c:539 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to write tags to this file as it is not encoded in a supported format" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/rb-metadata-gst.c:681 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to create the 'decodebin' element; check your GStreamer installation" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/rb-metadata-gst.c:690 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to create the 'giostreamsink' element; check your GStreamer " "installation" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/artsearch/artsearch.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Cover art search" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/audiocd-toolbar.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-toolbar.ui.h:5 #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-toolbar.ui.h:5 ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-toolbar.ui.h:5 msgid "Eject" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-info.c:57 msgid "Could not find a GStreamer CD source plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:596 #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:634 #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:672 msgid "H_ide" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:633 #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:671 msgid "_Retry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:637 msgid "Could not search MusicBrainz for album details." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:675 msgid "Could not read the CD device." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-audiocd-source.c:879 msgid "This disc matches multiple albums. Select the correct album." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-musicbrainz-lookup.c:406 msgid "Not found" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-musicbrainz-lookup.c:411 msgid "Unable to connect to Musicbrainz server" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audiocd/rb-musicbrainz-lookup.c:416 msgid "Musicbrainz server error" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Which Audioscrobbler services do you wish to use?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Libre.fm" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:1 msgid "Logout" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:2 msgid "View your profile" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:3 msgid "Submit listening data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:10 msgid "Submission statistics" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:11 msgid "Create a Radio Station" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:12 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:13 msgid "Create Station" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:14 msgid "Recently Listened Tracks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:15 msgid "Top Artists" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:16 msgid "Recommendations" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:17 msgid "Top Tracks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/audioscrobbler-profile.ui.h:18 msgid "Loved Tracks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler.c:506 msgid "Authentication error" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler.c:512 msgid "This version of Rhythmbox has been banned." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:694 #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-toolbar.ui.h:3 msgid "Download" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:792 msgid "You are not currently logged in." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:793 #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:811 #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:818 msgid "Log in" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:799 msgid "Waiting for authentication..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:800 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:810 msgid "Authentication error. Please try logging in again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:817 msgid "Connection error. Please try logging in again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1227 msgid "My Library" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1235 msgid "My Recommendations" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1243 msgid "My Neighbourhood" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1410 #, c-format msgid "%s plays" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the name of the audioscrobbler service, for example "Last.fm". #. * This is the label for menu item which when activated will take the user to the #. * artist/track's page on the service's website. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1667 #, c-format msgid "_View on %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1684 msgid "Listen to _Similar Artists Radio" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-profile-page.c:1698 msgid "Listen to _Top Fans Radio" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks similar to those by an artist. #. * Followed by a text entry box for the artist name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:55 msgid "Similar to Artist:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks listened to by the top fans of #. * a particular artist. Followed by a text entry box for the artist name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:59 msgid "Top Fans of Artist:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks from the library of a particular #. * user. Followed by a text entry box for the user name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:63 msgid "Library of User:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks played by users similar to a #. * particular user. Followed by a text entry box for the user name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:67 msgid "Neighbourhood of User:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks that a particular user has marked #. * as loved. Followed by a text entry box for the user name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:71 msgid "Tracks Loved by User:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks recommended to a particular user. #. * Followed by a text entry box for the user name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:75 msgid "Recommendations for User:" msgstr "" #. Translators: a type of station named "Mix Radio" by Last.fm. #. * See http://blog.last.fm/2010/10/29/mix-radio-a-new-radio-station for a description of it. #. * Followed by a text entry box for the user name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:80 msgid "Mix Radio for User:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks tagged with a particular tag. #. * Followed by a text entry box for the tag. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:84 msgid "Tracks Tagged with:" msgstr "" #. Translators: describes a radio stream playing tracks often listened to by members of #. * a particular group. Followed by a text entry box for the group name. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:88 msgid "Listened by Group:" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from artists similar to the artist %s #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:123 #, c-format msgid "%s Radio" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from the artist %s's top fans #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:125 #, c-format msgid "%s Fan Radio" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from the library of the user %s #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:127 #, c-format msgid "%s's Library" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from the "neighbourhood" of the user %s. #. * Last.fm uses "neighbourhood" to mean other users with similar music tastes #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:130 #, c-format msgid "%s's Neighbourhood" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from the tracks which are recommended to the user %s #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "%s's Recommended Radio" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is the "Mix Radio" for the user %s. #. * See http://blog.last.fm/2010/10/29/mix-radio-a-new-radio-station for description. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:137 #, c-format msgid "%s's Mix Radio" msgstr "" #. Translators: station is built from the tracks which have been "tagged" with %s. #. * Last.fm lets users "tag" songs with any string they wish. Tags are usually genres, #. * but nationalities, record labels, decades and very random words are also commmon #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:141 #, c-format msgid "%s Tag Radio" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:695 msgid "Error tuning station: no response" msgstr "" #. Invalid station url #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:727 msgid "Invalid station URL" msgstr "" #. Subscriber only station #. Translators: %s is the name of the audioscrobbler service, for example "Last.fm". #. * This message indicates that to listen to this radio station the user needs to be #. * a paying subscriber to the service. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:733 #, c-format msgid "This station is only available to %s subscribers" msgstr "" #. Not enough content #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:737 msgid "Not enough content to play station" msgstr "" #. Deprecated station #. Translators: %s is the name of the audioscrobbler service, for example "Last.fm". #. * This message indicates that the service has deprecated this type of station. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%s no longer supports this type of station" msgstr "" #. Other error #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:746 #, c-format msgid "Error tuning station: %i - %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:756 msgid "Error tuning station: unexpected response" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:761 msgid "Error tuning station: invalid response" msgstr "" #. We could be calling either radio.tune or radio.getPlaylist methods. #. * "Tuning station" seems like a user friendly message to display for both cases. #. #: ../plugins/audioscrobbler/rb-audioscrobbler-radio-source.c:1024 msgid "Tuning station" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/brasero-disc-recorder/rb-disc-recorder-plugin.c:654 msgid "Create Audio CD..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/context/LastFM.py:42 msgid "" "This information is only available to Last.fm users. Ensure the Last.fm " "plugin is enabled, select Last.fm in the side pane, and log in." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/context/LinksTab.py:55 msgid "Links" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/context/LinksTab.py:183 msgid "No artist specified." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/context/tmpl/album-tmpl.html:74 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d track)" msgid_plural "%s (%d tracks)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:2 msgid "_Look for touch Remotes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:4 msgid "Library _name:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:5 msgid "Forget known Remotes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Remote" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:8 msgid "Please enter the passcode displayed on your device." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:9 msgid "Could not pair with this Remote" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-prefs.ui.h:10 msgid "You can now control Rhythmbox through your Remote" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/daap-toolbar.ui.h:4 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/rb-daap-plugin.c:196 msgid "Connect to DAAP share..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/rb-dacp-pairing-page.c:397 msgid "Connecting..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/rb-dacp-pairing-page.c:399 msgid "Could not pair with this Remote." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/daap/rb-dacp-pairing-page.c:617 msgid "Remotes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbus-media-server/rb-dbus-media-server-plugin.c:1250 #: ../plugins/dbus-media-server/rb-dbus-media-server-plugin.c:1382 msgid "All Tracks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dbus-media-server/rb-dbus-media-server-plugin.c:2400 msgid "Genres" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/fmradio/fmradio-toolbar.ui.h:2 msgid "New" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/generic-player/generic-player-info.ui.h:8 #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-info.ui.h:12 ../plugins/mtpdevice/mtp-info.ui.h:10 msgid "System" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/generic-player/rb-generic-player-source.c:295 #: ../plugins/ipod/rb-ipod-source.c:333 #, c-format msgid "New Playlist on %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/generic-player/rb-generic-player-source.c:339 #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:407 msgid "Add to New Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/generic-player/rb-generic-player-source.c:640 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/grilo/grilo.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Grilo media browser" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/grilo/grilo.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Browse various local and Internet media sources" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/grilo/rb-grilo-source.c:385 msgid "Fetch more tracks" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/grilo/rb-grilo-source.c:859 #, c-format msgid "Only showing %d result" msgid_plural "Only showing %d results" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/ipod/ipod-init.ui.h:6 msgid "Do you want to initialize your iPod?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/iradio/rb-iradio-source.c:366 msgid "Search your internet radio stations" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/iradio/rb-iradio-source.c:974 msgid "URL of internet radio station:" msgstr "URL of Internet radio station:" #: ../plugins/lirc/rblirc.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "LIRC" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/lyrics/lyrics-prefs.ui.h:1 msgid "Search engines" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/lyrics/lyrics-prefs.ui.h:3 msgid "Lyrics Folder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/lyrics/LyricsSites.py:45 msgid "Jlyric (j-lyric.net)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/lyrics/LyricsSites.py:46 msgid "Jetlyrics (jetlyrics.com)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:1 msgid "Magnatune online music store" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:2 msgid "Magnatune is an online record label that is not evil.\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:5 msgid "" " * Paid members get totally unlimited downloading of the entire catalog " "(no other service allows that)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "" " * 10% of your Magnatune membership fees goes to Rhythmbox/GNOME - it's " "worth joining" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:8 msgid "" " * Open-Source friendly file formats: MP3s and WAVs, but also OGG and " "FLAC files." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-loading.ui.h:10 msgid "You can find more information at " msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/magnatune-popup.ui.h:3 msgid "Artist Info" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:192 msgid "Couldn't download album" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:193 msgid "You must have a library location set to download an album." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:255 msgid "Unable to load catalog" msgstr "Unable to load catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:256 msgid "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalog, please file a bug." msgstr "" "Rhythmbox could not understand the Magnatune catalogue, please file a bug." #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:277 #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:334 msgid "Loading Magnatune catalog" msgstr "Loading Magnatune catalogue" #: ../plugins/magnatune/MagnatuneSource.py:499 msgid "Downloading from Magnatune" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mpris/mpris.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "MPRIS D-Bus interface" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mpris/mpris.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Provides an implementation of the MPRIS D-Bus interface specification" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mtpdevice/rb-mtp-source.c:603 msgid "Media Player" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/notification/notification.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Notification popups" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:106 msgid "You can access the main window through the 'shell' variable :" msgstr "You can access the main window through the 'shell' variable:" #: ../plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.py:121 #, python-format msgid "" "After you press OK, Rhythmbox will wait until you connect to it with winpdb " "or rpdb2. If you have not set a debugger password in the file %s, it will " "use the default password ('rhythmbox')." msgstr "" #. ex:noet:ts=8: #: ../plugins/rbzeitgeist/rbzeitgeist.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Zeitgeist" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/rbzeitgeist/rbzeitgeist.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Inform Zeitgeist about your activity" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-menu.c:39 msgid "Low quality" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-menu.c:40 msgid "Normal quality" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-menu.c:41 msgid "High quality" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-menu.c:114 msgid "Visual Effect" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-page.c:69 msgid "Visual Effects" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/visualizer/rb-visualizer-plugin.c:392 msgid "Display" msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-add-dialog.c:274 msgid "Unable to load the feed. Check your network connection." msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-add-dialog.c:395 msgid "Unable to search for podcasts. Check your network connection." msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-add-dialog.c:718 msgid "Author" msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-main-source.c:125 msgid "New Episodes" msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-main-source.c:143 msgid "New Downloads" msgstr "" #: ../podcast/rb-podcast-manager.c:1024 #, c-format msgid "The URL \"%s\" is not valid, please check it." msgstr "The URL \"%s\" is not valid. Please check it." #: ../remote/dbus/rb-client.c:90 msgid "Check if Rhythmbox is already running" msgstr "" #: ../remote/dbus/rb-client.c:113 msgid "Enable repeat playback order" msgstr "" #: ../remote/dbus/rb-client.c:114 msgid "Disable repeat playback order" msgstr "" #: ../remote/dbus/rb-client.c:115 msgid "Enable shuffle playback order" msgstr "" #: ../remote/dbus/rb-client.c:116 msgid "Disable shuffle playback order" msgstr "" #: ../rhythmdb/rhythmdb.c:781 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access %s: %s" msgstr "Could not access %s: %s" #: ../rhythmdb/rhythmdb-import-job.c:654 msgid "Scanning" msgstr "" #: ../rhythmdb/rhythmdb-import-job.c:657 #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-batch.c:819 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:208 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "Alexander Winston \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw-ngome\n" " Dan Klassen https://launchpad.net/~danklassen\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Matt C https://launchpad.net/~mvc1095\n" " Matthew Greyling https://launchpad.net/~matthew" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:211 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" msgstr "" "Rhythmbox is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by\n" "the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or\n" "(at your option) any later version.\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:215 msgid "" "Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" msgstr "" "Rhythmbox is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public Licence for more details.\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:219 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" "51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence\n" "along with Rhythmbox; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,\n" "51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:272 ../shell/rb-shell-preferences.c:163 msgid "Couldn't display help" msgstr "Could not display help" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:629 msgid "Don't save any data permanently (implies --no-registration)" msgstr "Do not save any data permanently (implies --no-registration)" #: ../shell/rb-application.c:630 msgid "Disable loading of plugins" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-playlist-manager.c:1061 msgid "Couldn't read playlist" msgstr "Could not read playlist" #: ../shell/rb-playlist-manager.c:1148 ../sources/rb-playlist-source.c:707 msgid "Couldn't save playlist" msgstr "Could not save playlist" #: ../shell/rb-shell-player.c:2127 msgid "Couldn't stop playback" msgstr "Could not stop playback" #: ../shell/rb-shell-preferences.c:202 msgid "Rhythmbox Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%d file cannot be transferred as it must be converted into a format " "supported by the target device but no suitable encoding profiles are " "available" msgid_plural "" "%d files cannot be transferred as they must be converted into a format " "supported by the target device but no suitable encoding profiles are " "available" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. XXX should provide the option of picking a different format? #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:463 #, c-format msgid "" "Additional software is required to encode media in your preferred format:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "Additional software is required to convert %d file into a format supported " "by the target device:\n" "%s" msgid_plural "" "Additional software is required to convert %d files into a format supported " "by the target device:\n" "%s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:489 msgid "_Cancel the transfer" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:491 msgid "_Skip these files" msgstr "" #: ../shell/rb-track-transfer-queue.c:494 msgid "_Install" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-auto-playlist-source.c:255 ../sources/rb-browser-source.c:316 #: ../sources/rb-static-playlist-source.c:297 msgid "Search composers" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-auto-playlist-source.c:258 ../sources/rb-browser-source.c:319 #: ../sources/rb-static-playlist-source.c:300 msgid "Search genres" msgstr "" #. set up info bar for triggering codec installation #: ../sources/rb-import-errors-source.c:235 msgid "Install Additional Software" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-import-errors-source.c:241 msgid "Additional software is required to play some of these files." msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-import-errors-source.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%d import error" msgid_plural "%d import errors" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:157 msgid "Constant bit rate" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:158 msgid "Variable bit rate" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:729 msgid "Default settings" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:1772 msgid "Copying tracks to the library" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-library-source.c:1846 msgid "Adding tracks to the library" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-media-player-source.c:614 #, c-format msgid "Syncing tracks to %s" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-playlist-source.c:1190 msgid "Remove from Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../sources/rb-transfer-target.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Transferring tracks to %s" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:87 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue" #: ../widgets/rb-alert-dialog.c:106 msgid "The buttons shown in the alert dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the alert dialogue" #: ../widgets/rb-entry-view.c:1461 msgid "Composer" msgstr "" #. Translators: remaining time / total time #: ../widgets/rb-header.c:1202 #, c-format msgid "-%s / %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: elapsed time / total time #: ../widgets/rb-header.c:1213 #, c-format msgid "%s / %s" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-import-dialog.c:339 msgid "Importing tracks" msgstr "" #. this isn't a terribly helpful message. #: ../widgets/rb-import-dialog.c:409 #, c-format msgid "The location you have selected is on the device %s." msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-import-dialog.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-import-dialog.c:463 #, c-format msgid "Import %d selected track" msgid_plural "Import %d selected tracks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../widgets/rb-import-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "Import %d listed track" msgid_plural "Import %d listed tracks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:79 msgctxt "query-criteria" msgid "Composer" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:108 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Composer" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:113 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Rating" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:114 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Play Count" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:115 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Year" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:116 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Duration" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:117 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Track Number" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:118 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Last Played" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:119 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Date Added" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:120 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Comment" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:121 msgctxt "query-sort" msgid "Beats Per Minute" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:121 msgid "W_ith faster tempo tracks first" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:137 #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:167 msgid "not equal to" msgstr "" #. Translators: this matches songs before 1-Jan-YEAR or after 31-Dec-YEAR #: ../widgets/rb-query-creator-properties.c:181 msgid "not in" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-search-entry.c:234 msgid "Select the search type" msgstr "" #: ../widgets/rb-search-entry.c:256 msgid "Search" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/totem.po0000644000000000000000000002120112321561551020206 0ustar # Canadian English translations for Totem. # Copyright (C) 2012 Totem'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the Totem package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Totem\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=totem&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-03 08:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:06+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "Disable screensaver when playing" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:28 msgctxt "Screensaver disable" msgid "Video" msgstr "" #: ../data/preferences.ui.h:35 msgid "Color Balance" msgstr "Colour Balance" #. Title #: ../data/totem.desktop.in.in.in.h:1 ../data/totem.ui.h:87 ../src/totem.c:261 #: ../src/totem.c:269 ../src/totem-menu.c:713 ../src/totem-object.c:1652 msgid "Videos" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.desktop.in.in.in.h:2 msgid "Play movies" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.desktop.in.in.in.h:3 msgid "Video;Movie;Film;Clip;Series;Player;DVD;TV;Disc;" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.desktop.in.in.in.h:7 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:25 msgid "_Resize 1∶2" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:27 msgid "Resize _1∶1" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:29 msgid "Resize _2∶1" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:71 msgid "4∶3 (TV)" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:72 msgid "Sets 4∶3 (TV) aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:73 msgid "16∶9 (Widescreen)" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:74 msgid "Sets 16∶9 (widescreen) aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:75 msgid "2.11∶1 (DVB)" msgstr "" #: ../data/totem.ui.h:76 msgid "Sets 2.11∶1 (DVB) aspect ratio" msgstr "" #. should be exactly one missing thing (source or converter) #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3375 #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3383 #, c-format msgid "The playback of this movie requires a %s plugin which is not installed." msgid_plural "" "The playback of this movie requires the following plugins which are not " "installed:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3394 msgid "" "An audio or video stream is not handled due to missing codecs. You might " "need to install additional plugins to be able to play some types of movies" msgstr "" #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:3404 msgid "" "This file cannot be played over the network. Try downloading it locally " "first." msgstr "" #: ../src/backend/bacon-video-widget.c:5934 msgid "" "Some necessary plug-ins are missing. Make sure that the program is correctly " "installed." msgstr "" #: ../src/totem-interface.c:357 msgid "" "Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Totem is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/totem-interface.c:361 msgid "" "Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Totem is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/totem-interface.c:365 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, " "Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Totem; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, " "Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA" #: ../src/totem-menu.c:716 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Alex Tourangeau https://launchpad.net/~iamthevoice2004\n" " Daniel LeBlanc https://launchpad.net/~danidou\n" " Mark https://launchpad.net/~mark-f-bennett\n" " Matt C https://launchpad.net/~mvc1095\n" " Rick Brown https://launchpad.net/~rmjb99\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #. eg: 75 % #: ../src/totem-statusbar.c:250 #, c-format msgid "%lf %%" msgstr "" #. eg: Buffering, 75 % #: ../src/totem-statusbar.c:330 #, c-format msgid "%s, %f %%" msgstr "" #: ../src/totem-uri.c:499 msgid "Add Directory" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/apple-trailers/apple-trailers.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Apple Trailers" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/apple-trailers/apple-trailers.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Sets the user agent for the Apple Trailers site" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/autoload-subtitles/autoload-subtitles.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Autoload Subtitles" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/autoload-subtitles/autoload-subtitles.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Autoloads text subtitles" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/chapters/chapters.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Support chapter markers in movies" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/chapters/totem-edit-chapter.c:95 msgid "Add Chapter" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "A plugin to let you browse media content from various sources" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.ui.h:1 msgid "Add to Playlist" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/grilo/grilo.ui.h:2 msgid "Copy Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/im-status/totem-im-status.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Instant Messenger Status" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/media-player-keys/media-player-keys.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Media Player Keys" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/media-player-keys/media-player-keys.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Support additional media player keys" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/opensubtitles/opensubtitles.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Look for subtitles for the currently playing movie" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/properties/movie-properties.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Movie Properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/properties/movie-properties.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Adds movie properties to the sidebar" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/pythonconsole/pythonconsole.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Interactive Python console" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/recent/recent.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Recent files" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/recent/recent.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Adds files that have been played to recent files" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/rotation/rotation.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Allows videos to be rotated if they are in the wrong orientation" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/save-file/save-file.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Save Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/save-file/save-file.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Save a copy of the currently playing movie" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/screensaver/screensaver.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screen Saver" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/screensaver/screensaver.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Deactivates the screen saver when a movie is playing" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets made up #. * with the screenshot if the entire screen is taken #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/screenshot-filename-builder.c:147 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s.png" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets #. * made up with the screenshot if the entire screen is #. * taken #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/screenshot-filename-builder.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s - %d.png" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/screenshot.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/screenshot.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Allows screenshots and galleries to be taken of videos" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/screenshot/totem-screenshot-plugin.c:334 msgid "Take _Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/skipto/skipto.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Provides the \"Skip to\" dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/zeitgeist-dp/zeitgeist-dp.plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Zeitgeist Plugin" msgstr "" #: ../src/plugins/zeitgeist-dp/zeitgeist-dp.plugin.in.h:2 msgid "A plugin sending events to Zeitgeist" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/update-notifier.po0000644000000000000000000000321312321561551022160 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for update-notifier # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the update-notifier package. # Abigail Brady , Bastien Nocera , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-notifier\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-10 12:15+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-18 19:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Description #: ../data/package-data-downloads-failed.in:5 msgid "" "The download will be attempted again later, or you can try the download " "again now. Running this command requires an active Internet connection." msgstr "" "The download will be attempted again later, or you can try the download " "again now. Running this command requires an active Internet connection." #. Description #: ../data/package-data-downloads-failed-permanently.in:3 msgid "" "This is a permanent failure that leaves these packages unusable on your " "system. You may need to fix your Internet connection, then remove and " "reinstall the packages to fix this problem." msgstr "" "This is a permanent failure that leaves these packages unusable on your " "system. You may need to fix your Internet connection, then remove and " "reinstall the packages to fix this problem." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/vim.po0000644000000000000000000004232712321561551017665 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for vim # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the vim package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vim\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-10 23:35+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-06 17:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: buffer.c:67 msgid "E855: Autocommands caused command to abort" msgstr "" #: edit.c:62 msgid "E839: Completion function changed window" msgstr "" #: edit.c:63 msgid "E840: Completion function deleted text" msgstr "" #: eval.c:8711 msgid "add() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:10243 msgid "extend() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:10507 msgid "map() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:10508 msgid "filter() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:13258 msgid "insert() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:15278 msgid "remove() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:15649 msgid "reverse() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:17074 msgid "sort() argument" msgstr "" #: eval.c:21351 msgid "E862: Cannot use g: here" msgstr "" #: eval.c:21390 #, c-format msgid "E853: Duplicate argument name: %s" msgstr "" #: ex_cmds.c:5453 #, c-format msgid "Pattern not found: %s" msgstr "" #: ex_cmds2.c:1120 msgid "E750: First use \":profile start {fname}\"" msgstr "" #: ex_docmd.c:2285 msgid "E493: Backwards range given" msgstr "" #: ex_docmd.c:5801 msgid "E841: Reserved name, cannot be used for user defined command" msgstr "" #: ex_docmd.c:6506 #, c-format msgid "E185: Cannot find color scheme '%s'" msgstr "" #: ex_docmd.c:10065 msgid "E842: no line number to use for \"\"" msgstr "" #: fileio.c:2461 fileio.c:4928 msgid "[blowfish]" msgstr "" #: fileio.c:2906 msgid "E821: File is encrypted with unknown method" msgstr "" #: fileio.c:5315 #, c-format msgid "%lld characters" msgstr "" #: gui.c:222 msgid "E851: Failed to create a new process for the GUI" msgstr "" #: gui.c:246 msgid "E852: The child process failed to start the GUI" msgstr "" #: gui.c:4731 #, c-format msgid "E254: Cannot allocate color %s" msgstr "E254: Cannot allocate colour %s" #: gui_athena.c:2146 gui_motif.c:2582 msgid "Vim dialog" msgstr "Vim dialogue" #: gui_x11.c:1545 msgid "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colormap entry, some colors may be incorrect" msgstr "" "Vim E458: Cannot allocate colourmap entry, some colours may be incorrect" #: gui_x11.c:2200 #, c-format msgid "E253: Fontset name: %s" msgstr "" #: gui_x11.c:2201 #, c-format msgid "Font0: %s" msgstr "" #: gui_x11.c:2202 #, c-format msgid "Font1: %s" msgstr "" #: gui_x11.c:2203 #, c-format msgid "Font%ld width is not twice that of font0" msgstr "" #: gui_x11.c:2204 #, c-format msgid "Font0 width: %ld" msgstr "" #: gui_x11.c:2205 #, c-format msgid "Font1 width: %ld" msgstr "" #: if_cscope.c:79 msgid "Reinit all connections" msgstr "Re-init all connections" #: if_cscope.c:1006 msgid "cs_create_connection setpgid failed" msgstr "" #: if_cscope.c:1363 msgid "" "\n" " c: Find functions calling this function\n" " d: Find functions called by this function\n" " e: Find this egrep pattern\n" " f: Find this file\n" " g: Find this definition\n" " i: Find files #including this file\n" " s: Find this C symbol\n" " t: Find this text string\n" msgstr "" #: if_lua.c:1642 msgid "Lua library cannot be loaded." msgstr "" #: if_mzsch.c:2520 if_mzsch.c:2603 if_mzsch.c:2664 if_py_both.h:47 msgid "cannot insert line" msgstr "" #: if_mzsch.c:2755 if_py_both.h:3589 msgid "string cannot contain newlines" msgstr "" #: if_mzsch.c:3220 msgid "error converting Scheme values to Vim" msgstr "" #: if_mzsch.c:3323 msgid "Vim error: ~a" msgstr "" #: if_python.c:662 msgid "E836: This Vim cannot execute :python after using :py3" msgstr "" #: if_python3.c:598 msgid "E837: This Vim cannot execute :py3 after using :python" msgstr "" #: main.c:1008 msgid "netbeans is not supported with this GUI\n" msgstr "" #: main.c:3267 msgid "-E\t\t\tImproved Ex mode" msgstr "" #: main.c:3368 msgid "-background \tUse for the background (also: -bg)" msgstr "-background \tUse for the background (also: -bg)" #: main.c:3369 msgid "-foreground \tUse for normal text (also: -fg)" msgstr "-foreground \tUse for normal text (also: -fg)" #: main.c:3391 msgid "--echo-wid\t\tMake gvim echo the Window ID on stdout" msgstr "" #: mbyte.c:5661 msgid "E289: input method doesn't support my preedit type" msgstr "E289: input method doesn't support my pre-edit type" #: memline.c:579 msgid "E843: Error while updating swap file crypt" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1263 #, c-format msgid "" "E833: %s is encrypted and this version of Vim does not support encryption" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "Swap file is encrypted: \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1379 msgid "" "\n" "If you entered a new crypt key but did not write the text file," msgstr "" #: memline.c:1380 msgid "" "\n" "enter the new crypt key." msgstr "" #: memline.c:1381 msgid "" "\n" "If you wrote the text file after changing the crypt key press enter" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1382 msgid "" "\n" "to use the same key for text file and swap file" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1659 msgid "and run diff with the original file to check for changes)" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1662 msgid "Recovery completed. Buffer contents equals file contents." msgstr "" #: memline.c:1663 msgid "" "\n" "You may want to delete the .swp file now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: memline.c:1669 msgid "Using crypt key from swap file for the text file.\n" msgstr "" #. Some of these messages are long to allow translation to #. * other languages. #: memline.c:4057 msgid "" "\n" "(1) Another program may be editing the same file. If this is the case,\n" " be careful not to end up with two different instances of the same\n" " file when making changes." msgstr "" #: memline.c:4058 msgid " Quit, or continue with caution.\n" msgstr "" #: memline.c:4059 msgid "(2) An edit session for this file crashed.\n" msgstr "" #: message.c:3775 msgid "Select Directory dialog" msgstr "Select Directory dialogue" #: message.c:3777 msgid "Save File dialog" msgstr "Save File dialogue" #: message.c:3779 msgid "Open File dialog" msgstr "Open File dialogue" #: misc2.c:4326 msgid "E854: path too long for completion" msgstr "" #: netbeans.c:2792 msgid "E838: netbeans is not supported with this GUI" msgstr "" #: netbeans.c:3012 msgid "E511: netbeans already connected" msgstr "" #: netbeans.c:3935 #, c-format msgid "E505: %s is read-only (add ! to override)" msgstr "" #: option.c:4428 msgid "E846: Key code not set" msgstr "" #: option.c:5851 msgid "E834: Conflicts with value of 'listchars'" msgstr "" #: option.c:5854 msgid "E835: Conflicts with value of 'fillchars'" msgstr "" #: quickfix.c:3063 msgid "Error file" msgstr "" #: regexp.c:7984 msgid "" "E864: \\%#= can only be followed by 0, 1, or 2. The automatic engine will be " "used " msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:242 #, c-format msgid "E866: (NFA regexp) Misplaced %c" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:1140 msgid "E865: (NFA) Regexp end encountered prematurely" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "E867: (NFA) Unknown operator '\\z%c'" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:1480 #, c-format msgid "E867: (NFA) Unknown operator '\\%%%c'" msgstr "" #. should never happen #: regexp_nfa.c:1627 msgid "E868: Error building NFA with equivalence class!" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:1958 #, c-format msgid "E869: (NFA) Unknown operator '\\@%c'" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:1988 msgid "E870: (NFA regexp) Error reading repetition limits" msgstr "" #. Can't have a multi follow a multi. #: regexp_nfa.c:2058 msgid "E871: (NFA regexp) Can't have a multi follow a multi !" msgstr "" #. Too many `(' #: regexp_nfa.c:2207 msgid "E872: (NFA regexp) Too many '('" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:2215 msgid "E879: (NFA regexp) Too many \\z(" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:2244 msgid "E873: (NFA regexp) proper termination error" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:2834 msgid "E874: (NFA) Could not pop the stack !" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:3603 msgid "" "E875: (NFA regexp) (While converting from postfix to NFA), too many states " "left on stack" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:3606 msgid "E876: (NFA regexp) Not enough space to store the whole NFA " msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:5013 msgid "E878: (NFA) Could not allocate memory for branch traversal!" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:5064 regexp_nfa.c:5398 msgid "" "Could not open temporary log file for writing, displaying on stderr ... " msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:5365 #, c-format msgid "(NFA) COULD NOT OPEN %s !" msgstr "" #: regexp_nfa.c:6709 msgid "Could not open temporary log file for writing " msgstr "" #: spell.c:2517 #, c-format msgid "Warning: Cannot find word list \"%s_%s.spl\" or \"%s_ascii.spl\"" msgstr "" #: spell.c:7363 msgid "E845: Insufficient memory, word list will be incomplete" msgstr "" #: spell.c:8970 #, c-format msgid "Writing suggestion file %s ..." msgstr "" #: spell.c:9482 #, c-format msgid "Word '%.*s' removed from %s" msgstr "" #: spell.c:9529 #, c-format msgid "Word '%.*s' added to %s" msgstr "" #: syntax.c:4610 msgid "E844: invalid cchar value" msgstr "" #: syntax.c:4763 msgid "E847: Too many syntax includes" msgstr "" #: syntax.c:5507 msgid "E848: Too many syntax clusters" msgstr "" #: syntax.c:6678 msgid "" " TOTAL COUNT MATCH SLOWEST AVERAGE NAME PATTERN" msgstr "" #: syntax.c:7565 msgid "E419: FG color unknown" msgstr "E419: FG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7576 msgid "E420: BG color unknown" msgstr "E420: BG colour unknown" #: syntax.c:7637 #, c-format msgid "E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s" msgstr "E421: Colour name or number not recognized: %s" #: syntax.c:9275 msgid "E849: Too many highlight and syntax groups" msgstr "" #: tag.c:3820 #, c-format msgid "Duplicate field name: %s" msgstr "" #. This happens when the FileChangedRO autocommand changes the #. * file in a way it becomes shorter. #: undo.c:400 msgid "E834: Line count changed unexpectedly" msgstr "" #: undo.c:710 #, c-format msgid "E828: Cannot open undo file for writing: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:819 #, c-format msgid "E825: Corrupted undo file (%s): %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1327 msgid "Cannot write undo file in any directory in 'undodir'" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1375 #, c-format msgid "Will not overwrite with undo file, cannot read: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Will not overwrite, this is not an undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1414 msgid "Skipping undo file write, nothing to undo" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1429 #, c-format msgid "Writing undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1526 #, c-format msgid "E829: write error in undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1616 #, c-format msgid "Not reading undo file, owner differs: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1630 #, c-format msgid "Reading undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1638 #, c-format msgid "E822: Cannot open undo file for reading: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1648 #, c-format msgid "E823: Not an undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1657 #, c-format msgid "E832: Non-encrypted file has encrypted undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1663 #, c-format msgid "E826: Undo file decryption failed: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "E827: Undo file is encrypted: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1674 #, c-format msgid "E824: Incompatible undo file: %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1692 msgid "File contents changed, cannot use undo info" msgstr "" #: undo.c:1880 #, c-format msgid "Finished reading undo file %s" msgstr "" #: undo.c:2237 #, c-format msgid "E830: Undo number %ld not found" msgstr "" #: undo.c:2855 msgid "number changes when saved" msgstr "" #: globals.h:1580 msgid "E850: Invalid register name" msgstr "" #: globals.h:1591 #, c-format msgid "Need encryption key for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:42 msgid "empty keys are not allowed" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:43 msgid "dictionary is locked" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:44 msgid "list is locked" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:50 #, c-format msgid "failed to add key '%s' to dictionary" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:52 #, c-format msgid "index must be int or slice, not %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:146 if_py_both.h:3566 #, c-format msgid "expected str() or unicode() instance, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:150 if_py_both.h:3570 #, c-format msgid "expected bytes() or str() instance, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:200 #, c-format msgid "" "expected int(), long() or something supporting coercing to long(), but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:205 #, c-format msgid "expected int() or something supporting coercing to int(), but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:217 msgid "value is too large to fit into C int type" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:223 msgid "value is too small to fit into C int type" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:233 msgid "number must be greater then zero" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:242 msgid "number must be greater or equal to zero" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:347 #, c-format msgid "invalid attribute: %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:919 msgid "failed to change directory" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1097 #, c-format msgid "expected 3-tuple as imp.find_module() result, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1104 #, c-format msgid "expected 3-tuple as imp.find_module() result, but got tuple of size %d" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1115 msgid "internal error: imp.find_module returned tuple with NULL" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1495 msgid "cannot delete vim.Dictionary attributes" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1504 msgid "cannot modify fixed dictionary" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1521 if_py_both.h:2528 #, c-format msgid "cannot set attribute %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1655 msgid "hashtab changed during iteration" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:1926 #, c-format msgid "expected sequence element of size 2, but got sequence of size %d" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2170 msgid "list constructor does not accept keyword arguments" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2225 if_py_both.h:2351 msgid "list index out of range" msgstr "" #. No more suitable format specifications in python-2.3 #: if_py_both.h:2232 #, c-format msgid "internal error: failed to get vim list item %d" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2372 msgid "failed to add item to list" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2413 #, c-format msgid "internal error: no vim list item %d" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2447 msgid "internal error: failed to add item to list" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2503 msgid "cannot delete vim.List attributes" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2511 msgid "cannot modify fixed list" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2564 #, c-format msgid "unnamed function %s does not exist" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2576 #, c-format msgid "function %s does not exist" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2592 msgid "function constructor does not accept keyword arguments" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2669 #, c-format msgid "failed to run function %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2822 msgid "unable to get option value" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2828 msgid "internal error: unknown option type" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2871 msgid "problem while switching windows" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2928 #, c-format msgid "unable to unset global option %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:2935 #, c-format msgid "unable to unset option %s which does not have global value" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:3014 msgid "attempt to refer to deleted tab page" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:3158 msgid "no such tab page" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:3346 msgid "readonly attribute: buffer" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4621 msgid "failed to rename buffer" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4657 msgid "mark name must be a single character" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4900 #, c-format msgid "expected vim.Buffer object, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4914 #, c-format msgid "failed to switch to buffer %d" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4927 #, c-format msgid "expected vim.Window object, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4939 msgid "failed to find window in the current tab page" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4950 msgid "did not switch to the specified window" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4961 #, c-format msgid "expected vim.TabPage object, but got %s" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:4976 msgid "did not switch to the specified tab page" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5079 msgid "failed to run the code" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5164 msgid "E858: Eval did not return a valid python object" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5170 msgid "E859: Failed to convert returned python object to vim value" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5496 #, c-format msgid "unable to convert %s to vim dictionary" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5624 #, c-format msgid "unable to convert %s to vim structure" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5636 msgid "internal error: NULL reference passed" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5661 msgid "internal error: invalid value type" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5963 msgid "" "Failed to set path hook: sys.path_hooks is not a list\n" "You should now do the following:\n" "- append vim.path_hook to sys.path_hooks\n" "- append vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH to sys.path\n" msgstr "" #: if_py_both.h:5993 msgid "" "Failed to set path: sys.path is not a list\n" "You should now append vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH to sys.path" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/vino.po0000644000000000000000000003322312321561551020040 0ustar # English/Canada translation of vino. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the vino package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vino\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:53+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Desktop Sharing Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "Your desktop will be shared" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "Remote users are able to control your mouse and keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "_You must confirm each access to this machine" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:11 msgid "Automatically _configure UPnP router to open and forward ports" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "The router must have the UPnP feature enabled" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Show Notification Area Icon" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Al_ways" msgstr "" #: ../capplet/vino-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "_Only when someone is connected" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable remote access to the desktop" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "If true, allows remote access to the desktop via the RFB protocol. Users on " "remote machines may then connect to the desktop using a VNC viewer." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "If true, remote users accessing the desktop are only allowed to view the " "desktop. Remote users will not be able to use the mouse or keyboard." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Network interface for listening" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If not set, the server will listen on all network interfaces.\n" "\n" "Set this if you want to accept connections only from some specific network " "interface. For example, eth0, wifi0, lo and so on." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Listen on an alternative port" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If true, the server will listen on another port, instead of the default " "(5900). The port must be specified in the 'alternative-port' key." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Alternative port number" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "" "The port which the server will listen to if the 'use-alternative-port' key " "is set to true. Valid values are in the range of 5000 to 50000." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "If true, remote users accessing the desktop are required to support " "encryption. It is highly recommended that you use a client which supports " "encryption unless the intervening network is trusted." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "" "Lists the authentication methods with which remote users may access the " "desktop.\n" "\n" "There are two possible authentication methods; \"vnc\" causes the remote " "user to be prompted for a password (the password is specified by the vnc-" "password key) before connecting and \"none\" which allows any remote user to " "connect." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "" "The password which the remote user will be prompted for if the \"vnc\" " "authentication method is used. The password specified by the key is base64 " "encoded.\n" "\n" "The special value of 'keyring' (which is not valid base64) means that the " "password is stored in the GNOME keyring." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "This key specifies the e-mail address to which the remote desktop URL should " "be sent if the user clicks on the URL in the Desktop Sharing preferences " "dialog." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Lock the screen when last user disconnect" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "" "If true, the screen will be locked after the last remote client disconnects." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "When the status icon should be shown" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This key controls the behavior of the status icon. There are three options: " "\"always\" - the icon will always be present; \"client\" - the icon will " "only be present when someone is connected (this is the default behavior); " "\"never\" - the icon will not be present." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Whether to disable the desktop background when a user is connected" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "" "When true, disable the desktop background and replace it with a single block " "of color when a user successfully connects." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:33 msgid "Whether a UPnP router should be used to forward and open ports" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:34 msgid "" "If true, request that a UPnP-capable router should forward and open the port " "used by Vino." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Whether we should disable the XDamage extension of X.org" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:36 msgid "" "If true, do not use the XDamage extension of X.org. This extension does not " "work properly on some video drivers when using 3D effects. Disabling it will " "make Vino work in these environments, with slower rendering as a side effect." msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Notify on connect" msgstr "" #: ../common/org.gnome.Vino.gschema.xml.h:38 msgid "If true, show a notification when a user connects to the system." msgstr "" #: ../common/vino-keyring.c:54 ../tools/vino-passwd.c:54 msgid "Remote desktop sharing password" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-main.c:302 msgid "Start in tube mode, for the ‘Share my Desktop’ feature" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-main.c:308 msgid "- VNC Server for GNOME" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-main.c:316 msgid "" "Run 'vino-server --help' to see a full list of available command line options" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-main.c:337 msgid "GNOME Desktop Sharing" msgstr "" #. #. * Translators: this string is used ONLY if you #. * translated "vino-mdns:showusername" to anything #. * other than "1" #. #: ../server/vino-mdns.c:74 #, c-format msgid "%s's remote desktop on %s" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-prefs.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Received signal %d, exiting." msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-server.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "GNOME Desktop Sharing Server" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-server.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "vnc;share;remote;" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:103 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:117 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:115 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:96 msgid "Desktop sharing is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:111 #, c-format msgid "One person is viewing your desktop" msgid_plural "%d people are viewing your desktop" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:212 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:234 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:269 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:180 msgid "Error displaying preferences" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:234 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:256 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:289 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:200 msgid "Error displaying help" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:267 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:283 msgid "" "Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2\n" "\n" "Vino is free software; you can redistribute it and/or\n" "modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License\n" "as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2\n" "of the License, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Vino is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n" "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software\n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA\n" "02110-1301, USA.\n" msgstr "" #. Translators comment: put your own name here to appear in the about dialog. #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:282 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:298 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:288 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:304 msgid "Share your desktop with other users" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:355 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:369 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:321 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to disconnect '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:358 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:372 #, c-format msgid "The remote user from '%s' will be disconnected. Are you sure?" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:364 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:378 msgid "Are you sure you want to disconnect all clients?" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:366 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:380 msgid "All remote users will be disconnected. Are you sure?" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:419 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:455 msgid "Disconnect all" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a hostname #. Translators: %s is the alias of the telepathy contact #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:443 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:479 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:159 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:284 #, c-format msgid "Disconnect %s" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:605 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:626 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:423 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing libnotify\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a hostname #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:626 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:647 msgid "Another user is viewing your desktop" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:628 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:649 #, c-format msgid "A user on the computer '%s' is remotely viewing your desktop." msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a hostname #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:634 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:655 msgid "Another user is controlling your desktop" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:636 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:657 #, c-format msgid "A user on the computer '%s' is remotely controlling your desktop." msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-status-icon.c:664 ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:679 #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:453 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Error while displaying notification bubble: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-app-indicator.c:125 #, c-format msgid "One person is connected" msgid_plural "%d people are connected" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../server/vino-tube-app-indicator.c:324 #: ../server/vino-status-tube-icon.c:235 #, c-format msgid "The remote user '%s' will be disconnected. Are you sure?" msgstr "" #: ../server/vino-tube-server.c:284 ../server/vino-tube-server.c:317 msgid "Share my desktop information" msgstr "" #. Translators: '%s' is the name of a contact, buddy coming from Empathy #: ../server/vino-tube-server.c:288 #, c-format msgid "'%s' rejected the desktop sharing invitation." msgstr "" #. Translators: '%s' is the name of a contact, buddy coming from Empathy #: ../server/vino-tube-server.c:292 #, c-format msgid "'%s' disconnected" msgstr "" #. Translators: '%s' is the name of a contact, buddy coming from Empathy #: ../server/vino-tube-server.c:323 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is remotely controlling your desktop." msgstr "" #. Translators: '%s' is the name of a contact, buddy coming from Empathy #: ../server/vino-tube-server.c:336 #, c-format msgid "Waiting for '%s' to connect to the screen." msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d character. Please, re-enter the " "password." msgid_plural "" "ERROR: Maximum length of password is %d characters. Please, re-enter the " "password." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:156 #, c-format msgid "Changing Vino password.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:158 msgid "Enter new Vino password: " msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:161 msgid "Retype new Vino password: " msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:167 #, c-format msgid "vino-passwd: password updated successfully.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Sorry, passwords do not match.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:173 #, c-format msgid "vino-passwd: password unchanged.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:189 msgid "Show Vino version" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:198 msgid "- Updates Vino password" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:208 msgid "" "Run 'vino-passwd --help' to see a full list of available command line options" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:215 #, c-format msgid "VINO Version %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/vino-passwd.c:226 #, c-format msgid "ERROR: You do not have enough permissions to change Vino password.\n" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/yelp.po0000644000000000000000000001674512321561552020051 0ustar # Canadian English translation of yelp # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the yelp package. # Alexander Winston , 2004. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 10:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. (itstool) path: msg/msgstr #. ID: install.tooltip #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on install: links. These #. links allow users to install packages by clicking a link in the help. The #. tooltip may also be used as the link text, if there's no link text in the #. document. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the #. appropriate content, as follows: #. #. - The package to install #. #: yelp.xml.in:36 msgid "Install " msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-docbook-document.c:264 ../libyelp/yelp-info-document.c:239 #: ../libyelp/yelp-mallard-document.c:307 #: ../libyelp/yelp-mallard-document.c:458 ../libyelp/yelp-man-document.c:283 #, c-format msgid "The page ‘%s’ was not found in the document ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-docbook-document.c:785 ../libyelp/yelp-info-document.c:316 #: ../libyelp/yelp-man-document.c:360 #, c-format msgid "The requested page was not found in the document ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-document.c:269 msgid "Whether the document content has been indexed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-document.c:277 msgid "Document URI" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-document.c:278 msgid "The URI which identifies the document" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-document.c:994 #, c-format msgid "Search results for “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-document.c:1006 #, c-format msgid "No matching help pages found in “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-help-list.c:550 ../libyelp/yelp-help-list.c:559 msgid "All Help Documents" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:337 msgid "A YelpView instance to control" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:353 msgid "A YelpBookmarks implementation instance" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:370 msgid "Whether the location entry can be used as a search field" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:831 ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:1593 msgid "Bookmark this page" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-location-entry.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Search for “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:156 msgid "GtkSettings" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:157 msgid "A GtkSettings object to get settings from" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:165 msgid "GtkIconTheme" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:166 msgid "A GtkIconTheme object to get icons from" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:174 msgid "Font Adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:175 msgid "A size adjustment to add to font sizes" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:183 msgid "Show Text Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:184 msgid "Show the text cursor or caret for accessible navigation" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:192 msgid "Editor Mode" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-settings.c:193 msgid "Enable features useful to editors" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-sqlite-storage.c:149 msgid "Database filename" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-sqlite-storage.c:150 msgid "The filename of the sqlite database" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-transform.c:171 msgid "XSLT Stylesheet" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-transform.c:172 msgid "The location of the XSLT stylesheet" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-transform.c:380 ../libyelp/yelp-transform.c:395 #, c-format msgid "The XSLT stylesheet ‘%s’ is either missing or not valid." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:423 msgid "Yelp URI" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:424 msgid "A YelpUri with the current location" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:432 msgid "Loading State" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:433 msgid "The loading state of the view" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:442 msgid "Page ID" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:443 msgid "The ID of the root page of the page being viewed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:451 msgid "Root Title" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:452 msgid "The title of the root page of the page being viewed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:461 msgid "The title of the page being viewed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:469 msgid "Page Description" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:470 msgid "The description of the page being viewed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:478 msgid "Page Icon" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:479 msgid "The icon of the page being viewed" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:720 msgid "You do not have PackageKit. Package install links require PackageKit." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1109 msgid "Save Code" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1272 #, c-format msgid "Send email to %s" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1287 msgid "_Install Packages" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1362 msgid "_Save Video As..." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1369 msgid "S_end Image To..." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1371 msgid "S_end Video To..." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1382 msgid "_Copy Text" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1395 msgid "C_opy Code Block" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1400 msgid "Save Code _Block As..." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "See all search results for “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1628 #, c-format msgid "Could not load a document for ‘%s’" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1634 #, c-format msgid "Could not load a document" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1709 msgid "Document Not Found" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1711 msgid "Page Not Found" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1714 msgid "Cannot Read" msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1888 #, c-format msgid "The URI ‘%s’ does not point to a valid page." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1894 #, c-format msgid "The URI does not point to a valid page." msgstr "" #: ../libyelp/yelp-view.c:1900 #, c-format msgid "The URI ‘%s’ could not be parsed." msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-application.c:63 msgid "Turn on editor mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-application.c:128 msgid "Increase the size of the text" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-application.c:131 msgid "_Smaller Text" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-application.c:133 msgid "Decrease the size of the text" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-application.c:286 msgid "Show Text _Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:252 msgid "_All Documents" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:265 msgid "Find in Page..." msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:302 msgid "A YelpApplication instance that controls this window" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:429 msgid "Read Link _Later" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:548 msgid "Read Later" msgstr "" #: ../src/yelp-window.c:1180 #, c-format msgid "%i match" msgid_plural "%i matches" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../yelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Get help with Unity" msgstr "" #: ../yelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "documentation;information;manual;" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/zenity.po0000644000000000000000000001744012321561552020413 0ustar # English/Canada translation of zenity. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the zenity package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: zenity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 09:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 10:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:15+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/about.c:64 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the " "Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your " "option) any later version.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/about.c:68 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public License " "for more details.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/about.c:72 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License " "along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, " "Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" #: ../src/about.c:265 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Maintainer: Adam Weinberger \n" "Alexander Winston \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount" #: ../src/about.c:277 msgid "Display dialog boxes from shell scripts" msgstr "Display dialogue boxes from shell scripts" #: ../src/main.c:105 #, c-format msgid "You must specify a dialog type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" msgstr "You must specify a dialogue type. See 'zenity --help' for details\n" #: ../src/notification.c:121 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid value for a boolean typed hint.\n" "Supported values are 'true' or 'false'.\n" msgstr "" #. (iibiiay) #: ../src/notification.c:137 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported hint. Skipping.\n" msgstr "" #. unknown hints #: ../src/notification.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Unknown hint name. Skipping.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/notification.c:209 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse command from stdin\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/notification.c:241 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse message from stdin\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/password.c:64 msgid "Type your password" msgstr "" #: ../src/password.c:99 msgid "Username:" msgstr "" #: ../src/password.c:115 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #: ../src/tree.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No column titles specified for List dialog.\n" msgstr "No column titles specified for List dialogue.\n" #: ../src/tree.c:371 #, c-format msgid "You should use only one List dialog type.\n" msgstr "You should use only one List dialogue type.\n" #: ../src/zenity.ui.h:8 msgid "Forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:158 msgid "Set the dialog title" msgstr "Set the dialogue title" #: ../src/option.c:194 msgid "Set dialog timeout in seconds" msgstr "Set dialogue timeout in seconds" #: ../src/option.c:222 msgid "Set the modal hint" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:237 msgid "Display calendar dialog" msgstr "Display calendar dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:246 ../src/option.c:306 ../src/option.c:349 #: ../src/option.c:399 ../src/option.c:528 ../src/option.c:688 #: ../src/option.c:760 ../src/option.c:881 ../src/option.c:931 #: ../src/option.c:1082 msgid "Set the dialog text" msgstr "Set the dialogue text" #: ../src/option.c:297 msgid "Display text entry dialog" msgstr "Display text entry dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:340 msgid "Display error dialog" msgstr "Display error dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:358 ../src/option.c:408 ../src/option.c:769 #: ../src/option.c:890 msgid "Set the dialog icon" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:359 ../src/option.c:409 ../src/option.c:770 #: ../src/option.c:891 msgid "ICON-NAME" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:376 ../src/option.c:426 ../src/option.c:787 #: ../src/option.c:908 msgid "Do not enable pango markup" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:390 msgid "Display info dialog" msgstr "Display info dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:440 msgid "Display file selection dialog" msgstr "Display file selection dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:519 msgid "Display list dialog" msgstr "Display list dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:564 msgid "Use an image for first column" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:619 msgid "Hides the column headers" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:662 msgid "Set the notification hints" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:679 msgid "Display progress indication dialog" msgstr "Display progress indication dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:716 #, no-c-format msgid "Dismiss the dialog when 100% has been reached" msgstr "Dismiss the dialogue when 100% has been reached" #: ../src/option.c:726 #, no-c-format msgid "Kill parent process if Cancel button is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:736 #, no-c-format msgid "Hide Cancel button" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:751 msgid "Display question dialog" msgstr "Display question dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:801 msgid "Display text information dialog" msgstr "Display text information dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:828 msgid "Set the text font" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:837 msgid "Enable an I read and agree checkbox" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:847 msgid "Enable html support" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:856 msgid "Sets an url instead of a file. Only works if you use --html option" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:857 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:872 msgid "Display warning dialog" msgstr "Display warning dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:922 msgid "Display scale dialog" msgstr "Display scale dialogue" #: ../src/option.c:1000 msgid "Display forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1009 msgid "Add a new Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1010 ../src/option.c:1019 msgid "Field name" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1018 msgid "Add a new Password Entry in forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1027 msgid "Add a new Calendar in forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1028 msgid "Calendar field name" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1036 msgid "Add a new List in forms dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1037 msgid "List field and header name" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1045 msgid "List of values for List" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1046 ../src/option.c:1055 msgid "List of values separated by |" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1054 msgid "List of values for columns" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1073 msgid "Show the columns header" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1115 msgid "Display password dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1124 msgid "Display the username option" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1139 msgid "Display color selection dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1148 msgid "Set the color" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:1157 msgid "Show the palette" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2220 msgid "Color selection options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2221 msgid "Show color selection options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2231 msgid "Password dialog options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2232 msgid "Show password dialog options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2242 msgid "Forms dialog options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2243 msgid "Show forms dialog options" msgstr "" #: ../src/option.c:2283 #, c-format msgid "--%s is not supported for this dialog\n" msgstr "--%s is not supported for this dialogue\n" #: ../src/option.c:2287 #, c-format msgid "Two or more dialog options specified\n" msgstr "Two or more dialogue options specified\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/evince.po0000644000000000000000000002041712321561552020340 0ustar # Canadian English translations for Evince package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE Evince'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the Evince package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Evince 3.1.90.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=evince&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 18:05+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-28 12:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1086 msgid "" "This document contains non-embedded fonts that are not from the PDF Standard " "14 fonts. If the substitute fonts selected by fontconfig are not the same as " "the fonts used to create the PDF, the rendering may not be correct." msgstr "" #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1091 msgid "All fonts are either standard or embedded." msgstr "" #. Translators: string starting with a space #. * because it is directly appended to the font #. * type. Example: #. * "Type 1 (One of the Standard 14 Fonts)" #. #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1151 msgid " (One of the Standard 14 Fonts)" msgstr "" #. Translators: string starting with a space #. * because it is directly appended to the font #. * type. Example: #. * "TrueType (Not one of the Standard 14 Fonts)" #. #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1158 msgid " (Not one of the Standard 14 Fonts)" msgstr "" #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1165 msgid "Encoding" msgstr "" #: ../backend/pdf/ev-poppler.cc:1166 msgid "Substituting with" msgstr "" #: ../backend/tiff/tiffdocument.evince-backend.in.h:1 msgid "TIFF Documents" msgstr "" #: ../backend/xps/xpsdocument.evince-backend.in.h:1 msgid "XPS Documents" msgstr "" #: ../data/evince.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evince-previewer.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Print Preview" msgstr "" #: ../data/evince-previewer.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Preview before printing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The URI of the directory last used to open or save a document" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The URI of the directory last used to save a picture" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Page cache size in MiB" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The maximum size that will be used to cache rendered pages, limits maximum " "zoom level." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Evince.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "" "Show a dialog to confirm that the user wants to activate the caret " "navigation." msgstr "" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1175 msgid "PostScript is not supported by this printer." msgstr "" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1924 msgid "Auto Rotate and Center" msgstr "Auto Rotate and Centre" #: ../libview/ev-print-operation.c:1927 msgid "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page." msgstr "" "Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each " "document page. Document pages will be centreed within the printer page." #: ../previewer/ev-previewer-window.c:317 ../shell/ev-window.c:5585 msgid "Fit Pa_ge" msgstr "" #: ../previewer/ev-previewer-window.c:320 ../shell/ev-window.c:5588 msgid "Fit _Width" msgstr "" #: ../shell/eggfindbar.c:277 msgid "_Whole Words Only" msgstr "" #: ../shell/eggfindbar.c:391 msgid "Find options" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-annotation-properties-dialog.c:165 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1467 msgid "" "Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" msgstr "" "Evince is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version.\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1471 msgid "" "Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details.\n" msgstr "" "Evince is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details.\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1475 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Evince; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1500 msgid "© 1996–2012 The Evince authors" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1505 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Cameron White https://launchpad.net/~cameronwhite91\n" " Gordon Stevens https://launchpad.net/~reileigh\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../shell/ev-application.c:1557 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-history-action-widget.c:216 msgid "Go to previous history item" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-history-action-widget.c:220 msgid "Go to next history item" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-properties-dialog.c:117 msgid "Document License" msgstr "Document Licence" #: ../shell/ev-properties-license.c:140 msgid "Text License" msgstr "Text Licence" #: ../shell/ev-utils.c:333 msgid "Supported Image Files" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:1709 ../shell/ev-window.c:1880 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open document “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5290 msgid "Enable caret navigation?" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5292 msgid "_Enable" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5295 msgid "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation on?" msgstr "" "Pressing F7 turns the caret navigation on or off. This feature places a " "moveable cursor in text pages, allowing you to move around and select text " "with your keyboard. Do you want to enable the caret navigation?" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5300 msgid "Don't show this message again" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5591 msgid "_Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../shell/ev-window.c:5720 msgid "History" msgstr "" #: ../shell/evince-appmenu.ui.h:1 ../shell/menus.ui.h:1 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:11 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:23 msgid "Zoom _In" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:12 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:24 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:13 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:25 msgid "_Odd Pages Left" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:14 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:26 msgid "_Inverted Colors" msgstr "_Inverted Colours" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:18 msgid "_Recent" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:20 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:5 msgid "Send _To…" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:23 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:8 msgid "P_roperties…" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:24 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:11 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../shell/menus.ui.h:30 ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:9 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../shell/traditional-menus.ui.h:13 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/glade.po0000644000000000000000000026445012321561553020153 0ustar # Canadian English translation for glade3 # Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the glade3 package. # Adam Weinberger , 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glade3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 04:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/glade.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Interface Designer" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "GUI designer;user interface;ui builder;" msgstr "" #. translators: referring to the action of activating a file named '%s'. #. * we also indicate to users that the file may be read-only with #. * the second '%s' #: ../src/glade-window.c:520 #, c-format msgid "Activate '%s' %s" msgstr "" #. translators: referring to the action of activating a file named '%s' #. FIXME add hint for translators #: ../src/glade-window.c:526 ../src/glade-window.c:534 #, c-format msgid "Activate '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:585 msgid "Requires:" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:690 #, c-format msgid "Autosaving '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:695 #, c-format msgid "Error autosaving '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1148 #, c-format msgid "Project %s is still loading." msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1167 msgid "Failed to backup existing file, continue saving ?" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1455 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to project \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1463 msgid "Your changes will be lost if you don't save them." msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:1467 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-window.c:2463 msgid "Close document" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:183 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open '%s', the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "Unable to open '%s': The file does not exist.\n" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:5 msgid "Margin Edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:6 msgid "Edit widget margins" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:7 msgid "Alignment Edit" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:8 msgid "Edit widget alignment" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:11 msgid "Save _As" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:14 msgid "Edit project properties" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:17 msgid "Undo" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:19 msgid "Redo" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:21 msgid "Cut" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:23 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:25 msgid "Paste" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:27 ../gladeui/glade-object-stub.c:101 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:33 msgid "New" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:37 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:39 msgid "About" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:43 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:44 msgid "Edit Glade preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:52 msgid "Dock Prop_erties" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:54 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:55 msgid "Show the statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:56 msgid "Tool_bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:57 msgid "Show the toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:58 msgid "Project _Tabs" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:59 msgid "Show notebook tabs for loaded projects" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:60 msgid "Text _beside icons" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:66 msgid "_Editor Header" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:67 msgid "Show the header in the property editor" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:74 msgid "" "Copyright © 2001-2006 Ximian, Inc.\n" "Copyright © 2001-2006 Joaquin Cuenca Abela, Paolo Borelli, et al.\n" "Copyright © 2004-2013 Tristan Van Berkom, Juan Pablo Ugarte, et al." msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:78 msgid "Visit Glade web site" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:79 msgid "" "Glade is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n" "it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as \n" "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the \n" "License, or (at your option) any later version.\n" "\n" "Glade is distributed in the hope that it will be useful\n" "but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of \n" "MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the \n" "GNU General Public License for more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License \n" "along with Glade; if not, write to the Free Software \n" "Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, \n" "MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" #: ../src/glade.glade.h:93 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:1 msgid "Glade Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:2 msgid "Create backups" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:3 msgid "" "Create a backup of the last version of the project every time the project is " "saved" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:4 msgid "" "Automatically save the project to an alternate file whenever\n" "the project is modified and the specified timeout elapses" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:6 msgid "seconds" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:7 msgid "Automatically save project after" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:8 msgid "Load and Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:9 msgid "Versioning errors" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:10 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project uses any widgets, properties\n" "or signals which are not available in the project's target version" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:12 msgid "Deprecation warnings" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:13 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project uses any widgets,\n" "properties or signals which are deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:15 msgid "Unrecognized types" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:16 msgid "" "Prompt the user at save time if the project\n" "contains any unrecognized types" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:18 msgid "Show warnings when saving" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:19 msgid "column" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:20 msgid "Remove the selected catalog search path" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:21 msgid "Add a new catalog search path" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:22 msgid "Extra catalog paths" msgstr "" #: ../src/glade-preferences.glade.h:23 msgid "Select a catalog search path" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-base-editor.c:838 #, c-format msgid "Add child %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-base-editor.c:1497 msgid "The container object this editor is currently editing" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a tab name used to show the widget hierarchy #: ../gladeui/glade-base-editor.c:1740 msgid "Hierarchy" msgstr "" #. Type #: ../gladeui/glade-base-editor.c:2045 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-base-editor.c:2261 msgid "" "Tips:\n" " * Right-click over the treeview to add items.\n" " * Press Delete to remove the selected item.\n" " * Drag & Drop to reorder.\n" " * Type column is editable." msgstr "" #. GTK_STOCK_DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:71 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #. GTK_STOCK_DND_MULTIPLE #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:75 msgid "Drag and Drop Multiple" msgstr "" #. GTK_STOCK_COLOR_PICKER #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:77 msgid "Color Picker" msgstr "" #. GTK_STOCK_DIRECTORY #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:79 msgid "Directory" msgstr "" #. GTK_STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:83 msgid "Missing Image" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:355 msgid "A builtin stock item" msgstr "A built-in stock item" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:516 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:517 msgid "Enter a filename, relative path or full path to load the image" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:526 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-builtins.c:527 msgid "A GDK color value" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:459 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enabling property %s on widget %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:464 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:520 #, c-format msgid "Disabling property %s on widget %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:1396 #, c-format msgid "%s is locked by %s, edit %s first." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:1981 #, c-format msgid "Drag %s and Drop to %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:1984 msgid "root" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2444 #, c-format msgid "Locking %s by widget %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2485 #, c-format msgid "Unlocking %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2607 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2650 #, c-format msgid "Setting target version of '%s' to %d.%d" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2757 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2791 #, c-format msgid "Setting translation domain to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2910 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2964 #, c-format msgid "Unsetting widget '%s' as template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2917 ../gladeui/glade-command.c:2959 #, c-format msgid "Setting widget '%s' as template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-design-layout.c:624 #, c-format msgid "Editing alignments of %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-design-layout.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Editing margins of %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-design-layout.c:2053 msgid "Design View" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-design-layout.c:2054 msgid "The GladeDesignView that contains this layout" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:237 msgid "The currently loaded widget in this editor" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:243 msgid "Show Class Field" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:244 msgid "Whether to show the class field at the top" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:250 msgid "Class Field" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:251 msgid "The class field string" msgstr "" #. translators: referring to the properties of a widget named '%s [%s]' #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:307 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties - %s [%s]" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:754 msgid "Crea_te" msgstr "" #. Translators: first %s is the project name, second is a widget name #: ../gladeui/glade-editor.c:1282 #, c-format msgid "%s - %s Properties" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:685 msgid "Disable Check" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:686 msgid "Whether to explicitly disable the check button" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:692 #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:152 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:136 msgid "Custom Text" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:693 #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:137 msgid "Custom Text to display in the property label" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:1635 msgid "Select Named Icon" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:2014 ../gladeui/glade-property.c:677 msgid "Whether this property is translatable" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:2022 msgid "Conte_xt for translation:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:2028 msgid "" "For short and ambiguous strings: type a word here to differentiate the " "meaning of this string from the meaning of other occurrences of the same " "string" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:2150 msgid "Select a file from the project resource directory" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Choose parentless %s type objects in this project" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:3045 #, c-format msgid "Choose a parentless %s in this project" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:3048 #, c-format msgid "Choose %s type objects in this project" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:3212 msgid "_New" msgstr "" #. translators: Creating 'a widget' for 'a property' of 'a widget' #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-property.c:3367 #, c-format msgid "Creating %s for %s of %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:120 msgid "Page Type" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:121 msgid "The editor page type to create this GladeEditorTable for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:289 msgid "Class Name:" msgstr "" #. translators: The unique identifier of an object in the project #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:289 ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:556 msgid "ID:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:553 msgid "The object's unique identifier" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:565 ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1443 msgid "Composite" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-editor-table.c:567 msgid "Whether this widget is a composite template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-inspector.c:584 msgid " < Search Widgets >" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-inspector.c:623 msgid "Expand all" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-named-icon-chooser-dialog.c:1446 msgid "C_ontexts:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-named-icon-chooser-dialog.c:1469 msgid "Icon Na_mes:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-object-stub.c:103 msgid "Delete All" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:402 msgid "_Add widget here" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:407 ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:566 msgid "Add widget as _toplevel" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:572 ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:649 msgid "Read _documentation" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-popup.c:641 msgid "Set default value" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-preview.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Error launching previewer: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-preview.c:228 #, c-format msgid "Failed to launch preview: %s.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:40 ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:76 msgid "- previews a glade UI definition" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:62 msgid "Name of the file to preview" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:63 msgid "Name of the toplevel to preview" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:64 msgid "File name to save a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:65 msgid "CSS file to use" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:66 msgid "Listen standard input" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:67 msgid "Display previewer version" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:80 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:95 #, c-format msgid "--listen and --filename must not be simultaneously specified.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:101 #, c-format msgid "Either --listen or --filename must be specified.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't load builder definition: %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:143 #, c-format msgid "UI definition has no previewable widgets.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Object %s not found in UI definition.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Object is not previewable.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:201 ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Preview" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:282 ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:300 #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:320 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s.\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-previewer.c:376 #, c-format msgid "Broken pipe!\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:927 msgid "Whether project is read-only" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:934 msgid "The current item to add to the project" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:941 msgid "The currently effective GladePointerMode" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:948 msgid "Translation Domain" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:949 msgid "The project translation domain" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:956 msgid "The project's template widget, if any" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:962 msgid "Resource Path" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:963 msgid "Path to load images and resources in Glade's runtime" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1066 #, c-format msgid "(template)" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property named '%s' of widget '%s' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "(%s of %s)" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1399 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s" msgstr "" "Failed to load %s.\n" "The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s" #. translators: refers to project name '%s' that targets gtk version '%d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1718 #, c-format msgid "%s targets Gtk+ %d.%d" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1757 msgid "Specially because there is an object that can not be build with type " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1762 #, c-format msgid "" "Specially because there are %d objects that can not be build with types " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1769 msgid " and " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1787 #, c-format msgid "" "But this version of Glade is for GTK+ 3 only.\n" "Make sure you can run this project with Glade 3.8 with no deprecated widgets " "first.\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1848 #, c-format msgid "" "An automatically saved version of `%s' is more recent\n" "\n" "Would you like to load the autosave version instead ?" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:1987 #, c-format msgid "%s document properties" msgstr "" #. ****************************************************************** #. Verify code here (versioning, incompatability checks) #. ****************************************************************** #. Defined here for pretty translator comments (bug in intl tools, for some reason #. * you can only comment about the line directly following, forcing you to write #. * ugly messy code with comments in line breaks inside function calls). #. #. translators: refers to a widget in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' and a project targeting toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2637 #, c-format msgid "This widget was introduced in %s %d.%d while project targets %s %d.%d" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a widget '[%s]' introduced in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2641 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Object class '%s' was introduced in %s %d.%d\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2643 msgid "This widget is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a widget '[%s]' loaded from toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2646 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Object class '%s' from %s %d.%d is deprecated\n" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #. * and a project targeting toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2651 #, c-format msgid "This property was introduced in %s %d.%d while project targets %s %d.%d" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property '%s' of widget '[%s]' in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2655 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Property '%s' of object class '%s' was introduced in %s %d.%d\n" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property '%s' of widget '[%s]' in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2659 #, c-format msgid "" "[%s] Packing property '%s' of object class '%s' was introduced in %s %d.%d\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2662 msgid "This property is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a property '%s' of widget '[%s]' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2665 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Property '%s' of object class '%s' is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a signal in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #. * and a project targeting toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2669 #, c-format msgid "This signal was introduced in %s %d.%d while project targets %s %d.%d" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a signal '%s' of widget '[%s]' in toolkit version '%s %d.%d' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2673 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Signal '%s' of object class '%s' was introduced in %s %d.%d\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2676 msgid "This signal is deprecated" msgstr "" #. translators: refers to a signal '%s' of widget '[%s]' #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2679 #, c-format msgid "[%s] Signal '%s' of object class '%s' is deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2975 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2990 #, c-format msgid "Project \"%s\" has errors. Save anyway?" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:2991 #, c-format msgid "Project \"%s\" has deprecated widgets and/or version mismatches." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:3018 #, c-format msgid "Object %s has unrecognized type %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4692 msgid "Unable to copy unrecognized widget type." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4724 msgid "Unable to cut unrecognized widget type" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project.c:4797 msgid "No widget on the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.c:132 msgid "The project this properties dialog was created for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.c:534 #, c-format msgid "Project %s has no deprecated widgets or version mismatches." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property.c:645 msgid "The GladePropertyClass for this property" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property.c:662 msgid "Context" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property.c:663 msgid "Context for translation" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property.c:683 msgid "Visual State" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property.c:684 msgid "Priority information for the property editor to act on" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:120 msgid "The GladeProperty to display a label for" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:125 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:112 msgid "Property Name" msgstr "" #. To Translators: the property name/id to use to get #. * the GladeProperty object from the GladeWidget the #. * property belongs to. #. #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:130 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:113 msgid "The property name to use when loading by widget" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:135 msgid "Append Colon" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:136 msgid "Whether to append a colon ':' to the property name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:141 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:118 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:521 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:544 msgid "Packing" msgstr "" #. To Translators: packing properties or child properties are #. * properties introduced by GtkContainer and they are not specific #. * to the container or child widget but to the relation. #. * For more information see GtkContainer docs. #. #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:147 ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:119 msgid "Whether the property to load is a packing property or not" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:153 msgid "Custom text to override the property name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:158 msgid "Custom Tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-label.c:159 msgid "Custom tooltip to override the property description" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:125 msgid "Whether to use the GladeCommand API when modifying properties" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:130 msgid "Editor Property Type Name" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-property-shell.c:131 msgid "Specify the actual editor property type name to use for this shell" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:179 msgid "SignalClass" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:180 msgid "The signal class of this signal" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:185 ../gladeui/glade-signal-editor.c:1296 msgid "Detail" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:186 msgid "The detail for this signal" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:192 msgid "The handler for this signal" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:197 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:198 msgid "The user data for this signal" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:203 ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1433 msgid "Support Warning" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:204 msgid "The versioning support warning for this signal" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:210 msgid "Whether this signal is run after default handlers" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:215 msgid "Swapped" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal.c:216 msgid "Whether the user data is swapped with the instance for the handler" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal-editor.c:517 msgid "Select an object to pass to the handler" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal-editor.c:1364 msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal-editor.c:1528 msgid "Glade Widget" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-signal-editor.c:1529 msgid "The glade widget to edit signals" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-utils.c:294 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot add non scrollable %s widget to a %s directly.\n" "Add a %s first." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-utils.c:479 msgid "Libglade Files" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-utils.c:484 msgid "GtkBuilder Files" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-utils.c:490 msgid "All Glade Files" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-utils.c:1183 msgid "Could not show link:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-action.c:191 msgid "Whether this action is sensitive" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-action.c:197 ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1438 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:815 msgid "Visible" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-action.c:198 msgid "Whether this action is visible" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:934 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support adding any children." msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1446 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "Catalogue" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget-adaptor.c:1447 msgid "The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by" msgstr "The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1407 msgid "Exact Template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1409 msgid "Whether we are creating an exact duplicate when using a template" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1434 msgid "A warning string about version mismatches" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1439 msgid "Wether the widget is visible or not" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:1444 msgid "Whether this widget is the template for a composite widget" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4767 #, c-format msgid "Object has unrecognized type %s" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4831 msgid "Property has versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4833 msgid "Some properties have versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4853 msgid "Signal has versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-widget.c:4855 msgid "Some signals have versioning problems: " msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/icon-naming-spec.c:48 msgid "Emoticons" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Translation domain:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Composite template toplevel:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "Project properties:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "From the project directory" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "From a project relative directory" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "From this directory" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Choose a path to load image resources" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Image resources are loaded locally:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Toolkit version required:" msgstr "" #: ../gladeui/glade-project-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "" "Verify that the project does not use any properties,\n" "signals or widgets which are not available in the target version" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:138 #, c-format msgid "Setting License type of %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a logo icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use logo file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-accels.c:461 msgid "Accelerator Key" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:223 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Style" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:227 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Weight" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:231 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Variant" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:235 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Stretch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:239 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Underline" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:243 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:247 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Gravity" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:251 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Gravity Hint" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:262 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:266 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Absolute Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:273 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Foreground Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:277 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:281 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Underline Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:285 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Strikethrough Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:295 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:300 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "Font Description" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:326 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:361 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:369 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:375 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:827 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:360 msgid "Unset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:721 msgid "Select a color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:756 msgid "Select a font" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:891 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:899 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:1054 msgid "Setup Text Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-attributes.c:1146 msgid "Edit Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.c:241 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a custom child" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use standard configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.c:324 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a stock button" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.c:364 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:220 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a label and image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-cell-renderer-editor.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use the %s property as an attribute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-cell-renderer-editor.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use the %s property directly" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-cell-renderer-editor.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Retrieve %s from model (type %s)" msgstr "" #. translators: the adjective not the verb #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-cell-renderer-editor.c:514 msgid "unset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-cell-renderer-editor.c:537 msgid "no model" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:350 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:402 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:475 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:696 #, c-format msgid "Setting columns on %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:503 msgid "< define a new column >" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:826 msgid "Add and remove columns:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:879 msgid "Column type" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-column-types.c:901 msgid "Column name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:247 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use static text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:287 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an external buffer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:371 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a primary icon from stock" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:397 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a primary icon from the icon theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:423 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a primary icon from filename" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:449 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a secondary icon from stock" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:476 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a secondary icon from the icon theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:502 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a secondary icon from filename" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:571 #, c-format msgid "Setting primary icon of %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Setting secondary icon of %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Setting primary icon of %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.c:590 #, c-format msgid "Setting secondary icon of %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-action-group.c:173 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-action-group.c:206 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:769 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-action-group.c:209 msgid "Recent" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-action-group.c:217 msgid "Action Group Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:356 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:792 msgid "Tree View Column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:356 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:800 msgid "Cell Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:362 msgid "Properties and Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:368 msgid "Common Properties and Attributes" msgstr "" #. Accelerator #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:413 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:92 ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:771 msgid "Accelerator" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:415 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:94 msgid "Spin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:419 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:98 ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:474 msgid "Spinner" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:452 msgid "Icon View Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:457 msgid "Combo Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-layout.c:462 msgid "Entry Completion Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-renderer.c:128 #, c-format msgid "%s is set to load %s from the model" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-cell-renderer.c:130 #, c-format msgid "%s is set to manipulate %s directly" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-combo-box.c:31 msgid "This combo box is not configured to have an entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-combo-box.c:94 msgid "Tearoff menus are disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-container.c:58 msgid "Cannot add a toplevel window to a containter." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-container.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Widgets of type %s can only have widgets as children." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-container.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Widgets of type %s need placeholders to add children." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-entry.c:195 msgid "" "This property is only available\n" "if the entry has a frame" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-entry.c:204 msgid "" "This property is only available\n" "if the entry characters are invisible" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-image.c:106 msgid "This property only applies to stock images or named icons" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-image.c:108 ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-image.c:110 msgid "This property only applies to named icons" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-item.c:142 #, c-format msgid "An object of type %s cannot have any children." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:245 msgid "Children cannot be added to a separator." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:253 msgid "Children cannot be added to a Recent Chooser Menu." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s already has a menu." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:272 #, c-format msgid "%s item already has a submenu." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:461 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:469 msgid "Normal item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:462 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:470 msgid "Image item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:463 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:471 msgid "Check item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:464 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:472 msgid "Radio item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:465 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:473 msgid "Separator item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:474 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:193 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:202 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-toolbar.c:255 msgid "Recent Menu" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:507 msgid "Tool Item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:534 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:450 msgid "Tool Item Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-menu-shell.c:553 #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:651 msgid "Recent Chooser Menu" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-progress-bar.c:30 msgid "This progressbar does not show text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-scale.c:30 msgid "Scale is configured to not draw the value" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-scrolled-window.c:56 msgid "This property is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-text-tag-table.c:122 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-text-tag-table.c:152 msgid "Tag" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-text-tag-table.c:160 msgid "Text Tag Table Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-button.c:80 msgid "This property only applies when configuring the label with text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:175 msgid "Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tool-palette.c:222 msgid "Tool Palette Editor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:88 msgid "Column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:111 msgid "Tree View Editor" msgstr "" #. XXX FIXME: We should hide the actual "fixed-height-mode" setting from #. * treeview editors and provide a custom control that sets all its columns #. * to fixed size and then control the column's sensitivity accordingly. #. #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:204 msgid "" "Columns must have a fixed size inside a treeview with fixed height mode set" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:294 msgid "Search is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:301 msgid "Headers are invisible" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-tree-view.c:308 msgid "Expanders are not shown" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-widget.c:869 #, c-format msgid "Adding parent %s for %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-widget.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Adding %s to Size Group %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-widget.c:977 #, c-format msgid "Adding %s to a new Size Group" msgstr "" #. Add trailing new... item #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-gtk-widget.c:1035 msgid "New Size Group" msgstr "" #. Add descriptive label #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-factory-editor.c:160 msgid "" "First add a stock name in the entry below, then add and define sources for " "that icon in the treeview." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:732 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter a filename or a relative or full path for this source of '%s' (Glade " "will only ever load them in the runtime from your project directory)." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:740 #, c-format msgid "" "Set whether you want to specify a text direction for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:747 #, c-format msgid "Set the text direction for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:753 #, c-format msgid "Set whether you want to specify an icon size for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Set the icon size for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:766 #, c-format msgid "Set whether you want to specify a state for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-sources.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Set the state for this source of '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.c:223 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an image from stock" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.c:249 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.c:267 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.c:302 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an image from the icon theme" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a resource name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-editor.c:301 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an image from filename" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a stock item" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:302 msgid "Stock Item:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:334 msgid "Custom label and image:" msgstr "" #. Label area frame... #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:341 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "" #. Internal Image area... #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-image-item-editor.c:377 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:214 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an attribute list" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:248 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a Pango markup string" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:285 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a pattern string" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:322 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use normal line wrapping" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:359 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a single line" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.c:396 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use specific Pango word wrapping" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-model-data.c:1118 msgid "Add and remove rows:" msgstr "" #. Add descriptive label #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-store-editor.c:155 msgid "" "Define columns for your liststore; giving them meaningful names will help " "you to retrieve them when setting cell renderer attributes (press the Delete " "key to remove the selected column)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-store-editor.c:190 msgid "" "Add remove and edit rows of data (you can optionally use Ctrl+N to add new " "rows and the Delete key to remove the selected row)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-string-list.c:334 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-string-list.c:379 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-string-list.c:594 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.c:165 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-item-group-editor.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use standard label text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.c:201 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-item-group-editor.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a custom label widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-item-group-editor.c:232 msgid "Group Header" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-treeview-editor.c:207 msgid "" "Choose a Data Model and define some\n" "columns in the data store first" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:163 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:183 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a custom tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:265 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to not use tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.c:131 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use a named icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Setting %s to use an icon file" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Page Setup Dialog" msgstr "Page Setup Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Print Dialog" msgstr "Print Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Page Set" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Copies" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Collate" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Reverse" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Generate PDF" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Generate PS" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Number Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtkunixprint.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Number Up Layout" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Preview snapshot" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Edit Separately" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Grid" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Add to Size Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Clear properties" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Read documentation" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Style Classes" msgstr "" #. PangoAlignment enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #. GtkAlign enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Baseline" msgstr "" #. GdkEventMask enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Proximity Out" msgstr "Proximity Out" #. GdkEventMask enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Touch" msgstr "" #. GdkEventMask enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Smooth scroll" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Accelerator Label" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Alert" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Animation" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Canvas" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Check Box" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:105 msgid "Color Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Column Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:111 msgid "Date Editor" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Desktop Icon" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:115 msgid "Desktop Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:117 msgid "Dial" msgstr "" #. GtkIconSize enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Directory Name" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:125 msgid "File Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Filler" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Font Chooser" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Glass Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:133 msgid "HTML Container" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:135 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:139 msgid "Internal Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Layered Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:155 msgid "Option Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Page Tab" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Page Tab List" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Panel" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:163 msgid "Password Text" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:167 msgid "Progress bar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:169 msgid "Push Button" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Root Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:177 msgid "Row Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:179 msgid "Scroll Bar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:181 msgid "Scroll pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:185 msgid "Slider" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:187 msgid "Split Pane" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Tear Off Menu Item" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:199 msgid "Terminal" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:207 msgid "Tool Tip" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:209 msgid "Tree" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:211 msgid "Tree Table" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:217 msgid "Header" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:219 msgid "Footer" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:221 msgid "Paragraph" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:225 msgid "Application" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:227 msgid "Autocomplete" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:229 msgid "Editbar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:231 msgid "Embedded" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:233 ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Entry" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:235 msgid "Chart" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:237 msgid "Caption" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:239 msgid "Document Frame" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:241 msgid "Heading" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:243 msgid "Page" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:245 msgid "Section" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:247 msgid "Redundant Object" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:249 msgid "Form" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:251 msgid "Link" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:253 msgid "Input Method Window" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:255 msgid "Table Row" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:257 msgid "Tree Item" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:259 msgid "Document Spreadsheet" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:261 msgid "Document Presentation" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:263 msgid "Document Text" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:265 msgid "Document Web" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:267 msgid "Document Email" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:271 msgid "List Box" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:273 msgid "Grouping" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:275 msgid "Image Map" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:279 msgid "Info Bar" msgstr "" #. AtkRole enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:281 msgid "Level Bar" msgstr "" #. Atk role enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:283 msgid "Last Defined" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:287 msgid "Labeled By" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:300 msgid "A list of style class names to apply to this widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:304 msgid "The accessible role of this object" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:307 msgid "Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:311 msgid "" "Indicates that the object has content that flows logically to another " "AtkObject in a sequential way, (for instance text-flow)" msgstr "" "Indicates that the object has content that flows logically to another " "AtkObject in a sequential way (for instance, text-flow)" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:312 msgid "" "Indicates that the object has content that flows logically from another " "AtkObject in a sequential way, (for instance text-flow)" msgstr "" "Indicates that the object has content that flows logically from another " "AtkObject in a sequential way (for instance, text-flow)" #. GtkWindowType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:381 msgid "Offscreen" msgstr "" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:387 msgid "Always Center" msgstr "Always Centre" #. GtkWindowPosition enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:389 msgid "Center on Parent" msgstr "Centre on Parent" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:390 msgid "A list of accel groups to be added to this window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:391 msgid "Offscreen Window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:392 msgid "Application Window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:393 msgid "Overlay" msgstr "" #. GtkActivatable #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:400 msgid "Related Action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:401 msgid "Use Action Appearance" msgstr "" #. GtkActionable #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:403 msgid "Action Name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:406 msgid "Set the description of the Click atk action" msgstr "Set the description of the Click ATK action" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:409 msgid "Accel Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:410 msgid "The stock item for this menu item" msgstr "" #. GtkTextDirection enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:413 msgid "Left to Right" msgstr "Left-to-Right" #. GtkTextDirection enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:415 msgid "Right to Left" msgstr "Right-to-Left" #. GtkPackDirection enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:417 msgid "Top to Bottom" msgstr "Top-to-Bottom" #. GtkPackDirection enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:419 msgid "Bottom to Top" msgstr "Bottom-to-Top" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:440 msgid "A symbolic icon size for the stock icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:442 msgid "Tool Palette" msgstr "" #. GtkScrollablePolicy enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:444 msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #. GtkScrollablePolicy enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:446 msgid "Natural" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:447 msgid "Whether to start scrolling at less than minimum or natural width" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:448 msgid "Whether to start scrolling at less than minimum or natural height" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:449 msgid "The position of the tool item group in the palette" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:457 msgid "" "The stock icon displayed on the item (choose an item from GTK+ stock or from " "an icon factory)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:475 msgid "Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:482 msgid "The pango attributes for this label" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:485 msgid "Free Form" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:487 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:489 msgid "Digits" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:491 msgid "Number" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:493 msgid "Phone" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:495 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:497 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:501 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. GtkInputPurpose enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:503 msgid "Pin Code" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:505 msgid "Spellcheck" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:507 msgid "No Spellcheck" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:509 msgid "Word Completion" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:511 msgid "Lowercase" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:513 msgid "Uppercase Chars" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:515 msgid "Uppercase Words" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:517 msgid "Uppercase Sentences" msgstr "" #. GtkInputHints enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:519 msgid "Inhibit On-screen Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:520 msgid "Primary Stock Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:521 msgid "Secondary Stock Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:522 msgid "Primary Icon Pixbuf" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:523 msgid "Secondary Icon Pixbuf" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:524 msgid "Primary Icon Name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:525 msgid "Secondary Icon Name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:526 msgid "Primary Icon Activatable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:527 msgid "Secondary Icon Activatable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:528 msgid "Primary Icon Sensitive" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:529 msgid "Secondary Icon Sensitive" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:530 msgid "Progress Fraction" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:531 msgid "Progress Pulse Step" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:532 msgid "Primary Icon Tooltip Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:533 msgid "Secondary Icon Tooltip Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:534 msgid "Primary Icon Tooltip Markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:535 msgid "Secondary Icon Tooltip Markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:538 msgid "Set the description of the Activate atk action" msgstr "Set the description of the Activate ATK action" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:539 msgid "Search Entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:548 msgid "The response ID of this button in a dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:549 msgid "Set the description of the Press atk action" msgstr "Set the description of the Press ATK action" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:550 msgid "Set the description of the Release atk action" msgstr "Set the description of the Release ATK action" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:556 msgid "Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:566 msgid "Scale Button" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:567 msgid "" "The names of the icons to be used by the scale button. The first item in the " "array will be used in the button when the current value is the lowest value, " "the second item for the highest value. All the subsequent icons will be used " "for all the other values, spread evenly over the range of values" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:568 msgid "Volume Button" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:570 msgid "Application Chooser Widget" msgstr "" #. GtkPlacesOpenFlags enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:572 msgid "New Tab" msgstr "" #. GtkPlacesOpenFlags enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:574 msgid "New Window" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:575 msgid "Color Button" msgstr "Colour Button" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:583 msgid "Combo Box Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:585 msgid "The list of items to show in the combo box" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:586 msgid "Application Chooser Button" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:594 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "" #. We have to save/load icon-size as int, and fake the enum #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:596 msgid "Icon Size" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:597 msgid "Dialog Box" msgstr "Dialogue Box" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:608 ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Rows" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:609 ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Columns" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:610 msgid "The number of rows for this grid" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:611 msgid "The number of columns for this grid" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:619 msgid "Set the currently active page to edit, this property will not be saved" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:621 msgid "Revealer" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:623 msgid "Crossfade" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:625 msgid "Slide Right" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:627 msgid "Slide Left" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:629 msgid "Slide Up" msgstr "" #. GtkRevealerTransitionType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:631 msgid "Slide Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:632 msgid "Add Row" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:639 msgid "The position of the row item in the listbox" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:640 msgid "List Box Row" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:647 msgid "The number of digits to round the value to when the value changes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:648 msgid "" "Whether to highlight the area of the trough from the bottom or left leading " "up to the knob" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:652 msgid "Scrollbar" msgstr "" #. Declare menu button here because the arrow-type values already exist #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:672 msgid "Menu Button" msgstr "" #. NOT AVAILABLES ON WIN32 #. #. #. #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:700 msgid "About Dialog" msgstr "About Dialogue" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:704 msgid "GPL 2.0" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:706 msgid "GPL 3.0" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:708 msgid "LGPL 2.1" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:710 msgid "LGPL 3.0" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:712 msgid "BSD" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:714 msgid "MIT X11" msgstr "" #. GtkLicense enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:716 msgid "Artistic" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:718 msgid "Color Selection Dialog" msgstr "Colour Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:719 msgid "File Chooser Dialog" msgstr "File Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:720 msgid "Font Selection Dialog" msgstr "Font Selection Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:721 msgid "Application Chooser Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:722 msgid "Message Dialog" msgstr "Message Dialogue" #. GtkButtonsType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:724 msgid "Ok" msgstr "OK" #. GtkButtonsType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:732 msgid "Ok, Cancel" msgstr "OK, Cancel" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:733 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:734 msgid "Color Chooser Widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:735 msgid "Color Chooser Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:736 msgid "Font Chooser Widget" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:737 msgid "Font Chooser Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:740 msgid "Number of Pages" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:741 msgid "Initially Complete" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:752 msgid "Number of pages in this assistant" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:753 msgid "" "Whether this page will initially be marked as complete regardless of user " "input." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:761 msgid "Recent Chooser Dialog" msgstr "Recent Chooser Dialogue" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:762 msgid "Size Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:763 msgid "Widgets" msgstr "" #. GtkSizeGroupMode enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:765 msgid "Both" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:766 msgid "List of widgets in this group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:767 msgid "Window Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:768 msgid "Adjustment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:772 msgid "An accelerator key for this action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:773 msgid "Toggle Action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:774 msgid "Radio Action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:775 msgid "Recent Action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:776 msgid "Action Group" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:777 msgid "Entry Completion" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:778 msgid "Icon Factory" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:779 msgid "Icon Sources" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:780 msgid "A list of sources for this icon factory" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:781 msgid "List Store" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:782 msgid "Data" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:783 msgid "Enter a list of column types for this data store" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:784 msgid "Enter a list of values to be applied on each row" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:785 msgid "Tree Store" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:786 msgid "Tree Model Filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:787 msgid "Tree Model Sort" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:788 msgid "Tree Selection" msgstr "" #. GtkTreeViewColumnSizing enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:798 msgid "Grow Only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:801 msgid "Cell Background Color name column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:802 msgid "Cell Background Color column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:803 msgid "Cell Background RGBA column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:804 msgid "Width column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:805 msgid "Height column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:806 msgid "Horizontal Padding" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:807 msgid "Horizontal Padding column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:808 msgid "Vertical Padding" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:809 msgid "Vertical Padding column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:810 msgid "Horizontal Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:811 msgid "Horizontal Alignment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:812 msgid "Vertical Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:813 msgid "Vertical Alignment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:814 msgid "Sensitive column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:816 msgid "Visible column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:817 msgid "The column in the model to load the value from" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:818 msgid "Text Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:819 msgid "Alignment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:820 msgid "Attributes column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:821 msgid "Background Color Name column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:822 msgid "Background Color column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:823 msgid "Editable column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:824 msgid "Ellipsize column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:825 msgid "Family column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:826 msgid "Font column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:827 msgid "Font Description column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:828 msgid "Foreground Color Name column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:829 msgid "Foreground Color column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:830 msgid "Language column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:831 msgid "Markup column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:832 msgid "Rise column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:833 msgid "Scale column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:834 msgid "Single Paragraph Mode column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:835 msgid "Size column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:836 msgid "Data column" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:838 msgid "Ultra Condensed" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:840 msgid "Extra Condensed" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:842 msgid "Condensed" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:844 msgid "Semi Condensed" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:846 msgid "Semi Expanded" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:848 msgid "Expanded" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:850 msgid "Extra Expanded" msgstr "" #. PangoStretch enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:852 msgid "Ultra Expanded" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:853 msgid "Stretch column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:854 msgid "Strikethrough column" msgstr "" #. PangoStyle enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:856 msgid "Oblique" msgstr "" #. PangoStyle enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:858 msgid "Italic" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:859 msgid "Style column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:860 msgid "Text column" msgstr "" #. PangoUnderline enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:862 msgid "Double" msgstr "" #. PangoUnderline enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:864 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:865 msgid "Underline column" msgstr "" #. PangoVariant enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:867 msgid "Small Capitals" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:868 msgid "Variant column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:869 msgid "Weight column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:870 msgid "Width in Characters column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:871 msgid "Wrap Mode column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:872 msgid "Wrap Width column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:873 msgid "Background RGBA column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:874 msgid "Foreground RGBA column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:875 msgid "Maximum width in characters" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:876 msgid "Placeholder text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:877 msgid "Accelerator Renderer" msgstr "" #. GtkCellRendererAccelMode enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:879 msgid "Gtk" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:880 msgid "Accelerator Mode column" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:882 msgid "Shift Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:884 msgid "Lock Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:886 msgid "Control Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:888 msgid "Alt Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:890 msgid "Fifth Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:892 msgid "Sixth Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:894 msgid "Seventh Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:896 msgid "Eighth Key" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:898 msgid "First Mouse Button" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:900 msgid "Second Mouse Button" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:902 msgid "Third Mouse Button" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:904 msgid "Forth Mouse Button" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:906 msgid "Fifth Mouse Button" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:908 msgid "Super Modifier" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:910 msgid "Hyper Modifier" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:912 msgid "Meta Modifier" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:914 msgid "Release Modifier" msgstr "" #. GdkModifierType enumeration value #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:916 msgid "All Modifiers" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:917 msgid "Accelerator Modifiers column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:918 msgid "Keycode column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:919 msgid "Combo Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:920 msgid "Has Entry column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:921 msgid "Model column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:922 msgid "Text Column column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:923 msgid "Spin Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:924 msgid "Adjustment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:925 msgid "Climb Rate column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:926 msgid "Digits column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:927 msgid "Pixbuf Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:928 msgid "Follow State column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:929 msgid "Icon Name column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:930 msgid "Pixbuf column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:931 msgid "GIcon column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:932 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:933 msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:934 msgid "Stock Detail column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:935 msgid "Stock column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:936 msgid "Stock Size column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:937 msgid "Progress Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:938 msgid "Orientation column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:939 msgid "Pulse column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:940 msgid "Text Horizontal Alignment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:941 msgid "Text Vertical Alignment column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:942 msgid "Value column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:943 msgid "Inverted column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:944 msgid "Spinner Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:945 msgid "Active column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:946 msgid "Toggle Renderer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:947 msgid "Activatable column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:948 msgid "Inconsistent column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:949 msgid "Indicator Size column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:950 msgid "Radio column" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:951 msgid "Status Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:952 msgid "Text Buffer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:953 msgid "Entry Buffer" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:954 msgid "Text Tag" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:955 msgid "Text Tag Table" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:956 msgid "File Filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:957 msgid "Mime Types" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:958 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:959 msgid "The list of mime types to add to the filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:960 msgid "The list of file name patterns to add to the filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:961 msgid "Recent Filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:963 msgid "The list of application names to add to the filter" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:964 msgid "Recent Manager" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:969 msgid "Composite Widgets" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:970 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/gtk+.xml.in.h:971 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Program Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "License:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "License Text" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Version:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Authors" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Translators" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Artists" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "Documenters" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "Comments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "Logo:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "License and Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:18 msgid "Website:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-about-dialog-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Action Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Toolbar Proxies" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Toggle and Radio" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Value ID:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-action-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Radio proxies" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-activatable-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Activatable / Actionable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-app-chooser-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "App Chooser Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-app-chooser-widget-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "App Chooser Widget Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-box-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Box Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-box-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Baseline:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Child alignments:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Horizontal:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Vertical:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Button Content" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Add custom content" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Label with optional image" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Image:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-button-editor.ui.h:11 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Position:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Combo Box Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Tree model:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:3 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Draw frame around entry" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:4 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Tearoff menus" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Tabular Menus" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Combo Box Text Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-combo-box-text-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "List of items:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Input Hints:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Primary Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Tooltip:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:7 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Use markup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to use markup in the\n" "primary icon's tooltip\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Secondary Icon" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "" "Whether to use markup in the\n" "secondary icon's tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-entry-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Horizontal Alignment:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-file-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "File Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-font-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Font Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-font-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Font Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Grid Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Spacing:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Homogeneous" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-grid-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Count:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Icon View Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Single Click Activate" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Columns:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Cell Spacing:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Item Width:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "View Margin:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-icon-view-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Item Size and Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Label behaviour" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Wrap only on new line" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Never wrap" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Automatically wrap" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-label-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Label Width" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Level Bar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Indicator Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Minimum:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-level-bar-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Maximum:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Message Dialog Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Primary Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-message-dialog-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Secondary Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-misc-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Alignment and Padding" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Notebook Attributes" msgstr "" #. Property used to choose which page of the notebook to edit #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Edit page:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-notebook-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Tab Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-progress-bar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Progress Bar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-progress-bar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Ellipsize Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Tree View Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Search Column:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-real-tree-view-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Expander Column:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-recent-chooser-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Recent Chooser Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scale Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:2 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Stepper Sensitivity" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Highlight Origin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scale Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scale-button-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Scale orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrolling Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollable-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Policy:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrollbar-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrollbar Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Scrolled Window Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Window Placement:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Scrollbar Policy:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-scrolled-window-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Adjustment:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-spin-button-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Spin Button Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-spin-button-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Button Orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Text View Attributes" msgstr "" #. Name for populate-all property #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Populate for touch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Text Formatting" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Indentation:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:7 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Left:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:8 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:18 msgid "Right:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:14 msgid "Margins" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Above Lines:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Below Lines:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-text-view-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "Inside Wrap:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Text:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-tool-button-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Widget:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Widget Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Whether to use markup in the tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Widget Flags" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Widget Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "" "Use the \"query-tooltip\" to present a tooltip\n" "instead of setting a literal tooltip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "Top:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-widget-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "Bottom:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:1 msgid "Window Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Transient For:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Attached To:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "Title:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "Icon File" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Window Flags" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Hint:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/gtk+/glade-window-editor.ui.h:12 msgid "Gravity:" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-bluetooth2.po0000644000000000000000000000174612321561553022266 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gnome-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-bluetooth package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-25 15:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-09 17:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../wizard/bluetooth-wizard.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Bluetooth Device Setup" msgstr "Bluetooth Device Set-up" #: ../wizard/bluetooth-wizard.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Setup Bluetooth devices" msgstr "Set-up Bluetooth devices" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-user-share.po0000644000000000000000000001327412321561553022254 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-user-share # Copyright (C) 2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-user-share package. # Adam Weinberger , 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:23+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Share Public directory over the network" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be " "shared over the network when the user is logged in." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Share Public directory over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "If this is true, the Public directory in the users home directory will be " "shared over Bluetooth when the user is logged in." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Whether to allow Bluetooth clients to write files." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to allow Bluetooth clients to write files, or share the files read-" "only." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Whether Bluetooth clients need to pair with the computer to send files." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Whether Bluetooth clients can send files using ObexPush." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "" "If this is true, Bluetooth devices can send files to the user's Downloads " "directory when logged in." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "When to accept files sent over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "" "When to accept files sent over Bluetooth. Possible values are \"always\", " "\"bonded\" and \"ask\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.desktop.file-sharing.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Whether to notify about newly received files." msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Personal File Sharing Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Share Files over the Network" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "_Share public files on network" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Share Files over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Share public files over _Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Allo_w remote devices to delete files" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Require re_mote devices to bond with this computer" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Receive Files over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "Receive files in _Downloads folder over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "_Accept files: " msgstr "" #: ../data/file-share-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "_Notify about received files" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-user-share-properties.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences for sharing of files" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-user-share.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Launch Personal File Sharing if enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-share-bar.c:116 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/nautilus-share-bar.c:120 msgid "Launch Personal File Sharing Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/share-extension.c:70 msgid "Unable to launch the Personal File Sharing Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/share-extension.c:164 msgid "May be used to share or receive files" msgstr "" #: ../src/share-extension.c:166 msgid "May be shared over the network or Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/share-extension.c:170 msgid "May be used to receive files over Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:151 msgid "" "This feature cannot be enabled because the required packages are not " "installed on your system" msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:312 msgid "No reason" msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:340 msgid "Could not display the help contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:373 msgid "Could not build interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:437 msgid "Only for set up devices" msgstr "" #: ../src/file-share-properties.c:442 msgid "Ask" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is similar to the string before, only it #. has the hostname in it too. #: ../src/http.c:137 #, c-format msgid "%s's public files on %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the name of the filename received #: ../src/obexpush.c:230 #, c-format msgid "You received \"%s\" via Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:231 msgid "You received a file" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:238 msgid "Open File" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:242 msgid "Reveal File" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:254 #, c-format msgid "You have received the file “%s” over Bluetooth." msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:262 msgid "File Received" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:265 msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:268 msgid "Reveal" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:269 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #: ../src/obexpush.c:286 msgid "File reception complete" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-vfs-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000000615512321561553021271 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-vfs. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-vfs package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-vfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:45+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 01:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. GNOME_VFS_ERROR_CANCELLED #: ../libgnomevfs/gnome-vfs-result.c:78 msgid "Operation cancelled" msgstr "Operation canceled" #. GNOME_VFS_ERROR_READ_ONLY_FILE_SYSTEM #: ../libgnomevfs/gnome-vfs-result.c:82 msgid "Read only file system" msgstr "Read-only file system" #: ../libgnomevfs/gnome-vfs-volume-ops.c:421 msgid "Couldn't run mount process in a pty" msgstr "Could not run mount process in a pty" #: ../libgnomevfs/gnome-vfs-volume-ops.c:520 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't send password to mount process." msgstr "Could not send password to mount(1) process." #: ../modules/sftp-method.c:1427 #, c-format msgid "" "This happens when you log in to a computer the first time.\n" "\n" "The identity sent by the remote computer is %s. If you want to be absolutely " "sure it is safe to continue, contact the system administrator." msgstr "" "This happens when you log in to a computer for the first time.\n" "\n" "The identity sent by the remote computer is %s. If you want to be absolutely " "sure it is safe to continue, contact the system administrator." #: ../schemas/desktop_default_applications.schemas.in.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The application to use for viewing files that require a component to view " "them. The parameter %s will be replaced by the file's URIs, the parameter %c " "will be replaced by the component IID." msgstr "" "The application to use for viewing files that require a component to view " "them. The parameter %s will be replaced by the file's URIs, and the " "parameter %c will be replaced by the component IID." #: ../schemas/system_dns_sd.schemas.in.h:3 msgid "Extra domains to look for DNS-SD services in" msgstr "Extra domains in which to look for DNS-SD services" #: ../schemas/system_dns_sd.schemas.in.h:4 msgid "" "Comma separated list of DNS-SD domains that should be visible in the " "\"network:///\" location." msgstr "" "Comma-separated list of DNS-SD domains that should be visible in the " "\"network:///\" location." #: ../schemas/system_http_proxy.schemas.in.h:10 msgid "User name to pass as authentication when doing HTTP proxying." msgstr "Username to pass as authentication when doing HTTP proxying." #: ../schemas/system_http_proxy.schemas.in.h:16 msgid "" "Select the proxy configuration mode. Supported values are \"none\", \"manual" "\", \"auto\"." msgstr "" "Select the proxy configuration mode. Supported values are \"none\", \"manual" "\", and \"auto\"." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gparted.po0000644000000000000000000003526412321561553020524 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gparted. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gparted package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2011. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gparted\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=gparted&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-05 11:12+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-06 05:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en\n" #: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "GParted is a free partition editor for graphically managing your disk " "partitions." msgstr "" #: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "With GParted you can resize, copy, label, and move partitions without data " "loss. These actions enable you to grow or shrink your C: drive, create space " "for new operating systems, or attempt data rescue from lost partitions." msgstr "" #: ../gparted.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "GParted works with many file systems including: btrfs, ext2, ext3, ext4, " "fat16, fat32, hfs, hfs+, linux-swap, lvm2 pv, nilfs2, ntfs, reiserfs, " "reiser4, ufs, and xfs." msgstr "" #: ../gparted.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Create, reorganize, and delete partitions" msgstr "Create, reorganise, and delete partitions" #: ../include/Utils.h:55 msgid "(New UUID - will be randomly generated)" msgstr "" #: ../include/Utils.h:56 msgid "(Half new UUID - will be randomly generated)" msgstr "" #: ../src/Copy_Blocks.cc:222 msgid "Operation Canceled" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK /dev/hda #: ../src/Dialog_Disklabel.cc:54 msgid "WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK %1" msgstr "WARNING: This will ERASE ALL DATA on the ENTIRE DISK %1" #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:250 msgid "Unallocated:" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: myvgname active #. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group and the #. * volume group is active and being used by the operating system. #. #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:329 msgid "%1 active" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: Not active (Not a member of any volume group) #. * means that the partition is not yet a member of an LVM volume #. * group and therefore is not active and can not yet be used by #. * the operating system. #. #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:365 msgid "Not active (Not a member of any volume group)" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: myvgname not active and exported #. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but #. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system. #. * The volume group has also been exported making the LVM physical volumes #. * ready for moving to a different computer system. #. #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:373 msgid "%1 not active and exported" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: myvgname not active #. * means that the partition is a member of an LVM volume group but #. * the volume group is not active and not being used by the operating system. #. #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:379 msgid "%1 not active" msgstr "" #. Volume Group #. Single copy of each string for translation purposes #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:464 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2732 msgid "Volume Group:" msgstr "" #. Members #: ../src/Dialog_Partition_Info.cc:470 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2733 msgid "Members:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:251 msgid "%1 warning" msgid_plural "%1 warnings" msgstr[0] "%1 warning:" msgstr[1] "%1 warnings:" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Force Cancel (5) #. * where the number represents a count down in seconds until the button is enabled #: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:294 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:325 msgid "Force Cancel (%1)" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:296 ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:329 msgid "Force Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialog_Progress.cc:313 msgid "Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage." msgstr "Cancelling an operation might cause SEVERE filesystem damage." #: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:57 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: Available offline and online #. * means that this action is valid for this file system when #. * it is both unmounted and mounted. #. #: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:95 msgid "Available offline and online" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: Available offline only #. * means that this action is valid for this file system only #. * when it is unmounted. #. #: ../src/DialogFeatures.cc:108 msgid "Available offline only" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:81 msgid "The 'View' buttons create read-only views of each file system." msgstr "The 'View' buttons create read-only views of each file system." #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like #. * The file system is mounted on: #. * /tmp/gparted-roview-Nlhb3R. #: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:235 msgid "The file system is mounted on:" msgstr "The filesystem is mounted on:" #: ../src/Dialog_Rescue_Data.cc:259 msgid "" "Warning: The detected file system area overlaps with at least one existing " "partition" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu #: ../src/FileSystem.cc:42 msgid "_Mount" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Created directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp #: ../src/FileSystem.cc:190 msgid "Created directory %1" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Removed directory /tmp/gparted-CEzvSp #: ../src/FileSystem.cc:217 msgid "Removed directory %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1628 msgid "Because of this some operations may be unavailable." msgstr "Because of this, some operations may be unavailable." #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like 1.28GiB of unallocated space within the partition. #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1645 msgid "%1 of unallocated space within the partition." msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and choose the menu item: #. * means that the user can perform a check of the partition which will #. * also grow the file system to fill the partition. #. #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1656 msgid "" "To grow the file system to fill the partition, select the partition and " "choose the menu item:" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1658 msgid "Partition --> Check." msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1829 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3005 msgid "size: %1 (%2)" msgstr "size %1 (%2)" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:1957 msgid "delete %1 file system" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2013 msgid "Set half of the UUID on %1 to a new, random value" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2018 msgid "Set UUID on %1 to a new, random value" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2410 msgid "old end: %1" msgstr "old end: %2" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2478 ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3086 msgid "new size: %1 (%2)" msgstr "new size %1 (%2)" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2597 msgid "growing the file system is currently disallowed" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:2961 msgid "new partition flag: %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3144 msgid "clear old file system signatures in %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3305 msgid "flush operating system cache of %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3498 msgid "Libparted Warning" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3502 msgid "Libparted Information" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3506 msgid "Libparted Error" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3508 msgid "Libparted Bug Found!" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3511 msgid "Fix" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3513 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3515 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3517 msgid "Retry" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3519 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3521 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../src/GParted_Core.cc:3523 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:44 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:161 msgid "_Undo Last Operation" msgstr "_Undo last operation" #: ../src/HBoxOperations.cc:49 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:167 msgid "_Clear All Operations" msgstr "_Clear operations list" #: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:193 msgid "One or more Physical Volumes belonging to the Volume Group is missing." msgstr "" #: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:278 msgid "An error occurred reading LVM2 configuration!" msgstr "" #: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:280 msgid "Some or all of the details might be missing or incorrect." msgstr "" #: ../src/LVM2_PV_Info.cc:282 msgid "You should NOT modify any LVM2 PV partitions." msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set half the UUID to a new random value on ntfs file system on /dev/sda1 #: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:59 msgid "Set half the UUID to a new random value on %1 file system on %2" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Set a new random UUID on ext4 file system on /dev/sda1 #: ../src/OperationChangeUUID.cc:65 msgid "Set a new random UUID on %1 file system on %2" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like Copy /dev/hda4 to /dev/hdd (start at 250 MiB) #: ../src/OperationCopy.cc:79 msgid "Copy %1 to %2 (start at %3)" msgstr "Copy %1 to %2 (start at %3 )" #. TO TRANSLATORS: cleared #. * means that all file system signatures in the partition #. * will be cleared by GParted. #. #: ../src/Utils.cc:214 msgid "cleared" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:395 msgid "New UU_ID" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:463 msgid "Device Information" msgstr "Device Information:" #. disktype #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:505 msgid "Partition table:" msgstr "Partition table" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:718 msgid "Could not add this operation to the list" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1432 msgid "Unable to open GParted Manual help file" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1448 msgid "Documentation is not available" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: your name(s) here please, if there are more translators put newlines (\n) between the names. #. It's a good idea to provide the url of your translation team as well. Thanks! #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1504 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "Tiffany Antopolski \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Isabell Long https://launchpad.net/~issyl0\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1641 msgid "Moving a partition might cause your operating system to fail to boot" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1652 msgid "" " Failure to boot is most likely to occur if you move the GNU/Linux " "partition containing /boot, or if you move the Windows system partition C:." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1658 msgid "Moving a partition might take a very long time to apply." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1764 msgid "You have pasted into an existing partition" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like #. * Cannot format this file system to fat16. #. #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1952 msgid "Cannot format this file system to %1" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: looks like #. * A fat16 file system requires a partition of at least 16.00 MiB. #. #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:1964 msgid "A %1 file system requires a partition of at least %2." msgstr "A %1 filesystem requires a partition of at least %2." #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2094 ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2220 msgid "%1 operation is currently pending for partition %2" msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending for partition %2" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2116 msgid "" "The activate Volume Group action cannot be performed if an operation is " "pending for the partition." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2118 msgid "" "Use the Edit menu to undo, clear, or apply operations before using activate " "Volume Group with this partition." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2159 msgid "Deactivating Volume Group %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2160 msgid "Activating Volume Group %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2178 msgid "Could not deactivate Volume Group" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2179 msgid "Could not activate Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like 1 partition is currently active on device /dev/sda #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2283 msgid "%1 partition is currently active on device %2" msgid_plural "%1 partitions are currently active on device %2" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2314 msgid "%1 operation is currently pending" msgid_plural "%1 operations are currently pending" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2344 msgid "Error while creating partition table" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2700 msgid "You are deleting non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2704 msgid "You are formatting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2708 msgid "You are pasting over non-empty LVM2 Physical Volume %1" msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2717 msgid "" "Deleting or overwriting the Physical Volume is irrecoverable and will " "destroy or damage the Volume Group." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2720 msgid "" "To avoid destroying or damaging the Volume Group, you are advised to cancel " "and use external LVM commands to free the Physical Volume before attempting " "this operation." msgstr "" #: ../src/Win_GParted.cc:2723 msgid "Do you want to continue to forcibly delete the Physical Volume?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fat16.cc:32 ../src/ntfs.cc:25 msgid "" "Changing the UUID might invalidate the Windows Product Activation (WPA) key" msgstr "" #: ../src/fat16.cc:34 ../src/ntfs.cc:27 msgid "" "On FAT and NTFS file systems, the Volume Serial Number is used as the UUID. " "Changing the Volume Serial Number on the Windows system partition, normally " "C:, might invalidate the WPA key. An invalid WPA key will prevent login " "until you reactivate Windows." msgstr "" #: ../src/fat16.cc:40 ../src/ntfs.cc:37 msgid "" "Changing the UUID on external storage media and non-system partitions is " "usually safe, but guarantees cannot be given." msgstr "" #. TO TRANSLATORS: these labels will be used in the partition menu #: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:27 msgid "Ac_tivate" msgstr "" #: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:28 msgid "Deac_tivate" msgstr "" #: ../src/lvm2_pv.cc:31 msgid "" "The LVM2 Physical Volume can not currently be resized because it is a member " "of an exported Volume Group." msgstr "" #: ../src/ntfs.cc:33 msgid "" "In an attempt to avoid invalidating the WPA key, on NTFS file systems only " "half of the UUID is set to a new random value." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-sendto.po0000644000000000000000000000170412321561553022224 0ustar # Canadian English translation for nautilus-sendto # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as nautilus-sendto # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-sendto\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/nautilus-nste.c:91 msgid "Send file by mail, instant message..." msgstr "Send file by mail/instant message..." #: ../src/nautilus-nste.c:96 msgid "Send files by mail, instant message..." msgstr "Send files by mail/instant message..." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/seahorse.po0000644000000000000000000011701712321561553020704 0ustar # English/Canada translation of seahorse. # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the seahorse package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: seahorse\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 16:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../common/catalog.vala:259 msgid "Contributions:" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:287 ../src/seahorse.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:661 msgid "Passwords and Keys" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:289 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel" #: ../common/catalog.vala:292 msgid "Seahorse Project Homepage" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:310 msgid "Cannot delete" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:333 ../libseahorse/seahorse-key-manager-store.c:442 msgid "Couldn't export keys" msgstr "Could not export keys" #: ../common/catalog.vala:344 msgid "Couldn't export data" msgstr "" #. Top menu items #: ../common/catalog.vala:366 msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:368 msgid "Export to a file" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:372 msgid "Copy to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:373 ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:229 #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:955 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:374 msgid "Delete selected items" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:376 msgid "Show the properties of this item" msgstr "" #: ../common/catalog.vala:378 msgid "Show the properties of this keyring" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-backend.vala:41 msgid "Passwords" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-backend.vala:45 msgid "Stored personal passwords, credentials and secrets" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-add.vala:27 msgid "Add Password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-add.vala:104 msgid "Couldn't add item" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:139 msgid "Access a network share or resource" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:142 msgid "Access a website" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:145 msgid "Unlocks a PGP key" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:148 msgid "Unlocks a Secure Shell key" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:151 msgid "Saved password or login" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:164 msgid "Network Credentials" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:169 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:238 msgid "Couldn't change password." msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item-properties.vala:276 msgid "Couldn't set description." msgstr "" #. Translators: This should be the same as the string in empathy #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:391 msgid "IM account password for " msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:447 msgid "Password or secret" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:448 msgid "Network password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:449 msgid "Stored note" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:450 msgid "Keyring password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:451 msgid "Encryption key password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:452 msgid "Key storage password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:453 msgid "Google Chrome password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:454 msgid "Gnome Online Accounts password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:455 msgid "Telepathy password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:456 msgid "Instant messaging password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:457 msgid "Network Manager secret" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:507 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the password '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-item.vala:509 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %d password?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete %d passwords?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring-add.vala:58 msgid "Couldn't add keyring" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:30 msgid "A keyring that is automatically unlocked on login" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:31 msgid "A keyring used to store passwords" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:212 msgid "Applications usually store new passwords in the default keyring." msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:213 msgid "Change _Password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:214 msgid "Change the unlock password of the password storage keyring" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:239 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the password keyring '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/gkr-keyring.vala:242 msgid "I understand that all items will be permanently deleted." msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-add-item.xml.h:2 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-add-item.xml.h:3 msgid "_Show Password" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-add-item.xml.h:4 msgid "_Keyring:" msgstr "" #. To translators: This is the noun not the verb. #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-item-properties.xml.h:3 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:23 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:13 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:9 msgid "Use:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-item-properties.xml.h:5 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-item-properties.xml.h:6 msgid "Login:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-item-properties.xml.h:7 msgid "Show pass_word" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-item-properties.xml.h:10 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:38 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:20 msgid "Technical Details:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-keyring.xml.h:1 msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../gkr/seahorse-gkr-keyring.xml.h:4 msgid "Keyring" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:317 msgid "Display flags" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:318 msgid "Displayed date and/or time properties" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:323 msgid "Lazy mode" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:324 msgid "Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:329 msgid "Year" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:330 msgid "Displayed year" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:335 msgid "Month" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:336 msgid "Displayed month" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:341 msgid "Day" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:342 msgid "Displayed day of month" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:347 msgid "Hour" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:348 msgid "Displayed hour" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:353 msgid "Minute" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:354 msgid "Displayed minute" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:359 msgid "Second" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:360 msgid "Displayed second" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:365 msgid "Lower limit year" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:366 msgid "Year part of the lower date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:371 msgid "Upper limit year" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:372 msgid "Year part of the upper date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:377 msgid "Lower limit month" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:378 msgid "Month part of the lower date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:383 msgid "Upper limit month" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:384 msgid "Month part of the upper date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:389 msgid "Lower limit day" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:390 msgid "Day of month part of the lower date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:395 msgid "Upper limit day" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:396 msgid "Day of month part of the upper date limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:401 msgid "Lower limit hour" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:402 msgid "Hour part of the lower time limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:407 msgid "Upper limit hour" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:408 msgid "Hour part of the upper time limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:413 msgid "Lower limit minute" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:414 msgid "Minute part of the lower time limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:419 msgid "Upper limit minute" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:420 msgid "Minute part of the upper time limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:425 msgid "Lower limit second" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:426 msgid "Second part of the lower time limit" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:431 msgid "Upper limit second" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:432 msgid "Second part of the upper time limit" msgstr "" #. Translate to calendar:week_start:1 if you want Monday to be the #. * first day of the week; otherwise translate to calendar:week_start:0. #. * Do *not* translate it to anything else, if it isn't calendar:week_start:1 #. * or calendar:week_start:0 it will not work. #. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:474 msgid "calendar:week_start:0" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:496 msgid "Enter the date directly" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:503 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:503 msgid "Select the date from a calendar" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:521 ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:2199 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:521 msgid "Enter the time directly" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:528 msgid "Select Time" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:528 msgid "Select the time from a list" msgstr "" #. Translators: set this to anything else if you want to use a #. * 24 hour clock. #. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:793 msgid "24hr: no" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:797 ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1260 #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1264 msgid "AM" msgstr "" #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:799 ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1261 #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1268 msgid "PM" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is hh:mm:ss AM/PM. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:807 #, c-format msgid "%02d:%02d:%02d %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is hh:mm AM/PM. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:810 #, c-format msgid "%02d:%02d %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is hh:mm:ss. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:814 #, c-format msgid "%02d:%02d:%02d" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is hh:mm. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:817 #, c-format msgid "%02d:%02d" msgstr "" #. TODO: should handle other display modes as well... #. Translators: This is YYYY-MM-DD #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "%04d-%02d-%02d" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is hh:mm:ss. #: ../libegg/egg-datetime.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "%u:%u:%u" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-add-keyserver.xml.h:1 msgid "initial temporary item" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-application.c:136 msgid "Version of this application" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-application.c:142 #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-application.c:186 msgid "- System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-application.c:182 msgid "Don't display a window" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-interaction.c:99 #, c-format msgid "Enter PIN or password for: %s" msgstr "" #. The second and main entry #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-passphrase.c:245 msgid "Confirm:" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.c:403 msgid "None: Don't publish keys" msgstr "None: Do not publish keys" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:2 msgid "_Find keys via:" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:3 msgid "_Publish keys to:" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:4 msgid "Automatically retrieve keys from _key servers" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-prefs.xml.h:5 msgid "Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:40 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1254 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:1 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:1 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:42 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1260 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:2 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:2 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:44 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:3 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Marginal" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:46 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:4 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Full" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:48 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:5 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Ultimate" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:50 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../libseahorse/seahorse-validity.c:52 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-expires.xml.h:1 msgid "_Never expires" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-add-subkey.c:162 msgid "Couldn't add subkey" msgstr "Could not add subkey" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-add-uid.c:100 msgid "Couldn't add user id" msgstr "Could not add user ID" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme.c:70 msgid "Decryption failed. You probably do not have the decryption key." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme.c:74 ../pgp/seahorse-hkp-source.c:512 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:199 msgid "The operation was cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-expires.c:65 msgid "Invalid expiry date" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-expires.c:66 msgid "The expiry date must be in the future" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-expires.c:79 msgid "Couldn't change expiry date" msgstr "Couldn't change expiration date" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-expires.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Expiry: %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-exporter.c:89 msgid "Key Data" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-exporter.c:117 msgid "Armored PGP keys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-exporter.c:121 msgid "PGP keys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:94 msgid "Used to encrypt email and files" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:130 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:91 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:9 msgid "RSA" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:131 msgid "DSA ElGamal" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:180 msgid "Couldn't generate PGP key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:213 msgid "Passphrase for New PGP Key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:214 msgid "Enter the passphrase for your new key twice." msgstr "" #. Has line breaks because GtkLabel is completely broken WRT wrapping #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:226 msgid "" "When creating a key we need to generate a lot of\n" "random data and we need you to help. It's a good\n" "idea to perform some other action like typing on\n" "the keyboard, moving the mouse, using applications.\n" "This gives the system the random data that it needs." msgstr "" "When creating a key, we need to generate a lot of\n" "random data and you can help with this. \n" "By performing some random actions like typing on\n" "the keyboard, moving the mouse, and using applications,\n" "this gives the system the random data that it needs." #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-generate.c:231 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:459 msgid "Generating key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-key-deleter.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d keys?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d keys?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-key-op.c:381 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-key-op.c:381 msgid "This was the third time you entered a wrong password. Please try again." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-keyring.c:101 msgid "Enter passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-keyring.c:654 msgid "" "Invalid key data (missing UIDs). This may be due to a computer with a date " "set in the future or a missing self-signature." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-keyring.c:807 msgid "GnuPG keys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-keyring.c:813 msgid "GnuPG: default keyring directory" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:73 #, c-format msgid "" "The photo is too large\n" "The recommended size for a photo on your key is %d x %d pixels." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:78 msgid "_Don't Resize" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:79 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:128 #, c-format msgid "" "This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use " "a JPEG image." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:224 msgid "All image files" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:263 msgid "Choose Photo to Add to Key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:285 msgid "Couldn't prepare photo" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:295 ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:298 msgid "Couldn't add photo" msgstr "Could not add photo" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:322 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the current photo from your key?" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-photos.c:335 msgid "Couldn't delete photo" msgstr "Could not delete photo" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-revoke.c:75 msgid "Couldn't revoke subkey" msgstr "Could not revoke subkey" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-revoke.c:96 #, c-format msgid "Revoke: %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-revoke.c:107 msgid "No reason" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-revoke.c:178 msgid "Couldn't add revoker" msgstr "Could not add revoker" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-secret-deleter.c:82 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-deleter.c:83 msgid "I understand that this secret key will be permanently deleted." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-sign.c:100 #, c-format msgid "" "This key was already signed by\n" "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-sign.c:105 msgid "Couldn't sign key" msgstr "Could not sign key" #. TODO: We should be giving an error message that allows them to #. generate or import a key #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-sign.c:164 ../pgp/seahorse-signer.c:62 msgid "No keys usable for signing" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-sign.c:165 msgid "" "You have no personal PGP keys that can be used to indicate your trust of " "this key." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-gpgme-subkey.c:197 msgctxt "Algorithm" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-hkp-source.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Search was not specific enough. Server '%s' found too many keys." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-hkp-source.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't communicate with server '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:168 msgid "Couldn't import keys" msgstr "Could not import keys" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:211 msgid "Importing keys from key servers" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:249 msgid "Import selected keys to local key ring" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-results.c:485 msgid "The search for keys failed." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-search.xml.h:4 msgid "Key Servers:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-search.xml.h:5 msgid "Shared Keys Near Me:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:57 msgid "Couldn't publish keys to server" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve keys from server: %s" msgstr "Could not retrieve keys from server: %s" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%d key is selected for synchronizing" msgid_plural "%d keys are selected for synchronizing" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.c:240 msgid "Synchronizing keys..." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This will publish the keys in your key ring so they're available for others " "to use. You'll also get any changes others have made since you received " "their keys." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-keyserver-sync.xml.h:4 msgid "_Key Servers" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-ldap-source.c:440 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't communicate with '%s': %s" msgstr "Could not communicate with '%s': %s" #: ../pgp/seahorse-ldap-source.c:657 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't resolve address: %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-ldap-source.c:701 #, c-format msgid "Resolving server address: %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-actions.c:119 msgid "Publish and/or synchronize your keys with those online." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-backend.c:167 msgid "PGP Keys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-backend.c:173 msgid "PGP keys are for encrypting email or files" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:1 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:3 msgid "A PGP key allows you to encrypt email or files to other people." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:7 msgid "Ne_ver Expires" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:8 msgid "_Comment:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:9 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:7 msgid "Encryption _Type:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:10 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.xml.h:5 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:8 msgid "Key _Strength (bits):" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:11 msgid "E_xpiration Date:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-generate.xml.h:12 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.xml.h:6 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:11 msgid "_Advanced key options" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key.c:352 msgid "Personal PGP key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key.c:354 msgid "PGP key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:322 msgid "Couldn't change primary user ID" msgstr "Could not change primary user ID" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:351 msgid "Couldn't delete user ID" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:426 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1571 msgid "[Unknown]" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:535 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1854 msgid "Name/Email" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:542 msgid "Signature ID" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:675 msgid "Couldn't change primary photo" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1097 msgid "Couldn't delete subkey" msgstr "Could not delete subkey" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1151 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:206 msgid "Couldn't export key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1385 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-key-properties.c:1474 msgctxt "Expires" msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:7 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:7 msgid "This key has been revoked" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:9 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:9 msgid "This key has expired" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:10 msgid "Add a photo to this key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:11 msgid "Remove this photo from this key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:12 msgid "Make this photo the primary photo" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:13 msgid "Go to previous photo" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:14 msgid "Go to next photo" msgstr "" #. A photograph #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:16 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:11 msgid "Photo " msgstr "" #. Name of key, usually a persons name #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:19 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:17 msgctxt "name-of-key" msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:20 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:18 msgid "Email:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:25 msgid "Decrypt files and email sent to you." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:29 msgid "Key Names and Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:30 msgid "Primary" msgstr "" #. Add another name to the PGP key. #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:34 msgid "_Add Name" msgstr "" #. List of names and signatures on the PGP key. #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:37 msgid "Names and Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:39 msgid "Technical Details" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:40 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:43 msgid "Dates" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:44 msgid "Override Owner _Trust:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:45 msgid "_Export Secret Key:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:47 msgid "Actions" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:49 msgid "Expire" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-private-key-properties.xml.h:50 #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:46 msgid "_Subkeys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:3 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Marginally" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:4 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Fully" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:5 msgctxt "Validity" msgid "Ultimately" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:14 msgid "Encrypt files and email to the key's owner" msgstr "" #. Names set on the PGP key. #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:23 msgid "_Other Names:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:25 msgid "Your trust of this key" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:26 msgid "Your trust is manually specified on the Details tab." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:28 #, no-c-format msgid "I trust signatures from '%s' on other keys" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:30 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you believe that the person that owns this key is '%s', sign this " "key:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:33 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you no longer trust that '%s' owns this key, revoke your signature:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:35 msgid "_People who have signed this key:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:40 #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:19 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:41 msgid "Dates:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:44 msgid "Indicate Trust:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-public-key-properties.xml.h:45 msgid "You _Trust the Owner:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-pgp-subkey.c:371 #, c-format msgid "Subkey %d of %s" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-signer.c:63 msgid "" "You have no personal PGP keys that can be used to sign a document or message." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:2 msgid "By signing you indicate your trust that this key belongs to:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:3 msgid "Key Name" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:4 msgid "How carefully have you checked this key?" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:5 msgid "_Not at all" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:6 msgid "_Casually" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:7 msgid "_Very Carefully" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:8 msgid "" "Not at all: means you believe the key is owned by the person who " "claims to own it, but you could not or did not verify this to be a fact." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:9 msgid "" "Casually: means you have done a casual verification that the key is " "owned by the person who claims to own it. For example, you could read the " "key fingerprint to the owner over the phone." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Very Carefully: Select this only if you are absolutely sure that this " "key is genuine." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:11 msgid "" "You could use a hard to forge photo identification (such as a passport) to " "personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also " "used email to check that the email address belongs to the owner." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:12 msgid "How others will see this signature:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:13 msgid "_Others may not see this signature" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:14 msgid "I can _revoke this signature at a later date." msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:15 msgid "Sign key as:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-sign.xml.h:16 msgid "_Signer:" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:237 ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:284 msgid "Exporting data" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:237 ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:284 msgid "Retrieving data" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:240 ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:287 msgid "Importing data" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:240 ../pgp/seahorse-transfer.c:287 msgid "Sending data" msgstr "" #: ../pgp/seahorse-unknown.c:61 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/certificate-der-exporter.vala:46 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-certificate.c:454 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/certificate-der-exporter.vala:60 msgid "Certificates (DER encoded)" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-certificate.c:449 msgid "Personal certificate and key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-certificate.c:452 msgid "Personal certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-backend.c:183 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-backend.c:189 msgid "X.509 certificates and related keys" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-deleter.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d certificate?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d certificates?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:114 msgid "Couldn't generate private key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:413 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:253 msgid "Create" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:506 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-private-key.c:175 msgid "Private key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.c:507 msgid "Used to request a certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.xml.h:1 msgid "Create a new private key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.xml.h:2 msgid "Label:" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-generate.xml.h:3 msgid "Stored at:" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-key-deleter.c:85 msgid "I understand that this key will be permanently deleted." msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:143 #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:147 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:171 msgid "Failed to export certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:186 ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:874 msgid "Couldn't delete" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:227 msgid "_Export" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:228 msgid "Export the certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:230 msgid "Delete this certificate or key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:231 msgid "Request _Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-properties.c:232 msgid "Create a certificate request file for this key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:101 msgid "Couldn't save certificate request" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:124 msgid "Save certificate request" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:135 msgid "Certificate request" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:143 msgid "PEM encoded request" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.c:191 msgid "Couldn't create certificate request" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.xml.h:1 msgid "Create a certificate request file." msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.xml.h:2 msgid "The common name (CN) placed in the certificate request." msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-pkcs11-request.xml.h:3 msgid "Name (CN):" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-private-key.c:128 msgid "Unnamed private key" msgstr "" #: ../pkcs11/seahorse-token.c:574 msgctxt "Label" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Manage your passwords and encryption keys" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "keyring;encryption;security;sign;ssh;" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-generate-select.xml.h:1 msgid "_Select the type of item to create:" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-import-dialog.c:97 msgid "Import failed" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-import-dialog.c:128 msgid "Data to be imported:" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:356 msgid "Dropped text" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:392 msgid "Clipboard text" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:503 msgid "_New" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:506 ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:508 msgid "_New..." msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:507 msgid "Create a new key or item" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:509 msgid "Add a new key or item" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:511 msgid "Import from a file" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:513 msgid "Import from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:517 msgid "By _Keyring" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:518 msgid "Show sidebar listing keyrings" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:522 msgid "Show _Personal" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:523 msgid "Only show personal keys, certificates and passwords" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:524 msgid "Show _Trusted" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:525 msgid "Only show trusted keys, certificates and passwords" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:526 msgid "Show _Any" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:527 msgid "Show all keys, certificates and passwords" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.c:746 msgid "Filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.xml.h:1 msgid "First time options:" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-key-manager.xml.h:5 msgid "To get started with encryption you will need keys." msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:798 msgid "Couldn't lock" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:835 msgid "Couldn't unlock" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:942 msgid "_Lock" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:947 msgid "_Unlock" msgstr "" #: ../src/seahorse-sidebar.c:966 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-actions.c:98 msgid "Configure Key for _Secure Shell..." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-actions.c:99 msgid "" "Send public Secure Shell key to another machine, and enable logins using " "that key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:80 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:88 msgid "Enter your Secure Shell passphrase:" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:102 msgid "Old Key Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Enter the old passphrase for: %s" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:107 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:112 msgid "New Key Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:108 #, c-format msgid "Enter the new passphrase for: %s" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-askpass.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Enter the new passphrase again: %s" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-backend.c:89 msgid "Secure Shell" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-backend.c:95 msgid "Keys used to connect securely to other computers" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-deleter.c:81 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-deleter.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the secure shell key '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-deleter.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %d secure shell key?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete %d secure shell keys?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-exporter.c:125 msgid "Secret SSH keys" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-exporter.c:129 msgid "Public SSH keys" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-exporter.c:298 msgid "No public key file is available for this key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.c:54 msgid "Used to access other computers (eg: via a terminal)" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.c:108 ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.c:124 msgid "Couldn't generate Secure Shell key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.c:191 msgid "Creating Secure Shell Key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:1 msgid "New Secure Shell Key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:2 msgid "_Just Create Key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:3 msgid "_Create and Set Up" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:4 msgid "A Secure Shell (SSH) key lets you connect securely to other computers." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:6 msgid "Your email address, or a reminder of what this key is for." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-generate.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If there is a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that " "computer to recognize your new key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key.c:106 msgid "(Unreadable Secure Shell Key)" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key.c:214 msgid "Personal SSH key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key.c:216 msgid "SSH key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:80 msgid "Couldn't rename key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:135 msgid "Couldn't change authorization for key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.c:172 msgid "Couldn't change passphrase for key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:2 msgid "Identifier:" msgstr "" #. Name of key, often a persons name #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:6 msgctxt "name-of-ssh-key" msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:7 msgid "Used to connect to other computers." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:12 msgid "The owner of this key is _authorized to connect to this computer" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:14 #, no-c-format msgid "This only applies to the %s account." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-key-properties.xml.h:18 msgid "Location:" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:523 msgid "Remote Host Password" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:610 msgid "Enter Key Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:701 msgid "Passphrase for New Secure Shell Key" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:887 #, c-format msgid "Importing key: %s" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-operation.c:889 msgid "Importing key. Enter passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-source.c:223 msgid "OpenSSH keys" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-source.c:230 #, c-format msgid "OpenSSH: %s" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-source.c:978 msgid "No private key file is available for this key." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.c:50 msgid "Couldn't configure Secure Shell keys on remote computer." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.c:133 msgid "Configuring Secure Shell Keys..." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Up Computer for SSH Connection" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:2 msgid "" "To use your Secure Shell key with another computer that uses SSH, you must " "already have a login account on that computer." msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:4 msgid "eg: fileserver.example.com:port" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:5 msgid "_Server address:" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:6 msgid "_Login name:" msgstr "" #: ../ssh/seahorse-ssh-upload.xml.h:7 msgid "_Set Up" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/baobab.po0000644000000000000000000001157312321561554020302 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-utils package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 17:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-22 19:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../data/baobab.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/baobab-window.vala:167 msgid "Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "" #: ../data/baobab.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Check folder sizes and available disk space" msgstr "" #: ../data/baobab.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "storage;space;cleanup;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Excluded partitions URIs" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "A list of URIs for partitions to be excluded from scanning." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Active Chart" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Which type of chart should be displayed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Window size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The initial size of the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Window state" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.baobab.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The GdkWindowState of the window" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-application.vala:30 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-application.vala:106 msgid "- Disk Usage Analyzer" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-cellrenderers.vala:100 #, c-format msgid "%d item" msgid_plural "%d items" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:186 msgid "Maximum depth" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:187 msgid "The maximum depth drawn in the chart from the root" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:196 msgid "Chart model" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:197 msgid "Set the model of the chart" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:204 msgid "Chart root node" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:205 msgid "Set the root node from the model" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:898 msgid "_Move to parent folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:902 msgid "Zoom _in" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-chart.c:906 msgid "Zoom _out" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-location.vala:77 msgid "Home folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-location.vala:123 msgid "Main volume" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Scan Folder…" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:2 msgid "Scan Remote Folder…" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Devices and locations" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:4 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:6 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:8 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:9 msgid "Rings Chart" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:10 msgid "Treemap Chart" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:11 msgid "_Open Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-main-window.ui.h:12 msgid "_Copy Path to Clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Analyzer" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "_Scan Home" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:6 msgid "Scan F_older…" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "Scan Remote Fo_lder…" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:9 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:10 msgid "_Expand All" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-menu.ui.h:11 msgid "_Collapse All" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:213 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:263 msgid "Could not analyze volume." msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:314 msgid "Baobab" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:317 msgid "A graphical tool to analyze disk usage." msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:322 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:566 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder \"%s\" or some of the folders it contains." msgstr "" #. || is_virtual_filesystem () #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:585 ../src/baobab-window.vala:591 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is not a valid folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/baobab-window.vala:586 ../src/baobab-window.vala:592 msgid "Could not analyze disk usage." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-power-manager.po0000644000000000000000000001157612321561554022746 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-power-manager # Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Adam Weinberger # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-power-manager package. # Adam Weinberger , 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-power-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-02 18:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Whether we should show the history data points" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether we should show the history data points in the statistics window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether we should smooth the history data" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether we should smooth the history data in the graph." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The default graph type to show for history" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The default graph type to show in the history window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The maximum time displayed for history" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The maximum duration of time displayed on the x-axis of the history graph." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether we should show the stats data points" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether we should show the stats data points in the statistics window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether we should smooth the stats data" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether we should smooth the stats data in the graph." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "The default graph type to show for stats" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "The default graph type to show in the stats window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "The index of the page number to show by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The index of the page number to show by default which is used to return " "focus to the correct page." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "The ID of the last device selected" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.power-manager.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The identifier of the last device which is used to return focus to the " "correct device." msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-power-statistics.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "battery;consumption;charge;" msgstr "" #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:92 msgid "6 hours" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless mice with internal batteries #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:264 msgid "Mouse" msgid_plural "Mice" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless keyboard with internal battery #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:268 msgid "Keyboard" msgid_plural "Keyboards" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, mp3 etc #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:281 msgid "Media player" msgid_plural "Media players" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:285 msgid "Tablet" msgid_plural "Tablets" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:289 msgid "Computer" msgid_plural "Computers" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:361 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:369 msgid "Waiting to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:373 msgid "Waiting to discharge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%.0f second" msgid_plural "%.0f seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:560 #, c-format msgid "%.1f minute" msgid_plural "%.1f minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:565 #, c-format msgid "%.1f hour" msgid_plural "%.1f hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a time value, usually to show on a graph #: ../src/gpm-statistics.c:569 #, c-format msgid "%.1f day" msgid_plural "%.1f days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screensaver.po0000644000000000000000000000315612321561554022515 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-screensaver # Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-screensaver package. # Adam Weinberger , 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-screensaver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 06:01+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-14 03:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver-dialog.c:61 msgid "Show the logout button" msgstr "Show the \"logout\" button" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver-dialog.c:65 msgid "Show the switch user button" msgstr "Show the \"switch user\" button" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver-dialog.c:267 msgid "Checking…" msgstr "Checking..." #: ../src/gnome-screensaver.c:57 msgid "Don't become a daemon" msgstr "Do not become a daemon" #: ../src/gnome-screensaver.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Launch screensaver and locker program" msgstr "Launch screensaver and locker programme" #: ../src/gs-listener-dbus.c:1307 msgid "failed to register with the message bus" msgstr "Failed to register with the message bus" #: ../src/gs-listener-dbus.c:1326 ../src/gs-listener-dbus.c:1356 msgid "screensaver already running in this session" msgstr "Screensaver already running in this session" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-sudoku.po0000644000000000000000000000272212321561555021506 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gnome-sudoku # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-sudoku package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-sudoku\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-23 15:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-31 02:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gnome-sudoku.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "game;board;tiles;japanese;" msgstr "" #: ../src/lib/defaults.py:47 msgid "GNOME Sudoku" msgstr "" #: ../src/lib/defaults.py:50 msgid "" "The popular Japanese logic puzzle\n" "\n" "GNOME Sudoku is a part of GNOME Games." msgstr "" #: ../src/lib/main.py:238 msgid "Mark new additions in a separate color so you can keep track of them." msgstr "Mark new additions in a separate colour so you can keep track of them." #: ../src/lib/main.py:670 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #: ../src/lib/saver.py:159 ../src/lib/saver.py:160 msgid "Error creating directory" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-base-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000003300212321561555022624 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gst-plugins-base0.10 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gst-plugins-base0.10 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins-base0.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-20 23:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-15 15:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Matthew Lange \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasink.c:485 msgid "Could not open device for playback in mono mode." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasink.c:487 msgid "Could not open device for playback in stereo mode." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasink.c:491 #, c-format msgid "Could not open device for playback in %d-channel mode." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasink.c:687 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for playback. Device is being used by another " "application." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasink.c:692 msgid "Could not open audio device for playback." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasrc.c:422 msgid "Could not open device for recording in mono mode." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasrc.c:424 msgid "Could not open device for recording in stereo mode." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasrc.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Could not open device for recording in %d-channel mode" msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasrc.c:634 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for recording. Device is being used by another " "application." msgstr "" #: ext/alsa/gstalsasrc.c:639 msgid "Could not open audio device for recording." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstdecodebin.c:1000 gst/playback/gstdecodebin2.c:1696 #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:1549 gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:1685 #, c-format msgid "A %s plugin is required to play this stream, but not installed." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstdecodebin.c:1845 gst/playback/gstdecodebin2.c:2264 msgid "This appears to be a text file" msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstdecodebin2.c:1703 msgid "Could not determine type of stream" msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:1532 #, c-format msgid "Invalid subtitle URI \"%s\", subtitles disabled." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:1667 msgid "RTSP streams cannot be played yet." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaybasebin.c:2240 gst/playback/gsturidecodebin.c:2091 msgid "Source element is invalid." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1379 #, c-format msgid "Both autovideosink and %s elements are missing." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1383 msgid "The autovideosink element is missing." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Configured videosink %s is not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1392 #, c-format msgid "Both autovideosink and %s elements are not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1396 msgid "The autovideosink element is not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1547 msgid "Custom text sink element is not usable." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1869 msgid "No volume control found" msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1889 #, c-format msgid "Both autoaudiosink and %s elements are missing." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1893 msgid "The autoaudiosink element is missing." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1898 #, c-format msgid "Configured audiosink %s is not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1902 #, c-format msgid "Both autoaudiosink and %s elements are not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:1906 msgid "The autoaudiosink element is not working." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:2209 gst/playback/gstplaysink.c:2214 msgid "Can't play a text file without video or visualizations." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gsturidecodebin.c:874 #, c-format msgid "No decoder available for type '%s'." msgstr "" #: gst/playback/gsturidecodebin.c:1268 msgid "This stream type cannot be played yet." msgstr "" #: gst/tcp/gsttcp.c:503 gst/tcp/gsttcpclientsink.c:282 #, c-format msgid "Error while sending data to \"%s:%d\"." msgstr "" #: gst/tcp/gsttcp.c:555 #, c-format msgid "Error while sending gdp header data to \"%s:%d\"." msgstr "" #: gst/tcp/gsttcp.c:564 #, c-format msgid "Error while sending gdp payload data to \"%s:%d\"." msgstr "" #: gst/tcp/gsttcpclientsink.c:394 gst/tcp/gsttcpclientsrc.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Connection to %s:%d refused." msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/audio/gstbaseaudiosrc.c:837 msgid "Can't record audio fast enough" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/gsttagdemux.c:1078 msgid "Failed to read tag: not enough data" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:110 msgid "capturing shutter speed" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:111 msgid "Shutter speed used when capturing an image, in seconds" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:114 msgid "capturing focal ratio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:115 msgid "Focal ratio (f-number) used when capturing the image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:118 msgid "capturing focal length" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:119 msgid "Focal length of the lens used capturing the image, in mm" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:122 msgid "capturing digital zoom ratio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:123 msgid "Digital zoom ratio used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:126 msgid "capturing iso speed" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:127 msgid "The ISO speed used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:130 msgid "capturing exposure program" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:131 msgid "The exposure program used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:134 msgid "capturing exposure mode" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:135 msgid "The exposure mode used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:138 msgid "capturing exposure compensation" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:139 msgid "The exposure compensation used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:142 msgid "capturing scene capture type" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:143 msgid "The scene capture mode used when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:146 msgid "capturing gain adjustment" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:147 msgid "The overall gain adjustment applied on an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:150 msgid "capturing white balance" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:151 msgid "The white balance mode set when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:154 msgid "capturing contrast" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:155 msgid "The direction of contrast processing applied when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:159 msgid "capturing saturation" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:160 msgid "The direction of saturation processing applied when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:164 msgid "capturing sharpness" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:165 msgid "The direction of sharpness processing applied when capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:169 msgid "capturing flash fired" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:170 msgid "If the flash fired while capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:173 msgid "capturing flash mode" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:174 msgid "The selected flash mode while capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:177 msgid "capturing metering mode" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:178 msgid "" "The metering mode used while determining exposure for capturing an image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:182 msgid "capturing source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:183 msgid "The source or type of device used for the capture" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:186 msgid "image horizontal ppi" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:187 msgid "Media (image/video) intended horizontal pixel density in ppi" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:190 msgid "image vertical ppi" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:191 msgid "Media (image/video) intended vertical pixel density in ppi" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:194 msgid "ID3v2 frame" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/tag/tags.c:194 msgid "unparsed id3v2 tag frame" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:70 msgid "ID3 tag" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:71 #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:72 msgid "APE tag" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:73 msgid "ICY internet radio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:102 msgid "Apple Lossless Audio (ALAC)" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:112 msgid "Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC)" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:138 #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:139 msgid "Lossless True Audio (TTA)" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:147 msgid "Windows Media Speech" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:162 msgid "CYUV Lossless" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:167 msgid "FFMpeg v1" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:181 msgid "Lossless MSZH" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:187 msgid "Uncompressed Gray Image" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:192 msgid "Run-length encoding" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:238 msgid "Sami subtitle format" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:239 msgid "TMPlayer subtitle format" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:241 msgid "Kate subtitle format" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:305 msgid "Uncompressed planar YUV 4:2:0" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:308 msgid "Uncompressed planar YVU 4:2:0" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:311 #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:321 msgid "Uncompressed packed YUV 4:2:2" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:314 msgid "Uncompressed packed YUV 4:1:0" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:317 msgid "Uncompressed packed YVU 4:1:0" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:324 msgid "Uncompressed packed YUV 4:1:1" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:327 msgid "Uncompressed packed YUV 4:4:4" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:330 msgid "Uncompressed planar YUV 4:2:2" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:333 msgid "Uncompressed planar YUV 4:1:1" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:336 msgid "Uncompressed black and white Y-plane" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:339 msgid "Uncompressed YUV" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:350 #, c-format msgid "Uncompressed palettized %d-bit %s" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:402 #, c-format msgid "DivX MPEG-4 Version %d" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:620 #, c-format msgid "Raw %d-bit PCM audio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:622 msgid "Raw PCM audio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:628 #, c-format msgid "Raw %d-bit floating-point audio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:630 msgid "Raw floating-point audio" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:717 msgid "Audio CD source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:720 msgid "DVD source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:723 msgid "Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:727 msgid "Microsoft Media Server (MMS) protocol source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:735 #, c-format msgid "%s protocol source" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:807 #, c-format msgid "%s video RTP depayloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:809 #, c-format msgid "%s audio RTP depayloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:811 #, c-format msgid "%s RTP depayloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:818 #, c-format msgid "%s demuxer" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:820 #, c-format msgid "%s decoder" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:858 #, c-format msgid "%s video RTP payloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:860 #, c-format msgid "%s audio RTP payloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:862 #, c-format msgid "%s RTP payloader" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:869 #, c-format msgid "%s muxer" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:871 #, c-format msgid "%s encoder" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/descriptions.c:903 #, c-format msgid "GStreamer element %s" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:555 msgid "Unknown source element" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:558 msgid "Unknown sink element" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:561 msgid "Unknown element" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:564 msgid "Unknown decoder element" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:567 msgid "Unknown encoder element" msgstr "" #: gst-libs/gst/pbutils/missing-plugins.c:572 msgid "Plugin or element of unknown type" msgstr "" #: sys/v4l/v4l_calls.c:159 msgid "No device specified." msgstr "" #: sys/v4l/v4l_calls.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Device \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" #: sys/v4l/v4l_calls.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Device \"%s\" is already being used." msgstr "" #: sys/v4l/v4l_calls.c:178 #, c-format msgid "Could not open device \"%s\" for reading and writing." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gst-plugins-good-0.10.po0000644000000000000000000002131712321561555022650 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gst-plugins-good0.10 # Copyright (c) (c) 2006 Canonical Ltd, and Rosetta Contributors 2006 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gst-plugins-good0.10 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2006. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gst-plugins-good0.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-02-21 00:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-07 22:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Paul Kishimoto \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:873 msgid "Server does not support seeking." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1080 msgid "Could not resolve server name." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1086 msgid "Could not establish connection to server." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1091 msgid "Secure connection setup failed." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1096 msgid "" "A network error occured, or the server closed the connection unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1102 msgid "Server sent bad data." msgstr "" #: ext/soup/gstsouphttpsrc.c:1251 msgid "No URL set." msgstr "" #: gst/avi/gstavimux.c:1806 msgid "No or invalid input audio, AVI stream will be corrupt." msgstr "" "Invalid input audio or no input audio present. AVI stream will be corrupt." #: gst/isomp4/qtdemux.c:2672 msgid "Invalid atom size." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:303 msgid "Could not open audio device for mixer control handling." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:317 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for mixer control handling. This version of the " "Open Sound System is not supported by this element." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:729 msgid "Master" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:730 msgid "Front" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:731 msgid "Rear" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:732 msgid "Headphones" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:733 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:734 msgid "LFE" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:735 msgid "Surround" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:736 msgid "Side" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:740 msgid "AUX Out" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:743 msgid "3D Depth" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:744 msgid "3D Center" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:745 msgid "3D Enhance" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:746 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:749 sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:750 msgid "Line In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:751 msgid "Internal CD" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:752 msgid "Video In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:753 msgid "AUX 1 In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:754 msgid "AUX 2 In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:755 msgid "AUX In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:757 sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:758 msgid "Record Gain" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:759 msgid "Output Gain" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:760 msgid "Microphone Boost" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:761 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:762 msgid "Diagnostic" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:763 msgid "Bass Boost" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:764 msgid "Playback Ports" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:765 msgid "Input" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:766 sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:767 msgid "Record Source" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:768 msgid "Monitor Source" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:769 msgid "Keyboard Beep" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:771 msgid "Simulate Stereo" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:772 sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:792 msgid "Stereo" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:773 msgid "Surround Sound" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:774 msgid "Microphone Gain" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:775 msgid "Speaker Source" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:776 msgid "Microphone Source" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:777 msgid "Jack" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:778 msgid "Center / LFE" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:779 msgid "Stereo Mix" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:780 msgid "Mono Mix" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:781 msgid "Input Mix" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:782 msgid "SPDIF In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:784 msgid "Microphone 1" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:785 msgid "Microphone 2" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:786 msgid "Digital Out" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:787 msgid "Digital In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:788 msgid "HDMI" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:789 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:790 msgid "Handset" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:791 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:793 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:794 msgid "On" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:795 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:796 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:797 msgid "Fast" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Very Low" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:799 msgid "Very Low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Low" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:801 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Medium" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:803 msgid "Medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "High" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:805 msgid "High" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Very High" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:807 sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:808 msgid "Very High" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "Production" is a quality setting here #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:810 msgid "Production" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:811 msgid "Front Panel Microphone" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:812 msgid "Front Panel Line In" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:813 msgid "Front Panel Headphones" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:814 msgid "Front Panel Line Out" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:815 msgid "Green Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:816 msgid "Pink Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:817 msgid "Blue Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:818 msgid "White Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:819 msgid "Black Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:820 msgid "Gray Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:821 msgid "Orange Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:822 msgid "Red Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:823 msgid "Yellow Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:824 msgid "Green Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:825 msgid "Pink Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:826 msgid "Blue Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:827 msgid "White Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:828 msgid "Black Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:829 msgid "Gray Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:830 msgid "Orange Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:831 msgid "Red Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:832 msgid "Yellow Front Panel Connector" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:833 msgid "Spread Output" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:834 msgid "Downmix" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:878 msgid "Virtual Mixer Input" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:880 msgid "Virtual Mixer Output" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:882 msgid "Virtual Mixer Channels" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: name + number of a volume mixer control #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:933 #, c-format msgid "%s %d Function" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: name of a volume mixer control #: sys/oss4/oss4-mixer.c:940 #, c-format msgid "%s Function" msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:525 sys/oss4/oss4-source.c:393 msgid "" "Could not open audio device for playback. This version of the Open Sound " "System is not supported by this element." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:641 msgid "Playback is not supported by this audio device." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-sink.c:648 msgid "Audio playback error." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-source.c:515 msgid "Recording is not supported by this audio device." msgstr "" #: sys/oss4/oss4-source.c:522 msgid "Error recording from audio device." msgstr "" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:896 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to get current output on device '%s'. May be it is a radio device" msgstr "" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Failed to set output %d on device %s." msgstr "" #: sys/v4l2/v4l2src_calls.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Failed after %d tries. device %s. system error: %s" msgstr "Failed after %d tries. Device %s. System error: %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/orca.po0000644000000000000000000016311312321561556020020 0ustar # English (British) translation. # Copyright (C) 2004 orca's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the orca package. # Gareth Owen , 2004. # Bruce Cowan , 2009, 2010, 2011. # Philip Withnall , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: orca\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:50+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-31 17:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: British English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_GB\n" #: ../orca.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesized speech and/" "or refreshable braille" msgstr "" "Provide access to graphical desktop environments via synthesised speech and/" "or refreshable braille" #: ../orca.desktop.in.h:4 msgid "screen reader;speech;braille;" msgstr "" #. Translators: These is the name of a braille transation table. To learn more #. about braille translation tables, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Braille. #: ../src/orca/brltablenames.py:144 msgid "Hungarian 8 dot computer" msgstr "" #. Translators: These is the name of a braille transation table. To learn more #. about braille translation tables, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Braille. #: ../src/orca/brltablenames.py:148 msgid "Hungarian Grade 1" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '(' (U+0028) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:79 msgid "left paren" msgstr "left bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ')' (U+0029) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:83 msgid "right paren" msgstr "right bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '.' (U+002e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:103 msgid "dot" msgstr "full stop" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '[' (U+005b) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:139 msgid "left bracket" msgstr "left square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character ']' (U+005d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:147 msgid "right bracket" msgstr "right square bracket" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '¡' (U+00a1) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:184 msgid "inverted exclamation point" msgstr "inverted exclamation mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✓' (U+2713) #. It can be used as a bullet in a list. #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:708 msgid "check mark" msgstr "tick mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '✔' (U+2714) #. It can be used as a bullet in a list. #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:713 msgid "heavy check mark" msgstr "heavy tick mark" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁽' (U+207d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:773 msgid "superscript left paren" msgstr "superscript left parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '⁾' (U+207e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:777 msgid "superscript right paren" msgstr "superscript right parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₍' (U+208d) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:837 msgid "subscript left paren" msgstr "subscript left parenthesis" #. Translators: this is the spoken word for the character '₎' (U+208e) #. #: ../src/orca/chnames.py:841 msgid "subscript right paren" msgstr "subscript right parenthesis" #. Translators: the Orca "Find" dialog allows a user to search for text in a #. window and then move focus to that text. For example, they may want to find #. the "OK" button. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:83 msgid "Opens the Find dialog." msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'flat review' feature of Orca allows the blind user to #. explore the text in a window in a 2D fashion. That is, Orca treats all #. the text from all objects in a window (e.g., buttons, labels, etc.) as a #. sequence of words in a sequence of lines. The flat review feature allows #. the user to explore this text by the {previous,next} {line,word,character}. #. This command lets the user copy the contents currently being reviewed to the #. clipboard. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:304 msgid "Copies the contents under flat review to the clipboard." msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'flat review' feature of Orca allows the blind user to #. explore the text in a window in a 2D fashion. That is, Orca treats all #. the text from all objects in a window (e.g., buttons, labels, etc.) as a #. sequence of words in a sequence of lines. The flat review feature allows #. the user to explore this text by the {previous,next} {line,word,character}. #. This command lets the user append the contents currently being reviewed to #. the existing contents of the clipboard. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:314 msgid "Appends the contents under flat review to the clipboard." msgstr "" #. Translators: this string is associated with the keyboard shortcut to quit #. Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:397 msgid "Quits the screen reader" msgstr "" #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:401 msgid "Displays the preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: the preferences configuration dialog is the dialog that allows #. users to set their preferences for a specific application within Orca. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:406 msgid "Displays the application preferences configuration dialog." msgstr "Displays the application preferences configuration dialogue." #. Translators: Orca has a feature whereby users can set up different "profiles," #. which are collection of settings which apply to a given task, such as a #. "Spanish" profile which would use Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish braille #. and selected when reading Spanish content. This string to be translated refers #. to an Orca command which makes it possible for users to quickly cycle amongst #. their saved profiles without having to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:423 msgid "Cycles to the next settings profile." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via text- #. to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital letters are #. presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to presenting a #. capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers to as a sound #. 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:432 msgid "Cycles to the next capitalization style." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is associated with the command to toggle specific room history on #. or off. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:523 msgid "Toggle whether we provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Toggle whether we provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: this is a command for a button on a refreshable braille display #. (an external hardware device used by people who are blind). When pressing the #. button, the display scrolls to the bottom left of the window. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:570 msgid "Bottom Left" msgstr "" #. Translators: Gecko native caret navigation is where Firefox (or Thunderbird) #. itself controls how the arrow keys move the caret around HTML content. It's #. often broken, so Orca needs to provide its own support. As such, Orca offers #. the user the ability to toggle which application is controlling the caret. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:661 msgid "Switches between native and screen-reader caret navigation." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca allows you to dynamically define which row of a spreadsheet #. or table should be treated as containing column headers. This string refers to #. the command to set the row. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:709 msgid "Set the row to use as dynamic column headers." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca allows you to dynamically define which column of a #. spreadsheet or table should be treated as containing row headers. This #. string refers to the command to set the column. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:720 msgid "Set the column to use as dynamic row headers." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among blockquotes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:754 msgid "Displays a list of blockquotes." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among buttons in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:763 msgid "Displays a list of buttons." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:766 msgid "Goes to previous check box." msgstr "Goes to previous tick box." #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:769 msgid "Goes to next check box." msgstr "Goes to next tick box." #. Translators: this is for navigating among check boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:772 msgid "Displays a list of check boxes." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among combo boxes in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:781 msgid "Displays a list of combo boxes." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among entries in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:790 msgid "Displays a list of entries." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among form fields in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:799 msgid "Displays a list of form fields." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among headings (e.g.

                                                                                        ) in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:808 msgid "Displays a list of headings." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among headings (e.g.

                                                                                        ) in a document. #.

                                                                                        is a heading at level 1,

                                                                                        is a heading at level 2, etc. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:820 #, python-format msgid "Displays a list of headings at level %d." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among large objects in a document. #. A 'large object' is a logical chunk of text, such as a paragraph, a list, #. a table, etc. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:845 msgid "Displays a list of large objects." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among links in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:848 msgid "Displays a list of links." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among lists in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:857 msgid "Displays a list of lists." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among list items in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:866 msgid "Displays a list of list items." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among paragraphs in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:890 msgid "Displays a list of paragraphs." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among radio buttons in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:899 msgid "Displays a list of radio buttons." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among tables in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:916 msgid "Displays a list of tables." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among unvisited links in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:943 msgid "Displays a list of unvisited links." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is for navigating among visited links in a document. #: ../src/orca/cmdnames.py:952 msgid "Displays a list of visited links." msgstr "" #. Translators: This string appears on a button in a dialog. "Activating" the #. selected item will perform the action that one would expect to occur if the #. object were clicked on with the mouse. If the object is a link, activating #. it will bring you to a new page. If the object is a button, activating it #. will press the button. If the object is a combobox, activating it will expand #. it to show all of its contents. And so on. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:40 msgid "_Activate" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:61 ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:17 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:64 msgid "_Jump to" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:67 ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:19 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #. Translators: If this checkbox is checked, then Orca will provide the user with #. chat room specific message histories rather than just a single history which #. contains the latest messages from all the chat rooms that they are in. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:93 msgid "Provide chat room specific _message histories" msgstr "Provide chat room-specific _message histories" #. Translators: This is a label which will appear in the list of available speech #. engines as a special item. It refers to the default engine configured within #. the speech subsystem. Apart from this item, the user will have a chance to #. select a particular speech engine by its real name (Festival, IBMTTS, etc.) #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:135 msgid "Default Synthesizer" msgstr "Default Synthesiser" #. Translators: This string is a label for the group of Orca commands which #. can be used in any setting, task, or application. They are not specific #. to, for instance, web browsing. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:205 msgctxt "keybindings" msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: Modified is a table column header in Orca's preferences dialog. #. This column contains a checkbox which indicates whether a key binding #. for an Orca command has been changed by the user to something other than its #. default value. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:221 msgctxt "keybindings" msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca's preferences can be configured on a per-application basis, #. allowing users to customize Orca's behavior, keybindings, etc. to work one #. way in LibreOffice and another way in a chat application. This string is the #. title of Orca's application-specific preferences dialog for an application. #. The string substituted in is the accessible name of the application (e.g. #. "Gedit", "Firefox", etc. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:232 #, python-format msgid "Screen Reader Preferences for %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label of a message dialog informing the user that #. he/she attempted to save a new user profile under a name which already exists. #. A "user profile" is a collection of settings which apply to a given task, such #. as a "Spanish" profile which would use Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish #. braille and selected when reading Spanish content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:272 msgid "User Profile Conflict!" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the message in a dialog informing the user that he/she #. attempted to save a new user profile under a name which already exists. #. A "user profile" is a collection of settings which apply to a given task, such #. as a "Spanish" profile which would use Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish #. braille and selected when reading Spanish content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:279 #, python-format msgid "" "Profile %s already exists.\n" "Continue updating the existing profile with these new changes?" msgstr "" #. Translators: This text is displayed in a message dialog when a user indicates #. he/she wants to switch to a new user profile which will cause him/her to lose #. settings which have been altered but not yet saved. A "user profile" is a #. collection of settings which apply to a given task such as a "Spanish" profile #. which would use Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish braille and selected when #. reading Spanish content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:289 msgid "Load user profile" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a blockquote. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:360 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Blockquote" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a button. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:366 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Button" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the caption of a table. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:372 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Caption" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the label of a check box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:378 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Check Box" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the selected item in a combo box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:384 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Combo Box" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the description of an element. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:390 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a heading. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:396 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Heading" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the label of a form field. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:402 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of a column which #. contains the level of a heading. Level will be a "1" for

                                                                                        , a "2" for

                                                                                        , #. and so on. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:409 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a link. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:415 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Link" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a list. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:421 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "List" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a list item. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:427 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "List Item" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of an object. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:433 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Object" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of a paragraph. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:439 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Paragraph" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the label of a radio button. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:445 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Radio Button" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the role of a widget. Examples include "heading", "paragraph", #. "table", "combo box", etc. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:452 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Role" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the selected item of a form field. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:458 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Selected Item" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the state of a widget. Examples include "checked"/"not checked", #. "selected"/"not selected", "visited/not visited", etc. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:465 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "State" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the text of an entry. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:471 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Text" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the URI of a link. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:477 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "URI" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title for a column which #. contains the value of a form field. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:483 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:488 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Blockquotes" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:493 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Buttons" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:498 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Check Boxes" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:503 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Combo Boxes" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:508 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Entries" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:513 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Form Fields" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:518 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Headings" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #. Level will be a "1" for

                                                                                        , a "2" for

                                                                                        , and so on. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:524 #, python-format msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Headings at Level %d" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #. A 'large object' is a logical chunk of text, such as a paragraph, a list, #. a table, etc. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:531 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Large Objects" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:536 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Links" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:541 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Lists" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:546 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "List Items" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:551 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Paragraphs" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:556 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Radio Buttons" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:561 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Tables" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:566 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Unvisited Links" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is the title of such a dialog box. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:571 msgctxt "structural navigation" msgid "Visited Links" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a label for an option to tell Orca whether or not it #. should speak table cell coordinates in document content. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:648 msgid "Speak _cell coordinates" msgstr "Speak _cell co-ordinates" #. Translators: Gecko native caret navigation is where Firefox itself controls #. how the arrow keys move the caret around HTML content. It's often broken, so #. Orca needs to provide its own support. As such, Orca offers the user the #. ability to switch between the Firefox mode and the Orca mode. This is the #. label of a checkbox in which users can indicate their default preference. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:664 msgid "Control caret navigation" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca provides keystrokes to navigate HTML content in a structural #. manner: go to previous/next header, list item, table, etc. This is the label #. of a checkbox in which users can indicate their default preference. #: ../src/orca/guilabels.py:669 msgid "Enable _structural navigation" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is how someone would speak the name of the ISO shift key #. #: ../src/orca/keynames.py:198 msgid "Alt Gr" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is how someone would speak the name of the minus key #. #: ../src/orca/keynames.py:294 msgid "minus" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is presented in a GUI to represent the #. "insert" key when used as the Orca modifier. #: ../src/orca/keybindings.py:109 msgid "Insert" msgstr "" #. Translators: Sometimes when we attempt to get the name of an accessible #. software application, we fail because the app or one of its elements is #. defunct. This is a generic name so that we can still refer to this element #. in messages. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:40 msgctxt "generic name" msgid "application" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the brief/ #. non-verbose output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which #. makes it possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives #. without having to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:115 msgctxt "capitalization style" msgid "icon" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:125 msgid "Capitalization style set to icon." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the brief/ #. non-verbose output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which #. makes it possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives #. without having to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:135 msgctxt "capitalization style" msgid "none" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:145 msgid "Capitalization style set to none." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the brief/ #. non-verbose output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which #. makes it possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives #. without having to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:155 msgctxt "capitalization style" msgid "spell" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca uses Speech Dispatcher to present content to users via #. text-to-speech. Speech Dispatcher has a feature to control how capital #. letters are presented: Do nothing at all, say the word 'capital' prior to #. presenting a capital letter, or play a tone which Speech Dispatcher refers #. to as a sound 'icon'. This string to be translated refers to the full/verbose #. output presented in response to the use of an Orca command which makes it #. possible for users to quickly cycle amongst these alternatives without having #. to get into a GUI. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:165 msgid "Capitalization style set to spell." msgstr "" #. Translators: Gecko native caret navigation is where Firefox (or Thunderbird) #. itself controls how the arrow keys move the caret around HTML content. It's #. often broken, so Orca needs to provide its own support. As such, Orca offers #. the user the ability to toggle which application is controlling the caret. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:177 msgid "The screen reader is controlling the caret." msgstr "" #. Translators: This string indicates to the user what should be provided when #. using the '-e, --enable' or '-d, --disable' command line options. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:192 msgid "OPTION" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is displayed when the user starts Orca from the #. command line and includes an invalid option or argument. After the message, #. the list of invalid items, as typed by the user, is displayed. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:197 msgid "The following are not valid: " msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the description of command line option '-p, --profile' #. which allows you to specify a profile to be loaded. A profile stores a group #. of Orca settings configured by the user for a particular purpose, such as a #. 'Spanish' profile which would include Spanish braille and text-to-speech. #. An Orca settings file contains one or more profiles. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:209 msgid "Load profile" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user when the specified profile #. could not be loaded. A profile stores a group of Orca settings configured for #. a particular purpose, such as a Spanish profile which would include Spanish #. braille and Spanish text-to-speech. The string substituted in is the user- #. provided profile name. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:216 #, python-format msgid "Profile could not be loaded: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user who attempts to launch Orca #. from some other environment than the graphical desktop. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:221 msgid "" "Cannot start the screen reader because it cannot connect to the Desktop." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user who attempts to launch Orca #. but the launch fails due to an error related to the settings manager. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:226 msgid "Could not activate the settings manager. Exiting." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user when he/she tries to launch #. Orca, but Orca is already running. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:231 msgid "" "Another screen reader process is already running for this session.\n" "Run \"orca --replace\" to replace that process with a new one." msgstr "" #. Translators: This string indicates to the user what should be provided when #. using the '-p, --profile' command line option. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:237 msgid "NAME" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string indicates to the user what should be provided when #. using the '-u, --user-prefs' command line option. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:246 msgid "DIR" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the description of command line option '-r, --replace' #. which tells Orca to replace any existing Orca process that might be running. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:250 msgid "Replace a currently running instance of this screen reader" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string indicates to the user what should be provided when #. using the '--debug-file' command line option. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:267 msgid "FILE" msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:332 msgid "Do not provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Do not provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: Orca has a command to review previous chat room messages in #. speech and braille. Some users prefer to have this message history combined #. (e.g. the last ten messages which came in, no matter what room they came #. from). Other users prefer to have specific room history (e.g. the last ten #. messages from #a11y). Therefore, this is a setting in Orca. This string to be #. translated is presented when the value of the setting is toggled. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:340 msgid "Provide chat room specific message histories." msgstr "Provide chat room-specific message histories." #. Translators: This message is presented at the beginning of Orca's console- #. based setup. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:471 msgid "Screen reader setup." msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'flat review' feature of Orca allows the blind user to #. explore the text in a window in a 2D fashion. That is, Orca treats all #. the text from all objects in a window (e.g., buttons, labels, etc.) as a #. sequence of words in a sequence of lines. This message is presented to #. let the user know that he/she successfully appended the contents under #. flat review onto the existing contents of the clipboard. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:566 msgid "Appended contents to clipboard." msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'flat review' feature of Orca allows the blind user to #. explore the text in a window in a 2D fashion. That is, Orca treats all #. the text from all objects in a window (e.g., buttons, labels, etc.) as a #. sequence of words in a sequence of lines. This message is presented to #. let the user know that he/she successfully copied the contents under flat #. review to the clipboard. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:574 msgid "Copied contents to clipboard." msgstr "" #. Translators: the 'flat review' feature of Orca allows the blind user to #. explore the text in a window in a 2D fashion. That is, Orca treats all #. the text from all objects in a window (e.g., buttons, labels, etc.) as a #. sequence of words in a sequence of lines. This message is presented to #. let the user know that he/she attempted to use a flat review command when #. not using flat review. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:582 msgid "Not using flat review." msgstr "" #. Translators: Orca has a "Learn Mode" that will allow the user to type any key #. on the keyboard and hear what the effects of that key would be. The effects #. might be what Orca would do if it had a handler for the particular key #. combination, or they might just be to echo the name of the key if Orca doesn't #. have a handler. This message is what is spoken to the user when entering Learn #. Mode. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:836 msgid "" "Entering learn mode. Press any key to hear its function. To get a list of " "the screen reader's default shortcuts, press 1. To get a list of the screen " "reader's shortcuts for the current application, press 2. To view the screen " "reader's documentation, press F1. To exit learn mode, press the escape key." msgstr "" #. Translators: The following string instructs the user how to navigate amongst #. the list of commands presented in learn mode, as well as how to exit the list #. when finished. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:915 msgid "Use Up and Down Arrow to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit." msgstr "Use Up and Down Arrows to navigate the list. Press Escape to exit." #. Translators: This is to inform the user of the presence of the red squiggly #. line which indicates that a given word is not spelled correctly. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1048 msgid "misspelled" msgstr "misspelt" #. Translators: Orca tries to provide more compelling output of the spell check #. dialog in some applications. The first thing it does is let the user know #. what the misspelled word is. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1053 #, python-format msgid "Misspelled word: %s" msgstr "Misspelt word: %s" #. Translators: Orca has a command that presents a list of structural navigation #. objects in a dialog box so that users can navigate more quickly than they #. could with native keyboard navigation. This is a message that will be #. presented to the user when an error (such as the operation timing out) kept us #. from getting these objects. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1071 msgid "Error: Could not create list of objects." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is for navigating document content by moving from check #. box to check box. This is a detailed message which will be presented to the #. user if no more check boxes can be found. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1109 msgid "No more check boxes." msgstr "No more tick boxes." #. Translators: This is for navigating document content by moving from link to #. link (regardless of visited state). This is a detailed message which will be #. presented to the user if no more links can be found. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1152 msgid "No more links." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message appears in a warning dialog when the user performs #. the command to get into Orca's preferences dialog when the preferences dialog #. is already open. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1309 msgid "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialog open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." msgstr "" "You already have an instance of an Orca preferences dialogue open.\n" "Please close it before opening a new one." #. Translators: This is a detailed message which will be presented as the user #. cycles amongst his/her saved profiles. A "profile" is a collection of settings #. which apply to a given task, such as a "Spanish" profile which would use #. Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish braille and selected when reading Spanish #. content. The string representing the profile name is created by the user. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1321 #, python-format msgid "Profile set to %s." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is an error message presented when the user attempts to #. cycle among his/her saved profiles, but no profiles can be found. A profile #. is a collection of settings which apply to a given task, such as a "Spanish" #. profile which would use Spanish text-to-speech and Spanish braille and #. selected when reading Spanish content. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1328 msgid "No profiles found." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user when Orca's preferences #. have been reloaded. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1393 msgid "Screen reader settings reloaded." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user when Orca is launched. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1422 msgid "Screen reader on." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message is presented to the user when Orca is quit. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1425 msgid "Screen reader off." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a message presented to users when the columns in a table #. have been reordered. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1493 msgid "Columns reordered" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a message presented to users when the rows in a table #. have been reordered. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1497 msgid "Rows reordered" msgstr "" #. Translators: This message presents the Orca version number. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1565 #, python-format msgid "Screen reader version %s." msgstr "" #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a braille message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1631 #, python-format msgid "(%d dialog)" msgid_plural "(%d dialogs)" msgstr[0] "(%d dialogue)" msgstr[1] "(%d dialogues)" #. Translators: This message informs the user how many unfocused alert and #. dialog windows a newly (re)focused application has. It is added at the #. end of a spoken message containing the app which just claimed focus. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1637 #, python-format msgid "%d unfocused dialog" msgid_plural "%d unfocused dialogs" msgstr[0] "%d unfocused dialogue" msgstr[1] "%d unfocused dialogues" #. Translators: Orca has several commands that search for, and present a list #. of, objects based on one or more criteria. This is a message that will be #. presented to the user to indicate how many matching items were found. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1665 #, python-format msgid "%d item found" msgid_plural "%d items found" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: This message is presented when the user is in a list of #. shortcuts associated with Orca commands which are not specific to the #. current application. It appears as the title of the dialog containing #. the list. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1709 #, python-format msgid "%d Screen reader default shortcut found." msgid_plural "%d Screen reader default shortcuts found." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: This message is presented when the user is in a list of #. shortcuts associated with Orca commands specific to the current #. application. It appears as the title of the dialog containing the list. #: ../src/orca/messages.py:1717 #, python-format msgid "%(count)d Screen reader shortcut for %(application)s found." msgid_plural "%(count)d Screen reader shortcuts for %(application)s found." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:98 msgid "checked" msgstr "ticked" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:101 msgid "not checked" msgstr "not ticked" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a check box. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:104 msgid "partially checked" msgstr "partially ticked" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a link. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:122 msgctxt "link state" msgid "visited" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a state which applies to a link. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:125 msgctxt "link state" msgid "unvisited" msgstr "" #. Translators: This state represents an item on the screen that has been set #. insensitive (or grayed out). #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:129 ../src/orca/object_properties.py:133 msgid "grayed" msgstr "greyed" #. Translators: Certain objects (such as form controls on web pages) can have #. STATE_EDITABLE set to inform the user that this field can be filled out. #. It is assumed that form fields will be editable; if they lack this state, #. we need to present that information to the user. This string is the spoken #. version. #: ../src/orca/object_properties.py:140 msgctxt "text" msgid "read only" msgstr "read-only" #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:2 msgid "Screen Reader Find Dialog" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:4 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:6 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:15 msgid "Search direction:" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-find.ui.h:18 msgid "Results must:" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:11 msgid "Screen Reader Preferences" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:13 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:15 msgid "_Apply" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:22 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the label for a button in a dialog. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:28 msgid "Save _As" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:29 msgid "Profiles" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:32 msgid "Time and Date" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:35 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:41 msgid "Speech synthesi_zer:" msgstr "Speech s_ynthesiser:" #. Translators: Having multiple 'voice types' in Orca makes it possible for the user to more quickly identify properties of text non-visually, such as the fact that text is written in capital letters or is a link; or that text is actually visible on the screen as opposed to an Orca-specific message. The available 'voice types' in Orca include 'default', 'uppercase', 'hyperlink', and 'system' -- each of which can be configured by the user to sound the way he/she finds most helpful. This string is displayed in the label for the group of all of the controls associated with configuring a particular voice type. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:46 msgid "Voice Type Settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:53 msgid "Global Voice Settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:58 msgid "Verbosity" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is label in the Preferences dialog box. It refers to what Orca will speak when the user arrows Up or Down in a table. The choices are to speak just the new cell or to speak the entire row. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:64 msgid "Table Rows" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:70 msgid "Punctuation Level" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:79 msgid "Spoken Context" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a label in the Preferences dialog box. It applies to several options related to which progress bars Orca should speak and how often Orca should speak them. #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:87 msgid "Progress Bar Updates" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:95 msgid "Display Settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:101 msgid "Selection Indicator" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:102 msgid "Hyperlink Indicator" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:117 msgid "Screen Reader _Modifier Key(s):" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:119 msgid "Pronunciation Dictionary" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:126 msgid "Text attributes" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:135 msgid "Adjust selected attributes" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/orca-setup.ui.h:136 msgid "Braille Indicator" msgstr "" #: ../src/orca/scripts/apps/gedit/script.py:110 msgid "Misspelled word:" msgstr "Misspelt word:" #: ../src/orca/scripts/apps/liferea/script.py:122 msgid "Work online / offline" msgstr "Work online/offline" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the background color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:62 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "background color" msgstr "background colour" #. Translators: this attribute specifies the foreground color of the text. #. The value is an RGB value of the format "u,u,u". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:105 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "foreground color" msgstr "foreground colour" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "justification". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:482 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "center" msgstr "centre" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:502 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra condensed" msgstr "ultra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:509 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra condensed" msgstr "extra-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:523 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi condensed" msgstr "semi-condensed" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:537 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "semi expanded" msgstr "semi-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:551 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "extra expanded" msgstr "extra-expanded" #. Translators: this is one of the text attribute values for the following #. text attributes: "stretch". #. See: #. http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/1.22/AtkText.html#AtkTextAttribute #. #: ../src/orca/text_attribute_names.py:558 msgctxt "textattr" msgid "ultra expanded" msgstr "ultra-expanded" #. Translators: If this application has more than one unfocused alert or #. dialog window, inform user of how to refocus these. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:216 msgid "Press alt+f6 to give focus to child windows." msgstr "Press Alt+F6 to give focus to child windows." #. Translators: this gives tips on how to navigate items in a #. layered pane. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:280 msgid "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type ahead searching." msgstr "To move to items, use either the arrow keys or type-ahead searching." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when first landing #. on the desktop, describing how to access the system menus. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:286 msgid "To get to the system menus press the alt+f1 key." msgstr "To get to the system menus press the Alt+F1 key." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for activating a menu item #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:391 msgid "To activate press return." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a spin button. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:498 msgid "" "Use up or down arrow to select value. Or type in the desired numerical value." msgstr "" "Use up or down arrow to select value, or type in the desired numerical value." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to navigate menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:711 msgid "" "To navigate, press left or right arrow. To move through items press up or " "down arrow." msgstr "" "To navigate, press the left or right arrows. To move through items press the " "up or down arrows." #. Translators: this is a tip for the user, how to #. navigate into sub menues. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:716 msgid "To enter sub menu, press right arrow." msgstr "To enter a sub-menu, press the right arrow." #. Translators: this is the tutorial string for when landing #. on a slider. #: ../src/orca/tutorialgenerator.py:748 msgid "" "To decrease press left arrow, to increase press right arrow. To go to " "minimum press home, and for maximum press end." msgstr "" "To decrease, press the left arrow; to increase, press the right arrow. To go " "to minimum press home, and for maximum press end." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/onboard.po0000644000000000000000000010277312321561556020525 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for onboard # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the onboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: onboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:21+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-06 23:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 13:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../settings.ui.h:1 msgid "key-repeat" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:2 msgid "international character selection" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:4 msgid "XInput" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:5 msgid "XTest" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:7 msgid "AT-SPI" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:14 msgid "Typing Assistance" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:16 msgid "latch, then lock" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:17 msgid "latch, double-click to lock" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:18 msgid "latch only" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:19 msgid "lock only" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:21 msgid "single-touch" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:22 msgid "multi-touch" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:24 msgid "_Auto-show when editing text" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Show Onboard when there is a recognized text window in focus. Requires Gnome " "Accessibility." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:26 msgid "Start Onboard _hidden" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:27 msgid "Start Onboard hidden." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:30 msgid "Show the status item. A click on that icon hides or shows Onboard." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:31 msgid "Show floating _icon when Onboard is hidden" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:32 msgid "" "Show a floating icon on the desktop when Onboard is hidden. A click on the " "icon makes Onboard reappear." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:33 msgid "Show when _unlocking the screen" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:34 msgid "" "Show Onboard when the dialog to unlock the screen appears; this way Onboard " "can be used for example to enter the password to dismiss the screensaver " "when it is set to ask for it." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:36 msgid "Show tooltips for the keyboard's buttons." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:37 msgid "Show tooltips for the keyboard's buttons." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:39 msgid "Dock to screen edge" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:40 msgid "Dock the keyboard to the edge of the screen." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:42 msgid "Docking" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:43 msgid "Show window _decoration" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:44 msgid "Show window caption and frame." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:45 msgid "Show always on visible _workspace" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:46 msgid ""Sticky" mode for keyboard and floating icon." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:47 msgid "\"Sticky\" mode for keyboard and floating icon." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:48 msgid "_Force window to top" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:49 msgid "Try harder to keep Onboard above anything on-screen." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:50 msgid "Keep _aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:51 msgid "Constrain window size to the layout's aspect ratio." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:52 msgid "Constrain window size to the layout's aspect ratio." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:53 msgid "Floating Window Options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:54 msgid "Window options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:55 msgid "Wind_ow:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:56 msgid "Transparency of the whole keyboard window. Requires compositing." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:58 msgid "Transparency of the keyboard background" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:59 msgid "_No background" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:60 msgid "Show the desktop through the gaps between keys." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:62 msgid "Set _transparency to" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:63 msgid "Enable inactive transparency. Requires compositing." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:64 msgid "" "Transparency when the pointer leaves the keyboard. Requires compositing." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:66 msgid "Delay in seconds until the inactive transparency takes effect." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:68 msgid "When Inactive" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:69 msgid "_Frame resize handles:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:70 msgid "Resize Protection" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:71 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:72 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:73 msgid "_Open layouts folder" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:74 msgid "C_ustomize theme" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:75 msgid "Follow _system theme" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:76 msgid "Remember what Onboard theme was last used for every system theme." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:78 msgid "Show label popups" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:79 msgid "Show label popups above pressed keys." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:81 msgid "Play click sound on keypress." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:82 msgid "Key-press Feedback" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:83 msgid "Show secondary labels" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:84 msgid "Show characters reachable with or without the shift key." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:85 msgid "Key Labels" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:86 msgid "_Long press action:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:87 msgid "" "Choose between key-repeat or long-press menus. Mainly affects alpha-numeric " "keys." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:88 msgid "Key-stroke _generation:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:89 msgid "Modifier _behavior:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:90 msgid "Behavior of modifier and layer keys." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:91 msgid "Modifier auto-release delay:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:92 msgid "" "Seconds of inactivity until active modifiers and layer keys are released. 0 " "to disable." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:93 msgid "Key Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:94 msgid "_Touch input (requires restart):" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:95 msgid "_Input event source:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:96 msgid "" "Choose 'XInput' for more reliable typing into text entries with " "pop-up selections. The 'GTK' option offers better compatibility, " "but typing may fail in the presence of pointer grabs, e.g. with open pop-up " "windows." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:97 msgid "" "Choose 'XInput' for more reliable typing into text entries with pop-up " "selections. The 'GTK' option offers better compatibility, but typing may " "fail in the presence of pointer grabs, e.g. with open pop-up windows." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:98 msgid "Input Options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:99 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:100 msgid "Show _suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:101 msgid "Enable word completion and prediction." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:102 msgid "Show spelling suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:103 msgid "Check spelling of the word at or before the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:104 msgid "_Learn from typed text" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:105 msgid "" "Remember new words, their recency and frequency to improve the suggestions " "over time." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:106 msgid "Insert word _separators" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:107 msgid "" "Add and remove spaces when inserting word suggestions followed by " "punctuation characters." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:108 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:109 msgid "Show lan_guage switcher" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:110 msgid "Show a button for language selection." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:111 msgid "Show button to pause learning" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:112 msgid "Words typed while this button is pressed won't be remembered." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:113 msgid "Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:114 msgid "Word Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:115 msgid "Auto-capitalize while typing" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:116 msgid "Automatically capitalize sentence begins and name words." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:117 msgid "Auto-correct spelling" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:118 msgid "Automatically correct the last word." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:119 msgid "The spell check engine to use." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:120 msgid "Spell-check backend:" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:121 msgid "Auto-correction" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:124 msgid "Time in seconds before a click is triggered." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:125 msgid "Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:126 msgid "Hide hover click window" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:127 msgid "Hide the system-provided hover click window while Onboard is running." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:128 msgid "Enable click type window on exit" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:129 msgid "" "Always enable the system-provided hover click window when exiting Onboard." msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:130 msgid "Hover Click" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:131 msgid "Enable keyboard _scanning" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:132 msgid "Sc_anner Settings" msgstr "" #: ../settings.ui.h:133 msgid "Keyboard Scanning" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:574 msgid "Copy layout '{}' to this new name:" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:587 msgid "Delete layout '{}'?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:691 msgid "Core layouts" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:692 msgid "Contributions" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:693 msgid "User layouts" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:727 msgid "Author: {}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/settings.py:730 msgid "About Layout" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/WPEngine.py:427 msgid "Failed to load language model '{}': {} ({})" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:134 msgid "" "Loading legacy layout, format '{}'. Please consider upgrading to current " "format '{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:374 msgid "Ignoring key '{}'. No svg filename defined." msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:593 msgid "Snippet {}" msgstr "" #. i18n: full string is "Snippet n, unassigned" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:597 msgid ", unassigned" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:906 msgid "copying layout '{}' to '{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:926 msgid "copy_layouts failed, unsupported layout format '{}'." msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/LayoutLoaderSVG.py:969 msgid "copying svg file '{}' to '{}'" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'hoverclick' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:15 ../data/layoutstrings.py:173 msgid "Activate Hover Click" msgstr "" #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:16 msgid "Alphanumeric keys" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'dragclick' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:28 ../data/layoutstrings.py:203 msgid "Drag click" msgstr "" #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:35 msgid "Function keys" msgstr "" #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:36 msgid "Number block and function keys" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'hide' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:37 ../data/layoutstrings.py:227 msgid "Hide Onboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'pause-learning.wordlist' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:38 ../data/layoutstrings.py:272 msgid "Pause learning" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer0' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:43 ../data/layoutstrings.py:245 msgid "Main keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'middleclick' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:46 ../data/layoutstrings.py:254 msgid "Middle click" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'move' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:47 ../data/layoutstrings.py:263 msgid "Move Onboard" msgstr "" #. translators: very short label of the NUMLOCK key #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:49 msgid "Nm Lk" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer1' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:50 ../data/layoutstrings.py:269 msgid "Number block and snippets" msgstr "" #. translators: very short label of the PAGE DOWN key #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:54 msgid "Pg Dn" msgstr "" #. translators: very short label of the PAGE UP key #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:56 msgid "Pg Up" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'showclick' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:70 ../data/layoutstrings.py:341 msgid "Toggle click helpers" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2606 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB07' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:78 ../data/layoutstrings.py:350 msgid "White star" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+260F #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB03' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:80 ../data/layoutstrings.py:356 msgid "White telephone" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2615 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:82 msgid "Hot beverage" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2620 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:84 msgid "Skull and crossbones" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2622 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB09' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:86 ../data/layoutstrings.py:287 msgid "Radioactive sign" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+262E #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB06' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:88 ../data/layoutstrings.py:275 msgid "Peace symbol" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+262F #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB08' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:90 ../data/layoutstrings.py:362 msgid "Yin yang" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2639 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC01' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:92 ../data/layoutstrings.py:218 msgid "Frowning face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+263A #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD01' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:94 ../data/layoutstrings.py:299 msgid "Smiling face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+263C #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD10' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:96 ../data/layoutstrings.py:353 msgid "White sun with rays" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+263E #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC10' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:98 ../data/layoutstrings.py:242 msgid "Last quarter moon" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2640 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD09' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:100 ../data/layoutstrings.py:215 msgid "Female sign" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2642 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC09' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:102 ../data/layoutstrings.py:248 msgid "Male sign" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2661 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB01' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:104 ../data/layoutstrings.py:347 msgid "White heart suit" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2662 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:106 msgid "White diamond suit" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2664 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:108 msgid "White spade suit" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+2667 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:110 msgid "White club suit" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+266B #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DB02' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:112 ../data/layoutstrings.py:185 msgid "Beamed eighth note" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+270C #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:116 msgid "Victory hand" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+270D #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:118 msgid "Writing hand" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F604 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD03' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:120 ../data/layoutstrings.py:308 msgid "Smiling face with open mouth and smiling eyes" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F607 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD08' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:122 ../data/layoutstrings.py:302 msgid "Smiling face with halo" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F608 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC08' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:124 ../data/layoutstrings.py:305 msgid "Smiling face with horns" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F609 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD04' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:126 ../data/layoutstrings.py:359 msgid "Winking face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F60A #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD02' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:128 ../data/layoutstrings.py:311 msgid "Smiling face with smiling eyes" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F60B #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC07' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:130 ../data/layoutstrings.py:209 msgid "Face savouring delicious food" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F60D #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:132 msgid "Smiling face with heart-shaped eyes" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F60E #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD07' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:134 ../data/layoutstrings.py:314 msgid "Smiling face with sunglasses" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F60F #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:136 msgid "Smirking face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F610 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:138 msgid "Neutral face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F612 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:140 msgid "Unamused face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F616 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC05' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:142 ../data/layoutstrings.py:188 msgid "Confounded face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F618 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:144 msgid "Face throwing a kiss" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F61A #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD06' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:146 ../data/layoutstrings.py:239 msgid "Kissing face with closed eyes" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F61C #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DD05' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:148 ../data/layoutstrings.py:212 msgid "Face with stuck-out tongue and winking eye" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F61D #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:150 msgid "Face with stuck-out tongue and tightly closed eyes" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F61E #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:152 msgid "Disappointed face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F620 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC02' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:154 ../data/layoutstrings.py:176 msgid "Angry face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F621 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:156 msgid "Pouting face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F622 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC03' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:158 ../data/layoutstrings.py:191 msgid "Crying face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F623 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:160 msgid "Persevering face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F629 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:162 msgid "Weary face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F62B #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC06' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:164 ../data/layoutstrings.py:338 msgid "Tired face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F632 #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'DC04' in keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:166 ../data/layoutstrings.py:182 msgid "Astonished face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F633 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:168 msgid "Flushed face" msgstr "" #. translators: description of unicode character U+1F635 #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:170 msgid "Dizzy face" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer4' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:179 msgid "Arrows" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer5' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:194 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Full Keyboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:197 msgid "Desktop keyboard with edit and function keys" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer0' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:221 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Grid.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:224 msgid "Grid of keys, suitable for keyboard scanning" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'hide' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:230 msgid "Hide keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:233 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard." msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'description' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:236 msgid "" "Keyboard layout with Greek literals, arrows and more, for math and physics " "education on an interactive Whiteboard.\n" "This layout places all keys on a single, very wide layer." msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Compact.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:251 msgid "Medium size desktop keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Phone.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:257 msgid "Mobile keyboard for small screens" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'expand-corrections' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:260 msgid "More suggestions" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'move' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:266 msgid "Move keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'quit' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:281 msgid "Quit Keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'quit' in keyboard layout 'key_defs.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:284 msgid "Quit Onboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer2' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:293 msgid "Set and Settings" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Small.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:320 msgid "Space efficient desktop keyboard" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer3' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:323 msgid "Special Characters" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard_wide.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:326 msgid "Special characters for interactive Whiteboards, wide" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'summary' of the keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:329 msgid "Special characters for interactive whiteboards" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key 'correction' in keyboard layout 'word_suggestions.xml' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:332 msgid "Spelling suggestion" msgstr "" #. translators: this is a 'tooltip' of the key_template 'layer1' in keyboard layout 'Whiteboard.onboard' #: ../data/layoutstrings.py:335 msgid "Sub-, Superscripts; Fractions" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:281 msgid "Migrating user directory '{}' to '{}'." msgstr "" #. honor XDG spec #. python >2.5 #: ../Onboard/Config.py:289 msgid "failed to migrate user directory. " msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:595 msgid "layout '{filename}' does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:637 msgid "theme '{filename}' does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:662 msgid "Loading theme from '{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:666 msgid "Unable to read theme '{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:793 msgid "" "Enabling auto-show requires Gnome Accessibility.\n" "\n" "Onboard can turn on accessiblity now, however it is recommended that you log " "out and back in for it to reach its full potential.\n" "\n" "Enable accessibility now?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Config.py:1297 msgid "color scheme '{filename}' does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/WordSuggestions.py:2052 msgid "" "Onboard failed to open learned word suggestions.\n" "\n" "The error was:\n" "{}\n" "\n" "Revert word suggestions to the last backup (recommended)?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/WordSuggestions.py:2070 msgid "" "Onboard failed to open learned word suggestions.\n" "\n" "The error was:\n" "{}\n" "\n" "The suggestions have to be reset, but the erroneous file will remain at \n" "'{}'" msgstr "" #: ../data/onboard.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Onboard onscreen keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/KeyboardWidget.py:1508 msgid " - System Language" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Color Sche_me" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Light Direction" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "R_oundness:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "S_ize:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "B_order width:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Key Style" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Attributes:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "I_ndependent size" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "_Super key:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_theme_dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "Label Override" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:345 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However the system is not configured anymore to use Onboard to unlock the " "screen. A possible reason can be that another application configured the " "system to use something else.\n" "\n" "Would you like to reconfigure the system to show Onboard when unlocking the " "screen?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/OnboardGtk.py:361 msgid "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialog to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" msgstr "" "Onboard is configured to appear with the dialogue to unlock the screen; for " "example to dismiss the password-protected screensaver.\n" "\n" "However this function is disabled in the system.\n" "\n" "Would you like to activate it?" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:61 msgid "gsettings schema for '{}' is not installed" msgstr "" #. assume filename is just a basename instead of a full file path #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:418 msgid "{description} '{filename}' not found yet, retrying in default paths" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:427 msgid "unable to locate '{filename}', loading default {description} instead" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:436 msgid "failed to find {description} '{filename}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:440 msgid "{description} '{filepath}' found." msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:531 msgid "Looking for system defaults in {paths}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:542 msgid "Failed to read system defaults. " msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:546 msgid "No system defaults found." msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:548 msgid "Loading system defaults from {filename}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:572 msgid "Found system default '[{}] {}={}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:590 msgid "System defaults: Unknown key '{}' in section '{}'" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:597 msgid "System defaults: Invalid enum value for key '{}' in section '{}': {}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:610 msgid "" "System defaults: Invalid value for key '{}' in section '{}'\n" " {}" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/ConfigUtils.py:673 msgid "Failed to get gsettings value. " msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Automatic scan for 1 switch" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Critical overscan for 1 switch" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Step scan for 2 switches" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Directed scan for 3 or 5 switches" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Select a scanning _profile:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Step interval:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Sc_an cycles:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "" "The time the scanner rests on a key or group before moving to the next. (in " "seconds)" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "" "The number of times the scanner cycles through the entire keyboard before it " "stops." msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Step _only during switch down" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Progress the highlight only while the switch is held down." msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward interval:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "_Backtrack interval:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "The time the scanner rests on a key while progressing forward. (in seconds)" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "" "The time the scanner rests on a key while moving backwards. (in seconds)" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Backtrack _steps:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "The number of keys the scanner steps back before moving forward again." msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Alternate switch actions" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "" "Swap the scan actions after every key activation. The Step action will " "become the Activate action and vice versa." msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "_Select an input device:" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "_Use this device only for scanning" msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "" "The selected device should not control the system mouse cursor or the " "keyboard caret." msgstr "" #: ../settings_scanner_dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Input Device" msgstr "" #: ../data/onboard-settings.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Onboard Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/onboard-settings.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Onboard onscreen keyboard settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/onboard-settings.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "Change Onboard settings" msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Docking settings" msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Shrink workarea" msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Shrink the available space for maximized windows." msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Expand on landscape screens" msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Expand keyboard to the width of the workarea." msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Expand on portrait screens" msgstr "" #: ../settings_docking_dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Dock to screen edge:" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/Appearance.py:925 ../Onboard/Appearance.py:1057 msgid "" "Duplicate key_id '{}' found in color scheme file. Key_ids must occur only " "once." msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/utils.py:324 msgid "New Input Device" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/utils.py:325 msgid "Onboard has detected a new input device" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/utils.py:334 msgid "Do you want to use this device for keyboard scanning?" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/utils.py:338 msgid "Use device" msgstr "" #: ../Onboard/utils.py:1669 msgid "failed to create directory '{}': {}" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/system-config-printer.po0000644000000000000000000017424612321561556023355 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for system-config-printer # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the system-config-printer package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: system-config-printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-14 16:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-28 22:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:01+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../authconn.py:38 ../pysmb.py:128 msgid "Domain:" msgstr "" #. After that, prompt #: ../authconn.py:47 ../authconn.py:472 ../pysmb.py:99 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../authconn.py:86 msgid "Remember password" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:68 msgid "" "The password may be incorrect, or the server may be configured to deny " "remote administration." msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:74 msgid "Bad request" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:76 msgid "Not found" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:78 msgid "Request timeout" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:80 msgid "Upgrade required" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:82 msgid "Server error" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:84 ../system-config-printer.py:677 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:86 #, python-format msgid "status %s" msgstr "" #: ../errordialogs.py:88 #, python-format msgid "There was an HTTP error: %s." msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:186 msgid "Delete Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:187 msgid "Do you really want to delete these jobs?" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:189 msgid "Delete Job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:190 msgid "Do you really want to delete this job?" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:193 msgid "Cancel Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:194 msgid "Do you really want to cancel these jobs?" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:196 msgid "Cancel Job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:197 msgid "Do you really want to cancel this job?" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:202 msgid "Keep Printing" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:269 msgid "deleting job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:271 msgid "canceling job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:368 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:369 msgid "Cancel selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:370 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:371 msgid "Delete selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:372 msgid "_Hold" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:373 msgid "Hold selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:374 msgid "_Release" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:375 msgid "Release selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:376 msgid "Re_print" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:377 msgid "Reprint selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:378 msgid "Re_trieve" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:379 msgid "Retrieve selected jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:380 msgid "_Move To" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:381 msgid "_Authenticate" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:383 msgid "_View Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:386 ../jobviewer.py:595 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:449 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:84 msgid "Job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:450 msgid "User" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:451 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:88 msgid "Document" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:452 ../system-config-printer.py:823 #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:86 msgid "Printer" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:453 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:469 msgid "Time submitted" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:473 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:89 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:503 #, python-format msgid "my jobs on %s" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:505 msgid "my jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:510 msgid "all jobs" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:511 #, python-format msgid "Document Print Status (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:585 msgid "Job attributes" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:720 ../jobviewer.py:1052 ../jobviewer.py:1817 #: ../jobviewer.py:1847 ../jobviewer.py:2235 ../jobviewer.py:2240 #: ../jobviewer.py:2254 ../jobviewer.py:2334 ../printerproperties.py:1648 #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:93 ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:102 #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:103 #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:106 #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:107 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:94 ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:95 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:98 ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:99 #: ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:99 ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:726 msgid "a minute ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:729 #, python-format msgid "%d minutes ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:733 msgid "an hour ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:735 #, python-format msgid "%d hours ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:739 msgid "yesterday" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:741 #, python-format msgid "%d days ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:745 msgid "last week" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:747 #, python-format msgid "%d weeks ago" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1002 ../jobviewer.py:1084 msgid "authenticating job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1050 #, python-format msgid "Authentication required for printing document `%s' (job %d)" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1348 msgid "holding job" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1374 msgid "releasing job" msgstr "" #. give the default filename some meaningful name #: ../jobviewer.py:1432 msgid "retrieved" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1442 msgid "Save File" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1546 ../system-config-printer.py:242 #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:9 ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:37 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:43 ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:43 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1549 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1673 msgid "No documents queued" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1675 msgid "1 document queued" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1677 #, python-format msgid "%d documents queued" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1733 #, python-format msgid "processing / pending: %d / %d" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1848 msgid "Document printed" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:1849 #, python-format msgid "Document `%s' has been sent to `%s' for printing." msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2011 #, python-format msgid "There was a problem sending document `%s' (job %d) to the printer." msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2015 #, python-format msgid "There was a problem processing document `%s' (job %d)." msgstr "" #. Give up and use the provided message untranslated. #: ../jobviewer.py:2022 #, python-format msgid "There was a problem printing document `%s' (job %d): `%s'." msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2029 ../jobviewer.py:2045 msgid "Print Error" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2030 msgid "_Diagnose" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2051 #, python-format msgid "The printer called `%s' has been disabled." msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2246 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2268 msgid "Held for authentication" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2270 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:44 msgid "Held" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2306 #, python-format msgid "Held until %s" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2311 msgid "Held until day-time" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2313 msgid "Held until evening" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2315 msgid "Held until night-time" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2317 msgid "Held until second shift" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2319 msgid "Held until third shift" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2321 msgid "Held until weekend" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2324 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:43 msgid "Pending" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2325 ../printerproperties.py:72 #: ../system-config-printer.py:126 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:45 msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2326 ../printerproperties.py:76 #: ../system-config-printer.py:128 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:46 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2327 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:47 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2328 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:48 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #: ../jobviewer.py:2329 ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:49 msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:75 msgid "" "The firewall may need adjusting in order to detect network printers. Adjust " "the firewall now?" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:352 ../newprinter.py:363 ../newprinter.py:369 #: ../newprinter.py:374 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. See section 4.2.6 of this document for explanation of finishing types: #. ftp://ftp.pwg.org/pub/pwg/candidates/cs-ippfinishings10-20010205-5100.1.pdf #: ../newprinter.py:364 ../newprinter.py:375 ../newprinter.py:3719 #: ../ppdippstr.py:65 ../printerproperties.py:281 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:365 msgid "Odd" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:366 msgid "Even" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:376 msgid "XON/XOFF (Software)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:377 msgid "RTS/CTS (Hardware)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:378 msgid "DTR/DSR (Hardware)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:396 ../printerproperties.py:235 msgid "Members of this class" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:398 ../printerproperties.py:236 msgid "Others" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:399 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:400 msgid "Connections" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:401 msgid "Makes" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:402 msgid "Models" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:403 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:404 ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:101 msgid "Downloadable Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:482 msgid "Browsing not available (pysmbc not installed)" msgstr "" #. SMB list columns #: ../newprinter.py:488 msgid "Share" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:494 msgid "Comment" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:509 msgid "" "PostScript Printer Description files (*.ppd, *.PPD, *.ppd.gz, *.PPD.gz, *." "PPD.GZ)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:518 msgid "All files (*)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:669 ../newprinter.py:1555 ../newprinter.py:3198 #: ../newprinter.py:3329 ../newprinter.py:3377 ../applet.py:127 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:696 ../newprinter.py:718 ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:1 msgid "New Printer" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:704 msgid "New Class" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:709 msgid "Change Device URI" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:716 msgid "Change Driver" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:720 msgid "Download Printer Driver" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:729 ../newprinter.py:2053 msgid "fetching device list" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:968 #, python-format msgid "Installing driver %s" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:976 msgid "Installing ..." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:1336 ../newprinter.py:1491 ../newprinter.py:3005 #: ../newprinter.py:3224 ../ppdsloader.py:86 msgid "Searching" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:1344 ../newprinter.py:1492 ../ppdsloader.py:94 msgid "Searching for drivers" msgstr "" #. device-info #. PhysicalDevice obj #. Separator? #: ../newprinter.py:1952 msgid "Enter URI" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:1957 msgid "Network Printer" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:1961 msgid "Find Network Printer" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2013 msgid "Allow all incoming IPP Browse packets" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2018 msgid "Allow all incoming mDNS traffic" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2029 ../newprinter.py:2032 ../newprinter.py:2459 #: ../newprinter.py:2465 ../serversettings.py:559 ../serversettings.py:564 msgid "Adjust Firewall" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2031 ../newprinter.py:2464 msgid "Do It Later" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2140 ../newprinter.py:3610 msgid " (Current)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2210 msgid "Scanning..." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2266 msgid "No Print Shares" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2267 msgid "" "There were no print shares found. Please check that the Samba service is " "marked as trusted in your firewall configuration." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2423 #, python-format msgid "Verification requires the %s module" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2461 msgid "Allow all incoming SMB/CIFS browse packets" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2577 msgid "Print Share Verified" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2578 msgid "This print share is accessible." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2583 msgid "This print share is not accessible." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2586 msgid "Print Share Inaccessible" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2676 msgid "Parallel Port" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2678 msgid "Serial Port" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2680 msgid "USB" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2682 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2684 ../newprinter.py:2687 msgid "HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2686 ../newprinter.py:2816 ../newprinter.py:2818 #: ../system-config-printer.py:826 msgid "Fax" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2689 msgid "Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2691 ../ppdippstr.py:178 msgid "AppSocket/HP JetDirect" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2700 #, python-format msgid "LPD/LPR queue '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2703 msgid "LPD/LPR queue" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2706 ../ppdippstr.py:184 msgid "Windows Printer via SAMBA" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2717 ../newprinter.py:2719 msgid "IPP" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2721 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2729 ../newprinter.py:2880 msgid "Remote CUPS printer via DNS-SD" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2741 ../newprinter.py:2890 #, python-format msgid "%s network printer via DNS-SD" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2745 ../newprinter.py:2892 msgid "Network printer via DNS-SD" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2859 msgid "A printer connected to the parallel port." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2861 msgid "A printer connected to a USB port." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2863 msgid "A printer connected via Bluetooth." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2865 msgid "" "HPLIP software driving a printer, or the printer function of a multi-" "function device." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2868 msgid "" "HPLIP software driving a fax machine, or the fax function of a multi-" "function device." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:2871 msgid "Local printer detected by the Hardware Abstraction Layer (HAL)." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3006 msgid "Searching for printers" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3112 ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:45 msgid "No printer was found at that address." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3334 msgid "-- Select from search results --" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3336 msgid "-- No matches found --" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3426 ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:79 msgid "Local Driver" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3458 ../newprinter.py:3521 ../newprinter.py:3619 msgid " (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3651 msgid "This PPD is generated by foomatic." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3701 msgid "OpenPrinting" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3712 msgid "Distributable" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3754 msgid ", " msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3759 #, python-format msgid "" "\n" "(%s)" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3764 msgid "No support contacts known" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3768 ../newprinter.py:3781 msgid "Not specified." msgstr "" #. Foomatic database problem of some sort. #: ../newprinter.py:3829 msgid "Database error" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3830 #, python-format msgid "The '%s' driver cannot be used with printer '%s %s'." msgstr "" #. This printer references some XML that is not #. installed by default. Point the user at the #. package they need to install. #: ../newprinter.py:3840 #, python-format msgid "You will need to install the '%s' package in order to use this driver." msgstr "" #. This error came from trying to open the PPD file. #: ../newprinter.py:3847 msgid "PPD error" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3849 msgid "Failed to read PPD file. Possible reason follows:" msgstr "" #. Failed to get PPD downloaded from OpenPrinting XXX #: ../newprinter.py:3867 msgid "Downloadable drivers" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3868 msgid "Failed to download PPD." msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3876 msgid "fetching PPD" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:3905 ../newprinter.py:3943 msgid "No Installable Options" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:4007 #, python-format msgid "adding printer %s" msgstr "" #: ../newprinter.py:4032 ../newprinter.py:4044 ../newprinter.py:4062 #: ../printerproperties.py:1009 ../system-config-printer.py:1617 #: ../system-config-printer.py:1650 #, python-format msgid "modifying printer %s" msgstr "" #: ../optionwidgets.py:131 msgid "Conflicts with:" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:49 msgid "Abort job" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:50 msgid "Retry current job" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:51 msgid "Retry job" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:52 msgid "Stop printer" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:58 msgid "Default behavior" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:59 msgid "Authenticated" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:66 msgid "Classified" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:67 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:68 msgid "Secret" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:69 msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:70 msgid "Top secret" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:71 msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:77 msgid "No hold" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:78 msgid "Indefinite" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:79 msgid "Daytime" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:80 msgid "Evening" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:81 msgid "Night" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:82 msgid "Second shift" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:83 msgid "Third shift" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:84 msgid "Weekend" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:94 msgid "General" msgstr "" #. HPIJS options #: ../ppdippstr.py:97 msgid "Printout mode" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:99 msgid "Draft (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:101 msgid "Draft grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:103 msgid "Normal (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:105 msgid "Normal grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:107 msgid "High quality (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:109 msgid "High quality grayscale (auto-detect-paper type)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:110 msgid "Photo (on photo paper)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:112 msgid "Best quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:114 msgid "Normal quality (color on photo paper)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:116 msgid "Media source" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:117 msgid "Printer default" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:118 msgid "Photo tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:119 msgid "Upper tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:120 msgid "Lower tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:121 msgid "CD or DVD tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:122 msgid "Envelope feeder" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:123 msgid "Large capacity tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:124 msgid "Manual feeder" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:125 msgid "Multi-purpose tray" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:127 msgid "Page size" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:128 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:129 msgid "Photo or 4x6 inch index card" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:130 msgid "Photo or 5x7 inch index card" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:131 msgid "Photo with tear-off tab" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:132 msgid "3x5 inch index card" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:133 msgid "5x8 inch index card" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:134 msgid "A6 with tear-off tab" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:135 msgid "CD or DVD 80mm" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:136 msgid "CD or DVD 120mm" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:138 msgid "Double-sided printing" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:139 msgid "Long edge (standard)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:140 msgid "Short edge (flip)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:141 msgid "Off" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:144 msgid "Resolution, quality, ink type, media type" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:145 msgid "Controlled by 'Printout mode'" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:147 msgid "300 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:149 msgid "300 dpi, draft, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:151 msgid "300 dpi, draft, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:153 msgid "300 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:155 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:157 msgid "600 dpi, grayscale, black + color cartridge" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:159 msgid "600 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:161 msgid "600 dpi, color, black + color cartridge, photo paper, normal" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:163 msgid "1200 dpi, photo, black + color cartridge, photo paper" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:170 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:172 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (http)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:174 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (https)" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:176 msgid "LPD/LPR Host or Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:180 msgid "Serial Port #1" msgstr "" #: ../ppdippstr.py:182 msgid "LPT #1" msgstr "" #: ../ppdsloader.py:156 msgid "fetching PPDs" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:70 ../system-config-printer.py:125 msgid "Idle" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:74 ../system-config-printer.py:127 msgid "Busy" msgstr "" #. Printer state reasons list #: ../printerproperties.py:215 msgid "Message" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:237 msgid "Users" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:260 msgid "Portrait (no rotation)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:261 msgid "Landscape (90 degrees)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:262 msgid "Reverse landscape (270 degrees)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:263 msgid "Reverse portrait (180 degrees)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:269 msgid "Left to right, top to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:270 msgid "Left to right, bottom to top" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:271 msgid "Right to left, top to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:272 msgid "Right to left, bottom to top" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:273 msgid "Top to bottom, left to right" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:274 msgid "Top to bottom, right to left" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:275 msgid "Bottom to top, left to right" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:276 msgid "Bottom to top, right to left" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:282 msgid "Staple" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:283 msgid "Punch" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:284 msgid "Cover" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:285 msgid "Bind" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:286 msgid "Saddle stitch" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:287 msgid "Edge stitch" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:288 msgid "Fold" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:289 msgid "Trim" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:290 msgid "Bale" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:291 msgid "Booklet maker" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:292 msgid "Job offset" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:293 msgid "Staple (top left)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:294 msgid "Staple (bottom left)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:295 msgid "Staple (top right)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:296 msgid "Staple (bottom right)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:297 msgid "Edge stitch (left)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:298 msgid "Edge stitch (top)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:299 msgid "Edge stitch (right)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:300 msgid "Edge stitch (bottom)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:301 msgid "Staple dual (left)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:302 msgid "Staple dual (top)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:303 msgid "Staple dual (right)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:304 msgid "Staple dual (bottom)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:305 msgid "Bind (left)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:306 msgid "Bind (top)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:307 msgid "Bind (right)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:308 msgid "Bind (bottom)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:313 msgid "One-sided" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:314 msgid "Two-sided (long edge)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:315 msgid "Two-sided (short edge)" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:320 ../printerproperties.py:325 msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:321 msgid "Reverse" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:324 msgid "Draft" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:326 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:348 msgid "Automatic rotation" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:595 msgid "CUPS test page" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:596 msgid "" "Typically shows whether all jets on a print head are functioning and that " "the print feed mechanisms are working properly." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:603 #, python-format msgid "Printer Properties - '%s' on %s" msgstr "" #. The Conflict button was pressed. #: ../printerproperties.py:613 msgid "" "There are conflicting options.\n" "Changes can only be applied after\n" "these conflicts are resolved." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:968 msgid "Installable Options" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:969 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:41 msgid "Printer Options" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1007 #, python-format msgid "modifying class %s" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1024 msgid "This will delete this class!" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1025 msgid "Proceed anyway?" msgstr "" #. We can authenticate with the server correctly at this point, #. but we have never fetched the server settings to see whether #. the server is publishing shared printers. Fetch the settings #. now so that we can update the "not published" label if necessary. #: ../printerproperties.py:1118 ../serversettings.py:199 msgid "fetching server settings" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1201 msgid "printing test page" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1215 ../printerproperties.py:1256 msgid "Not possible" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1216 ../printerproperties.py:1257 msgid "" "The remote server did not accept the print job, most likely because the " "printer is not shared." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1228 ../printerproperties.py:1248 msgid "Submitted" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1229 #, python-format msgid "Test page submitted as job %d" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1241 msgid "sending maintenance command" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1249 #, python-format msgid "Maintenance command submitted as job %d" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1338 ../printerproperties.py:1343 #: ../printerproperties.py:1440 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1339 msgid "The PPD file for this queue is damaged." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1344 msgid "There was a problem connecting to the CUPS server." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1441 #, python-format msgid "Option '%s' has value '%s' and cannot be edited." msgstr "" #: ../printerproperties.py:1558 msgid "Marker levels are not reported for this printer." msgstr "" #: ../pysmb.py:114 #, python-format msgid "You must log in to access %s." msgstr "" #: ../serversettings.py:93 msgid "Problems?" msgstr "" #: ../serversettings.py:272 msgid "Enter hostname" msgstr "" #: ../serversettings.py:519 msgid "modifying server settings" msgstr "" #: ../serversettings.py:560 msgid "Adjust the firewall now to allow all incoming IPP connections?" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:207 msgid "_Connect..." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:208 msgid "Choose a different CUPS server" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:210 msgid "_Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:211 msgid "Adjust server settings" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:213 ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:3 msgid "_Printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:215 msgid "_Class" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:220 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:222 msgid "_Duplicate" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:226 msgid "Set As De_fault" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:230 msgid "_Create class" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:232 msgid "View Print _Queue" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:236 msgid "E_nabled" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:238 msgid "_Shared" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:243 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:244 ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:39 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:45 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:245 msgid "Manufacturer / Model" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:319 msgid "_New" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:672 #, python-format msgid "Printers - %s" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:675 #, python-format msgid "Connected to %s" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:726 msgid "obtaining queue details" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:817 msgid "Network printer (discovered)" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:820 msgid "Network class (discovered)" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:829 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:832 ../system-config-printer.py:838 #: ../troubleshoot/LocalOrRemote.py:30 msgid "Network printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:835 msgid "Network print share" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:989 msgid "Service framework not available" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:991 msgid "Cannot start service on remote server" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1039 ../ui/ConnectingDialog.ui.h:4 #, no-c-format, python-format msgid "Opening connection to %s" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1202 msgid "Set Default Printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1204 msgid "Do you want to set this as the system-wide default printer?" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1206 msgid "Set as the _system-wide default printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1208 msgid "_Clear my personal default setting" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1209 msgid "Set as my _personal default printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1214 msgid "setting default printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1263 msgid "Cannot Rename" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1264 msgid "There are queued jobs." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1282 msgid "Renaming will lose history" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1284 msgid "Completed jobs will no longer be available for re-printing." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1397 msgid "renaming printer" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1560 #, python-format msgid "Really delete class '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1562 #, python-format msgid "Really delete printer '%s'?" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1566 msgid "Really delete selected destinations?" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1589 #, python-format msgid "deleting printer %s" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1693 msgid "Publish Shared Printers" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1694 msgid "" "Shared printers are not available to other people unless the 'Publish shared " "printers' option is enabled in the server settings." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:1906 msgid "Would you like to print a test page?" msgstr "" #. Not more than 25 characters #: ../system-config-printer.py:1908 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:12 #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:74 msgid "Print Test Page" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:2000 msgid "Install driver" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:2001 ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:135 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' requires the %s package but it is not currently installed." msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:2016 msgid "Missing driver" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.py:2017 #, python-format msgid "" "Printer '%s' requires the '%s' program but it is not currently installed. " "Please install it before using this printer." msgstr "" #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Copyright © 2006-2012 Red Hat, Inc." msgstr "" #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A CUPS configuration tool." msgstr "" #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version.\n" "\n" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details.\n" "\n" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line. Thank you very much for your effort on translating system-config-printer and all our other tools! #: ../ui/AboutDialog.ui.h:9 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " blueXrider https://launchpad.net/~rick-green" #: ../ui/ConnectDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Connect to CUPS server" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ConnectDialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Require _encryption" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ConnectDialog.ui.h:3 msgid "CUPS _server:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ConnectingDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Connecting to CUPS server" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ConnectingDialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Connecting to CUPS server" msgstr "" #: ../ui/InstallDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Install" msgstr "" #: ../ui/JobsWindow.ui.h:1 msgid "Refresh job list" msgstr "" #: ../ui/JobsWindow.ui.h:2 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../ui/JobsWindow.ui.h:3 msgid "Show completed jobs" msgstr "" #: ../ui/JobsWindow.ui.h:4 msgid "Show _completed jobs" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterName.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterName.ui.h:2 msgid "New name for the printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:2 msgid "Describe Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:3 msgid "Short name for this printer such as \"laserjet\"" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:4 msgid "Printer Name" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:5 msgid "Human-readable description such as \"HP LaserJet with Duplexer\"" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:6 msgid "Description (optional)" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:7 msgid "Human-readable location such as \"Lab 1\"" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:8 msgid "Location (optional)" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:10 msgid "Select Device" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:11 msgid "Device description." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:12 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:13 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:14 msgid "Enter device URI" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:15 msgid "" "For example:\n" "ipp://cups-server/printers/printer-queue\n" "ipp://printer.mydomain/ipp" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:18 ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:47 msgid "Device URI" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:19 msgid "Host:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:20 msgid "Port number:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:21 msgid "Location of the network printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:22 msgid "JetDirect" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:23 msgid "Queue:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:24 msgid "Probe" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:25 msgid "Location of the LPD network printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:26 msgid "LPD" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:27 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:28 msgid "Baud Rate" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:29 msgid "Parity" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:30 msgid "Data Bits" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:31 msgid "Flow Control" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:32 msgid "Settings of the serial port" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:33 msgid "Serial" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:34 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:35 msgid "smb://[workgroup/]server[:port]/printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:36 msgid "SMB Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:37 msgid "Prompt user if authentication is required" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:38 msgid "Set authentication details now" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:42 msgid "_Verify..." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:43 msgid "SMB" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:44 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:46 msgid "Network Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:47 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:48 msgid "Connection" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:49 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:50 msgid "Choose Driver" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:51 msgid "Select printer from database" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:52 msgid "Provide PPD file" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:53 msgid "Search for a printer driver to download" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:54 msgid "" "The foomatic printer database contains various manufacturer provided " "PostScript Printer Description (PPD) files and also can generate PPD files " "for a large number of (non PostScript) printers. But in general manufacturer " "provided PPD files provide better access to the specific features of the " "printer." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:55 msgid "" "PostScript Printer Description (PPD) files can often be found on the driver " "disk that comes with the printer. For PostScript printers they are often " "part of the Windows® driver." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:56 msgid "Make and model:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:57 msgid "_Search" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:58 msgid "Printer model:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:59 msgid "Comments..." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:60 msgid "Choose Class Members" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:61 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:37 msgid "move left" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:62 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:38 msgid "move right" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:63 msgid "Class Members" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:64 msgid "Existing Settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:65 msgid "Try to transfer the current settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:66 msgid "Use the new PPD (Postscript Printer Description) as is." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:67 msgid "" "This way all current option settings will be lost. The default settings of " "the new PPD will be used. " msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:68 msgid "Try to copy the option settings over from the old PPD. " msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:69 msgid "" "This is done by assuming that options with the same name do have the same " "meaning. Settings of options that are not present in the new PPD will be " "lost and options only present in the new PPD will be set to default." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:70 msgid "Change PPD" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:71 msgid "Installable Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:72 msgid "" "This driver supports additional hardware that may be installed in the " "printer." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:73 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:40 msgid "Installed Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:74 msgid "" "For the printer you have selected there are drivers available for download." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:75 msgid "" "These drivers do not come from your operating system supplier and will not " "be covered by their commercial support. See the support and license terms " "of the driver's supplier." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:76 msgid "Note" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:77 msgid "Select Driver" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:78 msgid "" "With this choice no driver download will be performed. In the next steps a " "locally installed driver will be selected." msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:80 ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Description:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:81 msgid "License:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:82 msgid "Supplier:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:83 msgid "license" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:84 msgid "short description" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:85 msgid "Manufacturer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:86 msgid "supplier" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:87 msgid "Free software" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:88 msgid "Patented algorithms" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:89 msgid "Support:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:90 msgid "support contacts" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:91 msgid "Text:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:92 msgid "Line art:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:94 msgid "Photo:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:95 msgid "Graphics:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:96 msgid "Output Quality" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:97 msgid "Yes, I accept this license" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:98 msgid "No, I do not accept this license" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:99 msgid "License Terms" msgstr "" #: ../ui/NewPrinterWindow.ui.h:100 msgid "Driver details" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Printer Properties" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Device URI:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Printer State:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Change..." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Make and Model:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:8 msgid "printer state" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:9 msgid "make and model" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. Not more than 25 characters #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Print Self-Test Page" msgstr "" #. Not more than 25 characters #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Clean Print Heads" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Tests and Maintenance" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:20 msgid "Accepting jobs" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Shared" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:22 msgid "" "Not published\n" "See server settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:24 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Error Policy: \t" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Operation Policy:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Policies" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:28 msgid "Starting Banner:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:29 msgid "Ending Banner:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:30 msgid "Banner" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:31 msgid "Policies" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:32 msgid "Allow printing for everyone except these users:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:33 msgid "Deny printing for everyone except these users:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:34 msgid "user" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:35 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:36 msgid "Add or Remove Members" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:39 msgid "Members" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:42 msgid "" "Specify the default job options for this printer. Jobs arriving at this " "print server will have these options added if they are not already set by " "the application." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:43 msgid "Copies:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:44 msgid "Orientation:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:45 msgid "Pages per side:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:46 msgid "Scale to fit" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:47 msgid "Pages per side layout:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:48 msgid "Brightness:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:49 msgid "Reset" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:50 msgid "Finishings:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:51 msgid "Job priority:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:52 msgid "Media:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:53 msgid "Sides:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:54 msgid "Hold until:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:55 msgid "Output order:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:56 msgid "Print quality:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:57 msgid "Printer resolution:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:58 msgid "Output bin:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:59 msgid "More" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:60 msgid "Common Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:61 msgid "Scaling:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:62 msgid "Mirror" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:63 msgid "Saturation:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:64 msgid "Hue adjustment:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:65 msgid "Gamma:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:66 msgid "Image Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:67 msgid "Characters per inch:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:68 msgid "Lines per inch:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:69 msgid "points" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:70 msgid " " msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:71 msgid "Left margin:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:72 msgid "Right margin:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:73 msgid "Pretty print" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:74 msgid "Word wrap" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:75 msgid "Columns:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:76 msgid "Top margin:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:77 msgid "Bottom margin:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:78 msgid "Text Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:79 msgid "To add a new option, enter its name in the box below and click to add." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:80 msgid "Other Options (Advanced)" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:81 msgid "Job Options" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:82 msgid "Ink/Toner Levels" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:83 msgid "There are no status messages for this printer." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:84 msgid "Status Messages" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:85 msgid "Ink/Toner Levels" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrinterPropertiesDialog.ui.h:86 msgid "Co_nflicts" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:1 msgid "System-Config-Printer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:2 msgid "_Server" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:4 msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:5 msgid "_Discovered Printers" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:6 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:7 msgid "_Troubleshoot" msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:8 msgid "There are no printers configured yet." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:9 msgid "" "Printing service not available. Start the service on this computer or " "connect to another server." msgstr "" #: ../ui/PrintersWindow.ui.h:10 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Show printers shared by other systems" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Publish shared printers connected to this system" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Allow printing from the _Internet" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Allow _remote administration" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Allow _users to cancel any job (not just their own)" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Save _debugging information for troubleshooting" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not preserve job history" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Preserve job history but not files" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Preserve job files (allow reprinting)" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Job history" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:12 msgid "" "Usually print servers broadcast their queues. Specify print servers below to " "periodically ask for queues instead." msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse servers" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Advanced Server Settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/ServerSettingsDialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Basic Server Settings" msgstr "" #: ../ui/SMBBrowseDialog.ui.h:1 msgid "SMB Browser" msgstr "" #: ../ui/statusicon_popupmenu.ui.h:1 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "" #: ../ui/statusicon_popupmenu.ui.h:2 msgid "_Configure Printers" msgstr "" #: ../ui/WaitWindow.ui.h:1 msgid "Please Wait" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #: ../system-config-printer.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Configure printers" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:96 msgid "Toner low" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:97 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:98 msgid "Toner empty" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:99 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:100 msgid "Cover open" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:101 #, python-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:102 msgid "Door open" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:103 #, python-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:104 msgid "Paper low" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:105 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:106 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:107 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:108 msgid "Ink low" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:109 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on ink." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:110 msgid "Ink empty" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:111 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no ink left." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:112 msgid "Printer off-line" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:113 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently off-line." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:114 msgid "Not connected?" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:115 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s' may not be connected." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:116 ../statereason.py:136 msgid "Printer error" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:117 #, python-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:119 msgid "Printer configuration error" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:120 #, python-format msgid "There is a missing print filter for printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:132 msgid "Printer report" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:134 msgid "Printer warning" msgstr "" #: ../statereason.py:153 #, python-format msgid "Printer '%s': '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../timedops.py:116 ../timedops.py:196 msgid "Please wait" msgstr "" #: ../timedops.py:122 ../timedops.py:203 msgid "Gathering information" msgstr "" #: ../ToolbarSearchEntry.py:73 msgid "_Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/__init__.py:55 msgid "Printing troubleshooter" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/base.py:34 msgid "" "To start this tool, select System->Administration->Print Settings from the " "main menu." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckLocalServerPublishing.py:28 msgid "Server Not Exporting Printers" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckLocalServerPublishing.py:29 msgid "" "Although one or more printers are marked as being shared, this print server " "is not exporting shared printers to the network." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckLocalServerPublishing.py:33 msgid "" "Enable the 'Publish shared printers connected to this system' option in the " "server settings using the printing administration tool." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:47 ../applet.py:179 msgid "Install" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:99 msgid "Invalid PPD File" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:110 #, python-format msgid "" "The PPD file for printer '%s' does not conform to the specification. " "Possible reason follows:" msgstr "" #. Perhaps cupstestppd is not in the path. #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:116 #, python-format msgid "There is a problem with the PPD file for printer '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:126 msgid "Missing Printer Driver" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/CheckPPDSanity.py:140 #, python-format msgid "" "Printer '%s' requires the '%s' program but it is not currently installed." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:31 msgid "Choose Network Printer" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:32 msgid "" "Please select the network printer you are trying to use from the list below. " "If it does not appear in the list, select 'Not listed'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:41 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:47 ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:45 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChooseNetworkPrinter.py:75 #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:71 ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:77 msgid "Not listed" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:37 msgid "Choose Printer" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ChoosePrinter.py:38 msgid "" "Please select the printer you are trying to use from the list below. If it " "does not appear in the list, select 'Not listed'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:37 msgid "Choose Device" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/DeviceListed.py:38 msgid "" "Please select the device you want to use from the list below. If it does not " "appear in the list, select 'Not listed'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogCheckpoint.py:33 msgid "Debugging" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogCheckpoint.py:34 msgid "" "This step will enable debugging output from the CUPS scheduler. This may " "cause the scheduler to restart. Click the button below to enable debugging." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogCheckpoint.py:38 msgid "Enable Debugging" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogCheckpoint.py:217 msgid "Debug logging enabled." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogCheckpoint.py:219 msgid "Debug logging was already enabled." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogParse.py:31 msgid "Error log messages" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ErrorLogParse.py:32 msgid "There are messages in the error log." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Locale.py:31 msgid "Incorrect Page Size" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Locale.py:32 msgid "" "The page size for the print job was not the printer's default page size. If " "this is not intentional it may cause alignment problems." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Locale.py:45 msgid "Print job page size:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Locale.py:50 msgid "Printer page size:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/LocalOrRemote.py:26 msgid "Printer Location" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/LocalOrRemote.py:27 msgid "Is the printer connected to this computer or available on the network?" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/LocalOrRemote.py:29 msgid "Locally connected printer" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/NetworkCUPSPrinterShared.py:28 msgid "Queue Not Shared" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/NetworkCUPSPrinterShared.py:29 msgid "The CUPS printer on the server is not shared." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrinterStateReasons.py:33 msgid "Status Messages" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrinterStateReasons.py:34 msgid "There are status messages associated with this queue." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrinterStateReasons.py:64 #, python-format msgid "The printer's state message is: '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrinterStateReasons.py:89 msgid "Errors are listed below:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrinterStateReasons.py:94 msgid "Warnings are listed below:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:64 msgid "Test Page" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:65 msgid "" "Now print a test page. If you are having problems printing a specific " "document, print that document now and mark the print job below." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:77 msgid "Cancel All Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:83 msgid "Test" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:113 msgid "Did the marked print jobs print correctly?" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:120 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:121 msgid "No" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:144 #, python-format msgid "Remember to load paper of type '%s' into the printer first." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/PrintTestPage.py:433 msgid "Error submitting test page" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueNotEnabled.py:58 #: ../troubleshoot/QueueRejectingJobs.py:68 #, python-format msgid "The reason given is: '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueNotEnabled.py:60 msgid "This may be due to the printer being disconnected or switched off." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueNotEnabled.py:64 msgid "Queue Not Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueNotEnabled.py:65 #, python-format msgid "The queue '%s' is not enabled." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueNotEnabled.py:73 msgid "" "To enable it, select the 'Enabled' checkbox in the 'Policies' tab for the " "printer in the printer administration tool." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueRejectingJobs.py:33 msgid "Queue Rejecting Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueRejectingJobs.py:65 #, python-format msgid "The queue '%s' is rejecting jobs." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/QueueRejectingJobs.py:72 msgid "" "To make the queue accept jobs, select the 'Accepting Jobs' checkbox in the " "'Policies' tab for the printer in the printer administration tool." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/RemoteAddress.py:28 msgid "Remote Address" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/RemoteAddress.py:29 msgid "" "Please enter as many details as you can about the network address of this " "printer." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/RemoteAddress.py:37 msgid "Server name:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/RemoteAddress.py:44 msgid "Server IP address:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/SchedulerNotRunning.py:28 msgid "CUPS Service Stopped" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/SchedulerNotRunning.py:29 msgid "" "The CUPS print spooler does not appear to be running. To correct this, " "choose System->Administration->Services from the main menu and look for the " "'cups' service." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ServerFirewalled.py:28 msgid "Check Server Firewall" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ServerFirewalled.py:29 msgid "It is not possible to connect to the server." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/ServerFirewalled.py:44 #, python-format msgid "" "Please check to see if a firewall or router configuration is blocking TCP " "port %d on server '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Shrug.py:28 msgid "Sorry!" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Shrug.py:29 msgid "" "There is no obvious solution to this problem. Your answers have been " "collected together with other useful information. If you would like to " "report a bug, please include this information." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Shrug.py:36 msgid "Diagnostic Output (Advanced)" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Shrug.py:96 msgid "Error saving file" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Shrug.py:97 msgid "There was an error saving the file:" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Welcome.py:45 msgid "Trouble-shooting Printing" msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Welcome.py:47 msgid "" "The next few screens will contain some questions about your problem with " "printing. Based on your answers a solution may be suggested." msgstr "" #: ../troubleshoot/Welcome.py:51 msgid "Click 'Forward' to begin." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:83 msgid "Configuring new printer" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:84 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "" #. name is a URI, no queue was generated, because no suitable #. driver was found #: ../applet.py:113 ../applet.py:166 msgid "Missing printer driver" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:120 #, python-format msgid "No printer driver for %s." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:122 msgid "No driver for this printer." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:164 msgid "Printer added" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:170 msgid "Install printer driver" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:171 #, python-format msgid "`%s' requires driver installation: %s." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:195 #, python-format msgid "`%s' is ready for printing." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:199 ../applet.py:211 msgid "Print test page" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:202 msgid "Configure" msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:206 #, python-format msgid "`%s' has been added, using the `%s' driver." msgstr "" #: ../applet.py:214 msgid "Find driver" msgstr "" #: ../print-applet.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Print Queue Applet" msgstr "" #: ../print-applet.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "System tray icon for managing print jobs" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/brasero.po0000644000000000000000000001173112321561557020530 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for brasero # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the brasero package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: brasero\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-02-11 03:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/brasero.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "disc;cdrom;dvd;burn;audio;video;" msgstr "" #: ../data/brasero.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Open a New Window" msgstr "" #: ../data/brasero.desktop.in.in.h:7 msgid "Burn an Image File" msgstr "" #: ../data/brasero.desktop.in.in.h:8 msgid "Create an Audio Project" msgstr "" #: ../data/brasero.desktop.in.in.h:9 msgid "Create a Video Project" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:79 msgid "Cancel ongoing burning" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show _Dialog" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:84 msgid "Show dialog" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:256 #, c-format msgid "%s, %d%% done, %s remaining" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:263 #, c-format msgid "%s, %d%% done" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-app-indicator.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Brasero Disc Burner: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-burn/brasero-burn-dialog.c:1972 msgid "Create Co_ver" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-media/scsi-error.c:51 msgid "Invalid parameter in command" msgstr "Invalid parametre in command" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:230 msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:261 msgid "Solid color" msgstr "Solid colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-background.c:345 msgid "Centered" msgstr "Centreed" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:574 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:651 msgid "_Text Color" msgstr "_Text Colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-jacket-edit.c:652 msgid "Text color" msgstr "Text colour" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-misc.c:74 msgid "Display debug statements on stdout for Brasero utilities library" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-misc.c:91 msgid "Brasero utilities library" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-misc.c:92 msgid "Display options for Brasero-utils library" msgstr "" #: ../libbrasero-utils/brasero-tool-color-picker.c:166 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1176 msgid "" "Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1181 msgid "" "Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1186 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" #. Translators: This is a special message that shouldn't be translated #. * literally. It is used in the about box to give credits to #. * the translators. #. * Thus, you should translate it to your name and email address. #. * You should also include other translators who have contributed to #. * this translation; in that case, please write each of them on a separate #. * line seperated by newlines (\n). #. #: ../src/brasero-app.c:1227 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/brasero-data-disc.c:561 msgid "Discard the current modified project ?" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/transmission-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000522412321561557022407 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for transmission # Copyright (c) 2008 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2008 # This file is distributed under the same license as the transmission package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2008. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: transmission\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 10:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-27 14:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ken Sharp \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:12+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../gtk/details.c:509 msgid "Honor global _limits" msgstr "Honour global _limits" #: ../gtk/details.c:1079 msgid "Remaining time:" msgstr "Time remaining:" #: ../gtk/filter.c:898 #, c-format msgid "_Show %'d of:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/main.c:618 msgid "Start minimized in notification area" msgstr "Start minimised in notification area" #. Translators: translate "translator-credits" as your name #. to have it appear in the credits in the "About" #. dialog #: ../gtk/main.c:1372 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Alfredo Hernández https://launchpad.net/~aldomann\n" " Chris Coulson https://launchpad.net/~chrisccoulson\n" " Dan Klassen https://launchpad.net/~danklassen\n" " Edoardo Maria Elidoro https://launchpad.net/~edoardoelidoro\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Ken Sharp https://launchpad.net/~kennybobs\n" " Rajiv Shah https://launchpad.net/~compukid\n" " Travis Friesen https://launchpad.net/~travis-friesen" #: ../gtk/open-dialog.c:463 msgid "Show _options dialog" msgstr "Show _options dialogue" #. Downloading metadata from 2 peer (s)(50% done) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:270 #, c-format msgid "Downloading metadata from %1$'d %2$s (%3$d%% done)" msgstr "" #. Downloading from 2 of 3 peer (s) and 2 webseed (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d of %2$'d %3$s and %4$'d %5$s" msgstr "" #. Downloading from 3 web seed (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:288 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d %2$s" msgstr "" #. Downloading from 2 of 3 peer (s) #: ../gtk/torrent-cell-renderer.c:295 #, c-format msgid "Downloading from %1$'d of %2$'d %3$s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/transmission-gtk.desktop.in.h:6 msgid "Start Transmission Minimized" msgstr "Start Transmission Minimised" #: ../gtk/tr-prefs.c:291 msgid "Show the Torrent Options _dialog" msgstr "Show the Torrent Options _dialogue" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgnomekbd.po0000644000000000000000000000251212321561560021337 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libgnomekbd # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnomekbd package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnomekbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-08 03:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "The foreground color" msgstr "The foreground colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The foreground color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The foreground colour for the layout indicator" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "The background color" msgstr "The background colour" #: ../libgnomekbd/org.gnome.libgnomekbd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "The background color for the layout indicator" msgstr "The background colour for the layout indicator" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/nautilus-share.po0000644000000000000000000000132212321561560022024 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for nautilus-share # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the nautilus-share package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nautilus-share\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 01:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:13+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/cluttergtk-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000000133412321561560021547 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for clutter-gtk # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter-gtk package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-19 10:09-0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-control-center-2.0.po0000644000000000000000000003163212321561561023426 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-control-center. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-control-center package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 01:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../panels/background/background.ui.h:7 msgctxt "background, style" msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../panels/background/cc-background-chooser-dialog.c:235 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #. Translators: those are keywords for the background control-center panel #: ../panels/background/gnome-background-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Wallpaper;Screen;Desktop;" msgstr "Wallpaper;Screen;Desktop" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:539 #, c-format msgid "Visibility of “%s”" msgstr "Visibility of '%s'" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where the user can click and import a profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:107 msgid "Other profile…" msgstr "Other profile..." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1017 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1041 msgid "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check it is turned on and " "correctly connected." msgstr "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check that it is powered on " "and correctly connected." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1594 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "Default Grey" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1715 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1767 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2013 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:14 msgid "Calibrate…" msgstr "Calibrate..." #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/gnome-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" #: ../panels/display/gnome-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #. Translators: This switch reverses the scrolling direction for touchpads. The term used comes from OS X so use the same translation if possible. #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:19 msgid "_Natural scrolling" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:457 msgid "SIM Puk required" msgstr "SIM PUK required" #: ../panels/online-accounts/cc-online-accounts-panel.c:354 msgid "_Log In" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:18 msgid "When power is _critically low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:20 msgid "Show battery status in the _menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1343 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:82 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "Two-Sided" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #. Translators: This checkbox is checked when the default printer is selected. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:8 msgid "_Default" msgstr "" #. Tanslators: Switch to tab containing printer's jobs #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button executes command which prints test page. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:15 msgid "Print _Test Page" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button opens printer's options tab #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/gnome-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 msgid "_Balance:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 msgid "_Fade:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 msgid "_Subwoofer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-combo-box.c:167 ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1622 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-combo-box.c:167 msgid "_Profile:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1623 msgid "_Test Speakers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1754 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2079 msgid "_Output volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1773 msgid "C_hoose a device for sound output:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1816 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1986 msgid "_Input volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1867 msgid "C_hoose a device for sound input:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1945 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2047 msgid "_Alert volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1962 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2064 msgid "No application is currently playing or recording audio." msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:770 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:782 msgid "C_hoose an alert sound:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:262 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:261 msgid "_Mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:271 #: ../panels/sound-nua/gvc-stream-status-icon.c:270 msgid "_Sound Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:37 msgid "_Test flash" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:49 msgid "_Disable if two keys are pressed together" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:50 msgid "Beep when a _modifer key is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:53 msgid "A_cceptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:69 msgid "Acc_eptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:71 msgid "Beep when a key is _rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:85 msgid "Motion _threshold:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "Colour Effects:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "Colour Effects" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Local Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Enterprise Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Account _Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Login Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Administrator _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:10 msgid "_Right index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:11 msgid "_Left index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:12 msgid "_Other finger:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hint" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "C_onfirm password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_New password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Current _password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Ch_ange" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "A_utomatic Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:97 msgid "_Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:541 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "Wrong password." #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:814 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "Invalid password, please try again." #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:444 msgid "_Delete Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:445 msgid "_Keep Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:6 msgid "Scroll Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:7 msgid "Scroll Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:8 msgid "Scroll Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:9 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:10 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:11 msgid "Stylus" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:12 msgid "Eraser Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Soft" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:14 msgid "Firm" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Top Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:16 msgid "Lower Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Tip Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/cc-shell-nav-bar.c:117 msgid "_All Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:58 msgid "Enable verbose mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:59 msgid "Show the overview" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:63 msgid "Panel to display" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:85 msgid "- System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:93 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:269 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:272 ../shell/control-center.c:288 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/gnomecc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" #: ../shell/gnome-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../shell/shell.ui.h:1 msgid "System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/gnome-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences;Settings;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Text Entry" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your keyboard or input method settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the region control-center panel #: ../panels/region/gnome-unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Language;Layout;Keyboard;Input Method;Text Entry;" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/empathy.po0000644000000000000000000003211712321561561020536 0ustar # Canadian English translations for Empathy package. # Copyright (C) 2012 EMPATHY'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the Empathy package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Empathy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=empathy&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=General\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 19:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-04 00:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" "X-DamnedLies-Scope: partial\n" #: ../data/empathy.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "chat;talk;im;message;irc;voip;gtalk;facebook;jabber;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Empathy.gschema.xml.h:65 msgid "" "Path of the Adium theme to use if the theme used for chat is Adium. " "Deprecated." msgstr "" #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:738 msgid "You canceled the file transfer" msgstr "You cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy/empathy-ft-handler.c:741 msgid "The other participant canceled the file transfer" msgstr "The other participant cancelled the file transfer" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-aim.ui.h:1 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-groupwise.ui.h:1 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-icq.ui.h:1 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:14 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-msn.ui.h:1 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:1 msgid "Pass_word" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-aim.ui.h:2 msgid "Screen _Name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-aim.ui.h:5 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-groupwise.ui.h:5 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-icq.ui.h:6 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:21 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-msn.ui.h:5 msgid "_Port" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-aim.ui.h:6 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-groupwise.ui.h:6 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-icq.ui.h:7 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:20 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-msn.ui.h:6 msgid "_Server" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget.c:755 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-groupwise.ui.h:2 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:13 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-msn.ui.h:2 msgid "Login I_D" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-icq.ui.h:2 msgid "ICQ _UIN" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-icq.ui.h:5 msgid "Ch_aracter set" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-irc.ui.h:2 msgid "Character set" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-irc.ui.h:11 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-irc.ui.h:13 msgid "Quit message" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-irc.ui.h:14 msgid "Real name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-irc.ui.h:15 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:16 msgid "Priori_ty" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-jabber.ui.h:17 msgid "Reso_urce" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:1 msgid "Nic_kname" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:2 msgid "_Last Name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:3 msgid "_First Name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:4 msgid "_Published Name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:5 msgid "_Jabber ID" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-local-xmpp.ui.h:6 msgid "E-_mail address" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:2 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:9 msgid "STUN Server" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:14 msgid "Mechanism" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:16 msgid "Authentication username" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:17 msgid "Transport" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-account-widget-sip.ui.h:21 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-bad-password-dialog.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed for account %s" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-chat.c:971 msgid "Invalid contact ID" msgstr "" #. Identifier to connect to Instant Messaging network #. Setup id label #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-contact-widget.ui.h:3 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-user-info.c:455 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "" #. Setup nickname entry #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-contact-widget.ui.h:4 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-user-info.c:460 msgid "Alias" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-contact-widget.ui.h:9 msgid "OS" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-contact-widget.ui.h:10 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-contact-widget.ui.h:11 msgid "Client" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-menu.c:1452 #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:1356 msgid "Favorite" msgstr "Favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-view.c:2431 msgid "Re_name" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:475 msgid "Vertical Error (meters):" msgstr "Vertical Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:477 msgid "Horizontal Error (meters):" msgstr "Horizontal Error (metres):" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-individual-widget.c:649 msgid "%B %e, %Y at %R UTC" msgstr "%B %e, %Y at %I:%M %p UTC" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:333 msgid "Click to remove this status as a favorite" msgstr "Click to remove this status as a favourite" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:342 msgid "Click to make this status a favorite" msgstr "Click to make this status a favourite" #. Translators: %s is a status message like 'At the pub' for example #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-presence-chooser.c:376 #, c-format msgid "" "Current message: %s\n" "Press Enter to set the new message or Esc to cancel." msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-user-info.c:475 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #. Inspector #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-webkit-utils.c:305 msgid "Inspect HTML" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-roster-model.h:29 msgid "Top Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-roster-model.h:31 msgid "Ungrouped" msgstr "" #. Add a prefix explaining that something goes wrong when trying to #. * fetch contact's presence. #: ../libempathy-gtk/empathy-roster-contact.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Server cannot find contact: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:78 msgid "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "Empathy is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:82 msgid "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "Empathy is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:86 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "Empathy; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin " "Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-130159 USA" #: ../src/empathy-about-dialog.c:112 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Daniel LeBlanc https://launchpad.net/~danidou\n" " Dylan McCall https://launchpad.net/~dylanmccall\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Jeremy Bicha https://launchpad.net/~jbicha\n" " Scott Todd https://launchpad.net/~scott.todd\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany\n" " Travis Friesen https://launchpad.net/~travis-friesen\n" " Zack Blair https://launchpad.net/~zack-blair" #. Menu item: to enabled/disable the account #: ../src/empathy-accounts-dialog.c:1654 msgid "_Enabled" msgstr "" #. Menu item: Rename #: ../src/empathy-accounts-dialog.c:1677 msgid "Rename" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-call.c:117 msgid "In a call" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-call-window.ui.h:10 msgid "_GStreamer" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-call-window.ui.h:11 msgid "_Telepathy" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-chatrooms-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Manage Favorite Rooms" msgstr "Manage Favourite Rooms" #: ../src/empathy-chat-window.ui.h:4 msgid "_Favorite Chat Room" msgstr "_Favourite Chat Room" #: ../src/empathy-debug-window.c:2021 msgid "" "Even if they don't display passwords, logs can contain sensitive information " "such as your list of contacts or the messages you recently sent or " "received.\n" "If you don't want to see such information available in a public bug report, " "you can choose to limit the visibility of your bug to Empathy developers " "when reporting it by displaying the advanced fields in the bug report." msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-ft-manager.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove completed, canceled and failed file transfers from the list" msgstr "Remove completed, cancelled and failed file transfers from the list" #: ../src/empathy-new-chatroom-dialog.c:402 msgid "Failed to list rooms" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-new-chatroom-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Enter the server which hosts the room, or leave it empty if the room is on " "the current account's server" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Show groups" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Show account balances" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "Behaviour" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:658 msgid "Windows Live" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:662 msgid "Facebook" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is an account name like 'Facebook' or 'Google Talk' #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:677 #, c-format msgid "%s account requires authorisation" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:688 msgid "Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:892 msgid "Top up account" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:1700 msgid "Change your presence to see contacts here" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:1716 msgid "You haven't added any contact yet" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.c:1719 msgid "No online contacts" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:2 msgid "New _Call..." msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:4 msgid "_Add Contacts..." msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:5 msgid "_Search for Contacts..." msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:7 msgid "_Rooms" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:9 msgid "Join _Favorites" msgstr "Join _Favourites" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:10 msgid "_Manage Favorites" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:15 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window-menubar.ui.h:16 msgid "About Empathy" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.ui.h:2 msgid "Go _Online" msgstr "" #: ../src/empathy-roster-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Show _Offline Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../ubuntu-online-accounts/cc-plugins/account-plugins/empathy-accounts-plugin-widget.c:183 #: ../ubuntu-online-accounts/cc-plugins/app-plugin/empathy-app-plugin-widget.c:126 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #: ../ubuntu-online-accounts/cc-plugins/account-plugins/empathy-accounts-plugin-widget.c:214 msgid "Please enter your account details" msgstr "" #: ../ubuntu-online-accounts/cc-plugins/app-plugin/empathy-app-plugin-widget.c:160 #, c-format msgid "Edit %s account options" msgstr "" #: ../ubuntu-online-accounts/empathy.application.in.h:1 msgid "Integrate your IM accounts" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs.po0000644000000000000000000000134012321561561021556 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for xdg-user-dirs # Copyright (c) 2007 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2007 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2007. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-18 14:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-29 03:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: mike mcneely \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/xdg-user-dirs-gtk.po0000644000000000000000000000224612321561561022347 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for xdg-user-dirs-gtk # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the xdg-user-dirs-gtk package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xdg-user-dirs-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 22:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-29 03:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: mike mcneely \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../update.c:161 msgid "" "You have logged in in a new language. You can automatically update the names " "of some standard folders in your home folder to match this language. The " "update would change the following folders:" msgstr "" "You have logged in, in a new language. You can automatically update the " "names of some standard folders in your home folder to match this language. " "The update would change the following folders:" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/nm-applet.po0000644000000000000000000011475212321561562020773 0ustar # Canadian English translation for NetworkManager # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the NetworkManager package. # Adam Weinberger, , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 19:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-29 23:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../nm-applet.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Manage your network connections" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Set this to true to disable notifications when connecting to a network." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Set this to true to disable notifications when disconnecting from a network." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Disable VPN notifications" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Set this to true to disable notifications when connecting to or " "disconnecting from a VPN." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Set this to true to disable notifications when Wi-Fi networks are available." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" "Set to true to disable creation of adhoc networks when using the applet." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Show the applet in notification area" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Set to FALSE to disable displaying the applet in the notification area." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Ignore CA certificate" msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Set this to true to disable warnings about CA certificates in EAP " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../org.gnome.nm-applet.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "Set this to true to disable warnings about CA certificates in phase 2 of EAP " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../src/8021x.ui.h:1 ../src/ethernet-dialog.c:105 msgid "802.1X authentication" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:574 msgid "Failed to add/activate connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:576 ../src/applet.c:620 ../src/applet.c:646 #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1328 ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1347 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:579 ../src/applet.c:649 ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1331 #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1350 msgid "Connection failure" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:618 msgid "Device disconnect failed" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:623 msgid "Disconnect failure" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:644 msgid "Connection activation failed" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:1131 #, c-format msgid "" "VPN connection has been successfully established.\n" "\n" "%s\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:1133 msgid "VPN connection has been successfully established.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:1533 msgid "device not ready (firmware missing)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:1849 msgid "_Disconnect VPN" msgstr "" #. 'Enable Wi-Fi' item #: ../src/applet.c:2199 msgid "Enable _Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #. 'Enable Mobile Broadband' item #: ../src/applet.c:2208 msgid "Enable _Mobile Broadband" msgstr "" #. 'Enable WiMAX Mobile Broadband' item #: ../src/applet.c:2217 msgid "Enable WiMA_X Mobile Broadband" msgstr "" #. Toggle notifications item #: ../src/applet.c:2228 msgid "Enable N_otifications" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:2629 msgid "Ethernet network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet.c:2632 msgid "Modem network" msgstr "" #. IP-over-InfiniBand "connected mode" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-infiniband.ui.h:8 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-bt.c:199 ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:821 #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:956 ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:962 msgid "Mobile Broadband network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:414 ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:484 #: ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:490 msgid "CDMA network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:929 ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:403 #: ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:662 msgid "You are now registered on the home network." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:935 ../src/applet-device-cdma.c:409 #: ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:668 msgid "You are now registered on a roaming network." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:96 #, c-format msgid "Ethernet Networks (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Ethernet Network (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:101 msgid "Ethernet Networks" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:103 msgid "Ethernet Network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Preparing ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:174 #, c-format msgid "Configuring ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:177 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for ethernet network connection '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Requesting an ethernet network address for '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-ethernet.c:184 #, c-format msgid "Ethernet network connection '%s' active" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:164 ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:505 msgid "Wrong PUK code; please contact your provider." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:206 ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:482 msgid "Wrong PIN code; please contact your provider." msgstr "" #. Start the spinner to show the progress of the unlock #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:257 ../src/applet-device-gsm.c:532 msgid "Sending unlock code..." msgstr "" #. Default connection item #: ../src/applet-device-broadband.c:778 msgid "New Mobile Broadband connection..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:96 msgid "_Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:147 msgid "Create _New Wi-Fi Network..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:466 msgid "ad-hoc" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:474 msgid "secure." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Wi-Fi Networks (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Wi-Fi Network (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:773 msgid "Wi-Fi Network" msgid_plural "Wi-Fi Networks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:802 msgid "Wi-Fi is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:803 msgid "Wi-Fi is disabled by hardware switch" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:864 msgid "More networks" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1042 msgid "Wi-Fi Networks Available" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1043 msgid "Use the network menu to connect to a Wi-Fi network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1273 #, c-format msgid "Preparing Wi-Fi network connection '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1276 #, c-format msgid "Configuring Wi-Fi network connection '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1279 #, c-format msgid "User authentication required for Wi-Fi network '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1282 #, c-format msgid "Requesting a Wi-Fi network address for '%s'..." msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1303 #, c-format msgid "Wi-Fi network connection '%s' active: %s (%d%%)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1308 #, c-format msgid "Wi-Fi network connection '%s' active" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1326 msgid "Failed to activate connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wifi.c:1345 msgid "Failed to add new connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:228 #, c-format msgid "WiMAX Mobile Broadband (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:230 msgid "WiMAX Mobile Broadband" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:256 msgid "WiMAX is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:257 msgid "WiMAX is disabled by hardware switch" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:448 msgid "WiMAX network" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:454 ../src/mobile-helpers.c:603 #, c-format msgid "Mobile broadband connection '%s' active: (%d%%%s%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-device-wimax.c:457 ../src/mobile-helpers.c:606 msgid "roaming" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:881 msgctxt "Wifi/wired security" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:274 #, c-format msgid "%s (default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:345 ../src/applet-dialogs.c:483 msgctxt "Speed" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d dB" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:360 msgctxt "WiMAX CINR" msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:372 msgctxt "WiMAX Base Station ID" msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:423 #, c-format msgid "WiMAX (%s)" msgstr "" #. --- General --- #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:429 ../src/applet-dialogs.c:788 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-general.c:327 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:509 msgid "CINR:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:522 msgid "BSID:" msgstr "" #. --- IPv4 --- #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:539 msgid "IPv4" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:552 ../src/applet-dialogs.c:568 msgctxt "Address" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:577 msgctxt "Subnet Mask" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:616 msgid "Ternary DNS:" msgstr "" #. --- IPv6 --- #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:631 msgid "IPv6" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:640 msgid "Ignored" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:793 msgid "VPN Type:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:800 msgid "VPN Gateway:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:806 msgid "VPN Username:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:812 msgid "VPN Banner:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:818 msgid "Base Connection:" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:911 msgid "" "Copyright © 2004-2011 Red Hat, Inc.\n" "Copyright © 2005-2008 Novell, Inc.\n" "and many other community contributors and translators" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1261 msgid "SIM PIN unlock required" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1262 msgid "SIM PIN Unlock Required" msgstr "" #. FIXME: some warning about # of times you can enter incorrect PIN #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "" "The mobile broadband device '%s' requires a SIM PIN code before it can be " "used." msgstr "" #. Translators: PIN code entry label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1266 msgid "PIN code:" msgstr "" #. Translators: Show/obscure PIN checkbox label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1270 msgid "Show PIN code" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1272 msgid "SIM PUK unlock required" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1273 msgid "SIM PUK Unlock Required" msgstr "" #. FIXME: some warning about # of times you can enter incorrect PUK #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1275 #, c-format msgid "" "The mobile broadband device '%s' requires a SIM PUK code before it can be " "used." msgstr "" #. Translators: PUK code entry label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1277 msgid "PUK code:" msgstr "" #. Translators: New PIN entry label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1280 msgid "New PIN code:" msgstr "" #. Translators: New PIN verification entry label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1282 msgid "Re-enter new PIN code:" msgstr "" #. Translators: Show/obscure PIN/PUK checkbox label #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:1287 msgid "Show PIN/PUK codes" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-ip4-routes.ui.h:3 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-ip6-routes.ui.h:3 msgid "_Use this connection only for resources on its network" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-new-connection.ui.h:3 msgid "Choose a Connection Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-new-connection.ui.h:4 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you wish to create.\n" "\n" "If you are creating a VPN, and the VPN connection you wish to create does " "not appear in the list, you may not have the correct VPN plugin installed." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:1 msgid "Round-robin" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:2 msgid "Active backup" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:3 msgid "XOR" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:4 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:5 msgid "802.3ad" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:6 msgid "Adaptive transmit load balancing" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:7 msgid "Adaptive load balancing" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:8 msgid "MII (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:9 msgid "ARP" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:10 msgid "Bonded _connections:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:11 msgid "_Mode:" msgstr "" #. Edit #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:12 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:2 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-team.ui.h:4 #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:686 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "" #. Delete #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:13 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:3 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-team.ui.h:5 #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:703 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:14 msgid "Monitoring _frequency:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:15 msgid "ms" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:16 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:5 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-team.ui.h:6 msgid "_Interface name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:17 msgid "_Link Monitoring:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:18 msgid "ARP _targets:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:19 msgid "" "An IP address, or a comma-separated list of IP addresses, to look for when " "checking the link status." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:20 msgid "Link _up delay:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bond.ui.h:21 msgid "Link _down delay:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge-port.ui.h:1 msgid "Path _cost:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge-port.ui.h:2 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:4 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge-port.ui.h:3 msgid "_Hairpin mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:1 msgid "Bridged _connections:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:6 msgid "_Forward delay:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:7 msgid "_Hello time:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:8 msgid "s" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:9 msgid "Enable _STP (Spanning Tree Protocol)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:10 msgid "_Max age:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-bridge.ui.h:11 msgid "_Aging time:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:2 msgid "Twisted Pair (TP)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:3 msgid "Attachment Unit Interface (AUI)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:4 msgid "BNC" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:5 msgid "Media Independent Interface (MII)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:6 msgid "10 Mb/s" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:7 msgid "100 Mb/s" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:8 msgid "1 Gb/s" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:9 msgid "10 Gb/s" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:14 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-infiniband.ui.h:2 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:8 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wimax.ui.h:1 msgid "_Device MAC address:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:15 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:10 msgid "C_loned MAC address:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:16 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:9 msgid "" "The MAC address entered here will be used as hardware address for the " "network device this connection is activated on. This feature is known as " "MAC cloning or spoofing. Example: 00:11:22:33:44:55" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ethernet.ui.h:17 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-infiniband.ui.h:4 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:4 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:7 msgid "_MTU:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-general.ui.h:1 msgid "Automatically connect to _VPN when using this connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-general.ui.h:2 msgid "All _users may connect to this network" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-general.ui.h:3 msgid "_Automatically connect to this network when it is available" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-general.ui.h:4 msgid "Firewall _zone:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-infiniband.ui.h:1 msgid "_Transport mode:" msgstr "" #. IP-over-InfiniBand "datagram mode" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-infiniband.ui.h:6 msgid "Datagram" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:2 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:2 msgid "Automatic with manual DNS settings" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:4 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:4 msgid "Link-Local" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:7 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:7 msgid "Addresses" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:12 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:10 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip4.c:308 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip6.c:307 msgid "S_earch domains:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:13 #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:11 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip4.c:299 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip6.c:298 msgid "DNS ser_vers:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:15 msgid "Require IPv_4 addressing for this connection to complete" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip4.ui.h:16 msgid "" "When connecting to IPv6-capable networks, allows the connection to complete " "if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration succeeds." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:13 msgid "Require IPv_6 addressing for this connection to complete" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ip6.ui.h:14 msgid "" "When connecting to IPv4-capable networks, allows the connection to complete " "if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4 configuration succeeds." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:1 msgid "Any" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:2 msgid "3G (UMTS/HSPA)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:3 msgid "2G (GPRS/EDGE)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:4 msgid "Prefer 3G (UMTS/HSPA)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:5 msgid "Prefer 2G (GPRS/EDGE)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:6 msgid "Prefer 4G (LTE)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:7 msgid "Use only 4G (LTE)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:8 msgid "Basic" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:12 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:14 msgid "N_etwork ID:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:17 msgid "P_IN:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-mobile.ui.h:18 msgid "Allow _roaming if home network is not available" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ppp.ui.h:1 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ppp.ui.h:4 msgid "Compression" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-ppp.ui.h:11 msgid "Echo" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:1 msgid "_Parent interface:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:2 msgid "VLAN interface _name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:3 msgid "_Cloned MAC address:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:6 msgid "VLAN _id:" msgstr "" #. In context, this means "concatenate the device name and the VLAN ID number together" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:8 msgid "Device name + number" msgstr "" #. LEAVE "vlan" UNTRANSLATED. In context, this means "concatenate the string 'vlan' and the VLAN ID number together". #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-vlan.ui.h:10 msgid "\"vlan\" + number" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi-security.ui.h:1 msgid "S_ecurity:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:2 msgid "A (5 GHz)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:3 msgid "B/G (2.4 GHz)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:4 msgid "Infrastructure" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:5 msgid "Ad-hoc" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-wifi.ui.h:19 msgid "SS_ID:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-ppp-auth-methods.ui.h:1 msgid "Allowed Authentication Methods" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-ppp-auth-methods.ui.h:12 msgid "" "In most cases, the provider's PPP servers will support all authentication " "methods. If connections fail, try disabling support for some methods." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:102 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ethernet.c:242 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:323 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:108 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi.c:465 ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:325 msgid "Wi-Fi" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:120 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wimax.c:125 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:331 ../src/mb-menu-item.c:74 msgid "WiMAX" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:132 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-infiniband.c:159 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:335 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:138 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bond.c:433 ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:337 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:562 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:150 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bridge.c:208 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:341 ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:566 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:156 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vlan.c:487 ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:343 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:568 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:259 msgid "Hardware" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:279 msgid "Virtual" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:347 #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:349 msgid "Import a saved VPN configuration..." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/new-connection.c:378 msgid "" "The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown " "error." msgstr "" "The connection editor dialogue could not be initialized due to an unknown " "error." #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:287 msgid "" "The connection editor could not find some required resources (the .ui file " "was not found)." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:418 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:419 msgid "Save any changes made to this connection." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:420 msgid "_Save..." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:437 msgid "Could not create connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:439 msgid "Unknown error creating connection editor dialog." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:946 msgid "Error saving connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.c:947 #, c-format msgid "The property '%s' / '%s' is invalid: %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Export..." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:688 msgid "_Edit..." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:705 msgid "_Delete..." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:935 msgid "No VPN plugins are installed." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:937 #, c-format msgid "Don't know how to create '%s' connections" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:939 msgid "Error creating connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:995 msgid "Error editing connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/nm-connection-list.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Did not find a connection with UUID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-8021x-security.c:123 msgid "Could not load 802.1x Security user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-8021x-security.c:137 msgid "Use 802.1_X security for this connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bond.c:436 msgid "Could not load bond user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bond.c:590 #, c-format msgid "Bond connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bridge.c:211 msgid "Could not load bridge user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bridge.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Bridge connection %d" msgstr "" #. Translators: a "Bridge Port" is a network #. * device that is part of a bridge. #. #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bridge-port.c:115 msgid "Bridge Port" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-bridge-port.c:117 msgid "Could not load bridge port user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ethernet.c:81 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-infiniband.c:65 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi.c:95 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wimax.c:61 msgid "" "This option locks this connection to the network device specified by its " "permanent MAC address entered here. Example: 00:11:22:33:44:55" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ethernet.c:244 msgid "Could not load ethernet user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ethernet.c:387 #, c-format msgid "Ethernet connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-general.c:56 msgid "" "The zone defines the trust level of the connection. Default is not a regular " "zone, selecting it results in the use of the default zone set in the " "firewall. Only usable if firewalld is active." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-general.c:57 msgid "FirewallD is not running." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-general.c:330 msgid "Could not load General user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-infiniband.c:162 msgid "Could not load InfiniBand user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-infiniband.c:254 #, c-format msgid "InfiniBand connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip4.c:197 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip4.c:297 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip6.c:296 msgid "Additional DNS ser_vers:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip4.c:306 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip6.c:305 msgid "Additional s_earch domains:" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-ip6.c:179 msgid "Automatic, DHCP only" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-master.c:373 #, c-format msgid "%s slave %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-mobile.c:659 msgid "My provider uses C_DMA-based technology (i.e. 1xRTT, EVDO)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vlan.c:489 msgid "Could not load vlan user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vlan.c:685 #, c-format msgid "VLAN connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vpn.c:115 msgid "Could not load VPN user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vpn.c:275 msgid "Choose a VPN Connection Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-vpn.c:276 msgid "" "Select the type of VPN you wish to use for the new connection. If the type " "of VPN connection you wish to create does not appear in the list, you may " "not have the correct VPN plugin installed." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi.c:85 msgid "" "This option locks this connection to the Wi-Fi access point (AP) specified " "by the BSSID entered here. Example: 00:11:22:33:44:55" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi.c:467 msgid "Could not load Wi-Fi user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Wi-Fi connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/applet-dialogs.c:248 ../src/applet-dialogs.c:257 #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi-security.c:261 msgctxt "Wi-Fi/Ethernet security" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi-security.c:286 #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:898 msgid "WEP 40/128-bit Key (Hex or ASCII)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi-security.c:391 msgid "Could not load Wi-Fi security user interface; missing Wi-Fi setting." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi-security.c:402 msgid "Wi-Fi Security" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wifi-security.c:404 msgid "Could not load Wi-Fi security user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wimax.c:128 msgid "Could not load WiMAX user interface." msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/page-wimax.c:224 #, c-format msgid "WiMAX connection %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/ethernet-dialog.c:92 ../src/ethernet-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "The NetworkManager Applet could not find some required resources (the .ui " "file was not found)." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/bt-widget.c:321 #, c-format msgid "" "Bluetooth configuration not possible (failed to connect to D-Bus: (%s) %s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/bt-widget.c:330 #, c-format msgid "" "Bluetooth configuration not possible (error finding NetworkManager: (%s) %s)." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/bt-widget.c:441 msgid "Use your mobile phone as a network device (PAN/NAP)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/bt-widget.c:450 msgid "Access the Internet using your mobile phone (DUN)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:324 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create DUN connection: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:433 #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:957 msgid "Your phone is now ready to use!" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:456 msgid "Mobile wizard was canceled" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:465 msgid "Unknown phone device type (not GSM or CDMA)" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:501 msgid "unknown modem type." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:726 #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:732 msgid "failed to connect to the phone." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:799 msgid "unexpectedly disconnected from the phone." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:809 msgid "timed out detecting phone details." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:820 msgid "Detecting phone configuration..." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:873 msgid "ModemManager is not running" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:918 msgid "" "The default Bluetooth adapter must be enabled before setting up a Dial-Up-" "Networking connection." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:955 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create PAN connection: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-bluetooth/nma-bt-device.c:976 #, c-format msgid "%s Network" msgstr "" #: ../src/gsm-unlock.ui.h:2 msgid "Automatically unlock this device" msgstr "" #: ../src/gsm-unlock.ui.h:1 msgid "_Unlock" msgstr "" #: ../src/info.ui.h:2 msgid "Active Network Connections" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:1047 msgid "Country or Region List:" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:1060 msgid "Country or region" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:1070 msgid "My country is not listed" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-mobile-wizard.c:1120 msgid "Choose your Provider's Country or Region" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:327 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:329 msgid "OLPC Mesh" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:345 msgid "ADSL" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:408 msgid "PCI" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:410 msgid "USB" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is a bus name (eg, "USB") or #. * product name, the second is a device type (eg, #. * "Ethernet"). You can change this to something like #. * "%2$s (%1$s)" if there's no grammatical way to combine #. * the strings otherwise. #. #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:486 ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-ui-utils.c:506 #, c-format msgctxt "long device name" msgid "%s %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "" "Passwords or encryption keys are required to access the Wi-Fi network '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1137 msgid "Wi-Fi Network Authentication Required" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1139 msgid "Authentication required by Wi-Fi network" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1144 msgid "Create New Wi-Fi Network" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1146 msgid "New Wi-Fi network" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1147 msgid "Enter a name for the Wi-Fi network you wish to create." msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1149 msgid "Connect to Hidden Wi-Fi Network" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1151 msgid "Hidden Wi-Fi network" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/nm-wifi-dialog.c:1152 msgid "" "Enter the name and security details of the hidden Wi-Fi network you wish to " "connect to." msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/wifi.ui.h:2 msgid "Wi-Fi _security:" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/wifi.ui.h:4 msgid "C_onnection:" msgstr "" #: ../src/libnm-gtk/wifi.ui.h:5 msgid "Wi-Fi _adapter:" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:73 msgid "Usage:" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:74 msgid "" "This program is a component of NetworkManager (http://projects.gnome.org/" "NetworkManager)." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:76 msgid "" "It is not intended for command-line interaction but instead runs in the " "GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:56 msgid "EVDO" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:60 msgid "GPRS" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:62 msgid "EDGE" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:64 msgid "UMTS" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:66 msgid "HSDPA" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:68 msgid "HSUPA" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:70 msgid "HSPA" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:72 msgid "HSPA+" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:76 msgid "LTE" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:112 msgid "not enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:118 msgid "not registered" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:136 #, c-format msgid "Home network (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:138 #, c-format msgid "Home network" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:146 msgid "searching" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:149 msgid "registration denied" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:154 ../src/mb-menu-item.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s roaming)" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:156 ../src/mb-menu-item.c:162 #, c-format msgid "%s (roaming)" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:165 #, c-format msgid "Roaming network (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/mb-menu-item.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Roaming network" msgstr "" #: ../src/mobile-helpers.c:318 #, c-format msgid "PIN code for SIM card '%s' on '%s'" msgstr "" #. The %s is a mobile provider name, eg "T-Mobile" #: ../src/utils/utils.c:174 #, c-format msgid "%s connection" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method.c:276 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections " "to insecure, rogue Wi-Fi networks. Would you like to choose a Certificate " "Authority certificate?" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method.c:440 msgid "DER, PEM, or PKCS#12 private keys (*.der, *.pem, *.p12, *.key)" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.c:400 msgid "Choose a PAC file..." msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.c:407 msgid "PAC files (*.pac)" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.c:411 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:2 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:3 msgid "Authenticated" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:4 msgid "Both" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:6 msgid "PAC _file:" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:7 #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-peap.ui.h:8 #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-ttls.ui.h:5 msgid "_Inner authentication:" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-fast.ui.h:8 msgid "Allow automatic PAC pro_visioning" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-peap.ui.h:3 msgid "Version 0" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-peap.ui.h:4 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-peap.ui.h:9 msgid "PEAP _version:" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-simple.ui.h:3 msgid "As_k for this password every time" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-tls.c:276 msgid "Unencrypted private keys are insecure" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/eap-method-tls.c:279 msgid "" "The selected private key does not appear to be protected by a password. " "This could allow your security credentials to be compromised. Please select " "a password-protected private key.\n" "\n" "(You can password-protect your private key with openssl)" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/wireless-security.c:465 msgid "FAST" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-dynamic-wep.ui.h:2 #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wep-key.ui.h:9 #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wpa-eap.ui.h:2 msgid "Au_thentication:" msgstr "" #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wep-key.ui.h:1 msgid "1 (Default)" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-dcb.ui.h:16 #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wep-key.ui.h:2 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-dcb.ui.h:17 #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wep-key.ui.h:3 msgid "3" msgstr "" #: ../src/connection-editor/ce-page-dcb.ui.h:18 #: ../src/wireless-security/ws-wep-key.ui.h:4 msgid "4" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk-vnc.po0000644000000000000000000000132012321561562020431 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gtk-vnc # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gtk-vnc package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk-vnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-09 00:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/mousetweaks.po0000644000000000000000000000433112321561562021434 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for mousetweaks # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the mousetweaks package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mousetweaks\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-13 00:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Itai Molenaar \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:34+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:1 msgid "Hover Click" msgstr "" #. 'Drag' like in a Drag and Drop operation #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:5 msgid "Drag" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:6 msgid "Secondary Click" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:7 msgid "Button Style" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:8 msgid "Text only" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:9 msgid "Icons only" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:10 msgid "Text and Icons" msgstr "" #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:11 msgid "Orientation" msgstr "" #. Buttons are arranged from left to right in the layout #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:13 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "" #. Buttons are arranged from top to bottom in the layout #: ../data/mousetweaks.ui.h:15 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Click-type window style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Button style of the click-type window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Click-type window orientation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Orientation of the click-type window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/mt-main.c:638 msgid "Click-type window geometry" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mousetweaks.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Size and position of the click-type window. The format is a standard X " "Window System geometry string." msgstr "" #: ../src/mt-main.c:634 msgid "Hide the click-type window" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gvfs.po0000644000000000000000000022262712321561562020044 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gvfs # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gvfs package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gvfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 07:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-04 02:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:36+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:468 ../client/gdaemonfile.c:2828 msgid "Operation not supported, files on different mounts" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:1090 ../client/gdaemonfile.c:3177 #: ../client/gvfsiconloadable.c:301 ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforread.c:183 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforwrite.c:326 msgid "Couldn't get stream file descriptor" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:1219 ../client/gdaemonfile.c:1291 #: ../client/gvfsiconloadable.c:127 msgid "Didn't get stream file descriptor" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:1412 #, c-format msgid "Invalid return value from %s" msgstr "" #. translators: this is an error message when there is no user visible "mount" object #. corresponding to a particular path/uri #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:2302 msgid "Could not find enclosing mount" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:2338 #, c-format msgid "Invalid filename %s" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:2670 ../client/gdaemonvfs.c:1254 #: ../client/gdaemonvfs.c:1306 #, c-format msgid "Error setting file metadata: %s" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfile.c:2671 ../client/gdaemonvfs.c:1307 msgid "values must be string or list of strings" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:537 #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:545 #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:1705 #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:1715 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:488 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:496 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:1452 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:1462 #, c-format msgid "Error in stream protocol: %s" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:545 #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:1715 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:496 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:1462 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1874 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2258 msgid "End of stream" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfileinputstream.c:1348 #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:1028 msgid "Seek not supported on stream" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonfileoutputstream.c:1197 msgid "Truncate not supported on stream" msgstr "" #: ../client/gdaemonvfs.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Error while getting mount info: %s" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsdaemonprotocol.c:358 msgid "Invalid file info format" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:209 #, c-format msgid "Error initializing Avahi: %s" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Error creating Avahi resolver: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: #. * - the first %s refers to the service type #. * - the second %s refers to the service name #. * - the third %s refers to the domain #. #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:1100 #, c-format msgid "Error resolving \"%s\" service \"%s\" on domain \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: #. * - the first %s refers to the service type #. * - the second %s refers to the service name #. * - the third %s refers to the domain #. * - the fourth %s refers to the required TXT keys #. #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:1126 #, c-format msgid "" "Error resolving \"%s\" service \"%s\" on domain \"%s\". One or more TXT " "records are missing. Keys required: \"%s\"." msgstr "" #. Translators: #. * - the first %s refers to the service type #. * - the second %s refers to the service name #. * - the third %s refers to the domain #. #: ../common/gvfsdnssdresolver.c:1143 #, c-format msgid "Timed out resolving \"%s\" service \"%s\" on domain \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsdnssdutils.c:233 ../common/gvfsdnssdutils.c:263 #: ../common/gvfsdnssdutils.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Malformed DNS-SD encoded_triple '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsicon.c:250 #, c-format msgid "Can't handle version %d of GVfsIcon encoding" msgstr "" #: ../common/gvfsicon.c:260 msgid "Malformed input data for GVfsIcon" msgstr "" #. translators: This is the default daemon's application name, #. * the %s is the type of the backend, like "FTP" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:98 #, c-format msgid "%s File System Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:234 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s --spawner dbus-id object_path" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:258 ../daemon/daemon-main.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Usage: %s key=value key=value ..." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:274 #, c-format msgid "No mount type specified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:306 #, c-format msgid "mountpoint for %s already running" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/daemon-main.c:335 msgid "error starting mount daemon" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpconnection.c:764 msgid "The connection is not opened" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpconnection.c:1545 msgid "Connection unexpectedly went down" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpconnection.c:1572 msgid "Got EOS" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:198 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:480 #, c-format msgid "The server doesn't support passwords longer than %d character." msgid_plural "The server doesn't support passwords longer than %d characters." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:224 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:533 msgid "An invalid username was provided." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Unable to login to the server “%s” with the given password." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:428 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:650 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:825 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:873 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:989 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1672 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to the server “%s”. A communication problem occurred." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to the server “%s” with the given password." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:676 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:701 #, c-format msgid "The server “%s” doesn't support anonymous access." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:729 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to the server “%s”. No suitable authentication mechanism " "was found." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:803 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to the server “%s”. The server doesn't support AFP version " "3.0 or later." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:919 #, c-format msgid "The command is not supported by the server." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:927 #, c-format msgid "Your password needs to be changed." msgstr "" #. translators: %s here is the hostname #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1070 #, c-format msgid "Enter your password for the server “%s”." msgstr "" #. translators: %s here is the hostname #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1073 #, c-format msgid "Enter your name and password for the server “%s”." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1105 msgid "The password prompt was cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1222 msgid "Unable to disconnect from the server." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1364 ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1763 msgid "Unable to connect to the server. A communication problem occurred." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpserver.c:1719 msgid "Identification not found." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafputils.c:124 #, c-format msgid "Got error \"%s\" from server" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafputils.c:127 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown error code %d from server" msgstr "" #. Translators: first %s is volumename and second servername #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't load %s on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:401 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2516 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:278 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:479 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1338 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2251 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:774 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2370 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3111 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3461 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4493 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5375 msgid "File is directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:405 msgid "Too many files open" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:667 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:824 msgid "Target file is open" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:675 msgid "Target object is marked as not deletable (DeleteInhibit)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:679 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1228 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2130 msgid "Target object doesn't exist" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:683 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:836 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1032 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1232 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2134 msgid "Volume is read-only" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:820 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1014 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1564 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2002 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2646 msgid "Not enough space on volume" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:828 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1411 #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1568 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:285 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:486 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2306 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2603 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2709 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:753 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:934 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1374 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1482 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1417 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1528 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4502 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2211 msgid "Target file already exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:832 ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1024 msgid "Ancestor directory doesn't exist" msgstr "" #. Translators: flat means volume doesn't support directories #. (all files are in the volume root) #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1020 msgid "Volume is flat and doesn't support directories" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1028 msgid "Target directory already exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1216 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:591 msgid "Can't rename volume" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1220 msgid "Object with that name already exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1224 msgid "Target object is marked as not renameable (RenameInhibit)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1399 msgid "Can't move directory into one of its descendants" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1403 msgid "Can't move sharepoint into a shared directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1407 msgid "Can't move a shared directory into the Trash" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1415 msgid "Object being moved is marked as not renameable (RenameInhibit)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1419 msgid "Object being moved doesn't exist" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1556 msgid "Server doesn't support the FPCopyFile operation" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1560 msgid "Unable to open source file for reading" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1572 msgid "Source file and/or destination directory doesn't exist" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:1576 msgid "Source file is a directory" msgstr "" #. Translators: range conflict means #. requested data are locked by another user #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2008 msgid "Range lock conflict exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2292 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1199 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1346 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1537 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2000 msgid "Directory doesn't exist" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2296 msgid "Target object is not a directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2642 msgid "File is not open for write access" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2650 msgid "File is locked by another user" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsafpvolume.c:2788 msgid "File is not open for read access" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:209 msgid "Internal Apple File Control error" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:213 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:737 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1392 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1430 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1622 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1669 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1739 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2077 msgid "File does not exist" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:217 msgid "The directory is not empty" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:221 msgid "The device did not respond" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:225 msgid "The connection was interrupted" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:229 msgid "Invalid Apple File Control data received" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled Apple File Control error (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:249 msgid "Listing applications installed on device failed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:265 msgid "Accessing application icons on device failed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:282 msgid "Lockdown Error: Invalid Argument" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:290 msgid "Unable to connect" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:294 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled Lockdown error (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:311 msgid "libimobiledevice Error: Invalid Argument" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:315 msgid "" "libimobiledevice Error: No device found. Make sure usbmuxd is set up " "correctly." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:319 #, c-format msgid "Unhandled libimobiledevice error (%d)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:412 msgid "Try again" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:412 ../daemon/gvfsbackend.c:979 #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:1024 ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:923 #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:762 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:430 ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:608 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:637 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1833 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendhttp.c:310 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:887 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:903 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:922 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:712 msgid "Invalid mount spec" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:436 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:466 msgid "Invalid AFC location: must be in the form of afc://uuid:port-number" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:452 #, c-format msgid "Apple Mobile Device" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:457 #, c-format msgid "Apple Mobile Device, Jailbroken" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:462 #, c-format msgid "Documents on Apple Mobile Device" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * This is the device name, with the service being browsed in brackets, eg.: #. * Alan Smithee's iPhone (jailbreak) #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:521 #, c-format msgid "%s (jailbreak)" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * This is "Documents on foo" where foo is the device name, eg.: #. * Documents on Alan Smithee's iPhone #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:528 ../monitor/afc/afcvolume.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Documents on %s" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * %s is the device name. 'Try again' is the caption of the button #. * shown in the dialog which is defined above. #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:623 #, c-format msgid "" "The device “%s” is locked. Enter the passcode on the device and click “Try " "again”." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:967 ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:714 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:656 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1848 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1099 ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:121 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:803 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:233 msgid "Can't open directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:1170 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:2556 msgid "Backups are not yet supported." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:1343 msgid "Invalid seek type" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafc.c:2393 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1778 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1088 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1136 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1157 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1726 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1974 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2064 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2134 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1856 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4850 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1849 #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:395 msgid "Operation unsupported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafpbrowse.c:218 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1141 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1187 msgid "The file is not a mountable" msgstr "" #. Translators: first %s is username and second serververname #. Translators: first %s is volumename and second servername #. Translators: the first %s is the username, the second the host name #. Translators: This is the name of an SFTP share, like " on " #. Set the mountspec according to original uri, no matter whether user changes #. credentials during mount loop. Nautilus and other gio clients depend #. on correct mountspec, setting it to real (different) credentials would #. lead to G_IO_ERROR_NOT_MOUNTED errors #. #. Translators: This is " on " and is used as name for an SMB share #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafpbrowse.c:461 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:2101 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:634 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:705 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1717 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:584 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1537 #, c-format msgid "%s on %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the servername #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafpbrowse.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafpbrowse.c:498 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:2136 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:597 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:668 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1769 msgid "No hostname specified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafpbrowse.c:568 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:2228 msgid "Apple Filing Protocol Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:275 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:875 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1474 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1806 msgid "Can't copy directory over directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:294 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:891 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1497 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1440 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1549 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1821 msgid "Can't recursively copy directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:476 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4488 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2200 msgid "Can't move directory over directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1257 ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1356 msgid "backups not supported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1271 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create temporary file (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1345 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2387 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3476 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1235 msgid "The file was externally modified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:1762 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1129 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4860 msgid "Invalid attribute type (uint32 expected)" msgstr "" #. Translators: first %s is volumename, second username and third servername #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:2096 #, c-format msgid "%s for %s on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendafp.c:2145 msgid "No volume specified" msgstr "" #. FIXME: this should really be "/ in %s", but can't change #. due to string freeze. #. Translators: This is the name of the root of an SFTP share, like "/ on " #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:336 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2306 #: ../daemon/gvfsftpdircache.c:431 #, c-format msgid "/ on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendarchive.c:844 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:679 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:728 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddnssd.c:464 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:351 ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:744 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3994 ../daemon/gvfsftpdircache.c:157 msgid "The file is not a directory" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:346 msgid "Burn" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:372 msgid "Unable to create temporary directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:401 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:412 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:447 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:671 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:716 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:742 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:780 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:971 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:1007 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:794 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1246 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2169 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2887 ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:105 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:259 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1860 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2990 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3003 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3023 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:217 #, c-format msgid "No such file or directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:455 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:903 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1837 msgid "Can't copy file over directory" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the display name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:650 msgid "CD/DVD Creator" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:752 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:788 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:923 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:985 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:989 ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:999 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2961 msgid "File exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:827 ../daemon/gvfsjobcloseread.c:112 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobclosewrite.c:120 ../daemon/gvfsjobcopy.c:121 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobcreatemonitor.c:143 ../daemon/gvfsjobcreatemonitor.c:154 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobcreatemonitor.c:177 ../daemon/gvfsjobcreatemonitor.c:195 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobdelete.c:108 ../daemon/gvfsjobenumerate.c:271 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobmakedirectory.c:108 ../daemon/gvfsjobmount.c:112 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobmountmountable.c:138 ../daemon/gvfsjobmove.c:121 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforread.c:120 ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforwrite.c:184 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforwrite.c:198 ../daemon/gvfsjobopenforwrite.c:212 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobopeniconforread.c:104 ../daemon/gvfsjobpollmountable.c:107 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobpull.c:125 ../daemon/gvfsjobpush.c:125 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobqueryattributes.c:145 ../daemon/gvfsjobqueryfsinfo.c:116 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobqueryinfo.c:124 ../daemon/gvfsjobqueryinforead.c:119 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobqueryinfowrite.c:119 ../daemon/gvfsjobread.c:120 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobseekread.c:119 ../daemon/gvfsjobseekwrite.c:119 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobsetattribute.c:130 ../daemon/gvfsjobsetdisplayname.c:111 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobstartmountable.c:113 ../daemon/gvfsjobstopmountable.c:115 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobtrash.c:107 ../daemon/gvfsjobtruncate.c:112 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobunmountmountable.c:157 #: ../daemon/gvfsjobunmountmountable.c:172 ../daemon/gvfsjobwrite.c:120 #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:1174 ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:1258 #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:1617 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:1134 #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1676 msgid "Operation not supported by backend" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:852 msgid "No such file or directory in target path" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:884 ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1814 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1845 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1854 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4658 msgid "Target file exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendburn.c:949 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:811 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2537 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2750 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2847 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2940 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3548 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3558 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5489 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5521 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:6007 msgid "Not supported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackend.c:978 ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:922 #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:760 msgid "Unmount Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackend.c:981 ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:924 #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:763 msgid "" "Volume is busy\n" "One or more applications are keeping the volume busy." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:356 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1555 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:698 msgid "Cannot create gudev client" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:376 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1572 msgid "Cannot connect to the system bus" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:387 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1583 msgid "Cannot create libhal context" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:401 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1595 msgid "Cannot initialize libhal" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:417 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:503 msgid "No drive specified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find drive %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Drive %s does not contain audio files" msgstr "" #. Translator: %s is the device the disc is inserted into. 'cdda' is the name #. name of the backend and shouldn't be translated. #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:464 #, c-format msgid "cdda mount on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:465 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:986 #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:349 ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:325 #: ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:225 ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:246 #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:359 #, c-format msgid "Audio Disc" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:529 #, c-format msgid "File system is busy: %d open file" msgid_plural "File system is busy: %d open files" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:721 #, c-format msgid "No such file %s on drive %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: paranoia is the name of the cd audio reading library #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:830 #, c-format msgid "Error from 'paranoia' on drive %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:893 #, c-format msgid "Error seeking in stream on drive %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:1015 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1856 #, c-format msgid "No such file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:1029 #, c-format msgid "The file does not exist or isn't an audio track" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcdda.c:1134 msgid "Audio CD File System Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:198 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:770 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:531 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:660 msgid "Can't open mountable file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:857 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1174 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:889 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1007 msgid "Can't mount file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:900 msgid "No medium in the drive" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:957 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1052 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1158 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1248 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1321 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1390 msgid "Not a mountable file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1071 msgid "Can't unmount file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1201 msgid "Can't eject file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1268 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1275 msgid "Can't start drive" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1341 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1348 msgid "Can't stop drive" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1405 ../daemon/gvfsbackendcomputer.c:1412 msgid "Can't poll file" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the name of the WebDAV share constructed as #. "WebDAV as on :"; the ":" part is #. the second %s and only shown if it is not the default http(s) port. #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:482 #, c-format msgid "%s on %s%s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:674 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1923 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendhttp.c:256 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:691 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:700 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:708 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1407 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2053 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2142 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2243 msgid "Response invalid" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1550 msgid "WebDAV share" msgstr "" #. translators: %s here is the hostname #. Translators: %s is the hostname #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1552 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:491 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:980 #, c-format msgid "Enter password for %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1555 msgid "Please enter proxy password" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1927 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:1931 msgid "Not a WebDAV enabled share" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2007 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2097 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2170 ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2277 msgid "Could not create request" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddav.c:2418 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1271 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2228 msgid "Backup file creation failed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddnssd.c:511 ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:462 msgid "Local Network" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddnssd.c:758 ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:851 msgid "Can't monitor file or directory." msgstr "" #. TODO: Names, etc #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddnssd.c:776 msgid "Dns-SD" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackenddnssd.c:777 ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:783 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:918 ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:919 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the username, the second the host name #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:488 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Enter password for %s on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:518 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:997 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1041 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:667 msgid "Password dialog cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:728 msgid "Insufficient permissions" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:982 ../daemon/gvfsbackendftp.c:1337 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3320 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3522 msgid "backups not supported yet" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d: Directory or file exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:522 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d: No such file or directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:528 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d: Invalid filename" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:534 #, c-format msgid "%s: %d: Not Supported" msgstr "" #. Translator: %s represents the device, e.g. usb:001,042 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:746 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:752 #, c-format msgid "Digital Camera (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translator: %s is the vendor name, e.g. Panasonic #. Translators: %s is the device vendor #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:980 ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:197 #: ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:299 #, c-format msgid "%s Camera" msgstr "" #. Translator: %s is the vendor name, e.g. Panasonic #. Translators: %s is the device vendor #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:983 ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:192 #: ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:294 #, c-format msgid "%s Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:992 ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:203 #: ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:308 msgid "Camera" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:994 ../monitor/gphoto2/ggphoto2volume.c:306 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1611 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:690 msgid "No device specified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1631 msgid "Cannot create gphoto2 context" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1640 msgid "Error creating camera" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1652 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1661 msgid "Error loading device information" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1672 msgid "Error looking up device information" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1681 msgid "Error getting device information" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1695 msgid "Error setting up camera communications port" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1705 msgid "Error initializing camera" msgstr "" #. Translator: %s represents the device, e.g. usb:001,042. 'gphoto2' is the name of the #. backend and shouldn't be translated. #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1716 #, c-format msgid "gphoto2 mount on %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1802 msgid "No camera specified" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1864 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3590 msgid "Error creating file object" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1879 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3621 msgid "Error getting file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1889 msgid "Error getting data from file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:1947 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1835 #, c-format msgid "Malformed icon identifier '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2023 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3212 #, c-format msgid "Error seeking in stream on camera %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2163 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2993 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1469 msgid "Not a directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2196 msgid "Failed to get folder list" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2261 msgid "Failed to get file list" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2549 msgid "Error creating directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2762 msgid "Name already exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2773 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3441 msgid "New name too long" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2783 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3452 msgid "Error renaming directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2796 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3465 msgid "Error renaming file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2860 #, c-format msgid "Directory '%s' is not empty" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2871 msgid "Error deleting directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2897 ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3634 msgid "Error deleting file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2950 msgid "Can't write to directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:2997 msgid "Cannot allocate new file to append to" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3012 msgid "Cannot read file to append to" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3023 msgid "Cannot get data of file to append to" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3349 msgid "Error writing file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3397 msgid "Not supported (not same directory)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3409 msgid "" "Not supported (the source is a directory, the destination is a directory too)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3417 msgid "" "Not supported (the source is a directory, but the destination is an existing " "file)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendgphoto2.c:3429 msgid "" "Not supported (the source is a file, but the destination is a directory)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendhttp.c:252 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Client Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendlocaltest.c:857 msgid "Directory notification not supported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:505 msgid "Unknown error." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:511 #, c-format msgid "libmtp error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:644 msgid "Unexpected host URI format." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:654 msgid "Malformed host URI." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:667 msgid "Couldn't find matching udev device." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:811 msgid "No MTP devices found" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:816 msgid "Unable to connect to MTP device" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:821 msgid "Unable to allocate memory while detecting MTP devices" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:827 msgid "Generic libmtp error" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open MTP device '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:864 msgid "Device not found" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:903 msgid "Unnamed Device" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1125 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1218 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1272 msgid "File not found" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1335 msgid "Cannot make directory in this location" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1397 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1627 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1674 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1744 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2082 ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:2150 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1209 msgid "Not a regular file" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1504 msgid "Cannot write to this location" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1816 #, c-format msgid "No thumbnail for entity '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendmtp.c:1992 ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:411 msgid "Invalid filename" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:168 msgid "File Sharing" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:173 msgid "Remote Login" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:333 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:928 msgid "Windows Network" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the friendly name of the 'network://' backend that #. * shows computers in your local network. #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendnetwork.c:976 msgid "Network Location Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:916 msgid "USB support missing. Please contact your software vendor" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1038 msgid "Connection to the device lost" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1535 msgid "Device requires a software update" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendobexftp.c:1882 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2102 #, c-format msgid "Error deleting file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:238 msgid "The recent folder may not be deleted" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the display name of the backend #. translators: This is the name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:548 ../daemon/gvfsbackendrecent.c:662 msgid "Recent" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:314 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:670 msgid "SSH program unexpectedly exited" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:329 msgid "Hostname not known" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:336 msgid "No route to host" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:343 msgid "Connection refused by server" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:350 msgid "Host key verification failed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:514 msgid "Unable to spawn SSH program" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Unable to spawn SSH program: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:632 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:890 msgid "Timed out when logging in" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the username, the second the host name #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:970 #, c-format msgid "Enter passphrase for secure key for %s on %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the hostname #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:977 #, c-format msgid "Enter passphrase for secure key for %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1060 msgid "Can't send password" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1068 msgid "Log In Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1068 msgid "Cancel Login" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1077 #, c-format msgid "" "Can't verify the identity of “%s”.\n" "This happens when you log in to a computer the first time.\n" "\n" "The identity sent by the remote computer is “%s”. If you want to be " "absolutely sure it is safe to continue, contact the system administrator." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1096 msgid "Login dialog cancelled" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1116 msgid "Can't send host identity confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1664 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1692 msgid "Protocol error" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:1759 msgid "Unable to find supported SSH command" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2033 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2435 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2494 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2505 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2561 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2650 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2700 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2753 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2828 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2935 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3066 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3148 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3222 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3234 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3292 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3334 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3548 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3580 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3636 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3693 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3762 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4027 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4094 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4224 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4331 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4391 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4426 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4454 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4562 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4616 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4655 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4689 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4723 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4738 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4753 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4831 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:4992 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5027 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5097 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5181 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5263 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5304 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5308 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5421 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5425 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5651 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5864 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5881 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:6013 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:6041 msgid "Invalid reply received" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2294 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1544 #: ../daemon/gvfsdaemonutils.c:136 msgid " (invalid encoding)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2379 msgid "Failure" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:2773 #, c-format msgid "Error creating backup file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:3398 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsftp.c:5332 msgid "Unable to create temporary file" msgstr "" #. translators: %s is a server name #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:379 #, c-format msgid "Password required for %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:863 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:910 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:524 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:570 #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Internal Error (%s)" msgstr "" #. translators: Name for the location that lists the smb shares #. availible on a server (%s is the name of the server) #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:937 #, c-format msgid "Windows shares on %s" msgstr "" #. translators: We tried to mount a windows (samba) share, but failed #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1046 #, c-format msgid "Failed to retrieve share list from server: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmbbrowse.c:1558 msgid "Windows Network File System Service" msgstr "" #. translators: First %s is a share name, second is a server name #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:261 #, c-format msgid "Password required for share %s on %s" msgstr "" #. translators: We tried to mount a windows (samba) share, but failed #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:672 #, c-format msgid "Failed to mount Windows share: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:873 ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1372 msgid "Unsupported seek type" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1480 #, c-format msgid "Backup file creation failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:1864 msgid "Invalid attribute type (uint64 expected)" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2051 msgid "Can't rename file, filename already exists" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2176 #, c-format msgid "Error moving file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2248 #, c-format msgid "Error removing target file: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2272 msgid "Can't recursively move directory" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendsmb.c:2318 msgid "Windows Shares File System Service" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:371 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:427 msgid "The trash folder may not be deleted" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:388 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:441 msgid "Items in the trash may not be modified" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the display name of the backend #. translators: This is the name of the backend #: ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:740 ../daemon/gvfsbackendtrash.c:852 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftpconnection.c:180 msgid "Unexpected end of stream" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftpconnection.c:196 ../daemon/gvfsftpconnection.c:209 #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:415 ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:843 msgid "Invalid reply" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftpconnection.c:392 msgid "" "Failed to create active FTP connection. Maybe your router does not support " "this?" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftpconnection.c:399 msgid "Failed to create active FTP connection." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftpfile.c:170 msgid "Filename contains invalid characters." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:261 msgid "The FTP server is busy. Try again later" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:359 msgid "Accounts are unsupported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:363 msgid "Host closed connection" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:367 msgid "Cannot open data connection. Maybe your firewall prevents this?" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:371 msgid "Data connection closed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:378 ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:382 msgid "Operation failed" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:387 msgid "No space left on server" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:399 msgid "Unsupported network protocol" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsftptask.c:407 msgid "Page type unknown" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsjobmakesymlink.c:111 msgid "Symlinks not supported by backend" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsjobsetattribute.c:99 msgid "Invalid dbus message" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsjobunmount.c:123 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2utils.c:822 #, c-format msgid "%s has been unmounted\n" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsjobunmount.c:141 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2utils.c:676 #, c-format msgid "" "Unmounting %s\n" "Please wait" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/gvfsjobunmount.c:197 msgid "File system is busy" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/main.c:142 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:482 msgid "Replace old daemon." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/main.c:143 msgid "Don't start fuse." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/main.c:157 msgid "GVFS Daemon" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/main.c:160 msgid "Main daemon for GVFS" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the application name, #. the second %s is the error message #: ../daemon/main.c:175 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/main.c:177 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:509 #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:168 ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:180 #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:131 ../programs/gvfs-info.c:396 #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:428 ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:95 #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:105 ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:112 #: ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:69 ../programs/gvfs-monitor-dir.c:124 #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-file.c:123 ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:1055 #: ../programs/gvfs-move.c:119 ../programs/gvfs-open.c:76 #: ../programs/gvfs-open.c:88 ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:73 #: ../programs/gvfs-rm.c:70 ../programs/gvfs-save.c:176 #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:149 ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:104 #: ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:260 #, c-format msgid "Try \"%s --help\" for more information." msgstr "" #: ../daemon/mount.c:702 #, c-format msgid "Automount failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/mount.c:746 ../daemon/mount.c:807 msgid "The specified location is not mounted" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/mount.c:751 msgid "The specified location is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/mount.c:875 msgid "Location is already mounted" msgstr "" #: ../daemon/mount.c:884 msgid "Location is not mountable" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:157 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:277 #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:326 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:361 #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:397 #, c-format msgid "Can't find metadata file %s" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:175 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:187 msgid "Unable to set metadata key" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:197 ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:336 msgid "Unable to unset metadata key" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:371 msgid "Unable to remove metadata keys" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:408 msgid "Unable to move metadata keys" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:492 msgid "GVFS Metadata Daemon" msgstr "" #: ../metadata/meta-daemon.c:495 msgid "Metadata daemon for GVFS" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/gdu-volume-monitor-daemon.c:40 msgid "GVfs GDU Volume Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:168 ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:179 msgid "Floppy Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:258 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2drive.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Unnamed Drive (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:260 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2drive.c:288 msgid "Unnamed Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:561 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2drive.c:609 #, c-format msgid "Failed to eject medium; one or more volumes on the medium are busy." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:1017 msgid "" "Start drive in degraded mode?\n" "Starting a drive in degraded mode means that the drive is no longer tolerant " "to failures. Data on the drive may be irrevocably lost if a component fails." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdudrive.c:1023 msgid "Start Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:857 ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:670 msgid "One or more programs are preventing the unmount operation." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:985 msgid "Cannot get LUKS cleartext slave" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggdumount.c:1007 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get LUKS cleartext slave from path `%s'" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:337 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter a password to unlock the volume\n" "The device \"%s\" contains encrypted data on partition %d." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:1104 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter a password to unlock the volume\n" "The device \"%s\" contains encrypted data." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gdu/ggduvolume.c:1111 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter a password to unlock the volume\n" "The device %s contains encrypted data." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/goa/goavolume.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get org.gnome.OnlineAccounts.Files for %s" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/goa/goavolume.c:256 #, c-format msgid "Invalid credentials for %s" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/goa/goavolume.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported authentication method for %s" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:40 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:40 msgid "CD-ROM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:40 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:40 msgid "Blank CD-ROM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:41 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:41 msgid "CD-R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:41 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:41 msgid "Blank CD-R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:42 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:42 msgid "CD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:42 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:42 msgid "Blank CD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:43 ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:45 #: ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:43 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:45 msgid "DVD-ROM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:43 ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:45 #: ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:43 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:45 msgid "Blank DVD-ROM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:44 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:44 msgid "DVD-RAM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:44 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:44 msgid "Blank DVD-RAM Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:46 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:46 msgid "DVD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:46 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:46 msgid "Blank DVD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:47 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:47 msgid "DVD+R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:47 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:47 msgid "Blank DVD+R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:48 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:48 msgid "DVD+RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:48 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:48 msgid "Blank DVD+RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:49 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:49 msgid "DVD+R DL Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:49 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:49 msgid "Blank DVD+R DL Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:50 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:50 msgid "Blu-Ray Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:50 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:50 msgid "Blank Blu-Ray Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:51 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:51 msgid "Blu-Ray R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:51 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:51 msgid "Blank Blu-Ray R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:52 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:52 msgid "Blu-Ray RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:52 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:52 msgid "Blank Blu-Ray RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:53 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:53 msgid "HD DVD Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:53 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:53 msgid "Blank HD DVD Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:54 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:54 msgid "HD DVD-R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:54 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:54 msgid "Blank HD DVD-R Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:55 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:55 msgid "HD DVD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:55 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:55 msgid "Blank HD DVD-RW Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:56 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:56 msgid "MO Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:56 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:56 msgid "Blank MO Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:57 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:57 msgid "Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/gphoto2/hal-utils.c:57 ../monitor/hal/hal-utils.c:57 msgid "Blank Disc" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:127 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:129 msgid "CD-R" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:131 msgid "CD-RW" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:135 msgid "DVD-ROM" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:137 msgid "DVD+R" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:139 msgid "DVD+RW" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:141 msgid "DVD-R" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:143 msgid "DVD-RW" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:145 msgid "DVD-RAM" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:148 msgid "DVD±R" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:151 msgid "DVD±RW" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:153 msgid "HDDVD" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:155 msgid "HDDVD-r" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:157 msgid "HDDVD-RW" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:159 msgid "Blu-ray" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:161 msgid "Blu-ray-R" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:163 msgid "Blu-ray-RE" msgstr "" #. translators: This wis something like "CD-ROM/DVD Drive" or #. "CD-RW/Blue-ray Drive" depending on the properties of the drive #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:169 #, c-format msgid "%s/%s Drive" msgstr "" #. translators: This wis something like "CD-ROM Drive" or "CD-RW Drive #. depending on the properties of the drive #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:175 #, c-format msgid "%s Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:185 msgid "Software RAID Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:187 msgid "USB Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:189 msgid "ATA Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:191 msgid "SCSI Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:193 msgid "FireWire Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:197 msgid "Tape Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:199 msgid "CompactFlash Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:201 msgid "MemoryStick Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:203 msgid "SmartMedia Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:205 msgid "SD/MMC Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:207 msgid "Zip Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:209 msgid "Jaz Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:211 msgid "Thumb Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:214 msgid "Mass Storage Drive" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghaldrive.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Failed to eject media; one or more volumes on the media are busy." msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:159 ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:163 #, c-format msgid "%.1f kB" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:164 ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:168 #, c-format msgid "%.1f MB" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:169 ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:173 #, c-format msgid "%.1f GB" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:323 ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:244 msgid "Mixed Audio/Data Disc" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the size of the mount (e.g. 512 MB) #: ../monitor/hal/ghalmount.c:336 #, c-format msgid "%s Medium" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the size of the volume (e.g. 512 MB) #: ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:232 #, c-format msgid "%s Encrypted Data" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the size of the volume (e.g. 512 MB) #: ../monitor/hal/ghalvolume.c:255 #, c-format msgid "%s Media" msgstr "" #. Note that the GUI (Shell, Files) currently use the term #. * "Eject" for both GDrive.stop() and GDrive.eject(). #. #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2mount.c:756 msgid "Eject Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2utils.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Timed out running command-line `%s'" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2utils.c:677 #, c-format msgid "" "Writing data to %s\n" "Don't unplug until finished" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2utils.c:822 #, c-format msgid "You can now unplug %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for encrypted volumes. #. * The first %s is the formatted size (e.g. "42.0 MB"). #. #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:279 #, c-format msgid "%s Encrypted" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used for volume with no filesystem label. #. * The first %s is the formatted size (e.g. "42.0 MB"). #. #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:291 #, c-format msgid "%s Volume" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name used for volume #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:527 msgid "Volume" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1100 #, c-format msgid "Error storing passphrase in keyring (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1135 #, c-format msgid "Error deleting invalid passphrase from keyring (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1200 msgid "The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1229 #, c-format msgid "Encryption passphrase for %s" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1397 msgid "A passphrase is required to access the volume" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the message shown to users #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1412 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter a passphrase to unlock the volume\n" "The passphrase is needed to access encrypted data on %s." msgstr "" #. Translators: this is used to describe the drive the encrypted media #. * is on - the first %s is the name (such as 'WD 2500JB External'), the #. * second %s is the description ('250 GB Hard Disk'). #. #: ../monitor/udisks2/gvfsudisks2volume.c:1581 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../monitor/udisks2/udisks2volumemonitordaemon.c:40 msgid "GVfs UDisks2 Volume Monitor" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the URI of the file, the third is the error message. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:58 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s: error opening file: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the #. second one is the URI of the file. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:82 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s, error writing to stdout" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the URI of the file, the third is the error message. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:95 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s: error reading: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the URI of the file, the third is the error message. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:114 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s:error closing: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:141 ../programs/gvfs-open.c:59 #: ../programs/gvfs-rm.c:56 msgid "FILE" msgstr "" #. Translators: this message will appear after the usage string #. and before the list of options. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:144 msgid "Concatenate files and print to the standard output." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:145 msgid "" "gvfs-cat works just like the traditional cat utility, but using gvfs\n" "locations instead of local files: for example you can use something\n" "like smb://server/resource/file.txt as location." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:149 msgid "" "Note: just pipe through cat if you need its formatting options\n" "like -n, -T or other." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:166 ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:129 #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:394 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:426 #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:92 ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:67 #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-dir.c:122 ../programs/gvfs-monitor-file.c:121 #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:1053 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:117 #: ../programs/gvfs-open.c:74 ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:71 #: ../programs/gvfs-rm.c:68 ../programs/gvfs-save.c:174 #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:147 ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:102 #: ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing commandline options: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: the %s is the program name. This error message #. means the user is calling gvfs-cat without any argument. #: ../programs/gvfs-cat.c:178 ../programs/gvfs-open.c:86 #, c-format msgid "%s: missing locations" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:44 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:42 msgid "No target directory" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:45 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:43 msgid "Show progress" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:46 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:44 msgid "Prompt before overwrite" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:47 msgid "Preserve all attributes" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:48 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:45 #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:43 msgid "Backup existing destination files" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:49 msgid "Never follow symbolic links" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:78 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:67 #, c-format msgid "progress" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:119 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:107 msgid "SOURCE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:119 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:107 #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:163 msgid "DEST" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:120 msgid "Copy one or more files from SOURCE to DEST." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:139 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:127 #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:81 msgid "Missing operand\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:147 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:135 msgid "Too many arguments\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:156 ../programs/gvfs-move.c:144 #, c-format msgid "Target %s is not a directory\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:201 #, c-format msgid "overwrite %s?" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-copy.c:215 #, c-format msgid "Error copying file %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:37 msgid "List writable attributes" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:38 msgid "Get file system info" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:39 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:40 msgid "The attributes to get" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:39 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:40 msgid "ATTRIBUTES" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:40 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:44 #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:37 msgid "Don't follow symbolic links" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:50 msgid "invalid type" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:53 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:56 msgid "regular" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:59 msgid "directory" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:62 msgid "symlink" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:65 msgid "special" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:68 msgid "shortcut" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:71 msgid "mountable" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:109 #, c-format msgid "attributes:\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a noun and represents and attribute of a file #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:161 #, c-format msgid "display name: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a noun and represents and attribute of a file #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:166 #, c-format msgid "edit name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:172 #, c-format msgid "name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:179 #, c-format msgid "type: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:185 #, c-format msgid "size: " msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:190 #, c-format msgid "hidden\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:193 #, c-format msgid "uri: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:279 msgid "Copy with file" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:283 msgid "Keep with file when moved" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:320 #, c-format msgid "Error getting writable attributes: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:325 #, c-format msgid "Settable attributes:\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:348 #, c-format msgid "Writable attribute namespaces:\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:382 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:409 #: ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:55 ../programs/gvfs-monitor-dir.c:110 #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-file.c:109 ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:1041 #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:62 ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:137 #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:90 ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:246 msgid "LOCATION" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-info.c:383 msgid "Show information about locations." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:41 ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:36 msgid "Show hidden files" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:42 msgid "Use a long listing format" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:43 msgid "Show completions" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:43 msgid "PREFIX" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:45 msgid "Print full URIs" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:180 ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:188 #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:95 #, c-format msgid "Error: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:410 msgid "List the contents of the locations." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-ls.c:411 msgid "" "gvfs-ls is similar to the traditional ls utility, but using gvfs\n" "locations instead of local files: for example you can use something\n" "like smb://server/resource/file.txt as location. File attributes can\n" "be specified with their gvfs name, e.g. standard::icon." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:36 msgid "Query handler for mime-type" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:37 msgid "Set handler for mime-type" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:80 msgid "MIMETYPE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:80 msgid "HANDLER" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:81 msgid "Get or set the handler for a mime-type." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:93 msgid "Specify either --query or --set" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:104 #, c-format msgid "Must specify a single mime-type.\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Must specify the mime-type followed by the default handler.\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:126 #, c-format msgid "No default applications for '%s'\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Default application for '%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:137 #, c-format msgid "Registered applications:\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:139 #, c-format msgid "No registered applications\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Recommended applications:\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:152 #, c-format msgid "No recommended applications\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:172 #, c-format msgid "Failed to load info for handler '%s'\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mime.c:178 #, c-format msgid "Failed to set '%s' as the default handler for '%s': %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:33 msgid "Create parent directories" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:56 msgid "Create directories." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:87 ../programs/gvfs-mkdir.c:96 #, c-format msgid "Error creating directory: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-dir.c:38 ../programs/gvfs-monitor-file.c:38 msgid "Don't send single MOVED events" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-dir.c:111 msgid "Monitor directories for changes." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-monitor-file.c:110 msgid "Monitor files for changes." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:57 msgid "Mount as mountable" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:58 msgid "Mount volume with device file" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:58 msgid "DEVICE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:59 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:60 msgid "Eject" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:61 msgid "Unmount all mounts with the given scheme" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:61 msgid "SCHEME" msgstr "" #. Translator: List here is a verb as in 'List all mounts' #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:63 msgid "List" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:64 msgid "Monitor events" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:65 msgid "Show extra information" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:169 ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Error mounting location: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Error unmounting mount: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:276 ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:325 #, c-format msgid "Error finding enclosing mount: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:302 #, c-format msgid "Error ejecting mount: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:781 #, c-format msgid "Error mounting %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Mounted %s at %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:846 #, c-format msgid "No volume for device file %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-mount.c:1042 msgid "Mount the locations." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-move.c:108 msgid "Move one or more files from SOURCE to DEST." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-move.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Error moving file %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: this message will appear after the usage string #. and before the list of options. #: ../programs/gvfs-open.c:62 msgid "" "Open files with the default application that\n" "is registered to handle files of this type." msgstr "" #. Translators: the first %s is the program name, the second one #. is the URI of the file, the third is the error message. #: ../programs/gvfs-open.c:118 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s: error opening location: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:62 msgid "NEW-NAME" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:63 msgid "Rename a file." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-rename.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Rename successful. New uri: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-rm.c:34 ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:68 msgid "Ignore nonexistent files, never prompt" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-rm.c:57 msgid "Delete the given files." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:44 msgid "Only create if not existing" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:45 msgid "Append to end of file" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:46 msgid "When creating, restrict access to the current user" msgstr "" #. Translators: The "etag" is a token allowing to verify whether a file has been modified #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:48 msgid "Print new etag at end" msgstr "" #. Translators: The "etag" is a token allowing to verify whether a file has been modified #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:50 msgid "The etag of the file being overwritten" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:50 msgid "ETAG" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:78 #, c-format msgid "Error opening file: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:111 msgid "Error reading stdin" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:124 #, c-format msgid "Error closing: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: The "etag" is a token allowing to verify whether a file has been modified #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:137 #, c-format msgid "Etag not available\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-save.c:164 msgid "Read from standard input and save to DEST." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:36 msgid "Type of the attribute" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:36 msgid "TYPE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:137 msgid "ATTRIBUTE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:137 msgid "VALUE" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:138 msgid "Set a file attribute of LOCATION." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:157 msgid "Location not specified\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:165 msgid "Attribute not specified\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:174 msgid "Value not specified\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:217 #, c-format msgid "Invalid attribute type %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-set-attribute.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Error setting attribute: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:69 msgid "Empty the trash" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:91 msgid "Move files or directories to the trash." msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-trash.c:122 #, c-format msgid "Error trashing file: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:37 msgid "Follow symbolic links, mounts and shortcuts" msgstr "" #: ../programs/gvfs-tree.c:247 msgid "List contents of directories in a tree-like format." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/totem-pl-parser.po0000644000000000000000000000137312321561562022123 0ustar # English/Canada translation of totem. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the totem package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: totem\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 14:33+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-02 03:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plparse/totem-disc.c:955 msgid "Blu-ray" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather.po0000644000000000000000000000471512321561562021370 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-applets. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-applets package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-applets\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:17+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 13:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:37+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/glade/libgweather.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Location Entry" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/libgweather.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Timezone Menu" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/libgweather.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/libgweather.xml.in.h:4 msgid "GWeather" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:115 msgid "Northeast" msgstr "NorthEast" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "East - Southeast" msgstr "East - SouthEast" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "Southeast" msgstr "SouthEast" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:116 msgid "South - Southeast" msgstr "South - SouthEast" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "South - Southwest" msgstr "South - SouthWest" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "Southwest" msgstr "SouthWest" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:117 msgid "West - Southwest" msgstr "West - SouthWest" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "West - Northwest" msgstr "West - NorthWest" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "Northwest" msgstr "NorthWest" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:118 msgid "North - Northwest" msgstr "North - NorthWest" #. ICE_PELLETS #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Sleet" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Little sleet" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Moderate sleet" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Heavy sleet" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Sleet storm" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather.c:180 msgid "Showers of sleet" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather-owm.c:385 msgid "" "Weather data from the Open Weather Map " "project" msgstr "" #: ../libgweather/weather-yrno.c:449 #, c-format msgid "" "Weather data from the Norwegian Meteorological Institute" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgweather-locations.po0000644000000000000000000000700012321561563023350 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-applets locations # Copyright (C) 2004-2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-applets package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-applets\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-04 10:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 16:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. A city in Taiwan. #. The name is also written "埔頂". #. #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:1345 msgid "Taoyuan" msgstr "" #. The capital of Taiwan. #. The name is also written "臺北". #. #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:1349 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "" #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:1553 msgid "Australasia and Oceania" msgstr "" #. The capital of Fiji #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:1724 msgid "Suva" msgstr "" #. A city in France #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3253 msgid "Mulhouse" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3705 msgid "Liguria" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3718 msgid "Sardinia" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3732 msgid "Friuli-Venezia Giulia" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3742 msgid "Puglia" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3758 msgid "Lombardy" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3769 msgid "Emilia-Romagna" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3785 msgid "Trentino-Alto Adige" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3797 msgid "Val d'Aosta" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3801 msgid "Campania" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3816 msgid "Piedmont" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3827 msgid "Sicily" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3841 msgid "Calabria" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3849 msgid "Tuscany" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3862 msgid "Lazio" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3879 msgid "Marche" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3883 msgid "Umbria" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3889 msgid "Abruzzo" msgstr "" #. An administrative division of Italy #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:3893 msgid "Veneto" msgstr "" #. A city in Russia #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4451 msgid "Tomsk" msgstr "" #. A city in Switzerland #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4713 msgid "Basel" msgstr "" #. A city in Switzerland #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4728 msgid "St. Moritz" msgstr "" #. A city in East and South East England in the United #. Kingdom #. #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4913 msgid "Ipswich" msgstr "" #. A city in Midlands in the United Kingdom #: ../data/Locations.xml.in.h:4925 msgid "Castle Donington" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000026112112321561563023274 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-control-center. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-control-center package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-09 05:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-10 02:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gnome-settings-daemon.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Smartcard removal action" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "Set this to one of \"none\", \"lock-screen\", or \"force-logout\". The " "action will get performed when the smartcard used for log in is removed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Disable touchpad while typing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE if you have problems with accidentally hitting the touchpad " "while typing." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Enable horizontal scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE to allow horizontal scrolling by the same method selected " "with the scroll_method key." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Select the touchpad scroll method" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Select the touchpad scroll method. Supported values are: \"disabled\", " "\"edge-scrolling\", \"two-finger-scrolling\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Enable mouse clicks with touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Set this to TRUE to be able to send mouse clicks by tapping on the touchpad." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Enable touchpad" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Set this to TRUE to enable all touchpads." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "" "Highlights the current location of the pointer when the Control key is " "pressed and released." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Double click time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Length of a double click in milliseconds." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Drag threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Distance before a drag is started." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "Middle button emulation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "" "Enables middle mouse button emulation through simultaneous left and right " "button click." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the tablet's orientation is locked, or rotated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Device hotplug custom command" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "" "Command to be run when a device is added or removed. An exit value of 1 " "means that the device will not be handled further by gnome-settings-daemon." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Activation of this plugin" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "Whether this plugin would be activated by gnome-settings-daemon or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Priority to use for this plugin" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.keyboard.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.orientation.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.print-notifications.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Priority to use for this plugin in gnome-settings-daemon startup queue" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Wacom stylus absolute mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Enable this to set the tablet to absolute mode." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Wacom tablet area" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the area usable by the tools." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Wacom tablet aspect ratio" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Enable this to restrict the Wacom tablet area to match the aspect ratio of " "the output." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Wacom tablet rotation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Set this to 'none', 'cw' for 90 degree clockwise, 'half' for 180 degree, and " "'ccw' for 90 degree counterclockwise." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "Wacom touch feature" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Enable this to move the cursor when the user touches the tablet." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Wacom tablet PC feature" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Enable this to only report stylus events when the tip is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Wacom display mapping" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "EDID information of monitor to map tablet to. Must be in the format [vendor, " "product, serial]. [\"\",\"\",\"\"] disables mapping." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Wacom stylus pressure curve" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the pressure curve applied to the stylus." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Wacom stylus button mapping" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Set this to the logical button mapping." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Wacom stylus pressure threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Set this to the pressure value at which a stylus click event is generated." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Wacom eraser pressure curve" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "" "Set this to x1, y1 and x2, y2 of the pressure curve applied to the eraser." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "Wacom eraser button mapping" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "Wacom eraser pressure threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "" "Set this to the pressure value at which an eraser click event is generated." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "Wacom button action type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:31 msgid "The type of action triggered by the button being pressed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:32 msgid "Key combination for the custom action" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "" "The keyboard shortcut generated when the button is pressed for custom " "actions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Key combinations for a touchring or touchstrip custom action" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.peripherals.wacom.gschema.xml.in.in.h:35 msgid "" "The keyboard shortcuts generated when a touchring or touchstrip is used for " "custom actions (up followed by down)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "The duration a display profile is valid" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the display color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "The duration a printer profile is valid" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is " "considered invalid." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "List of plugins that are allowed to be loaded" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the plugins that are allowed to be loaded " "(default: 'all'). The plugins still need to be marked as active to get " "loaded. This is only evaluated on startup." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Mount paths to ignore" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Specify a list of mount paths to ignore when they run low on space." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Free percentage notify threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Percentage free space threshold for initial warning of low disk space. If " "the percentage free space drops below this, a warning will be shown." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Subsequent free space percentage notify threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Specify the percentage that the free disk space should reduce by before " "issuing a subsequent warning." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Free space notify threshold" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "Specify an amount in GB. If the amount of free space is more than this, no " "warning will be shown." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "Minimum notify period for repeated warnings" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.housekeeping.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "Specify a time in minutes. Subsequent warnings for a volume will not appear " "more often than this period." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Custom keybindings" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "List of custom keybindings" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Launch calculator" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "Binding to launch the calculator." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Launch email client" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "Binding to launch the email client." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "Binding to eject an optical disc." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "Binding to launch the help browser." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "Binding to open the Home folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "Launch media player" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "Binding to launch the media player." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Next track" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "Binding to skip to next track." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Pause playback" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "Binding to pause playback." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Binding to start playback (or toggle play/pause)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "Binding to log out." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Previous track" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "Binding to skip to previous track." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "Binding to lock the screen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:32 msgid "Binding to launch the search tool." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:33 msgid "Stop playback" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:34 msgid "Binding to stop playback." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:36 msgid "Binding to lower the system volume." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:38 msgid "Binding to mute the system volume." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:40 msgid "Binding to raise the system volume." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:41 msgid "Take a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:42 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:43 msgid "Take a screenshot of a window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:44 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot of a window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:45 msgid "Take a screenshot of an area" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:46 msgid "Binding to take a screenshot of an area." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:47 msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:48 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:49 msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:50 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:51 msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:52 msgid "Binding to copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:53 msgid "Launch terminal" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:54 msgid "Binding to launch the terminal." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:55 msgid "Record a short video of the screen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:57 msgid "Binding to launch the web browser." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:58 msgid "Toggle magnifier" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:59 msgid "Binding to show the screen magnifier" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:60 msgid "Toggle screen reader" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:61 msgid "Binding to start the screen reader" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:62 msgid "Toggle on-screen keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:63 msgid "Binding to show the on-screen keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:64 msgid "Increase text size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:65 msgid "Binding to increase the text size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:66 msgid "Decrease text size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:67 msgid "Binding to decrease the text size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:68 msgid "Toggle contrast" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:69 msgid "Binding to toggle the interface contrast" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:70 msgid "Magnifier zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:71 msgid "Binding for the magnifier to zoom in" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:72 msgid "Magnifier zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:73 msgid "Binding for the magnifier to zoom out" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:74 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:75 msgid "Name of the custom binding" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:76 msgid "Binding" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:77 msgid "Binding for the custom binding" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:78 msgid "Command" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.media-keys.gschema.xml.in.in.h:79 msgid "Command to run when the binding is invoked" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Percentage considered low" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when it is considered low. Only valid when use-" "time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Percentage considered critical" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when it is considered critical. Only valid " "when use-time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "Percentage action is taken" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "The percentage of the battery when the critical action is performed. Only " "valid when use-time-for-policy is false." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "The time remaining when low" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when it is considered low. Only " "valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The time remaining when critical" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when it is considered critical. " "Only valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "The time remaining when action is taken" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "" "The time remaining in seconds of the battery when critical action is taken. " "Only valid when use-time-for-policy is true." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "Whether to use time-based notifications" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "" "If time based notifications should be used. If set to false, then the " "percentage change is used instead, which may fix a broken ACPI BIOS." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "If we should show the recalled battery warning for a broken battery" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "" "If we should show the recalled battery warning for a broken battery. Set " "this to false only if you know your battery is okay." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Use mobile broadband connections" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use mobile broadband connections such as GSM and CDMA to check for updates." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Automatically download updates in the background without confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "Automatically download updates in the background without confirmation. " "Updates will be auto-downloaded when using wired network connnections, and " "mobile broadband if 'connection-use-mobile' is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "How often to check for updates" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "How often to check for updates. Value is in seconds. This is a maximum " "amount of time that can pass between a security update being published, and " "the update being automatically installed or the user notified." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "How often to notify the user that non-critical updates are available" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "How often to tell the user there are non-critical updates. Value is in " "seconds. Security update notifications are always shown after the check for " "updates, but non-critical notifications should be shown a lot less " "frequently." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "The last time we told the user about non-critical notifications" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "The last time we notified the user about non-critical updates. Value is in " "seconds since the epoch, or zero for never." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:15 msgid "How often to check for distribution upgrades" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:16 msgid "How often to check for distribution upgrades. Value is in seconds." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:17 msgid "How often to refresh the package cache" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:18 msgid "How often to refresh the package cache. Value is in seconds." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:19 msgid "Check for updates when running on battery power" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:20 msgid "Check for updates when running on battery power." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:21 msgid "Notify the user when distribution upgrades are available" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:22 msgid "Notify the user when distribution upgrades are available." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:23 msgid "Ask the user if additional firmware should be installed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:24 msgid "" "Ask the user if additional firmware should be installed if it is available." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:25 msgid "Firmware files that should not be searched for" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:26 msgid "" "Firmware files that should not be searched for, separated by commas. These " "can include '*' and '?' characters." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:27 msgid "Devices that should be ignored" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:28 msgid "" "Devices that should be ignored, separated by commas. These can include '*' " "and '?' characters." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:29 msgid "The filenames on removable media that designate it a software source." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.updates.gschema.xml.in.in.h:30 msgid "" "When removable media is inserted, it is checked to see if it contains any " "important filenames in the root directory. If the filename matches, then an " "updates check is performed. This allows post-install disks to be used to " "update running systems." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "File for default configuration for RandR" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The XRandR plugin will look for a default configuration in the file " "specified by this key. This is similar to the ~/.config/monitors.xml that " "normally gets stored in users' home directories. If a user does not have " "such a file, or has one that does not match the user's setup of monitors, " "then the file specified by this key will be used instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:7 msgid "Whether to turn off specific monitors after boot" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xrandr.gschema.xml.in.in.h:8 msgid "" "'clone' will display the same thing on all monitors, 'dock' will switch off " "the internal monitor, 'do-nothing' will use the default Xorg behaviour " "(extend the desktop in recent versions). The default, 'follow-lid', will " "choose between 'do-nothing' and 'dock' depending on whether the lid is " "(respectively) open or closed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Antialiasing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: " "\"none\" for no antialiasing, \"grayscale\" for standard grayscale " "antialiasing, and \"rgba\" for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:5 msgid "Hinting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:6 msgid "" "The type of hinting to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: \"none" "\" for no hinting, \"slight\" for basic, \"medium\" for moderate, and \"full" "\" for maximum hinting (may cause distortion of letter forms)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:9 msgid "RGBA order" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:10 msgid "" "The order of subpixel elements on an LCD screen; only used when antialiasing " "is set to \"rgba\". Possible values are: \"rgb\" for red on left (most " "common), \"bgr\" for blue on left, \"vrgb\" for red on top, \"vbgr\" for red " "on bottom." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:11 msgid "List of explicitly disabled GTK+ modules" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:12 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the GTK+ modules that will not be loaded, " "even if enabled by default in their configuration." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:13 msgid "List of explicitly enabled GTK+ modules" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.xsettings.gschema.xml.in.in.h:14 msgid "" "A list of strings representing the GTK+ modules that will be loaded, usually " "in addition to conditional and forcibly disabled ones." msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:52 msgid "Enable debugging code" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:53 msgid "Replace existing daemon" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:54 msgid "Exit after a time (for debugging)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility keyboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:400 msgid "Slow Keys Turned On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:401 msgid "Slow Keys Turned Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:412 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:480 #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:940 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:418 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:486 msgid "Turn Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:418 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:486 msgid "Turn On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:424 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:492 msgid "Leave On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:424 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:492 msgid "Leave Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:465 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:466 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility settings plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/background/background.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/background/background.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Background plugin" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Clipboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1666 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1671 msgid "Recalibrate now" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the device has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1714 msgid "Recalibration required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the display has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1726 #, c-format msgid "The display '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the printer has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1735 #, c-format msgid "The printer '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2059 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2075 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2061 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2077 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/cursor/cursor.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/cursor/cursor.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Show/hide cursor on tablet devices" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Dummy plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:588 #, c-format msgid "Low Disk Space on \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:590 #, c-format msgid "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the trash." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:594 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:81 #, c-format msgid "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "" #. Set up all the window stuff here #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:599 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:205 msgid "Low Disk Space" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:601 #, c-format msgid "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the trash." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:604 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:84 #, c-format msgid "This computer has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:619 msgid "Disk space" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:626 msgid "Examine" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:634 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:437 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:641 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:452 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:66 msgid "Don't show any warnings again for this file system" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:68 msgid "Don't show any warnings again" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:103 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by removing unused programs or files, or by " "moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:108 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:111 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by removing unused programs or files, or by " "moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:445 msgid "Examine…" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Housekeeping" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "" "Automatically prunes thumbnail caches and other transient files, and warns " "about low disk space" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless keyboard with internal battery #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:612 msgid "Keyboard" msgid_plural "Keyboards" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Keyboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-media-keys-manager.c:2411 msgid "Screencast from %d %t.webm" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:84 msgid "Unable to capture a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:115 #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:155 msgid "Screenshot taken" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets made up #. * with the screenshot #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1837 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1847 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:2371 msgid "System Sounds" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Media keys" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Media keys plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:105 msgid "Touchpad toggle" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:106 msgid "Touchpad On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:107 msgid "Touchpad Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:111 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:112 msgid "Microphone Mute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:113 msgid "Quiet Volume Mute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:114 msgid "Quiet Volume Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:115 msgid "Quiet Volume Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:124 msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:140 msgid "Rewind" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:141 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:142 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:143 msgid "Random Play" msgstr "" #. Key code of the XF86Display key (Fn-F7 on Thinkpads, Fn-F4 on HP machines, etc.) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:144 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:146 msgid "Video Out" msgstr "" #. Key code of the XF86RotateWindows key (present on some tablets) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:148 msgid "Rotate Screen" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:157 msgid "Power Off" msgstr "" #. the kernel / Xorg names really are like this... #. translators: "Sleep" means putting the machine to sleep, either through hibernate or suspend #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:160 msgid "Sleep" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:161 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:162 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:163 msgid "Brightness Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:164 msgid "Brightness Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:165 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:166 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:167 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Toggle" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:168 msgid "Battery Status" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:936 msgid "Could not enable mouse accessibility features" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:938 msgid "" "Mouse accessibility requires Mousetweaks to be installed on your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless mice with internal batteries #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:608 msgid "Mouse" msgid_plural "Mice" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Mouse plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/orientation/orientation.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Orientation plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:74 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:79 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:89 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:95 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:96 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:97 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: The laptop battery is charged, and we know a time. #. * The parameter is the time, e.g. 7 hours 6 minutes #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:344 #, c-format msgid "provides %s laptop runtime" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is discharging, and we have a time remaining #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. 7 hours 6 minutes #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:355 #, c-format msgid "%s %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging, and we have a time to full and a percentage #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging, and we have a time to full and a percentage. #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:376 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:393 #, c-format msgid "%s %s until charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is charging, and we have a time to full and empty. #. * The parameter is a time string, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:383 #, c-format msgid "provides %s battery runtime" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the type of data, e.g. Laptop battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:474 msgid "Product:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device is missing #. TRANSLATORS: device is charged #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging #. TRANSLATORS: device is discharging #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:478 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:481 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:484 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:487 msgid "Status:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:478 msgid "Missing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:481 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:750 msgid "Charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:484 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:738 msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:487 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:742 msgid "Discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: percentage #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:492 msgid "Percentage charge:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: manufacturer #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:496 msgid "Vendor:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: how the battery is made, e.g. Lithium Ion #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:501 msgid "Technology:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: serial number of the battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:505 msgid "Serial number:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: model number of the battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:509 msgid "Model:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: time to fully charged #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:514 msgid "Charge time:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: time to empty #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:520 msgid "Discharge time:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Excellent, Good, Fair and Poor are all related to battery Capacity #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:527 msgid "Excellent" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:529 msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:531 msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:533 msgid "Poor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:537 msgid "Capacity:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:543 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:568 msgid "Current charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:549 msgid "Last full charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:555 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:573 msgid "Design charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:560 msgid "Charge rate:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: system power cord #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:592 msgid "AC adapter" msgid_plural "AC adapters" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop primary battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:596 msgid "Laptop battery" msgid_plural "Laptop batteries" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery-backed AC power source #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:600 msgid "UPS" msgid_plural "UPSs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: a monitor is a device to measure voltage and current #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:604 msgid "Monitor" msgid_plural "Monitors" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: portable device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:616 msgid "PDA" msgid_plural "PDAs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:620 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, mp3 etc #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:625 msgid "Media player" msgid_plural "Media players" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:629 msgid "Tablet" msgid_plural "Tablets" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:633 msgid "Computer" msgid_plural "Computers" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:697 msgid "Lithium Ion" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:701 msgid "Lithium Polymer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:705 msgid "Lithium Iron Phosphate" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:709 msgid "Lead acid" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:713 msgid "Nickel Cadmium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:717 msgid "Nickel metal hydride" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:721 msgid "Unknown technology" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:746 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:754 msgid "Waiting to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:758 msgid "Waiting to discharge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device not present #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:786 msgid "Laptop battery not present" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:790 msgid "Laptop battery is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:794 msgid "Laptop battery is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:798 msgid "Laptop battery is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:802 msgid "Laptop battery is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:806 msgid "Laptop battery is waiting to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:810 msgid "Laptop battery is waiting to discharge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:819 msgid "UPS is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:823 msgid "UPS is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:827 msgid "UPS is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:831 msgid "UPS is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:840 msgid "Mouse is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:844 msgid "Mouse is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:848 msgid "Mouse is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:852 msgid "Mouse is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:861 msgid "Keyboard is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:865 msgid "Keyboard is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:869 msgid "Keyboard is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:873 msgid "Keyboard is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:882 msgid "PDA is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:886 msgid "PDA is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:890 msgid "PDA is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:894 msgid "PDA is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:903 msgid "Cell phone is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:907 msgid "Cell phone is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:911 msgid "Cell phone is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:915 msgid "Cell phone is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:925 msgid "Media player is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:929 msgid "Media player is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:933 msgid "Media player is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:937 msgid "Media player is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:946 msgid "Tablet is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:950 msgid "Tablet is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:954 msgid "Tablet is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:958 msgid "Tablet is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:967 msgid "Computer is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:971 msgid "Computer is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:975 msgid "Computer is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:979 msgid "Computer is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:1742 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1630 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1760 msgid "Battery is critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the battery may be recalled by its vendor #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:931 msgid "Battery may be recalled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:934 #, c-format msgid "" "A battery in your computer may have been recalled by %s and you may be at " "risk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:937 msgid "For more information visit the battery recall website." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button text, visit the manufacturers recall website #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:948 msgid "Visit recall website" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button text, do not show this bubble again #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:952 msgid "Do not show me this again" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is now discharging #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1205 msgid "UPS Discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1210 #, c-format msgid "%s of UPS backup power remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the notification application name #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1231 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1440 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1613 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1751 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3100 #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we only have one battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1350 msgid "Battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we have more than one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1353 msgid "Laptop battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s remaining (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is starting to get a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1367 msgid "UPS low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1373 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s of remaining UPS backup power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: mouse is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the mouse battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1378 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1537 msgid "Mouse battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1381 #, c-format msgid "Wireless mouse is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: keyboard is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the keyboard battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1385 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1545 msgid "Keyboard battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Wireless keyboard is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: PDA is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the PDA battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1392 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1554 msgid "PDA battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1395 #, c-format msgid "PDA is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1399 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1573 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1402 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, e.g. mp3 is getting a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1406 msgid "Media player battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Media player is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: graphics tablet, e.g. wacom is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1413 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1582 msgid "Tablet battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Tablet is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer, e.g. ipad is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1420 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1591 msgid "Attached computer battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1423 #, c-format msgid "Attached computer is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1450 msgid "Battery is low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and only have one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1491 msgid "Battery critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and we have more than one type of battery #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1494 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1665 msgid "Laptop battery critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the use to insert the plug, as we're not going to do anything #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1503 msgid "Plug in your AC adapter to avoid losing data." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "Computer will suspend very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1511 #, c-format msgid "Computer will hibernate very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1515 #, c-format msgid "Computer will shutdown very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the UPS is very low #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1525 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1703 msgid "UPS critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1531 #, c-format msgid "" "Approximately %s of remaining UPS power (%.0f%%). Restore AC power to your " "computer to avoid losing data." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1540 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless mouse is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless keyboard is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1557 #, c-format msgid "" "PDA is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if " "not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1576 #, c-format msgid "" "Media player is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1585 #, c-format msgid "" "Tablet is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning " "if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1594 #, c-format msgid "" "Attached computer is very low in power (%.0f%%). The device will soon " "shutdown if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will shutdown without saving data #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1673 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer will power-off when the battery becomes completely empty." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will suspend #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1679 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "suspend.\n" "NOTE: A small amount of power is required to keep your computer in a " "suspended state." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1686 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "hibernate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1691 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "shutdown." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will shutdown without saving data #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1711 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer will power-off when " "the UPS becomes completely empty." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1717 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to hibernate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1722 msgid "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2228 msgid "Lid has been opened" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2266 msgid "Lid has been closed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3078 msgid "Automatic logout" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3078 msgid "You will soon log out because of inactivity." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3083 msgid "Automatic suspend" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3083 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3088 msgid "Computer will suspend very soon because of inactivity." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3088 msgid "Automatic hibernation" msgstr "" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the backlight brightness. #. #: ../plugins/power/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Power plugin" msgstr "" #. Translators: We are configuring new printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:891 msgid "Configuring new printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: Just wait #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:893 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:920 msgid "Missing printer driver" msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for the device #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:929 #, c-format msgid "No printer driver for %s." msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:934 msgid "No driver for this printer." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:1032 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:264 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:703 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:793 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:836 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:361 msgid "Toner low" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:363 msgid "Toner empty" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Not connected?"), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:367 msgid "Cover open" msgstr "" #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:369 msgid "Printer configuration error" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:371 msgid "Door open" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:373 msgid "Marker supply low" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:375 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:377 msgid "Paper low" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:379 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:381 msgid "Printer off-line" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #. Translators: This is a title of an error notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:383 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:779 msgid "Printer error" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:387 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:389 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Printer '%s' may not be connected."), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:393 #, c-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:395 #, c-format msgid "There is a missing print filter for printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:398 #, c-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on a marker supply." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:402 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of a marker supply." msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:404 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:406 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently off-line." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:410 #, c-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: New printer has been added #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:457 msgid "Printer added" msgstr "" #. Translators: A printer has been removed #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:465 msgid "Printer removed" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been stopped #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:482 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:520 msgid "Printing stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: "print-job xy" on a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:484 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:490 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:496 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:502 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:514 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:522 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:530 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:538 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:546 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:559 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" on %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:488 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:528 msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been aborted #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:494 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:536 msgid "Printing aborted" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been completed #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:500 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:544 msgid "Printing completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: A job is printing #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:512 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:557 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a title of a report notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:773 msgid "Printer report" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a title of a warning notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:776 msgid "Printer warning" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Printer 'MyPrinterName': 'Description of the report/warning/error from a PPD file'." #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s': '%s'." msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Print-notifications" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Print-notifications plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/remote-display/remote-display.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Remote Display" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/remote-display/remote-display.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Disable animations on remote displays" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screensaver Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Proxy FreeDesktop screensaver inhibition to gnome-session" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:529 msgid "received error or hang up from event source" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:663 #, c-format msgid "NSS security system could not be initialized" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:791 #, c-format msgid "no suitable smartcard driver could be found" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:805 #, c-format msgid "smartcard driver '%s' could not be loaded" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:877 #, c-format msgid "could not watch for incoming card events - %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:1275 #, c-format msgid "encountered unexpected error while waiting for smartcard events" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Smartcard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Smartcard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/sound/sound.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Sound Sample Cache plugin" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to restart so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:250 msgid "" "You will need to restart this computer before the hardware will work " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:253 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:281 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:309 msgid "Additional software was installed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:255 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:283 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:311 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:603 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:347 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:478 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:542 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:598 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1240 msgid "Software Updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:278 msgid "" "You will need to remove and then reinsert the hardware before it will work " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:306 msgid "Your hardware has been set up and is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need another package to keep udev quiet #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:587 msgid "" "Additional firmware is required to make hardware in this computer function " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:601 msgid "Additional firmware required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button label #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:608 msgid "Install firmware" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we should ignore this device and not ask anymore #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:611 msgid "Ignore devices" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the offline update failed #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:120 msgid "Failed To Update" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction could not be completed #. * as a previous transaction was unfinished #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:126 msgid "A previous update was unfinished." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the package manager needed to download #. * something with no network available #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:136 msgid "Network access was required but not available." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: if the package is not signed correctly #. * #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:145 msgid "An update was not signed in the correct way." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction failed in a way the user #. * probably cannot comprehend. Package management systems #. * really are teh suck. #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:155 msgid "The update could not be completed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user aborted the update manually #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:160 msgid "The update was cancelled." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user must have updated manually after #. * the updates were prepared #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:166 msgid "An offline update was requested but no packages required updating." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we ran out of disk space #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:170 msgid "No space was left on the drive." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the update process failed in a general #. * way, usually this message will come from source distros #. * like gentoo #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:178 msgid "An update failed to install correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: We didn't handle the error type #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:183 msgid "The offline update failed in an unexpected way." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: these are geeky messages from the #. * package manager no mortal is supposed to understand, #. * but google might know what they mean #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:192 msgid "Detailed errors from the package manager follow:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a distro update is available, e.g. Fedora 8 to Fedora 9 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:342 msgid "Distribution upgrades available" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: provides more information about the upgrade #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:352 msgid "More information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:460 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:524 msgid "Update" msgid_plural "Updates" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:463 msgid "An important software update is available" msgid_plural "Important software updates are available" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: open the update viewer to install updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:483 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:547 msgid "Install updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are non-security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:527 msgid "A software update is available." msgid_plural "Software updates are available." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: the updates mechanism #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:585 #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we failed to get the updates multiple times, #. * and now we need to inform the user that something might be wrong #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:589 msgid "Unable to access software updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: try again, this time launching the update viewer #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:592 msgid "Try again" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the reason why we've inhibited it #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:977 msgid "A transaction that cannot be interrupted is running" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1197 msgid "Software Update Installed" msgid_plural "Software Updates Installed" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1202 msgid "An important OS update has been installed." msgid_plural "Important OS updates have been installed." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1228 msgid "Software Updates Failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've not done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1231 msgid "An important OS update failed to be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: review the offline update changes #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1247 msgid "Review" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: review the offline update changes #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1252 msgid "Show details" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: clear notification #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1256 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Updates plugin" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1076 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1086 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1105 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1156 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1166 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1220 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1222 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1225 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1336 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1342 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1345 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:948 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:968 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:979 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:953 #, c-format msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Send Keystroke %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:971 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:974 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1012 #, c-format msgid "Mode %d: %s" msgstr "" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the LED setting for a Wacom tablet #. #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Wacom" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Wacom plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:509 msgid "Could not switch the monitor configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:533 msgid "Could not restore the display's configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:558 msgid "Could not restore the display's configuration from a backup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:579 #, c-format msgid "The display will be reset to its previous configuration in %d second" msgid_plural "" "The display will be reset to its previous configuration in %d seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:628 msgid "Does the display look OK?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:635 msgid "_Restore Previous Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:636 msgid "_Keep This Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:717 msgid "The selected configuration for displays could not be applied" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1375 #, c-format msgid "Could not refresh the screen information: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1379 msgid "Trying to switch the monitor configuration anyway." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1875 msgid "Could not apply the stored configuration for monitors" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "XRandR" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Set up screen size and rotation settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "X Settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Manage X Settings" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/ibus10.po0000644000000000000000000002617712321561563020205 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for ibus # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ibus package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ibus\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-11 21:58+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Itai Molenaar \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not show" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:9 msgid "Hide automatically" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:12 msgid "The shortcut keys for switching to next input method in the list" msgstr "The shortcut keys for switching to the next input method in the list" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:14 msgid "The shortcut keys for switching to previous input method in the list" msgstr "" "The shortcut keys for switching to the previous input method in the list" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:19 msgid "Enable:" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:20 msgid "Disable:" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:22 msgid "Set the orientation of candidates in lookup table" msgstr "Set the orientation of candidates in the lookup table" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:24 msgid "Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar" msgstr "Specify whether ibus should show or hide the language bar" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:25 msgid "Show property panel:" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:29 msgid "Show input method's name on language bar when check the checkbox" msgstr "" "Show input method's name on the language bar when checking the checkbox" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:30 msgid "Embed preedit text in application window" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:31 msgid "Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:32 msgid "Use custom font:" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:35 msgid "Customize active input _methods" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:36 msgid "Customize active input methods" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:39 msgid "Move up the selected input method in the enabled input methods list" msgstr "Move the selected input method up in the enabled input methods list" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:40 msgid "Move down the selected input method in the enabled input methods" msgstr "Move the selected input method down in the enabled input methods list" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:41 msgid "Show information of the selected input method" msgstr "Show information for the selected input method" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:42 msgid "Show setup of the selected input method" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:43 msgid "" "The active input method can be switched around from the selected " "ones in the above list by pressing the keyboard shortcut keys or clicking " "the panel icon." msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:48 ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:56 msgid "Share the same input method among all applications" msgstr "" #: ../setup/setup.ui.h:49 msgid "Global input method settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:1 msgid "Preload engine mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:2 msgid "" "Preload engines are loaded with this mode. 0 = user customized engines. 1 = " "language related engines." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:3 msgid "The key preload_engines is initialized" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:5 msgid "Preload engines during ibus starts up" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:6 msgid "Engines order" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:7 msgid "Saved engines order in input method list" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:8 msgid "Popup delay milliseconds for IME switcher window" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:9 msgid "" "Set popup delay milliseconds to show IME switcher window. The default is " "400. 0 = Show the window immediately. 0 < Delay milliseconds. 0 > Do " "not show the window and switch prev/next engines." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:10 msgid "Saved version number" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:11 msgid "" "The saved version number will be used to check the difference between the " "version of the previous installed ibus and one of the current ibus." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:12 msgid "Use xmodmap" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:13 msgid "Run xmodmap if .xmodmap/.Xmodmap exists." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:14 msgid "Latin layout which have no ASCII" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:15 msgid "us layout is appended to the latin layouts. variant is not needed." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:16 msgid "XKB layout list which is shown on ibus-setup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:17 msgid "" "XKB layout list which is shown on ibus-setup. The format is \"layout\" or " "\"layout(variant)\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:20 msgid "Trigger shortcut keys for gtk_accelerator_parse" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:21 msgid "Trigger shortcut keys without modifier keys" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:22 msgid "" "Trigger shortcut keys without modifier keys. The list is used by ibus-gjs." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:23 msgid "Enable shortcut keys" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:24 msgid "The shortcut keys for turning input method on" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:25 msgid "Disable shortcut keys" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:26 msgid "The shortcut keys for turning input method off" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:28 msgid "The shortcut keys for switching to the next input method in the list" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:30 msgid "The shortcut keys for switching to the previous input method" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:32 msgid "" "The behavior of property panel. 0 = Do not show, 1 = Auto hide, 2 = Always " "show" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:35 msgid "The milliseconds to show property panel" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:36 msgid "" "The milliseconds to show property panel after focus-in or properties are " "changed." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:38 msgid "Orientation of lookup table. 0 = Horizontal, 1 = Vertical" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:46 msgid "List of system keyboard layout groups on ibus-setup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:47 msgid "" "The group list is used not to show all the system keyboard layouts by " "default. The list item will be appended at the end of gconf key. e.g. .../" "xkblayoutconfig/item1" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:48 msgid "List of European languages on ibus-setup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:49 msgid "" "ibus-setup shows the languages only in input method list when you run ibus-" "setup on one of the languages. Other languages are hidden under an extended " "button." msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:50 msgid "List of Asian languages on ibus-setup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:53 msgid "Embed Preedit Text" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:54 msgid "Embed Preedit Text in Application Window" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:55 msgid "Use global input method" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:57 msgid "Enable input method by default" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:58 msgid "Enable input method by default when the application gets input focus" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:59 msgid "DConf preserve name prefixes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ibus.schemas.in.h:60 msgid "Prefixes of DConf keys to stop name conversion" msgstr "" #: ../ibus/_config.py.in:41 msgid "" "Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Peng Huang\n" "Copyright (c) 2007-2010 Red Hat, Inc." msgstr "" #: ../setup/enginecombobox.py:223 msgid "Show all input methods" msgstr "" #: ../setup/enginecombobox.py:225 msgid "Show only input methods for your region" msgstr "" #: ../setup/ibus-setup.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Keyboard Input Methods" msgstr "" #: ../setup/ibus-setup.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Adjust methods for keyboard input." msgstr "" #: ../setup/main.py:103 ../setup/main.py:451 msgid "Use shortcut with shift to switch to the previous input method" msgstr "" #: ../setup/main.py:354 msgid "" "The list of your saved input methods will be cleared immediately and the " "list will be configured by the login language every time. Do you agree with " "this?" msgstr "" #: ../setup/main.py:388 msgid "" "Keyboard Input Methods (IBus Daemon) is not running. Do you wish to start it?" msgstr "" #: ../setup/main.py:409 msgid "" "IBus has been started! If you can not use IBus, please open System Menu -> " "System Settings -> Language Support and set the \"Keyboard Input Method\" to " "\"ibus\", then log out and back in again." msgstr "" #. Translators: %d == 5 currently #: ../setup/main.py:420 #, python-format msgid "IBus daemon could not be started in %d seconds" msgstr "" #: ../setup/main.py:433 msgid "switching input methods" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:42 msgid "List engine name only" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:58 ../tools/main.vala:179 ../tools/main.vala:189 msgid "Can't connect to IBus.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:84 #, c-format msgid "language: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:152 msgid "No engine is set.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:160 msgid "Set global engine failed.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:165 msgid "Get global engine failed.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:204 msgid "Read the system registry cache." msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:206 msgid "Read the registry cache FILE." msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:224 ../tools/main.vala:229 msgid "The registry cache is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:244 msgid "Write the system registry cache." msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:246 msgid "Write the registry cache FILE." msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:293 msgid "Set or get engine" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:294 msgid "Exit ibus-daemon" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:295 msgid "Show available engines" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:296 msgid "(Not implemented)" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:297 msgid "Restart ibus-daemon" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:298 msgid "Show version" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:299 msgid "Show the content of registry cache" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:300 msgid "Create registry cache" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:301 msgid "Print the D-Bus address of ibus-daemon" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:302 msgid "Show this information" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:308 #, c-format msgid "" "Usage: %s COMMAND [OPTION...]\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:309 msgid "Commands:\n" msgstr "" #: ../tools/main.vala:338 #, c-format msgid "%s is unknown command!\n" msgstr "" #: ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:441 msgid "IBus Update" msgstr "" #: ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:442 ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:453 msgid "Super+space is now the default hotkey." msgstr "" #: ../ui/gtk3/panel.vala:995 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Zack Blair https://launchpad.net/~zack-blair\n" " mike mcneely https://launchpad.net/~mikemcneely" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/deja-dup.po0000644000000000000000000011252012321561563020557 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for deja-dup # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the deja-dup package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: deja-dup\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 18:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-01 21:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:191 msgid "Folders to save" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, " "$DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, " "and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special directories. Relative " "entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:3 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:202 msgid "Folders to ignore" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, " "$DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, " "$TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEO are recognized as the user’s special " "directories. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether to request the root password" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether to request the root password when backing up from or restoring to " "system folders." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup was run" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup was successfully run. This time should be in ISO 8601 " "format." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup backed up" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup successfully completed a backup. This time should be " "in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "The last time Déjà Dup restored" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup successfully completed a restore. This time should be " "in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Whether to periodically back up" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether to automatically back up on a regular schedule." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "How often to periodically back up" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The number of days between backups." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup checked whether it should prompt about backing up" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "When a user logs in, the Déjà Dup monitor checks whether it should prompt " "about backing up. This is used to increase discoverability for users that " "don’t know about backups. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off " "this check or in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "The last time Déjà Dup checked whether it should prompt about your password" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will " "occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either " "‘disabled’ to turn off this check or in ISO 8601 format." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "How long to keep backup files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "The number of days to keep backup files on the backup location. A value of 0 " "means forever. This is a minimum number of days; the files may be kept " "longer." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "How long to wait between full backups" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Déjà Dup needs to occasionally make fresh full backups. This is the number " "of days to wait between full backups." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Type of location to store backup" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "The type of backup location. If ‘auto’, a default will be chosen based on " "what is available." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Amazon S3 Access Key ID" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Your Amazon S3 Access Key Identifier. This acts as your S3 username." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "The Amazon S3 bucket name to use" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Which Amazon S3 bucket to store files in. This does not need to exist " "already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "The Amazon S3 folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "An optional folder name to store files in. This folder will be created in " "the chosen bucket." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "The Rackspace Cloud Files container" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Which Rackspace Cloud Files container to store files in. This does not need " "to exist already. Only legal hostname strings are valid." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Your Rackspace username" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "This is your username for the Rackspace Cloud Files service." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:37 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:221 msgid "Backup location" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Location in which to hold the backup files." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Folder type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Whether the backup location is a mounted external volume or a normal folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Relative path under the external volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the path of the " "folder on that volume." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Unique ID of the external volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is its unique " "filesystem identifier." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Full name of the external volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s longer " "descriptive name." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Short name of the external volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s " "shorter name." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Icon of the external volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.DejaDup.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "If the backup location is on an external volume, this is the volume’s icon." msgstr "" #. Translators: The name is a play on the French phrase "déjà vu" meaning #. "already seen", but with the "vu" replaced with "dup". "Dup" in this #. context is itself a reference to both the underlying command line tool #. "duplicity" and the act of duplicating data for backup. As a whole, the #. phrase "Déjà Dup" may not be very translatable. #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:1 ../deja-dup/deja-dup.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:78 ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:133 msgid "Déjà Dup Backup Tool" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up the " "Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the " "backend." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "" "Support for local, remote, or cloud backup locations, such as Amazon S3 and " "Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Securely encrypts and compresses your data" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Incrementally backs up, letting you restore from any particular backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Schedules regular backups" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.appdata.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Integrates well into your GNOME desktop" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Backups" is a noun #: ../deja-dup/deja-dup.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/gnome-deja-dup-panel.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:93 ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:128 #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:133 ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:232 #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:115 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:43 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:123 msgid "Backups" msgstr "" #. Translators: Monitor in this sense means something akin to 'watcher', not #. a computer screen. This program acts like a daemon that kicks off #. backups at scheduled times. #: ../deja-dup/monitor/deja-dup-monitor.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:328 msgid "Backup Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/monitor/deja-dup-monitor.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Schedules backups at regular intervals" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/gnome-deja-dup-panel.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Change your backup settings" msgstr "Change your back-up settings" #. These keywords are used when searching for applications in dashes, etc. #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:4 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/gnome-deja-dup-panel.desktop.in.h:4 msgid "déjà;deja;dup;" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/deja-dup-preferences.desktop.in.h:5 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/gnome-deja-dup-panel.desktop.in.h:5 msgid "Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/ui/restore-missing.ui.h:1 msgid "Folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/ui/restore-missing.ui.h:2 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:177 msgid "Scanning…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:173 msgid "Restore Missing Files…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:174 msgid "Restore deleted files from backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:216 msgid "Revert to Previous Version…" msgid_plural "Revert to Previous Versions…" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/nautilus/NautilusExtension.c:220 msgid "Restore file from backup" msgid_plural "Restore files from backup" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:31 msgctxt "back up is verb" msgid "Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:32 msgctxt "back up is verb" msgid "_Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:49 msgid "Creating the first backup. This may take a while." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:50 msgid "" "Creating a fresh backup to protect against backup corruption. This will " "take longer than normal." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the phrase 'Backing up' in the larger phrase #. "Backing up '%s'". %s is a filename. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:80 msgid "Backing up:" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:89 msgid "Backup Failed" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:92 msgid "Backup Finished" msgstr "" #. Also leave ourselves up if we just finished a restore test. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:96 msgid "Your files were successfully backed up and tested." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantBackup.vala:103 msgid "Backing Up…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:176 msgid "Scanning:" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:258 msgid "_Details" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:306 msgid "_Allow restoring without a password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:312 msgid "_Password-protect your backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:324 msgid "" "You will need your password to restore your files. You might want to write " "it down." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:339 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:408 msgid "E_ncryption password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:356 msgid "Confir_m password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:369 #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:417 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:376 #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:40 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:395 msgid "" "In order to check that you will be able to retrieve your files in the case " "of an emergency, please enter your encryption password again to perform a " "brief restore test." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:422 msgid "Test every two _months" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:496 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:518 msgid "Restore Test" msgstr "" #. For most, don't do anything special. Show generic 'unknown error' #. message, but provide the exception text for better bug reports. #. Plus, sometimes it may clue the user in to what's wrong. #. But first, try to restart without a cache, since that seems to quite #. frequently fix odd metadata errors with duplicity. If we hit an error #. a second time, we'll show the unknown error message. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:594 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:696 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1075 msgid "Failed with an unknown error." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:791 msgid "Require Password?" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:793 msgid "Encryption Password Needed" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantOperation.vala:865 msgid "Backup encryption password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:68 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:69 msgid "_Restore" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:91 msgid "_Backup location" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:124 msgid "Restore From Where?" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:146 msgid "_Date" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:169 msgid "Restore files to _original locations" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:174 msgid "Restore to _specific folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:184 msgid "Choose destination for restored files" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:188 msgid "Restore _folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:229 msgid "Restore date" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:237 msgid "Restore folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:263 msgid "Checking for Backups…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:271 msgid "Restore From When?" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:279 msgid "Restore to Where?" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the word 'Restoring' in the phrase #. "Restoring '%s'". %s is a filename. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:306 msgid "Restoring:" msgstr "" #. Translators: %x is the current date, %X is the current time. #. This will be in a list with other strings that just have %x (the #. current date). So make sure if you change this, it still makes #. sense in that context. #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:348 #, c-format msgid "%x %X" msgstr "" #. If we didn't see any dates... Must not be any backups on the backend #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:361 msgid "No backups to restore" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:437 msgid "Original location" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:448 msgid "File to restore" msgid_plural "Files to restore" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:469 msgid "Restore Failed" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:471 msgid "Restore Finished" msgstr "" #. if it *is* visible, a header will be set already #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:474 msgid "Your files were successfully restored." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:477 msgid "Your file was successfully restored." msgid_plural "Your files were successfully restored." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestore.vala:484 ../libdeja/Operation.vala:63 msgid "Restoring…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:199 msgid "File" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:200 msgid "Last seen" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:215 msgid "Restore which Files?" msgstr "" #. Hours #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:346 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a day ago…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:349 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a week ago…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:352 msgid "Scanning for files from up to a month ago…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:357 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for files from about a month ago…" msgid_plural "Scanning for files from about %d months ago…" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:364 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for files from about a year ago…" msgid_plural "Scanning for files from about %d years ago…" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/AssistantRestoreMissing.vala:454 msgid "Scanning finished" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:38 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:54 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:299 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:317 msgid "Co_ntinue" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:323 msgctxt "verb" msgid "_Test" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:352 ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:255 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:53 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:354 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:358 msgid "_Back" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Assistant.vala:360 ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:93 msgid "_Resume Later" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:34 ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:36 #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:87 msgid "Show version" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:35 msgid "Restore given files" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:36 msgid "Immediately start a backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:38 msgid "Restore deleted files" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:55 msgid "No directory provided" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:60 msgid "Only one directory can be shown at once" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:81 msgid "[FILES…]" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:82 msgid "DIRECTORY" msgstr "" #. Translators: Wrap this to 80 characters per line if you can, as I have for English #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:86 msgid "" "Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up\n" "the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as\n" "the backend." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:137 msgid "Directory does not exists" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:141 msgid "You must provide a directory, not a file" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/main.vala:153 msgid "You must specify a mode" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:36 msgid "Connect to Server" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:49 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:45 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationRackspace.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:40 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:38 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:39 msgid "S_how password" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:80 msgid "Location not available" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:166 msgid "Connect _anonymously" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:170 msgid "Connect as u_ser" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a Windows networking domain #: ../deja-dup/MountOperationAssistant.vala:213 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:37 msgid "Keep your files safe by backing up regularly" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:42 msgid "" "Important documents, data, and settings can be protected by storing them in " "a backup. In the case of a disaster, you would be able to recover them from " "that backup." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:48 msgid "_Don't Show Again" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:50 msgid "Don't Show Again" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:56 msgid "_Open Backup Settings" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/Prompt.vala:58 msgid "Open Backup Settings" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:94 msgid "_Skip Backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:125 msgid "Backup completed" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:129 msgid "Backup finished" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:130 msgid "" "Not all files were successfully backed up. See dialog for more details." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:233 msgid "Starting scheduled backup" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:236 msgid "Show Progress" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:274 #, c-format msgid "%.1f%% complete" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/StatusIcon.vala:287 msgid "Show _Progress" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/monitor/monitor.vala:159 msgid "Scheduled backup delayed" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:77 msgid "Categories" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:129 msgid "_Restore…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:161 msgid "_Back Up Now…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:180 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:213 msgid "_Storage location" msgstr "" #. Translators: storage as in "where to store the backup" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:230 msgid "Storage location" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:255 msgid "_Automatic backup" msgstr "" #. translators: as in "Every day" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:267 msgid "_Every" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:277 msgctxt "verb" msgid "_Keep" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:284 msgid "" "Old backups will be deleted earlier if the storage location is low on space." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/Preferences.vala:294 msgid "Scheduling" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:73 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/preferences/preferences-main.vala:75 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:40 msgid "At least six months" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:41 msgid "At least a year" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:42 msgid "Forever" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigDelete.vala:89 #, c-format msgid "At least %d day" msgid_plural "At least %d days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Check for some really simple/common friendly names #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:66 msgid "Next backup is today." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:68 msgid "Next backup is tomorrow." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:76 #, c-format msgid "Next backup is %d day from now." msgid_plural "Next backup is %d days from now." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Check for some really simple/common friendly names #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:93 msgid "Last backup was today." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:95 msgid "Last backup was yesterday." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:103 #, c-format msgid "Last backup was %d day ago." msgid_plural "Last backup was %d days ago." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:113 msgid "No recent backups." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelBackupDate.vala:122 msgid "No backup scheduled." msgstr "" #. This here encodes a lot of outside GUI information in this widget, #. but it's a very special case thing. #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:59 msgid "Restore…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:61 #, c-format msgid "You may use the %s button to browse for existing backups." msgstr "" #. Translators: Files is the user-visible name of nautilus in your language #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:64 #, c-format msgid "" "You can restore the entire backup with the %s button or use Files to either " "revert individual files or restore missing ones." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:72 msgid "Back Up Now…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:73 #, c-format msgid "" "You should enable automatic backups or use the %s button to " "start one now." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:79 msgid "A backup automatically starts every day." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:81 msgid "A backup automatically starts every week." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLabelDescription.vala:84 #, c-format msgid "A backup automatically starts every %d day." msgid_plural "A backup automatically starts every %d days." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:178 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:256 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:179 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:187 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:188 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigList.vala:252 msgid "Choose folders" msgstr "" #. Now insert remote servers #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:118 msgid "SSH" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:120 msgid "Windows Share" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:122 msgid "FTP" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:124 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:127 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "" #. And a local folder option #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:133 msgid "Local Folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:176 ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:122 msgid "Amazon S3" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:188 ../libdeja/BackendU1.vala:45 msgid "Ubuntu One" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocation.vala:196 #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:69 msgid "Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationCustom.vala:34 msgid "_URI" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:32 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:31 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:31 msgid "_Server" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:38 msgid "Use secure connection (_HTTPS)" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:43 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:35 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:34 msgid "_Port" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationDAV.vala:46 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFTP.vala:38 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:45 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationS3.vala:33 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:34 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSSH.vala:37 #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationVolume.vala:33 msgid "_Folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:39 msgid "_Choose Folder…" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationFile.vala:50 msgid "Choose Folder" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationRackspace.vala:33 msgid "_Container" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationS3.vala:31 msgid "S3 Access Key I_D" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationSMB.vala:40 msgid "_Domain Name" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigLocationU1.vala:32 ../libdeja/BackendU1.vala:50 msgid "Ubuntu One has shut down. Please choose another storage location." msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:36 msgid "Day" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:37 msgid "Week" msgstr "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/ConfigPeriod.vala:82 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../deja-dup/widgets/WidgetUtils.vala:33 #, c-format msgid "Could not display %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: %2$s is the name of a removable drive, %1$s is a folder #. on that removable drive. #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:135 ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:513 #, c-format msgid "%1$s on %2$s" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:168 #, c-format msgid "Backup will begin when %s becomes connected." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:175 ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:49 #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:59 msgid "Backup will begin when a network connection becomes available." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:384 ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:448 msgid "Backup location not available" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:385 msgid "Waiting for a network connection…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendFile.vala:448 #, c-format msgid "Waiting for ‘%s’ to become connected…" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a folder. #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:72 #, c-format msgid "%s on Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:115 ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:168 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:146 #, c-format msgid "" "You can sign up for a Rackspace Cloud Files account online." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:147 msgid "Connect to Rackspace Cloud Files" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:148 msgid "_API access key" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:149 msgid "S_how API access key" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendRackspace.vala:150 msgid "_Remember API access key" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a folder. #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:125 #, c-format msgid "%s on Amazon S3" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:199 #, c-format msgid "You can sign up for an Amazon S3 account online." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:200 msgid "Connect to Amazon S3" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:201 msgid "_Access key ID" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:202 msgid "_Secret access key" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:203 msgid "S_how secret access key" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/BackendS3.vala:204 msgid "_Remember secret access key" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:432 #, c-format msgid "Could not find backup tool in %s. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:434 msgid "Could not load backup tool. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:440 msgid "Backup tool is broken. Your installation is incomplete." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:462 msgid "Could not start backup tool" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the home folder and %s is the user's username #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:564 #, c-format msgid "Home (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the home folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:569 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the trash folder #: ../libdeja/CommonUtils.vala:574 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/OperationBackup.vala:42 ../libdeja/OperationVerify.vala:56 msgid "Verifying backup…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/OperationRestore.vala:51 msgid "Restoring files…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/OperationVerify.vala:94 msgid "" "Your backup appears to be corrupted. You should delete the backup and try " "again." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:61 msgid "Backing up…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:65 msgid "Checking for backups…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:67 msgid "Listing files…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:69 ../libdeja/Operation.vala:103 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:385 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:392 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:411 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:416 msgid "Preparing…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/Operation.vala:296 msgid "Another backup operation is already running" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:89 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:172 msgid "Paused (no network)" msgstr "" #. Was not even a file path (maybe something goofy like computer://) #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:443 #, c-format msgid "Could not restore ‘%s’: Not a valid file location" msgstr "" #. Tiny backup location. Suggest they get a larger one. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:510 msgid "Backup location is too small. Try using one with more space." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:533 msgid "Backup location does not have enough free space." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:553 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:567 msgid "Cleaning up…" msgstr "" #. OK, we succeeded yay! But some files didn't make it into the backup #. because we couldn't read them. So tell the user so they don't think #. everything is hunky dory. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:663 msgid "" "Could not back up the following files. Please make sure you are able to " "open them." msgstr "" #. OK, we succeeded yay! But some files didn't actually restore #. because we couldn't write to them. So tell the user so they #. don't think everything is hunky dory. #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:679 msgid "" "Could not restore the following files. Please make sure you are able to " "write to them." msgstr "" #. make text a little nicer than duplicity gives #. duplicity gives something like "home/blah/blah not found in archive, #. no files restored". #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:923 #, c-format msgid "Could not restore ‘%s’: File not found in backup" msgstr "" #. notify upper layers, if they want to do anything #. Duplicity tried to ask the user what the encryption password is. #. notify upper layers, if they want to do anything #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:929 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1027 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1031 msgid "Bad encryption password." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:934 msgid "Computer name changed" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:934 #, c-format msgid "" "The existing backup is of a computer named %s, but the current computer’s " "name is %s. If this is unexpected, you should back up to a different " "location." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:969 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to create ‘%s’." msgstr "" #. assume error is on backend side #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:973 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:977 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to read ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:981 #, c-format msgid "Permission denied when trying to delete ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:988 #, c-format msgid "Backup location ‘%s’ does not exist." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:994 #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1046 msgid "No space left." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1008 msgid "Invalid ID." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1010 msgid "Invalid secret key." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1012 msgid "Your Amazon Web Services account is not signed up for the S3 service." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1021 msgid "S3 bucket name is not available." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1035 #, c-format msgid "Error reading file ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1037 #, c-format msgid "Error writing file ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1048 #, c-format msgid "No space left in ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1056 msgid "No backup files found" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityJob.vala:1106 msgid "Uploading…" msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:41 msgid "Could not understand duplicity version." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:47 #, c-format msgid "Could not understand duplicity version ‘%s’." msgstr "" #: ../libdeja/tools/duplicity/DuplicityPlugin.vala:50 #, c-format msgid "" "Déjà Dup Backup Tool requires at least version %d.%d.%.2d of duplicity, but " "only found version %d.%d.%.2d" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-power.po0000644000000000000000000000151312321561563022173 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-power # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-power package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-power\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-28 16:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/device.c:570 #, c-format msgid "unknown" msgstr "Unknown" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-messages.po0000644000000000000000000000137112321561563022650 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-messages # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-messages package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-messages\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 21:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/sound-theme-freedesktop.po0000644000000000000000000000135612321561563023633 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for sound-theme-freedesktop # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sound-theme-freedesktop package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound-theme-freedesktop\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-21 00:46+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-29 00:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eden Gillen \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/aptdaemon.po0000644000000000000000000001154512321561563021043 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for aptdaemon # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the aptdaemon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: aptdaemon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-20 16:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-18 19:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../aptdaemon/core.py:2226 msgid "Listen on the DBus session bus (Only required for testing" msgstr "Listen on the DBus session bus (Only required for testing)" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:357 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelled" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:406 msgid "" "Check if you are using third party repositories. If so disable them, since " "they are a common source of problems.\n" "Furthermore run the following command in a Terminal: apt-get install -f" msgstr "" "Check if you are using third-party repositories. If so, disable them, " "because they are a common source of problems.\n" "Furthermore, run the following command in a Terminal: apt-get install -f" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:411 msgid "The selected file may not be a GPG key file or it might be corrupt." msgstr "The selected file might not be a GPG key file or it might be corrupt." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:423 msgid "There isn't any need for an update." msgstr "There is no need for an update." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:424 msgid "There isn't any need for an installation" msgstr "There is no need for an installation." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:426 msgid "There isn't any need for a removal." msgstr "There is no need for a removal." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:427 msgid "" "You requested to remove a package which is an essential part of your system." msgstr "" "You have requested to remove a package which is an essential part of your " "system." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:430 msgid "" "The connection to the daemon was lost. Most likely the background daemon " "crashed." msgstr "" "The connection to the daemon was lost. Most likely, the background daemon " "crashed." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:456 msgid "" "The installation of a package which violates the quality standards isn't " "allowed. This could cause serious problems on your computer. Please contact " "the person or organisation who provided this package file and include the " "details beneath." msgstr "" "The installation of a package which violates the quality standards isn't " "allowed. This could cause serious problems on your computer. Please contact " "the person or organization who provided this package file and include the " "details beneath." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:463 msgid "" "The downloaded license key which is required to run this piece of software " "is not valid or could not be installed correctly.\n" "See the details for more information." msgstr "" "The downloaded licence key which is required to run this piece of software " "is not valid or could not be installed correctly.\n" "See the details for more information." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:471 msgid "" "The license key which allows you to use this piece of software could not be " "downloaded. Please check your network connection." msgstr "" "The licence key which allows you to use this piece of software could not be " "downloaded. Please check your network connection." #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:498 msgid "Failed to remove essential system package" msgstr "Failed to remove an essential system package" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:507 msgid "Not supported feature" msgstr "Failed to download the licence key" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:508 msgid "Failed to download the license key" msgstr "Failed to download the licence key" #: ../aptdaemon/enums.py:509 msgid "Failed to install the license key" msgstr "Failed to install the licence key" #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1397 msgid "The license key is empty" msgstr "The licence key is empty" #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1413 msgid "The license key is not allowed to contain executable code." msgstr "The licence key is not allowed to contain executable code." #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1422 #, python-format msgid "The license key path %s is invalid" msgstr "The licence key path %s is invalid" #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1426 #, python-format msgid "The license key already exists: %s" msgstr "The licence key already exists: %s" #: ../aptdaemon/worker.py:1431 #, python-format msgid "" "The location of the license key is unsecure since it contains symbolic " "links. The path %s maps to %s" msgstr "" "The location of the licence key is unsecure since it contains symbolic " "links. The path %s maps to %s" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000142312321561563023063 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for evolution-indicator # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the evolution-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 15:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-04-11 09:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-disk-utility.po0000644000000000000000000022771512321561564022642 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gnome-disk-utility # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-disk-utility package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-disk-utility\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 01:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ken Sharp \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:53+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/gnome-disk-image-writer.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Disk Image Writer" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-disk-image-writer.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Write Disk Images to Devices" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gdu-sd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:1 msgid "Activation of this plugin" msgstr "Activation of this plug-in" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gdu-sd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:2 msgid "Whether this plugin would be activated by gnome-settings-daemon or not" msgstr "" "Whether this plug-in would be activated by gnome-settings-daemon or not" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gdu-sd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:3 msgid "Priority to use for this plugin" msgstr "Priority to use for this plug-in" #: ../data/org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.gdu-sd.gschema.xml.in.in.h:4 msgid "Priority to use for this plugin in gnome-settings-daemon startup queue" msgstr "" "Priority to use for this plug-in in gnome-settings-daemon startup queue" #: ../data/ui/about-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Eden Gillen https://launchpad.net/~mystimoon\n" " Ken Sharp https://launchpad.net/~kennybobs\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:8 ../data/ui/md-raid-disks-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Disk or Device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Benchmark Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "_Start Benchmarking…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "" "Benchmarking involves measuring the transfer rate on various area of the " "device as well as measuring how long it takes to seek from one random area " "to another. Please back up important data before using the write benchmark." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Transfer Rate" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Number of S_amples" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Sample S_ize (MiB)" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Perform _write-benchmark" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "" "Benchmarking the write-rate of a disk requires exclusive access to the disk " "(e.g. the disk or its partitions cannot be mounted or in use) and involves " "reading data and then writing it back. As a result, the contents of the disk " "is not changed.\n" "\n" "If not checked, the write-part of the benchmark will not be done but on the " "other hand exclusive access to the device is not needed (e.g. the disk or " "device can be in use)." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "" "Number of samples. Bigger number produces a more accurate picture of access " "time patterns but takes more time." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "" "The number of MiB (1048576 bytes) to read/write for each sample. Big sample " "sizes tend to produce more accurate benchmarks at the cost of the benchmark " "taking more time." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Access Time" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Number of Sampl_es" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/benchmark-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "" "Number of samples. Bigger number produces more smooth graphs but the " "benchmark will take more time." msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Curr_ent Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Enter current passphrase used to protect the data" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:10 msgid "Sho_w Passphrases" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:11 msgid "Check this box to see the passphrases entered above" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:9 msgid "Confirm passphrase entered above" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Enter new passphrase used to protect the data" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:7 msgid "C_onfirm Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/change-passphrase-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "New _Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Create Disk Image" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Save in _Folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Select a Folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Source" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Start Creating…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Create Partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Partition _Size" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "The size of the partition to create, in megabytes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "bytes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "PB" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "PiB" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Free Space _Following" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-partition-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "The free space following the partition, in megabytes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "C_reate…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "RAID _Level" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Chunk _Size" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Usable Size" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Number of Disks" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/create-raid-array-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "For example, “My RAID Array” or “Backup Data”" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Drive Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Apply Standby Timeout Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Turn on to configure Standby Timeout at startup and when the disk is " "connected" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Enter Standby After" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Standby" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Apply Advanced Power Management Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Turn on to configure APM at startup and when the disk is connected" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "APM Level" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "" "Agressive spin-down may wear out the drive faster than anticipated. Please " "check the “Start/Stop Count” SMART attribute from time to time" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "A_PM" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Apply Automatic Acoustic Management Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Turn on to configure AAM at startup and when the disk is connected" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Vendor Recommended" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "AAM Level" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_AAM" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Apply Write Cache Settings" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "" "Turn on to configure Write Cache setting at startup and when the disk is " "connected" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "S_etting" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Enable Write Cache" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "Disable Write Cache" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "" "Performance is increased by enabling write caching, but leaves the system " "susceptible to data loss in the event of a power failure" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disk-settings-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Wr_ite Cache" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:1 msgid "Create a new partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:2 msgid "Mount the filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:3 msgid "Unmount the filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:4 msgid "Eject the media" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:5 msgid "Power off the drive" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:6 msgid "Unlock the encrypted device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:7 msgid "Activate the swap space" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:8 msgid "Deactivate the swap space" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:9 msgid "Lock the encrypted device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:10 msgid "More actions" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:11 msgid "Delete partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:12 msgid "Start RAID Array" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:13 msgid "Stop RAID Array" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:14 msgid "Detach Loop Device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:15 msgid "_Devices" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:16 msgid "Click to select multiple disks to perform operations on" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:17 msgid "Done" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:18 msgid "Select a device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:21 msgid "World Wide Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:26 msgid "Eject the medium in the drive" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:27 msgid "Job" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:32 msgid "Auto-clear" msgstr "" #. The filename or URI of the file that is used as backing store for the loop device. #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:34 msgid "Backing File" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:35 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:36 msgid "Bitmap" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:37 msgid "_Volumes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:41 msgid "Partition Type" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:42 msgid "Format…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:43 msgid "Create Disk Image…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:44 msgid "Restore Disk Image…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:45 msgid "Benchmark…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:46 msgid "SMART Data & Self-Tests…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:47 msgid "Drive Settings…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:48 msgid "Standby Now" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:49 msgid "Wake-Up from Standby" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:50 msgid "Power Off…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:51 msgid "RAID Disks…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:52 msgid "Start Data Scrubbing…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:53 msgid "Stop Data Scrubbing" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:54 msgid "Edit Partition…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:55 msgid "Edit Filesystem…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:56 msgid "Change Passphrase…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:57 msgid "Edit Mount Options…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:58 msgid "Edit Encryption Options…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/disks.ui.h:59 msgid "Create RAID" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Encryption Options" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Automatic Encryption Options" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Switch off Automatic Encryption Options to manage encryption options " "and passphrase for the device. The options correspond to an entry in the /" "etc/crypttab file" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "" "The name to use for the unlocked device - the device is set up as the name " "prefixed with /dev/mapper/" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Options to use when unlocking the device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Passphrase File" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../data/ui/unlock-device-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Sho_w passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "" "Passphrase of the device or empty to request from user when setting up the " "device" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:11 ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:6 #: ../data/ui/unlock-device-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Unlock at startup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "If checked, the device will be unlocked at startup [!noauto]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to unlock" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-crypttab-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-dos-partition-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../data/ui/edit-partition-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Edit Partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-dos-partition-dialog.ui.h:3 #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:3 #: ../data/ui/edit-partition-dialog.ui.h:3 ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:1 msgid "_Type" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-dos-partition-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "The partition type as a 8-bit unsigned integer" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-dos-partition-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "" "A flag used by the Platform bootloader to determine where the OS should be " "loaded from. Sometimes the partition with this flag set is referred to as " "the active partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-filesystem-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Change Filesystem Label" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Automatic Mount Options" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "" "Switch off Automatic Mount Options to manage mount point and mount " "options for the device. The options correspond to an entry in the /etc/" "fstab file" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "I_dentify As" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "" "The special device file - use symlinks in the /dev/disk " "hierarchy to control the scope of the entry" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "" "The special device file - use symlinks in the /dev/disk hierarchy to control " "the scope of the entry" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Mount _Point" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Filesystem _Type" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "The directory to mount the device in" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "The filesystem type to use" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Display _Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "" "If set, the name to use for the device in the user interface [x-gvfs-name=]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Icon Na_me" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "" "If set, the name of the icon to use in the device in the user interface [x-" "gvfs-icon=]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Sho_w in user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "" "If checked, the device is always shown in the user interface no matter what " "its directory is [x-gvfs-show]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Require additional authori_zation to mount" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "" "If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-" "udisks-auth]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Mount at _startup" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "If checked, the device will be mounted at startup [!noauto]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "S_ymbolic Icon Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "" "If set, the name of the symbolic icon to use in the device in the user " "interface [x-gvfs-symbolic-icon=]" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Mount Opt_ions" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-fstab-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "The mount options stored in the /etc/fstab file" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "The partition type represented as a 32-bit GUID" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "" "The partition name (up to 36 unicode characters). This is useful if you want " "to refer to the device via a symlink in the /dev/disk/by-partlabel " "directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_System partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "" "Used to indicate that the partition and its contents are required for the OS/" "Platform to function. Special care should be taken to not delete or " "overwrite the contents" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Legacy BIOS _Bootable" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "" "Legacy BIOS Bootable. This is equivalent to Master Boot Record bootable flag. It is normally only used for GPT partitions on MBR systems" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "_Read-Only" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "" "If set, some OSes may mount or use the contents of the partition as read-" "only instead of read-write" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "H_idden" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "" "If set, some OSes may hide the contents of the partition in their user " "interfaces" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Do Not _Automount" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/edit-gpt-partition-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "If set, some OSes may not automount the contents of the partition" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/erase-multiple-disks-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Erase Multiple Disks" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/erase-multiple-disks-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Erase…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/erase-multiple-disks-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Erase _Type" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:3 msgid "F_ilesystem" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:4 msgid "" "The custom filesystem type to create e.g. btrfs, xfs or " "swap" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:5 msgid "The custom filesystem type to create e.g. btrfs, xfs or swap" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:8 msgid "Enter passphrase used to protect the data" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:12 ../data/ui/format-disk-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:396 msgid "_Erase" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:13 msgid "" "The name to use for the filesystem. This is useful if you want to refer to " "the device via a symlink in the /dev/disk/by-label directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:14 msgid "" "The name to use for the filesystem. This is useful if you want to refer to " "the device via a symlink in the /dev/disk/by-label directory" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/filesystem-create.ui.h:15 msgid "For example, “My Files” or “Backup Data”" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/format-disk-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Format Disk" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/format-disk-dialog.ui.h:2 ../data/ui/format-volume-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Format…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/format-disk-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Partitioning" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/format-volume-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Format Volume" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/md-raid-disks-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "RAID Disks" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Restore Disk Image" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Image to Restore" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Select Disk Image to restore" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Destination" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Image to Restore" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/restore-disk-image-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Start Restoring…" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "SMART Data & Self-Tests" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Start Self-test" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Click to start a SMART self-test" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Stop Self-test" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Click to stop the SMART self-test currently in progress" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Click to force re-reading SMART data from the hard disk" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Powered On" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Self-test Result" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Self-assessment" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Overall Assessment" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Click to toggle whether SMART is enabled for the hard disk" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "SMART _Attributes" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/smart-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Conveyance" msgstr "" #: ../data/ui/unlock-device-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter passphrase to unlock" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:65 msgid "Allow writing to the image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:80 msgid "Select Disk Image(s) to Mount" msgstr "" #. Add a RO check button that defaults to RO #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:92 msgid "Set up _read-only mount" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:93 msgid "" "If checked, the mount will be read-only. This is useful if you don't want " "the underlying disk image to be modified" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:135 #, c-format msgid "Error connecting to udisks daemon: %s (%s, %d)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:143 msgid "Attach and mount one or more disk image files." msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:191 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open `%s' - maybe the volume isn't mounted?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Error opening `%s': %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disk-image-mounter/main.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Error attaching disk image: %s (%s, %d)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Error opening %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:139 #, c-format msgid "Error looking up block device for %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:180 msgid "Select device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:181 msgid "Format selected device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:182 msgid "Parent window XID for the format dialog" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:183 msgid "Restore disk image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:184 msgid "Show help options" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:213 msgid "--format-device must be used together with --block-device\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:219 msgid "--format-device must be specified when using --xid\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in the About dialog to convey version numbers. #. * The first %s is the version of Disks (for example "3.6"). #. * The second %s is the version of the running udisks daemon (for example "2.0.90"). #. * The third, fourth and fifth %d are the major, minor and micro versions of libudisks2 that was used when compiling the Disks application (for example 2, 0 and 90). #. #: ../src/disks/gduapplication.c:333 #, c-format msgid "" "gnome-disk-utility %s\n" "UDisks %s (built against %d.%d.%d)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:186 msgid "" "Count of remapped sectors. When the hard drive finds a read/write/" "verification error, it marks the sector as “reallocated” and transfers data " "to a special reserved area (spare area)" msgstr "" #. Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html #. * or the next string for a longer explanation. #. #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:251 msgid "Soft read error rate" msgstr "Soft Read Error Rate" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:253 msgid "Frequency of errors while reading from the disk" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:438 msgid "Drive’s seek performance during offline operations" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:767 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test completed successfully" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:771 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test was aborted" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:775 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test was interrupted" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:779 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test did not complete" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:783 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test failed" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown when the last self-test failed and the problem is with the electrical subsystem #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:788 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test failed (electrical)" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown when the last self-test failed and the problem is with the servo subsystem - see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Servomechanism #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:793 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test failed (servo)" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown when the last self-test failed and the problem is with the reading subsystem - #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:798 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test failed (read)" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown when the last self-test failed and the disk is suspected of having handling damage (e.g. physical damage to the hard disk) #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:803 msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Last self-test failed (handling)" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown when a self-test is in progress. The first %d is the percentage of the test remaining. #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:808 #, c-format msgctxt "smart-self-test-result" msgid "Self-test in progress — %d%% remaining" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:903 msgid "SMART is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:911 msgid "SMART is not enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:921 msgid "Self-test in progress" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:934 ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:943 msgid "DISK IS LIKELY TO FAIL SOON" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:966 msgid "SELF-TEST FAILED" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:975 #, c-format msgid "Disk is OK, one failing attribute is failing" msgid_plural "Disk is OK, %d attributes are failing" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:986 #, c-format msgid "Disk is OK, one bad sector" msgid_plural "Disk is OK, %d bad sectors" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:997 #, c-format msgid "Disk is OK, one attribute failed in the past" msgid_plural "Disk is OK, %d attributes failed in the past" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Otherwise, it's all honky dory #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1006 msgid "Disk is OK" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1105 msgid "Pre-Fail" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1107 msgid "Old-Age" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1110 msgid "Online" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1112 msgid "Offline" msgstr "" #. Translators: XXX #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1221 msgid "Threshold exceeded" msgstr "" #. Translators: XXX #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1226 msgid "Threshold not exceeded" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1302 msgid "Error refreshing SMART data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1334 msgid "Error aborting SMART self-test" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1353 msgid "Error starting SMART self-test" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1432 msgid "An error occurred when trying to toggle whether SMART is enabled" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1553 msgid "Normalized" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the threshold value #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1565 msgid "Threshold" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the worst value #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1577 msgid "Worst" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the update type (Online / Offline) #: ../src/disks/gduatasmartdialog.c:1601 msgid "Updates" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:655 ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:864 #, c-format msgid "%d sample" msgid_plural "%d samples" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: The first %s is the date and time the benchmark took place in the preferred #. * format for the locale (e.g. "%c" for strftime()/g_date_time_format()), for example #. * "Tue 12 Jun 2012 03:57:08 PM EDT". The second %s is how long ago that is from right #. * now, for example "3 days" or "2 hours" or "12 minutes". #. #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:696 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmark-updated" msgid "%s (%s ago)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:708 msgctxt "benchmark-updated" msgid "No benchmark data available" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:713 msgctxt "benchmark-updated" msgid "Opening Device…" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:717 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmark-updated" msgid "Measuring transfer rate (%2.1f%% complete)…" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:724 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmark-updated" msgid "Measuring access time (%2.1f%% complete)…" msgstr "" #. Translators: %d is number of milliseconds and msec means "milli-second" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:862 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmark-access-time" msgid "%.2f msec" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1174 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error getting size of device: %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1184 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error getting page size: %m\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1218 #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1281 #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1300 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error seeking to offset %lld" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1229 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error pre-reading %s from offset %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1241 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error seeking to offset %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1255 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error reading %s from offset %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1290 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error pre-reading %lld bytes from offset %lld" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1311 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error writing %lld bytes at offset %lld: %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1321 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Expected to write %lld bytes, only wrote %lld: %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1331 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error syncing (at offset %lld): %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1371 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error seeking to offset %lld: %m" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdubenchmarkdialog.c:1383 #, c-format msgctxt "benchmarking" msgid "Error reading %lld bytes from offset %lld" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:157 msgid "Error updating /etc/crypttab" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:176 msgid "Error changing passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:263 #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:408 msgid "Error retrieving configuration data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:289 msgid "/etc/crypttab configuration data is malformed" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:322 msgid "" "Changing the passphrase for this device, will also update the passphrase " "referenced by the /etc/crypttab file" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduchangepassphrasedialog.c:341 #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:537 msgid "The strength of the passphrase" msgstr "" #. Translators: The suggested name for the disk image to create. #. * The first %s is a name for the disk (e.g. 'sdb'). #. * The second %s is today's date and time, e.g. "March 2, 1976 6:25AM". #. #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Disk Image of %s (%s).img" msgstr "" #. Translators: A descriptive string for the sound played when #. * there's a read error that's being ignored, see #. * CA_PROP_EVENT_DESCRIPTION #. #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:306 msgid "Disk image read error" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:342 msgid "Allocating Disk Image" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown when there are read errors and we skip some data. #. * The first %s is the amount of unreadable data (ex. "512 kB"). #. #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:351 #, c-format msgid "%s unreadable (replaced with zeroes)" msgstr "" #. Translators: A descriptive string for the 'complete' sound, see CA_PROP_EVENT_DESCRIPTION #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:405 #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:613 msgid "Disk image copying complete" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:434 msgid "Error creating disk image" msgstr "" #. Translators: Primary message in dialog shown if some data was unreadable while creating a disk image #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:475 msgid "Unrecoverable read errors while creating disk image" msgstr "" #. Translators: Secondary message in dialog shown if some data was unreadable while creating a disk image. #. * The %f is the percentage of unreadable data (ex. 13.0). #. * The first %s is the amount of unreadable data (ex. "4.2 MB"). #. * The second %s is the name of the device (ex "/dev/"). #. #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "" "%2.1f%% (%s) of the data on the device “%s” was unreadable and replaced with " "zeroes in the created disk image file. This typically happens if the medium " "is scratched or if there is physical damage to the drive" msgstr "" #. Translators: Label of secondary button in dialog if some data was unreadable while creating a disk image #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:490 msgid "_Delete Disk Image File" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:684 #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:747 msgid "Error determining size of device: " msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:691 #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:754 #, c-format msgid "Device is size 0" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:725 msgid "Error allocating space for disk image file: " msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:882 #, c-format msgid "A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:885 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in “%s”. Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:888 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:942 msgid "Error opening file for writing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Reason why suspend/logout is being inhibited #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:958 msgctxt "create-inhibit-message" msgid "Copying device to disk image" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the description of the job #: ../src/disks/gducreatediskimagedialog.c:964 msgid "Creating Disk Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:379 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:254 msgid "Compatible with all systems and devices" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:385 msgid "Compatible with most systems" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:391 msgid "Compatible with Linux systems" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:397 msgid "Encrypted, compatible with Linux systems" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:398 msgid "LUKS + Ext4" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:403 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:404 msgid "Enter filesystem type" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:486 #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:131 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:151 msgid "Don’t overwrite existing data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:487 #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:132 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:152 msgid "Quick" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:494 #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:142 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:162 msgid "Overwrite existing data with zeroes" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatefilesystemwidget.c:495 #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:143 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:163 msgid "Slow" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:337 msgid "Error formatting partition" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:365 msgid "Error creating partition" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:455 msgid "Extended partition" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:456 msgid "For logical partitions" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:469 msgid "" "Cannot create a new partition. There are already four primary partitions." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreatepartitiondialog.c:473 msgid "This is the last primary partition that can be created." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreateraidarraydialog.c:296 #, c-format msgid "%d disk" msgid_plural "%d disks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Shown in "Create RAID Array" dialog. #. * The first %s is the number of disks e.g. '3 disks'. #. * The second %s is the size of the disk e.g. '42 GB' or '3 TB'. #. #: ../src/disks/gducreateraidarraydialog.c:305 #, c-format msgid "%s of %s each" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreateraidarraydialog.c:417 msgid "Error creating RAID array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreateraidarraydialog.c:573 msgid "Are you sure you want to use the disks for a RAID array?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducreateraidarraydialog.c:574 msgid "Existing content on the devices will be erased" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:108 ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:128 msgid "Will be created" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:137 msgid "Will be deleted" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:263 msgid "Error removing /etc/crypttab entry" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:347 msgid "Error adding /etc/crypttab entry" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:370 msgid "Error updating /etc/crypttab entry" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gducrypttabdialog.c:493 msgid "" "Only the passphrase referenced by the /etc/crypttab file will be " "changed. To change the on-disk passphrase, use Change Passphrase…" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:507 msgid "(None)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:622 msgid "Disk Drives" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:698 msgid "RAID Arrays" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in the device tree for a RAID Array, the first %s is the size #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:1174 #, c-format msgctxt "md-raid-tree-primary" msgid "%s RAID Array" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in the device tree for a RAID Array where the size is not known #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:1180 msgctxt "md-raid-tree-primary" msgid "RAID Array" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used as a secondary line in device tree for RAID Array. #. * The first %s is the name of the array (e.g. "My RAID Array"). #. * The second %s is the RAID level (e.g. "RAID-5"). #. #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:1191 #, c-format msgctxt "md-raid-tree-secondary" msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudevicetreemodel.c:1351 msgid "Other Devices" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:288 msgctxt "standby-value" msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:307 msgctxt "standby-value" msgid "Vendor-defined" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:311 msgctxt "standby-value" msgid "Reserved" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:332 msgctxt "apm-level" msgid "255 (Disabled)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:336 #, c-format msgctxt "apm-level" msgid "%d (Spin-down permitted)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:340 #, c-format msgctxt "apm-level" msgid "%d (Spin-down not permitted)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:355 msgctxt "aam-level" msgid "0 (Disabled)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:384 msgid "Error setting configuration" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the Standby scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:416 msgid "5 minutes" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the Standby scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:418 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the Standby scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:420 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the Standby scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:422 msgid "3 hours" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the APM scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:426 msgid "Save Power" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the APM scale. The string should be as short as possible. The left arrow ("←") is to signify that the left part of the scale offers spindown. In RTL locales, please use a right arrow ("→") instead. #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:428 msgid "← Spindown" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the APM scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:430 msgid "Perform Better" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the AAM scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:434 msgid "Quiet (Slow)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a mark on the AAM scale. The string should be as short as possible #: ../src/disks/gdudisksettingsdialog.c:436 msgid "Loud (Fast)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:154 msgid "ATA Secure Erase / Enhanced Secure Erase" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:155 msgid "If Available, Slow" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:186 #, c-format msgid "Error erasing device %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:367 msgid "Are you sure you want to erase the disks?" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used for erasure of multiple disks #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:371 msgid "" "All data on the selected disks will be lost but may still be recoverable by " "data recovery services" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:373 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:424 #: ../src/disks/gduformatvolumedialog.c:222 msgid "" "Tip: If you are planning to recycle, sell or give away your old " "computer or disk, you should use a more thorough erase type to keep your " "private information from falling into the wrong hands" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used when overwriting data on multiple disks #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:378 msgid "" "All data on the selected disks will be overwritten and will likely not be " "recoverable by data recovery services" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduerasemultipledisksdialog.c:384 #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:437 msgid "" "WARNING: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to " "complete, can’t be canceled and may not work properly with some hardware. In " "the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash " "or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about ATA Secure " "Erase and make sure you understand the risks" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufilesystemdialog.c:60 msgid "Error setting label" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used to convey that something takes at least #. * some specificed duration but may take longer. The %s is a #. * time duration e.g. "8 hours and 28 minutes" #. #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:105 #, c-format msgid "At least %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used to convey that something takes #. * approximately some specificed duration. The %s is a time #. * duration e.g. "2 hours and 2 minutes" #. #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:195 msgid "ATA Secure Erase" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:210 msgid "ATA Enhanced Secure Erase" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:255 msgid "MBR / DOS" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:265 msgid "Compatible with modern systems and hard disks > 2TB" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:266 msgid "GPT" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:283 msgid "No partitioning" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:328 msgid "Error formatting disk" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:418 msgid "Are you sure you want to format the disk?" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used for quick format #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:422 msgid "" "All data on the disk will be lost but may still be recoverable by data " "recovery services" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used when overwriting data #: ../src/disks/gduformatdiskdialog.c:429 msgid "" "All data on the disk will be overwritten and will likely not be recoverable " "by data recovery services" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduformatvolumedialog.c:216 msgid "Are you sure you want to format the volume?" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used for quick format of the volume #: ../src/disks/gduformatvolumedialog.c:220 msgid "" "All data on the volume will be lost but may still be recoverable by data " "recovery services" msgstr "" #. Translators: warning used when overwriting data of the volume #: ../src/disks/gduformatvolumedialog.c:227 msgid "" "All data on the volume will be overwritten and will likely not be " "recoverable by data recovery services" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Matches partition %d of the device with the given vital product data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:157 msgid "Matches the whole disk of the device with the given vital product data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:162 #, c-format msgid "" "Matches partition %d of any device connected at the given port or address" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:165 msgid "" "Matches the whole disk of any device connected at the given port or address" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:169 msgid "Matches any device with the given label" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:173 msgid "Matches the device with the given UUID" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:177 msgid "Matches the given device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:462 msgid "The system may not work correctly if this entry is modified or removed." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:523 msgid "Error removing old /etc/fstab entry" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:579 msgid "Error adding new /etc/fstab entry" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdufstabdialog.c:603 msgid "Error updating /etc/fstab entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown for a read-only device. The %s is the device file, e.g. /dev/sdb1 #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:251 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2028 #, c-format msgid "%s (Read-Only)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:334 msgid "An error occurred when removing a disk from the RAID Array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:372 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the disk?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:373 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Removing a disk from a RAID array may degrade it" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:374 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "_Remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:615 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "FAILED" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state for 'in_sync' #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:622 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "In Sync" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state for 'spare' #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:631 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "Spare" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state for 'spare' but is being recovered to #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:638 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "Recovering" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state for 'writemostly' #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:646 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "Write-mostly" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state for 'blocked' #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:653 msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "Blocked" msgstr "" #. Translators: MD-RAID member state unknown. The %s is the raw state from sysfs #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:660 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid-disks-state" msgid "Unknown (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: column name for the position of the disk in the RAID array #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:744 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Position" msgstr "" #. Translators: column name for the disk in the RAID array #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:760 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Disk" msgstr "" #. Translators: column name for the state of the disk in the RAID array #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:790 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "State" msgstr "" #. Translators: column name for the number of read errors of the disk in the RAID array #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:806 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Errors" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:948 msgid "An error occurred when adding a disk to the RAID Array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:970 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "Are you sure you want to add the disk to the array?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:971 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "All existing data on the disk will be lost" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:972 msgctxt "mdraid-disks" msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in sole item in popup menu for the "+" button when there are no disks of the #. * right size available #. #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:1150 msgctxt "mdraid-add" msgid "No disks of suitable size available" msgstr "" #. Translators: Top-most item in popup menu for the "+" button. Other items in the menu include #. * disks that can be added to the array #. #: ../src/disks/gdumdraiddisksdialog.c:1161 msgctxt "mdraid-add" msgid "Select disk to add" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupartitiondialog.c:362 msgid "Error setting partition type" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupartitiondialog.c:376 msgid "Error setting partition name" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupartitiondialog.c:390 msgid "Error setting partition flags" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupasswordstrengthwidget.c:126 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupasswordstrengthwidget.c:127 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupasswordstrengthwidget.c:128 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdupasswordstrengthwidget.c:129 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Strong" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:277 msgid "File does not appear to be XZ compressed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown for a compressed disk image in the "Size" field. #. * The %s is the uncompressed size as a long string, e.g. "4.2 MB (4,300,123 bytes)". #. #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:286 #, c-format msgid "%s when decompressed" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:302 msgid "Cannot restore image of size 0" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:311 #, c-format msgid "The disk image is %s smaller than the target device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:320 #, c-format msgid "The disk image is %s bigger than the target device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:650 msgid "Error restoring disk image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:939 msgid "Error opening file for reading" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:954 msgid "Error determing size of file" msgstr "" #. Translators: Reason why suspend/logout is being inhibited #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:982 msgctxt "restore-inhibit-message" msgid "Copying disk image to device" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the description of the job #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:988 msgid "Restoring Disk Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:1044 msgid "Are you sure you want to write the disk image to the device?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:1045 msgid "All existing data will be lost" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gdurestorediskimagedialog.c:1046 msgid "_Restore" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduunlockdialog.c:86 msgid "Error unlocking encrypted device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduunlockdialog.c:143 msgid "The encryption passphrase was retrieved from the keyring" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:536 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2779 msgid "No Media" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is shown in the volume grid for a partition with a name/label. #. * The %d is the partition number. The %s is the name #. #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1556 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Partition %d: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is shown in the volume grid for a partition with no name/label. #. * The %d is the partition number #. #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1563 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Partition %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1600 msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Free Space" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1643 msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Extended Partition" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1667 msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1689 msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "Swap" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in volume grid for Linux RAID members. Please #. * keep this as short as possible. #. * The first %s is the array name (e.g. 'MirrorOnTheWall'). #. * The second %s is the homehost (e.g. 'thinkpad'). #. #: ../src/disks/gduvolumegrid.c:1718 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-grid" msgid "%s [local to %s]" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:730 msgid "Error deleting loop device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:830 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:901 msgid "Error attaching disk image" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:868 msgid "Select Disk Image to Attach" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:872 msgid "_Attach" msgstr "" #. set file types #. allow_compressed #. Add a RO check button that defaults to RO #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:879 msgid "Set up _read-only loop device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:880 msgid "" "If checked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t " "want the underlying file to be modified" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to open the disks/drive gear menu #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1657 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "F10" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to format a disk. #. * The Ctrl modifier must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to another English modifier (e.g. ). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1665 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "F" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to view SMART data for a disk. #. * The Ctrl modifier must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to another English modifier (e.g. ). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1673 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "S" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to view RAID Disks for a RAID array. #. * The Ctrl modifier must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to another English modifier (e.g. ). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1681 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "R" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to view the "Drive Settings" dialog for a hard disk. #. * The Ctrl modifier must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to another English modifier (e.g. ). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1689 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "E" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to open the volume gear menu. #. * The Shift modifier must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to another English modifier (e.g. ). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1697 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "F10" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the short-cut to format a volume. #. * The Shift and Ctrl modifiers must not be translated or parsing will fail. #. * You can however change to other English modifiers. #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:1707 msgctxt "accelerator" msgid "F" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for job progress. #. * The first %s is the estimated amount of time remaining (ex. "1 minute" or "5 minutes"). #. * The second %s is the average amount of bytes transfered per second (ex. "8.9 MB"). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2066 #, c-format msgctxt "job-remaining-with-rate" msgid "%s remaining (%s/sec)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for job progress. #. * The first %s is the estimated amount of time remaining (ex. "1 minute" or "5 minutes"). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2074 #, c-format msgctxt "job-remaining" msgid "%s remaining" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used to convey job progress where the amount of bytes to process is known. #. * The first %s is the amount of bytes processed (ex. "650 MB"). #. * The second %s is the total amount of bytes to process (ex. "8.5 GB"). #. * The third %s is the estimated amount of time remaining including speed (if known) (ex. "1 minute remaining", "5 minutes remaining (42.3 MB/s)", "Less than a minute remaining"). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2089 #, c-format msgid "%s of %s – %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in job progress bar. #. * The %s is the job description (e.g. "Erasing Device"). #. * The %f is the completion percentage (between 0.0 and 100.0). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2176 #, c-format msgid "%s: %2.1f%%" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2248 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3093 msgid "Block device is empty" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown for unknown partitioning type. The first %s is the low-level type. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2271 #, c-format msgctxt "partitioning" msgid "Unknown (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2352 msgid "RAID array is not running" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in the main window for a RAID array, the first %s is the size #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2373 #, c-format msgctxt "md-raid-window" msgid "%s RAID Array" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used in the main window for a RAID array where the size is not known #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2379 msgctxt "md-raid-window" msgid "RAID Array" msgstr "" #. Translators: shown as the device for a RAID array that is not currently running #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2405 msgctxt "mdraid" msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in the 'Array Name' field when the RAID array is deemed to belong to another machine. #. * Search for "homehost" in the mdadm(8) documentation for more information. #. * The first %s is the array name (e.g. "My Raid Disk"). #. * The second %s is the hostname that the RAID array belongs to (e.g. "big-server-042"). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2472 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid" msgid "%s (local to %s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2512 #, c-format msgid "%d Disk" msgid_plural "%d Disks" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used to combine number of disks and the chunk size. #. * The first %s is the number of disks e.g. "3 disks". #. * The second %s is the chunk size e.g. "512 KiB". #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2524 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid-disks-and-chunk-size" msgid "%s, %s Chunk" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in the "RAID Level" field. #. * The first %s is the long description of the RAID level e.g. "RAID 6 (Dual Distributed Parity)". #. * The second %s is the number of RAID disks optionally with the chunk size e.g. "8 disks" or "8 disks, 512 KiB Chunk". #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2533 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid" msgid "%s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2553 #, c-format msgid "%d disk is missing" msgid_plural "%d disks are missing" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2559 msgctxt "mdraid" msgid "ARRAY IS DEGRADED" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is the sentence 'ARRAY IS DEGRADED'. #. * The second %s conveys the number of devices missing e.g. "1 disk is missing". #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2563 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid-degraded" msgid "%s — %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2574 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2590 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Running" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in the 'State' field for MD-RAID when not running #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2579 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2599 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Data Scrubbing" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2604 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Data Scrubbing and Repair" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2609 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Resyncing" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2613 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Recovering" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2617 msgctxt "mdraid-state" msgid "Frozen" msgstr "" #. Translators: String for conveying the raid array is misconfigured #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2633 msgctxt "raid-split-brain" msgid "RAID ARRAY IS MISCONFIGURED" msgstr "" #. Translators: The specific type of misconfiguration, see #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Split-brain_(computing) #. * for more details #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2639 msgctxt "raid-split-brain" msgid "Split-Brain" msgstr "" #. Translators: Combiner for the RAID split-brain strings. #. * The first %s is "SYSTEM IS MISCONFIGURED". #. * The second %s is "Split-Brain" as a hyperlink. #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2645 #, c-format msgctxt "raid-split-brain" msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in RAID progress bar. #. * The first %s is about the operation, e.g. 'Data Scrubbing'. #. * The second is the percentage completed, e.g. '42.5%' #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2675 #, c-format msgctxt "raid-state-progress" msgid "%s: %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for MD-RAID sync operation. #. * The first %s is the estimated amount of time remaining (ex. "1 minute" or "5 minutes"). #. * The second %s is the average amount of bytes transfered per second (ex. "8.9 MB"). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2702 #, c-format msgctxt "mdraid-sync-op" msgid "%s remaining (%s/sec)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in "Location" when drive is connected to another seat than where #. * our application is running. #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:2882 msgid "Connected to another seat" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3026 msgid "Loop device is empty" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in 'Size' field for a filesystem where we know the amount of unused #. * space. #. * The first %s is a short string with the size (e.g. '69 GB (68,719,476,736 bytes)'). #. * The second %s is a short string with the space free (e.g. '43 GB'). #. * The %f is the percentage in use (e.g. 62.2). #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3265 #, c-format msgid "%s — %s free (%.1f%% full)" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3295 msgctxt "partition type" msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Translators: Use for mount point '/' simply because '/' is too small to hit as a hyperlink #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3323 msgctxt "volume-content-fs" msgid "Filesystem Root" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as in-use part of 'Contents'. The first %s is the mount point, e.g. /media/foobar #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3331 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-content-fs" msgid "Mounted at %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown when the device is not mounted next to the "In Use" label #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3337 msgctxt "volume-content-fs" msgid "Not Mounted" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as in-use part of 'Contents' if the swap device is in use #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3360 msgctxt "volume-content-swap" msgid "Active" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as in-use part of 'Contents' if the swap device is not in use #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3366 msgctxt "volume-content-swap" msgid "Not Active" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as in-use part of 'Contents' if the encrypted device is unlocked #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3379 msgctxt "volume-content-luks" msgid "Unlocked" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as in-use part of 'Contents' if the encrypted device is unlocked #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3385 msgctxt "volume-content-luks" msgid "Locked" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3395 msgctxt "volume-contents-msdos-ext" msgid "Extended Partition" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown as a hyperlink in the 'Contents' field for a member of an RAID Array #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3405 msgctxt "volume-contents-raid" msgid "Go To Array" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in the 'Contents' field for a member of an RAID array. #. * The first %s is the usual contents string (e.g. "Linux RAID Member"). #. * The second %s is the hyperlink "Go To Array". #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3410 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-contents-raid" msgid "%s — %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in 'Contents' field for a member that can be "mounted" (e.g. filesystem or swap area). #. * The first %s is the usual contents string e.g. "Swapspace" or "Ext4 (version 1.0)". #. * The second %s is either "Mounted at /path/to/fs", "Not Mounted, "Active", "Not Active", "Unlocked" or "Locked". #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3428 #, c-format msgctxt "volume-contents-combiner" msgid "%s — %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3907 msgid "An error occurred when requesting data redundancy check" msgstr "" #. Translators: Heading for data scrubbing dialog #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3925 msgctxt "mdraid-scrub-dialog" msgid "Data Scrubbing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Message for data scrubbing dialog #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3927 msgctxt "mdraid-scrub-dialog" msgid "" "As storage devices can develop bad blocks at any time it is valuable to " "regularly read all blocks on all disks in a RAID array so as to catch such " "bad blocks early.\n" "\n" "The RAID array will remain operational for the duration of the operation but " "performance will be impacted. For more information about data scrubbing, see " "the RAID Administration article." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3932 msgctxt "mdraid-scrub-dialog" msgid "_Start" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3933 msgctxt "mdraid-scrub-dialog" msgid "_Repair mismatched blocks, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:3980 msgid "An error occurred when trying to put the drive into standby mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4026 msgid "An error occurred when trying to wake up the drive from standby mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4071 msgid "Error powering off drive" msgstr "" #. Translators: Heading for powering off a device with multiple drives #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4123 msgid "Are you sure you want to power off the drives?" msgstr "" #. Translators: Message for powering off a device with multiple drives #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4125 msgid "" "This operation will prepare the system for the following drives to be " "powered down and removed." msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4129 msgid "_Power Off" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4206 msgid "Error mounting filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4246 ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:1122 msgid "Error unmounting filesystem" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4391 msgid "Error deleting partition" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4429 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the partition?" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4430 msgid "All data on the partition will be lost" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4431 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4462 msgid "Error ejecting media" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4519 msgid "Error starting RAID array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4561 msgid "Error stopping RAID array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4648 msgid "Error locking encrypted device" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4713 msgid "Error starting swap" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4750 msgid "Error stopping swap" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4789 msgid "Error setting bitmap for the RAID array" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4855 msgid "Error setting autoclear flag" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4908 ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:4972 msgid "Error canceling job" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown when no devices are selected but multiple selection is active. #. #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:5094 msgctxt "multi-disk-menu" msgid "No _Devices Selected" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduwindow.c:5104 #, c-format msgid "%d _Device Selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d _Devices Selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/disks/gduxzdecompressor.c:122 msgid "Invalid compressed data" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduxzdecompressor.c:129 msgid "Not enough memory" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduxzdecompressor.c:136 #, c-format msgid "Internal error" msgstr "" #: ../src/disks/gduxzdecompressor.c:151 msgid "Need more input" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:92 msgid "All Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:97 msgid "Disk Images (*.img, *.img.xz, *.iso)" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:99 msgid "Disk Images (*.img, *.iso)" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for number of years #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:430 #, c-format msgid "%d year" msgid_plural "%d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of months #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:437 #, c-format msgid "%d month" msgid_plural "%d months" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of days #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:444 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of hours #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of minutes #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:458 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of seconds #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for number of milli-seconds #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%d milli-second" msgid_plural "%d milli-seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Used for duration greater than one year. First %s is number of years, second %s is months, third %s is days #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:536 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-year-to-inf" msgid "%s, %s and %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one year but greater than one month. First %s is number of months, second %s is days #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:541 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-months-to-year" msgid "%s and %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one month but greater than one day. First %s is number of days, second %s is hours #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:546 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-day-to-month" msgid "%s and %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one day but greater than one hour. First %s is number of hours, second %s is minutes #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:551 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-hour-to-day" msgid "%s and %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one hour but greater than one minute. First %s is number of minutes, second %s is seconds #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:562 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-minute-to-hour" msgid "%s and %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:571 msgctxt "duration" msgid "Less than a minute" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one minute byte greater than one second. First %s is number of seconds #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:576 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-second-to-minute" msgid "%s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Used for durations less than one second. First %s is number of milli-seconds #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:582 #, c-format msgctxt "duration-zero-to-second" msgid "%s" msgstr "" #. Translators: Shown in confirmation dialogs with a list of devices that will be affected by the action #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:724 msgctxt "confirmation-list-of-devices" msgid "Affected Devices" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:814 msgid "RAID 0" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:815 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:820 msgid "RAID 1" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:821 msgid "Mirror" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:826 msgid "RAID 4" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:827 msgid "Dedicated Parity" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:832 msgid "RAID 5" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:833 msgid "Distributed Parity" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:838 msgid "RAID 6" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:839 msgid "Double Distributed Parity" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:844 msgid "RAID 10" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:845 msgid "Stripe of Mirrors" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:850 #, c-format msgid "RAID (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../src/libgdu/gduutils.c:1142 msgid "Error locking device" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used as the title of the SMART failure notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:403 msgctxt "notify-smart" msgid "Hard Disk Problems Detected" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used as the text of the SMART failure notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:405 msgctxt "notify-smart" msgid "A hard disk is likely to fail soon." msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for button in SMART failure notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:409 msgctxt "notify-smart" msgid "Examine" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used as the title of the MD-RAID degraded notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:416 msgctxt "notify-mdraid" msgid "RAID Problems Detected" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is used as the text of the MD-RAID degraded notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:418 msgctxt "notify-mdraid" msgid "A RAID array is degraded." msgstr "" #. Translators: Text for button in MD-RAID degraded notification #: ../src/notify/gdusdmonitor.c:422 msgctxt "notify-mdraid" msgid "Examine" msgstr "" #: ../src/notify/gdu-sd-plugin.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Disks Problem Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../src/notify/gdu-sd-plugin.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Warns about problems with disks and storage devices" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libdbusmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000133412321561564021400 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libdbusmenu # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libdbusmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libdbusmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 12:00+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 22:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:54+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/polkit-gnome-1.po0000644000000000000000000000135712321561564021637 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for policykit-1-gnome # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the policykit-1-gnome package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: policykit-1-gnome\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 20:57+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-08 16:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cameron White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:55+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-kubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000001003412321561564024431 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-09-10 15:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mark \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                        • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/games.html:11 msgid "" "First Person Shooters, Role Playing Games, and more are also available in " "the repositories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                          • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/get-help.html:8 msgid "" "In addition to our extensive written help, the Kubuntu community in " "conjunction with the Ubuntu community, provides free technical support in " "person and over the Internet. Learn more at kubuntu.org/support." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                            • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/get-help.html:12 msgid "" "Let us know about your Kubuntu experience at kubuntu.org/community!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                              • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/get-involved.html:11 msgid "" "No matter your skill level, getting involved and helping to mold the future " "of Kubuntu is easy, and you are more than welcome to help out." msgstr "" "No matter your skill level, getting involved and helping to mould the future " "of Kubuntu is easy, and you are more than welcome to help out." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:1 msgid "Make the most of the web" msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:5 msgid "" "Kubuntu includes Mozilla Firefox, the web browser used by millions of people " "around the world." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                  • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/internet.html:9 msgid "" "Web browsers such as Chromium and Rekonq are easily " "installable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                    • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/multimedia.html:7 msgid "" "Amarok audio player lets you organize your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronizes your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." msgstr "" "Amarok audio player lets you organize your music and listen to " "Internet radio, podcasts, and more, as well as synchronize your audio " "collection to a portable audio player." #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                      • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/office.html:5 msgid "" "LibreOffice is a powerful office software suite that is very easy " "to learn and use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                        • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/office.html:9 msgid "" "LibreOffice works with documents from other popular office " "applications including WordPerfect and Microsoft Office. It uses the " "standard OpenDocument format." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                          • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:6 msgid "Thank you for choosing Kubuntu 14.04. We hope you enjoy the experience." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                            • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:8 msgid "" "We believe every computer user should be free to work in the environment " "they choose, and be free to download, change, study and share their software " "with anyone, for any purpose." msgstr "" #. type: Content of:
                                                                                                              • #: slideshows/kubuntu/slides/welcome.html:11 msgid "" "We want Kubuntu to work for you. So while your software is installing, this " "slideshow will introduce you to Kubuntu 14.04." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/ubiquity-slideshow-oem-config-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000306212321561564026302 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                                #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                                #: slideshows/oem-config-ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/slideshow-ubuntu.po0000644000000000000000000000425712321561564022417 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubiquity-slideshow-ubuntu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-02 11:07-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:57+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                                #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/accessibility.html:12 msgid "Customization options" msgstr "Customisation options" #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                                #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/photos.html:8 msgid "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Center." msgstr "" "Shotwell is a handy photo manager that is ready for your gadgets. Connect a " "camera or a phone to transfer your photos, then it’s easy to share them and " "keep them safe. If you’re feeling creative, you can try lots of photo apps " "from the Ubuntu Software Centre." #. type: Content of:

                                                                                                                #: slideshows/ubuntu/slides/usc.html:8 msgid "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Center, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." msgstr "" "Say goodbye to searching the web for new software. With Ubuntu Software " "Centre, you can find and install new apps with ease. Just type in what " "you’re looking for, or explore categories such as Science, Education and " "Games, alongside helpful reviews from other users." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell.po0000644000000000000000000013236412321561564020740 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for shotwell # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shotwell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 04:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-24 02:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../plugins/common/RESTSupport.vala:424 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:968 msgid "A temporary file needed for publishing is unavailable" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/common/RESTSupport.vala:1152 msgid "" "You have already logged in and out of a Google service during this Shotwell " "session.\n" "\n" "To continue publishing to Google services, quit and restart Shotwell, then " "try publishing again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/common/Resources.vala:28 ../src/AppWindow.vala:691 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Anthony Harrington https://launchpad.net/~untaintableangel\n" " Daniel LeBlanc https://launchpad.net/~danidou\n" " Mark https://launchpad.net/~mark-f-bennett\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:34 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:30 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:32 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:30 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:32 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:32 #: ../src/Resources.vala:27 msgid "Copyright 2009-2014 Yorba Foundation" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:56 msgid "" "Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.\n" "\n" "Please select a library to import, either by selecting one of the existing " "libraries found by Shotwell or by selecting an alternative F-Spot database " "file." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:58 msgid "" "Welcome to the F-Spot library import service.\n" "\n" "Please select an F-Spot database file." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:60 msgid "Manually select an F-Spot database file to import:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:62 msgid "" "Cannot open the selected F-Spot database file: the file does not exist or is " "not an F-Spot database" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:64 msgid "" "Cannot open the selected F-Spot database file: this version of the F-Spot " "database is not supported by Shotwell" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:66 msgid "" "Cannot read the selected F-Spot database file: error while reading tags table" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:68 msgid "" "Cannot read the selected F-Spot database file: error while reading photos " "table" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:70 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell has found %d photos in the F-Spot library and is currently " "importing them. Duplicates will be automatically detected and removed.\n" "\n" "You can close this dialog and start using Shotwell while the import is " "taking place in the background." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:84 #, c-format msgid "F-Spot library: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/FSpotImporter.vala:416 msgid "Preparing to import" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-data-imports/shotwell-data-imports.vala:22 msgid "Core Data Import Services" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:35 msgid "Copyright 2012 BJA Electronics" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:106 msgid "1280 x 853 pixels" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:310 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:320 #, c-format msgid "'%s' isn't a valid response to an OAuth authentication request" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:558 msgid "" "TumblrPublisher: start( ): can't start; this publisher is not restartable." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:586 msgid "Enter the username and password associated with your Tumblr account." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:587 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1000 msgid "Username and/or password invalid. Please try again" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:617 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1037 msgid "Invalid User Name or Password" msgstr "Invalid Username or Password" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:636 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:757 #, c-format msgid "Could not load UI: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:739 #, c-format msgid "" "You are logged into Tumblr as %s.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/YandexPublishing.vala:22 msgid "Copyright 2010+ Evgeniy Polyakov " msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/YandexPublishing.vala:25 msgid "Visit the Yandex.Fotki web site" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/YandexPublishing.vala:632 msgid "You are not currently logged into Yandex.Fotki." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/shotwell-publishing-extras.vala:18 msgid "Shotwell Extra Publishing Services" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "_Email address" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade.h:3 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_authentication_pane.glade.h:4 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_authentication_pane.glade.h:4 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_authentication_pane.glade.h:6 msgid "Login" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:1 msgid "Blogs:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:1 msgid "_Albums (or write new):" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:2 msgid "Access _type:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:3 msgid "Disable _comments" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:4 msgid "_Forbid downloading original photo" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/yandex_publish_model.glade.h:7 msgid "Public" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:79 msgid "Standard (720 pixels)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:82 msgid "Large (2048 pixels)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:326 msgid "" "A file required for publishing is unavailable. Publishing to Facebook can't " "continue." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:648 #, c-format msgid "" "You are logged into Facebook as %s.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:649 msgid "Where would you like to publish the selected photos?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FacebookPublishing.vala:650 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/facebook_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:3 msgid "Upload _size:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:57 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Flickr.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to " "authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:325 msgid "" "A file required for publishing is unavailable. Publishing to Flickr can't " "continue." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:847 msgid "Videos _visible to:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:850 msgid "Photos and videos _visible to:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:887 msgid "Family only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:888 msgid "Friends only" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:909 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1248 msgid "2048 x 1536 pixels" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/FlickrPublishing.vala:910 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1249 msgid "4096 x 3072 pixels" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:54 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into Picasa Web Albums.\n" "\n" "Click Login to log into Picasa Web Albums in your Web browser. You will have " "to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Picasa Web Albums account." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:330 msgid "" "A file required for publishing is unavailable. Publishing to Picasa can't " "continue." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:621 msgid "Videos will appear in:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PicasaPublishing.vala:700 msgid "Google+ (2048 x 1536 pixels)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:746 #, c-format msgid "Creating album %s..." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:917 msgid "An error message occurred when publishing to Piwigo. Please try again." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:998 msgid "" "Enter the URL of your Piwigo photo library as well as the username and " "password associated with your Piwigo account for that library." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:999 msgid "" "Shotwell cannot contact your Piwigo photo library. Please verify the URL you " "entered" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1235 msgid "Admins, Family, Friends, Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1236 msgid "Admins, Family, Friends" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/PiwigoPublishing.vala:1237 msgid "Admins, Family" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:57 msgid "" "You are not currently logged into YouTube.\n" "\n" "You must have already signed up for a Google account and set it up for use " "with YouTube to continue. You can set up most accounts by using your browser " "to log into the YouTube site at least once." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:362 msgid "" "A file required for publishing is unavailable. Publishing to Youtube can't " "continue." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:461 #, c-format msgid "You are logged into YouTube as %s." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:463 #, c-format msgid "Videos will appear in '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:495 msgid "Public listed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/YouTubePublishing.vala:496 msgid "Public unlisted" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/facebook_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:4 msgid "Videos and new photo albums _visible to:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/facebook_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:5 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/flickr_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:2 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/picasa_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:5 #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:8 msgid "" "_Remove location, camera, and other identifying information before uploading" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/flickr_pin_entry_pane.glade.h:1 msgid "" "Enter the confirmation number which appears after you log into Flickr in " "your Web browser." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/flickr_pin_entry_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "Authorization _Number:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_authentication_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "_URL of your Piwigo photo library" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_authentication_pane.glade.h:3 msgid "User _name" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_authentication_pane.glade.h:5 msgid "_Remember Password" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:2 msgid "An _existing category:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:4 msgid "Photos will be _visible by:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:5 msgid "Photo size:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:6 msgid "within category:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:7 msgid "Album comment:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:9 msgid "_If a title is set and comment unset, use title as comment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:10 msgid "_Do no upload tags" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/piwigo_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:11 msgid "Logout" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/shotwell-publishing.vala:26 msgid "Core Publishing Services" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-publishing/youtube_publishing_options_pane.glade.h:1 msgid "Video privacy _setting:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-transitions/CrumbleEffect.vala:20 msgid "Crumble" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-transitions/StripesEffect.vala:20 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-transitions/shotwell-transitions.vala:28 msgid "Core Slideshow Transitions" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/shotwell-transitions/shotwell-transitions.vala:75 msgid "Copyright 2010 Maxim Kartashev, Copyright 2011-2014 Yorba Foundation" msgstr "" #: ../misc/shotwell.application.in.h:1 msgid "Publish your pictures to Picasa" msgstr "" #: ../misc/shotwell.application.in.h:2 msgid "Publish your pictures to Facebook" msgstr "" #: ../misc/shotwell.application.in.h:3 msgid "Publish your pictures to Flickr" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppDirs.vala:48 ../src/AppDirs.vala:99 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache directory %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppDirs.vala:58 ../src/AppDirs.vala:88 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create data directory %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppDirs.vala:190 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create temporary directory %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppDirs.vala:207 ../src/AppDirs.vala:223 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create data subdirectory %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppWindow.vala:516 msgid "_Frequently Asked Questions" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppWindow.vala:521 msgid "_Report a Problem..." msgstr "" #: ../src/AppWindow.vala:708 #, c-format msgid "Unable to navigate to bug database: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/AppWindow.vala:716 #, c-format msgid "Unable to display FAQ: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/BatchImport.vala:62 msgid "File write error" msgstr "" #: ../src/BatchImport.vala:65 msgid "Corrupt image file" msgstr "" #: ../src/CollectionPage.vala:456 msgid "Export Photo/Video" msgstr "" #: ../src/CollectionPage.vala:456 msgid "Export Photos/Videos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Applying Color Transformations" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:845 msgid "Undoing Color Transformations" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:1244 msgid "Setting RAW developer" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:1244 msgid "Restoring previous RAW developer" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:1245 msgid "Set Developer" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:1625 ../src/Commands.vala:1648 msgid "Create Tag" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:1683 #, c-format msgid "Move Tag \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Move Photos to Trash" msgstr "Move Photos to Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2335 msgid "Restore Photos from Trash" msgstr "Restore Photos from Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2336 msgid "Move the photos to the Shotwell trash" msgstr "Move the photos to Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Moving Photos to Trash" msgstr "Moving Photos to Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2355 msgid "Restoring Photos From Trash" msgstr "Restoring Photos From Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2441 msgid "Flag selected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2442 msgid "Unflag selected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2443 msgid "Flagging selected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2444 msgid "Unflagging selected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Commands.vala:2451 msgid "Unflag" msgstr "" #: ../src/DesktopIntegration.vala:118 #, c-format msgid "Unable to launch Nautilus Send-To: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/DesktopIntegration.vala:299 #, c-format msgid "Unable to prepare desktop slideshow: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:25 #, c-format msgid "This will remove the saved search \"%s\". Continue?" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:35 msgid "" "Switching developers will undo all changes you have made to this photo in " "Shotwell" msgid_plural "" "Switching developers will undo all changes you have made to these photos in " "Shotwell" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:39 msgid "_Switch Developer" msgstr "" #. Ticket #3023 #. Attempt to replace the system error with something friendlier #. if we can't copy an image over for editing in an external tool. #. Did we fail because we can't write to this directory? #. Yes - display an alternate error message here. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:115 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell couldn't create a file for editing this photo because you do not " "have permission to write to %s." msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:229 msgid "Export metadata" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:465 msgid "Save Details..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:534 msgid "Import Results Report" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:538 #, c-format msgid "Attempted to import %d file." msgid_plural "Attempted to import %d files." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:541 #, c-format msgid "Of these, %d file was successfully imported." msgid_plural "Of these, %d files were successfully imported." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. #. Duplicates #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:553 msgid "Duplicate Photos/Videos Not Imported:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:557 msgid "duplicates existing media item" msgstr "" #. #. Files Not Imported Due to Camera Errors #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:568 msgid "Photos/Videos Not Imported Due to Camera Errors:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:571 ../src/Dialogs.vala:586 ../src/Dialogs.vala:601 #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:617 ../src/Dialogs.vala:632 ../src/Dialogs.vala:646 msgid "error message:" msgstr "" #. #. Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:582 msgid "Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:" msgstr "" #. #. Photos/Videos Not Imported Because They Weren't in a Format Shotwell Understands #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:597 msgid "" "Photos/Videos Not Imported Because They Weren't in a Format Shotwell " "Understands:" msgstr "" #. #. Photos/Videos Not Imported Because Shotwell Couldn't Copy Them into its Library #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:612 msgid "" "Photos/Videos Not Imported Because Shotwell Couldn't Copy Them into its " "Library:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:616 #, c-format msgid "" "couldn't copy %s\n" "\tto %s" msgstr "" #. #. Photos/Videos Not Imported Because GDK Pixbuf Library Identified them as Corrupt #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:628 msgid "Photos/Videos Not Imported Because Files Are Corrupt:" msgstr "" #. #. Photos/Videos Not Imported for Other Reasons #. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:643 msgid "Photos/Videos Not Imported for Other Reasons:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:666 #, c-format msgid "1 duplicate video was not imported:\n" msgid_plural "%d duplicate videos were not imported:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:669 #, c-format msgid "1 duplicate photo/video was not imported:\n" msgid_plural "%d duplicate photos/videos were not imported:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:686 #, c-format msgid "1 video failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgid_plural "%d videos failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:689 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:692 #, c-format msgid "1 file failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgid_plural "%d files failed to import due to a file or hardware error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:706 #, c-format msgid "" "1 photo failed to import because the photo library folder was not writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d photos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:709 #, c-format msgid "" "1 video failed to import because the photo library folder was not writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:712 #, c-format msgid "" "1 photo/video failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:715 #, c-format msgid "" "1 file failed to import because the photo library folder was not writable:\n" msgid_plural "" "%d files failed to import because the photo library folder was not " "writable:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:732 #, c-format msgid "1 video failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgid_plural "%d videos failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:735 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:738 #, c-format msgid "1 file failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgid_plural "%d files failed to import due to a camera error:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:752 #, c-format msgid "1 photo failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:755 #, c-format msgid "1 video failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d videos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:758 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos failed to import because they were corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:761 #, c-format msgid "1 file failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgid_plural "%d files failed to import because it was corrupt:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:807 #, c-format msgid "1 video skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgid_plural "%d videos skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:810 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:813 #, c-format msgid "1 file skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgid_plural "%d file skipped due to user cancel:\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:830 #, c-format msgid "1 video successfully imported.\n" msgid_plural "%d videos successfully imported.\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:833 #, c-format msgid "1 photo/video successfully imported.\n" msgid_plural "%d photos/videos successfully imported.\n" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. if no media items were imported at all (i.e. an empty directory attempted), need to at least #. report that nothing was imported #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:849 msgid "No photos or videos imported.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1287 ../src/Resources.vala:280 msgid "Edit Event Comment" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1287 msgid "Edit Photo/Video Comment" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1351 msgid "Revert External Edit?" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1351 msgid "Revert External Edits?" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1357 msgid "Re_vert External Edits" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1386 msgid "Remove Photos From Library" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1643 msgid "_Shift photos/videos by the same amount" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1648 msgid "Set _all photos/videos to this time" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1655 msgid "_Modify original photo file" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1655 msgid "_Modify original photo files" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:1658 msgid "_Modify original files" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2108 #, c-format msgid "Import photos from your %s library" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2265 #, c-format msgid "Year%sMonth%sDay" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2267 #, c-format msgid "Year%sMonth" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2269 #, c-format msgid "Year%sMonth-Day" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2271 msgid "Year-Month-Day" msgstr "" #. Invalid pattern. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2509 msgid "Invalid pattern" msgstr "" #. This function is used to determine whether or not files should be copied or linked when imported. #. Returns ACCEPT for copy, REJECT for link, and CANCEL for (drum-roll) cancel. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2612 msgid "" "Shotwell can copy the photos into your library folder or it can import them " "without copying." msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2617 msgid "Co_py Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2618 msgid "_Import in Place" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2630 msgid "Removing Photos From Library" msgstr "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2644 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the photo/video from your Shotwell library. Would you also " "like to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d photos/videos from your Shotwell library. Would you " "also like to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2648 #, c-format msgid "" "This will remove the video from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the file to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgid_plural "" "This will remove %d videos from your Shotwell library. Would you also like " "to move the files to your desktop trash?\n" "\n" "This action cannot be undone." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2684 #, c-format msgid "" "The photo or video cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete this file?" msgid_plural "" "%d photos/videos cannot be moved to your desktop trash. Delete these files?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Alert the user that the files were not removed. #: ../src/Dialogs.vala:2701 #, c-format msgid "The photo or video cannot be deleted." msgid_plural "%d photos/videos cannot be deleted." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. verify this is a directory #: ../src/DirectoryMonitor.vala:889 #, c-format msgid "Unable to monitor %s: Not a directory (%s)" msgstr "" #. if no name, pretty up the start time #: ../src/Event.vala:753 #, c-format msgid "Event %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/Exporter.vala:232 #, c-format msgid "Unable to generate a temporary file for %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaMonitor.vala:400 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process monitoring updates: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:408 msgid "_Play Video" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:409 msgid "Open the selected videos in the system video player" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:413 ../src/PhotoPage.vala:2632 msgid "_Developer" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:420 ../src/photos/RawSupport.vala:297 msgid "Shotwell" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:443 msgid "Display the comment of each photo" msgstr "" #: ../src/MediaPage.vala:702 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell was unable to play the selected video:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/Page.vala:1268 msgid "No photos/videos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Page.vala:1272 msgid "No photos/videos found" msgstr "" #: ../src/PhotoPage.vala:2408 ../src/direct/DirectPhotoPage.vala:81 msgid "T_ools" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:255 msgid "Fill the entire page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:256 msgid "2 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:257 msgid "4 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:258 msgid "6 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:259 msgid "8 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:260 msgid "16 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:261 msgid "32 images per page" msgstr "" #: ../src/Printing.vala:888 msgid "Printing..." msgstr "Printing…" #: ../src/Properties.vala:227 ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:312 msgid "RAW+JPEG" msgstr "" #: ../src/Properties.vala:355 ../src/events/EventDirectoryItem.vala:85 #, c-format msgid "%d Video" msgid_plural "%d Videos" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/Properties.vala:592 msgid "Current Development:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Properties.vala:608 msgid "Exposure date:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Properties.vala:611 msgid "Exposure time:" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:147 msgid "Rotate the photos right (press Ctrl to rotate left)" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:164 msgid "_Copy Color Adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:166 msgid "Copy the color adjustments applied to the photo" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:168 msgid "_Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:169 msgid "Paste Color Adjustments" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:170 msgid "Apply copied color adjustments to the selected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:176 ../src/editing_tools/StraightenTool.vala:100 msgid "_Straighten" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:178 msgid "Straighten the photo" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:186 msgid "Adjust the photo's color and tone" msgstr "Adjust the photo's colour and tone" #: ../src/Resources.vala:196 msgid "Set as _Desktop Slideshow..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:218 msgid "Combine events into a single event" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:242 msgid "Rejected _Only" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:243 msgid "Rejected Only" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:244 msgid "Show only rejected photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:273 msgid "Edit _Title..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:276 msgid "Edit _Comment..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:279 msgid "Edit Event _Comment..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:286 msgid "_Add Tags..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:291 msgid "Open With E_xternal Editor" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:296 msgid "Send T_o..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:300 msgid "Find an image by typing text that appears in its name or tags" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:302 msgid "_Flag" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:304 msgid "Un_flag" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:348 #, c-format msgid "Tag Photos as \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:353 #, c-format msgid "Tag the selected photos as \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:358 #, c-format msgid "Remove Tag \"%s\" From _Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:363 #, c-format msgid "Remove Tag \"%s\" From Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:371 #, c-format msgid "Unable to rename search to \"%s\" because the search already exists." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:374 msgid "Saved Search" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:376 msgid "Delete Search" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:380 msgid "Re_name..." msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:383 #, c-format msgid "Rename Search \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:387 #, c-format msgid "Delete Search \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/Resources.vala:644 msgid "Remove the selected photos from the trash" msgstr "Remove the selected photos from Shotwell's trash" #: ../src/Resources.vala:659 msgid "_Move to Trash" msgstr "_Move to Shotwell's Trash" #. ...precache the timestamp string... #. / Locale-specific time format for 12-hour time, i.e. 8:31 PM #. / Precede modifier with a dash ("-") to pad with spaces, otherwise will pad with zeroes #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:743 msgid "%-I:%M %p" msgstr "" #. / Locale-specific time format for 12-hour time with seconds, i.e. 8:31:42 PM #. / Precede modifier with a dash ("-") to pad with spaces, otherwise will pad with zeroes #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:748 msgid "%-I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "" #. / Locale-specific ending date format for multi-date strings, #. / i.e. the "10, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" #. / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #: ../src/Resources.vala:762 msgid "%d, %Y" msgstr "" #: ../src/SearchFilter.vala:605 msgid "RAW Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/SearchFilter.vala:606 msgid "RAW photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/SearchFilter.vala:952 #, c-format msgid "Error loading UI file %s: %s" msgstr "" #. multiple videos #: ../src/VideoSupport.vala:486 msgid "Export Videos" msgstr "" #. Ticket #3304 - Import page shouldn't display confusing message #. prior to import. #. TODO: replace this with approved text for "talking to camera, #. please wait" once new strings are being accepted. #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:845 msgid "Starting import, please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:891 msgid "Import all the photos into your library" msgstr "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:1725 #, c-format msgid "Delete this video from camera?" msgid_plural "Delete these %d videos from camera?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:1728 #, c-format msgid "Delete this photo/video from camera?" msgid_plural "Delete these %d photos/videos from camera?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete these files from camera?" msgid_plural "Delete these %d files from camera?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:1758 msgid "Removing photos/videos from camera" msgstr "" #: ../src/camera/ImportPage.vala:1762 #, c-format msgid "Unable to delete %d photo/video from the camera due to errors." msgid_plural "Unable to delete %d photos/videos from the camera due to errors." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImports.vala:22 msgid "Data Imports" msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsPluginHost.vala:148 #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsPluginHost.vala:294 #, c-format msgid "Importing from %s can't continue because an error occurred:" msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsPluginHost.vala:151 msgid "To try importing from another service, select one from the above menu." msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:10 msgid "" "You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.\n" "\n" "In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have " "at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the " "Preferences dialog." msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:100 msgid "Database file:" msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:216 msgid "Import From Application" msgstr "" #: ../src/data_imports/DataImportsUI.vala:217 msgid "Import media _from:" msgstr "" #: ../src/db/DatabaseTable.vala:37 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open/create photo database %s: error code %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/db/DatabaseTable.vala:46 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to write to photo database file:\n" " %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/db/DatabaseTable.vala:48 #, c-format msgid "" "Error accessing database file:\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Error was: \n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:766 msgid "Letter (8.5 x 11 in.)" msgstr "" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:768 msgid "Tabloid (11 x 17 in.)" msgstr "" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:775 msgid "A4 (210 x 297 mm)" msgstr "" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2270 msgid "Highlights:" msgstr "" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset Colors" msgstr "Reset Colours" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2324 msgid "Reset all color adjustments to original" msgstr "Reset all colour adjustments to original" #: ../src/editing_tools/EditingTools.vala:2741 msgid "Highlights" msgstr "" #: ../src/events/EventDirectoryItem.vala:83 #, c-format msgid "%d Photo/Video" msgid_plural "%d Photos/Videos" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/events/EventPage.vala:129 msgid "No Event" msgstr "" #: ../src/events/EventsDirectoryPage.vala:131 msgid "Display the comment of each event" msgstr "" #: ../src/events/EventsDirectoryPage.vala:155 msgid "No events" msgstr "" #: ../src/events/EventsDirectoryPage.vala:159 msgid "No events found" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/ImportQueuePage.vala:123 msgid "Preparing to import..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:309 msgid "Import From _Application..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:324 msgid "Delete all photos in the trash" msgstr "Delete all photos in Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:335 msgid "Find photos and videos by search criteria" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:346 ../src/searches/Branch.vala:77 #: ../src/sidebar/Tree.vala:195 msgid "Ne_w Saved Search..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:403 msgid "_Search Bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:404 msgid "Display the search bar" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:410 msgid "Display the sidebar" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "Empty Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:737 msgid "Emptying Trash..." msgstr "Emptying Shotwell's Trash..." #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:896 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell is configured to import photos to your home directory.\n" "We recommend changing this in Edit %s Preferences.\n" "Do you want to continue importing photos?" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1200 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%%)" msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1244 #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1255 msgid "Updating library..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1261 msgid "Preparing to auto-import photos..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1266 msgid "Auto-importing photos..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/LibraryWindow.vala:1274 msgid "Writing metadata to files..." msgstr "" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:8 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Shotwell's Trash" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:108 msgid "Trash is empty" msgstr "Shotwell's Trash is empty" #: ../src/library/TrashPage.vala:113 msgid "Deleting Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:54 #, c-format msgid "" "Your photo library is not compatible with this version of Shotwell. It " "appears it was created by Shotwell %s (schema %d). This version is %s " "(schema %d). Please use the latest version of Shotwell." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:59 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell was unable to upgrade your photo library from version %s (schema %" "d) to %s (schema %d). For more information please check the Shotwell Wiki " "at %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:65 #, c-format msgid "" "Your photo library is not compatible with this version of Shotwell. It " "appears it was created by Shotwell %s (schema %d). This version is %s " "(schema %d). Please clear your library by deleting %s and re-import your " "photos." msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:71 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error attempting to verify Shotwell's database: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:294 msgid "Path to Shotwell's private data" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:298 msgid "Do not monitor library directory at runtime for changes" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:302 msgid "Don't display startup progress meter" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.vala:342 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command-line options.\n" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingPluginHost.vala:11 msgid "Preparing for upload" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingPluginHost.vala:12 #, c-format msgid "Uploading %d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingPluginHost.vala:82 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s can't continue because an error occurred:" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:105 msgid "The selected photos/videos were successfully published." msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:107 msgid "The selected videos were successfully published." msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:112 msgid "The selected video was successfully published." msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:114 msgid "The selected photo was successfully published." msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:194 msgid "Publish Videos" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:195 msgid "Publish videos _to" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:197 msgid "Publish Photos and Videos" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:198 msgid "Publish photos and videos _to" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:275 msgid "Add more accounts..." msgstr "" #. There are no enabled publishing services that accept this media type, #. warn the user. #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:435 msgid "Unable to publish" msgstr "" #: ../src/publishing/PublishingUI.vala:436 #, c-format msgid "" "Shotwell cannot publish the selected items because you do not have a " "compatible publishing plugin enabled. To correct this, choose Edit %s " "Preferences and enable one or more of the publishing plugins on the " "Plugins tab." msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:172 msgid "ends with" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:174 #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:501 msgid "is not set" msgstr "" #. Ordering must correspond with SearchConditionMediaType.MediaType #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:252 msgid "any photo" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:253 msgid "a raw photo" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:254 msgid "a video" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:308 msgid "has" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:309 msgid "has no" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:314 msgid "modifications" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:315 msgid "internal modifications" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:316 msgid "external modifications" msgstr "" #. Ordering must correspond with SearchConditionFlagged.State #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:370 msgid "flagged" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:371 msgid "not flagged" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:434 msgid "and higher" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:436 msgid "and lower" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SavedSearchDialog.vala:500 msgid "is between" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:157 msgid "Any text" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:166 msgid "Comment" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:169 msgid "Event name" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:175 msgid "Media type" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:178 msgid "Flag state" msgstr "" #: ../src/searches/SearchBoolean.vala:181 msgid "Photo state" msgstr "" #: ../src/sidebar/Tree.vala:199 msgid "New _Tag..." msgstr "" #: ../src/slideshow/Slideshow.vala:22 msgid "Slideshow Transitions" msgstr "" #: ../ui/set_background_dialog.glade.h:1 msgid "Set as Desktop Slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../ui/set_background_dialog.glade.h:2 msgid "Generate desktop background slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../ui/set_background_dialog.glade.h:3 msgid "Show each photo for" msgstr "" #: ../ui/set_background_dialog.glade.h:4 msgid "period of time" msgstr "" #: ../ui/set_background_dialog.glade.h:5 msgid "How long each photo is shown on the desktop background" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:2 msgid "_Name of search:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:3 msgid "_Match" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:5 msgid "Printed Image Size" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:9 msgid "_Autosize:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:10 msgid "Titles" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:11 msgid "Print image _title" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:12 msgid "Pixel Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:20 msgid "_Watch library directory for new files" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:22 msgid "Write tags, titles, and other _metadata to photo files" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:27 msgid "_Directory structure:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:30 msgid "R_ename imported files to lowercase" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:31 msgid "RAW Developer" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:34 msgid "E_xternal photo editor:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:39 msgid "_Transition effect:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:40 msgid "Transition d_elay:" msgstr "" #: ../ui/shotwell.glade.h:41 msgid "Show t_itle" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/shotwell-extras.po0000644000000000000000000000236112321561564022235 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for shotwell # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the shotwell package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: shotwell\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-20 11:55-0700\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-20 17:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 14:59+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/TumblrPublishing.vala:620 msgid "Invalid User Name or Password" msgstr "Invalid Username or Password" #: plugins/shotwell-publishing-extras/tumblr_publishing_options_pane.glade:19 msgid "" "You are logged into Tumblr as (name).\n" "\n" "(this label's string is populated and set inside the code, \n" "so changes made here will not display)" msgstr "" "You are logged into Tumblr as (name).\n" "\n" "(this label's string is populated and set inside the code,\n" "so changes made here will not display)" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/clutter-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000014024512321561564021052 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for clutter-1.0 # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the clutter-1.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: clutter-1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-24 22:30+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-06 19:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:00+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6203 msgid "X coordinate" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6204 msgid "X coordinate of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6222 msgid "Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6223 msgid "Y coordinate of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6246 msgid "The position of the origin of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6264 msgid "Width of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6283 msgid "Height of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6305 msgid "The size of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6323 msgid "Fixed X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6324 msgid "Forced X position of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6341 msgid "Fixed Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6342 msgid "Forced Y position of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6357 msgid "Fixed position set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6358 msgid "Whether to use fixed positioning for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6376 msgid "Min Width" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6377 msgid "Forced minimum width request for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6395 msgid "Min Height" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6396 msgid "Forced minimum height request for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6414 msgid "Natural Width" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6415 msgid "Forced natural width request for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6433 msgid "Natural Height" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6434 msgid "Forced natural height request for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6449 msgid "Minimum width set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6450 msgid "Whether to use the min-width property" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6464 msgid "Minimum height set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6465 msgid "Whether to use the min-height property" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6479 msgid "Natural width set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6480 msgid "Whether to use the natural-width property" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6494 msgid "Natural height set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6495 msgid "Whether to use the natural-height property" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6511 msgid "Allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6512 msgid "The actor's allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6569 msgid "Request Mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6570 msgid "The actor's request mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6595 msgid "Position on the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6622 msgid "Z Position" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6623 msgid "The actor's position on the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6641 msgid "Opacity of an actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6661 msgid "Offscreen redirect" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6662 msgid "Flags controlling when to flatten the actor into a single image" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6677 msgid "Whether the actor is visible or not" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6691 msgid "Mapped" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6692 msgid "Whether the actor will be painted" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6705 msgid "Realized" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6706 msgid "Whether the actor has been realized" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6721 msgid "Reactive" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6722 msgid "Whether the actor is reactive to events" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6733 msgid "Has Clip" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6734 msgid "Whether the actor has a clip set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6748 msgid "The clip region for the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6767 msgid "Clip Rectangle" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6768 msgid "The visible region of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6783 msgid "Name of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6804 msgid "Pivot Point" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6805 msgid "The point around which the scaling and rotation occur" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6823 msgid "Pivot Point Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6824 msgid "Z component of the pivot point" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6843 msgid "Scale factor on the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6862 msgid "Scale factor on the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6880 msgid "Scale Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6881 msgid "Scale factor on the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6899 msgid "Scale Center X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6900 msgid "Horizontal scale center" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6918 msgid "Scale Center Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6919 msgid "Vertical scale center" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6937 msgid "Scale Gravity" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6938 msgid "The center of scaling" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6956 msgid "Rotation Angle X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6957 msgid "The rotation angle on the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6975 msgid "Rotation Angle Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6976 msgid "The rotation angle on the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6994 msgid "Rotation Angle Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:6995 msgid "The rotation angle on the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7013 msgid "Rotation Center X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7014 msgid "The rotation center on the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7031 msgid "Rotation Center Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7032 msgid "The rotation center on the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7049 msgid "Rotation Center Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7050 msgid "The rotation center on the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7067 msgid "Rotation Center Z Gravity" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7068 msgid "Center point for rotation around the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7096 msgid "Anchor X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7097 msgid "X coordinate of the anchor point" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7125 msgid "Anchor Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7126 msgid "Y coordinate of the anchor point" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7153 msgid "Anchor Gravity" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7154 msgid "The anchor point as a ClutterGravity" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7173 msgid "Translation X" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7174 msgid "Translation along the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7193 msgid "Translation Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7194 msgid "Translation along the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7213 msgid "Translation Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7214 msgid "Translation along the Z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7244 msgid "Transform" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7245 msgid "Transformation matrix" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7260 msgid "Transform Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7261 msgid "Whether the transform property is set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7282 msgid "Child Transform" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7283 msgid "Children transformation matrix" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7298 msgid "Child Transform Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7299 msgid "Whether the child-transform property is set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7316 msgid "Show on set parent" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7317 msgid "Whether the actor is shown when parented" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7334 msgid "Clip to Allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7335 msgid "Sets the clip region to track the actor's allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7349 msgid "Direction of the text" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7364 msgid "Has Pointer" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7365 msgid "Whether the actor contains the pointer of an input device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7379 msgid "Adds an action to the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7393 msgid "Adds a constraint to the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7407 msgid "Add an effect to be applied on the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7421 msgid "Layout Manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7422 msgid "The object controlling the layout of an actor's children" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7436 msgid "X Expand" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7437 msgid "Whether extra horizontal space should be assigned to the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7452 msgid "Y Expand" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7453 msgid "Whether extra vertical space should be assigned to the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7469 msgid "X Alignment" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7470 msgid "The alignment of the actor on the X axis within its allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7485 msgid "Y Alignment" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7486 msgid "The alignment of the actor on the Y axis within its allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7505 msgid "Margin Top" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7506 msgid "Extra space at the top" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7527 msgid "Margin Bottom" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7528 msgid "Extra space at the bottom" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7549 msgid "Margin Left" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7550 msgid "Extra space at the left" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7571 msgid "Margin Right" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7572 msgid "Extra space at the right" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7588 msgid "Background Color Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7589 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:271 msgid "Whether the background color is set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7605 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7606 msgid "The actor's background color" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7621 msgid "First Child" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7622 msgid "The actor's first child" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7635 msgid "Last Child" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7636 msgid "The actor's last child" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7651 msgid "Delegate object for painting the actor's content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7676 msgid "Content Gravity" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7677 msgid "Alignment of the actor's content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7697 msgid "Content Box" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7698 msgid "The bounding box of the actor's content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7706 msgid "Minification Filter" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7707 msgid "The filter used when reducing the size of the content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7714 msgid "Magnification Filter" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7715 msgid "The filter used when increasing the size of the content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7729 msgid "Content Repeat" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor.c:7730 msgid "The repeat policy for the actor's content" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor-meta.c:192 msgid "The actor attached to the meta" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor-meta.c:206 msgid "The name of the meta" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-actor-meta.c:220 msgid "Whether the meta is enabled" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-align-constraint.c:280 msgid "The source of the alignment" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-align-constraint.c:293 msgid "Align Axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-align-constraint.c:294 msgid "The axis to align the position to" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-align-constraint.c:314 msgid "The alignment factor, between 0.0 and 1.0" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-backend.c:380 msgid "Unable to initialize the Clutter backend" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-backend.c:454 #, c-format msgid "The backend of type '%s' does not support creating multiple stages" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bind-constraint.c:359 msgid "The source of the binding" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bind-constraint.c:373 msgid "The coordinate to bind" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bind-constraint.c:388 msgid "The offset in pixels to apply to the binding" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-binding-pool.c:320 msgid "The unique name of the binding pool" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bin-layout.c:239 msgid "Horizontal alignment for the actor inside the layout manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bin-layout.c:248 msgid "Vertical alignment for the actor inside the layout manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bin-layout.c:652 msgid "Default horizontal alignment for the actors inside the layout manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-bin-layout.c:672 msgid "Default vertical alignment for the actors inside the layout manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:364 msgid "Allocate extra space for the child" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:370 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:583 msgid "Horizontal Fill" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:371 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:584 msgid "" "Whether the child should receive priority when the container is allocating " "spare space on the horizontal axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:379 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:590 msgid "Vertical Fill" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:380 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:591 msgid "" "Whether the child should receive priority when the container is allocating " "spare space on the vertical axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:389 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:605 msgid "Horizontal alignment of the actor within the cell" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:398 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:620 msgid "Vertical alignment of the actor within the cell" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1360 msgid "Whether the layout should be vertical, rather than horizontal" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1378 clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:943 #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1550 msgid "The orientation of the layout" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1395 msgid "" "Whether the layout should be homogeneous, i.e. all childs get the same size" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1410 msgid "Pack Start" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1411 msgid "Whether to pack items at the start of the box" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1425 msgid "Spacing between children" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1442 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1667 msgid "Use Animations" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1443 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1668 msgid "Whether layout changes should be animated" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1468 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1693 msgid "The easing mode of the animations" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1488 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1713 msgid "Easing Duration" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-box-layout.c:1489 clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1714 msgid "The duration of the animations" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-brightness-contrast-effect.c:322 msgid "The brightness change to apply" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-brightness-contrast-effect.c:342 msgid "The contrast change to apply" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-canvas.c:225 msgid "The width of the canvas" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-canvas.c:241 msgid "The height of the canvas" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-child-meta.c:128 msgid "The container that created this data" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-child-meta.c:143 msgid "The actor wrapped by this data" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:587 msgid "Whether the clickable should be in pressed state" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:600 msgid "Held" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:601 msgid "Whether the clickable has a grab" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:618 clutter/clutter-settings.c:607 msgid "Long Press Duration" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:619 msgid "The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:637 msgid "Long Press Threshold" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-click-action.c:638 msgid "The maximum threshold before a long press is cancelled" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-clone.c:342 msgid "Specifies the actor to be cloned" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-colorize-effect.c:252 msgid "The tint to apply" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:592 msgid "Horizontal Tiles" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:593 msgid "The number of horizontal tiles" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:608 msgid "Vertical Tiles" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:609 msgid "The number of vertical tiles" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:626 msgid "Back Material" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-deform-effect.c:627 msgid "The material to be used when painting the back of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-desaturate-effect.c:271 msgid "The desaturation factor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-device-manager.c:128 msgid "The ClutterBackend of the device manager" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:741 msgid "Horizontal Drag Threshold" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:742 msgid "The horizontal amount of pixels required to start dragging" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:769 msgid "Vertical Drag Threshold" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:770 msgid "The vertical amount of pixels required to start dragging" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:792 msgid "The actor that is being dragged" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:805 msgid "Drag Axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:806 msgid "Constraints the dragging to an axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:822 msgid "Drag Area" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:823 msgid "Constrains the dragging to a rectangle" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:836 msgid "Drag Area Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-drag-action.c:837 msgid "Whether the drag area is set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:959 msgid "Whether each item should receive the same allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:975 msgid "The spacing between columns" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:992 msgid "The spacing between rows" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1006 msgid "Minimum Column Width" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1007 msgid "Minimum width for each column" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1022 msgid "Maximum Column Width" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1023 msgid "Maximum width for each column" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1037 msgid "Minimum Row Height" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1038 msgid "Minimum height for each row" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1053 msgid "Maximum Row Height" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1054 msgid "Maximum height for each row" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1069 clutter/clutter-flow-layout.c:1070 msgid "Snap to grid" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-gesture-action.c:650 msgid "Number touch points" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-gesture-action.c:651 msgid "Number of touch points" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1232 msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1240 msgid "The number of columns that a child spans" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1247 msgid "The number of rows that a child spans" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1593 msgid "Row Homogeneous" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1594 msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1607 msgid "Column Homogeneous" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-grid-layout.c:1608 msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-image.c:249 clutter/clutter-image.c:312 #: clutter/clutter-image.c:400 msgid "Unable to load image data" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:245 msgid "Unique identifier of the device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:261 msgid "The name of the device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:275 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:276 msgid "The type of the device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:292 msgid "The device manager instance" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:305 msgid "Device Mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:306 msgid "The mode of the device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:321 msgid "Whether the device has a cursor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:340 msgid "Whether the device is enabled" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:353 msgid "Number of Axes" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:354 msgid "The number of axes on the device" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-input-device.c:369 msgid "The backend instance" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-interval.c:554 msgid "The type of the values in the interval" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-interval.c:569 msgid "Initial Value" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-interval.c:570 msgid "Initial value of the interval" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-interval.c:585 msgid "Final value of the interval" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-layout-meta.c:118 msgid "The manager that created this data" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-main.c:1649 msgid "Enable accessibility" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:445 msgid "Pan Axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:446 msgid "Constraints the panning to an axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:460 msgid "Interpolate" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:461 msgid "Whether interpolated events emission is enabled." msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:477 msgid "Deceleration" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:478 msgid "Rate at which the interpolated panning will decelerate in" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:495 msgid "Initial acceleration factor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-pan-action.c:496 msgid "Factor applied to the momentum when starting the interpolated phase" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-path-constraint.c:213 msgid "The path used to constrain an actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-path-constraint.c:227 msgid "The offset along the path, between -1.0 and 2.0" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-property-transition.c:270 msgid "The name of the property to animate" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:464 msgid "Filename Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:465 msgid "Whether the :filename property is set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:480 msgid "The path of the currently parsed file" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-script.c:498 msgid "The translation domain used to localize string" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-scroll-actor.c:189 msgid "Scroll Mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-scroll-actor.c:190 msgid "The scrolling direction" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:449 msgid "The time between clicks necessary to detect a multiple click" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:465 msgid "The distance between clicks necessary to detect a multiple click" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:481 msgid "The distance the cursor should travel before starting to drag" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:497 msgid "" "The description of the default font, as one that could be parsed by Pango" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:512 msgid "Font Antialias" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:513 msgid "" "Whether to use antialiasing (1 to enable, 0 to disable, and -1 to use the " "default)" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:529 msgid "Font DPI" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:530 msgid "" "The resolution of the font, in 1024 * dots/inch, or -1 to use the default" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:546 msgid "Font Hinting" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:547 msgid "" "Whether to use hinting (1 to enable, 0 to disable and -1 to use the default)" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:568 msgid "Font Hint Style" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:569 msgid "The style of hinting (hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, hintfull)" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:590 msgid "Font Subpixel Order" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:591 msgid "The type of subpixel antialiasing (none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr)" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:608 msgid "The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:615 msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:616 msgid "Timestamp of the current fontconfig configuration" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-settings.c:633 msgid "Password Hint Time" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-shader-effect.c:485 msgid "Shader Type" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-shader-effect.c:486 msgid "The type of shader used" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:322 msgid "The source of the constraint" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:335 msgid "From Edge" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:336 msgid "The edge of the actor that should be snapped" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:350 msgid "To Edge" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:351 msgid "The edge of the source that should be snapped" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-snap-constraint.c:367 msgid "The offset in pixels to apply to the constraint" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1902 msgid "Fullscreen Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1903 msgid "Whether the main stage is fullscreen" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1917 msgid "Offscreen" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1918 msgid "Whether the main stage should be rendered offscreen" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1931 msgid "Whether the mouse pointer is visible on the main stage" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1945 msgid "User Resizable" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1946 msgid "Whether the stage is able to be resized via user interaction" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1961 clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:256 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:270 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1962 msgid "The color of the stage" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1978 msgid "Perspective projection parameters" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:1994 msgid "Stage Title" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2011 msgid "Use Fog" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2012 msgid "Whether to enable depth cueing" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2029 msgid "Settings for the depth cueing" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2046 msgid "Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2062 msgid "Key Focus" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2063 msgid "The currently key focused actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2079 msgid "No Clear Hint" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2080 msgid "Whether the stage should clear its contents" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2093 msgid "Accept Focus" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-stage.c:2094 msgid "Whether the stage should accept focus on show" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:537 msgid "Column Number" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:538 msgid "The column the widget resides in" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:545 msgid "Row Number" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:546 msgid "The row the widget resides in" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:553 msgid "Column Span" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:554 msgid "The number of columns the widget should span" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:561 msgid "Row Span" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:562 msgid "The number of rows the widget should span" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:569 msgid "Horizontal Expand" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:570 msgid "Allocate extra space for the child in horizontal axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:576 msgid "Vertical Expand" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:577 msgid "Allocate extra space for the child in vertical axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1630 msgid "Spacing between columns" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-table-layout.c:1644 msgid "Spacing between rows" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text-buffer.c:348 msgid "The contents of the buffer" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text-buffer.c:361 msgid "Text length" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text-buffer.c:362 msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3379 msgid "The buffer for the text" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3397 msgid "The font to be used by the text" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3415 msgid "The font description to be used" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3432 msgid "The text to render" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3446 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "Font Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3447 msgid "Color of the font used by the text" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3463 msgid "Whether the text is editable" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3479 msgid "Whether the text is selectable" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3494 msgid "Whether pressing return causes the activate signal to be emitted" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3511 msgid "Whether the input cursor is visible" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3525 clutter/clutter-text.c:3526 msgid "Cursor Color" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3541 msgid "Cursor Color Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3542 msgid "Whether the cursor color has been set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3558 msgid "The width of the cursor, in pixels" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3575 clutter/clutter-text.c:3593 msgid "The cursor position" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3608 msgid "Selection-bound" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3609 msgid "The cursor position of the other end of the selection" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3624 clutter/clutter-text.c:3625 msgid "Selection Color" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3640 msgid "Selection Color Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3641 msgid "Whether the selection color has been set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3657 msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the contents of the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3680 msgid "Whether or not the text includes Pango markup" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3697 msgid "If set, wrap the lines if the text becomes too wide" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3713 msgid "Control how line-wrapping is done" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3729 msgid "The preferred place to ellipsize the string" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3745 msgid "Line Alignment" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3746 msgid "The preferred alignment for the string, for multi-line text" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3763 msgid "Whether the text should be justified" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3778 msgid "Password Character" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3779 msgid "If non-zero, use this character to display the actor's contents" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3793 msgid "Max Length" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3794 msgid "Maximum length of the text inside the actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3818 msgid "Whether the text should be a single line" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3832 clutter/clutter-text.c:3833 msgid "Selected Text Color" msgstr "Selected Text Colour" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3848 msgid "Selected Text Color Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-text.c:3849 msgid "Whether the selected text color has been set" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:594 msgid "Should the timeline automatically restart" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:609 msgid "Delay before start" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:625 msgid "Duration of the timeline in milliseconds" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:641 msgid "Direction of the timeline" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:656 msgid "Auto Reverse" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:657 msgid "Whether the direction should be reversed when reaching the end" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:675 msgid "Repeat Count" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:676 msgid "How many times the timeline should repeat" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:690 msgid "Progress Mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-timeline.c:691 msgid "How the timeline should compute the progress" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-transition.c:245 msgid "The interval of values to transition" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-transition.c:259 msgid "Animatable" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-transition.c:260 msgid "The animatable object" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-transition.c:281 msgid "Remove on Complete" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-transition.c:282 msgid "Detach the transition when completed" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-zoom-action.c:354 msgid "Zoom Axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/clutter-zoom-action.c:355 msgid "Constraints the zoom to an axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-alpha.c:355 msgid "Timeline used by the alpha" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-alpha.c:371 msgid "Alpha value" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-alpha.c:372 msgid "Alpha value as computed by the alpha" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-alpha.c:394 msgid "Progress mode" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:509 msgid "Object to which the animation applies" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:526 msgid "The mode of the animation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:542 msgid "Duration of the animation, in milliseconds" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:558 msgid "Whether the animation should loop" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:573 msgid "The timeline used by the animation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animation.c:590 msgid "The alpha used by the animation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animator.c:1802 msgid "The duration of the animation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-animator.c:1819 msgid "The timeline of the animation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour.c:238 msgid "Alpha Object to drive the behaviour" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-depth.c:180 msgid "Start Depth" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-depth.c:181 msgid "Initial depth to apply" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-depth.c:196 msgid "End Depth" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-depth.c:197 msgid "Final depth to apply" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:394 msgid "Start Angle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:395 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:277 msgid "Initial angle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:410 msgid "End Angle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:411 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:295 msgid "Final angle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:426 msgid "Angle x tilt" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:427 msgid "Tilt of the ellipse around x axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:442 msgid "Angle y tilt" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:443 msgid "Tilt of the ellipse around y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:458 msgid "Angle z tilt" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:459 msgid "Tilt of the ellipse around z axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:475 msgid "Width of the ellipse" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:491 msgid "Height of ellipse" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:506 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:507 msgid "Center of ellipse" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-ellipse.c:522 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:331 msgid "Direction of rotation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-opacity.c:177 msgid "Opacity Start" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-opacity.c:178 msgid "Initial opacity level" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-opacity.c:195 msgid "Opacity End" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-opacity.c:196 msgid "Final opacity level" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-path.c:222 msgid "The ClutterPath object representing the path to animate along" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:276 msgid "Angle Begin" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:294 msgid "Angle End" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:313 msgid "Axis of rotation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:348 msgid "Center X" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:349 msgid "X coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:366 msgid "Center Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:367 msgid "Y coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:384 msgid "Center Z" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-rotate.c:385 msgid "Z coordinate of the center of rotation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:222 msgid "X Start Scale" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:223 msgid "Initial scale on the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:241 msgid "X End Scale" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:242 msgid "Final scale on the X axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:260 msgid "Y Start Scale" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:261 msgid "Initial scale on the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:279 msgid "Y End Scale" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-behaviour-scale.c:280 msgid "Final scale on the Y axis" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:257 msgid "The background color of the box" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-box.c:270 msgid "Color Set" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:593 msgid "Surface Width" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:594 msgid "The width of the Cairo surface" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:611 msgid "Surface Height" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:612 msgid "The height of the Cairo surface" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:632 msgid "Auto Resize" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-cairo-texture.c:633 msgid "Whether the surface should match the allocation" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:84 msgid "URI of a media file" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:101 msgid "Whether the actor is playing" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:119 msgid "Current progress of the playback" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:135 msgid "Subtitle URI" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:136 msgid "URI of a subtitle file" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:154 msgid "Subtitle Font Name" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:155 msgid "The font used to display subtitles" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:172 msgid "Audio Volume" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:173 msgid "The volume of the audio" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:189 msgid "Can Seek" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:190 msgid "Whether the current stream is seekable" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:207 msgid "Buffer Fill" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:208 msgid "The fill level of the buffer" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-media.c:225 msgid "The duration of the stream, in seconds" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:271 msgid "The color of the rectangle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:284 msgid "Border Color" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:285 msgid "The color of the border of the rectangle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:301 msgid "The width of the border of the rectangle" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:315 msgid "Has Border" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-rectangle.c:316 msgid "Whether the rectangle should have a border" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:257 msgid "Vertex Source" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:258 msgid "Source of vertex shader" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:274 msgid "Fragment Source" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:275 msgid "Source of fragment shader" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:292 msgid "Compiled" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:293 msgid "Whether the shader is compiled and linked" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-shader.c:310 msgid "Whether the shader is enabled" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-state.c:1500 msgid "Currently set state, (transition to this state might not be complete)" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-state.c:1518 msgid "Default transition duration" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:992 msgid "Sync size of actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:993 msgid "Auto sync size of actor to underlying pixbuf dimensions" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1000 msgid "Disable Slicing" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1001 msgid "" "Forces the underlying texture to be singular and not made of smaller space " "saving individual textures" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1010 msgid "Tile Waste" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1011 msgid "Maximum waste area of a sliced texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1019 msgid "Horizontal repeat" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1020 msgid "Repeat the contents rather than scaling them horizontally" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1027 msgid "Vertical repeat" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1028 msgid "Repeat the contents rather than scaling them vertically" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1035 msgid "Filter Quality" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1036 msgid "Rendering quality used when drawing the texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1044 msgid "Pixel Format" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1045 msgid "The Cogl pixel format to use" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1053 #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:445 msgid "Cogl Texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1054 #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:446 msgid "The underlying Cogl texture handle used to draw this actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1061 msgid "Cogl Material" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1062 msgid "The underlying Cogl material handle used to draw this actor" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1081 msgid "The path of the file containing the image data" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1088 msgid "Keep Aspect Ratio" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1089 msgid "" "Keep the aspect ratio of the texture when requesting the preferred width or " "height" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1117 msgid "Load asynchronously" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1118 msgid "" "Load files inside a thread to avoid blocking when loading images from disk" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1136 msgid "Load data asynchronously" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1137 msgid "" "Decode image data files inside a thread to reduce blocking when loading " "images from disk" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1163 msgid "Pick With Alpha" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1164 msgid "Shape actor with alpha channel when picking" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1597 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1992 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:2088 #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:2386 msgid "Failed to load the image data" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1756 msgid "YUV textures are not supported" msgstr "" #: clutter/deprecated/clutter-texture.c:1765 msgid "YUV2 textues are not supported" msgstr "" #: clutter/evdev/clutter-input-device-evdev.c:154 msgid "sysfs Path" msgstr "" #: clutter/evdev/clutter-input-device-evdev.c:155 msgid "Path of the device in sysfs" msgstr "" #: clutter/evdev/clutter-input-device-evdev.c:170 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" #: clutter/evdev/clutter-input-device-evdev.c:171 msgid "Path of the device node" msgstr "" #: clutter/gdk/clutter-backend-gdk.c:289 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable CoglWinsys for a GdkDisplay of type %s" msgstr "" #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:420 msgid "The underlying wayland surface" msgstr "" #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:427 msgid "Surface width" msgstr "" #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:428 msgid "The width of the underlying wayland surface" msgstr "" #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:436 msgid "Surface height" msgstr "" #: clutter/wayland/clutter-wayland-surface.c:437 msgid "The height of the underlying wayland surface" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-backend-x11.c:506 msgid "Disable XInput support" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-keymap-x11.c:322 msgid "The Clutter backend" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:535 msgid "The X11 Pixmap to be bound" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:543 msgid "Pixmap width" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:544 msgid "The width of the pixmap bound to this texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:552 msgid "Pixmap height" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:553 msgid "The height of the pixmap bound to this texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:561 msgid "Pixmap Depth" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:562 msgid "The depth (in number of bits) of the pixmap bound to this texture" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:570 msgid "Automatic Updates" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:571 msgid "If the texture should be kept in sync with any pixmap changes." msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:580 msgid "The X11 Window to be bound" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:588 msgid "Window Redirect Automatic" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:589 msgid "If composite window redirects are set to Automatic (or Manual if false)" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:599 msgid "Window Mapped" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:600 msgid "If window is mapped" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:609 msgid "Destroyed" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:610 msgid "If window has been destroyed" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:618 msgid "Window X" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:619 msgid "X position of window on screen according to X11" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:627 msgid "Window Y" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:628 msgid "Y position of window on screen according to X11" msgstr "" #: clutter/x11/clutter-x11-texture-pixmap.c:635 msgid "Window Override Redirect" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-session.po0000644000000000000000000000262612321561564022531 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-session # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-session package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-session\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-01 13:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:02+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Suppress the dialog to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" msgstr "Suppress the dialogue to confirm logout, restart and shutdown action" #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogs for logout, restart and shutdown " "actions." msgstr "" "Whether or not to show confirmation dialogues for logout, restart and " "shutdown actions." #: ../data/com.canonical.indicator.session.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Makes it so that the restart button doesn’t show in the session menu." msgstr "Makes it so that the restart button does not show in the session menu." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/software-center.po0000644000000000000000000001360712321561565022206 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for software-store # Copyright (c) 2009 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2009 # This file is distributed under the same license as the software-store package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2009. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: software-store\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 22:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-22 19:17+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Dylan McCall \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:03+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:1 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:71 msgid "Ubuntu Software Center" msgstr "Ubuntu Software Centre" #: ../data/ubuntu-software-center.desktop.in.h:2 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/__init__.py:55 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/suselinux.py:42 msgid "Software Center" msgstr "Software Centre" #: ../softwarecenter/db/update.py:1055 #, python-format msgid "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalog. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" msgstr "" "The file: '%s' could not be read correctly. The application associated with " "this file will not be included in the software catalogue. Please consider " "raising a bug report for this issue with the maintainer of that application" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/fedora.py:61 msgid "Fedora Software Center" msgstr "Fedora Software Centre" #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:204 #: ../softwarecenter/distro/ubuntu.py:217 #, python-format msgid "" "Canonical does no longer provide updates for %s in Ubuntu %s. Updates may be " "available in a newer version of Ubuntu." msgstr "" "Canonical no longer provides updates for %s in Ubuntu %s. Updates may be " "available in a newer version of Ubuntu." #: ../softwarecenter/enums.py:29 ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/app.py:850 msgid "" "To reinstall previous purchases, sign in to the Ubuntu Single Sign-On " "account you used to pay for them." msgstr "" "To reinstall previous purchases, sign in to the Ubuntu One account you used " "to pay for them." #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:4 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Cameron White https://launchpad.net/~cameronwhite91\n" " Daniel LeBlanc https://launchpad.net/~danidou\n" " Dylan McCall https://launchpad.net/~dylanmccall\n" " Mark https://launchpad.net/~mark-f-bennett\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Stephen Brown https://launchpad.net/~sbrown1992\n" " Wade https://launchpad.net/~starcraftguy40\n" " mike mcneely https://launchpad.net/~mikemcneely" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/SoftwareCenter.ui.h:22 msgid "Updating software catalog…" msgstr "Updating software catalogue…" #: ../data/ui/gtk3/dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "" "New software can’t be installed, \n" "because there is a problem with the software currently installed. Do you " "want to repair this problem now?" msgstr "" "New software can’t be installed,\n" "because there is a problem with the software currently installed. Do you " "want to repair this problem now?" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:452 msgid "" "To review software or to report abuse you need to sign in to a Ubuntu Single " "Sign-On account." msgstr "" "To review software or to report abuse you need to sign in to an Ubuntu One " "account." #. report label #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/review_gui_helper.py:1255 msgid "Please give details:" msgstr "Please provide details:" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/views/appdetailsview.py:1303 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:153 #, python-format msgid "Check that your spelling is correct. Did you mean: %s?" msgstr "Check that your spelling is correct. Did you mean: %s?" #. else, say sorry if we cannot offer any suggestions #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/searchaid.py:164 msgid "" "Software Center was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" msgstr "" "Software Centre was unable to come up with any suggestions that may aid you " "in your search" #: ../softwarecenter/ui/gtk3/widgets/recommendations.py:206 msgid "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Center will occasionally send to " "Canonical a list of software currently installed." msgstr "" "To make recommendations, Ubuntu Software Centre will occasionally send to " "Canonical a list of software currently installed." #: ../utils/delete_review_gtk3.py:102 ../utils/modify_review_gtk3.py:102 #: ../utils/report_review_gtk3.py:102 ../utils/submit_review_gtk3.py:102 #: ../utils/submit_usefulness_gtk3.py:102 msgid "Missing arguments" msgstr "Missing arguements" #: ../utils/delete_review_gtk3.py:132 ../utils/delete_review_gtk3.py:158 #: ../utils/modify_review_gtk3.py:132 ../utils/modify_review_gtk3.py:158 #: ../utils/report_review_gtk3.py:132 ../utils/report_review_gtk3.py:158 #: ../utils/submit_review_gtk3.py:132 ../utils/submit_review_gtk3.py:158 #: ../utils/submit_usefulness_gtk3.py:132 #: ../utils/submit_usefulness_gtk3.py:158 msgid "Missing review-id arguments" msgstr "Missing review-id arguements" #: ../utils/delete_review_gtk3.py:184 ../utils/delete_review_gtk3.py:208 #: ../utils/modify_review_gtk3.py:184 ../utils/modify_review_gtk3.py:208 #: ../utils/report_review_gtk3.py:184 ../utils/report_review_gtk3.py:208 #: ../utils/submit_review_gtk3.py:184 ../utils/submit_review_gtk3.py:208 #: ../utils/submit_usefulness_gtk3.py:184 #: ../utils/submit_usefulness_gtk3.py:208 msgid "Missing review-id argument" msgstr "Missing review-id arguement" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity.po0000644000000000000000000000636112321561565020245 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-04 22:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:04+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:293 msgid "This window is not responding" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:300 msgid "" "Do you want to force the application to exit, or wait for it to respond?" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:309 msgid "_Wait" msgstr "" #: ../decorations/DecorationsForceQuitDialog.cpp:316 msgid "_Force Quit" msgstr "" #: ../hud/HudView.cpp:198 ../hud/HudView.cpp:393 msgid "Type your command" msgstr "Please type your command" #: ../lockscreen/UserPromptView.cpp:182 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "Invalid password, please try again." #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Handles the modal dialog experience in unity" msgstr "Handles the modal dialogue experience in Unity" #: ../plugins/unitydialog/unitydialog.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Match for dialogs that shouldn't be accepted as transient modal dialogs" msgstr "" "Match for dialogues that shouldn't be accepted as transient modal dialogues" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Key to show the HUD when tapped" msgstr "Key to show the HUD when tapped." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Background Colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Background color override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." msgstr "Background colour override for the Dash, Launcher and Switcher." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Lightdm" msgstr "LightDM" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Active window shadow color" msgstr "Active window shadow colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:46 msgid "The color of the shadows for the active window." msgstr "The colour of the shadows for the active window." #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Inactive windows shadow color" msgstr "Inactive windows shadow colour" #: ../plugins/unityshell/unityshell.xml.in.h:50 msgid "The color of the shadows for the inactive windows." msgstr "The colour of the shadows for the inactive windows." #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:319 msgid "Minimises all windows." msgstr "Minimizes all windows." #: ../shortcuts/CompizShortcutModeller.cpp:331 msgid "Restores or minimises the current window." msgstr "Restores or minimizes the current window." #: ../shutdown/SessionView.cpp:157 #, c-format msgid "" "Hi %s, you have open files you might want to save.\n" "Would you like to…" msgstr "Hi %s, you have open files you might want to save." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/simple-scan.po0000644000000000000000000001520712321561565021307 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for simple-scan # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the simple-scan package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: simple-scan\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-23 22:51+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-23 01:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:05+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Combo box label for scanning both sides of a page #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:12 msgid "Front and Back" msgstr "" #. Scan menu item #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:22 msgid "Sc_an" msgstr "" #. Label on email menu item #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:30 msgid "_Email" msgstr "" #. Radio button for cropping page to 4x6 inch #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:52 msgid "4×6" msgstr "" #. Tooltip for save toolbar button #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:73 msgid "Save document to a file" msgstr "" #. Tooltip for stop button #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:76 msgid "Stop the current scan" msgstr "" #. Tooltip for rotate left (counter-clockwise) button #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:79 msgid "Rotate the page to the left (counter-clockwise)" msgstr "" #. Tooltip for rotate right (clockwise) button #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:83 msgid "Rotate the page to the right (clockwise)" msgstr "" #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:86 msgid "Crop the selected page" msgstr "" #. Label beside scan source combo box #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:93 msgid "_Text Resolution:" msgstr "" #. Label beside scan source combo box #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:95 msgid "_Photo Resolution:" msgstr "" #. Label beside scan side combo box #: ../data/simple-scan.ui.h:97 msgid "Scan Side:" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Type of document being scanned. This setting decides on the scan resolution, " "colors and post-processing." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Width of paper in tenths of a mm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "The width of the paper in tenths of a mm (or 0 for automatic paper " "detection)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Height of paper in tenths of a mm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "The height of the paper in tenths of a mm (or 0 for automatic paper " "detection)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Brightness of scan" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "The brightness adjustment from -100 to 100 (0 being none)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contrast of scan" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "The contrast adjustment from -100 to 100 (0 being none)." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Resolution for text scans" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "The resolution in dots-per-inch to use when scanning text." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Resolution for photo scans" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The resolution in dots-per-inch to use when scanning photos." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Page side to scan" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "The page side to scan." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Directory to save files to" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "The directory to save files to. Defaults to the documents directory if unset." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Quality value to use for JPEG compression" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.SimpleScan.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Quality value to use for JPEG compression." msgstr "" #: ../src/simple-scan.vala:26 msgid "Fix PDF files generated with older versions of Simple Scan" msgstr "" #. Default filename to use when saving document (and extension will be added, e.g. .jpg) #: ../src/simple-scan.vala:316 msgid "Scanned Document" msgstr "" #. Arguments and description for --help text #: ../src/simple-scan.vala:529 msgid "[DEVICE...] - Scanning utility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:242 ../src/ui.vala:1519 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:436 ../src/ui.vala:598 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:437 ../src/ui.vala:599 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #. #: ../src/ui.vala:458 msgid "Select File _Type" msgstr "" #. Save dialog: Label for saving in PDF format #: ../src/ui.vala:472 msgid "PDF (multi-page document)" msgstr "" #. Save dialog: Label for saving in JPEG format #: ../src/ui.vala:478 msgid "JPEG (compressed)" msgstr "" #. Save dialog: Label for saving in PNG format #: ../src/ui.vala:484 msgid "PNG (lossless)" msgstr "" #. Text in dialog warning when a document is about to be lost #: ../src/ui.vala:632 msgid "Save current document?" msgstr "" #. Button in dialog to create new document and discard unsaved document #: ../src/ui.vala:634 msgid "Discard Changes" msgstr "" #. Error message display when unable to save image for preview #: ../src/ui.vala:918 msgid "Unable to save image for preview" msgstr "" #. Error message display when unable to preview image #: ../src/ui.vala:930 msgid "Unable to open image preview application" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:1237 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Itai Molenaar https://launchpad.net/~imolenaar-deactivatedaccount\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" #. Text in dialog warning when a document is about to be lost #: ../src/ui.vala:1259 msgid "Save document before quitting?" msgstr "" #. Button in dialog to quit and discard unsaved document #: ../src/ui.vala:1261 msgid "Quit without Saving" msgstr "" #. Preferences dialog: Label for default resolution in resolution list #: ../src/ui.vala:1380 #, c-format msgid "%d dpi (default)" msgstr "" #. Preferences dialog: Label for minimum resolution in resolution list #: ../src/ui.vala:1383 #, c-format msgid "%d dpi (draft)" msgstr "" #. Preferences dialog: Label for maximum resolution in resolution list #: ../src/ui.vala:1386 #, c-format msgid "%d dpi (high resolution)" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:1637 msgid "Saving document..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.vala:1787 #, c-format msgid "Saving page %d out of %d" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-sound.po0000644000000000000000000000136012321561565022171 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-sound # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-sound package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 23:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-21 21:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:07+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libgnome-keyring.po0000644000000000000000000000133112321561565022327 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libgnome-keyring # Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libgnome-keyring package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2010. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libgnome-keyring\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 19:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-29 02:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eden Gillen \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-appmenu.po0000644000000000000000000000135612321561565022513 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-appmenu # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-appmenu package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-appmenu\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-21 11:22+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 01:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:08+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/sessioninstaller.po0000644000000000000000000003562612321561565022504 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for sessioninstaller # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sessioninstaller package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sessioninstaller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-29 10:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-31 02:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:09+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../test.py:43 msgid "Install package files" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:46 msgid "Install packages which provide the given files" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:49 msgid "Remove the packages which provide the given files" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:53 msgid "Check if a package is installed" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:56 msgid "Search for the package providing the given file" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:60 #, python-format msgid "" "Specify the interaction mode by providing a comma spearated list of the " "following values: %s. This is currently not supported." msgstr "" #: ../test.py:68 msgid "Install the packages specfied in the given PackageKit catalog" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:75 msgid "" "Install the given GStreamer resource. The value 'single' can be used as an " "alias for WMV9 and the value 'multi' as an alias for a group of codecs." msgstr "" #: ../test.py:81 msgid "" "Wait for the given seconds until the action is done. Defaults to 5 Minutes." msgstr "" #: ../test.py:90 #, python-format msgid "Removing files: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:96 #, python-format msgid "Checking if %s is installed" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:100 #, python-format msgid "Searching for %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:104 #, python-format msgid "Installing from catalog: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:109 #, python-format msgid "Installing files: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:115 #, python-format msgid "Installing packages: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:121 #, python-format msgid "Installing mimetype handlers: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:127 #, python-format msgid "Installing providers: %s" msgstr "" #: ../test.py:146 #, python-format msgid "Installing GStreamer-Resource: %s" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a piece of software #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:333 #, python-format msgid "" "The use of %s may be restricted in some countries. You must verify that one " "of the following is true:\n" "- These restrictions do not apply in your country of legal residence\n" "- You have permission to use this software (for example, a patent license)\n" "- You are using this software for research purposes only" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:638 msgid "Failed to install multiple package files" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:639 msgid "" "Installing more than one package file at the same time isn't supported. " "Please install one after the other." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:643 msgid "Relative path to package file" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:644 msgid "You have to specify the absolute path to the package file." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:647 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:653 msgid "Unsupported package format" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:648 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:654 msgid "Only Debian packages are supported (*.deb)" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:660 msgid "Install package file?" msgid_plural "Install package files?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:665 #, python-format msgid "%s requests to install the following package file." msgid_plural "%s requests to install the following package files." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:673 msgid "" "Software from foreign sources could be malicious, could contain security " "risks and or even break your system.Install packages from your " "distribution's repositories as far as possible." msgstr "" #. FIXME: show a message here that the binaries were not #. found instead of falling through to the misleading #. other error message #. FIXME: use a different error message #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:728 msgid "Installing packages by files isn't supported" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:729 msgid "This method hasn't yet been implemented." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:769 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:779 #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:786 msgid "Catalog could not be read" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:771 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' doesn't exist." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:781 #, python-format msgid "The catalog file '%s' could not be opened and read." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a file path #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:788 #, python-format msgid "" "The file '%s' isn't a valid software catalog. Please redownload or contact " "the provider." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:797 msgid "Catalog is not supported" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:798 #, python-format msgid "" "The method '%s' which is used to specify packages isn't supported.\n" "Please contact the provider of the catalog about this issue." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:818 msgid "A required package is not installable" msgid_plural "Required packages are not installable" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the missing packages #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:823 #, python-format msgid "" "The catalog requires the installation of the package %s which is not " "available." msgid_plural "" "The catalog requires the installation of the following packages which are " "not available: %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:833 msgid "Install the following software package?" msgid_plural "Install the following software packages?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the application which requested #. the installation #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:839 #, python-format msgid "%s requires the installation of an additional software package." msgid_plural "%s requires the installation of additional software packages." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an absolute file path, e.g. /usr/bin/xterm #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:846 #, python-format msgid "The package catalog %s requests to install the following software." msgid_plural "The following catalogs request to install software: %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. should get from XID, but removed from Gdk 3 #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:883 msgid "Install additional software package?" msgid_plural "Install additional software packages?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:888 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requests to install the following software package to provide additional " "features." msgid_plural "" "%s requests to install the following software packages to provide additional " "features." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:896 msgid "" "The following software package is required to provide additional features." msgid_plural "" "The following software packages are required to provide additional features." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:919 msgid "Could not find requested package" msgid_plural "Could not find requested packages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:923 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requests to install the following software package to provide additional " "features:" msgid_plural "" "%s requests to install the following software packages to provide additional " "features:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:933 msgid "" "The following software package is required to provide additional features " "but cannot be installed:" msgid_plural "" "The following software packages are required to provide additional features " "but cannot be installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. FIXME: should provide some information about how to find apps #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:977 msgid "Installing mime type handlers isn't supported" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:978 msgid "" "To search and install software which can open certain file types you have to " "install app-install-data." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:986 msgid "Searching for suitable software to open files" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an application #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:991 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install software to open files of the following file type:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install software to open files of the following file types:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:998 msgid "" "Software to open files of the following file type is required but is not " "installed:" msgid_plural "" "Software to open files of the following file types is required but is not " "installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1061 msgid "Supported file types" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1064 msgid "Install software to open files?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is either a single file type or a bullet list of #. file types #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1072 #, python-format msgid "%s is not supported." msgid_plural "Unsupported file types: %s" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: Separator for a list of plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1084 ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1413 msgid ",\n" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1115 msgid "Installing printer drivers on request isn't supported" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1116 msgid "" "Currently autodetection and installation of missing printer drivers is not " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1143 msgid "Installing fonts on request isn't supported" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1144 msgid "" "Currently autodetection and installation of missing fonts is not supported." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1184 msgid "Invalid search term" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1185 #, python-format msgid "The following term doesn't describe a GStreamer resource: %s" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1210 msgid "Searching for multimedia plugins" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the application requesting the plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1215 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install plugins to create media files of the following type:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install plugins to create files of the following types:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1223 msgid "" "The plugin to create media files of the following type is not installed:" msgid_plural "" "The plugin to create media files of the following types is not installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the application requesting the plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1233 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install plugins to play media files of the following type:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install plugins to play files of the following types:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1241 msgid "The plugin to play media files of the following type is not installed:" msgid_plural "" "The plugin to play media files of the following types is not installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the application requesting the plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1251 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install plugins to create and play media files of the " "following type:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install plugins to create and play media files of the " "following types:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1259 msgid "" "The plugins to create and play media files of the following type are not " "installed:" msgid_plural "" "The plugins to create and play media files of the following types are not " "installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the application requesting the plugins #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1269 #, python-format msgid "" "%s requires to install plugins to support the following multimedia feature:" msgid_plural "" "%s requires to install plugins to support the following multimedia features:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1277 msgid "" "Extra plugins to provide the following multimedia feature are not installed:" msgid_plural "" "Extra plugins to provide the following multimedia features are not installed:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. FIXME: Add more info and possible solutions for the user #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1376 msgid "Required plugin could not be found" msgstr "" #. Show a confirmation dialog #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1382 msgid "Install extra multimedia plugin?" msgid_plural "Install extra multimedia plugins?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1388 msgid "The following plugin is not available:" msgid_plural "The following plugins are not available:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1407 msgid "Plugin Package" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1450 msgid "Searching software to be removed" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1452 #, python-format msgid "%s wants to remove the software which provides the following file:" msgid_plural "" "%s wants to remove the software which provides the following files:" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1478 msgid "Files are not installed" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1479 msgid "" "The files which should be removed are not part of any installed software." msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1482 msgid "Remove software package?" msgid_plural "Remove software packages?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of an application #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1486 #, python-format msgid "%s wants to remove the following software package from your computer." msgid_plural "" "%s wants to remove the following software packages from your computer." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/core.py:1492 msgid "The following software package will be removed from your computer." msgid_plural "" "The following software packages will be removed from your computer." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../sessioninstaller/backends/dummy.py:40 #, python-format msgid "The following packages will be removed with interaction mode %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/backends/dummy.py:46 #, python-format msgid "The following packages will be installed with interaction mode %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/backends/dummy.py:51 msgid "Installing package files" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/backends/dummy.py:52 #, python-format msgid "" "The following package files will be installed with interaction mode %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../sessioninstaller/gstinstaller.py:90 msgid "The X Window ID of the calling application" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30.po0000644000000000000000000004576012321561566020034 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gtk+ # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-24 00:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:11+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../gdk/broadway/gdkbroadway-server.c:141 #, c-format msgid "broadway display type not supported '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6881 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessUp" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6882 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "MonBrightnessDown" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6883 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KbdBrightnessUp" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6884 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "KbdBrightnessDown" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6885 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMute" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6886 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMicMute" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6887 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioLowerVolume" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6888 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRaiseVolume" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6889 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPlay" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6890 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioStop" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6891 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioNext" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6892 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPrev" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6893 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRecord" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6894 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioPause" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6895 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioRewind" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6896 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "AudioMedia" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6897 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "ScreenSaver" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6898 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Battery" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6899 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Launch1" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6900 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6901 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6902 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Sleep" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6903 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6904 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WLAN" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6905 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WebCam" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6906 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Display" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6907 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "TouchpadToggle" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6908 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "WakeUp" msgstr "" #: ../gdk/keyname-table.h:6909 msgctxt "keyboard label" msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #. Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #: gdk/win32/gdkmain-win32.c:62 msgid "COLORS" msgstr "COLOURS" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:161 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Selects the color" msgstr "Selects the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:162 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Activates the color" msgstr "Activates the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkcolorswatchaccessible.c:163 msgctxt "Action description" msgid "Customizes the color" msgstr "Customizes the colour" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:59 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:398 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8692 msgid "Minimize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:60 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Maximize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/a11y/gtkimageaccessible.c:61 ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:421 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" #. This is about text justification, "centered text" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:381 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:425 msgid "" "Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that color using the inner triangle." msgstr "" "Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or " "lightness of that colour using the inner triangle." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:451 msgid "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select " "that color." msgstr "" "Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select " "that colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:462 msgid "Position on the color wheel." msgstr "Position on the colour wheel." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:465 msgid "Intensity of the color." msgstr "Intensity of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:467 msgid "Brightness of the color." msgstr "Brightness of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:469 msgid "Amount of red light in the color." msgstr "Amount of red light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:471 msgid "Amount of green light in the color." msgstr "Amount of green light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:473 msgid "Amount of blue light in the color." msgstr "Amount of blue light in the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:484 gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:494 msgid "Transparency of the color." msgstr "Transparency of the colour." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:501 msgid "Color _name:" msgstr "Colour _name:" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:516 msgid "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name " "such as 'orange' in this entry." msgstr "" "You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour " "name such as 'orange' in this entry." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:578 msgid "Color Wheel" msgstr "Colour Wheel" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1072 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as " "current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this " "colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1078 msgid "" "The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save " "it for use in the future." msgstr "" "The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to " "save it for use in the future." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1084 msgid "" "The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting " "now." msgstr "" "The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're " "selecting now." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1088 msgid "The color you've chosen." msgstr "The colour you've chosen." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1491 msgid "_Save color here" msgstr "_Save colour here" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:1695 msgid "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, " "drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save color here.\"" msgstr "" "Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this " "entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select \"Save colour " "here.\"" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:191 #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1689 ../gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:706 #: ../gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:110 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:803 #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5431 ../gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c:155 #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:889 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:902 #: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:543 ../gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:196 #: ../gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:747 ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:545 #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:667 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:735 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:5 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:201 msgid "_Help" msgstr "" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:219 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1693 ../gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c:197 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:1 msgid "_Apply" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/deprecated/gtkfontsel.c:1698 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:881 #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:903 ../gtk/gtkprintbackend.c:748 msgid "_OK" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstock.c:432 msgctxt "Stock label" msgid "_Color" msgstr "_Colour" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:357 msgid "License" msgstr "Licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:358 msgid "The license of the program" msgstr "The licence of the program" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:333 #, c-format msgid "Select an application to open “%s”" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:334 gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:657 #, c-format msgid "No applications available to open “%s”" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a file type description #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:340 #, c-format msgid "Select an application for “%s” files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:342 #, c-format msgid "No applications available to open “%s” files" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbookmarksmanager.c:49 #, c-format msgid "%s does not exist in the bookmarks list" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbookmarksmanager.c:366 #, c-format msgid "%s already exists in the bookmarks list" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:459 msgid "Pick a Color" msgstr "Pick a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Color: %s" msgstr "Colour: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:524 msgid "Create custom color" msgstr "Create custom colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Custom color %d: %s" msgstr "Custom colour %d: %s" #: gtk/gtkcolorplane.c:438 msgid "Color Plane" msgstr "Colour Plane" #. Translate to the default units to use for presenting #. * lengths to the user. Translate to default:inch if you #. * want inches, otherwise translate to default:mm. #. * Do *not* translate it to "predefinito:mm", if it #. * it isn't default:mm or default:inch it will not work #. #: gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:114 msgid "default:mm" msgstr "default:inch" #: ../gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c:334 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:885 #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkassistant.ui.h:6 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9498 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9651 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6270 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8875 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9063 msgid "Cu_t" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9502 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9654 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6271 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8879 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9067 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9506 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9657 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6272 #: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8881 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:9069 msgid "_Paste" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9509 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6274 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8884 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:9520 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:6283 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:8898 msgid "Select _All" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:805 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3179 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserdefault.c:1012 msgid "" "The folder could not be created, as a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." msgstr "" "The folder could not be created because a file with the same name already " "exists. Try using a different name for the folder, or rename the file first." #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:772 msgid "Cannot create file as the filename is too long" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:773 msgid "Try using a shorter name." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:783 msgid "You may only select folders" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:784 msgid "The item that you selected is not a folder try using a different item." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:1667 msgid "_Visit File" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:1670 msgid "_Copy Location" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:2721 msgid "Save in folder:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:2723 msgid "Create in folder:" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5424 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:658 #, c-format msgid "A file named “%s” already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:5427 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:662 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in “%s”. Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:439 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8815 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1195 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:370 msgid "Information" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1199 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:374 msgid "Question" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1203 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:378 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:1207 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:382 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:304 msgid "" "Dialog is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is unlocked.\n" "Click to prevent further changes" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:313 msgid "" "Dialog is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" msgstr "" "Dialogue is locked.\n" "Click to make changes" #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:893 msgid "_No" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:894 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:441 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:449 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:820 msgid "Recent" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:822 msgid "Recent files" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:831 msgid "Home" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:833 msgid "Open your personal folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:848 msgid "Open the contents of your desktop in a folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:864 msgid "Trash" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:866 msgid "Open the trash" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:929 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:957 #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Mount and open %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1038 msgid "Open the contents of the file system" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1158 msgid "Network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1164 msgid "Browse Network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1166 msgid "Browse the contents of the network" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1174 msgid "Connect to Server" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1176 msgid "Connect to a network server address" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:1578 msgid "New bookmark" msgstr "" #. Adjust start/stop items to reflect the type of the drive #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2135 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3257 msgid "_Start" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2136 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3264 msgid "_Stop" msgstr "" #. start() for type G_DRIVE_START_STOP_TYPE_SHUTDOWN is normally not used #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2143 msgid "_Power On" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2144 msgid "_Safely Remove Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2148 msgid "_Connect Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2149 msgid "_Disconnect Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2153 msgid "_Start Multi-disk Device" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2154 msgid "_Stop Multi-disk Device" msgstr "" #. stop() for type G_DRIVE_START_STOP_TYPE_PASSWORD is normally not used #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2159 msgid "_Unlock Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2160 msgid "_Lock Drive" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2189 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2939 #, c-format msgid "Unable to start %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2219 #, c-format msgid "Unable to access “%s”" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2530 #, c-format msgid "Unable to unmount %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2656 #, c-format msgid "Unable to stop %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2685 ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2714 #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2743 #, c-format msgid "Unable to eject %s" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:2889 #, c-format msgid "Unable to poll %s for media changes" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3187 msgid "Open in New _Tab" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3196 msgid "Open in New _Window" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3205 msgid "_Add Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3229 msgid "_Mount" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3236 msgid "_Unmount" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3243 msgid "_Eject" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3250 msgid "_Detect Media" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:3902 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8700 msgid "Unmaximize" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8727 msgid "Always on Top" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8739 msgid "Always on Visible Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8747 msgid "Only on This Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8764 msgid "Move to Workspace Up" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8773 msgid "Move to Workspace Down" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8787 msgid "Move to Another Workspace" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:8795 #, c-format msgid "Workspace %d" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintbackendcups.c:2903 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "Two-Sided" #. TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and #. * it hasn't registered the device with colord #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:220 msgid "Color management unavailable" msgstr "Colour management unavailable" #. Add the license button #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:764 msgid "_License" msgstr "_Licence" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkappchooserdialog.ui.h:2 msgid "label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Show Other Applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:164 msgid "Select a Color" msgstr "Select a Colour" #: gtk/gtkcoloreditor.c:412 msgid "Color Name" msgstr "Colour Name" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:3 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:5 msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:6 msgctxt "Color Channel" msgid "S" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:7 msgctxt "Color Channel" msgid "V" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:8 msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkcoloreditor.ui.h:9 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:734 msgid "Pre_view" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:736 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #. Translators: this will appear as tab label in print dialog. #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3841 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:3856 msgid "Some of the settings in the dialog conflict" msgstr "Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict" #: ../gtk/resources/ui/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:2 msgid "Turns volume up or down" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:3 msgid "+" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.ui.h:7 msgid "-" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtk30-properties.po0000644000000000000000000016501712321561566022224 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gtk+-properties # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtk+-properties\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-05 23:06-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-07 01:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:14+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:324 msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity" msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:345 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205 msgid "Current Color" msgstr "Current Colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:346 msgid "The current color" msgstr "The current colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorsel.c:368 msgid "The current RGBA color" msgstr "The current RGBA colour" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:138 msgid "Color Selection" msgstr "Colour Selection" #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:139 msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog." msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:146 msgid "The OK button of the dialog." msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:153 msgid "The cancel button of the dialog." msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue." #: gtk/deprecated/gtkcolorseldialog.c:160 msgid "The help button of the dialog." msgstr "The help button of the dialogue." #: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:134 msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to." msgstr "The radio action to whose group this action belongs." #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386 msgid "License Type" msgstr "Licence Type" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:387 msgid "The license type of the program" msgstr "The licence type of the program" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:533 msgid "Wrap license" msgstr "Wrap licence" #: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:534 msgid "Whether to wrap the license text." msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text." #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:71 msgid "The name of the associated action, like 'app.quit'" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:75 msgid "action target value" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkactionable.c:76 msgid "The parameter for action invocations" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:615 msgid "Include an 'Other…' item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:615 msgid "" "Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a " "GtkAppChooserDialog" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:631 msgid "Show default item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:632 msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:645 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:757 msgid "Heading" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:646 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:758 msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog" msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73 msgid "Content type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74 msgid "The content type used by the open with object" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:743 msgid "GFile" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:744 msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog" msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1023 msgid "Show default app" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1024 msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1038 msgid "Show recommended apps" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1039 msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1053 msgid "Show fallback apps" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1054 msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1066 msgid "Show other apps" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1067 msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1080 msgid "Show all apps" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1081 msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1095 msgid "Widget's default text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:1096 msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:763 msgid "Register session" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:764 msgid "Register with the session manager" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:769 msgid "Application menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:770 msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:776 msgid "Menubar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplication.c:777 msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:857 msgid "Active window" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkapplication.c:858 msgid "The window which most recently had focus" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:995 msgid "Show a menubar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:996 msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbbox.c:195 msgid "" "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, " "start and end" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:270 msgid "Baseline position" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:271 msgid "" "The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbox.c:298 msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels" msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels" #: ../gtk/gtkpopover.c:1292 msgid "Relative to" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbubblewindow.c:851 msgid "Window the bubble window points to" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkpopover.c:1306 msgid "Pointing to" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkpopover.c:1307 msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkpopover.c:1321 msgid "Position to place the bubble window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:461 msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkbutton.c:476 msgid "" "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside " "the border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:619 msgid "Inner border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620 msgid "Inner border space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:631 msgid "Vertical separation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632 msgid "Space between day headers and main area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:643 msgid "Horizontal separation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:644 msgid "Space between week headers and main area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336 msgid "Whether the cell expands" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:351 msgid "Align" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:352 msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:368 msgid "Fixed Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:369 msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:385 msgid "Pack Type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:386 msgid "" "A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the " "start or end of the cell area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:803 msgid "Focus Cell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:804 msgid "The cell which currently has focus" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:822 msgid "Edited Cell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:823 msgid "The cell which is currently being edited" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:841 msgid "Edit Widget" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:842 msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:117 msgid "Area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:118 msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:135 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:154 msgid "Minimum cached width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:172 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:191 msgid "Minimum Height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:192 msgid "Minimum cached height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:51 msgid "Editing Canceled" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:52 msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:376 msgid "Cell background color name" msgstr "Cell background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:377 msgid "Cell background color as a string" msgstr "Cell background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:391 msgid "Cell background color" msgstr "Cell background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:392 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:405 msgid "Cell background RGBA color" msgstr "Cell background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406 msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:413 msgid "Editing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:414 msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:433 msgid "Whether the cell background color is set" msgstr "Whether the cell background colour is set" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:170 msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones" msgstr "If FALSE, don't allow strings other than the chosen ones to be entered" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:173 msgid "surface" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:174 msgid "The surface to render" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:228 msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state" msgstr "" "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colourised according to the state" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:225 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151 msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:114 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:319 msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:127 msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145 msgid "Pulse of the spinner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159 msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtkcellview.c:189 gtk/gtktexttag.c:198 msgid "Background color name" msgstr "Background colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:199 msgid "Background color as a string" msgstr "Background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:301 gtk/gtkcellview.c:204 gtk/gtktexttag.c:213 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:302 gtk/gtkcellview.c:205 gtk/gtktexttag.c:214 msgid "Background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316 msgid "Background color as RGBA" msgstr "Background colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:317 gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229 msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Background colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244 msgid "Foreground color name" msgstr "Foreground colour name" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245 msgid "Foreground color as a string" msgstr "Foreground colour as a string" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:338 gtk/gtktexttag.c:259 #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:135 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:339 gtk/gtktexttag.c:260 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353 msgid "Foreground color as RGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:354 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1009 msgid "Placeholder text" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635 msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:631 gtk/gtkcellview.c:324 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621 msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour" #: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:635 gtk/gtktexttag.c:629 msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 msgid "Background RGBA color" msgstr "Background RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:252 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1009 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:446 #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:635 gtk/gtktreemenu.c:327 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:426 msgid "Cell Area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:253 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1010 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:447 #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:636 gtk/gtktreemenu.c:328 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:427 msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:276 msgid "Cell Area Context" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:277 msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:294 msgid "Draw Sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:295 msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:313 msgid "Fit Model" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcellview.c:314 msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174 msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value" msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189 msgid "The title of the color selection dialog" msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:206 msgid "The selected color" msgstr "The selected colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:235 msgid "Current RGBA Color" msgstr "Current RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:236 msgid "The selected RGBA color" msgstr "The selected RGBA colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:67 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:68 msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "Current colour, as a GdkRGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:88 msgid "Whether alpha should be shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:258 gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:675 msgid "Show editor" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:383 msgid "Scale type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "RGBA Color" msgstr "RGBA Colour" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:775 msgid "Color as RGBA" msgstr "Colour as RGBA" #: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:778 msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:907 msgid "Button Sensitivity" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:908 msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:924 msgid "Whether combo box has an entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:939 msgid "Entry Text Column" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:940 msgid "" "The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry " "if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:957 msgid "ID Column" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:958 msgid "" "The column in the combo box's model that provides string IDs for the values " "in the model" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:973 msgid "Active id" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:974 msgid "The value of the id column for the active row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:989 msgid "Popup Fixed Width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:990 msgid "" "Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the allocated " "width of the combo box" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:1051 msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:167 msgid "Subproperties" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:168 msgid "The list of subproperties" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:275 msgid "Animated" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:276 msgid "Set if the value can be animated" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:282 msgid "Affects size" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:283 msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:289 msgid "Affects font" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:290 msgid "Set if the value affects the font" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:236 msgid "ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:237 msgid "The numeric id for quick access" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:257 msgid "Inherit" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:258 msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:264 msgid "Initial value" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:265 msgid "The initial specified value used for this property" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:292 msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area" msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:309 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:425 msgid "Content area spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:310 msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area" msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area" #: gtk/gtkdialog.c:327 msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351 msgid "The contents of the buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:365 gtk/gtkentry.c:923 msgid "Text length" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:366 msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:730 msgid "Text Buffer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:731 msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:817 msgid "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialog) when Enter is pressed" msgstr "" "Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a " "dialogue) when Enter is pressed" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:909 msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:924 msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:939 msgid "Invisible character set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:940 msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:958 msgid "Caps Lock warning" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:959 msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:973 msgid "Progress Fraction" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:974 msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:991 msgid "Progress Pulse Step" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:992 msgid "" "The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for " "each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1010 msgid "Show text in the entry when it's empty and unfocused" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1024 msgid "Primary pixbuf" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1025 msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1039 msgid "Secondary pixbuf" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1040 msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1054 msgid "Primary stock ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1055 msgid "Stock ID for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1069 msgid "Secondary stock ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1070 msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1084 msgid "Primary icon name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1085 msgid "Icon name for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1099 msgid "Secondary icon name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1100 msgid "Icon name for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1114 msgid "Primary GIcon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1115 msgid "GIcon for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1129 msgid "Secondary GIcon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1130 msgid "GIcon for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1144 msgid "Primary storage type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1145 msgid "The representation being used for primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1160 msgid "Secondary storage type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1161 msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1182 msgid "Primary icon activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1183 msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1203 msgid "Secondary icon activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1204 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1226 msgid "Primary icon sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1227 msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1248 msgid "Secondary icon sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1249 msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1265 msgid "Primary icon tooltip text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1266 gtk/gtkentry.c:1302 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1282 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1283 gtk/gtkentry.c:1321 msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1301 msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1320 msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1340 gtk/gtktextview.c:792 msgid "IM module" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1341 gtk/gtktextview.c:793 msgid "Which IM module should be used" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1355 msgid "Completion" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1356 msgid "The auxiliary completion object" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1421 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:331 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:867 msgid "Purpose" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1422 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:332 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:868 msgid "Purpose of the text field" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1438 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:339 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:884 msgid "hints" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1439 ../gtk/gtkimcontext.c:340 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:885 msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1472 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:901 msgid "Populate all" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1473 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:902 msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1487 msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1370 msgid "Icon Prelight" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1371 msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1387 msgid "Progress Border" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentry.c:1388 msgid "Border around the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:412 msgid "Popup single match" msgstr "Pop up single match" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:330 msgid "Label fill" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:331 msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:346 msgid "Resize toplevel" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkexpander.c:347 msgid "" "Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and " "collapsing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408 msgid "Dialog" msgstr "Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:409 msgid "The file chooser dialog to use." msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use." #: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:440 msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog." msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:812 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialog if necessary." msgstr "" "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation " "dialogue if necessary." #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:828 msgid "Allow folder creation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:829 msgid "" "Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new " "folders." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:435 msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog" msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialogue" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:78 msgid "Font description" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:104 msgid "Show preview text entry" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:105 msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:1407 msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:1414 msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1763 msgid "Baseline Row" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkgrid.c:1764 msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:1428 msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:1435 msgid "The number of columns that a child spans" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkgrid.c:1442 msgid "The number of rows that a child spans" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1763 msgid "The title to display" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1471 msgid "Subitle" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1771 msgid "The subtitle to display" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1778 msgid "Custom Title" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1779 msgid "Custom title widget to display" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1498 msgid "Show Close button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:1499 msgid "Whether to show a window close button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:574 msgid "Item Orientation" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:617 msgid "Item Padding" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:618 msgid "Padding around icon view items" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3662 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:656 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:383 #: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1180 msgid "Activate on Single Click" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3663 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:657 ../gtk/gtklistbox.c:384 #: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:1181 msgid "Activate row on a single click" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:649 msgid "Selection Box Color" msgstr "Selection Box Colour" #: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650 msgid "Color of the selection box" msgstr "Colour of the selection box" #: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:236 msgid "Surface" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:237 msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:355 msgid "Resource" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:356 msgid "The resource path being displayed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:335 msgid "Use Fallback" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkimage.c:336 msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:465 ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:414 msgid "Show Close Button" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:466 msgid "Whether to include a standard close button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:409 msgid "Width of border around the content area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:426 msgid "Spacing between elements of the area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:458 msgid "Width of border around the action area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:919 msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated" msgstr "Angle to which the label is rotated" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:959 msgid "Track visited links" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklabel.c:960 msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:956 msgid "Number of lines" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:957 msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:935 msgid "Currently filled value level" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:936 msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:949 msgid "Minimum value level for the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:950 msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:963 msgid "Maximum value level for the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:964 msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:983 msgid "The mode of the value indicator" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:984 msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1000 msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1014 msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1015 msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1028 msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1029 msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:175 msgid "URI" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:176 msgid "The URI bound to this button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:190 msgid "Visited" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:191 msgid "Whether this link has been visited." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:276 msgid "Permission" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:277 msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:284 msgid "Lock Text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:285 msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:293 msgid "Unlock Text" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:294 msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:302 msgid "Lock Tooltip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:303 msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:311 msgid "Unlock Tooltip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:312 msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:320 msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip" msgstr "Not Authorised Tooltip" #: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:321 msgid "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization" msgstr "" "The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:513 msgid "popup" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:505 msgid "The dropdown menu." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:530 msgid "menu-model" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:531 msgid "The dropdown menu's model." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:544 msgid "align-widget" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:539 msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:559 msgid "direction" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:554 msgid "The direction the arrow should point." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:555 msgid "The currently selected menu item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:570 msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:584 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:360 msgid "Accel Path" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:585 msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:601 msgid "Attach Widget" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:602 msgid "The widget the menu is attached to" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:625 msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off" msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn off" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:639 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:640 msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:669 msgid "Reserve Toggle Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:670 msgid "" "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and " "icons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:717 msgid "Arrow Placement" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:718 msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenu.c:765 msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:328 msgid "Right Justified" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:329 msgid "" "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:361 msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:376 msgid "The text for the child label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:452 msgid "Width in Characters" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:453 msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185 msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog" msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:210 msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog" msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:227 msgid "The primary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:258 msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog" msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:305 msgid "Message area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:306 msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels" msgstr "GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:154 gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:466 msgid "Parent" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:155 msgid "The parent window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:162 msgid "Is Showing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:163 msgid "Are we showing a dialog" msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue" #: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:171 msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:709 msgid "Whether tabs should be shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:716 msgid "Whether the border should be shown" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:744 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:745 msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:774 msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:781 msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:789 msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:905 msgid "Arrow spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:906 msgid "Scroll arrow spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:922 msgid "Initial gap" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknotebook.c:923 msgid "Initial gap before the first tab" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:652 msgid "Icon's count" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:653 msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:659 msgid "Icon's label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:660 msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:666 msgid "Icon's style context" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:667 msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:673 msgid "Background icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:674 msgid "The icon for the number emblem background" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:680 msgid "Background icon name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtknumerableicon.c:681 msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkorientable.c:62 msgid "The orientation of the orientable" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4276 msgid "Location to Select" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4277 msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4282 msgid "Open Flags" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4283 msgid "" "Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the " "sidebar" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4289 msgid "Show 'Desktop'" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4290 msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4295 msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4296 msgid "" "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' " "dialog" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4302 msgid "Whether the sidebar only includes local files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:203 msgid "Whether the plug is embedded" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:217 msgid "Socket Window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkplug.c:218 msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148 msgid "Hold Time" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:148 msgid "Hold Time (in milliseconds)" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152 msgid "Drag Threshold" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkpressandhold.c:152 msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:198 msgid "Paused Printer" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:199 msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:212 msgid "Accepting Jobs" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinter.c:213 msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103 msgid "Option Value" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104 msgid "Value of the option" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1107 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:385 msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog" msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1251 msgid "Show Dialog" msgstr "Show Dialogue" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252 msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing." msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1276 msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous." msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronously." #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1369 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:409 msgid "Support Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1370 msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1386 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:417 msgid "Has Selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1387 msgid "TRUE if a selection exists." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1402 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425 msgid "Embed Page Setup" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1424 msgid "Number of Pages To Print" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1425 msgid "The number of pages that will be printed." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400 msgid "Manual Capabilities" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:401 msgid "Capabilities the application can handle" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:410 msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection" msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection" #: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:418 msgid "Whether the application has a selection" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226 msgid "X spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:232 msgid "Y spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:233 msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:246 msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:247 msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:259 msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:260 msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:272 msgid "Minimum vertical bar width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:273 msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:285 msgid "Minimum vertical bar height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:286 msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:163 msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to." msgstr "The radio button to whose group this widget belongs." #: gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:84 msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:515 msgid "Round Digits" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:516 msgid "The number of digits to round the value to." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:601 msgid "Arrow scaling" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkrange.c:602 msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:224 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:396 msgid "Transition type" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:225 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:397 msgid "The type of animation used to transition" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:233 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:390 msgid "Transition duration" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:234 ../gtk/gtkstack.c:391 msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:241 msgid "Reveal Child" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:242 msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:249 msgid "Child Revealed" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkrevealer.c:250 msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:312 msgid "Has Origin" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscale.c:313 msgid "Whether the scale has an origin" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:95 msgid "" "Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:112 msgid "" "Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its " "controller" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:128 msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:129 gtk/gtkscrollable.c:145 msgid "How the size of the content should be determined" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:144 msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:393 msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:461 msgid "Minimum Content Width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:462 msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:476 msgid "Minimum Content Height" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:477 msgid "" "The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:492 msgid "Kinetic Scrolling" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:493 msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:403 msgid "Search Mode Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:404 msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksearchbar.c:415 msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:409 msgid "Name of theme to load" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:440 msgid "Name of key theme to load" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:577 msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order" msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:677 msgid "Color scheme" msgstr "Colour scheme" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:678 msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes" msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:852 msgid "Color Hash" msgstr "Colour Hash" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:853 msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme." msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme." #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1005 msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1006 msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1028 msgid "Sound Theme Name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1029 msgid "XDG sound theme name" msgstr "" #. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1051 msgid "Audible Input Feedback" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1052 msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1073 msgid "Enable Event Sounds" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1074 msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1089 msgid "Enable Tooltips" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1090 msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1118 msgid "Toolbar Icon Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1119 msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1136 msgid "Auto Mnemonics" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1137 msgid "" "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user " "presses the mnemonic activator." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1258 msgid "Primary button warps slider" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1259 msgid "" "Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1153 msgid "Visible Focus" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1154 msgid "" "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use the " "keyboard." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1180 msgid "Application prefers a dark theme" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1181 msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1197 msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1309 msgid "Palette to use in the color selector" msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1337 msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1338 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1347 msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtksettings.c:1348 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if " "the app should display it itself." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1541 msgid "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1542 msgid "" "Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, " "FALSE if not." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1614 msgid "Enable primary paste" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1615 msgid "" "Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the 'PRIMARY' clipboard " "content at the cursor location." msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1631 msgid "Recent Files Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1632 msgid "Whether GTK+ remembers recent files" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkspinner.c:115 msgid "Whether the spinner is active" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:376 msgid "Homogeneous sizing" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:380 msgid "Visible child" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:381 msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:385 msgid "Name of visible child" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:386 msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:412 msgid "The name of the child page" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:419 msgid "The title of the child page" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstack.c:426 msgid "The icon name of the child page" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:507 ../gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:508 msgid "Stack" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:298 msgid "Whether the status icon is visible" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:314 msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:358 msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:408 msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:426 msgid "The title of this tray icon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:444 msgid "The associated GdkScreen" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:361 msgid "FrameClock" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:362 msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:450 msgid "Direction" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:467 msgid "The parent style context" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:110 msgid "Property name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:111 msgid "The name of the property" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:117 msgid "Value type" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:118 msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:934 msgid "Whether the switch is on or off" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkswitch.c:969 msgid "The minimum width of the handle" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1181 msgid "Window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexthandle.c:535 msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:228 msgid "Background RGBA" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237 msgid "" "Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height " "of the tagged characters" msgstr "" "Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the " "height of the tagged characters" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:274 msgid "Foreground RGBA" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:400 gtk/gtktextview.c:702 msgid "Left, right, or center justification" msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:559 msgid "Paragraph background color name" msgstr "Paragraph background colour name" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:560 msgid "Paragraph background color as a string" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:576 msgid "Paragraph background color" msgstr "Paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:577 msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor" msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a GdkColor" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:591 msgid "Paragraph background RGBA" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:592 msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktexttag.c:721 msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color" msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:808 msgid "Error underline color" msgstr "Error underline colour" #: gtk/gtktextview.c:809 msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines" msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines" #: gtk/gtkthemingengine.c:251 msgid "Theming engine name" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:177 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:126 msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593 msgid "The human-readable title of this item group" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1600 msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1606 msgid "Collapsed" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1607 msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1613 msgid "ellipsize" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1614 msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1620 msgid "Header Relief" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1621 msgid "Relief of the group header button" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1636 msgid "Header Spacing" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1637 msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1653 msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1660 msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1666 msgid "New Row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1667 msgid "Whether the item should start a new row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1674 msgid "Position of the item within this group" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1005 msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1035 msgid "Style of items in the tool palette" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1051 msgid "Exclusive" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1052 msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1067 msgid "" "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:136 msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Foreground colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:143 msgid "Error color" msgstr "Error colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:144 msgid "Error color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Error colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:151 msgid "Warning color" msgstr "Warning colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:152 msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Warning colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:159 msgid "Success color" msgstr "Success colour" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:160 msgid "Success color for symbolic icons" msgstr "Success colour for symbolic icons" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:168 msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:177 msgid "Icon Size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:178 msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:285 msgid "TreeMenu model" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:286 msgid "The model for the tree menu" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:308 msgid "TreeMenu root row" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:309 msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:342 msgid "Tearoff" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:343 msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:359 msgid "Wrap Width" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreemenu.c:360 msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038 msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors" msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054 msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1222 msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows" msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1235 msgid "Even Row Color" msgstr "Even Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1236 msgid "Color to use for even rows" msgstr "Colour to use for even rows" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1242 msgid "Odd Row Color" msgstr "Odd Row Colour" #: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1243 msgid "Color to use for odd rows" msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:264 msgid "Current X position of the column" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:406 msgid "Sort column ID" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:407 msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:155 msgid "Use symbolic icons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:156 msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1087 msgid "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colors etc)" msgstr "" "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look " "(colours etc)" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1182 msgid "The widget's window if it is realized" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1196 msgid "Double Buffered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1197 msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1212 msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228 msgid "How to position in extra vertical space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1247 msgid "Margin on Left" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1248 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1268 msgid "Margin on Right" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1269 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1289 msgid "Margin on Top" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1290 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1310 msgid "Margin on Bottom" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1311 msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1328 msgid "All Margins" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1329 msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1362 msgid "Horizontal Expand" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1363 msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1377 msgid "Horizontal Expand Set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1378 msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1392 msgid "Vertical Expand" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1393 msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1407 msgid "Vertical Expand Set" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1408 msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1422 msgid "Expand Both" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1423 msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1644 msgid "Opacity for Widget" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1645 msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1662 msgid "Scale factor" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:1663 msgid "The scaling factor of the window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3156 msgid "Cursor color" msgstr "Cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3157 msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor" msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3162 msgid "Secondary cursor color" msgstr "Secondary cursor colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3163 msgid "" "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" msgstr "" "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed " "right-to-left and left-to-right text" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3175 msgid "Window dragging" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3176 msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3189 msgid "Unvisited Link Color" msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3190 msgid "Color of unvisited links" msgstr "Colour of unvisited links" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3203 msgid "Visited Link Color" msgstr "Visited Link Colour" #: gtk/gtkwidget.c:3204 msgid "Color of visited links" msgstr "Colour of visited links" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3608 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3609 msgid "Width of text selection handles" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3614 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:3615 msgid "Height of text selection handles" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:716 msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization" msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximisation" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:717 msgid "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized" msgstr "" "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743 msgid "Mnemonics Visible" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744 msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:762 msgid "Focus Visible" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:763 msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:915 msgid "Resize grip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:916 msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:930 msgid "Resize grip is visible" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:931 msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible." msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:966 msgid "The transient parent of the dialog" msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:986 msgid "Attached to Widget" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:987 msgid "The widget where the window is attached" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1103 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1104 msgid "Decorated button layout" msgstr "" #: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1110 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:1111 msgid "Decoration resize handle size" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1013 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1014 msgid "Width of resize grip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1019 gtk/gtkwindow.c:1020 msgid "Height of resize grip" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1042 msgid "GtkApplication" msgstr "" #: gtk/gtkwindow.c:1043 msgid "The GtkApplication for the window" msgstr "" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:93 msgid "Color Profile Title" msgstr "Colour Profile Title" #: modules/printbackends/cups/gtkprintercups.c:94 msgid "The title of the color profile to use" msgstr "The title of the colour profile to use" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libpeas.po0000644000000000000000000000517512321561566020517 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libpeas # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libpeas package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libpeas\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-19 13:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-19 04:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/glade/libpeas-gtk.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Plugin Manager View" msgstr "" #. Translators: Whether builtin plugins should appear in the view (property name) #: ../data/glade/libpeas-gtk.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show Builtin" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/libpeas-gtk.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Peas Gtk" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas/peas-engine.c:818 #, c-format msgid "Dependency '%s' was not found" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas/peas-engine.c:828 #, c-format msgid "Dependency '%s' failed to load" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas/peas-engine.c:843 #, c-format msgid "Plugin loader '%s' was not found" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas/peas-engine.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Failed to load" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-disable-plugins-dialog.c:91 msgid "Additional plugins must be disabled" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-disable-plugins-dialog.c:98 #, c-format msgid "The following plugins depend on '%s' and will also be disabled:" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-disable-plugins-dialog.c:156 msgid "An additional plugin must be disabled" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-disable-plugins-dialog.c:163 #, c-format msgid "" "The '%s' plugin depends on the '%s' plugin.\n" "If you disable '%s', '%s' will also be disabled." msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-disable-plugins-dialog.c:183 msgid "Disable Plugins" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-plugin-manager.c:182 msgid "There was an error displaying the help." msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-plugin-manager-view.c:334 msgid "_Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-plugin-manager-view.c:345 msgid "E_nable All" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-plugin-manager-view.c:349 msgid "_Disable All" msgstr "" #: ../libpeas-gtk/peas-gtk-plugin-manager-view.c:621 #, c-format msgid "" "The plugin '%s' could not be loaded\n" "An error occurred: %s" msgstr "" #: ../peas-demo/peas-demo.c:40 msgid "Run from build directory" msgstr "" #: ../peas-demo/peas-demo.c:100 msgid "- libpeas demo application" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-geoip.po0000644000000000000000000000131412321561566021512 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for ubuntu-geoip # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-geoip package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-geoip\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-07 22:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 01:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:18+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-desktop-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000000141112321561566022137 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gnome-desktop # Copyright (C) 2004 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-desktop package. # Alexander Winston , 2004. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-desktop 2.5.91\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-17 04:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-17 19:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:19+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-themes-standard.po0000644000000000000000000000155212321561566023261 0ustar # English translations for gnome-themes-standard package. # Copyright (C) 2011 THE gnome-themes-standard's COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-themes-standard package. # Tiffany , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-themes-standard master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "themes-standard&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 10:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 10:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:20+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtksourceview-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000011275312321561567022301 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gtksourceview # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtksourceview package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtksourceview 0.9.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 12:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:21+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:1 msgid "GtkSourceView" msgstr "" #. Translators: It is related to an option of a set of values #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Before" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:5 msgid "After" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Always" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Space" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Tab" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Newline" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Non Breaking Whitespace" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Leading" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:12 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:262 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderertext.c:399 msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Trailing" msgstr "" #. Translators: "All" is used as a label in the status bar of the #. popup, telling that all completion pages are shown. #: ../data/glade/gtksourceview.xml.in.h:14 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:776 msgid "All" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/actionscript.lang.h:2 msgid "ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/asp.lang.h:2 msgid "ASP" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/asp.lang.h:9 msgid "ASP Object" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/asp.lang.h:10 msgid "VBScript and ADO constants" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:2 msgid "Automake" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:3 msgid "Automake Variable" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:4 msgid "Primary" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:5 msgid "Secondary" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:6 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:7 msgid "Optional Target" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:8 msgid "Built-in Target" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:9 msgid "Other Keyword" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/automake.lang.h:10 msgid "Substitution" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/awk.lang.h:2 msgid "awk" msgstr "AWK" #: ../data/language-specs/awk.lang.h:6 ../data/language-specs/boo.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:6 ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:18 #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/perl.lang.h:8 #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:17 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:18 msgid "Builtin Function" msgstr "Built-in Function" #: ../data/language-specs/bennugd.lang.h:2 msgid "BennuGD" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bibtex.lang.h:2 msgid "BibTeX" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bibtex.lang.h:3 msgid "Entries" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bibtex.lang.h:4 msgid "Field" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bluespec.lang.h:2 msgid "Bluespec SystemVerilog" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bluespec.lang.h:3 #: ../data/language-specs/systemverilog.lang.h:4 msgid "System Task" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bluespec.lang.h:4 msgid "Annotation" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bluespec.lang.h:5 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/bluespec.lang.h:6 msgid "Import BVI" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cg.lang.h:2 msgid "CG Shader Language" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cg.lang.h:6 msgid "Bindings" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cg.lang.h:17 msgid "Swizzle operator" msgstr "" #. Translators: functions that are provided in the language #: ../data/language-specs/cg.lang.h:19 ../data/language-specs/erlang.lang.h:12 #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:3 #: ../data/language-specs/matlab.lang.h:5 #: ../data/language-specs/modelica.lang.h:14 #: ../data/language-specs/octave.lang.h:16 #: ../data/language-specs/ruby.lang.h:17 msgid "Builtin" msgstr "Built-in" #. Translators: the name of a person, not an object. #: ../data/language-specs/changelog.lang.h:5 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/changelog.lang.h:6 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/changelog.lang.h:7 msgid "File" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/changelog.lang.h:8 msgid "Bullet" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/changelog.lang.h:10 msgid "Release" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/c.lang.h:20 msgid "Standard stream" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/c.lang.h:21 msgid "Signal name" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:2 msgid "CMake" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:3 msgid "Builtin Command" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:4 ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:8 msgid "Builtin Variable" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cmake.lang.h:7 msgid "Control Keyword" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cobol.lang.h:2 msgid "Cobol" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is a format that appears in the strings #: ../data/language-specs/csharp.lang.h:10 ../data/language-specs/po.lang.h:8 msgid "String Format" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:6 msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:15 msgid "ID Selector" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:16 msgid "Class Selector" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/css.lang.h:17 msgid "Tag Name Selector" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cuda.lang.h:2 msgid "CUDA" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cuda.lang.h:5 msgid "Global Functions" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cuda.lang.h:6 msgid "Device Functions" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/cuda.lang.h:7 msgid "Global Variables" msgstr "" #. to mark possibily errors or unrecommended syntax #: ../data/language-specs/def.lang.h:55 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/desktop.lang.h:12 msgid "Main Category" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/desktop.lang.h:13 msgid "Additional Category" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/desktop.lang.h:14 msgid "Reserved Category" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/docbook.lang.h:2 msgid "DocBook" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dosbatch.lang.h:2 msgid "DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dot.lang.h:2 msgid "Graphviz Dot" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dtd.lang.h:3 msgid "entity" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dtd.lang.h:4 msgid "decl" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dtd.lang.h:5 msgid "error" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/dtd.lang.h:6 msgid "quoted-value" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:2 msgid "Eiffel" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:5 msgid "Debug" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:6 msgid "Assertion" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:9 msgid "Design by Contract" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:10 msgid "Exception Handling" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:13 msgid "Void Value" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/eiffel.lang.h:14 #: ../data/language-specs/javascript.lang.h:6 #: ../data/language-specs/json.lang.h:6 msgid "Boolean Value" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fcl.lang.h:2 msgid "FCL" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fcl.lang.h:6 msgid "Block" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/forth.lang.h:2 msgid "Forth" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/forth.lang.h:9 msgid "Debug Code" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/forth.lang.h:10 msgid "Error Text" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fortran.lang.h:6 msgid "Intrinsic function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fortran.lang.h:7 msgid "BOZ Literal" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fsharp.lang.h:2 msgid "F#" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/fsharp.lang.h:12 #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:13 msgid "Labeled argument" msgstr "Labelled argument" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:2 msgid "GDB Log" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:3 msgid "Thread Action" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:4 msgid "Thread Header" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:5 msgid "Frame Number" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:6 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:9 msgid "Filename" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:10 msgid "Optimized Out" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:11 msgid "Incomplete Sequence" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gdb-log.lang.h:12 msgid "Prompt" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:2 msgid "OpenGL Shading Language" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:7 ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:17 #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:16 msgid "Builtin Constant" msgstr "Built-in Constant" #: ../data/language-specs/glsl.lang.h:9 msgid "Reserved Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:2 msgid "Go" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/go.lang.h:12 msgid "Imaginary number" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/gtk-doc.lang.h:13 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/idl-exelis.lang.h:2 msgid "IDL-Exelis" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:2 msgid "ImageJ" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:5 msgid "Commands" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:6 #: ../data/language-specs/octave.lang.h:7 msgid "Storage Type" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/imagej.lang.h:7 msgid "Escaped Characters" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/javascript.lang.h:2 msgid "JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/javascript.lang.h:5 msgid "Undefined Value" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:2 msgid "J" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:3 msgid "Adverb" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:5 msgid "Conjunction" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:8 msgid "Explicit Argument" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:9 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:10 msgid "Lab Text" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:11 msgid "Local" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:12 msgid "Noun" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:13 msgid "Explicit Noun Definition" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:15 msgid "Parens" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:16 msgid "Primitive" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/j.lang.h:18 msgid "Verb" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:2 msgid "Julia" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:7 msgid "Math Constant" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:11 msgid "Macro" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:12 msgid "External Command" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:13 msgid "Built-in Function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/julia.lang.h:14 msgid "Module" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/m4.lang.h:3 msgid "m4-comment" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/m4.lang.h:4 msgid "m4 Macro" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/m4.lang.h:5 msgid "Autoconf Macro" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/m4.lang.h:6 msgid "Obsolete Autoconf Macro" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:4 msgid "Assignment Right Hand Side" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:5 msgid "Assignment Left Hand Side" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:6 msgid "targets" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:7 msgid "prereq" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:8 msgid "command" msgstr "" #. Translators: Trailing Tabs refers to tabulation characters present at #. the end of the line #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:11 msgid "Trailing Tab" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/makefile.lang.h:12 msgid "function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mallard.lang.h:2 msgid "Mallard" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mallard.lang.h:3 msgid "Page Elements" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mallard.lang.h:4 msgid "Section Elements" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mallard.lang.h:5 msgid "Block Elements" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mallard.lang.h:6 msgid "Inline Elements" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:2 msgid "Markdown" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:4 msgid "Horizontal Rule" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:5 msgid "List Marker" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:6 msgid "Code" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:7 msgid "Blockquote Marker" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:9 msgid "Link Text" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:10 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:236 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:12 msgid "Image Marker" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:14 #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:3 msgid "Strong Emphasis" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:15 msgid "Backslash Escape" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/markdown.lang.h:16 msgid "Line Break" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/matlab.lang.h:2 msgid "Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:2 msgid "MediaWiki" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:4 msgid "Light Emphasis" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:5 msgid "Signature" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:7 msgid "Link" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:8 msgid "Symbol on a Link" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:9 msgid "Line" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:10 msgid "List" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:11 msgid "Magic Word" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:12 msgid "Symbol of a Table" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:13 msgid "Preformatted" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:14 msgid "Redirect" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:15 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mediawiki.lang.h:16 msgid "Template" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/modelica.lang.h:2 msgid "Modelica" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/modelica.lang.h:6 msgid "Class type" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/modelica.lang.h:8 msgid "Default Attribute" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/mxml.lang.h:2 msgid "MXML" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:2 msgid "NetRexx" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:7 msgid "Externals" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:8 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:9 msgid "Data Types" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:10 msgid "Special" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:11 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:12 msgid "Modifiers" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:13 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/netrexx.lang.h:14 msgid "Sub Keywords" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/nsis.lang.h:2 msgid "NSIS" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/objj.lang.h:2 msgid "Objective-J" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:2 msgid "OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/ocaml.lang.h:21 msgid "Standard Modules" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/octave.lang.h:12 msgid "Package Manager" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/ooc.lang.h:2 msgid "OOC" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opal.lang.h:2 msgid "Opal" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opal.lang.h:12 msgid "Keysymbol" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:2 msgid "OpenCL" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:5 msgid "Global Function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:6 msgid "Device Function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:7 msgid "Device Cast" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:8 msgid "OpenCL Constant" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/opencl.lang.h:9 msgid "Global Variable" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/perl.lang.h:18 msgid "POD" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/php.lang.h:13 msgid "Common Function" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/po.lang.h:6 msgid "Fuzzy" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/prolog.lang.h:2 msgid "Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:2 msgid "Puppet" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:3 msgid "Resources" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:4 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:5 msgid "Metaparameters" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:6 ../data/language-specs/R.lang.h:11 msgid "Functions" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:7 msgid "Values" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:8 msgid "Variables" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/puppet.lang.h:9 msgid "Class names" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:2 msgid "Python 3" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/python3.lang.h:16 #: ../data/language-specs/python.lang.h:17 msgid "Builtin Object" msgstr "Built-in Object" #: ../data/language-specs/ruby.lang.h:15 #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:10 msgid "Literal" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scala.lang.h:2 msgid "Scala" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scala.lang.h:9 msgid "Modifier" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scala.lang.h:15 msgid "Built In" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scala.lang.h:16 msgid "Other" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scala.lang.h:17 msgid "XML Tag" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/scilab.lang.h:2 msgid "Scilab" msgstr "" #. FIXME: need to sort out proper styles for variables #: ../data/language-specs/sh.lang.h:9 msgid "Variable Definition" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sh.lang.h:11 msgid "Common Commands" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sh.lang.h:13 msgid "Subshell" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sml.lang.h:2 msgid "Standard ML" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sml.lang.h:13 msgid "Module name, Variant, etc" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:2 msgid "SPARQL" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:3 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:6 msgid "Individual" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:11 msgid "Predicate" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:12 msgid "QName" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/sparql.lang.h:13 msgid "IRI" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/systemverilog.lang.h:2 msgid "SystemVerilog" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:2 msgid "txt2tags" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:4 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:5 msgid "Option Name" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:8 msgid "Section 1" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:9 msgid "Section 2" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:10 msgid "Section 3" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:11 msgid "Section 4" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:12 msgid "Section 5" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/t2t.lang.h:17 msgid "Verbatim Block" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/tcl.lang.h:2 msgid "Tcl" msgstr "TCL" #: ../data/language-specs/vala.lang.h:2 msgid "Vala" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/verilog.lang.h:9 msgid "IEEE System Task" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/verilog.lang.h:10 msgid "LRM Additional System Task" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/xslt.lang.h:2 msgid "XSLT" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/xslt.lang.h:3 msgid "Element" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/yacc.lang.h:5 msgid "token-type" msgstr "" #: ../data/language-specs/yacc.lang.h:6 msgid "rule" msgstr "" #: ../data/styles/classic.xml.h:2 msgid "Classic color scheme" msgstr "Classic colour scheme" #: ../data/styles/cobalt.xml.h:1 msgid "Cobalt" msgstr "" #: ../data/styles/cobalt.xml.h:2 msgid "Blue based color scheme" msgstr "" #: ../data/styles/kate.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme used in the Kate text editor" msgstr "Colour scheme used in the Kate text editor" #: ../data/styles/oblivion.xml.h:2 msgid "Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette" msgstr "Dark colour scheme using the Tango colour palette" #: ../data/styles/tango.xml.h:2 msgid "Color scheme using Tango color palette" msgstr "Colour scheme using Tango colour palette" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:327 msgid "Document Words" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:429 msgctxt "Object" msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:430 msgid "The provider name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:437 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:275 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:438 msgid "The provider icon" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:445 msgid "Proposals Batch Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:446 msgid "Number of proposals added in one batch" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:455 msgid "Scan Batch Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:456 msgid "Number of lines scanned in one batch" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:465 msgid "Minimum Word Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:466 msgid "The minimum word size to complete" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:475 msgid "Interactive Delay" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:476 msgid "The delay before initiating interactive completion" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:485 msgid "Priority" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:486 msgid "Provider priority" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:502 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:299 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/completion-providers/words/gtksourcecompletionwords.c:503 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:300 msgid "The type of activation" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcebuffer.c:374 msgid "Undo manager" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcebuffer.c:375 msgid "The buffer undo manager" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1801 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:537 msgid "View" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1802 msgid "The GtkSourceView bound to the completion" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1816 msgid "Remember Info Visibility" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1817 msgid "Remember the last info window visibility state" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1829 msgid "Select on Show" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1830 msgid "Select first proposal when completion is shown" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1843 msgid "Show Headers" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1844 msgid "" "Show provider headers when proposals from multiple providers are available" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1857 msgid "Show Icons" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1858 msgid "Show provider and proposal icons in the completion popup" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1872 msgid "Accelerators" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1873 msgid "Number of proposal accelerators to show" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1888 msgid "Auto Complete Delay" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1889 msgid "Completion popup delay for interactive completion" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1905 msgid "Provider Page Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1906 msgid "Provider scrolling page size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1926 msgid "Proposal Page Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.c:1927 msgid "Proposal scrolling page size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:272 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:308 msgid "Completion" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:273 msgid "The completion object to which the context belongs" msgstr "" #. Translators: The GtkTextIter at which the completion was invoked #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:286 msgid "Iterator" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioncontext.c:287 msgid "The GtkTextIter at which the completion was invoked" msgstr "" #. Tooltip style #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletioninfo.c:253 msgid "Completion Info" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:237 msgid "Label to be shown for this item" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:250 msgid "Markup to be shown for this item" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:263 msgid "Item text" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:276 msgid "Icon to be shown for this item" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:288 msgid "Info" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionitem.c:289 msgid "Info to be shown for this item" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletionmodel.c:491 msgid "Provider" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.ui.h:1 msgid "Show detailed proposal information" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecompletion.ui.h:2 msgid "_Details..." msgstr "" #. regex_new could fail, for instance if there are different #. * named sub-patterns with the same name or if resulting regex is #. * too long. In this case fixing lang file helps (e.g. renaming #. * subpatterns, making huge keywords use bigger prefixes, etc.) #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:3129 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot create a regex for all the transitions, the syntax highlighting " "process will be slower than usual.\n" "The error was: %s" msgstr "" "Cannot create a regex for all the transitions. The syntax highlighting " "process will be slower than usual.\n" "The error was: %s" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:4452 msgid "" "Highlighting a single line took too much time, syntax highlighting will be " "disabled" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:5857 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:5946 #, c-format msgid "duplicated context id '%s'" msgstr "duplicated context ID '%s'" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:6134 #, c-format msgid "invalid context reference '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcecontextengine.c:6262 #, c-format msgid "Missing main language definition (id = \"%s\".)" msgstr "Missing main language definition (ID = \"%s\".)" #. Translators: gutters can be used to display information #. * on the left or on the right of the text view. To draw the #. * line numbers for example. #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:541 msgid "The gutters' GtkSourceView" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:553 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:705 msgid "Window Type" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:554 msgid "The gutters' text window type" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:562 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:482 msgid "X Padding" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:563 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:483 msgid "The x-padding" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:573 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:498 msgid "Y Padding" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutter.c:574 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:499 msgid "The y-padding" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:468 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:469 msgid "Visible" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:514 msgid "X Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:515 msgid "The x-alignment" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:530 msgid "Y Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:531 msgid "The y-alignment" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:672 msgid "The View" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:673 msgid "The view" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:689 msgid "Alignment Mode" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:690 msgid "The alignment mode" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:706 msgid "The window type" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:714 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderer.c:715 msgid "The size" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:289 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:316 msgid "Pixbuf" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:290 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:317 msgid "The pixbuf" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:304 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:303 msgid "Stock Id" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:305 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:304 msgid "The stock id" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:312 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:329 msgid "Icon Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:313 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:330 msgid "The icon name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:320 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:342 msgid "GIcon" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrendererpixbuf.c:321 msgid "The gicon" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderertext.c:392 msgid "The markup" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcegutterrenderertext.c:400 msgid "The text" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage.c:228 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage.c:229 msgid "Language id" msgstr "Language ID" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguagemanager.c:159 msgid "Language ids" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguagemanager.c:160 msgid "List of the ids of the available languages" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcelanguage-parser-2.c:950 #, c-format msgid "Unknown id '%s' in regex '%s'" msgstr "Unknown ID '%s' in regex '%s'" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:289 msgid "The background" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemarkattributes.c:343 msgid "The GIcon" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemark.c:140 msgid "category" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcemark.c:141 msgid "The mark category" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:445 msgid "Source Buffer" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:446 msgid "The GtkSourceBuffer object to print" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:484 msgid "Wrap Mode" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:485 msgid "" "Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries." msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:506 msgid "Whether to print the document with highlighted syntax" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:527 msgid "Print Line Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:528 msgid "Interval of printed line numbers (0 means no numbers)" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:550 msgid "Print Header" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:551 msgid "Whether to print a header in each page" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:573 msgid "Print Footer" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:574 msgid "Whether to print a footer in each page" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:596 msgid "Body Font Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:597 msgid "Name of the font to use for the text body (e.g. \"Monospace 10\")" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:620 msgid "Line Numbers Font Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:621 msgid "Name of the font to use for the line numbers (e.g. \"Monospace 10\")" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:644 msgid "Header Font Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:645 msgid "Name of the font to use for the page header (e.g. \"Monospace 10\")" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:668 msgid "Footer Font Name" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:669 msgid "Name of the font to use for the page footer (e.g. \"Monospace 10\")" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:685 msgid "Number of pages" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceprintcompositor.c:686 msgid "" "The number of pages in the document (-1 means the document has not been " "completely paginated)." msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2732 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceundomanagerdefault.c:406 msgid "Buffer" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2733 msgid "The associated GtkSourceBuffer" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2747 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2748 msgid "The associated GtkSourceSearchSettings" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2762 msgid "Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2763 msgid "Highlight search occurrences" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2779 msgid "Occurrences count" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2780 msgid "Total number of search occurrences" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2799 msgid "Regex error" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchcontext.c:2800 msgid "Regular expression error" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:168 msgid "Search text" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:169 msgid "The text to search" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:183 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:184 msgid "Case sensitive" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:199 msgid "At word boundaries" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:200 msgid "Search at word boundaries" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:216 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:217 msgid "Wrap around" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:232 msgid "Regex enabled" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcesearchsettings.c:233 msgid "Whether to search by regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:88 msgid "Line background color" msgstr "Line background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:96 msgid "Background color" msgstr "Background colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:104 msgid "Foreground color" msgstr "Foreground colour" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:144 msgid "Whether line background color is set" msgstr "Whether line background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:152 msgid "Whether foreground color is set" msgstr "Whether foreground colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyle.c:160 msgid "Whether background color is set" msgstr "Whether background colour is set" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestylescheme.c:211 #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestylescheme.c:212 msgid "Style scheme id" msgstr "Style scheme ID" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyleschememanager.c:162 msgid "Scheme ids" msgstr "Scheme IDs" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourcestyleschememanager.c:163 msgid "List of the ids of the available style schemes" msgstr "List of the IDs of the available style schemes" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceundomanagerdefault.c:407 msgid "The text buffer to add undo support on" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:309 msgid "The completion object associated with the view" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:333 msgid "Show Line Marks" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:334 msgid "Whether to display line mark pixbufs" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:405 msgid "Right Margin Position" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:423 msgid "" "HOME and END keys move to first/last non whitespace characters on line " "before going to the start/end of the line" msgstr "" "HOME and END keys move to first/last non-whitespace character on the line " "before going to the start/end of the line" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:456 msgid "Draw Spaces" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:457 msgid "Set if and how the spaces should be visualized" msgstr "" #. create redo menu_item. #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:1326 msgid "_Redo" msgstr "" #. create undo menu_item. #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview.c:1337 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "" #: ../gtksourceview/gtksourceview-i18n.c:72 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/glib-networking.po0000644000000000000000000000715712321561567022205 0ustar # English/Canada translation of glib-networking. # Copyright (C) 2010 Collabora Ltd. # This file is distributed under the same license as the glib-networking package. # Nicolas Dufresne , 2010. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: glib-networking\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-04-16 12:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Nicolas Dufresne \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlscertificate-gnutls.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse DER certificate: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlscertificate-gnutls.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PEM certificate: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlscertificate-gnutls.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse DER private key: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlscertificate-gnutls.c:256 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PEM private key: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlscertificate-gnutls.c:296 msgid "No certificate data provided" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsclientconnection-gnutls.c:324 msgid "Server required TLS certificate" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:267 #, c-format msgid "Could not create TLS connection: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:531 msgid "Connection is closed" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:594 #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1465 msgid "Operation would block" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:733 #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:772 msgid "Peer failed to perform TLS handshake" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:751 msgid "Peer requested illegal TLS rehandshake" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:778 msgid "TLS connection closed unexpectedly" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:788 msgid "TLS connection peer did not send a certificate" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1178 #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "Error performing TLS handshake: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1221 msgid "Server did not return a valid TLS certificate" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1296 msgid "Unacceptable TLS certificate" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1499 #, c-format msgid "Error reading data from TLS socket: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1528 #, c-format msgid "Error writing data to TLS socket: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1572 msgid "Connection is already closed" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsconnection-gnutls.c:1582 #, c-format msgid "Error performing TLS close: %s" msgstr "" #: ../tls/gnutls/gtlsserverconnection-gnutls.c:103 msgid "Certificate has no private key" msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11pin.c:108 msgid "" "This is the last chance to enter the PIN correctly before the token is " "locked." msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11pin.c:110 msgid "" "Several PIN attempts have been incorrect, and the token will be locked after " "further failures." msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11pin.c:112 msgid "The PIN entered is incorrect." msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11slot.c:446 msgid "Module" msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11slot.c:447 msgid "PKCS#11 Module Pointer" msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11slot.c:454 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "" #: ../tls/pkcs11/gpkcs11slot.c:455 msgid "PKCS#11 Slot Identifier" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/accounts-service.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561567022350 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for accountsservice # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the accountsservice package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: accountsservice\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-03-17 14:45-0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-20 20:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eden Gillen \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:22+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libwnck-3.0.po0000644000000000000000000006357412321561567021037 0ustar # Canadian English translation of libwnck # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the libwnck package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libwnck 2.5.90\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 18:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. * #. * SECTION:application #. * @short_description: an object representing a group of windows of the same #. * application. #. * @see_also: wnck_window_get_application() #. * @stability: Unstable #. * #. * The #WnckApplication is a group of #WnckWindow that are all in the same #. * application. It can be used to represent windows by applications, group #. * windows by applications or to manipulate all windows of a particular #. * application. #. * #. * A #WnckApplication is identified by the group leader of the #WnckWindow #. * belonging to it, and new #WnckWindow are added to a #WnckApplication if and #. * only if they have the group leader of the #WnckApplication. #. * #. * The #WnckApplication objects are always owned by libwnck and must not be #. * referenced or unreferenced. #. #: ../libwnck/application.c:51 msgid "Untitled application" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:2188 #, c-format msgid "Click to start dragging \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:2191 #, c-format msgid "Current workspace: \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/pager.c:2196 #, c-format msgid "Click to switch to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2952 msgid "Mi_nimize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2963 msgid "Un_minimize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2971 msgid "Ma_ximize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/tasklist.c:2982 msgid "_Unmaximize All" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/window-action-menu.c:1043 msgid "Always On _Top" msgstr "" #. * #. * SECTION:window #. * @short_description: an object representing a window. #. * @see_also: #WnckWorkspace, #WnckApplication, #WnckClassGroup #. * @stability: Unstable #. * #. * The #WnckWindow objects are always owned by libwnck and must not be #. * referenced or unreferenced. #. #: ../libwnck/window.c:49 msgid "Untitled window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139 msgid "X window ID of the window to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:139 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:146 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:156 msgid "XID" msgstr "" #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a #. * group of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one #. * application, one window has some information about the application #. * (like the application name). #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:145 msgid "X window ID of the group leader of an application to examine" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150 msgid "Class resource of the class group to examine" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:150 msgid "CLASS" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152 msgid "NUMBER of the workspace to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:152 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:172 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:174 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:176 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273 msgid "NUMBER" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:154 msgid "NUMBER of the screen to examine or modify" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:156 msgid "Alias of --window" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:164 msgid "" "List windows of the application/class group/workspace/screen (output format: " "\"XID: Window Name\")" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:166 msgid "" "List workspaces of the screen (output format: \"Number: Workspace Name\")" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:172 msgid "Change the number of workspaces of the screen to NUMBER" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:174 msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER rows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:176 msgid "Change the workspace layout of the screen to use NUMBER columns" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:178 msgid "Show the desktop" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:180 msgid "Stop showing the desktop" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185 msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to X coordinate X" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:185 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:275 msgid "X" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:190 msgid "Move the viewport of the current workspace to Y coordinate Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:190 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:277 msgid "Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:196 msgid "Minimize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:198 msgid "Unminimize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:200 msgid "Maximize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:202 msgid "Unmaximize the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:204 msgid "Maximize horizontally the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:206 msgid "Unmaximize horizontally the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:208 msgid "Maximize vertically the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:210 msgid "Unmaximize vertically the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:212 msgid "Start moving the window via the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:214 msgid "Start resizing the window via the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:216 msgid "Activate the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:218 msgid "Close the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:221 msgid "Make the window fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:223 msgid "Make the window quit fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:225 msgid "Make the window always on top" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:227 msgid "Make the window not always on top" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:229 msgid "Make the window below other windows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:231 msgid "Make the window not below other windows" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:233 msgid "Shade the window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:235 msgid "Unshade the window" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:240 msgid "Make the window have a fixed position in the viewport" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:245 msgid "Make the window not have a fixed position in the viewport" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace #. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows #. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with #. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings #. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:252 msgid "Make the window not appear in pagers" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace #. * switcher. It's a representation of all workspaces with windows #. * inside it. Please make sure that the translation is in sync with #. * gnome-panel, where this term is also used in translatable strings #. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:259 msgid "Make the window appear in pagers" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the #. * window list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:263 msgid "Make the window not appear in tasklists" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the #. * window list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:267 msgid "Make the window appear in tasklists" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:269 msgid "Make the window visible on all workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:271 msgid "Make the window visible on the current workspace only" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:273 msgid "Move the window to workspace NUMBER (first workspace is 0)" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:275 msgid "Change the X coordinate of the window to X" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:277 msgid "Change the Y coordinate of the window to Y" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279 msgid "Change the width of the window to WIDTH" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:279 msgid "WIDTH" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:281 msgid "Change the height of the window to HEIGHT" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:281 msgid "HEIGHT" msgstr "" #. Translators: do not translate "normal, desktop, dock..." #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:284 msgid "" "Change the type of the window to TYPE (valid values: normal, desktop, dock, " "dialog, toolbar, menu, utility, splash)" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:284 msgid "TYPE" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:290 msgid "Change the name of the workspace to NAME" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:290 msgid "NAME" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:292 msgid "Activate the workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:386 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:410 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:446 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:469 #, c-format msgid "Invalid value \"%s\" for --%s" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:503 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:522 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: screen %d should be interacted with, but --%" "s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows or workspaces of screen %d should " "be listed, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:535 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:555 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: workspace %d should be interacted with, but " "--%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:545 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of workspace %d should be listed, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:567 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: an application should be interacted with, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of an application should be listed, " "but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:591 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: class group \"%s\" should be interacted " "with, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows #. * are of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:603 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: windows of class group \"%s\" should be " "listed, but --%s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:615 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:624 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options are present: a window should be interacted with, but --%" "s has been used\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:643 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:724 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s and --%s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:682 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be strictly positive\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:695 #, c-format msgid "Invalid argument \"%d\" for --%s: the argument must be positive\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:790 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting options are present: --%s or --%s, and --%s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Invalid argument \"%s\" for --%s, valid values are: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:865 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot change the workspace layout on the screen: the layout is already " "owned\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:900 #, c-format msgid "" "Viewport cannot be moved: the current workspace does not contain a viewport\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport #. * can be used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); #. * however it is not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Viewport cannot be moved: there is no current workspace\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: why do we have dual & boolean API. This is not consistent! #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:943 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:952 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:961 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:968 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:978 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:985 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:994 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1043 #, c-format msgid "Action not allowed\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1039 #, c-format msgid "Window cannot be moved to workspace %d: the workspace does not exist\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1103 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1235 msgid "" msgstr "" #. Translators: %lu is a window number and %s a window name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1106 #, c-format msgid "%lu: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1126 #, c-format msgid "%d: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1189 #, c-format msgid "Screen Number: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1191 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1272 #, c-format msgid "Geometry (width, height): %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Number of Workspaces: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1201 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Layout (rows, columns, orientation): %d, %d, %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1211 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1268 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1465 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1212 #, c-format msgid "Window Manager: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: %d is a workspace number and %s a workspace name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1217 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1298 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1310 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1322 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1334 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "%d (\"%s\")" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no workspace" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1222 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1303 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1315 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1327 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1339 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1457 msgctxt "workspace" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1223 #, c-format msgid "Active Workspace: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %lu is a window identifier (number) and %s a window name #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1238 #, c-format msgid "%lu (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no window" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1244 msgctxt "window" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1245 #, c-format msgid "Active Window: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1248 #, c-format msgid "Showing the desktop: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1250 msgid "true" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1250 msgid "false" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1261 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1262 #, c-format msgid "Workspace Number: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1269 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1466 #, c-format msgid "On Screen: %d (Window Manager: %s)\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be #. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is #. * not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1284 msgid "" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'viewport' is kind of the viewable area. A viewport can be #. * used to implement workspaces (e.g. compiz is an example); however it is #. * not just the current workspace. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1288 #, c-format msgid "Viewport position (x, y): %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1291 #, c-format msgid "Position in Layout (row, column): %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1304 #, c-format msgid "Left Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1316 #, c-format msgid "Right Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1328 #, c-format msgid "Top Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1340 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Neighbor: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the #. * same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1353 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1512 #, c-format msgid "Class Group ID: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the #. * same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1357 #, c-format msgid "Class Group Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'set' in the sense of "something has been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1363 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1387 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1441 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'unset' in the sense of "something has not been set". #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1366 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1390 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1397 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1427 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1434 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1444 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1509 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1518 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1530 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1538 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1545 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1367 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1391 #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1445 #, c-format msgid "Icons: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1370 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1408 #, c-format msgid "Number of Windows: %d\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1382 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1428 #, c-format msgid "Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: note that "Icon" here has a specific window #. * management-related meaning. It means minimized. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1383 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1437 #, c-format msgid "Icon Name: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1398 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1531 #, c-format msgid "PID: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: "none" here means "no startup ID" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1405 msgctxt "startupID" msgid "none" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1406 #, c-format msgid "Startup ID: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1454 msgid "all workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1458 #, c-format msgid "On Workspace: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1473 msgid "normal window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1476 msgid "desktop" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1479 msgid "dock or panel" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1482 msgid "dialog window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1485 msgid "tearoff toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1488 msgid "tearoff menu" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1491 msgid "utility window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1494 msgid "splash screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1499 #, c-format msgid "Window Type: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1502 #, c-format msgid "Geometry (x, y, width, height): %d, %d, %d, %d\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are of the #. * same class. The class instance is a way to differentiate windows belonging #. * to the same class group. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1522 #, c-format msgid "Class Instance: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1524 #, c-format msgid "XID: %lu\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1539 #, c-format msgid "Session ID: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1546 #, c-format msgid "Role: %s\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A group leader is the window that is the "owner" of a group #. * of windows, ie: if you have multiple windows in one application, one #. * window has some information about the application (like the application #. * name). #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "Group Leader: %lu\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A window can be transient for another window: it means it's #. * on top of it #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1559 #, c-format msgid "Transient for: %lu\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: else print something? #. Translators: we're building a list of items here. * For example, the result is "a, b". * In this case, the first string is "a", the second * string is ", " and the third string is "b". * We can then use this information here to also * recursively build longer lists, like "a, b, c, d" #. Translators: we're building a list of items here. * The end result is something like "a, b, c" * In this case, the first string is "a, b", the second * string is ", " and the third string is "c" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1574 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1622 #, c-format msgid "%1$s%2$s%3$s" msgstr "" #. Translators: see comment for "%1$s%2$s%3$s" in order * to properly translate this #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1578 ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1624 msgid ", " msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1584 msgid "minimized" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1585 msgid "maximized" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1589 msgid "maximized horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1591 msgid "maximized vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1593 msgid "shaded" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1594 msgid "pinned" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1595 msgid "sticky" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1596 msgid "above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1597 msgid "below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1598 msgid "fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1599 msgid "needs attention" msgstr "" #. Translators: A pager is the technical term for the workspace switcher. #. * It's a representation of all workspaces with windows inside it. #. * Please make sure that the translation is in sync with gnome-panel, #. * where this term is also used in translatable strings #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1604 msgid "skip pager" msgstr "" #. Translators: "tasklist" is the list of running applications (the window #. * list) #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1607 msgid "skip tasklist" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1609 msgid "normal" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1610 #, c-format msgid "State: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1631 msgid "move" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1632 msgid "resize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1633 msgid "shade" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1634 msgid "unshade" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1635 msgid "stick" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1636 msgid "unstick" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1638 msgid "maximize horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1640 msgid "unmaximize horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1642 msgid "maximize vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1644 msgid "unmaximize vertically" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1647 msgid "change workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1649 msgid "pin" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1651 msgid "unpin" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1652 msgid "minimize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1653 msgid "unminimize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1654 msgid "maximize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1655 msgid "unmaximize" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1657 msgid "change fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1658 msgid "close" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1660 msgid "make above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1662 msgid "unmake above" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1664 msgid "make below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1666 msgid "unmake below" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1668 msgid "no action possible" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1669 #, c-format msgid "Possible Actions: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1901 msgid "" "Print or modify the properties of a screen/workspace/window, or interact " "with it, following the EWMH specification.\n" "For information about this specification, see:\n" "\thttp://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1911 msgid "Options to list windows or workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1912 msgid "Show options to list windows or workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1919 msgid "Options to modify properties of a window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1920 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a window" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1927 msgid "Options to modify properties of a workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1928 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a workspace" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1935 msgid "Options to modify properties of a screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1936 msgid "Show options to modify properties of a screen" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1947 #, c-format msgid "Error while parsing arguments: %s\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:1970 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with screen %d: the screen does not exist\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2026 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with workspace %d: the workspace cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #. Translators: A class is like a "family". E.g., all gvim windows are #. * of the same class. #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2050 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot interact with class group \"%s\": the class group cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2073 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot interact with application having its group leader with XID %lu: the " "application cannot be found\n" msgstr "" #: ../libwnck/wnckprop.c:2096 #, c-format msgid "Cannot interact with window with XID %lu: the window cannot be found\n" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gtkhtml-4.0.po0000644000000000000000000003421612321561567021050 0ustar # Canadian English translation of gtkhtml. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtkhtml package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gtkhtml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:42+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 13:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:24+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:277 msgid "Choose Custom Color" msgstr "Choose Custom Colour" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:790 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-state.c:224 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-color-combo.c:1030 msgid "Custom Color..." msgstr "" #. Translators: :-( #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:36 msgid "S_ad" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-P #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:40 msgid "Ton_gue" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-)) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:42 msgid "Laug_h" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-| #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:44 msgid "_Plain" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-! #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:46 msgid "Smi_rk" msgstr "" #. Translators: :"-) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:48 msgid "_Embarrassed" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-D #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:50 msgid "_Big Smile" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-/ #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:52 msgid "Uncer_tain" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-O #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:54 msgid "S_urprise" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-S #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:56 msgid "W_orried" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-* #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:58 msgid "_Kiss" msgstr "" #. Translators: X-( #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:60 msgid "A_ngry" msgstr "" #. Translators: B-) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:62 msgid "_Cool" msgstr "" #. Translators: O:-) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:64 msgid "Ange_l" msgstr "" #. Translators: |-) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:70 msgid "Tire_d" msgstr "" #. Translators: >:-) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:72 msgid "De_vilish" msgstr "" #. Translators: :-(|) #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-face-chooser.c:74 msgid "_Monkey" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:175 msgid "Failed to insert HTML file." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:212 msgid "Failed to insert text file." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:512 msgid "No match found" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:628 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1558 msgid "Insert Image" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1223 msgid "Copy selected text to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1230 msgid "Cut selected text to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1242 msgid "Find A_gain" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1258 msgid "Increase Indent" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1279 msgid "Paste text from the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1293 msgid "Redo the last undone action" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1307 msgid "Search for text" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1312 msgid "Re_place..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1314 msgid "Search for and replace text" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1342 msgid "Decrease Indent" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1363 #: ../components/editor/main.c:323 msgid "_File" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1377 msgid "_Paragraph Style" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1384 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1405 #: ../components/editor/main.c:354 msgid "_View" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1415 msgid "_Center" msgstr "_Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1417 msgid "Center Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1424 msgid "Left Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1431 msgid "Right Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1439 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1441 msgid "HTML editing mode" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1446 msgid "Plain _Text" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1448 msgid "Plain text editing mode" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1574 msgid "Insert Rule" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1581 msgid "Insert Table" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1586 msgid "_Cell..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1607 msgid "Pa_ge..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1631 msgid "Font _Size" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1638 msgid "_Font Style" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1666 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1672 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:21 msgid "_Strikethrough" msgstr "_Strikeout" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1674 msgid "Strikethrough" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1759 msgid "Cell Contents" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup menu item caption, containing all the Delete options for a table #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1790 msgid "Table Delete" msgstr "" #. Translators: Popup menu item caption, containing all the Insert options for a table #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1805 msgid "Table Insert" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1830 msgid "Column After" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1837 msgid "Column Before" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1844 msgid "Insert _Link" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1851 msgid "Row Above" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1858 msgid "Row Below" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1872 msgid "Cell..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1879 msgid "Image..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1886 msgid "Link..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1893 msgid "Page..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1900 msgid "Paragraph..." msgstr "" #. Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1908 msgid "Rule..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1915 msgid "Table..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1922 msgid "Text..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1960 msgid "Add Word To" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:1969 msgid "More Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2138 msgid "_Emoticon" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2139 msgid "Insert Emoticon" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2201 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2204 msgid "Re_place" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2207 msgid "_Image" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2210 msgid "_Link" msgstr "" #. Translators: 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-actions.c:2214 msgid "_Rule" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:277 msgid "Paragraph Style" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:291 msgid "Editing Mode" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:303 msgid "Font Color" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:313 msgid "Font Size" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-private.c:548 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor.c:878 msgid "Changed property" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor.c:879 msgid "Whether editor changed" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:9 msgid "Center" msgstr "Centre" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:12 msgid "Perforated Paper" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:13 msgid "Blue Ink" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:19 msgid "Graph Paper" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:20 msgid "Text Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:26 msgid "_Color:" msgstr "_Colour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:27 msgid "Paragraph Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:32 msgid "Search _backwards" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:34 msgid "_Regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:38 msgid "Replace Confirmation" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:39 msgid "Link Properties" msgstr "" #. Translators: Caption of a window. 'Rule' here means a horizontal line in an HTML text. #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:43 msgid "Rule Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:44 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:46 msgid "_Size:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:49 msgid "S_haded" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:50 msgid "Table Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:52 msgid "C_olumns:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:53 msgid "Layout" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:57 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:58 msgid "Co_lor:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:60 msgid "Page Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:61 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colours" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:68 msgid "Cell Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:69 msgid "Scope" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:74 msgid "Alignment & Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:76 msgid "Hea_der Style" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:77 msgid "_Vertical:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:78 msgid "_Horizontal:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:79 msgid "Column Span:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:80 msgid "Row Span:" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:82 msgid "Select An Image" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:84 msgid "C_olor:" msgstr "C_olour:" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-editor-builder.ui.h:85 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Suggestions for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:443 msgid "Spell Checker" msgstr "" #. Replace All Button #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:530 msgid "R_eplace All" msgstr "" #. Ignore Button #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:544 msgid "_Ignore" msgstr "" #. Skip Button #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:558 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "" #. Back Button #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:571 msgid "_Back" msgstr "" #. Dictionary Label #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:584 msgid "Dictionary" msgstr "" #. Add Word Button #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-dialog.c:613 msgid "_Add Word" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is the language ISO code. #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-language.c:255 #, c-format msgctxt "language" msgid "Unknown (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is the language name, and the #. * second is the country name. Example: "French (France)" #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-language.c:270 #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-language.c:275 #, c-format msgctxt "language" msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "" #. Translators: This refers to the default language used #. * by the spell checker. #: ../components/editor/gtkhtml-spell-language.c:460 msgctxt "language" msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:93 msgid "Save As" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:109 msgid "Untitled document" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:267 msgid "HTML Output" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:274 msgid "HTML Source" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:281 msgid "Plain Source" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:288 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:295 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:302 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:309 msgid "_Save" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:316 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:333 msgid "HTML _Output" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:340 msgid "_HTML Source" msgstr "" #: ../components/editor/main.c:347 msgid "_Plain Source" msgstr "" #. TODO2 dialog instead of warning #: ../gtkhtml/htmlengine-print.c:231 ../gtkhtml/htmlengine-print.c:310 msgid "Cannot allocate default font for printing" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/activity-log-manager.po0000644000000000000000000000142112321561567023112 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for activity-log-manager # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the activity-log-manager package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: activity-log-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 10:20+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 01:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/telepathy-indicator.po0000644000000000000000000000136412321561567023046 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for telepathy-indicator # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the telepathy-indicator package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: telepathy-indicator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 21:43+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:25+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-greeter.po0000644000000000000000000000306612321561567021701 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-greeter # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-greeter package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-greeter\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 11:38+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-05 01:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:26+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/greeter-list.vala:913 msgid "Failed to start session" msgstr "" #: ../src/greeter-list.vala:928 msgid "Logging in…" msgstr "Logging in..." #: ../src/shutdown-dialog.vala:101 msgid "Goodbye. Would you like to…" msgstr "Goodbye. Would you like to..." #: ../src/shutdown-dialog.vala:137 msgid "" "Other users are currently logged in to this computer, shutting down now will " "also close these other sessions." msgstr "" "Copy text \t\r\n" "Other users are currently logged in to this computer, shutting down now will " "also close these other sessions." #: ../src/user-list.vala:562 msgid "" "You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Visit uccs." "canonical.com to set up an account." msgstr "" "You need an Ubuntu Remote Login account to use this service. Please visit " "uccs.canonical.com to set up an account." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/cogl.po0000644000000000000000000001770412321561567020026 0ustar # English translations for cogl package. # Copyright (C) 2011 THE cogl'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the cogl package. # Tiffany , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cogl master\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=clutter\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-20 18:09+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-22 12:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:27+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:174 msgid "Supported debug values:" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:179 msgid "Special debug values:" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:181 cogl/cogl-debug.c:183 msgid "Enables all non-behavioural debug options" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:190 msgid "Additional environment variables:" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:191 msgid "Comma-separated list of GL extensions to pretend are disabled" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug.c:193 msgid "Override the GL version that Cogl will assume the driver supports" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:25 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:30 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:35 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:40 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:45 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:50 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:55 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:61 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:66 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:71 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:158 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:163 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:168 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:184 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:189 msgid "Cogl Tracing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:27 msgid "CoglObject references" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:28 msgid "Debug ref counting issues for CoglObjects" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:32 msgid "Trace Texture Slicing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:33 msgid "debug the creation of texture slices" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:37 msgid "Trace Atlas Textures" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:38 msgid "Debug texture atlas management" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:42 msgid "Trace Blend Strings" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:43 msgid "Debug CoglBlendString parsing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:47 msgid "Trace Journal" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:48 msgid "View all the geometry passing through the journal" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:52 msgid "Trace Batching" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:53 msgid "Show how geometry is being batched in the journal" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:57 msgid "Trace matrices" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:58 msgid "Trace all matrix manipulation" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:63 msgid "Trace Misc Drawing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:64 msgid "Trace some misc drawing operations" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:68 msgid "Trace Pango Renderer" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:69 msgid "Trace the Cogl Pango renderer" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:73 msgid "Trace CoglTexturePixmap backend" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:74 msgid "Trace the Cogl texture pixmap backend" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:76 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:81 msgid "Visualize" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:78 msgid "Outline rectangles" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:79 msgid "Add wire outlines for all rectangular geometry" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:83 msgid "Show wireframes" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:84 msgid "Add wire outlines for all geometry" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:86 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:91 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:96 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:101 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:111 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:116 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:122 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:127 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:132 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:137 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:142 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:147 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:153 cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:173 #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:178 msgid "Root Cause" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:88 msgid "Disable Journal batching" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:89 msgid "Disable batching of geometry in the Cogl Journal." msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:93 msgid "Disable GL Vertex Buffers" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:94 msgid "Disable use of OpenGL vertex buffer objects" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:98 msgid "Disable GL Pixel Buffers" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:99 msgid "Disable use of OpenGL pixel buffer objects" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:103 msgid "Disable software rect transform" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:104 msgid "Use the GPU to transform rectangular geometry" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:106 msgid "Cogl Specialist" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:108 msgid "Dump atlas images" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:109 msgid "Dump texture atlas changes to an image file" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:113 msgid "Disable texture atlasing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:114 msgid "Disable use of texture atlasing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:118 msgid "Disable sharing the texture atlas between text and images" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:119 msgid "" "When this is set the glyph cache will always use a separate texture for its " "atlas. Otherwise it will try to share the atlas with images." msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:124 msgid "Disable texturing" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:125 msgid "Disable texturing any primitives" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:129 msgid "Disable arbfp" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:130 msgid "Disable use of ARB fragment programs" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:134 msgid "Disable fixed" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:135 msgid "Disable use of the fixed function pipeline backend" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:139 msgid "Disable GLSL" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:140 msgid "Disable use of GLSL" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:144 msgid "Disable blending" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:145 msgid "Disable use of blending" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:149 msgid "Disable non-power-of-two textures" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:150 msgid "" "Makes Cogl think that the GL driver doesn't support NPOT textures so that it " "will create sliced textures or textures with waste instead." msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:155 msgid "Disable software clipping" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:156 msgid "Disables Cogl's attempts to clip some rectangles in software." msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:160 msgid "Show source" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:161 msgid "Show generated ARBfp/GLSL source code" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:165 msgid "Trace some OpenGL" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:166 msgid "Traces some select OpenGL calls" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:170 msgid "Trace offscreen support" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:171 msgid "Debug offscreen support" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:175 msgid "Disable program caches" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:176 msgid "Disable fallback caches for arbfp and glsl programs" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:180 msgid "Disable read pixel optimization" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:181 msgid "" "Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:186 msgid "Trace clipping" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:187 msgid "Logs information about how Cogl is implementing clipping" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:191 msgid "Trace performance concerns" msgstr "" #: cogl/cogl-debug-options.h:192 msgid "Tries to highlight sub-optimal Cogl usage." msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-applications.po0000644000000000000000000000222412321561567023664 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-applications # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-18 20:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Please make sure this string is short enough to fit #. into the filter button #: ../src/daemon.vala:278 msgid "Software center" msgstr "Software centre" #: ../src/commands-scope.vala:284 msgid "There is no easter egg in Unity" msgstr "There is no Easter egg in Unity" #: ../src/commands-scope.vala:293 msgid "Still no easter egg in Unity" msgstr "Still no Easter egg in Unity" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-files.po0000644000000000000000000000155112321561567022302 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-files # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-files package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-files\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:47+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:28+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/daemon.vala:148 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "Last Modified" #: ../src/daemon.vala:180 msgid "10MB" msgstr "10KB" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-music.po0000644000000000000000000000221512321561567022316 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-music # Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-music package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2011. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-music\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:73 msgid "60s" msgstr "60's" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:74 msgid "70s" msgstr "70's" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:75 msgid "80s" msgstr "80's" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:76 msgid "90s" msgstr "90's" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:77 msgid "00s" msgstr "00's" #: ../src/simple-scope.vala:78 msgid "10s" msgstr "10's" #: ../src/musicstore-scope.vala:360 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "Wrong password." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-contacts.po0000644000000000000000000000541612321561567022020 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-contacts package. # Copyright (C) 2012 THE gnome-contacts'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-contacts package. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-contacts 0.1.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 23:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:29+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/gnome-contacts.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "friends;address book;" msgstr "" #: ../src/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "Main contacts" msgstr "" #: ../src/app-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "All contacts" msgstr "" #: ../src/app-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "_Change Address Book..." msgstr "" #: ../src/app-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "_About Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:216 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:520 #, c-format msgid "%d contacts linked" msgid_plural "%d contacts linked" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:552 #, c-format msgid "%d contact deleted" msgid_plural "%d contacts deleted" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/contacts-app.vala:638 #, c-format msgid "%s linked to the contact" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:349 msgid "New Detail" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:368 msgid "Work email" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:374 msgid "Mobile phone" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:406 msgid "Home address" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:411 msgid "Work address" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-contact-pane.vala:434 msgid "Linked Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-linked-accounts-dialog.vala:32 #, c-format msgid "%s - Linked Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-linked-accounts-dialog.vala:56 msgid "You can manually link contacts from the contacts list" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-linked-accounts-dialog.vala:102 msgid "Remove" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-setup-window.vala:36 msgid "" "Welcome to Contacts! Please select where you want to keep your address book:" msgstr "" #: ../src/contacts-view.vala:307 msgid "Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.Contacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "View subset" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.Contacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "View contacts subset" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/aisleriot.po0000644000000000000000000003244512321561567021074 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-games. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=aisleriot&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-10 10:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-11 11:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:30+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Project-Style: gnome\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/sol.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "solitaire;cards;klondike;spider;freecell;patience;" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:216 msgid "New Game" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:217 msgid "Change Game" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:222 msgid "Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:226 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:227 msgid "About Aisleriot" msgstr "" #: ../src/ar-application.c:228 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #. %s is replaced with the name of the game in gnome-games. #: ../src/ar-stock.c:267 #, c-format msgid "" "%s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version %d of the License, or (at your option) any later " "version." msgstr "" "%s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the " "terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software " "Foundation; either version %d of the Licence, or (at your option) any later " "version." #: ../src/ar-stock.c:272 #, c-format msgid "" "%s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more " "details." msgstr "" "%s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY " "WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS " "FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public Licence for more " "details." #: ../src/ar-stock.c:277 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program. If not, see ." msgstr "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with " "this program. If not, see ." #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:336 msgid "Kings Audience" msgstr "King's Audience" #. Translators: this string is the name of a game of patience. #. If there is an established standard name for this game in your #. locale, use that; otherwise you can translate this string #. freely, literally, or not at all, at your option. #. #: ../src/game-names.h:616 msgid "Will O The Wisp" msgstr "Will O' The Wisp" #: ../src/window.c:433 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany\n" " blueXrider https://launchpad.net/~rick-green" #: ../src/window.c:1994 msgid "S_tatistics" msgstr "_Statistics" #: ../src/window.c:2004 msgid "Redo the undone move" msgstr "Redo move" #: ../src/window.c:2010 msgid "Get a hint for your next move" msgstr "Next move hint" #: ../games/api.scm:285 msgid "Unknown color" msgstr "Unknown colour" #: ../games/api.scm:475 #, scheme-format msgid "Move ~a onto the reserve." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:475 #, scheme-format msgid "Move ~a onto an empty reserve slot." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:559 msgid "Remove the black joker." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:559 msgid "Remove the red joker." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:561 msgid "Remove the ace of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:562 msgid "Remove the two of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:563 msgid "Remove the three of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:564 msgid "Remove the four of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:565 msgid "Remove the five of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:566 msgid "Remove the six of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:567 msgid "Remove the seven of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:568 msgid "Remove the eight of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:569 msgid "Remove the nine of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:571 msgid "Remove the jack of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:572 msgid "Remove the queen of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:573 ../games/helsinki.scm:109 ../games/neighbor.scm:141 #: ../games/thirteen.scm:385 ../games/treize.scm:279 ../games/yield.scm:295 msgid "Remove the king of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:574 ../games/api.scm:589 ../games/api.scm:604 #: ../games/api.scm:619 ../games/api.scm:620 msgid "Remove the unknown card." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:576 msgid "Remove the ace of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:577 msgid "Remove the two of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:578 msgid "Remove the three of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:579 msgid "Remove the four of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:580 msgid "Remove the five of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:581 msgid "Remove the six of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:582 msgid "Remove the seven of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:583 msgid "Remove the eight of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:584 msgid "Remove the nine of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:586 msgid "Remove the jack of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:587 msgid "Remove the queen of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:588 ../games/helsinki.scm:112 ../games/neighbor.scm:144 #: ../games/thirteen.scm:388 ../games/treize.scm:282 ../games/yield.scm:298 msgid "Remove the king of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:591 msgid "Remove the ace of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:592 msgid "Remove the two of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:593 msgid "Remove the three of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:594 msgid "Remove the four of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:595 msgid "Remove the five of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:596 msgid "Remove the six of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:597 msgid "Remove the seven of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:598 msgid "Remove the eight of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:599 msgid "Remove the nine of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:601 msgid "Remove the jack of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:602 msgid "Remove the queen of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:603 ../games/helsinki.scm:111 ../games/neighbor.scm:143 #: ../games/thirteen.scm:387 ../games/treize.scm:281 ../games/yield.scm:297 msgid "Remove the king of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:606 msgid "Remove the ace of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:607 msgid "Remove the two of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:608 msgid "Remove the three of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:609 msgid "Remove the four of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:610 msgid "Remove the five of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:611 msgid "Remove the six of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:612 msgid "Remove the seven of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:613 msgid "Remove the eight of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:614 msgid "Remove the nine of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:616 msgid "Remove the jack of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:617 msgid "Remove the queen of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/api.scm:618 ../games/helsinki.scm:110 ../games/neighbor.scm:142 #: ../games/thirteen.scm:386 ../games/treize.scm:280 ../games/yield.scm:296 msgid "Remove the king of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/easthaven.scm:227 msgid "Move a king onto an empty tableau slot." msgstr "" #: ../games/fortress.scm:212 msgid "Move something onto an empty tableau slot." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:311 msgid "Place the two of clubs next to the ace of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:312 msgid "Place the three of clubs next to the two of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:313 msgid "Place the four of clubs next to the three of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:314 msgid "Place the five of clubs next to the four of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:315 msgid "Place the six of clubs next to the five of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:316 msgid "Place the seven of clubs next to the six of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:317 msgid "Place the eight of clubs next to the seven of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:318 msgid "Place the nine of clubs next to the eight of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:319 msgid "Place the ten of clubs next to the nine of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:320 msgid "Place the jack of clubs next to the ten of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:321 msgid "Place the queen of clubs next to the jack of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:322 msgid "Place the king of clubs next to the queen of clubs." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:325 msgid "Place the two of spades next to the ace of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:326 msgid "Place the three of spades next to the two of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:327 msgid "Place the four of spades next to the three of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:328 msgid "Place the five of spades next to the four of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:329 msgid "Place the six of spades next to the five of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:330 msgid "Place the seven of spades next to the six of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:331 msgid "Place the eight of spades next to the seven of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:332 msgid "Place the nine of spades next to the eight of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:333 msgid "Place the ten of spades next to the nine of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:334 msgid "Place the jack of spades next to the ten of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:335 msgid "Place the queen of spades next to the jack of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:336 msgid "Place the king of spades next to the queen of spades." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:339 msgid "Place the two of hearts next to the ace of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:340 msgid "Place the three of hearts next to the two of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:341 msgid "Place the four of hearts next to the three of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:342 msgid "Place the five of hearts next to the four of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:343 msgid "Place the six of hearts next to the five of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:344 msgid "Place the seven of hearts next to the six of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:345 msgid "Place the eight of hearts next to the seven of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:346 msgid "Place the nine of hearts next to the eight of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:347 msgid "Place the ten of hearts next to the nine of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:348 msgid "Place the jack of hearts next to the ten of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:349 msgid "Place the queen of hearts next to the jack of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:350 msgid "Place the king of hearts next to the queen of hearts." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:353 msgid "Place the two of diamonds next to the ace of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:354 msgid "Place the three of diamonds next to the two of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:355 msgid "Place the four of diamonds next to the three of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:356 msgid "Place the five of diamonds next to the four of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:357 msgid "Place the six of diamonds next to the five of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:358 msgid "Place the seven of diamonds next to the six of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:359 msgid "Place the eight of diamonds next to the seven of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:360 msgid "Place the nine of diamonds next to the eight of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:361 msgid "Place the ten of diamonds next to the nine of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:362 msgid "Place the jack of diamonds next to the ten of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:363 msgid "Place the queen of diamonds next to the jack of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/gaps.scm:364 msgid "Place the king of diamonds next to the queen of diamonds." msgstr "" #: ../games/giant.scm:285 msgid "Alternating colors" msgstr "Alternating colours" #: ../games/glenwood.scm:355 msgid "Move a card from the reserve onto the empty tableau slot" msgstr "" #: ../games/klondike.scm:296 msgid "Unlimited redeals" msgstr "" #: ../games/napoleons-tomb.scm:357 msgid "Autoplay" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/hud.po0000644000000000000000000000130412321561567017647 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for hud # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the hud package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: hud\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-03-22 15:14+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-03 18:26+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/vte-2.90.po0000644000000000000000000000204312321561567020254 0ustar # Canadian English translation of vte # Copyright (C) Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the vte package. # Alexander Winston , 2004. # Adam Weinberger , 2004. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vte 0.11.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:55+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 02:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:31+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../src/vte.c:4757 msgid "Unable to send data to child, invalid charset convertor" msgstr "Unable to send data to child: invalid charset convertor" #: ../src/vte.c:4768 ../src/vte.c:5815 #, c-format msgid "Error (%s) converting data for child, dropping." msgstr "Error (%s) converting data for child: dropping." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-video.po0000644000000000000000000000143012321561567022302 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-video # Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-video package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-video\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:25+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity_webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000135312321561567021764 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libunity-webapps # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libunity-webapps package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libunity-webapps\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-11-29 08:50-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 21:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/signon-ui.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561571020776 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for signon-ui # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the signon-ui package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: signon-ui\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2012-03-28 10:13+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 20:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:38+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-screenshot.po0000644000000000000000000001667012321561571022356 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-utils package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:18+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 06:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:1 ../src/screenshot-application.c:787 msgid "Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:2 ../src/screenshot-application.c:788 msgid "Save images of your screen or individual windows" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:3 msgid "snapshot;capture;print;" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:4 msgid "Take a Screenshot of the Whole Screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:5 msgid "Take a Screenshot of the Current Window" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-screenshot.desktop.in.h:6 msgid "Take a Screenshot of a Selected Area" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "About Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-app-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "C_opy to Clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Window-specific screenshot (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Grab just the current window, rather than the whole desktop. This key has " "been deprecated and it is no longer in use." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Screenshot delay" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The number of seconds to wait before taking the screenshot." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The directory where the screenshots will be saved by default." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Last save directory" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The last directory a screenshot was saved in interactive mode." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Include Pointer" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Include the pointer in the screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Include ICC Profile" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Include the ICC profile of the target in the screenshot file" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Effect to add to the outside of a border. Possible values are \"shadow\", " "\"none\", and \"border\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Default file type extension" msgstr "" #: ../src/org.gnome.gnome-screenshot.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "The default file type extension for screenshots." msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:145 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:152 msgid "Overwrite existing file?" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:174 ../src/screenshot-application.c:183 #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:463 ../src/screenshot-application.c:467 #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:507 ../src/screenshot-application.c:510 msgid "Unable to capture a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:175 msgid "Error creating file. Please choose another location and retry." msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:464 msgid "Error creating file" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:475 ../src/screenshot-application.c:540 msgid "Screenshot taken" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:508 msgid "All possible methods failed" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:642 msgid "Send the grab directly to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:644 msgid "Grab an area of the screen instead of the entire screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:646 msgid "Remove the window border from the screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:647 msgid "Include the pointer with the screenshot" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the last part of the "grab after a #. * delay of seconds". #. #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:648 #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:415 msgid "seconds" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:649 msgid "Effect to add to the border (shadow, border or none)" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:649 msgid "effect" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:650 msgid "Interactively set options" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:651 msgid "Save screenshot directly to this file" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:651 msgid "filename" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:652 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:666 msgid "Take a picture of the screen" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-application.c:790 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw" #: ../src/screenshot-config.c:59 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options: --window and --area should not be used at the same " "time.\n" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-config.c:66 #, c-format msgid "" "Conflicting options: --area and --delay should not be used at the same " "time.\n" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets made up #. * with the screenshot if the entire screen is taken #: ../src/screenshot-filename-builder.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s.%s" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets #. * made up with the screenshot if the entire screen is #. * taken #: ../src/screenshot-filename-builder.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s - %d.%s" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:154 msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:155 msgid "Drop shadow" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:156 msgid "Border" msgstr "" #. * Include pointer * #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:260 msgid "Include _pointer" msgstr "" #. * Include window border * #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:270 msgid "Include the window _border" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:287 msgid "Apply _effect:" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:349 msgid "Grab the whole sc_reen" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:363 msgid "Grab the current _window" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:375 msgid "Select _area to grab" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the first part of the "grab after a #. * delay of seconds". #. #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:395 msgid "Grab after a _delay of" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:459 msgid "Effects" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-interactive-dialog.c:479 msgid "Take _Screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../src/screenshot-utils.c:728 msgid "Error loading the help page" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-printers.po0000644000000000000000000000143612321561571022710 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-printers # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-printers package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-printers\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-13 22:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 22:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/credentials-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000000141412321561571024315 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gnome-control-center-signon # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-control-center-signon package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center-signon\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-16 01:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-08 23:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/account-plugins.po0000644000000000000000000000135012321561571022176 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for account-plugins # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the account-plugins package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: account-plugins\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-25 13:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-02 22:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-font-viewer.po0000644000000000000000000000163212321561571022436 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-utils package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:37+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 01:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Rajiv Shah \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../src/font-view.c:732 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Rajiv Shah https://launchpad.net/~compukid\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-system-log.po0000644000000000000000000001325612321561571022301 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-utils. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-utils package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-utils\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:41+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-16 03:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:41+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../data/gnome-system-log.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/logview-app.c:304 #: ../src/logview-window.c:1212 msgid "System Log" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-system-log.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "View or monitor system log files" msgstr "" #: ../data/gnome-system-log.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "logs;debug;error;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-system-log.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "List of saved filters" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-system-log.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "List of saved regexp filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-about.h:49 msgid "" "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it " "under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free " "Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) " "any later version." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-about.h:53 msgid "" "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT " "ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or " "FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for " "more details." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-about.h:57 msgid "" "You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with " "this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 " "Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA" msgstr "" #. translator credits #: ../src/logview-about.h:63 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger \n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adam Weinberger https://launchpad.net/~adamw" #: ../src/logview-app.c:287 #, c-format msgid "There was an error displaying help: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-app.c:440 #, c-format msgid "Impossible to open the file %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "Auto Scroll" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "About System Log" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-app-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "Help" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-app-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:92 msgid "Filter name is empty!" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:105 msgid "Filter name may not contain the ':' character" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:128 msgid "Regular expression is empty!" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:144 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression is invalid: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:238 msgid "Please specify either foreground or background color!" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:292 msgid "Edit filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:292 msgid "Add new filter" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter-manager.c:506 ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "Filters" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:2 msgid "_Regular Expression:" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:3 msgid "Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:4 msgid "Hide" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:5 msgid "Foreground:" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:6 msgid "Background:" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-filter.ui.h:7 msgid "Effect:" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "Open..." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:3 msgid "Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:4 msgid "Select All" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:5 msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:6 msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "Normal Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:9 msgid "Show Matches Only" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-gear-menu.ui.h:10 msgid "Manage Filters..." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-findbar.c:163 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-findbar.c:172 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-log.c:596 msgid "Error while uncompressing the GZipped log. The file might be corrupt." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-log.c:643 msgid "You don't have enough permissions to read the file." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-log.c:658 msgid "The file is not a regular file or is not a text file." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-log.c:740 msgid "This version of System Log does not support GZipped logs." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-loglist.c:316 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-utils.c:295 msgid "today" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-utils.c:297 msgid "yesterday" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-window.c:182 ../src/logview-window.c:376 #, c-format msgid "Search in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. translators: this is part of a label composed with #. * a date string, for example "updated today 23:54" #. #: ../src/logview-window.c:207 msgid "updated" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-window.c:344 msgid "Wrapped" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-window.c:359 msgid "No matches found" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-window.c:726 #, c-format msgid "Can't read from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/logview-window.c:1400 msgid "Could not open the following files:" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gstreamer-1.0.po0000644000000000000000000007366312321561571021370 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gstreamer1.0 # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gstreamer1.0 package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gstreamer1.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-08 11:32+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-06 00:44+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: gst/gst.c:233 msgid "Print the GStreamer version" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:239 msgid "Print available debug categories and exit" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:243 msgid "" "Default debug level from 1 (only error) to 9 (anything) or 0 for no output" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:247 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of category_name:level pairs to set specific levels for " "the individual categories. Example: GST_AUTOPLUG:5,GST_ELEMENT_*:3" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:252 msgid "Disable colored debugging output" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:256 msgid "" "Changes coloring mode of the debug log. Possible modes: off, on, disable, " "auto, unix" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:260 msgid "Disable debugging" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:264 msgid "Enable verbose plugin loading diagnostics" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:268 msgid "Colon-separated paths containing plugins" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:268 msgid "PATHS" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:271 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of plugins to preload in addition to the list stored in " "environment variable GST_PLUGIN_PATH" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:273 msgid "PLUGINS" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:276 msgid "Disable trapping of segmentation faults during plugin loading" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:281 msgid "Disable updating the registry" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:286 msgid "Disable spawning a helper process while scanning the registry" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:291 msgid "GStreamer Options" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:292 msgid "Show GStreamer Options" msgstr "" #: gst/gst.c:870 msgid "Unknown option" msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:132 msgid "GStreamer encountered a general core library error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:134 gst/gsterror.c:176 gst/gsterror.c:200 gst/gsterror.c:240 msgid "" "GStreamer developers were too lazy to assign an error code to this error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:137 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: code not implemented." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:139 msgid "" "GStreamer error: state change failed and some element failed to post a " "proper error message with the reason for the failure." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:142 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: pad problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:144 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: thread problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:146 msgid "GStreamer error: negotiation problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:148 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: event problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:150 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: seek problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:152 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: caps problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:154 msgid "Internal GStreamer error: tag problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:156 msgid "Your GStreamer installation is missing a plug-in." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:158 msgid "GStreamer error: clock problem." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:160 msgid "" "This application is trying to use GStreamer functionality that has been " "disabled." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:174 msgid "GStreamer encountered a general supporting library error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:179 msgid "Could not initialize supporting library." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:181 msgid "Could not close supporting library." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:183 msgid "Could not configure supporting library." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:185 msgid "Encoding error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:198 msgid "GStreamer encountered a general resource error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:203 msgid "Resource not found." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:205 msgid "Resource busy or not available." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:207 msgid "Could not open resource for reading." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:209 msgid "Could not open resource for writing." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:211 msgid "Could not open resource for reading and writing." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:213 msgid "Could not close resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:215 msgid "Could not read from resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:217 msgid "Could not write to resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:219 msgid "Could not perform seek on resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:221 msgid "Could not synchronize on resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:223 msgid "Could not get/set settings from/on resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:225 msgid "No space left on the resource." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:238 msgid "GStreamer encountered a general stream error." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:243 msgid "Element doesn't implement handling of this stream. Please file a bug." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:246 msgid "Could not determine type of stream." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:248 msgid "The stream is of a different type than handled by this element." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:251 msgid "There is no codec present that can handle the stream's type." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:253 msgid "Could not decode stream." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:255 msgid "Could not encode stream." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:257 msgid "Could not demultiplex stream." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:259 msgid "Could not multiplex stream." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:261 msgid "The stream is in the wrong format." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:263 msgid "The stream is encrypted and decryption is not supported." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:265 msgid "" "The stream is encrypted and can't be decrypted because no suitable key has " "been supplied." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No error message for domain %s." msgstr "" #: gst/gsterror.c:313 #, c-format msgid "No standard error message for domain %s and code %d." msgstr "" #: gst/gstpipeline.c:525 msgid "Selected clock cannot be used in pipeline." msgstr "" #: gst/gstregistry.c:1651 #, c-format msgid "Error writing registry cache to %s: %s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:105 msgid "title" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:105 msgid "commonly used title" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:108 msgid "title sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:108 msgid "commonly used title for sorting purposes" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:111 msgid "artist" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:112 msgid "person(s) responsible for the recording" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:116 msgid "artist sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:117 msgid "person(s) responsible for the recording for sorting purposes" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:120 msgid "album" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:121 msgid "album containing this data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:124 msgid "album sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:125 msgid "album containing this data for sorting purposes" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:128 msgid "album artist" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:129 msgid "The artist of the entire album, as it should be displayed" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:133 msgid "album artist sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:134 msgid "The artist of the entire album, as it should be sorted" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:136 msgid "date" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:136 msgid "date the data was created (as a GDate structure)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:138 msgid "datetime" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:139 msgid "date and time the data was created (as a GstDateTime structure)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:143 msgid "genre" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:144 msgid "genre this data belongs to" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:147 msgid "comment" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:148 msgid "free text commenting the data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:151 msgid "extended comment" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:152 msgid "free text commenting the data in key=value or key[en]=comment form" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:156 msgid "track number" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:157 msgid "track number inside a collection" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:160 msgid "track count" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:161 msgid "count of tracks inside collection this track belongs to" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:165 msgid "disc number" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:166 msgid "disc number inside a collection" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:169 msgid "disc count" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:170 msgid "count of discs inside collection this disc belongs to" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:174 msgid "location" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:174 msgid "" "Origin of media as a URI (location, where the original of the file or stream " "is hosted)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:179 msgid "homepage" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:180 msgid "Homepage for this media (i.e. artist or movie homepage)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:184 msgid "short text describing the content of the data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:187 msgid "version" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:187 msgid "version of this data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:191 msgid "International Standard Recording Code - see http://www.ifpi.org/isrc/" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:195 msgid "organization" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:198 msgid "copyright notice of the data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:200 msgid "copyright uri" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:201 msgid "URI to the copyright notice of the data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:203 msgid "encoded by" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:203 msgid "name of the encoding person or organization" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:207 msgid "contact information" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "license" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:209 msgid "license of data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:211 msgid "license uri" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:212 msgid "URI to the license of the data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:215 msgid "performer" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:216 msgid "person(s) performing" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:219 msgid "composer" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:220 msgid "person(s) who composed the recording" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:224 msgid "duration" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:224 msgid "length in GStreamer time units (nanoseconds)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:227 msgid "codec" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:228 msgid "codec the data is stored in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:231 msgid "video codec" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:231 msgid "codec the video data is stored in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:234 msgid "audio codec" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:234 msgid "codec the audio data is stored in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:237 msgid "subtitle codec" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:237 msgid "codec the subtitle data is stored in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:239 msgid "container format" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:240 msgid "container format the data is stored in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:242 msgid "bitrate" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:242 msgid "exact or average bitrate in bits/s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:244 msgid "nominal bitrate" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:244 msgid "nominal bitrate in bits/s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:246 msgid "minimum bitrate" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:246 msgid "minimum bitrate in bits/s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:248 msgid "maximum bitrate" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:248 msgid "maximum bitrate in bits/s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:251 msgid "encoder" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:251 msgid "encoder used to encode this stream" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:254 msgid "encoder version" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:255 msgid "version of the encoder used to encode this stream" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:257 msgid "serial number of track" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:259 msgid "replaygain track gain" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:259 msgid "track gain in db" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:261 msgid "replaygain track peak" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:261 msgid "peak of the track" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:263 msgid "replaygain album gain" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:263 msgid "album gain in db" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:265 msgid "replaygain album peak" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:265 msgid "peak of the album" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:267 msgid "replaygain reference level" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:268 msgid "reference level of track and album gain values" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:270 msgid "language code" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:271 msgid "language code for this stream, conforming to ISO-639-1 or ISO-639-2" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:274 msgid "language name" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:275 msgid "freeform name of the language this stream is in" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:277 msgid "image related to this stream" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: 'preview image' = image that shows a preview of the full image #: gst/gsttaglist.c:281 msgid "preview image" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:281 msgid "preview image related to this stream" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:283 msgid "file attached to this stream" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:286 msgid "beats per minute" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:287 msgid "number of beats per minute in audio" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:289 msgid "comma separated keywords describing the content" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:292 msgid "geo location name" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:293 msgid "" "human readable descriptive location of where the media has been recorded or " "produced" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:296 msgid "geo location latitude" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:297 msgid "" "geo latitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced in " "degrees according to WGS84 (zero at the equator, negative values for " "southern latitudes)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:301 msgid "geo location longitude" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:302 msgid "" "geo longitude location of where the media has been recorded or produced in " "degrees according to WGS84 (zero at the prime meridian in Greenwich/UK, " "negative values for western longitudes)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:306 msgid "geo location elevation" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:307 msgid "" "geo elevation of where the media has been recorded or produced in meters " "according to WGS84 (zero is average sea level)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:310 msgid "geo location country" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:311 msgid "country (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:314 msgid "geo location city" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:315 msgid "city (english name) where the media has been recorded or produced" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:318 msgid "geo location sublocation" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:319 msgid "" "a location within a city where the media has been produced or created (e.g. " "the neighborhood)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:322 msgid "geo location horizontal error" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:323 msgid "expected error of the horizontal positioning measures (in meters)" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:326 msgid "geo location movement speed" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:327 msgid "" "movement speed of the capturing device while performing the capture in m/s" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:330 msgid "geo location movement direction" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:331 msgid "" "indicates the movement direction of the device performing the capture of a " "media. It is represented as degrees in floating point representation, 0 " "means the geographic north, and increases clockwise" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:336 msgid "geo location capture direction" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:337 msgid "" "indicates the direction the device is pointing to when capturing a media. " "It is represented as degrees in floating point representation, 0 means the " "geographic north, and increases clockwise" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: 'show name' = 'TV/radio/podcast show name' here #: gst/gsttaglist.c:343 msgid "show name" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:344 msgid "Name of the tv/podcast/series show the media is from" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: 'show sortname' = 'TV/radio/podcast show name as used for sorting purposes' here #: gst/gsttaglist.c:349 msgid "show sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:350 msgid "" "Name of the tv/podcast/series show the media is from, for sorting purposes" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:353 msgid "episode number" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:354 msgid "The episode number in the season the media is part of" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:357 msgid "season number" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:358 msgid "The season number of the show the media is part of" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:361 msgid "lyrics" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:361 msgid "The lyrics of the media, commonly used for songs" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:364 msgid "composer sortname" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:365 msgid "person(s) who composed the recording, for sorting purposes" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:367 msgid "grouping" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:368 msgid "" "Groups related media that spans multiple tracks, like the different pieces " "of a concerto. It is a higher level than a track, but lower than an album" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:372 msgid "user rating" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:373 msgid "" "Rating attributed by a user. The higher the rank, the more the user likes " "this media" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:376 msgid "device manufacturer" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:377 msgid "Manufacturer of the device used to create this media" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:379 msgid "device model" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:380 msgid "Model of the device used to create this media" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:382 msgid "application name" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:383 msgid "Application used to create the media" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:385 msgid "application data" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:386 msgid "Arbitrary application data to be serialized into the media" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:388 msgid "image orientation" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:389 msgid "How the image should be rotated or flipped before display" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:392 msgid "publisher" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:393 msgid "Name of the label or publisher" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:396 msgid "interpreted-by" msgstr "" #: gst/gsttaglist.c:397 msgid "Information about the people behind a remix and similar interpretations" msgstr "" #: gst/gsturi.c:591 #, c-format msgid "No URI handler for the %s protocol found" msgstr "" #: gst/gsturi.c:764 #, c-format msgid "URI scheme '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: gst/gstutils.c:2352 tools/gst-launch.c:321 #, c-format msgid "ERROR: from element %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: gst/gstutils.c:2354 tools/gst-launch.c:323 tools/gst-launch.c:647 #, c-format msgid "" "Additional debug info:\n" "%s\n" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:228 #, c-format msgid "specified empty bin \"%s\", not allowed" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:237 #, c-format msgid "no bin \"%s\", skipping" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:431 #, c-format msgid "no property \"%s\" in element \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:472 #, c-format msgid "could not set property \"%s\" in element \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:623 #, c-format msgid "could not link %s to %s" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:672 #, c-format msgid "no element \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:724 #, c-format msgid "could not parse caps \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:746 gst/parse/grammar.y:794 gst/parse/grammar.y:810 #: gst/parse/grammar.y:875 msgid "link without source element" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:752 gst/parse/grammar.y:791 gst/parse/grammar.y:884 msgid "link without sink element" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:829 #, c-format msgid "no source element for URI \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:839 #, c-format msgid "no element to link URI \"%s\" to" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:848 #, c-format msgid "no sink element for URI \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:855 #, c-format msgid "could not link sink element for URI \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: gst/parse/grammar.y:869 msgid "empty pipeline not allowed" msgstr "" #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesink.c:2790 msgid "A lot of buffers are being dropped." msgstr "" #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesink.c:3263 msgid "Internal data flow problem." msgstr "" #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesink.c:3933 libs/gst/base/gstbasesrc.c:2864 #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesrc.c:2873 plugins/elements/gstqueue.c:1271 #: plugins/elements/gstqueue2.c:2701 msgid "Internal data flow error." msgstr "" #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesrc.c:2477 msgid "Internal clock error." msgstr "" #: libs/gst/base/gstbasesrc.c:2505 msgid "Failed to map buffer." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstcapsfilter.c:103 msgid "Filter caps" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstcapsfilter.c:104 msgid "" "Restrict the possible allowed capabilities (NULL means ANY). Setting this " "property takes a reference to the supplied GstCaps object." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:416 msgid "No file name specified for writing." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file \"%s\" for writing." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Error closing file \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:611 #, c-format msgid "Error while seeking in file \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:619 plugins/elements/gstfilesink.c:682 #, c-format msgid "Error while writing to file \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesrc.c:500 msgid "No file name specified for reading." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesrc.c:512 plugins/elements/gstqueue2.c:1494 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file \"%s\" for reading." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesrc.c:521 #, c-format msgid "Could not get info on \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesrc.c:527 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" is a directory." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstfilesrc.c:533 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" is a socket." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstidentity.c:613 msgid "Failed after iterations as requested." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstqueue2.c:1480 msgid "No Temp directory specified." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstqueue2.c:1486 #, c-format msgid "Could not create temp file \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gstqueue2.c:1888 msgid "Error while writing to download file." msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:204 msgid "caps" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:205 msgid "detected capabilities in stream" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:208 msgid "minimum" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:213 msgid "force caps" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:214 msgid "force caps without doing a typefind" msgstr "" #: plugins/elements/gsttypefindelement.c:1039 msgid "Stream contains no data." msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:259 msgid "Implemented Interfaces:\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:345 msgid "readable" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:354 msgid "writable" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:358 msgid "controllable" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:362 msgid "changeable in NULL, READY, PAUSED or PLAYING state" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:364 msgid "changeable only in NULL, READY or PAUSED state" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:366 msgid "changeable only in NULL or READY state" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:980 msgid "Blacklisted files:" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:992 tools/gst-inspect.c:1090 msgid "Total count: " msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:993 #, c-format msgid "%d blacklisted file" msgid_plural "%d blacklisted files" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1091 #, c-format msgid "%d plugin" msgid_plural "%d plugins" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1094 #, c-format msgid "%d blacklist entry" msgid_plural "%d blacklist entries" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1099 #, c-format msgid "%d feature" msgid_plural "%d features" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1543 msgid "Print all elements" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1545 msgid "Print list of blacklisted files" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1547 msgid "" "Print a machine-parsable list of features the specified plugin or all " "plugins provide.\n" " Useful in connection with external " "automatic plugin installation mechanisms" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1552 msgid "List the plugin contents" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1554 msgid "Check if the specified element or plugin exists" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1557 msgid "" "When checking if an element or plugin exists, also check that its version is " "at least the version specified" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1561 msgid "Print supported URI schemes, with the elements that implement them" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1699 #, c-format msgid "Could not load plugin file: %s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-inspect.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "No such element or plugin '%s'\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:248 msgid "Index statistics" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:528 #, c-format msgid "Got message #%u from element \"%s\" (%s): " msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:532 #, c-format msgid "Got message #%u from pad \"%s:%s\" (%s): " msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:536 #, c-format msgid "Got message #%u from object \"%s\" (%s): " msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:540 #, c-format msgid "Got message #%u (%s): " msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:572 #, c-format msgid "Got EOS from element \"%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:581 #, c-format msgid "FOUND TAG : found by element \"%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:584 #, c-format msgid "FOUND TAG : found by pad \"%s:%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:587 #, c-format msgid "FOUND TAG : found by object \"%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:590 msgid "FOUND TAG\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:605 #, c-format msgid "FOUND TOC : found by element \"%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:608 #, c-format msgid "FOUND TOC : found by object \"%s\".\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:611 msgid "FOUND TOC\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:628 #, c-format msgid "" "INFO:\n" "%s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:645 #, c-format msgid "WARNING: from element %s: %s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:680 msgid "Prerolled, waiting for buffering to finish...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:684 msgid "Prerolled, waiting for progress to finish...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:696 msgid "buffering..." msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:707 msgid "Done buffering, setting pipeline to PLAYING ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:715 msgid "Buffering, setting pipeline to PAUSED ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:724 msgid "Redistribute latency...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:735 #, c-format msgid "Setting state to %s as requested by %s...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:751 msgid "Interrupt: Stopping pipeline ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:780 #, c-format msgid "Progress: (%s) %s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:793 #, c-format msgid "Missing element: %s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:807 #, c-format msgid "Got context from element '%s': %s=%s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:894 msgid "Output tags (also known as metadata)" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:896 msgid "Output TOC (chapters and editions)" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:898 msgid "Output status information and property notifications" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:900 msgid "Do not print any progress information" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:902 msgid "Output messages" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:904 msgid "Do not output status information of TYPE" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:904 msgid "TYPE1,TYPE2,..." msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:906 msgid "Do not install a fault handler" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:908 msgid "Force EOS on sources before shutting the pipeline down" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:911 msgid "Gather and print index statistics" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:972 #, c-format msgid "ERROR: pipeline could not be constructed: %s.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:976 msgid "ERROR: pipeline could not be constructed.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:980 #, c-format msgid "WARNING: erroneous pipeline: %s\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1003 msgid "ERROR: the 'pipeline' element wasn't found.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1030 tools/gst-launch.c:1130 msgid "Setting pipeline to PAUSED ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1035 msgid "ERROR: Pipeline doesn't want to pause.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1040 msgid "Pipeline is live and does not need PREROLL ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1044 msgid "Pipeline is PREROLLING ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1047 tools/gst-launch.c:1061 msgid "ERROR: pipeline doesn't want to preroll.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1054 msgid "Pipeline is PREROLLED ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1067 msgid "Setting pipeline to PLAYING ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1074 msgid "ERROR: pipeline doesn't want to play.\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1092 msgid "EOS on shutdown enabled -- Forcing EOS on the pipeline\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1096 msgid "EOS on shutdown enabled -- waiting for EOS after Error\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1099 msgid "Waiting for EOS...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1106 msgid "EOS received - stopping pipeline...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1110 msgid "Interrupt while waiting for EOS - stopping pipeline...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1115 msgid "An error happened while waiting for EOS\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1126 msgid "Execution ended after %" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1142 msgid "Setting pipeline to READY ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1154 msgid "Setting pipeline to NULL ...\n" msgstr "" #: tools/gst-launch.c:1158 msgid "Freeing pipeline ...\n" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/webcredentials_browser_extension.po0000644000000000000000000000142212321561571025715 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for webaccounts-browser-extension # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webaccounts-browser-extension package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webaccounts-browser-extension\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-29 04:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:42+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/ubuntu-release-upgrader.po0000644000000000000000000000606012321561571023635 0ustar # Canadian English translation for update-manager # Copyright (C) 2005 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the update-manager package. # Adam Weinberger , 2005. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sebastian.heinlein@web.de\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 16:36+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeCache.py:649 msgid "This is most likely a transient problem, please try again later." msgstr "This is most likely a transient problem. Please try again later." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:320 #, python-format msgid "" "To make recovery in case of failure easier, an additional sshd will be " "started on port '%s'. If anything goes wrong with the running ssh you can " "still connect to the additional one.\n" msgstr "" "To make recovery in case of failure easier, an additional sshd will be " "started on port '%s'. If anything goes wrong with the running ssh, you can " "still connect to the additional one.\n" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:400 #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:445 msgid "Can not upgrade" msgstr "Cannot upgrade" #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeController.py:498 msgid "" "The upgrade system can use the internet to automatically download the latest " "updates and install them during the upgrade. If you have a network " "connection this is highly recommended.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will take longer, but when it is complete, your system will be " "fully up to date. You can choose not to do this, but you should install the " "latest updates soon after upgrading.\n" "If you answer 'no' here, the network is not used at all." msgstr "" "The upgrade system can use the Internet to automatically download the latest " "updates and install them during the upgrade. If you have a network " "connection, this is highly recommended.\n" "\n" "The upgrade will take longer, but when it is complete, your system will be " "fully up-to-date. You can choose not to do this, but you should install the " "latest updates soon after upgrading.\n" "If you answer 'no' here, the network is not used at all." #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeFetcherCore.py:298 msgid "" "Verifying the upgrade failed. There may be a problem with the network or " "with the server. " msgstr "" "Verifying the upgrade failed. There may be a problem with the network or " "with the server. " #: ../DistUpgrade/DistUpgradeQuirks.py:296 msgid "" "Upgrading may reduce desktop effects, and performance in games and other " "graphically intensive programs." msgstr "" "Upgrading may reduce desktop effects and performance in games and other " "graphically-intensive programs." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/libsecret.po0000644000000000000000000000132612321561571021042 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for libsecret # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the libsecret package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: libsecret\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 14:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-03 15:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-photos.po0000644000000000000000000000133712321561571022511 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-photos # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-photos package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-photos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 15:04+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-03-21 04:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrew DeMarsh \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:43+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/webapps.po0000644000000000000000000000136712321561572020535 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for webapps-applications # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the webapps-applications package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: webapps-applications\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-02-21 11:04-0500\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-18 23:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-lens-friends.po0000644000000000000000000000150512321561572022625 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-lens-friends # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-lens-friends package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-lens-friends\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-18 04:39+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-03 11:36+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. end work around #: ../src/daemon.vala:550 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favourites" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mahjongg.po0000644000000000000000000000332512321561572021765 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-games package. # Copyright (C) 2012 gnome-games COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "games&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:13+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 08:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/mahjongg.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "game;strategy;puzzle;board;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Width of the window in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Height of the window in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.gnome-mahjongg.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "true if the window is fullscren" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:431 msgid "_Background color:" msgstr "_Background colour:" #: ../src/gnome-mahjongg.vala:553 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-mines.po0000644000000000000000000000610612321561572021306 0ustar # Canadian English translation for gnome-games package. # Copyright (C) 2012 gnome-games COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-games package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-games\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-" "games&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:16+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 06:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:46+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #: ../data/gnomine.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "minesweeper;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Display border around numbers" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Set to true to display a border around mine indication numbers." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Set to true to automatically flag squares as mined when enough squares are " "revealed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Width of the window in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Height of the window in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "true if the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.mines.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "true if the window is fullscren" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:118 msgid "_Replay Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:122 msgid "_Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:126 msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:129 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:193 msgid "Hint" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:319 msgid "H_orizontal:" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:360 msgid "_Play Game" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:423 #, c-format msgid "%d mine" msgid_plural "%d mines" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:488 #, c-format msgid "Flags: %u/%u" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:531 msgid "Do you want to start a new game?" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:532 msgid "If you start a new game, your current progress will be lost." msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:787 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:885 msgid "_Warn if too many flags have been placed" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:891 msgid "_Display numbers with border" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:1046 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #: ../src/gnome-mines.vala:1131 #, c-format msgid "%u × %u, %u mine" msgid_plural "%u × %u, %u mines" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-calculator.po0000644000000000000000000000552012321561572022323 0ustar # Canadian English translation for Gcalctool package. # Copyright (C) 2012 Gcalctool'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER # This file is distributed under the same licence as the Gcalctool package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # Tiffany Antopolski , 2012. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Gcalctool\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?" "product=gcalctool&keywords=I18N+L10N&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 18:34+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-19 00:19+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tiffany Antopolski \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: en_CA\n" #. The translator credits. Please translate this with your name (s). #: ../src/gnome-calculator.vala:275 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Adam Weinberger\n" "Tiffany Antopolski\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Shayne White https://launchpad.net/~shayne-s-white\n" " Tiffany Antopolski https://launchpad.net/~mimico-tiffany" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgid "Kilometers" msgstr "Kilometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:46 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "kilometer,kilometers,km,kms" msgstr "kilometre,kilometres,km,kms" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgid "Meters" msgstr "Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:49 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "meter,meters,m" msgstr "metre,metres,m" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgid "Centimeters" msgstr "Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:53 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms" msgstr "centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:54 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "millimeter,millimeters,mm" msgstr "millimetre,millimetres,mm" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgid "Micrometers" msgstr "Micrometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:55 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "micrometer,micrometers,um" msgstr "micrometre,micrometres,um" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgid "Nanometers" msgstr "Nanometres" #: ../src/unit.vala:56 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "nanometer,nanometers,nm" msgstr "nanometre,nanometres,nm" #: ../src/unit.vala:59 msgid "Square Meters" msgstr "Square Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:60 msgid "Square Centimeters" msgstr "Square Centimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:61 msgid "Square Millimeters" msgstr "Square Millimetres" #: ../src/unit.vala:62 msgid "Cubic Meters" msgstr "Cubic Metres" #: ../src/unit.vala:64 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "litre,litres,liter,liters,L" msgstr "litre,litres,1re,1res,L" #: ../src/unit.vala:67 msgctxt "unit-symbols" msgid "millilitre,millilitres,milliliter,milliliters,mL,cm³" msgstr "millilitre,millilitres,milli1re,milli1res,mL,cm³" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-bluetooth.po0000644000000000000000000000137412321561572023051 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-bluetooth # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-bluetooth package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-bluetooth\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-15 23:32+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-22 02:33+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Devyn Collier Johnson \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-scope-home.po0000644000000000000000000000155212321561572022275 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for unity-scope-home # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the unity-scope-home package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: unity-scope-home\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 21:49+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-26 02:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shayne White \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/master-scopes/applications.scope.in.in.h:12 msgid "Local apps;Software center" msgstr "Local apps;Software centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/indicator-keyboard.po0000644000000000000000000000134312321561572022640 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for indicator-keyboard # Copyright (c) 2013 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2013 # This file is distributed under the same license as the indicator-keyboard package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2013. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: indicator-keyboard\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-03 16:26+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-27 15:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:48+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-control-center.po0000644000000000000000000023725212321561572023204 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-control-center. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-control-center package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 14:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "Language: \n" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:1 msgid "Tile" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:3 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:4 msgid "Scale" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:5 msgid "Fill" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:6 msgid "Span" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:7 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:10 msgid "Add wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:11 msgid "Remove wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:12 msgid "Add dots" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:13 msgid "Theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:14 msgid "Launcher icon size" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:15 msgid "Look" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:16 msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:17 msgid "" "The launcher will reveal when moving the pointer to the " "defined hot spot." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:18 msgid "Reveal location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:19 msgid "Left side" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:20 msgid "Top left corner" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:21 msgid "Other reveal option" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:22 msgid "Reveal sensitivity" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:23 msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:24 msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:25 msgid "" "Some settings have been overriden by an external program, press \"Restore " "Default Behaviors\" to reset the behavior and return control to this panel." msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:26 msgid "Enable workspaces" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:27 msgid "Add show desktop icon to the launcher" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:28 msgid "Show the menus for a window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:29 msgid "In the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:30 msgid "In the window's title bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:31 msgid "Restore Behavior Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/appearance.ui.h:32 msgid "Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/bg-colors-source.c:47 msgid "Solid Color" msgstr "Solid Colour" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1092 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:218 msgid "Browse for more pictures" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1096 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1903 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:222 msgid "_Open" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1380 msgid "default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1988 msgid "Pictures Folder" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/cc-appearance-panel.c:1995 msgid "Colors & Gradients" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change the background and the theme" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the appearance control-center panel #: ../panels/appearance/unity-appearance-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "Wallpaper;Background;Screen;Desktop;Theme;Appearance;Launcher;Unity;Menus;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:12 msgid "Send Files…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:13 msgid "Browse Files…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/bluetooth.ui.h:16 msgid "_Show Bluetooth status in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/bluetooth/cc-bluetooth-panel.c:606 #, c-format msgid "Visibility of “%s”" msgstr "Visibility of '%s'" #. TRANSLATORS: this is where the user can click and import a profile #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:107 msgid "Other profile…" msgstr "Other profile..." #. TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the #. * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:127 msgid "Colorspace: " msgstr "Colourspace: " #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1003 msgid "Create a color profile for the selected device" msgstr "Create a colour profile for the selected device" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is insensitive #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1017 ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1041 msgid "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check it is turned on and " "correctly connected." msgstr "" "The measuring instrument is not detected. Please check that it is powered on " "and correctly connected." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1596 msgctxt "Colorspace fallback" msgid "Default Gray" msgstr "Default Grey" #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1717 msgid "This device is not color managed." msgstr "This device is not colour managed." #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:1769 msgid "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color " "correction." msgstr "" "This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour " "correction." #. add the 'No devices detected' entry #: ../panels/color/cc-color-panel.c:2015 msgid "No devices supporting color management detected" msgstr "No devices supporting colour management detected" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:3 #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Color" msgstr "Device Colour Profiles" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:4 msgid "Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed." msgstr "Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed." #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:6 msgid "Learn more about color management" msgstr "Learn more about colour management" #: ../panels/color/color.ui.h:14 #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Calibrate…" msgstr "Calibrate..." #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Color management settings" msgstr "Colour management settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the color control-center panel #: ../panels/color/unity-color-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" msgstr "Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Add a Location…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Remove This Location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Sort by _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Sort by _Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Manually" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Automatically from the Internet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Set the time:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Date:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Tim_e:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "_Show a clock in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "In the clock, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Weekday" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "_Date and month" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Year" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "_12-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_24-hour time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "Seco_nds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "In the clock’s menu, show:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "_Monthly calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:23 msgid "Include week num_bers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:24 msgid "Coming _events from Evolution Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:25 msgid "Time in _auto-detected location" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:26 msgid "Time in _other locations" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:27 msgid "Choose _Locations…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-dialog.ui.h:28 msgid "_Clock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:639 msgid "You need to choose a location to change the time zone." msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:671 msgid "Unlock to change these settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs.c:672 msgid "Lock to prevent further changes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:388 msgid "You need to complete this location for it to appear in the menu." msgstr "" #. Translators: Location of the printer (e.g. Lab, 1st floor,...). #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:626 #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:6 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing times of creation of print jobs #: ../panels/datetime/datetime-prefs-locations.c:642 #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:304 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Time & Date" msgstr "" #: ../panels/datetime/unity-datetime-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your clock and date settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2954 msgid "Display with largest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/cc-display-panel.c:2958 msgid "Display with smallest controls" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:7 msgid "General options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:10 msgid "Scale for menu and title bars:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:11 msgid "User interface scale factor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/display-capplet.ui.h:12 msgid "Scale all window _contents to match:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/display/unity-display-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Displays" msgstr "Screen Display" #. sure that you use the same "translation" for those keywords #: ../panels/info/unity-info-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "" "device;system;information;memory;processor;version;default;application;" "preferred;cd;dvd;usb;audio;video;disc;removable;media;autorun;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:9 msgid "Calculating…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/info/info.ui.h:24 msgid "_Other Media…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:315 msgid "Alternative Characters Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/cc-keyboard-option.c:320 msgid "Compose Key" msgstr "" #: ../panels/keyboard/gnome-keyboard-panel.ui.h:18 #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Text Entry" msgstr "" #. Translators: This switch reverses the scrolling direction for touchpads. The term used comes from OS X so use the same translation if possible. #: ../panels/mouse/gnome-mouse-properties.ui.h:19 msgid "_Natural scrolling" msgstr "" #: ../panels/network/network-proxy.ui.h:3 ../panels/network/network.ui.h:7 msgctxt "proxy method" msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status #. TRANSLATORS: VPN status #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:239 ../panels/network/panel-common.c:281 msgid "Status unknown (missing)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:301 msgid "Configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:305 msgid "IP configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:309 msgid "IP configuration expired" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:313 msgid "Secrets were required, but not provided" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:317 msgid "802.1x supplicant disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:321 msgid "802.1x supplicant configuration failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:325 msgid "802.1x supplicant failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:329 msgid "802.1x supplicant took too long to authenticate" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:333 msgid "PPP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:337 msgid "PPP service disconnected" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:341 msgid "PPP failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:345 msgid "DHCP client failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:349 msgid "DHCP client error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:353 msgid "DHCP client failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:357 msgid "Shared connection service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:361 msgid "Shared connection service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:365 msgid "AutoIP service failed to start" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:369 msgid "AutoIP service error" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:373 msgid "AutoIP service failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:377 msgid "Line busy" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:381 msgid "No dial tone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:385 msgid "No carrier could be established" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:389 msgid "Dialing request timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:393 msgid "Dialing attempt failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:397 msgid "Modem initialization failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:401 msgid "Failed to select the specified APN" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:405 msgid "Not searching for networks" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:409 msgid "Network registration denied" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:413 msgid "Network registration timed out" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:417 msgid "Failed to register with the requested network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:421 msgid "PIN check failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:425 msgid "Firmware for the device may be missing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:429 msgid "Connection disappeared" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:433 msgid "Carrier/link changed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:437 msgid "Existing connection was assumed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:441 msgid "Modem not found" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:445 msgid "Bluetooth connection failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:449 msgid "SIM Card not inserted" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:453 msgid "SIM Pin required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:457 msgid "SIM Puk required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:461 msgid "SIM wrong" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:465 msgid "InfiniBand device does not support connected mode" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device status reason #: ../panels/network/panel-common.c:469 msgid "Connection dependency failed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:166 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:172 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:184 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:192 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:193 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:194 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Charging - %s until fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Caution low battery, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Using battery power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:270 msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:275 msgid "Using battery power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:279 msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:283 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Caution low UPS, %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %1 is a time string, e.g. "1 hour 5 minutes" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:357 #, c-format msgid "Using UPS power - %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:375 msgid "Caution low UPS" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:380 msgid "Using UPS power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:432 msgid "Your secondary battery is fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery is normally in the media bay #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:436 msgid "Your secondary battery is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:519 msgid "Wireless mouse" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:523 msgid "Wireless keyboard" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:527 msgid "Uninterruptible power supply" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:531 msgid "Personal digital assistant" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:535 msgid "Cellphone" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:539 msgid "Media player" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:543 msgid "Tablet" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:547 msgid "Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery, misc #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:551 msgid "Battery" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:562 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:569 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Caution" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:574 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: secondary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:579 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:584 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Charging - fully charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: primary battery #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:588 msgctxt "Battery power" msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/cc-power-panel.c:1091 msgid "" "Tip: screen brightness affects how much power is used" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Power management settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the power control-center panel #: ../panels/power/unity-power-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Power;Sleep;Suspend;Hibernate;Battery;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:1 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:2 msgid "Power off" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:3 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:6 msgid "5 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:4 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:5 msgid "20 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:6 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:8 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:7 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:9 msgid "1 hour" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:8 msgid "2 hours" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:9 msgid "Don't suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:10 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:12 msgid "When battery is present" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:13 msgid "When battery is charging/in use" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:14 ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:10 msgid "Never" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:15 msgid "On battery power" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:16 msgid "When plugged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:17 msgid "Suspend when inactive for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:18 msgid "When power is _critically low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:19 msgid "When the lid is closed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/power/power.ui.h:20 msgid "Show battery status in the _menu bar" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:592 msgid "Low on toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:594 msgid "Out of toner" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:597 msgid "Low on developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Developer" is a chemical for photo development, #. * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Photographic_developer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:600 msgid "Out of developer" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:602 msgid "Low on a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:604 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:606 msgid "Open cover" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:608 msgid "Open door" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:610 msgid "Low on paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:612 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:614 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Offline" msgstr "" #. Translators: Someone has paused the Printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:616 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Paused" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is almost full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:618 msgid "Waste receptacle almost full" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer marker supply waste receptacle is full #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:620 msgid "Waste receptacle full" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:622 msgid "The optical photo conductor is near end of life" msgstr "" #. Translators: Optical photo conductors are used in laser printers #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:624 msgid "The optical photo conductor is no longer functioning" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being configured right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:727 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Configuring" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (can start new job without waiting) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:784 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Ready" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (jobs are processing) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:788 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (no jobs can be processed) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:792 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Toner supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:909 msgid "Toner Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Ink supply #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:912 msgid "Ink Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:915 msgid "Supply Level" msgstr "" #. Translators: Printer's state (printer is being installed right now) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:933 msgctxt "printer state" msgid "Installing" msgstr "" #. Translators: There are no printers available (none is configured or CUPS is not running) #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1110 msgid "No printers available" msgstr "" #. Translators: there is n active print jobs on this printer #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1414 #, c-format msgid "%u active" msgid_plural "%u active" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. Translators: Addition of the new printer failed. #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1734 msgid "Failed to add new printer." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1899 msgid "Select PPD File" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:1908 msgid "" "PostScript Printer Description files (*.ppd, *.PPD, *.ppd.gz, *.PPD.gz, *." "PPD.GZ)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2213 msgid "No suitable driver found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2282 msgid "Searching for preferred drivers..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2297 msgid "Select from database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2306 msgid "Provide PPD File..." msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of job which makes printer to print test page #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2457 #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2480 msgid "Test page" msgstr "" #. Translators: The XML file containing user interface can not be loaded #: ../panels/printers/cc-printers-panel.c:2883 #, c-format msgid "Could not load ui: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change printer settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the printing control-center panel #: ../panels/printers/unity-printers-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Printer;Queue;Print;Paper;Ink;Toner;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Close" msgstr "" #. Translators: This tab contains list of active print jobs of the selected printer #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Active Jobs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Resume Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Pause Printing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/jobs-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Cancel Print Job" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:1102 msgid "_Add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Add a New Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/new-printer-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Search for network printers or filter result" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/options-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Loading options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:1101 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Loading drivers database..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/ppd-selection-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Select Printer Driver" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:65 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:69 msgid "One Sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:67 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Long Edge (Standard)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Two Sided" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:69 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Short Edge (Flip)" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:71 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:73 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:75 msgid "Reverse landscape" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Orientation" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ipp-option-widget.c:77 msgid "Reverse portrait" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is waiting to be printed) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:143 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Pending" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is held for printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:147 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Held" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job is currently printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:151 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Processing" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been stopped) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:155 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:159 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Canceled" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has aborted due to error) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:163 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. Translators: Job's state (job has completed successfully) #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:167 msgctxt "print job" msgid "Completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing titles of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:289 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing statuses of print jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:298 msgid "Job State" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-jobs-dialog.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s Active Jobs" msgstr "" #. Translators: No printers were found #: ../panels/printers/pp-new-printer-dialog.c:1291 msgid "No printers detected." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:82 msgid "Two Sided" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:83 msgid "Paper Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:84 msgid "Paper Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:85 msgid "Output Tray" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:86 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:87 msgid "GhostScript pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets number of pages printed on one sheet #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:533 msgid "Pages per side" msgstr "" #. Translators: This option sets whether to print on both sides of paper #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:545 msgid "Two-sided" msgstr "" #. Translators: "General" tab contains general printer options #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:654 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "General" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Page Setup" tab contains settings related to pages (page size, paper source, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:657 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Installable Options" tab contains settings of presence of installed options (amount of RAM, duplex unit, etc.) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:660 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Installable Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Job" tab contains settings for jobs #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:663 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Job" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Image Quality" tab contains settings for quality of output print (e.g. resolution) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:666 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Image Quality" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #. Translators: "Finishing" tab contains finishing settings (e.g. booklet printing) #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:672 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Finishing" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Advanced" tab contains all others settings #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:675 msgctxt "Printer Option Group" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #. Translators: Options of given printer (e.g. "MyPrinter Options") #: ../panels/printers/pp-options-dialog.c:936 #, c-format msgid "%s Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:75 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:77 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:85 msgid "Auto Select" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "Paper Source" #. Translators: this is an option of "Resolution" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:79 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:81 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:83 #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:87 msgid "Printer Default" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:89 msgid "Embed GhostScript fonts only" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:91 msgid "Convert to PS level 1" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:93 msgid "Convert to PS level 2" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is an option of "GhostScript" #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-option-widget.c:95 msgid "No pre-filtering" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer manufacturers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:230 msgid "Manufacturers" msgstr "" #. Translators: Name of column showing printer drivers #: ../panels/printers/pp-ppd-selection-dialog.c:242 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:1 msgid "Add Printer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:2 msgid "Remove Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: By supply we mean ink, toner, staples, water, ... #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:4 msgid "Supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: This checkbox is checked when the default printer is selected. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:8 msgid "_Default" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:9 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "" #. Tanslators: Opens a dialog containing printer's jobs #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:11 msgid "_Show" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:12 msgid "Model" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:15 msgid "label" msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:17 msgid "Setting new driver..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:18 msgid "page 3" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button executes command which prints test page. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:20 msgid "Print _Test Page" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button opens printer's options tab #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:22 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This button adds new printer. #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:24 msgid "Add New Printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The CUPS server is not running (we can not connect to it). #: ../panels/printers/printers.ui.h:26 msgid "" "Sorry! The system printing service\n" "doesn't seem to be available." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change your keyboard or input method settings" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the region control-center panel #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Language;Layout;Keyboard;Input Method;Text Entry;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:1 msgid "Region and Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "Input sources to use:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Switch to next source using:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Switch to previous source using:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:5 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:29 msgid "Use the same source for all windows" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:6 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:30 msgid "Allow different sources for each window" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "New windows use the default source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "New windows use the current source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:9 msgid "Show input candidates:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:10 msgid "Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:12 msgid "Using custom font:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:13 msgid "Show current input source in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/unity-region-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Keyboard Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:143 msgid "Imperial" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-formats.c:145 msgid "Metric" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-input-chooser.ui.h:1 msgid "Choose an input source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-input-chooser.ui.h:2 msgid "Select an input source to add" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:520 msgid "Copy Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel-system.c:523 #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:40 msgid "Copy Settings..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:2 msgid "Select a display language (change will be applied next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:3 msgid "Add Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:4 msgid "Install languages..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:5 msgid "Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:6 msgid "Select a region (change will be applied the next time you log in)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove Region" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:9 msgid "Dates" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:10 msgid "Times" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:11 msgid "Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:12 msgid "Currency" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:13 msgid "Measurement" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:14 msgid "Examples" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:15 msgid "Formats" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:16 msgid "Select keyboards or other input sources" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:17 msgid "Add Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:18 msgid "Remove Input Source" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:19 msgid "Move Input Source Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:20 msgid "Move Input Source Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:21 msgid "Input Source Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:22 msgid "Show Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:24 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:26 msgid "Ctrl+Alt+Shift+Space" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:27 msgid "Shortcut Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:32 msgid "Input Sources" msgstr "" #. 'display' means 'output' here, as in 'translated messages that are displayed to the user' #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:35 msgid "Display language:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:36 msgid "Input source:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:37 msgid "Format:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:38 msgid "Your settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gnome-region-panel.ui.h:39 msgid "System settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/region/gtkentryaccel.c:180 msgid "New accelerator…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Brightness & Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Screen brightness and lock settings" msgstr "Screen brightness and Lock settings" #. Translators: those are keywords for the brightness and lock control-center panel #: ../panels/screen/unity-screen-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Brightness;Lock;Dim;Blank;Monitor;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:2 msgid "30 seconds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:3 msgid "1 minute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:4 msgid "2 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:5 msgid "3 minutes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:12 msgid "Brightness" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:15 msgid "Require my password when waking from suspend" msgstr "" #. To translators: This asks whether you want to lock the screen (through the screensaver) when you're detected to be physically in your home (your house, etc.) #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:17 msgid "Don't lock when at home" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:18 msgid "Locations..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:19 msgid "Show _notifications when locked" msgstr "" #: ../panels/screen/screen.ui.h:20 msgid "Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:111 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:112 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:115 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Rear" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:116 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Front" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:119 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Minimum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:120 msgctxt "balance" msgid "Maximum" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:295 msgid "_Balance:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:298 msgid "_Fade:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-balance-bar.c:301 msgid "_Subwoofer:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:614 ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:623 msgctxt "volume" msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:618 msgctxt "volume" msgid "Unamplified" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-channel-bar.c:924 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1811 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-combo-box.c:167 msgid "_Profile:" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1841 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-control.c:1851 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:349 msgid "Peak detect" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:732 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:859 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1890 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2018 msgid "Settings for the selected device" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:786 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Settings for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:812 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:967 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1624 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:595 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1726 #, c-format msgid "Speaker Testing for %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1730 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:923 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1752 msgid "Allow louder than 100% (may distort sound)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This label is used in a checkbox close to volume #. * slider. Please keep it brief. #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1754 #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1826 msgid "Allow louder than 100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1807 msgid "_Output volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1860 msgid "Output" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1865 msgid "Play sound through" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1989 msgid "Input" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:1993 msgid "Record sound from" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2036 msgid "_Input volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2069 msgid "Input level:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2090 msgid "Sound Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2097 msgid "_Alert volume:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2110 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2114 msgid "No application is currently playing or recording audio." msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-mixer-dialog.c:2119 msgid "Show sound volume in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:189 msgid "Built-in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:586 msgid "From theme" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-sound-theme-chooser.c:770 msgid "C_hoose an alert sound:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:220 msgid "Stop" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/gvc-speaker-test.c:228 msgid "Subwoofer" msgstr "" #: ../panels/sound/data/unity-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Change sound volume and sound events" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the sound control-center panel #: ../panels/sound/data/unity-sound-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Card;Microphone;Volume;Fade;Balance;Bluetooth;Headset;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:303 #: ../panels/universal-access/cc-ua-panel.c:309 msgid "No shortcut set" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/unity-universal-access-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Universal Access Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:1 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Low" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:2 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:3 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:4 msgctxt "universal access, contrast" msgid "High/Inverse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:6 msgid "GOK" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:7 msgid "OnBoard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:10 #, no-c-format msgid "75%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:11 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Small" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:13 #, no-c-format msgid "100%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:14 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Normal" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:16 #, no-c-format msgid "125%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:17 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Large" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:19 #, no-c-format msgid "150%" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:20 msgctxt "universal access, text size" msgid "Larger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:21 msgid "High Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:22 msgid "Beep on Caps and Num Lock" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:23 msgid "Options..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:25 msgid "Turn on or off:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:26 msgctxt "universal access, zoom" msgid "Zoom" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:27 msgid "Zoom in:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:28 msgid "Zoom out:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:29 msgid "Large Text" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:30 msgid "Seeing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:31 msgid "Visual Alerts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:32 msgid "Use a visual indication when an alert sound occurs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:33 msgid "Flash the window title" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:35 msgid "Closed Captioning" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:36 msgid "Display a textual description of speech and sounds" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:37 msgid "_Test flash" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:39 msgid "Hearing" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:40 msgid "On Screen Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:42 msgid "Treats a sequence of modifier keys as a key combination" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:43 msgid "_Disable if two keys are pressed together" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:44 msgid "Beep when a _modifer key is pressed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:46 msgid "Puts a delay between when a key is pressed and when it is accepted" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:47 msgid "A_cceptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:50 msgid "Slow keys typing delay" msgstr "" #. This string is part of a line of checkboxes: Beep when a key is [ ] pressed [ ] accepted [ ] rejected #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:54 msgid "Beep when a key is" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:56 msgid "pressed" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:58 msgid "accepted" msgstr "" #. This completes the sentence "Beep when a key is" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:60 msgid "rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:62 msgid "Ignores fast duplicate keypresses" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:63 msgid "Acc_eptance delay:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:64 msgid "Bounce keys typing delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:65 msgid "Beep when a key is _rejected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:66 msgid "Enable by Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:67 msgid "Turn accessibility features on and off using the keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:70 msgid "Control the pointer using the keypad" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:71 msgid "Video Mouse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:72 msgid "Control the pointer using the video camera." msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:74 msgid "Trigger a secondary click by holding down the primary button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:75 msgid "Secondary click delay" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:76 msgid "Hover Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:77 msgid "Trigger a click when the pointer hovers" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:79 msgid "Motion _threshold:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:84 msgid "Mouse Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/uap.ui.h:85 msgid "Pointing and Clicking" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:357 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:358 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¼ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:359 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "½ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:360 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "¾ Screen" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.c:361 msgctxt "Distance" msgid "Long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Top Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Bottom Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:4 msgid "Left Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:5 msgid "Right Half" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Zoom Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Magnification:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:12 msgid "Keep magnifier cursor centered" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Magnifier cursor pushes contents around" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Magnifier cursor moves with contents" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:15 msgid "Magnifier Position:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:16 msgid "Magnifier" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:17 msgid "Thickness:" msgstr "" #. short delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:19 msgid "Thin" msgstr "" #. long delay #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:21 msgid "Thick" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:22 msgid "Length:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:23 msgid "Color:" msgstr "Colour:" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:24 msgid "Crosshairs:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Overlaps mouse cursor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:26 msgid "Crosshairs" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:27 msgid "White on black:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Brightness:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Contrast:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:30 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Color" msgstr "Colour" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:31 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:32 msgctxt "Zoom Grayscale" msgid "Full" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:37 msgid "Color Effects:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/universal-access/zoom-options.ui.h:38 msgid "Color Effects" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:35 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Standard" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-type.c:37 msgctxt "Account type" msgid "Administrator" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Local Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Enterprise Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Username" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Account _Type" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_Domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Login Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "_Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Tip: Enterprise domain or realm name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "C_ontinue" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Domain Administrator Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "" "In order to use enterprise logins, this computer needs to be\n" "enrolled in the domain. Please have your network administrator\n" "type their domain password here." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Administrator _Name" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "Administrator Password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:10 msgid "_Right index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:11 msgid "_Left index finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/account-fingerprint.ui.h:12 msgid "_Other finger:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "User Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Add or remove users" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the user accounts control-center panel #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/unity-user-accounts-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Login;Name;Fingerprint;Avatar;Logo;Face;Password;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Login History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Previous Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Next Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/history-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Next week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Set a password now" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Choose password at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Log in without a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Enable this account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hint" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "C_onfirm password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "_New password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Current _password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Changing password for" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "_Show password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "How to choose a strong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/password-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Ch_ange" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Changing photo for:" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Take a photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/photo-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Photograph" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Add User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "Remove User Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "A_utomatic Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Fingerprint Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "User Icon" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "_Language" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Last Login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "History" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/data/user-accounts-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "_Show my login name in the menu bar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/com.canonical.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:1 msgid "Manage user accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/com.canonical.controlcenter.user-accounts.policy.in.h:2 msgid "Authentication is required to change user data" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:94 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:668 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:99 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Not good enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:108 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:669 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Weak" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:111 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:670 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:114 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:671 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/pw-utils.c:117 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:672 msgctxt "Password strength" msgid "Strong" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:424 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:504 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too short" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:510 #, c-format msgid "The new password is too simple" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:516 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are too similar" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:519 #, c-format msgid "The new password has already been used recently." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:522 #, c-format msgid "The new password must contain numeric or special characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:526 #, c-format msgid "The old and new passwords are the same" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:530 #, c-format msgid "Your password has been changed since you initially authenticated!" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:534 #, c-format msgid "The new password does not contain enough different characters" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/run-passwd.c:538 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:194 msgid "Failed to add account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:426 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:467 msgid "Failed to register account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:600 msgid "No supported way to authenticate with this domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:654 msgid "Failed to join domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-account-dialog.c:722 msgid "Failed to log into domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:143 msgid "An internal error occurred." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:219 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:220 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:741 msgid "Selecting finger" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:742 msgid "Enrolling fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-fingerprint-dialog.c:743 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:88 msgid "This Week" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:91 msgid "Last Week" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", #. shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:97 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:101 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", #. shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:106 msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a week label on a login history. #. The first %s is the first day of a week, and the second %s the last day. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:111 #, c-format msgctxt "login history week label" msgid "%s - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a time format string in the style of "22:58". #. It indicates a login time which follows a date. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:195 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:624 msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%k:%M" msgstr "" #. Translators: This indicates a login date-time. #. The first %s is a date, and the second %s a time. #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:198 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:628 #, c-format msgctxt "login date-time" msgid "%s, %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:259 msgid "Session Ended" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-history-dialog.c:265 msgid "Session Started" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:131 msgid "_Generate a password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:185 msgid "Please choose another password." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:194 msgid "Please type your current password again." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:200 msgid "Password could not be changed" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:310 msgid "You need to enter a new password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:313 msgid "The new password is not strong enough" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:319 msgid "You need to confirm the password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:322 msgid "The passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:328 msgid "You need to enter your current password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:331 msgid "The current password is not correct" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:398 msgid "Passwords do not match" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-password-dialog.c:468 msgid "Wrong password" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:443 msgid "Disable image" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:461 msgid "Take a photo…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:479 msgid "Browse for more pictures…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-photo-dialog.c:703 #, c-format msgid "Used by %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "No such domain or realm found" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:808 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:822 #, c-format msgid "Cannot log in as %s at the %s domain" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:814 msgid "Invalid password, please try again" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-realm-manager.c:827 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't connect to the %s domain: %s" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:188 msgid "Other Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:410 msgid "Failed to delete user" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:475 msgid "You cannot delete your own account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:484 #, c-format msgid "%s is still logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:488 msgid "" "Deleting a user while they are logged in can leave the system in an " "inconsistent state." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:497 #, c-format msgid "Do you want to keep %s's files?" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:501 msgid "" "It is possible to keep the home directory, mail spool and temporary files " "around when deleting a user account." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:504 msgid "_Delete Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:505 msgid "_Keep Files" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:557 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "Account disabled" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:565 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "To be set at next login" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:568 msgctxt "Password mode" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:617 msgid "Logged in" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1007 msgid "Failed to contact the accounts service" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1009 msgid "Please make sure that the AccountService is installed and enabled." msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1050 msgid "" "To make changes,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1088 msgid "Create a user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1099 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1418 msgid "" "To create a user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1109 msgid "Delete the selected user account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1121 #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1423 msgid "" "To delete the selected user account,\n" "click the * icon first" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-user-panel.c:1323 msgid "My Account" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:535 #, c-format msgid "A user with the username '%s' already exists" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:539 #, c-format msgid "The username is too long" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:542 msgid "The username cannot start with a '-'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:545 msgid "" "The username must only consist of:\n" " ➣ letters from the English alphabet\n" " ➣ digits\n" " ➣ any of the characters '.', '-' and '_'" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:815 msgid "Today" msgstr "" #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:818 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:823 msgid "%b %e" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013". #: ../panels/user-accounts/um-utils.c:827 msgid "%b %e, %Y" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:1 msgid "Map Buttons" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/button-mapping.ui.h:2 msgid "Map buttons to functions" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/calibrator/gui_gtk.c:368 msgid "Mis-click detected, restarting..." msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:275 msgid "Output:" msgstr "" #. Keep ratio switch #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:287 msgid "Keep aspect ratio (letterbox):" msgstr "" #. Whole-desktop checkbox #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-mapping-panel.c:298 msgid "Map to single monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-nav-button.c:89 #, c-format msgid "%d of %d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:118 ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:384 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:119 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Send Keystroke" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:120 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:121 msgctxt "Wacom action-type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:621 msgctxt "Wacom tablet button" msgid "Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:662 msgid "Switch Modes" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:752 #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-stylus-page.c:373 msgid "Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/cc-wacom-page.c:920 msgid "Display Mapping" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:1 #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Wacom Tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Set button mappings and adjust stylus sensitivity for graphics tablets" msgstr "" #. Translators: those are keywords for the wacom tablet control-center panel #: ../panels/wacom/unity-wacom-panel.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Tablet;Wacom;Stylus;Eraser;Mouse;" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:1 msgid "Tablet (absolute)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Touchpad (relative)" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:3 msgid "Tablet Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:4 msgid "No tablet detected" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Bluetooth Settings" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Map to Monitor…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:9 msgid "Map Buttons…" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:11 msgid "Adjust display resolution" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:12 msgid "Tracking Mode" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gnome-wacom-properties.ui.h:13 msgid "Left-Handed Orientation" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1076 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1086 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1105 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1156 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1166 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1220 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1222 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1225 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1336 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1342 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1345 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:1 msgid "No Action" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:2 msgid "Left Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:3 msgid "Middle Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:4 msgid "Right Mouse Button Click" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:5 msgid "Scroll Up" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:6 msgid "Scroll Down" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:7 msgid "Scroll Left" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:8 msgid "Scroll Right" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:9 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:10 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:11 msgid "Stylus" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:12 msgid "Eraser Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Soft" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:14 msgid "Firm" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Top Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:16 msgid "Lower Button" msgstr "" #: ../panels/wacom/wacom-stylus-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Tip Pressure Feel" msgstr "" #: ../shell/cc-shell-nav-bar.c:117 msgid "_All Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:59 msgid "Enable verbose mode" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:60 msgid "Show the overview" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:61 msgid "Search for the string" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:65 msgid "Panel to display" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:65 msgid "[PANEL] [ARGUMENT…]" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:87 msgid "- System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "%s\n" "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options.\n" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:275 msgid "Contents" msgstr "" #: ../shell/control-center.c:278 ../shell/control-center.c:294 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unity-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../shell/shell.ui.h:1 msgid "System Settings" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unity-control-center.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Preferences;Settings;" msgstr "" #: ../shell/unitycc.directory.in.h:1 msgid "Control Center" msgstr "Control Centre" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/cheese.po0000644000000000000000000002514612321561572020331 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for cheese # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the cheese package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cheese\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-18 14:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:50+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:1 msgid "Photo mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:2 msgid "Video mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:3 msgid "Photo burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:4 ../src/cheese-window.vala:1311 msgid "Take a photo using a webcam" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:5 ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:283 #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1310 msgid "_Take a Photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:6 msgid "Navigate to the previous page of effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:7 msgid "Effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:9 msgid "Navigate to the next page of effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:10 msgid "Leave fullscreen mode and go back to windowed mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-main-window.ui.h:11 msgid "_Leave Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:2 msgid "Device" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:3 msgid "Photo resolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:4 msgid "Video resolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:5 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:6 msgid "Brightness" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:8 msgid "Hue" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:9 msgid "Contrast" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:10 msgid "Image" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:11 msgid "Shutter" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:12 msgid "_Countdown" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:13 msgid "Fire _flash" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:14 msgid "Burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:15 msgid "Number of photos" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:16 msgid "Delay between photos (seconds)" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese-prefs.ui.h:17 msgid "Capture" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Cheese Webcam Booth" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese.desktop.in.in.h:3 ../src/cheese-application.vala:608 msgid "Take photos and videos with your webcam, with fun graphical effects" msgstr "" #: ../data/cheese.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "photo;video;webcam;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Set to true to show a countdown before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Countdown length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The duration of the countdown before taking a photo, in seconds" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Fire flash before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "Set to true to fire a flash before taking a photo" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "Camera device string indicator" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "" "The path to the device node which points to the camera, for example /dev/" "video0" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Last selected effect" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "Name of the installed effect that was selected last" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Photo width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the image captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Photo height" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "The height of the image captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Video width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "The width of the video captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Video height" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "The height of the video captured from the camera, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Image brightness" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "Adjusts the brightness of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Image contrast" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "Adjusts the contrast of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "Image saturation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "Adjusts the saturation of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Image hue" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the image coming from the camera" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Video path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "" "Defines the path where the videos are stored. If empty, \"XDG_VIDEO/Webcam\" " "will be used." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Photo path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "" "Defines the path where the photos are stored. If empty, \"XDG_PHOTO/Webcam\" " "will be used." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Time between photos in burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "" "The length of time, in milliseconds, to delay between taking each photo in a " "burst sequence of photos. If the burst delay is less than the countdown " "duration, the countdown duration will be used instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:33 msgid "Number of photos in burst mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.Cheese.gschema.xml.h:34 msgid "The number of photos to take in a single burst." msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:140 ../src/cheese-window.vala:666 msgid "Shutter sound" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:262 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:265 msgid "Take a Photo" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-avatar-chooser.c:296 msgid "_Discard photo" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera.c:446 ../libcheese/cheese-camera.c:1622 msgid "One or more needed GStreamer elements are missing: " msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera.c:1581 #, c-format msgid "No device found" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a time format, like "09:05:02" for 9 #. * hours, 5 minutes, and 2 seconds. You may change ":" to #. * the separator that your locale uses or use "%Id" instead #. * of "%d" if your locale uses localized digits. #. #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera.c:1857 #, c-format msgctxt "time format" msgid "%02i:%02i:%02i" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:562 msgid "Device capabilities not supported" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Failed to initialize device %s for capability probing" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:780 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #: ../libcheese/cheese-camera-device.c:803 msgid "Cancellable initialization not supported" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:55 msgid "Start in wide mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:58 msgid "Device to use as a camera" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:58 msgid "DEVICE" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:60 msgid "Output version information and exit" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:62 msgid "Start in fullscreen mode" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:121 msgid "_Shoot" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:125 msgid "Mode:" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:128 msgid "_Burst" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:131 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:139 msgid "P_references" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:145 msgid "_About" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:146 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:230 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-application.vala:614 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Nick Ellery https://launchpad.net/~nick.ellery" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:192 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:217 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to permanently delete the file?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to permanently delete %d files?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:223 msgid "If you delete an item, it will be permanently lost" msgid_plural "If you delete the items, they will be permanently lost" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:296 #, c-format msgid "Could not move %s to trash" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:776 msgid "Stop _Recording" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:777 msgid "Stop recording" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:792 ../src/cheese-window.vala:1315 msgid "_Record a Video" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:793 msgid "Record a video" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Set the effects action to be inactive. #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:828 msgid "Stop _Taking Pictures" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:829 msgid "Stop taking pictures" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:852 msgid "Take Multiple Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:853 msgid "Take multiple photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1037 msgid "No effects found" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1156 msgid "There was an error playing video from the webcam" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1174 msgid "Open" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1177 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1183 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1316 msgid "Record a video using a webcam" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1322 msgid "Take _Multiple Photos" msgstr "" #: ../src/cheese-window.vala:1323 msgid "Take multiple photos using a webcam" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/unity-settings-daemon.po0000644000000000000000000016665312321561572023355 0ustar # English/Canada translation of gnome-control-center. # Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Adam Weinberger and the GNOME Foundation # This file is distributed under the same licence as the gnome-control-center package. # Adam Weinberger , 2004, 2005, 2006. # # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-07 15:27+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-08 23:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Canadian English \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:51+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../data/unity-settings-daemon.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Unity Settings Daemon" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:52 msgid "Enable debugging code" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:53 msgid "Replace existing daemon" msgstr "" #: ../gnome-settings-daemon/main.c:54 msgid "Exit after a time (for debugging)" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/a11y-keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility keyboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:400 msgid "Slow Keys Turned On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:401 msgid "Slow Keys Turned Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:412 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:480 #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:940 msgid "Universal Access" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:418 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:486 msgid "Turn Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:418 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:486 msgid "Turn On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:424 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:492 msgid "Leave On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:424 #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:492 msgid "Leave Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:465 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-keyboard/gsd-a11y-keyboard-manager.c:466 msgid "Sticky Keys Turned Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Accessibility settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/a11y-settings/a11y-settings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Accessibility settings plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/unity-fallback-mount-helper.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mount Helper" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/unity-fallback-mount-helper.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Automount and autorun plugged devices" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-automount-manager.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Unable to mount %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-automount-manager.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open a folder for %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:340 msgid "Ask what to do" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:346 msgid "Do Nothing" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:352 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:495 #, c-format msgid "Unable to eject %p" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:497 #, c-format msgid "Unable to unmount %p" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:702 msgid "You have just inserted an Audio CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:704 msgid "You have just inserted an Audio DVD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:706 msgid "You have just inserted a Video DVD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:708 msgid "You have just inserted a Video CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:710 msgid "You have just inserted a Super Video CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:712 msgid "You have just inserted a blank CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:714 msgid "You have just inserted a blank DVD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:716 msgid "You have just inserted a blank Blu-Ray disc." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:718 msgid "You have just inserted a blank HD DVD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:720 msgid "You have just inserted a Photo CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:722 msgid "You have just inserted a Picture CD." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:724 msgid "You have just inserted a medium with digital photos." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:726 msgid "You have just inserted a digital audio player." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:728 msgid "" "You have just inserted a medium with software intended to be automatically " "started." msgstr "" #. fallback to generic greeting #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:731 msgid "You have just inserted a medium." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:733 msgid "Choose what application to launch." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:742 #, c-format msgid "" "Select how to open \"%s\" and whether to perform this action in the future " "for other media of type \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:769 msgid "_Always perform this action" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:785 msgid "_Eject" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/automount/gsd-autorun.c:790 msgid "_Unmount" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/background/background.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/background/background.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Background plugin" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/clipboard/clipboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Clipboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1666 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/color.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Color plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1671 msgid "Recalibrate now" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the device has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1714 msgid "Recalibration required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the display has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1726 #, c-format msgid "The display '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the printer has not been recalibrated in a while #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:1735 #, c-format msgid "The printer '%s' should be recalibrated soon." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the application name #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2059 #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2075 msgid "GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2061 msgid "Color calibration device added" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description #: ../plugins/color/gsd-color-manager.c:2077 msgid "Color calibration device removed" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/cursor/cursor.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/cursor/cursor.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Show/hide cursor on tablet devices" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/dummy/dummy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Dummy plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:588 #, c-format msgid "Low Disk Space on \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:590 #, c-format msgid "" "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some " "space by emptying the trash." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:594 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:81 #, c-format msgid "The volume \"%s\" has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "" #. Set up all the window stuff here #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:599 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:205 msgid "Low Disk Space" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:601 #, c-format msgid "" "This computer has only %s disk space remaining. You may free up some space " "by emptying the trash." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:604 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:84 #, c-format msgid "This computer has only %s disk space remaining." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:619 msgid "Disk space" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:626 msgid "Examine" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:634 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:437 msgid "Empty Trash" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-disk-space.c:641 #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:452 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:66 msgid "Don't show any warnings again for this file system" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:68 msgid "Don't show any warnings again" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:100 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:103 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by removing unused programs or files, or by " "moving files to another disk or partition." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:108 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by emptying the Trash, removing unused programs " "or files, or moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:111 msgid "" "You can free up disk space by removing unused programs or files, or by " "moving files to an external disk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/gsd-ldsm-dialog.c:445 msgid "Examine…" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Housekeeping" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/housekeeping/housekeeping.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "" "Automatically prunes thumbnail caches and other transient files, and warns " "about low disk space" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless keyboard with internal battery #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:612 msgid "Keyboard" msgid_plural "Keyboards" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/keyboard/keyboard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Keyboard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:84 msgid "Unable to capture a screenshot" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:115 #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:155 msgid "Screenshot taken" msgstr "" #. translators: this is the name of the file that gets made up #. * with the screenshot #: ../plugins/media-keys/gsd-screenshot-utils.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Screenshot from %s" msgstr "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound outputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1838 #, c-format msgid "%u Output" msgid_plural "%u Outputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. translators: #. * The number of sound inputs on a particular device #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:1848 #, c-format msgid "%u Input" msgid_plural "%u Inputs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/gvc/gvc-mixer-control.c:2376 msgid "System Sounds" msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Media keys" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/media-keys.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Media keys plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:113 msgid "Touchpad toggle" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:114 msgid "Touchpad On" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:115 msgid "Touchpad Off" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:119 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:120 msgid "Microphone Mute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:121 msgid "Quiet Volume Mute" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:122 msgid "Quiet Volume Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:123 msgid "Quiet Volume Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:132 msgid "Lock Screen" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:147 msgid "Rewind" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:148 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:149 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:150 msgid "Random Play" msgstr "" #. Key code of the XF86Display key (Fn-F7 on Thinkpads, Fn-F4 on HP machines, etc.) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:151 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:153 msgid "Video Out" msgstr "" #. Key code of the XF86RotateWindows key (present on some tablets) #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:155 msgid "Rotate Screen" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:164 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:170 msgid "Power Off" msgstr "" #. the kernel / Xorg names really are like this... #. translators: "Sleep" means putting the machine to sleep, either through hibernate or suspend #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:167 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:173 msgid "Sleep" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:168 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:174 msgid "Suspend" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:169 #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:175 msgid "Hibernate" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:176 msgid "Brightness Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:177 msgid "Brightness Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:178 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Up" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:179 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Down" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:180 msgid "Keyboard Brightness Toggle" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/shortcuts-list.h:181 msgid "Battery Status" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:88 msgid "Unknown Audio Device" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:99 msgid "What kind of device did you plug in?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:103 msgid "Headphones" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:106 msgid "Headset" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:110 msgid "Microphone" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:115 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/media-keys/what-did-you-plug-in/dialog-window.c:116 msgid "Sound Settings…" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:936 msgid "Could not enable mouse accessibility features" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mouse/gsd-mouse-manager.c:938 msgid "" "Mouse accessibility requires Mousetweaks to be installed on your system." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: wireless mice with internal batteries #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:608 msgid "Mouse" msgid_plural "Mice" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mouse/mouse.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Mouse plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/orientation/orientation.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Orientation plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:74 msgid "Unknown time" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:79 #, c-format msgid "%i minute" msgid_plural "%i minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:89 #, c-format msgid "%i hour" msgid_plural "%i hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATOR: "%i %s %i %s" are "%i hours %i minutes" #. * Swap order with "%2$s %2$i %1$s %1$i if needed #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:95 #, c-format msgid "%i %s %i %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:96 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:97 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: The laptop battery is charged, and we know a time. #. * The parameter is the time, e.g. 7 hours 6 minutes #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:344 #, c-format msgid "provides %s laptop runtime" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is discharging, and we have a time remaining #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. 7 hours 6 minutes #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:355 #, c-format msgid "%s %s remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging, and we have a time to full and a percentage #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging, and we have a time to full and a percentage. #. * The first parameter is the device type, e.g. "Laptop battery" and #. * the second is the time, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:376 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:393 #, c-format msgid "%s %s until charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is charging, and we have a time to full and empty. #. * The parameter is a time string, e.g. "7 hours 6 minutes" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:383 #, c-format msgid "provides %s battery runtime" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the type of data, e.g. Laptop battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:474 msgid "Product:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device is missing #. TRANSLATORS: device is charged #. TRANSLATORS: device is charging #. TRANSLATORS: device is discharging #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:478 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:481 #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:484 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:487 msgid "Status:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:478 msgid "Missing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:481 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:750 msgid "Charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:484 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:738 msgid "Charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:487 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:742 msgid "Discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: percentage #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:492 msgid "Percentage charge:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: manufacturer #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:496 msgid "Vendor:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: how the battery is made, e.g. Lithium Ion #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:501 msgid "Technology:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: serial number of the battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:505 msgid "Serial number:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: model number of the battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:509 msgid "Model:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: time to fully charged #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:514 msgid "Charge time:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: time to empty #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:520 msgid "Discharge time:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Excellent, Good, Fair and Poor are all related to battery Capacity #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:527 msgid "Excellent" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:529 msgid "Good" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:531 msgid "Fair" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:533 msgid "Poor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:537 msgid "Capacity:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:543 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:568 msgid "Current charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:549 msgid "Last full charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:555 ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:573 msgid "Design charge:" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:560 msgid "Charge rate:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: system power cord #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:592 msgid "AC adapter" msgid_plural "AC adapters" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop primary battery #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:596 msgid "Laptop battery" msgid_plural "Laptop batteries" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery-backed AC power source #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:600 msgid "UPS" msgid_plural "UPSs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: a monitor is a device to measure voltage and current #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:604 msgid "Monitor" msgid_plural "Monitors" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: portable device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:616 msgid "PDA" msgid_plural "PDAs" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile...) #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:620 msgid "Cell phone" msgid_plural "Cell phones" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, mp3 etc #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:625 msgid "Media player" msgid_plural "Media players" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:629 msgid "Tablet" msgid_plural "Tablets" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: tablet device #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:633 msgid "Computer" msgid_plural "Computers" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:697 msgid "Lithium Ion" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:701 msgid "Lithium Polymer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:705 msgid "Lithium Iron Phosphate" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:709 msgid "Lead acid" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:713 msgid "Nickel Cadmium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:717 msgid "Nickel metal hydride" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery technology #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:721 msgid "Unknown technology" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:746 msgid "Empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:754 msgid "Waiting to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:758 msgid "Waiting to discharge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: device not present #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:786 msgid "Laptop battery not present" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:790 msgid "Laptop battery is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:794 msgid "Laptop battery is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:798 msgid "Laptop battery is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:802 msgid "Laptop battery is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:806 msgid "Laptop battery is waiting to charge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:810 msgid "Laptop battery is waiting to discharge" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:819 msgid "UPS is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:823 msgid "UPS is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:827 msgid "UPS is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:831 msgid "UPS is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:840 msgid "Mouse is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:844 msgid "Mouse is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:848 msgid "Mouse is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:852 msgid "Mouse is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:861 msgid "Keyboard is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:865 msgid "Keyboard is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:869 msgid "Keyboard is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:873 msgid "Keyboard is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:882 msgid "PDA is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:886 msgid "PDA is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:890 msgid "PDA is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:894 msgid "PDA is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:903 msgid "Cell phone is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:907 msgid "Cell phone is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:911 msgid "Cell phone is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:915 msgid "Cell phone is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:925 msgid "Media player is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:929 msgid "Media player is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:933 msgid "Media player is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:937 msgid "Media player is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:946 msgid "Tablet is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:950 msgid "Tablet is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:954 msgid "Tablet is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:958 msgid "Tablet is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:967 msgid "Computer is charging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:971 msgid "Computer is discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:975 msgid "Computer is empty" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: battery state #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:979 msgid "Computer is charged" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gpm-common.c:1742 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1630 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1760 msgid "Battery is critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the battery may be recalled by its vendor #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:931 msgid "Battery may be recalled" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:934 #, c-format msgid "" "A battery in your computer may have been recalled by %s and you may be at " "risk." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:937 msgid "For more information visit the battery recall website." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button text, visit the manufacturers recall website #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:948 msgid "Visit recall website" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button text, do not show this bubble again #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:952 msgid "Do not show me this again" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is now discharging #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1205 msgid "UPS Discharging" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1210 #, c-format msgid "%s of UPS backup power remaining" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the notification application name #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1231 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1440 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1613 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1751 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3100 #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Power" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we only have one battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1350 msgid "Battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery low, and we have more than one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1353 msgid "Laptop battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s remaining (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is starting to get a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1367 msgid "UPS low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the user how much time they have got #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1373 #, c-format msgid "Approximately %s of remaining UPS backup power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: mouse is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the mouse battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1378 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1537 msgid "Mouse battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1381 #, c-format msgid "Wireless mouse is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: keyboard is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the keyboard battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1385 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1545 msgid "Keyboard battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Wireless keyboard is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: PDA is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the PDA battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1392 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1554 msgid "PDA battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1395 #, c-format msgid "PDA is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1399 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1564 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1573 msgid "Cell phone battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1402 #, c-format msgid "Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: media player, e.g. mp3 is getting a little low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1406 msgid "Media player battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Media player is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: graphics tablet, e.g. wacom is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1413 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1582 msgid "Tablet battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1416 #, c-format msgid "Tablet is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer, e.g. ipad is getting a little low #. TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1420 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1591 msgid "Attached computer battery low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell user more details #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1423 #, c-format msgid "Attached computer is low in power (%.0f%%)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1450 msgid "Battery is low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and only have one kind of battery #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1491 msgid "Battery critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery critically low, and we have more than one type of battery #. TRANSLATORS: laptop battery is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1494 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1665 msgid "Laptop battery critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: tell the use to insert the plug, as we're not going to do anything #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1503 msgid "Plug in your AC adapter to avoid losing data." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "Computer will suspend very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1511 #, c-format msgid "Computer will hibernate very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1515 #, c-format msgid "Computer will shutdown very soon unless it is plugged in." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the UPS is very low #. TRANSLATORS: UPS is really, really, low #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1525 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1703 msgid "UPS critically low" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: give the user a ultimatum #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1531 #, c-format msgid "" "Approximately %s of remaining UPS power (%.0f%%). Restore AC power to your " "computer to avoid losing data." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1540 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless mouse is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "" "Wireless keyboard is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1557 #, c-format msgid "" "PDA is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if " "not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1567 #, c-format msgid "" "Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1576 #, c-format msgid "" "Media player is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop " "functioning if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1585 #, c-format msgid "" "Tablet is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning " "if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the device is just going to stop working #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1594 #, c-format msgid "" "Attached computer is very low in power (%.0f%%). The device will soon " "shutdown if not charged." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will shutdown without saving data #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1673 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer will power-off when the battery becomes completely empty." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will suspend #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1679 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "suspend.\n" "NOTE: A small amount of power is required to keep your computer in a " "suspended state." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1686 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "hibernate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1691 msgid "" "The battery is below the critical level and this computer is about to " "shutdown." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will shutdown without saving data #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1711 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer will power-off when " "the UPS becomes completely empty." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will hibernate #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1717 msgid "" "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to hibernate." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: computer will just shutdown #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:1722 msgid "UPS is below the critical level and this computer is about to shutdown." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2228 msgid "Lid has been opened" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is the sound description #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:2266 msgid "Lid has been closed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3078 msgid "Automatic logout" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3078 msgid "You will soon log out because of inactivity." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3083 msgid "Automatic suspend" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3083 #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3088 msgid "Computer will suspend very soon because of inactivity." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/gsd-power-manager.c:3088 msgid "Automatic hibernation" msgstr "" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the backlight brightness. #. #: ../plugins/power/com.ubuntu.unity-settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/com.ubuntu.unity-settings-daemon.plugins.power.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the laptop brightness" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/power/power.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Power plugin" msgstr "" #. Translators: We are configuring new printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:891 msgid "Configuring new printer" msgstr "" #. Translators: Just wait #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:893 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:920 msgid "Missing printer driver" msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for the device #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:929 #, c-format msgid "No printer driver for %s." msgstr "" #. Translators: We have no driver installed for this printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:934 msgid "No driver for this printer." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-printer.c:1032 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:264 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:703 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:793 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:836 msgid "Printers" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:361 msgid "Toner low" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:363 msgid "Toner empty" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Not connected?"), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:367 msgid "Cover open" msgstr "" #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:369 msgid "Printer configuration error" msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:371 msgid "Door open" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:373 msgid "Marker supply low" msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:375 msgid "Out of a marker supply" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:377 msgid "Paper low" msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:379 msgid "Out of paper" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:381 msgid "Printer off-line" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #. Translators: This is a title of an error notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:383 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:779 msgid "Printer error" msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is low on toner (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:387 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on toner." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has no toner left (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:389 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' has no toner left." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is in the process of connecting to a shared network output device (same as in system-config-printer) #. N_("Printer '%s' may not be connected."), #. Translators: One or more covers on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:393 #, c-format msgid "The cover is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: A filter or backend is not installed (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:395 #, c-format msgid "There is a missing print filter for printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: One or more doors on the printer are open (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:398 #, c-format msgid "The door is open on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:400 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on a marker supply." msgstr "" #. Translators: "marker" is one color bin of the printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:402 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of a marker supply." msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is low on media (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:404 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is low on paper." msgstr "" #. Translators: At least one input tray is empty (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:406 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is out of paper." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer is offline (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:408 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s' is currently off-line." msgstr "" #. Translators: The printer has detected an error (same as in system-config-printer) #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:410 #, c-format msgid "There is a problem on printer '%s'." msgstr "" #. Translators: New printer has been added #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:457 msgid "Printer added" msgstr "" #. Translators: A printer has been removed #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:465 msgid "Printer removed" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been stopped #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:482 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:520 msgid "Printing stopped" msgstr "" #. Translators: "print-job xy" on a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:484 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:490 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:496 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:502 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:514 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:522 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:530 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:538 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:546 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:559 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" on %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been canceled #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:488 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:528 msgid "Printing canceled" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been aborted #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:494 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:536 msgid "Printing aborted" msgstr "" #. Translators: A print job has been completed #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:500 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:544 msgid "Printing completed" msgstr "" #. Translators: A job is printing #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:512 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:557 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a title of a report notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:773 msgid "Printer report" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is a title of a warning notification for a printer #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:776 msgid "Printer warning" msgstr "" #. Translators: "Printer 'MyPrinterName': 'Description of the report/warning/error from a PPD file'." #: ../plugins/print-notifications/gsd-print-notifications-manager.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Printer '%s': '%s'." msgstr "" #. Priority=100 #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Print-notifications" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/print-notifications/print-notifications.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:3 msgid "Print-notifications plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/remote-display/remote-display.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Remote Display" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/remote-display/remote-display.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Disable animations on remote displays" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Screensaver Proxy" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/screensaver-proxy/screensaver-proxy.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Proxy FreeDesktop screensaver inhibition to gnome-session" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:529 msgid "received error or hang up from event source" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:663 #, c-format msgid "NSS security system could not be initialized" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:791 #, c-format msgid "no suitable smartcard driver could be found" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:805 #, c-format msgid "smartcard driver '%s' could not be loaded" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:877 #, c-format msgid "could not watch for incoming card events - %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/gsd-smartcard-manager.c:1275 #, c-format msgid "encountered unexpected error while waiting for smartcard events" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Smartcard" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/smartcard/smartcard.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Smartcard plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/sound/sound.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Sound Sample Cache plugin" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to restart so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:250 msgid "" "You will need to restart this computer before the hardware will work " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:253 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:281 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:309 msgid "Additional software was installed" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:255 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:283 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:311 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:603 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:347 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:478 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:542 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:598 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1240 msgid "Software Updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:278 msgid "" "You will need to remove and then reinsert the hardware before it will work " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need to remove an replug so the new hardware can re-request the firmware #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:306 msgid "Your hardware has been set up and is now ready to use." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we need another package to keep udev quiet #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:587 msgid "" "Additional firmware is required to make hardware in this computer function " "correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title of libnotify bubble #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:601 msgid "Additional firmware required" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button label #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:608 msgid "Install firmware" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we should ignore this device and not ask anymore #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-firmware.c:611 msgid "Ignore devices" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: this is when the offline update failed #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:120 msgid "Failed To Update" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction could not be completed #. * as a previous transaction was unfinished #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:126 msgid "A previous update was unfinished." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the package manager needed to download #. * something with no network available #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:136 msgid "Network access was required but not available." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: if the package is not signed correctly #. * #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:145 msgid "An update was not signed in the correct way." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the transaction failed in a way the user #. * probably cannot comprehend. Package management systems #. * really are teh suck. #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:155 msgid "The update could not be completed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user aborted the update manually #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:160 msgid "The update was cancelled." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the user must have updated manually after #. * the updates were prepared #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:166 msgid "An offline update was requested but no packages required updating." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we ran out of disk space #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:170 msgid "No space was left on the drive." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the update process failed in a general #. * way, usually this message will come from source distros #. * like gentoo #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:178 msgid "An update failed to install correctly." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: We didn't handle the error type #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:183 msgid "The offline update failed in an unexpected way." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: these are geeky messages from the #. * package manager no mortal is supposed to understand, #. * but google might know what they mean #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:192 msgid "Detailed errors from the package manager follow:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a distro update is available, e.g. Fedora 8 to Fedora 9 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:342 msgid "Distribution upgrades available" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: provides more information about the upgrade #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:352 msgid "More information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:460 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:524 msgid "Update" msgid_plural "Updates" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:463 msgid "An important software update is available" msgid_plural "Important software updates are available" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: open the update viewer to install updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:483 #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:547 msgid "Install updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when there are non-security updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:527 msgid "A software update is available." msgid_plural "Software updates are available." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: the updates mechanism #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:585 #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: we failed to get the updates multiple times, #. * and now we need to inform the user that something might be wrong #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:589 msgid "Unable to access software updates" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: try again, this time launching the update viewer #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:592 msgid "Try again" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: the reason why we've inhibited it #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:977 msgid "A transaction that cannot be interrupted is running" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1197 msgid "Software Update Installed" msgid_plural "Software Updates Installed" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1202 msgid "An important OS update has been installed." msgid_plural "Important OS updates have been installed." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #. TRANSLATORS: title in the libnotify popup #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1228 msgid "Software Updates Failed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: message when we've not done offline updates #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1231 msgid "An important OS update failed to be installed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: review the offline update changes #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1247 msgid "Review" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: review the offline update changes #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1252 msgid "Show details" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: button: clear notification #: ../plugins/updates/gsd-updates-manager.c:1256 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/updates/updates.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Updates plugin" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1076 msgid "Left Ring" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1086 #, c-format msgid "Left Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-ring-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1105 msgid "Right Ring" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Right Ring Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "left-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1156 msgid "Left Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1166 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #. If no mode is available, we use "right-strip-mode-1" for backward compat #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1185 msgid "Right Touchstrip" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1195 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1220 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1222 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchring Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1225 #, c-format msgid "Left Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "Right Touchstrip Mode Switch" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Mode Switch #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1336 #, c-format msgid "Left Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "Right Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1342 #, c-format msgid "Top Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-device.c:1345 #, c-format msgid "Bottom Button #%d" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:948 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:968 #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:979 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:953 #, c-format msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Send Keystroke %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:971 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Show On-Screen Help" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:974 msgctxt "Action type" msgid "Switch Monitor" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/gsd-wacom-osd-window.c:1012 #, c-format msgid "Mode %d: %s" msgstr "" #. SECURITY: #. - A normal active user on the local machine does not need permission #. to change the LED setting for a Wacom tablet #. #: ../plugins/wacom/com.ubuntu.unity-settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:5 msgid "Modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/com.ubuntu.unity-settings-daemon.plugins.wacom.policy.in.in.h:6 msgid "Authentication is required to modify the lit LED for a Wacom tablet" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "Wacom" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/wacom/wacom.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Wacom plugin" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:509 msgid "Could not switch the monitor configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:533 msgid "Could not restore the display's configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:558 msgid "Could not restore the display's configuration from a backup" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:579 #, c-format msgid "The display will be reset to its previous configuration in %d second" msgid_plural "" "The display will be reset to its previous configuration in %d seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:628 msgid "Does the display look OK?" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:635 msgid "_Restore Previous Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:636 msgid "_Keep This Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:717 msgid "The selected configuration for displays could not be applied" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1375 #, c-format msgid "Could not refresh the screen information: %s" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1379 msgid "Trying to switch the monitor configuration anyway." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/gsd-xrandr-manager.c:1875 msgid "Could not apply the stored configuration for monitors" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "XRandR" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xrandr/xrandr.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Set up screen size and rotation settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:1 msgid "X Settings" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/xsettings/xsettings.gnome-settings-plugin.in.h:2 msgid "Manage X Settings" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en_CA/LC_MESSAGES/gnome-video-effects.po0000644000000000000000000002031712321561572022716 0ustar # English (Canada) translation for gnome-video-effects # Copyright (c) 2014 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2014 # This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-video-effects package. # FIRST AUTHOR , 2014. # msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gnome-video-effects\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-01 13:31+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-09 23:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Anthony Harrington \n" "Language-Team: English (Canada) \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 15:52+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#bulge #: ../effects/bulge.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Bulge" msgstr "" #: ../effects/bulge.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Bulges the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#cartoon #: ../effects/cartoon.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Cartoon" msgstr "" #: ../effects/cartoon.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Cartoonify video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#cheguevara #: ../effects/cheguevara.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Che Guevara" msgstr "" #: ../effects/cheguevara.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into typical Che Guevara style" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#chrome #: ../effects/chrome.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../effects/chrome.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a metallic look" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#dicetv #: ../effects/dicetv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Dice" msgstr "" #: ../effects/dicetv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Dices the video input into many small squares" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#distortion #: ../effects/distortion.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Distortion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/distortion.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Distort the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#edgetv #: ../effects/edgetv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Edge" msgstr "" #: ../effects/edgetv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Display video input like good old low resolution computer way" msgstr "" "Display video input in the style of a good old, low-resolution computer" #: ../effects/flip.effect.in.h:1 msgid "Flip" msgstr "" #: ../effects/flip.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Flip the image, as if looking at a mirror" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#heat #: ../effects/heat.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Heat" msgstr "" #: ../effects/heat.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Fake heat camera toning" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#historical #: ../effects/historical.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Historical" msgstr "" #: ../effects/historical.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add age to video input using scratches and dust" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#hulk #: ../effects/hulk.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Hulk" msgstr "" #: ../effects/hulk.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform yourself into the amazing Hulk" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#invertion #: ../effects/invertion.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Invertion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/invertion.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Invert colors of the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#kaleidoscope #: ../effects/kaleidoscope.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Kaleidoscope" msgstr "" #: ../effects/kaleidoscope.effect.in.h:3 msgid "A triangle Kaleidoscope" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#mauve #: ../effects/mauve.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Mauve" msgstr "" #: ../effects/mauve.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a mauve color" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#mirror #: ../effects/mirror.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Mirror" msgstr "" #: ../effects/mirror.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Mirrors the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#noir #: ../effects/noir.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Noir/Blanc" msgstr "" #: ../effects/noir.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into grayscale" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#optv #: ../effects/optv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Optical Illusion" msgstr "" #: ../effects/optv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Traditional black-white optical animation" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#pinch #: ../effects/pinch.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Pinch" msgstr "" #: ../effects/pinch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Pinches the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#quarktv #: ../effects/quarktv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Quark" msgstr "" #: ../effects/quarktv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Dissolves moving objects in the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#radioactv #: ../effects/radioactv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Radioactive" msgstr "" #: ../effects/radioactv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Detect radioactivity and show it" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#revtv #: ../effects/revtv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Waveform" msgstr "" #: ../effects/revtv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into a waveform monitor" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#ripple #: ../effects/ripple.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Ripple" msgstr "" #: ../effects/ripple.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add the ripple mark effect on the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#saturation #: ../effects/saturation.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Saturation" msgstr "" #: ../effects/saturation.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add more saturation to the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#sepia #: ../effects/sepia.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Sepia" msgstr "" #: ../effects/sepia.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Sepia toning" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#shagadelictv #: ../effects/shagadelictv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Shagadelic" msgstr "" #: ../effects/shagadelictv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add some hallucination to the video input" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#sobel #: ../effects/sobel.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Sobel" msgstr "" #: ../effects/sobel.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Extracts edges in the video input through using the Sobel operator" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#square #: ../effects/square.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Square" msgstr "" #: ../effects/square.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Makes a square out of the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#streaktv #: ../effects/streaktv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Kung-Fu" msgstr "" #: ../effects/streaktv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform motions into Kung-Fu style" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#stretch #: ../effects/stretch.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Stretch" msgstr "" #: ../effects/stretch.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Stretches the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#timedelay #: ../effects/timedelay.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Time delay" msgstr "" #: ../effects/timedelay.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Show what was happening in the past" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#twirl #: ../effects/twirl.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Twirl" msgstr "" #: ../effects/twirl.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Twirl the center of the video" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#vertigotv #: ../effects/vertigotv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Vertigo" msgstr "" #: ../effects/vertigotv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Add a loopback alpha blending effector with rotating and scaling" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#warptv #: ../effects/warptv.effect.in.h:2 msgid "Warp" msgstr "" #: ../effects/warptv.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Transform video input into realtime goo'ing" msgstr "" #. Preview: http://live.gnome.org/GnomeVideoEffects/Effects#xray #: ../effects/xray.effect.in.h:2 msgid "X-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../effects/xray.effect.in.h:3 msgid "Invert and slightly shade to blue" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/0000755000000000000000000000000012321562212015350 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321562216017141 5ustar language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003624412321562212021135 0ustar # Shavian translation for devhelp. # Copyright (C) 2009 The Gnome Foundation. # Thomas Thurman , 2009. # Transliterate Devhelp as ·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=devhelp&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-02 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Thurman \n" "Language-Team: Shavian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" # (Shavian: So transliteration is okay) #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑝𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑐𐑼'𐑟 𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑚𐑮𐑬𐑟𐑼" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑥𐑨𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑥𐑲𐑟𐑛 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑕𐑑𐑸𐑑 𐑥𐑨𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑥𐑲𐑟𐑛." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "𐑣𐑲𐑑 𐑝 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "𐑞 𐑣𐑲𐑑 𐑝 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "X 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "𐑞 X 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "Y 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "𐑞 Y 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑧𐑒𐑕 𐑯 𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑐𐑱𐑯" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑧𐑒𐑕 𐑯 𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑐𐑱𐑯." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑑𐑨𐑚: \"content\" 𐑹 \"search\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "𐑢𐑦𐑗 𐑝 𐑞 𐑑𐑨𐑚𐑟 𐑦𐑟 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛: \"content\" 𐑹 \"search\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑝 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "𐑣𐑲𐑑 𐑝 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "𐑞 𐑣𐑲𐑑 𐑝 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "X 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "𐑞 X 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "Y 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "𐑞 Y 𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑝 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "𐑿𐑟 𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑥 𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑕" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "𐑿𐑟 𐑞 𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑥 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑷𐑤𐑑 𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑕." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑑𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑑𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑝𐑺𐑦𐑩𐑚𐑩𐑤 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑓𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔 𐑑𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "𐑓𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑑𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑓𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔, 𐑕𐑳𐑗 𐑨𐑟 𐑒𐑴𐑛 𐑦𐑜𐑟𐑭𐑥𐑐𐑩𐑤𐑟." #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 𐑕𐑩𐑐𐑹𐑑" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "𐑥𐑱𐑒𐑕 F2 𐑚𐑮𐑦𐑙 𐑳𐑐 ·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 𐑓𐑹 𐑞 𐑢𐑻𐑛 𐑨𐑑 𐑞 𐑒𐑻𐑕𐑼" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 API 𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 API 𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑹 𐑞 𐑢𐑻𐑛 𐑨𐑑 𐑞 𐑒𐑻𐑕𐑼" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "𐑩𐑚𐑬𐑑 ·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "𐑯𐑿 _𐑑𐑨𐑚" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "·𐑑𐑪𐑥𐑩𐑕 ·𐑔𐑻𐑥𐑩𐑯\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Thomas Thurman https://launchpad.net/~marnanel" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑝𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑐𐑼𐑟' 𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 𐑚𐑮𐑬𐑟𐑼 𐑓𐑹 ·𐑜𐑯𐑴𐑥" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 — 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "𐑚𐑫𐑒:" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "𐑚𐑫𐑒" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "𐑐𐑱𐑡" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "𐑒𐑰𐑢𐑻𐑛" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "𐑓𐑳𐑙𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑳𐑒𐑑" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "𐑥𐑨𐑒𐑮𐑴" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "𐑰𐑯𐑳𐑥" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "𐑑𐑲𐑐" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑓𐑹 𐑩 𐑒𐑰𐑢𐑻𐑛" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑯 𐑛𐑦𐑕𐑐𐑤𐑱 𐑧𐑯𐑦 𐑣𐑦𐑑 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑩𐑕𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "𐑛𐑩𐑕𐑐𐑤𐑱 𐑞 𐑝𐑻𐑠𐑩𐑯 𐑯 𐑧𐑜𐑟𐑦𐑑" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑧𐑯𐑦 𐑮𐑳𐑯𐑦𐑙 ·𐑛𐑧𐑝𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 '%s', 𐑜𐑪𐑑 '%s' 𐑨𐑑 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "𐑦𐑯𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑦𐑛 𐑯𐑱𐑥𐑕𐑐𐑱𐑕 '%s' 𐑨𐑑 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "\"title\", \"name\" 𐑯 \"link\" 𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕 𐑸 𐑮𐑦𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑼𐑛 𐑨𐑑 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "" "\"name\" 𐑯 \"link\" 𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕 𐑸 𐑮𐑦𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑼𐑛 𐑦𐑯𐑕𐑲𐑛 𐑪𐑯 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "\"name\" 𐑯 \"link\" 𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕 𐑸 𐑮𐑦𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑼𐑛 𐑦𐑯𐑕𐑲𐑛 '%s' 𐑪𐑯 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "\"type\" 𐑧𐑤𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑦𐑟 𐑮𐑦𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑼𐑛 𐑦𐑯𐑕𐑲𐑛 𐑪𐑯 𐑤𐑲𐑯 %d, 𐑒𐑪𐑤𐑩𐑥 %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "𐑒𐑨𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑳𐑯𐑒𐑪𐑥𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑕 𐑚𐑫𐑒 '%s': %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "𐑻𐑼 𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑮𐑦𐑒𐑢𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑤𐑦𐑙𐑒." #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "𐑧𐑥𐑐𐑑𐑦 𐑐𐑱𐑡" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛:" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛 𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛 𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑩𐑯𐑕 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑦𐑙" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛 𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛 𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑩𐑯𐑕 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑻𐑗 𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑦𐑙" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "𐑒_𐑱𐑕 𐑕𐑧𐑯𐑕𐑦𐑑𐑦𐑝" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "𐑑𐑪𐑜𐑩𐑤 𐑒𐑱𐑕 𐑕𐑧𐑯𐑕𐑦𐑑𐑦𐑝 𐑕𐑻𐑗" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000014716212321562212020262 0ustar # Shavian translation for eog. # Copyright (C) 2009-2010 The Gnome Foundation. # Thomas Thurman , 2010. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=eog&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 12:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Shavian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:40+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 “%s”" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "_𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑪𐑯 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑲𐑑𐑩𐑥 𐑪𐑯 𐑞 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "_𐑮𐑦𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "𐑮𐑦𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑲𐑑𐑩𐑥 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑞 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "_𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "𐑮𐑦𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "𐑕𐑧𐑐𐑼𐑱𐑑𐑼" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "_𐑝𐑿" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "_𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "_𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑫𐑕𐑚𐑸" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "𐑕𐑲𐑛 _𐑐𐑱𐑯" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑓𐑼𐑩_𐑯𐑕𐑧𐑟" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑝𐑿𐑼" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "𐑚𐑮𐑬𐑟 𐑯 𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "𐑯𐑱𐑥:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "𐑣𐑲𐑑:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "𐑑𐑲𐑐:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "𐑚𐑲𐑑𐑕:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "𐑡𐑧𐑯𐑼𐑩𐑤" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "𐑨𐑐𐑻𐑗𐑻 𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑿:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑐𐑴𐑠𐑘𐑼 𐑑𐑲𐑥:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "𐑓𐑴𐑒𐑩𐑤 𐑤𐑧𐑙𐑔:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "𐑓𐑤𐑨𐑖:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "ISO 𐑕𐑐𐑰𐑛 𐑮𐑱𐑑𐑦𐑙:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "𐑥𐑰𐑑𐑼𐑦𐑙 𐑥𐑴𐑛:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "𐑒𐑨𐑥𐑻𐑩 𐑥𐑪𐑛𐑩𐑤:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "𐑛𐑱𐑑/𐑑𐑲𐑥:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "𐑒𐑰𐑢𐑻𐑛𐑟:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "𐑷𐑔𐑼:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "𐑒𐑪𐑐𐑦𐑮𐑲𐑑:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "𐑛𐑰𐑑𐑱𐑤𐑟" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "𐑥𐑧𐑑𐑩𐑛𐑱𐑑𐑩" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑨𐑟" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: 𐑩𐑮𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑯𐑩𐑤 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑯𐑱𐑥" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: 𐑒𐑬𐑯𐑑𐑼" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑓𐑹𐑥𐑨𐑑:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "𐑗𐑵𐑟 𐑩 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑯𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑐𐑭𐑔 𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑩𐑓𐑩𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "𐑕𐑑𐑸𐑑 𐑒𐑬𐑯𐑑𐑼 𐑨𐑑:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "𐑮𐑦𐑐𐑤𐑱𐑕 𐑕𐑐𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑩𐑯𐑛𐑻𐑕𐑒𐑪𐑮𐑟" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "𐑑:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑿" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑧𐑯𐑣𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "_𐑷𐑑𐑴𐑥𐑨𐑑𐑦𐑒 𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑨𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑐𐑸𐑑𐑕" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "𐑨𐑟 𐑗𐑧𐑒 _𐑐𐑨𐑑𐑼𐑯" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "𐑨𐑟 𐑒𐑳𐑕𐑑𐑩𐑥 𐑒_𐑳𐑤𐑼:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "𐑒𐑳𐑤𐑼 𐑓𐑹 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑸𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑺𐑦𐑩𐑟" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "𐑨𐑟 _𐑚𐑨𐑒𐑜𐑮𐑬𐑯𐑛" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑝𐑿" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑟𐑵𐑥" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "𐑧_𐑒𐑕𐑐𐑨𐑯𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑑 𐑓𐑦𐑑 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "𐑕𐑰𐑒𐑢𐑩𐑯𐑕" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "_𐑤𐑵𐑐 𐑕𐑰𐑒𐑢𐑩𐑯𐑕" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "𐑕𐑤𐑲𐑛𐑖𐑴" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "𐑐𐑤𐑳𐑜𐑦𐑯𐑟" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "𐑷𐑑𐑴𐑥𐑨𐑑𐑦𐑒 𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑚𐑰 𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑷𐑑𐑩𐑥𐑨𐑑𐑦𐑒𐑤𐑦 𐑚𐑱𐑕𐑑 𐑪𐑯 EXIF 𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "𐑦𐑑𐑻𐑐𐑩𐑤𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑐𐑩𐑤𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑚𐑰 𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑐𐑩𐑤𐑱𐑑𐑦𐑛 𐑪𐑯 𐑟𐑵𐑥-𐑦𐑯. 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑤𐑰𐑛𐑟 𐑑 𐑚𐑤𐑻𐑰 𐑒𐑢𐑪𐑤𐑦𐑑𐑰 𐑯 𐑦𐑟 " "𐑕𐑳𐑥𐑢𐑪𐑑 𐑕𐑤𐑴𐑼 𐑞𐑨𐑯 𐑯𐑪𐑯-𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑐𐑩𐑤𐑱𐑑𐑦𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑸𐑩𐑯𐑕𐑦 𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑑𐑼" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑴𐑤 𐑢𐑰𐑤 𐑟𐑵𐑥" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑴𐑤 𐑢𐑰𐑤 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑚𐑰 𐑿𐑟𐑛 𐑓𐑹 𐑟𐑵𐑥𐑦𐑙." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "𐑟𐑵𐑥 𐑥𐑩𐑤𐑑𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑲𐑻" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "𐑞 𐑥𐑩𐑤𐑑𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑲𐑻 𐑑 𐑚𐑰 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑲𐑛 𐑢𐑧𐑯 𐑿𐑟𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑥𐑬𐑕 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑴𐑤 𐑢𐑰𐑤 𐑓𐑹 𐑟𐑵𐑥𐑦𐑙. 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑿 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑟 𐑞 " "𐑟𐑵𐑥𐑦𐑙 𐑕𐑑𐑧𐑐 𐑿𐑕𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑰𐑗 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑴𐑤 𐑦𐑝𐑧𐑯𐑑. 𐑓𐑹 𐑦𐑜𐑟𐑭𐑥𐑐𐑩𐑤, 0.05 𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑳𐑤𐑑𐑕 𐑦𐑯 𐑩 5% 𐑟𐑵𐑥 " "𐑦𐑯𐑒𐑮𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑹 𐑰𐑗 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑴𐑤 𐑦𐑝𐑧𐑯𐑑 𐑯 1.00 𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑳𐑤𐑑 𐑦𐑯 𐑩 100% 𐑟𐑵𐑥 𐑦𐑯𐑒𐑮𐑩𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑸𐑩𐑯𐑕𐑦 𐑒𐑳𐑤𐑼" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "𐑦𐑓 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑸𐑩𐑯𐑕𐑦 𐑒𐑰 𐑣𐑨𐑟 𐑞 𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑿 𐑒𐑳𐑤𐑼, 𐑞𐑧𐑯 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑒𐑰 𐑛𐑦𐑑𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑯𐑟 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑤𐑼 𐑢𐑦𐑗 𐑦𐑟 𐑿𐑟𐑛 " "𐑓𐑹 𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑐𐑸𐑩𐑯𐑕𐑦." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "𐑤𐑵𐑐 𐑔𐑮𐑵 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑕𐑰𐑒𐑢𐑩𐑯𐑕" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑕𐑰𐑒𐑢𐑩𐑯𐑕 𐑝 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑚𐑰 𐑖𐑴𐑯 𐑦𐑯 𐑩𐑯 𐑧𐑯𐑛𐑤𐑩𐑕 𐑤𐑵𐑐." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "𐑩𐑤𐑬 𐑟𐑵𐑥 𐑜𐑮𐑱𐑑𐑼 𐑞𐑨𐑯 100% 𐑦𐑯𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑤𐑦" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "𐑦𐑓 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑦𐑟 𐑕𐑧𐑑 𐑑 𐑓𐑷𐑤𐑕 𐑕𐑥𐑷𐑤 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑚𐑰 𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑧𐑗𐑑 𐑑 𐑓𐑦𐑑 𐑦𐑯𐑑𐑫 𐑞 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 " "𐑦𐑯𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑤𐑦." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑱 𐑦𐑯 𐑕𐑧𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑛𐑟 𐑳𐑯𐑑𐑦𐑤 𐑖𐑴𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "𐑩 𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑿 𐑜𐑮𐑱𐑑𐑼 𐑞𐑨𐑯 0 𐑛𐑦𐑑𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑯𐑟 𐑞 𐑕𐑧𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑛𐑟 𐑩𐑯 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑟 𐑪𐑯 𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 𐑳𐑯𐑑𐑦𐑤 𐑞 𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 " "𐑢𐑳𐑯 𐑦𐑟 𐑖𐑴𐑯 𐑷𐑑𐑩𐑥𐑨𐑑𐑦𐑒𐑤𐑦. 𐑟𐑽𐑴 𐑛𐑦𐑕𐑱𐑚𐑩𐑤𐑟 𐑞 𐑷𐑑𐑴𐑥𐑨𐑑𐑦𐑒 𐑚𐑮𐑬𐑟𐑦𐑙." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "𐑖𐑴/𐑣𐑲𐑛 𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "𐑖𐑴/𐑣𐑲𐑛 𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑫𐑕𐑚𐑸." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "𐑖𐑴/𐑣𐑲𐑛 𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑕𐑲𐑛 𐑐𐑱𐑯." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑞𐑬𐑑 𐑭𐑕𐑒𐑦𐑙" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑗𐑵𐑟𐑼 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑿𐑟𐑼'𐑟 𐑐𐑦𐑒𐑑𐑘𐑼𐑟 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑦𐑓 𐑯𐑴 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑸 𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑩𐑛." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑥𐑧𐑑𐑩𐑛𐑱𐑑𐑩 𐑤𐑦𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟 𐑛𐑲𐑩𐑤𐑪𐑜 𐑖𐑫𐑛 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑦𐑑𐑕 𐑴𐑯 𐑐𐑱𐑡." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "𐑨𐑒𐑑𐑦𐑝 𐑐𐑤𐑳𐑜𐑦𐑯𐑟" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "𐑤𐑦𐑕𐑑 𐑝 𐑨𐑒𐑑𐑦𐑝 𐑐𐑤𐑳𐑜𐑦𐑯𐑟. 𐑦𐑑 𐑛𐑳𐑟𐑯𐑑 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑯 𐑞 \"𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯\" 𐑝 𐑞 𐑨𐑒𐑑𐑦𐑝 𐑐𐑤𐑳𐑜𐑦𐑯𐑟. 𐑕𐑰 𐑞 " ".eog-plugin 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑓𐑹 𐑪𐑚𐑑𐑱𐑯𐑦𐑙 𐑞 \"𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯\" 𐑝 𐑩 𐑜𐑦𐑝𐑩𐑯 𐑐𐑤𐑳𐑜𐑦𐑯." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "𐑓𐑫𐑤𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑛𐑳𐑚𐑩𐑤-𐑒𐑤𐑦𐑒" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "𐑨𐑒𐑑𐑦𐑝𐑱𐑑 𐑓𐑫𐑤𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 𐑥𐑴𐑛 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑛𐑳𐑚𐑩𐑤-𐑒𐑤𐑦𐑒" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑤𐑴𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑤𐑴𐑛 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "𐑛𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑯 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑫𐑕𐑚𐑸" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "𐑖𐑴𐑟 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑛𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑫𐑕𐑚𐑸" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟 _𐑢𐑦𐑞𐑬𐑑 𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑦𐑙" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "𐑒𐑢𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "𐑦𐑓 𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑕𐑱𐑝, 𐑿𐑼 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑚𐑰 𐑤𐑪𐑕𐑑." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 \"%s\" 𐑚𐑦𐑓𐑹 𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟𐑦𐑙?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "𐑞𐑺 𐑦𐑟 %d 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑳𐑯𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑛 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟. 𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑚𐑦𐑓𐑹 𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟𐑦𐑙?" msgstr[1] "𐑞𐑺 𐑸 %d 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑳𐑯𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑛 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟. 𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑚𐑦𐑓𐑹 𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟𐑦𐑙?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "_𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑕𐑱𐑝:" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "𐑦𐑓 𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑕𐑱𐑝, 𐑷𐑤 𐑿𐑼 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑚𐑰 𐑤𐑪𐑕𐑑." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 _𐑨𐑟…" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑤𐑴𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 '%s'." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "𐑯𐑴 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑓𐑬𐑯𐑛 𐑦𐑯 '%s'." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "𐑞 𐑜𐑦𐑝𐑩𐑯 𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑯 𐑯𐑴 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟." #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "𐑒𐑨𐑥𐑻𐑩" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑛𐑱𐑑𐑩" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑑𐑱𐑒𐑦𐑙 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑛𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "𐑥𐑱𐑒𐑼 𐑯𐑴𐑑" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "𐑳𐑞𐑼" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP Exif" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "XMP 𐑮𐑲𐑑𐑕 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "XMP 𐑳𐑞𐑼" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "𐑑𐑨𐑜" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑿" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (𐑤𐑧𐑯𐑟)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (35mm 𐑓𐑦𐑤𐑥)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑓𐑹𐑥𐑨𐑑 𐑦𐑟 𐑳𐑯𐑴𐑯 𐑹 𐑳𐑯𐑕𐑩𐑐𐑹𐑑𐑩𐑛" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "𐑐𐑤𐑰𐑟 𐑑𐑮𐑲 𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑼𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑩𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑧𐑯𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑤𐑲𐑒 .png 𐑹 .jpg." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "𐑐𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑤" msgstr[1] "𐑐𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑓𐑻𐑥𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑪𐑯 𐑩𐑯𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑕𐑓𐑻𐑥𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑱𐑤𐑛." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "EXIF 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑕𐑩𐑐𐑹𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑓𐑹 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑓𐑹𐑥𐑨𐑑." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑱𐑤𐑛." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "𐑯𐑴 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑩𐑛." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "𐑑𐑧𐑥𐑐𐑼𐑼𐑦 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑱𐑤𐑛." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛𐑯𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑑𐑧𐑥𐑐𐑼𐑼𐑦 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑓𐑹 𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑦𐑙: %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛𐑯𐑑 𐑨𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑑 𐑥𐑧𐑥𐑼𐑦 𐑓𐑹 𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑦𐑙 JPEG 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "𐑳𐑯𐑴𐑯" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑕𐑧𐑑𐑦𐑙𐑟" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑣𐑵𐑟 𐑐𐑮𐑦𐑯𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑚𐑰 𐑕𐑧𐑑 𐑳𐑐" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "𐑐𐑱𐑡 𐑕𐑧𐑑𐑳𐑐" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "𐑞 𐑦𐑯𐑓𐑼𐑥𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑹 𐑞 𐑐𐑱𐑡 𐑢𐑺 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑚𐑰 𐑐𐑮𐑦𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑛" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "𐑐𐑩𐑟𐑦𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "_𐑤𐑧𐑓𐑑:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "_𐑮𐑲𐑑:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "_𐑑𐑪𐑐:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "_𐑚𐑪𐑑𐑫𐑥:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "𐑕_𐑧𐑯𐑑𐑼:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "𐑯𐑳𐑯" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "𐑣𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "𐑝𐑻𐑑𐑦𐑒𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "𐑚𐑴𐑔" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "𐑕𐑲𐑟" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "_𐑢𐑦𐑛𐑔:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "_𐑣𐑲𐑑:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "_𐑕𐑒𐑱𐑤𐑦𐑙:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "_𐑿𐑯𐑦𐑑:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "𐑥𐑦𐑤𐑩𐑥𐑰𐑑𐑻𐑟" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "𐑦𐑯𐑗𐑩𐑟" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑿" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "𐑨𐑟 𐑦𐑟" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d / %d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "𐑑𐑱𐑒𐑩𐑯 𐑪𐑯" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "𐑨𐑑 𐑤𐑰𐑕𐑑 𐑑𐑵 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑯𐑱𐑥𐑟 𐑸 𐑰𐑒𐑢𐑩𐑤." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (𐑦𐑯𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑦𐑛 ·𐑿𐑯𐑦𐑒𐑴𐑛)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i 𐑐𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑤 %s %i%%" msgstr[1] "%i × %i 𐑐𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑟 %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "𐑿𐑟 \"%s\" 𐑑 𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑦𐑙 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 \"%s\" (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯𐑦𐑙 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 \"%s\"" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "𐑻𐑼 𐑐𐑮𐑦𐑯𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑲𐑤:\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸 𐑧𐑛𐑦𐑑𐑹" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "_𐑮𐑰𐑕𐑧𐑑 𐑑 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑷𐑤𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "" #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 \"%s\" 𐑣𐑨𐑟 𐑚𐑰𐑯 𐑕𐑧𐑑 𐑨𐑟 𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑒𐑑𐑪𐑐 𐑚𐑨𐑒𐑜𐑮𐑬𐑯𐑛.\n" "𐑢𐑫𐑛 𐑿 𐑤𐑲𐑒 𐑑 𐑥𐑪𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑦𐑑𐑕 𐑩𐑐𐑽𐑩𐑯𐑕?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑦𐑙 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑩𐑤𐑦…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛𐑯𐑑 𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑯 𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "𐑸 𐑿 𐑖𐑫𐑼 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑥𐑵𐑝\n" "\"%s\" 𐑑 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "𐑩 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖 𐑓𐑹 \"%s\" 𐑒𐑫𐑛𐑯𐑑 𐑚𐑰 𐑓𐑬𐑯𐑛. 𐑛𐑵 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑮𐑦𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑤𐑦?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "𐑸 𐑿 𐑖𐑫𐑼 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑥𐑵𐑝\n" "𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑑 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖?" msgstr[1] "" "𐑸 𐑿 𐑖𐑫𐑼 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑥𐑵𐑝\n" "𐑞 %d 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑧𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "𐑕𐑳𐑥 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑒𐑭𐑯𐑑 𐑚𐑰 𐑥𐑵𐑝𐑛 𐑑 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖 𐑯 𐑢𐑦𐑤 𐑚𐑰 𐑮𐑦𐑥𐑵𐑝𐑛 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑤𐑦. 𐑸 " "𐑿 𐑖𐑫𐑼 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑐𐑮𐑩𐑕𐑰𐑛?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑑 _𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛𐑯𐑑 𐑨𐑒𐑕𐑧𐑕 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "_𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_𐑧𐑛𐑦𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "_𐑜𐑴" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "_𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "_𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑩 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "_𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "𐑑_𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "𐑧𐑛𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐 𐑪𐑯 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "_𐑩𐑚𐑬𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "𐑩𐑚𐑬𐑑 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑞 𐑝𐑦𐑟𐑦𐑚𐑦𐑤𐑦𐑑𐑦 𐑝 𐑞 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑞 𐑝𐑦𐑟𐑦𐑚𐑦𐑤𐑦𐑑𐑦 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑑𐑱𐑑𐑫𐑕𐑚𐑸 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑞 𐑝𐑦𐑟𐑦𐑚𐑦𐑤𐑦𐑑𐑦 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑲𐑛 𐑐𐑱𐑯 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_𐑕𐑱𐑝" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑦𐑯 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑤𐑦 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 _𐑢𐑦𐑞" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑼𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑼𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑯𐑱𐑥" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "_𐑐𐑮𐑦𐑯𐑑…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "𐑐𐑮𐑦𐑯𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐_𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟 𐑯 𐑥𐑧𐑑𐑩𐑛𐑱𐑑𐑩 𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "_𐑳𐑯𐑛𐑵" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "𐑳𐑯𐑛𐑵 𐑞 𐑤𐑭𐑕𐑑 𐑗𐑱𐑯𐑡 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "𐑓𐑤𐑦𐑐 _𐑣𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "𐑥𐑦𐑮𐑼 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑣𐑪𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑤𐑦" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "𐑓𐑤𐑦𐑐 _𐑝𐑻𐑑𐑦𐑒𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "𐑥𐑦𐑮𐑼 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑝𐑻𐑑𐑦𐑒𐑩𐑤𐑦" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "_𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑 𐑒𐑤𐑭𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 90 𐑛𐑦𐑜𐑮𐑰𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑮𐑲𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑 𐑒𐑬𐑯𐑑𐑼𐑒_𐑤𐑭𐑒𐑢𐑲𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "𐑮𐑴𐑑𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 90 𐑛𐑦𐑜𐑮𐑰𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑤𐑧𐑓𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "𐑥𐑵𐑝 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑑 𐑞 𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "_𐑟𐑵𐑥 𐑦𐑯" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "𐑧𐑯𐑤𐑸𐑡 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "𐑟𐑵𐑥 _𐑬𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "𐑖𐑮𐑰𐑙𐑒 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "_𐑯𐑹𐑥𐑩𐑤 𐑕𐑲𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑨𐑑 𐑦𐑑𐑕 𐑯𐑹𐑥𐑩𐑤 𐑕𐑲𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "_𐑓𐑫𐑤𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑦𐑯 𐑓𐑫𐑤𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 𐑥𐑴𐑛" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "𐑓𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑑 𐑞 𐑢𐑦𐑯𐑛𐑴" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "_𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "_𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "_𐑓𐑻𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "_𐑤𐑭𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "_𐑮𐑨𐑯𐑛𐑩𐑥 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "𐑕𐑑𐑸𐑑 𐑩 𐑕𐑤𐑲𐑛𐑖𐑴 𐑝𐑿 𐑝 𐑞 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡𐑩𐑟" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "𐑮𐑲𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "𐑤𐑧𐑓𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "𐑦𐑯" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "𐑬𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "𐑯𐑹𐑥𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "𐑓𐑦𐑑" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑖" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "𐑞 ·𐑜𐑯𐑴𐑥 𐑦𐑥𐑦𐑡 𐑝𐑿𐑼." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "𐑑𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑕𐑤𐑱𐑑𐑼-𐑒𐑮𐑧𐑛𐑦𐑑𐑕\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Thomas Thurman https://launchpad.net/~marnanel" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑦𐑯 𐑓𐑫𐑤𐑕𐑒𐑮𐑰𐑯 𐑥𐑴𐑛" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑦𐑯 𐑕𐑤𐑲𐑛𐑖𐑴 𐑥𐑴𐑛" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "𐑕𐑑𐑸𐑑 𐑩 𐑯𐑿 𐑦𐑯𐑕𐑑𐑨𐑯𐑕 𐑦𐑯𐑕𐑑𐑧𐑛 𐑝 𐑮𐑰𐑘𐑵𐑟𐑦𐑙 𐑩𐑯 𐑧𐑒𐑟𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑢𐑳𐑯" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑨𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟 𐑝𐑻𐑠𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[𐑓𐑲𐑤…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "𐑮𐑳𐑯 '%s --help' 𐑑 𐑕𐑰 𐑩 𐑓𐑫𐑤 𐑤𐑦𐑕𐑑 𐑝 𐑩𐑝𐑱𐑤𐑩𐑚𐑩𐑤 𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑭𐑯𐑛 𐑤𐑲𐑯 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟." language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011654012321562212021720 0ustar # Shavian translation for file-roller. # Copyright (C) 2009 The Gnome Foundation. # Thomas Thurman , 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=file-" "roller&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-17 19:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Thurman \n" "Language-Team: Shavian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑦𐑟 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑩 𐑝𐑨𐑤𐑦𐑛 .desktop 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "𐑩𐑯𐑮𐑧𐑒𐑩𐑜𐑯𐑲𐑟𐑛 𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑒𐑑𐑪𐑐 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑝𐑻𐑠𐑩𐑯 '%s'" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "𐑕𐑑𐑸𐑑𐑦𐑙 %s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯 𐑛𐑳𐑟 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑨𐑒𐑕𐑧𐑐𐑑 𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕 𐑪𐑯 𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑭𐑯𐑛 𐑤𐑲𐑯" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "𐑩𐑯𐑮𐑧𐑒𐑩𐑜𐑯𐑲𐑟𐑛 𐑤𐑷𐑯𐑗 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑕𐑱𐑚𐑩𐑤 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑑 𐑕𐑧𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑼" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑯𐑦𐑙 𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑛 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑓𐑦𐑜𐑘𐑼𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑕𐑧𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "𐑕𐑧𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑕𐑧𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑼" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑯 𐑥𐑪𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "𐑝𐑿 𐑞 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼𐑟 𐑐𐑱𐑯" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑣𐑽" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑑..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑕..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑩 𐑒𐑪𐑥𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑕𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑪𐑚𐑡𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑕" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "𐑷𐑤 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝𐑟" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "𐑷𐑤 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "" #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑩𐑡𐑼 𐑓𐑹 ·𐑜𐑯𐑴𐑥." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "·𐑑𐑪𐑥𐑩𐑕 ·𐑔𐑻𐑥𐑩𐑯\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Thomas Thurman https://launchpad.net/~marnanel" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑨𐑛 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑞 𐑮𐑲𐑑 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑖𐑪𐑯𐑟 𐑑 𐑮𐑰𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "𐑤𐑴𐑛 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑕" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑯𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 \"%s\" 𐑛𐑳𐑟 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑧𐑒𐑟𐑦𐑕𐑑.\n" "\n" "𐑛𐑵 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑦𐑑?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 _𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑐𐑼𐑓𐑹𐑥𐑛" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑯𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼: %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑞 𐑮𐑲𐑑 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑖𐑪𐑯𐑟 𐑑 𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝𐑟 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑑𐑲𐑐 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑕𐑩𐑐𐑹𐑑𐑩𐑛." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "%s 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "𐑳𐑐𐑛𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤 \"%s\" 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 \"%s\"?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "𐑳𐑐𐑛𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 \"%s\"?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲𐑛 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑯 𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑭𐑕𐑒𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑝 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑯 𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲𐑛 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑯 𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝𐑟 𐑭𐑕𐑒𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑯𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑯 𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑞 𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕 𐑝 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝𐑟 𐑦𐑯 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑯 𐑒𐑢𐑦𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑷𐑤𐑑 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑑 𐑿𐑕 𐑓𐑹 𐑞 '--add' 𐑯 '--extract' 𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑭𐑯𐑛𐑟" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑛𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑯𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑢𐑦𐑞𐑬𐑑 𐑭𐑕𐑒𐑦𐑙 𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑓𐑼𐑥𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑯 𐑥𐑪𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑮𐑴𐑤𐑼" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑞 𐑮𐑲𐑑 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑖𐑪𐑯𐑟." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑑𐑲𐑐 𐑒𐑨𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑚𐑰 𐑥𐑪𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑲𐑛" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "𐑿 𐑒𐑭𐑯𐑑 𐑨𐑛 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑑 𐑦𐑑𐑕𐑧𐑤𐑓." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑓𐑲𐑯𐑛 𐑞 𐑝𐑪𐑤𐑿𐑥: %s" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "𐑿 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑑 𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑯𐑱𐑥." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "𐑿 𐑛𐑴𐑯𐑑 𐑣𐑨𐑝 𐑐𐑻𐑥𐑦𐑖𐑪𐑯 𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑦𐑯 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑 𐑞 𐑴𐑤𐑛 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_𐑨𐑛" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "_𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d 𐑩𐑚𐑡𐑧𐑒𐑑 (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d 𐑩𐑚𐑡𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑕 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d 𐑩𐑚𐑡𐑧𐑒𐑑 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d 𐑩𐑚𐑡𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑕 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[𐑮𐑧𐑛 𐑴𐑯𐑤𐑦]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑛𐑩𐑕𐑐𐑤𐑱 𐑞 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "𐑜𐑧𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑤𐑦𐑕𐑑" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "_𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "_𐑖𐑴 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑐𐑤𐑰𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑕𐑩𐑒𐑕𐑧𐑕𐑓𐑩𐑤𐑦" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑭𐑯𐑛 𐑧𐑜𐑟𐑦𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑨𐑚𐑯𐑪𐑮𐑥𐑩𐑤𐑰." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑤𐑴𐑛𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑨𐑛𐑦𐑙 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑑𐑧𐑕𐑑𐑦𐑙 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛 𐑢𐑲𐑤 𐑕𐑱𐑝𐑦𐑙 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "𐑩𐑯 𐑻𐑼 𐑪𐑒𐑻𐑛." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑭𐑯𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑓𐑬𐑯𐑛." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "𐑑𐑧𐑕𐑑 𐑮𐑦𐑟𐑳𐑤𐑑" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑐𐑼𐑓𐑹𐑥 𐑞 𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "𐑛𐑵 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑨𐑛 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑑 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑹 𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑦𐑑 𐑨𐑟 𐑩 𐑯𐑿 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "𐑛𐑵 𐑿 𐑢𐑪𐑯𐑑 𐑑 𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑩 𐑯𐑿 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑞𐑰𐑟 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 _𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼𐑟" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 _𐑮𐑰𐑕𐑩𐑯𐑑" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑩 𐑮𐑰𐑕𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑤𐑦 𐑿𐑕𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "𐑤𐑭𐑕𐑑 𐑬𐑑𐑐𐑫𐑑" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "" #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "𐑩 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼 𐑯𐑱𐑥𐑛 \"%s\" 𐑷𐑤𐑮𐑧𐑛𐑦 𐑧𐑒𐑟𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑕.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "𐑐𐑤𐑰𐑟 𐑿𐑟 𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑼𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑯𐑱𐑥." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "𐑩 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑯𐑱𐑥𐑛 \"%s\" 𐑷𐑤𐑮𐑧𐑛𐑦 𐑧𐑒𐑟𐑦𐑕𐑑𐑕.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "_𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑞 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "𐑐𐑱𐑕𐑑 𐑕𐑦𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑑 𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "𐑒𐑫𐑛 𐑯𐑪𐑑 𐑛𐑩𐑕𐑐𐑤𐑱 𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "𐑦𐑯𐑒𐑤𐑵𐑛 _𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "_𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑒𐑤𐑵𐑛 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼𐑟:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "𐑦𐑜𐑟𐑭𐑥𐑐𐑩𐑤: *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "𐑨𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑴𐑯𐑤𐑦 𐑦𐑓 _𐑯𐑿𐑼" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "𐑝𐑿 𐑷𐑤 _𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "_𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼𐑟" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "_𐑣𐑧𐑤𐑐" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_𐑐𐑭𐑕𐑢𐑼𐑛:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "_𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "_𐑷𐑤 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "_𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "𐑜𐑴 𐑳𐑐 𐑢𐑳𐑯 𐑤𐑧𐑝𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_𐑧𐑛𐑦𐑑" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "_𐑝𐑿" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "_𐑼𐑱𐑯𐑡 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "𐑦𐑯𐑓𐑼𐑥𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑩𐑚𐑬𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑴𐑜𐑮𐑨𐑥" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "𐑨𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑑 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑤𐑴𐑟 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "𐑛𐑩𐑕𐑐𐑤𐑱 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑮𐑴𐑤𐑼 𐑥𐑨𐑯𐑘𐑫𐑩𐑤" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "𐑒𐑪𐑐𐑦 𐑞 𐑕𐑦𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "𐑒𐑳𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑦𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "𐑐𐑱𐑕𐑑 𐑞 𐑒𐑤𐑦𐑐𐑚𐑹𐑛" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑯𐑱𐑥 𐑞 𐑕𐑦𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "𐑛𐑦𐑤𐑰𐑑 𐑞 𐑕𐑦𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "𐑦𐑒𐑕𐑑𐑮𐑨𐑒𐑑 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑 𐑩 𐑯𐑿 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑩𐑯 𐑩𐑐𐑤𐑦𐑒𐑱𐑕𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "𐑕𐑐𐑧𐑕𐑦𐑓𐑲 𐑩 𐑐𐑭𐑕𐑢𐑼𐑛 𐑓𐑹 𐑞𐑦𐑕 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "𐑖𐑴 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑐𐑮𐑪𐑐𐑼𐑑𐑦𐑟" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "𐑮𐑰𐑤𐑴𐑛 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "𐑕𐑱𐑝 𐑞 𐑒𐑳𐑮𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑢𐑦𐑞 𐑩 𐑛𐑦𐑓𐑼𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑯𐑱𐑥" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑 𐑷𐑤 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "_𐑑𐑧𐑕𐑑 𐑦𐑯𐑑𐑧𐑜𐑮𐑩𐑑𐑰" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "𐑑𐑧𐑕𐑑 𐑢𐑧𐑞𐑼 𐑞 𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑱𐑯𐑟 𐑻𐑼𐑟" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑓𐑲𐑤" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "𐑴𐑐𐑩𐑯 𐑞 𐑕𐑩𐑤𐑧𐑒𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑓𐑴𐑤𐑛𐑼" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "𐑜𐑴 𐑑 𐑞 𐑐𐑮𐑰𐑝𐑦𐑩𐑕 𐑝𐑦𐑟𐑩𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "𐑜𐑴 𐑑 𐑞 𐑯𐑧𐑒𐑕𐑑 𐑝𐑦𐑟𐑩𐑑𐑩𐑛 𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "𐑜𐑴 𐑑 𐑞 𐑣𐑴𐑥 𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "_𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "𐑝𐑿 𐑞 𐑥𐑱𐑯 𐑑𐑵𐑤𐑚𐑸" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "_𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑯𐑱𐑥:" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "_𐑦𐑯𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑐𐑑 𐑞 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑤𐑦𐑕𐑑 𐑑𐑵" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "_𐑳𐑞𐑼 𐑪𐑐𐑖𐑩𐑯𐑟" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "𐑐𐑭𐑕𐑢𐑼𐑛" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "𐑸𐑒𐑲𐑝 𐑕𐑲𐑟:" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "𐑤𐑴𐑒𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "𐑒𐑩𐑥𐑐𐑮𐑧𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑮𐑱𐑖𐑦𐑴:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑑𐑧𐑯𐑑 𐑕𐑲𐑟:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "𐑯𐑳𐑥𐑚𐑼 𐑝 𐑓𐑲𐑤𐑟:" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "_𐑳𐑐𐑛𐑱𐑑" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-en-base/data/en@shaw/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000033274012321562212020564 0ustar # Shavian translation for gconf. # Copyright (C) 2009 The Gnome Foundation. # Thomas Thurman , 2009. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: " "http://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gconf&component=general\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-26 20:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thomas Thurman \n" "Language-Team: Shavian \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "𐑓𐑱𐑤𐑛 𐑑 𐑜𐑧𐑑 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑓𐑦𐑜𐑘𐑼𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑲𐑤 𐑐𐑭𐑔 𐑓𐑮𐑪𐑥 '%s'" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "𐑒𐑮𐑦𐑱𐑑𐑩𐑛 ·𐑧𐑝𐑩𐑤𐑵𐑖𐑩𐑯/LDAP 𐑕𐑹𐑕 𐑿𐑟𐑦𐑙 𐑒𐑩𐑯𐑓𐑦𐑜𐑘𐑼𐑱𐑖𐑩𐑯 𐑓𐑲𐑤 '%s'" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "𐑳𐑯𐑱𐑚𐑩𐑤 𐑑 𐑐𐑸𐑕 XML 𐑓𐑲𐑤 '%s'" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "𐑒𐑪𐑯𐑓𐑦𐑜 𐑓𐑲𐑤 '%s' 𐑦𐑟 𐑧𐑥𐑐𐑑𐑦" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "𐑮𐑵𐑑 𐑯𐑴𐑛 𐑝 '%s' 𐑥𐑳𐑕𐑑 𐑚𐑰 , 𐑯𐑪𐑑 <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No